《Absolute Necromancer》 Chapter 1 All Master Necromancer Episode 1 A change has urred in the world. It was not an ordinary change such as a tectonic shift or volcanic explosion. [Monster] A being that brought the world closer to destruction. That was the monster. Beings who take people as their staple food and kill them even when they are not hungry. They appeared all over the world. Among them, there were literally ¡®monster¡¯-like monsters that alone could overwhelm the army. However, as the saying goes, ¡°one win, one win¡±, a second change has arrived in the world. [Top] An unknownnd that provides means of attack and defense against monsters. Some people used to call it [Devil¡¯s Tower] or [God¡¯s Tower]. That¡¯s right too. [Climb the tower. Everything you want will be there.] [Power? Wealth and fame? Climb the tower and satisfy us! You will be rewarded ordingly!] A tower with an enormous number of floors reaching 999 floors. The beings that preside over that ce are supreme beings. Because it was God and the Devil. From ordinary people to brilliant minds from each country, they headed to the tower. Even the country took the lead in sending people, so it was only natural. The tower existed everywhere and anyone could enter. Some people said that there should be restrictions on positions, but¡­ [No one will be able to oppress the challenger.] Professions of gods and devils. No matter whether you bring a tank or any army stationed at the entrance of the tower, the result is the same. Anyone who attempted to stop someone from entering the tower was immediately punished. Five years have passed since the eyes of billions of people around the world turned to the tower. [Nine Star] Nine people who reached the top among billion-dor challengers. Nine stars appeared in the world. Each sword, sword, spear, etc. Weapons, as well as magic and divine power obtained from the tower. Those who have realized the ability to achieve miracles and run towards the peak. They were the 9 stars. However, the nine stars and one other star also emerged. The star called [Dark Star] or [Death Star]. He was different from others. He did not use any weapons, and his physical abilities did not reach superhuman levels. However, it did not cover miracles such as magic and divine power. However, people used to discuss him as the strongest star. No, even if there are people who dislike him, his name alwayses first when discussing the strongest. The reason was simple. [The one who brings death.] [If you catch his eye, you will not be at peace even in death.] [The pinnacle of death.] Even gods and devils were astonished by his talent. His abilities were superior to those of any other ¡®climbers¡¯. There is only one ability he has. Even though it was ¡®necromancy¡¯. Among the climbers climbing the tower, the necromancer was not the only one learning necromancy. However, there was only one necromancer who was that outstanding. That is the Death Star and the Dark Star. Cha Jin-hyuk was a being. -Cha Jin-hyuk, surpassed the 100th floor. -No matter what anyone says, the first person to reach the 200th floor is Cha Jin-hyuk! -The nine stars are under the Star of Death. He was the first to break through the 100th floor, and he was also the one who was said to break through the 600th floor of the devil that separates the lower and middleyers. However, that challenge ended with a joint attack on the 600th floor with 9 stars. -Cha Jin-hyuk is trying to kill the nine stars and make them his servants! -The fall of the darkest star. ¨C Cha Jin-hyuk, a traitor who was intoxicated with power and tried to abandon humanity. It¡¯s hard to call them colleagues, but they abandoned those who were members of ¡®humanity¡¯. People were even more shocked because among them, there was someone who could call Cha Jin-hyuk a ¡®friend¡¯. In fact, his friend Choi Gyeong-hoon, a member of the Nine Stars and a Korean along with Cha Jin-hyuk, disappeared after his death. After that, Cha Jin-hyuk, thest star who surprised everyone with the news that he would focus only on conquering the top, was forgotten. ¡­and this is a known fact to the public. Cha Jin-hyuk did not betray humanity; rather, he was just betrayed by nine stars, eight stars to be exact. But that fact was buried, and 10 years passed like that. * * * ¡°Kaaaaaaaa!¡± An ordinary studio room in Seoul. There, with a tearing scream, someone jumped out of bed. ¡°Huh¡­ wow¡­.¡± An ordinary, ordinary face. He was an ordinary person, except that he was almost drenched in sweat. And as soon as he got up from his seat, he clenched his fists and gritted his teeth. ¡°Nine Star¡­ Are these bastards stabbing me in the back?¡± Nine Stars. A person who curses those who have be idols and gods over the past 15 years. His identity was none other than Cha Jin-hyuk, who was killed by their hands. ¡°¡­How long has it been? ¡°I think the skill was sessfullypleted.¡± The reason why he, who died 10 years ago, is still alive, or to be more precise, came back to life, was simple. [Soul Session] The only one-time use skill he had. It was thanks to the soul transmission. The ability to transfer souls was simple. When the owner of a skill dies, his or her soul automatically leaves the body and moves to another body. Even though it was only a one-time use skill, its enormity was such that all climbers who climbed the tower coveted it. Because it was a way to have extra lives. However, this skill also had a drawback, that is. ¡°¡­10 years? 10 years have passed? ¡°This is crazy!¡± Not only was it given a body simr to the user¡¯s, but the user could not even choose the timing. That was the reason Cha Jin-hyuk was angry. No, even if the body and time were the same, there was another reason for his anger. ¡°Damn, even if I take revenge right away, I can¡¯t believe my mother and I will lose our body and even our bodies will return to the days when we were children.¡± His body, which passed the 500th floor and reached the 600th floor, was worthy of being called a superhuman. Of course, he was ordinarypared to the real superhumans around him, but his body was as deceptive as his, so there were noints. However, it was natural for him to be angry as his body and the mana that was filling it as if it were going to explode disappeared from nowhere. For him who passed down the soul, the 10 years felt like a fleeting moment. As such, the amount of helplessness he was currently feeling was also proportional to that. ¡°¡­Okay, it doesn¡¯t matter. again. No, we just need to build it up more solidly this time.¡± Despite losing everything, he tried hard to remain calm and collected. As a result, he filled the feeling of loss of everything with anger, and through that anger, he created the driving force to move his body. Grumble- ¡°¡­First, I guess I should eat first.¡± Before taking revenge, I had to fill my hungry stomach first. * * * Slurp! Slurp! The sound of noodles echoing in a studio room. The main character of that sound was Cha Jin-hyuk. ¡°Ramen is delicious any time you eat it.¡± Although 10 years have passed, he felt it was only a few seconds. Thanks to this, I didn¡¯t feel like I was crying just because I ate ramen. Just ¡®it¡¯s delicious.¡¯ This is the end of his appreciation. After filling his hungry stomach, he fell into thought. ¡®How do we punish those damn bastards?¡¯ Nine Stars. Among them, 8 people excluding Choi Kyung-hoon, his friend who tried to save him. They were the ones Jinhyeok would seek revenge on. But it was also true that I was worried. ¡°10 years¡­ 10 years will be enough to change the mountains and rivers, but there is no way those children are still staying on the 600th floor.¡± 10 years. I¡¯m talking about 10 years, but a lot changes in 10 years. In addition, it was in the 600th floor level 10 years ago, so it is not surprising that the 999th floor has beenpletely broken by now. Furthermore, if they had ovee all 999 floors, they would have be beingsparable to gods and demons. ¡®¡­Then revenge is impossible.¡¯ They were literally gods and devils, offering various rewards to climbers. Beings that can kill a human with just a click of a finger. In his current state, it wouldn¡¯t be surprising if he died before he could even get to them, let alone get revenge on them. Therefore, Jinhyuk categorized the things he needed to do right now and immediately put them into action. ¡°We need information, information.¡± Nine Stars. Those who killed him and are no different from those who took everything from him. I needed information about them. Even if they became gods, it didn¡¯t matter to Jinhyuk. I was nning on tearing them to death, even if it meant climbing all 999 floors, whether it was 10 or 20 years. And Jinhyuk, who was sitting in front of theputer and browsing the Inte, sighed in frustration. ¡°¡­What on earth have these X gods been doing for 10 years?¡± An article appeared on the Inte window he was looking at. [Nine stars, the leading martial god, Choi Gyeong-hoon, finally breaks through the 800th floor!] [The military god who appears for the first time in 10 years! Breaking the tower¡¯s record for the number of floors conquered!] His feelings were mixed as he looked at the idiots who had only been able to prate 800 floors in 10 years, and who had been pushed aside by his friends. The highest is the 800th floor, so anything below that will be even lower! ¡®¡­I can¡¯t believe I was killed by those idiots. I¡¯m going to explode and die again.¡¯ If he had been alive, he might have conquered the 999th floor as he thought before, let alone the 800th floor. It took 5 years to reach the 600th floor, so it would not have been unreasonable to conquer the remaining 399 floors in 10 years. Of course, you might think it was groundless confidence, but Jinhyuk¡¯s thoughts were firm. ¡°Is it still a good thing? ¡°Because the enemies are idiots and idiots.¡± That fact was good news for Jinhyuk, who wanted revenge on them. Because it was easier to take revenge on those who were still human rather than those who had surpassed the 999th floor and be beingsparable to gods and demons. ¡°Wipe your throat well and wait. ¡°Fools.¡± Jinhyeok muttered that with a faint smile on his face. Chapter 2 All Master Necromancer Episode 2 ¡°But we can¡¯t attack right away.¡± Although he pledged revenge, Jinhyeok had no intention of revealing himself. Revenge is something that must be done step by step, starting in the dark, so that it can pierce the other person¡¯s neck like a dagger. In addition, 10 years ago, on the day of the betrayal, their passing was a difficult task for Jinhyeok. ¡°It was even harder because of those two damn cockroaches.¡± Among them, the most annoying ones were the pdins and priests who were part of the divine power ss among the Nine Stars. They were pdins and priests, but they were idiots who enjoyed alcohol, women, and men. ¡­That¡¯s not something I should say after falling behind such idiots. Of course, they were not the only ones at risk. Other 9 stars that handle various weapons. Passing their training was difficult even for Jinhyeok, who runs the army of death. What was difficult back then couldn¡¯t possibly be possible now. On the contrary, if it were them today, I would not have thought that I would have lost as soon as I faced them back then. Although they may have been idiots, they were monsters considering their floors were well over 600 floors. Jinhyeok, who had been looking for a way to fight them for 10 years, came up with one method. ¡°This time, let¡¯s try to learn everything.¡± If you just dig one well, you will seed. I confirmed in myst life that this was bullshit. Didn¡¯t he die after being hit by a sword while digging the path of a necromancer? Therefore, this time I nned to dig several wells, very deep. ¡°Swords, spears, swords, bows, magic, divine powers, and even necromancy. ¡°Is it possible?¡± As the name Nine Stars suggests, the number of abilities they learned was nine. Additionally, it is natural that learning two things is more difficult than learning one thing. However, when it became 9, it was not at a level where it became 9 times more difficult. It may be tens or hundreds of times more difficult. No, there were also questions about whether it would be possible to learn them. There were conflicting abilities, and it was unclear whether my body would be able to withstand it. What Jinhyuk was thinking was crazy. There were many people who thought what Jinhyuk did over a long period of time. And their end was terrible. ¡®As far as I know, Penta was the best.¡¯ Penta. It was a term referring to a person who handles five upations (abilities). Two is a double, three is a triple, four is a quadruple. From what Jinhyuk remembers, Penta was the end. And his floor level wasn¡¯t that high. I think they said he died on the 100th floor, but it doesn¡¯t really matter. Even people who learned just 5 died before reaching the 200th floor. However, for Jinhyuk, who was looking beyond 5 to 9, no, more than that, it was a problem that could not help but be a concern. but. ¡°Once we hit each other, we see. ¡°If it doesn¡¯t work out, we¡¯ll have to find a way to do it, even if it¡¯s through magic and divine power.¡± Those who handle weaponry can be dealt with with their own necromancy. The necromancy he deals with is far beyond that of others, so it was worth a try. But it wasn¡¯t divine power or magic. Transfer. Those two things, which are like miracles that cannot happen, arepletely opposite to necromancy. In other words, Jinhyuk was determined to learn those two things somehow, even if he didn¡¯t know anything else. ¡°Let¡¯s get ready right away.¡± I knew where the highest floor was, and I had a n for dealing with them. Now it was time to climb the tower. * * * Top. No matter where you go in the world, there is an entrance to the tower. Of course, the tower was not located somewhere on Earth. There are just entrances all over the world. Thanks to this, there was no major inconvenience for Jinhyuk to find the entrance to the tower. ¡°That doesn¡¯t change whether it was 10 years ago orter.¡± A shimmering blue gate. Even the soldiers standing by his side. Nothing has changed from 10 years ago, when he was at the peak of his climbing. Well, they are just folding screens. ¡°Stop, what is the purpose?¡± ¡°Climbing the top.¡± ¡°¡­Please go in.¡± Look, is this a folding screen or something? Anyone who interferes with those entering the tower will be punished regardless of the reason. God and devile down. In the end, they only know who went in and who came out, and there is nothing they can do. Perhaps thanks to that, Jinhyuk was able to reach the gate, the entrance to the tower, very easily. ¡°Hehe, I can be rich if I enter the top and be a ranker!¡± ¡°Rank? ¡°Arthur, people like you will die as soon as you enter.¡± ¡°what? ¡°Has this bastard finished speaking?¡± ¡°What should I do? Will it float? ¡°It¡¯s going up!¡± The area around the gate was crowded with people. A gamble of your life. As their nerves became sharper, they began to argue with each other, which led to a fight. But no one stopped it. Just watch. It was natural that the more they did that, the lesspetition there would be for them. Of course, that was only for a moment. Kugugoogung! ¡°¡­opens.¡± The tower door opens on time. To be exact, it was every hour, but it was whatever it was, so I¡¯ll skip it. As people were making a fuss about the tower door slowly opening, Jinhyeok carefully stepped back. ¡®I won¡¯t let anyone see me entering the tower.¡¯ This was to prevent any information about me from being passed on to the enemy. Still, it didn¡¯t take long for those gathered in front of the tower to disappear, thanks to people rushing towards the door like crazy. Everyone disappears into the tower and the only person left is Jinhyeok. Thest person that no one could see soon disappeared into the tower. * * * A dark passageway with no one around. A figure appeared inside. ¡°Is it a tutorial? It¡¯s been 5 years here too. No, 15 years to be exact.¡± Inyoung¡¯s identity was none other than Jinhyeok, who had entered the tower. The ce where Jinhyeok is currently located was the tutorial section where people were tested before entering the first floor. Well, as the name suggests, it has the nature of trying to give people information and teach them, but¡­ ¡®That¡¯s bullshit.¡¯ ¡®There¡¯s no other ce that¡¯s as shitty as this.¡¯ To leave the tower, you must climb at least 10 floors. In other words, even if they want to give up during the tutorial, they have to cry and eat mustard all the way to the 10th floor. Thanks to this, the section where those who entered the tower got stuck the most was the tutorial. Next is from the 1st to the 10th floor. In addition, the tutorial was proudly named as the stage that climbers rated as the most shitty. [Wee to the tutorial stage.] [From now on, all you have to do is avoid the traps in the tutorial stage and arrive at your destination.] [ All damage is recovered when you head to the destination and start points.] [Then, good luck.] ¡°This message window is also really cute.¡± People whoe in for the first time are surprised to see this, but Jinhyeok is also a person who spent 5 years in the tower. The message window was no longer something to be surprised at. After closing the message window with a natural hand gesture, Jinhyuk began to rx. Uduk! Crump! The eerie sound of twisted bones adjusting again echoed through the passage. But Jinhyuk didn¡¯t care and finished stretching to the end. Because the future traps were dangerous. Even though we all knew where and how the traps emerged, it was still dangerous. Jinhyeok¡¯s body now was that of an ordinary person. Of course, I didn¡¯t say I was scared or anything. When Jinhyuk first entered the tower, the situation was worse than it is now, not good. After all the stretching, Jinhyuk looked at the dark ceiling. No, more urately, he looked at the gods and demons who were probably looking at him. ¡®Take a good look at you voyeuristic bastards. Because Cha Jin-hyuk is back.¡¯ To others, they may have been symbols of fear and awe, but to Jinhyuk, they were nothing more or less than voyeurs. However, it is also true that their attention is hungry because the rewards they give are real. And from now on, Jinhyuk nned to rewrite the history of tutorials. ¡®The status window that appears is the selection and training room. First of all, I have to break through here entirely with my own strength.¡¯ First of all, it is a status window that turns humans into superhumans. You can use it from the next tutorial stage after passing the current level. In the end, the trap map must be ovee entirely on one¡¯s own strength. But Jinhyuk stood at the starting line without any hesitation. ¡°It begins.¡± [Tutorial begins.] Soon, I threw myself into the passage where all kinds of arrows and traps were raining down. * * * Ping! ¡®¡­First, take one step from the front.¡¯ A passage filled with darkness. There is only one moment when you can see a colorless arrow flying from within. Only when it gets shot. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s consideration, but it¡¯s because when the arrow is fired, light is visible, albeit slightly. Well, it is difficult to call a moment, even though it is only a moment, a consideration. Still, thanks to that, Jinhyeok was able to dodge the iing arrows. But that was only for a moment. Ping ping ping! ¡®¡­Isn¡¯t just three shots too much of an illusion?¡¯ Three arrows fired in session. It is not an arrow that is fired only in a straight line. One foot in a straight line, one foot from above and finally one foot from the side. A total of three arrows flew towards Jinhyeok. Pick! Poop! ¡°Oops!¡± Of course, it makes no sense to avoid all of that with the body of an ordinary person. I seeded in dodging the arrow fired in a straight line, but not the other two. Jinhyuk frowned as he looked at the arrows that hit each person¡¯s left arm and right leg. ¡°It hurts so bad.¡± He is also a person. An arrow flew quickly. How could it not be painful to be hit by an arrow with a sharp arrowhead? Of course, there were skills that reduced pain while climbing the tower, and there were also resistance skills. But it would be even weirder for Jinhyuk to have it on the tutorial stage, which is not even on the first floor. In the end, Jinhyuk had to endure it with his will. Then, countless arrows were fired at Jinhyeok, who walked down the aisle one step at a time. ping! Peeping! Up Down Left Right. Everywhere. Is there any ce other than here where this phrase fits best? The constant barrage of arrows was so intense that I almost lost my mind. Jinhyuk, who had already been hit with arrows repeatedly, had really turned into a hedgehog. The blood he shed was already a bucketful, and the arrowhead sticking out through his flesh was extremely grotesque. ¡°That¡¯s it.¡± Therefore, Jinhyeok gave up on moving forward as he felt increasingly dizzy due to anemia. of course. I didn¡¯t mean to plod down on the spot . I just trudge back the way I came. The good news was that the arrow trap did not trigger the route we had already taken. Thanks to this, unlike when I left, I was able toe back veryfortably(?). And Jinhyuk returned to the starting line and sat down on the floor before crossing the starting line. It wasn¡¯t that my legs had lost strength or anything. Just¡­. ¡°Is it time to get resistance flow skills?¡± Just getting ready to start the hard work. Chapter 3 All Master Necromancer Episode 3 Resistance Stream Skill. Actually, this said a lot. ¡®You did that damn thing to get resistance skills? If it were me, I¡¯d end up messing around with items.¡¯ Honestly, Jinhyuk thought those words were right. Also, in his previous life, he did not acquire any defense skills, let alone resistance skills. Not only was he able to gain a fair amount of defense and resistance with basic magic, but he was even more so because he was the best climber on Earth and had a lot of various items. But now that thought has changed slightly, very slightly. ¡°Because there is no skill that is as effectiveter as this.¡± A painful, tiring time. But the fruit is very sweet. Jinhyeok knew this well, so he chose this penance. As he knew the strength of those he had to avenge, he had to be stronger than his original self. Gradually, the arrow that pierced the bone and damaged the muscle was split in half and pulled out one by one dozens of times. ¡°¡­I¡¯m dying.¡± Is it because so much blood was shed? Jinhyuk shook his head, feeling dizzy due to anemia. At the same time. [The bleeding resistance skill has been acquired.] [The piercing resistance skill has been acquired.] [The pain resistance skill has been acquired.] Jinhyeok smiled as he looked at the floating message window. Yeah, this is it. It¡¯s somehow faster than I expected, but it¡¯s actually better. The thrill of acquiring a new skill. The pleasure of seeing yourself bing stronger. That led Jinhyeok to the top and made him move as a climber and pioneer. Jinhyuk fainted as he reminisced about the first time he reached the first floor. [Stun resistance skill acquired.] ¡­Very good. It was a solid system until the end. [You can check the skills you have acquired once you leave the tutorial stage.] Jinhyuk closed his eyes, leaving thest message window behind. Jinhyuk¡¯s body was already halfway beyond the starting line. Pororong ¨C Jinhyeok¡¯s whole body slowly recovered with a strange ¡®pororong¡¯ sound. The piercing wound disappeared as if it had never happened before, and color began to appear on the face that had be pale due to excessive bleeding. That wasn¡¯t all. [The gods are interested in you.] [The demons are amused by the reckless challenges of foolish humans.] The gods and demons whom Jinhyukbels as voyeurs. They showed interest in Jinhyuk. Of course, Jinhyeok, the person involved, closed his eyes and fell asleep as if he were dead. * * * ¡°¡­Have voyeurs already started voyeurism? ¡°It¡¯s in bad taste to even watch men sleep.¡± After about thirty minutes, Jinhyuk woke up. He smiled or frowned as he looked at the message windows that popped up while he was unconscious. The part that made him smile was the message that he had acquired new skills. The first time I frowned was when I saw a message containing the concerns of gods and demons. [A god is enraged by your profane remarks.] [A demon is amused by your profane remarks.] ¡°If you look at what you¡¯re doing, you don¡¯t look like a 3-year-old child.¡± Are there still no people who reveal their divine or true names? Shinmyeong and Jinmyeong. Originally, gods and demons have modifiers that represent them, and divine names and true names that symbolize their true names. And the most frequently used message window when announcing oneself to climbers was the same message window as now. A phrase that cannot identify itself. That was the method that consumed the least amount of energy. Of course, in the future, in order to make someone you like as an apostle, you will reveal modifiers and reveal your divine name and true name¡­. ¡®Maybe not right now.¡¯ At best, no one would invest that much in a novice climber who made a fuss in the tutorial. Jinhyuk also declined such excessive attention. Because he really wanted to have the bare minimum of connection between God and the devil. It must have been like that. [The pinnacle of all evil looks at you and smiles meaningfully.] ¡®¡­That stalker bastard is still there!¡¯ If it weren¡¯t for one crazy devil who revealed modifiers right from the tutorial. And Jinhyuk knew well the owner of that modifier. ¡®Baal!¡¯ Baal. He was the pinnacle of the 72 devils and a devil who persistently courted Jinhyeok in his previous life. Naturally, since Jinhyeok extremely refused to connect with both demons and gods, his courtship continued to be blocked. Nevertheless, he always showed interest in Jinhyeok, even at the moment of his death. He even vented his anger towards the Nine Stars who killed Jinhyuk. Well, such sad love was none of Jinhyuk¡¯s business. It¡¯s just unpleasant that a stalker who was persistent in his past life has noticed him. [A demon is startled.] [A god begins to suddenly show interest in you.] [A god¡­] [A god¡­] [A devil¡­] ¡® Ah, Baal, you damn stalker!¡¯ And Jinhyuk gritted his teeth as he watched the number of fans rapidly increasing thanks to our stalker Baal. ¡®¡­If I meet you in person, I¡¯ll punch you in the face.¡¯ [The pinnacle of all evil smiles.] [The pinnacle of all evil tells you to do it if you want to try it.] [The pinnacle of all evil¡­.] [The pinnacle of all evil¡­.] From that point on, it surges like crazy. Jinhyuk gave up thinking as he looked at the message window. * * * Wow! Crack! The break is over. Of course, if you¡¯re asking if I was properly rested, that wasn¡¯t the case. Because Jinhyeok¡¯s rest time was not his alone, but the gods and devils¡¯. And that was currently ongoing. [A god¡­.] [A devil¡­.] [The pinnacle of all evil threatens to shut up.] Fortunately, Baal, who understood the seriousness of the situation, issued a threat to the gods and devils, and the situation was put to rest. It seemed like it was, but¡­ ¡®This is just the beginning. You stupid Baal bastard. If you were going to act like a stalker, you should have done it alone. If you attack it so openly, the other guys will notice too.¡¯ Jinhyuk didn¡¯t think this would be the end. Gods and demons have always looked for strong apostles. Meanwhile, Baal, the pinnacle of demons, showed interest in the climber in the tutorial. It even reveals modifiers. In other words, it is proof that even if there is something, it is solid. Thanks to this, it was natural for not only the quiet gods but also demons to run riot. As a result, it was Jinhyeok who became tired, but it was natural that Baal also became nervous. ¡®why? Are you afraid that I might make a deal with other guys?¡¯ contract. A contract with God or the devil is no ordinary contract. The gods and demons who asked to make a contract in the first ce are not ordinary, so how can a contract be ordinary? The contract they desire is the minimum preliminary apostolic contract. To a certain extent, he hopes to mark the person he likes within his own enclosure. Of course, if you sign a contract as a prospective apostle, it is a breeze to get to the apostle. Thanks to this, it was natural that Baal, who had been targeting me since my previous life, became restless. I couldn¡¯t even tell how many eyes were fixed on me. There will be people who just look at you without sending a message. In the end, I came forward and made threats, but there were probably many people who secretly tried to contact me, and it soon became a reality. [The God of Lightning wants to talk to you secretly.] [King Mifu likes you.] [¡­is you¡­] I see people even using private channels to send messages. Jinhyuk made a threat with a sigh. ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter when I rest. But I will never talk to that guy again who interferes with me while I am conquering the stage.¡± As soon as those words were finished, Jinhyuk looked at the message window that became quiet and was relieved. And it was the same for the other one, no, the other demon. [The pinnacle of all evil sighs in relief.] ¡°Except that guy for now.¡± [The pinnacle of all evil is astounding.] Looking at the message window that had be quiet except for one person, Jinhyeok threw himself into the dark passage again. ping! There were still many arrows for him to hit. * * * ¡°Is this the end?¡± [The pinnacle of all evil clicks his tongue.] [The God of Lightning shakes his head at your persistence.] [King Mifu likes you for that.] One week. This was the time Jinhyuk spent in the tutorial. In fact, if it was only a week, anyone with considerable talent should have left as soon as possible. In fact, Jinhyeok in his previous life had the experience ofpleting the tutorial in 3 days. Nevertheless, the reason why Jinhyuk took a week was simple. ¡°Your resistance skills must have increased a lot.¡± It was to acquire various skills, including resistance. In fact, there are not many ces where you can safely acquire skills like this. In addition, the stronger you be, the more skills are difficult to obtain, and among them, there are also resistance skills. ¡°I also gained grit.¡± Didn¡¯t I tell you that you have to be beaten like crazy to get the tenacity skill? Additionally, piercing, bleeding, stunning, etc. Various resistance skills also leveled up several times during the week. Jinhyuk thought that this was enough. Of course, it must have been extremely boring to watch. Getting hit by an arrow, pulling it out, and recovering. Because I repeated this over and over again. However, thanks to the end of all those boring events, those who were looking at Jinhyeok were smiling broadly. ¡°by the way.¡± [The pinnacle of all evil tilts its head at your words.] Jinhyeok muttered lowly, as if to shatter their expectations. As if he had something to say. The moment when Jinhyeok¡¯s vaguely mysterious eyes turn to the message window. ¡°Hidden piece in the tutorial. ¡°I need to use some of that.¡± Jinhyuk uttered words that would cause pain to the gods and demons who were watching him. [An unnamed god screams.] [An unnamed devil screams that he will escape from here.] [ The pinnacle of all evil looks at you with a confused face.] [King Mifu is impressed by your tenacity. He holds his stomach and giggles.] Hidden piece. There were hidden pieces not only on each floor but also in the tutorial. Of course, it wasn¡¯t anything grand. In addition, it was also a hidden piece that was well known to many people. Nevertheless, not many people used the hidden piece in the tutorial. The reason was very simple and simple. ¡°reset.¡± [Confirm user request. Reset the stage.] Reset. Going back to the beginning while retaining all the skills you have acquired. That was the tutorial¡¯s hidden piece, the reset. In the blink of an eye, Jinhyuk returned from the finish line to the starting line and began stretching, bending his neck. ¡°Okay then, shall we run again?¡± It was so disappointing that I only gained level 3 or 4 resistance. Jinhyuk licked his lips, looking forward to how much longer it would be and how high his tolerance would be. It must have been Jinhyuk¡¯s illusion that he could already taste the sweetness. [The pinnacle of all evil yawns, saying it is boring.] [The God of Lightningins, asking for it to pass over.] [The Snake Prince is interested in you.] Jinhyeok heads to the starting line while listening to the cries of demons and gods looking at him. I kicked the door and fell into the darkness again. Chapter 4 All Master Necromancer Episode 4 A month has passed. Meanwhile, Jinhyeok ran and ran through the dark passage. It would be right to say that I ran like crazy. To be honest, even Jinhyuk couldn¡¯t tellter whether he was running or stopping. [The pinnacle of all evil sighs.] [King Mifu is having fun while forgetting a banana.] [The God of Lightning looks sideways as he fiddles with his lightning.] And even in the space of a month, the attention of the gods and demons remains. It didn¡¯t stop. No, it would be even weirder if it was cut off. That¡¯s right too. Ting! Tup! Wedge! Ting! Jinhyeok was changing every time he crossed the passage. It took Jinhyuk a week to pass through one passage. In addition, there were numerous wounds all over the body. But not now, a month has passed. I deflected the flying arrow with a suitable dagger I bought from the outside world. Sometimes, he even caught a flying arrow. As he progressed from there, he even showed the art of throwing a caught arrow and hitting an iing arrow. Even after seeing that, no one will take their eyes off Jinhyuk. If it increased, it would increase, but it would never decrease. And there was only one reason why this was possible. -Tiring! [Mana increases additionally.] [The amount of increase can be confirmed after the tutorial ends.] ¡°Whoa, has it gone up again?¡± [The pinnacle of all evil is astonished at your achievements.] [The Serpent Prince looks at you and sticks out his forked tongue.] [ The greedy dragon looks at you and feasts on you.] Mana. In fact, this increase in mana itself is not something that deserves the attention of gods and demons. They are truly people who manipte mana, divine power, or magical energy like the Great Sea. Of course, this means that it is not surprising to see Jinhyuk¡¯s mana at level 1 or 2. But the reason they were surprised was simple. ¡°I¡¯ll eat at least 10 before I go in.¡± [The devil who deals with death shakes his head, saying there is a bug in the tutorial.] [The goddess of battle wants you.] [ The god of lightning points at someone, saying that even cold water has up and down sides.] This is none other than this ce. The point is that it is a tutorial. Various people live in the tower. This means that not only people on Earth climb the tower. In addition, there are also gods and demons who are said to have inherited the blood of gods and demons. Beings from other dimensions, gods and demons. They deal with mana, divine power, or magic energy from the tutorial stage. But not Earthlings. People who don¡¯t know anything about mana start dealing with mana at least on the 5th to 10th floors. Of course, from then on, he goes on to conquer the tower while bursting with potential, but at least not from below. Just one person. Only one person had ever dealt with mana from the first floor. ¡®That¡¯s me.¡¯ That one person was Jinhyuk. Moreover, after 10 years, Jinhyuk, who once again entered the tutorial stage, was one step further than in hisst life. The reason was simple. ¡®As expected, does the mana body burn the soul? Or maybe this guy¡¯s body was mana retarded.¡¯ Mana retardation. The body that made Jinhyuk in his previous life into a Nine Star and more. His body absorbed mana like a sponge. Whether it¡¯s waiting or mana flowing from an opponent¡¯s attack. In addition, when it evolves, it can even absorb the sacred power of gods or the magical energy of demons. I could have dealt with that. Of course, it was impossible to keep it inside the body. To put it simply, he was a body full of talent. That talented body was the same this time too. Thanks to this, Jinhyuk was able to use mana from the tutorial stage. Since his physical development began after he entered the tower, it was not strange that Jinhyeok did not know about his physical body outside the tower. Anyway, catching the flying arrow and throwing the arrow and making it bounce were all thanks to mana. Because mana was a mysterious force that made the impossible possible. ¡°It¡¯s the end.¡± chin! Jinhyuk felt quite new as he stood again at the arrival line, which he had been to more than 10 times. It took a week to first upload it here. But now it doesn¡¯t even take a few hours. Of course, there was a reason for it. In addition to Mana, his body has also changed considerably over the past month while he has been running through the passage, dodging, parrying, and throwing arrows. [Strength, stamina, agility, intelligence, and mana increase significantly!] ¡®All major stats have increased.¡¯ The most important stats in the status window that are essential when climbing the tower. There are many additional stats besides those, but the most important ones were those 5. The strength that allows a human to lift a rock with one hand. The stamina that allows you to run a marathon without being out of breath. Agility that allows you to dodge even when you see a flying bullet. Theputing power and intelligence that increases brain turnover are enough to p someone like Mensa. Lastly, mana that transforms humans themselves into beings beyond themselves. If you develop these basic stats well, you can go beyond being a superhuman and be a god. Well, if we were to be precise, he could have been a devil. In any case, the fact that all five of those stats rose proved that Jinhyuk¡¯s path was not that easy. This is because stats only go up when you put in the appropriate amount of effort. Would it be possible to have the strength to split a mountain? The status window only provided results that matched or exceeded the effort, but did not even take care of the effort that was not there. Of course, the rate of increase was different depending on talent. ¡®In my previous life, I only cared about intelligence and mana, but not this time.¡¯ Originally, the stats were set on what to focus on. If not, you¡¯ll end up as an odd person. Wizards mainly use intelligence and mana. Warriors have strength and stamina. Thieves and archers mainly focused on agility and strength, with physical strength as their wealth. Well, mana was almost essential no matter what job you did, but the areas of effort were almost different. But Jinhyuk had no intention of doing that in this life either. ¡°This time, I¡¯m uploading all five.¡± Even if you only raise one or two stats, it takes a lot of effort. In addition, if you wanted significant growth, it would have been right to narrow down your options even more¡­ but Jinhyuk had already decided to handle everything. To handle all jobs, of course all stats had to be raised evenly. No, I had to go beyond evenly and be stronger than those who set and raise their stats one by one. Only then will you be able to receive fairpensation for the demerit of being an All Master. The sweet price of victory. [The pinnacle of all evil looks at you anxiously.] [King Mifu asks and mutters, ¡°Going double?¡±] [The God of Lightningins that he should please leave.] Yes, yes, I understand. I¡¯ll get you out, you voyeurs. After smiling at the voyeurs who had been looking at him without fail for the past month. [Do you want to go out?] ¡°I¡¯m going out.¡± I cleared the tutorial in just over a month. [The pinnacle of all evil sheds tears as the tutorial strength period is over.] [The God of Lightning is happy and fires lightning.] [ The Crazy God of War screams as he dodges someone¡¯s lightning.] [The God of the Most Perfect Wife. I shake my head.] * * * [Wee to the room of choice and training.] ¡®It¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve been here.¡¯ A room of choice and training. Jinhyuk smiled at the sight of the room he returned to after five years. The scenery in the room was sterile if it was sterile, and ordinary if it was mundane. ¡®I don¡¯t think I spent that much time here.¡¯ Just as Jinhyuk thought, in his past life, he quickly grabbed only one weapon and left the room. ¡®It was a cane.¡¯ cane. A weapon symbolizing a wizard. After checking the status window and confirming his talents, he picked up his wand without looking back. Warrior? Archer? thief? That kind of job didn¡¯t catch his eye. Well, in reality, Jinhyuk¡¯s choice was right and he reached the 599th floor first. After waiting for the others, we challenged the 600th floor together, and although it was heartbreaking that the result was betrayal. Jinhyeok shook his head to shake off random thoughts as memories of the past came to mind. ¡®It¡¯s in the past. Anyway, it¡¯s different this time.¡¯ Yesterday. Jinhyeok, who treated the five years of hard work and sweat as if they had passed, opened the status window. Status window opened after one month. In fact, it was natural to have expectations. ¡®I think I¡¯m the only one who has trained for that long in the tutorial.¡¯ one month. Excluding those who gave up after entering the tutorial, no one would stay longer than Jinhyuk. No, even if they stayed, no one would have devoted it solely to training. Jinhyuk could be sure of that. With that confidence. ¡°Status window.¡± He remembered the name of the status window he was checking for the first time since transferring his soul. * * * [Status Window] Name: Jinhyuk Cha upation: Nothing Body: Mana Retardation (Ability Value) Strength: 11 Stamina: 14 Agility: 14 Intelligence: 10 Mana: 15 (Characteristics) 1. Predation 2. Versatility (Skill) Pain resistance, bleeding resistance, stun resistance, piercing resistance, tenacity¡­ ¡®Not bad. No, should I say it¡¯s good?¡¯ The moment Jinhyuk saw his status window, he smiled with satisfaction. That¡¯s because his status window was so rich that it could hardly be considered that of someone who had just graduated from the tutorial. [The yful messenger begins circling you.] [The Master of the Underworld strokes his chin.] Of course, the gods. [The pinnacle of all evil looks at you with curiosity.] [The fallen angel shows his possessiveness.] [The greedy dragon wants to see your status window.] Even the demons were anxious to see Jinhyeok¡¯s status window. . They also saw with their own eyes how much of a monster Jinhyeok had be over the course of a month. However, since I did not see the important status window or message window, it was impossible to determine how strong Jinhyeok is currently. Thanks to this, Jinhyuk even received a message that made it hard to believe that he had just finished the tutorial. [Multiple gods want to check your status window.] [Multiple demons want to check your status window.] [If you respond to the proposals of gods and demons, you can get a fair price.] Proposal. Gods and demons often make offers called quests to climbers they like. What should I get? Please kill something. Something like this. Jinhyuk, who had received various proposals, naturally received this kind of proposal as well. Of course, Jinhyuk at that time was not a climber who had justpleted the tutorial, but was about to be the first person on Earth to reach the 600th floor. If Jinhyeok shows the status window here, he may definitely receive a huge reward. We might be able to show an overwhelming performance on the first floor after this room. but. ¡°go away. ¡°You just keep quiet and observe. It will take longer this time.¡± Jinhyeok personally rejected their offer. While raising your middle finger. Chapter 5 All Master Necromancer Episode 5 After ignoring the voyeurs, Jinhyuk began to figure out his own characteristics. [Predation] You can eat anything. (Living creatures are not allowed.) It takes everything from what it preys on. * When using Predation, a certain amount of stamina and mana are recovered. ¡°It seems like it¡¯s been a while since I read this.¡± Predation. The characteristics that made Jinhyuk what he is today. This trait is not particrly useful at the moment, but it matches very well with the job Jinhyeok will getter. Of course, even excluding that, it was definitely a high-level trait. ¡°By feasting, you can recover some of your stamina and mana, and you can keep not only your memories but even your soul as your own. ¡°It¡¯s such a fraudulent trait.¡± memory and soul. This is quite meaningful. If you catch a monster and obtain its memories, you will be able to hear and speak the monster¡¯snguage. Additionally, it was useful in finding out the enemy¡¯s stronghold. In other words, if we were to ssify it from F to S, it has characteristics that would easily rank it in S. But what Jinhyuk was curious about now was not predation. ¡®It¡¯s versatile. First of all, I like the name.¡¯ Characteristics that are not your own. Versatile. A new characteristic that the current owner of the body must have possessed. That aroused Jinhyeok¡¯s curiosity. Since Jinhyeok needed to master everything he possessed to be satisfied, he immediately opened a window exining his versatility. Luckily, I started with two characteristics from the beginning, so I calmed down my mild excitement. It was natural that it was better to have two from the start than to get one moreter, so his excitement was quite natural. ¡°¡­her?¡± And Jinhyeok couldn¡¯t help but exhale as he read the exnation window of Dae-kyung. [Versatility] A talent that makes you good at everything. No matter what you practice, a correction value is added to your proficiency. During battle, additional correction value is added in proportion to proficiency. ¡°¡­Theyid the board down very well.¡± All Masters. A name that even Jinhyuk thought would take a long time and would fail. Jinhyuk smiled, thinking that that name somehow brought him one step closer. ¡°You¡¯re lucky.¡± * * * [The pinnacle of all evil is curious about your status window.] ¡°Be quiet. ¡°Do not interfere with my practice.¡± [The pinnacle of all evil is tearful.] ¡°¡­That¡¯s disgusting.¡± After identifying the characteristics, Jinhyeok began training in earnest. In fact, climbers do not spend that much time in the selection and training room. I just figured out a few weapons that fit my hand, grabbed the one that suited my hand best, and left the room. Unlike his past self, who had passed through this ce so far, Jinhyeok had no intention of leaving this ce right away. Crack! ping! Push! ¡°¡­is it a hit?¡± The first thing Jinhyuk picked up was a bow. The bow is the mostmon ranged weapon. Among the Nine Stars, there was someone who used a bow, so Jinhyeok knew well how difficult a bow was to use. Although he knew the difficulties well and had never dealt with them before, Jinhyuk pierced the exact center of the distant target in just an hour after picking up the bow. Of course, this wasn¡¯t the end. ping! ping! Pipi Piping! Rapid fire fired in an instant. The arrows were fired so fast that the hands were not visible and flew toward the target again. Push! Push! Scoop it up! It split the arrow that was already stuck and hit the exact center of the target again. ¡°Is this really good?¡± Jinhyeok clicked his tongue and put down his bow as he looked at the five arrows splitting each other and hitting the target. This was the result of just one hour of training. A power that would make people on Earth shudder, calling it a monster if they saw it. Well, he tried to strengthen his eyesight and body with mana, but other than that, his amazing skills did not change. [The pinnacle of all evil cries out the name of a certain elf.] [The Moon Goddess shows interest in your bow skills.] [The Sun God takes interest in your bow skills.] Jinhyeok¡¯s number one fan. Of course, there were even gods who sent the first message. Of course, Jinhyeok knew who they were. ¡®Artemis and Apollo. ¡®Do archers show interest?¡¯ Olympus. Even in the world of gods, the hierarchy is quite high. The prestige of the two gods there was also high. Jinhyeok did not pay much attention to the appearance of a god that others would have fawned over. Just¡­ ¡°Shall we use the sword this time?¡± I just reached for another weapon. * * * [Now that you know the pinnacle of all evil, I urge you to stop and choose.] [ The Goddess of War is interested in you.] [The three-headed god is amused.] [King Mifu holds the baton . I encourage you to grab it.] For a week, Jinhyuk handled all the weapons in the selection and training room. He was holding weapons almost all day, except when he was eating or resting, so not only the gods but even the devils were amazed at his efforts. Well, that didn¡¯t mean Jinhyuk was just holding the weapon. Wow! A graceful swordsmanship that cuts through the air. It was Jinhyeok¡¯s swordsmanship, as he had been picking up a sword in his free time for the past week. Just one week. It was so skillful that it was unbelievable that he did it in his spare time, so if someone had seen him, they would have shouted at him not to lie. Of course, swordsmanship was just the tip of the iceberg. Crash! Ping ping ping! Bub bub bub! Rapid fire at a moving target while running. The refreshing rain of arrows urately hit the moving target. It doesn¡¯t stop there, but other arrows pierce the already inserted arrows. The archery was iparable to what it was a week ago. After archery practice was over, Jinhyuk moved on to the next thing without resting. Kugugugu ¨C The area around Jinhyuk, who was holding the staff, shook violently. At the same time. Kiiiiing! A sphere of mana that forms at the tip of the staff. Soon, a mana ball the size of a ser ball flew through the air and hit the wall of the selection and training room. Of course, it was not broken as it was protected by the tower, but just by looking at the dent, the destructive power of Jinhyeok¡¯s Mana Ball could be guessed. After creating the mana ball, Jinhyuk moved on to the next magic. ¡°Magic Arrow.¡± A transparent arrow created with magical power. Five magic arrows created by Jinhyuk¡¯s will flew into the target used for archery training earlier and stuck. Pop! Faba Park! Unlike during archery training, Jinhyuk snapped his fingers while looking at the magic arrow stuck in the target, forming a pentagon. At the same time, the fine thread of mana connected to Jinhyeok flowed into the magic arrow. Puff! pop! Puff puff poop! It created a series of explosions. The individual attack power was less than the Mana Ball, but the destructive power created by the five together was greater than the Mana Ball. His skills are unbelievable for a wizard who has just started using magic. Swordsmanship, archery, and even magic. It was already enough for the three abilities to go somewhere and say, ¡°Let me do these!¡± But if that were the end, Jinhyuk wouldn¡¯t have even aimed to be an All Master. ¡°Is dagger technique next?¡± A set routine for a week. Next was dagger technique. Jinhyeok picked up a rough dagger and began training in dagger skills. * * * Another week passed. In the meantime, Jinhyeok was able to achieve some of the achievements he wanted. It goes without saying that the reason this was possible was because of his characteristics and versatility. ¡°It definitely has good characteristics.¡± If it weren¡¯t for the trait of versatility, Jinhyuk probably wouldn¡¯t be where he is today. I would have made up for myck of talent with effort, but at least it would have taken several times longer than it does now. Knowing that, Jinhyuk was grateful for his versatility. ¡°Then I guess I¡¯ll just have to look at the final results and leave.¡± The long two-week training was now over. This is because I had to move to the first floor to hunt and take care of things. ¡®You get a real job on the first floor.¡¯ job. A job that every climber has at least once. Whether it isbat or nonbat, there is no one without a job. Furthermore, the same goes for hidden jobs. And Jinhyuk was the master of that hidden job. ¡®My characteristics only work properly whenbined with the hidden job.¡¯ In addition, predation still remains as a problem. This trait began to shine after I got that job. After getting a job, he will probably show greater efficacy than the versatility that Jinhyuk praises so much. Therefore, Jinhyuk moved on to finishing work. It¡¯s an ending where you can tell everything about your two weeks at once. ¡°Okay then, let¡¯s warm up properly and get out of this damn room.¡± With those words, Jinhyuk poured out everything he had honed over the past two weeks. When you go out, you¡¯ll have to hide these powers to some extent, so now is yourst chance to let it all out. The day Jinhyuk let out everything. Kugugoogung-! Climbers were heard from all over the tower saying that for some reason the tower shook for a moment. Of course, they don¡¯t know if the tower really shook. There is only one person who knows that the tower shook. It was only Jinhyuk. and. [The pinnacle of all evil rejoices, pping his seals.] [King Mifu shouts ¡°One more time!¡±] [The God of Destruction likes you.] [The Nine-Tailed Fox looks at you and licks its lips. ] Even voyeurs looking at Jinhyeok. * * * ¡°¡­I¡¯ll break it down at least once before I leave.¡± Jinhyuk smiled as he looked at one side of the copsed wall. It was the result of Jinhyuk throwing up everything he had. I broke the extremely hard wall of the room of choice and training. And that too, with a body that hasn¡¯t even climbed the first floor yet. of course. ¡°Status window.¡± [Status Window] Name: Jinhyuk Cha upation: Nothing Body: Mana Retardation (Ability Value) Strength: 21 Stamina: 19 Dexterity: 20 Intelligence: 25 Mana: 31 ¡°¡­This is a climber who has just left the room of selection and training. Can this be considered a status window?¡± Even if you can¡¯t do it, it¡¯s the 5th floor. No, if you put it a little more generously, it was a skill level that could be expected to reach the 10th floor. It was also an ability that indirectly allowed us to see how hard Jinhyeok¡¯s training had been over the past two weeks. This is because ability levels are inherently a mechanism that only increases when you achieve appropriate achievements. The fact that Jinhyuk had the abilities of a climber from the 5th to the 10th floor meant that he had aplished that much penance in two weeks. Of course, it is at an ordinary level, not a genius level, but that alone does not change the fact that it is an amazing level. Well, it was clear that he progressed easily thanks to his versatility. However, it would never have been possible without Jinhyuk¡¯s efforts. With that thought in mind, Jinhyuk turned off the status window and finally stood at a crossroads. ¡°What should I take?¡± Weapons that I have be familiar with over the past two weeks. Their condition was clean. This is because it is restored as soon as it is injured or broken. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk was troubled as he looked at the clean weapons that had been treated roughly for two weeks. There is only one weapon that can be taken out of the selection and training room. As such, it is natural that your future steps will vary depending on what you take with you. It was when Jinhyeok was carefully choosing a weapon. [Achievement achieved.] [Hidden job: You can change jobs to All Master.] [Would you like to change jobs?] ¡°¡­Was there really a job called All Master?¡± Jinhyuk was greeted by a job selection window he had never seen before. Chapter 6 All Master Necromancer Episode 6 upation. The job at the tower shows almost everything about the climber. This is because if your profession is a wizard, you can expect to use magic, and if you are a swordsman or warrior, you can expect to use weapons such as swords and swords. But that doesn¡¯t mean the job tells you everything. A person who was famous for his swordsmanship outside the tower entered the tower and became a wizard. So he can¡¯t use a sword? If you do that, it won¡¯t happen again. A job is all about enabling you to use what you couldn¡¯t use and correcting what youck. Therefore, the higher you climb, the less important your job bes. This is because, as you climb the tower, everyone acquires at least one grab, and that grab bes as proficient as their original job. In addition, gods and demons are not people who are restricted by upations in the first ce. The giants and dragons who are simr to them also have simr stories. ¡®¡­But if there really is a job called All Master, it¡¯s a different story.¡¯ As I said before, a job is nothing more than a support. The job of a swordsman allows you to better use a sword, and the job of a wizard allows you to use magic. Of course, it seems like an all-rounder because it allows even those who don¡¯t know anything about it to handle swords and use magic. However, if you don¡¯t have talent, there are many cases where you have to change jobs. However, the meaning of the job of being an all master or mastering everything can only be one. ¡®I guess that means corrections are being applied everywhere.¡¯ When you pick up a bow, you use a bow, and when you use magic, you use magic. It is truly a job that is close to an all-rounder. Jinhyuk had never heard of such a job while climbing the nearly 600-story tower. That means there is a strong possibility that other people don¡¯t know either. But it was just frustrating because I couldn¡¯t ask it anywhere. ¡®It¡¯s impossible to ask voyeurs¡­ and it¡¯s a pain in the ass.¡¯ In the end, Jinhyeok put aside his questions about All Master and began to search for the unprecedented job called All Master. And it wasn¡¯t that difficult to find the reason. Usually, when you get or find a hidden job, the conditions necessary to get that job naturallye to mind. Conditions for All Masters. It was very simple. However¡­. [Hidden job All Master conditions achieved!] [Condition: Before leaving the selection and training room, increase the proficiency of all weapons in the room to a certain level or higher. (Rtive evaluation)] ¡°¡­It¡¯s damn difficult.¡± That¡¯s right. Even for Jinhyuk, who had gone through a lot of hardships, the level of difficulty in learning All Master was close to the highest. In the message window, it was vaguely written as ¡®above a certain level¡¯, but if that ¡®above a certain level¡¯ refers to the extent to which Jinhyeok had achieved, it was clear that this was a job that he should not have gotten. There are many weapons in the selection and training room. Daggers, swords, spears, swords, swords, bows, staffs, etc. Even if you count it roughly, there are a huge number of weapons, more than 10. Fortunately, there is no Bible to help with dealing with divine power, but even excluding that, the difficulty level is close to extreme. Most of those who enter the tower are ordinary people who have never held a weapon before. It would be fortunate if they could handle at least one weapon properly. In fact, Jinhyeok didn¡¯t have much talent with weapons themselves, so he didn¡¯t really touch anything except for the sword he would use in the beginning. Because his mana body was not only good for wizards. ¡®¡­If it were just this, I wouldn¡¯t have even brought it up.¡¯ But that wasn¡¯t the problem. The sheer number of weapons filling the room. What was more important than that was the condition of ¡®above a certain level¡¯ of proficiency. Currently, Jinhyeok¡¯s weapon skill proficiency is enormous. To add a little bit of exaggeration, you can reach the 10th floor, select a job, and win against the same weapon ss that even receives job bonuses. What this means is simple. ¡®Now, no matter what kind of weapon I encounter with any upation, I will definitely win until at least the 10th floor. At least under the condition of the same stats.¡¯ With each level climbed, climbers be stronger. You get a job there and even get a weapon bonus for that job? It would be able to cut down dozens of ordinary people outside the tower in an instant. He is skilled enough to guarantee unconditional victory no matter what weapon he wields. That was Jinhyuk¡¯s current state. in other words. ¡®Damn it, damn it. Is it possible for a climber who has justpleted the tutorial to do something crazy like that?¡¯ They said it was impossible. Even if it were a race of gods and demons that wielded divine power and magical energy from birth, as well as a race of giants with bodies stronger than anyone else and a race of dragons known as the lords of magic, it was impossible. To be precise, this meant that even if it was possible for them to defeat the climbers on the 10th floor, it would be impossible to overwhelm them with only the proficiency of all the weapons in the room. In particr, magic-rted talents can only be acquired by those close to geniuses. The same applies to those who have trained before climbing the tower. The condition for acquiring All Masters is ¡®rtive evaluation¡¯. As they trained, the additional limit they had to reach would be high. It would be easier to achieve the conditions of bing an All Master by entering a nk te like Jinhyuk is now. Their innate ability allows them to have power beyond levels, but that¡¯s it. With that, you cannot achieve the conditions for unlocking All Masters. The conditions for unlocking All Master only discuss weapon skill proficiency, and no additives can be added to it. In fact, Jinhyeok also meant that when looking solely at the current state, excluding manag and characteristics, etc. Predation, versatility, and even another hidden job you can getter. After adding them all up, Jinhyeok might be targeting climbers from the 15th floor instead of the 10th, and perhaps even the 20th floor. ¡®No, I might be able to kill people like gods and demons.¡¯ Those who can be seen as blood rtives or descendants of the gods and devils who are looking down on Jinhyeok now. The dragons and giants were no different. Among their distant ancestors, there may be some who are looking at Jinhyeok. And the power of their descendants cannot be measured simply by the number ofyers. Just because it¡¯s on the 10th floor doesn¡¯t mean there¡¯s anything a 10th floor climber can do. That was their ability and energy. But Jinhyuk was thinking that he might be able to deal with them now. It was neither arrogance nor arrogance. I just said I could do it because I thought I could do it. In addition, the target that Jinhyuk will have to kill in the future may not be only Nine Star. ¡®The people behind them who manipted them may definitely be among the Four Emperors. Maybe it¡¯s all of the Four Emperors.¡¯ The Four Emperors. Climbers collectively called the gods, demons, dragons, and giants mentioned above as the Four Emperors. They were also called the Four Gods or the Four Kings, but most people called them the Four Emperors. This is because it was not enough to be called a god, and it was too much to be called a king. They belong to the top organizations called ¡®Utopia¡¯, ¡®Pandemonium¡¯, ¡®Rare¡¯, and ¡®Jotunheim¡¯ respectively. There are gods in Utopia. There are demons in Pandemonium. There are dragons at rare. Jotunheim is home to giants. A big city with every 100 floors. Among them, their group is entangled in an 800-story city that is still unknown. To clear the 999th floor and be something divine that they want. If they had done so, they might have punished Jinhyeok in advance to keep him in check and further eliminate his rivals. If they were really involved in the betrayal¡­. ¡®Kill them all too.¡¯ Jinhyeok looked at the ceiling with darkly shining eyes, thinking that he would have to pay a heavy price for harming himself. Of course, what he was looking at was not only the ceiling, but also the future enemies on the 800th floor beyond the ceiling. For a moment, Jinhyuk shook his head and shook off the distracting thoughts. Even if they really moved the nine stars to kill Jinhyuk, it is impossible for Jinhyuk to kill them now. Even one person would have a hard time, so why not eliminate the group itself? ¡®impossible. It would be right to set the nine stars as the goal first and act ordingly.¡¯ It was right to catch those who could be caught first. Rather than wasting your energy thinking about that guy giggling in the distance, this would be the most correct and efficient way. Therefore, Jinhyuk shook off his distracting thoughts and decided to focus on what was in front of him. ¡°Lay out information about the All Master.¡± Let¡¯s think about how helpful this hidden job will be in the future. And along with Jinhyuk¡¯s words about who might be the owner, Jinhyuk¡¯s eyes were filled with a blue message window. * * * [All Master] Type: Job Level: Hidden A job given to those who are qualified to master everything. Although the beginning may be small, the end will be great. You can master not only all weapons but also all bodies in the world. Of course, the price for that must be paid by the owner¡­ ¡°¡­Hmm.¡± Job description window. This function provides an exnation of the job through a message window that provides an exnation of the job. Jinhyeok couldn¡¯t help but click his tongue as he read that window. ¡®It¡¯s definitely good. But it¡¯s clear that it may end up being neither one nor the other.¡¯ If you learn the All Master job, you can master all weapons, skills, and even your body. What this means is¡­. ¡®You can covet the special body of the Four Emperors.¡¯ The Four Emperors. The bodies of those who are referred to as noble. This means that you can catch and digest it. In fact, I tried to eat it in a previous life as well. Because Jinhyuk¡¯s characteristic ¡®predation¡¯ is inherently that kind of characteristic. The trait of preying on others and coveting what they have. However, it was impossible at the time. That¡¯s because the moment Jinhyuk lusted after their bodies, Jinhyuk¡¯s body would have burst like a balloon. The body of the Four Emperors was that special and it was impossible for Jinhyeok, who had a body outside the category of ordinary people, to digest it. At best, all they could do was imprint the monsters¡¯ characteristics onto their bodies. Things like sturdy scales, excellent regenerative abilities, etc. Nevertheless, Jinhyeok has always coveted their bodies. ¡®I could do better if I had that body. It was because of the thought.¡¯ They couldn¡¯t handle their bodies properly. No, it may have been handled well by their standards, but the way they used their bodies seen through Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes was truly useless. Idiots who only push with overwhelming force. So I can¡¯t help but crave it even more. What would it have been like if you had dealt with it yourself? There was a time when I thought about this all day long. ¡®And you¡¯re making that dreame true now¡­¡¯ The sweetest dream I¡¯ve had every time while climbing the tower. Being able to turn that dream into reality. That was quite attractive to Jinhyuk. But there was also a problem. ¡®I have to get [it]. It must be registered as the main job.¡¯ that. ¡®That job¡¯ is the job that Jinhyuk got in hisst life and matches his trait of predation. The job is one that must be registered only as the main job. If you register All Master as the main job here, that job cannot be added as the main job. In the end, Jinhyuk had no choice but to make a choice. ¡°I will choose All Master as my sub-job.¡± [¡­That¡¯s impossible.] I chose to take both. At the same time, unlike the usual machine-like rigidity, the message window greeted Jinhyuk as if he was somewhat embarrassed. Chapter 7 All Master Necromancer Episode 7 [I like the pinnacle of all evil.] [A demon asks you what All Master is.] [A god is puzzled.] [A god¡­] [A demon. [¡­] Gods and demons who could not bear the boredom over the past time and disappeared. They set their sights on a new prey called All Master. But Jinhyeok didn¡¯t care when he saw them like that. ¡®It¡¯s a sub-job¡­ It¡¯s definitely not a job you can get right now.¡¯ Sub job. The first job you get on the 10th floor while climbing the tower is called the main job. After that, you can change main jobs as you climb the tower, but you cannot have two main jobs. What appears then is the sub-job. Because the sub job was literally a sub job, it did not have tremendous advantages like the main job. It simply covers the abilities that the job possesses. Of course, that was enough. If a swordsman or warrior whocks magical abilities has a wizard as a sub-job, their magic resistance will increase and they will be able to use defensive magic. And as the number of jobs increased, the number of battles also increased, which was a great help in battle. But there was an important point. ¡®Most people get sub jobs on the 100th floor.¡¯ 100th floor. To get a sub job, you had to reach at least the 100th floor. Until then, I had to ovee the chaos with just one main job. However, it certainly made no sense for Jinhyuk to get a sub-job before even entering the first floor or getting a main job. [You cannot have a sub-job yet.] [You must obtain a main job first.] The system also said so. There is no main, but there are subs. This was definitely something close to a contradiction. Even gods and demons nod their heads. [King Mifu likes it because it is different.] [The fair goddess threatens to keep the order.] [Mutters that it is good that the pinnacle of all evil is greed.] [The greedy dragon shouts that greed is always right. ] Of course, there was also Jinhyeok¡¯s side. Someone who likes greed, someone who doesn¡¯t care about order, and someone who just likes Jinhyuk. etc. But the system was like an iron wall. [Get the main job first.] [No matter how many achievements you have, it is impossible¡­] ¡°Can I use my achievements?¡± [¡­How can you do that?] Jinhyeok smiled as he felt the system that was like a blunt machine be surprised. Public value. This is a system unknown to ordinary people. If it was natural, it was natural. That¡¯s a system that only those who have achieved achievements can know. Ordinary people cannot even achieve achievements. Even those who have achieved achievements know the sweetness of achievements and public achievements, so they keep it quiet and do not let anyone know about it. Of course, this means that it is not of a nature that Jinhyuk, who has just entered the tower, can know. However, it was only natural for Jinhyuk, who had experienced a past life. ¡®Because even in my past life, I broke all my achievements.¡¯ Achievement absorbers, achievement predators, etc. Various names were given to Jinhyuk. Of course, it was a nickname known only to high walkers (high-ranking climbers) or high rankers. As he was given nicknames rted to various achievements, he was able to break various achievements, and thanks to that, his public scores were always generous. The method of using the public value was simple. ¡°Clearly, the things I have done are close to achievements. Moreover, since you said that I have umted achievements, there must be public value. ¡°Is it impossible to consume all of it?¡± [¡­.] system. You can achieve what you want through the system. It could be a weapon, armor, or skill. Anything can be obtained as long as it is worthy of the public value paid. Of course, if it is something really important and precious, it is close to impossible because the public value is enormous. If you really have infinite public value, you can get anything in the tower. And there must be a sub-job that Jinhyuk wants now. Of course, it makes no sense to get a sub-job from floor 0 (tutorial, selection and training room). As it gets closer to impossible, the achievement value increases exponentially, so Jinhyeok¡¯s achievements will not be enough. As the system says, theck of a main job also yed a role in blowing up the public value. but! ¡®There is a job I can get. That alone is enough.¡¯ upation: All Master is now waiting for Jinhyeok¡¯s choice. However, if the choice is to change from a main job to a sub-job, the public value will certainly be sufficient. That was Jinhyuk¡¯s calction. In fact, the system was unable to respond to Jinhyuk¡¯s words. [It¡¯s not enough. It¡¯s definitely a little, but it¡¯s not enough for public value¡­.] ¡°The pinnacle of all evil¡­ No, Baal. ¡°Couldn¡¯t we give that much public value between us?¡± [The pinnacle of all evil is happy to have called him.] [The pinnacle of all evil nods and wags its tail.] ¡°Okay?¡± [¡­The job session begins.] Baal decided to take care of the public value that was trying to catch the pod. Now, all the system can do is give me the All Master job as a sub-job. The system¡¯s blue message window shattered and blue powder flew. Soon, blue powder covered the nose, mouth, ears, etc. As soon as everything was absorbed into the hole, Jinhyeok closed his eyes. ¡®When I wake up, I will have achieved the achievement of obtaining a sub-job before my main job for the first time.¡¯ Jinhyeok¡¯s thoughts were sucked beneath the surface as he praised himself for breaking his achievement once again. * * * As time passed, Jinhyuk¡¯s eyes, which had been tightly closed, opened. Feeling drowsy and refreshed, as if you had slept for a long time. Feeling those two emotions, Jinhyuk stood up and turned his mana to blow away the sleep energy. ¡°Did the job change end properly?¡± As soon as Mana rotated her whole body, Jinhyuk, feeling sleepy, turned on the status window. This is to check whether his job change was sessful. [Status Window] Name: Choi Jin- hyuk upation: Mu (Ÿo) Sub-upation: All Master Body: Mana Retardation (Ability Value) Strength: 21 Stamina: 19 Dexterity: 20 Intelligence: 25 Mana : 31 (Characteristics) 1. Predation 2. Versatility ( Skills) Pain resistance, bleeding resistance, stun resistance, piercing resistance, tenacity¡­ ¡°Good.¡± After confirming that the transfer was properlypleted, Jinhyeok got up and left. [The pinnacle of all evil asks if you slept well.] ¡°Thanks to you, I slept well.¡± After thanking Baal for giving him public value, Jinhyeok stood in front of the door once again. ¡®¡­I¡¯m finally here again.¡¯ There was no excitement I felt when I first climbed the tower. I only felt a cold heart at being able to begin revenge. With that thought in mind, Jinhyuk opened the door wide. ¡°Then revenge begins.¡± It was the moment the Avenger¡¯s climb began. * * * ¡°Is it Korol Vige?¡­¡± 1st floor. What Jinhyeok saw after leaving the room of choice and training was an underdeveloped vige like a sh-and-burn vige. The name of the vige is Korol. A name I remember because I already passed it once in myst life. Of course, it wasn¡¯t an important enough ce to give it much meaning. However, the hidden job hidden outside the vige, in the main section where monsters roam, was important. ¡°what? ¡°What about that guy?¡± ¡°I see you just finished the tutorial?¡± ¡°The weapon is¡­ a staff? Do you want to be a wizard?¡± Jinhyeok clicked his tongue at the attention of others focused on him as soon as he appeared. Then, he put the hood he was wearing deep down and immediately left the ce. ¡°Tsk, are you a criminal?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not just one or two of those guys.¡± Fortunately(?) Jinhyuk was able to escape their attention by being treated as a criminal. ¡®Is that fortunate? ¡®I never imagined criminals would be helpful.¡¯ Once inside the tower, there is no way to catch the worst criminals or state-level criminals. In addition, sins from outside are not epted inside the tower. First of all, murder, arson, looting, rape, etc. If it were outside, each and every one of them would be a serious crime. Things like that happen here every day. That¡¯s why criminals run away from police and others and run into the tower. Once you arrive in front of the tower, you cannot even be arrested because arrest is also treated as obstruction. That¡¯s why other climbers also make fun of Jinhyeok, treating him like a criminal. Of course, it was a good thing for Jinhyuk, who had to hide himself as much as possible and take what he could at the same time. ¡°Clear conditions.¡± Jinhyuk put on his hood and entered the deep forest, invisible to others, and figured out the clear conditions. [1st floor] Korol Vige is a vige of sh-and-burn farmers hidden at the foot of a mountain. They had a problem: kobolds that invaded the vige from time to time. Clear Condition: Kill Kobold (0/10) ¡°¡­Easy.¡± Kobolds are monsters that can be seen in abundance to the point of being kicked around. The higher you climb the tower, the weaker it bes to the point where it is treated as a snack or meal for monsters. Well, it may be scary for those who live in sh-and-burn viges, but for me, who has gone through all the hardships of life, it is a piece of cake. ¡°It will be over soon. Oh, it would be nice toplete the kobold yer achievement here.¡± ¨Cughterer. The conditions for achieving the achievements followed by yer are quite easy to understand. Because you can beat it by catching a certain number of monsters. However¡­ ¡°There were definitely 1,000 of them?¡± The only thing is that the number of objects is enormous. Catching is one thing, but searching for it is also work. ¡°Well, I guess I¡¯ll think about itter and go get my main job first.¡± For those who had just broken through the tutorial, selection, and training room and ascended to the first floor, it was a dangerous mission that required risking their lives, but not for Jinhyuk. With thefort of just going for a walk, Jinhyuk put the hood back on after taking it off for a while and started exploring the forest. ¡°It would be better to catch 10 in advance.¡± The time to give the kobolds a nightmare has arrived. Chapter 8 All Master Necromancer Episode 8 ¡°Fuck it, get out of there! ¡°Get out of here!¡± Inside the dark forest. There, a cry simr to someone¡¯s scream was echoing. ¨C Hehe! -Kerrrr¡­. -Kek! Kehehe! The voiceing from behind someone made me guess that they were not people. Eventually, three green monsters appeared. It was a kobold. ¡°¡­Why did it be like this? ¡°It was definitely perfect!¡± Those who have just started the tutorial. A number of them gathered together and formed a party. This is a situation where it is quite possible to catch a kobold. But things didn¡¯t go the way they wanted. ¡°Why on earth is a warrior-level kobold here?¡± Even outside the tower, the stories inside the tower are circting to some extent. If you pass the 10th floor, you can return to Earth, and those who gave up return to Earth andpile books based on their experiences. Of course, there is no such important information. In the first ce, a person skilled enough to possess such information would not evene down from the 10th floor. However, after reading the information in their book, he realized that the kobold chasing him was slightly different. Kobold warrior. Unlike regr kobolds, this is a monster that knows how to hold a weapon and engage in proper ¡®battle¡¯. Naturally, it wasn¡¯t a monster that could be found on the first floor. ¡®Shit shit shit! ¡®How did I get here!¡¯ In order to pass the tutorial, I bought sturdy protective gear and a shield to protect important areas, and even spent a lot of money to buy a couple of potions. Thanks to this, I easily passed the tutorial, then chose the sword room and exited the tutorial just yesterday. Until then, he was full of dreams. The dream is to hunt, be stronger, climb the tower, and be a strong man. But in reality, it was like being chased by a kobold warrior, so it was bound to be miserable. Even though he was miserable, he ran and ran. Because I saw what happened to my colleagues who had already stopped before me. ¡°Vige¡­ I have to go to the vige.¡± Korol Vige is both a starting point and a safe zone. Unless there are special circumstances, monsters cannot enter the safe zone. The moment he thought he could survive if he just got there. Wedge! Phew! ¡°Kaaak!¡± A rusty dagger flew through the air and pierced his leg. The pain of the de tearing the skin, cutting into the muscle, and touching the bone. It was unbearable pain for him, who passed the tutorial without being hit by a single arrow. Three kobold warriors approached him, giggling, as he rolled around on the floor andined of pain. ¨C Hehe! -Kekkeek! -Scream! The sight of them, like hunters who had sessfully hunted, brought tears to the man¡¯s eyes. ¡®Is this how you die?¡¯ death. This is because he felt that something that was fair to all things was approaching him. As he thought, the kobolds tried topletely suffocate the prey they caught. Tadak- ¡°First of all, three.¡± ¨C Kehehe? Wood tter! At that moment, the man in the ck hood whonded behind them instantly snapped the neck of a kobold warrior. In an instant, he turned 180 degrees and his head turned like an owl. However, the difference between an owl and a kobold warrior is that a kobold warrior cannot survive if his head is turned 180 degrees. Soon the kobold warrior fell to the floor. -Scream! One of the kobold warriors, indignant at the fact that hisrade had been harmed, rushed at the hooded man with a club in hand. but. Tap-tap- natural steps like flowing water. After ducking slightly to avoid the club flying towards him, the hooded man swung his weapon. Wow! -¡­Kek? ¡°staff?¡± The weapon that surprised even the man who was shedding tears of pain was a staff. A staff used by wizards. What I don¡¯t understand is that most wizards have low stats like strength and agility. It¡¯s still the same even now on the first floor. It made no sense to treat kobold warriors, who were not often seen on the first floor, as if they were children¡¯s y. But the sight before my eyes showed that it was true. The kobold warrior, whose jaw had been crushed by the wooden staff wielded by the hooded man, was lying on the ground and writhing. A situation in which it is difficult to move properly due to pain. Now there was only one left. -Kerrr¡­. ¡°Let¡¯s finish.¡± Thest remaining kobold warrior seemed to sense his own end, and crossed his arms in an X shape in preparation for the uing attack. It was to give up one¡¯s arms and run away. Because the swing of the staff he saw was a sufficiently threatening attack. And then the man in the hood opened his mouth towards him. ¡°Magic Arrow.¡± Paang! -¡­?! When the person who had been engaging in hand-to-handbat just moments ago suddenly used magic, the kobold warrior was unable to properly prepare for it. Wow! The magic arrow that flew first pierced his weak guard andnded squarely in his chest. With the sound of bones breaking, foam formed around the kobold warrior¡¯s mouth, and he soon passed away. This was because the broken bone pierced major organs, including the lungs and heart. ¡°Thank you¡­ for saving my life¡­¡± After all the kobold warriors died, he, who luckily survived, fell to the ground and expressed his gratitude. But looking at him like that, the man in the hood frowned and waved his hand. ¡°Go away, I have work to do here.¡± ¡°yes yes! ¡°I¡¯m going out!¡± Hurry up! Hearing the cool words of the hooded man, the man hurriedly ran towards the vige, forgetting the dagger stuck in his leg. The hooded man, who was watching the climber running toward the vige, soon approached the fallen kobold warrior. What he was going to do from now on was something that others should not see, so he made sure that no one was around. The moment he confirmed that no one was there, the hooded man¡¯s hand reached out to the body of the kobold warrior. ¡°Predation.¡± It was the moment when the first characteristic of the hooded man, Jinhyeok: Predation, appeared in the tower once again. * * * ¡°¡­Whew, it¡¯s been a while since I felt this way.¡± Although it was only a month or two, Jinhyuk felt like it had been a long time since he had used predation. New memories filling my head. The memory of seeing it not through my own eyes but through the eyes of the kobold warriors I had just killed was quite new. In addition, the small amount of stamina and mana consumed while fighting them was also recovered, which was a bonus. This was the reason why he was able to disy almost invincible status. Whenever corpses appear on the battlefield, eat them and recover health and mana. Even excluding the ability to read a corpse¡¯s memories, it was an attractive trait. And after reading all of the kobold warrior¡¯s memories, Jinhyeok frowned. ¡°I wondered why there were warrior-ss kobolds, and then a Lord appeared.¡± Lord. This word, meaning monarch, meant the king of a race. When a king-level being of one race appears, monsters that do not fit the level appear and a monster wave urs. The safe zone is no longer a safe zone. It was a story that would have horrified other climbers if they had heard it. Not just kobolds, but warrior-level and higher beings invade the vige. This means that those who do not meet the clear conditions may be swept away and face death. Naturally, this did not apply to Jinhyuk. [1st floor] Korol Vige is a vige of sh-and-burn farmers hidden at the foot of a mountain. They had a problem: kobolds that invaded the vige from time to time. Clear Condition: Kill Kobold (12/10) This is because the condition has already been achieved with the three Kobold Warriors just killed. No, the conditions were met, but Jinhyeok had no intention of moving up immediately. The reason was simple. ¡®If it¡¯s a monster wave, it would be good to achieve the yer achievement.¡¯ yer. An easy(?) achievement that can only be obtained by killing a huge number of monsters, over 1,000. A monster wave can be said to be a very desirable situation for Jinhyuk, with monsters rushing in to kill him on their own. There were times when Jinhyuk threw it away and went straight to the second floor. Anyway, Jinhyeok, who received information about the Kobold Lord and the monster wave, got up and left. ¡°There are two left.¡± Of the three, one was eaten through predation. And all that remained were the corpses of two animals. All of my stamina and mana had already been recovered, and there was no need to absorb any memories. Since all I would have were memories, predating wasn¡¯t a good choice. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk chose¡­. ¡°Wake up.¡± Coo! Knock knock! It was a job change. To be precise, the skill was used through movements remembered by the soul based on past memories, but that was it. Because the result was the same. [Achievement achieved!] [Those who changed jobs alone are not many even if they go through the entire tower.] [I have realized the power of necromancer. Would you like to change jobs to Necromancer?] The name Necromancer was engraved on Jinhyeok¡¯s main job, who even had the rare hidden job called All Master as a sub-job. [The pinnacle of all evil, of course! He shouts and ps his knee.] [The devil who deals with death likes it.] [One god shows his displeasure.] [One god is disgusted.] With that, the reactions of the devil and the gods were divided. Most demons were delighted, and the gods were disgusted. The reason was simple. The basis of necromancy is reviving a corpse. The gods hated breaking thew the most, and the devils loved it the most. Of course, there were gods who were not like that and devils who were not like that. [The owner of the Underworld is happy.] [The Queen of Hell is displeased.] For example, Hades, the Olympian god of death, was happy, and Asgardian He was displeased. God and the devil are also living beings, and their interests were none of Jinhyeok¡¯s business. Because being a necromancer was just a path Jinhyuk took. While reading the messages from the gods and demons, Jinhyeok took a step forward while looking at the two kobold warriors, or rather, the skeletons, who hade back to life. ¡°I guess I¡¯ll have to pick up the pace from now on.¡± Now that we know that the Kobold Lord has appeared, battle is inevitable. That¡¯s why I had to get a hidden job before that. ¡®Spirit Master. I couldn¡¯t get a necromancer in my previous life, so I got it a long timeter, but not now.¡¯ Based on his memories and abilities from his previous life, Jinhyeok achieved the job of bing a necromancer on his own. Normally, he would have had to spend years at the graveside and deal with corpses, but he achieved it very easily. But Jinhyuk was not very happy. Just as no one is happy about taking things for granted, it was natural for Jinhyuk to be a necromancer. ¡®It¡¯s enough to be happy after you get the Spirit Master.¡¯ Spirit Master. A hidden job hidden on the first floor. Jinhyuk thought that it was enough to burst out toasts and congrattory guns after obtaining them. With that thought, Jinhyeok began to run through the forest with the two skeletons that followed him. Chapter 9 All Master Necromancer Episode 9 ¨C Kieeeek! -Kerrruk! -Keruk! Hey! ¡®The number of kobolds is increasing.¡¯ Kobolds showed their evil spirits everywhere on Jinhyeok¡¯s path. From regr kobolds to warrior kobolds and shaman kobolds who use magic. A variety of kobolds blocked Jinhyeok¡¯s path. Of course, they couldn¡¯t ovee more than just the obstacle. ¡°Deal with it.¡± As soon as Jinhyuk¡¯smand was given, the skeletons nodded and moved. Bye! Sigh! Kobold warrior skeletons, reborn as undead, were running towards theirpatriots not long ago. He then swung his fist made of hard bone and smashed them to pieces. There was nothing that could stop them, strengthened by Jinhyeok¡¯s mana. Not to mention regr kobolds, kobold warriors and kobold shamans were the same. The kobold shaman¡¯s spell had to go through the humiliation of being canceled by Jinhyeok¡¯s dispel before it was even cast. A shaman who cannot use magic. A being as useless as a wizard who couldn¡¯t use magic had his jaw turned and died. ¡®The number of kills is rising quickly.¡¯ The ce Jinhyeok is currently heading to is near the center of the forest. Thanks to this, there were too many kobolds. This was because the birth of the Kobold Lord and the conditions of being the center ovepped. Proportionally, Jinhyuk¡¯s number of kobold kills also increased exponentially. This was evident just by looking at the fact that the number of kills, which had been slightly over 10, was now well over 50 as we neared the center. Nevertheless, it fell short of what Jinhyuk was aiming for. ¡®950 left.¡¯ What Jinhyuk is aiming for is the achievement of bing a kobold yer. In order to take it, over 900 kobolds had to be killed. If there was no Kobold Lord, I would have had to stay on the first floor for quite some time, but not now. ¡®Should I at least say thank you to the Kobold Lord?¡¯ Thinking of the kobold lord who would call and attack kobolds on his own, a smile formed on Jinhyeok¡¯s face. But what was important now was not the achievement. Jinhyuk shook his head to shake off the distracting thoughts and kicked the grass again. ¡®We¡¯re almost there now.¡¯ This is where the hidden job you were aiming for, ¡®Spirit Master¡¯, is located. That ce was right in front of us. * * * ¡°It¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve been here¡­.¡± A shabby thatched house. It was Jinhyeok¡¯s brief impression as he stood in front of the ruined thatched-roof house that could be found anywhere in the forest. Of course, this thatched house was not built by Jinhyeok in his previous life. just. Quack! ¡°As expected, the basement is the same.¡± The basement was revealed when the floor in front of the thatched house was destroyed. That was where the hidden job that Jinhyuk had been searching for, Spirit Master, was located. Jinhyeok naturally walked into the basement, scattering stones of unknown shapes around, and gave orders to the skeletons. ¡°You guys stay here and protect this ce.¡± Suddenly, as soon as Jinhyeok¡¯s order was given, the dozens of skeletons that had been dealt with on their way here disappeared. As ordered, he hid around the thatched house. Satisfied with the presence of skeletons around the thatched hut, Jinhyeok scattered rocks again. Thump-thud- Eventually, after Jinhyeokpletely disappeared into the basement, the floor that covered the basement, miraculously, regenerated again. The rotted floor covering the entrance to the basement appeared as if nothing had happened. As if he wasn¡¯t going to tell anyone about this ce. * * * ¡®First of all, what I figured out when I came here was that there was a Kobold Lord around here.¡¯ As he went down the deep basement, Jinhyuk fell into thought. The basement where Jinhyeok is currently walking is located slightly outside the center of the forest. Thanks to this, Jinhyeok was able to feel a powerful energy not far from here. A Kobold Lord appeared, and a powerful energy was felt near the center. What this means is simple. This means that the Kobold Lord is coiled not far from the thatched house. Even though there was a king-level monster right next to him, Jinhyeok was not scared. ¡®At best, a kobold. ¡®There¡¯s no reason or need to be scared since we¡¯re not orcs or trolls.¡¯ If it had been something like an Orc Lord or Troll Lord, he might have walked away. Even if you can¡¯t do Oak Road, it¡¯s at least 10 floors. In the case of troll lords, they were difficult to find even on the 30th to 40th floors. But it was not a Kobold Lord. At most(?), this is a monster you¡¯ll encounter at least once on the 10th floor. Naturally, for Jinhyeok, who was already a level 10 climber, the Kobold Lord was insufficient to be considered a fearful being. Of course, it was enough to be a symbol of fear for other first-floor climbers. Jinhyeok, who was throwing rocks while thinking about various things, had already arrived at his destination. ¡°Hmm, the dust is flying and it¡¯s full of spider webs¡­ It¡¯s the same as before.¡± The acrid smell of dust and white cobwebs were spread throughout the basement. If an ordinary person hade here, he would have frowned and walked away. But Jinhyuk was different. In the first ce, for Jinhyuk, an environment like this cannot even be considered dirty. Blood and corpses. For someone who has been through battlefields with brains and limbs flying, this is quitefortable. Well, Jinhyuk didn¡¯t run all the way here as soon as he started looking for a cozy ce. ¡°There it is.¡± A coffin ced in the center of the basement. If someone had seen him, he would have turned pale and run away to save me, but Jinhyeok was a necromancer in the first ce. As someone who handles corpses, I have touched and handled corpses until they die. Jinhyuk¡¯s life was too difficult to surprise him with a corpse in the first ce. Jinhyuk walked across the dusty floor with a dull expression and stopped in front of the coffin. ¡°Valkan, I havee to carry on your legacy.¡± An empty basement. Jinhyuk spoke as if someone was here. I even called his name, so if someone else saw him, it would have been perfect to hear him call me crazy. but. Shake! As soon as he finished speaking, the coffin in front of Jinhyeok rattled and the coffin lid was pushed to the side with a screeching sound. Naturally, a corpse was neatly ced inside the coffin. No, to be exact, a corpse with only bones left. Eventually, the skeletal corpse rose from the coffin. -Are you my sessor? It¡¯s been a long time since I saw you again. Thest time he was seen was a dozen years ago¡­ A bizarre situation where a corpse with nothing but bones could move and even speak. But Jinhyuk looked at him with a calm face without any expression. Seeing that sight, the skeletal corpse seemed embarrassed and cleared its throat and opened its mouth. -You are not surprised when you see me¡­. ¡°There is no reason to be surprised. If you read the journal. Also, is it normal for a necromancer to be surprised by a corpse in the first ce?¡± -¡­That is correct. Yes, if you¡¯ve read my journal you¡¯ll know. About me. journal. I have never read it in my current life, but I have read Jinhyuk in my past life. ¡®Was it probably the time when I finished my career as a wizard and was at the height of my poprity as a wizard?¡¯ Jinhyuk did not choose to be a necromancer from the beginning. However, after learning about Spirit Master, which is a hidden job as well as a higher level job for Necromancer, I immediately changed jobs. And it was through the ¡®journal¡¯ that Jinhyuk learned about the Spirit Master. ¡®Spirit Master Balkan¡¯s Journal.¡¯ The skeletal corpse in front of you right now is none other than Spirit Master Balkan. In other words, he was a former manager on the 10th floor or higher. However, at that time, I had to go to the first floor and then go back to the 10th floor without changing my job to Necromancer. ¡®Tsk, I still get shivers when I think about spending a month at the graveside.¡¯ A graveside with no one around. Ghosts, zombies, etc. By enduring against various monsters, I was finally able to change jobs to a necromancer. Well, now I have changed jobs starting from the first floor based on my memories and abilities from my previous life. -Oooh! I guess it¡¯s better than the cheap guy from 11 years ago! Quick! Of course, Jinhyeok¡¯s thoughts came to an end after Balkan¡¯s words. It must feel good to say that you are not a cheap person in front of yourself. ¡®¡­First of all, from a job change.¡¯ However, since Jinhyeok had a clear before and after, he endured it for once. All I had to do was relieve my anger towards the Balkans after changing my job. ¡°I want to change jobs.¡± -Hmm, I¡¯m sorry, but first, I¡¯ll change my job to a necromancer. Spirit Master is a high-ranking job for Necromancers. Of course, your qualifications as a necromancere first. ¡°I¡¯m already a necromancer.¡± -¡­what? When Jinhyuk calmly said that he was already a necromancer, Balkan looked at Jinhyeok with a glowing natural expression. And I couldn¡¯t help but be surprised. -¡­What an incredible quality. The ability itself is so insignificant that a rookie who couldn¡¯t even climb the 10th floor is already a necromancer? Could it be that you changed jobs without a previous officer? ¡°Is there a problem?¡± -no! It can¡¯t be! Hahaha! good! I can¡¯t believe he¡¯s more capable than that cheap guy! Finally, I can bring back the honor of Balkan once again! ¡°¡­I have to change jobs quickly because it¡¯s hard to resist.¡± -Yes, the thought of epting the enormous power of Spirit Master is bound to be unbearable! Without knowing that it would be difficult to resist teasing myself, I quickly began preparing for a job change in Balkan. Jinhyeok fell into thought as he watched Vulcan diligently preparing for his job change. ¡®Preparations are over. Now that I¡¯ve finished my job change, I¡¯ll catch him.¡¯ Jinhyuk¡¯s thoughts were simple. Spirit Master Vulcan. It was to catch him and manipte him. ¡®I failed in myst life, but I won¡¯t miss this time.¡¯ In fact, the spirit master¡¯s soul is very valuable. Now, Jinhyeok, who will be the Spirit Master, canmand him directly, or even if he preys on him, he will be able to obtain useful abilities and information. With that in mind, I tried to capture(?) him in myst life, but Balkan, who was quick to notice, did not show up when Jinhyuk found him again. As a former spirit master, it is impossible to find him as he haspletely hidden his presence as a spirit. In the end, Jinhyuk had no choice but to give up on catching him. And the second chance came again. If I fail this time too, there will be no more opportunities. The soul transmission has disappeared, and Vulcan, who was attacked by him, will disappear again. ¡®You will work for me forever. Balkan. May you know with glory.¡¯ The honor that Balkan longed for. That would be achieved by Jinhyuk¡¯s side. As Jinhyeok¡¯s new soul, Vulcan. With that in mind, Jinhyeok was checking his n for thest time. -Preparations areplete! My sessor! Then, let¡¯s start changing jobs right away! Jinhyuk smiled for the first time as he looked at Balkan, who wasughing despite the fact that only his bones remained. ¡®Once your job change is over, you¡¯re mine. Balkan.¡¯ Vulcan is like a teacher who guided him to be a Spirit Master. At the thought of manipting him with his own limbs, Jinhyeok felt his body heat up for the first time in a long time. At the same time, my career as a Spirit Master began. With eyes shining with desire towards the Balkans. Chapter 10 All Master Necromancer Episode 10 Spirit Master. This profession was created by a climber who climbed a tower a long time ago. His name is Balkan. It was the name of the person who helped Jinhyuk change jobs and asked him to bring his honor to the top. Vulkan, who was an excellent necromancer, used to think about it all the time. -Just using corpses isn¡¯t enough. Stronger and more threatening guys! Necromancer is definitely a powerful job. Alone yet corps, corps yet alone. The benefits of this are attractive enough. You can go into ces that only one person can enter, but you can move around with others, and the same goes for when you need more people. Since he shows the ability to be different from others, it is natural that he will grow in a different way. These privileges swelled even further for the exceptionally talented Balkan, and he was able to rise to quite a high level. Nevertheless, he always feltcking and thirsty. As he felt the shorings of being a necromancer, one day he realized one thing. -Yes, just acting physically is not enough. Let¡¯s deal with the souls of people and monsters. Then I can be stronger! soul. Necromancers deal with corpses whose souls have been drained. It is natural that a corpse without intelligence cannot use the abilities it had when it was alive. However, it is different with the soul. -A corpse is just a shell that contains the soul. In other words, if I can only control the soul, I am the strongest! Numerous climbers climbing the tower. For the Balkans, their corpses could have been great tools and weapons. However, the corpses, which were shells with the soul missing, were nothing more than slightly strong bodies. Of course, among them, undead with intelligence, such as lichs, were created, but this was only possible by keeping the soul in the corpse. For the same example, there was a being like Death Knight. But when you deal directly with the soul, that need disappears. It is of a higher level than a corpse, can use its abilities while alive, and is easy to store and use. From then on, Balkan focused on manipting souls, and the top necromancer eventually achieved results. ¡®That¡¯s the Spirit Master. The job I¡¯m nning to change into. It¡¯s my second job change with the same job. My arms are also really nice.¡¯ That is how the profession of Spirit Master was born. By a climber who was struggling to be stronger. Well, that climber has now be an NPC-like entity waiting for the next sessor, with only his soul remaining. -Preparations are over. Heir. While I was thinking about Spirit Master, Vulcan¡¯s preparations were finished. Jinhyuk, standing in front of Balkan after receiving his call, naturally closed his eyes. -I will start changing jobs from now on. The small talk we had when we first met disappeared and a heavy voice filled the basement. And then a terrifying energy began to seep out from Balkan. An immense power that cannot be considered as having lost all strength, with only the soul remaining. Even though Jinhyuk felt it, he didn¡¯t even move a muscle. I had already felt it once in my previous life, and I had felt a power stronger and greater than that. ¡®At best, a soul. That¡¯s surprising considering most of the souls have lost their strength, butpared to climbers, it¡¯s low.¡¯ 100th floor. It was that much power. Jinhyuk¡¯s current level of strength is enough to crush him with just one finger, but even if he goes beyond the 100th floor, his strength is just average. In addition, I can use that power because I am in the process of changing jobs, but I cannot even use it in normal times. Because Jinhyeok knew that fact well, he epted all of that power without a single worry. A long, long time passed like a beam of light, and the moment Jinhyuk opened his eyes after an hour that felt like a few seconds. [Hidden Job: Do you want to change jobs to Spirit Master?] [When changing jobs, lower-level necromancers will disappear.] ¡°I am changing jobs.¡± As he immediately responded to the message window that he didn¡¯t even need to think about, even the remaining energy was sucked into Jinhyuk¡¯s whole body. Soon, all the energy disappeared and Jinhyuk took a deep breath as he looked around, returning to an ordinary basement. ¡°Fuuuu¡­.¡± A heavy breath rose from the lungs and was exhaled. Jinhyuk smiled as he spit it out. ¡°Thank you, Balkan.¡± -Hahaha! This is the Spirit Master that Vulkan took a long time to create! Climb the tower with it and spread my fame to the entire tower! This is also something I have already heard once. At that time, Jinhyuk was frowning and throwing away the taffy, but now he was just smiling. The reason was simple. ¡°hate. ¡°If you want to gain honor and fame, do it yourself, Balkan.¡± -¡­What did you say just now? ¡°I told you to do it yourself.¡± This is because Jinhyuk had no intention of following his words. I didn¡¯t have time to worry about the honor or reputation of the Balkans, whether in my past life or my current life. So Jinhyeok¡¯s answer is natural. Balkan couldn¡¯t help but feel anger at this obvious thing. -Inoooooom! Aren¡¯t the promises different? You must be¡­ you must be¡­ Huh? Balkan, who was trembling with anger and talking about his promise, realized something strange and his face turned pale. Jinhyeok smiled, looking at the strange and strange sight of his face turning pale, with only his soul remaining. ¡°Nothing? ¡°I never said I would obey him.¡± -¡­What a fraudster! ¡°Thank you for thepliment. But I mean what I just said. The habit of putting off your work to others is a bad habit. ¡°I will correct that habit for free, Balkan.¡± Muttering that, Jinhyuk slowly walked towards Vulcan, who was floating on top of the coffin. Vulcan hesitated due to some unknown sense of intimidation and pressure. but. -I am Vulcan! How dare you get caught by someone like you! Goodbye, you stupid sessor! The current state of the Balkans is soul. Living beings cannot even be touched by ordinary means. Although the Spirit Master was no ordinary being, he was also prepared. Wasn¡¯t the first Spirit Master Balkan in the first ce? Balkan avoided Jinhyeok, who was reaching out towards him, with brilliant physical ingenuity, and flew towards the wall. The soul can pass through walls without any problem, and the same goes for the soul Vulcan. Therefore, Balkan raised his middle finger towards Jinhyeok, who was looking at him with a blunt expression. -In your world, this is an insult! This is what myst sessor taught me. Bye¡­ Ugh! bang! He used what Jinhyuk in his past life had taught him to Jinhyuk in his current life and tried to escape into the wall, but he hit his head on the wall and fell backwards. -¡­does not make sense! Why am I blocked by a wall! An ordinary stone wall. It¡¯s a stone wall that hasn¡¯t even been treated with magic at all. Of course, it would not be possible to stop theing and going of souls, but since their movement was blocked, it was natural for Balkan to be embarrassed. ¡°So did you end up running away? Balkan?¡± The important thing now is not to be surprised, which lifted Balkan¡¯s spirit. While you were running away, didn¡¯t you get hit by a wall and roll backwards? In other words, he voluntarily arrived in front of Jinhyeok. Balkan shouted as he looked at Jinhyuk, who was smiling at him lying on the floor. -What on earth did you do?! That wall is just an ordinary stone wall! But how could I move¡­ ¡°It¡¯s just an ordinary stone wall¡­ Why don¡¯t you look at it again?¡± -¡­what? Hearing Jinhyuk¡¯s words filled withughter, Balkan raised his head and looked at the wall, despairing. -¡­This is crazy! Was he a wizard?! ¡°¡­Well, I tend to do something simr as a job.¡± All Masters. A profession that can handle the abilities of most existing professions, not just wizards. Jinhyuk didn¡¯t intend to tell me that right now, so he just gave a vague answer and shrugged his shoulders. Despite Jinhyeok¡¯s shameless appearance, Balkan could not believe the reality. -Not only did he change his job from the first floor to a necromancer, he also has a sub-job? Are you sure you were a climber on the first floor?! Jinhyeok was clearly a climber on the first floor. It¡¯s the energy I felt from the first time I saw it, so there¡¯s no way I can go wrong. So, when I saw that he had changed jobs to be a necromancer, I felt that he was a natural necromancer. But this time a wizard? Changing an ordinary stone wall into a magically treated stone is impossible even with a reasonable amount of ability. In other words, it means that Jinhyeok even possesses magical abilities that have reached a certain level. -What on earth did you do? With his head raised in curiosity, Balkan had no choice but to ask Jinhyuk how to do it. You can be a wizard. However, turning such an ordinary stone wall into a magic wall is impossible for a first-floor climber. Necromancers are also somewhat simr to wizards, but their ways are different. Still, Vulcan¡¯s eyes were shining brightly as he asked the question, as if he resembled a wizard¡¯s unique curiosity. ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll tell you. ¡°I used a magic stone.¡± -hearthstone? ah! no way¡­? ¡°Yes, on the way back, I scattered magic stones everywhere, starting from the basement stairs. And the moment you tried to run away, I used the magic stone to turn this ce into a space where the magical treatment waspleted. ¡°It¡¯s a magic stone like a kobold, so it won¡¯tst long¡­ but I¡¯ll be able to catch you before then.¡± -¡­her. It was absurd. At best, a kobold. It was strange that he was cornered by such low-level monster magic stones. Jinhyeok smiled and opened his mouth to Vulkan, who was dejected after hearing all the circumstances. ¡°I failed in myst life, but this time I seed in having you. Balkan.¡± -¡­Last life? No way¡­ no way, you guy¡­!!! ¡°A long time. Balkan, how does it feel to be the first sessor to the second sessor?¡± -Chajinyeeoeoeoeook! ¡°The cheers are so loud.¡± When Jinhyeok heard Vulcan¡¯s loud, almost deafening cry, he waved his hand and said. ¡°Collecting souls.¡± The most basic skill of a Spirit Master. Soul collection was used towards the soul of the original Spirit Master Balkan. -I will never give in to you. never! ¡°Okay, let¡¯s see how long you can maintain that mindset. And why should I even think about your fame and fame? I¡¯m too busy with my work to do. ¡°It¡¯s been bothersome sincest time.¡± Shurururuk ¨C With the final cry of the young Balkan, full of anger, Balkan was sucked into Jinhyeok¡¯s chest. Perfect! After sessfully collecting the Vulcan, Jinhyuk snapped his fingers to disarm the magic wall. No matter how many kobolds¡¯ magic stones are used, Jinhyeok is the one who uses them. Of course, a huge amount of mana is drained every second. There was nothing we could do because the consumption was so fast that even Jinhyeok, who had mana retardation, could not handle it. Of course, there were some that were canceled because they had already served their purpose. Afterpleting the crack- tap release, Jinhyuk tapped the chest where the vulcan had been sucked in. ¡°If you stay by my side, you will be able to achieve everything you want, so be patient, Balkan. I guess my work is done. Voyeurs will be curious, so let¡¯s just head out.¡± The basement is ordinary, but in terms of system, it is a room where former officers are located. It is one of the few ces where the eyes of gods and demons do not reach. Thinking of the gods and demons who would be waiting for him toe out, Jinhyuk began to climb the stairs of the basement. ¡°It wouldn¡¯t be a bad idea to take it easy.¡± Very leisurely. Very slowly. He climbed the stairs so slowly that only ashes were left behind as those waiting for him were so anxious. Chapter 11 All Master Necromancer Episode 11 [The pinnacle of all evil looks at you nkly.] [A god is curious about your upation.] [A demon is curious about your upation.] The moment Jinhyeokes out of the basement, countless gods and demons A message appeared before my eyes. The room where the ex-officer is located is solely a space for climbers. Even if it were a god or a devil, it would not be possible to see through it. ¡®Baal seems to have noticed, but he doesn¡¯t say anything.¡¯ Last time, he leaked information about himself, and other gods and demons attacked him in droves. Because of that situation, Jinhyeok felt a little troubled, but it was now a blessing in disguise. Thanks to that, Baal didn¡¯t do something foolish like giving up his job. eback.¡± What Jinhyuk did as soon as he left the basement was to gather the scattered skeletons. As soon as Jinhyeok¡¯s order was given, white skeletons gathered. Dozens of skeletons. With those alone, there is no one who can stop Jinhyuk here on the first floor. ¡®You need a special method toe down below the 10th floor, so it¡¯s hard to think that there will be strong guys.¡¯ Just like when Jinhyuk discovered Balkan¡¯s journal. Unless there are such special circumstances, anyone who has passed the 10th floor or the first floor in the first ce cannot return to the first floor. It seems as if they are only pursuing unconditional progress. ¡®Well, I don¡¯t have any intention ofing down anymore, so it doesn¡¯t matter.¡¯ My career as a Spirit Master is over. There is no way toe down now, and there is no reason toe down below the 10th floor. After thinking about everything, Jinhyeok gave orders to the skeletons waiting for his orders. ¡°Break down.¡± Passyek ¨C As soon as themand was over, dozens of skeletons turned into pure white bone dust and flew around. If someone had seen this, they would have been twirling their fingers and asking if they were crazy. Of course, Jinhyuk had an idea. ¡°Come out.¡± Swoook ¨C Along with the words, something whitish came out of Jinhyuk¡¯s chest. -Kek! -Keek! ¡°It¡¯s the same as not being able to speak.¡± soul. What Jinhyuk summoned were none other than the souls of the kobolds that Jinhyuk had captured so far. They were all kneeling towards Jinhyeok, retaining their original appearance. The ghosts show their dignity. It was extremely creepy, but not for Jinhyuk. Because it was just an ordinary, ordinary thing. The Spirit Master is a being who controls all spirits. It was natural for souls to be polite. ¡°The hunt begins now.¡± Jinhyuk had no intention of waiting for the Kobold Lord to move. ¡®I can hit first, there¡¯s no reason to wait.¡¯ A sure win. Because the eternalw also applied inside the tower. * * * -Keek! Kerr! -Kekkeekkeek! The Kobold Lord¡¯s stronghold. Dozens of kobold guards guard a huge fortress built in the heart of the forest. There were decapitated corpses hanging in the fortress. It belonged to a climber who had approached the fortress without knowing anything and was hunted. The kobolds smiled as they looked at the climbers. Because the bodies of those with their heads cut off became food to fill their stomachs. It was a time when the guards were hoping that more food would arrive. Trudging ¨C The sound of something walking echoed through the cold air in the forest. The sound of footsteps clearly pierced the kobolds¡¯ ears, as if they wanted them to hear them. Cheok! -Scream! Scream! -Keruk! At the same time, the kobold guards raised their weapons and aimed them towards the forest. He let out a threatening cry as if telling him toe out immediately. It was the fear of the group. If it had been just one, they would have run away at the sound of footsteps that appeared to be a climbering from the forest. But they are now the majority, not the minority. The climber was no longer a being to be feared, but merely a being to be hunted. There is only one reason why this is possible. It was thanks to their leader, Kobold Lord ¡®Khalkum¡¯. Despite the threat of the kobolds pointing their weapons, the owner of the footsteps was rxed. Turquoise- Turquoise- ¨C Ke¡­ Kereuk? I just slowly walked towards their fortress, step by step. As if you were no threat to me. Originally, they would have revealed their evil nature once again as soon as they realized that fact, but they did not do that. No, it would be more urate to say ¡®I couldn¡¯t do it.¡¯ The reason was simple. Saaaaaa¡­. The night air is particrly cold. However, the cold that enveloped their entire bodies right now was not at all due to the cold air. The cold thates from the body reacting to instinctive fear. It is by no means something that disappears just by wearing thick clothes and exposing it to fire. Eventually, the owner of the footsteps appeared. ¡°Whoa¡­ that¡¯s a lot.¡± One person at most. But his gaze at the fortress was by no means that of the criminal. The gaze of a hunter looking at the prey he must catch. The moment they saw those eyes, the kobolds felt shabby. To be precise, it felt like they had returned to the days when they were prey. Kobolds raised by Kalkum as hunters. The moment they saw the mysterious climber looking at them, they returned to hunting. Boom ¨C The mysterious climber lifts his feet once. Tsutsutsu¡­ Souls with a cool chill appeared. Exactly 30 people. Although it is a low-level kobold soul, it is a number that is quite unreasonable even for Jinhyeok. However, Jinhyeok did not reject his choice. Kobolds, kobold warriors, kobold shaman, etc. Wearing the same weapons and armor as they did when they were alive, they once again stand here as spirits after receiving a call from Jinhyeok, a mysterious climber. The reason for destroying all the skeletons was simple. There were better things to do, so there was no reason to leave them to eat up mana. Of course, there were some parts that were meant to be of some help in maintaining the soul soldiers. And as if to prove their usefulness, the kobold spiritsunched an attack. Crashing ¨C Thick grass in the forest. They trampled on them and flew towards the fortress where they originally lived. Looking at the spirit trying to invade the fortress, Jinhyeok finished stretching with a groan and held the staff in his hand. ¡°You can¡¯t just sit around and y.¡± If I had been in a past life, I would have watched from behind, but not now. Thanks to his sub-job called All Master, Jinhyuk was particrly strong in dog fights like that. Weapons that fell on the floor, weapons used by enemies, etc. Jinhyeok¡¯s main weapon was to swing whatever he could get his hands on without any consideration. With that thought in mind, thest remaining Jinhyeok rushed towards the fortress. * * * ¡°¡­is it an intruder?¡± A kobold with a size and appearance that is clearly different from other kobolds. To his surprise, he could speak. His name was Kalkum. The father of all kobolds. The Kobold Lord who appeared on the first floor was him. As the leader of a tribe, his intelligence was beyond the ability to speak and read. Since he was a Lord, he noticed the presence of an intruder and stood up. It was a natural choice since there was no reason for an ordinary intruder to cause trouble in his fortress. ¡°Prepare the offerings.¡± -Scream! At Kalkum¡¯smand, a kobold waiting by his side disappeared, and Kalkum slowly left his room. The purpose was to use unusual methods to deal with unusual intruders. * * * Wow! Wood tter! -¡­Kek! ¡°As expected, kobolds are too easy.¡± Jinhyeok, who instantly rushed in and turned the kobold¡¯s head 180 degrees into an owl, muttered and looked around. -Keeeeee! -Keek! Keck! The situation was overwhelmingly better for Jinhyuk. Kobolds are stupid. Conversely, the word stupid can also mean that there are no wizards. Because a stupid person cannot be a wizard. Although there are shamans, they are few and shamans and magic are fundamentally different. Additionally, in order to attack the souls that Jinhyuk handled, there had to be some level of magical processing. Or, something with holy attributes or something with demonic attributes was needed. None of them? ¡®It¡¯s a massacre.¡¯ Then there is no way to stop the Spirit Master. This was the reason why Jinhyeok was notorious in the tower. No matter how powerful a warrior is, he cannot do anything about the souls without someone like a wizard, priest, or demon. On the other hand, since the souls even have physical power, it is an absurd situation in which only one side can attack normally. Of course there were exceptions. ¡®If you can wear a sword or a sword, things will be different.¡¯ Other beings in the y can make mana tangible. Nine stars were of course possible, and the same goes for the elite beings below them. They were able to deal with Jinhyeok¡¯s souls like they would deal with ordinary enemies. Well, there was no need for kobolds to use sword techniques or sword steel, so that was also impossible at the moment. ¡°It¡¯s slowlying to an end.¡± A scene where 30 people ughter hundreds of kobolds. Just by looking at the number of kills going up like crazy, you can get a rough idea of how bad it is. At this rate, it wouldn¡¯t be that difficult to reach 1,000 within a few hours. ¡°It¡¯s nice to have a hidden job.¡± Spirit Master and All Master. Both jobs were good. A spirit master who is perfect for dealing with weak beings like now. An all-master who can fight dozens of enemies alone. Jinhyuk thought that it couldn¡¯t be this good to have both jobs. You can tell this just by looking at the number of kobolds Jinhyuk killed alone in less than an hour approaching three figures. Not only did they use one weapon, but they also used swords, swords, spears, etc. This was despite the fact that I used a variety of weapons at my disposal. Of course, Jinhyeok¡¯s strong presence yed a role, but All Master¡¯s fraudulent nature also yed a role. How good would it be to have good weapons on the first floor, which is the beginner zone? After a few proper swings, the weapon gets damaged, and if you go any further, it breaks. But Jinhyuk had no reason to care whether the weapon broke or not. When the sword breaks, the spear. When the window breaks, it¡¯s okay. Depending on the situation, he may steal a dropped weapon or an enemy¡¯s weapon and use it himself. Although it may be absurd from the enemy¡¯s perspective, it cannot be like this. ¡®It would be absurd to use a weapon better than the one who was taken away.¡¯ Jinhyeok¡¯s current weapon skills are simr to those of those who changed jobs from the 10th floor. A simr spear technique that changed into a spearman. A swordsmanship simr to this one that turned into a prosecutor. In such a situation, at best, a kobold can handle weapons better than Jinhyeok? It was an impossible story. Something caught Jinhyeok¡¯s spirit as he wielded his weapon, keenly aware of the fraudulent nature of the All Master. ¡°¡­Is it Rod?¡± The castle, a dark and gloomy energy felt from deep within. Convinced that something was definitely going on inside, Jinhyeok threw a dagger at the forehead of the charging kobold and ran straight to the center. Of course, the kobold who was struck by the dagger died, but Jinhyeok did not even look back. ¡°Tsk, this is going to be quite annoying. Maybe I should have killed Rod first.¡± They will all die anyway. I did not decide what to do first and after, but first dealt with the things I could see, but my judgment was wrong. Jinhyuk clicked his tongue at that fact, but did not regret it. ¡°I win anyway.¡± It doesn¡¯t matter if the judgment is wrong or the choice is wrong. Because Jinhyuk had the strength to overturn them all. [The pinnacle of all evil waves a cheering stick.] ¡°¡­The cheering from a man with hairy legs is nothing special.¡± [The pinnacle of all evil drops his lightstick in shock.] In addition, Jinhyuk also had a cheerleader(?) who cheered him on. Even though I hated it myself. Leaving behind the cheering of the man with hairy legs, Jinhyuk flew towards where Rod was presumed to be. Chapter 12 All Master Necromancer Episode 12 : Basement of the Castle. The ce was full of people captured by kobolds. From those living in Korol Vige to the climbers on the first floor who have just entered the tower. Although they were all different, from where they lived to what they looked like, their situations were the same. ¡°Please save me!¡± ¡°Huh, mom¡­.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to die!¡± Dozens of people were imprisoned. He looked like a prisoner, but the reality was different. Phew! Sigh! Phew! The person who left first was already tied to the altar outside the prison. Eventually, a sacrificial dagger became lodged in his heart. There are already more than 10 people. The floor was filled with blood gushing from the heart, and corpses were piled up like trash on one side of the wall, a bizarre sight. The person responsible for creating this bizarre appearance was Kobold Lord Kalkum. ¡°It¡¯s not enough¡­ Bring more! ¡°I will offer them all as a sacrifice to Him!¡± -Keruk! The kobolds were startled by Kalkum¡¯s shout and pulled out the people inside the prison. ¡°go away! ¡°You monsters!¡± ¡°Do you think I¡¯m going to die like this? ¡°Do you know who my brother is?¡± Of course there was resistance. If you are dragged outside, you are almost 100% certain to die. I don¡¯t know how many more people will die, but the more people are pushed to the end, the more likely they are to survive. Is that why? Not only the climbers but also the residents of Korol vige punched the kobolds or pushed each other to leave. To begin with, kobolds are weak monsters. It is capable of catching climbers on the first floor and even vige residents. The kobolds were embarrassed when they rebelled after their death. Their master ordered them to be brought in, but their resistance was too strong. -Keruk! ¡°Ahh! Oh, no!¡± Themotion calmed down only after the warrior-ss kobolds stepped forward. At the warrior level, ordinary people cannotpete. At least the second floor. You have to be a level 2nd floor climber to be able to deal with them one-on-one. But isn¡¯t it possible that someone of that level would be captured by kobolds? In the end, people were dragged to the altar by kobold warriors by their hair. The end of those who were taken in was the same. Sigh! ¡°¡­Knock!¡± The end result is that one bleeds out loud, then dies and is thrown away like trash. People gradually lost hope due to the same death without a single mistake. One by one, people in the prison died, and the number of people who survived could be counted on one hand. ¡°¡­What about that guy? ¡°Bring that woman to me.¡± Someone caught the eye of Kalkum, who was taking a break from his consciousness rushing towards the end. With a snap of his fingers, he pulled out a small woman hiding deep inside the prison. but. -Keek! ¡°¡­Tsk, they seem like useless things.¡± The kobold warriors who went to take her out couldn¡¯t eveny a hand on her and rolled around on the floor. Thinking that they were useless subordinates, Kalkum took action himself. If that woman was indeed the species Kalkum thought of, this ceremony would be a huge sess. Sigh! ¡°also! ¡°You bitch, you¡¯re a goblin!¡± Go inside the prison and mp her chin with your hand! As he picked it up, Kalkum smiled with satisfaction. Various races live in the tower. There are non-human races such as demons, gods, giants, and dragons, and there are also ordinary races such as humans. Among them, there were some who had special abilities. Beast people that turn into animals, bird people that have wings, etc. Various races lived in the tower, and one of the many races was the ¡®goblin¡¯ who was trembling after being grabbed by the chin by Kalkum. ¡°They would never have thought that their child, who lives on the 100th floor, would be on the first floor! Hahaha! He wants my victory!¡± goblin. They are a race of shamans who know how to use magic from birth, and everything they do helps with magic. Do you sacrifice a goblin, a famous shaman race, in a ritual? It would be a more perfect sacrifice than any other sacrifice. Actually, that was right. ¡°Tsk, if I had known you were there, I wouldn¡¯t have needed to make the previous sacrifices.¡± Dozens of humans. It was greater to sacrifice one goblin than to sacrifice them all. Kalkum must have been disappointed by that, but he took a sip of his mouth and then shook his head. ¡°It won¡¯t matter. A strong enemy has appeared, so offering a lot of sacrifices will help you win. ¡°Come out.¡± Half of the sacrifice would have been used anyway, regardless of whether there was a goblin or not. There was no need to feel regretful. All I had to do was kill the enemy outside and then bring them back. After thinking about it, Kalkum grabbed the goblin girl and walked away. Of course, it doesn¡¯t make sense to just struggle and follow the path to death. The goblin girl struggled to escape from Kalkum¡¯s grasp. Thinking that he wouldn¡¯t be able to make it on time like this, Kalkum sighed and grabbed her hair. bang! ¡°¡­Oof!¡± ¡°You¡¯re bothering me. ¡°Consider it an honor to be offered to Him, you goblin girl.¡± After grabbing her hair and mming her face into the stone floor, Kalkum ced the unconscious woman on the altar, muttering this. ¡°Demon who controls death, give me strength!¡± Kalkum¡¯s eerie voice echoed throughout the basement, and his sacrificial dagger was about to pierce the chest of thest remaining sacrifice. Crrrrr! ¡°Hmm, what kind of interesting sight is this? Human sacrifice? Summon a sacrifice? Well, it doesn¡¯t matter.¡± ¡°¡­You are an intruder.¡± ¡°Then just looking at you, you are a Kobold Lord. ¡°It looks just like a kobold lord when it¡¯s weak.¡± ¡°cheeky! I am the lord who rules over all kobolds! It¡¯s Kalkum! ¡°Be polite, intruder!¡± Kalkum couldn¡¯t help but get angry at theughter of Jinhyeok, the man in the ck hood who appeared after breaking the ceiling. It was natural for him to be angry since he had said that he was weak to a being like a king who represented a race. However, Jinhyuk felt that he was really weak. At best, it¡¯s a kobold. Even if you can¡¯t do it, you have to be a goblin, or if you go a little further, you have to be an orc lord to be a threat to the current Jinhyeok. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk smiled and trudged towards him. ¡®It¡¯s clear that something was going on here. ¡®Is almost everyone dead?¡¯ Jinhyuk looked around as he approached him and clicked his tongue. Corpses piled up like a mountain on one side of the wall. From children to the elderly. Just looking at the corpses gathered together, regardless of age or gender, was frowned upon. Of course, that was it. For Jinhyeok, who went from a necromancer who controlled death to a spirit master who controlled even the soul, it was nothing more or less than an unpleasant sight. I have seen more hideous and grotesque scenes than this. ¡°¡­goblin?¡± But even Jinhyeok couldn¡¯t help but be surprised the moment he saw the fainted goblin girl on the altar. ¡®Why is the goblin on the first floor? Goblins won¡¯te down from the 100th floor, right?¡¯ There are two ways for the races living within the tower to climb the tower. The first is to build strength from where they lived and climb the tower from there. The second is toe down to the first floor and grow step by step from the beginning. Naturally, most people choose the first option. Well, the Four Emperors are trying to destroy everything from the first floor and return to the original floor, but that¡¯s only because their residence is too high. In the first ce, all species living on the 100th floor are 100th floor climbers. If they teach you intensively, you will be able to raise your level to a suitable level within a few years. There was little reason toe down to the first floor and learn everything from the beginning. ¡®I thought goblins especially cherish their young, so they cultivate their abilities in the vige¡­ wasn¡¯t it?¡¯ In addition, goblins especially cherished their young. Their protection was so strict that they did not even allow them to leave the vige until they reached a certain age. Those people sent the baby down to the first floor? ¡®There¡¯s something. I think something happened on the 100th floor.¡¯ That also meant that something happened on the 100th floor, their home. But Jinhyuk¡¯s thoughts had no choice but to stop there. ¡°Are you ignoring me, intruder?¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, that¡¯s annoying. ¡°I still have a lot to think about.¡± From the future schedule to the baby goblin that came down to the first floor. There¡¯s no room for a kobold-lord-like idiot with a head that¡¯s already ready to explode. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk sighed and clenched his fists. Jinhyeok¡¯s current body is no different from a lethal weapon. This means that even an ordinary fist is not enough to crush a head. Well, I didn¡¯t have any weapons to begin with. ¡®I destroyed everything on the way there, so I guess it¡¯s worth it to make a living.¡¯ While wiping out the kobolds blocking the way on the way down here, all the weapons taken were broken. Still, there was no worry. ¡®At best, he¡¯s a Kobold Lord. A fist is enough.¡¯ If he was a goblin or orc lord, he would havee looking for other weapons, but that does not apply to a kobold lord. Just because he is a Lord doesn¡¯t mean he possesses strength that surpasses his race. To the extent that he is stronger than an ordinary kobold warrior and can use better magic than an ordinary kobold shaman? ¡®Ah, the difference is that you can control kobolds. They also have enough intelligence to have a conversation.¡¯ That was exactly it. A little stronger, a little trickier, a little smarter. This was Jinhyuk¡¯s definition of a Kobold Lord. Moreover, the target ofparison is no one else but a kobold. Anything slightly better than a weak kobold can never be a threat. With that thought in mind, Jinhyuk walked slowly, and Calkum took a step back without even realizing it due to the deadly force radiating from Jinhyuk¡¯s whole body. ¡®I¡¯m just a climber on the first floor! I am His apostle sent by Him! ¡®This can¡¯t happen!¡¯ Even though he shouted that to himself, his feet didn¡¯te off as if they had been glued on. It¡¯s simr to how prey freezes in fear in front of a tiger. ¡°Just one for now.¡± Paang! With those words, Jinhyeok came closer and threw a jab at Kalkum, who was frozen in fear. A fist that is literally close to being tasted. However, the problem was that even such a fist contained the power to kill something. ¡®Ma¡­ we have to stop it!¡¯ In the face of intense fear, Kalkum was unable to move his slightly superior body. The spells that filled my head were useless now. Intellect? The monster in front of you is not someone you canmunicate with. ¡®Ah¡­ devil who controls death!¡¯ In the end, all he could do was pray to the devil who had sent him here. As if in answer to his earnest prayers, a change urred in the basement. Crack-tup! Corpses piled up on one side of the wall. The corpses came back to life and began to move. The reanimated corpses immediately blocked the space between Jinhyeok and Kalkum and grabbed the fist that was extended towards Kalkum. Crackling ¨C Pressure that feels like your fist is about to explode. Jinhyeok, who realized that it was a fairly high-level undead, immediately threw his body backwards to increase the distance. As the monster that was attacking him widened its distance, Kalkum¡¯s face became brighter. ¡°Huh¡­ Hah haha! He watches over me, intruder! Bow your head to me and serve Him even now! He will embrace you too!¡± They seem to think that Jinhyuk was scared of the undead and kept his distance. ¡®Was the kobold a dog? ¡®Why are you talking bullshit?¡¯ Of course, that wasn¡¯t the case. There was only one reason why Jinhyuk widened the distance. ¡°Shh¡­ Be quiet. Don¡¯t wrinkle in front of the pupa. ¡°Isn¡¯t that so ugly?¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± ¡°I thought that bastard of yours was showing interest, but now he¡¯s picking on me like this. I will remember this debt. Boo.¡± [The devil in charge of death looks the other way.] [The pinnacle of all evil res at someone.] This is because I figured out who Kalkum was talking about. Considering that it dealt with death and offered sacrifices, it was clear that it was from the devil. There was only one such being, Bune, the ¡®demon who controls death¡¯. Additionally, Jinhyeok found the current situation absurd. Like I just said, the same situation as wrinkling in front of a chrysalis. ¡°Do you think I¡¯d be afraid of those undead bastards? Gather together.¡± thud! A being beyond a necromancer who uses necromancy. Using necromancy in front of Jinhyuk, the spirit master, was nothing more than an intention to make fun of Jinhyuk. Jinhyeok¡¯s souls, who had been ravaging the fortress, gathered in the basement one after another, apanied by clouds of feet that seemed even slightly angry. The number was exactly 30. From the number Jinhyeok first summoned, there was not even 1 damage. Jinhyeok, who was looking at the 30 souls lined up next to him, smiled coolly and gave an order again. ¡°Deal with it.¡± Just one word. That one word was enough. For the revived undead to return to death. Chapter 13 All Master Necromancer Episode 13 Spirit Master Vulkan. Although his name has now been forgotten, he was once a man whomanded the entire tower. ¡®How did I, who couldn¡¯t even ignore the Four Emperors, end up in this situation¡­¡¯ A long time ago, when he was alive, he was someone who couldn¡¯t ignore even the Four Emperors who were holding the tower in his hands. Of course, if they decide to do so, they will die out like amp in the wind, but that does not mean they are weak enough to be easily dealt with. ¡®I used to be like that¡­ Now I¡¯m in the position of catching the subordinates of the Kobold Lord who don¡¯t even know that they are being controlled by the devil¡­¡¯ He was more than half of the 999 floors and was worthy of being called the ranker of rankers. Reminiscing about the past, he shed bloody tears. But even for a moment. ¡°Why don¡¯t you go quickly? ¡°If you don¡¯t go, they will grind you up and turn you into a soul group?¡± ¡°Goes! go! You look like a damn top. ¡°Are you treating your teacher like this?¡± ¡°Go when they say something nice. ¡°Before we turn it into a real soul troupe.¡± ¡°¡­Damn you.¡± At Jinhyeok¡¯s order to give him 30 kobold souls and clean up all other scum except for the kobold lord, he grumbled and began his work. Soul group. It was an item that could be used to grind up useless souls and turn them into pills, which could give a small stat increase when consumed by the Spirit Master or other souls. Of course, the soul that became the material for the soul troupe is torn apart, making it impossible to even think about reincarnation, which is so terrible. ¡®¡­Damn, I never thought I¡¯d hear the words I used to threaten souls in my prime.¡¯ Of course, this was a method that Balkan himself often used. Basically, the stronger you are in life, the stronger your desire will be. Moreover, their pride is as high and gigantic as the height of the 999-story tower. It wasn¡¯t easy to convince them, and the easiest part of the process was threats. Although he was a Vulcan who could not even imagine that he would be subjected to such threats, Jinhyeok knew full well that he was a person who would do anything, so he was a Vulcan who turned to the kobolds. ¡°I¡¯m sure we can handle the kobolds on our own.¡± The number of kobolds currently in the Lord¡¯s fortress is impressive. Some people will scoff and wonder if they can take care of them all with only 30 souls and one Vulcan. But Jinhyuk was confident. ¡®verve? Do you think you can stop my army with just a hundred or so?¡¯ 30 animals. Since they are the souls of low-level monsters called kobolds, their strength is not that special. They are low-ss souls who cannot even demonstrate their physical abilities, let alone their original abilities. However, Jinhyeok was not worried because there was Balkan leading them. ¡®Balkan. Although he curses and treats people like ves, his abilities are outstanding. Although he has wspared to me in my prime, he is the first Spirit Master. Of course, if I let him grow, it¡¯s no different from having two of me.¡¯ Balkan. Even apart from the name of the first Spirit Master, his achievements are truly remarkable. Because the entity that surpassed the 600-story wall where Jinhyeok copsed was Balkan. Of course, Jinhyuk himself would have easily ovee the challenge if he had taken the challenge step by step without being impatient. Anyway, Jinhyeok knew better than anyone else the usefulness of Balkan, so he left the Kobold Lord¡¯s subordinates and the undead born with the power of Bune in charge and walked towards Kobold Lord Kalkum. The sound of Jinhyuk¡¯s footsteps echoing in the dark basement resembled something out of a horror movie . ¡°¡­don¡¯te! I am the devil¡¯s chosen apostle! ¡°It means there¡¯s nothing you can do about it!¡± While listening to Kalkum barking like a dog barking in fear, Jinhyeok responded with an absurd expression on his face. ¡°It wasn¡¯t a choice, it was abandonment. ¡°You stupid kobold.¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± ¡°You are just a piece of chess. It¡¯s also a pawn that is neither king nor queen. That was also a move made by the devil who wanted to know information about me. ¡°No more, no less.¡± ¡°That can¡¯t be possible! Then why did he send his soldiers to me! Do not insult Him or Me!¡± It¡¯s a kobold that can¡¯t understand what you¡¯re talking about. Is it Cobbleton? Jinhyuk, who was grumbling while thinking such things in his mind, soon took a step towards him and opened his mouth. As Jinhyuk gradually got closer, Kalkum took a step back and did not close the distance, but Jinhyuk did not care. ¡®Even if you step back, you¡¯re in a dungeon.¡¯ It wasn¡¯t an open field, and he thought there was nowhere for him to escape as long as his back was to the entrance. Therefore, we started by destroying Kalkum¡¯s thoughts. ¡°That is proof that you were abandoned. My ability is also the ability to handle those things. So, I want to see how I deal with the devil who chose you and abandoned you.¡± ¡°¡­Aaagh! ¡°Die Inooooom!¡± As soon as he finished speaking, Jinhyeok, who was watching the sight of Kalkum shing light and swinging his skull staff and the pile of bones rising, immediately started hunting. me ¨C Jinhyuk¡¯s new form, which he lightly sat down on, increased in size, and at the same time, Jinhyuk arrived in front of the huge bone wall created by Kalkum and threw a kick. bang! Damn ¨C just one shot. With that one blow, he seeded in cracking and splintering the bone wall separating Kalkum and Jinhyuk, creating a gap for Jinhyuk to pass through. ¡°Nonsense¡­ I can¡¯t believe it¡­ How could a climber on the first floor climb the wall where his power resides¡­¡± Jin-hyeok was shocked by the dead voice of Kalkum, who had temporarily be something simr to a necromancer with the power of Bune. It was. ¡°Wrinkle in front of the chrysalis. ¡°It happens because you imitate necromancy in front of me.¡± Bone walls. Commonly called Bone Wall, it refers to a barrier made from the bones of corpses that contains mana and makes it like hard steel. It can also be seen as a branch of magic, and the way to destroy it is simple. ¡®It¡¯s enough to target vulnerabilities.¡¯ Although it has been materialized, its essence is like magic, so the ce where mana is not properly concentrated is the weak point of Bone Wall, which is harder than steel. This was possible because Jinhyuk had reached the peak as a necromancer before bing a spirit master. It was natural for Kalkum to use the necromancer¡¯s abilities in front of Jinhyeok without knowing it. Jinhyeok slowly approached Kalkum, kicking away the fragments of Bonwol scattered around him, and smiled grimly. ¡°How useful is your soul?¡± Creepy ¨C Kalkum, who saw Jinhyeok¡¯s appearance of going beyond killing and extracting souls like that of a reaper, stopped walking backwards and went crazy, scratching the walls of the dungeon. Jinhyuk ¡®s hand stretched out towards Kalkum as he watched his fingernails being shattered and blood lines drawn with Kalkum¡¯s blood being drawn on the solid stone wall of the dungeon. Crackling ¨C It didn¡¯t take much strength to break the weak kobold¡¯s neck. Just grab it gently and break it hard. It wasn¡¯t anything difficult. Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes turned to Kalkum¡¯s body as the undead, who had been revived by the caster Kalkum, returned to dust as soon as he died. Wooung ¨C Jinhyeok¡¯s hand stretched out towards it after tasting something whitishing out of Kalkum¡¯s cold body. Something whitish . Jinhyeok, who caught Kalkum¡¯s soul with his bare hands, examined it carefully and then frowned. ¡°¡­It¡¯s trash.¡± In addition to his boss-level position as a Kobold Lord, he was also rted to a high-ranking demon named Bune, so I thought he mighte up with some useful souls, but it seems I was mistaken. Kalkum¡¯s soul, trembling as if half-wrecked, waspletely broken. Jinhyeok, who judged that it was difficult to use his full power, sighed and strengthened the hand that was holding Kalkum¡¯s soul. Crunch-clud -ck- -Keaaaaaaa! An eerie echo and the sound of something being broken andpressed echoed throughout the dungeon. Jinhyuk continued his work while looking at something hot flowing between the crotches of the kobold warriors and shamans who saw their leader¡¯s terrible end. Finally , the deafening noise subsided, and with thest eerie sound, a pure white pill was held in Jinhyeok¡¯s hand. ¡°Then¡­ I will eat well.¡± As if there was nothing to think about, Jinhyuk immediately poured the pills into his mouth without any water and smiled as he felt the pills melting in his mouth in an instant. ¡®As expected, the soul troupe is good.¡¯ Spirit Master is a job that uses spirits. However, he cannotmand all the souls, and he cannot take all the souls he has killed with him. Therefore, if a soul is no longer needed or is powerful but the soul¡¯s ego is too strong to control, the Spirit Master grinds them down. This is not a metaphor; you actually grind them into a pill and consume it. ¡®It¡¯s not as efficient as using a single soul, but it¡¯s not bad either.¡¯ You can engrave some of the soul¡¯s memories and abilities from when you were alive into your head, and you can also slightly increase your stats. Of course, if there is too much difference from the soul, it will not have much effect. ¡®Even if you go beyond the 100th floor, there won¡¯t be any increase in stats like with kobolds. No, it would be like that even if it were only the 50th floor.¡¯ Jinhyeok, who was thinking about what kind of soul he should eat in the future, opened the status window to check the stats that had risen after eating the soul dan. [Status Window] Name: Choi Jin- hyuk upation: Spirit Master Sub-Job: All Master Body: Mana Retardation (Ability Value) Strength: 22 Stamina: 20 Dexterity: 20 Intelligence: 27 Mana: 33 ¡®As expected, it¡¯s not very efficient.¡¯ Strength and stamina each increased by 1, and intelligence and mana increased by 2 each. Considering that some of Bune¡¯s power is contained in a special monster called the Kobold Lord, it is safe to say that it has risen to the level of an ant¡¯s eyes. At this level, even if the souls of ordinary kobolds were reced, let alone expecting any efficiency, it was enough to just increase it. ¡®¡­Have I gotten stronger too quicklypared to the first time? No, this alone is not something to bepared to in the first ce.¡¯ After consoling himself by thinking about the time when he was promoted to a spirit master during the first episode, Jinhyuk got up from his seat. The status window that was blocking his eyes suddenly disappeared, and now there was only one thing left for Jinhyuk. ¡°I should finish cleaning.¡± -Kyaaagh! -Keeeeee! The kobold warriors and shamans who move the kobold lord¡¯s castle fill the dungeon. It was time for a final cleaning to remove them. Chapter 14 All Master Necromancer Episode 14 -¡­Ryuya! Never¡­ never return to the vige! -Ugh! Stop it! Don¡¯t let the kids die! -no! Please, just the kids! ¡®¡­don¡¯t go, please.¡¯ A panoramic view of the burning vige. The image of an adult in the vige looking at him and telling him not to visit the vige. There are even people whose heads are separated from their bodies while they are begging for their children to be saved while holding on to someone¡¯s trouser legs. The goblin frowned at the feast of memories that existed in his memory that he wanted to forget but should not. ¡°¡­This ce?¡± A young goblin waking up with a nightmare looks around and tilts his head. A ce I¡¯m not familiar with, but I remember. ¡°¡­Ugh, my head.¡± Only then did the young goblin, holding his head with a headache, remember the situation just before. The image of the Kobold Lord trying to sacrifice himself and the image of him beating up the person who resisted. And¡­ ¡°You¡¯re awake.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s you.¡± Even Jinhyeok, the man looking down at him. The moment she saw his appearance just before being sacrificed, she staggered to her feet. ¡°Why don¡¯t you sit down? ¡°If a young goblin was hurt like that, he could get some rest.¡± I showed her a favor and urged her to take a break, but she didn¡¯t sit down again. The goblins are a race that never forgets kindness. ¡®I have to repay you for saving me.¡¯ Her head hurt like it was going to explode and her whole body was shaking, but she didn¡¯t want to be a ungrateful scoundrel. Of course, you don¡¯t know how the man in front of you will treat you in the future. The world outside the vige was an unknown world to her as a young goblin. ¡®You may go through even more hardships than the Kobold Lord did. But I have to repay the favor now.¡¯ After thinking about it and forcibly supporting her trembling legs, she thanked me and introduced herself. ¡°downstream. My name is Haru. ¡°I think you know about my race, so you don¡¯t have to tell me that.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, you¡¯re a goblin, right?¡± ¡°¡­you¡¯re right. ¡°Thank you for saving me.¡± Nodding ¨C The young goblin said thank you and revealed his name. Haryu bowed his head as he spoke. Jinhyeok thought that she was truly a goblin when he saw her properly say thank you even though she almost died just now, and he opened his mouth. ¡°But why are you thanking me if I kill you or sell you to a ve dealer or something?¡± Seeing Jinhyuk asking the question she had never expected, Ha-ryu raised her head and looked at Jinhyuk with emotionless eyes and answered. ¡°Then you can just take revenge on him.¡± ¡°¡­as expected from the goblin tribe.¡± Jinhyuk nodded and handed her some water, thinking that even though she was young, a goblin was still a goblin. ¡°Drink it first. Because I didn¡¯t take any poison or sleeping pills. ¡°Are you thirsty?¡± ¡°¡­I will return the favor.¡± In response to Ha-ryu naming a bottle of water as Eun-hye, Jin-hyeok nodded as if telling her to do whatever she wanted, and when she finished drinking the water, he asked her what she was curious about. ¡°Do you know why you are here?¡± ¡°¡­I don¡¯t want to talk about it.¡± Haryu refused to answer due to the sad and painful memories. ¡°You said you would return the favor? ¡°Telling me the information you know is returning the favor to me.¡± But in the end, I had no choice but to stop talking when I heard the word ¡®grace¡¯. ¡°¡­Someone broke into the vige.¡± As expected, there is a problem. As Ha-ryu continued to speak in a stutter, Jin-hyuk internally tapped his knee. This is because the testimony was exactly consistent with his thoughts. ¡®If it¡¯s a goblin vige, most people wouldn¡¯t be able to touch it.¡¯ It is a vige, but the dexterity and abilities of the goblins are outstanding even in the tower. It¡¯s safe to say it¡¯s a decent city, and someone attacked a ce where even climbers who had retired from active duty but had targeted high-ranking people were members of the vige? ¡®They¡¯re probably not ordinary guys. At least a guild. If you go a little further¡­ I guess it¡¯s the Four Emperors.¡¯ There was only one answer. These are beings who have a certain level of power and have no problem dealing with a goblin vige on their own. Since there weren¡¯t that many beings of that level, Jinhyeok was able to narrow down the scope to some extent. ¡®Nine stars. If it¡¯s not a guild founded by Nine Stars, it¡¯s probably a guild founded by people who have lived in the tower for a long time. And at the end of them, there will be the Four Emperors.¡¯ The tower boasts an enormous size of 999 floors and is connected to other dimensions, so countless races exist. In addition, they established guilds in the tower a long time ago and built their own viges, castles, and cities. After tens or hundreds of years, it can no longer be called a guild. Jinhyeok thought that Nine Star was also in a simr situation and that the Four Emperors had intervened in hitting him in the back. ¡®¡­What are these ideas?¡¯ Intervention within the tower is no different from being known to the gods and demons watching them. Because the entire tower was no different from CCTV, with the eyes and ears of gods and demons attached. Especially if it is a race that is simr to the goblin race, there is a high possibility that at least one member of the race will be ranked as a god. ¡®They work without paying attention to the goblins¡¯ race gods¡­ These guys smell pretty bad.¡¯ The Four Emperors. Demons, gods, dragons, giants. Although the four races are the closest races to gods and demons in the tower, annihting his race while God is clearly watching is almost absurd. Jinhyeok touched the wreckage he was sitting on, frowning at the behavior of the guys who acted as they pleased, as if they were not afraid of punishment. ¡°¡­Why are you doing that?¡± ¡°No, your throat is all thirsty, right? ¡°Then let¡¯s get up.¡± ¡°¡­Where do you n on going?¡± ¡°Outside. ¡°At least this isn¡¯t a good ce to rest, is it?¡± ¡°Can I¡­can Ie along too?¡± Seeing Ha-ryu hesitantly saying what he wanted to say, Jin-hyeok got up from his seat, erasing the thoughts about the Four Hwangs that filled his head. ¡°Of course, it¡¯s better not to think that I will protect you instead.¡± ¡°Do not worry. ¡°Because I can protect my own body.¡± ¡°Besides, I was caught by a kobold or something¡­ No, let¡¯s stop.¡± ¡°¡­yes.¡± Jinhyeok, who saw Ha-ryu¡¯s face with a child¡¯s face and body turning sulky right before his eyes, immediately turned his head. ¡®¡­I heard it¡¯s hard to talk to women after all.¡¯ Jinhyeok opened the door to the dungeon, saying that it would be better to fight monsters all day and night. ¡°This ce will soon be cleaned up, so there won¡¯t be any problem if we leave.¡± ¡°It¡¯s all sorted out?¡± Kobold¡¯s fortress. It would be safe to say that this ce was full of kobolds, but Ha-ryu couldn¡¯t hide his doubts when Jinhyeok, who had been talking in the dungeon until now, said that everything had been sorted out. However, Jinhyeok got up without giving any exnation and went up to the ground, leaving the downstream alone. Jinhyeok was extremely good at keeping his words. ¡°¡­I¡¯ll have to wait a little longer and then decide.¡± Life debt. Ha-Ryu walked after Jin-Hyeok at a brisk pace, thinking about whether or not to give the greatest thing he had to repay the debt. * * * ¡°Hahaha! ¡°Wipe it away!¡± Rattling, rattling ¨C With a pleasant voice, the 30 spirit soldiers that Jinhyuk had attached along with the undead who had received Balkan¡¯s orders moved towards the kobolds. Whiooooo ¨C There was no one who could stop the spirit soldiers rushing in with the cool wind. As soon as they passed the kobolds, the kobolds were lying on the floor with the illusion that their entire bodies were frozen. They were so frightened that they could not even resist, and eventually they met death at the hands of the undead, zombies, and skeletons that arrived. ¡°That guy¡¯s mana is no joke. I dragged this much out, but there wasn¡¯t even a response. A monster is a monster.¡± Balkan clicked his tongue as he looked at those scenes. Although it takes less mana than handling souls, Jinhyeok, who uses almost dozens of undead and 31 souls including himself, shows no signs of running out of mana. When you are licking your tongue at the enormous amount of mana that is reminiscent of a dragon. Feeling two energies near the dungeon he escaped from, Vulcan headed straight to the entrance of the dungeon. ¡°Cha Jinhyuk!¡± ¡°Okay, I guess you got everything sorted out, right? Balkan?¡± ¡°¡­ Wow, it¡¯s almost over. ¡°Wait, it¡¯s not okay to just urge them to do it.¡± ¡°Why don¡¯t you stop talking nonsense and sort it out quickly? How much mana did you suck and haven¡¯t even cleared it up yet? Are you really going to make a soul dan today?¡± Despite being told to wait a little longer, Balkan was fed up with the sight of Jinhyeok trying to drink himself instead of cheering him up by saying he understood. ¡°Anyway, even without me, it will move like a cogwheel ording to the orders I have already given. ¡°I don¡¯t have to!¡± ¡°Now that you have said that it is not necessary, you mean that you can make it a soul troupe?¡± ¡°¡­You look like a fucking bastard. ¡°Where on earth has the respect for elders disappeared¡­¡± Jinhyeok was about to punch Jinhyeok, who was infuriated by the sight of Balkan muttering in a voice filled with confusion. ¡°Who is he?¡± ¡°¡­Can you see me? Ah, the goblins. But there are goblins on the first floor. It¡¯s such a strange thing. Won¡¯t the person who died and disappeared soone back? Won¡¯t the residents of the 100th floore down to the first floor? ¡°Is the tower about to copse?¡± Tsk tsk ¨C Jinhyuk asked Ha-ryu, covering Vulkan¡¯s mouth with his fist as he clicked his tongue and said what he wanted to say. ¡°Do you see him?¡± ¡°Goblins often interact with spiritual beings. Of course, there are some who aren¡¯t, but¡­ I¡¯m a pretty special being¡­¡± ¡°I see, the goblins are definitely special.¡± see the soul There are not many species in the world that have such abilities from birth. Right now, Jinhyuk himself couldn¡¯t even see a spirit, let alone handle it, before he became a spirit master. However, Ha-Ryu was able to see spirits even though he was still young. At that fact, Jinhyeok struggled with regret, keenly feeling the difference in race again. ¡®¡­There are masters and predators, so if I eat goblins, wouldn¡¯t I be able to get their bodies?¡¯ He whetted his appetite while thinking deeply about the abilities of his sub-job, but soon shook his head and shook off those thoughts. ¡®It¡¯s okay, he might be thest remaining goblin n, and what great things can be achieved with just one person¡¯s body? It¡¯s better to raise it and keep it next to you.¡¯ Jinhyuk thought he would never have anyone around him again, but Jinhyuk thought it would be different if it were the goblin in front of him. Goblins are a race with a clear source of wealth. Since Jinhyuk saved his life, there was no way Ha-ryu would stab Jinhyuk in the back unless he gave him a corresponding grudge. Because that was the goblin tribe. ¡®In addition to saying he was special, the other goblins sent this kid to the first floor to save him, so there¡¯s definitely something there.¡¯ Moreover, the fact that the goblin, a resident of the 100th floor, sent her to the first floor even while the vige was being destroyed to save a young goblin, aroused Jinhyeok¡¯s interest. ¡°It¡¯s over, you damn thing.¡± ¡°Well done, Vulcan. ¡°You can eat the 30 kobolds I gave you as a reward.¡± ¡°¡­Are you serious?¡± ¡°Anyway, I don¡¯t get sick even if I eat. ¡°I just experimented with a soul troupe made from the soul of the Kobold Lord from before.¡± ¡°¡­Then let¡¯s eat well.¡± Unable to hide his grin, he shook his head as he looked at Vulcan heading towards where the kobold spirit soldiers were. A message window appeared in front of Jinhyuk. ¡°¡­This?¡± The message window was so shocking yet full of sweetness that it made Jinhyuk¡¯s eyes, which had been closedzily, widen. Chapter 15 All Master Necromancer Episode 15 [Monster Wave urs] With the death of the Kobold Lord, all Kobolds near Korol Vige have be intensely hostile toward Korol Vige. Stop the kobolds flocking towards Korol Vige. * You cannot move to the next floor until the wave ends. * There are rewards for 1st, 2nd, and 3rd ce contributors. ¡°¡­Hmm, I think there are still about 500 left. ¡°It¡¯s perfect.¡± There are 500 kobolds left to obtain the title of kobold yer. If he had just wanted to hunt, he would have had to spend a few more days, but Jinhyeok, who relieved that worry with Monster Wave, had a deep smile on his face. But for a moment, he felt the gaze of Ha-ryu, a climber like himself, fall on him and looked at her. ¡°What are you looking at?¡± ¡°Are you going to ept the quest?¡± ¡°of course. Did I look like someone who would avoid something like this?¡± ¡°No, that¡¯s not true, but I was wondering if there was a reason to do so.¡± As she shook her head and pointed out the validity of her reasons, I willingly gave her the information. Since he had decided to keep her by his side anyway, he decided that it would be better to tell her about the yer title. ¡®It¡¯s a title everyone knows anyway. I just can¡¯t bring myself to do it.¡¯ 1,000 animals. If there are 1,000 horses, it would take 1,000 seconds to catch just one horse per second. If you go up a certain level while looking for them, weak monsters either do not appear or only appear as food for other monsters. In other words, finding it is more work than catching it. However, when ites out with the title Monster Wave like it does now, things change. ¡®I don¡¯t know if I can fill my share as well as the downstream¡¯s share.¡¯ Jinhyeok¡¯s remaining number of horses is 500. In addition, 1,000 are added to win the title of yer of the Lower River. A total of 1,500 animals had to be caught, but it didn¡¯t matter because it was a monster wave. ¡®The number of kobolds that a climber on the first floor can catch is limited anyway, so it would be better to think that we can catch 90% of them.¡¯ Climbers on the first floor are treated as quite capable, even if they are only one kobold per person. However, it would be difficult to find a climber who could catch more than two or three of the monster waves of over a thousand kobolds. In most cases, it was a quest that required death, but not as much as it is now. ¡®Because I am there.¡¯ Oman. Although these words could be seen as extremely arrogant, Jinhyuk truly thought so. Jinhyuk called Balkan, thinking that because he was here, the monster wave would end in sess rather than failure. ¡°Vulcan!¡± ¡°¡­Why are you calling me again? ¡°I was in the middle of producing a soul troupe.¡± Jinhyeok told us information about the monster wave while looking at the floating figure of Vulcan forming a soul group. Balkan, who heard the monster wave through Jinhyuk¡¯s mouth, looked at him as if he were a monster. ¡°¡­You are truly crazy and a monster. know?¡± ¡°There¡¯s nothing you can¡¯t do. ¡°Isn¡¯t that right?¡± ¡°Whoa, I don¡¯t know. ¡°If you fall behind, I¡¯m free.¡± Jinhyeok shook his head with a venomous look on his face as he saw Balkan casually praying for his death. ¡°No, even after death I will make you my ve.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s so real it¡¯s creepy.¡± ¡°Because it¡¯s real.¡± Jinhyeok was giggling as if it was obvious and pretending to fasten the shackles around Balkan¡¯s neck. For the first time in a long time, a message window from the gods appeared before his eyes. The message window was activated again after the message window from Bune and Baal received in the dungeon. [A god pbacks at your recklessness.] [A devil says he will take your soul if you die.] [ The pinnacle of all evil cheers you on, waving his light stick.] [The devil who deals with death hesitates . He looks at you with an expression.] [The devil who deals with death announces that he will give additional rewards to those who rank first in contribution.] ¡®¡­This is pretty good.¡¯ Excluding the previous messages from gods and demons, as well as Baal¡¯s lightstick message, Jinhyeok only focused on the message from Bune, a demon who deals with death. Additional rewards are given if you rank first in contribution. ¡®¡­Is it the One Plus cause?¡¯ To Jinhyuk, who was already nning to be number one in contribution, the message seemed to be nothing more than a free gift. And Jinhyuk realized that it was true. ¡°Are you going to use this to test what you were trying to test earlier?¡± [The Deathbender nods.] ¡°Okay, forget about that. Please watch carefully. ¡°Who did you touch?¡± [The death-wielding demon bursts intoughter.] After both partiespleted the transaction to their satisfaction, Jinhyeok immediately left the Kobold Lord¡¯s fortress. Monster waveing soon. This is to select a location to properly pull it off. * * * Murmuring ¨C Korol Vige. Although it was a safe area on the first floor, the small vige where the NPCs stayed was extremely noisy. ¡°Damn, suddenly a monster wave. I¡¯ve never heard of anything like this!¡± A voice full of anger and confusion uttered by someone who finds himself in a dangerous situation called a monster wave. ¡°¡­I said that monster waves definitely don¡¯t ur naturally. There must be someone who triggered the monster wave. ¡°We have to find him.¡± Those who knew something about the monster wave rushed to find the person who pulled the trigger. Most of the people who had been recruited by the guild before entering the tower fell into this group. This was possible because they were supplied with arge amount of information as they worked their way up from the 1st to the 10th floor, attracting promising candidates. Of course, regardless of information, each individual¡¯s power was very different. Lastly, the one that boasts the most number of people is¡­ ¡°I¡¯m going up!¡± ¡°me too!¡± ¡°I can¡¯t die in a ce like this!¡± ¡°¡­I haven¡¯t caught five yet. Someone please go catch some kobolds with me! please!¡± These were people who ran away and became confused. Those who simply chose the tower as an escape route for life. If their power was divided into high, middle, and low, they were so helpless that they were at the bottom. They are so fragile that they can¡¯t even imagine catching a kobold without at least two of them hanging around together. Those who hadpleted the number of quests chose to move on to the second floor without looking back, but there were many who did not. ¡°Please save me, you bastards!¡± ¡°what? X bastard? ¡°I¡¯m cursing at where these stones came from!¡± The situation was so bad that even climbers frowned at the sight of them losing their senses and spouting swear words at the uing monster wave. However, except for the lowest-ranking climber called Stone, all the remaining climbers were determined to fight. ¡®It wouldn¡¯t be a big deal if we called it a monster wave.¡¯ There were some who did not know information about the monster wave and were confident in their own power. ¡®It is clear that the rewards for 1st, 2nd, and 3rd ce contributors will be good. If you get that, you can get ahead of others.¡¯ There were also those who thought of passing the monster wave through thorough calctions and getting ahead with contribution rewards. To put it bluntly, they are all people who believe in their own abilities and go for it. Those who wanted to run away ran away, and those who could not evenplete the quest were hiding around the vige. [A monster wave begins.] [Entry to the second floor is denied from now on.] [The safety zone of Korol Vige has been lifted.] The translucent film covering Korol Vige has disappeared, along with arge number of message windows blocking the view. . At the same time, the NPCs in Korol Vige also disappeared. But no one paid any attention to it. ¡®Ugh¡­ please¡­ please save me¡­¡¯ The people who were hiding somewhere and shivering with their heads down were unaware that the NPCs had disappeared. e! You bastards who will make my name famous!¡¯ With the thought that Monster Wave would be the ce to make a name for themselves, their faces turned red with excitement and they only looked outside the vige. As a result, a monster wave began that would sweep away Korol Vige without anyone noticing the changes inside it. And not long after the monster wave began, those who remained in Korol¡¯s heart hardened as they realized that they had made a truly arrogant choice. -Kyaaagh! -Keeeeee! ¡°¡­Can we win this?¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t make sense¡­ There were that many kobolds in this forest? ¡°But why didn¡¯t we see it?¡± ¡°I¡­ have to run away.¡± A person who swallows dry saliva and predicts the odds of victory. This person is ming himself with a white face as the number of kobolds is sorge that it makes the forest roar. The person who had shown confidence even before the monster wave started ran into the vige to escape with his confidence disappearing everywhere. But even then, there were people who were confident. No, it would be correct to say that ¡®they¡¯ existed. ¡°Everyone,e to your senses and stop the kobolds in front! Then we will take care of it and save you!¡± ¡°¡­What are you?¡± The man, who gathered the attention of those who were trembling with fear at the thought that he might die at any moment, calmly exined his exnation. ¡°The White Swallow guild member is my older brother. ¡°I and the people next to me decided to pass the 10th floor and immediately join White Swallow.¡± ¡°Huh!¡± White Swallow was a childish and unsightly name, but the people around it could not hide their surprise at the word ¡®guild¡¯. Originally, guilds were the exclusive domain of those who were ahead of the curve. Even if it was a low-level guild, it was bound to be a distant existence to those who were now first-floor climbers. For example, the sight of a man and his colleagues wearing shiny armor and weapons causes nearby climbers to gather around them. It seemed like an instinct to head to a ce with a better chance of survival. The man was struck by their appearance. ¡°We, the White Swallows, are a sub-guild of the Holy Kingdom, a guild established by Nine Stars. Don¡¯t worry, as long as we stop the kobolds from heading towards us, we will all be able to get out alive, so just do your job well!¡± Guild. Surprise spread across the faces of the people around them when they heard that it was a sub-guild of the guild founded by Nine Stars, a name that could not have been recognized by anyone on Earth who was not an ordinary climber, no, not even anyone living in the tower. Although I stopped attacking the tower around the 700th floor and focused on increasing the power of the guild, the name ¡®climber of the 700th floor¡¯ was too heavy. When the man smiles as he feels that people are looking at him with envy. ¡°Seongguk? okay? ¡°You stop the monster wave and then have a meeting with me.¡± ¡°¡­Who are you!¡± When he was startled by the cold and smiling voiceing from behind him, he looked back. There, a man wearing a deep robe with only the corner of his mouth exposed with a smile was looking at him. But even for a moment. -Kyaaagh! -Keeeeee! When the monster wave began in earnest, the roar of the kobolds filled the surroundings, and his face grimaced. Jinhyeok, the man in the robe who requested a meeting(?) with him, kicked down the vige fence, flew into the air, and muttered softly. ¡°Awake.¡± Clud- ck- -Kiaaaaa! The ground copsed, and along with the skeletons, the spirit soldiers with whitish spirit bodies appeared in the world. Jinhyeok, who was watching his army running towards the group of kobolds that were hitting like a tidal wave, turned his gaze to look at the climbers on the fence. ¡°You guys can watch from there. It¡¯s all mine, so don¡¯t worry about it.¡± Although it was an arrogant voice, Jinhyeok also mixed in with the undead and spirit soldiers he had sent first. It was time to choose from a sumptuous buffet and eat. ¡®I can win the title of kobold yer today.¡¯ It was also a moment when several days werepressed into a day, no, a few hours. Chapter 16 All Master Necromancer Episode 16 Tsunami. A deep smile was on Jinhyeok¡¯s lips as he jumped into the crowd of kobolds that were literally like a tidal wave. ¡®Guildra¡­ That¡¯s a good start.¡¯ Guild. There are huge guilds like ¡®Seongguk¡¯ founded by Nine Stars, but there cannot be onlyrge corporations in the world. There also existed guilds that were no bigger than small businesses, such as the person who just introduced himself as the younger brother of a guild member called ¡®White Swallow¡¯ in Korol Vige. ¡®If it¡¯s Swallow level, it might be at the bottom of the bottom, but it¡¯s not bad since there¡¯s a line to climb on.¡¯ Swallow level. Since they used the name Swallow as their guild name, it was clear that their prestige and power would be inferior, but Jinhyeok did not care. If you take the steps step by step, starting from Swallow, you will be able to reach the Holy Kingdom by surpassing the Wyvern-level and Drake-level guilds. ¡®After finding out about the White Swallow¡¯s guild headquarters on the 10th floor, we raid it and obtain information.¡¯ Of course, it would stay on the 10th floor, but its strength would not be at the 10th floor level. After the 10th floor, it¡¯s literally the 40th to 50th floors. There may be climbers who climb the 100th floor. But Jinhyuk didn¡¯t even think about them, let alone care about them. ¡®There¡¯s no need to be afraid of bugs since they gave up climbing the tower anyway.¡¯ Of course, some bugs are poisonous enough to kill people, and some move in groups and attack, so I didn¡¯t n on letting my guard down. ¡®First, focus on the situation in front of you.¡¯ A tidal wave called Kobolds. If he was swept away here, no matter how Jinhyuk he was, it would be impossible for him to survive. The only way to survive is to move forward, hold on, and crush those who rush at you. And there was someone who imitated the tightrope walking that took ce at the edge of such a cliff. ¡°¡­I can do it too, right?¡± ¡°of course. You¡¯d better try not to fall behind me. ¡°I have no intention of stopping once I reach 500.¡± ¡°¡­Do not worry. ¡°I can do it in my own way.¡± A woman with ck horns that can be described as long and seductive. Goblin, it was downstream. She actually felt grateful to see Jinhyuk not caring about her. It was because I naturally thought that even if I was pushed to my limits and did not care about myself, I would not abandon myself. ¡®¡­Wouldn¡¯t it be okay if I gave ¡®that¡¯ to this person?¡¯ ¡®It¡¯ is something that any goblin can give, but not everyone can give, and can only be given once in a lifetime. If her parents or adults in the vige had known, they would have stopped her, but she did not change her mind. Not only did they no longer exist in this world anyway, but more importantly, Ha-ryu had already decided to repay Jin-hyuk for saving him. Sereung ¨C The image of a sword being pulled out of a scabbard engraved with the image of a dragon with a sharp strike sparkles in the sunlight. It looked like a famous sword at first nce, so even Jinhyeok rolled his eyes and showed interest. In addition, Jinhyeok was paying attention to another fact. ¡®¡­Where did you get that sword from?¡¯ It was a fairlyrge sword and had a shy exterior, so if Jinhyeok or Balkan had had it from the moment they met, there was no way Jinhyeok or Balkan wouldn¡¯t have seen it. But it was definitely a sword I had never seen before, and that meant only one thing. ¡®¡­Subspace?¡¯ Subspace. Specifying the coordinates of an empty space and using it as a warehouse. Of course, it was not a low-level magic that even wizards could use at will, even dogs and cows, and the value of items imprinted with such subspace magic was enormous. ¡®If we were to use the currency of the Earth outside the tower, it wouldn¡¯t be enough to sell one building.¡¯ A single sword has magic engravings worth billions of dors worth on Earth? ¡®I understand why they attacked the goblins.¡¯ The Four Emperors are believed to be behind those who attacked the Goblins. Their greed goes beyond the sky. Jinhyeok knew very well that he might stab all the way to the 999th floor, and the value of the sword wielded by Ha-ryu seemed enough to whet the appetite of the Four Emperors. ¡®¡­I shouldn¡¯t say this.¡¯ Jinhyuk kept his mouth shut because he had no idea how she would act if she found out that it was because of the weapon she was wielding that their vige was destroyed and that she fell to the first floor as if driven out and was almost sacrificed by the Kobold Lord. chose. In the first ce, it was not clear whether it was really because of the sword, so Jinhyeok¡¯s choice was natural. ¡®Later¡­ when he stabilizes a bit, and after I gather andpile other information. It would be better to say it then.¡¯ own colleagues. Because I don¡¯t want her, who I think could be an essential ally for revenge, to be ruined. Jinhyuk kept his mouth shut and threw himself into the tsunami called Kobold. ¡®There¡¯s nothing better than hunting to take your mind off your thoughts.¡¯ Thus began Jinhyeok¡¯s hunt that will not stop until he wins the title of kobold yer. * * * ¡°¡­Who the hell is that person?¡± First floor at most. He had no doubt that they, who had even drawn support from outside the tower to be members of the White Swallow guild, including himself, would be the main yers on the first floor. It was destroyed after the monster wave began and the unidentified robed man appeared. ¡°Seungtae, are you really going to stay like this?¡± Seungtae Kim. It was the name of a man whose older brother was a member of the White Swallow guild. He shook his head at the sight of his friends and colleagues calling him. ¡°I don¡¯t know how I got transferred from the first floor, but in a way, this is an opportunity. Because of the chaos over there, there are fewer koboldsing towards Korol Vige. ¡°We just have to deal with those.¡± When Seungtae said that he would naturally spoon, the others nodded in agreement. But there were also those who were not like that. ¡°But before you left, didn¡¯t the person in the robe tell you not to touch it because it was his job? Looking at the way we fight, it looks like we are no match for them¡­¡± There were also people who felt fear at the words of Jinhyeok, who was blocking the monster wave from the front. Perhaps it was natural. No matter how well-equipped and trained they were, they couldn¡¯t deal with dozens of kobolds. However, the person who made threatening remarks towards them and went to enjoy a dinner called Monster Wave was really doing it, so it was natural to be afraid. ¡°Then you fell out.¡± Dismissing those who were afraid of the strong as cowards and paying no heed to the rules within the tower, they checked their equipment one by one and prepared to go out. Currently, the number of kobolds pounding on the wooden fence in Korol Vige is about 20 at most. If they gathered together and joined forces, hunting was not an impossible number. Those who decided to hunt, divided into those who listened to Jinhyeok¡¯s words and those who did not, jumped from the wooden fence. Thump ¨C I jumped from a wooden fence about 2 to 3 meters high, but it was no problem for those who finished the tutorial and started using the status window. -Kyaaagh! -Keeeeee! The kobolds, who had been scratching at the wooden fence in surprise at the fact that their prey hadnded on their own feet, bared their teeth and rushed at them. However, Seungtae and his colleagues were already capable of easilypleting the quest to hunt five kobolds on their own, so they slowly hunted down the kobolds. ¡°It¡¯s no big deal?¡± ¡°So, should we go in there like the Rob guy?¡± They were rxed and giggling while catching only a few dozen kobolds at most, but then they drew their weapons as they looked at the kobolds charging at them again. ¡°Here wee again! ¡°Get ready!¡± ¡°¡­What are you preparing for?¡± Just as I was about to start hunting again. They stopped in the same position they were about to move when they heard an eerie voiceing from behind them. Naturally, it was Jinhyuk who stopped five or six people with just one word. Jinhyuk stopped them with a cold voice and immediately got to the point. ¡°I don¡¯t think what I¡¯m saying is right, but do you really want to die?¡± Goosebumps ¨C They froze, feeling a chill prating their entire bodies, as if they had been locked in a freezer for dozens of hours. death. This is because they thought that it would not be strange even if Jinhyuk in front of them killed them. However, since they were ustomed to living on Earth rather than in the tower, there were naturally those who opposed it. ¡°We are climbers too, so why are you interfering with our hunting! ¡°If you¡¯re strong, that¡¯s okay!¡± ¡°that¡¯s right! ¡°We have enough power, so why not hunt with us!¡± ¡°Wouldn¡¯t it be beneficial for you to fight together with us, who will be White Swallow¡¯s elite?¡± Jinhyeok couldn¡¯t help but chuckle at the sight of them not caring about their mistakes and growing more and more energetic following the words of the person standing next to them. ¡°Okay.¡± ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay. If you are strong, you can do whatever you want. Whether it¡¯s killing someone, taking the woman you like, or vice versa, taking the man you like. A man liking another man is established if he is strong, and vice versa. In the tower, strength is the onlyw. The tower is that kind of ce, and I actually gave you a chance, but you are the one who rejected it. Isn¡¯t it? Even your brother won¡¯t break the rules, so why break the rules yourself?¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Common sense on Earth. You shouldn¡¯t hit people. You must not kill people. In most cases, men like women and women like men, and there is no such thing as coercion. etc. Variousmon sense can be broken by just one word. ¡®Strong. It¡¯s what makes everything possible. This is also the biggest reason why the Four Emperors can stay fine even if they run around the tower like a bitch.¡¯ The Four Emperors. Why it is not a problem for them to wield omnipotent power within the tower and catch climbers like flies. Because they are strong. Because he has the strength to crush groups or individuals, and even groups that persecute individuals, he takes the tower into his hands and handles it. ¡®Kyung-hoon is the first person on Earth to surpass the 800th floor, but their city was built on the 800th floor to begin with. There is no one who would rebel against such a group of monsters.¡¯ The 800th floor is something that those who are talented enough to pass through a hole smaller than the eye of a needle can only reach by luck. The military god he knew, Choi Gyeong-hoon, had outstanding talent and great effort. Such beings worked hard for over ten years to reach the 800th floor, but the Four Emperors simply live on the 800th floor from the moment they were born. Of course, they can¡¯t ovee the harsh environment of the 800th floor, so once they reach a certain age, they head to the 1st floor. ¡®Maybe it¡¯s because I¡¯m on the first floor and I¡¯m from Earth, so my head is full of flowers.¡¯ A mistake that an experienced climber who has adapted to the tower to some extent and is familiar with the tower¡¯s ¡®rules¡¯ would not have made. If the Four Emperors had been in Jinhyeok¡¯s ce, it would not have been strange for them to rip out their spines in one day, but Jinhyeok showed mercy once. ¡°I have a question for you, so let me say it one more time. Don¡¯t touch mine. Because it never happens twice.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Nod ¨C Seungtae, who sensed that he was alive thanks to the information he had about the White Swallow, nodded with a stiff face and not even breathing, Jinhyeok was satisfied and returned to the waves again. ¡°¡­Let¡¯s go up again.¡± ¡°Then¡­¡± They stared at the spot where Jinhyeok had disappeared and eventually began to climb up the wooden fence. Contribution reward? Ilshin¡¯s growth? This is because I realized that all of this is possible only if you are alive. It was the moment when new climbers engraved the rules of the tower into their bodies, not their heads. Chapter 17 All Master Necromancer Episode 17 Jinhyeok¡¯s actions went smoothly as he removed the flies that were trying to sneakily put a spoon on the table he prepared. Uduk ¨C Break the necks of the attacking kobolds and kill them instantly with a single blow, or cut down the attacking kobolds and explode them with magic. Since he was ughtering the kobolds using everything he could in a variety of ways, it could be seen as going smoothly. In fact, many people could not hide their surprise at Jinhyuk¡¯s actions. ¡°¡­Is that the same person as us?¡± ¡°Nonsense. Does that make sense for a climber on the first floor?¡± As well as the climbers who watched from the perspective of a third party in Korol Vige. [A god cries out that this is nonsense.] [A demon likes you.] [ A demon wants to be your secret friend.] [A god tempts you with candy.] Name Messages from gods that did not reveal themselves poured out to the point where it was annoying. [The pinnacle of all evil res at someone.] [If the pinnacle of all evil has anything to say, it growls and asks for their name.] [The pinnacle of all evil¡­.] [The pinnacle of all evil¡­.] ¡®.. .There is nothing to do. It¡¯s not like I¡¯m writing a message alone.¡¯ Someone took over the message window to Jinhyeok,ughing at them and saying they were just bastards with no money. However, Jinhyeok, who made Baal cry by turning off the message window for a while during the battle, fell into the battle again. ¡®There are about a hundred left. not much left.¡¯ [1st floor] Korol Vige is a vige of sh-and-burn farmers hidden at the foot of a mountain. They had a problem: kobolds that invaded the vige from time to time. Clear condition: Kobold kill (902/10) Jinhyeok, with a faint smile on his face, looked at the number of kills that far exceeded the clear conditions in the quest window on the first floor, and soon fell into a trance. Kwa-kwa-kwa-kwak! The monster wave rushed towards the end, with explosions all around Jinhyeok and the bodies of kobolds, damaged in some ces, scattering around. * * * Squeak ¨C ¡°Haa¡­ haa¡­.¡± Ha-ryu cut down the body of the charging kobold in one go and breathed heavily. The monster wave was an extremely harsh situation for her, who was still a young goblin and was almost captured and sacrificed by Kalkum, so in a way, it was natural. Nevertheless, she did not let go of the vige treasure dragon sword, or dragon yer sword, that she was holding. ¡®¡­I will never miss it.¡¯ The thought of not losing sight of the vige¡¯s treasures was one thought, but the biggest thing that motivated her now was the thought of being recognized by Jinhyeok. Kobold yer title. Her determination to take a step closer to the target of her revenge by obtaining the title, which was unconditionally helpful, gradually calmed down her trembling hands. ¡°Whoa.¡± The moment Ha-ryu felt some of the fatigue and pain disappear as he let out hisst breath, he once again put strength into the hand holding his sword. Kwagwagwagwang- ¡°Are you okay, goblin kid?¡± The group of kobolds in front of her were destroyed, and a whitish Vulcan appeared. ¡°¡­I can take care of it.¡± ¡°I know, that¡¯s why I didn¡¯t kill him with some parts, so just finish it.¡± Seeing her frowning while biting her lip slightly, Vulcan stuck out his tongue and pointed at the kobolds in front of her. As he said, the people lying in front of Ha-ryu had all their bones shattered, but they were still breathing. In other words, it means that it is a perfect situation to fill the number of kobold yer titles. However, rather than straight away swinging his sword, Haru chose to look at Balkan and ask. ¡°Why are you helping me?¡± When the goblin vige fell, no one helped them. Merchants and guilds who interacted on the 100th floor. Not all of them helped the goblins. However, people he has only met for a day help him. It is also about achieving achievements to make yourself stronger. ¡®Is there something?¡¯ As we have experienced situations where distrust is inevitable, we have reached a point where it is natural for downstream people to think this way. Feeling the gaze of Ha-ryu looking at him with suspicion, Vulcan sighed and waved his hand. ¡°I just follow my master. ¡°When the Spirit Master gives amand to a spirit, it must be followed.¡± ¡°¡­then?¡± ¡°I was simply ordered to help you and achieve your achievements as long as you do not die. I don¡¯t know the details, so you could ask me directlyter. Well, I was still worried about a child doing something that was beyond his power.¡± Balkan, who grumbled but ryed Jinhyeok¡¯s words to the lower ss, soon disappeared, leading the undead and spirit soldiers that followed him. Haryu, who was staring nkly at the army of death slowly moving away, soon put strength into the hand holding the sword. Kkwaak ¨C Feeling the cold sensation of a hard sword prating his entire body, Ha-Ryu opened his eyes after closing them for a moment and found that Ha-Ryu had changed 180 degrees. ¡°¡­I will not forget your grace. And to get my revenge, I will stay by your side, no, my brother.¡± Her originally ck eyes were slowly turning red, and the same was true for her ebony hair. In an instant, Ha-ryu was caught red-eyed, and before he knew it, he was holding a mask in his hands. Ha-ryu took one look at the mask, which gave off a creepy atmosphere that gave off goosebumps just by looking at it, and then quickly ced the mask on his own face. Red-handed, red eyes and even a scary-looking mask. Ha-Ryu, who had transformed into a terrifying appearance that could not be seen as a young goblin, immediately cut off the breath of the kobolds in front of him. Fu Bu Bu Bu Book ¨C One Hand. Haryu, who disposed of the half-crippled kobolds with a single swing, left his seat and threw himself into the tidal wave named Kobold. Climbers from Korol Vige, who saw the raksha-like downstream,ter called her by this nickname. [Devil Nachal] Red hair fluttering and red eyes visible through the mask. Lastly, it has a beautiful yet fierce appearance that befits the name of ¡®Akgwi Nachal¡¯. Of course, it was an unfortunate nickname that took quite a while for Ha-ryu himself to find out. However, due to the 180-degree change in the downstream, the monster wave soon ended. * * * [Kobold yer] A title given to a climber who kills 1,000 monsters called kobolds. Title Reward: All Stats + 5 ¡°¡­It¡¯s hard to say it¡¯s that big.¡± Right after the monster wave ends. Jinhyuk immediately confirmed the title of Kobold yer. In fact, I had obtained the Kobold yer title even before the monster wave ended, but I could not confirm it during the battle. And Jinhyuk, who checked the title as soon as the battle was over, sighed and smiled at the title description, which was no different from before. ¡®All stats + 5. It¡¯s not a very high stat, but the only way to increase stats is through personal growth or achievements and titles, so this is pretty good.¡¯ All stats + 5. It¡¯s a pretty big number for Kanghyuk right now, but it¡¯s a stat that will slowly be insignificant once you reach the 200th or 300th floor. However, as the old saying goes, gathering dust does not make a mountain. ¡®The tower is wide and high. I can¡¯t even imagine the number of monsters inside. Above all, as they be stronger, the rewards also increase, so you must win as many titles as possible.¡¯ All stats: 5. Currently, Jinhyuk¡¯s stats total five. Strength, stamina, agility, intelligence, mana. In other words, it is no different from Jinhyuk raising his stats by a whopping 25 with this title. ¡®If it¡¯s 25, it¡¯s a stat that can barely be raised by hitting and running for several days, so I should be satisfied with this level.¡¯ Even taking into ount that the stats increase well in the beginning, it still remains a fairlyrge figure. Above all, Jinhyuk had a sub-job called All Master. ¡®¡­If you get all the hidden statster, the overall stat will not be just 5, so it¡¯s okay for now. ¡®Just think of it as a long-term stic surgery.¡¯ [The magic energy of the demon race.] [The sacred power of the gods.] [The mana of the dragon race.] [The monstrous power of the giant race.] Their own stats handled by the Four Emperors or those who inherited their blood. Of course, you can get it if you look good to the gods or demons, but it is faster to get it from the Four Emperors. But Jinhyuk had another way. ¡®Predation. Eat them up and take what is theirs.¡¯ Predation. It is a unique characteristic of Jinhyeok and at the same time a characteristic that has never appeared in the tower. If those characteristics and the power of Sub Job: All Master arebined, filling up the number of stats to nearly ten would not be a problem. Above all, there are many stats in the tower other than the stats handled by the Four Emperors or gods and demons. If Jinhyuk obtains all of them, even the humble effect of All Stats + 5 bes an enormous effect of 50 to 100 total stats. ¡°It¡¯s sweet.¡± Just imagining it makes my mouth water, and I¡¯m slowly smiling at the thought of it. Monster Wave¡¯s contribution settlement has ended. [Sessfully stopping the monster wave.] [You are the number one contributor.] [If you want to make your name known, please write your name in the name field.] Naturally, the number one contributor was Jinhyuk. Soon, Jinhyuk shook his head and closed the message window when he was asked if he wanted to announce his name following the message window informing him that he was in first ce. ¡®It¡¯s still too early.¡¯ There is a right time for everything. Fruits must be ripe to be picked, and rice must be bowed to be harvested. And Jinhyeok decided that it was not yet time to make himself known. ¡®At least the 10th floor. It would be nice to win another title there and then make a name for myself.¡¯ The 10th floor is also called the floor of job change. To be precise, at the entrance gate to the 10th floor, two figures approached Jinhyeok, who had decided that he would make his name known only after winning one title. ¡°I got it too.¡± ¡°¡­I don¡¯t know why I got it, but I got it. ¡°I was in 3rd ce.¡± ¡°You got Balkan too? Hmm, nothing bad. ¡°Spit it out.¡± ¡°¡­Damn, I knew that. ¡°You look like a thief, take it.¡± Jinhyeok, who was puzzled by the news that even Vulkan, an NPC who was strange, received a contribution reward, soon robbed him of the contribution reward. Of course, Balkan himself must have already expected this to happen, and while grumbling, he threw the box with a question mark drawn on it at Jinhyuk. However, Jinhyuk tilted his head as he saw another box being handed to him. ¡°¡­Why are you giving it to me? ¡°You can keep what¡¯s yours?¡± It was the downstream box that achieved second ce in contribution. If you rank second in contribution, it¡¯s obvious that something quite useful wille out. It will be an attractive enough item to climb the tower in the future, and you can even make a lot of money if you sell it at the auction houseter. Nevertheless, the sight of Ha-Ryu handing him the box for second ce in contribution was something that Jinhyuk should be wary of. ¡®I don¡¯t want to get stabbed in the back twice.¡¯ Could it be that he is trying to let his guard down and stab me in the back? Thinking about this, Jinhyuk could not hide his regret. ¡®It¡¯s a pity that I don¡¯t have spiritual eyes at times like this.¡¯ When you feel sorry for yourck of ability to see another person¡¯s soul and see through what¡¯s inside. Ha-ryu looked at Jin-hyeok, shook his head, and handed the mask he was wearing to Jin-hyeok. ¡°¡­This?¡± ¡°Nonsense! ¡°You¡¯re giving a goblin mask to an outsider!¡± Goblin mask. It is an item that can only be given once in a lifetime, and even then, it is given not to an outsider, but to thepanion who will be with you for the rest of your life. Jinhyeok epted the mask with slightly trembling hands, which was unusual for Ha-ryu to see Ha-ryu giving it to him. Jinhyuk calmed down the fussing Balkan and looked at her quietly. It was to find out if there was any reason for giving this to him. Even though Jinhyuk was looking at him trying to understand his intentions, Ha-ryu stood upright and looked at Jinhyuk and opened his mouth. ¡°I¡¯m giving it to you to show you that I won¡¯t betray you. And¡­ it¡¯s also the price of repaying the favor I mentioned earlier.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t the price too great?¡± Jinhyuk asked back, gently shaking the goblin mask Ha-ryu gave him. The price of life. It will definitely require arge price that cannot be repaid even if it takes a lifetime, but the goblin mask is more than worth the price. Therefore, Jinhyeok realized that there was something left and asked her for further exnation. ¡°There must be another reason besides that?¡± ¡°¡­I want revenge.¡± plural. It wasn¡¯t Jinhyuk who didn¡¯t know where those words were heading. Revenge on the person who destroyed the goblin vige. I also knew very well that it was a very difficult, difficult, and dangerous job that could even risk one¡¯s life. However, since he had some resemnce to himself toward Nine Star and the target of revenge was also simr, Jinhyeok nodded and answered while putting on the goblin mask that Ha-ryu had given him. ¡°If you betray me, I will kill you. ¡°I don¡¯t care if the goblin mask disappears. Don¡¯t think this is your lifeline.¡± ¡°¡­Thank you, brother.¡± Ha-ryu, who knew that although he said it indirectly, meant it as approval, smiled brightly and called Jin-hyuk ¡°brother.¡± Jinhyeok, who had been staring nkly at Ha-ryu, who truly believed in himself and gave his all, soon turned his attention to the contribution reward box. ¡°You can call me whatever you want, but now it¡¯s settlement time.¡± Jinhyeok was not one to be tempted by the sound of a 15-16 year old boy calling him an older brother. Jinhyuk quickly turned his head, sat down and started opening the boxes. [The reward for 1st ce in contribution has been confirmed.] [The reward for 2nd ce in contribution has been confirmed.] [The reward for 3rd ce in contribution has been confirmed.] Looking at the feast of message windows blinding his eyes, Jinhyuk suddenly realized that ¡®something¡¯ was in his hand. He checked the ¡®field¡¯ and smiled broadly. ¡°You¡¯re lucky.¡± This is because the items that were exactly what I needed right now were there. Chapter 18 All Master Necromancer Episode 18 [Mana Ring] [Mana Earring] [Mana Ne] These were the names of the contribution rewards floating above Jinhyeok¡¯s hand. A deep smile appeared on Jinhyuk¡¯s lips as he looked at the 3rd, 2nd, and 1st ce rewards in order from the top. ¡°You got something good.¡± The contribution rewards were attractive enough and good enough that even Vulcan, who was watching quietly, said the same thing. ¡°Is this such a good thing?¡± However, only the lower ss, who does not yet know about the top¡¯s items, tilts their head and shows curiosity. Balkan kindly took on the role of teacher for the downstream who did not know much about the tower. Originally, Jinhyuk would have yed this role, but now Jinhyuk was busy looking at contribution rewards. ¡°He¡¯s still a young goblin, so it¡¯s natural that he doesn¡¯t know. ¡°Originally, I would have had to hear it from the adults in the vige, but since I couldn¡¯t afford to do that, I¡¯ll exin.¡± Seeing Haryu¡¯s face harden at the mention of vige adults, Balkan quickly turned his head and went straight to the main topic. Although she was a young goblin whom he had only recently met, the reason was that after hearing her story, he could not treat her so easily. ¡°The grades of items are Normal ¨C Rare ¨C Unique ¨C Legendary. And the grade of the item that that cheap guy is busy looking at is rare. Moreover, essories are difficult to obtain, and most items are of rare quality.¡± ¡°Oh, I see.¡± Vulcan continued his exnation, looking at the streamer with an expression of enlightenment as he pped his hand down in amazement. ¡°Furthermore, since it is an item with mana in its name, it is naturally deeply rted to mana. Hey, tell me some cheap options.¡± ¡°Mana consumption rate reduction is 10%, 15%, and 20%. Additionally, each mana stat +5, so overall +15.¡± ¡°Did you hear? It can reduce the mana consumption rate by a total of 45%, so it is an indispensable essory for those who use a lot of mana. ¡°It will suit him better than most essories, especially!¡± At the words of Balkan, who shook his shoulders with a smile on his face, Haryu pursed his small mouth and let out an exmation of ¡®Oh!¡¯ Satisfied with the audience¡¯s response, Balkan continued his exnation. ¡°Well, what¡¯s more important than that is that you have to go to the 100th floor to get those items, so it¡¯s more important that you get them before then.¡± When Balkan shrugged his shoulders and said thest words, Jinhyeok waved his hand as if he had exined anything further. Anyway, I already know everything and have already confirmed the items. There was no reason to listen to more pleasant stories just from the downstream. Jinhyeok got up from his seat and immediately put on all the items he received as contribution rewards. ¡°Use¡­ Haa¡­.¡± Mana ring, mana earring, mana ne. Jinhyuk, wearing all three essories, took a deep breath and exhaled with a refreshing smile. ¡°As expected, the temperament is good.¡± First floor at most. In a situation where the only items that can be obtained there are trash that cannot even reach normal grade, rare items are no different from something beyond the sweet rain of drought. Now that he has gotten as many as three, Jinhyuk wants to burst intoughter beyond just a smile. However, Jinhyeok, conscious of the gaze of those around him, suppressed his smile and raised his head toward the final reward. ¡°Bune. Why don¡¯t you just stay quiet and give me somepensation? ¡°Do you think I¡¯ll forget?¡± [The devil who deals with death says he was nning on giving it to him and tells him not to press on.] ¡°Okay, give it to me.¡± [A private message has arrived.] No sooner had he finished speaking than Jinhyeok, who confirmed that the reward had arrived from Bune, unwrapped the gift he received from Santa us with a satisfied smile. ¡°¡­crazy.¡± ¡°What, what on earth did you get for doing that?¡± ¡°¡­Can you show me too?¡± Seeing Jinhyuk showing his emotions of surprise for the first time, the other two people tilted their heads and approached Jinhyuk. Jinhyuk barely managed to control his surprise when he saw the two people poking their heads out as if they wanted to answer their curiosity and shared the information about the item he had received. And Balkan, with the exception of Ha-ryu, who did not know even after looking at the information, opened his mouth and could not hide his surprise like Jinhyeok. ¡°I¡­ can¡¯t believe I¡¯m seeing these items¡­ just¡­ on the first floor!¡± ¡°You¡¯re surprised, right? I¡¯ve never seen anything like this before¡­ I never thought I¡¯d see something like this on the first floor. To be honest, I thought they would just throw away something suitable, but the container is quite big.¡± [Dark Force Ring] Grade: ? A crude ring made by a demon who controls death to fulfill a promise. You can only handle demonic energy when wearing it. * Magi stat + 10 (Cannot be increased with items or titles.) Jinhyeok and Balkan looked in ecstasy as they looked at the information window that seemed to fill their eyes. The reason the two people, who had dreamy expressions as if they had taken medicine, were broken out of their thoughts was Ha-Ryu, who couldn¡¯t contain his curiosity and urged them on. ¡°Why is this good?¡± Since they were still young, it was natural to ask questions to the two adults(?), so Jinhyuk and Balkan cleared their throats, hid their embarrassment, and pointed to the crude ck ring in front of them. ¡°Mana is the most basic yet most important stat.¡± ¡°And among the stats, there are stats that only superior races can handle. Or through opportunities or items.¡± ¡°This ring is one of those items, and it allows you to feel and manipte stats that weren¡¯t there before.¡± ¡°In other words, this is an ancient treasure that adds one stat just by wearing it!¡± ¡°More than anything, Magi is like the exclusive property of demons. It¡¯s a stat that can¡¯t even be obtained in most cases. ¡°I can¡¯t help but be happy because I can handle things like that from the first floor.¡± The two people took turns exining and were truly happy. The two people who were irritated with each other ended up talking while ying tiki-taka, so the importance of the Dark Force Ring could be understood without even having to say it. ¡°I never dreamed that I would be wearing two rings from the first floor. ¡°One of them is rare, and the other is a ring given by the devil himself.¡± ¡°The booster was definitely installed.¡± ¡°I know.¡± Jinhyuk was truly satisfied in a situation where the word ¡®booster¡¯ could not fit so well. ¡°Okay, I forgive you. ¡°It¡¯s definitely more than enough to pay for what I tried to do.¡± [The devil who deals with death shakes hands, saying good luck.] Scribble ¨C In response to the reply in the message window, Jinhyuk reced the handshake by waving his hand as if shaking hands in the empty air. Naturally, Jinhyuk¡¯s passionate fans strongly opposed him. [The pinnacle of all evil gets angry.] [The pinnacle of all evil asks to shake his hand.] [The pinnacle of all evil holds out his hand and shakes it.] Jinhyuk frowns at the feast of message windows that fill his eyes. He waved his hand to erase the message window and scolded coldly. ¡°If you want to shake hands, bring items too. ¡°Where are you trying to eat raw?¡± ¡°¡­a vicious bastard. ¡°You turn on the devil¡­ you are the devil.¡± ¡°Because the country I originally lived in was a country where even the devil trembled.¡± Hell Joseon. Unlike Jinhyeok, who smiled as he remembered the familiar yet funny name, the message window in front of his eyes did not make him smile. [The pinnacle of all evil bes restless.] [The pinnacle of all evil searches through his dresser.] [The pinnacle of all evil searches through his closet.] [The pinnacle of all evil searches under his bed¡­. ] ¡°Stop. ¡°Are we going to end there?¡± Jinhyeok frowned at the sight of Baal trying to search under the bed. In fact, for a being of Baal¡¯s level, even a speck of dust rolling around in his house would certainly be better than any ordinary item. In other words, no matter how much Baal searches his house, he will not find an item that is bad enough to give to Jinhyeok. ¡®No matter how hard you search, is there an item worth giving to the climber on the first floor?¡¯ If you have it, it¡¯s better as it is, and if you don¡¯t have it, it¡¯s better as if you don¡¯t have it. As Jinhyeok waits for Baal¡¯s answer with a faint smile on his face, as if he is enjoying the situation where Baal is getting restless. Baal eventually decided to win. [The pinnacle of all evil says he will take a quest.] ¡°¡­Quest?¡± ¡°You caught a big catch!¡± Balkan, who was watching the situation from the side, was right! The conditions offered by Baal were so good that they shouted. quest. It is one level higher than the entire monster wave quest that Jinhyuk went through just now. The rewards for quests paid to individuals were very good. That¡¯s why most gods and demons pass on quests only to their apostles or apostle candidates. ¡®You mean you went on that quest? ¡®Are you saying you want to make your rtionship with me clearer than shaking hands?¡¯ In that Baal gave the quest to Jinhyeok, who is neither an apostle nor a candidate for apostle, he expressed his opinion as much as he could. Jinhyuk wasn¡¯t so bad-hearted that he ignored that. ¡°Okay, then, out of your kindness, I will ept it especially.¡± [He mutters, ¡®Isn¡¯t this the pinnacle of all evil?¡¯] ¡°If you don¡¯t want to do it, don¡¯t do it.¡± [The pinnacle of all evil waves its hands.] [The pinnacle of all evil ims that it has already been stamped, so there is no softening.] Jinhyeok stuck out his tongue at Baal¡¯s attitude of rushing in as soon as he was ready to bluff. [The personal quest has arrived.] As soon as his message arrived, the quest had already arrived. < Baal''s Quest > Baal, the pinnacle of all evil, gives you a quest. Quest achievement condition: Before entering the 100th floor, raise your name or nickname throughout the tower. Penalty for Failure: You must begin the trials to be an Apostle of Baal. Reward upon sess: Baal will provide you with the recipe for the desired item. Down payment: Shake hands with Baal. ¡®The conditions are tough¡­ but thepensation is seriously good?¡¯ Before reaching the 100th floor, raise your name or nickname throughout the tower. This means that all climbers on all floors must be imprinted as a super rookie. ¡®It won¡¯t be easy. The penalty is also quiterge.¡¯ It would be a sad story for Baal to hear, but Jinhyeok had no intention of bing anyone¡¯s apostle. Even if it is Baal, the highest level of demons. ¡®Well, if it seeds, that¡¯s it.¡¯ After thinking about it and making a decision, Jinhyuk smiled brightly and waved his hands in the air. Just like what I said to Bune just now. At the same time, several message windows appeared before Jinhyuk¡¯s eyes. [The down payment has beenpleted.] [The pinnacle of all evil grins and waves his hands.] It was the moment when the contract with Baal was concluded. Chapter 19 All Master Necromancer Episode 19 ¡°I¡¯m wearing some rings, let¡¯s check.¡± Jinhyuk finished wearing the mana ring, earring, ne, and even the dark force ring, and checked the status window with a satisfied smile. And the smile on Jinhyeok¡¯s face deepened as he saw Sangtae Chang, who could not be believed to be a first-floor climber. [Status Window] Name: Jinhyuk Cha upation: Spirit Master Sub-Job: All Master Body: Mana Retardation (Ability Value) Strength: 21 (+5) Stamina: 19 (+5) Dexterity: 20 (+5) Intelligence: 25 (+5) ) Mana: 31 (+20) Magic Energy: 0 (+10) (Characteristics) 1. Predation 2. Versatility (Skill) Pain resistance, bleeding resistance, stun resistance, piercing resistance, tenacity¡­. ¡°You are full even if you don¡¯t eat.¡± ¡°I wonder if this is what it feels like.¡± First floor at most. Although it would be more correct to say that he had just taken his baby steps, Jinhyeok had already be stronger than those who were far ahead of him. ¡®If you¡¯re talking about magic, it¡¯s even worse than that.¡¯ Among climbers who have exceeded the 100th and 200th floors, none have the Magi stat. Among those who climb the tower, the stat that only a very small number of people, excluding demons, possess is Magi. ¡®Among them, there is one thing I know. The demon¡¯s minions¡­ no, climbers who became the demon¡¯s pet dogs. ¡®I guess it¡¯s about Mine.¡¯ A demon. It literally refers to those who have received the blood or power of demons and are able to control demon energy. His appearance follows that of the demon, and his body also bes stronger. However, the important thing is that in exchange for gaining power, you lose yourself and a dog cor is ced around your neck, so Jinhyeok dislikes them. No, it would be more urate to say that I despise it. ¡®Stupid bastards who throw themselves away because they are drunk with power. What¡¯s so good about dying at the snap of a finger? ¡®Tsk.¡¯ When you be a demon, you will have tremendous power. This means that climbers of the same level cannot handle it, showing strength simr to that of the Four Emperors. But then what do you do? He is treated like a pet dog ying in the hands of demons, and the dog cor around his neck is a bomb ne that explodes ording to the demons¡¯ entertainment. If he dies, he¡¯s dead. Jinhyuk can¡¯t make that choice because of his power, so he can¡¯t help but click his tongue. ¡®But now I can handle demonic energy without such penalty. If only this is considered, it is actually better than my previous life.¡¯ Jinhyeok in his previous life couldn¡¯t get his hands on any stats. The magic power of the demons, the sacred power of the gods, the infinite mana of the dragons, and the mountain-shattering power of the giants. Of course, among the energies of the Four Emperors, divine power can be obtained by believing in the gods through temples and being chosen by them, but that was also impossible due to Jinhyeok¡¯s job. ¡®It¡¯s ridiculous that a necromancer has divine power. But this time it¡¯s different.¡¯ No matter how Jinhyuk is a Spirit Master, which is a hidden profession and a higher rank for Necromancers, the essential part does not change. Holy power is the opposite of a necromancer. So, wasn¡¯t it true that the most difficult and annoying beings at the moment when you were stabbed in the back were Cain Fallon and Shane Fallon, who were the guild masters of the Holy Kingdom and two of the Nine Stars? It was a terrible memory just thinking about it, but Jinhyuk shook it off with a deep breath. ¡®There is no past me. Because now I am able to ept everything, whether it is magical power or divine power.¡¯ All Masters. A job that can be considered perfect, meaning mastering everything. Although it was a job where everything could be ambiguous if he made a mistake, Jinhyuk didn¡¯t care. ¡®Nine Star, Four Emperors. It would be right to take that risk in order to kill them all.¡¯ High risk, high return. If you take a big risk, it alsoes with a big price. Jinhyeok knew that fact better than anyone else, and knew that now that the gap had widened by more than 10 years, he had to take a risk to catch up with them. ¡°I¡¯m satisfied.¡± ¡°Congrattions. To gain magical energy that no one in history has ever been able to obtain! ¡°I can¡¯t even imagine how much stronger I will be or how much I will grow!¡± ¡°To begin with, the only Spirit Masters are Vulcan and I.¡± ¡°¡­Hmm, anyway, isn¡¯t it true that I obtained something that no previous Spirit Master has been able to obtain?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± The spirit master¡¯s lineage continues through Balkan, Cha Jin-hyuk, and Cha Jin-hyuk. I didn¡¯t get the 2nd Spirit Master, but I got the 3rd Spirit Master¡¯s magic energy. It¡¯s nonsense to say that the 2nd and 3rd generations are the same person, but a good thing is a good thing. ¡°I¡¯m looking forward to seeing what thepatibility between the spirit soldiers and Magi will be like. ¡°Please hand me your magic energy too.¡± ¡°Unfortunately, I can¡¯t give it to you right now because it¡¯s not much and it¡¯s too difficult to handle.¡± ¡°¡­Be sure to hand it to meter.¡± ¡°of course. ¡°You will have to be the leader by my side.¡± ¡°Huh, I feel like I¡¯m being hooked, but I¡¯m still looking forward to thebination of demonic energy and soul disease, so I¡¯ll try to catch him at least once.¡± ¡°There will be quite a few situations in the future where you will have to get caught even if you know it, so look forward to it.¡± Even though he gained magical energy, there were still many, many stats that Jinhyuk had not yet obtained. Vulcan also failed to obtain any of the Four Emperors¡¯ stats, so we are looking forward to the future even more. ¡®Magic energy and soul disease, divine power and soul disease. ¡®I get to makebinations that I¡¯ve never tried before and that no one could even imagine¡­ I¡¯m so excited.¡¯ The new stat made Jinhyuk so excited that even Jinhyuk, who rarely got excited, thought of the word excitement. ¡°Are you nning on using Magi now?¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s not much anyway and I don¡¯t have anywhere to use it right now. ¡°It¡¯s enough to move on to the next floor and use it.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. But since you can¡¯t increase the stats you get from items, what do you n to do?¡± As Balkan says, stats obtained from items cannot be increased. But Jinhyuk had his own thoughts. ¡°Based on the stats obtained from items, we will study demon energy and be able to control demon energy even after unlocking the item.¡± ¡°¡­What do you mean?¡± ¡°It means that one day, you will be able to freely control Magi without relying on items. ¡°If it doesn¡¯t work out, just eat it.¡± ¡°¡­Good.¡± Balkan, who was well aware of Jinhyuk¡¯s genius talent, nodded and soon looked at him while floating next to Jinhyuk. ¡°Are you nning to go straight to the second floor?¡± ¡°no? ¡°I¡¯m going to go get the information I told you earlier.¡± ¡°Oh, by the way, I forgot about him. ¡°Do you want to go right away?¡± ¡°Of course, there won¡¯t be that much information anyway, so there¡¯s no need to wait long. is not it?¡± ¡°That is correct. ¡°I¡¯ll be there first, soe slowly.¡± As soon as he finished speaking, Jinhyeok, who was watching Vulcan flying in the sky heading toward Korol Vige, held out his hand to Ha-ryu. ¡°Then shall we go slowly?¡± ¡°¡­yes.¡± ¡°I have something to say about this, so we can go a little slower.¡± ¡°Oh, I see.¡± Tap-tap- Jinhyuk spoke while tapping his finger on the goblin mask on his face, and Ha-ryu nodded. Goblin mask. There was a lot of talk about it, but its effects were not well known because not a single outsider received it. ¡®You can look at the item description¡­ but it would be best to hear it from the person in question.¡¯ At first nce, the status window seems all-purpose. There is no exnation written, and the specifications for the item are also written, so you can guess the effect just by looking at it. However, not all status windows are friendly. There are many cases where only the origin is written and the effects are not written. In other words, if there is a ce where you can get as much exnation and information as possible, it is better to get it. In that respect, there is nothing better than an exnation from the original owner who personally gave the goblin mask. Because Jinhyeok knows this better than anyone else, he focused on the small mouth of the lower stream opening and the stories flowing out from it. ¡°The goblin mask is a mask that contains the abilities of a goblin.¡± ¡°¡­Then I don¡¯t think it would be very good for me.¡± Goblin¡¯s abilities. This ability is known to most people who have climbed the tower to some extent and met goblins. ¡°Isn¡¯t it magical power and magic?¡± Magical powers and magic were the abilities of goblins. Magical power is literally the ability tomunicate with God and is an ability rted to ¡®wisdom¡¯. Naturally, it can be said to be a useless ability for Jinhyeok, who focuses onbat. Of course, it is an ability that is highly coveted by others and those who have established influence. ¡®Maybe they¡¯ll attack the goblin vige because of that.¡¯ The ability to see the future. Although there are differences depending on the goblin, it is an ability that everyone covets, so it is not strange for goblins to attack viges. Well, there is a big difference between executing it and being able to do it. ¡°yes that¡¯s right. ¡°Most goblins have magical powers and magic abilities, but asionally there are those with swordsmanship or magic abilities.¡± ¡°Which side are you?¡± ¡°If I were to really ask, it¡¯s about magical powers and magic¡­¡± ¡°¡­Unfortunately, magic doesn¡¯t suit me very well and my magical powers aren¡¯t that good either.¡± Foresight is definitely a good ability. Telling us what will happen in the future can reduce variables and increase the odds of winning. ¡°More than anything, I hate the fact that it has some connection to God.¡± However, crucially, the fact that Yeji can only be used properly when connected to ¡®God¡¯ instilled antipathy in Jinhyeok. [The god of lightning cannot hide his disappointment.] [The wise man¡¯s disciple is regretful.] [The mad god of war expresses his anger.] The message of many gods expressing their disappointment and anger at Jinhyuk¡¯s remarks that they do not deserve gods is Jinhyuk. covered the front of Nevertheless, Jinhyeok did not give up his will. ¡°It would be better if it was a spell.¡± Ha-ryu smiled softly at the sight of Jin-hyeok, who gave up his foresight, which others would not have expected, and earnestly hoped that magic was the only help in the battle. ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°No, I just find it fascinating to see people making different choices than others. ¡°Even when the vige was fine, there were many cases where other people would bring money to the vige elders and ask them to look into the future.¡± ¡°Everyone is like that. ¡°Because I am afraid of an uncertain future and try to erase that variable even a little.¡± ¡°But I¡¯m surprised that you¡¯re not like that.¡± Jinhyeok responded to Ha-ryu¡¯s gaze as if he was looking at something strange, waving his hand as if to stop him from looking at her like that. ¡°That¡¯s just because it¡¯s better to destroy it than to avoid it. ¡°If Ie across something I can¡¯t destroy, I will avoid it so I can destroy itter.¡± Ha-ryu ced his hand on his chest and sighed in relief, as if he was d to see that Jin-hyeok did not seem to want magical powers even if he died soon. ¡°thank god.¡± ¡°what?¡± ¡°I think my abilities will definitely be of help to you.¡± ¡°¡­What on earth is that?¡± ¡°My ability isbat foresight. A precognition that only urs inbat situations. how is it? ¡°Am I useful?¡± Jinhyeok, who was staring at Ha-ryu, who was looking at himself with two bright ck jade-like eyes and waiting for proof of his worth, finally gave an answer. Wow ¨C with your own body. The moment I hugged Ha-ryu¡¯s small body with all my strength, Ha-ryu¡¯s small mouth opened and a harsh breath came out. ¡°¡­Tsk!¡± ¡°It¡¯s perfect, you¡¯re the best!¡± ¡°go¡­ Thank you¡­¡± Ha-ryu, who had appeared as an evil spirit in the monster wave just moments ago, was no longer here. There was only Ha-ryu, a young goblin struggling with a red face in Jin-hyeok¡¯s arms. Chapter 20 All Master Necromancer Episode 20 ¡°¡­You behaved indecently.¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m d that it helped.¡± Jinhyeok, who had been running around holding Hae-ryu for quite some time, finally came to his senses and let her go and apologized. The blush on his face was a bonus because he didn¡¯t look like himself. of course. [The pinnacle of all evil lowers the camera he was holding.] [The pinnacle of all evil boasts that his collection has increased.] [King Bifu shows interest in someone¡¯s collection.] [The nine-tailed fox tastes it.] ¡°. ..these crazy voyeurs. ¡°Aren¡¯t you going to delete it?¡± [The pinnacle of all evil pretends not to notice.] [King Mifu receives something from someone and closes his mouth.] [The Nine-Tailed Fox is happy, wagging its tail.] ¡°¡­You can¡¯t see it, but I will apologize on your behalf. ¡°I can¡¯t believe I was filmed by that voyeur¡­¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, anyway, it¡¯s not like we¡¯ll be known just because the gods or demons see us¡­ But it doesn¡¯t matter.¡± Jinhyeok apologized to Ha-ryu, who had put his face in the collection of gods and demons because of him. However, in response to Jinhyuk¡¯s apology, Ha-ryu instead waved his hand and shook his head. ¡°okay? Well then, that¡¯s a relief. There are many good things about getting used to the voyeurism of gods and demons. It will be a great help in climbing the tower in the future. ¡°If it¡¯s a talent, it¡¯s a talent.¡± Ha-ryu nodded softly at Jinhyeok¡¯s words, praising his talent for reaching the level of ripping off the price of voyeurism without paying attention to the gazes of voyeurs. ¡°Still, there are things I have gained thanks to you, and there are things I have gained through selling your face, so I will give you one thing you want.¡± ¡°¡­really?¡± ¡°really.¡± Jinhyeok is not the type of person to say two things at a time, so he quickly nodded in response to Ha-ryu¡¯s question. Although I haven¡¯t used the effect contained in the goblin mask yet, I thought that if it was simr to the ¡®thing¡¯ I was thinking of, it would be an excellent item that was more than sufficient. ¡®Give and take. If you receive something, you have to give something in return. A rtionship that only receives cannotst long.¡¯ No matter how much you receive, no matter how much the other person says you don¡¯t want. Even a small stone has to be paid for. That was Jinhyuk¡¯s theory. Jinhyuk, who had to break down the huge wall between the Nine Stars and the Four Emperors in the future, did not want any cracks to form between them. The reason was simple. ¡®There won¡¯t be many people in the world who will fight with those guys, so we should take good care of the people who are there.¡¯ Most of the Nine Stars would shake their heads, but the Four Emperors? It¡¯s a good thing that I don¡¯t get called crazy. In the meantime, each trustworthy colleague who would fight alongside him was precious to Jinhyuk. ¡®No matter how necromancers and spirit masters are said to be one-man armies, they are also a walking army. There are not many trustworthy and strongrades who will fight alongside you.¡¯ Nine Stars. As climbers of at least the 700th floor, their strength must be terrifying. Moreover, considering the guilds they lead, their power is no less than that of the walking one-man army of necromancers (spirit masters). Not only that, but the strength of each member of the Four Emperors was enough to be called a walking one-man army, so Jinhyeok also had to form his own force. ¡°Please continue to take good care of me in the future.¡± ¡°¡­yes.¡± In that respect, the downstream was a very important force. First of all, the goblin tribe is renowned as an excellent race. He must have been talented enough that the goblins of the vige tried to save him when he was destroyed. Above all, the sword she carried was also a sword worthy of being called a treasured sword or a famous sword. Among the characteristics of such swords, the biggest one was that they identified their owners. ¡®There are people who are amazingly selective about their owners and whose eyes are as high as the Four Emperors, and they are still calm and not reacting even once to a young goblin? That alone proves your talent.¡¯ I don¡¯t know about Ha-ryu, but Jin-hyuk¡¯s evaluation of her has increased significantly because of the sword she handles. Of course, Jinhyeok held out his hand toward her, who didn¡¯t even know that and just shook her head. ¡°Then go. ¡°I¡¯m even afraid of how the Balkans will criticize me for eating boiled slugs.¡± ¡°¡­yes.¡± The moment Ha-ryu nodded, lightly holding on to Jin-hyeok¡¯s outstretched hand, the two people disappeared from the field of ruined corpses. * * * ¡°Why are youing sote!¡± Of course, as Jinhyuk thought, Jinhyuk camete and Balkan, who came downstream first and waited for them, reprimanded them. ¡°What are you thinking?¡± ¡°¡­sorry.¡± Of course, the two people¡¯s answers were 180 degrees different, but Jinhyuk¡¯s face hardened as Balkan continued. ¡°Do you know how hard I tried to catch the guy who was trying to run away?¡± ¡°¡­run away? Him? ¡°Did you go crazy because you wanted to die?¡± ¡°Tsk, I tied it with spiritual power, so there¡¯s no problem, but what would have happened if I wasn¡¯t there!¡± ¡°¡­I somehow felt like my mana was running fast. ¡°Where is he?¡± ¡°It¡¯s over there.¡± With a nod, Vulcan pointed in the direction of Kim Seung-tae, a prospective guild member of White Swallow, and Jinhyuk nodded and walked towards that direction. How long did you walk? Jinhyuk could see Seungtae sprawled on the floor, drooling. Spiritual power. This power, which can also be said to be the power of the soul, was a power that Jinhyeok could naturally handle with the soul soldiers he handled. ¡®Still, binding a climber with only spiritual power is something that only Vulcan can do at the moment.¡¯ Balkan. As the first Spirit Master and having lived as a spirit for a long time, he naturally knew how to manipte spiritual power. Very well too. That¡¯s why he was able to catch Seungtae, who was trying to run away to the second floor, like that. ¡°Why did you do that?¡± ¡°Aww¡­ Well, I was wrong¡­ You¡¯re so scared, stop¡­¡± The spiritual power that bound Seungtae¡¯s body and mouth to prevent him from escaping to the second floor disappears like snow melting as soon as Jinhyuk opens his mouth. However, Seungtae could not escape to the second floor afterpleting the alreadypleted quest. ¡®¡­If you try to run away, you might really die.¡¯ He did not forget the fierceness Jinhyeok showed earlier when he tried to spoon into the monster wave. Rather, because I didn¡¯t forget it, I tried to run away. Above all, Seungtae was sure that even if he tried to run away before he arrived, even before his eyes, he would catch him someday. ¡®¡­Damn you guys. I won¡¯t forget that you ran away leaving me alone.¡¯ Seungtae, who was gritting his teeth while thinking about his colleagues and friends who abandoned him and ran away, had to hastily open his mouth at Jinhyeok¡¯s next words. ¡°From now on, I will tell you the location and internal members of the guild, such as White Swallow or something, that will be on the 10th floor, one by one.¡± ¡°Start, carry out!¡± White Swallow. To spew out information about the new home where his older brother belonged and where he thought he would also join. * * * ¡°Well¡­ then let¡¯s go!¡± ¡°Okay, go in.¡± ¡°yes! thank you!¡± Jinhyeok stroked his chin without even looking at Seungtae¡¯s appearance, which turned into light and disappeared after a loud voice. ¡°Is there some problem?¡± Seeing Jinhyuk looking like he was in trouble, Balkan rushed over and asked. ¡°No, there is not.¡± ¡°Then why?¡± ¡°I just feel like there are too many things to worry about.¡± There are a lot of things toin about. This was Jinhyuk¡¯s opinion after hearing things about White Swallow from Seungtae. ¡°First of all, their scale is too small. At most, it¡¯s the 100th floor¡­ No, it¡¯s a guild that ys around the 100th floor. It bothers me that even though the members are on the 200th floor, the guild itself is on the 100th floor. ¡± ¡°¡­Isn¡¯t it too trash? ¡°I wonder if there¡¯s any information I can get from there?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think you need to worry about that. ¡°I said they are all connected like a thread, so if you look there, you will be able to find out where the guild above is.¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± ¡°It would mean that you have to step up to the 100th floor, then the 200th floor, step by step.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s going to be boring and annoying.¡± Nine Stars. Jinhyeok shook his head as he said that in order to get to where they were, he had to trample on guilds that were no different from subcontractors and shake off the information there. ¡°But I still have to do it. is not it?¡± ¡°¡­I just do what you tell me.¡± Seeing Balkan grumbling and only choosing pretty words, Jinhyeok burst outughing and got up from his seat. ¡°Anyway, the 10th floor is just a branch. The real thing is on the 100th floor, so that¡¯s where it really begins. And for the quest given by Baal, this is actually better.¡± ¡°Because you can make a name for yourself?¡± ¡°answer.¡± Baal¡¯s Quest. A very difficult quest to spread Jinhyeok¡¯s name throughout the tower. Above all, the already difficult quest has be twice as difficult as the 100th floor has not been reached. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk whetted his appetite, recalling the guild under Seongguk called White Swallow. ¡°For a fire to burn brightly, there must be a lot of firewood.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a trashy guild, but it could be useful for firewood.¡± ¡°In the first ce, logs that are useful as firewood are not tens of meters long. Rather, small twigs or moderately thick branches burn better.¡± ¡°Tsk, you¡¯re worse than the devil.¡± ¡°Thank you for thepliment.¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s mouth opened as he stood up and expressed his gratitude at the sight of Balkan clicking his tongue and praising(?). ¡°Going to the next floor.¡± Eventually, just as when Seungtae disappeared, the moment a bright light enveloped Jinhyuk, Jinhyuk could no longer be found on the first floor. And soon after, the young goblin in front of him also disappeared. * * * 2nd floor. This is the basic level that most climbers reach. Of course, some people stay on the first floor for a long time, and some die without even passing the tutorial, but most still arrive at the floor. That ce was on the second floor. As soon as a bright cluster of lights burst out in the middle of Pat Vige, a vige on the second floor, people¡¯s eyes turned to that ce . Murmuring- -Are you saying that the guying up now is the guy who blocked the monster wave? -It was strange to see climbers suddenlying up, but it was a monster wave¡­ Seeing as how they blocked it, they must be strong, right? -We need to recruit him to our guild. What I heard from those who got out before the monster wave started and those who came up in a hurry after the monster wave ended. If that were all true, they would have instinctively realized that the climbering up now was not something to be ignored as a climber who had just climbed to the first or second floor. Fear, vignce. Although it was not an emotion experienced by climbers who were only on the second floor at most, everyone gathered in the vige felt a simr emotion and focused their attention. Those who were individuals wanted to be in a party with the climber who blocked the monster wave, and those who decided to join the guild on the 10th floor wanted to take him to their guild. When each person thinks differently and focuses their attention on the bursting light. Puhwaaak- ¡°¡­Aak!¡± ¡°Um¡­ what is that?¡± A ck energy wave emitted by the seal that appeared in the ce where the light halo disappeared. The moment when Inyoung is revealed, emitting energy waves that make you goosebumps and fill you with fear just by touching your skin. ¡°¡­mask?¡± ¡°ghost? ¡°No, what kind of mask is that?¡± The image of Jinhyuk wearing a goblin mask was imprinted in the minds of climbers on the second floor. ¡®It¡¯s a good start.¡¯ And inside the mask that led it all, Jinhyuk had a smile on his lips. Baal¡¯s Quest. Following his instructions to make his name known throughout the tower, Jinhyeok reached the top. ¡°I am a ghost.¡± ¡°Ear¡­ cotton?¡± After clearly remembering his name and appearance, he left a statement that was like a deration telling the entire tower to criticize him. Jinhyeok, who had imprinted his image in people¡¯s minds with the goblin mask and magic power, left the vige that way. ¡°egg nt.¡± ¡°¡­?¡± The climbers tilted their heads at the sight of Jinhyeok talking while looking at empty space, precisely where Balkan was located, but that onlysted for a moment. Another cluster of lights soon appeared. Because the downstream has appeared. The party, consisting of one person and one goblin, quickly left the vige and disappeared into the hunting ground. -What was that girl just now? -I didn¡¯t think he was human? -The person who is said to be a ghost and a climber from an alien race¡­ is very appealing. However, even after the two people disappeared, the climbers stared at the spot where they disappeared and walked and started talking about them. Just as Jinhyuk had hoped. Chapter 21 All Master Necromancer Episode 21 ¡°What a brilliant start.¡± ¡°Once you take on a quest, you have to wake up to relieve your anger.¡± [Laughs heartily, thinking that the pinnacle of all evil is good.] ¡®Baal, that guy is not in his right mind either.¡¯ Jinhyeok clicked his tongue and checked the quests on the second floor, seeing his attitude that it didn¡¯t matter whether the quest he had given was sessful or failed. [2nd floor] Pat Vige is a vige with a wastnd in front and a mountain with monsters lurking behind it. They had a problem: kobolds that invaded the vige from time to time. Clear conditions: Kill the kobold (0/10), Kill the kobold warrior (0/5). Jinhyeok, who was skimming through the quest window, which had not changed much, waved his hand to delete the quest window. Jinhyuk¡¯s mouth opened as he looked at the quest window disappearing in the air with a wave of his hand. ¡°Nothing much.¡± ¡°Anything would be no big deal to the guy who just killed not only the warrior, but also the shaman and the Lord.¡± ¡°That¡¯s also true.¡± In fact, to Jinhyuk now, interfloor quests don¡¯t have much meaning. It was just a quest that could bepleted by simply closing your eyes and waving your hands a few times. ¡°Go and get him. Because I have something to do. Oh, and we also pick up those that the downstream will catch.¡± ¡°¡­I want to see you too.¡± ¡°Do you want to get hit or just go?¡± ¡°Come soon. ¡°Don¡¯t use up all your magic energy, just wait!¡± Jinhyuk looked downstream with a kind smile, leaving behind the sight of the Vulcan flying high and low, wondering if Jinhyeok would use up all his magic energy. ¡°That old man will bring your share. ¡°You just have to grab it.¡± ¡°¡­Is that okay?¡± ¡°You can grab more if you want. ¡°As you know, there is no penalty for catching more monsters.¡± Ha-Ryu nodded at Jin-Hyeok¡¯s words, which he spoke casually. A thousand kobolds have already been hunted through monster waves. Now, it wouldn¡¯t be surprising if we caught a few more, and even though we caught that many, there was no penalty. All that remains is stronger strength and stamina, and a lighter body condition. ¡°Then I¡¯ll just take a look.¡± ¡°as you please. I have no intention of detaining you. ¡°You just have to live your life doing whatever you want.¡± After shrugging his shoulders and answering, Jinhyuk immediately turned his head. -Keeeeee! ¡°Subject No. 1 ising.¡± A monster that looks at you with sharp teeth and glowing red eyes, and runs towards you with a strange, drooling appearance. Jinhyeok pulled out magical energy from the dark force earrings while staring at the monster named Kobold, whom he had caught countless times. Wow! It was a smaller amount than what was emitted in the vige, but as if it didn¡¯t matter, Jinhyuk released the extracted magic energy towards the kobold. I flinched ¨C the reaction came immediately. The kobold¡¯s movements, which were drooling like a rabid dog, gradually slowed down, and fear soon appeared in its red eyes. -Kek! Kegegeung! ¡°¡­Why are you doing that?¡± Haryu, who had never seen a kobold experience the emotion of fear while experiencing a monster wave, tilted his small head and asked. These are the guys who ran without fear even if their colleagues died in front of them. It was surprising to her that a guy like that had stopped rushing towards her out of fear and was sying away. But Jinhyuk answered as if there was nothing surprising. ¡°That¡¯s the nature of Magi¡¯s abilities.¡± ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°There is no way such low-quality monsters could withstand the ferocity that the Magi possesses. ¡°Wouldn¡¯t it be even weirder for those who cut the tower into four parts to hold on to it?¡± ¡°ah¡­!¡± These are the guys who cut the tower into quarters. Although he did not specifically mention anyone or their names, Ha-Ryu immediately understood Jin-Hyeok¡¯s words. The Four Emperors. Among them, the power that the demons wielded was demonic energy, and the ferocity they possessed was also deeply embedded in the demonic energy they wielded. ¡®Even the monsters running rampant on the 100th floor be gentle sheep in front of the Magi, so can a kobold endure it? I¡¯d rather believe that Baal will put an end to his voyeurism.¡¯ Jinhyeok, who did not forget to subtly turn Baal and crack it, snapped his finger. The moment when a clear click sound echoes throughout the mountain. Fubububu- The demonic energy that had permeated the kobold¡¯s body went on a rampage to make itself known to the world. Simply put, it means that it turned into a thorn and tore the kobold¡¯s body apart from the inside. The kobold, who had be a rag in an instant, fell down, and a smile appeared on Jinhyeok¡¯s lips as he confirmed that one kill list for the second floor quest had been filled. ¡°Let¡¯s move on to the next experiment. ¡°Herees No. 2.¡± There were a lot of things to test with what he got from the first floor, and in addition, there were a lot of test subjects to test them on. * * * After finishing killing kobolds from the inside using demonic energy, Jinhyuk¡¯s next experiment was tobine soul bottles and demonic energy. ¡°I guess it will work out.¡± Thebination of soul disease and demonic energy was not an easy problem, to the point where even Jinhyeok, who prided himself on being a genius, tilted his head. On the contrary, it is a problem so difficult that even the most talented minds would explode if they put their heads together. But Jinhyuk did not give up. ¡°Wake up.¡± Jinhyeok took out the torn souls of two kobolds and floated them in the air, then pulled out the demon energy again. Dozing ¨C The demons that escaped from the Dark Force Ring were just dozing around and floating in the air like the souls. However, the Magi had the power to tear apart or subdue the enemy in front of them at any time as long as an order was given. However, Jinhyeok chose to inject magical energy into the soul soldiers rather than consume it. ¡°It would be strange if it happened right away.¡± Jinhyeok stroked his chin as he injected magical energy and observed any changes from a distance from the spirit soldiers. ¡°Is there a reason for doing that?¡± ¡°Magi is a useful energy. In the first ce, spirit soldiers deal with spiritual power derived from mana, and magic is a higher energy than that. In other words, the spirit soldiers will be stronger when they deal with demonic energy. At least more than now.¡± ¡°It must be difficult.¡± ¡°It must be difficult. ¡°It¡¯s so difficult that even a genius like me can¡¯t promise to seed in one go¡­¡± Jinhyeok, who was nodding in agreement with Ha-ryu¡¯s words, had no choice but to hastily correct his words. ¡°¡­but I can.¡± ¡°¡­I think I changed it at the end. Is it because of my mood?¡± ¡°No way, it¡¯s time to check the results. ¡°Can you be quiet for a moment?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Jinhyeok responded shamelessly and approached the soul bottle that was perfectlybined with magic energy. It was an extremely difficult task, and he could not hide his surprise that what had been expected to fail dozens of times seeded in just one attempt. And he admitted it. ¡®¡­This is so easy.¡¯ Abination of soul disease and demon energy. That said, it wasn¡¯t that difficult. Jinhyeok realized that there was a huge error in Balkan¡¯s thoughts and his own thoughts, as thebination of spirit disease and demonic energy was achieved very easily. ¡®It wasn¡¯t because it was difficult, it was just that we couldn¡¯t do it because we didn¡¯t have the magic power to handle it ourselves.¡¯ The reason why there has never been a case ofbining demonic energy and soul disease until now. This was because the Spirit Master had never had demon energy. Because it was a very easy reason. It was a really stupid thing to do, but the result was a huge sess. As if to prove it, pancakes were exploding in front of Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes. [Achievement aplished!] [You have seeded inbining your soul and demon energy!] [Your name echoes throughout the tower!] [Do you have a name to register? If you do not register your name, it will be registered as Unknown.] Thebination of Magi and Soul Bottle is so great that the tower system also recognizes it as an achievement. It was natural, but Jinhyeok could not hide his bitterness. ¡®It¡¯s just that the demons weren¡¯t interested, and it¡¯s too shameful to be happy about the achievements made because I¡¯m not a spirit master.¡¯ Jinhyeok was not stupid enough to be happy about the achievements he achieved due to the Four Emperors¡¯ indifference. Still, things had to be registered, so Jinhyuk wrote his name in the name registration box. ¡°Ghost face. ¡°I register as a ghost.¡± [Registered.] [The achievement regarding the union of soul and demon energy has been registered with your name in the Tower of Achievements.] [ Many people will be amazed to see your achievement.] This was revealed to the people in Pat Vige . Jinhyeok, who had even registered his achievements with his name, smiled with satisfaction. ¡®Okay, let¡¯s think that I stole the achievements that the demons didn¡¯t eat. And thanks to this achievement, it has be easier toplete Baal¡¯s quest.¡¯ Achievements registered in the Tower of Achievements are visible to everyone. Who achieved what achievements? Naturally, since it is not often that new achievements are achieved, the achievement of new achievements immediately leads to interest. Above all, Jinhyuk¡¯s new achievement is the one achieved on the second floor. ¡®The tower of achievements also records the number of floors achieved. That¡¯s also the highest number of floors reached. In other words, my floor number, which is still on the second floor, will be recorded in the achievements just now.¡¯ A climber who achieved the feat only on the second floor, Ghost Face. ¡®The guild¡¯s scouts will have their eyes lit up.¡¯ Scouters. If you look at the important things to increase the power of a guild, there are many things thate out. Money, power, connections, etc. There are so many different things that are needed, but when asked to choose the future of the guild, everyone picks one thing. ¡®Super rookie. ¡®It is essential to have a super rookie who can be a future superpower who can support the entire guild.¡¯ Super Rookie. Someone who can tow the entire guild and be the next generation¡¯s strongman, and even a super strong man whomands the tower. Therefore, what many scouts pay attention to is the Tower of Achievements. What is more certain than rumors is achievement. Achieving an achievement on a low floor and having your name written on it is the icing on the cake. Of course, there may be simr people like Jinhyuk in the tutorial who refused the All Master achievement because he didn¡¯t want it to be stuffed, but not everyone is like that. ¡®You guys should be my blue birds.¡¯ Scouters from all guilds who spread out throughout the tower and try to increase the power of small guilds or maintain the power ofrge guilds. Jinhyuk, with a smile on his face, imagined them bing bluebirds and trumpeters who would make their names known, and entered the final experiment. Chuck ¨C Jinhyuk took off the goblin mask that he had put on his head for a moment and lowered it topletely cover his face. Jinhyuk¡¯s eyes turned to Ha-ryu. ¡°How do I use the mask¡¯s powers?¡± When Jinhyeok asked how to use his ability, Ha-ryu did not hesitate and told him how to use it. ¡°When a battle breaks out, just infuse mana with the goblin mask.¡± ¡°It¡¯s easy.¡± ¡°But be careful because there may be side effects such as feeling dizzy after using it.¡± ¡°Even if I fight with those side effects all day, the kobolds won¡¯t be a danger to me.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± After hearing it, it seemed to be true, so Ha-ryu shook his head and agreed. Jinhyuk¡¯s legs were already heading towards the kobold in the distance. -Kyaaagh! A kobold showing his ferocity as always. Of course, he was a kobold warrior equipped with weapons, but to Jinhyuk, there was no significant difference between a kobold and a kobold warrior. ¡®If the battle foresight is what I thought¡­ ¡®This is going to be awesome.¡¯ Jinhyeok tried to calm his trembling mind before the demonstration and infused mana into the goblin mask. ¡®¡­You win.¡¯ I had a bright smile on my face as I looked at the kobold warrior moving extremely slowly. Chapter 22 All Master Necromancer Episode 22 A kobold warrior who moves incredibly slowly. In fact, the kobold warrior did not slow down. ¡®It¡¯s just that I feel like time has slowed down.¡¯ It¡¯s just that Jinhyuk¡¯s current state is such that he can even count how many times a fly ps its wings. ¡®It definitely feels strange to actually feel what Kyung-hoon was talking about.¡¯ Martial God Choi Gyeong-hoon. He can be seen as Jinhyeok¡¯s only friend, and as an excellent martial artist, he has experienced situations like the present several times. And he told Jinhyeok several times about the situation he had experienced. ¨C So, you say that sometimes the world feels slow and the enemies that run at you look like slugs? Although he was light and shy, he was superior to him when it came to martial arts, so Jinhyeok believed everything he said. -Well, it would be difficult for you, a born magician, to properly understand what I am saying even though you are an excellent martial artist. It must be difficult to experience it. ¡®¡­The swaggering attitude is still good.¡¯ Jinhyeok clicked his tongue as he recalled Choi Kyung-hoon teasing him by saying, ¡®You¡¯re not good at this kind of thing, are you?¡¯ while recounting a situation he had experienced. ¡®But it¡¯s fascinating. When I heard what he said, I thought it was just the body awakening in a life-threatening situation, but when I actually experienced it, it was simr to power?¡¯ As a heavenly wizard, Jinhyeok continued his quest in the situation he was experiencing called ¡®precognition of battle¡¯. And as a result, I learned that the power of battle foresight was not a result of a sudden awakening of physical ability, but was a miracle using mana and was close to power. Squeak ¨C I thought for a moment. Jinhyeok finished the battle by cutting down the kobold warrior who was rushing towards him with a mana-filled sword to confirm what he realized, and ran towards Ha-ryu. ¡°What did I just experience?¡­¡± He listed what he saw and felt to confirm whether this was a ¡®precognition of battle.¡¯ I believe that Ha-Ryu, the original owner of the ability, will be able to give a clear answer to what he has experienced. Jinhyeok couldn¡¯t help but harden his face at Ha-ryu¡¯s answer. ¡°Huh, that seems like a side effect of not being able to use my abilities properly¡­?¡± side effect. The fact that it was only a side effect or partial ability that arose from his inability to draw out all the power contained in the mask shocked him. No, even for a moment, Jinhyuk felt goosebumps all over his body. ¡®Wait a minute, an ability that was just a side effect or the tip of the iceberg made even the guy called Mushin feel something he had never experienced before¡­ So what on earth is the real ability?¡¯ Mushin. Obviously, he doesn¡¯t have the ability to match it yet, but just looking at his achievement of reaching the 800th floor, you can see how great his talent is without even looking at it. Jinhyeok¡¯s mouth widened at the fact that he was forced to experience something that even he had not experienced much, and that the ability to use it whenever he wanted was only a by-product. ¡°¡­I just do it.¡± ¡°Yes, you are a genius too.¡± I just felt that Ha-ryu, who casually responded that he was yes, was amazing again. ¡®But this much is okay enough. Anyway, someday I will be able to see the world that downstream sees.¡¯ No matter how much an item can use the original owner¡¯s abilities, an item is an item. It would be even more strange to deal with higher-level abilities from the beginning, rather than dealing with even those who have reached the peak of nothingness and freely do what they want to experience. Jinhyuk, who tried to console himself, soon shook off his distracting thoughts and focused on what she said. ¡°Then what does the world look like as you see it?¡± A friendly voice. It was a voice that would have made anyone who knew Jinhyuk nauseous, but Ha-Ryu opened his mouth with a faint smile, as if he actually liked this voice better. ¡°I can see the path.¡± ¡°Route?¡± ¡°Magic, sorcery, journey, etc. ¡°You can naturally see where, how, and when various attacks will fly.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Well, there are all these fraudulent abilities, right? see. The ability to see in advance was literally an ability that was perfectly suited to the name ¡®battle foreknowledge¡¯. Ha-Ryu shook his head at the content that even made him shiver. ¡°But I can¡¯t use it for a long time, and it hurts like my head will break after using it, so I don¡¯t use it often. Like you just wrote, most people only use it to the point where it feels a little slow. Of course, I didn¡¯t know you couldn¡¯t even use it.¡± ¡°¡­You¡¯re subtly stabbing me in a painful spot.¡± Jinhyeok smiled bitterly at Ha-ryu¡¯s words, which reminded him of the fact that rather than using his battle foresight, he only limited himself to using it. ¡°Ah¡­ no, I¡¯m sure your brother can use battle foresight like me!¡± Ha-ryu, who finally realized his mistake after seeing Jin-hyuk¡¯s look full of bitterness, hurriedly added, but Jin-hyuk only acknowledged it. ¡®I was arrogant. ¡®It wasn¡¯t enough to get the All Master sub-job, I was so arrogant about the fact that I had sessfully obtained Spirit Master and even Vulcan.¡¯ The fact that you have be too arrogant. It was acknowledged. Of course, it is true that Jinhyeok¡¯s strength is enough for an ordinary person to be arrogant. Now it¡¯s only the second floor. There were still 8 floors left until the 10th floor, and even considering that the trials on the 10th floor were more difficult than those on the 1st to 9th floors, Jinhyuk was able to climb up in one day. ¡®Even before I reached the 10th floor, I got a main job as well as a sub-job, and my stats exceeded those of a typical 10th floor climber. Above all, thanks to an item given directly by the devil, I gained magical energy that I had never received in my previous life, so I have reason to be arrogant. But I shouldn¡¯t do that.¡¯ You have to fly and crawl to be in the palm of your hand like a Buddha. There were no words that expressed Jinhyeok¡¯s current situation as clearly as those words. That said, Jinhyuk is definitely strong. However, if his strength is measured not as a low-level climber but as a whole tower, then his strength is no longer strong. Jinhyeok, who knew that, but who had forgotten it at some point and reflected on his actions, smiled bitterly and stood up. ¡°Thanks to you, I was able to calm my shaking heart. ¡°I guess I should say thank you.¡± ¡°¡­I just said what I had to say.¡± Seeing Ha-ryu nodding her head hesitantly, like any other child, Jin-hyuk gently stroked her head with a smile on her face. ¡°I¡¯m just saying thank you because it helped me. ¡°The experiment is roughly over, so let¡¯s get to work now.¡± ¡°Yes, I guess so.¡± Ha-Ryu nodded at the word ¡®work¡¯ and answered while looking at Vulcan flying in with dust from a distance. Now it was time to get back to work, or more precisely, time to climb the tower. ¡°Damn you guys! Catch it quickly! And you probably didn¡¯t use up all your magic power, right?¡± Jinhyuk gently shook his head as Vulcan looked worried, wondering if Jinhyuk had used up all his magic power. ¡°There¡¯s a lot left, so I¡¯m waiting quietly. ¡°I didn¡¯t expect it, but the result came out.¡± ¡°joy! ¡°Don¡¯t think of satisfying me with ordinary things.¡± ¡°I have no intention of satisfying you, but if you are not satisfied after seeing this, you should take off the name Spirit Master.¡± ¡°¡­That much?¡± Balkan swallowed dry saliva and asked back at Jinhyeok¡¯s confident voice, but Jinhyeok was already running towards the group of kobolds and kobold warriors that Balkan had brought along with Ha-ryu. ¡°Just say something and go away, you damn bastard!¡± Vulcan¡¯s intive voice echoed along the swaying leaves. * * * A battle against dozens of kobolds brought by Balkan. There were more than enough quests to clear, but Jinhyeok didn¡¯t care. ¡®We need to help the lower ss build up their fighting skills, and more than anything, I want to deal with the demonic spirit and demon spirit soldiers a little.¡¯ Jinhyuk pushed himself into the struggle because he wanted to know how it could be used and how it would be used in a situation that could definitely be called a ¡®battle¡¯ even if it was not urgent, rather than an ¡®experiment¡¯ unfolding in an ordinary situation. Of course, it is true that the thought that this battle would not bring about his ¡®death¡¯ yed arge part in making this decision. Even so, Jinhyuk¡¯s thoughts did not change. ¡°Wake up.¡± With a voice awakening those who were asleep, Jinhyeok¡¯s spirit soldiers and two demon spirit soldiers appeared. At most, it was a kobold, but it was made with only warrior-level or shaman-level souls, so there was no shortage. Rather, the weaker you are, the stronger your body is and the amount of mana, so you can say that you are stronger than when you were alive. ¡°Soul disease and demon soul disease are gone, lower level. ¡°Any help?¡± ¡°I do not need it.¡± Although it may feel cold, Jinhyeok was pleased with Ha-ryu¡¯s confident voice and began preparing for his fight. Fuwaaaaak! Magi. It was at most level 10 magical energy, but in Jinhyuk¡¯s current state, it was not enough, it was overflowing. Such magical energy flows out of the ring and covers Jinhyuk¡¯s body, and ck magical energy swirls around, fluttering the hem of the robe Jinhyuk is wearing. -¡­Quick? -¡­Key profit. The fearful gaze of the kobolds, frozen by the creeping scent of magic, is focused on Jinhyeok. Jinhyeok¡¯s feet take a step forward, enjoying the gaze of the prey looking at the predator. Trudging ¨C It was clearly a light step, and the sound was quite faint, but to the ears of the kobolds confronting Jinhyeok, it sounded louder than a thunderstorm. Jinhyeok stopped taking any steps as he saw the small demons shivering in fear. ¡°From now on, I will run.¡± running. At the beginning of the non-stop sprint towards at least the 10th floor, the kobolds were in front of Jinhyeok. ¡°Wipe it away.¡± -Kyaaaaaaa! -Keaaaaaaa! Ghost sound. Jinhyeok¡¯s new form, which was humming the sound of the soul soldiers and demon soul soldiers like a pope¡¯s song, increased in number and rushed towards the kobolds. ¡°¡­Then me too.¡± Ha-Ryu, who caught sight of Jin-Hyeok¡¯s back, who had quickly moved away, lowered his head and prepared to leave. The moment Ha-ryu¡¯s head is raised, ready to chase after Jin-hyeok. The stream disappeared from nowhere and only one Rakshasa was left in its ce. And soon the Rakshasa also left to step onto the starting line under the name Kobold. Second floor. The two people¡¯s storm that would cause trouble not only on the second floor but the entire tower began to increase in size, starting with the group of kobolds brought by Balkan from the second floor. Chapter 23 All Master Necromancer Episode 23 ¡°¡­Hmm, does that mean he is abination of demonic energy and soul disease? That¡¯s amazing. Jinhyuk Cha How did that guy create something like that in such a short amount of time? ¡°It¡¯s not cheap, but I have no choice but to acknowledge your talent.¡± Balkan expressed his appreciation while looking at the Demon Spirit bottle, a result that even Jinhyeok himself was confused about. While floating in the air, watching the battle between Jinhyeok and Ha-ryu, he was busy making evaluations. That¡¯s what wizards were originally, and Balkan was also a wizard. Of course, I changed jobs from wizard to necromancer, and from necromancer to spirit master. ¡°Certainly kobolds are worse at responding to demon soul disease than to spirit disease.¡± The difference between soul disease and demon soul disease was not that big. To be honest, a demon spirit bottle with at most 1 level of demonic energy was at the same level as mixing 1 level of alcohol with 9 parts of water. However, despite the level of sultanate in the water, the results were not bad. ¡°The demonic energy permeating the naturally flowing spiritual power is suppressing their movements. After all, Magi is Magi.¡± Spiritual power. A power mainly used by spirit masters and spirit soldiers, also called the power of the soul. Jinhyeok has not yet realized and mastered his spiritual power properly, but it is a power he will master someday. In fact, Jinhyuk had been dealing with spiritual powers even before his reincarnation. Anyway, the magic permeated by that spiritual power spread around and suppressed the kobolds¡¯ movements. Like the original power of Magi. Of course, if it were a real demon, his body would immediately stiffen and urinate, but even if it wasn¡¯t to that extent, it was still helpful enough in the fight. -Keeeeee! This is because it is enough to not be able to properly respond to the attacks of the Demon Spirit soldiers who attack with a roar. Whether you stiffen or slightly stiffen at a critical moment and miss the timing, the result is the same: death. The number of enemies killed by the two demon soul soldiers was equal to that of the dozens of soul soldiers, so there was nothing left to look at. ¡°¡­I¡¯m already looking forward to what kind of monster will be created if divine power, dragons¡¯ mana, and dragon power are added to it.¡± This is something that was originally unimaginable. The divine power of the gods (elyos). The mana and power of dragons. Because it is not a stat (energy) that ordinary people can handle or obtain. But Balkan was confident. ¡®That guy will definitely be able to get everything from the Four Emperors. And even the ridiculousbination of divine power and soul disease will definitely be sessful.¡¯ The [holy power] of the gods, the [dragon power] of the dragon race, the [magic energy ] of the giant race, and the [giant power] of the giant race were all surprising stats, but Balkan didn¡¯t think it would take long for Jinhyeok¡¯s body to be filled with all of those things. It¡¯s just a matter of timing. I thought that one day, Jinhyeok would hold everything in his hands of the Four Emperors and rule as the supreme king. Above all, what he was most looking forward to was thebination of divine power and soul disease. ¡®Holy power purifies the wrong things and burns the unclean things. Soul disease can be seen as the soul of a dead person, the essence of something evil and unclean. ¡®Can we really put them together?¡¯ Magi, dragon power, and mighty power. These three things could be seen to go well with soul disease. Just by looking at the ck magic, I thought it would go well with the spirit bottle, and the same goes for the dragon power and strength. But it was not divine power. It is also a symbol of purification, and far from beingpatible with soul bottles, it could actually destroy the main ingredient, soul bottles. ¡®¡­It was quite shocking that when the priest¡¯s soul was actually treated as a soul disease, the one who tried to use divine power was destroyed.¡¯ Balkan shivered as he recalled how the soul of a priest he had saved with great difficulty a long time ago had been purified using divine power in battle. The absurdity he experienced at that time was still firmly entrenched in his mind even hundreds of yearster, so he had no difficulty recalling it. Just thinking about that time makes me throw a fit. The time of the seizure was not very long, and by the time Balkan¡¯s seizure was over, the battle between Jinhyeok and Ha-Ryu had also ended. ¡°What are you doing? ¡°Like a fish out of water.¡± ¡°What is a fish?¡± ¡°There is such a thing. ¡°Like what you look like now.¡± Jinhyeok, who was giggling like a fish out of water when he saw Balkan having a seizure, soon stoppedughing and looked at Balkan. ¡°how is it? ¡°Are you okay?¡± ¡°¡­It wasn¡¯t bad.¡± ¡°Get rid of your pride.¡± ¡°it was good.¡± When told to talk without pride, Balkan finally revealed his true feelings. it was good. It was a short sentence, but it was more than enough to make Jinhyuk nod his head. ¡®It was definitely good.¡¯ Through the experiment, Jinhyeok had a vague idea of what the Demon Spirit Soldier looked like, but apart from that, he could not see the Demon Spirit Soldier¡¯s true abilities. So, I thought it would be a little better than the typical soul disease, but¡­ ¡®It was theplete opposite. A little bit of demonic energy was added to the water, as if it were alcohol, but there is a big difference between spirit bottle and demon spirit bottle.¡¯ The result was nothing at all. Soul disease and demon soul disease. These two were beings that could never be ced on the same line. It goes without saying, but Mahonbyeong was overwhelmingly better. ¡®I feel like the level of the soul itself has risen. Is this definitely the energy of a demon?¡¯ case. This is something you often hear when climbing the tower. Jinhyuk was saying that his level had risen. The level that an ordinary person would not be able to climb even after climbing the tower for several years has been raised. Of course, the reason why this was possible was because the level of the soul called a kobold was so low, and on the other hand, the level of the energy called Magi was so high. The meeting of two opposites led to explosive growth, which resulted in the perfect result called Mahonbyeong. ¡®Even considering the fact that he is an ordinary kobold, his status has grown significantly, it is definitely a good achievement. If I can get simr results by mixing different energies¡­ I can move to a higher ce.¡¯ I was satisfied. The level of satisfaction must be very high, as one can be confident that the results are notcking even whenpared to what one has achieved recently. ¡®However, it doesn¡¯t seem like just giving them demonic energy will work, and do we have to make them demon soul bottles?¡¯ However, there was one problem: even if you inject a little demonic energy into an ordinary soul bottle, it would not show the same power as a demon soul bottle. ¡®You mean it¡¯s perfect except for the annoying things¡­ After all, nothing in this world isfortable.¡¯ bother. When you think it¡¯s perfect except for the part that arises from having to make each demon spirit bottle one by one. ¡°I admit you¡¯ve built something amazing for a guy like you, but¡­ what are you looking at?¡± Jinhyeok caught the sight of Balkan talking loudly about the Demon Lord. And the moment he saw him, a very good idea came to Jinhyeok¡¯s mind to eliminate the shorings of Mahonbyeong. ¡°I thought of a way to eliminate thest drawback of the Demon Soul Byeong.¡± ¡°Wow, that sounds tempting¡­ Do you want to tell your teacher?¡± As a wizard, Vulcan, who couldn¡¯t bear to be curious even if it killed him, responded immediately. Jinhyeok smiled brightly at the sight of Balkan showing his curiosity by touching his chin. ¡°You are the most important key card.¡± ¡°also! It takes Vulkan, the first Spirit Master, to create a proper finished product. Hahaha!¡± The smile on Jinhyeok¡¯s face did not disappear even when Balkan, unable to hide his joy at being told that it was the most important key card, shook his shoulders and then burst intoughter. As Balkan said, it was only with him that we could begin producing the perfect Demon Spirit bottle without any drawbacks. ¡°First of all, before going in there, shouldn¡¯t I give you demon energy as well?¡± ¡°okay! I almost forgot. Quickly give me some magic energy too! ¡°Don¡¯t use it on those bug-like kobolds!¡± Without even knowing his own fate, Vulcan snickered and cut down the Demon Soul Soldiers far away. Jinhyuk had a warm smile on his face as he watched him urging him to quickly give him magic, not knowing that he would be a factory that produces them. ¡®I heard that even dog poop has some use. ¡®As expected, you¡¯re a piece of shit, Balkan.¡¯ While showering generous praise(?) in his heart, Jinhyeok brought out all his magic energy. Fuwaaaaak! As the magic energy that escaped from the dark force ring exploded, the magic energy that had nowhere to go attacked Balkan. ¡°Uh¡­uhh! Hey, what¡¯s wrong with that?¡± ¡°Well. They say kobolds live and die with a level of magic power of 1. If it were the soul of the first Spirit Master, it would easily swallow about 10 magical energy, right?¡± ¡°You fucking bastard!!!¡± Magi. Vulcan gritted his teeth at the sight of them, which he had never experienced before and whose ferocity was exactly like that of their owner, rushing towards him, but Jinhyuk just waved his hands. ¡°¡­Are you okay?¡± The fortunate thing for Balkan was that there was at least one person who cared about him. Naturally, the one who was worried about him was Haryu, who was still a young goblin. When Ha-ryu was worried at the sight of Balkan struggling in pain but only letting out screams because she couldn¡¯t see it because she was covered in demonic energy, Jin-hyuk patted her head and responded as if she was okay. ¡°The First Spirit Master is not that weak.¡± ¡°¡­Is that so?¡± ¡°Actually, I don¡¯t know. But if it¡¯s Balkan, it¡¯ll work out somehow.¡± Jinhyeok always criticizes and criticizes Balkan, but he recognizes his ability, so he assured me that there will be no problem. actually. ¡°¡­If you go out, you¡¯re dead.¡± The increasingly frequent screams and the gradually calming ferocity of the Magi announced that Balkan was alive and well. Above all, Vulcan¡¯s voiceing from inside covered by demons was extremely normal. At that fact, Jinhyuk opened his mouth with a happy smile. ¡°Anything is wee.¡± The spirit hemands bes strong enough to threaten him. That is the perfect thing for Jinhyuk. Therefore, Balkan did not say anything more when Jinhyuk responded with a bright smile. ¡®It¡¯s a loss for me to talk to that damn guy.¡¯ After thinking this to himself, he absorbed all the 10 magical energies provided by the Dark Force Ring. ¡°Hahaha! Did you see it? This is the magnificence of the first Spirit Master Balkan! I am the one who cannot even bepared to the souls of those low-ss people! ¡°Remember, it¡¯s Balkan.¡± Jinhyeok nodded as he looked at Vulcan, who had absorbed all of the demonic energy that covered his entire body and was screaming so hard that the world trembled. ¡°It¡¯s definitely perfect.¡± ¡°I think I can see my perfection through your stupid talent and eyes.¡± ¡°Yes, it looks good. ¡°At this rate, you can take charge of the production of Demon Soul bottles from now on.¡± ¡°Okay, okay, leaving everything to this body¡­ Wait, what?¡± ¡°If you didn¡¯t hear, I¡¯ll say it again slowly. From now on, Vulkan will be in charge of the production of Demon Spirit bottles. ¡°I will replenish the used magic energy, but don¡¯t forget to research so that you can produce your own magic energy in the future.¡± ¡°You, you¡­ Rain, you damn bastard!¡± Just as Balkan was about to faint when he said that he would literally turn himself into a magic bottle factory. Jinhyuk¡¯s next words caught him. ¡°Ah, if you gain the energy of the Four Emperors in the future, you can take charge of that as well.¡± ¡°Chajinyeeoeoeoeook!¡± Naturally, what held him back was powerful anger. In this way, the first Mahon Bottle Factory was born. This was the factory that would be responsible for most of Jinhyuk¡¯s power in the future. Whether it is factory or direct operation. Chapter 24 All Master Necromancer Episode 24 ¡°¡­Tsk, if I¡¯m going to criticize you, I¡¯m going to criticize you. ¡°I can¡¯t help it.¡± ¡°You¡¯re finally epting your life. Looks good, Vulcan.¡± ¡°¡­Shut up!¡± Jinhyeok chuckled and tapped Balkan on the shoulder when he saw Balkan finally epting his role as a Mahon bottle factory. As a Spirit Master, he was able to tap Vulkan¡¯s shoulder without even passing by his body. That fact made Vulcan even more irritated, but he couldn¡¯t change what had already been decided. ¡°¡­congrattions!¡± ¡°Ha, okay, thank you. But in that case, it¡¯s not about congrattions, it¡¯s aboutforting.¡± ¡°¡­sorry.¡± ¡°No, what is your fault? ¡°The guy over there giggling is crazy.¡± Balkan red at Jinhyeok while calming down the restless Ha-Ryu. ¡°What do we do now?¡± ¡°I have to climb the tower.¡± ¡°Is this the end?¡± ¡°Uh, I¡¯m going to think about breaking through from the 10th floor first. ¡°I heard about the White Swallows, so let¡¯s meet them first.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s not bad.¡± Information about White Swallow that I heard from Seungtae Kim. At best, it was only brief information about the location and what the symbol looked like, but Jinhyeok didn¡¯t care. Anyway, I would naturally find out the details as I robbed them. The important thing was to get to the 10th floor, where their guild branch would be located. ¡°Then are you nning to go up right away?¡± ¡°Uh, please take care of me when I go up. A chaser.¡± ¡°¡­Damn, I¡¯m not the kind of person who goes anywhere and gets treated like that.¡± He gritted his teeth and red at Jinhyuk with bloodshot eyes, but Jinhyuk was not afraid of that. ¡°Should I make a soul dandelion and eat it?¡± Card Deuk ¨C Balkan averted his gaze at the sight of Jinhyuk catching a kobold soul that was rolling around next to him, grinding it up, and consuming it to form a soul group. Even though it was more efficient to catch and eat him using his characteristic predation, he knew that intentionally turning him into a soul troupe was a silent protest. ¡®¡­Damn you. ¡®You¡¯re threatening to rece your teacher.¡¯ Although he is a student who will continue his progress and be the best spirit master, Balkan shed tears at the sight of himself living off of his blinders. Pat pat- ¡°¡­there is only you.¡± ¡°¡­Please take care of mine too.¡± ¡°¡­Damn it.¡± Balkan¡¯s face distorted as he heard the whispers of Ha-ryu, who was patting his back. Jinhyeok looked downstream, leaving behind Vulkan, who was pounding his chest and saying that there was no one in the world he could trust. ¡°You cleared it, right?¡± ¡°Yes, everything is done.¡± ¡°Then, from now on, we will run without stopping until the fifth floor.¡± ¡°yes!¡± A quest to defeat a dozen kobolds and kobold warriors. That situation was quickly cleared thanks to the dozens of monsters brought by Balkan. Ha-Ryu nodded when he was told that he would immediately move on to the next floor. It was a decision I made because there was nothing more to do here and nothing more to gain. ¡°I¡¯ll see you on the third floor.¡± With those words, Jinhyuk was enveloped in a halo of light and soon disappeared. Ha-Ryu, who was staring at the empty seat of Jin-Hyeok who had disappeared to the third floor, soon disappeared along with a ray of light. * * * 3rd floor. The quest there was not much different from the previous floor. -Keeeeee! -Kyaaagh! -right! Boo! right! ¡°Aim for the shamans first. ¡°That is the basics ofbat.¡± ¡°all right!¡± It¡¯s just that the number and quality of shamans that need to be captured have increased slightly. In the process, Jinhyeok began teaching Ha-ryu. As he climbed the tower, he saw people like Ha-ryu, and all he wanted to do was tell Ha-ryu how they behaved, but that was enough. Every time the sword of the lower ss, emitting dark red light, was shaken, the bodies of the kobolds were split in half, and the wooden shields of the kobold warriors who were trying to protect the shaman were shattered with a cracking sound. Eventually, the kobold shamans who were hiding behind them and using magic were not much different from the end of the previous kobolds. ¡°Fireball.¡± bang-! Grumble-! The kobold shaman could not even respond to Jinhyeok¡¯s single move, which exploded at the same time as he thrust a fireball into the empty space where the kobold and kobold warrior had left. -Keeeeee! Although he was somewhat intelligent, it was not easy to hold on to his sanity while his whole body was on fire. For shamans and wizards, loss of concentration means defeat or death. It wasn¡¯t much different for kobold shamans. Jinhyeok smashed the head of the struggling guy with his fist to put out the fire on his body, and looked at the frozen kobolds and radiated magical energy. Fuwaaaaak! The dark, dark magic spreads like smoke, sending the kobolds into a state ofplete panic. It was amon logic. Even if you only smell the urine of a wild animal, you can often see herbivores urinating and running away or freezing. And something different but simr was unfolding right here. ¡°Deal with it.¡± ¡°I am not your ve!¡± ¡°To the Spirit Master, the soul is like a subordinate and a ve. ¡°ve No. 1, sortie.¡± ¡°Damn it!¡± Vulcan leads a sortie with soul soldiers and demon soul soldiers towards the confused and panicked kobolds. Their souls were kobolds, but inside they were transformed into faithful servants of Jinhyeok, so there was no mercy in their hands as they aimed their weapons at their own people. ¡°die! die!¡± Like a puppeteer who moves puppets as if to vent his anger at being treated as a ve by Jinhyeok, Balkan, who deals with soul disease, demon soul disease, and even resurrected corpses, is like a maestro on the battlefield. Of course, the only driving force that drove him was anger and frustration, but his talent produced great results even with that driving force. -Kiyaaaak! In an instant, the rotted corpse jumps up from its seat and bites the nape of the neck of therade in front of it who was fighting with it just moments ago. The kobolds copsed as they were attacked from within. Eventually, the skeleton soldiers (skeletons), who had shed their rotten flesh, started swinging the bone swords made from their own bodies with their lighter bodies. It was a very crude sword technique, but the power contained in it was too powerful for ordinary kobolds to block. More than anything. -Keeeeee! -¡­Kek! Kekkeek! The huge difference in headcount became a decisive weight in deciding victory or defeat. The hand-to-hand assault of the skeleton soldiers, who did not care about being crushed by the charging zombies and destroying their own bodies, was a very harsh enemy for the ordinary monsters, the kobolds. ¡°Not bad.¡± Balkan looked down at the devastation he had created and stroked his chin. In fact, this battle was a battle method that Balkan had often used since he climbed the tower. And he was truly satisfied with his fighting method, which was still working well. ¡°Are you okay?¡± Even Jinhyeok showed interest in his fighting style, so didn¡¯t he say it all? ¡°Hehe, it would be a waste to just throw away the bodies of those we killed. All you can do is take out the soul, but just remember that there are endless ways to use even the corpse, kid.¡± ¡°¡­This time, I¡¯ll admit it without my pride.¡± Necromancy was clearly a power that Jinhyeok could handle. It¡¯s not that difficult to cause zombies or skeletons like the current Vulcan, and there were times when they were used on the first floor. However, it is not that easy to revive a dead body at the right time and attack it during a battle. Above all, do you understand the battlefield situation thoroughly while cing and directing other subordinates, soul soldiers and demon soul soldiers, to the right ce? ¡®¡­As expected, the name of the first Spirit Master is not an empty name.¡¯ Being the first in something is difficult for even geniuses with exceptional talent to aplish. Most of Jinhyeok¡¯s achievements were nothing more than discarded scraps because they did not receive the attention of the Four Emperors. In contrast, Vulcan¡¯s achievement of being the ¡®First Spirit Master¡¯ is a new job recognized by the tower itself. ¡®There are very few people who create jobs, and even fewer people create excellent jobs.¡¯ You have aplished a task more difficult than finding a single grain of sand of a different shape on a white sand beach. In addition, necromancers and spirit masters are beings whomand something. In terms of handling, suppressing, and manipting souls, Jinhyeok was one or two levels more talented than Balkan, but on the other hand, Balkan was several levels superior in terms of his ability to handle them. When you are shaking your head and acknowledging what needs to be acknowledged. Balkan surprised Jinhyuk as if showing off his talent. ¡°But this is what I felt while dealing with demonic energy, and I think this can be applied to other things as well.¡± ¡°Something else? Besides soul disease?¡± Abination of magic and other things. This meant the achievement of a new achievement and at the same time, it meant that Jinhyeok could be even a little stronger. Naturally, Jinhyeok, who was thirsty due to his strength, immediately responded, and Balkan nodded as he looked at Jinhyuk. Chuck ¨C Seeing him raising his finger and pointing to one side, Jinhyuk¡¯s eyes naturally turned to the tip of his finger. ¡°¡­Skeleton disease?¡± There was a skeleton soldier there. In other words, there were skeletons that were a step up from zombies. ¡°¡­You really want tobine demonic energy with skeleton soldiers?¡± It is true that skeletons are definitely a higher-grade undead than zombies. However, if you look at it from an overall perspective, it is true that it is a very low-level undead. Even the Headless Knight Duhan, the next step up from Skeleton, is a mid-level undead that canpete against 100-story climbers. They say that something like a skeleton is something you can¡¯t reach even if you grind hundreds of them. Wouldn¡¯tbining such skeletons and skeleton soldiers with demon energy be a waste of demon energy? A thought passed through Jinhyuk¡¯s mind. of course. ¡°¡­Let¡¯s just listen to the story first. ¡°I want to know why you made that choice.¡± If you are at the level of Vulcan, you can produce not only Duhan but also more undead. If only there was enough time. Nevertheless, Jinhyeok thought that there must be a good reason for selecting the low-level undead skeleton soldiers as the target, and nodded as if asking them to have a conversation. Although he had the appearance of a superior, Balkan didn¡¯t care much. That¡¯s because I¡¯ve gotten used to it now that I¡¯ve been with Jinhyuk so many times. Above all, Balkan thought that even he would be viewed as a crazy person until he received a proper exnation. ¡®You¡¯ll be surprised when you hear it, you idiot.¡¯ Nevertheless, there is one reason why Balkan obediently opens his mouth and exins. He thought that even after this exnation, he would not be able to speak in such an arrogant manner. ¡®You won¡¯t be any different from when I first saw Demon Spirit. ¡®Because we are that kind of people.¡¯ When you discover new things you didn¡¯t know about. As Vulcan was well aware of the reactions shown by people of his type, the exnation soon ended and he began to look forward to Jinhyeok¡¯s reaction. ¡°I, Balkan, an excellent teacher, will personally exin for my foolish student!¡± Balkan¡¯s exnation began with a sound like an ahem, and his expectations were correct. ¡°¡­That¡¯s amazing.¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s voice of surprise rang out quietly in the middle of the fourth floor filled with kobold corpses. Chapter 25 All Master Necromancer Episode 25 ¡°So, the basic idea is that instead of the mana that fills the inside of the skeleton soldier, we fill it with demonic energy.¡± ¡°Yes, now anyway, mana will not bepletely emptied like in the case of Demon Soul Bottle, but it will be created at a ratio of 9 mana and 1 magical energy.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s definitely a good method.¡± Using a method simr to that of the Demon Soul Soldier, the Skeleton Soldier is born into an advanced level of undead. Naturally, it was bound to be an attractive option for Jinhyuk. In any case, it was clear that the newly created skeleton soldier would be of great help by joining Jinhyeok¡¯s army. But questions remained. ¡°Why is it a skeleton disease? There are many other undead as well. ¡°There are zombies among the low-level undead right now.¡± Why does the entity that infuses demon energy have to be a skeleton soldier? And Balkan made Jinhyeok understand by giving a very reasonable reason. It was such a valid reason that Jinhyuk himself nodded as soon as he heard it. ¡°It¡¯s cheap.¡± ¡°¡­ah.¡± cheap. To put it simply, it also means that the level is low. Above all, the lower the level, the easier it is to summon inrge quantities and it does not take up much of the caster¡¯s control. Of course, because it is so weak, it is a low-level undead, and in the future, it is an undead that is not used except when pushing out in quantity. It¡¯s safe to say that the undead are looked down on by all necromancers, but the magic energy has been added, but all the shorings of the skeleton soldiers have disappeared. ¡°The advantage of skeleton soldiers is that they are cheap. ¡°The advantage is that with a small amount of mana, you can cause as many as you want as long as there are corpses around.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s mix demonic energy with it to create demonic skeleton bottles and magic bone bottles?¡± ¡°Yes, it is not easy to make a demonic soul bottle at once as it interferes with the high-dimensional substance called the soul, but the demonic soul bottle will be different.¡± ¡°¡­I just need to rece the contents inside the bone?¡± ¡°That is correct.¡± Mana is what moves the skeleton soldiers. To be exact, it was the mana seeping into the bones. Just by converting that mana into demonic energy, the skeleton soldier bes a powerful enough weapon. ¡°Well, since the unique vulgarity of the skeleton soldiers doesn¡¯t go anywhere, it might be difficult to deal with even one truly talented person¡­¡± ¡° Wars aren¡¯t fought by just one strong man.¡± It would be different if it were the Four Emperors or other powerful peopleparable to them, but I had no intention of fighting those guys from the beginning, and above all, this condition would be met even when fighting them. The condition is that war is not fought alone. ¡°¡­It¡¯s not bad, go ahead.¡± ¡°Hehehe, praise me more. ¡°You ignorant disciple.¡± ¡°¡­Well done, Balkan.¡± ¡°Okay, from now on, if you serve Master well, you will run out of rice cakes even in your sleep. Do you understand?¡± ¡°Okay, so I work hard to create Demon Bone Soldiers whenever I have time, and you know that the power of Demon Bone Soldiers is that they can be created right away, right?¡± ¡°know. ¡°Let¡¯s try to find a way to make it as quickly as possible.¡± ¡°Okay, then let¡¯s move on to the next floor.¡± Jinhyeok and his group, who had already met the quest¡¯s requirements as they were the type to do it all at once, disappeared from the third floor as soon as the decision was made. * * * The battle on the 4th floor was unremarkable. That¡¯s bound to happen since I¡¯m only meeting people I¡¯ve already gotten used to. In the end, Jinhyeok and his group went straight to the 5th floor as soon as they roughly aplished the quest. [5th floor] Hebe Vige isrge enough to be called a vige, but small enough to be called a city. There were concerns even in this ce, which was like a natural fortress, with the vige surrounded by a strong wall and a cliff behind it. Goblin. These little demon-like people were the very thing to worry about. Clear conditions: Goblin kill (0/20) ¡°It¡¯s finally a goblin.¡± Jinhyeok looked at the quest window with an expression of emotion as he looked at the quest announcing farewell to the kobolds he was sick of. [The pinnacle of all evil ps in celebration.] ¡°No need.¡± [The pinnacle of all evil is sullen.] [King Mifu looks at someone and cackles.] [King Mifu looks at someone and cackles.] [King Mifu looks at someone and cackles.] [The pinnacle of all evil wanders around looking for a mouse hole. .] You guys are having fun. Jinhyeok shook his head and looked downstream at the sight of a devil ying around with a message window and a person who was neither a god nor a devil. ¡°A new monster will appear from now on, so be careful.¡± ¡°What kind of monster are goblins that you are telling me to be careful of?¡± Seeing Ha-Ryu tilting his head and not being able to hide his curiosity, perhaps at an age when he was at the peak of curiosity, he shook his head and corrected it. ¡°I¡¯m not saying you should be careful because it¡¯s dangerous, but you should always be careful about the unknown.¡± ¡°Ah¡­¡± ¡°Goblins are not much different from kobolds. It¡¯s a little bigger, and the strength and agility thate from that size are a little stronger. But the most important thing is the sting.¡± ¡°Poisonous sting?¡± ¡°If you get hit, the area around it gets paralyzed, and if you get hit multiple times, your whole body bes paralyzed. ¡°Even if you get hit by everything, you can¡¯t get hit by the poisonous needle.¡± ¡°I understood.¡± Maybe it¡¯s because he¡¯s a goblin, but he understands me well even if I say it just once. Satisfied with the sight of Ha-ryu immediately understanding and nodding his head without any in-depth exnation, Jin-hyuk moved on. -That person is a ghost, right? -Isn¡¯t it a Force joke? -Would you like to at least talk to me? -There won¡¯t be a guild, right? Wouldn¡¯t a recruitment offer be okay? Jinhyuk came out of the vige, leaving behind the conversations of the climbers around him that ended in question. ¡°Now that a new monster has appeared, I have to win the yer title again.¡± ¡°¡­again?¡± Ha-Ryu, who won the Kobold yer title through Monster Wave on the first floor, trembled as he recalled that time. To be honest, Jinhyeok also patted her on the shoulder as if he understood because it was something he would not have been able to do without the spirit soldiers and Ha-ryu. ¡°I¡¯m going to rest for a bit before proceeding, so you don¡¯t have to worry.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m fine.¡± Jinhyeok shook his head at the sight of Ha-ryu clenching his dainty hands and clenching them into fists as if he could do it right away. ¡°Hards are not good. It was a time when I needed a break anyway, and Vulkan had something to research, so it was perfect. ¡°More than anything, I need time to create a monster wave.¡± ¡°¡­Was it something that could be caused artificially?¡± Monster Wave. Ha-Ryu looked strangely at Jin-Hyeok, who spoke as if a climber could artificially create a special event that only urs when certain conditions are met. At her gaze that seemed to ask if it was really possible, Jinhyeok nodded his head proudly. ¡°of course.¡± ¡°I will believe it.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, thank you.¡± Jinhyuk, who was ready to exin as much as he could when Ha-ryu showed faith right away even though he said he could do it, expressed his gratitude with regret. ¡°Then let¡¯s just do our best until we find a ce to prepare for the monster wave.¡± ¡°That¡¯s really okay.¡± ¡°I know. ¡°Let¡¯s go, Balkan.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, you seem like a guy with no consideration at all.¡± ¡°I can hear the sound of soul dan ingredients barking somewhere. I guess it¡¯s an illusion, right?¡± ¡°Goes! go!¡± Did I boil the train fire box? My eardrums will burst. Jinhyeok cleared his ears at the sound of Vulcan¡¯s wailing voice and disappeared into the forest where goblins haunted. Jinhyeok disappeared into a ce that even climbers avoided and did note out of the forest even after several hours. * * * Rustle- ¡°You know that?¡± ¡°what?¡± ¡°There are ghosts in the forest?¡± ¡°I heard that, but is it true? ¡°Isn¡¯t it already the second day?¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s the third day.¡± ¡°anyway. Why isn¡¯t iting out? ¡°I heard you didn¡¯t even go to the 6th floor?¡± In a quiet forest. Climbers walking there told stories about ghosts that had disappeared in the forest. I was bored while looking for the goblin, and the ghost that was causing trouble suddenly stopped attacking me. Of course, it was only 3 days at most, and it was enough time for an average person to clear it, but prospects were far from ordinary, so it was natural for people to ask, ¡®Why still?¡¯ The climbers on the 5th floor did not hide their incredulity when they realized that the demon face had not been ascended by talking to colleagues who had climbed up first or using the tower¡¯s messenger service. -Why didn¡¯t it go up? -Are goblins that strong? It was a natural reaction as the Super Rookie, who had been struggling to break through the floors until reaching the 5th floor, suddenly disappeared and ended up in the forest. ¡°Hey, let¡¯s stop worrying about the super rookie and just go about our business. ¡°We also have to climb up slowly.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, there are only three left. You have to quickly move on to the next floor and then move on to the 10th floor and change jobs to be considered a true climber.¡± As they disappeared into the outskirts of the forest, talking loudly, someone sat down at the spot they were staying. ¡°I didn¡¯t mean to, but my name has gotten quite popr.¡± ¡°It¡¯s only natural that it suddenly disappeared. In fact, it may be a bad thing. ¡°At best, there are no rookies caught by their ankles on the 5th floor.¡± ¡°Well, once this matter is over, the evaluation will rise again.¡± A being that wears a goblin mask on its face and acts under the name of Ghost Face. It was Jinhyuk. Jinhyeok, who had sat down and had a chat with Balkan based on what the climbers had just passed by, soon returned to his nest. * * * Hook ¨C Ha -ryu, who had been meditating with his eyes closed, immediately responded to the now familiar sound of blowing the pipe. At some point, the sword that had not been pulled out was pulled out by Ha-ryu¡¯s hand, and the poisonous needle that was flying down the barrel was split exactly in half and fell to the floor. -Key profit! The goblins realized that their attack had failed and revealed themselves in anger. Five or six goblins. There was also a goblin warrior among them, so it was quite a difficult enemy for the 5th floor climber to deal with alone. of course. ¡°¡­It¡¯s almost time for your brother to return, so hurry up.¡± This did not apply to the lower ss, which red at the goblins with two light red eyes. It was natural that what applied to an ordinary 5th floor climber would not apply to Ha-ryu, an unusual 5th floor climber. Swing ¨C one swing. The sh flies through the air and rips off the goblin¡¯s neck. Push ¨C Red blood fills the air from the sharp sword strike of the downstream that cuts exactly where the blood vessel passes. However, as if this was the beginning, the moment the eyes of the lower blood that looked redder than blood shed and the red hair fluttered, the bodies of the three remaining goblins were split horizontally. -Quick? Squeak? ¡°You too,e quickly. ¡°I have to finish quickly and clean up.¡± The sight of Ha-ryu calmly looking at thest remaining goblin warrior and snapping his fingers was enough to wake up the bewildered goblin warrior. The goblin was very small, but the downstream was also small. Therefore, despite the fact that all of his subordinates had just be victims of Ha-ryu¡¯s sh, he gained confidence and fought back. of course. Suddenly, that confidence disappeared the moment I was hit in the face by the handle of Ha-ryu¡¯s sword, which came flying at me as soon as I could throw myself away. Goblin warrior. For climbers on the 5th floor, it was a monster they most likely did not want to encounter, but for those on the lower level, it was nothing more or less than Goblin 1. Sigh- ¡°¡­I find myselfughing a lot these days. ¡°Why?¡± Ha-ryu, who had been smiling unconsciously as he looked at the goblin warrior falling down with blood spattering, shook the smile off his face in shock. These days, I often worry about my faint smile. ¡°Preparations are over. ¡°We¡¯re causing a monster wave today.¡± Upon hearing Jinhyeok¡¯s words after returning from reconnaissance, Haryu shook off the thoughts that were filling his head and nodded. ¡°yes.¡± ¡°¡­Then let¡¯s begin.¡± Jinhyeok, who was looking at Ha-ryu calmly nodding his head, or more precisely, at the corner of his mouth where a smile had appeared before his arrival, soon fluttered the hem of his robe and headed towards the center of the forest. Chapter 26 All Master Necromancer Episode 26 ¡®There¡¯s definitely something in that sword¡­ but I can¡¯t really understand it at this level, so I¡¯ll have to go to the 10th floor and check it out first.¡¯ The appearance of downstream with a secret smile. That was Jinhyeok, who couldn¡¯t leave his head. Actually, smiling itself is not strange. Originally, Ha-Ryu would often be seen smiling while passing by. ¡®But I¡¯ve neverughed while killing something.¡¯ The problem was that sheughed while killing one life, even a monster, during the battle. Ha-ryu, who is still a young goblin, does things that he didn¡¯t normally do, things that people who are drunk from blood or battle would do, without even realizing it. Jinhyuk was not unaware of what this meant. ¡®Is berserker magic imprinted on the sword?¡¯ Berserk. A magic that temporarily grants the user equivalent or superior power at the cost of driving them crazy. Naturally, it was also a magic that Jinhyuk had seen countless times while climbing the tower in the past. But paradoxically, that was why Jinhyuk had doubts. ¡®¡­Can something like berserk do that?¡¯ Berserking is definitely a useful magic. Except that it is limited to the lower floors. The cost was not that greatpared to eating away at the user¡¯s spirit. Who would like magic that has strong aftereffects and bes less useful as you advance to higher levels? Berserking is not often used unless you are a talentless person who has reached his or her limit, or have a strong mentality that does not suffer any aftereffects from berserk. However, the sword is presumed to be the treasure of a vige, specifically a goblin vige. It¡¯s not enough to have low-level magic such as berserk engraved on a sword that surpasses the level of an excellent treasured sword, so you send that kind of sword to a child who was barely saved? ¡®It doesn¡¯t make a lot of sense.¡¯ It doesn¡¯t fit. In a situation that made him think, Jinhyeok stroked his chin, then remembered another assumption and his face hardened. ¡°¡­It¡¯s not a magic sword, is it?¡± ¡°yes? ¡°What did you say?¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s nothing. ¡°Just talk to yourself.¡± Jinhyeok hurriedly turned his horse¡¯s head at the tilt of his head from Ha-ryu, who was running next to him. Fortunately, Jinhyeok sighed in relief when he saw Ha-ryu not showing any interest and spoke to Balkan. ¨C Balkan. -¡­Why are you doing this without saying anything? Jinhyeok, a spirit master, was able tomunicate with spirits without using his mouth. Of course, I didn¡¯t use it until now because I had no reason to, but now I have a reason. -Watch downstream. -downstream? Why downstream? You sure don¡¯t think a kid like that is going to stab you in the back, do you? Jinhyeok shook his head and growled at the sight of Balkan bing the defender of the lower ss. -Valkan, we are not children¡¯s guardians. And it¡¯s not because of that, so don¡¯t show it off. Since he was referring to Vulcan¡¯s distorted face, Vulcan cleared his throat and cleared his expression. In fact, Jinhyeok also did not want to keep an eye on Ha-ryu. But it was unavoidable. -A sword used by Haryu. I think there is a high probability that it is a magic sword. At least that is the ego sword. -¡­It can¡¯t be possible. Whether it¡¯s an ego sword or a magic sword, it¡¯s not just a weapon lying around on the floor¡­ -You don¡¯t think that that sword is an ordinary sword, do you? -Of course not. Even at first nce, it has the hardness and sharpness of a treasured sword. It doesn¡¯t have to change even if you go across hundreds of floors, so it can¡¯t be normal. But is that an ego sword or a demon sword? A sword imbued with ego, the Ego Sword. In addition, there is a sword imbued with magic, the Demon Sword. The two Noble Phantasms were not that many, even considering the entire 999-story tower. ¡®I don¡¯t want to believe it either, but under the circumstances, I have no choice.¡¯ Every time I hold the sword and draw out the right energy, my head turns red like a demon or iron and my hands be cruel. If we rule out the option of berserk magic, there is only one thing left. It is either an ego sword with an ego that eats away at the user, or a magic sword that tries to devour the user just by holding it. -And you also knew that that sword was a bit strange. is not it? -¡­I admit it, I didn¡¯t think it was a magic sword because it didn¡¯t emit any evil energy¡­ -The minimum I set in the first ce was berserk fire. It¡¯s definitely not a good thing for a young child, especially one who has a lot of growth ahead of him. -You¡¯re worried about downstream by pretending it¡¯s not the case. In your world, would that be called a tsundere? -¡­shut up. When did you start searching other people¡¯s heads? Harshly. It is inevitable that the more powerful the soul, the deeper the assimtion with the Spirit Master. Although the spirit would not reveal its secrets, I couldn¡¯t help but be worried because its existence was Balkan. ¡®I can¡¯t rece it.¡¯ -You thought you were a soul group. -I didn¡¯t think anything. Trying to ignore Balkan¡¯s sharp words, Jinhyeok once again emphasized what he had said. -So shut up and watch downstream. To be precise, watch over that sword. okay? -i get it. I, too, was about to be curious about that sword, and I am one of those people who would like that child to go down the right path. -It¡¯s probably not a person, but a ghost. -¡­Is it a racial characteristic of you Earthlings to never back a word? I¡¯m actually a bit special. Jinhyuk replied, insisting on saying that. -Let¡¯s not talk nonsense and move on. -¡­. After staring nkly at Jinhyuk¡¯s back as he was just saying what he wanted to say and spitting out a spit that had no effect on the material world, Balkan followed Jinhyuk. * * * ¡°We are going to create a monster wave from now on, so Vulcan, prepare prototypes of Spirit Bottles, Demon Soul Bottles, and Demon Bone Bottles.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not a prototype, it¡¯s alreadypleted.¡± ¡°Tsk, are you nning to call something that hasn¡¯t even been used properly a finished product?¡± ¡°¡­You leave me speechless. But it was really finished¡­¡± ¡°Be quiet.¡± ¡°¡­I get it.¡± Balkan, who knew full well that Jinhyeok was the one who would force him to shut up if he didn¡¯t shut up, nodded with a shit-chewing face. ¡°Downstream, you too. You have to take care of your own share. Survivales first. ¡°If necessary, you can take care of the missing parts from another floor.¡± ¡°¡­all right.¡± It was a very different atmospherepared to Balkan, but Balkan didn¡¯t say anything. This is because I know that the reason I speak out here and thene back is not just warm words, but preparations for creating a soul troupe. However, Jinhyeok did not only say warm words to Ha-ryu this time. ¡°And don¡¯t use your sword this time.¡± ¡°¡­yes? why?¡± Ha-ryu was taken aback when Jinhyeok suddenly told him not to use the sword after not saying a word until now. Currently, the sword ys a significant role in her battles. In the first ce, Ha-ryu had only one proper weapon, the Dragon yer Sword, so if he didn¡¯t use the sword, he would have to fight with his bare hands. ¡°To be precise, you can use a sword, but as you know, the power that is built into the sword. ¡°What I¡¯m saying is that you shouldn¡¯t use that power if you can.¡± ¡°I understand if that¡¯s the case.¡± ¡°¡­Aren¡¯t you curious why I¡¯m not allowed to use a sword?¡± ¡°Why aren¡¯t you curious about me? But I think there must be a good reason for your brother telling you not to do it.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, thank you.¡± Seeing Ha-ryu trusting him 100%, he sat down thinking that he had to quickly find out the secret about her sword. ¡°From now on, don¡¯t touch me and start preparing for the monster wave that may start at any moment.¡± ¡°yes.¡± ¡°I get it.¡± Jinhyeok closed his eyes as the two people who answered before they finished speaking dispersed to their respective positions. Above the source of the 5th floor that he had found and infused with mana and magic energy for several days. * * * [The pinnacle of all evil reveals interest.] [The Nine-Tailed Fox says it is impossible.] [The Mad God of War apuds your challenge.] [The Goddess of Battle advises that reckless dares are not right. .] In fact, what Jinhyeok was trying to do now was not so likely that even the gods predicted it was impossible. Jinhyuk himself only knew how to do it, but it was something he had never tried before. The reason was simple. ¡®When the monsters were weak, there were no methods or abilities to do this, and when there were methods and abilities, the monsters were too strong. Or there is no way to get close to the source.¡¯ It was simply due to the difficulty of the tower and the timing was not right. When I had the ability to block a monster wave single-handedly, there was no way to artificially create it, and when I learned how to do it, Icked the ability. No matter how great Jinhyeok was and how hemanded an army, he couldn¡¯t block the 300th or 400th floor monster wave alone. ¡®Even the Four Emperors can¡¯t do that.¡¯ A monster wave that urs on your floor. If it was the 300th or 400th floor, the scale and quality of the monster wave was so great that it could not even bepared to the lower floors. ¡®When I first reached the 5th floor, I was only a somewhat talented climber 1, so it was impossible to create a monster wave at that time.¡¯ Before reincarnation. When he first attempted the tower, Jinhyuk was also an average climber. A little more talented than others. Jinhyuk¡¯s real value came after he was able to change jobs after the 10th floor, and it was after the 200th floor that he learned how to artificially create a monster wave. Of course, even if I knew the method and had the ability to put it into practice, I couldn¡¯t do it because it was impossible to fix it. but. ¡®They said there was no such thing as experienced new recruits in the world, but now here they are.¡¯ Neer with experience. This is something that only experienced neers like Jinhyuk can do. The story was that Jinhyuk was doing something that literally couldn¡¯t happen. The reason was simple. ¡®I¡¯m the experienced newbie, you damn bastards.¡¯ A former climber of the 599th floor who is about to reach the 600th floor, a 2nd spirit master, and now a 3rd generation spirit master and an all-master. However, the number of floors currently climbed is only 5. Neer with experience. Jinhyeok, who achieved the conditions that fit the name, immediately poured his energy into the source of the 5th floor. Over the past few days, Jinhyeok¡¯s blow, which had been opening a hole little by little and widening the gap, was ready to explode, and was sessfully stuck at the root of the 5th floor. Kwagwagwagwa- The ground where Jinhyeok was sitting exploded, and the source of the 5th floor beneath it spread throughout the entire 5th floor. The suddenly dense energies soon manifested themselves as an abnormal phenomenon. Anomaly. There were few things that could be called abnormal in the tower, and the abnormal phenomenon urring now was no different from the abnormal phenomenon experienced by climbers on the first floor a few days ago. -Keeeeek! -Kiaaaaa! ¡°Is it a goblin wave? ¡°After the kobold wave, it¡¯s definitely the goblin wave.¡± It¡¯s just that the beings that make up the wave have changed from kobolds to goblins. Soon, Jinhyeok stood up, listening to the ear-piercing cries of the goblins, and muttered quietly with a smile on his face. ¡°¡­wake up.¡± The goblins suddenly grew to Wave-level size due to abnormalities at their origin. In order to confront them, Jinhyeok also just brought up numbersmensurate with his size. The earth split, the corpses rose again, and their spirits red at the goblins shaking the forest, burning their natural mes. ¡°Wipe it away.¡± It started with a low-pitched voice, but it ended with a very powerful voice announcing the departure. And the reborn undead and spirit soldiers followed their master¡¯s orders and rushed towards the enemy named Goblin. Chapter 27 All Master Necromancer Episode 27 Goblin. Monsters that are not much different in appearance from kobolds, which are called small demons, except for their size. However, unlike kobolds, they carried barrels and poisonous needles, which were sufficiently threatening to climbers on the 5th floor, the lowest of the lower floors. Whoosh ¨C Dozens of poisonous needles flying in with the sound of the wind blowing. If all of them were hit, even Jinhyuk would be paralyzed. It goes without saying, but Jinhyeok was not defenseless enough to ept it straight away. ¡°Wind.¡± A fairly powerful wind is created in Jinhyeok¡¯s hands and flows towards the front. And at best, the poisonous stings fired by goblins and the like were neutralized with a single moderate wind created by magic. -Kick! Kiik! -Keeee! Jinhyeok frowned as he listened to the bizarre cries of the goblins, who were angry that their attack was in vain. ¡°At best, a goblin or something is going to squeak and be damned.¡± A climber who is about to reach the 600th floor. The former strongest person on Earth, who has never lost the title of being the first on Earth in any given matter. The cries of the goblins were enough to bother Jinhyuk. Jinhyeok, who instantly broke the neck of the rushing goblin, shook his head and snapped his fingers. ¡°¡­For now, let¡¯s act like a necromancer. ¡°I¡¯ve been using my body too much these days.¡± Skeleton soldiers and spirit soldiers that move in response to Jinhyeok¡¯s gestures. Jinhyeok, who was watching them deal with the goblins with quick movements, turned his head to look in the direction of the stream and Balkan, and then turned his head again. ¡°I just need to do my job well.¡± These people know how to make enough for one person. In addition, in the case of Vulcan, there was nothing to worry about since he was leading all the prototype Demon Bone Soldiers and Demon Soul Soldiers. The only thing I was worried about was Ha-ryu, who did not use the power of the sword, but if it was really dangerous, Ha-ryu would unlock the power of the sword on his own. Above all, Jinhyeok had only one thing to worry about, as Balkan would take care of protecting the downstream. ¡°You can win the Goblin yer title¡­ right?¡± A monster wave that you artificially created. The only worry was whether there would be enough goblins to win the title of goblin yer. * * * Kugugugu- ¡°¡­What?¡± ¡°What do you mean, this?¡± At the sound of the earth shaking, the climbers who were preparing for battle or resting in the vige on the 5th floor stood up with puzzled faces. And it didn¡¯t take long for their faces to harden as they looked at the situation outside the vige. ¡°¡­It¡¯s a goblin!¡± ¡°But why are there so many?¡± ¡°wave? Is it really a wave?¡± ¡°No, they said a wave urred on the 1st floor a few days ago, but this time it was on the 5th floor? ¡°What¡¯s happening!¡± ¡°Ahhhh! ¡°How did I avoid that!¡± Goblin. Beings attacking the vige. Beings who spread sounds through earth-shaking footsteps. The reaction of the climbers who saw them was not much different from the climbers on the first floor. The only difference from back then was that this monster wave was not forced as it was artificially caused by Jinhyuk. ¡°Hey, can this thing bounce?¡± ¡°Those who havepleted the quest, let¡¯s gather together and go up to the 6th floor together!¡± ¡°Damn, I was trying to grow a little more!¡± The system imposes a restriction that you cannot proceed to the next floor when a monster wave urs. Of course, Jinhyuk didn¡¯t have that kind of power, and even if he did, there was no need to do it. Since all the goblins were Jinhyuk¡¯s prey anyway, it would be good for Jinhyuk if the climbers, who could be consideredpetitors, ran away on their own. But not everyone else thought that way. ¡°Are you the only ones running away!¡± ¡°If you are a climber, fight against your enemies!¡± Climbers who have not yet met the quest conditions. Their reaction was not much different from that of the climbers on the first floor. No, it wasn¡¯t strange that it wasn¡¯t different. 1st and 5th floors. The climbers on the 5th floor may not want to admit it, but in the grand scheme of things, the difference between them was about the size of a piece of paper. This was even more so because the main character of the wave that the climbers on the 5th floor had to deal with was not a kobold but a goblin. ¡°Damn it, everyone who couldn¡¯tplete the quest gather together! ¡°Let¡¯s each process our assigned quantity and move on to the 6th floor!¡± ¡°Okay, I have two left!¡± ¡°I have three!¡± ¡°I¡¯ll finish it soon and go up. Okay, I¡¯ll take the lead. Those who have shields or have high health stats,e out!¡± Still, since they were climbers who had climbed to the 5th floor, they each knew what they had to do. This looked different from the climbers on the first floor. They were too busy running away or hiding from the disaster that befell them, but did not think about fighting back. Of course, there were some who were not, but considering that their number was only a handful, the situation has changed 180 degrees. Well, it wasn¡¯t that those who gathered weren¡¯t afraid. -Keeeeee! -Kaaaaagh! ¡°Ugh¡­ were those guys that creepy?¡± Hundreds at best. The group of goblins, which could easily number over a thousand at most, was to the point where one had doubts as to whether they were the goblins one usually met at a hunting ground. More than anything. Whoosh whoosh whoosh whoosh! The number of poisonous needles fired in one breath ranged from tens to hundreds, so it was natural for the climbers facing them to turn pale. ¡°¡­those without shields fall back.¡± No matter how high your physical strength stat is, it is only slightly higher than that of a 5th floor climber. If you don¡¯t have armor or a shield to block the poisonous needles, you will get hit by dozens of poisonous needles and be a scarecrow, prey for goblins. Hearing the words of the person who seemed to be the leader who was well aware of this and had rallied the climbers, those without shields and with high stamina stats pulled back. Although they were always at the forefront of battle, they did not want to be helpless scarecrows due to poisonous stings and be food for goblins. ¡°Whew, then the archers will take out the goblins from a distance, and the thieves will set up traps in advance in the alley where the goblins will enter.¡± ¡°I get it.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll show you the power of a sharpshooter.¡± Unfortunately, because it was before the 10th floor where the job change event was held, there were no special upations such as wizards or priests. Of course, changing jobs is not all-powerful, and there are people who use magic or are chosen by God to use divine power even before changing jobs. However, at least right now, there were no such special people on the 5th floor. In the end, the only ones they could trust were the few archers who could use crude bows and the thieves who could at least set traps. ¡°Everyone charge!¡± To the voice of the climber who shouted to charge with a stern face, other climbers responded with voices rising from the danjeon. ¡°charge!¡± A battle between goblins and climbers. Hundreds of climberspeting against a number approaching or exceeding a thousand. In a way, it is like a scene from a myth, a moment when their own myth is being written. ¡°Stop, this is my job.¡± Their myth was stopped by the voice of a man wearing a robe standing in front of them. A man wearing a robe blocked their way in the heat of the moment, and it was absurd for them, who were already heated up ahead of the battle, to immediately stop at the man¡¯s words. Naturally, there were those who opposed it. ¡°Who are you? Do this or that¡­ Hike!¡± ¡°Tell me more. what?¡± ¡°Ah¡­ ah¡­ uh¡­¡± Despite the warrior¡¯s energetic babbling, the people around him could not help but burst intoughter. There was a good reason why the muscr man was at a loss for words and babbling. -Kyaaagh! -Keeee! The goblins were clearly rushing towards them. Before they knew it, they were fighting against soldiers made up of skeletons who hade out of the forest. Naturally, they were able to immediately figure out who the owner of that skeleton soldier was. Above all, a mask glimpsed inside the robe. It was clearly simr to the ghostly face that had been causing an uproar on the 5th floor a few days ago. in other words. ¡°¡­Are you a ghost?¡± It was said that they had no choice but to naturally know that the person in front of them was an exceptional person who had single-handedly blocked a monster wave on the first floor simr to this one and hadpleted his job change before reaching the tenth floor. In response to the question of the climber who had gathered the climbers to ask for his identity in a slightly trembling voice, the robe and mask nodded along with a chuckleing from behind the mask. ¡°I am a ghost. And they are my army. ¡°I don¡¯t need your help, so just pick up the fallen beans and eat them.¡± majesty. There was only one thing the climbers could do as they felt an emotion that could be called fear weighing down their entire bodies. Nodding ¨C All they did was nod at the object hanging above their necks. Jinhyeok, the ghost mask that liked their answers, nodded with a satisfied smile inside the mask. ¡°See my feat and spread the word of my feat throughout the tower. ¡°That¡¯s why I don¡¯t touch you guys.¡± After speaking, Jinhyeok¡¯s lips were tender as he trudged towards the battlefield, where the battle was in full swing, with the hem of his robe fluttering. ¡°¡­wake up.¡± Perfect production. As soon as he finished speaking, skeleton soldiers with white bones sprouted from both sides of Jinhyeok. Their numbers were not that smallpared to the skeleton soldiers that came out of the forest. Of course, there was no soul bottle, but the climber who could see the soul bottle was not here right now. It didn¡¯t cost much mana and didn¡¯t help much in battle, it was just a show of bravado, but it looked different in the eyes of others. ¡°¡­Necromancer.¡± ¡°Death King? No, I can¡¯t reach him yet, but at that level, I¡¯m sure someday¡­¡± ¡°Prince of the Dead. ¡± ¡°A climber who will seed the King of Death.¡± King of Death. Unlike those who struggle on the 5th floor at most, climbers have broken the 100th, 200th, and even 300th floor walls. He is a necromancer like Jinhyeok in front of him and is a rookie whose reputation is widely known throughout the tower. Mentioning the name of the person who is evaluated as the mainstay of the new tower that will lead the next generation following Nine Star, the climbers looked at Jinhyuk¡¯s retreating back and muttered his new nickname. ¡°¡­Death Prince, Ghost Face.¡± Prince Salyeong. They returned to Juseomjuseom Vige, muttering the name of the prince who would one day usurp the ce of the rookie and powerhouse with the grandiose nickname of King of Four Spirits. As he said, the Congo will fall on them. To escape from Jinhyeok¡¯s hands and pick up several goblins heading to the vige. It was their first time meeting, and they only exchanged a few words, but they followed Jinhyuk¡¯s words very well. Chapter 28 All Master Necromancer Episode 28 ¡°Haa¡­ haa¡­.¡± Heavy breathing. The faint but rough breathing of a young goblin echoes around. However, the sound was soon drowned out by another sound. -Keeee! -Kyaaaa! ¡°¡­there is no end.¡± Goblin. Haryu tightly gripped the handle of his sword, his own heavy breathing disappearing as it was drowned out by the cries of the little green demons. The handle of her sword was intact even though her grip was so strong that if it had been a stone other than the handle of the sword, the stone would have crumbled. ¡®That¡¯s strange. No matter how roughly you treat it, it doesn¡¯t get damaged at all. Are all treasured swords like this?¡¯ Haryu, who was looking down at his perfectly fine sword, soon shook his head. This was an action taken because I knew now was not the time to worry about the sword. ¡°Are you okay?¡± ¡°¡­are you okay.¡± As Haryu was about to run towards the goblin that was charging at him again, a familiar middle-aged man¡¯s voice was heard in his ears. Balkan. She nodded to the greetings he gave her as he, the first Spirit Master and one of Jinhyeok¡¯s current spirits, swept away the goblins rushing downstream with a single move. But her face was stiff as she answered. ¡®¡­about a dozen at once.¡¯ The sight of Vulcan wiping out a number of goblins at once that she would have had to struggle to deal with was shocking to her. Of course, the years she had lived were different, and she already knew how strong he was when he was alive, but she could not help but be conscious of Balkan. Not only Balkan, but Jinhyeok was also one of the few people she was aware of. ¡®¡­You have to be stronger.¡¯ Teeth ¨C Teeth that are still young collide and grind together, creating an eerie sound. So much so that Vulcan, who was watching, was worried about her teeth. Nevertheless, Ha-Ryu, who did not stop grinding his teeth, drew his sword. ¡°¡­you!¡± No, the sword had already been drawn. It¡¯s just that the ¡®real¡¯ sword was not drawn. Vulcan exuded pride at the sight of Ha-ryu pulling out his sword, but Ha-ryu muttered quietly to Vulkan with a faint smile on his face. ¡°¡­Please keep it a secret from your brother.¡± Borrowing the power of the sword. We lend strength to those who we do not know what kind of existence they are, whether they are harming or helping. Not knowing what price he would have to pay in the future, Ha-Ryu immediately broke what Jin-Hyeok had stopped. However, Ha-ryu masturbated, saying that he could not help himself. ¡®You have to use everything you can to survive.¡¯ Her eyes and mind were still filled with the sight of the burning vige. To forget about that, she pulled out her ¡®real¡¯ sword. Cluck- ¡°¡­don¡¯t get eaten. ¡°If that happens, I too will be torn apart by that damn disciple.¡± ¡°I won¡¯t worry grandpa. thank you.¡± The red wave that started from her sword, the Dragon yer Sword, spread throughout the downstream body. Soon, a red female warrior wearing full red armor took the ce where Ha-ryu was standing. Kiiing ¨C Haru held the sword as he felt the dragon yer¡¯s sword, which had revealed its true form, humming happily. As the real sword was drawn, the hair turned red and the eyes burned red, clearly showing the current state of the downstream. ¡°Ahahaha!¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, the child is already trying to carry a heavy burden.¡± Balkan let out a sigh as he looked downstream at the red-armored evil spirit Nakchal, smiling brightly and fluttering red flowers. But I didn¡¯t me her. ¡°It¡¯s my fault for not being able to properly stop one child. There is nothing inherently wrong with a child. ¡°I don¡¯t know how to look at that guy¡¯s face.¡± Balkan snapped his fingers, imagining how angry Jinhyeok would be if he found out about this. -Kiaaaaa! ¡°¡­Once I get some decent results, I¡¯ll be a little less angry.¡± Vulcan is a prototype demonic soldier who he hates to call himself. They moved their bodies, which were sparsely stained ck with demonic energy, and ughtered the goblins. * * * Boom ¨C Jinhyeok let out the breath he had been holding as he watched thest remaining goblin¡¯s body copse. ¡°It¡¯s hard.¡± The goblin wave was twice as difficult as the wave on the first floor. Well, there is a reason why goblins are a higher race than kobolds, but the biggest reason is that many troops were deployed to the Balkan side. ¡°Thanks to this, the lower reaches and the Balkans have be safer, but¡­ it is still difficult to block the wave with only basic skeleton and spirit bottles.¡± Didn¡¯t I tell you that the idea of stopping only with the abilities of the Necromancer (Spirit Master) was broken 10 minutes after the battle started? In the end, he blocked it well, but most of the mana went to Balkan, so Jinhyeok had to fight alone. As a joke, I made a poop show to myself. ¡°Still, I gained quite a lot.¡± Jinhyeok smiled as he picked up the shiny gold coins that were falling from the corpses of goblins lying on the floor. gold. It is amodity used within the tower and at the same time, it is the reason why people on Earth are excited about climbing the tower. ¡°I didn¡¯t get much on the 1st floor, but they still give me quite a bit of gold on the 5th floor.¡± Just as there is a reasonable reward for defeating a powerful enemy, gold supply bes easier as you advance to higher floors. Even though the difference was only 4 floors, the amount of gold was almost twice as much, and the smile on Jinhyeok¡¯s face showed no sign of fading. Above all, Jinhyeok¡¯s smile grew even brighter at the sight of another gift. ¡°It¡¯s a goblin poison¡­ After all, there are quite a lot of Wave-ss enemies to kill alone, right?¡± Of course, the main ingredient in the poisonous needles that goblins shoot out from their cannons is poison. The needles are just roughly made, and the poison is the most important ingredient. The raw materials for such poison were obtained inrge quantities through this wave. ¡°It may not be used in battle¡­ but it is still useful.¡± It was actually better because it was a poison, and a poison with strong paralyzing properties. Tub ¨C As soon as he could finish his thoughts, Jinhyuk ripped off a handful of the poisonous nt that was the raw material for the paralyzing poison and stuffed it into his mouth. ¡°¡­Oof!¡± A bitter, bitter taste fills my mouth. A bitter taste reminiscent of an herbal medicine I had taken only once before. However, Jinhyeok chewed the poisonous weed with his teeth clenched. The more he chewed, the more bitter poison came out instead of the sweetness, turning the inside of Jinhyeok¡¯s mouth into a gutter. ¡®It¡¯sing slowly.¡¯ It is not enough for the inside of the mouth to be stiff after chewing poisonous nts directly. The poisonous water that gradually passes through the esophagus makes the inside of the mouth stiff. As a series of events unfold, including breathing bing difficult and limbs losing strength, Jinhyeok¡¯s physical condition reaches its worst. ¡°¡­Cure Poison.¡± At that moment, Jinhyuk barely opened his mouth and chanted magic. Cure Poison. As soon as the magic to detoxify the addiction took effect, the paralysis that had been eating away at Jinhyeok¡¯s body slowly disappeared. ¡°Is roughly 30 seconds the limit I can endure?¡± Perhaps because the poisonous nt itself was ingested rather than boiled and made into poisonous water, the effect was stronger than when hit with a poisonous needle. Taking that into consideration, Jinhyuk¡¯s golden time was approximately 30 seconds. If I went beyond that, I couldn¡¯t say the words necessary to chant magic. ¡®You can use hand signs, but if you¡¯re paralyzed, you won¡¯t be able to move your hands, so chanting will be easier.¡¯ If you are alone and exceed 30 seconds of golden time, you will be a wooden doll and have to wait until the paralysis is lifted. Jinhyeok, who had experienced, at least roughly, the legacy of the goblins, was satisfied. ¡°With this, you can gain both poison resistance and paralysis resistance.¡± [I hate the pinnacle of all evil.] [The Snake Grand Duke shows interest.] [The wolf who devours the worldughs, baring his teeth.] Bing stronger by shearing your body and mind. It¡¯s something both God and the devil like, but especially those who lean towards the devil. ¡®Baal is the exact opposite, but most are.¡¯ Jinhyeok didn¡¯t really like attracting the attention of gods and demons, but Jinhyeok thought that there was no need topletely shun them. ¡®It¡¯s enough as long as you receive the power of God and the devil and don¡¯t be an apostle. I get everything I can from them.¡¯ The tower¡¯s rewardse down through the system, and the system is something created by gods and demons. In other words, most rewards are set by gods and devils, and the special rewards are managed directly by gods and devils. ¡®To obtain an item like a dark force ring, you don¡¯t have to have a good rtionship with the gods and demons, but you don¡¯t have to go as far as pretending to lose.¡¯ Water bathing. This was a feeling Jinhyuk often felt while climbing the tower. The thought that he could have easily won if he had a certain item in a certain situation¡­ always dominated Jinhyeok. Jinhyuk, who had finished thinking about it, sat down and started chewing poisonous nts until Ha-ryu and Balkan came back to find him. * * * ¡°¡­Why is that crazy guy chewing poisonous weed?¡± ¡°Poisonous nts? ¡°Isn¡¯t it dangerous?¡± Balkan frowned when he saw the object in Jinhyeok¡¯s hand seen from afar. As expected, what Jinhyuk held in his hands was the raw material for the poison applied to the stings that the goblins were constantly firing at him. In other words, it was a poisonous nt. Balkan shook his head in denial at Haryu¡¯s worried voice. ¡°How many times have you been hit? You won¡¯t die if you eat that. ¡°It just feels like my body is a little paralyzed.¡± ¡°¡­Why are you eating that?¡± ¡°I guess it¡¯s because of resistance¡­ but I don¡¯t think that just eating something like that will give your body the ability to resist, let alone develop resistance skills.¡± The body adapts. If you get stabbed multiple times, your senses will be dull, and if you get poisoned often, you will develop immunity to poison. It ister proudly registered under the name of skill. However, in most cases, the former is not able to adapt properly right away. The reason is that adaptation usually urs very slowly over a long period of time. of course. ¡°Ah, I gained paralysis resistance, but I didn¡¯t get poison resistance. Balkan, do you have any more poisonous nts?¡± ¡°¡­What, such a crazy person?¡± The fact that Jinhyeok deviated slightly, no, a little too much, from that category changed Balkan¡¯s information into incorrect information. All Masters. The job of mastering everything gave Jinhyuk a skill called paralysis resistance in a very short period of time, with only low-quality paralyzing poison. ¡°Okay then, let¡¯s go up slowly.¡± Jinhyeok stood up, shaking off the dusty hem of his robe with his hand, and opened his mouth again, shaking out the paralyzing poison he had taken from Balkan. And Jinhyuk sprinted to the 9th floor with all his might, then created the same monster wave there and showed off his spirit by winning the title of Orc yer. [Goblin yer] A title given to a climber who kills 1,000 goblins. Title Reward: All Stats + 6 [Orc yer] A title given to a climber who kills 1,000 orc monsters. Title Reward: All Stats + 7 ¡°¡­Good.¡± Jinhyeok, who gained quite arge stat total of all stats + 13, smiled as he was about to reach the 10th floor. [Status Window] Name: Jinhyeok Choi upation: Spirit Master Sub-Job: All Master Body: Mana Retardation (Ability Value) Strength: 30 (+18) Stamina: 31 (+18) Dexterity: 29 (+18) Intelligence: 43 (+18) ) Mana: 55 (+33) Magic: 0 (+10) (Characteristics) 1. Predation 2. Versatility (Skill) Pain resistance, bleeding resistance, stun resistance, piercing resistance, paralysis resistance, tenacity¡­. Close to the 10th floor Jinhyuk, who was climbing up and looking at the aspects of his status window that were iparable to those on the first floor, looked at Ha-Ryu standing next to him and said. ¡°You should rest and thene back.¡± ¡°¡­yes? why. ¡°I can take on the challenge right away.¡± When Jinhyuk told Jinhyuk to take a break, Ha-ryu immediately refused. But Jinhyuk cut her off like a knife. ¡°Do you know what¡¯s on the 10th floor?¡± ¡°¡­There¡¯s no way you wouldn¡¯t know. My brother has told me this several times. Orc warrior. Right?¡± Orc warrior. There is only one monster that appears on the 10th floor, but that one monster is very powerful. ¡®I told you all that you could be considered a guy who goes above the 11th floor.¡¯ The 11th floor is the next floor of the metropolis that exists on the 10th floor. It¡¯s not for nothing that they have a reputation for being more picky than the guys wandering around there. Of course, you don¡¯t necessarily have to kill the guy to pass, but Jinhyuk was definitely nning on taking him down. And the same goes for those who follow you. ¡°It¡¯s okay even if it takes a few days. ¡°I also have work to do on the 10th floor.¡± ¡°B¡­ But¡­¡± ¡°Instead, just kill the Orc warrior and move on. If you fail, you can give up the strategy and try again next time. But never just clear it.¡± If you catch an Orc warrior, you can get a title. [Those who cleared the 10th floor] If you look at the name alone, it may seem ordinary, but the all-stat +5 given by that title is not that small. Above all, since he can only be caught once, Jinhyeok¡¯s words are probably natural. ¡°Don¡¯t even use a sword.¡± Watching Ha- ryu, whose feet went numb at the word sword, shiver, Jin-hyuk patted her on the shoulder onest time and spoke very kindly to her. ¡°See you on the 10th floor, downstream.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, I will definitely clear it.¡± Not just passing, butpletely clearing the 10th floor. Jinhyeok was satisfied with Ha-ryu¡¯s firm determination to achieve that goal and moved to the gate on the 10th floor with Balkan. ¡°¡­I will definitely be someone who can be of help to you.¡± Ha-ryu, who was muttering while looking clearly at the spot where Jin-hyeok disappeared, left the ce with his beloved sword hanging on his waist. growth. In order topletely clear the 10th floor, he realized that what he needed was not only rest but also growth. In the ce where they left, the corpses of countless orcs created by the orc wave were piled up, forming arge garden. There were so many corpses that it was hard to believe that only two people, three of them including the Balkans, caught them. Chapter 29 All Master Necromancer Episode 29, 10th Floor. It is called the 10th floor gateway because one must pass through it in order to enter the city where the job change center exists. Naturally, it was a section where many people got stuck, and from this point on, it was fairly easy to climb up until the 100th floor. ¡°It¡¯s been a really long time here.¡± ¡°Well, even though you are a monster, there must have been a time when you were fresh.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a dispute that I want to immediately change to the soul corps, but I admit it. That¡¯s right, I was a kid back then.¡± Jinhyuk was no exception. Jinhyeok¡¯s true value was revealed when he passed the 10th floor andid the foundation as a wizard through the job change chapter. Actually- ¡°Now, look. ¡°Do you think my name is on this?¡± Chjorrrr ¨C Jinhyuk¡¯s name was not visible on the unfolding clear list. Even though the names of Nine stars and the name of his friend Choi Gyeong-hoon, the god of martial arts, are embedded in them. ¡°No, I washed my eyes and looked for it, but it wasn¡¯t there. Should I rece my eyes?¡± ¡°¡­Shut your mouth before I change it myself.¡± It was a shameful past for Jinhyuk, whomanded the tower, so Balkan burst intoughter at the sight of Jinhyuk slightly blushing and waving his hands. ¡°Was it difficult? ¡°Aren¡¯t you worried that if you go back to the 9th floor like this, you will suffer all kinds of embarrassment and humiliation from the lower ss?¡± ¡°That¡¯s true, but don¡¯t worry, it¡¯s not like I¡¯m going to be defeated at my current level.¡± Orc warrior. Normal Orc ¨C Orc Warrior ¨C A being that can be seen as the next level of the tech tree consisting of Orc Shaman. He is good at both magic andbat. Although it is not a Lord level, it is definitely a named level, and in terms ofbat ability, it is on par with a Lord. Since he is that kind of guy, even if the system doesn¡¯t catch him, wouldn¡¯t it calcte the results and determine whether he is eliminated or sessful? of course. ¡°Nevertheless, there are so many climbers who have just passed the 9th floor where they caught him.¡± In terms ofbat power alone, there were enough people who caught him that he wasparable to the Orc Lord. Even considering the long, long history of the tower. ¡°Why don¡¯t you tell me there¡¯s a loophole there? And my name isn¡¯t there.¡± ¡°It goes without saying that there are no wizard-type climbers. Well, if the fact that most of the clear list over there are members of the Four Emperors is a trap, it is a trap.¡± The majority of climbers who cleared the 10th floor were none other than the Four Emperors. Most of the 80%, maybe 90%, of them were members of the Four Emperors who had climbed the tower so far. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk thought with a bitter smile. ¡®1st. ¡®Can we take that seat away?¡¯ The first ce position always changes. Rather than being stolen by a talented person, it is a record that is broken every time a new member of the Four Emperors breaks through the 10th floor. Of course, they probably didn¡¯t do their best, but it was still inevitable that mistakes would ur. ¡®Through this, I experience the gap between them.¡¯ Jinhyeok is not one to miss out on the few indicators that canpare the Four Emperors on the 10th floor with the current self on the same level. [Can I start the test?] Jinhyuk shook his head at the politely asked message from the system and asked the question first. ¡°Is it okay to prepare for battle before it starts?¡± [No problem.] ¡°Then will you give me more time? ¡°I¡¯ll call you when I¡¯m ready.¡± [I¡¯ll give you 10 more minutes. Please finish your preparations within that time.] Jinhyeok nodded in response to the calm but positive answer. In fact, Jinhyuk also knew roughly. ¡®Because not everyone is like the Four Emperors or like the Nine Stars.¡¯ As soon as you get to the 10th floor, you will fight an Orc warrior. It¡¯s easy to say, but if you line up those who can¡¯t do it, it would be enough to circle the world. In the past, Jinhyeok also entered the 10th floor and only started fighting after spending some time gathering his thoughts. ¡®Of course, this time I can¡¯t ovee the pressure of battle, so it¡¯s not the time needed to endure it, but it doesn¡¯t matter.¡¯ The differences between the past and the present were clear, but Jinhyeok had no intention of correcting them. He uses everything given to him by scratching it to the ground. Because that was Jinhyuk¡¯s own idea. ¡°Vulcan, get ready. ¡°Because I need to take away the first ce.¡± ¡°Are you nning on stealing from them? not bad. I¡¯m rather excited. ¡°It¡¯s thrilling to trample on the records set by those arrogant bastards with our dirt-covered feet.¡± ¡°¡­transformation.¡± ¡°Tsk, I know it¡¯s the same for you too.¡± ¡°¡­Don¡¯t sneakily lump me in with me, pervert.¡± ¡°You damn bastard!¡± Jinhyeok immediately began preparing for battle, leaving Vulkan in a frenzy at the word pervert. The Four Emperors. A people born with the qualities to grow into not just a strong person, but a strong person who will change the world. To them, the floors of the tower were just like stairs. These are stairs that go up as you walk. The record they set, no matter how roughly it may be or even if they did not use their full strength, does not change the fact that it is an incredible record. ¡®I will break that record.¡¯ A record of first ce that has so far been broken only within the same Four Emperors n. Thinking of breaking it, Jinhyuk had no choice but to admit it. ¡®¡­Am I a pervert too? I¡¯m so excited by this fact¡­¡¯ Aside from making fun of Vulcan and calling him a pervert, he was also moved by that fact and was excited about it. Of course, I didn¡¯t say it out loud. ¡°That son of a bitch doesn¡¯t even have the slightest idea of how to respect his teacher.¡± ¡®If he knew what I was thinking, he would try to bite me. You can never see that.¡¯ Jinhyeok, who tried to hide his true feelings to avoid Balkan, who always tried to find his shorings and giggled, looked at his preparations. ¡°Mahon disease.¡± ¡°I¡¯m ready. ¡°As soon as hees out, I¡¯ll tie him up.¡± ¡°What about the seeds?¡± ¡°Simrly, I have scattered them around, so you can use them at the right time. ¡°If you can¡¯t do it, it¡¯s your fault, not mine, so keep in mind.¡± It¡¯s perfect. Jinhyeok¡¯s mouth softened as he realized that all preparations had beenpleted by Balkan¡¯s voice. ¡°You may begin.¡± [After 10 seconds, the Orc warrior appears.] Starts after 10 seconds. Jinhyuk spread his hands as he read the message that all preparations were over and only the actual battle remained. [10] The enemy ¨C Where the Great Orc Warrior appears, the Demon Spirit Soldiers stand in their respective positions and take their posture. A smile appeared on Jinhyeok¡¯s lips as he saw the demonic spirit soldiers ready to jump out at any moment and cut the opponent to pieces. [9] Creep ¨C Creep ¨C The seeds that Balkan had sown in advance contain Jinhyeok¡¯s mana and magic energy, and his body gradually grows in size. It looks like beans soaked in water. Satisfied with the sight of the seed slowly growing in size, Jinhyeok cast a spell in advance. [8] ¡°Entangle.¡± The first preparation waspleted by setting a timer so that the seeds could germinate in an instant and tie down the Orc warriors. [7] ¡°Magic Arrow.¡± Fireball, Thunderbolt, Ice Lance, etc. There were various attack magics, but Jinhyuk¡¯s choice was Magic Arrow. Although it is the most basic attack magic, its purity is superior to any other attack magic. That was the reason Jinhyuk chose Magic Arrow. Because the next preparation from now on required extreme purity. [6] ¡°Enchant.¡± Faaaaat ¨C Following Jinhyuk¡¯s chant, an enchantment spell is applied to therge magic arrow floating in the air, and a bright cluster of light emanates from the magic arrow. It was a light that signaled that the purity of the Magic Arrowbined with the enchantment magic was ready to absorb any magic and put it into my body. Of course, it didn¡¯t end there. [5] ¡°Fire.¡± The first enchantment was ¡®Fire¡¯. Fire magic, which was originally a light spark to light a bonfire, was absorbed into Magic Arrow through enchantment magic. At the same time, Magic Arrow¡¯s entire body turned red and began to burn like an active volcano. [4] ¡°Earth.¡± A low-level magic that only creates soil and hardens the ground. Like Fire, Earth, a basic four elemental magic, is absorbed into the body of Magic Arrow like the Fire magic just before. Crackle ¨C Magic Arrow¡¯s body, which epted the power of the earth, became slightlyrger and stronger. So much so that it reminds me of steel. In addition, the Magic Arrow, which absorbed Jinhyeok¡¯s mana and demonic energy and grewrger over time, glowing dark red, could no longer be considered a Magic Arrow. But Jinhyuk¡¯s magic did not end there. [3] ¡°Water.¡± Like the previous magic, Water is one of the four basic magic properties. It now covered Magic Arrow¡¯s entire body like a spear. [2] ¡°Screw.¡± Screw magic was added there. Kiiing ¨C The film of water covering Magic Arrow¡¯s entire body spun like a screw, giving off the power to crush everything that came near it. In reality, that water film had the power to crush everything it touched. At least the existence of about the 10th floor is to be taken lightly. [1] ¡°Wind.¡± Lastly, Jinhyeok¡¯s preparation waspleted by attaching a powerful wind booster to the back of the Magic Arrow, which would fly like a javelin. of course. [0] [Good luck, climbers.] ¡°Enhance.¡± He didn¡¯t forget to add thest seasoning. The moment Jinhyeok¡¯s preparations areplete with the addition of enhancement and strengthening magic that improves the overall quality. Just in time, the time limit expired and a bright halo of light burst out. -Kwaaaaaah! A being that bursts into a roar as soon as it appears in a room where only Jinhyuk and Balkan were present. It was a bright cluster of light that signaled the appearance of the Great Orc Warrior. At the same time as the appearance of the Orc warrior with great momentum, the things Jinhyeok had prepared also moved together. -Keeeeee! Demon soul soldiers made by quenching the souls of kobolds and orcs with demonic energy bind the entire body of the great orc warrior. Quad Deuk ¨C The seed was ready to grow after absorbing mana and magic to its limit, and with the help of the power of Entangle magic, it grew instantly and wrapped around the body of the Orc warrior like a snake. -¡­Kwok? The moment I heard the voice of the Orc warrior full of confusion. ¡°¡­Gungnir.¡± Jinhyeok, who was holding the Magic Arrow in his hand that had been refined by hitting magic, threw it away with all his might. [The wise man¡¯s disciple looks at you with a satisfied gaze.] The message window of the owner who had the original copy of the weapon Jinhyuk called out blocked Jinhyuk¡¯s eyes, but it didn¡¯t matter. The limitations of a magic arrow had already been thrown aside, and a spear worthy of the mad title of Gungnir, the weapon of God, pierced the head of the great orc warrior. ¡­thud-! Shortly after the head was pierced, the entangles were released and theid trees returned to their original appearance. At that moment, the demon spirits also let go of the body of the Orc warrior they were holding, and the body, no, corpse, of the great Orc warrior who had nothing to support made a thumping sound, staining the floor of the white room with blood. and. [¡­You cleared the 10th floor faster than anyone else.] [You have earned the title of ¡®the person who cleared the 10th floor the fastest.¡¯] [The above title will remain in effect until your record is broken in the future, in which case you will receive ¡¯10 points.¡¯ The title is changed to ¡®those who cleared the floor¡¯.] [The current ranking of the 10th floor clear record is as follows.] ??? : 1st ce, 00 : 00 : 96. . . . [Please enter the name registered in the record ranking.] [If you do not enter it, it will be registered as ???.] Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes, which were carefully reading the message window that was slowlying down,nded on thest message window. And as if there was nothing more to see, Jinhyeok smiled faintly beneath his mask and spat out a name. ¡°Ghost face.¡± [¡­registered.] Jinhyeok, who engraved his name and smiled slightly, was soon engulfed in a bright light and soon disappeared from the 10th floor. [The clear record for the 10th floor has been changed.] [The current first ce is Ghost Face, and the record is 00:00:96 seconds.] Leaving behind the message window that would make the tower buzz. Chapter 30 [The clear record for the 10th floor has been changed.] [The current first ce is Ghost Face, and the record is 00:00:96 seconds.] ¡°¡­Brother, you seeded.¡± A message window appeared before my eyes. Looking at that, the goblin girl lowered her sword toward the floor. ¡°¡­I need to work harder.¡± Although it had only been a short time since they broke up, the girl had already decided what she had to do and was putting it into practice. Pow- -Kwaaeook! The dangling sword digs into the back of the fallen orc¡¯s neck. The orc¡¯s brief convulsions soon subsided, and she pulled out her sword. Leaving behind the red blood fountain and blood mist, she walked deep into the hunting ground on the 9th floor. The hunting ground was filled with silence only by the sound of her shallow footsteps, and behind her, a thick red blood mist filled the forest . Additionally, the corpses of the orcs she cut down filled the forest floor, and the blood that flowed from the corpses soaked into the soil, making it shine red. Just like that, another rumor spread on the 9th floor. -A goblin lives in the forest. There is a goblin living there who hunts, no, ughters monsters. ¡°I am someone who is helpful to my brother¡­ I will try my best. So that we can stand next to you, not behind you.¡± In fact, she was continuing the battle to achieve her own goal, but there was no one on the 9th floor who knew that. * * * ¡°What? ¡°Is this a real message?¡± ¡°¡­Has the new Four Emperors started climbing?¡± ¡°No, but isn¡¯t there one dragon in the vige now? already?¡± Jinhyeok, who cleared the 9th floor and climbed to the 10th floor with his goblin mask off, smiled as he looked at the climbers who were blooming with stories about him. ¡®Of course, if you take off the mask, no one will recognize you.¡¯ He spent most of his time wearing a mask until he reached the 10th floor, and thanks to his increased prestige while wearing a mask, no one knew his real face. Jinhyeok, who was walking down the street without his mask for the first time in a long time, gave a short review. ¡°Whoa, it¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve been here too.¡± 10th floor. A short review by Jinhyeok, who set foot on the floor that is said to be the true beginning for climbers who climb the tower for the first time in a long time. Balkan expressed his doubts about that. ¡°Long time no see? Anyway, in your actual sense, it wasn¡¯t that long ago, right?¡± This was something he could say because Jinhyeok¡¯s memories can only be taken lightly. However, despite Balkan¡¯s words, Jinhyeok lightly shook his head. ¡°I didn¡¯t reallye to the 10th floor. There was no need toe. Because most life can be handled on the 100th floor.¡± The 10th floor can be said to be the starting point for everyone, but it was also a downgrade from the 100th floor. Everything on the 10th floor was also on the 100th floor, and most had better facilities. For that reason, Jinhyeok also tried to solve the problem on the 100th floor as much as possible, but rarely came down to the 10th floor, and even before his death, he visited the 10th floor only a handful of times. ¡°Except for the first floor you visited to change your job as a Spirit Master, I guess you didn¡¯t go there much?¡± Even so, it¡¯s enough to count on one hand, except that I stopped by to visit the first floor to change my job as a Spirit Master. This was a clear example of how Jinhyeok was crazy about climbing the tower. ¡°You are amazing too. ¡°Even I used to wander around the lower floors a few times in my past life and take a rest, but I never even did that¡­ I¡¯m like a self-absorbed guy.¡± ¡°Being ahead of others was refreshing to me. ¡°There is no need to travel around the lower floors.¡± ¡°Yes, I was like that too. The pleasure you feel every time you clear a floor is like a drug. But keep in mind. ¡°There is no growth without rest.¡± ¡°¡­Keep that in mind.¡± Normally, he would have cursed and brushed it aside, but since he died while only pursuing growth and climbing the top without rest, Jinhyuk did not ignore those words and engraved them deep in his heart. ¡®Defeat once is enough.¡¯ A defeat called death. Jinhyeok moved forward, engraving in his heart the name of a defeat he did not want to experience again, even though he gained one more coin. ¡°So where do we go now?¡± This was Vulcan¡¯s question after seeing his footsteps that seemed to move without a destination. ¡°Well, don¡¯t you know that? ¡°A destination that has already been decided.¡± ¡°¡­I think it might be a little early. They are climbers whose home base is the 100th floor. Even if you can¡¯t do it, there may be a number of people living there who have cleared floors several times higher than you.¡± Balkan swallowed his silence as he spoke about the destination as if it were obvious and tried to dissuade Jinhyeok. White Swallow. To be exact, that branch was the name of Jinhyeok¡¯s destination. Balkan was worried. ¡®No matter how monstrous this guy is, it is difficult to control a monstrous army of necromancers within the city.¡¯ He is heavily armed with fraudulent upations such as Spirit Master and All Master, and his stats cannot be considered a 10th floor climber. In addition, Jinhyeok¡¯s strength, which even has a special stat called Magi, is not at a level that can be ignored, even if he is a 10th floor climber. However, it is also true that the opponent is a formidable being by Jinhyeok¡¯s standards. Their home base was on the 100th floor, and even though it was that branch, it was obvious that climbers from at least the 20th floor were guarding various branches. ¡°If ites up downstream, go together.¡± Despite Balkan¡¯s advice to go with a slightlyrger number of yers, Jinhyeok actually frowned. ¡°You¡¯re going to push a kid into that shit? Vulcan, are you out of your mind?¡± ¡°¡­Then are you sane to attack that ce by yourself, you crazy idiot?¡± Even if you worry about me, if youe back, you¡¯ll be treated like a crazy person. It was perhaps natural for the Balkans to be thrilled. ¡°You can¡¯t even use most of the undead in the city. You son of a bitch, you can¡¯t use the demonic soldiers who have risen to the main level. So, do you think it makes sense to say that we have to deal with only soul bottles and demon soul bottles?¡± Jinhyeok covered his ears as Vulcan¡¯s nagging poured out like a rapid fire, as if he was trying to relieve his frustration. ¡°Damn, I¡¯m saying that because I can do it all.¡± ¡°number? How on earth can you and I destroy the guild branch located on the 100th floor and steal information from their mouths?¡± ¡°I know it when I see it.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m so frustrated I¡¯m going to die.¡± ¡°Can the soul die?¡± ¡°Yeah, you bastard. ¡°Can you show me?¡± ¡°When you die, I will at least use you as a soul dan. Or, I will chew down your knowledge and eat it as a feast.¡± ¡°Damn you. ¡°I can¡¯t tell a joke.¡± In a situation where it seemed like he would be a victim of predation alive if he made a mistake, Balkan eventually kept quiet. Jinhyuk made fun of him with a sly smile upon seeing him with his lips poking out in a half-baked state. ¡°Wouldn¡¯t it be embarrassing to pout even though you¡¯re hundreds of years old?¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m not going to talk to you.¡± ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll tell you. ¡°What is your n?¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s a solid n, right?¡± Jinhyeok, who was holding his stomach and giggling at the sight of Vulcan slowly approaching with a sallow face and asking, nodded, shaking away his tears with his fingers. ¡°of course. ¡°Your role is important, Balkan.¡± ¡°¡­also! You can¡¯t do it without me! ¡°Okay, I wish I knew my usefulness by now.¡± Jinhyeok smiled as he looked at Balkan, who had crossed his arms and had an arrogant face when he told him that he was not only needed but important. ¡®Simple bastard.¡¯ The Balkans were deceived again today. * * * ¡°¡­Are we really going to stick to that n?¡± ¡°why? Are you dissatisfied? Honestly, it¡¯s a good n. is not it?¡± ¡°Yes, I admit that. But why do you have to do that¡­!¡± ¡°What if we just go in and fight like you said? What about the city guard? No, I assumed from the beginning that I might be harmed by them, so why are you doing that?¡± ¡°¡­Sigh, I was fooled again.¡± ¡°I wish I knew.¡± ¡°You¡¯re not even denying it anymore, you damn bastard.¡± After hearing the entire n from Jinhyuk, Balkan gritted his teeth and scolded him, but Jinhyuk was not the type to listen to that. Jinhyeok chuckled as he looked at Balkan, who eventually reached the stage of recognition after going through a situation simr to the 5 stages of death. ¡°So are you going straight away?¡± ¡°no? ¡°I have to go buy clothes.¡± ¡°¡­clothes? ¡°What clothes?¡± Balkan, who had heard the entire n and thought the only thing left to do was execute it, tilted his head, but Jinhyeok paid no attention to him and walked toward the shopping district with great strides. ¡°¡­Let¡¯s go together, you damn bastard!¡± Leave the Balkans alone. Of course, he wasn¡¯t a Vulcan who would miss Jinhyeok, who abandoned him and walked alone, so he ran after him right away. Just like that, the two people disappeared beyond the shopping street. * * * ¡°Ha, I¡¯m bored.¡± ¡°Just be patient. ¡°It¡¯s shift season soon.¡± White Swallow. It may look like a shabby guild with a guild sign called White Sparrow, but it is still a guild. The members who filled it were by no means shabby. Among climbers, only those who are somewhat talented and have climbed a fairly high level can establish a guild. The guild leader wants a reasonable level of talent, if not the best talent. This means that only those who pass a certain selection criteria are epted into the guild. ¡°Ha, I¡¯ll be on the 30th floor soon. What are you doing in a ce like this?¡­¡± ¡°Are you going to ept guild support as requested and not do any duties? ¡°Hey you bastard.¡± It goes without saying, but attracting new guild members is more important than anything else. If blind talentes in, the guild¡¯s very character will change. Therefore, each guild sends its members down to branches located on the 10th or 20th floor for a certain period of time. Of course, it is very cumbersome for climbers to attract new guild members while guarding a guild branch on a floor much lower than their own. ¡°Damn, but they said they would give me a new weapon at the end of this season, so I¡¯ll bear with it.¡± ¡°Yes, it¡¯s something I have to do anyway, but they give me a properpensation, right? ¡°It goes without saying that the weapons you receive directly from the guild¡¯s cksmith.¡± ¡°They said they would give me a strategy book, and that¡¯s why I can¡¯t leave the guild. ¡°It¡¯s a pestilence.¡± ¡°Even if I tell you to leave, I won¡¯t leave.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s right.¡± The privileges that guilds provide are beyond imagination. A strategy book containing various supports and guild-specific know-how needed to climb the tower. Because there were indescribable benefits, I couldn¡¯t leave the guild as a climber, so I had to spend the annoying life of a branch. Jingling~ Grumbling, saying, ¡°It¡¯s annoying,¡± ¡°It¡¯s hard,¡± ¡°I want to go hunting,¡± etc. The sound of the bell disturbing the ears of White Swallow¡¯s guild members who wereining brought a smile to their lips. ¡®I¡¯m new!¡¯ ¡®Okay, this will fulfill my performance!¡¯ Since the essential reason for running a branch is recruiting new guild members, if you make an effort to recruit new guild members, your ¡®performance¡¯ will be recognized and you will receive better rewards. That¡¯s why all of White Swallow¡¯s guild members weed the neer who knocked on their branch door with a bright smile. ¡°Ah¡­ Hello¡­ I came here after hearing about you¡­ Can I get some advice?¡± As they weed the new recruit, only one shy, ordinary-looking man entered their gaze. Chapter 31 All Master Necromancer Episode 31 ¡®¡­I guess it¡¯s a dud?¡¯ ¡®yes? ¡®I¡¯m not the only one who thought that, right?¡¯ A member of the White Swallow guild, looking at the neer in front of him who appears to have ascended to the 10th floor this time. Jack and Tommy shook their heads. At first nce, he was dressed inly and was not even shy, so he did not appear to be a talented climber. ¡®But I still have to take the test.¡¯ Of course, since it is nonsense to infer the skills of all climbers just by looking at their appearance, we had to take a test. There are often people who have hidden skills behind their appearances, and this was to prevent people from kicking pumpkins that rolled around for no reason. ¡°name is?¡± ¡°Jin¡­ My name is Khan.¡± Tommy nodded at the newbie¡¯s words, who trailed off for a moment. ¡°You must be from Earth. Is it from Russia? Or China?¡± ¡°It¡¯s Russia.¡± ¡°okay? ¡°It doesn¡¯t look like that, does it?¡± Jean Khan. It wasn¡¯t an ordinary name, but the world is wide and there are many different names. Tommy tilted his head when he saw the appearance, but quickly gave up his thoughts and moved on. ¡®Because those who hide their names are widespread.¡¯ Those who climbed the tower were not all ordinary people. There were definitely people whomitted serious crimes and used the tower as an escape route, and even if that wasn¡¯t the case, there were many people who went around hiding their names and faces, which were no different from their own information. ¡®Because we also cover our faces when we do serious tower climbing.¡¯ If your face and name are exposed for no reason and you areter attacked, it will be bothersome for you. Rather, it would have been correct to give additional points if the name was hidden. ¡®It means that a climber on the 10th floor is somewhat familiar with the rules of the tower. This is a little out of the ordinary. Are you perceptive? Or survival instinct?¡¯ Perseverance, survival instinct. There is nothing wrong with either of the two when climbing the tower. No, it wasn¡¯t bad, it was good. ¡®Did the guild guidelines say to select people with good sense? You may be a climber with good personal characteristics, or you may develop characteristics rted to thatter¡­¡¯ As both decisions are made based on a certain degree of intuition, there is a high probability that there will be characteristics rted to that. Of course, there are not many people who give their all when joining a guild, so you need to catch this aspect well and recruit them. In the end, you are aiming for a probability of 1 in 10 or 1 in 100. ¡®Well, if it¡¯s not good anyway, you can just expel it.¡¯ Above all, guild members could be reced at any time if they were no longer useful. If you pull it out and it doesn¡¯t look good, just watch it for a bit and then expel it. ¡®Except for the fact that it¡¯s shy, it doesn¡¯t look that bad, so I think I could use it as a knife holder if necessary.¡¯ Climbers always have to kill monsters, and possibly even humans. In that respect, the negative factor is that he is not shy. Still, other than that, everything else seemed pretty good, so Jack and Tommy gave Gene Khan a generous evaluation. ¡®I can feel this much.¡¯ ¡®Well, at least it doesn¡¯t look like I¡¯m going to get carried away with the monster in front of me. Now that I look at it, my muscles look fine.¡¯ The reason was that there were many people worse than Jin Khan, and more than anything, he seemed shy at first, but soon he was making eye contact with the two people and talking to them. The fact that he speaks in a confident manner in front of the interviewers means that he is confident in his abilities. The moment they decided that he was a good candidate in many ways, Jack and Tommy began full-scale interviews. ¡°Let¡¯s test your strength first.¡± ¡°Can you show me your strength? ¡°It¡¯s good to give detailed stats, but if there¡¯s another way, you can show it that way.¡± I didn¡¯t have high expectations. It was just a question to check the level of ability of the climber named Jin Khan. Above all, they were cing their expectations on Jin Khan¡¯s ¡®feel¡¯ rather than his physical abilities. To put it simply, it can be seen as matching the assortment. ¡®It¡¯s better to at least match the assortment rather than having to talk about itter.¡¯ ¡®I have to at least pretend to do it to prepare for other new recruits¡¯ fraud or unexpected audits.¡¯ Jin Khan¡¯s body seemed to be reasonably strong, so they nned to make use of his ¡®feel¡¯ and ¡®eyes¡¯ to have him pursue a career as a thief, explorer, or adventurer in charge of setting and disarming traps, so Jack and Tommy had no expectations at all. Did not do it. ¡°Can I use that?¡± ¡°gold? Why gold? Well, here it is.¡± A mountain of gold coins piled high on the table where the card game was yed. Jack tilted his head in response to Jin Khan¡¯s question pointing to it, but took out one of them and handed it to Jin Khan. ¡°Thank you, you don¡¯t mind if it breaks, right?¡± ¡°It¡¯s possible, but can you¡­?¡± goldfinch. It literally means a coin made of gold. However, the nuance of what Jin Khan was saying now was based on the premise that it would be ruined, and it was not Jack who did not know what that meant. The moment when eyes filled with confusion turned to Jin Khan. Woojik- ¡°¡­huh.¡± ¡°Not yet.¡± Woojik- ¡°¡­that doesn¡¯t make sense.¡± A gold coin folded in half is ced on the table. Of course, there was no magic involved, and since Jack handed it to him himself, he knew better than to know that it was a real gold coin. in other words. ¡°¡­You really folded the gold coin in half twice with your strength? ¡°A climber who only climbs the 10th floor?¡± ¡°Yes, what¡¯s wrong?¡± I am shy. Jack and Tommy were left speechless in front of a smile so clear that it was necessary to erase such judgment. ¡°¡­Let¡¯s talk for a moment.¡± ¡°As much as you want.¡± Jack and Tommy entered the room, revising their evaluation of Gene Khan, as he smiled and spokefortably and even invited them toe. ¡°Did you see it?¡± ¡°There¡¯s no way you couldn¡¯t have seen what happened right in front of your eyes. That¡¯s a thing. ¡°It¡¯s the real thing!¡± ¡°Hehehe, that¡¯s awesome. ¡°This performance is absolutely amazing.¡± The two could not hide their joy. Folding a gold coin twice. That was possible for them too. However, there is a difference of more than 10 floors between them and Jin Khan. ¡°Besides, the clothes you were wearing were ordinary, right?¡± ¡°At first nce, it looks like the clothes I bought at the store in front of me. ¡°I probably didn¡¯t borrow the power of the item.¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t feel any movement of mana, so I didn¡¯t strengthen my body with mana or use magic.¡± Additionally, just looking at Jin Khan¡¯s appearance, it didn¡¯t seem like he had any items that raised his stats. There were stat increases through ¡®achievements¡¯ rather than items, but they didn¡¯t even take achievements into ount. For those who were not even on the 100th floor, achievements were something that could onlye from a dream. ¡°You have to hold on to it unconditionally.¡± ¡°I know, I guess the others didn¡¯t notice, right?¡± ¡°Do you think those who are busy gambling would notice? ¡°We just have to be careful.¡± Performance treatment for bringing in outstanding guild members only applies to those who had a direct influence on bringing him in. In other words, if Jin Khan joins White Swallow, only Jack and Tommy will receive the performance, not everyone in this branch. Therefore, Jack and Tommy left the room, wary of sharing their credit with others or having it stolen from them. ¡°Are you finished talking?¡± The two people smiled awkwardly and nodded at the sight of Jin Khan smiling brightly as soon as he opened the door and came out. ¡°If you just arrived at the 10th floor, you might be hungry. Why don¡¯t you eat some snacks?¡± ¡°Okay, there are drinks here, so feel free to drink as much as you want.¡± Despite the treatment being 180 degrees different from before, Jin Khan picked up their snacks and drinks as if it was a given. ¡®He¡¯s not an ordinary guy after all.¡¯ ¡®I know my own value better than anyone else.¡¯ ¡®If I had stayed still after we finished the conversation or treated him the same way, he might have stormed out.¡¯ ¡®Creepy guy. That¡¯s a 10th floor climber? Who would think that I am a climber who has conquered several hundred floors?¡¯ Knowing your own worth. It was also the most important thing in the process of climbing the tower. After all, understanding one¡¯s own value also means understanding one¡¯s condition. If you are fully aware of how far you can reach and what abilities you can handle and to what extent, you can use 100%, no, 120% of your power. In addition, this applies not only to joining a guild, but also to receiving quests or apostle offers from gods and demons. Because you won¡¯t blindly ept quests or offers from gods or demons that don¡¯t suit your level. ¡®That guy is the guy who will make our guild bigger.¡¯ ¡®Let¡¯s never have him on our side and treat him well. ¡®He¡¯s going to be big in the future, so if you lend him money in advance, you¡¯ll probably run out of beanster.¡¯ Based on the young man in front of us, Jin Khan, we picture a hopeful future in which White Swallow will rise to the ranks of the great guilds. Wajak- ¡°But can we just look at physical abilities?¡± ¡°¡­Well, the abilities you can see at the guild branch are limited, and you haven¡¯t visited the previous towers yet?¡± ¡°yes.¡± ¡°Then you probably don¡¯t have any abilities rted to transfers. All you have to do is look at your physical abilities. ¡°Is strength simr in terms of stamina and agility?¡± ¡°It¡¯s very simr.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, thank you for the answer.¡± There are two more stats that are not far behind the monstrous strength just shown. This means that if you exclude intelligence and mana, which have a lot to do with wizards, it¡¯s okay to just change them into warriors and give them swords. ¡®¡­I might be a king-level being.¡¯ king. Among the many climbers who climb the tower, not many have the title of king. You can count them on two hands, no, even on one hand. Of course, it is impossible to win the title of king even at the level of an ordinary genius, and it is not possible to obtain the king¡¯s title, and it is not possible to obtain the king¡¯s title due to luck, money, etc. A title that is considered possible only when various things are followed. Even though they dared say it out loud, Jack and Tommy did not think it was impossible. ¡°I can show you magic.¡± ¡°¡­Magic? ¡°Did you just say it was magic?¡± ¡°yes. Magic. Magic. ¡°He just spits fire out of his hand.¡± Their thoughts gradually turned into confidence when they saw Jin Khan calmly saying that he could use magic. A climber from Earth who hasn¡¯t even changed jobs can use magic? ¡®Magic King!¡¯ ¡®He clearly has genius qualities rted to magic! There¡¯s a king-level climbering from our guild!¡¯ Jack and Tommy made a fuss in a situation where it was not strange to gulp down kimchi soup. ¡°Look¡­ show me!¡± ¡°Show me what¡¯s yours!¡± It was a strange statement that would raise a question mark over anyone¡¯s head if they heard it, but the person involved, Jin Khan, sprouted a small fire flower on his palm without any emotional changes. When the two people stare nkly at the beautiful and warm burning Hwahwa. thud! Coo! thud! ¡°Ugh! what?¡± ¡°Damn it, the board is broken! ¡°What kind of bastard!¡± Something like a weak earthquake shook the guild branch and the branch was in turmoil. The fire that bloomed in Jin Khan¡¯s hand also disappeared as Jin Khan closed his hand . At that sight, Jack and Tommy looked at Jin Khan¡¯s closed hand with faces full of regret, and then opened their mouths. ¡°It looks like something is happening outside, so just wait a moment.¡± ¡°Yes, we will definitely put you in our guild, so ignore the others and just wait for us!¡± Jack and Tommy got restless and disappeared outside the branch when they suddenly had to vacate their seats. Jin Khan stood up as he watched the White Swallow branch members disappearing after Jack and Tommy. ¡°Then, let me do my own thing from now on.¡± As the mana that made up the magic that covered his face dispersed into the air, the innocent young man¡¯s appearance disappeared and in its ce, Jinhyeok with a cold smile appeared. Finally , Jin Khan, no, Jin Hyeok muttered quietly as he put the now familiar goblin mask on his face. ¡°Wake up.¡± Jinhyuk was nning to do his work while Balkan was biding his time outside. -Keeeeee! Following Jinhyeok¡¯s thoughts and orders, the White Swallow branch began to fill with soul soldiers. ¡°Find everything rted to the Holy Kingdom and bring it to me.¡± -Keek! In response to Jinhyuk¡¯smand, which was filled with both heaviness and dignity, the soul soldiers saluted Jinhyeok and disappeared to various ces in the White Swallow branch. Wow! Leaving behind the soul soldiers who had disappeared in an instant, Jinhyuk pped the hem of his robe and stuffed the snacks brought by Jack and Tommy into his mouth. ¡°It tastes good.¡± Jinhyeok, who was enjoying the sweetness after a long time, took a small amount for Ha-ryu, put it in a stic bag, and kept it in his arms. ¡®Come up quickly, downstream.¡¯ Even though less than a day had passed, Jinhyuk pursed his lips, thinking that her empty space was quiterge. Chapter 32 All Master Necromancer Episode 32 ¡°I don¡¯t know if he¡¯s doing well. Tsk, have you ever tried acting?¡± Outside the White Swallow¡¯s guild headquarters. Balkan was worried as he shook the building using only soul bottles to create an earthquake exclusively for White Swallow. Even though his one and only disciple is rude, has a dirty personality, and makes threats, a disciple is still a disciple. He was the only disciple in the entire tower, so he couldn¡¯t help but be worried about him. Bad friend. Although they are a teacher and a student, they are like friends, and sometimes they are like a ruler and subordinate. They were always bickering, and there were rare moments when they weren¡¯t fighting, but Balkan still cared about Jinhyuk. ¡°Damn you. ¡°But you won¡¯t die.¡± Balkan breathed a sigh of relief as he looked at the White Swallow guild members rushing outside, startled by the artificial earthquake. Now that they¡¯vee out, Jinhyeok¡¯s n is half-sessful. In addition, as soon as the White Swallow guild members came out, it was felt that soul soldiers were active inside, so Balkan moved to do his job. ¡°Death to the living!¡± ¡°¡­Why are ghostsing out of town?¡± ¡°shit! ¡°Send someone to the temple right away!¡± ¡°Wizard! ¡°Aren¡¯t there any wizards?¡± ¡°Where are the wizards in small guilds, especially branches? Even if it is, is it just Jjambap that can be found in a ce like this? ¡°We¡¯ll stop this ce, so bring a priest!¡± ¡°It¡¯s the outskirts of the vige of beginning, but it¡¯s a ghost¡­ What¡¯s going on?!¡± ghost. A monster with no sense, also called a ghost. However, unlike the Soul Disease, they were quite difficult monsters with an unconditional killing intent towards humans. Above all, it is a monster that is likely to appear in viges, as dead corpses or people who die with a grudge within them be ghosts. ¡®Now, hurry up and get out. No matter how much magical energy a country possesses, it cannot withstand divine power for long.¡¯ The battlefield maestro began to lead as he watched those who had been fooled by his perfect ghost performance hurriedly divide up the number of people to be sent to the temple. ¡°Kill!¡± -Keeeeee! Various spirits such as kobolds, goblins, and orcs flew towards the White Swallow guild members under the Maestro¡¯smand. ¡°¡­Stop it at once!¡± And since the White Swallow guild members were not willing to watch the charging monsters, they soon began fighting with their teeth clenched. Without even knowing that my base was being robbed. * * * Cooung- Boom! Kwazijic- ¡°You¡¯re doing well.¡± Hearing the -Ugh! What are these? -Is there anyone outside? There¡¯s a ghost wandering around the branch! ¡°It¡¯s been a long time. ¡°The soul soldiers are treated like nothing more than ghosts.¡± Jinhyeok shook his head as he heard sounds close to screaming from the people still remaining in the guild branch when they saw the spirit soldiers wandering around the branch. When he was alive. Everyone was afraid of soul disease. I was surprised when I saw Zara. I wasn¡¯t surprised when I saw the ghost because I was surprised when I saw the lid of the pot. I was surprised because it reminded me of a soul disease when I saw the ghost. Didn¡¯t I say it all? ¡°But now you¡¯re just being treated like a ghost¡­ If the first Spirit Master sees you, he¡¯ll kick his coffin ande out.¡± Invited Spirit Master. Of course he was Balkan. He was already by Jinhyuk¡¯s side as a spirit, and Jinhyuk gave him the role of a ghost. in other words. ¡°I have to do my own thing.¡± Jinhyuk shamelessly thought nothing of the fact that the spirit bottle was treated as a ghost and the first spirit master was treated as a ghost outside. ¡°Anyway, I just have to awaken the fear of soul disease again with my own hands.¡± Of course, it wasn¡¯t a good thing for the soul bottle to be treated as a monster, a ghost. I am just determined to remind the climbers of the tower of the existence of soul disease, which has faded from people¡¯s memories over the past 10 years. ¡°First of all, let¡¯s start with what we need to do now.¡± Themotion made by those remaining in the branch was growing louder, and Jinhyeok smiled deep inside his mask as he saw them opening their doors one by one and starting toe out into the lobby. ¡°Now, I wonder who has the information I want.¡± Jinhyeok walked towards them with the determination not to leave all his work to the soul soldier. ¡°It would be better to talk first, right?¡± Jinhyeok, who promised to open the door with dialogue while trudging forward, put his words into practice. ¡°You¡­ you must be a ghost¡­ Wow!¡± The conversation of the body. * * * ¡°Now, there¡¯s only one left, but the others haven¡¯t answered. ¡°I trust you will answer.¡± ¡®¡­Crazy guy, he knocked everyone out.¡¯ Aughing voice came from behind the mask. White Swallow¡¯s guild member cursed inside, but did not say it out loud. ¡®¡­He was probably a 10th floor climber at most, but no matter how careless he was, he could hit a 20th floor climber with one blow¡­ What on earth is that guy?¡¯ Ghost face. This is because I clearly saw with my own eyes the inaction shown by the protagonist whose name has be so famous that no climber from the 10th to the 20th floor would know about it. ¡®I¡­ I can¡¯t win alone. I don¡¯t know what they¡¯re doing outside, but for now, it¡¯s best to follow their orders.¡¯ In reality, it was just self-hypnosis because he didn¡¯t want to be beaten, but it was a good thing for Jinhyuk. ¡°Well¡­ what do you want to know?¡± ¡°You said there is a holy kingdom behind you?¡± ¡°¡­Yes, what you are doing now is turning the Holy Kingdom and all the guilds under it into enemies¡­ Ugh!¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t ask that far. The guild under thatmand. ¡°I need that list¡­ where is it?¡± Jinhyeok, who lightly kicked his chin while he was talking nonsense, squatted down in front of him and asked a question. The position on the list you need. And the guild members who heard that couldn¡¯t hide their bewilderment. ¡°¡­You could probably get some information just by stopping by people on the street and asking them.¡± ¡°That too, but I also need the details. No more twice. ¡°Where is the information?¡± He flinched ¨C Feeling the murderousness in Jinhyeok¡¯s shining eyes visible through the eyelids of the mask, he lowered his head and pointed to the door right next to where he hade out. ¡°¡­It will be over there. ¡°All the information about various affiliated guilds is over there¡­ Wow!¡± ¡°Okay, then sleep well and let¡¯s not see each other again.¡± After finding out the necessary information, Jinhyuk immediately kicked the man in the chin, knocked him out, and then leisurely disappeared into the room. ¡®¡­Damn you.¡¯ Even though he said it straight, he was hit on the chin and looked at Jinhyeok¡¯s back as his eyes gradually darkened and swore. * * * ¡°Hmm, definitely nothing special.¡± Jinhyuk entered the room pointed out by the guild member and immediately searched the room, and was soon able to find the information he wanted. ¡°Are the guilds under yourmand setting up branches on each floor? Tsk, it¡¯s normal.¡± The obvious intention was to leave the supply of talent needed for the kingdom to the guilds under hismand and give them only the leftover scraps. But thanks to that, Jinhyeok was able to figure out how to screw up Seongguk. ¡°So, if you step on these guys step by step, you¡¯ll put shit on Seongguk¡¯s face.¡± The guilds under the Holy Kingdom are like the face of the Holy Kingdom. That¡¯s why the Seongguk spares no support to the guilds under its control, and establishes branches in low-level areas where receiving support is not particrly beneficial, and epts talented people. Give and take. They receive support from the Holy Kingdom, and they swear allegiance to the Holy Kingdom and follow their orders. In other words, it can be said to be the rtionship between a monarch and a knight. ¡°But if a knight goes somewhere and gets beaten up, the status of the monarch is diminished.¡± A knight is the monarch¡¯s honor, and if such a knight is ruined, the monarch¡¯s honor is also ruined. Knowing this well, Jinhyuk engraved in his mind the nine guilds contained in the document in front of him. [White Swallow] [Giant Hippo] [Gangster] [Back Door] [Shakari] [Al Stra] [Ernoa] [Paltizan] [Lord of Divine] There are a total of 9 guilds that control the 100th to 300th floors. Guilds under the Holy Kingdom. Jinhyeok pursed his lips as he remembered their names, each of whom had great strength, but who became perfect when they had Seongguk behind them. ¡°fire.¡± Suddenly, the document he was holding caught fire, and the ming document left Jinhyeok¡¯s hand and fell to the floor. Jinhyeok looked at the fireball moving towards the wooden guild branch building and looked at it with cold eyes before quickly taking a step forward. ¡°Just one thing for now.¡± Among the 9 guilds, this was the guild that was ced at the bottom. [White Swallow] The branch there burned down and began to disappear. By the hands of someone who reappeared after 10 years. * * * Plugging- -Keeek! A soul bottle handed a document to Jinhyuk, who left the room where the fire was spreading. ¡°Connecting guild members with Giant Hippo?¡± That document was none other than a document sending high-quality guild members to higher-level guilds through connections between guilds under the Holy Kingdom. The moment he saw that, a thought passed through Jinhyeok¡¯s mind, and with a grin, he put the White Swallow¡¯s guild mark enclosed with the document into his arms. ¡°It¡¯s going to be fun.¡± With this, Jinhyeok was now ready to join Giant Hippo at any time, which meant that disaster would soon strike Giant Hippo as well. ¡°Let¡¯s go out soon.¡± Feeling the mes slowly expanding his body, Jinhyuk walked outside the branch. Kwaek-Kwaung-! Behind Jinhyeok, who was heading outside, there was a miserable view of the White Swallow¡¯s guild branch, which was burning and slowly copsing. * * * ¡°¡­Fire!¡± ¡°Damn, what the hell is going on?¡± It was a while before the priests were called in to exorcise and chase away the ghosts. White Swallow¡¯s guild members could not help but be taken aback by the sudden fire that broke out within the branch. Among them, Jack and Tommy were even more embarrassed. ¡®¡­There¡¯s a new recruit inside!¡¯ ¡®Our performance!¡¯ It was a lot ofughter to see them taking care of their performance even while the branch was on fire, but they were still sincere. Performance soon leads to great support, and great support gives you a booster to climb the tower. Since the number of floors of the tower and military force are the measures of power, their grief was perhaps natural. Wow! ¡°¡­I barely survived.¡± ¡°Jin Khan! ¡°As expected, you were safe!¡± ¡°Haha, I thought you¡¯d be safe as expected!¡± Therefore, the two people were more delighted than anyone else at the appearance of Jinhyeok, who took the form of Jin Khan, who escaped through the fire. Jinhyeok stuck out his tongue and smiled awkwardly at the sight of them not even imagining that the person who set fire to his branch and stole information was the person in front of them. ¡°I don¡¯t think this is a good situation. Can Ie backter?¡± ¡°Of course, I¡¯ll sort it out soon, soe back in a few days.¡± ¡°Yes, we¡¯ll let you join our guild right away, so don¡¯t worry, you cane!¡± ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll see you in a few days.¡± Jinhyeok said this with a smile while shaking off the soot from the hem of his robe and slowly walked away from the White Swallow branch. ¡®Why do I go there?¡¯ It goes without saying that Jinhyuk will never visit the 10th floor branch of White Swallow again, but Jack and Tommy, who saw him off, truly believed that he would return. Jinhyeok disappeared into a dark alley, seeing the two idiots seeing him off. Later, through the testimony of survivors of the fire, it became known that a new person named Jin Khan was a ghost, but Jinhyeok had already disappeared for a long time. Naturally, Jack and Tommy were given disciplinary action instead of performance for trying to catch Gene Khan, who was no different from a terrorist. It was truly unfortunate for both of them. Chapter 33 All Master Necromancer Episode 33 ¡°Are you okay?¡± In a dark alley. Jinhyuk looked up at the familiar voiceing from there, and before he knew it, his face had returned to its original state. ¡°Of course, what are you looking at me for, Vulcan?¡± ¡°A cheap disciple.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, I did the job perfectly, but I can¡¯t praise you, so I¡¯m cursing you. ¡°Don¡¯t you think it¡¯s too much?¡± In response to Jinhyuk¡¯s frown as he touched his face after the magic had been lifted, Balkan burst intoughter and pped Jinhyuk¡¯s back. ¡°It hurts, you bastard.¡± ¡°I hit him gently. It¡¯s a shame. ¡°Did it go well?¡± ¡°I am Cha Jin-hyuk. What do you think of me? Of course it went well.¡± Balkan nodded at the sight of Jinhyeok speaking confidently with a faint smile on his face. ¡®If that guy had said that confidently, I¡¯d be sure. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s worth it to pretend to be a ghost.¡¯ He is a climber and a Vulcan with a past worthy of being called a high ranker or high walker. At least, it is at the level of the current Nine Stars. There was no great reason why he helped him, even refusing to treat him as a ghost, which he hated the most when he was reigning as a spirit master. ¡®It¡¯s true that he¡¯s annoying and a fucking bastard, but I¡¯m a spirit and he¡¯s a spirit master. ¡®You can¡¯t break the eternalw.¡¯ The Spirit Mastermands the soul, and the soul obeys the Spirit Master. Because it is a soul of Balkan size, it is possible to speak almost on an equal footing with Jinhyeok, the spirit master, and disobey orders, etc., but if it were any other soul, this would not have been possible. ¡®¡­More than anything, this was possible because Cha Jin-hyuk didn¡¯t really put any restrictions on me either. To the extent that he cares for me, I also put aside my pride when doing my job.¡¯ Of course, there is no way that Balkan, the first Spirit Master, does not know that this is possible because of Jinhyeok¡¯s consideration, not just his consideration. In other words, Jinhyuk is using very little of the restraint required to deal with the soul for Balkan. Balkan, well aware of such consideration, followed Jinhyeok¡¯s orders, risking the indignity of being treated like a mere low-level monster, such as a ghost. ¡°They divided it into 10 floors and ced guilds under them.¡± ¡°What data?¡± When Balkan asked where the data was, Jinhyuk responded by raising his finger and tapping his head. ¡°¡­Tsk, that¡¯s arrogant.¡± ¡°Anyway, excluding this one, there are still eight guilds left.¡± ¡°¡­Are you really nning on hitting all of those ces?¡± ¡°There¡¯s nothing that can¡¯t be done.¡± ¡°There is no answer.¡± Although he was at most a 10th floor climber, Balkan shook his head at the sight of Jinhyeok thinking of hitting guild branches from the 10th to the 90th floor, but quickly agreed. ¡°But that¡¯s also what a spirit master should have. So, have youe up with a way to attack the guild on the 20th floor?¡± ¡°of course. These guys are talents they can¡¯t afford at their level. Well, talent of a reasonably good level are sent to the guild branch on the next floor.¡± ¡°¡­no way?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, I¡¯m going into their arms pretending to be a reasonably decent talent. From then on, well¡­ it will be simr to today, right?¡± Seeing Jinhyeok calmly shrug his shoulders and respond, Balkan sighed as he looked at the acrid smoke blowing from afar and the people using various water magic to put out the fire. ¡°I hope you don¡¯t make me act like a ghost this time.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll try. ¡°I will order it again if necessary.¡± ¡°Tsk, I wasn¡¯t expecting it. So what are you going to do now? I won¡¯t attempt to climb the tower right away. Are you going to stay on the 10th floor?¡± From the tutorial until he reached the 10th floor, Jinhyuk didn¡¯t get much rest. And there was never a time when I only rested, doing things to do in between. Above all, if you climb the tower right away when the downstream has not yet arrived, the distance to the downstream will be too far. ¡®That doesn¡¯t work. At least from now until the not-too-distant future, the distance between me and the downstream should be simr.¡¯ I can¡¯t help it if the timees in the future when I need to increase the pace of climbing the top, but for now it was okay. This is because you have to destroy each and every branch of the guild that exists from the 10th floor to the 90th floor, one by one. In other words, there is no need to run like Time Attack until the 100th floor. ¡°First, let¡¯s find a ce to rest. ¡°Everything starts from then on.¡± ¡°That¡¯s not bad either.¡± Aftering up to the 10th floor, he went straight to the White Swallow branch without even looking for a ce to rest, so Jinhyuk has not even found a ce to stay yet. Therefore, Jinhyeok¡¯s answer was very reasonable, and Balkan also nodded. ¡°Then let¡¯s go.¡± After speaking, Jinhyuk, with a bright smile on his face, took off the goblin mask, put it in his arms, and started walking down the street. * * * ¡°Hehe, as expected, good ces are expensive.¡± Balkan shook his head and asked as Jinhyuk spoke as he threw himself onto the soft bed. ¡°Why did you have toe to a lodging that costs 20 gold per day? ¡°No matter how much money you have, this is luxury.¡± 20 gold for one night stay only. You have to kill a couple of kobolds or goblins to get 1 gold or not, so you have to kill at least 40 to barely pay for one night¡¯s lodging. ¡°Are you talking about how much gold we have now?¡± ¡°¡­How much was it?¡± ¡°Over 3,000 gold. So don¡¯t worry and just rx.¡± 3,000 gold. Jinhyuk had arge amount of money that an ordinary 10th floor climber could not even dream of. A tower asset that is registered in the system itself and can be used at any time. Since it is easy to store, ¡®gold¡¯ has been the tower¡¯s goods and currency since the tower was first built. That has been the case for countless times, and it will remain so in the future. Jinhyeok was at ease because he had enough currency to use it like water, at least on the 10th floor. of course. ¡°¡­In the current situation, 3,000 gold is definitely a lot of money. But you¡¯re not going to spend your whole life on the 10th floor, are you? ¡°You probably don¡¯t know that 3,000 gold is money you can easily earn even if you reach the 100th floor of the tower, right?¡± Considering the entire tower, that money was the difference between an ocean and a bucket. This amount may seem rich to a climber on the 10th floor, but it is not that much to a climber on the 100th floor, who can be seen as the bottom of the tower. ¡°If you¡¯re going to be rich here, I won¡¯t stop you¡­ but think carefully. ¡°Money is rtive, and so is wealth.¡± ¡°¡­That is correct.¡± Money and wealth are rtive. No matter how much money I have, there has always been someone who has more money than me. The same goes for wealth, and this isn¡¯t just about money and wealth. ¡®The same goes for force and power.¡¯ No matter how strong you be, there are people above you who are stronger than you. Even above those who hold so much power that they even make birds fly, there are those who have more power than that. Nevertheless, Jinhyuk did not lose hisposure. ¡°So what?¡± ¡°¡­So, rather than saying anything, I am saying that you should clearly set your expenses and use them for your future schedule. Think about the weapons you need to buy and the expenses you will need as you climb the tower.¡± ¡°Nagging. ¡°I have thoughts on everything, too.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, let¡¯s listen to what you have to say. ¡°What on earth were you thinking that you decided to stay in a luxury hotel for 20 gold a day when you might be staying for a few days?¡± Hearing Vulcan¡¯s voice growling as if he was going to eat him, Jinhyuk put his hand out in front of him as if telling him to calm down and calmed him down. ¡°Whoa, calm down. ¡°I will be sponsored.¡± ¡°¡­Spawn? Are you kidding me? ¡°Sponsoring on a topic that kicks back all the rituals of gods and demons?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not like they¡¯re trying to take something from me, they¡¯re trying to put a dog cor on me.¡± ¡°So, are you saying that the person who will be sponsoring you is brainless and will sponsor you without any benefit? ¡°What kind of nonsense is that¡­!¡± ¡°Oh, you should do it?¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± It was Balkan himself who was taken aback by Jinhyeok nodding his head as if it was obvious. Balkan did not point out Jinhyeok¡¯s spending habits to tease and pressure him. ¡®If I spend money like that, I¡¯ll move as soon as possible. If you go slow, you can spend all the money in a month and still have some left over. You can¡¯t do that. Special situations like monster waves are rare. He can¡¯t cause monster waves carelessly from now on either.¡¯ Jinhyuk¡¯s current wealth was thanks to the ughter of thousands of monsters based on monster waves. Of course, it bes difficult from the 10th floor onwards. There were many branches of other guilds, and even if it were to start, there were enough talented people to stop it. In other words, what you earn is not that muchpared to the effort you put in. In addition, he is familiar with Jinhyuk¡¯s sub-job, All Master. ¡®It is safe to say that the number of weapons he uses is infinite. No matter what weapon you grab, you will be able to use it at an average level. No matter howplex the ability is, if it exists within the framework of a weapon.¡¯ All Masters. As the name of his profession suggests, mastering everything, Jinhyeok handles a variety of weapons and can handle them at a high level. Of course, it will take a lot of effort to get there, but even without that, it will be higher than the average level. But to put it another way, the number of weapons Jinhyeok must have is quiterge. ¡®Not only do you have space to store the weapons, but it¡¯s also a pain to fill them with high-quality weapons.¡¯ How much money did it cost to prepare various weapons to the level of the weapons that were mainly used, and finding space to store so many weapons also cost money. In addition, if the weapon was damaged or broken during the battle, money was also needed to obtain it again. In other words, Jinhyuk has to pay a huge amount of money just to breathe. ¡®The abilities he uses include magic. There is no ability that can destroy as much money as magic¡­¡¯ Magic. There is a price to pay for performing miracles. Just as Jinhyeok used the monster¡¯s magic stone in the process of capturing Balkan, money is again spent to use more powerful and efficient magic. Money, money, money. The Vulcan wasn¡¯t like that for nothing. However, despite Balkan¡¯s worries, Jinhyeok did not worry at all, and eventually he got up and said, ¡°Then shall we go meet our sponsor now?¡± ¡°¡­Who are you to sponsor you without any conditions?¡± It¡¯s unlikely that Jinhyuk did that, but Balkan¡¯s worries about getting hit in the eye were shattered by Jinhyuk¡¯s next words. ¡°You could say he is probably the person with the most money in the tower and owes me that much.¡± There are rich people above rich people, and there are powerful people above powerful people. However, Jinhyeok smiled as he remembered a person drawn in his mind. ¡®There is no climber in this tower with more money than him. Even if it is a devil or a god.¡¯ [The pinnacle of all evil bows his head and rummages through his pockets.] [ The pinnacle of all evil looks at his empty pockets with a puzzled face.] [The yful messenger asks if he has more money than he does.] The yful messenger, Hermes. Among the gods of Olympus, he is the god who protects thieves and merchants. There are quite a few people within the tower that trust and follow him and that he moves directly. But still, Jinhyuk shook his head. ¡®No matter how much money you have, is it more than the owner of the auction house?¡¯ [The yful messenger admits defeat.] The owner of the auction house. An entity that is used by all climbers who climb the tower and collects fees based on their use. Jinhyuk was nning on having him as his sponsor. ¡°Then let¡¯s go.¡± Jinhyeok was surprised to hear that he was going to meet the owner of the auction house and left the hotel, ignoring all the messages that wereing. Chapter 34 All Master Necromancer Episode 34 ¡°So where are we going?¡± Balkan asked as he saw Jinhyuk leaving the hotel and walking through the shopping district of his former vige. ¡°I¡¯m sure you saw a lot while you were here, right? ¡°There are quite a few signs with the name ¡®Gold Rich¡¯ on them.¡± ¡°¡­A lot? Was that a lot? ¡°It seemed to me that the whole street was surrounded by Gold Rich.¡± ¡°Well, that¡¯s also true. The ce we are going now is the ce that became the foundation of Gold Rich. ¡°It¡¯s Gold Rich Trading Company.¡± ¡°¡­So, if what you say is true, does this mean that you are being sponsored by someone who owns such an enormous business?¡± ¡°maybe?¡± ¡°Say something that makes sense!¡± Balkan shouted at the sight of Jinhyuk shrugging his shoulders and saying, ¡®Maybe?¡¯ ¡°My eardrums are going to explode. ¡°Why are you doing this?¡± ¡°What on earth is so disappointing about someone who runs a business of that size that they sponsor you? Above all, the person with such business acumen is you, and no one else?¡± ¡°I¡¯m not the type of person who ends up like that.¡± ¡°¡­Then let me ask you something.¡± ¡°say it.¡± ¡°Has that Goldrich guy ever sponsored anyone?¡± ¡°There won¡¯t be any?¡± ¡°Not even one?¡± ¡°The guy I knew was a bit shabby until then. ¡°I wasn¡¯t that rich even before I died.¡± When Balkan looks at Jinhyeok with a faint look on his face as he reminisces about the past, as if in disgust. The two had already reached the front of the Gold Rich Company. ¡°Let¡¯s end the conversation here. ¡°From now on, I¡¯ll be busy looking for sponsors.¡± ¡°¡­Phew, I don¡¯t know. ¡°I¡¯ll have to take a look at your resourcefulness that amazes even gods and devils.¡± ¡°don¡¯t worry. ¡°Everything will work out well.¡± Jinhyuk responded with a bright smile and eventually walked into the crowded Gold Rich Store. * * * Gold Rich. A person who suddenly rose to the ranks of rich people at some point and began to make his fortune on the entire tower. Most people don¡¯t even know what dimension hees from, what abilities he has, or even what he looks like. Gold Rich Company, run by such a person, became the foundation for all businesses operated by Gold Rich, and it is no different now. Buzz, buzz ¨C ¡°There are a lot of people.¡± What Goldrich Company did was simple. ¡°I found this while hunting. Can you leave it to me to appraise it?¡± ¡°This is definitely a treasure! It must be an artifact! emotion! ¡°Please give me an appraisal!¡± The first was emotions. Most items thate out of the tower have a status window, but there were often cases where the status window was not visible. Things like hidden secrets or artifacts dropped by monsters. Naturally, there were not many low-rise climbers, as well as middle- and high-rise climbers, who had emotional skills. Thanks to this, Gold Rich Company was providing an appraisal service for those without appraisal skills, and it has now be a service that ounts for a considerable amount of revenue. ¡°¡­I¡¯m in a hurry for money, so can I get a loan?¡± ¡°once! I¡¯ll just win it once and pay it back! So, please give me a loan using this as coteral!¡± The second was a loan. It was a service that provided loans to climbers using weapons, armor, or various potions, which were life-threatening to climbers, as coteral. This loan service, which is said to have been created by Gold Rich after hearing it from an Earthling in the past, was also a wee service for climbers who indulged in gambling or looking for new weapons or armor. Well, most of the time there was more of the former than thetter. ¡°I came to sell some things.¡± ¡°Climbing is blocked, so I¡¯m trying to get a new weapon. So, I¡¯m looking to sell my original weapon. Do you have any good ones?¡± The third and final part was the purchase and sale of goods, which can be said to be the most basic part of the business. Goldrich Trading Company has a monopoly on the opportunity to view and purchase various products through the first and second services. With the trust built based on that opportunity, you attract climbers who sell goods, and you make money by selling the goods they want. Although it was the most basicmercial service, the money earned from it was by no means basic. It is no exaggeration to say that advanced services exist only for the sake ofst resort. ¡°Where are you going?¡± ¡°What are you asking? ¡°Of course, it¡¯s window number 3.¡± Window 3. Among the services mentioned above, this counter specialized in the third service, and was quite quietpared to window 1, which received appraisals, and window 2, which received loans. However, even though the transaction volume was small, the value of the transaction itself was high, so the employees at window 3 were assigned higher ranks and were more excellent than the employees at other windows. ¡°Customer number 18.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a number that suits you.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s true, but why do I feel so bad?¡± Jinhyeok, who got up from his seat when he heard the voice of the teller calling him, frowned at Balkan¡¯s words. However, they couldn¡¯t make a fuss in this ce where everyone could see, and the guards at Gold Rich Company were of a high standard. In other words, if you make a fuss for no reason, you will be kicked out immediately. That wasn¡¯t what Jinhyuk wanted. ¡°¡­I¡¯ll see youter.¡± ¡°Originally, the person who said I¡¯d see youter said he wasn¡¯t scared.¡± Leaving behind the snorting Vulcan, Jinhyeok sat in front of the employee who was waiting for him. Counter number 3 was a separate room, not a partition, as customer confidentiality was important. In addition, Jinhyeok, who confirmed that the soundproofing spell was clearly applied, stuck out his tongue. ¡®You¡¯re really spending money, Goldrich.¡¯ The idea of installing a soundproofing magic circle in a single booth inside a store located in a vige on the 10th floor is not something that just anyone cane up with. However, Jinhyuk understood Goldrich¡¯s feelings. ¡®It¡¯s just for show. In addition, we capture the hearts of our customers.¡¯ Show. It was a way to show off one¡¯s wealth to others. At best, he has the ability to install a soundproof magic circle even in the 10th floormercial booth. Showing others your abundance of wealth by showing it. Although others may see it as a bad thing, Jinhyeok knew that Gold Rich did not install the soundproof magic circle just for that reason. ¡®At best, it shows that even climbers on the 10th floor are treated as customers. ¡®Fox-like bastard.¡¯ For a small amount of money, he can win the hearts of climbers on the 10th floor who be potential customers. That was the reason why Gold Rich poured money into merchants on all floors, regardless of floor. He thought about the future of thepany that would be the source of his existence and the foundation of all his business. Of course, Gold Rich¡¯s business acumen paid off. -¡­Wow, is there a soundproof magic circle? -¡­Of course, Gold Rich Company. It¡¯s a good thing you came here. Other stores don¡¯t have rooms like this, and I wondered if security was maintained. Jinhyeok¡¯s mood and the voices of other customers caught by hearing cannot be stopped by the soundproof magic circle installed in the store located on the 10th floor. Judging by the way they were talking, Jinhyeok realized that he had already lost his heart to Gold Rich Company and stuck out his tongue. ¡®You¡¯ve already hooked two guys.¡¯ Jinhyeok¡¯s thoughts of a man who could charm people even when he was not there and knew how to spend money better than anyone else were broken by the employee¡¯s voice. ¡°customer? ¡°There is another customer waiting, so could you tell me your business first?¡± A soft, yet powerful voice. Jinhyuk was pulled out of his thoughts by that voice and looked at the employee with a gentle smile. ¡®Is it about the 20th floor? Climbing up to the 20th floor with just one counselor? ¡®You¡¯re truly crazy.¡¯ 20th floor climber. This literally means that if Gold Rich Company is attacked, the employees can stand up and fight. There may even be employees among them who fight better than the guards. I thought to myself and took out my business. ¡°We sell anything that doesn¡¯t have the Gold Rich Company¡¯s motto. I heard that. Is that correct?¡± ¡°Yes, that¡¯s right. ¡°There may be something we don¡¯t have in the first ce, but if we don¡¯t have it, our motto is to find it and sell it.¡± Jinhyuk stroked his chin and eximed in exmation at the sight of the proud employee. As you can see from the saying, ¡°There is nothing that is not there in the first ce,¡± he felt that he was indeed an employee working at Gold Rich¡¯s Company, and immediately moved on to the main topic. ¡°So, if you have money, you can take anything and sell it?¡± The employee also noticed something in Jinhyeok¡¯s hesitant attitude and nodded with a slightly stiff but determined face. ¡°Yes, whether it¡¯s a dragon tooth or an elyos feather, I can get it for you as long as you have enough money. ¡°That¡¯s our motto.¡± Jinhyeok, who was attracted to the term referring to objects or body parts of the Four Emperors, smiled and nodded. ¡°Then let¡¯s leave the moxibustion to this point¡­¡± Boom ¨C As soon as he finished speaking, Jinhyuk, who had ced all the gold coins he had registered in the system on the table, opened his mouth. ¡°3,483 gold. ¡°It¡¯s the exact amount, with not even a single gold margin of error.¡± ¡°You¡¯re the 10th floor climber¡­ I guess that¡¯s right?¡± Even for a 20th floor climber, this is not a small amount of money, but rather a huge amount. There are ces above the 100th floor where the daily lodging fee is over several hundred gold, but that¡¯s only on the 100th floor. This is the 10th floor. Of course, the prices are different, and even with the same amount of money, it is a ce where you can pretend to be rich. ¡®Arge sum of over 3,000 gold. This is money that cannot be saved if the climber in front of you has just cleared the 10th floor. ¡®How?¡¯ Gold Rich¡¯spany values not only products but also information. This is because valuable information is worth billions of dors. That¡¯s why he worked his hair until it started steaming, and it wasn¡¯t long before he was able to reap the rewards. ¡®¡­Now that I think about it, there was only one person. The only person who has won thousands of gold since climbing to the 10th floor. That¡¯s just one person.¡¯ The only 10th floor climber who can hold arge amount of money, over 3,000 gold, unless he receives support from someone. And the moment the employee¡¯s gazended on Jinhyuk, he knew that his thoughts were right. ¡°I am a ghost.¡± The moment he saw Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes shining through the eye holes in the mask while wearing the goblin mask, he felt fear even though he knew that Jinhyeok was a lower level climber than him. ¡°¡­What do you want to buy?¡± Politeness. He was polite from the beginning, but the politeness shown in front of Jinhyeok now was not the politeness shown in the rtionship between a customer and an employee. The politeness shown by the weak in front of the stronger than themselves. That was the politeness shown by the employee at the third counter of Gold Rich Company. Jinhyuk, whether he knew it or not, said what he wanted to buy while wearing a goblin mask. ¡°I want to meet Goldrich. ¡°I will buy a ticket to meet him.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Upon hearing that, the employee¡¯s face became even paler than when he found out that Jinhyeok¡¯s identity was the ghost that had been causing a stir in the tower these days. Chapter 35 All Master Necromancer Episode 35 Jinhyeok¡¯s request from the teller was a request that made the teller¡¯s body tremble. ¡®¡­Well, was that a bit harsh?¡¯ Topare it to Earth, it would be like asking an employee who works at the front desk of argepany¡¯s lobby to meet thepany¡¯s chairman. Naturally, it was more difficult for the teller than obtaining dragon scales and elyos feathers. It¡¯s only natural that if you make a mistake, your hair could be blown off. ¡°I¡­ I¡¯m sorry to you, but I think that¡¯s going to be a little difficult.¡± Jinhyuk hid his inner feelings and smiled at the sight of the employee showing a very weak appearance, unlike his confident appearance just now. It was natural that the smile felt like a sneer to the employee who was looking at Jinhyuk restlessly. ¡®¡­I¡¯m so embarrassed.¡¯ That didn¡¯t mean he didn¡¯t want to sell the item Jinhyuk had mentioned, or rather, the item he was doubtful about. ¡®But the right to arrange a meeting with Gold Rich! ¡®How on earth do you sell something like that?¡¯ Right to arrange a meeting. It¡¯s not like he¡¯ll let you meet unconditionally, he¡¯s just arranging a meeting, but he, who is only a low-level employee, can¡¯t possibly have that kind of power. The most important thing is that most people know that Gold Rich, the person using the right to arrange a meeting, has been so busy recently that he has not even been able to show himself to the outside world. He is a member of the Gold Rich Company. Therefore, the employee could not sell a ridiculous item called a meeting arrangement ticket. ¡®¡­I don¡¯t sell things that can¡¯t be used.¡¯ 3,000 gold. A ghost who wants to use thatrge sum of money only to meet Gold Rich. Maybe it was because he was scared, but his beliefs as a merchant prevented it. This was because he knew very well that even if he was selling something he didn¡¯t have, the right to arrange a meeting with Gold Rich, he couldn¡¯t use it. ¡®No matter how much the climber in front of you is the greatest rookie among the recent rookies, meeting him is impossible, even if he is as big as Nine Star.¡¯ A 10th floor climber meets someone who can¡¯t even meet the giants who dominate the tower? He knew very well that this would truly change the world. That¡¯s why he spoke confidently, looking at Jinhyuk with a face filled with determination and Jinhyuk wearing a goblin mask. ¡°I can¡¯t sell it.¡± ¡°¡­Didn¡¯t Gold Rich Company say they were selling everything? ¡°I guess that goes against yourpany¡¯s motto?¡± The employee¡¯s face became stiff as he felt the eyes behind the mask turning thin and looking at him. However, he was not such a faithless and umitted merchant that he would go back on what he had said. ¡°It goes against our motto, but we can¡¯t do it for our customers and we can¡¯t do it for thepany.¡± ¡°There are two reasons. ¡°Can you tell me?¡± In response to his confident attitude, Jinhyeokid down on a soft chair and snapped his fingers in a posture that could seem arrogant. Despite the arrogant attitude that seemed to demand an answer, the employee opened his mouth, thinking that it suited him very well. ¡°of course. ¡°When a product cannot be sold, Gold Rich Company must exin the reason.¡± ¡°Good.¡± ¡°I haven¡¯t had anything to say so far, but¡­ I¡¯ll tell you.¡± ¡°try.¡± Hearing Jinhyuk¡¯s attitude of just nodding his head and telling him to exin, he took a deep breath and started exining. ¡°The reason for you is that it is an unusable item. In other words, you¡¯re just throwing away your money.¡± ¡°Why can¡¯t I use it?¡± ¡°Goldrich is busy. I¡¯m so busy that I can¡¯t even express it in words. He has never been seen in public to the point where it is said that it is not even possible to know when hest appeared. So, even if I sell it and Goldrich receives it, he won¡¯t show up.¡± Jinhyeok nodded and listened as the employee spoke in a quiet voice, step by step, saying what was in his head. Jinhyuk, who had been waiting to see him take a sip of water after the exnation, opened his mouth the moment the cup of water was ced on the table. ¡°Yes, I heard the reason for the customer. ¡°Then can I now give you a reason for thepany?¡± Hearing the rather warm voice, the employee internally sighed with relief and began by saying a word of warning. ¡°¡­From now on, this may be ufortable for customers to hear. ¡°I apologize in advance.¡± ¡°I¡¯m fine, so whatever you want.¡± In response to Jinhyuk shrugging his shoulders and replying that it was okay, he nodded slightly and expressed his gratitude, then his dry mouth opened. ¡°It¡¯s too cheap. I think it would be too much of a loss for ourpany to buy the right to arrange a meeting with Gold Rich for at most 3,000 gold. That¡¯s why I can¡¯t sell it. Merchants are inherently sensitive to profits and losses, and their level depends on how much they sell the goods for the right price. As a merchant, I cannot sell valuable items at low prices.¡± Jinhyeok rested his chin and closed his eyes as he calmly told him to bring more money because he was running out of money. When the ck jade-like eyes that were ring at him from behind the goblin mask closed, the employee lowered his head and sighed. Wouldn¡¯t they jump out of their seats and attack the ce at any moment? Jinhyeok was silently lost in thought as he thought about it. How many minutes had passed since then? ¡°Well then, I think I¡¯ve been holding you back for too long¡­ and it looks like we¡¯ve had a backlog of customers, so I¡¯d like to make a suggestion.¡± ¡°What are you proposing¡­?¡± Hearing the words Jinhyeok offered as he opened his mouth, he tried his best to ignore his dry mouth and listened to his words. And his next words were enough to make him turn pale again. ¡°Can I talk to the branch manager here?¡± * * * In conclusion, Jinhyeok¡¯s request to meet with the branch manager was a sess. -¡­It is also true that I no longer have the confidence to deal with you. However, if you are the branch manager, you can contact him right away, so you can go upstairs. Since it was inevitably easier to arrange for apany boss than apany president, the employee chose to pass on his work to his boss. ¡°You are a really bad guy too. Are you asking an employee to meet the chairman instead of the boss? ¡°I wonder if you are in your right mind.¡± ¡°Then is there any way to meet Gold Rich other than this? Please tell me if there is any. ¡°I¡¯ll give it a try.¡± ¡°¡­don¡¯t say anything.¡± Balkan clicked his tongue at Jinhyuk¡¯s trick. This is because I saw an innocent employee being sent off with a smile on his face and a face that made him look 10 years older. But Jinhyuk was confident. ¡®Gold Rich is more wealthy than anyone else in the tower. ¡®If you meet someone like that, you have to be this reckless to meet them.¡¯ It is impossible to meet someone great through ordinary means. It goes without saying that the other person is someone who is sitting at the top of the vast space called the tower and is considered to be an unrivaled person with great wealth. Balkan also clicked his tongue at him, but the fact that he couldn¡¯te up with a method as effective as Jinhyuk¡¯s proved it. ¡°Is this ce?¡± A door that looks expensive even at first nce. Balkan nodded to Jinhyuk¡¯s muttering in front of him. ¡°I guess that¡¯s right. ¡°This looks like the room of the branch manager here.¡± ¡°Then there is nothing more to measure. ¡°Let¡¯s go in.¡± Despite entering the room of the branch manager in charge of a branch, the two people did not seem to have any concerns. It was probably natural for them as they were nning to overthrow the great enemy called the Four Emperors. As the two people opened the door with such vigor, a man in a neat suit came in. ¡°I heard everything from below. ¡°You want to buy a product that has never been seen before?¡± ¡®¡­The branch leader is definitely the branch leader. 90th floor? No, is it the 100th floor?¡¯ Jinhyeok naturally guessed the number of floors he had climbed upon seeing the branch manager exuding strength. From the 90th to the 100th floor. It was clear that he had climbed up the floor by his own strength, not by relying on items or someone else. ¡®At least I¡¯m not a branch manager of amercial association¡­ What¡¯s going on?¡¯ At that level, even if he wasn¡¯t at his level, it was no wonder that he was called a rookie and grew by breaking through theyers. Even though such a person was Gold Rich Company, he was not the type of person to be in the branch located on the 10th floor. Above all, if he had reached the 100th floor and obtained a sub-job, it was obvious that his power would be greater than it seemed. Still, Jinhyeok did not reveal his true feelings to Lee in front of his eyes. ¡°It¡¯s a ghost.¡± ¡°Can I call you Mr. Ghost?¡± I nodded slightly as he asked questions in a gentlemanly manner, and he also introduced himself. ¡°My name is Puppet. Although I am not good enough, I am the branch manager on the 10th floor.¡± Seeing him greeting him while holding his fedora in his hand and cing it on his chest, Jinhyeok nodded slightly and sat down on the chair in front of him. ¡°I¡¯m sure you heard everything I said earlier¡­ what do you think?¡± ¡°It¡¯s the same. ¡°I think everything Halcyon said is correct.¡± Jinhyuk shook his head as Puppet responded with a faint smile, thinking that the employee¡¯s name was Halcyon. ¡°Are you going to sell it or not?¡± However, when we briefly moved on to the question of whether to sell or not, he shook his head with a perplexed look on his face. ¡°Goldrich is busy.¡± ¡°So you¡¯re not saying you¡¯re going to pay money to buy it.¡± ¡°At most 3,000 gold? ¡°There is no one who can meet him even if they pay several times, no, hundreds of times that amount.¡± Jinhyeok frowned at the sight of the puppet drawing a line as if armed with armor called resoluteness, and decided to try his hand at winning. ¡°Then how about this?¡± ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°Preparing a ce to sign sponsorship deals with people who will bring in more money.¡± ¡°¡­You¡¯re arrogant. I know you¡¯ve been making a sshtely, but that¡¯s about it. The tower is high. Many climbers perched inside that tall tower are anxious to sign a sponsorship contract with Goldrich. Do you think he would be interested in a 10th floor rookie like you?¡± Jinhyuk did not give in to the puppet¡¯s ability to stare at him with a sharp gaze and at the same time weigh him down with intangible energy. rather. ¡°Then let¡¯s add one more to this.¡± ¡°¡­What else do you mean to add?¡± Additionally, the stakes were raised. He smiled at the puppet that was looking at him with a slightly shocked face and grabbed the air. ¡°Now¡­ wait!¡± However, Jinhyeok¡¯s smile grew even brighter at the sight of the puppet who couldn¡¯t help but feel embarrassed even though he was only grasping at the air. Wow ¨C the moment when the hand that was holding the air was pulled violently. The puppet¡¯s body swayed with a loud sound. Jinhyuk opened his mouth, giggling as he looked at the staggering puppet. ¡°I put your arrogance of trying to control and control other people¡¯s bodies on the table. ¡°Is this not enough?¡± Jinhyuk, who was chuckling, threw the transparent, no, transparent thread that was in his hand onto the puppet¡¯s desk. ¡°Marite. ¡°It¡¯s your trait, right?¡± ¡°¡­!¡± And upon seeing Jinhyuk talking about his characteristics that he had never told anyone about, the puppet looked at Jinhyuk with a hard face, then sighed and nodded. ¡°Okay, there are conditions.¡± ¡°Well, okay. ¡°I know my stake isn¡¯t enough anyway, so I¡¯ll listen to you, tell me.¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s attitude remained the same even in front of a strong man who climbed 90 floors higher than him. Despite his arrogant appearance that he was standing above him, the puppet could not say anything to him. ¡®¡­I can see the qualities of a supreme king.¡¯ As befits a job that involves frequent encounters with people, Puppet¡¯s eyes for people were urate. And his eyes evaluated the man in his eyes as having the qualities to be a ¡®king.¡¯ Afterpleting the evaluation, he took a deep breath and opened his mouth. ¡°Let¡¯s have apetition in the world of imagination.¡± ¡°Sure.¡± Jinhyeok nodded as soon as he heard the terms of the bet, and Puppet¡¯s face turned into astonishment. It was the moment when the bet between the two was established. Chapter 36 All Master Necromancer Episode 36 ¡®¡­How on earth does a 10th floor climber know about the world of imagery?¡¯ Even though he had prepared to exin the rules of the bet, the puppet was left speechless by the sight of Jinhyeok nodding his head as if he knew of course. It was surprising to him that he only knew about his own trait, Marite, but now he couldn¡¯t believe that he knew about the 100th floor, and the world of images that he had only recently known about, even his rted ability, Puppet. However, even after seeing Jinhyuk¡¯s confident appearance, not many people would believe that he was bluffing. ¡®That¡¯s definitely the look of someone who really knows. There¡¯s no way it¡¯s a lie.¡¯ And as he thought, Jinhyeok knew about the battle in the mental world. No, Jinhyuk had so much knowledge about him that it could be said that he knew him well. ¡®You can think of it as a battle over your status itself. Without causing any damage to reality.¡¯ The more you climb the tower, the more your status as a climber increases, and armed conflict does not always ur. What often appeared in that process was a battle in the world of images. ¡®You fight in the world of images bybining the level of your soul and mental power. And the simple rule of taking what you bet on as a result of winning or losing. I did it a lot in the past.¡¯ Balkan also nodded at the sight of Jinhyeok smiling while recalling dim memories of the past. ¡®This body also won almost all of its battles in the world of images. A spirit master cannot be defeated when discussing the status of the soul! ¡®You are my disciple after all!¡¯ ¡®¡­almost? Did you say almost now?¡¯ ¡®¡­What¡¯s the problem again?¡¯ ¡®I¡¯m undefeated, but it looks like there was a loss, Balkan.¡¯ Vulcan, who had been caught in the pod, made excuses while breaking into a cold sweat. ¡®I once had a battle in the virtual world with the Four Emperors. Moreover, I wasn¡¯t even a fully matured spirit master at that time! ¡®Isn¡¯t this enough to be acknowledged?¡¯ ¡®Hmm, well. ¡®I understand for now.¡¯ ¡®Damn, you¡¯re always like that. It has been done. I¡¯ll stand by your side and watch how well you fight.¡¯ ¡®You can look at it as much as you want, but what if you end up feeling ashamed and dying? Oh, is he already dead?¡¯ ¡®¡­Damn you.¡¯ Balkan gritted his teeth and cursed at Jinhyuk, who slyly shrugged his shoulders and made fun of him. ¡®Defeat, lose, I hope you lose and get ripped off!¡¯ ¡®¡­Tsk.¡¯ Jinhyeok, trying to ignore the Vulcan curse, pounded on the desk of Puppet, who was looking at him with a surprised face. The desk rang, and the puppet, which had a nk face with its hand on the desk, looked at Jinhyuk with a surprised face. ¡°Now that we have the rules, why don¡¯t we start by talking about what to bet on?¡± ¡°¡­You really knew.¡± ¡°Because to me, what I don¡¯t know is weirder. ¡°First of all, I want you to let Goldrich know that you want to meet him.¡± ¡°Then, if I lose, I hope you will step down. Of course, I have been rude to you, and I hope that you will continue to patronize Gold Rich Company in the future, so I will give you 30,000 gold, which is 10 times the 3,000 gold you paid for the transaction.¡± ¡°Are you already thinking about my defeat?¡± ¡°¡­I guess I can¡¯t deny it. However, as you know, fights in the world of images are one-dimensional, unlike fights in reality.¡± ¡°know.¡± ¡°¡­But I still don¡¯t understand why you¡¯re trying to win a match where you¡¯re sure to lose.¡± Jinhyuk snorted, looking at the puppet that was fiddling with his chin as if he genuinely didn¡¯t know. ¡°Because I bet on this.¡± ¡°¡­Huh, fine then. ¡°Can we start the battle right away?¡± ¡°I guess there¡¯s no need to prepare?¡± ¡°Sure. ¡°If you¡¯re ready, let¡¯s get started.¡± With his legs crossed and a proud attitude, the puppet shook his head as if he had lost and held out his hand. ¡°Let¡¯s catch it.¡± ¡°¡­I always feel this way, but I like this beginning process. Men and women have to hold each other¡¯s hands. ¡°And that too.¡± ¡°¡­There¡¯s nothing we can do, right? This is the only way to connect the world of images. ¡°I¡¯m not very good either.¡± The eyes of the two people who were trembling andpeting slowly sink, and only emptiness fills their eyes. The mental worlds of the two people merged. * * * ¡°Wee.¡± ¡°It¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve been here.¡± ¡°¡­Didn¡¯t you say you were a 10th floor climber?¡± ¡°Well, put that aside. Can we fight right away?¡± A space of nothingness where nothing exists. Or, in the white space, the puppet tilted its head at Jinhyuk¡¯s unknown words. This is because the world of imagery cannot be ¡®a long timeing¡¯ for a climber who has just climbed to the 10th floor. ¡®I thought it might be possible to know the information¡­ but it¡¯s been a while¡­ something is definitely strange. But that doesn¡¯t change anything.¡¯ Although Puppet could not hide his surprise at that fact, he was confident. In any case, the fact that Jinhyuk was a 10th floor climber did not change, and in an imaginary world where only ¡®strength¡¯ and ¡®mental strength¡¯ werebat power, the gap between a 100th floor climber and a 10th floor climber was enormous. in other words. ¡®It¡¯s an easy win.¡¯ It¡¯s not that strange to guarantee one¡¯splete victory. In reality, Puppet was confident of his victory. Of course, I didn¡¯t make the mistake of revealing it outwardly. ¡®He will be a great customer of Gold Rich Company in the future. There¡¯s no need to upset me now.¡¯ A young tiger will grow up big someday, and if there is any lingering resentment left over from the adult tiger, that in itself will cause damage to the business. For him, who had the title of branch manager of Gold Rich Company before the title of climber of the 100th floor, that was something he hated. He had the intention of winning victory from Jinhyeok, but not leaving behind any traces. ¡®Quality customers will one day be essential in the journey to bing a target customer. It would be right to prepare step by step from now on.¡¯ He had an idea to one day break away from Goldrich Trading Company and open his own tradingpany. Goldrich also knew this, and even agreed to support him in the future. Even so, it was absolutely necessary for him to establish a good rtionship with the water owner named Jinhyeok for his future. ¡°Let¡¯s start thinking about this, right?¡± When Jinhyuk frowned at the sight of the puppet lost in its own world without responding to what he said, he finally came to his senses and took a stance. ¡°I have no ill feelings toward you. So don¡¯t worry too much about winning or losing. ¡°You will rise to even higher heights.¡± ¡°Do you think that will create more ill feelings? ¡°Isn¡¯t it so cheesy to talk as if you¡¯ve already won?¡± Puppet smiled softly and spread his hands as he spoke as if he didn¡¯t like the idea of being defeated unconditionally. Kugugugu- At the same time, the world of nothing and white shook. I felt a vibration like an earthquake and my face frowned. Change hase to the world. ¡°Let me show you. This is why I am confident of victory.¡± ¡°¡­Huh, what is that again?¡± Perfect! Crack! Perfect! Move your chin up and down and click! The streets are an army of dolls. When an enemy of a type he had never seen before appeared, Jinhyuk looked at them with uncharacteristic confusion. Seeing Jinhyeok silently looking at his troops, Puppet smiled softly and began to exin with his arms spread out. ¡°Puppet Army! ¡°In the original world, it cannot be handled due to mana limitations, but it is my own army that is perfectly realized in the world of my imagination!¡± The sight of the army of dolls filling the world of nothingness and whiteness was quite majestic. Above all, there was something else that surprised me. ¡®Each one of them can contain mana.¡¯ Contains mana. The so-called state of loyalty. What it meant was simple. ¡®I can cure soul sickness.¡¯ The soul soldiers and demon soul soldiers are the main forces of Jinhyeok¡¯s army. It meant that they could die at the hands of that puppet army. ¡®You are arrogant.¡¯ At least in the world of imagery, the puppet¡¯s level has surpassed that of a 100-story climber. Thanks to his characteristics as a marite, he has a strong ability to manipte and dominate others, and his mental power and status are also formidable. His army was so frighteningly perfect that even Jinhyeok admitted it was arrogant. Dolls simr in size to humans. Each of them can handle mana, and like a doll, they even have a strong body that is different from that of a human. ¡®At that level, it¡¯s possible to reach the 150th floor in a one-on-one fight¡­ No, if you¡¯re a melee type climber, you might be able to reach the 200th floor.¡¯ Countless legions of dolls. Before they can prate them, the mental power of the melee climber will be depleted first. However, he was no different from being a wizard-type climber. ¡®To break through those guys, chanting a fewrge-scale spells isn¡¯t enough. As of now, I can barely break through their first line.¡¯ 1st base. At most, it was the first team. An army numbering over thousands, consisting of dozens of camps. It was impossible for a 10th floor climber to break through them. but. ¡®¡­To put it another way, it is at most the 200th floor.¡¯ Even though all Jinhyuk knew about puppets was that they had marite characteristics and that they would have strong mental powers, the reason why he willingly epted the battle in the world of images was simple. ¡°Are you scared? You might. My puppet Armi has a record of winning a mental battle against a climber on the 180th floor¡­¡± ¡°Fear? I think I¡¯m misunderstanding something. I was bored by the 200th floor, so I didn¡¯t even drag it into the virtual world battle. Do you know why?¡± ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°Because I¡¯m weak. They know that even if they attack me in droves, they won¡¯t do anything to me. There was no need to drag it into a battle in the world of images. because? ¡°If I bring out my army, I will take care of it!¡± thud-! Jinhyuk shed his two ck eyes at the puppet, who was tilting his head and showing his curiosity. It was like a ghost fire, and the Puppet was surrounded by its own forces and felt afraid even though it was the safest ce in the world. Jureuk- ¡®¡­Fear? In the battle of the world of images, I am afraid? Am I the one who has never been defeated in the world of imagination?¡¯ Fear of death. A ce where you don¡¯t die. Even though it was a battle in the virtual world, the puppet felt unbearable fear and horror. It also refers to the fear and fear of death. And soon he was able to see the reality of his fear and horror with his own eyes. ¡°Wizards who defied death and rose, wake up.¡± Gradually ¨C ¨C Bow to the King of Death. The border of nothingness split and dozens of skeletons appeared within it. As soon as they appeared, they bowed their heads in front of Jinhyeok. ¡°¡­rich!¡± The identity of the skeletons was none other than a lich. ¡®¡­Dozens of lichs, each one of them boss level, on the 100th floor or higher? Does this really make sense?¡¯ But the puppet¡¯s surprise didn¡¯t end there. Jinhyuk¡¯s words did not end, but they were just the beginning. ¡°Knights of death who cut down even death, appear before me.¡± -Loyalty to the King of Death. Death knights dressed in jet-ck armor are once again in a divided border. The Death Knights revealed themselves and at the same time knelt in front of Jinhyeok with perfect posture. Puppet felt like he was going out of his mind at the sight of the Death Knights showing perfect obedience. ¡®Death¡­ The Death Knight is a monster that is no less than a boss on the 200th floor¡­ Monster¡­¡¯ Following the Lich, even the Death Knight. None of them were high-ranking undead, and there was something else that surprised him more than anything else. ¡®¡­They are not fake or anything. The power that was dormant within the ghost¡¯s soul emerged within the world of images.¡¯ It was true that they were not fake, but were truly Jinhyeok¡¯s power. These are not just creatures created from imagination, but are real and can actually exist. This means that if Jinhyuk has enough power and mana, there are beings in front of him who can appear in reality at any time. Trembling ¨C When you can¡¯t control your body that is shaking violently without realizing it and you are barely able to calm it down. ¡°Army of death, wake up.¡± Crumbling ¨C Hundreds, if not thousands, of undead surged in like waves from the cracked border, apanied by a vibration that was iparable to anything seen before. Puppet felt like he was going to faint at the sight of them joining forces and quickly bing one corps. And that¡¯s when the highlight of the performance emerged. ¡°¡­Souls who could not leave this world, please appear here again.¡± -Death to the living! -I will give you death! A huge amount of soul bottlesparable to the undead. Their souls, who would have easily climbed the 100th to 200th floor while alive, became soul soldiers and became Jinhyeok¡¯s faithful soldiers. As soul soldiers, their power seemed to pierce the tower. ¡°¡­not this. ¡°This is not a power that a mere 10th floor climber can possess!¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes burned fiercely as he heard the cries of the puppet that had entered the stage of denial among the five stages(?) of death. ¡°Destroy it.¡± As soon as those words were finished, the battle between Jinhyuk and Puppet began. of course. ¡°Ah¡­ahhh!!!¡± It was a game no different from one that ended as soon as it began. While listening to the puppet¡¯s screaming voice, Jinhyuk looked at Vulcan, who was looking at him, and asked. ¡°how is it?¡± ¡°¡­You crazy bastard.¡± ¡°That¡¯s the bestpliment.¡± Jinhyeok watched the battlefield after giving a scolding blow to Vulkan, who was praising him as a crazy bastard with a nk face. It was to enjoy the sight of his army for the first time in a long time. Chapter 37 All Master Necromancer Episode 37 : The fight between insects and beasts. Insects are poisonous insects that bite wild animals when gathered inrge numbers and can even kill wild animals. On the contrary, a wild animal can crush such poisonous insects with a light kick. No one can predict what the battle between the two will be like. Quantity and quality. It was clear that those two fights would be so exciting that I couldn¡¯t wait to see who would win. but. ¡®¡­This isn¡¯t a battle between quantity and quality or anything. It¡¯s just a vition.¡¯ If the quality and quantity of one side were overwhelming, it could no longer be called a ¡®battle¡¯. Puppet realized it rather than knew it. Kwasik- Kwasik-! -The sight of an army of dolls being smashed to pieces and scattered throughout the void of space, leaving behind only the muttering sounds of the owner¡­ the enemy¡­. It was not a battle, but a one-sided devastation and massacre. Jiing- Of course, the doll army did not suffer just as well. Mana Sword. Using their power to split even stones like tofu, they rushed towards the army of death, holding blue shining weapons. and. Puseok- -¡­? They died without even realizing that they were dying. Their stronger bodies than humans were not their only advantage. Above all, the bodies of the undead were stronger than theirs. Perhaps it was natural. The undead they were dealing with now were not themon undead that were spread all over the world, but the undead controlled by the strongest necromancer in the tower, which was called the ¡®Death Star¡¯ and was driving death. Crunch-clud-kwajijig- The hard body like steel breaking, bending, and shattering was like an unstoppable disaster. The blue light emanating from the body, which had absorbed mana to its limit, clearly showed its greatness. In addition, in the case of the undead that absorbed Jinhyeok¡¯s spiritual power, purple spiritual power spewed out. They were all undead who showed monstrous aspects, but the important thing was that they were not the main force. -We are at the forefront. -Follow me, undead! -For the monarch! At the shouts of the spirit soldiers at the forefront, the disordered formation was instantly restored during the battle, and the undead rushed the doll army like a rising tide. not only. -Hellfire. A single magic created by thebined efforts of dozens of lichs fell from the sky and struck the center of the puppet army. It was none other than the Death Knights who shone brightly amid the sudden attack and the puppet army¡¯s confusion. Squeak- Squeak- Squeak- Hee hee hee! Dozens of Death Knights riding on top of a skeletal horse with only bones remaining. They fiercely tightened their grip on the horse¡¯s reins and dug into the gap between the scurrying puppet army. From then on it was a massacre. In front of the Death de filled with the energy of death, the solid bodies of the puppet army were nothing more than a piece of paper. Swing once and your arm flies off, swing twice and your body splits in half. Puppet just watched in a daze as the strongest army he boasted about was trampled and crushed by the boots of a stronger army. * * * ¡°That¡¯s crazy.¡± Jinhyeok shook his head at the sight of the puppet kneeling and looking at the battlefield with a scolded face. This was because it felt trivial because it was no different from whether the winner or loser had already been decided. At that moment, Vulcan, who had been quietly watching the battle, opened his mouth. ¡°Why on earth did you hit me in the back with all that power? ¡°Are the people you¡¯re trying to take revenge on really that strong?¡± There was a question about Jinhyeok¡¯s death. The protagonists of the battle currently taking ce in the world of images were no different from those who had been under Jinhyeok¡¯s control in the past before he was betrayed. Although they are not the originals, they certainly existed in reality and were the limbs that moved ording to Jinhyeok¡¯s orders. Rather, those here were weaker than the original ones. Currently, Jinhyuk was only a 10th floor climber to perfectly embody them with just his mental power and the power contained in his soul. This is also an achievement achieved through considerable effort. That¡¯s why Balkan thought. ¡®If the people this guy is trying to get revenge on are stronger than all of them, it will take a little longer to get revenge.¡¯ If the targets of Jinhyeok¡¯s revenge, called Nine Stars, are enough to deal with that army and even kill Jinhyeok, it will take quite a long time for Jinhyeok¡¯s desired revenge to seed. But Jinhyuk wrinkled his face and shook his head violently. When Vulcan tilts his head as if he doesn¡¯t like the idea of Vulcan. Jinhyuk told the story behind his betrayal. ¡°600th floor. You don¡¯t know either. ¡°What a shitty ce it is.¡± ¡°¡­Ah, that exins it. Certainly, that army would not be fully operational there. understood.¡± ¡°¡­Damn, if it weren¡¯t for that special situation, those bastards couldn¡¯t have done anything to me. ¡°I¡¯m sure they took at least a few people.¡± Thinking back to that time, Balkan shook his head as he looked at Jinhyeok, who was rolling to his feet and spitting out his anger as if he was annoyed. ¡®It¡¯s the 600th floor¡­ Then it¡¯s worth getting so angry. It¡¯s like he was attacked without even being able to use his original strength¡­¡¯ 600th floor. The tower consists of a total of 999 floors, and each 100 floors have a ¡®trial¡¯ with a different level of difficulty than the regr floors. And among them, in the case of the trials on the 300th, 600th, and 900th floors, even more difficult trials lurked. ¡®Trials of the flesh, trials of the energy, trials of the spirit.¡¯ Flesh, energy, spirit. Ordeals that result in intensive denial of what one has honed while climbing each tower. Among them, the 600th floor trial, the Trial of Ki, was an ordeal in which the energy equivalent to one¡¯s mana was reduced by nearly one-tenth. ¡®In that state, we have to deal with enemies much stronger than those on the 600th floor, so it is an even more difficult ce for jobs like ours that have to deal with a lot of energy.¡¯ Every time you use corpses, mana is used, and if you deal with soul bottles in addition, the mana consumed is enormous. No matter how Jinhyeok reached the peak as a necromancer and had an unrivaled body called mana, nothing changed. In any case, in a situation where the total amount was only a small amount, the speed of mana recovery was not a significant advantage. The ordeal on the 600th floor is like hell for professions such as wizards, necromancers, and spirit masters. Balkan, who knew this better than anyone else, could not say anything and could onlyugh bitterly. ¡°Thanks to you, you must have enjoyed it on the 300th floor, right?¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s it. ¡°This is it.¡± The ordeal of the tower is fair. The physical ordeal is the stage before the physical ordeal. On the contrary, it was like hard work for warrior-type upations. Likewise, with his stats such as strength and agility drastically reduced, he had to get a passing score against the warriors under the control of Emperor Wu Tess, the owner of the 300th floor. in other words. ¡°We would have easily won there with the undead and spirit soldiers. ¡°Isn¡¯t that right?¡± ¡°¡­So, Emperor Wu got scolded a lot by that guy? ¡°I eat it raw.¡± Jinhyuk, a necromancer and spirit master, just uses his summons to deal with him. Thanks to this, Jinhyeok was able to get rid of all the insults he received from Emperor Tess, the owner of the 300th floor. It was also because of my friend Choi Kyung-hoon. ¡®That kid passed the test so perfectly that it caught Tess¡¯s eye, but the guy called my friend must have been annoyed because he passed the test with a flutter.¡¯ Unlike Choi Gyeong-hoon, who took the test with a near-perfect warrior attitude and satisfied Tess¡¯s heart, Jinhyeok¡¯s attitude was an apostle among apostles. In the end, Tess clicked her tongue and criticized Jinhyuk at that fact, and Jinhyuk could not say anything to Tess, the owner of the 300th floor in the tower where power was everything. I just humbly listen to the curses with one ear and let them go with the other. ¡°He hasn¡¯t changed. ¡°It¡¯s strange that a divine being can change after just a few hundred years.¡± Jinhyeok, who was shaking his head as he looked at Balkan, who had a wistful expression immersed in memories while recalling what happened on the 300th floor, stood up. ¡°It¡¯s over. let¡¯s go.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s fast.¡± Balkan sighed as he was dragged away without any time to fall into memories for the first time in a long time, but before he knew it, his body was following Jinhyeok¡¯s footsteps. Now it seemed like he had even remembered his body. * * * ¡°¡­I lost.¡± On top of thepletely destroyed corpses of the puppet army, the puppet kneeled in a 180-degree contrast to its initial proud appearance. However, it did not look servile. Just humbly ept your defeat. ¡®It¡¯s aplete defeat. At best, they would be defeated by a 10th floor climber¡­ But the army just now was clearly at the level of a 10th floor climber, so it was an impossible task. What on earth is going on?¡­¡¯ Of course, epting defeat means epting it, and as he reyed the battle from before, he couldn¡¯t hide his wonder. Although he was a 10-story climber, his mental strength was no different from that of a climber who had climbed hundreds of floors, so it was natural for him to be puzzled. Well, it was far from possible for him to find out. ¡®The solid bodies of the doll army were simr to or simr to those of the undead. The magic resistance of the doll army was not enough to block the magic of the lichs, and the body, which was equal to that of the undead, was split in half with a single sh of the Death Knight. Huh, there¡¯s a long way to go.¡¯ He raised his head and looked at Jinhyeok, recalling again the scenes he had seen in the battle just before, as if he would not forget them. ¡°Let¡¯s go out.¡± ¡°Sure.¡± As soon as they finished speaking, the two people closed their eyes, and the mental world of the two people, who had be one, was divided into two again. * * * ¡°¡­I don¡¯t feel good either.¡± ¡°There is a great sense of disappointment.¡± The splitting of the once one imaginary world into two brought about an extreme sense of helplessness and despondency. However, if I continued to merge the worlds of images, one of them could be swallowed and turned into an idiot, so I couldn¡¯t continue. Puppet opened his mouth, thinking that if that were the case, he would have been the one to be an idiot. ¡°Then, as promised, I will pass on the message to Goldrich. He says the ghost wants to meet you. But if He refuses, I can no longer help.¡± After clearly admitting defeat, he immediately said the most he could, and Jinhyuk nodded. No matter how talented Puppet was, he was just an employee to Goldrich. Even if it was brought by Goldrich himself, it would be no different. And Jinhyuk wasn¡¯t particrly worried. ¡°Pass this along as well.¡± ¡°¡­This?¡± ¡°You wouldn¡¯t know it if you saw it? A note. And I guarantee you, you¡¯d better not see that. ¡°If you do it wrong, you could die.¡± ¡°¡­I will never see it. So, can I just tell you this? If it has been magically processed, we cannot deliver it to you. ¡°It¡¯s because of issues like explosives and curses.¡± At the advice(?) that he might die, the puppet nodded with a stiff face. This was because Jinhyuk had no reason to lie to him, and he was not unreasonable enough to look into items to be sent to the master he served. Puppet left the room, leaving behind Jinhyuk, who asked why he was asking the obvious when Puppet asked if there was any magical treatment. ¡°Then please wait a moment.¡± After speaking, the puppet disappeared and the room fell into silence. Not long after waiting for Puppet in the quiet room, eating tea and snacks prepared for guests, Jinhyeok grinned when he felt the noise outside. ¡°¡­What on earth did you write and send?¡± ¡°You won¡¯t be able to get rid of him unless hees here?¡± The sight of Balkan calmly putting snacks into his mouth in a situation where the bustle spread throughout the room made him cry. How long has it been since there was such a fuss? Suddenly, the closed door opened and Jinhyuk was able to see the face of his friend whom he had not seen in a long time. ¡°Who are you. Who is it that knows that? Answer well. ¡°If it¡¯s not the answer I want, you won¡¯t be able to return home alive.¡± Of course, the friend was not very happy with Jinhyuk. Guards fill the room, and at the head of them is a man with blond hair and golden eyes, wearing a neat suit. Jinhyeok looked at Goldrich, who was making threateningments with a face that was stiff with surprise, and said with a soft smile behind his mask. ¡°It¡¯s been a while, Goldrich.¡± Jinhyeok was the one who greeted him first, regardless of whether he was spitting out threats towards him or not. ¡°Get him. Don¡¯t kill him, but you can break a few limbs.¡± Goldrich responded (physically) to the greetings of his long-time friend and major shareholder. At themand of their indifferent employer, the guards who filled the room rushed towards Jinhyeok like beams of light. As Goldrich said, Jinhyuk responded by smiling brighter than anyone else as he looked at them rushing towards them with the momentum to destroy something. Fuwaaaaak! And the puppet¡¯s room was covered with demonic energy. ¡°If you don¡¯t know who I am, you should find out, buddy.¡± Goldrich gritted his teeth and responded to Jinhyeok¡¯s words, smiling harshly behind the mask. ¡°However much.¡± At the same time, a wave of gold coins, boasting a brilliant golden light, crashed towards Jinhyeok like a wave, as if opposing the demonic energy that covered the room. They say friends look alike, but they were two people who did exactly the same things as each other. Chapter 38 All Master Necromancer Episode 38 ¡®I don¡¯t know if the author knows that secret.¡¯ Goldrich thought as he red at Jinhyeok with a cold gaze. He never imagined that he would hear a story from a climber on the 10th floor that no one knew, at least no one except the transcendent beings of God and the Devil. ¡®Where on earth did you get the information that I am the owner of the auction house? Tsk, my headache is killing me.¡¯ Auction house. A top-of-the-line system used by all climbers. A ce where all items are posted and auctioned in real time, or where items are purchased or sold at an immediate winning bid. Naturally, there was no way Goldrich could have made something like that alone. ¡®Ten years ago. A crystal created by offering enormous amounts of wealth to gods and demons, and pounding all the merits earned by climbing towers and living as a merchant. But I didn¡¯t reveal to anyone that the owner was me.¡¯ God and devil. Transcendent beings who watch climbers climbing the tower and put them to the test. He made deals with them, and created an auction house by using up the public values he had earned through his achievements as an excellent climber. Gold Rich¡¯s achievement in creating an auction house used by all climbers to climb the tower was enormous, and although he achieved an achievement that allowed him to easily recover the public value he had invested, it is natural that he never made this fact known to the outside world. Day. ¡®Damn, the Four Emperors must have an appetite¡­¡¯ The Four Emperors. Anyone who climbs the tower cannot be unaware of the ruling ss of the tower. If it benefits them, they will try to take it regardless of whether it is a person or an object. They had kept it aplete secret until now, so they didn¡¯t know that the owner of the auction house was Goldrich, but not anymore. ¡®The person who knows about the auction house other than me is dead. If the source of that information is the Four Hwang n, and the climber named Gwimyeon is actually a climber created by the Four Hwang n¡­ In fact, killing the author here will not change anything.¡¯ Goldrich sighed as he looked at Jinhyeok, who was still weak and the amount was small, but was clearly manipting demonic energy and filling the room with demonic energy. He consoled himself by saying that he had kept the secret for over ten years, but eventually spread his hands outward and said, ¡°But if we kill you here, we can shorten the time it takes for it to spread to the Four Emperors.¡± As he spoke, his outstretched hand began to swim in the air. With his appearance as if he were a maestro, the waves of gold coins rushing towards Jinhyeok moved ording to hismand. The waves of gold coins that seemed to be alive soon pressed down hard on Jinhyeok. * * * [This is a good that cannot be acquired.] [This is a good that is already owned.] [This cannot be acquired¡­] ¡°¡­I am dizzy and dying.¡± Jinhyuk frowned at the message window that appeared every time he touched the gold coin. A wave of gold coins crashing towards you. They were all just gold coins held by Gold Rich released into the real world. However, thanks to the physical power and mana contained in the gold coins directly controlled by Gold Rich, they could never be considered ordinary gold coins. In addition, there was even a visual attack like the message window that appeared right now, so Jinhyuk was so annoyed that he felt like he was going to explode. Balkan asked Jinhyeok while he was fighting with all his might against the person who would be on the same boat from now on. ¡°Why don¡¯t you just reveal your identity?¡± ¡°Where everyone else is? If it spreads, it will kill you. know? ¡°Who are the people I¡¯m targeting?¡± ¡°¡­Well, I guess that¡¯s it.¡± The opponents Jinhyeok is currently targeting are Nine Stars and the Four Emperors. It goes without saying, but if they find out that Jinhyeok, whom they killed, is alive, they might cause some kind of interference. ¡®In the worst case, they move it themselves.¡¯ This was the part I was most worried about. The perpetrators move directly. All climbers who exceeded at least the 600th floor would have be monster-like beings. It was clear that someone like Jinhyeok could easily be crushed to death even with the top penalty. Jinhyuk knew this better than anyone else, so he bit the inside of his mouth slightly. ¡®Goldrich, that guy is also a formidable climber¡­ Even though he has retired from active duty, he is a climber of at least the 300th floor. ¡®You can never take it lightly.¡¯ Gold Rich. Although he was known to others as a merchant with ordinary goods, Jinhyeok knew well that that was not all that Gold Rich was about. A climber who has surpassed the 300th floor. This was the level Gold Rich reached before creating an auction house 10 years ago. Considering that most climbers are blocked by the ordeal of the 300th floor, it would be difficult to view Goldrich as an ordinary merchant. It was the same even after he stopped climbing the tower and took the merchant¡¯s path. ¡®That¡¯s annoying . There weren¡¯t that many before.¡¯ Waves of gold coins keep targeting you. That was an ability I had seen several times before. The only difference is that the amount of gold coins differed from then on. ¡®If 10 years ago it was a wave, now¡­ is it a tsunami?¡¯ Jinhyeok waved his hand, frowning at the pain he felt every time the gold flower struck his entire body. Puhwaaak ¨C The moment when the demonic energy that escaped from the body surrounds Jinhyeok¡¯s body, and soon even the demonic energy that filled the room surrounds Jinhyeok¡¯s body. Kiiing- ¡°¡­let¡¯s get the other things sorted out first and then talk again.¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s demonic energy no longer existed as energy. Barding (ħâ›). Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes sparkled as he felt the fullness of his barding, which had be a piece of armor. At the same time, the guards felt as if ck naturalization was flickering from the gaping eyelids of the goblin mask, and at the same time, Jinhyeok¡¯s new form rushed towards them. * * * Kwasik ¨C The face of one of the rushing guards is smashed and he falls to the floor. ¡°Aaaah!¡± Despite the sight of his fallen colleague, the other guards did not give in and rushed at Jinhyeok. Jinhyuk¡¯s floor number is 10. The number of floors they had was more than double that number, so it was only natural. Because no climber is scared by climbers on floors lower than themselves. but. Cluck- ¡°Go, Goldrich!¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, I guess I would have been better off alone.¡± measures. The Puppet¡¯s room could not be said to be that small, but with about a dozen guards, Jinhyeok, and Goldrich entering, there was no way they could fight properly in a room that felt small. However, Jinhyuk, on the other hand, easily avoided the attack. The disadvantage of being in a narrow room was an advantage to Jinhyuk. ¡°¡­Oof!¡± ¡°Damn it, everyone get out of the way! ¡°I will catch him alone.¡± ¡°¡­But Goldrich is in danger¡­!¡± ¡°I¡¯m saying this because I think it would be more dangerous to be with you guys. Everyone step back. Or go out.¡± Thanks to this, when the number of guards, which had been about a dozen, was reduced by half, Goldrich took special measures. The guards followed to protect themselves. It was to push them all back. In fact, it was right for Goldrich to do this. ¡®Anyway, guards are only climbers of the 20th to 30th floor. ¡®I¡¯m stronger alone.¡¯ He originally came down after biting off all the guards guarding him. There was a penalty from the tower, and more than anything, it was so urgent that they couldn¡¯t be summoned. Of course, if he had known that the person who called him was rted to the Four Emperors, he would have dragged them all in, but it was already toote. Ta-da-da-da- The task of the guards was determined in ordance with the orders of themanding authority. One by one, they began to slowly retreat behind Gold Rich, wary of Jinhyeok. Jinhyuk frowned as he watched the room slowly getting bigger. ¡®This isn¡¯t good.¡¯ The reason Jinhyuk was able to fight with a certain degree of advantage over Goldrich and the guards was not just because Jinhyuk was superior. The size of the room, the fact that Gold Rich¡¯s ability is arge-scale ability, the fact that the guards were used as shields, etc. It was the result of abination of various conditions. However, the two conditions ¨C the size of the room and the guards ¨C had disappeared, so the situation was no different from the one that got worse. Moreover, Jinhyeok gritted his teeth as he saw even thest remaining condition disappearing. Jeokjeok- The waves of gold stopped crashing and slowly began to return to their owner. And just like Jinhyuk, the gold coins stuck to Goldrich¡¯s body and slowly became one. Some time passed and there was Gold Rich, dressed in shining golden armor. ¡°¡­Are you serious about it? ¡°If you use that, it will be difficult to retrieve it.¡± ¡°Does not matter. Because this is cheaper than other methods. And I have no intention of fighting until my armor is broken.¡± Jinhyeok, who knew what other methods Goldrich was referring to, sighed in relief. ¡®It looks like they aren¡¯t even using their gold power. Actually, even just gold armor would be enough to crush a 10th floor climber.¡¯ Gold power. Gold Rich¡¯s ability, literally called the power of money. It was a bizarre ability that consumed one¡¯s gold to temporarily increase the stat corresponding to the amount consumed or to exert the corresponding power. His financial power was so powerful that it felt like an ability only for Gold Rich. If Gold Rich had used his financial power, Jinhyeok would have had to focus on surviving, let alone fighting. However, Gold Rich did not use gold power. They only used gold armor that was made by gathering gold together. That felt good to Jinhyuk. ¡®At least I can show you who I am without having to tell you.¡¯ If he had used his money, he would have been so busy defending himself that he wouldn¡¯t have been able to show who he was, but since the situation was designed for Jinhyeok, he no longer had to worry about that. ¡°Take a good look. If you don¡¯t know who I am after seeing this, you should go out of business. If your eye for seeing people is that poor, you will fail as a merchant. is not it?¡± ¡°¡­You will have to tell me everything about the source of the information you spit out. ¡°It¡¯s all about who¡¯s behind you.¡± ¡°Let me tell you in advance, there is no one behind me. ¡°It¡¯s just me.¡± ¡°¡­Are you telling me to believe that now? At most, an ordinary climber can crush the guards on the 2nd to 30th floors, possess information that no one knows, and go through 3 monster waves while arriving at the 10th floor, so he defeats them all and shatters the record set by the Four Emperors. I entered the 10th floor. Now, after all this, do you really want me to believe that you are alone?¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s definitely not a joke since it¡¯s stretched out like that.¡± Jinhyeok couldn¡¯t help but feel quite shaken as he heard about what he had done through other people¡¯s mouths. Even though it was something he had done, when I heard it, I couldn¡¯t help but think, ¡®How did I do that?¡¯ ¡°So you didn¡¯t tell me, you monster?¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s face fell as he heard Vulkan¡¯sment, who had been quietly listening to Goldrich¡¯s words. ¡°Be quiet, Vulcan.¡± ¡°Tsk, he¡¯s such a tight-lipped guy that he can¡¯t ept even if I tell him the truth.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s been a while since it¡¯s time to eat soul dan.¡± ¡°Damn you.¡± ¡°Have I finally gone crazy? When you are in front of a person and suddenly speak into the air¡­ ¡°You¡¯re talking into the air?¡± The sight of Jinhyeok talking to Vulcan in front of him came across to Goldrich like a crazy person. However, he realized something and concentrated his mana into his golden eyes. Kiiing ¨C He could feel the burning heat in his eyes, but he didn¡¯t care. If you wanted to see something that you couldn¡¯t normally see, that kind of pain wasn¡¯t a big deal. And in the following scene, Gold Rich looked at Jinhyuk, or more urately, the two people including Balkan, with a nk face and muttered. ¡°¡­soul? Soul disease? Could it be you¡­?¡± ¡°Third Spirit Master. And the connection to the second generation is quite deep.¡± Jinhyeok, who shrugged his shoulders and confirmed Goldrich¡¯s doubts, clicked his tongue. ¡°If it¡¯s going to be like this, I¡¯veid the groundwork for no reason.¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s original n was in vain as his golden eyes saw through the Balkans, which were not even visible. Of course, Jinhyuk gave the clue, but Jinhyuk didn¡¯t care. Chuck ¨C Jinhyuk opened his mouth while looking at Gold Rich with his arms wide open. ¡°Are you going to continue like this? ¡°I¡¯m sure you knew that I wasn¡¯t your enemy, right?¡± ¡°¡­Fuck it, sit down. ¡°Let¡¯s talk first.¡± ¡°It¡¯s good to talk.¡± Goldrich¡¯s decision to respond to Jinhyuk¡¯s calm attitude was ultimately conversation. In response to Goldrich¡¯s choice of conversation, Jinhyuk ced his butt on the broken sofa. Goldrich, who was looking at Jinhyuk in afortable position as if he were in his own home with a puzzled expression, red at Jinhyuk and said. ¡°Let¡¯s each say what we want one by one.¡± ¡°good. ¡°What do you want?¡± ¡°Your identity. And the information you have.¡± ¡°Good, I hope you will fully support me in the future.¡± ¡°¡­I think it¡¯s a business where I¡¯m losing money.¡± ¡°Maybe once you hear everything you want, you¡¯ll change your mind.¡± ¡°Whoa, good. First, listen and think. I will sponsor you for the value of the information I heard. ¡°Is this okay?¡± ¡°not bad. ¡°Anyway, if you listen to me, you¡¯ll have to scoop up the coins of a passing child to sponsor me.¡± When told that the value of the information he possessed was such that he, the top rejecter, even had to shake off a child¡¯s coins, Goldrich looked at Jinhyeok in confusion. It was to find out the truth of what I had just said. However, it was almost impossible to read Jinhyeok¡¯s expression as he was wearing a mask on his calm face. Eventually he dered surrender. ¡°It¡¯s okay, I¡¯ll give up trying to get to know you. ¡°Then will you tell me right away?¡± ¡°Nothing can¡¯t be done. However, for the sake of the importance of the information, you can at least block the eyes of voyeurs who might be watching from up there, right?¡± ¡°of course.¡± Just as soon as he finished speaking, the golden armor that protected Gold Rich¡¯s body watertightly shattered into pieces and scattered throughout the room. Gold power. It was conclusive evidence that Gold Rich¡¯s abilities had been used. Gold Rich nodded lightly after confirming that the scattered gold dust hadpletely permeated the room. It was his signal that it was okay to talk now, and the moment I saw that signal. ¡°I am Cha Jin-hyuk. He is the 2nd Spirit Master and the 3rd Spirit Master. He was stabbed to death by Nine Stars and provided all the funds necessary for you to set up the auction house. ¡°Is this enough information to sponsor me?¡± Jinhyuk told him information that he had never told anyone before, and Goldrich¡¯s face fell as he listened to it. Sigh ¨C Finally, he put a thick cigar in the corner of his mouth and smoked it for a while before pulling his mouth away, roughly scratching his shiny blonde hair. ¡°Is the damn loan shark who I thought was behind still alive?¡± ¡°It¡¯s time to pay off your debt, debtor.¡± It was a moment when the joys and sorrows of the two people were divided. Naturally, it goes without saying that Hee (ϲ) was Jinhyeok and Bi (±¯) was Goldrich. Chapter 39 All Master Necromancer Episode 39 ¡°¡­I still can¡¯t believe it.¡± ¡°Yeah, you wouldn¡¯t believe it. Please check thatter at the training hall. ¡°There¡¯s probably a training ground down here.¡± ¡°Okay, I will personally observe and confirm it.¡± Of course, Goldrich didn¡¯t immediately believe what Jinhyuk said. Rather, he showed caution and was full of thoughts of getting confirmation of the truth about him. But Jinhyuk was rxed. ¡®I¡¯m really Cha Jin-hyuk, let¡¯s see how long he can deny it.¡¯ Jinhyuk knew better than anyone else that he was Cha Jinhyuk, and he also knew that Gold Rich was indebted to Cha Jinhyuk. Therefore, he knew very well that in the end, all Goldrich could do was acknowledge. ¡°Then let¡¯s find outter whether you are Cha Jin-hyuk or not. What other information is there?¡± ¡°Well, if the previous information is true, then everything that follows is meaningless¡­ but I¡¯ll tell you.¡± Jinhyuk shrugged his shoulders at Goldrich¡¯s request for information and listed the information he knew. ¡°As I said before, the Nine Stars betrayed me.¡± ¡°¡­I guess it was like that. ¡°You guys are crazy for asking me for cooperation.¡± ¡°Did you offer cooperation? ¡°Actually, they are the ones with iron tes on their faces.¡± No one knew that Goldrich had a connection with Death Star Cha Jin-hyuk. At least at that time. However, Nine Star not only hit Jinhyeok on the back of the head, but also caused him to die and tried to join hands with Goldrich, who had a rtionship with Jinhyeok. Goldrich was shocked by that fact. ¡®Damn seeds. ¡®Do those who have destroyed the most important trust for merchants dare to join hands with me?¡¯ At the time, Jinhyuk was no different from a loan shark urging Goldrich to repay his debt, but he was also a good business partner. The reason Nine Star paid attention to Goldrich himself was because his business prospered thanks to a good business partner named Jinhyuk. Goldrich was disgusted when he remembered the shameless face of Nine Star, who had asked them to invest or sponsor the money from such businesses. ¡°drink.¡± ¡°¡­Everything about Gold Rich Company is mine.¡± ¡°I gave it to you, so you gave it to me.¡± ¡°The nonsense and logic still remains.¡± ¡°You say you don¡¯t believe it?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Gold Rich closed his mouth at Jinhyuk¡¯s words that left him speechless and emptied the bottled water in one go. Then, he nodded and opened his mouth. ¡°Is that the end?¡± ¡°No way. ¡°I felt it after dying anding back to life, but no matter how much I thought about it, there was no way they could do this alone.¡± ¡°¡­then?¡± ¡°At least I think those above them used their power.¡± ¡°The Nine Stars that dominate the 600th floor¡­ there are not many.¡± ¡°No, no. It¡¯s not that there are only a few, there are only four. ¡°In the end, it all leads to four ends.¡± ¡°¡­Could it be that what you are trying to say now¡­?¡± four. The number 4 in the tower means many things, but it was the most representative one. ¡°The Four Emperors. Looks like they are at the end. ¡°I think they probably had a hand in my death as well.¡± ¡°¡­If that is true, they will not be able to avoid criticism. ¡°If you kill a capable climber because it doesn¡¯t suit your tastes, it¡¯s no different from all climbers being half-listed on their kill list.¡± ¡°Thank you for telling me I¡¯mpetent, but maybe not all climbers?¡± ¡°¡­Why are you so sure?¡± Goldrich could not hide his surprise at Jinhyuk¡¯s attitude of denying one point in his words. But Jinhyuk¡¯s next words were enough to make him nod his head. ¡°It seems like they only kill those who might bother them, not because of their own taste. And there can¡¯t be many people in the tall tower who could interfere with them, right?¡± ¡°¡­What is the basis?¡± Rather than killing them ording to their taste, they only kill those who will be a hindrance or danger to them in the future. ording to Jinhyeok, climbers who exceed 90% do not fall into this category. Rather than being hostile to the Four Emperors, most climbers choose to eat the beans that fall next to them. Therefore, Goldrich asked about the basis and evidence. I didn¡¯t even want confirmation. Currently, Jinhyuk is at most a 10th floor climber. As long as there was at least some solid evidence, Goldrich nned to believe it with some filtering, so he wasn¡¯t really interested. It¡¯s only natural that this was said just to get a rough idea of how far the Four Emperors are reaching. However, upon hearing the next words, Goldrich¡¯s calm face hardened. ¡°100th floor.¡± ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°Would you understand if I told you about the goblin vige?¡± ¡°¡­Could it be that the power of the Four Emperors is responsible for the destruction of the goblin vige?¡± A 100-story goblin vige. Because it was such a famous incident, it was impossible for anyone who climbed above the 100th floor to know about it. An incident in which goblins, residents of the 100th floor, who maintained a fairlyrge vige, were massacred in just one night. Therefore, people were very curious about who the evil beast might be. Of course, no pleural effusion was revealed. However, Goldrich trembled at the fact that the beast was actually the Four Emperors or a being influenced by the Four Emperors. ¡®The power of the goblins on the 100th floor is no different from that of other goblins. And the beast attacked them during a festival when all the goblins gathered. After that, everyone knew the oue¡­.¡¯ A period of festival where all the goblins gather. The attack took ce during a time when not only the goblins climbing the tower but also those who had set up base on other floors were gathering. Of course, this means that the power of the goblin vige is stronger than ever. Nevertheless, the beast killed them without leaving any evidence. ¡®That¡¯s why people used to joke that the Four Emperors might be behind this, but if that¡¯s true¡­ it¡¯s scary to even imagine.¡¯ The moment the joke turned into reality, Goldrich broke into a cold sweat as he realized that he too could be on the guillotine. Jinhyeok, who saw Goldrich sweating like rain, patted his shoulder as if to calm him down. ¡°It¡¯s okay, it¡¯s not confirmed yet. Well, it¡¯s true that it¡¯s most likely them.¡± ¡°¡­Can you guarantee?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t guarantee, but I have at least some survivors from the goblin vige.¡± ¡°¡­There was a goblin that survived the hands of that evil beast? does not make sense!¡± A goblin who may be thest one alive. Goldrich couldn¡¯t help but be surprised when he heard that he was in Jinhyeok¡¯s hands. Among the races in the tower called goblins, except for the Four Emperors, those with outstanding, powerful, and special powers were wiped out overnight. In the meantime, leaving a fugitive behind? ¡®It can¡¯t happen. ¡®How?¡¯ He couldn¡¯t believe that those who didn¡¯t leave a trace of themselves in the midst of a terrible battle left behind survivors or fugitives. Perhaps sensing Gold Rich¡¯s doubts, Jinhyeok chose to simply exin what he had inferred. He decided to get on the same boat with Gold Rich anyway, and he made this choice because he knew what kind of ¡®feelings¡¯ Gold Rich had towards the enemies he was going to face. Therefore, the story about the downstream flowed naturally like water through Jinhyuk¡¯s slightly opened mouth. ¡°The residents of the goblin vige¡­ no, it seems like all the goblins have sacrificed themselves to save one downstream.¡± ¡°Downstream¡­ Downstream¡­ It¡¯s a name I¡¯ve never heard of. ¡°It¡¯s surprising that I thought I knew at least all the famous goblins.¡± Looking at Gold Rich, who was stroking his smooth chin and pondering the name of the goblin named Haryu, Jinhyeok nodded as if it was obvious. ¡°of course. ¡°He¡¯s a young goblin.¡± ¡°¡­Young goblin?¡± When Goldrich asked again if what he heard was correct, Jinhyeok immediately nodded. Like, you¡¯re right. As he assured me. The moment he saw the nod without a single hesitation, Goldrich fell into even greater confusion. ¡®Goblins who had traveled hundreds of floors sacrificed their lives for just one young goblin? No matter how much they care about children, this is going too far. ¡®Why on earth?¡¯ Jinhyuk burst intoughter as he turned his head here and there, showing his confusion freely, as if he were cursed with confusion. Gold Rich frowned and scolded Jinhyuk, who was smiling at him, as if he was not pleased. ¡°What¡¯s so funny? ¡°Do you think the attitude of an investigator pondering an unsolvable mystery is funny to you?¡± ¡°It¡¯s funny then. Now, as you think, go through hundreds of floors. At least ranker-level goblins sacrificed themselves to rescue the young goblin. ¡°Isn¡¯t this strange to you?¡± ¡°¡­Yeah, I don¡¯t understand. At best, he is just a young goblin. ¡°It wouldn¡¯t be a reason for a ranker-level climber to sacrifice his life to save it.¡± Although it was embarrassing to reveal his ignorance, solving the current curiosity was more important to Goldrich. Moreover, finding out, mining, and unraveling information is an important task for a merchant. It was too much of a disappointment to pass up Gold Rich due to pride. ¡®If you give an answer that doesn¡¯t make sense, I¡¯ll smack you in the face.¡¯ Goldrich, who knowingly or unknowingly took into consideration what Vulkan would like, vowing to do it even if the penalty from the top hindered him, had to give up his thoughts after hearing Jinhyeok¡¯s next words. ¡°First, no matter how ranker you were, even if you were prepared to sacrifice your life, there was no way you could escape.¡± The first reason was that even if they were adult goblins and ranker goblins, there was no way for them to survive there. ¡°Second, the downstream area was their target. In other words, they were trying to defeat those who were trying to destroy them by stealing from the downstream.¡± The second reason is that the downstream they stole was the target of unidentified monsters (presumed to be members of the Four Emperors) who attacked the goblin vige, and they stole the downstream to prevent them from achieving their goal. ¡°Third and final, there¡¯s only one ce where you canpletely fuck them and the ones who destroyed the vige can¡¯te after you right away or send other assassins. ¡°You know that, right?¡± ¡°¡­First floor.¡± The moment Goldrich heard the third and final reason, he was giving the answer without even realizing it. A ce where you can subdue a goblin vige without leaving a trace, but you can¡¯t chase them right away, and even finding other assassins is difficult. It was on the first floor. Little goblin, goal, fuck, first floor, etc. At the moment when various pieces of information were ying separately and interconnected to form one piece of information, Goldrich went beyond just putting aside his thoughts and set them on fire. ¡°¡­It¡¯s perfect. ¡°This is information that I have no choice but to acknowledge.¡± ¡°yes? What they were aiming for was clearly Ha-Ryu, and the adult goblins in the vige sacrificed themselves to send Ha-Ryu, who was just old enough to go to the first floor, to the first floor, saving the younger goblins as well and hindering them from achieving their goal. how is it? Was this enough of the information you wanted?¡± ¡°¡­enough is enough. ¡°Even if you really aren¡¯t Cha Jin-hyuk, it was information worth sponsoring.¡± ¡°By the way, I heard that it¡¯s Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± Jinhyeok straightened his posture and looked at Goldrich, who still didn¡¯t trust him. ¡°So, I have a favor to ask of you.¡± ¡°It¡¯s funny that you just said you would sponsor me and then turned me down. What do you want? money? information? ¡°Just tell me and I¡¯ll get you anything.¡± ¡°Well, I was thinking of asking you to save everyone even if you didn¡¯t say that.¡± ¡°¡­You really think of it as your own money. ¡°Anyway, what¡¯s your request?¡± ¡°The 100-story goblin vige I just mentioned. Get someone there and dig up information. They say the criminal always returns to the scene. ¡°But I can¡¯t go there right now, so please appoint someone you trust to be there.¡± ¡°I was nning on hiring someone on my own. ¡°There is even a slight possibility that it is rted to the Four Emperors, so it cannot be left out.¡± Jinhyeok shook his head as he looked at Goldrich¡¯s evil eyes burning evilly. Seeing his appearance no different from before or now, Jinhyeok pulled out his original goal, which he had nned to postpone for a while. A purpose he would never bring up if he had changed. ¡°Goldrich.¡± ¡°What else? From now on, all the money and goods you need for your living will be delivered through the Gold Rich Company, so don¡¯t worry¡­¡± ¡° I n to go beyond the Nine Stars and kill all of the Four Emperors above them.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Gold Rich looked around with surprised eyes when he heard that they were going to kill the Four Emperors, the true ruling force that ruled the tower beyond the Nine Stars, the dominant force in the tower. Jinhyuk couldn¡¯t help butugh at the sight of him worrying as if someone would hear this story. Even though he exerts his power to prevent even gods and demons from seeing and hearing, he is afraid that the agents of the lower level Four Emperors will hear him. However, because Jinhyuk knew his past, he tried to suppress theughter that was about to burst out. Because I would neverugh if I knew why he was so afraid of them and why he wanted to get rid of them so much. ¡°Don¡¯t you want to get rid of the people who killed your family? You don¡¯t know how long it will take to do it on your own. So take my hand. Then you will be able to avenge your family indirectly. No, one day I will allow you to cut off their heads with your own hands.¡± Goldrich¡¯s body, full of surprise, trembled as Jinhyuk spoke in a calm, yet powerful voice. The bait was spread out, and Jinhyuk leisurely waited for the moment for the fish to bite the float. How long has it been like that? ¡°I¡­¡± Goldrich, who had been dropping his body like an aspen, opened his mouth. Chapter 40 All Master Necromancer Episode 40 ¡°I¡­ can¡¯t trust you yet.¡± ¡°Well, I guess so.¡± Goldrich¡¯s answer was, in a way, an obvious one. can not believe it. Because it was a reasonable answer, Jinhyuk also shrugged his shoulders and nodded. Jinhyeok was not yet able to convince Goldrich that he wanted to eradicate the Four Emperors. ¡°Then what if I can convince you of that?¡± ¡°¡­I will give you a clear answer then. ¡°I think it¡¯s too early to show you the answer I have.¡± ¡°A very cautious bastard.¡± ¡°I hope you say it is thorough. ¡°That¡¯s the way merchants are.¡± ¡°That¡¯s why I hate merchants. ¡°My mouth hurts when I talk.¡± Goldrich, who had been looking at Jinhyuk in bewilderment as he cursed at a merchant in front of a merchant, especially the best merchant, straightened his posture and opened his mouth. ¡°Okay, so is there anything you want? ¡°I had already decided to be someone¡¯s sponsor, but I have never sponsored anyone before.¡± ¡°Um¡­ get me a lot of usable weapons.¡± ¡°weapon? What weapon are you talking about? From what I saw earlier, martial arts weren¡¯t that bad, so would gauntlets or knuckles be enough?¡± Goldrich, who was choosing a suitable weapon for Jinhyeok while recalling the battle that had just taken ce, had to harden his face at the answer that followed. ¡°Bring everything. As much as possible. Good quality is good, poor quality is also good. ¡°Anyway, the weapons I can use at my current level won¡¯t be considered that good.¡± ¡°¡­Is there any reason why it needs to be like that? ¡°There must be a limit to the number of weapons you can handle anyway, right?¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s request to bring as many weapons as possible was a request he could not understand. ¡®Why? He¡¯s good at martial arts, and if what this guy says is true, a staff and arge amount of magic stones would be enough, right?¡¯ Jinhyeok¡¯s fighting sense, which gave him aplete advantage over guards 10 to 20 floors higher than him, was felt to be quite remarkable even by Gold Rich, who was not very close to battle. No matter how much Goldrich had a penalty and tried to subdue him without killing him due to the handicap of a small room, nothing would change. However, he was embarrassed when they asked him to bring all weapons, not just staffs, light weapons for self-defense, or gauntlets and daggers for martial arts. But whether Goldrich was embarrassed or not, Jinhyeok¡¯s answer did not change. ¡°entire.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯ll try to collect as much as I can. Is there anything else you need?¡± ¡°You will need the magic stones needed to use magic, and you will also need subspace items to contain them.¡± ¡°I think you¡¯re nning on stealing a lot. ¡°Do you know how much the things I just said are worth?¡± ¡°There¡¯s more.¡± ¡°¡­Whew, okay, just keep saying it. ¡°I wonder how far they are going to rob me.¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s mouth continued to move without stopping even as Gold Rich violently shook his head in frustration. ¡°A poisonous nt that gets stronger step by step. A hot stone containing heat. A stone with a chill in it. Is this roughly enough?¡± ¡°¡­Is there a ce in the tower where a war is taking ce without my knowledge? ¡°And on the 10th floor?¡± ¡°no. At least not as far as I know.¡± ¡°But why do we need poisonous nts, ten stones, and one stone? ¡°Anyway, your military power will be enough to deal with any enemy, right?¡± ¡°Well, it¡¯s all useful.¡± Goldrich, who was looking at Jinhyuk with a nk expression, who just shrugged his shoulders without giving a proper response, got up from his seat. ¡°I will prepare it soon. ¡°It won¡¯t take that long.¡± ¡°You can give it slowly, so give it all at once. ¡°Don¡¯t make me carry heavy luggage for no reason.¡± ¡°¡­Sure. ¡°Then can I get to know you from now on?¡± ¡°¡­The way you talk is a little creepy, but that¡¯s okay. ¡°It was something that had to be done anyway, and it would be necessary to discuss future matters, so there was nothing I could do about it.¡± Jinhyuk knew very well that in order to get an answer to what he said earlier, the priority was to prove to him that he was Cha Jinhyuk, so he dly left the room and got up. Anyway, contrary to his worries, Jinhyuk was confident that he could prove that he was the Death Star Cha Jinhyuk that he knew. ¡°Then shall we go right away?¡± Because Jinhyeok had such feelings, he stood up vigorously and asked to head to the training hall, and Goldrich was not the type to avoid it. ¡°Not bad.¡± So the two headed to the training hall, leaving behind thepletely ruined Puppet¡¯s room. ¡°¡­my room.¡± Of course, it was not a very pleasant situation for the owner of the room, Puppet, but it was not that important to the two people who were focused on proving themselves or seeing it happen. * * * The training hall located behind the Gold Rich Company. The ce was clean and there was no one there. In normal times, this is a ce used by Gold Rich Company employees or climbers to check their weapons or items brought in as coteral. But now it waspletely empty, just for Gold Rich and Jinhyuk. Not only the staff, but also the guards who would guard the ce and even the branch manager, Puppet, were prohibited from entering. Nevertheless, it was not as if there were no eyes watching the training ground. [The pinnacle of all evil asks what time they spent together.] [The pinnacle of all evil asks if they found another man.] [King Mifu holds his stomach and bursts intoughter.] [The God of Lightning is curious about the conversation between the two. .] [A god is listening to your conversation¡­] [A devil is talking about your conversation¡­] ¡°¡­Tsk, wouldn¡¯t it be impossible to stop it this far?¡± ¡°It¡¯s impossible. Since they don¡¯t know our conversation anyway, it would be difficult to get a proper understanding. The point is that you can¡¯t use your money for everything, not just once or twice. ¡°Keep this in mind.¡± ¡°Tsk, you bastard.¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± Jinhyeok tried to ignore Goldrich, who was raising his double wick, and focused on the open training ground. ¡°You asked me earlier why so many weapons were needed?¡± ¡°It did.¡± ¡°From now on, you will know why.¡± ¡°¡­?¡± You learn why all the weapons were needed. Goldrich, who understood those words, wondered if what he understood was correct. ording to what Jinhyuk just said¡­ ¡®¡­isn¡¯t it different from dering that he can handle all those weapons? At most, a 10th floor climber can do that?¡¯ There are many, many climbers who wield multiple weapons. However, there are only a few people who handle it perfectly at the highest level. But it handles all weapons, not just one or two? ¡®You are arrogant. ¡®He¡¯s so arrogant that I believe he¡¯s the real Cha Jin-hyuk.¡¯ His attitude was so arrogant that it made you think that Cha Jin-hyuk was extremely arrogant even before he died. There are over 100 floors, and even those who have obtained a sub-job can only handle two to three weapons appropriate for their sub-job. Naturally, trust in Jinhyeok, who promised to handle all weapons, plummeted. ¡®¡­I can¡¯t even destroy the spawn, but should I change my mind?¡¯ Since he had already spoken about spawn once, the merchant had no reason to change his words, but when he decided to cancel what he thought would be able to bring the Four Emperors to their knees, just as he said. Jinhyuk¡¯s voice hit Goldrich¡¯s eardrums like a thunderbolt. ¡°For your information, I already have a main job and a sub job. ¡°Starting from the first floor.¡± ¡°¡­Nonsense.¡± ¡°What doesn¡¯t make sense? Oh, and for your information, I got the sub job from the tutorial, and I got the main job when I changed jobs to Spirit Master on the first floor. Before that, I even changed my job to a necromancer.¡± ¡°¡­You crazy bastard.¡± What Jinhyuk said was so unrealistic that Goldrich, who didn¡¯t usually swear, started swearing without even realizing it and was shocked. ¡®¡­If you just look at what happened from the 1st floor to the 10th floor, it¡¯s full of nonsense, but that wasn¡¯t all? No, I can understand it until you change your job. But it¡¯s a sub job. The 10th floor, not the 100th floor. Is it possible for there to be a climber who has had a sub-job since the tutorial?¡¯ Keying ¨C Gold Rich tried to figure out the truth by using his golden eyes in an unbelievable reality, but all he got was one thing. ¡®There is no shaking.¡¯ The only thing that was revealed was that Jinhyuk¡¯s eyes were calm and unwavering. This means that you are showing confidence in what you say. Above all, a message window appeared in front of Gold Rich. The message window that I saw for the first time in quite a while confirmed that Jinhyuk. [The yful messenger nods, saying that what he said is all true.] ¡®¡­Hermes even sent a message just to confirm whether it was true? Is that guy really Cha Jin-hyuk? No, then that means he has be even more of a monster than in his previous life? All I can say is that he¡¯s really crazy.¡¯ Hermes, the yful messenger. Known as the god of merchants and thieves, Goldrich was also one of the few gods who maderge donations. Thanks to this, God has received several messages revealing his name. However, the god who only appeared when making an offering or achieving great sess as a merchant even sent a message to add credibility to the words of the 10th floor climber. That¡¯s what made Goldrich amazing. ¡°¡­Just take a look and judge.¡± ¡°It¡¯s better to look and judge. And you will be surprised even more than you have ever been surprised before.¡± ¡°Look forward to it.¡± Still, Goldrich snorted. His attitude, which went beyond being overconfident and bordering on pride and arrogance, seemed just in boring to Goldrich, who had risen from a seasoned merchant to a merchant. But the more he looked at the scene that followed, the more the smile on his face disappeared and astonishment appeared on his face. Pabababak ¨C It started with a dagger. All weapons were provided in the training hall, and among them, Jinhyeok, who had drawn a dagger, urately threw the dagger at the target, which was dozens of meters away. And not just one, but all dozen daggers. It was a jaw-dropping sight, but as if to prove that it was not just that, all of the dozen or so daggers pierced through the exact center and showed signs of shattering them. And that was just the beginning. Ping ¨C Pipipiping ¨C Jinhyeok¡¯s hand, which threw the dagger and immediately holstered the bow, moved at an invisible speed, fed an arrow to the bow and immediately shot it. The sight of it going beyond rapid fire and firing as if it was exploding was worthy of being on the level of a shrine. Goldrich, who was watching, unconsciously thought of Shingung, one of the Nine Stars, and the elves who were masters of archery, so didn¡¯t he say it all? Even after that, Jinhyeok did not stop showing off his weapon skills. Sword, spear, sword, baton, etc. Jinhyeok¡¯s skill in handling all the weapons provided in the training hall was expert. In other words, even if Jinhyuk is given any of the weapons in the training hall, there is no picture of him being defeated. ¡®¡­I couldn¡¯t believe it, but the fact that he actually pulled it off is actually better than Cha Jinhyuk¡¯s previous life.¡¯ It was a perfect skill that made Goldrich, who had been skeptical until he picked up the bow after the dagger, nod his head. Looking at Gold Rich, who was about to apud, Jinhyuk picked up thest remaining weapon. ¡°¡­staff? ¡°Do you really know how to use magic?¡± ¡°Why are you surprised? I asked you for the staff and magic stone earlier. I do not remember?¡± ¡°¡­I thought you would only give it to the undead or spirit soldiers you control.¡± ¡°Then take a good look. ¡°This is the technique I used to pass the 10th floor and shatter the Four Emperors¡¯ records.¡± As soon as he finished speaking, a message window appeared in front of Jinhyuk¡¯s eyes. In particr, there was someone who showed the most passionate reaction. [The wise man¡¯s disciple shakes his body violently on his throne.] [The wise man¡¯s disciple strokes his weapon and smiles.] ¡®Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯ll show you even if you don¡¯t fuss.¡¯ It was Odin. Gungnir. Thinking that he could once again see Jinhyeok¡¯s special move, which he had already seen once on the 10th floor, Odin sent dozens of messages as if he was letting out what he had been holding back. So much so that even Baal, the pinnacle of all evil, would tremble. Naturally, it was an act that got on Jinhyeok¡¯s nerves, but the Gungnir he created by enduring it with superhuman patience was revealed. Pajijik ¨C Jinhyeok took one look at Goldrich, who was staring nkly at the sparks rising around Gungnir, which was in the shape of a huge spear, and pulled his arm like a bow to the point where his shoulder fell off. and. Paang ¨C Gungnir, which left Jinhyeok¡¯s hand, tore through the air barrier and reached the target. bang! Goldrich¡¯s mouth widened at the power of Gungnir, which erupted in an explosion and spewed out dazzling light, destroying not only the target board but also the wall of the training hall behind it. Jinhyuk showed so much that it was enough, but he was rxed. As if this was the beginning, he swung his arms around to relieve his stiff shoulders and then looked at Gold Rich and said. ¡°Let¡¯s taste it now. I have to show that I am ¡®him¡¯. is not it? That¡¯s what you wanted. ¡°What I¡¯ve shown you now is so that you won¡¯t have any doubts about holding hands after you trust me.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m not surprised anymore. Then prove it. ¡°The fact that you are the ¡®him¡¯ I knew.¡± Knowing that other gods and demons were clearly listening, the two looked at each other, referring to Jinhyuk¡¯s name as ¡®he¡¯. Eventually, Jinhyeok smiled and muttered as he looked at the messed up training ground. ¡°I was already thinking of doing that. Wake up.¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s voice is low, but resonates throughout the training hall. At the same time, Jinhyeok¡¯s army awakened. -Keeeeee! The soul soldiers and demon soul soldiers are no different from the undead troops led by the magic bone soldiers. and. ¡°I am the first Spirit Master Balkan!!!¡± Even the Vulcan sound that resonates loudly throughout the training hall. Jinhyeok, standing in front of Gold Rich against the background of the almostplete army of death, spread his arms outward. The corners of Jinhyuk¡¯s mouth turned up and he asked Gold Rich, looking like aical clown. ¡°Am I still not ¡®he¡¯?¡± Extremely proud. His appearance, as if he was insisting that he was in the right ce, was quite remarkable and it goes without saying that he was rxed. Chapter 41 All Master Necromancer Episode 41: Trembling ¨C Goldrich looked down at his own body with an incredulous expression on his face as he shivered without realizing it. ¡®I¡¯m afraid? A climber of the 10th floor at most? Nonsense. That can¡¯t be possible.¡¯ Only after calming down his trembling body by holding it tightly was he able to raise his head and look at Jinhyuk. ¡°¡­I guess ¡®he¡¯ is right. Now that I think about it, it seems like I definitely didn¡¯t get that Vulcan soul, but did I get it this time?¡± ¡°It was difficult. Still, I seeded. And I think I¡¯ve also proven to you that I am ¡®the one¡¯. Now the answer to the question I asked earlier. ¡°Can you hear me?¡± When Jinhyuk asked with a slight smile, Goldrich shook his head with a sigh, and soon his head, which had been thrown horizontally, was nodded vertically. ¡°Can I risk my life for you? ¡°Can I risk my life and everything?¡± ¡°The dividends will be generous.¡± ¡°¡­Damn it, how did I end up in this gambling world?¡± Goldrich could not hide his confusion as he had to put everything he had worked on for more than a decade up for stakes. But still, he looked at Jinhyuk with a refreshed face and asked. ¡°What should I call you from now on?¡± ¡°Call me whatever you feelfortable with.¡± ¡°Then we can just call it ghost face.¡± ¡°as you please.¡± Since they couldn¡¯t reveal their real names, the two decided to use the nickname ¡®Gwimyeon¡¯ that Jinhyuk had used so far. ¡°Well, there wille a day when we will call each other by our first names. is not it? Gold Rich?¡± ¡°¡­of course, ghost face.¡± Well, Goldrich didn¡¯t reveal his real name either, so he didn¡¯t really mind. This is because he also abandoned his real name and lived as Goldrich for a long time. ¡®After I finish avenging everyone. That¡¯s when I get my name back. Until then¡­ until then, I¡¯ll have to live as a Gold Richie.¡¯ It wasn¡¯t a grand reason that his identity should not be discovered like Jinhyeok¡¯s. Anyway, to the Four Emperors, Gold Rich¡¯s real name was no different from a passing Ant 1. Nheless, Goldrich abandoned his real name. It was a matter of mindset, and he had no intention of reiming his name until all revenge waspleted. Because the precious name given by the family who died under the feet of the Four Emperors without even being able to utter a single word was enough to be restored in front of their severed heads. ¡°From now on, I will no longer talk only as a sponsor. ¡°Let us speak under the banner of the Four Emperors.¡± ¡°Is this a direct promotion from sponsor to partner? ¡°Not bad.¡± Gold Rich also burst intoughter at Jinhyuk¡¯s joke, which was promoted to a partner on an equal footing with the sponsor not long after bing a sponsor. ¡°Such unconventional conditions are being criticized by merchants¡­ but there is nothing we can do about it. Because now is not the time to weigh whether it is a gain or a loss. I¡¯m sure there are things you didn¡¯t mention earlier. Talk about them. ¡°I will too.¡± Jinhyuk also nodded as he continued speaking calmly. If, just in case, he failed to establish a partnership with Goldrich, there were definitely things he could not say in the future because they coulde back as a dagger to him. And now that they have be partners, Jinhyuk has no hesitation in saying things he had never said before. ¡°We need things from the Four Emperors.¡± ¡°¡­It was no joke from the beginning. ¡°What do you mean when you say it belongs to the Four Emperors?¡± ¡°Anything is fine. Whether it is the blood or by-products of the dragon race, or the feathers of the elyos race. ¡°As long as ites from their bodies, it¡¯s probably okay.¡± ¡°Something like defecation?¡± ¡°¡­Do you want to die?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a joke. But unless it¡¯s something like a bowel movement, it¡¯s going to be hard to find.¡± An item from the Four Emperors. In response to Jinhyuk¡¯s request for a part of his body, Goldrich touched his chin with a slightly stiff face. Of course, there are not many cases where the Four Emperors are injured or shed scales or feathers. This is because they also know how precious their bodies are. As such, Goldrich did not know that obtaining it required enormous effort and resources. but. ¡°I¡¯ll save you.¡± He calmly replied that he would save her. Huge effort? Gold Rich, who maniptes people with money, did notck effort. Vast wealth? For Goldrich, there was nothing left except money. ¡°If we have enough time, we can save at least that much. ¡°I don¡¯t have enough money or power to get what¡¯s on their necks, but it¡¯s possible.¡± ¡°It¡¯s nice to have a trustworthy partner.¡± This time, Goldrich asked a question, looking at Jinhyeok, who smiled and nodded. ¡°I wanted to ask you a while ago¡­ Where did you get the demon energy?¡± The path to saving Magi. That was the Gold Rich that I had been curious about earlier. However, it wasn¡¯t the time to ask, nor was it the location, so I just held back. Jinhyeok raised his hand in response to his question, which he could now ask without hesitation because the situation and location were all set. Tuktuk- ¡°Can you see this ring?¡± ¡°It looks good. Is it ck jade? ¡°Is this a ring that has the charm to captivate people? It must be expensive.¡± ¡°I was worried that someone might not be a merchant, so I calcted the value right away¡­ and I was wrong.¡± ¡°What do you mean? No, but I asked about the source of the demonic energy, and suddenly he mentioned a ring¡­ No way?¡± ¡°Yes, that is correct. This ring is the source and source of the demonic energy I deal with. ¡°Someday, I will produce demon energy myself¡­ but for now, this is all I have.¡± Jinhyeok, who was ying with the magic energy extending from the ring in the air, clenched his outstretched hands tightly. phut-! The gathered demonic energy exploded and the army of death stood behind him. Among them, after being absorbed into Vulcan, he tapped his hand and opened his mouth. ¡°Have your questions been resolved?¡± ¡°You got some good stuff. How did you get it? It¡¯s not like there are any other sponsors other than me. No, I can¡¯t even get those items in the first ce¡­?¡± ¡°You caught a devil, caught a bully, and robbed him?¡± ¡°¡­Ha, you really haven¡¯t changed.¡± [The devil who deals with death blushes.] Putting away Bune¡¯s message in response to the word ¡®hogu¡¯, Jinhyeok began to tell the story of what he had done. 1st to 10th floors. Due to Bune¡¯s n, he met the Kobold Lord from the 1st floor, experienced a monster wave, and artificially created a monster wave on the 5th and 9th floors. It goes without saying, but upon hearing that, Goldrich looked at Jinhyeok like a monster. ¡°Crazy guy.¡± ¡°The orcs¡¯ monster wave is definitely strong.¡± ¡°You are truly crazy. know?¡± ¡°The world is originally run by crazy people.¡± Jinhyeok, who was immune to being called crazy, scoffed at his words and responded by shaking his head and waving his hands as he stood up. Pusssseu ¨C The undead copsing and the soul soldiers and demon soul soldiers returning to Jinhyeok¡¯s stomach again. And when everything was sorted out, Jinhyuk looked at Gold Rich and said. ¡°Please take care of yourselves in the future, partner.¡± Gold Rich also smiled and nodded at the sight of Jinhyuk taking off the mask he was wearing and greeting him, revealing his bare face for the first time . ¡°That¡¯s what I¡¯m going to say, partner.¡± Tub ¨C Goldrich asked about the future schedule while shaking hands and holding them tightly. ¡°What are we going to do now? Are you going to climb the tower?¡± ¡°No, at least not now. ¡°Now is the time toy the foundation.¡± ¡°Building a foundation¡­ it¡¯s not a bad choice. Are you trying to wait for that goblin girl?¡± ¡°There¡¯s that, and we need to destroy the guilds under Nine Star in the future, but right now it¡¯s not enough.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s definitely true. 10th floor at most. ¡°It¡¯s not possible to handle the entire guild with your own strength.¡± No matter how unremarkable the guild was, its power could not be considered ordinary if it was a guild under Nine Star. In addition, if arge number of guild members who are over the 100th floor rush in, it is bound to be dangerous, no matter how Jinhyeok he is. After thinking about that, Goldrich opened his mouth and asked about his future destination. ¡°So what do you n on doing?¡± ¡°Going to the Wizard¡¯s Tower.¡± ¡°Wizard¡¯s Tower? Why are you going there? ¡°You already have a job anyway.¡± Jinhyuk answered his question with the answer, ¡°The Wizard¡¯s Tower.¡± But that answer did not convince Goldrich. Wizard¡¯s Tower. This was because there was a strong perception that it was a ce only climbers who had not yet changed jobs went to. In fact, most people thought that other professions¡¯ towers, including the wizard¡¯s tower, were just ces to change jobs, so they weren¡¯t wrong. However, for Jinhyuk, it was not an ordinary ce to just change jobs, and he also had a n. ¡°There is a way to make me one level stronger than I am now.¡± ¡°Can I ask what it is?¡± ¡°There¡¯s nothing that can¡¯t be done. ¡°I will awaken my spiritual power at the Wizard¡¯s Tower.¡± ¡°ah! Come to think of it, when I asked why I couldn¡¯t see the purple energy, it turned out that I hadn¡¯t awakened my spiritual power yet. ¡°It was no different from your trademark, so I wondered why I couldn¡¯t see it.¡± ¡°¡­Isn¡¯t it even more strange that I realized my spiritual power not long after I ascended to the 10th floor?¡± Gold Rich snorted at Jinhyuk¡¯s words, which he responded to with a slightly stiff face. ¡°Isn¡¯t that what someone who couldn¡¯t get it even on the 100th floor, got numerous sub-jobs from the tutorial, and then switched to a hidden job on the 1st floor, say?¡± ¡°Is that also true? Anyway, once I awaken my spiritual power, I will finally beplete. It¡¯s not perfect, but if you want to run toward perfection, bing perfectes first. That¡¯s why I¡¯m going to the Wizard¡¯s Tower.¡± ¡°How long do you n on staying?¡± ¡°Hmm, I can¡¯t give you a definite answer. Because spiritual power is not something I can awaken at will. It won¡¯t take long though. ¡°I have already awakened it once, and spiritual power is closely rted to the soul.¡± Jinhyeok was confident because he had already figured out that the level of his soul itself was high through the previous battle in the world of images. Spiritual power. This power, which could literally be called the power of the soul, was a power that only the Spirit Master could handle. A power that makes up for the Spirit Master¡¯sck of strength or agility, while also strengthening spirit soldiers and greatly assisting them in exercising control. Therefore, it was a power that had to be obtained. ¡®In my previous life, I got it on the 200th floor. Well, it was around that time that I transitioned to Spirit Master, so it¡¯s simr.¡¯ About ten years ago. Jinhyeok, who was lost in thought thinking about the first time he realized his spiritual power, eventually shook his head, shook off his thoughts, and released his grip. ¡°If you ask for what I said, send someone to the Wizard¡¯s Tower.¡± ¡°I¡¯m already busy, so I was thinking of doing that. ¡°You sure didn¡¯t think I would go there myself, did you?¡± ¡°no way. I didn¡¯t even want that much. ¡°Aren¡¯t we equal partners, not one side having the upper hand?¡± Goldrich, who was looking at the way he slyly shook his shoulders and responded as if it were absurd, nodded as if what you said was right. ¡°Send the puppet.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not a bad appointment.¡± When told that he would use a puppet with whom he had met face-to-face once as an errand boy, Jinhyeok readily epted. The reason was that it was better to meet someone I had met rather than someone I knew nothing about. Gold Rich also knew this, so he put a puppet who had met Jinhyuk once before. Because they both think alike, the selection of the errand boy was easy. Trudging ¨C After finishing the conversation and leaving the ce, Jinhyuk gave Goldrich ast favor. The request he made as he tapped the goblin mask he was holding in his hand was simple. ¡°Get someone to spread the word.¡± ¡°What rumor are you talking about?¡± ¡°Rumors about ghosts.¡± ¡°What kind of rumor do you want? ¡°Just say it.¡± ¡°So that there is no one in the tower who does not know the ghost¡¯s face. ¡°I want my name to be heard all over the tower.¡± Warmly, ¡°Is it a desire for fame? ¡°I remember there wasn¡¯t anything like that originally.¡± ¡°That¡¯s not the reason. ¡°I made a deal.¡± ¡°okay? If so, I understand. ¡°If you benefit from making your reputation known, I have no reason to refuse. What is the deadline?¡± ¡°Until I reach the 100th floor.¡± It was about a quest with Baal. Jinhyuk, or the name or nickname referring to Jinhyuk, resonates loudly within the tower. Anyway, Baal knew that Jinhyeok was a ghost, so there was no problem even if his name spread as a ghost. Jinhyuk, who had told him the deadline, slowly disappeared outside the training ground, and Goldrich smiled as he looked at his back. ¡°I will make even the dogs passing by urinate when they hear your name.¡± ¡­Cha Jin-hyuk. Goldrich left with hisst words, or more precisely Jinhyuk¡¯s name, buried in his heart. Chapter 42 All Master Necromancer Episode 42 After the meeting with Gold Rich, when two people appeared on the street. Vulcan opened his mouth in surprise. ¡°I thought we were having a round. ¡°What¡¯s going on?¡± ¡°Do you think I¡¯m crazy about fighting? And even before I came out to the training ground, I had a fight with the puppet, and then I had a fight with the guards, including Goldrich. But are you fighting again? Are you kidding me?¡± ¡°You can do that. An endless wave of monsters. Anyone who has learned this even once will never go near a monster wave again, but you didn¡¯t just not go near it, you caused the monster wave yourself? ¡°And twice!¡± ¡°¡­If you say that, I don¡¯t have anything to say.¡± The Balkan words struck Jinhyeok like a dagger, to the extent that it would be correct to say that every single word was correct. The conversation between the two ended with Jinhyuk grumbling as he was at a loss for words. Of course, the conversation did not end there. In any case, the only thing that ended was at the training ground. ¡°I wonder if he is a man you can trust. Well, I gave it to him because I needed it¡­.¡± Doubts about Gold Rich. That was the main topic of conversation. ¡°Do you trust him?¡± Eyes full of suspicion. In addition, Jinhyeok, who read the deep concern about himself in Balkan¡¯s voice, burst intoughter. Naturally, Balkan blushed and raised his voice at Jinhyuk¡¯sughter. ¡°Even when I worry about him, he acts like he¡¯s giggling! Damn it, I¡¯m worried about you because I¡¯m crazy¡­¡± Jinhyeok personallyforted Balkan, who grunted with a face full of embarrassment at his ownughter. To be precise, he cited the reason why he had no choice but tough. ¡°You heard it earlier too, right? Goldrich¡¯s ultimate goal is to kill those guys. Well, there is a race in particr that I want to kill, but I¡¯ll leave that aside. Now that you¡¯ve heard the reason, you probably know it well. ¡°Goldrich won¡¯t betray me.¡± ¡°¡­Revenge, you said, and it was also family revenge.¡± Revenge can also be a driving force in someone¡¯s life. Assuming you don¡¯t get caught up in it. In fact, there was revenge behind Jinhyeok¡¯s tenacious moves and efforts such as confronting Goldrich. If Jinhyuk had not used the driving force of revenge, he would not have had a meeting with Gold Rich as urgently as he did now. ¡®Slowly, I would have nned the perfect n to reduce the variables as much as possible and prevent the rtionship with Gold Rich from beingpletely cut off and not be hostile even when the job fails¡­ but there is nothing I can do about it. The enemies are too high up, and my strength is weak, so I have no choice but to throw the odds.¡¯ As a result, Jinhyeok¡¯s game was sessful and he seeded in attracting Goldrich to his side. And Jinhyuk himself knew that the key to Jinhyuk¡¯s sess was his good use of the word ¡®revenge¡¯ and making people feel identified with it. ¡°I am revenge for myself, he is revenge for surviving alone among the corpses of my family. In some ways, our revenge is different but simr. That resemnce was a major part of what made him join hands with me.¡± ¡°Yes, you ended up forming an alliance with the Top¡¯s greatest reject. But where does the confidence that that alliance willste from? ¡°Of course you formed an alliance with him on equal terms, but you know very well that in reality, that is not the case, right?¡± Balkan¡¯s concerns were valid. Partners in an equal rtionship. That was the contract Jinhyuk and Goldrich made. Gold Rich does not spare support to Jinhyuk, and based on that support, Jinhyeok will one day cut off the head of the Four Emperors and offer it to Gold Rich. Simple, simple contract. However, if one looked behind the scenes, anyone would be able to see that the rtionship between Jinhyeok and Goldrich was not equal and that it was a contract that one party could unterally cancel. ¡°If that Goldrich guy changes his mind, you¡¯re the one who gets screwed, idiot. ¡°But aren¡¯t you worried about you?¡± Although he had a tendency to speak a little harshly, everything Balkan said was true. If Gold Rich changes his mind and unterally terminates the contract with Jinhyeok and sells information about him to the Four Emperors in return for payment, Gold Rich will be even more rejected. ¡°I stick a dagger to their necks based on the wealth I have built with their help. Isn¡¯t that a very nice sounding tone? ¡°For those who are blinded by revenge like you, there can be no greater revenge than this, right?¡± In addition, Balkan¡¯s words that followed were enough to make Jinhyuk nod his head. Using the power umted from the power of the object of revenge, she plunges the knife into his neck. Isn¡¯t it fascinating just to listen to it? It was clear that the drug was so powerful that just looking at the facial expressions they would make in this absurd situation where the power they had helped hit their own neck was enough to bring them to climax. But Jinhyuk remained calm. ¡°You don¡¯t know how much he hates the Four Emperors.¡± ¡°¡­What does that have to do with this?¡± ¡°You know he¡¯s the owner of the auction house, right?¡± ¡°Of course. ¡°Because I heard it.¡± ¡°Do you know how much the auction house fee is?¡± Balkan tilted his head at the sight of Jinhyeok suddenly mentioning the auction house fee, but obediently answered based on what he had heard. ¡°I think it¡¯s 5%.¡± ¡°Yes, we take 5% of the total sales price as amission. But¡­ do you know that the fee is set differently for the Four Emperors?¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s possible?¡± When something he hadn¡¯t heard suddenly popped up, Balkan couldn¡¯t help but tilt his head. The fees of the auction house used by all climbers are applied differently only to certain races. Isn¡¯t it ¡®discrimination¡¯, no more, no less? ¡°It¡¯s discrimination. And the Four Emperors pay a 10%mission when selling goods, but on the other hand, when buying goods, they also have to pay an additional 10% on the original price.¡± ¡°¡­Crazy, there¡¯s no way they wouldn¡¯t object.¡± The Four Emperors have their own trading routes, and most of them obtain goods through them. But not all items can be obtained that way. Some items only end up on the auction house, and to buy those items, they have to use the auction house. Thanks to the anonymous system of the auction house, where it is impossible to know who posted the item, it is not possible to meet the person who uploaded the item and conduct a transaction. However, if they were the only ones to suffer losses in sales or purchases unlike others, would the Four Emperors, who are full of pride, really stay still? Of course, it wasn¡¯t like the Balkans were worried about. ¡°There was immediate opposition. ¡°If you lose 10% each, you are trading with a total loss of 20%.¡± ¡°¡­But you¡¯re still fine? ¡°There¡¯s no way they can stay still.¡± Jinhyuk exined with a grin when he saw Balkan expressing doubt that the fee was still being maintained despite the bacsh. ¡°First, they don¡¯t know who owns the auction house. ¡°Thanks to you, there is no need to worry about dying even if youmit such an act of violence, so I wonder if Gold Rich will get off.¡± ¡°Ah¡­¡± The proposition of death is the same and loomsrge for everyone. No matter how much money you give, there is no one who would trade your life for it. However, on the other hand, if you can make a lot of money without putting your life in danger and, like in the case of Gold Rich, if you can make a fool of your enemies, wouldn¡¯t you reallymit violent acts? ¡°Thanks to Goldrich¡¯s excellent secrecy, they are able to make such outrageous acts and still collect huge amounts of fees.¡± Naturally, Goldrich was not a saint, and had no intention of siding with his enemies, the Four Emperors. It was even joked that today¡¯s Gold Rich is thanks to the money stolen from the Four Emperors over a period of ten years. Of course, that didn¡¯t mean the auction house could maintain its current status. ¡°Of course, the Four Emperors are not idiots and it was natural for them to rebel against the loss that only they see. So Goldrich used a trick.¡± ¡°What trick?¡± Balkan showed great interest in the quite interesting old story(?), and Jinhyeok obediently told him old stories as he walked along the path to the Wizard¡¯s Tower. Like a grandfather telling a story about old times to his young grandchild. Well, it¡¯s the opposite when ites to age, but the two didn¡¯t really care. ¡°Honestly, I guess this is the biggest reason? ¡°I hurt their most important thing, their reputation.¡± ¡°face?¡± ¡°Yes, they made a fuss by saying that the reason they were paying more fees was for noblesse oblige. Of course, the Four Emperors have no choice but to be dumbfounded. ¡°If you deny this, you will be a person who only gives a fancy name for being part of the ruling ss.¡± ¡°So what happened?¡± ¡°What¡¯s going on? I made a direct call straight to God. Well, the answer was decided.¡± ¡°¡­The gods wouldn¡¯t have been very friendly towards the auction house either, so why?¡± ¡°Why, why? ¡°Which of the gods do you think created the system called the auction house?¡± ¡°Of course, a merchant¡­ Ah! You idiots. Even if I ask him, he¡­¡± Balkan, who had been building up his thoughts ording to Jinhyuk¡¯s words, eventually arrived at the correct answer. ¡°That¡¯s right, what the stupid Four Emperors asked was Hermes, the god of merchants and thieves, and Hermes sided with the merchant Gold Rich rather than the Four Emperors. Well, I guess there were a lot of things I received along the way.¡± [The yful messenger whistles and avoids gaze.] At that time, so much was donated that only dust came out of Goldrich¡¯s wallet. Leaving behind the message window containing Hermes¡¯ embarrassment, Jinhyeok ran toward the end of the story. ¡°The Four Emperors had no choice when God said it was ¡®true,¡¯ and they ended up having to pay the outrageous fee. It¡¯s a heartwarming ending. how is it? Was it fun?¡± ¡°¡­Even the most arrogant guys get screwed that way. ¡°It was the funniest traditional fairy tale I¡¯ve heard in quite a while.¡± ¡°It was at most ten years ago. ¡°I don¡¯t know if you can call this a traditional fairy tale.¡± Balkan, who was looking at Jinhyuk giggling and mumbling, suddenly remembered what he had said and asked about him. ¡°In the end, isn¡¯t it the same if that bastard named Gold Rich abandons you? To him, who has a huge system called an auction house, you are just a piece of chess to be thrown away.¡± The conversation continued again about whether Gold Rich would support Jinhyuk or not, but Jinhyuk¡¯s answer to it was refreshing. ¡°I can¡¯t throw it away. ¡°Unless you both n to die together.¡± ¡°¡­Why?¡± ¡°There is an answer to the story I just told you, right?¡± ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°The reason why the auction house is able to survive even after such rampage. Anonymity. Until now, only God and the devil knew who owned the auction house. But not anymore. But what about someone who knows that information? ¡°What is the difference between saying we will die together?¡± ¡°Oh, he is like that too.¡± ¡°Of course, if he doesn¡¯t abandon me and instead points out the contract to show that I¡¯m useless, then I have nothing to say¡­¡± ¡° ¡­That will never happen. ¡°If the contract is being terminated due to yourck of ability, I rmend that you bite your tongue andmit suicide before you are terminated.¡± ¡°I still think so.¡± Jinhyeok, who shrugged his shoulders with an unconcerned expression even though he was told tomit suicide, stood in front of the wizard¡¯s tower where he had already arrived and uttered hisst words. ¡°A merchant always considers the value of a product and chooses whether to sell it or throw it away. Then there is only one way to avoid being thrown away, right? I elevate my value and express my importance based on that value. ¡°It¡¯s something that can¡¯t be helped since I¡¯m still a 10th floor climber.¡± Gold Rich is the object and rejection of the entire tower. If you want to maintain a smooth rtionship with him, you shouldn¡¯t rely on past rtionships. Credit is life to a merchant, but if he says he is second-ss, the only person I can trust is my current self. Because Jinhyuk knew this very well. so that. Jinhyeok ¡®s steps as he entered the wizard¡¯s tower, which was unusually quietpared to other towers, seemed very confident. ¡°Okay then, let¡¯s get ready to surprise our sponsor.¡± ¡°The sea I was hoping for, baby. I¡¯m really looking forward to seeing what color your spiritual power will be.¡± The door of the Wizard¡¯s Tower, which had been wide open with the sounds of one person, no, a total of two people including Vulcan, making noise, closed with a thud. Spiritual power. It was the moment when the closing training to obtain what could be said to be the main energy of spirit master Jinhyeok began. Chapter 43 All Master Necromancer Episode 43 ¡°As expected, it¡¯s quiet here.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t it the 10th floor? Even for those who are talented in magic, it is too early for their talents to fully blossom.¡± ¡°That is true. It was muchter that I learned magic in earnest. ¡°It was the same with the Necromancer, and it was the same with the Spirit Master.¡± Wizard¡¯s Tower. Jinhyeok¡¯s review after entering it was ordinary. quiet. Of course, it is not a good thing for the tower where job changes are made to be quiet. ¡°Still, I can¡¯t help but feel disappointed, perhaps because I¡¯m a wizard.¡± ¡°That goes for me too.¡± Warrior, Archer, Rogue. Even for upations rted to adventurers, there was a line lined up outside the job change tower to change jobs. Their choice was probably natural as it taught them skills not only for changing jobs but also for climbing the top in the future, and could be developed into skills, but it was only bittersweet for Jinhyeok and Balkan, who were magicians. Rather than waiting in line, they entered the tower without any restraint, and the inside of the tower, which should have been the most crowded, was quiet. ¡°A regret is a regret and we just do our own thing.¡± ¡°¡­Yeah, I guess I should. Only then will I be able to shake off this feeling at least a little.¡± Of course, the two people¡¯s thoughts were not buried in emotions. The purpose of the two people visiting the Wizard¡¯s Tower now is that there are no talented people visiting the Wizard¡¯s Tower. It was natural because it was to awaken spiritual power. ¡°oh my! You are a climber! ¡°Do you want to be a wizard?¡± And then a man in a robe hurriedly ran towards Jinhyuk. Just as the old yers in a game are happy when a newbie appears, it was simr. ¡®How old are you as a newbie? ¡®I can¡¯t miss this opportunity!¡¯ He was a climber who sought knowledge and did his own research at the Wizard Tower. ¡°My name is Ken. Our Wizard¡¯s Tower always wees new wizards. Then, can we do a magic test first? ¡°I¡¯m sorry to the climber, but being a wizard is not a job you can pursue.¡± His name is Ken. He was in charge of registering climbers who came to the Wizard¡¯s Tower in return for remaining in the tower for his own exploration and research. Naturally, the Wizard¡¯s Tower was experiencing a severe poption shortage, so Ken received additional support fees every time a new climber was admitted to the Wizard¡¯s Tower. It¡¯s good for the Wizard¡¯s Tower to get new personnel, and it¡¯s good for Ken to get support money, so to speak, mutual aid. However, in order to be a magician, you need certain qualities, so Ken took Jinhyuk to the crystal ball. ¡°You know how to register at the tower, right?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you have to be excellent at handling mana?¡± ¡°you¡¯re right. However, it is difficult to show this with the power of ordinary climbers. It would be great if I could show it like this, but¡­¡± As soon as he finished speaking, Ken created a sphere made of mana in his hand and smiled. It was a fist-sized sphere, but he gently stroked the sphere made of mana as if he was truly proud of it. Then, he held Jinhyeok¡¯s hand and ced it on the crystal ball and exined kindly. ¡°It¡¯s difficult for climbers who haven¡¯t yet gotten into magic. At first, I couldn¡¯t put as much mana into the crystal ball as the size of an ant¡¯s eye, but isn¡¯t it like this now? I¡¯m sure you, the climber, will be able to be a full-fledged wizard. ¡°You can think of it as transferring the mana in your body into a crystal ball.¡± Since Ken sincerely hopes that Jinhyeok will be the new wizard, his soft voice is perhaps natural. Jinhyuk opened his mouth to Ken¡¯s kind exnation and asked his questions. ¡°There were various rooms within the Wizard¡¯s Tower. ¡°I want to use that ce, do you mind?¡± A ce to awaken spiritual power. Among them, the necromancer¡¯s room was Jinhyuk¡¯s target, but Ken nodded as if it was obvious. ¡°Yes, there will be no problem if you officially enroll in the tower. ¡°Everything in the tower exists for the wizard of the tower.¡± ¡°Are you free to leave?¡± ¡°Sure. Because the tower doesn¡¯t block both iing and departing wizards. If you want, you can just register, learn magic, and then leave the tower. ¡°The Wizard¡¯s Tower is willing to let you go simply because a new wizard named you has been born.¡± Ken, who said that with a kind face, was sincere. He was also one of those who originally left the tower once but returned to the tower after being blocked by a wall, and everyone was bound to leave the tower and return repeatedly. Since this had happened countless times over the long years of the tower, Ken answered that he could leave at any time without any hesitation. After hearing that, Jinhyuk looked at the mana sphere and the crystal sphere in his hand in turn and asked. ¡°Can you break a crystal ball with that much mana ball?¡± ¡°Haha! Climber, you are in good spirits. What floor do you think I will be on?¡± ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°It¡¯s the 35th floor! 35th floor! I can handle this much mana ball. You need to infuse at least twice as much mana to break the crystal ball. There are many challengers who thought they were different and exhausted their mana as they could. ¡°This is quite expensive.¡± Jinhyeok nodded in response to Ken¡¯s response as he tapped the smooth surface of the crystal ball while speaking. ¡°Please take note.¡± ¡°Seeing how confident you are, it seems like sess is certain. Judging from the scent of mana in your body, I think you would be a great wizard if you became one.¡± Jinhyuk tried to suppress the twitching corner of his mouth when Ken praised him sincerely, not ttery or ttery. Of course, Balkan clicked his tongue when he saw Jinhyuk like that. ¡®I¡¯m holding onto my wrinkles in front of the kid on the 35th floor. Tsk, are you a three year old kid? ¡®Is it a kid?¡¯ ¡®¡­Shut up, I have to focus from now on.¡¯ Jinhyuk gritted his teeth and tried to ignore it. Then he opened his mouth, feeling the cold touch of the crystal ball in his hand. ¡°Can I do it right away?¡± ¡°of course. The time limit is 1 minute. In the meantime, as long as you add mana, it is a sess, and from then on, you will be evaluated ording to the amount of mana contained. Well, it¡¯s easier to think of it as a task of selecting outstanding talent rather than differentiating grades.¡± 1 min. It may seem like a very short time to an ordinary person, but not to Jinhyuk. ¡®One second is enough. No, I think it¡¯s faster than that.¡¯ At best, Jinhyeok was already able to store mana in a crystal ball from the first floor, so joining the Wizard¡¯s Tower was a piece of cake. Therefore, Jinhyuk decided to go a little further. ¡°10 seconds. ¡°10 seconds is enough.¡± ¡°¡­10 seconds. I think it might be too short. The climber must have just reached the 10th floor. Moreover, if you are from Earth, even those who cannot feel mana are at a disadvantage. Of course, climbers won¡¯t do that¡­ but do you really want to set it to 10 seconds?¡± Ken¡¯s concerns were natural. Earth, which was not another dimension, was a dimension full of people who could not feel mana. Of course, talented people immediately learn mana as they climb the tower and treat it like their own limbs, but that only applies at higher levels. ¡®Among the people of Earth, there is no one who handles mana as if it were their own limbs, at least on the 10th floor. At least it will be enough to store mana in a crystal ball¡­ but will it only take 10 seconds?¡¯ Ken did not want the new enrollee to fail the exam due to pride. Although the Wizard¡¯s Tower test was not a test that could not be taken again if one failed, Ken thought that it was not a good thing to discourage a talented and promising new recruit for no reason. However, the moment Ken saw Jinhyuk¡¯s eyes, he closed his mouth to tell him to consider it again. ¡®¡­those are not the eyes of the person who will listen. And the confidence contained within can only be possessed by those who are absolutely certain that they can do it. Maybe¡­ the 10 seconds he¡¯s talking about might be 10 seconds aimed at something more than just putting mana in the crystal ball.¡¯ As Ken thought about that, he remembered the question Jinhyuk had asked him earlier. -Can you break the crystal ball with that much mana ball? ¡®¡­Oh, no way. There is no way that a climber who has just reached the 10th floor can do something that even I can¡¯t do.¡¯ The fist-sized mana ball he showed. He was so happy to see Jinhyeok asking if he could break the test crystal ball in front of him, so he shook his head without realizing it. The one-dimensional thought that others would not be able to do what he could not do also yed a role, but the decisive factor was that the area of breaking a crystal ball by infusing mana could only be reached by reaching the 50th floor. ¡®Even if I bring in any passing wizard, even if the tower owneres, it¡¯s obvious that he¡¯ll tell me it¡¯s impossible.¡¯ The owner of the Wizard¡¯s Tower located on the 10th floor. Even he wouldugh and shake his head at the hypothesis that a climber on the 10th floor would break the test crystal ball. but. ¡®¡­But why do I feel more and more like that climber will be able to do it?¡¯ For some reason, Ken began to think that the little climber in front of him was going to make the lie that everyone was denying true. The thick scent of mana slowly seeping out along with his eyes and preparations. The way you could never believe that he was a 10th floor climber made you believe that he was actually not a 10th floor climber, but a skilled wizard who had reached a much higher floor than himself. ¡®It would be impossible for a 10th floor climber, but the climber in front of me seems to be able to do the impossible. Then should this person be called a 10th floor climber?¡¯ The wizarding world is made up of forms, and the results of those forms never change. Because that is magic, and that is their worldview. Therefore, Ken was confident that his belief that ¡®a 10th floor climber cannot break the test crystal ball¡¯ had not been broken. ¡®The author is not a 10th floor climber. At least he¡¯s not an ¡®ordinary¡¯ 10th floor climber.¡¯ When Ken¡¯s face rxed as he felt the world he believed in stop copsing even though he added just one word. As he thought, the 10th floor climber, who was not only ordinary but even extraordinary, began the test. Keying ¨C Jinhyeok¡¯s robe fluttered violently as mana flowed out towards the crystal ball in his hand. Ken couldn¡¯t even open his eyes properly due to the robe fluttering like a traveler¡¯s robe in a storm and the waves of mana gushing out around him. Ken did not take his eyes off the storm of mana that was blowing so hard that it was difficult to see even an inch ahead. ¡®¡­1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds.¡¯ I slowly reached the 10 seconds that Jinhyuk had mentioned, but I did not take my eyes off Jinhyuk as I checked the exact time. no. ¡®You can never miss it. In the future, that climber will definitely make a mark in the tower¡¯s history! ¡®You can¡¯t miss even a little bit of this moment that may be history, and possibly even a myth!¡¯ It was correct to say that I couldn¡¯t take it off. A part of the history that Jinhyuk would change as he ascended the tower was unfolding before his eyes, so it was impossible for Ken, a wizard also known as the n of explorers, to take his eyes off. The moment when Ken counted ¡®9¡¯ urately in a storm of mana where he couldn¡¯t even open his eyes properly. He was certain that his slightly changed thoughts were correct. Damn it ¨C ¡®As expected, he wasn¡¯t an ordinary 10th floor climber!¡¯ The test crystal ball, worth hundreds or even thousands of gold, was slowly cracking. It was an appearance that gave strength to the idea that Jinhyuk was not an ordinary 10th floor climber, and it also showed that the tower would face upheaval in the future. ¡°¡­10!¡± Finally, at the moment of counting beyond 9 to 10, Ken unconsciously added an exmation point and shouted the number 10. His eyes caught the sight of a test crystal ball that was beyond breaking and turning into dust. Ken swallowed dryly at the sight of Jinhyuk walking into the tower without even paying attention to the shattered crystal ball, giving the illusion of beautiful jewel dust fluttering, and the voice that apanied him. Before that, it was advice given to juniors by a senior who had entered the supreme study of magic. ¡°Mana balls are no different from a wizard¡¯s measure of his power. In other words, a mana ball the size of a fist is worse than not being shown. So, if you go somewhere and show me a mana ball like that because you¡¯re a wizard, you¡¯ll get stabbed.¡± Kiiiiing ¨C A more powerful mana energy than when he broke the crystal ball just moments ago was gushing out from above Jinhyuk¡¯s head. Feeling his entire body tingle with enormous mana, Ken raised his head and his eyes were filled with the sight of a huge mana ball like the sun brightly illuminating the lobby of the Wizard¡¯s Tower. ¡°Ah¡­ ahhh!¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s voice flew into Ken¡¯s ears like a revtion amidst his exmations that rang out softly like a believer who has weed God. ¡°Necromancer¡¯s room. ¡°Do you know where it is?¡± ¡°¡­I understand. I will guide you personally.¡± Just like that, the two disappeared into the depths of the wizard¡¯s tower, leaving behind the 35th floor climber bowing down and serving the 10th floor climber like a master. In the ce where the two people disappeared, the fragments, or rather the powder, of the crystal ball were shattered and scattered throughout the lobby, sparkling and making the lobby shine. The sparkling crystal ball powder caught the blue light emitted by the sun-like mana ball and showed off its beauty brilliantly until the moment the mana ball lost its power and disappeared. As if to show off Jinhyuk¡¯s brilliant talent. Chapter 44 All Master Necromancer Episode 44 ¡°¡­There are so many.¡± ¡°The magic path is infinite. ¡°It¡¯s only natural that we try to include all of those paths in the Wizard¡¯s Tower.¡± Climber on the 35th floor. Jinhyeok did not find it difficult to use Ken as his guide, who had high-level power by the standards of the 10th floor and at the same time had the rare profession of wizard. ¡®The 35th floor is suitable as a guide.¡¯ In fact, I think this is just the right amount to use as a guide. Behind this, there was a memory of the time when he was Cha Jin-hyuk, the ¡®Death Star¡¯ who once challenged the 600th floor and surpassed the 600th floor in terms of force. Well, for Ken, who revered Jinhyeok like a magic god, that kind offort gave him a sense of stability. ¡®You don¡¯t look like you have any difficulty with a climber higher than you taking the lead and taking on the role of guide. After all, he has the qualities of a king.¡¯ There is nothing more embarrassing to a believer than seeing the god they serve have difficulties with them. Is that why? Ken, who took the lead in assisting Jinhyuk, had a bright smile on his face. For him, it is an honor for his family to show his god the ce where he worked and where his god will also work in the future. ¡°The fire room, the water room, the ice room¡­ rooms with various properties are located inside the tower.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s definitely amazing.¡± ¡°There will be quite a few things. ¡°Didn¡¯t I tell you all that there is even ck magic?¡± ¡°Is there even ck magic?¡± ¡°Yes, maybe it¡¯s not on the 100th floor of the Wizard¡¯s Tower, but it is on the 10th floor. After all, you have to do something to survive. Thanks to this, people who live on the 100th floor or higher oftene down to our tower.¡± ck magic. There was no such thing as a forbidden ability within the tower, but ck magic was an object of disdain. Maybe it was an object of disgust. The reason was simple. ¡°It is not unusual to rece several unfamiliar climbers in order to survive.¡± The source of ck magic is life force. It goes without saying, but would those who want to live use their abilities by mortgaging their own vitality? Of course the answer was ¡®NO¡¯. They left their own life force as ast resort and used magic based on the life force of others. ¡°¡­I¡¯ve seen it a few times too. Non-warlocks abandoning theirpanions, or warlocks surviving by sacrificing others. ¡°It wasn¡¯t a very nice sight.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t particrly hate warlocks either. It¡¯s something I try to live with anyway, and things worse than that happen on a regr basis. Just¡­ as long as the target isn¡¯t me.¡± ¡°That¡¯s the top.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, that¡¯s the top.¡± Of course, the two people did not strongly reject ck magic. First of all, being a wizard yed a part, and the fact that the original tower was like this also yed a big part. A world where my life is more precious than someone else¡¯s life, and any action can be taken if I have the strength. Because that ce was the ¡®top¡¯. As a result, people also deal with ck magic to some extent in their lives. The process wasn¡¯t very good, but the result was great. ¡°It¡¯s a double aspect.¡± ¡°Yes, of course. ¡°There are people who swear like that on the outside and carry around several scrolls of Berserk.¡± ¡°Definitely Berserker is very useful in the early stages. Because they are of great help in climbing the tower. But if you do that, you will only dieter.¡± ¡°I agree. ¡°We are not dealing with ck magic in earnest, and it is clear that we will never be able to survive if we only rely on the by-products of ck magic.¡± However, if they depended on the by-products and neglected to hone their original abilities, they would simply be postponing their current mortality to the future. If your goal is not to die but to climb the tower, you should not becking in honing your natural abilities even if you use grabs. That was the absolute proposition that everyone in the tower had engraved in their heads. Even if you handle countless techniques, you should not neglect honing your natural abilities, whether it is a sword, a spear, a bow, or even something like shooting a poisonous needle. ¡®Well, my original ability is to catch, and my original ability is no different from catching, so it doesn¡¯t apply to me.¡¯ All Masters. A job that means he has mastered everything and that Jinhyuk can do it now. Thanks to his upation being ranked at the top among hidden upations, Jinhyeok was the only climber who could handle all the trappings in the world as if it were his natural ability. However, because of that, he could have be a misceneous character with no natural abilities¡­ but this was not the case for Jinhyuk. ¡®Necromancy. Furthermore, as long as there is a center called Spirit Master, I will not be shaken.¡¯ Due to the nature of the job of being an All Master, there may be cases where one cannot find one¡¯s center and only digs at several wells, but Jinhyuk had a strong center as a Spirit Master. It is a center that has been honed since its previous life, and is now regaining the strength of its previous life even more quickly by taking full advantage of its versatility. ¡®Rather, we have to worry about not being able to properly utilize the All Master¡¯s job characteristics.¡¯ Instead of finding the center of gravity that would have been buried in others by the job characteristics of being an All Master, Jinhyeok was a unique case where the job characteristics of being an All Master faded away. That¡¯s because Jinhyuk only yed in the melee ss up to the 100th floor and wasn¡¯t that special. From then on, he rode the wizard tech tree leading to Wizard ¨C Necromancer ¨C Spirit Master and became apletely standard wizard. Is that why? Jinhyuk had been training since the tutorial, and Jinhyeok often engaged in closebat due to his desire for revenge against Nine Star, so even that reached its limit. ¡®It mainly deals with magic, focusing on the Spirit Master¡¯s power, and closebat is only fought with weapons that can be easily grasped, so I feel like I¡¯m losing all sense of it. ¡®You need a proper teacher.¡¯ Jinhyuk¡¯s stats are high. The stats are enough to overwhelm climbers who are 10 to 20 floors higher, rather than being pushed back. Naturally, it is a structure in which most climbers on the same floor have no choice but to fall even if Jinhyuk is hit by a roughly wielded staff. Although it wasfortable for climbing, Jinhyeok did not like the fact that he was making fun of the top sub-job and hidden job he had worked so hard to obtain. ¡®Tsk, but there¡¯s no benefit to learning from ordinary people and it hurts your pride.¡¯ Even on the 10th floor, there are no military officers (except for the top ss), but their level is quite understandable. There is no way Jinhyeok, who has only seen people around him who say he is bad, will not be satisfied with this. ¡®I¡¯ll have to look into this properly after realizing my spiritual power. If Kyung-hoon is at that level, it would be just right.¡¯ Martial God Choi Gyeong-hoon. Jinhyuk, who was thinking about being the first Earthling-level weapon master to break through the 800th floor of the tower, had something wrong in his mind, but Jinhyuk himself could not find anything particrly wrong. For Jinhyuk, who has met only the best climbers, including Choi Kyung-hoon, for several years, it was natural that he would not be satisfied if it wasn¡¯t to that level. Well, if you really can¡¯t find a climber of that level, you will be lowered in your eyes, but that was just a distant story that hasn¡¯t happened yet. At least for Jinhyuk now, he was filled with the thought that the only person who could teach him was a climber who had at least reached the level of Choi Kyung-hoon, so it was natural. ¡°Im here. ¡°If you need anything, please call me anytime.¡± While Jinhyuk and Ken were thinking about their future schedule, they had already arrived at their original destination. Necromancer¡¯s room. A ce where there is a way to awaken the spiritual power, which can be said to be the true power of the Spirit Master. Jinhyuk, who entered the room after seeing Ken retreat after speaking politely, could not stop the exmation that came out of his mouth. ¡°¡­Huh, it¡¯s no joke.¡± ¡°I have no choice but to admit it. ¡°I don¡¯t think it can even bepared to when I visited the tower before.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t it because you are so ancient?¡± ¡°¡­Let¡¯s move on quietly, right?¡± Balkan mountaineers existed hundreds of years ago. Of course, it is not surprising that thetest technology at that time is now inferior to ordinary technology. They say that even rivers and mountains change in 10 years, so it wouldn¡¯t be strange if the world itself changed in hundreds of years. Balkan, who knew this well, cleared his throat and rolled his eyes at Jinhyuk¡¯s scolding. Jinhyuk began looking around the room, trying to avoid Vulcan¡¯s almostser-like gaze. ¡°It¡¯s full of various books and reagents, and even a corpse? ¡°It¡¯spletely like a necromancer¡¯s dream.¡± ¡°But why were there so few people in the lobby? ¡°If the room of a non-mainstream necromancer is like this, other rooms must be simr, right?¡± Various books and reagents fill the spacious room. Furthermore, there are even corpses of various monsters prepared for you to dissect and raise. Vulcan did not hide his doubts about the fact that there were so few people in such a niceboratory with so many rooms. ¡°The reason is obvious.¡± ¡°what?¡± ¡°Because the facilities here are worse than those on the 100th floor.¡± ¡°¡­ah.¡± It was Balkan who let out a shallow exmation at Jinhyuk¡¯s answer that prated the topic. In fact, the 10th floor wizard¡¯s tower could not be considered to be of a very high standard by the standards of the overall tower. The only advantage is that there are no books or schools of thought that are specifically banned, so there is a little more diversity. ¡®You can¡¯t keep up with climbers who climb over 100 floors with just that.¡¯ Even those who came with an interest in magic books that were not found in the upper world, such as ck magic, could gain the necessary knowledge in just a few days, and there was no truly high-level ck magic here. If you are truly capable, talented, and interested in ck magic, it would be quicker to open the auction house window rather thaning to the Wizard¡¯s Tower on the 10th floor. This is assuming that you have the talent to handle high-level ck magic. ¡°Put that aside for now. ¡°What we¡¯re going to do now is not a policy to resolve the poption shortage in the Wizard¡¯s Tower, right?¡± ¡°That¡¯s a correct answer to a random question. You are right. Are you going to start right away?¡± ¡°There¡¯s no need to dy, right? Awakening my spiritual power quickly increases my value and eliminates the reason for Gold Rich to abandon me. Traders are not good at calcting their profits. ¡°If I don¡¯t live up to his expectations, he will mercilessly abandon me.¡± ¡°At one point, you spoke as if you were more trustworthy than anyone else in the world.¡± ¡°That¡¯s what happens when I show as much or more than he thinks. Instead, if I achieve that standard, he will push me harder than anyone else in the world.¡± Hearing Jinhyeok¡¯s confident words, Balkan sighed and began to organize the room. The wooden desks and books that had filled the center were suddenly pushed to the corner. Of course, Balkan didn¡¯t do it himself. -Ugh¡­. ¡°Get rid of these quickly, quickly. ¡°Your master is so smart!¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯ve never been rude, so don¡¯t give the kids any weird feelings. Because it will be ufortableter.¡± ¡°That¡¯s what I¡¯m saying. ¡°You don¡¯t even know how I feel?¡± ¡°¡­Okay, thank you very much.¡± The more you treat your soul carelessly, the more brutal it bes. The aftermath was a very bothersome thing that Jinhyuk had to deal with. Therefore, Jinhyeok was trying to be very good to the soul, as long as it was not a soul that would be used once or twice and thrown away. ¡®But this damn bastard destroys it in one fell swoop.¡¯ Jinhyeok, who was contemting whether to deprive him of the right to be amander, shook his head at the sight of Vulcan, who was not an ordinary spirit soldier but a demonic soul soldier, giggling as he was using them to clean up the room. ¡®If I do it out of anger, I¡¯ll end up feeling tiredter. That bastard knows all that and just leaves. As expected, there¡¯s nothing I can do about a guy who has mastered the Spirit Master like that.¡¯ Once the presence of themander imprinted on the soul bottles and demon soul soldiers is destroyed, it takes time to imprint it again, and confusiones to the soul bottles and demon soul soldiers. This was even more so in the case of a soul as deeply involved as Balkan. It would be better if he never appoints him as amander again. His ability is so great that that option is gone. If he is kicked out as amander, Jinhyeok will ultimately lose out. ¡®It would be better to deal with the anger thates out when soul diseases umte as much stress as possible. ¡®He¡¯s such a fucking bastard.¡¯ It is morefortable to release the stress and anger derived from dealing with a soul illness. ¡°finished.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, thank you.¡± ¡°I just need to know.¡± ¡°¡­I should just fucking clean it up myself.¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s voice, muttering in a resigned voice as if he had given up, filled the cool necromancer¡¯s room with emptiness. ¡°Are you not going to do it?¡± ¡°I have to do it. Even if it¡¯s annoying, I have to awaken my spiritual power.¡± Take a peek at what¡¯s in Balkan¡¯s crackling voice. There was only one thing Jinhyuk could do after feeling this way. Spiritual power. Preparing to awaken that which is no different from the purpose for which you came here. Tsutsutsutsu ¨C As soon as Jinhyuk made up his mind, the magic circle that Vulcan had drawn in advance in the center where Jinhyuk stood began to shine, and at the same time, the morale that had spread in the room rushed to the center. ¡°¡­Oof!¡± ¡°I will see you alive.¡± Of course, Jinhyuk was at the end. Jinhyeok let out a short, death-like voice as he felt a huge amount of pain prate his whole body. Jinhyuk¡¯s wide-open eyes were stained ck with death energy, and Jinhyeok¡¯s mind was swallowed up by darkness. Chapter 45 All Master Necromancer Episode 45 : Spiritual Power. There were not many beings in the tower who could properly handle this power, which can be literally tranted as the power of the soul. No, to be precise, there were so few that you could count them on one hand. Going beyond that, it was safe to say that there was no one at all who could use spiritual power properly, and since Jinhyeok died, there was not a single one. In other words, there is only one person in the tower who can fully manipte spiritual power. Jinhyuk was the only one, and unless a new Spirit Master appeared, that record would not be broken. So, one problem remains here. Why on earth is it that the only beings who can properly manipte spiritual power are Spirit Masters? That¡¯s the problem. ¡®That¡¯s because I don¡¯t know anything about the soul.¡¯ However, it was a simple problem for Jinhyeok, the spirit master. No one, not even the Four Emperors, also known as the ruling ss that ruled the entire tower, knew anything about the ¡®soul¡¯. That was the reason why he could not properly handle the power of spiritual power. ¡®The reason they can use even a little bit of spiritual power is because of their damn perfect body and the outstanding soul that resides in it. If it weren¡¯t for that, they wouldn¡¯t have been able to even handle spiritual power.¡¯ Even now, when Jinhyeok can¡¯t think straight due to the overwhelming waves of fraud, he doesn¡¯t like the idea of others handling spiritual power to the point that he thinks this way. In particr, the sight of the Four Emperors using spiritual power without any effort is even unpleasant to Jinhyeok. Of course, the spiritual power they used was something that could hardly be called spiritual power, but Jinhyuk still didn¡¯t like it. ¡®I don¡¯t even want to call spiritual power spiritual power, which is nothing more than a residue derived from a powerful soul, but spiritual power is spiritual power¡­.¡¯ In essence, all living things have a soul, and as the soul bes stronger, the body also grows together. . Nevertheless, there are often cases where the body cannot keep up with the size of the soul, and as a result, the power of the soul naturally flows out of the body. That was the way the Four Emperors used spiritual power. ¡®The spiritual power flowing out from a body that cannot contain a soul that is too much for them. As expected, neither body nor soul suit them.¡¯ As always, the biggest reason why Jinhyeok coveted the souls and bodies of the Four Emperors was also closely rted to spiritual power. A strong soul and body are no different from a medium that allows one to handle stronger spiritual power. Of course, now it has no particr meaning. ¡®I can just feast on their bodies and souls, so there¡¯s no reason to covet what they have.¡¯ All Masters and the trait, Predation. These two cards made the greed that Jinhyuk had while climbing the tower disappear like snow. Well, that greed degenerated into another greed, and as a result, he continued to covet the bodies and souls of the Four Emperors, but it was not important to Jinhyeok. ¡®¡­let¡¯s stop with the distracting thoughts and move on to awakening spiritual power.¡¯ Just a moment of idle thoughts filled with greed for the Four Emperors. Jinhyeok, who recalled his original purpose, began toe to his senses in a world filled with darkness. ¡®If you lose your mind, you will die.¡¯ The word ¡®death¡¯ is not spoken empty-handed, but spoken sincerely. To that extent, awakening Jinhyuk¡¯s spiritual power, which he is currently doing, required risking his life. ¡®High risk, high return. I like that saying, but it still bothers me that the return is death.¡¯ High risk, high return. With great riskses great costs. Of course, the price here was spiritual power, and the risk was death. However, the fact that spiritual power is a price worth paying for death pushed Jinhyuk into a pit full of danger. ¡®It¡¯s not that there is no easy way to get there, but¡­ time is too tight to turn around.¡¯ Just as there are multiple paths to a certain destination, spiritual power was also simr. There are many paths, and at the end of all of them, there is spiritual power. Nevertheless, Jinhyeok chose the roughest and most difficult path. reason? Of course, it was natural that at any moment one¡¯s enemies, especially powerful enemies, might attempt to take one¡¯s life. Time was not on Jinhyuk¡¯s side; rather, it was a weapon that strangled Jinhyuk¡¯s neck. Of course, there is no option to go leisurely and slowly. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk headed to the Wizard¡¯s Tower without hesitation and threw himself into the waves of fraud. ¡®¡­The fastest way to awaken spiritual power is to be closest to the soul.¡¯ The best and fastest way to awaken spiritual power is to get as close to the spirit as possible. The further away you are from your soul, the slower your awakening will be, and the safer you will be. After all, the easiest way to get closer to the soul is¡­ ¡®¡­to die.¡¯ Because I was going to die. In fact, there was no way to get closer to the soul than to die. Well, that doesn¡¯t mean that everyone awakens their spiritual power when they die, but it is true that death is a great help in awakening their spiritual power. However, if you really die, it is very difficult toe back to life, and there are not many ways. ¡®Requesting resurrection from God and the devil is too costly and there is a high possibility that they will not grant it.¡¯ The first and most popr(?) method is resurrection through the power of God and the devil. It was not very efficientpared to the investment(?). The worst was mortgaging the rest of his life, and the worst was having to be a puppet in their hands even after death. That was a choice Jinhyuk could not have chosen. He would have rather died, but being exploited for the rest of his life or even after death was not something he wanted. Of course, I had erased from my mind the thought of capturing Balkan, who was thinking the same thing, and using him as amander tomand the soul soldiers. ¡®After that, if it¡¯s not an ability like a skill or physical ability, it¡¯s like a reward for a quest given by gods and devils¡­ There¡¯s no particr way to do this either.¡¯ Unless you have resurrection-level skills or abilities, obtaining a body is almost like picking a star in the sky. The level of soul transmission that allowed Jinhyeok to be in this position is the only skill that a climber can acquire. ¡®It¡¯s good to be alive, but you lose all your abilities, and you can¡¯t decide when to be reborn, so should I say this is good or bad?¡¯ In the end, it is an ability that was beneficial to Jinhyuk, but I am not sure that it will apply to everyone else. No, in most cases, close to 90% of climbers would be at a loss. ¡®Maybe 10 years is too little, decades¡­ if I was reincarnated hundreds of yearster¡­ it¡¯s terrible to even imagine.¡¯ Jinhyeok gathered his thoughts, thinking that he might actually be lucky. ¡®It¡¯s not that there are no bodies rted to resurrection at all, but¡­ it boasts an outrageous collection difficulty that is no different from the skills or abilities mentioned above, so we¡¯ll have to postpone that.¡¯ In the end, the most important point was not to die. If you don¡¯t die in the first ce, you won¡¯t need all the things mentioned above. In that respect, it goes without saying that the method chosen by Jinhyeok was a finite method. ¡®Through fraud, the body is put into a half-dead state of suspended animation, allowing the soul to escape from the body. A state of half-life reflex, not dead but not alive either. And then, with the state of the soul that escaped from there, we practice to awaken our spiritual power.¡¯ The so-called out-of-body training method. Naturally, it was not a training method that anyone could do. First, we needed a way to consolidate the massive amount of fraud in one ce and be able to maintain it. This was possible because Balkan provided the personnel needed for cohesion and maintenance. Secondly¡­ -Can you hear me? ¡®Yes, I hear you well. There¡¯s no problem outside, right?¡¯ -There¡¯s nothing much except for the ghosts creeping up. ¡®Hold it tight. ¡®Because it would be a bother if my body was stolen by a ghost for no reason.¡¯ -It¡¯s because you¡¯re weak. Tsk tsk, you can¡¯t help but lose your body to a ghost. Get rid of the spirit masterbel. ¡®¡­Stop talking nonsense and be aware of your surroundings. ¡®Because an empty body is vulnerable to even a single ghost.¡¯ -I know better than anyone else, don¡¯t worry. Just focus on your training. If I don¡¯t get results worth the effort, I¡¯d better be prepared. ¡®¡­Sure.¡¯ There was a ghost. The soul escaped from the body of the living. So should we say that he is dead? Should I say I lived? The correct answer could be said to be half and half. Neither dead nor alive. A state of half-life and half-death where, if another person¡¯s soul takes over the body, the body can be used as a new body and live a new life. in other words. ¡®I need to finish my training quickly and return to my body so as not to lose my body to those damn demons.¡¯ Jinhyeok gritted his teeth slightly because it would be a pain to deal with it if a ghost came into contact with his body and messed up his insides, although his body would not be taken over by a ghost. ¡®Valkan, I believe it¡­ but I can¡¯t help but be worried.¡¯ The Balkans can be said to be the best defense. In fact, if Balkan wanted to, he could eat Jinhyuk¡¯s empty body, but Jinhyuk knew very well that he would not do that. ¡®The soul bottle serves its purpose as a soul bottle and does not target the Spirit Master. ¡®He wouldn¡¯t try to break what he pursued during his lifetime.¡¯ The appearance of a stern wizard. However, it was also true that he was trustworthy as a colleague. In addition, Jinhyeok had no intention of treating him as a soul soldier forever. ¡®Alchemy, if we just find him, we can create a homunculus. The homunculus he created could easily be used as a vessel to contain the souls of the dead. At that time, the first Spirit Master Balkan will be revived again.¡¯ When a smile appears on Jinhyuk¡¯s mental body¡¯s lips as he remembers that thrilling moment just thinking about it. Jinhyeok shook off all his distracting thoughts at once and, with his lips tightly closed without even the slightest movement, began to feel and assimte with the soul itself. ¡®Everything is enough even after awakening spiritual power. For now¡­ I¡¯ll just have to focus on what¡¯s in front of me.¡¯ With thest thought, Jinhyuk¡¯s mental body (soul body) fell into meditation, trapped in the darkness amidst the waves of fraud. * * * -Body! Give yourself up! -Fresh flesh! A living body! I can live again~~~ -Get out of the way, old man! That body is mine! Don¡¯t be greedy and achieve Buddhahood! ¡°¡­Damn, all kinds of people are sticking to me.¡± Necromancer¡¯s room. Originally, the ce where not even ghosts, let alone misceneous spirits, could enter, was now overrun with misceneous spirits. Because it is full of various defense and exorcism magics, you have to be prepared to disappear once you enter, so ghosts and misceneous spirits never evene near the wizard¡¯s tower. But right now. Various ghosts as well as misceneous ghosts instinctively felt that Jinhyeok¡¯s soul had escaped from his body. Even¡­. ¡°¡­is it named? That guy sure looks like he has a good body. ¡°It¡¯s amazing to see even named ghosts that should be asleep appear.¡± Even the famous ghosts that had been living on the 10th floor of the tower for a long time began to appear one by one, so wasn¡¯t all that said? The surroundings became noisy and the Wizard¡¯s Tower also fell into turmoil due to the appearance of ghosts and ghosts that were not normally seen. Ken, who brought Jinhyeok to the necromancer¡¯s room, sensed that the center of all themotion was the necromancer¡¯s room and opened the door. ¡°What on earth is happening now¡­ Wow!¡± ¡°¡­Be quiet and help yourself too. Still, you can probably catch at least some ghosts on the 35th floor.¡± ¡°Da¡­ who the hell are you? No, in the first ce, if you are not the chosen one, you cannote in¡­¡± ¡°I am your senior by a long way, so shut up and catch me!¡± ¡°yep! Seniors!¡± Ken¡¯s words, which were surprised to see Balkan visualized for full-scale barricade work, did not reach Balkan. Rather, it was quite natural for Vulkan to use Ken, who hade to calm themotion, to deal with the misceneous ghosts, while he himself was to block the named ghosts. They came to look for Jinhyuk, but Jinhyuk was sitting cross-legged in the middle of the room with his eyes closed, and Ken was confused by this situation as he said that the person he saw for the first time was his senior and was destroying the ghosts. However, he also noticed that there was something about the ghosts rushing madly towards the god he believed in, so he worked hard to stop them in his own way. However, just as they could not stop ten people with one hand, a gap appeared in their seemingly perfect defense. -Hahaha! That damn body is mine! ¡°¡­Oh shit! Stop it!¡± ¡°It¡¯s too far! Ugh¡­ And if we break the front line here and now, the other guys¡­ will listen loudly.¡± One of the ghosts with the strongest energy was hiding among the other ghosts, and without missing the opportunity, rushed towards Jinhyeok. The sight of him crawling on the floor in a ravenous posture, with his eyes closed and intent on devouring Jinhyeok, who was in a state of immobility, was bizarre, but very fast. Since other ghosts and misceneous ghosts were a problem to chase after him now, the two people eventually gave up on him and repaired the gap that had formed, shouting at Jinhyeok. ¡°Wake up, you idiot! A guy like that could really lose control of his body!¡± ¡°wake up! ¡°Meditation is good, but the current situation is not so good!¡± It got to the point where the two worse-offs yelled at Jinhyuk directly. te!te! I will take good care of your body! The moment when his translucent arm touches Jinhyeok¡¯s motionless body at the same time as the voice of a giggling ghost or evil spirit. ¡°Whose body are you putting your hands on, you bastard?¡± -¡­?!!! bang-! At the same time that Jinhyeok¡¯s voice was heard clearly in the demon¡¯s ears, a bullet was lodged in his head. ¡°¡­Gumbora? Well, it doesn¡¯t matter.¡± Jinhyeok tilted his head as he saw the purple-ck energy fluttering and spreading around him as the bullet erupted, but it didn¡¯tst long. Jinhyuk got up from his seat, shaking off the dust that had gotten on his clothes due to the rampage of misceneous ghosts and ghosts, and finished stretching by bending his neck this way and that. He spread out his hands and shouted softly. ¡°Bow. ¡°I am not responsible even if I get hit.¡± ¡°You¡­ crazy guy! Bow down!¡± ¡°Ugh¡­ Ugh! yes!¡± The two people couldn¡¯t even respond to the inconsiderate voice and threw themselves towards the dust-filled ground. After confirming that their bodies had moved to a position where they could not be hit by his attack, a purple-ck energy formed on Jinhyeok¡¯s ten fingers. and. ¡°It will be difficult to sweep them away because they stillck spiritual power, but this will be enough. The Ten Zodiac Spirit Bullets.¡± Keying- Tatang!!! Ten bullets extending from ten fingers. The ten bullets made with spiritual power instantly split in half, split in half again, and split into a total of forty bullets, attacking the group of ghosts. Quagwagwagwang! Of course, it goes without saying that its power was perfect. Chapter 46 All Master Necromancer Episode 46 ¡°¡­What the heck is this?¡± Ken, who was forced to participate in the battle by Vulcan, was excited when he saw the view inside the necromancer¡¯s room. The interior of the room waspletely destroyed, but not only those ssified as misceneous ghosts, but even the famous ghosts disappeared without a trace. ¡®They didn¡¯t run away. It disappeared as soon as it was hit by the attack he fired. ¡®Is this really possible?¡¯ Aside from his magical talent, it was a very shocking thing for Ken, who thought that if he fought Jinhyuk, he would either win or be evenly matched. No matter how much it was done to protect Jinhyeok, the number and quality of the ghosts that filled the room were by no means easy. However, the sight of Jinhyeok, who was assumed to be simr in terms ofbat ability, excluding talent, annihting them in an instant was a shock in itself. ¡®Is that power just now the new power that caused the ghosts to flock? Even so, what kind of power is that¡­.¡¯ Ten bullets shot out from the tips of my fingers. Ken¡¯s shock was even greater because it was his first time seeing them multiply into forty bullets in an instant and simultaneously destroy the ghosts. ¡°¡­who the hell are you?¡± Is that why? Without realizing it, Ken asked about Jinhyuk¡¯s identity. Jinhyuk responded obediently. ¡°Jin¡­ It¡¯s Jin.¡± Ken, who had been muttering the name ¡®Jin¡¯ while looking at Jinhyuk, who had been given the name Jin, which was a contraction of his own name, Jinhyuk, finished thinking and opened his mouth. ¡°¡­jin. All right. Jin. Please leave it to me to clean up after you and then head out of the tower. ¡°If youe back tomorrow, it will be neat and tidy.¡± ¡°If you do that, I would be grateful.¡± The room was ruined by the attack of ghosts and the Ten Zodiac Bullets written by Jinhyeok in the process of dealing with them. Jinhyuk was not one to refuse his words that he would clean it up himself. ¡®I was still tired, but it worked out well. As if protecting me while I awakened my spiritual power wasn¡¯t enough, he even cleaned up after me¡­ It¡¯s quite useful, isn¡¯t it?¡¯ The repulsion felt in the process of dealing with ghosts. Jinhyuk felt interest and gratitude towards Ken because it was nothing more than evidence proving that the ghosts targeting his body were not ordinary. ¡®No matter how much Balkan had tied up most of the ghosts, the amount was too much for even him to handle. If I had woken up a littleter, I probably would have had a long-distance fight with the ghost that had taken over my body. ¡®I am grateful to be grateful, so I need to prepare something in return.¡¯ Grace and revenge are thoroughly repaid. For Jinhyeok, whose motto is, this help was not small at all. of course. ¡®I guess I can just tell Goldrich.¡¯ I had no intention of doing that with my own money. No, since he thought of Gold Rich¡¯s money as his own, Jinhyuk would have thought that he was repaying Ken¡¯s favor with his own money. Goldrich was shocked to hear that, but it was none of Jinhyeok¡¯s business. Tuk-tuk- ¡°Then please take care of me.¡± ¡°see you tommorow.¡± The appearance of two people who seem to clearly distinguish between subordinates and superiors. Jinhyuk taps Ken on the shoulder, and Ken blushes as if he is touched by Jinhyuk¡¯s encouragement. Ken went further and bowed his head, showing that he was the number one subordinate. The sight of a climber on the 35th floor bowing his head to a climber on the 10th floor and being moved by his encouragement may have seemed strange to other climbers, but to Ken, the number of floors no longer meant anything. ¡®In the magic path,yers have no meaning. In particr, wizards show strength that is independent of floor level. For us, the floor is just a ce to test our achievements. In that respect, Jin is a being who cane and go and climb the tower as if it were his own home. Rather, this is natural.¡¯ Even though he knew that the name Jin wasn¡¯t his real name, he didn¡¯t ask any more questions, and since he truly admired Jinhyeok, he shook his head and was lost in thought. ¡®I also grow up next to him. ¡®Even if I chase a stork and get my crotch torn, I won¡¯t end my life as a sparrow.¡¯ Although he may not be able to stand as Jinhyuk¡¯s equal, he thought of himself being by his side and holding the broom and dustpan in his hands. ¡°This too is for Him.¡± With a bright smile on his lips, Ken¡¯s hands began to move like lightning, as if making a hand sign. And Jinhyuk disappeared inside the necromancer¡¯s room, leaving behind the necromancer¡¯s room that was gradually being cleaned up as if by magic. * * * ¡°Hmm, it¡¯s still not enough. ¡°After just one shot, it¡¯s over¡­¡± ¡°It¡¯s premature ejaction.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s a bit harsh.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t it true? If you fire one shot at that and run out of spiritual power, it¡¯s premature ejaction, and if you¡¯re not a rabbit, then what the hell¡­¡± ¡° Well, just because you don¡¯t think of a frog tadpole as an enemy, Vulkan, you wouldn¡¯t have created a dragon with spiritual power from the beginning. ¡°Are you going to start a fight again just because I caught one pod?¡± ¡°¡­Keuhum!¡± After cleaning up with Ken, Jinhyeok left the necromancer¡¯s room and the wizard¡¯s tower and had to meet Vulcan, who was making fun of him. Ten Zodiac Signs. It was Jinhyuk¡¯s favorite technique to create a bullet using spiritual power and fire it from the tips of each of his ten fingers. Of course, when Jinhyuk was using it, he showed off his outrageousness by shooting with one finger and instantly increasing the number of shots to hundreds of shots, but as of now, it is out of the question. Nheless, Jinhyuk was satisfied. ¡°I awakened my spiritual power only on the first day. ¡°There is nothing better than this.¡± ¡°Yes, because the fact that you have awakened your spiritual power is important. I won¡¯t stop training, but at least there won¡¯t be anything like today. not bad.¡± I awakened my spiritual power. With that alone, the intended purpose of visiting the Wizard¡¯s Tower was achieved. Furthermore, it was very good for Jinhyuk and Vulkan that since they had awakened their spiritual power, they no longer had to worry about their empty bodies being taken over by ghosts or ghosts. For Jinhyuk, it was nice not to have to worry about his body being taken away by a mere ghost, and on the other hand, it was nice for Balkan not to have to grapple with ghosts, so it was a win-win. ¡°Still, I don¡¯t want to see you making a fuss after shooting that thing once, so build up enough spiritual power to shoot that thing multiple times.¡± ¡°¡­I was nning on doing that, so don¡¯t worry.¡± However, the problem was that he could not show his inaction in his previous life with only a small amount of spiritual power. ¡®The 10 zodiac bullets are given once. If you divide it into five-pointed spirit bullets and one-pointed spirit bullets, you can use it many more times, but it is stillcking in the same way. After all, we need more spiritual power.¡¯ Spiritual power. This power, called the power of the soul, can be everything. As it is derived from the soul, its potential is endless and anything can be created as long as the size of the vessel that holds it and the ability to shape it are sufficient. ¡®It¡¯s possible to create a dragon with spiritual power, so I¡¯ve said everything.¡¯ A dragon tribe, one of the four emperor tribes. They normally take on the form of humans with a gorgeous appearance, but their original form is that of an enormous dragon. Naturally, the strength of a dragon is not evenparable to that of a human, and various resistances also increase exponentially. If you create such a dragon with spiritual power, an enormous monster will be born, no matter how much weaker it is than the original. ¡®Spiritual power has its own advantages, so there are some aspects where it is better than an actual dragon. Well, there are more disadvantages than advantages.¡¯ Because the power of spiritual power was so infinite, Jinhyuk clenched his fists and steeled himself. ¡®I should aim to be able to use the Zodiac Bullets at least five times.¡¯ The twelve zodiac bullets five times. For Jinhyuk of the past, this level of spiritual power would have been undetectable, but not for Jinhyuk now. Rather, if you can umte that much spiritual power, it would be like picking a star in the sky to find someone who can beat Jinhyeok one-on-one until you reach the 100th floor at least. ¡®It¡¯s quite possible as long as it¡¯s not a rookie level thing. Not to mention using the legion.¡¯ Jinhyeok¡¯s army consisting of demon soldiers, spirit soldiers, and demon soul soldiers. Although it is at a weak level to be called an army, it is enough to be called an army if it is below the 100th floor. The 1-on-1 standard set by Jinhyeok does not deal with legions, but is based on martial artsbat using the power of All Masters andbat using magic. ¡®If I use an army, I will win everything.¡¯ Therefore, when Jinhyuk is confident that there is at least no being below the 100th floor that he cannot defeat if he uses the army, he steps into the hotel. ¡°Find that guy named Jin Khan!¡± ¡°You damn bastard, how dare you set fire to the branch?¡± ¡°You there! Stop, are you wearing your robe that deep? ¡°Does it look suspicious?¡± I could see familiar faces of climbers climbing all over the streets. -White Swallow? -Why are they like that? -I guess you got really angry when you saw him break the unspoken rules and do that? -I guess that¡¯s right, wouldn¡¯t it be weirder that their house waspletely burned down and still intact? -That¡¯s right. Those who turn the streets upside down. They were White Swallow¡¯s guild members. Of course, not everyone was a White Swallow guild member. ¡®Hmm, it looks like there¡¯s an errand boy in the mix too.¡¯ Not only was there no guild mark, but there were quite a few faces he didn¡¯t see when he visited the branch, so Jinhyeok was convinced that they were errand boys. messenger. People who make money by doing other people¡¯s favors without a specific guild or organization. These were people who had be stuck on the 10th floor, to the point where they often used the expression ¡°losers¡± who gave up on climbing the tower. ¡®Pathetic guys. When it¡¯s time to show someone else¡¯s face, go outside and kill kobolds or catch orcs. ¡®Tsk.¡¯ Those who can¡¯t pass even if they try the next floor, are tired of catching monsters outside, or are traumatized by getting injured somewhere. It was not good to see such people walking around like White Swallow, pulling back other people¡¯s robes with such force. of course. ¡®Even if you do, you won¡¯t be able to find me.¡¯ Even so, there was no way Jinhyeok would be caught by them. mockery. It was a term referring to the work that White Swallow and other messengers were doing. That¡¯s right¡­. ¡®At that time, he used hallucination magic and illusion magic, and finally, he even transformed my face. How do you know that?¡¯ White Swallow¡¯s guild members may not have known, but Jinhyuk literally used magic to visit them. If he had gone with a bare face in the first ce, his true identity would have been revealed to the top of the hierarchy and even to Nine Star. It¡¯s not like Jinhyuk doesn¡¯t have any ideas, so how could he do that? Even if there was a skilled magician, no one could properly see Jinhyeok¡¯s face, which was so borate that even severalyers of walls could not be recognized. Even. ¡°Damn it, why are all the face montages different!¡± The fact that the faces of Jinhyeok that the guild members remembered were all different caused confusion in the investigation. Jinhyeok, who was shaking his head as he watched them enjoying the power of the hallucination and illusion magic doublebo, headed towards the hotel without stopping. Jinhyuk¡¯s appearance, proudly wearing a robe, was outside the scope of the White Swallow and the messengers¡¯ investigation, so Jinhyuk was not stopped in any way. Jinhyuk was just a few blocks away from the hotel. -Kheng! Keeng¡­. ¡°Kihihi- that¡¯s fun.¡± ¡°Hey, cry. ¡°Cry more.¡± Puk puk puk- ¡°¡­what is that again?¡± Just hearing the sound of leather drums beatinging from inside a dark alley makes me feel like a gangster¡­ Jinhyuk suddenly stuck his head out and looked into the alley at the sound of the voice. ¡®A two-tailed fox and an ordinary(?) gangster.¡¯ There were several gangster climbers there, kicking and giggling at a two-tailed fox cub. The fox cub¡¯s condition was not very good, perhaps because it had suffered for a long time. His whole body was covered in blood and he couldn¡¯t even open his eyes properly. ¡®¡­You idiots. Don¡¯t you know that it is a spirit-level animal in that it has two tails? It kicks a pumpkin that has grown on a vine, which would be more helpful if you keep it close to you and raise it.¡¯ Animals that deviate from conventional concepts are treated as spirits or ghosts, and if you keep them as pets, they will be of great help in climbing the tower in the future. Naturally, it is difficult to see proper spirit creatures or phantom beasts, but it is also difficult to keep them as pets, and even Jinhyeok did not get a single pet while climbing nearly 600 floors. Wow ¨C that¡¯s why I thought it was a good opportunity and even did some stretching. Just as I was fully prepared and was about to approach them. [The nine-tailed fox asks you to do a favor.] [The nine-tailed fox asks you to save his apostle.] ¡®¡­What is this?¡¯ Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes were filled with a message from a neutral god asking him to do what he wanted to do withpensation. Chapter 47 All Master Necromancer Episode 47 ¡®But he¡¯s an apostle¡­ It¡¯s a strange thing.¡¯ Apostle. God and devil. Beings to whom he gives some of his power as those who follow his will. Naturally, they were powerful, and they were the ones who spread the names and reputations of gods and demons throughout the tower. ¡®The reason they are able to spread the names and reputations of the gods and demons they serve throughout the tower is because they have the strength to do so. But at best, I got beaten up by the thugs on the 10th floor and the god that the apostle serves directly asks me for help¡­ That¡¯s strange.¡¯ Therefore, Jinhyeok could not hide his suspicions and caution. Most apostles with transcendental strength would only appoint climbers above the 300th floor, and in the case of high-ranking gods or demons, only climbers above the 600th floor would be appointed as apostles. In addition, the ¡®nine-tailed fox¡¯ who is currently requesting Jinhyeok is a person of sufficiently high rank that it would not be strange to bebeled as such. ¡®Are you doing this? Roll it up?¡¯ No matter how much it was a favor from God, I didn¡¯t know the context well enough to proceed with the work with the feeling that I was simply incurring a debt without anypensation. In a world where ignorance leads to danger, Jin-hyuk struggles with the fact that a person who appears to be just a gangster in Jin-hyuk¡¯s eyes may actually be an incredibly strong climber. [The nine-tailed fox says that it is the cub that he left behind in the tower.] ¡®¡­If you say this, it¡¯s different.¡¯ God, the Nine-Tailed Fox personally sent a personal message and asked Jinhyuk for a favor, and only then did Jinhyuk feel that the pieces of the puzzle wereing together. young. If it was a cub that was left in the tower before he took his ce as a god, it could exin why he appointed that cub as an apostle and why he was beaten by the bullies like that. ¡®He was appointed as an apostle because he is his blood rtive, and the reason he gets beaten by the gangsters is because he is still a baby and has no strength. In other words, it¡¯s not like the gangsters have any special powers. At this level, there is nothing to be afraid of.¡¯ After thinking about it and flicking the abacus, Jinhyuk looked up at the empty blue sky and asked. ¡°What are you going to give me?¡± [The nine-tailed fox offers to give the cub the mask.] ¡°¡­Call.¡± mask. Even though the mask that the fox cub wore at an angle on its head had no strings or anything, it never fell off even when it was attacked by gangsters. What it meant was simple. ¡®It is an item of a simr level to a goblin mask. There is a high possibility that it is also an attribution type. It is an item that goes without saying if it is an item that God prepared for his apostles, especially for his babies. At best, it would be too good to be obtained by beating up a few gangsters.¡¯ Even if the mask wasn¡¯t very good, Jinhyuk didn¡¯t mind. From the beginning, I was trying to save a fox cub, and I owed a debt to the nine-tailed fox. In addition, Jinhyeok has already gained valuable information that his cub is that fox cub. ¡®If I take care of that fox cub, there is room to register it as a pet. ¡®Having an apostle as a pet¡­ I¡¯m probably the first to do this.¡¯ A climber who has an apostle as his pet. It must be something unprecedented. As Jinhyuk rxed from those thoughts, a message window appeared again in front of him. This time, unlike before, it was not a message containing the words of the nine-tailed fox. That¡¯s right¡­. [Nine-tailed fox¡¯s request] Neutral god, the nine-tailed fox wants you to save his cub and apostle. In addition, he is requesting treatment and nutrition after rescuing his injured disciple so that he can move normally. Reward: Fox Mask, Increased intimacy with the Nine-Tailed Fox. * The first reward is paid after rescue, and the second reward is paid after the apostle ispletely cured. ¡®Quest¡­ I made a n.¡¯ quest. So far, the only quest Jinhyeok has received is from Baal. A daunting quest to announce your reputation to the entire tower before reaching the 100th floor. However, this quest was a very easy quest that the nine-tailed fox gave for his own confidence and the safety of his cubs. ¡®Seeing as the reward is specified as a quest, there is no reason to be ripped off, and the intimacy aspect is clear.¡¯ After thoroughly checking to make sure nothing was missed, Jinhyuk looked at Balkan. ¡°how is it?¡± ¡°How about you sleep and have something to do? In your world, this is called a pumpkin that has rolled on a vine, right? It¡¯s no different from that. Hold on, what are you worrying about?¡± ¡°¡­I ept.¡± [The nine-tailed fox looks at you with a coy smile.] [The pinnacle of all evil pulls someone¡¯s tail, telling them not to twitch.] [ The nine-tailed fox disappears, gently wagging its tail.] There¡¯s a strange message. After confirming that Jinhyeok was there, he shook his head and slowly entered the alley. * * * The dull sound of hitting something echoes in the dark alley. ¡°Let¡¯s do it in moderation. ¡°It¡¯s time to collect money.¡± ¡°Okay, hehe¡­ It¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve sweated a bit.¡± Hearing the voice of another climber next to him, the climber who had been kicking the fox cub until the end nodded, wiping the sweat dripping from his forehead. A climber who has climbed at least 10 floors sweats beating down an unresisting being? That was a clear example of how long he had been one-sidedly assaulting his opponent. If I hadn¡¯t done that, I wouldn¡¯t have been just dripping with sweat without a single wound on my whole body. Trudging ¨C At that very moment, the sound of a dull strike disappeared in the alley they were in, and instead the sound of someone¡¯s footsteps filled the empty space. ¡°¡­Who are you?¡± ¡°The owner of the fox you hit.¡± Jinhyeok, who called himself the master of the Nine-Tailed Fox Apostle as if it were natural, was confident and without any shame. ¡®I¡¯m going to be the owner in the future, so I¡¯m the owner (prospective).¡¯ The climbers snorted at the sight of Jinhyeok so proudly iming ownership of the fox cub in front of him. ¡°Did you know where this ce was? Even if someone dies here, no one will know. ¡°Even if you trample on an ordinary fox just to kill time, no one will know.¡± ¡°But that fox has an owner, so shouldn¡¯t he be responsible for it?¡± ¡°What are you going to do if you don¡¯t want to lose?¡± Jinhyeok saw him tapping the belly of the baby fox, who couldn¡¯t even open his eyes even while speaking, with the tip of his shoe, and scolded him with ring eyes. ¡°If you touch it further, it will take longer to heal.¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± ¡°what? What? hey. Did you just ask? ¡°What if you don¡¯t want to take responsibility?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± ¡°What if you don¡¯t want to lose? I have to make them lose. ¡°Iljiyeongtan (Ò»Ö¸ì`�—).¡± Kiyiing ¨C Since the kick was added to the already bad condition, treatment would have been dyed even by one minute and one second. Jinhyeok was truly angry at this, and a purple-ck aura formed on his fingers. Finally, in less than a second after the formation, Jinhyeok¡¯s finger, which had formed a shape, emitted a bullet of spiritual energy from the tip. Taang! As if a bullet had been fired from a gun, a powerful explosion sound came out from the tip, and the bullet of the spirit shot out from the end and pierced the forehead of the climber who was swaggering in front of him. Fuwaaaaak! ¡°¡­Oof!¡± A fountain of blood soars as high as the second floor of a building. At the same time, his body copsed along with thest words of his life that came out of his open mouth. ¡°¡­This is crazy! Hit it!¡± Other climbers who saw their colleague dying in a single blow quickly drew their weapons and rushed at Jinhyeok. A smile appears on Jinhyeok¡¯s lips as he watches them pass by the corpse of his former colleague. ¡°Spirit explosion.¡± Spiritual energy seeped through the dead climber¡¯s forehead. Corpse Explosion, which explodes by controlling it from the outside. However, only the mana used there was reced with spiritual energy, but the effect was quite remarkable. Kwaaaaang! The spirit bomb, which was triggered precisely at the exact moment the other climbers passed the corpse, did its job well. ¡°Kaaaaak!¡± ¡°Mo¡­ my body is burning¡­.¡± ¡°Bone¡­! ¡°Someone take this bone out!¡± It was the amount of spiritual power of one bullet, but the spiritual power that was strengthened in an instant through the spiritual explosion instantly turned the corpse into a ¡®bomb¡¯. Naturally, everything inside it became a weapon to attack the enemy. Those whose bodies burned were those who came into contact with purple-ck blood imbued with spiritual power. The purple-ck blood melted the skin it touched, like hydrochloric acid, and the flesh and muscles beneath it. On the contrary, those with shiny purple-ck bone fragments were harder than steel and felt great pain in the process of spreading spiritual power throughout their bodies through the medium of bone. The ability of spiritual power can be anything, and in addition to being powerful, it is also powerful because it can interfere with the souls of others. ¡°Kek? ¡°Keruk?¡± ¡°It¡¯s effective.¡± Even if they did not suffer fatal damage, they lost their identity due to the spiritual energy seeping into blood or bones. In particr, Jinhyuk reced other souls with his spiritual power, and the fact that the souls were kobolds, goblins, orcs, etc. became the decisive reason for their loss of intelligence. Of course, since it takes a lot of effort and a lot of time for the soul to bepletely mixed, it will not be long before they get their soul back. ¡°bye.¡± Jinhyeok was not a great man with a good heart to the point of waiting for that. Actually, this was correct. Wait until the enemy who is trying to take your life returns to its original state? That¡¯s not good, that¡¯s stupid. Jinhyuk was not a stupid person. As soon as they said goodbye, Jinhyuk made a hand gesture and dozens of soul soldiers attacked them. Kwaduk-kwaduk-kwaduk! The sight of the soul soldiers devouring them as if they had starved for several days was quite bizarre. However, amidst the terrible sight of blood sttering and flesh flying, Jinhyeok moved forward without blinking. Then, strangely enough, the soul soldiers who were only interested in their own food stopped eating and cleared the way. Spirit Master. As a man whomands spirits, even though he did not say anything or give anymands, the spirits instinctively moved for Jinhyeok. Thanks to that, Jinhyeok arrived at the center of the alley, neatly dressed, without a single drop of blood or a single bone fragment, and squatted down on the floor. ¡°You are the cub of the nine-tailed fox.¡± nine tailed fox. This is Shin¡¯s real name, the Nine-Tailed Fox, and he is the one who went on a quest to Jinhyeok and asked him to save the small creature in front of him. Jinhyeok gently stroked the head of the fox cub, thinking about how in some ways he was not like a god, but in other ways he was the most godlike. The red blood on the frizzy fur did not belong to those killed by Jinhyeok, but from the fox cub herself. Fortunately, because it was the cub of the nine-tailed fox, the cub of the feral creatures, the fox cub¡¯s wounds gradually recovered and there were almost no externally visible wounds. ¡°What should we do with him now?¡± ¡°Shouldn¡¯t we give it a name first? In essence, a name is the biggest presence or absence that determines its existence. It cannot be said to be a living being without it. ¡°Let¡¯s start with a name.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sure you can¡¯t call them fox cubs or cubs, so a name is essential.¡± -Keeng? The sight of the fox cub looking at Jinhyeok and Balkan with its eyes fluttering open, perhaps because it understood what was being said, made something in both of their hearts tingle. ¡°¡­Okay, let¡¯s start with a name.¡± ¡°¡­For some reason, the two of us work well together.¡± Jinhyuk, who unconsciously smiled at the warmth felt from the fluffy white fur, immediately started naming names. Kwajik ¨C Kwadeuk ¨C ¡°It¡¯s better not to look at things like that because they¡¯re losing.¡± Jinhyeok put his chin down and fell into thought, taking great care not to show the corpses of the climbers being secretly disposed of. ¡°Fox cub. ¡°How about shrimp for short?¡± ¡°¡­Once that kid can talk and move, I think he¡¯ll try to break your head.¡± [The nine-tailed fox nods and agrees with that statement.] ¡°¡­shrimp is delicious.¡± ¡°That¡¯s not the point, you idiot!¡± ¡°Tsk, then why don¡¯t you build a Vulcan?¡± ¡°I was already waiting. Baby. ¡°Please watch the naming sense of this person who is different from yours in terms of age.¡± Jinhyuk felt a little anticipation and anxiety at the sight of Balkan showing off his skills while snorting at the name Saewoo. ¡®A good name is essential, but I still can¡¯t see Balkan being better than me.¡¯ I wanted to give the fox cub a good name, but inside I didn¡¯t want it to be pushed aside by Vulcan. When Jinhyuk sways back and forth in two minds. ¡°How about a tiger by using the character for fox (ºü) and the character for bright (ÀÊ) to mean that the child will grow up to be a bright child (fox)?¡± Jinhyeok felt relieved after hearing Balkan¡¯s name. ¡°¡­Puhup!¡± ¡°Why are you smiling? ¡°Child, do you like the name ¡®Tiger¡¯ or don¡¯t you like it?¡­¡± Balkan, who pouted his lips at the sight of Jinhyeok not even trying to hold back his burstingughter, passed the choice to the owner of the name. -Kheng! Keeng! ¡°¡­If you don¡¯t like it, say it in words.¡± The answer was fixed. Jinhyeok, who seemed to instinctively sense something strange and wasughing as he pointed at Vulkan, who was gently stroking his head and keeping his mouth shut, fearing that the fox cub¡¯s strong opposition would worsen his condition, came up with an answer. ¡°A fox with two tails. Lee Mi-ho (¶þβºü). How about taking it off there and calling it Miho? ¡°I think it¡¯s much better than the previous ones.¡± ¡°Great, that picky kid is satisfied with such an ordinary name¡­¡± Balkan tried to dismiss the appearance of a usible name, saying it was ordinary, but unfortunately, the referee did not side with Balkan. -Kheng! Kyung! Kkeakkeak! ¡°You like it?¡± ¡°¡­I like it.¡± Balkan lowered his head with a sullen face at the sight of the young fox who seemed to jump as soon as he heard his name, or rather, the young fox who was now named Miho. ¡°From now on, your name is Miho. Do you understand?¡± -Kheng! Jinhyuk gently stroked the head of Miho, who nodded despite her pain, as if he liked it, then quickly got up and left. ¡°Shall I go back?¡± In the alley that was full of corpses, not a single piece of bone or a drop of blood remained, and the soul soldiers also returned to their original ces, leaving the quiet alley behind, and Jinhyeok walked back to the hotel where he was staying. -Kheng! He was holding Miho, who had soft fur, in his arms. Chapter 48 All Master Necromancer Episode 48 ¨C Keeng¡­. ¡°As expected, itcks vitality.¡± Jinhyuk, who brought Miho back to the hotel, immediately examined Miho¡¯s condition. As he was a necromancer who handled corpses, he had better knowledge of anthropology than most doctors. Even though Jinhyuk had such knowledge, Miho¡¯s life as seen in his eyes was sorelycking. ¡®It¡¯s natural for a newborn cub to be full of vitality, but why is it socking in vitality when it¡¯s a cub?¡¯ Originally, a newly born creature is full of vitality, and as it grows, it loses its vitality little by little. Of course, there are many ways to replenish the lost vitality, but still, it is impossible to have the clean and abundant vitality that was original when you were born. However, Miho was unusuallycking in vitality. [The Nine-Tailed Fox avoids gaze.] [The Nine-Tailed Fox defends itself by saying that it was left alone as an egg for too long.] ¡°¡­Aha, was that something like that?¡± Neglect. The egg, which was originally supposed to ¡®hatch¡¯ under the mother¡¯s protection and nutrients, did not receive the mother¡¯s protection and nutrients, so it seems to have hatched based on the life force inside, that is, Miho. Jinhyuk, who quickly resolved his doubts, muttered while stroking Miho¡¯s cleanly washed soft fur. ¡°How should I replenish my vitality? Should I at least use Life Drain?¡± ¡°¡­How can a young cub use high-level magic like Life Drain? No matter how spiritual it is, that doesn¡¯t make sense. ¡°If you make a mistake, that child¡¯s vitality could be sucked out.¡± ¡°I just tried it once.¡± Life drain. A magic or ability that sucks the life force of the living and reces it with one¡¯s own life force. However, it was too difficult and dangerous for Miho, who is still a young cub, to handle, so I passed. Fortunately, Jinhyuk had someone who knew the answer. [Vital Replenishment] Miho, a young chick, was born with most of its vitality consumed when it hatched from the egg. ordingly, the ¡®Nine-Tailed Fox¡¯ informs you that if you feed 999 raw livers to the fox cub, Miho, it will regain its original vitality. The second reward is given after feeding 999 raw livers. ¡°¡­This is crazy.¡± However, the problem was that the answer was tooborious. 999 raw livers. Since the expression ¡°raw liver¡± implies ¡°freshly caught,¡± the option of buying it from an auction house or other ce to feed it was not an option. in other words. ¡°¡­Catch 999 monsters and feed them raw liver? ¡°It¡¯s annoying.¡± This means that Jinhyeok has to personally go to the hunting ground, go out of his way to catch the monster, remove its liver, and feed it to Miho. But the answer was already decided. Touching ¨C ¡®¡­I also got the fox mask, so I guess I¡¯ll take a look at that.¡¯ Fox mask. This is because the power of the fox mask, which was the first reward Jinhyuk received after rescuing Miho, really appealed to Jinhyuk. [Fox Mask] A fox mask that only foxes, especially foxes in the ranks of spirit creatures, can make. When wearing a fox mask, you can use various fox abilities. When the original owner of the mask bes stronger, the mask¡¯s abilities also increase and be stronger. ¡®It¡¯s the ability of a fox¡­ If it were the ability of an ordinary fox, it would be nothing special, but the ability of a fox as a spirit creature, not an ordinary fox as mentioned here. ¡®That goes without saying.¡¯ The fox mask¡¯s abilities were simple. An ability that is no different from borrowing the abilities of a fox. However, that simple ability was something that Jinhyuk desperately needed. ¡®The ability of a fox that has reached the level of a spirit creature does not only refer to special abilities, but also includes all physical abilities and reflexes. In other words, it will give me the physical abilities and reflexes that Ick as a wizard. ¡®It¡¯s not bad, it¡¯s incredibly good.¡¯ Physical ability and reflexes. No matter how much you raise your stats, you cannot overturn the established level itself. With the power of the All Master and the power of predation, it is possible to feast on various bodies and reorganize the body based on that, but this is impossible right now. However, although the fox mask did not redefine the body, it gave Jinhyeok equivalent physical abilities. Because it was an ability that Jinhyuk did not want, Jinhyuk swallowed dry saliva and eventually had no choice but to get up. ¡°I can¡¯t help it. ¡°I guess I¡¯ll have to go hunting tomorrow.¡± Following spiritual power training, there was one more thing to do, but Jinhyeok didn¡¯t care much. There was still quite a bit of time left until the river came up anyway, and it was okay to raise a pet during that time. Considering that it would be of great help to meter, my current job was no different from an investment. After thinking like that, Jinhyuk threw himself onto the soft bed while holding Miho in his arms. ¡°Please take care of me in the future, Miho.¡± -¡­Kheng. When Miho heard Jinhyuk gently stroking her head, Miho seemed to understand what he was saying and responded with a ¡®kk¡¯ and rubbed her small head against Jinhyuk. ¡°You guys are ying well. ¡°Rest, I¡¯ll go outside and look around.¡± ¡°Do whatever you feel like.¡± Vulcan, a soul that did not need to sleep, took in the sight, shook his head once, and then gently passed through the wall of the room and headed toward the city. It was to capture the appearance of the 10th floor that would have changed while he was away. In the quiet room where Balkan disappeared, Jinhyuk closed his eyes, concentrating on the softness and warmth he felt on his cheek. * * * ¡°A lot has changed.¡± Balkan left the hotel, leaving Jinhyuk and Miho alone, and expressed admiration at the changed scenery around him. Although he and Jinhyuk moved around and went back and forth a few times, they were talking each time, so for Vulkan, who had never really seen his surroundings, the current scenery was no different from seeing it for the first time. 10th floor. As it was a city, there were many magic barriers and talismans to protect against various ghosts and ghosts, but they could not stop Balkan. It would be even more strange for a barrier or amulet installed in a 10-story city to block Vulkan, the first Spirit Master. Thanks to this, Balkan was able to pass through the city without any obstacles and was busy watching the sights. ¡°It seems like the level has increased considerably. No, is it universal?¡± Various climbers roaming the streets. everyone. The city was literally filled with a variety of climbers, men and women, old people and children. And, feeling the vitality emanating from them, Balkan felt that the level of climbers on the 10th floor had definitely improved significantlypared to the past. ¡®When I think about it, the 10th floor is showing the same level as the 20th floor. The biggest reason is definitely the supply of equipment.¡¯ Even hundreds of years ago, it was very difficult to supply unified equipment. Thanks to this, the artifacts that came from killing monsters were sometimes sold at enormous prices, and Vulkan smiled softly as he recalled that most people would peel the skin of the monsters they caught and make them into leather armor to wear. ¡®It was like a dog at the time, but now that I look back, it¡¯s just a memory.¡¯ He fell into memories of the past because he was one of those who skinned the skin to make robes and wore them. Balkan, who had been wandering around the city for a while, felt something and his face hardened. ¡°¡­powerful energy. There is a being with this kind of energy on the 10th floor? ¡°In terms of energy alone, he¡¯s higher than Cha Jin-hyuk, right?¡± A peaceful 10-story city. A powerful energy that is not suitable for a peaceful(?) city where nearby gangsters persecute small business owners and climbers who appear to be members of a guild intimidate a small number of climbers. No, rather than being powerful¡­ ¡°¡­is ferocious.¡± Balkan, who sensed an energy that could rightly be described as ferocious, could not contain his curiosity and moved towards the ce where the energy was felt. Well, in reality, it just floated up in the air and flew away, but for Vulkan, there was no difference, so it was no different. This was all the more so because what was on Vulkan¡¯s mind right now was not whether he should walk or fly. A being who is both a Spirit Master and an All Master. At best, he is a 10th floor climber, but if he uses up all his strength, he can overwhelm a 100th floor climber one-on-one. He is a being with a more powerful aura than Jinhyeok. Balkan, who had thought about it that far, could not hide his thoughts. ¡°¡­Oh, no way. ¡°Probably not.¡± Balkan walked briskly as he tried to keep the name ¡®Four Emperors¡¯ growing rapidly in his head. Regardless of ignoring the name of the Four Emperors, his body was already half convinced of it. And Vulcan¡¯s confidence became more and more credible as we headed towards the center of the city on the 10th floor, where the energy was felt. Finally, the moment when Balkanpletely entered the center. ¡®¡­Damn it, they really are the Four Emperors.¡¯ In the center of the city, I could see a man who was admired and feared by climbers walking the streets at night. If the sculpture were alive and moving, wouldn¡¯t it be simr to the Four Emperors in front of you? A man with an attractive appearance. The two thick, dark red horns that sprouted from the top of the head were firmly ced on top of the head, giving it a sleek yet strong appearance. Those two horns alone would have been enough to make a man who looked like a simple craftsman feel intimidated. In fact, Balkan felt an inexplicable sense of intimidation from the moment he saw the man from afar. ¡®It¡¯s not good for the soul to be like this.¡¯ Unlike the living, the soul does not have many restrictions. It can go through walls and ignore most physical attacks. However, in other respects, there was something more vulnerable than the living, which was the same species itself. To be precise, it is an intangible energy secretly exuded by the strong. It was particrly vulnerable to something called killing energy. The reason is that the soul is a living beingposed of the purest and most essential parts, so the fear of beings who can tear the soul to pieces with just energy was maximized. of course. ¡°Phew¡­ I¡¯m feeling better now.¡± Not all souls are frightened by such living or intangible forces and remain silent. Those who are at the Vulcan level may feel heavy, but they feel a pressure that is not much different from the living, and in some ways they can withstand more than the living. Therefore, after shaking off the heaviness for some time, Vulcan scanned the man in front of him. ¡®Judging by the horns on top of their heads, they are not Elyos (Gods) or Giants.¡¯ The Elyos have something like an angel ring floating above their heads rather than a horn, while the Giants have nothing. The only characteristics of the giants are their tall stature and well-built muscles. From that perspective, the man in front of me was at least not a natural enemy or a giant. ¡®The remaining ones are demons and dragons¡­ but they¡¯re not even demons.¡¯ The two remaining races of the Four Emperors. Balkan, who had been discriminating between the demons and dragons, soon eliminated the demons from his options. ¡®It has no wings.¡¯ Elyos have wings on their backs, which are called angel wings or dove wings in derogatory terms. It¡¯s not easy to see because it¡¯s zoomed out in everyday life, but you can¡¯t miss it if you look at the back. Just like the Elyos, the Demons had wings, but those wings did not exist for the man in front of them. in other words. ¡°Are you a dragon?¡± The identity of the man in front of me was that he was a dragon. Balkan could not hide his confusion at that fact. ¡°After all, you are a dragon. ¡°If I do this, I might run into that guy Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± The Elyos are merciful, the Demons are bold, the Giants are stupid, and the Dragons are arrogant. These are words referring to the Four Emperors. Of course, there are some things that are slightly glorified in front of the people involved, but most people understand the Four Emperors in this way. In that respect, for ordinary climbers, the Four Emperors that they most dislike to meet are the Dragons. ¡®Things that are cheap. Those who think that everyone but them are bad. Those who think that everyone should disappear except themselves, but have the power to actually do it.¡¯ The reason was simple. This is because the nature of the dragon race is so extreme that it cannot even bepared to the other three races. A race that is worthy of being called a tyrant, and if youe into contact with it once, you must be prepared to suffer great damage or even die. The Elyos actually show favor to other climbers. It¡¯s a favor thates from the thought of serving those who are less fortunate than me, but at least it doesn¡¯t cause harm to others. Demons only respond to the strong. And if they meet their standards, they approach them in a friendly way and treat them as if they are just below them. Well, at least it¡¯s right above the livestock. For thest of the giants, all you have to do is say good things. Because they are dull and strong, they are weak to praise. ¡®But not the dragon race.¡¯ It is not umon for the Dragon n to beat up passing climbers for not worshiping them, and in the case of strong people, they trample on them so that they cannot even make eye contact with them. They are a race of people who rip out the tongues of those who speak kind words to them and use their tongue three inches. Therefore, Balkan was worried that other climbers gathered in the center of the city would be caught up in the young dragon¡¯s tyrannical side. The mouth of the handsome young dragon man opened. ¡°Ah, I want to kill all the dragons.¡± ¡°¡­???¡± Balkan couldn¡¯t help but believe his ears. Chapter 49 All Master Necromancer Episode 49 ¡®¡­What did I just hear?¡¯ Bur. Clearly, the man Balkan saw was a dragon. The ferocious energy flowing from his whole body clearly showed that he was a member of the Four Emperors, especially the Dragon Race, so not knowing was even more strange. That¡¯s why I couldn¡¯t understand Balkan even more. ¡®Those who despise their own race want to kill their own people? Is this really reality? Could it be that I¡¯m actually trapped in an illusion used by that dragon guy?¡¯ The dragon race can be seen as a race with extreme narcissism, and they love their own people as much as they love themselves. A feeling that can be seen as simr topanionship rather than sexual love. But the magnitude of the emotion itself is different. Therefore, dragons who attack their own people are excluded from the dragon society and are chased and even killed by the dragons. However, the dragon in front of me clearly dered in the middle of the vige that he wanted to kill another dragon of the same race. ¡®¡­Crazy guy. This is a statement at a level that would not be strange even if the dragon tribes sent a punitive force right away. Should I leave?¡¯ Among the other Four Emperors, they are a dragon race that especially cares for their own race and have a strong tendency to criticize other races, but they do not ept criticism towards themselves. Didn¡¯t they say enough that they used to refer to the Elyos as idiots who hang out with bugs, the Demons as idiots who grab bugs, and the Giants as big idiots? However, if there is even the slightest criticism directed at them, even if it is from the same Four Emperors n, they will not remain silent. Although it is the peak of nanerambul, the dragon tribe takes it for granted and purges those who rebel against them, even if it means attacking the entire race. In other words, it was almost a given that the punitive force would reach the man who appeared to be a young dragon tribe who had just said that he wanted to kill the dragon tribe within a few minutes. ¡®The dragon¡¯s eyes are spread throughout the tower. Whether it is a fellow dragon race or a climber who gained strength through the power of the dragon race. If there hasn¡¯t been much change from what I know, the punitive force¡­ won¡¯t being soon?¡¯ Balkan, who was preparing to avoid the punitive force that would appear and make a mess of the surroundings, felt something strange and tilted his head. Punitive force. It was clear that after hearing the words of the young dragon n, it was still time for the dragon n¡¯s punitive force to arrive, but the surroundings were quiet. It¡¯s just filled with the sight of climbers on the 10th floor being surprised or amazed by the young dragon¡¯s remarks, and the footsteps of those who only vaguely know about the dragon race running away. There was no sense ofrge-scale teleportation or an overwhelming storm of energy. What it meant was simple. ¡®¡­The dragons don¡¯t touch the young dragons? Why? ¡®Aren¡¯t they the kind of people who would forgive insulting remarks against an entire race just because they are young?¡¯ The dragon n heard the remarks about the young dragon n, but ignored them¡­ which is an absurd conclusion. Actually, it is not impossible. The dragons are not crazy either, and they do not mess with gods, demons, or those who are equivalent to anything that could put the entire race in danger. ¡®Then, does touching that young dragon species put the entire race in danger, or is it under the protection of gods, demons, and their equivalents? ¡®This is also strange.¡¯ Even though the dragon n is strong, there is only one person. And judging from the fact that he is staying on the 10th floor, he must be younger than most dragons. No matter how strong he is, he is not at a level that could put the punitive force sent by the Bur n, or even the entire Bur n, in danger. However, it is difficult to imagine the dragon tribe being protected by others. In the end, curiosity overcame fear. Sigh ¨C Vulcan flew gently through the air andnded in front of the maniac who had just taken on the body of a Bur and said he wanted to kill the Bur. ¡°¡­I got caught.¡± Vulcan became enraged at the words of the man who immediately recognized him even though he was invisible like a dragon. ¡°¡­That¡¯s a harsh word. ¡°He is a madman who took on the body of a dragon race and wanted to kill the dragon race, so it is no wonder that he has no eyes.¡± As angry as he was, the wordsing out of his mouth were not very nice. Actually, it was a natural thing. During his lifetime, he climbed the tower and showed such tremendous achievements that even the Four Emperors were recognized as beings that could not be messed with. Well, that¡¯s why he didn¡¯t make up his mind to destroy the Four Emperors like Jinhyeok, so he didn¡¯t die at the hands of them. Anyway, even though he lost his body and became a soul, his pride was still strong. ¡°It¡¯s good that you have the skill to talk about a topic that you don¡¯t like. Did youe here because you wanted to get cut? ¡°I thought he was trying to run away because he seemed to be disappearing just now.¡± However, at his continued words, thick veins popped out on Balkan¡¯s forehead. It was an appearance that suggested his anger. ¡°¡­Are you scared? I? Ah, I know how proud you are of the dragon race, but did you think I would run away because of a young lizard like you? ¡°It¡¯s because of the disdainfulments about the dragon people that came out of your self-righteous mouth.¡± Vulcan¡¯s words came out like rapid fire and stuck in the man¡¯s chest. The man also exploded with anger like an active volcano, not only because of various abusivenguage, but also because ofments that seemed to not even care about the man in front of him. ¡°¡­What did you say just now? Bur? ¡°I¡¯m so excited because I really want to get rid of this ghost.¡± ¡°Then what should you call the dragon race? Is there a name you would like to be called differently? If you don¡¯t have it, you should at least wear thebel of a dragon!¡± Of course, the part where he expressed his anger was not swear words or words that treated him like a child. Bur. He expressed his anger when Balkan called him a dragon. Balkan, who noticed that fact, rather than changing his words, used it to gently irritate him. ¡®It seems like you¡¯re ignoring not only the dragon n¡¯s subjugation team, but everything rted to this guy in the first ce. This guy is a dragon, but it means that we will not treat him as such. Are you saying that you are going to treat allments made towards this guy that disrespect the dragon race as if they only apply to this guy? Rather good. ¡®I need to fix this guy¡¯s messy hair.¡¯ Through this conversation, Balkan realized that although he was a Bur who had beenpletely abandoned by the Bur, he was not a Bur. Even if the remark is derogatory to the Bur n, if it is directed at the man in front of them, the Bur n does not care about it. Simr to extraterritorial jurisdiction. Therefore, after rolling up his sleeves with great vigor, the man also rolled up the hem of his dark red robe and stepped forward, looking at Vulcan¡¯s figure. ¡°Hendrick. My name is Hendrick. ¡°It is the name of the person who will transform misceneous demons into Buddhahood.¡± ¡°Hah, I can¡¯t believe the Dragon n refers to themselves as human. Are you really crazy? Yeah, good. I am Balkan. Just remember. ¡°He is a great man who will fix your messy hair.¡± Following the introduction of the dragon man who introduced himself as Hendrick, Vulcan also took a stance afterpleting his introduction. Seeing the two people ready to fight in an instant, the people who had gathered around to watch started to flow out like a tide. -It¡¯s a fight! fight! -It¡¯s a fight between dragons! damage! -Prepare for shock! Rather than focusing on Balkan, they focused on Hendrik and spread danger around. Hendrick frowned at the sight of such people. ¡°Here and there, dragon people, dragon people. ¡°I¡¯m so annoyed at everything.¡± The sight of climbers calling themselves dragons and anticipating their ferocity by thinking of themselves as dragons was enough to stimte his heart. Of course, Balkan also frowned. Although it was for a different reason than Hendrick. ¡®Damn, that kid is in my eyes and I¡¯m not even in my eyes? All the Balkan names are dead, damn it.¡¯ This was because he felt that no matter how much the opponent was a dragon, no one¡¯s eyes were on him. Just as Vulcan ignored Hendrick and treated him like a non-existent person, this time Vulkan was hit by him. Well, it wasn¡¯t Hendrick¡¯s intention and the citizens just spread it because they thought so, but it was enough to stimte Balkan¡¯s sentiments. Even at the moment when his head was hot with anger, Balkan could not hide his doubts. ¡®What is that guy really? You think it¡¯s strange that the dragon race is called the dragon race. I recognized him from the time he said he wanted to kill the dragon race while wearing the body of a dragon race, but is he still crazy?¡¯ He did not forget that he reacted strongly to the word ¡®dragon tribe¡¯ when people shouted about it, and that even when talking to him, he reacted strongly to the word ¡®dragon tribe¡¯ on a topic that did not respond to any provocation. The dragon people like the way they look when people around them know that they are a dragon. To use amonly known expression, it is like being a person of interest or a follower. The dragon people¡¯s favorite expressions are not limited to simply cheering and receiving praise. A look of surprise, a look of fear, a look of ecstasy, etc. They just like it when they see themselves and react in any way. It¡¯s not a custom for nothing. However, Hendrick, the dragon tribe in front of him, seemed to dislike the attentioning from the ¡®dragon tribe¡¯ itself. no. ¡®It seems like he hates the dragon race itself¡­ Is this possible?¡¯ Extremely narcissistic race. Perhaps, a race that views the entire race as ¡®me¡¯ and loves the entire race feels rejected by its very existence as a race. Something was strange. Balkan thought so. He thought that Hendrick, the dragon race in front of him, was one step away from the dragon race he knew, or rather, that he might not even be a dragon race themselves. The moment that thought invaded his mind. He came up with a hypothesis. ¡®There is no grand reason why the dragon race does not look like the dragon race. The ¡®contents¡¯ inside are probably no longer dragons. Just like that guy Cha Jin-hyuk.¡¯ The contents have changed. All these situations can be exined with just one simple hypothesis. [Why Hendrick, a Bur, hates the word ¡®Bra¡¯.] [Why Hendrick, a Bur, wants to kill Bur.] If he is a ¡®real¡¯ Bur, it would be iprehensible, but his contents are ¡®something¡¯ other than a true Bur. ramen? ¡®¡­It feels like the wizard¡¯s soul is boiling.¡¯ The wizard¡¯s soul. That often boils over when wizards deal with ¡®something¡¯ that can¡¯t live or die. And that ¡®something¡¯ is none other than that. ¡°I really wanted to know what was inside that body.¡± It was curiosity. Furthermore, when wizards solve their curiosity, they often feel a catharsis that goes beyond drugs. Before he was a Spirit Master, before he was a Necromancer, Vulkan, a wizard, often felt that kind of catharsis. He prepared for battle to turn his hypothesis into certainty. ¡°Soul Staff.¡± Spiritual power. As the dark blue-colored spiritual power, which waspletely different from Jinhyuk¡¯s purple-ck color, gathered towards Balkan, the souls he summoned were united and transformed into a single staff. The soul that served as the body needed to create the soul staff was the soul that Jinhyuk had entrusted to him, but Balkan did not care. ¡®Anyway, they are ordinary souls who are not demon soul soldiers, and they are the lowest level among soul soldiers. ¡®If you only used this much in a battle against the dragon race, I can¡¯t praise you enough.¡¯ This is because Jinhyeok will not show off with just a few souls, and in a situation where a powerful enemy called the Dragon n is in front of him, a few souls used is a sufficiently small amount. ¡®It would have been better if we had created a staff made entirely of spiritual power, but it can¡¯t be helped.¡¯ That level of spiritual power was too much spiritual power for the current Balkan, so Balkan chose a soul as the body that would make up the staff itself and coated the outside with spiritual power. Although it was shabbypared to something made entirely of spiritual power, he was sure that it was better than making a small staff, or rather a wand, with spiritual power without a body. Kiiing ¨C Holding thepleted Soul Staff in his hand, Vulkan exuded his fighting spirit as he burned the remaining spiritual power he used to create it. ¡°I¡¯ll give a young lizard some proper education.¡± Hendrick, who was staring at Vulcan, who was emitting the fighting spirit like an active volcano, shook his head as if acknowledging it. ¡°Wasn¡¯t it a ghost? But it doesn¡¯t matter. ¡°Dragon yer, in the name of Dragon yer Hendrick, I will consecrate you to Buddhahood.¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± For a moment, Balkan was satisfied with Hendrick¡¯s appearance of acknowledging him, but thest words that came from his mouth shook Balkan¡¯s soul violently. Changes caused by extreme surprise. As expected, what Hendrick said was so surprising that even as a Balkan who had lived for a long time, he could not maintain hisposure. Dragon yer. The moment Balkan heard that, he realized that his hypothesis was correct and felt catharsis. And he regretted his decision. ¡®Damn it, why is a soul of the level of a dragon yer inhabiting the body of a young dragon race!¡¯ Dragon yer. It is a title given only to those who have single-handedly captured at least one dragon, one of the Four Emperors, and at the same time, it is a title that not a single person could obtain in the era in which he lived. Could it be possible for someone who proudly wears that title in front of his name to be ordinary? But even if you regret it, it is already toote. ¡°I¡¯ll check to see if you have the abilities you promised. And I will also punish you for using the name I hate the most.¡± This is because Hendrick was charging at Vulcan with his sword drawn, his whole body d in the ferocious spirit unique to the Bur race and the sharp and pointed force that was refined from that. In the end, what Balkan could do was limited. ¡°Damn it! I should just sleep next to him and take care of Miho!¡± Keyee-! All he had to do was reassemble the gathered spiritual power, ovey it with magic, and fire it at the charging Hendrick. Regretting my past decision to go for a night walk. Chapter 50 All Master Necromancer Episode 50 Kugugugu- An intangible energy that weighs down the surroundings. Vulcan felt it with his whole body and gritted his teeth. ¡®The contents may be different, but the shell is a dragon, right?¡¯ Even as Hendrick rushed in, he continued to radiate his energy and oppress Balkan. The soul experiences little resistance from gravity and is quite free from being ¡®pressed down¡¯ by anything. However, in the face of Hendrick¡¯s current momentum, it would be inevitable that that freedom would be taken away. ¡®Dragon power. It seems that the power that only the dragon race can handle can be used regardless of the content.¡¯ Unlike the other Four Emperors, the Dragon race does not deal with special energy. Demonic energy, divine power, mighty power, etc. Although they only deal with mana, no one looks down on them. The mana they handled was so great that it could no longer be called mana. ¡®100 mana is condensed into 1, and the 1 mana thus collected is collected to 100 andpressed again into 1. The mana that was born through this process as naturally as water flowing or breathing can no longer be called mana.¡¯ The intangible energy currently weighing down Balkan was also a power derived from suchpressed mana and dragon power. Vulcan¡¯s soul body is being crushed by the ferocity of the energy itself, not magic or anything like that. Hendrick, who blocked Vulkan¡¯s movement, instantly narrowed the distance between Vulkan and himself. Quagwagwagwang! The magic created by mixing the spiritual power that Vulcan unleashed immediately shatters with a single sword strike, scattering sparks around the area. ¡°Were you nning on stopping me with just this? ¡°That¡¯s funny.¡± ¡°¡­You hate the fact that you are a dragon race, but are you nning to use the power of the dragon n? ¡°It¡¯s like a bunch of contradictions!¡± I gritted my teeth and shouted, but unlike before, Hendrick did not show a usible response. ¡°There is no problem with the tools. The people who hold and handle it are the problem. And if using that tool helps eliminate beings who use the tool incorrectly, you can use even the dirt that is lying around.¡± ¡°¡­You guy, there¡¯s something twisted.¡± It did not seem normal for Hendrick to view the dragon race as a single living entity, but to separate the body and soul, and to regard his body as a tool and the dragon race that he had to kill as souls. ¡°I was embarrassed at first too. ¡°I even tried to die.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Embarrassment and death. Balkan unconsciously nodded when Hendrick said that he was satisfied with the dragon¡¯s body from the beginning and did not think of it as a tool. Kiiing- Quagwagwang! Of course, this did not stop him from shooting out magic, reducing the pressure emitted by his dragon power, and pulling his body back. As if Hendrick knew this would happen, he lightly swung his long sword to cut and explode the magic and continued speaking. ¡°But the one who trapped me in this body did not even allow me to die voluntarily. Still, it was impossible for people like those lying on the side of the road to harm my body. ¡°From then on, I changed my mind.¡± ¡°You¡¯re starting to split the two. from then.¡± ¡°That is correct. The body of the Bur is a tool, and the soul of the Bur that handles it made me realize that I am the one who must truly take revenge. From then on, it¡¯s exactly as you see it.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk!¡± Kagagak- Even as he spoke, Hendrick did not stop walking. Balkan, who realized that he had reached in front of him and was swinging his sword, gritted his teeth and blocked the sword with his soul staff. -Keeeeee! The echoing sound of the soul that had be the master of the Soul Staff disturbed my ears, but the actual parties involved, Vulkan and Hendrick, were fine. Faba Park ¨C Rather, Balkan quickly drew a beast with the opposite hand that was not holding the soul staff. Vulcan¡¯s transparent hands roaming the air. Of course, Hendrick didn¡¯t leave it alone. ¡°Paryongcham (ÆÆýˆ”Ø).¡± ¡°¡­crazy.¡± Kwakagak- Vulcan was startled by the sh flying across the floor before the beastman was even created. Parryongcham. As the name suggests, the sword strike that smashes the dragon contains powerful power. Since the sword strike flew across the floor and shattered the surroundings, it could be said that the technique lived up to its name. But what was surprising was that the technology was not demonstrating its original power. ¡®¡­No matter how good the tool is, it is still the body of a young dragon. It would be worse than the original body that had been trained by crossing hundreds of floors. It¡¯s only a matter of time though.¡¯ The answer was right in the body. Dragon¡¯s body. For most people, there is no body better than that. However, would it still be possible if the object ofparison were not climbers at the 100th or 200th floor level, but climbers at the 700th or 800th floor level? The correct answer was ¡®no.¡¯ And Hendrick, who holds the title of dragon yer, is a strong body that is no less weak than that of an adult dragon. Of course, it was natural that the original technology could not be used properly. of course. ¡°Kwaaaaah!¡± Quad Deuk ¨C From Vulkan¡¯s point of view, blocking it, it was a powerful technique regardless of whether it was the original power of the technique or not. The shields around Vulcan, who gritted his teeth to block the iing sword blow, exploded in an instant. 1yer, 2yers, 4yers¡­ Vulkan, who continued to create shields while watching them shatter in seconds, checked Hendrick who was approaching before he knew it and chanted magic. ¡°Blink!¡± ¡°¡­Where!¡± Blink ¨C Unlike teleportation and instantaneous movement, Blink is an emergency escape magic that moves a short distance, especially to a ce where there are no obstacles. In terms of speed alone, Blink could be said to be iparably faster than any other magic, but Hendrick, who had superhuman senses, cut down Vulcan who attempted such a Blink. ¡°Was it shallow?¡± It wasn¡¯t in perfect physical condition, nor was it fully adapted to the dragon¡¯s body, so it couldn¡¯t cut it downpletely, but just cutting down a blink target that moved like a beam of light would be enough to describe it as a monster. The target, Vulcan, appeared in a bright ray of light and broke into a cold sweat. ¡®You monster! Even if I were to fight against Cha Jin-hyuk, the odds of winning would be almost 4 to 6. No, it¡¯s 3 to 7.¡¯ It was a short review of Vulcan, who met a crazy person who attacks blinkers for the first time in his life. Naturally, 4 and 3 here were Jinhyuk. Even though Balkan always highly regarded Jinhyeok, Hendrick¡¯s strength was not enough to even be described as unrivaled, as he could only predict a win rate of 300 to 400%. ¡®I¡¯ve seen a guy dispel a blink, but this is the first time I¡¯ve seen him inflict damage by cutting right before he blinks, you crazy bastard!¡¯ Although he could not shout directly at Hendrick and only shouted internally, Vulkan was that much surprised. Blink is called an emergency escape magic, so its speed is very fast. Therefore, most Blinks are used to the extent that they are called ¡®for one turn gain¡¯ and the opponent does not think about attacking when Blinking. This is because if you move for no reason and miss your turn, you will not be able to block the attack that wille after blinking. But Hendrick moved. ¡®It means I¡¯m confident I can catch it.¡¯ When using Blink, as long as you can catch it, it is natural that the victory will go to the person who caught it. And Hendrick almost seeded halfway, pulling the weight of victory towards himself. ¡°Are you really a monster for trying to catch that?¡± ¡°To catch a monster, you have to be a monster.¡± ¡°¡­Crazy guy.¡± He has the ability to cut down even those who use blink just to catch the dragon. Balkan clicked his tongue at Hendrick¡¯s answer. I can¡¯t even figure out what kind of life I¡¯ve been living. Nevertheless, Balkan did not give up. ¡°Soul Laser!¡± Jiying- Quaaaaang! The white dot condensed at the tip of the Soul Staff turned dark blue, and at the same time, a beam ofser was fired. At the end of it all was Hendrick. A type of magic that uses the soul as a medium and then pours spiritual power into it to increase its power. As it was based on light attribute magic, its speed wasparable to that of the space type Blink. Hendrick closed his eyes as he indifferently looked at the soulser, which was faster than light, flying towards him to pierce him in an instant. ¡°Useuuu¡­¡± I closed my eyes and took a deep breath. ¡°Haaa¡­.¡± As he exhaled, he opened his closed eyes and raised his sword, which was in the lower position, towards the sky. ¡°Ryu Seung-ryong (Á÷³Ëýˆ).¡± Yep-! A blinding sh of light erupted along with a dark red dragon soaring into the sky. Something close to the additional effect that urred when the soulser and the dark red dragon collided. ¡°¡­This is crazy! Can you block light magic with a sword?¡± Light-type magic has many advantages, but the most outstanding advantage is speed. In addition, the special properties of ultra-high heat and lightbined with its speed make it nearly impossible to attack. ¡®Other than strengthening the Reflect Shield or Mirror Shield, light-type magic cannot be blocked. Since it was a dragon body in the first ce, I took that into ount and mixed in spiritual power, but the crazy guy just swung his sword once and blocked it?¡¯ In addition, by contrasting Reflect Shield and Mirror Shield, defensive magic that was like a natural enemy of light, and mixing it with spiritual power, it had the advantages of light magic while eliminating the disadvantages, but the results were disastrous. With his extreme swordsmanship skills and the special mana of dragon power, his shedding reached its peak, and the Soul Laser did not cause any damage except for exploding a bright sh. ¡°Would you like to try more?¡± Balkan gritted his teeth in response to Hendrick¡¯s question, which he repeated by stabbing the floor with the tip of his sword. He understood that his magic could not reach him, and even if it did, it would not be able to cause significant damage. ¡®There is no answer to this.¡¯ The battle was not over, but the sight of the future whetted Vulcan¡¯s appetite. Annoyance was annoyance, and as he began to think of a way to survive here, he quickly turned his head. ¡®It¡¯s a foregone conclusion that I¡¯ll lose, and he won¡¯t try to save me. Then, how can I survive this process?¡­¡¯ Hendrick nodded as Balkan continued his thoughts. ¡°I n on doing more.¡± Chuck ¨C As soon as he finished speaking, Hendrick picked up his sword again and took a stance. A sharp sword. Although the sword is clearly in his hand, it seems as if Hendrick himself has be a sword. Vulcan, who faced that force head-on, felt goosebumps all over his body. ¡®If you get hit by this, you¡¯ll die.¡¯ Balkan instinctively judged that the end of this technique would be his own death and began his final struggle. ¡°Wake up.¡± One¡¯s own original strength. Vulcan¡¯s momentum was amplified as he unleashed the power of a spirit master rather than a wizard. ¡°¡­Ho-oh, you¡¯re not a ghost after all.¡± Looking at that scene, Hendrick smiled with satisfaction. The smile on his lips grew deeper as he held down the fluttering hem of the sword with all his might and received the storm of spiritual power with his whole body. ¡°Hahaha! okay!e! Hit me with all your might!¡± His appearance, which had been like a solid sword with sharp momentum just a moment ago, disappeared and the harsh energy of a mercenary flowed through his body. Even though his momentum changed as if he had two souls, Vulcan continued with his task without hesitation. ¡°good! ¡°Go tie him up!¡± -Follow orders. There are soul bottles made from human souls that were obtained not long ago, as well as dozens of monster soul bottles that follow them. A total of fifteen spirit soldiers rush towards Hendrick, who exudes the aggressive force of a mercenary who has been through many hardships. ¡°soul? ¡°It¡¯s amazing that they share the same spirit.¡± The moment Hendrick was about to swing his sword, looking with interest at the spirit soldiers who were charging at him with ferocious force. Vulcan¡¯s voice rang out like thunder. ¡°Sangae!¡± Faba Park ¨C Hendrick shook his head as he saw the souls running in a straight line suddenly scatter around him. ¡°What nonsense. Half moon¡­ no, a full moon would be better now. ¡°Full Moon Cham (�MÔ”Ø).¡± At the same time, with the words ¡°Banwol¡± or ¡°Fullwol¡± uttered, his sword, which had already returned to its home, appeared in the world again. Strike a sword. As the swordsmanship, which was very satisfying, was performed, the scattered souls disappeared without even knowing that they were being cut down. No, it wasn¡¯t exactly extinction. ¡°Combined.¡± Soul bottles that were cut down into several pieces. The spiritual power contained in Balkan¡¯s voice that brought them together united them. Souls like one huge collection. ¡°¡­her?¡± That sight was enough to slightly embarrass even Hendrick. The size of the gigantic soul body with more than ten soulsbined and spiritual power added was truly overwhelming. Confusion and surprise. The moment I slightly slowed down the swing of my sword due to an emotion I hadn¡¯t felt in a long time, Vulcan¡¯s soul staff snapped. It was just a single click, but the effect derived from it was quite remarkable. -Keeeeee! ¡°¡­this.¡± Huge lumps attacking you. The moment the thought urred to him that it was already toote to avoid it. With a heavy thud , Hendrick¡¯s new model fell beneath it. ¡°¡­Let¡¯s jump.¡± I quickly returned to the hotel along the Balkan road where I watched Hendrick being crushed with my own eyes. Of course, he cleaned up after himself so that no one could follow him after seeing his mana. How much time has passed since the Balkans disappeared? Suddenly, with a bright sh of sword light, the soul body was cut to pieces, and Hendrick appeared, buried in a lot of the remains of the soul body. He burst intoughter as he looked at the spot where Vulcan hadpletely disappeared. ¡°Hahaha! Yes, Vulcan! I would have said Balkan. I don¡¯t know where he¡¯s hiding, but next time, I¡¯ll cut you down directly, not some lowly soul. ¡°I promise!¡± His shout, or rather a sound that could be called a roar, filled with anger, interest, and joy filled the za on the 10th floor. It was truly bad news for those who slept around it. ¡®¡­Don¡¯t make the dog barking¡­no, the dragon barking!!!¡¯ Of course, no climber expressed that out loud. Chapter 51 All Master Necromancer Episode 51 Tweet- Bright sunlight swept over Jinhyeok beyond the window. Jinhyuk finally opened his eyes to the sunlight shining down on his eyes and the sounds of chirping birds. ¡°¡­Ugh, damn it. ¡°My body feels sore.¡± Jinhyuk got up from the bed, rubbing his eyes, and carefully moved Miho, who was still asleep in his arms, from his arms to the bed so as not to wake her up. After seeing Miho rustling on the bed, Jinhyuk gritted his teeth as he stood uppletely, stretching and loosening his stiff body. ¡®The recoil that awakens the spiritual power is strong. As soon as I opened it, I immediately wiped out a group of ghosts with my spiritual power, so isn¡¯t it natural for my body to receive a huge rebound?¡¯ Numbness as if my whole body had been hit with a hammer. That tormented Jinhyeok so much when he woke up. Fortunately for Jinhyeok, the more he did stretching, or more precisely mana stretching, which circtes mana throughout his body, the less pain he felt. ¡°¡­Whew, I guess I can live now.¡± When Jinhyeok let out a sigh of relief and joy as the pain subsided as the spiritual power spread throughout his body and the mana load and blood vessels stabilized. Jinhyuk, who had just taken a breather, saw something that caught his eye. ¡°¡­why are you like this?¡± ¡°¡­I can see it so quickly, I can see it so quickly.¡± Jinhyuk caught the eye after stretching and his body was back to its original state to some extent. It was none other than the Balkans. ¡°I know you look different, but¡­ who did you fight with?¡± To Jinhyuk, the sight of Balkan in such disarray that it was truly appropriate to say that his entire body was in shambles was quite shocking. ¡®Who on earth do I have to fight with to end up like that?¡¯ Balkan is a state called the soul, or soul body. Of course, you won¡¯t get hurt if you fight with an ordinary person. What was more surprising was that even the clothes he was wearing were rags. ¡®The clothes of the soul can be changed as much as the soul wants, but I wouldn¡¯t have made the clothes that were so damaged and tattered as I thought, so it means that someone hurt me and it ended up in that state¡­ That kind of wound from a soul that is only about the size of a vulcan on the 10th floor. ¡®There is a being that can wear it?¡¯ The clothes Vulcan wears are also part of his ¡®soul¡¯. In other words, it means that Balkan suffered a crushing defeat by ¡®someone¡¯ to the extent that even a single piece of clothing like that could not be restored. Jinhyuk couldn¡¯t believe that fact. How could he have just been surprised even though he was looking like he would have made fun of her normally? ¡°¡­who is this?¡± A bit of a surprise. Jinhyeok, who quickly regained his cool-headedness like a wizard, raised his cool gaze. Cringing ¨C After going through all the hardships and hardships, this morning, despite being still young, a dragon race that is one of the Four Emperors n, and inside of which a soul that may be stronger than the other dragon ns, is fighting with a spirit that is strong enough to make the entire Vulcan flinch. ¡®¡­a scary guy. I can¡¯t believe my prayers and atmosphere changed so much just because I awakened my spiritual power. Surely that guy is the same guy as me.¡¯ Vulcan was secretly amazed at the fact that the force was that strong even though it was not directed at him, and only after he had gathered that fact within himself did he open his mouth. ¡°Don¡¯t even think about doing anything like revenge.¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t mean to do it.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s blunt.¡± plural. It is not the ¡®revenge¡¯ that is everything to Jinhyuk and how long it will take, but a new revenge that Jinhyuk may take due to his damage this time. Balkan said it, but Jinhyuk immediately replied that it couldn¡¯t be possible. But I knew that Balkan would not be like that. ¡®It can¡¯t be because of me. No, should I say it¡¯s because of me?¡¯ Jinhyeok would not move because the Balkan itself was damaged. There is only one reason why he moves. This is probably because his ¡®possession¡¯, the Vulcan, was damaged. When Vulcan thinks that if he moves it¡¯s because of it, and if he doesn¡¯t move he¡¯s just suppressing it. Sure enough, Jinhyuk reacted first. ¡°¡­So who did it?¡± He could have just asked out of curiosity who made him like this, but Balkan realized that he wasn¡¯t just curious. Rather than knowing it through facial expressions or attitude, I just felt like the words ¡®I will take revenge¡¯ were imprinted in my mind as soon as I heard his simple and primal voice. Balkan, who had thought about it that far, realized that he could no longer put off answering and answered the question. ¡°I went out for an outing and felt a strong energy outside.¡± ¡°however?¡± ¡°It was a powerful energy that is notmonly seen. No, it was an energy better suited to the word ferocity rather than strength.¡± ¡°¡­try more.¡± Powerful and ferocious. Jinhyuk, who seemed to have inferred an answer from those two words, nodded and waited for the next words. You already know it, but to add confidence in your thoughts and make them 100%. Realizing this, Vulcan sighed and cleared away the nonsense and got to the point. In fact, the ones I didn¡¯t mean to mention about this part are dragons, dragon yers, and dragon yers. There was also a part of me that avoided answering because I was worried about how the meeting between Hendrick and Jinhyeok, who have contradictory things, would work out and how it would end. ¡®¡­is this correct to say? I don¡¯t know, let¡¯s spit it out and see.¡¯ In the end, with the mindset of ¡®Let¡¯s go!¡¯, Balkan¡¯s mouth spat out one of the words that Jinhyuk probably dislikes, one that could easily be described as ¡®the best in the world¡¯. ¡°There was a tribe among the Four Emperors, especially a dragon tribe.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± The expected word, name, and race. Things I thought woulde out of Balkan¡¯s mouth, but Jinhyeok¡¯s condition was unusual. ¡°¡­Jinhyuk, Cha Jinhyuk!¡± ¡°Are you saying that this little lizard, which I wouldn¡¯t mind chewing on, was passing by me, giving off a fishy smell?¡± Quad Deuk ¨C As soon as he finished speaking, the purple-ck spiritual power that emanated from Jinhyuk pressed down on the surroundings, creating an eerie sound. Furthermore, the dark force ring on his finger also reacted to it, creating a ck magic energy that covered Jinhyeok from his toes. At that sight, Vulcan screamed as ¡®what if¡¯ became ¡®as expected¡¯. ¡°Cha Jinhyuk! Come to your senses! ¡°You are not alone here!¡± The hotel they were in right now wasn¡¯t just the two of them, and even if you didn¡¯t look at the hotel as a whole, there was still a young life in this room. It¡¯s also very weak. In the end, the original mother of the young life intervened. [The nine-tailed fox agrees.] [The nine-tailed fox tells you to calm down and teaches you the Lamaze breathing technique.] Oh, fuck. Why are you giving it to me? Of course, Jinhyuk tilted his head and felt ufortable at her intervention, but the Lamaze breathing method that was imprinted in his mind naturally led Jinhyuk to peace. Ugh, it was annoying, but he didn¡¯t try to deny that the pregnant woman¡¯s breathing technique had helped him and that he had regained hisposure. In other words, he regained hisposure. A clear head and a cold brain were enough to calm the situation. The overflowing spiritual power was stored away and seeped into Jinhyeok¡¯s soul again, and the magic returned to its home, the Dark Force Ring. Vulcan was relieved to see that the room was now intact except for a few objects falling in an instant. No, it would be correct to say that the two beings were relieved. ¡°Hwiyu.¡± [The nine-tailed fox looks at the bed.] [The nine-tailed fox sighs in relief.] Jinhyuk pouted his lips at the sight of the two people being so prized that Jinhyuk didn¡¯t have to personally check to see if Miho was okay. . ¡°I know you have kids too. So, I tried to control my anger as much as possible.¡± A child who is sleeping soundly in bed even as he loses his senses and vents his anger towards the Four Emperors and the Dragon Tribe. Because he was considerate and aware of the child, Jinhyuk¡¯s anger did not reach the bed. ¡°¡­But Vulcan, you weren¡¯t crazy and fought the dragon tribe? why? Or rather, why are you alive?¡± ¡°I said it before, but you¡¯re asking so quickly.¡± When anger passes by like a strong wave, and only calmness remains. Jinhyuk felt strange and asked a question. It is certainly true that the Balkans were dealt a harsh blow. The visible fraying of his clothes and the wounds on his body proved it, so there is no need to say more. From there, questions arose. Dragons, battles, defeats, etc. The moment when several words floated separately in the air, they were skewered together in my head. ¡®Why is it alive?¡¯ Jinhyuk didn¡¯t think like this because he wanted Balkan to die. The dragon people treat their own kind with a terrible attitude, and they interfere with other climbers in every detail, even in the slightest way. Assuming it has something to do with my race. That means that if there was a battle with the dragon tribe, it was correct for other dragon tribes to intervene before that to stop Balkan and then destroy it. ¡®But that guy is alive.¡¯ Balkan was a very useful soul and being to Jinhyuk. Why would Jinhyuk even think of creating a new body for him? However, for Jinhyeok, who knew quite a bit about the dragon race, his survival soon became a question. Only then did Balkan shake his head and exin step by step what he had experienced. ¡°So¡­¡± Of course, it goes without saying that the exnation went on for quite some time. * * * ¡°¡­the contents are different?¡± It was Jinhyeok¡¯s question who heard everything from what he heard to the end of what happened that night. contents. To be exact, the soul that entered the body of the young dragon race was different. I would say to others, ¡®Does that make sense?¡¯¡­ ¡®¡­but it¡¯s ridiculous to deny it when you can see a living specimen just by looking in the mirror. Above all, Hendrick is a name I know.¡¯ In the first ce, Jinhyuk himself was only a shell of someone else¡¯s and the contents were his own, so he couldn¡¯t openly deny that. Vulcan also knew that, so he wasn¡¯t that surprised. In addition, the point was that Jinhyeok was familiar with the name and nickname of the young dragon, Hendrick. ¡°Dragon yer Hendrick, he¡¯s famous. No, I¡¯m famous now¡­ should I say that? ¡°It seems like the person I knew is already gone.¡± Dragon yer Hendrick. He was present even when Jinhyuk was climbing the top, and he made a name for himself as a super rookie from the time Jinhyuk set foot on the top. Everyone in the tower knew him, and the power and honor of his name grew with each passing day. And at one point, all ties between him and the climbers inside the tower were cut off. ¡°It was my first dragon hunt.¡± When they first heard the news, people didn¡¯t believe it. Bur. One of the Four Emperors died. In the hands of a single climber. No matter how weak it ispared to other dragons, the dragon is dead. Many dragons were enraged by that fact and looked for the perpetrator, and it was obvious that it was Hendrick. However, even after that, Hendrick did not get caught by the dragon tribe, but instead grew stronger and extended his hunting hand. ¡°Then I heard that they conquered the 700th or 800th floor, but did they die in the end? ¡°It¡¯s simr to mine, but definitely different.¡± Jinhyeok burst out inughter, thinking that it was Han who had not seen with his own eyes the bizarre sight of the person who had captured and killed the dragon race wearing the body of the dragon race. ¡°What¡¯s so fun?¡± ¡°I just think there¡¯s no difference between me and that guy.¡± Because Jinhyeokpletely agreed with what Hendrick said, his anger towards him no longer soared. In the first ce, he was clearly a ¡®human¡¯ when he was betrayed, and now he treats the body of a ¡®dragon¡¯ as a tool. ¡®Tools are innocent. There¡¯s something wrong with the owner who handled the tool.¡¯ Those who use the tools of the dragon race¡¯s body to form alliances with others and issue orders to kill themselves. Jinhyeok had no intention of forgiving them. ¡°I¡¯ll have to meet youter when I get a chance.¡± However, he did not give up on embracing someone who wields a very reliable and good tool and weapon called the dragon body. ¡°Is that a bit¡­?¡± When Jinhyeok said that he might have to meet again the person who risked his life just yesterday, Balkan looked shocked, but the answer was already decided. He is a soul, and Jinhyuk is a spirit master. The soul follows the Spirit Master. It was like an eternal truth, so Balkan had no choice but to follow it. ¡°¡­do whatever you want.¡± In the end, Jinhyeok was satisfied with the sight of Balkan saying words of consent and turned his head to look at the bed. -Gorolong¡­. ¡°Sleep well. If I stay like this, I¡¯ll sleep all day. ¡°You must be tired.¡± Where Jinhyuk¡¯s eyesnded, there was Miho, a fox cub. Jinhyeok, who gently held him as he fell asleep while snoring his nose, left the hotel. ¡°Let¡¯s quickly feed the kid and then let¡¯s go eat together.¡± ¡°¡­I don¡¯t eat?¡± ¡°Even if you don¡¯t eat, I have to eat, right?¡± Well, Balkan shook his head in bewilderment as he looked at Jinhyeok, who answered as if he was asking something obvious. ¡°do whatever you want.¡± It was an answer closer to a sigh, something we have be ustomed to. Chapter 52 All Master Necromancer Episode 52 ¡®It¡¯s Hendrick¡­ I guess I should meet him.¡¯ Jinhyeok could not erase the thoughts about Hendrick, the dragon yer, that he had heard about from Balkan in his mind. Rather, I just thought that I should meet him at least once. ¡®It doesn¡¯t seem like they have murderous intentions toward the entire Four Emperor n like I do, but the Dragon n is also a member of the Four Emperor n anyway. There will definitely be matching parts. What if Hendrick takes my side¡­? ¡®It gives me chills just thinking about it.¡¯ Unlike before his reincarnation, Jinhyeok was already nning to gather his colleagues to deal with the huge enemy called the Four Emperors. They are powerful people who will not betray themselves and will not be influenced by the Four Emperors. Naturally, Hendrick is a being who fully meets the conditions. It could be said that it is natural for Jinhyuk to consider recruiting him. That¡¯s why the reputation of Dragon yer Hendrick was so great. ¡®Once Miho¡¯s condition improves, I¡¯ll try to arrange a meeting then. He probably won¡¯t climb the tower right away either. ¡®He¡¯s a fruit simr to me.¡¯ Simr to yourself. A being that doesn¡¯t care about time when ites to revenge. Through conversations with Balkan, I realized that his current condition was iplete or unstable. In other words, it is almost certain that Hendrick is spending the same amount of time as Jinhyuk awakening and training his spiritual powers. Therefore, the moment Miho stepped out of the hotel, confident that Hendrick would stay on the 10th floor for a few days while she recovered. Jinhyuk was able to see the person who was waiting for him. ¡°Long time no see. ¡°Gwimyeon.¡± A climber with purple hair and a purple suit. Puppet, the branch manager of the Gold Rich Company located on the 10th floor, was the one waiting for Jinhyuk. ¡°¡­It¡¯s not like it¡¯s been a long time. ¡°Didn¡¯t we meet just yesterday?¡± ¡°Well, since I live each day like itsts 48 hours, it feels like it¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve seen you, so I apologized. ¡°I apologize.¡± When I scolded him, saying that it was no longer time to call it a long time since we only met yesterday, the puppet immediately lowered his head and apologized. Jinhyuk waved his hand, knowing that the important thing was not when they met anyway. ¡°Just the main point.¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s daily schedule is quite tight as he has to quickly go to the hunting ground to collect liver for Miho and then go to the Wizard¡¯s Tower to practice spiritual power again. Therefore, I had no choice but to say somewhat bluntly, just state the matter briefly. However, the moment Jinhyuk heard the main argument, his attitude changed. ¡°I came to get the items you mentioned and deliver them to you.¡± ¡°Oh my~ You didn¡¯t wait long, did you?¡± ¡°¡­Yeah, whatever. ¡°I just arrived.¡± Seeing Jinhyuk changing his attitude in an instant, no, changing his attitude as if he were flipping his palm, the puppet slightly stiffened his grinning face and nodded. Jinhyeok, who knew that he was ashamed of his actions, cleared his throat and held out his hand. ¡°Great, just give it to me first.¡± ¡°Yes, the subspace items you mentioned were prepared in the form of a coat. ¡°You can change the color to the user¡¯s preference or make minor changes, and it also has built-in temperature control magic to maintain the most suitable temperature for the user.¡± ¡°¡­I brought you something pretty good, right?¡± All items with built-in subspace are expensive. It is natural that the only way to save subspace is to request it from a professional subspace item manufacturer or obtain it from monsters. However, what attracted the most attention was not essories such as rings or nes, but rather the type of coat that Jinhyuk was holding in his hand. ¡®You can wear it even while wearing armor or something like that, and especially when ites to essories, there are many rings, nes, or earrings that have good abilities, so it¡¯s inconvenient to have subspace essories take up space for no reason.¡¯ Of course, since this is a case-by-case situation, there were certainly many people who preferred subspace as an essory such as a ring. It¡¯s just that Jinhyuk¡¯s tastes were in the same coats and robes as they are now. Jinhyuk immediately put on the coat in his hand and let out an exmation. ¡°¡­Ho-oh, it¡¯s definitely good?¡± Not only did a warm yet cool sensatione from the coat, but the coat itself was so light that it didn¡¯t even feel like I was wearing it. That means there won¡¯t be any hindrance in battle. In addition, pockets on the coat or lining inside the coat, etc. Everything within the user¡¯s reach could be connected to subspace, so there was no need to rummage through one¡¯s pockets during battle. ¡®This could be useful.¡¯ If someone with bare hands suddenly rummages through their pockets and pulls out a long spear or a memorized tool, most people will be embarrassed. Alternatively, there was also the option of fiddling with the lining of the coat, which could not contain anything, and then suddenly pulling out a weapon. As a result, the sub-space of the court could also be used as part of the battle, which meant that Jinhyuk had one more fighting method. ¡°Do you like it. I brought you something good. thanks.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t have to thank me. ¡°This is an item that Goldrich personally obtained.¡± ¡°Oh, it¡¯s definitely not something you can get.¡± Subspace, Jinhyuk¡¯s favorite subspace in the form of a coat, as well as the performance built into it, are not at a level that a puppet who climbs the 100th floor can obtain. Knowing that, the doubts that arose disappeared before the name ¡®Gold Rich¡¯. In fact, it is safe to say that there is nothing that cannot be obtained with Gold Rich money. ¡®For some reason, it was the Gold Rich guy that suited my taste perfectly.¡¯ A bundle is ced in front of Jinhyeok, who was amazed at Goldrich¡¯s ability to know even the tastes of investors. When I tilted my head as if to ask what was the bundle that was raising a cloud of dust while making a thud sound as if to indicate its heaviness, the puppet responded lightly by kicking the bundle. ¡°These are items from the Goldrich Workshop. It takes a long time to make weapons of the level of famous swords or treasured swords, and since most of them are already owned, it will take some time to obtain them. Still, I brought things that could be used for a long time. Not to mention the quality.¡± ¡°hmm? okay?¡± Hearing the puppet¡¯s words, Jinhyuk roughly unpacked the bag and spread out the weapons inside on the floor and began inspecting them one by one. Teeing~ ¡°So soft. ¡°It¡¯s light.¡± ¡°We mixed wrought iron. ¡°It would be good to use as a throwing dagger.¡± The first was a dagger. A high-quality dagger that is light and flexible for a dagger. Jinhyeok¡¯s inspection continued even after the dagger had performance that Puppet was confident of, and when all inspections werepleted. Jinhyuk had a satisfied smile on his face. ¡°Good. ¡°This will be useful until I get a weapon of the level you mentioned.¡± ¡°That¡¯s too much praise.¡± Seeing Jinhyuk looking satisfied, the puppet also smiled, feeling rewarded for having wandered around for less than a day. ¡°Is this the end?¡± ¡°Yes, this is the end. ¡°We are currently seeking information about the ghost vige on the 100th floor, and we are also working on spreading the reputation of the ghost you mentioned throughout the tower.¡± ¡°If there is anything unusual, please report it.¡± ¡°All right.¡± Information about the ruined goblin vige and reputation maniption to clear the quest with Baal. Jinhyeok didn¡¯t care too much because these two things weren¡¯t something that could be done in a day or so. ¡°There is no need to rush as information about the goblin vige and my name can only be done before the 100th floor. ¡°I¡¯m saying don¡¯t get caught up in rushing.¡± ¡°Keep that in mind.¡± ¡°That¡¯s it then.¡± Jinhyeok knew better than anyone else the size and strength of the enemies he had to deal with, so he ced more emphasis on stealth than speed. ¡®Rather than letting them know about me, it would be better to go at a leisurely pace but be sure.¡¯ Nine Stars and the Four Emperors. When Jinhyeok was about to leave for the hunting ground, thinking that there would be nothing more troublesome than information being passed on to them. Puppet spoke thest words. ¡°And as of today, I will be stepping down from my position as branch leader for a while.¡± ¡°¡­okay? ¡°Why?¡± Jinhyuk asked back, looking at the puppet¡¯s eyes shining purple. ¡°Because I felt the need to be stronger.¡± ¡°That¡¯s a correct answer to a question. Yes, there is no reason for me to step down from my position as branch leader unless that is the reason. I asked the wrong question. Then ask again. ¡°Why do you want to be stronger?¡± Puppet expressed his thoughts while looking straight at Jinhyuk, who acknowledged his mistake and asked the question again. ¡°I definitely wanted to reach the pinnacle as a merchant.¡± ¡°I guess so.¡± ¡°But after meeting Ghost, seeing you sign a contract with Goldrich before my eyes, and moving to help with that contract, I knew that something big woulde to the tower. No, it would be more correct to say that I realized it.¡± change. Merchants are a group of people who are sensitive to change. Just as when a war urs, the value of currency falls and the value of gold or silver rises. The tower is also not much different from the changes. That¡¯s why they put a lot of effort into information and try to learn about guild-to-guild wars before anyone else. But Puppet wasn¡¯t just discussing wars between guilds. ¡°I see a future where the entire tower is engulfed in a huge fire called war. At the center of it all, there must be a ghost. Of course, there will be Goldrich as an invisible helper¡­ but it will definitely be Ghostmyeon who gives.¡± A war that engulfs the entire tower. The puppet was discussing it. And Jinhyeok silently listened to what he said, and Puppet continued talking in silence. ¡°But it seemed like I wouldn¡¯t be able to move as a merchant during that war with the strength of a 100-story climber.¡± Jinhyuk did not say anything to the puppet, who spoke with a bitter smile on his face. No, I couldn¡¯t. ¡®He is right. And it would be meaningful for him to grow if he did it himself, rather than me helping him grow. Now all I have to do is quietly push him.¡¯ A person or colossus who may be the equal of Gold Rich in the future. Jinhyuk grinned, thinking that the birth might be happening right here and now. ¡°You can do it. The important thing is whether we can do it before the wares. Time cannot be bought with money. The key is to make good use of the time given to you. ¡°If you can do just that, you will be a great merchant who can make good use of war¡­ and you will also be a good partner to me.¡± ¡°¡­you¡¯re right. To that end, I n to step down from my position as branch leader for a while and begin climbing the tower again in earnest. Of course, I have a friend who will represent me at the business meeting on the 10th floor, so I will send Goldrich¡¯s message and what I have found out through that friend.¡± ¡°Okay, that¡¯s enough.¡± One merchant smiled brightly at Jinhyeok as he weed the moment when he returned to being a climber again. ¡°If you be a good partner who can stand next to me, you will be able to hear the stories that Goldrich and I shared.¡± ¡°That was exactly the story I wanted to hear.¡± ¡°This is a story that could put your life in danger. ¡°Even though I won¡¯t be able to give it up after hearing that?¡± In the face of words discussing life or death, the puppet responded with twinkling purple eyes as if it was actually good. ¡°For a merchant, death means money. Money has always been next to many deaths. ¡°If I can achieve great sess as a merchant by adding one more life to it, I will put it on the scale.¡± ¡°I hope the timees soon for a three-way meeting. ¡°I support you.¡± ¡°I also hope that your wishese true.¡± After saying good-bye to each other, the two moved to their respective ces. Jinhyuk goes to the hunting ground on the 10th floor, and Puppet goes to the 100th floor, where he belongs. Chapter 53 All Master Necromancer Episode 53 ¡°Can that guy be trusted?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not that he¡¯s trustworthy¡­ It¡¯s just that he doesn¡¯t seem much different from that Goldrich guy.¡± ¡°okay? ¡°Which part is true?¡± After receiving the items from Puppet and finishing the conversation, I arrived in front of the main gate leading to the hunting ground. Balkan asked if he could trust him, citing the story he had just had with Puppet. Simr to Gold Rich. When Balkan came back with that answer, he was not satisfied with it and dug in even more persistently. ¡°I have a lot of questions. I just felt that way, so I won¡¯t betray you unless it goes against my interests. In fact, you know that kids like that are stronger than saying they are loyal with words, right?¡± ¡°Hmm, that¡¯s definitely true.¡± This is true of Jinhyuk¡¯s personal position, but Jinhyuk remembers the end of the people who ran in and said they were most loyal. ¡®Most of them betrayed me.¡¯ Although they said they were loyal, their reed-like hearts were swayed here and there. Maybe it was because he had never met a truly upright person, but Jinhyeok believed that there was no such thing as perfect loyalty. Is that why? Jinhyuk liked the types of people like Goldrich and Puppet who came to build wealth based on their own power, as long as they were guaranteed to benefit themselves. ¡®They are always by my side as long as I benefit, and they never look only at the present. I look at everything, the present and the future, and if necessary, I want to spend all my money to make my future shine brightly. Those guys are a hundred times better.¡¯ Unlike those who only swear loyalty ande to fight with nothing but their bodies and disappear with a change of heart like a reed, people like Goldrich benefit right away. In the first ce, Jinhyeok did notckbat power, so there was no need for someone to pledge loyalty. ¡°Anyway, there¡¯s still a lot of time left before he¡¯s big enough to make a deal with me, so let¡¯s just focus on the now.¡± ¡°Of course. ¡°Miho is still a child, so she¡¯s probably hungry, so let¡¯s move on quickly.¡± After finishing the story about the puppet, the two entered the hunting ground while looking at Miho, who was fussing. * * * ¡°How far do you n to go? 1 border?¡± ¡°Wouldn¡¯t that be enough? ¡°After all, we are only discussing quantity, regardless of quality.¡± ¡°That¡¯s certainly true. ¡°There¡¯s no need to spend too much time here.¡± The conversation between the two people on the hunting ground ultimately led to the decision to only go to the first border. 1 border. The hunting ground on the 10th floor is divided into several sections, and the thin membrane located at the transition to the next section is called the ¡®boundary¡¯. There are several boundaries in the hunting ground on the 10th floor, and the strength of the monsters increases each time the boundaries are crossed. Going too deep was a shortcut to death, as there was a level that could not be reached by a 10th floor climber. ¡°A lot of people who were blocked by the wall wandered around the 4th or 5th border.¡± ¡°I¡¯ve never been there.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t have one either.¡± The reason why such a dangerous section existed on the 10th floor was simple. Beings blocked by walls. Those who were unable to advance to the next level and had to build strength through other means often crossed boundaries that were beyond the reach of a 10th floor climber. It is natural for them to experience meaningful growth only if they reach that level of vignce. Of course, this did not apply to Jinhyeok or Balkan, who were called geniuses among geniuses and had never been particrly stuck before bing wizards. ¡°Actually, it¡¯s my first timeing to a hunting ground, so I don¡¯t know what¡¯s going on.¡± ¡°¡­Talent is really useless when it¡¯s like this.¡± The two walked around the hunting ground, casually saying words that would be so absurd that a person without talent would die in a vase if they heard them. -Kerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr¡­. to rheak! ¡°It seems like it¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve seen them.¡± ¡°I stayed for a few days for the monster wave of goblins and orcs, so it¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve seen a kobold.¡± ¡°Oh, is that so?¡± hunting ground. As the name suggests, there were beings that greeted Jinhyeok and Balkan as soon as they entered the hunting ground. Of course they were monsters, and by Jinhyuk and Vulcan standards, they were kobolds I hadn¡¯t seen in quite some time. ¡°you? Or me?¡± ¡°After all, didn¡¯t youe here to test how to use spiritual power? You do it. ¡°I¡¯m so tired after yesterday.¡± ¡°Yes, yes, I got beaten up by a young dragon, so even the Spirit Master Vulkan of the world should be sick.¡± ¡°¡­!!@#!@$!@#¡± Jinhyuk took a stance while ignoring Balkan¡¯s words, which he could not understand properly. ¡°Hehe, wouldn¡¯t it be better to use it inbination with a real object?¡± Jinhyuk yed with the lining of his coat while looking at the kobold crying in the distance. Then his hand entered the lining and moved into the subspace connected to the coat. A moment when your hands are swimming in a fairlyrge sub-space and at the same time, you are thinking about something you want to get out of your head. Jinhyeok held in his hands what he wanted. ¡°Is it a bow and arrow?¡± ¡°First, use it from a distance.¡± ¡°Not bad. ¡°If it¡¯s from a long distance, it will be convenient to use magic andmand the soul soldiers, which is my main ability, at the same time.¡± bow and arrow. To be exact, it was a bow and a quiver of arrows. And it was natural that the quiver was filled with countless arrows. Quirky ¨C Jinhyeok fed the arrow to the string of the bow while leaving Vulkan nodding his head while looking at the bow and arrow. Perhaps the protest was made with the monster¡¯s muscles, but the demonstration took ce when Jinhyuk¡¯s fairly high strength felt insufficient. Crackle ¨C the moment when the bow is bent as if it will break, and the mighty power contained within it is transferred to the arrow. ping-! Jinhyuk let go of the protest. As soon as the arrow was released, the arrow made of flying steel instantly blew off the kobold¡¯s head. ¡°Bring out the liver.¡± -Follow orders. After giving an order to one of the soul bottles to collect the liver from the corpse of a kobold from afar, Jinhyeok fiddled with the bow in his hand. ¡°Is this a thing? ¡°You just smash the kobold¡¯s head with your strength, right?¡± ¡°Is it an ogre¡¯s tendon? Or troll? I don¡¯t know who made it, but the intensity of the protests is beyond imagination. ¡°The extraordinary destructive power is probablyrgely due to the protests.¡± ¡°The bow pole is surprisingly strong.¡± ¡°As expected, the rich are rich. ¡°To bring these items in just one day.¡± bow and arrow. Everything was satisfactory. In addition, the quiver containing the arrows had a space-expanding magic effect, so the joy was doubled because it could hold more arrows than appeared. And the spirit soldier who went to collect the liver returned with three livers. -Kheng! ¡°Do you like it? Eat a lot and get well quickly.¡± -Keeng! When he saw the liver in the hand of the spirit bottle, he calmed Miho, who was jumping with joy, and put the chopped liver into Miho¡¯s mouth one by one. Even though he ate three fairlyrge pieces of liver, he smiled brightly with blood on the corner of his mouth, and it didn¡¯t seem like he was very full. ¡°¡­Is the baby growing up?¡± ¡°Things like that happen, too. It must have taken all of its strength to crack the egg ande out. ¡°It looks like he wants to eat a lot and grow a lot.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, I guess I¡¯ll have to move harder.¡± Although he destroyed the head of a kobold with one arrow and killed those behind it, there was still a lot of liver for Miho to eat. ¡°You said 999, so that means you should probably eat that much, right?¡± ¡°It¡¯s for healing wounds, but it¡¯s also for satisfying hunger, so I guess that¡¯s probably true.¡± ¡°Whew, how many days will it take?¡± 999 pieces. Jinhyeok, who was tired of the overwhelming number, shook his head and took the bow in his hand again. ¡°I guess I¡¯ll have topletely wipe out those guys on the 1st border.¡± ¡°That should be enough to cover one day.¡± After finishing speaking, Jinhyeok sighed and fired arrows at the protest again. Crackle ¨C The bow is bent as if it will break again, and the demonstration is stretched to its limit. Even the arrows made of steel were fed there. All preparations werepleted, but Jinhyuk did not shoot it right away this time. Kiiing ¨C Purple- ck spiritual power slowly came out and eventually seeped into the firmly ced arrow. ¡°¡­Chargingplete.¡± The arrow, which had a ckish color unique to steel, instantly turned dark purple and gave off powerful force. Jinhyeok was satisfied with the force that made his hand tingle and let go of the arrow. ¡°The target is a kobold shaman.¡± A monster that can be seen as a 1-boundary named monster. Naturally, the kobold shaman was not alone and there were numerous kobolds around him. In other words, for Jinhyuk, it was closer to a dinner party. Quagga-ga-ga-ga-! The arrow left Jinhyeok¡¯s hand and rushed toward them, creating a fierce storm. -Wow! Cheek! Kekkeekkeek! The kobold shaman who saw this was frightened, recited a spell, and ordered kobolds to build a human barrier. -Keeee! -Keeek! -Kekkeek! Without knowing that they were being driven to death, the kobolds built a human barrier and showed off their strength by intertwining with each other. Of course, their eyes were stained red. ¡®Is it going berserk?¡¯ Berserk. A type of ck magic that amplifies physical abilities at the cost of losing intelligence. It could be said to be a truly good ability against low-level monsters such as kobolds. Because to them, Izzy was nothing more than a broken cookie. In exchange for the intelligence that exists as much as a broken cookie, they have gained power that is close to a ship¡¯s weight, so it is a business that is left to them. Anyway, Jinhyeok¡¯s arrow reached right in front of the barrier built by kobolds doing their spare business. Keying ¨C Just when the barrier made of arrows and kobolds, spinning violently and showing off their power, is about to collide. ¡°split.¡± -¡­Kek? A single purple-ck arrow was fired. It was divided along with Jinhyeok¡¯s words, no, orders. One arrow split into ten arrows, and soon swept away a barrier made up of dozens of kobolds at once. Quad Deuk ¨C Those who were alive just a moment ago turn into pieces of meat and are caught in a strong storm and scatter around. Strangely enough, the part of their body where the liver is located waspletely unaffected by the storm. ¡°Pick it up.¡± Dozens of soul soldiers rushed out with orders to pick up the healthy liver before it fell to the floor. At the same time, the arrow split into ten pieces and flew again towards the kobold shaman who was now alone. -Keeeeek! Wow ¨C but the kobold shaman, true to his name, Named, seeded in perfecting his spell by sacrificing the kobolds who followed him. In terms of magic, it is a defensive spell simr to a shield. A translucent defensive spell covered the entire face of the kobold shaman. The kobold shaman looked at Jinhyeok with a triumphant look and croaked at the defense spell that seemed extremely strong at first nce. -Keruk! Hey! Kelkelkel. ¡°¡­That bastard, are you kidding me?¡± ¡°maybe.¡± Although it onlysted a moment, Jinhyuk spread his hands wide in an annoyed gesture at his provocation. ¡°coalescence.¡± Since it is divided into ten arrows and the destructive power is distributed, even if ten arrows collide, there is no way there would be enough power left to break the defensive spell and even kill the kobold shaman. However, the moment when the ten divided arrows became one again with Jinhyeok¡¯smand. Kwachak-! -¡­Kek? The arrow, which broke the defensive spell, cut off the kobold shaman¡¯s throat, and regained its destructive power, pierced the kobold shaman. The moment when the life drained from the eyes of the kobold shaman who was strangely looking at the purple-ck arrow that pierced not only his spell but also himself. Jinhyuk just spoke calmly. ¡°Bring it. ¡°Give me food.¡± -I follow orders. -Kheng! Dozens of livers held in the hands of dozens of soul bottlesing towards him. Looking at it, Miho let out a happy scream. And while eating, Jinhyeok roughly wiped the area around Miho¡¯s blood-covered mouth and put in his bow and arrow. Of course, the hunt was not over. Sereung- ¡°Let¡¯s just feed about 200 today.¡± Now that I had used the bow, it was just time to try the sword. 200 pieces. Balkan snorted at Jinhyuk¡¯s words that he would kill almost one-fifth of the total in just one day. ¡°200? I have to feed 300 of them. Do you think a fox cub in its prime would be satisfied with only 200?¡± ¡°300? Okay, not bad. Miho, you can eat it all, right?¡± -Kheng! Satisfied with the sight of Miho holding her head high and patting her chest with her small, white-fur-covered hands as if asking him to leave it to her, Jinhyeok kicked out of his seat. ¡°Let¡¯s practice spiritual power management properly today.¡± At the same time, Jinhyeok¡¯s sword became purple-ck. 1 Border. It was also a moment when a bloody wind was blowing there. Chapter 54 All Master Necromancer Episode 54 ¨C Keeng. ¡°Are you okay, you guy?¡± -Kheng! Miho, who had eaten a huge amount of liver, about 200 pieces, giggled with satisfaction and rubbed her face in Jinhyeok¡¯s arms. ¡®Good job wiping the blood from the corner of your mouth. If I had done it wrong, the court that started today would have been covered in monsters¡¯ blood.¡¯ Jinhyeok left the guard, thinking that he had done well to wipe the blood from the corner of his mouth right away. ¡°Where do you n to go now?¡± ¡°I¡¯m full,¡± Vulcan asked as he looked down at Miho, who was trying to fall asleep. After going to the border and feeding Miho and filling her stomach, he asked about the next destination. ¡°You have to eat first.¡± Balkan clicked his tongue and responded to the obvious statement. ¡°So what are you going to do next? ¡°Don¡¯t you even remember to eat your meals at the right time?¡± Since he was a Balkan who had never seen Jinhyuk miss a meal while climbing the tower, hisints were quite natural. Jinhyuk, who had been thinking about it, decided on his destination and spoke. ¡°Gold Rich Company.¡± ¡°¡­are you going there again? ¡°Didn¡¯t you receive all the items anyway?¡± ¡°I got it. ¡°But I also have to meet the branch manager who was appointed in ce of the puppet, and there are some items I haven¡¯t received yet.¡± His next destination. That ce was none other than Gold Rich Company. Balkan, who frowned at the idea of going to the Gold Rich Company rather than the Wizard¡¯s Tower, nodded roughly at the further exnation that followed. Because it wasn¡¯t something I couldn¡¯t understand. However, Balkan¡¯s face hardened when he was told that he had not received the item. ¡°You can¡¯t believe it¡­.¡± ¡°Why, I didn¡¯t receive the item. Poisonous nt, ten stones, one stone. ¡°There are a lot of them.¡± ¡°¡­You know you¡¯re really crazy, right?¡± The aspect of the item he wanted was not easy to say that he had not received it. As for things like 10 seats and 1 seat, yes, I could at least understand them. But it wasn¡¯t a poisonous nt. ¡®Why would a person who can¡¯t even handle poisonous nts need poisonous nts? I recognized that bastard from the time he chewed the parasitic herb¡­ but it¡¯s a poisonous tumor. ¡®Poisonous tumor.¡¯ First of all, Jinhyuk cannot handle poisonous nts. Due to the nature of his sub-job, he will have to deal with poison at some point, but at least not now. He says this because he knows very well that Jinhyuk has no intention of learning on his own right now. In other words, the reason he is looking for poisonous nts now is not because he studied poisons¡­ ¡°Are you going to eat them?¡± ¡°I¡¯m asking the obvious. Then you buy it to eat poison, and what do you buy it for?¡± Balkan ced his hand on his forehead as he looked at Jinhyeok, who answered as if he was asking something obvious. ¡°Whoa¡­ you crazy guy.¡± He began to think seriously about when he would understand Jinhyeok. ¡®No, has the orthodoxy of the world changed without my knowledge? Why has it be natural to try to eat poisonous nts raw by chewing them?¡¯ Balkan followed behind Jinhyuk as he walked, thinking that he was a guy who didn¡¯t even know. ¡°Come with me, you bastard!¡± ¡°I don¡¯t have time. ¡°Juste after me.¡± Jinhyuk, who instinctively sensed that it was time for the belly clock to ring, walked very quickly. * * * ¡°It¡¯s pretty good.¡± ¡°It looks like it¡¯s worth a lot of money.¡± It was Balkan¡¯s answer to Jinhyuk¡¯s evaluation as he left the restaurant after eating. Since he was in a spiritual state and could not taste the taste, he thought that it was just a taste worthy of the high price. ¡°Valkan.¡± ¡°why.¡± Let¡¯s think about food for a moment. Balkan responded calmly to the voice of Jinhyeok calling him as he walked towards Gold Rich Store. And Jinhyuk¡¯s next words were enough to shatter his calmness like a stone thrown at a window. ¡°Don¡¯t you want to find your body again?¡± ¡°¡­body? ¡°Are you talking about my body when I was alive?¡± ¡°Well, it may not be perfect, but¡­ it¡¯s pretty close to the body I had when I was alive.¡± body. Or it is also called body. It may have been something that Balkan, who had spent tens or hundreds of years in a spiritual state, could not help but wish for. And if it is not an ordinary body but a body simr to the one when he was alive, then there is no need to say anything. but. ¡°No work.¡± ¡°why? ¡°What souls desire most is their own bodies.¡± ¡°I like the state of the soul, and more than anything, there is no way I can save a body like that.¡± Vulcan pouted his lips and shook his head. Of course, he also wanted to regain his old body and enjoy the joy of a living body. However, he knew very well that it was nothing but hope torture. How hard he worked to find out how to obtain a living body during his tens and hundreds of years of soul life. ¡®It was a futile effort. ¡®It would have been easier to find my body on the first floor than by picking a star from the sky.¡¯ Moreover, his body was located on the first floor for his own arrangement, the new Spirit Master. Climbing the floor with a soul is nonsense. He gathered what little information he had on the first floor, searched through his memories, and tried to regain living flesh. And he gave up. ¡°It¡¯s all pointless. This is ridiculous. It¡¯s just a rejection from my body. ¡°It¡¯s full of difort and difort, as if I¡¯m wearing clothes that don¡¯t fit.¡± I tried entering other people¡¯s freshly dead bodies several times, but to no avail. Clothes that don¡¯t fit you. Difort and difort as if wearing extremely loose or extremely tight clothes. It was almost impossible to move around in that state, and it was morefortable for him to be in a spiritual state. ¡®I don¡¯t need a body anymore.¡¯ He certainly thought that way, and he must have continued that thought¡­ ¡°Even if it¡¯s impossible to get to 100%, I might be able to get a body simr to 80%, maybe even 90%.¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± Something that has been hoped for for hundreds of years. However, he was truly surprised when Jinhyeok heard that something he had thought would never work and had been dismissed as unnecessary came out of Jinhyeok¡¯s mouth as a name that was close to sess. ¡°How on earth?¡± He lunged at Jinhyuk as if his calm attitude just before had turned out to be a lie. To the point where even Jinhyeok was shocked by his reckless appearance. Still, he was surprised, and Jinhyuk told him everything he was thinking. ¡°It¡¯s difficult to get it. No, it¡¯s safe to say that it can¡¯t happen. As you know, there is no body like yours in the world anymore. Because you are dead.¡± ¡°¡­Yeah, that¡¯s right. ¡°Because there can be no twopletely identical beings in the world.¡± Even if twins were born perfectly identical, every single cell cannot be identical. Therefore, Balkan did not find a body that waspletely identical to his old body. ¡°So I tried it, and there was no need to ¡®find¡¯ it.¡± ¡°Why?¡± ¡°If you can¡¯t find it, you can make it, right?¡± If you look for an object that is not in the world, it will never appear before your eyes. But on the other hand, what if you make something that doesn¡¯t exist in the world? ¡®¡­It may not be an object that perfectly matches my imagination, but an object that is infinitely close to it will appear in the world. Could this be this guy?¡¯ As Balkan watched Jinhyeok discussing an area close to invention, an idea came to mind. Because it was impossible in his generation, it was not discussed or even thought about. ¡°¡­Are you talking about a homunculus?¡± ¡°answer.¡± A created life form, a product of alchemy, also known as the child in the sk. Jinhyuk said that. ¡°Ha, I¡¯m sure he¡¯s really crazy. How can you think of using a homunculus as my body¡­¡± Call me crazy, crazy, but Balkan shook his head at the thought of Jinhyeok thinking of putting his soul into a homunculus. Jinhyeok, who was staring at Balkan like that, asked him. ¡°So you don¡¯t like it?¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s good.¡± The body was frankly Vulcan. * * * ¡°Of course, I didn¡¯t say I would save you right away.¡± It was Jinhyuk¡¯s answer that confirmed Balkan¡¯s feelings. Of course, Vulcan didn¡¯t think he wouldmandeer a homunculus for himself right now. Now is not the time to do something, but the time to grow. There were too many things to do to devote time to one¡¯s own convenience or pleasure. ¡°It would be worth trying at least after the 100th floor.¡± ¡°It¡¯s the 100th floor¡­ so there¡¯s still some left.¡± ¡°But it will be there soon. Because it doesn¡¯t take that long to climb. ¡°It just takes time to train.¡± Vulcan didn¡¯t really refute the sight of him calmly saying that it wouldn¡¯t take that long to reach the 100th floor. It wasn¡¯t because Jinhyuk said he would make his body. ¡®It¡¯s definitely possible for him. ¡®I don¡¯t think it will take more than a few months, so it¡¯s worth it.¡¯ It seemed like Jinhyeok could easily aplish something that might take others years, and even if it took years, those years seemed like an instant to him who had lived for tens or hundreds of years. Therefore, he answered by gently nodding his head. ¡°Then, shall we take a look at the new branch leader¡¯s face?¡± Jinhyeok, with a faint smile on his face as if satisfied with Balkan¡¯s answer, kicked in the door of Gold Rich Company and entered. Naturally, the goblin mask symbolizing him was already ced on his face. ¡°Ears¡­ ears!¡± The response came immediately. The reputation of Ghost Face had already grown considerably, and thanks to Goldrich spreading the rumor himself, the number of people who knew about Ghost Face increased significantly even in just one day. In particr, the rumor spread even faster on the 10th floor where Jinhyeok was staying, and it goes without saying that there were quite a few people who recognized Jinhyeok in the store. Of course, it was not the climbers who visited the Sanghoe that showed the strongest reaction. ¡°¡­I was waiting.¡± ¡°Please eat inside.¡± ¡°The branch manager is waiting.¡± ¡°¡­What, why are the guards?¡± Also called guards, or guards, they were like an iron wall. They are at least on the 20th to 30th floor, and the guard captain who epasses them is strong enough to overwhelm them all. This was the reason why there was no disturbance even though the Gold Rich Company was noisy and many people visited. ¡®He didn¡¯t say a word when I talked to him!¡¯ ¡®Damn, the guards are also climbers. ¡®I can¡¯t believe you¡¯re being so polite in front of a super rookie ghost.¡¯ ¡®But the branch manager? Does even the branch manager have a face-to-face meeting? It¡¯s really no joke.¡¯ There were many climbers who wanted to make friends with such guards. The problem is that it doesn¡¯t work out the way they thought. However, it was a surprise to them to recognize the ghost who was in the midst of increasing the stock price and guide him to the branch manager. ¡®What on earth is a ghost face?!¡¯ Although their thoughts were all different, their surprise at Jinhyeok, the ghost who had suddenly disappeared from their sight, was the same. * * * ¡°Who is the branch manager?¡± ¡°I heard that you will find out when you go in. It¡¯s just that it was a very unconventional personnel assignment¡­¡± ¡°Really? okay. ¡°I¡¯ll go alone from here, so take care of your business.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, I hope you have a good time.¡± The guards, who always felt scary to others, did not hesitate to bow their heads in front of Jinhyeok. ¡®¡­It¡¯s scary, it¡¯s even scarier because what happened yesterday still shes before my eyes.¡¯ Just yesterday. It was just yesterday that they burst into the former branch manager¡¯s room with a visit from their famous yet secretive employer named Goldrich. And they were cruelly beaten down by the climber in front of them, who was only a 10-story climber at most. They were able to guide him before the memory faded, so they should be praised for not having wet themselves. ¡°It¡¯s fast.¡± ¡°You must be scared.¡± ¡°¡­I didn¡¯t do anything.¡± ¡°Look at your face. ¡°I¡¯m scared that it will appear in my dreams.¡± ¡°¡­What kind of dream do you have when you don¡¯t even sleep?¡± Even though he says that, is Jinhyuk really scared of my face? With that thought in mind, I looked at the mirror in the hallway and closed my mouth. ¡®¡­the mask is a bit scary.¡¯ Goblin mask. The mask, which looked quite scary in appearance, boasted an appearance as brutal as its abilities. Jinhyeok, who realized this again, unconsciously nodded and opened the door to the branch manager¡¯s office located at the end of the hallway. and. ¡°¡­uh?¡± ¡°Ha¡­ Haha, should I say it¡¯s been a while? ¡°My name is Halcyon, and I was working on the first floor until yesterday. It¡¯s an honor to serve you, Mr. Ghost.¡± Halcyon was there, expressing with his whole body, and especially with his face, that he felt awkward in this ce. Just yesterday, the counter employee who had handed over the sale of Jinhyeok¡¯s meeting ticket to Gold Rich to Puppet was there. Chapter 55 All Master Necromancer Episode 55 ¡®Ugh¡­ Ugh, I think I¡¯m really sick of my pants. ¡®What did I say yesterday?¡¯ Halcyon was dazed and his whole body was shaking at the sight of Jinhyeok, the ghost that appeared before his eyes again. It¡¯s not like he wouldn¡¯t have heard of Gwimyeon¡¯s performance, which took the Gold Rich Company by storm in just one day. ¡®Didn¡¯t you say that the guards outside also fought against the ghost and were defeated? Goldrich also came. How on earth did you manage to climb the 10th floor?¡¯ When he first met Jinhyuk yesterday. The reason he was able to express his opinion calmly and clearly was because he didn¡¯t know much about Jinhyeok until then. However, even though only one day passed, Halcion was able to learn a lot about Jinhyeok. ¡®Goldrich really came because of what the ghost said. That means that the deal with the ghost was attractive to him as well. He also proved his power by single-handedly destroying all of the guards. If you¡¯re a ghost, what are you¡­¡¯ Gold Rich visits the 10th floor branch, all guards are defeated, and the Puppet branch leader resigns. It was full of so absurd things that people would scold me and tell me not to be crazy if I said it happened in just one day, but I couldn¡¯t deny that it was true. Above all, thest incident, the resignation of the head of the Puppet branch, was even more vivid in my memory because it was directly rted to Halcyon. -I am resigning. Branch manager position. -yes¡­? What do you mean by that? No, but why are you telling me such important information? After Goldrich¡¯s visit, Halcyon was greatly surprised by the sudden resignation of the head of the Puppet branch. This is because it was hard to believe that he, who had been considered a perfect example of a branch leader, was resigning. -There is work to be done for a bigger dream and to achieve that dream perfectly. -Are you talking about what needs to be done? If you don¡¯t mind, can I hear what it is? -Of course, my resignation was decided for the sake of climbing the tower. -Climbing¡­ Resignation certainly makes sense. Climbing the tower is never easy. The current level of the puppet is 100 floors. Even if it is a full-fledged start, there is no way you can conquer arge number of floors and be a branch manager on the 10th floor. But Halcyon didn¡¯t know until then. -But why are you telling me that? About whether Halcion, who has now decided to leave, tells him such an important truth. of course. -Why? Halcyon, from now on, you will be taking on the position of branch manager of the 10th floor branch of Gold Rich Company. -¡­Yea?! It wasn¡¯t long before I found out why. From the beginning, he did not suddenly take the position of branch leader. -I can¡¯t! I can not! How can a single counter employee sit in the position of branch manager? It would be better for Puppet to sit in the position of branch leader until someone else is rescued! Strong opposition. Halcyon was a climber who knew his subject well, and he knew that the position of branch leader was not yet a suitable position for him. But he probably didn¡¯t know. -You can¡¯t postpone it. If you start climbing a little sooner, you won¡¯t bete for your great work. The fact that he was offered the position of branch leader because Puppet noticed that he knew his subject well. He struggled a second time when he saw the puppet rejecting his proposal like a sword. -If I take on the position of branch manager, there will be a lot of talk. It wouldn¡¯t be surprising if the employees who were working at the counter up until yesterday, along with me, would stand up immediately. I believe that Mr. Puppet would not like to see the ce where he held the position of branch leader until yesterday be a mess. His second struggle was none other than putting other employees of the 10th floor branch in the lead. Unfortunately, his second struggle didn¡¯tst long either. -Goldrich gave permission. There is no way they would object. Well then, please take care of me in the future. Halcyon branch leader. ¨C And¡­ Goldrich himself gave permission¡­ Goldrich¡¯s permission. It was like aw that could not be protested, at least by the employees of affiliates under the Gold Rich Group. When Gold Rich looks at gold and says it¡¯s a stone, they just think it¡¯s a stone. Of course, there was no way the employees would have opposed Halcion bing the branch manager. Furthermore, Halcyon could no longer object to his bing the branch leader. Because he was also an employee of Gold Rich Trading Company, one of the affiliates of the Gold Rich Group. ¡®This is the result in the end.¡¯ As a result of being briefed on everything that happened in one day and epting the appointment of his branch leader along with the news of Puppet¡¯s resignation. Halcyon was in front of Jinhyeok. ¡°Did you get the items you asked for?¡± ¡°yes. These items were easy to obtain on the 10th floor, so there was no difficulty in obtaining them. The rest of the items¡­¡± ¡°Puppet gave them to me.¡± rath.¡± ¡°¡­I knew that would happen.¡± Halcyon paused slightly and answered by nodding his head, then asked Jinhyuk. ¡°So, Mr. Puppet, you just left?¡± Jinhyeok roughly nodded his head when asked by Halcion, who was still kind to the puppet who smiled humorously at him and called him ¡®Halcyon Branch Manager¡¯. ¡°Probably so. ¡°If he has a goal, he will run toward that goal without stopping.¡± ¡°¡­Puppet definitely has that kind of side to him.¡± He entered thepany with only the ambition of bing a great merchant, took on the position of branch manager, and carried out his duties 100% and 120%. He was like a role model for Halcion. Halcyon is at a loss as he now has to fill his position. Chin- ¡°Don¡¯t worry. ¡°That guy probably didn¡¯t pick his sessor haphazardly.¡± ¡°But I¡¯m not ready yet.¡± ¡°Prepare¡­ what preparation?¡± ¡°¡­yes?¡± Halcyon, who was about to talk about his preparations to be a branch leader, looked nkly at Jinhyeok, who had a truly clueless expression on his face. Jinhyeok said with a smile as he saw Halcion looking at him foolishly. ¡°You said the item I asked for was ready, right?¡± ¡°¡­Yes, it is poisonous nts, hot stones, and cool stones prepared in stages. There was quite a bit of it in stock so it wasn¡¯t hard to get it. ¡°Poisonous nts are not poisonous enough to kill.¡± ¡°Look! ¡°I¡¯m well prepared.¡± ¡°¡­yes?¡± ¡°You still don¡¯t know? Why did Puppet put you in the position of branch leader?¡± ¡°Ah¡­ really?¡± ¡°Okay, you don¡¯t need much right now. All I have to do is get the things I need at the right time. In the process, you just need to slowly learn what you need to do as a branch leader. ¡°Do you understand now?¡± ¡°¡­I mean, there¡¯s no need for me to do anything. understand.¡± Ability to quickly obtain requested items. Halcyon nodded, understanding that that alone was enough to take the position of branch leader. It was only now that he realized that Puppet didn¡¯t want something that difficult for him. ¡°Puppet would certainly have been a capable branch manager, but there was no need to try to be like him. ¡°You¡¯re not a puppet, are you?¡± ¡°¡­you¡¯re right. ¡°When I think about it, I think I instinctively used Puppet as the standard when it came to what I needed to do as a branch leader.¡± ¡°But no. You are you, Halcyon.¡± Halcyon, seeing the two smiling eyes behind the mask, felt her tense body softening. Sigh ¨C Jinhyuk left thest words to Halcion as he swept the items he had ced on the desk into subspace. ¡°Of course, it is not good to use him as a standard, but to use him as a goal will be of great help to you. It might be a milestone. So you just have to do what he wants you to do and try to do more than he wants you to do.¡± ¡°¡­If you need anything, please visit us at Gold Rich Trading Company at any time! ¡°Gwimyeon!¡± ¡°Sure.¡± Jinhyuk, who had gently waved his hand as he left what had been the puppet¡¯s room until yesterday, smiled and nodded as Halcyon¡¯s voice rang loudly behind him. Just like that, Jinhyuk disappeared from Gold Rich Company. And then Jinhyuk disappeared, and after looking at the spot where Jinhyuk had been for a long time, he copsed in his seat. ¡°What I will do. My goal is to get it closer to 120% rather than 100%. To do that, we need your information. When a person visits a merchant due to need, the goods are prepared in advance. That¡¯s what I think 120% is. ¡°I need information about him.¡± Halcyon. He was a lot smarter, smarter, and more persistent than he thought. Doing everything he could in his position as branch manager, he began to move quickly to assist Jinhyuk. -Hey, I heard there is a ghostly stalker? -Eh? What does that mean? -No, they said there is someone who collects all information about ghosts. From what I heard, there are three sizes¡­ -The ghost was a woman¡­? -No, I don¡¯t know that. It¡¯s just a rumor. However, his movements seemed like a stalker to others. * * * ¡°Hmph~¡± ¡°Why did you talk to that kid like that?¡± Balkan asked while listening to Jinhyeok humming, who was in a good mood after taking various poisonous nts, ten stones, and one stone from Halcion. By his standards, Halcyon was not a very good merchant, did not have a lot of money, and was not very powerful. In other words, it was ordinary. He couldn¡¯t help but have doubts as he saw Jinhyeok care for him in quite a detailed manner. ¡®Why is this guy like this? Normally, I wouldn¡¯t have even paid attention to a guy who doesn¡¯t have any skills.¡¯ Since Jinhyeok is a Balkan who doesn¡¯t like people without abilities due to his personality, what happened just now was quite surprising. However, Jinhyuk also did it after thinking about it on his own. ¡°He was brave.¡± ¡°Gang?¡± ¡°huh. Yesterday and today, he must have heard rumors about me, but he tried his best to treat me like everyone else. In order not to cause any damage to thepany. Well, today is different from yesterday because I came to receive something I asked for.¡± First, Jinhyuk highly evaluated Halcyon¡¯s courage. A being much stronger than yourself. Even after defeating the guards and confronting the person who met with Gold Rich, he did not give up and courageously said what he had to say. From that look, Jinhyeok gave him extra points. ¡°That won¡¯t be the end, what¡¯s next?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, if that was all it was, I wouldn¡¯t have treated you so kindly. ¡°The second is that he will have to meet with me for quite some time toe.¡± Halcyon takes the ce of Puppet. It is obvious that he will take on the role of delivering goods to himself in ordance with his contract with Gold Rich. ¡°He doesn¡¯t have a bad personality, he¡¯s obedient to me, and we should even see him often from now on. ¡°Isn¡¯t it strange that I give him a few words of advice?¡± ¡°¡­I see.¡± ¡°Hmm, and how about making it grow a little? ¡°I thought about it a little bit.¡± ¡°Raise it? You mean the guy called Halcion? ¡°He seemed like a worthless guy.¡± Jinhyeok clicked his tongue and moved his finger left and right towards Vulkan, who was pouring out harsh criticism towards Halcion. ¡°It would be nice to have at least one limb to move towards me. ¡°Puppet and Goldrich are people who move to do business on equal footing with me.¡± ¡°¡­Do whatever you want. ¡°You¡¯re going to do it anyway, so I don¡¯t have to worry about it.¡± Jinhyeok grinned at Balkan, who shook his head as if he didn¡¯t recognize him, then took off his mask and walked away with a refreshed face, feeling the wind. ¡°Then, would you like to go use the items you received?¡± ¡°¡­As expected, you are crazy.¡± Items he received from Halcion. Poisonous nt, ten stones, one stone. All three are items that are difficult to use or have no ce to use in the city. However, Balkan, who guessed where the items would be ¡®used¡¯, just looked at Jinhyeok with a tired face. Jinhyeok left behind Vulcan, who was giving him a terrible look, and walked towards the Wizard¡¯s Tower. ¡®It¡¯s time to gain a lot of new skills.¡¯ It was time for torture, no, training. Just like he did in the tutorial. Chapter 56 All Master Necromancer Episode 56 ¡°You¡¯re here as expected.¡± ¡°Well, it¡¯s natural. ¡°The road to learning is still long.¡± ¡°also! ¡°You are amazing!¡± As soon as he entered the wizard¡¯s tower, Jinhyuk faced Ken and shrugged his shoulders and said something that didn¡¯t make sense. In reality, it was torture, no, I just came to a quiet ce to practice. ¡°What about organizing the necromancer¡¯s room?¡± ¡°It¡¯s all done.¡± ¡°Didn¡¯t you restore the things I put away back to their original state?¡± If that were the case, Jinhyeok was nervous because he was afraid that Balkan would use his spirit soldiers and remove the furniture again like yesterday. Ken shook his head with an apologetic expression. ¡°sorry. ¡°I don¡¯t have enough strength to clean it all up by myself.¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m actually d. ¡°Because there was no mishap that had to be cleaned up again.¡± ¡°Oh, is that so? Then, let¡¯s tell the manager in advance. ¡°Every few days, the janitors go through the rooms, clean empty rooms, and return furniture to its original position.¡± The poor physical strength of a wizard became a blessing in disguise. Ken¡¯s poor physical strength was not good enough to restore all the furniture to its original condition by himself, and Jinhyuk was satisfied with the answer that the furniture was in the same condition as it had been removed. ¡°Then please do so.¡± ¡°Yes, I will pass it on.¡± ¡°But¡­ it would be better to solve the physical problem.¡± ¡°¡­yes?¡± ¡°ss cannons don¡¯t survive for long. Physical training will be enough to help you ovee the wall that blocks you.¡± It may be hard to call it a repayment, but Jinhyuk gave Ken the answer to the problem he is currently experiencing. wall. Climbers encounter walls over and over again. It could be a wall that is close to your limit, or it could just be a wall you encounter along the way. ¡®And Ken, for that guy, this wall is just a wall along the way. ¡®With just a little bit of advice, I¡¯m sure I¡¯ll find a way to get over the wall in my own way and get over it.¡¯ Ken was thetter. In fact, most of the walls encountered in ces less than 100 floors were thetter. Anyway, Jinhyuk hoped that Ken would ovee the wall blocking his path, and he hoped that he would ovee it quickly. ¡®The more useful people there are, the better. ¡®I also owe you yesterday.¡¯ If you give him a favor, he won¡¯t forget it. Ken was like that, and Jinhyuk did not forget the kindness that helped him yesterday. of course. ¡°Do you need anything now?¡± Even though it was just advice, Jinhyuk had no intention of repaying the favor with just a few words. ¡°yes? No, right now¡­¡± Ken didn¡¯t know the meaning of the question, ¡°Do you need anything?¡±, so he immediately waved his hand. Asking that question was no different from Jinhyuk saying that he would give him what he needed. But Jinhyuk shook his head. It wasn¡¯t just an attempt to repay his favor by giving him something new, it was said for his benefit. Jinhyuk shook his head as if to prove it, and advice for him poured out from his mouth. ¡°In order to ovee a wall, it is important to ovee it only with one¡¯s own ability, but it would be good to attach great significance to crossing it itself. There is something to be gained just by crossing the wall. And the best thing to fill in any missing abilities is, of course, artifacts or items. ¡°Is it really not there?¡± It is not rmended to use items or artifacts to ovee or destroy walls that have reached their limit. But on the contrary, Jinhyuk thought that it would be better to use items and artifacts to break through than to be stuck for a long time by a wall that was just blocking the passage. ¡®There are so many walls you have to face in the future, so there¡¯s no need to struggle to get over the small walls.¡¯ Like the 100th and 200th floors, the trials of each 100th floor are difficult, but Jinhyeok knows well that the real challenge lies in the 300th and 600th floors. That¡¯s why he didn¡¯t want Ken to do it on his own, floundering down dozens of floors at most. Of course, it would be great if he could seed with his own strength alone, but the time it took to do it was such a waste. From Jinhyuk¡¯s perspective, who saves every minute, there was no such waste. ¡°¡­Then I think an orb or a staff would be appropriate. ¡°If you use magic during battle, your mana arrangement will be disrupted.¡± ¡°Obviously, it¡¯s a problem that will only be resolved with time, so it may be difficult to solve it with your own abilities right now.¡± After listening to Jinhyuk¡¯s advice, Ken gave up his pride and chose the two items he needed most. Staff and Orb. Artifacts and items that canpensate for Ken¡¯s weakness, which is that his mana arrangement is easily disturbed. ¡®Definitely having an orb is very effective in keeping the mana arrangement consistent. The staff is worse than the orb in stabilizing the mana array, but the strengthening of the power of the magic itself is enough to be useful.¡¯ It is clear that both will be helpful to Ken today. ¡®There will be prerequisites for having good staff and a good job, but that¡¯s none of my business.¡¯ Ken would definitely have at least one of the staff and orbs. What he wanted was not an ordinary staff and orb, but a fairly usable staff and orb. Wizards are a profession called money-eating hippopotamuses. It costs money to research magic and to use magic. Naturally, the price of high-quality staffs and orbs used in directbat was beyond imagination, but it was not that important to Jinhyeok. Ssuseuk- ¡°This?¡± Ken looked at Jinhyuk, who wrote something on a note he took out of his pocket and handed it to him. Jinhyeok kindly exined what this meant. ¡°Take that and go to the Gold Rich Company on the 10th floor, visit Branch Manager Halcyon, and tell him what you want. Additionally, if you tell me I sent it, they will take care of it.¡± ¡°Would it be okay for me to meet the branch manager of Gold Rich Company without permission?¡± ¡°Well, I guess you two might get along really well.¡± The meeting of two people who follow each other quite well, even if they are not at the level of deification. Jinhyuk patted Ken on the shoulder, thinking it would be quite fun, gave him onest piece of advice, and walked toward the necromancer¡¯s room. ¡°Mind what I said. ss cannons don¡¯t survive for long. Exercise hard. ¡°I also climb hard as a gift to repay my debt.¡± After finishing speaking, Ken, who was staring nkly at Jinhyuk¡¯s fluttering coat as he walked away, went straight to Gold Rich Store and met Halcyon. And Ken, who was guided by guards to the branch manager¡¯s office of Gold Rich Company, was able to see Halcyon looking at him with a look of surprise. -Did it reallye from you? -yes. Yesterday I helped you, but today he came and said he would give me advice and a gift, and told me toe here. At first, Halcyon went through the verification process to see if Jinhyuk had sent it, and then realized that Jinhyuk had indeed sent it. Furthermore, he showed great interest in the help he gave to Jinhyeok. -I helped him¡­ That sounds a bit tempting. If you don¡¯t mind, let¡¯s have a cup of tea with me and talk about him. -great! Naturally, Ken, who had a great liking for Jinhyuk, to the extent that he could be called the Pope of Jinhyeokism, or Ghost Religion, responded. Just as Jinhyuk thought, the two people surprisingly got along well. So much so that we put off our work for a long time and talked. While they were having a pleasant conversation, torture was taking ce in the necromancer¡¯s room where Jinhyeok entered. No, to be precise. ¡°Queuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuut!!!¡± ¡°Oh, your face has turned purple. ¡°That¡¯s a pretty funny face.¡± It could be said to be a scene of self-harm. * * * As Balkan said, Jinhyeok¡¯s face was beyondical. It must have felt that way even more because Jinhyeok¡¯s face, which had taken off the ufortable mask and appeared as it was, was stained purple. The sight of him holding his neck and making noises as if he were underwater is enough to make anyone who doesn¡¯t know him think he¡¯s a clown. ¡°It¡¯s old, antidote.¡± But if you knew it was the effect of the poison, you wouldn¡¯t be able to giggle at him. Of course, it was just a fun tidbit for Balkan. He quickly decided that Jinhyuk was at his limit and threw the antidote he had into his mouth. The antidote, which gently dissolved as soon as it entered his mouth, spread through Jinhyeok¡¯s esophagus and throughout his body, returning hisplexion to its original color. ¡°¡­Puh-ha!¡± Balkan clicked his tongue as he looked at Jinhyeok, who was breathing heavily, like a diver who had taken a breath of fresh air after diving in deep water. ¡°Tsk, that¡¯s a good thing. ¡°What is the benefit of doing that? Instead, use your time to practice spiritual power, you guy.¡± ¡°Among the Nine Stars, there is one who deals with poison. ¡°It may be impossible topletely detoxify it, but you should be able to resist and move while poisoned.¡± Even though his work was disparaged as being useless, Jinhyeok did not give up on his thoughts. Nine Stars. Among them, there was also a climber who was skilled in poison, and because of that, Jinhyeok was unable to fight properly during the battle. ¡®Feeling that helpless once is enough.¡¯ Undead and soul sickness were blocked by siblings Cain Fallon and Shane Fallon, members of the Nine Stars and guild masters of the current guild ¡®Seongguk¡¯, and Jinhyuk himself was poisoned by poison and could not even move his body properly. He didn¡¯t stop because one time was enough for him to experience being poisoned, his body not listening, and his mana fluctuating. Poisonous nt ¨C A poisonous nt that is at the next level after the first poisonous nt eaten. As Jinhyeok threw it into his mouth and chewed it, a cool murderous look flowed from his eyes and moistened the room. ¡®¡­You crazy guy, you¡¯re so right.¡¯ Since I am Vulcan, who is on the receiving end of Jinhyeok¡¯s murder, I felt with my whole body that his murder was sincere. Jinhyuk, who was walking between life and death by chewing and holding on to countless poisonous nts step by step, was able to see a message window at some point. [Skill: Poison resistance has been acquired.] ¡°¡­Is it finally a step forward?¡± Poison resistance. The reason and crystallization of why he kept chewing poisonous nts and taking antidote like a crazy person. After getting it, Jinhyeok finally let go of the poisonous nt. Of course, that wasn¡¯t the end of everything. Tuk ¨C A red stone taken out of subspace and thrown on the floor. Heat stone. Balkan stopped Jinhyeok from taking out the second of the three items he received from Puppet. ¡°You crazy idiot, are you nning to beat yourself up with that? uh? Are you not even thinking about that child who is watching this scene right now? ¡°Are you human?¡± -Keeng¡­. ¡°Look, isn¡¯t Miho worried about you too!¡± Even without looking at the situation just before, I could already tell what Jinhyeok would do with Yeolseok. Therefore, not only Vulkan, but even Miho, who was watching the scene just now, made a sad noise and looked at him pitifully. It seems he didn¡¯t want to see the person who fed him so well suffer. Despite the pleas of the two people(?), Jinhyuk did not stop. ¡°If you¡¯re going to give up, you haven¡¯t even started. You have to get all the resistance you can get. is not it?¡± Chiik ¨C As soon as he finished speaking, no, while speaking, Jinhyuk ced a hot stone on his skin. Along with the sound of meat being grilled, the smell of grilling flesh, and even the smell of burning flesh, began to permeate the room. -Kheng¡­ Keeng! Unlike Vulcans, who cannot smell because they are spirits, foxes are sensitive to smells. It was like torture to Miho, a fox at the level of a spirit creature. However, in order not to disturb Jinhyeok, her owner and good feeder, Miho held her nose and mouth and groaned, enduring the pain. ¡°¡­Off.¡± Jinhyuk was also the one who suffered the most. As a result, Jinhyeok¡¯s efforts could be said to have been sessful. The cost was that his whole body was covered in red and even third-degree burns that went beyond the first and second degrees, but Jinhyuk was happy. [Skill: Burn resistance acquired.] ¡°It¡¯s finally the end.¡± When Balkan sighed, looking at Jinhyeok, who stopped rubbing the stone as soon as he got the skill. Jinhyuk shook his head. ¡°Do you think this is the end?¡± As the saying goes, when you think it¡¯s the end, it¡¯s the beginning, Jinhyuk also made that saying a reality. I immediately poured the used stone into my mouth. It took no time for feeling to return to my mouth, which had be quite numb due to the poisonous weed. Jinhyuk swallowed it gently, feeling the burning heat in his mouth beyond the return of his senses. Gulp- ¡°¡­what a crazy guy.¡± Although hot stone is like ice and melts the more you use it, a fairlyrge chunk remained. However, Jinhyuk swallowed such arge lump in one go. From there, it was clear that Yeol-seok would go down Jin-hyeok¡¯s esophagus and cook his internal organs. In fact, Jinhyuk¡¯s hands moved randomly and scratched various parts of his body, as if showing the path of the stone that had passed through Jinhyuk¡¯s esophagus. As if to bring out something that cannot be taken out. About ten minutes. ¡°¡­Whew, I¡¯ll live.¡± The heatpletely melted inside, and only then did Jinhyuke to his senses and sigh with a red face. As a reward for swallowing the hot stone, the burn resistance skill you just gained has increased so much that even if you touch another hot stone to your skin, it will not feel as hot as the first time. ¡®In return, the inside became a mess, so should this be considered a benefit?¡¯ Balkan looked at Jinhyeok¡¯s ridiculous behavior, trying to figure out whether what he did was a gain or a loss, using a calctor, and finally couldn¡¯t stand it anymore and opened his mouth. ¡°Just practice spiritual power, you crazy person!¡± -Kekkenk! Following the poisonous weeds, there was even burn torture caused by hot stones. He couldn¡¯t smell or taste, but his eyes were still intact, so seeing it was more than enjoyable, it was painful. How much more amazing is Miho, who has everything that Balkan doesn¡¯t have? Following the two people¡¯s passionate opposition, others who are not here but present also sent their thoughts. [The nine-tailed foxins, asking the child not to see his terrible image.] There were also people who were worried about their child. [King Mifu is happy, hitting the floor with his tail.] Some people just find the current situation funny. [The pinnacle of all evil is concerned about your physical condition.] There was also a stalker who was worried about Jinhyuk. [Some gods who are interested in you want you to walk on the right path.] [Some demons who are interested in you support the path you walk.] And there are a huge number of gods and demons beyond those three. He threw a message bomb containing his thoughts. Jinhyeok did what he had to do in the midst of bomb-like messages pouring at him. ¡°There is still one step left.¡± Jejeojeok ¨C Along with the words, Jinhyeok took a cold stone, one of the three items and thest item, and ced it on his burnt body. Poisonous species. That seemed like a perfect fit. But what Jinhyeok wanted was closer to something more than poison. A being who can sacrifice his or her own body without hesitation in order to achieve something. ¡®I will be a demon. And as a demon, I will chew up all of you and eat them all.¡¯ Jinhyeok made that promise as he looked at Nine Star, who was happily sleeping on the 600th floor, beyond the ceiling of the room and beyond the ceiling, without even looking at the slowly freezing body. I will be a demon who will punish traitors. Chapter 57 All Master Necromancer Episode 57 ¡°Is today¡¯s work over?¡± ¡°That¡¯s not called work, it¡¯s called torture, idiot.¡± -Kheng! Balkan sang the first song while looking at Jinhyeok who was muttering while wiping the sweat from his forehead, and Miho sang the chorus. Despite the two people¡¯s fierce opposition, Jinhyuk did not stop saying ¡®work¡¯. ¡°It was definitely tough, but shouldn¡¯t we be able to catch up with the starters at this level?¡± ¡°Are you really nning to rece your body?¡± ¡°If only I could rece one of my bodies and kill them all.¡± Balkan, who was looking at Jinhyeok who was talking about Nine Stars and the Four Emperors with a cold gaze, shook his head with a sigh. ¡°Do whatever you want. ¡°I¡¯m just following the path you take anyway.¡± -Kheng! The two people burst intoughter at the sight of Miho sticking out her front paw from Jinhyuk¡¯s arms and kissing Jinhyuk¡¯s cheek, saying she was confident. ¡°Yes, you too. ¡°Thank you, Miho.¡± ¡°Maybe because she¡¯s a child, she¡¯s cute.¡± [The nine-tailed fox is shrugging.] [The nine-tailed fox praises him for being really cute, even though he doesn¡¯t know who it is.] That¡¯s it. Jinhyeok stuck out his tongue at the message of the nine-tailed fox, who packaged and decorated his cub as if it were someone else¡¯s. ¡°But I admit it¡¯s cute.¡± -Kheng! Jinhyuk walked down the street, mesmerized by the softness he felt from Miho, who was rubbing her face while saying thank you. ¡®This training will definitely be a little painful.¡¯ Although torture is often disguised as training, Jinhyeok also knows that what he is doing is very wrong. ¡®Really grinding your body for profit is not good in the long run.¡¯ Immediately, Jinhyeok¡¯s body was in disarray due to the impact of Yeolseok and Hanseok. The body that transcended humans healed itself by burning fuel called mana and spiritual power, but in the end, this was more of a temporary solution. ¡®Only when treatment based on potions and divine power are used together can I regain my perfect physical condition as soon as possible.¡¯ Potions and divine power. Among potions, a fairly high-quality product was needed, and the divine power also required treatment with the divine power of a fairly high-ranking being. ¡®Well, it¡¯s not like I would receive an elixir or something from a Pope-level priest.¡¯ Of course, the standards for luxury and high location were not at the highest level. Just a moderately advanced, moderately high-level cleric will be enough to inflict damage. But that level was never going to be enough. ¡°Will you develop immunity?¡± ¡°Potions and divine power are simr to medicine, so it makes sense. The divine power will be slightly less, but the potion will be less effective if you drink too much.¡± immune. Holy power, a type of energy, is less so, but potions, which are a type of medicine in the first ce, are different. As a result, if you train in Jinhyeok¡¯s way, there is a high possibility that your body will be damaged. ¡°So what I¡¯m saying is do it in moderation. I heard you got the skill you wanted? Be satisfied there. ¡°It wouldn¡¯t be a problem to do it once or twice more, but if it goes beyond 10 or 20 times, then you¡¯ll have to bring in the Pope.¡± Jinhyeok did not deny Balkan¡¯s advice, which seemed to be shouting. ¡®They said dying by fire is the most painful, but in my opinion, freezing to death is not that different.¡¯ The pain of being burned to death and the pain of freezing to death. Jinhyuk knew that both pains were terrible because he had experienced both in almost the same way. Even though I have experienced death, I feel it is more painful than dying. In addition, Jinhyeok thought that it was more than twice as painful as the first time he tried to resist poison, and moved forward. ¡°You¡¯re probablypletely festering inside right now. ¡°I rmend that you get treatment quickly.¡± ¡°I know. But where do you get treatment? Should we go to a temple?¡± ¡°¡­There is no answer. ¡°There is no answer.¡± However, there was a problem. An ordinary priest was not enough to heal the already festering insides. Although I treated it a bit with the potion I had prepared in advance, my internal organs, which had beenpletely cooked and frozen, were still unable to escape the aftereffects. ¡°To put it bluntly, if it were the divine magic or healing magic used by the Elyos among the Four Emperors, it would be instantly better¡­¡± ¡° Keum- you know how ridiculous and absurd it is, right?¡± Elyos. Or, they are also called gods. A race of people who literally walk around with an angel ring floating above their heads, angel wings on their backs, and dove wings as a derogatory term. They are a race that cannot bepared to others, with each of them possessing the divine power of a pope, and the most outstanding among them truly possessing divine power sufficient to ept God. Of course, they rarely heal anyone. ¡®No, I¡¯m not saying it¡¯s not much, but if you look at the entire history of the tower, you can count it on your fingers.¡¯ The history of the tower, which is said to have existed almost from the beginning. Among them, the number of times the Elyos healed other races was literally counted on one hand. That¡¯s not to say it¡¯s not that good, but when Jinhyuk chuckles, he says we should just assume it didn¡¯t happen. -Keeng! ¡°Miho, I told you to be quiet outside¡­¡± ¡°¡­Did you feel it too?¡± ¡°¡­If I can¡¯t feel this, I¡¯ll go out and die. ¡°Get ready.¡± Did you say that even tigers wille if you tell them to? The murmur felt in the streets and the warmth that flows naturally even without that murmur. Jinhyeok and Balkan felt this and gritted their teeth and red ahead. ¡°¡­Elyos!¡± ¡°Following the dragon race, is it the Elyos n this time? Demons and giants will appear soon.¡± ¡°It is not for nothing that they say that words be seeds. ¡°Watch your mouth.¡± ¡°I made a mistake. ¡°I apologize.¡± For a moment, I criticized the Balkans by bringing up one of the Earth¡¯s proverbs, ¡®Words be seeds.¡¯ Jinhyeok and Balkan¡¯s gaze turned to the same ce, and at the same time, the crowd separated and a familiar angel ring came into view. ¡®As expected, he was an Elyos.¡¯ Only the Elyos have the Angel Ring and no one can take it. Even if the Elyos carrying the angel ring died, it was safe to assume that the angel ring belonged only to the Elyos, as it did not fall off the corpse. Such an angel ring was an item that proved one¡¯s status as an Elyos. Like the horns and wings of dragons or demons, or the unrealistic bodies and muscles of giants. ¡®¡­But where are the pigeon¡¯s wings?¡¯ Derogatory term. I can¡¯t just say it out loud. To be precise, Jinhyeok, who was looking at the Elyos in front of him while thinking to himself about the derogatory name that could not be used in front of Elyos, realized something was strange. The derogatory name he had just thought of. This is because the wings of a dove or an angel were not visible. ¡®Did you zoom out? No, it¡¯s still not very visible¡­.¡¯ The wings can be reduced. There are not many people who keep their wings, which are sorge and cumbersome, at their original size even in everyday life. Above all, it is difficult to manage when it isrge. They could identally bump into other climbers, and they didn¡¯t like the idea of killing all the climbers they bumped into. Therefore, Vulcan, who was thinking the same thing, shook his head to Jinhyeok, who was thinking about the hypothesis, ¡®Did the wings get reduced?¡¯ ¡°It has no wings.¡± ¡°¡­Does that make sense?¡± [The dragon race has lost its arrogance.] [The demon race is polite.] [The giant race is smart.] Words simr to the three above. [Elyos have no wings.] Jinhyeok could not believe that this situation was happening right before his eyes. But reality is reality. Slowly, Jinhyuk also saw something different and felt it with his whole body. ¡®The Elyos walking now obviously don¡¯t have wings. I¡¯m sure other people are seeing it too.¡¯ Jinhyeok heard people who found out that she was an Elyos and muttering the words ¡®She doesn¡¯t have wings¡¯ while looking at her. Her hearing was superhuman, but the important thing was that she was not the only one who knew that she had no wings, which meant that it was true that she was a wingless Elyos. And the most important thing is. e.¡± ¡°No matter how you look at it, it¡¯s on our side, right?¡± -Kyaha! The point was that she was slowly approaching them. The distance between them, who were in a perfect straight line, was slowly decreasing, until it was just a matter of nose touching if they fell face down. The two people and one fox cub showed a strong wariness towards her. Jinhyeok, who is gently stroking the head of Miho, who is biting at her, and slowly drawing out his spiritual power, and Vulkan, who has already created a soul staff, look at the approaching Elyos with tense faces. ¡°nice to meet you.¡± ¡°¡­?¡± They were stunned by the greeting given by the Elyos who stopped at a distance just enough to recognize their faces. The Four Emperors. It was surprising that they, a generally uncivilized race, greeted her, but Jinhyeok, who sensed the goodwill on her face, greatly strengthened his guard. Although he felt favored, the reason why he instead raised his guard is simple. ¡®Favor is not an emotion applied to an unknown object. That favor means that the Elyos know me.¡¯ This is because we know that favor does not originally apply to strangers. Someone who knows rather than someone who doesn¡¯t know. An emotion that appears more often with someone you are familiar with than with someone you know. If the Elyos in front of her feels favored toward her, she clearly knows herself and proves that she feels familiar enough to feel favored. The important thing is. ¡®I don¡¯t know that guy.¡¯ The point was that Jinhyeok did not know that the Elyos was approaching me with a bright smile on their face. I don¡¯t know the other person, but the other person knows me so deeply that they feel like me, beyond just knowing me. It was a situation where there was no choice but to be on guard, and Jinhyeokpleted the guard brilliantly. ¡°You¡¯re wary of me.¡± Jinhyeok couldn¡¯t get angry even at the sight of the Elyos calmly saying obvious things. ¡®I¡¯m wearing a mask, but it¡¯s something that will be my symbol in the future, but it can¡¯t necessarily be used as an indicator to be tracked by the Elyos.¡¯ It is said that the Elyos are the nicest among the other Four Emperors, but that is only a rtive evaluation. This is because he knows very well that the nature of the Elyos is quite trash. But even for a moment. Sarak ¨C As she moved, the clothes brushed against each other, making a ¡®Sarak¡¯ sound, and before she knew it, she was standing in front of Jinhyeok. ¡°¡­!!!¡± When not only Jinhyuk but even Balkan are shocked by the fast and secretive movements that make them unable to even react. The Elyos spoke with a worried face as he gently stroked the area where Jinhyeok¡¯s internal organs were located. ¡°The inside is very damaged.¡± ¡°That¡¯s none of your business¡­¡± ¡°I¡¯m not the type to just watch things like this.¡± Paaaaat! sun. A bright cluster of light reminiscent of this burst out from the hands of the Elyos. ¡®¡­Crazy, this is divine power?¡¯ He knew and Vulkan knew that a bright cluster of light usually explodes when using holy power or holy magic. But the halo visible now goes beyond that. ¡®This is the Four Emperors. Is this an Elyos?¡¯ Gulp ¨C When Jinhyuk swallows his dry saliva, having indirectly experienced the strength of the being he will have to deal with in the future. The Elyos took his hand away from Jinhyeok¡¯s stomach and smiled gently. ¡°Are you okay now?¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s okay, but who are you?¡± Vulcan was shocked by the quite polite wordspared to the informalnguage he had used up to now, but he soon epted it obediently. Jinhyuk knows that the presence in front of him is too great for him to just casually blurt out words. In response to Jinhyeok¡¯s question, the Elyos n pped its palm down loudly as if realizing its mistake and then opened its mouth. ¡°My name is Yuriel, a wingless angel belonging to the Unprofitable.¡± ¡°¡­useless?¡± Jinhyuk tilted his head at the group name, which meant no wings. Because it was the first time I had heard of the group name. But Jinhyuk¡¯s face hardened at her words that followed. ¡°A person wearing a mask condensing grotesqueness is plotting a reversal. ¡°He and those who follow him may have little power, but the end will be filled with sess.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± ¡°I do not belong to the Four Emperors n you think of. ¡°How about talking to me for a moment?¡± ¡°¡­I know a quiet ce. Follow me.¡± ¡°Of course.¡± As soon as he realized that the opponent was from the Four Emperors, but not from the Four Emperors, Balkan clicked his tongue at Jinhyeok, who returned to his original informal speech. ¡®¡­Now that I think about it, I think I was like that too.¡¯ Balkan, who remembered what happened when he met the dragon yer Hendrick, who was a dragon but not a dragon, cleared his throat in embarrassment and chased after Jinhyuk and Yuriel, who were moving towards the hotel. After the two people disappearedpletely, the climbers who were watching them spent about ten seconds with nk faces before their eyes returned to life. ¡°¡­hmm? ¡°Why were you standing here?¡± ¡°I think I was surprised when I saw something¡­what was it?¡± And they didn¡¯t remember what they saw. Eventually, the images of Uriel and Jinhyuk disappeared from the minds of the climbers as they hurried their steps and disappeared from the streets. Chapter 58 All Master Necromancer Episode 58 ¡®As expected, you did something tricky.¡¯ Jinhyuk thought as he entered the hotel room. They say Yuriel was up to something. Otherwise, what Jinhyuk saw could not be exined. ¡®The nk faces of people on the street. Until then, I thought it was a surprise¡­ but the hotel staff looked the same in the lobby.¡¯ Once is a coincidence, but twice is inevitable. The hotel staff looks exactly like the climbers on the street? That may not have been the only reason. ¡°What have you done?¡± Jinhyuk entered his hotel room and immediately confessed his thoughts. ¡°It wasn¡¯t just for me and you, it was for them too.¡± And because Yuriel also had no intention of hiding what he had done, the conversation between the two progressed quickly. Jinhyeok frowned at the sight of Yuriel speaking as if she had no choice, with a soft smile on her face. ¡°Why?¡± ¡°Because the Elyos tracking party maye riding on them. It¡¯s okay to reach out to them, but if they dig in directly, innocent people can get caught up in it. ¡°I just touched your memory for that purpose.¡± Elyos¡¯ tracking party. If it¡¯s as Uriel imed, it means they could be trying to steal information from climbers on the streets or hotel employees. ¡®And if you really try to steal information, the person you target could die.¡¯ If that¡¯s true, what Uriel did was a good thing. By erasing some of people¡¯s memories, he prevented them from falling into the range of the tracking team and further prevented his own tail from being stepped on. ¡®¡­I guess I passed somehow.¡¯ They use others, but they do so in a way that does not pose a danger or threat to them. He doesn¡¯t treat himself like a brat, and he doesn¡¯t just do it for himself like a cold-blooded man even if everyone else dies. It¡¯s not bad. It was Jinhyuk¡¯s idea. ¡°Seeing as you said you messed with memories, it looks like you have a lot of expertise in that area, right? ¡°How far did it go?¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t work well for someone with a strong ego like you, but it¡¯s only the 10th floor. It is not a level that those who stay there can endure. It would have been deleted just to the extent of me appearing on the street and having a conversation with you, Mr. Ghost. ¡°You can think of the same as the cute employee down there.¡± Calm answer. Her flowing answers were wless and wless, as if she had been waiting for this question. ¡®Couldn¡¯t it even touch my memories? It relieves all my worries at once. ¡®He definitely has a good sense of humor.¡¯ Perspicaciousness and tact. Even the thoroughness of immediately understanding what others want and preparing for it. It was Jinhyuk¡¯s favorite subject. of course. ¡°I¡¯m not particrly happy about having a conversation with an Elyos right in front of me.¡± He did not wee the idea of talking to an Elyos, one of the Four Emperors. Even if she is the target of Jinhyuk¡¯s heart, the Heavenly Tribe is a target that Jinhyuk will have to defeat someday. Of course there was no way we could be together. ¡°The spirit next to me is still looking at me sharply¡­ I don¡¯t want a fight.¡± ¡°¡­Can you see it too?¡± In response to Uriel¡¯s answer referring to the invisible Vulcan, Jinhyeok sighed, thinking that it was as expected. It was a headache for Jinhyuk that people who could see the Balkans appeared frequently recently. Well, they were both dragons and elyos, the Four Emperors. Still, it wasn¡¯t all bad because we could be sure that the invisibility of souls didn¡¯t work for the Four Emperors. ¡°¡­that¡¯s not the point. ¡°Why don¡¯t you tell me why you found me and what you said to me on the street?¡± The reason I invited someone I might have to fight with into the hotel room someday. That¡¯s because she knows about herself and has clearly spoken words referring to herself. ¡®A person wearing a mask condensing grotesqueness is plotting a reversal. The power of him and those who follow him is weak, but the end will be filled with sess¡­ It is clear that he is referring to me.¡¯ The mask, which condenses grotesqueness, represents the face of a ghost, and Yeokcheon represents Jinhyeok¡¯s thoughts of going beyond the Nine Stars and targeting the Four Emperors above them. The words that follow will refer to the people Jinhyuk will gather in the future. Jinhyeok thought that Ah-gwi couldn¡¯t have said something so fitting in front of him for no reason. ¡°It¡¯s a prophecy. ¡°A prophecy passed down to us unprofitable people.¡± ¡°¡­Are you talking about a prophecy from God?¡± ¡°It¡¯s simr. ¡°I am only here on behalf of Muik ording to that prophecy.¡± ¡°What do you want?¡± He knew that what Uriel had said to him was part or all of the prophecy, but the important thing was from now on. What to hope for. It was important to Jinhyuk to know what Uriel, who appeared in front of him citing a prophecy from God, wanted from him. However, in response to Jinhyuk¡¯s question, Yuriel responded by turning his back on his seat. ¡°¡­!!!¡± White knit. The back was open, and the knit was enough to embarrass the viewer, but that wasn¡¯t the important thing. The fundamental reason why Jinhyuk was surprised. It is none other than that. ¡°¡­Why were the wings torn off?¡± This is because where the white wings should have been, the wings were cruelly torn off and only roots or something that could be called debris remained in that ce. Wings that are like a symbol of the Elyos. The absence of it proved that the Elyos in front of me, Yuriel, was an Elyos, but not an Elyos. ¡°We, Muik, are an organization created by people who were kicked out of the world of the Elyos a long time ago. They were crazy, and Futui was an organization that those who rebelled against it belonged to. ¡°It goes without saying, but when we were kicked out, we had to go through the humiliation of having our iconic, proud wings torn off.¡± ¡°¡­So what do you want from me?¡± ¡°If the prophecy goes by, you will definitely be plotting a reversal. Let¡¯s allow our Muik to add strength to that.¡± Add strength. No matter how much they were kicked out of the Elyos¡¯ city ¡®Utopia¡¯, the Elyos are still Elyos. Jinhyeok couldn¡¯t help but be taken aback when they came to ask for help. -What should I do? -Why? ept it. When I looked at it, it didn¡¯t even seem like a lie. In the end, Jinhyeok sent a request for help to Balkan. Balkan, who had heard everything Uriel said from the side, urged him to ept his request as soon as he heard it. In fact, for Jinhyeok, who was nning to attack the Four Emperors someday, their help was more than he should have hoped for. ¡®It¡¯s just as Balkan said. Yuriel is not lying. Then should I ept their help?¡¯ It was a short moment, but the worries were long. In the midst of endless worries, Jinhyeok finally made a decision. ¡°What would be the benefit if I formed an alliance with you?¡± Let¡¯s take a listen first. He thought that it would not be toote to decide after hearing how useful they were to him. Yuriel also opened her mouth in a calm manner, perhaps because she knew or understood Jinhyeok¡¯s feelings. ¡°doesn¡¯t exist.¡± ¡°¡­what? ¡°You said we would form an alliance and there would be no benefit¡­ Are you kidding me?¡± anger. Jinhyuk felt an emotion that could be called anger boiling over. Angi, who wondered if the winged Elyos in front of her were ying with her, could not be stopped even though she knew that she was an Elyos and that she was a strong person that she could not do anything about. However, despite receiving Jinhyeok¡¯s cold and angry gaze, Yuriel remained steadfast. ¡°A group of worthless Elyos broke away. Obviously, the power itself is quite powerful. However, we are always caught in the surveincework of the Elyos. If you ask us for help, their eyes will be divided and turned to you. And I don¡¯t want that.¡± As she calmly exined that their help would soon be harmful to Jinhyuk, Jinhyuk touched his forehead. ¡°That¡¯s a joke.¡± Gyeruk (úaÀß). The flesh attached to the ribs of a chicken. If you eat it, it¡¯s worthless, but if you throw it away, it¡¯s a waste of the flesh attached to it. It was a situation that fit perfectly with the current situation. Even if the group called Useless is an organization that is equal to or stronger than the guild run by Nine Stars, if they are always monitored by ¡®Utopia¡¯, it is as if they do not exist. ¡®Unless you have to deal with Utopia¡¯s gaze.¡¯ Of course, there were definitely good points. ¡°What if I need your help, even if it means risking their attention? ¡°Are you going to help me then?¡± ¡°¡­I will add it.¡± If Jinhyuk is confident enough to handle their gaze, he can borrow a little of the power of futility. That was a clear advantage. After listening to that point, Jinhyuk organized his thoughts. ¡°I want to hear why you want to join hands with me.¡± ¡°They are wrong. We believe that God did not make such a prophecy for nothing. If what you are trying to do is to condemn them, then it is only natural for you to add your strength, even if it is insufficient. ¡°That¡¯s it.¡± Jinhyeok, who had been calmly looking at Yuriel lowering his head and showing his true feelings, opened his mouth. ¡°Can you block the eyes of God and the devil?¡± ¡°You can cover up as much as you want, if only for a moment.¡± ¡°Then cover it. ¡°Because I have something to say.¡± ¡°Of course.¡± As soon as he finished speaking, Uriel pulled out a feather from the root of the remaining wing on his back with a ¡®pop¡¯ sound and blew the feather in the air. Passyek ¨C The feathers that flew into the air under the breath turned into powder and scattered throughout the room. Jinhyuk, who noticed that Gold Rich had simr abilities to when he used gold power, nodded. ¡°Can I talk now?¡± ¡°You can do whatever you want. Even if you curse at them, it¡¯s okay, so don¡¯t worry.¡± ¡°Baal bastard. stalker. ¡°You voyeuristic bastard.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± ¡°I¡¯m sure, you can tell me.¡± They said it was okay to swear, so I gave it a try and was surprised. Jinhyeok smiled as he saw the marble-likeplexion of Uriel turn pale due to the curse directed at Baal, the pinnacle of all evil. ¡°I will form an alliance with you. As you said, even though it is so insignificant now, I can be confident that the end will be great.¡± ¡°I hope so.¡± ¡°And I have already died once ande back to life. He said he would help me get revenge on those who killed me, so I have no reason to refuse. ¡°Originally, you would have been on that list too¡­ but since you are judged to be an Elyos but not an Elyos, there is nothing we can do.¡± ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°Cha Jinhyuk. ¡°That is my name.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± The moment Jinhyuk calmly said his name, Yuriel¡¯splexion turned pale, as if he knew something. When Jinhyuk tilted his head at the unusual reaction, Yuriel¡¯s mouth opened slightly and she immediately apologized to Jinhyuk. ¡°sorry. Because I¡¯m not good enough¡­¡± A sudden apology. She and Jinhyuk met for the first time today. Of course, there is nothing for her to feel sorry for Jinhyuk. Nevertheless, Yuriel apologized to Jinhyuk, and the fact that it followed after hearing Jinhyuk¡¯s name only pointed to one thing. ¡°You knew me.¡± Jinhyuk now, before he was reincarnated, not like a ghost or anything. It ended up being that Uriel knew him as the Spirit Master, Cha Jin-hyuk. And Yuriel did not deny it. ¡°I was also present when discussing your death.¡± Fuwaaaaak! As soon as the words came out of her mouth, Jinhyuk¡¯s spiritual power filled the room. A terrifying force filled the room, and Jinhyeok, who had made the entire room his domain, asked as if chewing up the sharply forged energy towards Yuriel, as if to prove his current mood. ¡°Tell me in detail. Before we decide on an alliance or a battle of life or death.¡± One¡¯s own death before reincarnation. The question about that was enough topletely erase from the room the theory of an alliance between Muik and Jinhyeok that had been going on so far. To Jinhyuk now, her alliance with Muik, to which she belonged, was no longer important. Rather, the eptance of the alliance proposal just made could have been returned to nothing. But he didn¡¯t do it right away. I just focus on hearing the secret story of my own death before reincarnation. Even though she knew that her sharply forged spirit could not harm her, Uriel told the stories she knew with a somber expression. After hearing the entire story without exception, Jinhyeok was ovee with extreme anger. ¡°Kaaaaaaah!!!¡± He was so angry that he tore the hotel room to pieces. Chapter 59 All Master Necromancer Episode 59 ¡°Whoa¡­ Whoa¡­¡± ¡°Tsk, have you calmed down now?¡± Jinhyuk felt slightly awakened by the voice of Balkan in his ear. A familiar voice. Because I felt the emotion of worry contained in it. -Kheng! ¡°Miho is worried too.¡± The sound of Miho being held in Vulkan¡¯s arms, who hadpleted visualization and further materialization for the exercise of physical force, was enough topletely awaken her slightly awakened mind. ¡°¡­Huh, I¡¯mpletely screwed. ¡°How much is this?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not like you¡¯re going to use your money anyway.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± Is it because he smashes everything he sees around him? Jinhyuk felt his heart sink. A secret story rted to death. This was so absurd to Jinhyuk, the person involved, that he thought he would go crazy if he didn¡¯t do something crazy like just now. ¡°Are you just stepping on the buds for the sake of their god¡¯s ce or their devil¡¯s ce? And am I caught in it? under! Well, this kind of bullshit¡­.¡± A fight of infighting between the Four Emperors. A fight to be a god or a devil. The story is that they targeted themselves because they did not want to lose the position they were supposed to take in the future to a mortal, not a member of the Four Emperors. That was enough to give Jinhyuk a big shock. ¡°I understand too. So let go of your anger.¡± ¡°¡­shit!¡± Bye! I kick the corner of the bed that was still intact. In the hotel room, the corner of thest intact bed shatters and falls into the room. Vulcan sighed as he looked at thest remaining intact object. ¡®It¡¯s no wonder he does that.¡¯ If you climb all the way up the tower, you will be a god or a devil. If not, you could be something in between. It is no different whether it is the Four Emperors, a mortal human, or an alien race. It¡¯s not like Vulcan didn¡¯t think about conquering the tower and bing a god. That¡¯s why he was able to understand Jinhyuk even more. ¡®I took pleasure in the act of climbing the tower itself and tried topletely climb the tower, and as a reward, I wanted to be a being equivalent to a god or a devil. But in reality, all of that was just a game yed by the Four Emperors, so it¡¯s natural for them to be so angry.¡¯ Climb the tower. Climbing a tower is a noble act for all climbers. The reason they use their energy to climb the tower and please the Four Emperors is to reach the destination. But in reality, it was revealed that everything was just a game between the Four Emperors, and that all the climbers were just extras who brightened their lives, so the shock would be truly enormous. ¡®If even I, who had no chance of reaching the end of the tower, would be like this, I wonder how angry the guy who had enough talent would be¡­ I don¡¯t even dare to measure it.¡¯ Balkan failed to conquer the tower. The reason was not because ofck of time. It¡¯s just that Balkan¡¯s abilities only went so far. In reality, Balkan did not die from being stabbed in the back by someone or from an attack by the Four Emperors. After experiencing his own limitations, for the sake of future generations, he came down to the first floor and put his body directly into the coffin to face death. But it wasn¡¯t Jinhyuk. ¡®The level above me was lower, but his talent was much higher than mine. So it must have caught the eye of the Four Emperors. No, it¡¯s not just that guy, but how many people have reached the top of the tower without their eyes during the long years of the tower? No, how many people met a miserable end at their gambling table?¡¯ It was sad. The reality is that talented people lose their lives by getting caught up in the games of those who are too busy showing off their innate abilities. The fact is that their efforts are in fact nothing more than useless tinder. It made Balkan sad and Jinhyuk angry. ¡°Are you calm?¡± Uriel, who was the decisive factor in instilling such feelings in the two people, regained her original calmness. The paleplexion regained its original color, and even the decisiveness was felt in the mouth closed with the letter Ò». ¡°Shameless. ¡°Very shameless.¡± That sight was so disgusting to Jinhyuk. I knew that Uriel had no power to achieve anything during their meeting over his death, but it was almost impossible to control his heart, which was rising like an active volcano. Without avoiding the eyes of Jinhyeok, who was sending a burning gaze towards her, Yuriel calmly opened her mouth and looked at them. ¡°That¡¯s why I became a member of Muik.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± I had nothing to say. That expression would be correct. [Became a member of Muik.] There were no words that could tell as clearly as those words what kind of thoughts Uriel had, what kind of fall she suffered, and what kind of pain she suffered. ¡°¡­You behaved indecently. ¡°I apologize.¡± Jinhyuk blurted out a mixture of frustration and embarrassment and scratched his head to reveal his embarrassment. ¡°I apologize too.¡± ¡°No, that¡¯s enough. ¡°I don¡¯t n on epting the apology twice, since I already received it once.¡± When Uriel bowed her head again and apologized to him, he waved his hands and rejected her apology. Because the apology I received earlier was enough. ¡°I don¡¯t need your apology. ¡°What I really want is not the people who fell away, but the main body.¡± ¡°¡­In addition to Muik, who broke away from the Elyos, there are probably simr people among the other Four Emperors. ¡°I don¡¯t know where they are, but¡­ I still rmend taking them in.¡± ¡°Yeah, not everyone is crazy like them.¡± There are many different types of people. Crazy guys, good guys, bad guys, etc. Jinhyeok thought that there were many people with immeasurably diverse personalities and thoughts, and that this applied to the Four Emperors no differently. ¡®Yuriel is trustworthy.¡¯ He admitted his mistake and told Jinhyuk the truth, even though he was fully aware that he might be hated. In addition to receiving enough extra points in the previous conversation, it seems like he earned additional points. ¡®If this was what you wanted to say, I have nothing to say, but the conversation could have ended when I revealed my name in the first ce. But Uriel didn¡¯t do that.¡¯ Jinhyuk believed his thoughts. And I decided to trust Uriel. Although I vented my anger because of her, it was true that I was able to relieve my troubled feelings thanks to her. Rather, thanks to her, he learned that the sword of revenge he was sharpening was heading to the right ce. There were additional gains as well. ¡®It¡¯s another Four Emperors n¡­ It¡¯s definitely possible. If they are not much different from humans, there will be some among them who have negative thoughts about the existing system and gambling tables. It will be important to find a group made up of them.¡¯ Jinhyuk also knew. No matter what happens until the Nine Stars, the fundamental problem above that, the Four Emperors, will not be resolved. But not anymore. ¡°I hope we can maintain a good rtionship.¡± ¡°Muik also hopes for that, so we can keep running toward the same goal.¡± Starting with Muik, we meet people from other Four Hwang tribes who hold the banner of rebelliousness and do not reject other races. And all we had to do was form an alliance with Muik and condemn those who were wrong and misguided. of course. ¡°I will not betray your expectations.¡± ¡°I will expect.¡± In order to form an alliance with them, you would have to clearly show them what level of ability and conditions you have to destroy the Four Emperors. ¡°Then I¡¯ll go too.¡± ¡°Okay, the next time we meet, let¡¯s meet at a higher ce. ¡°Don¡¯t look at it from such a low point.¡± ¡°great.¡± Jinhyeok was satisfied with Yuriel¡¯s answer as she nodded with a slight smile. ¡°Where do you live?¡± ¡°Dream City located on the 190th floor. That is the abode of our unprofitability.¡± ¡°190th floor? ¡°That¡¯s pretty low.¡± Elyos who were kicked out of Utopia. Even though they are an Elyos who lost the symbol of wings, an Elyos is an Elyos. Naturally, Jinhyeok, who thought the base would have been set up quite high, was taken aback by the fact that the floor level was much lower than expected. ¡°As you know, everything between the 200th and 300th floors is owned by ¡®him¡¯, and if you go beyond that, it is safe to say that it is the territory of the Four Emperors from then on.¡± ¡°Oh, I see.¡± A strategic being with all floors between the 200th and 300th floors at its feet. ¡®Emperor Tess. It would definitely be inconvenient to set up a base on a floor he owns.¡¯ Emperor of the Mu Empire, Emperor Mu Tes. Jinhyeok was convinced because if he set up a base within his territory, it was not the Four Emperors that were the problem, but the possibility of being destroyed at the hands of Tess was high. ¡°I guess I¡¯ll see it much sooner?¡± ¡°I can take you on a tour of the vige. It¡¯s never been revealed to outsiders¡­ but I think it¡¯ll be okay if it¡¯s the ghost, no, Cha Jin-hyuk. ¡°Otherpatriots will also wee you.¡± ¡°Yes¡­ Until then, I have to keep my mind together.¡± ¡°Yes, we are the same as them, but we are different. So please don¡¯t take out your anger towards them on us.¡± Jinhyeok shook his head, saying he knew, towards Yuriel, who was lowering her head with an elegant look that was both polite and brilliant. Then, Jinhyeok suddenly raised his head when he remembered something. ¡°But if I give something material, does it leave a trace?¡± ¡°No, nothing like that. However, if I carry it out of the vige, it will leave traces, so all I have is this body. ¡°Are you sure you want my body?¡± Jinhyeok struggled with his whole body when he saw Yuriel looking at him with a slight nce, showing that that was not the case. ¡°That¡¯s not it. I wanted to take some of the feathers left on the wing, so I asked if it was okay.¡± ¡°Oh, if that¡¯s the case, it¡¯s okay. ¡°It will grow back anyway.¡± ¡°¡­okay? ¡°I said this very carefully because I thought it wouldn¡¯t grow.¡± Seeing as the torn wings did not grow back to normal, I thought the same would happen with the feathers, but it seems that wasn¡¯t the case. It was fortunately good news for Jinhyuk himself, so Jinhyuk held out his hand as if he had no more hesitation. ¡°Then give me a little.¡± ¡°Hmm, maybe they sell it somewhere¡­¡± ¡°I signed a sponsorship contract with Gold Rich, but do you think I¡¯ll be short of money?¡± ¡°¡­Did you also sign a sponsorship contract with Goldrich? That¡¯s kind of surprising. Even when the Four Emperors requested a deal, he ignored it.¡± ¡°That¡¯s how amazing I am.¡± ¡°¡­I have no choice but to admit it.¡± Uriel could not hide his surprise when he heard the word Gold Rich. Jinhyuk, who finished praising himself to Yuriel, who was amazed at his greatness, waved his hand and asked for a feather. Uriel emphasized once again, tearing a handful of feathers from the root of the wing and cing them on Jinhyeok¡¯s hand. ¡°It should never be leaked to the outside world. The Elyos Feather contains a way to find out who owns the feather. ¡°If you make a mistake, there is a high possibility that you will be traced back to the vige.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯ll be careful. ¡°It¡¯s okay because I¡¯m going to eat it anyway.¡± ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m not the type you think, so don¡¯t worry.¡± Jinhyeok frowned at the gaze of Uriel, who looked at him as if he thought he was a pervert or a glutton who enjoyed the feathers of the Elyos. This was especially true because such beings were widespread in the tower. In other words, it was an answer that I had no choice but to think that way, and it was something I had to ept because it was used. ¡°Then I will believe it and go. May God¡¯s protection be with you on the path ahead.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll see youter.¡± As he left the messed up hotel room, Yuriel stopped and looked at Jinhyuk as if he remembered something. ¡°And I don¡¯t think we¡¯re on good terms with Baal, so don¡¯t distance yourself too much. ¡°He¡¯s not that bad either.¡± ¡°I know it¡¯s not bad. ¡°He¡¯s just a pervert, a stalker, and even a voyeur.¡± ¡°¡­Are you aware that the barrier has now been lifted?¡± Uriel¡¯s barrier that hid the eyes of gods and devils. Jinhyeok nodded at Yuriel¡¯s words indicating that the effect had expired. ¡°know. ¡°I¡¯m telling you to listen.¡± [The pinnacle of all evil sheds tears, asking if he thought of himself like that.] ¡°Look at me. ¡°How would I feel if I thought of a man with hairy legs like that?¡± [The pinnacle of all evil looks down at his legs and shakes his head.] Fed up with Baal¡¯s message that rang out for a long time, Jinhyeok sent Yuriel off. ¡°I said something pointless and it got loud. ¡°Just go faster!¡± When he shouted and ordered the guests to be congratted, Yuriel burst intoughter and left the hotel room. Jinhyuk, who was alone again, looked at the messed up room and sighed. ¡°¡­Let¡¯s just clean up and sit down.¡± Seeing that the room was in such a mess that it needed to be moved, Jinhyuk roughly pushed the broken items to one side and sat cross-legged. ¡°Are you nning on eating right away?¡± ¡°I¡¯m looking forward to it. Will I be able to survive if I eat this? Also, if you seed in eating, what abilities will you gain? ¡°When I think about that, I can¡¯t even wait to get to the Wizard¡¯s Tower.¡± ¡°¡­do whatever you want. ¡°Because I already gave up on you from the beginning.¡± Balkan, sighing while holding Miho in his arms, floated into the air. As if to express that he had nothing to do with what would happen from now on. Jinhyeok, who was sitting cross-legged in the middle of the messy room, took out just one of Yuriel¡¯s handful of feathers. Jinhyeok, who was looking at her soft and pure white feathers, immediately threw it into his mouth without hesitation. ¡°¡­Oof!¡± Jinhyeok, who used the trait ¡®predation¡¯ while satisfying the action condition of ¡®eating¡¯ something, felt a change ur within him. A waterfall of incredible energy that is hard to believe is contained in just a single feather. Jinhyuk, who hit it from the front, felt pain as if his whole body was being shattered. ¡°Bwak¡­ Bwak¡­.¡± ¡°You¡¯re good, you¡¯re good. I don¡¯t know.¡± Balkan was just ying with Miho in the air, leaving the struggling Jinhyuk behind. Jinhyeok lost control in the face of the shock that felt like his entire body was being hit with a huge hammer. Chapter 60 All Master Necromancer Episode 60 ¡®Uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu Although he fainted, Jinhyuk did not faint. Although my body lost my mind, my fundamental soul was more vivid than usual, so the expression ¡°fainting¡± would not be correct. Jinhyuk¡¯s body simply made a choice. I just decided that I had to gather all the mental power used to move my body, think, etc. into one ce in order to calm the white waterfall that was now born inside my body. In fact, Jinhyeok was having a hard time even with all his spirit gathered together. ¡®¡­Be calm. You must do it calmly. ¡®Because it doesn¡¯t die.¡¯ Jinhyeok calmly organized his thoughts while contemting the white waterfall that roared as if it would crush his entire body. Unlike when practicing spiritual power, the fact that he felt that this white waterfall could not kill him yed a big role. ¡®It just hurts like death, and the aftereffects are just great. are you okay.¡¯ However, the pain of feeling like my whole body was being shattered and the fact that my whole body would actually be shattered in return was a problem, but it was nothingpared to death. Especially since the damage was not irreparable. Jinhyeok found peace of mind and calmly looked at the White Falls, contemting the entire White Falls. What shape is it, is the colorpletely white, what size is it, etc. The result of gathering various information as if absorbed in the mental body. ¡®It is true that the size is so vast that it almost covers my untrained mental world, and the shape is like a waterfall falling from top to bottom. Lastly, to be exact, it¡¯s closer to milky white thanpletely white. Like¡­ like divine power.¡¯ Jinhyuk haspleted collecting information about White Falls to some extent. The current location of White Falls and Jinhyuk¡¯s mental body was Jinhyuk¡¯s mental world, which had not yet fully bloomed, let alone grown. During the battle with the puppet, he was able to wage war in arge world by borrowing half of the puppet¡¯s mental world, but Jinhyeok¡¯s current mental world is not up to that level. Well, Jinhyuk didn¡¯t really care about that. ¡®Anyway, not only is the density of the mental world itself inessible to him, but the puppet¡¯s mental world is more detailed and solid than that of an ordinary 100-story climber. There¡¯s no need to match him. What¡¯s important is how to ept that guy¡­¡¯ Jinhyeok was deep in thought as he stroked the mental body¡¯s chin, putting aside the unimportant matters of the puppet¡¯s mental world. Although it is small, it is the mental world of a climber like Jinhyuk. Of course, it wasn¡¯t just a small box. ¡®It¡¯s like Niagara Falls. Except for the waterfalls pouring down from all directions.¡¯ I have never seen it in person, but I once saw it in a photo or video of a waterfall in Nigeria. A huge waterfall of simr size poured down from front, back, left and right. This is because once you are swept away, it is clear that no matter how mental you are, you will not be able to avoid great damage. ¡®Looking at it, it¡¯s really huge. If you happen to get a corpse from the Four Emperors, you should never even think about eating it whole.¡¯ Jinhyeok began preparations while being overwhelmed by the enormity of the White Waterfall and with the lesson(?) in his heart that he should not ¡®gorge¡¯ on the corpses of the Four Emperors. ¡®But this is enough to eat. Well then¡­ I¡¯ll eat well.¡¯ It is true that he felt overwhelmed by the White Waterfall, but Jinhyeok never thought that he would not be able to eat it. After gently putting both hands together and saying hello, as if giving thanks before the meal. Puhwaaak ¨C Spiritual power was constantly gushing out from the mental body. * * * flinch- ¡°Looks like he¡¯s up to something.¡± Balkan, who had turned off his attention to Jinhyuk, opened his mouth when he saw Jinhyuk¡¯s body, which hadpletely stopped moving, flinch slightly. -Kheng! It was a clear sign of improvement that he was moving, albeit slightly, from a state where he had stopped moving as if he were dead. However, it was not very nice to see Jinhyuk looking pale and tired of Miho, who was still young. Balkan spoke while stroking the soft back of Miho, who was scolding her in a rough voice. ¡°Yeah, yeah, yourplexion isn¡¯t that good, is it? But this will be a big help to him.¡± -Keeng¡­? When she saw that everyone was dying and said that it would be a great help, young Miho could do nothing but tilt her head. ¡°Haha, yes. This must be difficult for you, who are still young, to understand. Still, I guess I¡¯ll just keep watching. ¡°Even though he is a rude person, his character is not properly developed, and he does not know how to respect his elders, he has at least one ability that is worthy of recognition.¡± -¡­Kheng. She made a rough voice as if she didn¡¯t like being treated like a child, but young Miho¡¯s antics seemed like a grandchild¡¯s pranks to Balkan, who was over hundreds of years old. Vulcan¡¯s eyes twinkled like the stars in the sky as he calmed Miho, who was struggling, and stroked her with delicate hands so as not to hurt her soft, thin body. ¡®How are you nning to surprise me this time, Cha Jin-hyuk!¡¯ His ability alone is outstanding. Balkan did not like empty words. Therefore, Balkan was expected. The overwhelming yet violent talent he disyed while apanying himself. About what form it will surprise you this time. Grrrr- ¡°¡­isn¡¯t it?¡± Watching Jinhyeok tremble like an electric fish, I wondered if this was the surprising moment, but Balkan persevered. That¡¯s just a process. With that in mind, Balkan chose to wait calmly. Miho was also imbued with the static attitude of the grandfather-like Balkan, and fixed her gaze on Jinhyeok with a faint, mocking cry. -Kheng. It was ¡®Keng-¡¯ with a firm belief that his master would definitely ovee adversity and hardship. * * * A being who receives the faith of two people in one body. In front of the huge white waterfall, Jinhyeok was in trouble, with his now familiar ck and purple spirit draped all over his body. ¡°What should I do with this?¡± How to Absorb White Falls. The method was focused on ¡®ingestion¡¯, but there were various types of ingestion methods. ¡®It¡¯s not for nothing that there are various ways to eat, such as gourmet, entric, omnivore, evil eater, glutton, etc.¡¯ But my worries about him did notst long. ¡°Okay, what are you worrying about for so long? Let¡¯s be ourselves. ¡°Being myself.¡± A method that has been with you for years and is still with you at this very moment. ¡°There is no need for gourmet food or weird food, I am a ¡®predator.¡¯¡± Tasting food or finding strange tastes were luxury items for Jinhyuk. Eat to live. That was the ¡®ingestion¡¯ method that suited Jinhyuk the best. Tsutsutsutsu- As soon as he finished thinking, Jinhyuk¡¯s spiritual power, which could be anything, began to fluctuate violently. What was only covering the entire body slowly began to take shape, and soon took on aplete form. Cheok- ¡°Good. ¡°It¡¯s the perfect mouth for devouring.¡± The monster¡¯s mouth. It was a word that expressed what Jinhyuk created with his spiritual power. Jinhyuk smiled while looking at his work and started eating. The big monster¡¯s mouth opened and bit into the white waterfall. No matter howrge it is, if we were to consider the entire white waterfall, which is sorge that it is called a waterfall because it resembles the mouth of a living thing, what was bitten would not be 1/10th, no, not even 1/100th. However, Jinhyeok smiled even brighter as he looked at the endless white waterfall and the empty space created by the bite. ¡°It¡¯s better for me if I have a lot to eat.¡± Jinhyeok felt an unprecedented sense of satiety as he looked at the monster¡¯s mouth, which began to move its mouth in small but rapid motions, unlike before when he had taken a singlerge bite. Full. The satiety of the soul that goes beyond that. The feeling of my soul filling up was extremely enjoyable. ¡®Is the level rising? After all, the Four Emperors. Even though it¡¯s just a feather, it¡¯s not enough to elevate me to where I am now.¡¯ The feeling of your soul growing and growing. Jinhyeok felt it authentically and was happy. growth. It is the absolute reason why Jinhyuk climbs the tower and at the same time bes the driving force. It was not limited to physical growth. Growth of the mind, growth of the soul. Furthermore, the growth of my own ¡®ss¡¯ that epasses all of that. There is nothing to throw away, but Jinhyuk felt as if the growth he was feeling right now was as thrilling and ecstatic as filling him with energy to go forward again for revenge and to climb the tower. At least it felt that way to Jinhyuk. ¡°¡­more! Eat more!¡± Madness. The white waterfall itself was like an illusion created by Jinhyuk being weighed down by the enormous energy contained in Yuriel¡¯s feather. This means that it is no different from the image he has of the situation in which he is currently feeling enormous energy. In other words, the current White Falls was like a trauma or something that had to be ovee. Naturally, the trauma that exists in everyone cannot be easily erased or shaken off. Taking a step forward and devouring it and making it your own will be several times more difficult than the previous method. Kwasik- But Jinhyuk chose a more difficult path. A characteristic is essentially an ability that is given by summarizing the personality, abilities, etc. of the person who possesses that characteristic. And for Jinhyeok, who has predatory characteristics, chewing on things that stand in his way and bing stronger was not an option but a necessity. Kwasik- ¡°Delicious!!!¡± A bigger bite than the first bite, and at the same time, pieces of the white waterfall that fills the inside of oneself. Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes turned to the intense pleasure that went beyond fulfillment, no, it satisfied the soul itself. [He ps his hands, saying that the pinnacle of all evil is what he had hoped for.] [He cheers that the pinnacle of all evil is the birth of the devil of devouring.] Is that why? He couldn¡¯t read Baal¡¯s message, which he would have normally noticed right away, and he couldn¡¯t see his nickname, the Demon Lord of Predation. Of course, so far it has only been Baal talking alone, but the units and weight are different depending on the speaker. It is safe to say that he had reached the pinnacle among demons. The nickname or nickname that came out of his mouth quickly spread to other gods and demons. ¡°more! Eat more!¡± Without even noticing the birth of his new nickname, Jinhyuk exposed his teeth towards the white waterfall that was slowly revealing its bottom. monster. A monster that eats everything in sight and sends nutrients to its owner, Jinhyeok. Jinmyeong of the ¡®Greedy Dragon¡¯, who is neutral but a little closer to the evil side and who often shows interest in Jinhyeok. ¡°Tam, eat it all.¡± -Krrrrl! Covetousness. Tam, a dragon-headed monster corrupted by greed, opened his mouth to its limit and bit down on the white waterfall. Kwachak ¨C At the same time, the sound of ss breaking hit Jinhyuk¡¯s eardrums, and Jinhyuk opened his eyes. * * * ¡°Are you conscious?¡± -Kheng¡­. In front of Jinhyuk who opened his eyes, there were Balkan and Miho looking at him with worried eyes. While stroking Miho, who was looking at him with bright eyes, Jinhyuk felt a tingling pain in his hand. ¡°blood? ¡°Actually, you guys put a lot of strength into your body from the middle part.¡± As Balkan shook his head as if he understood, Jinhyeok looked at the wound. Balkan asked Jinhyuk, who was just looking at the wound without saying anything. ¡°So what did you get? Seeing as it happened well, I think it was a sess. ¡°I tried to pick on you if you failed, but it¡¯s a shame.¡± Jinhyeok, who pretended to be disappointed and smiled at the curious Balkan, squeezed so hard that he spread his torn hand beyond the fingernail marks. ¡°What did you get? Open your eyes and look carefully. ¡°Because this is the trophy I got by eating the feather.¡± Faaaaat ¨C As soon as he finished speaking, Jinhyuk¡¯s hands, which were riddled with deep wounds, were covered with a white light. ¡°This¡­ this?¡± Cozy yet warm white light. Vulcan, who saw the almost milky light, immediately recognized the identity of the light. No, it would be strange not to know. Because it was the same light that appeared when treating Jinhyeok, who was injured during the meeting with Yuriel. And the name of that light is none other than¡­ ¡°Divine Power.¡± At most, it is only a single seed, but it has created a divine power generating organ in its body. how is it? Are you satisfied with this, Balkan?¡± It was divine power. It was Jinhyeok who not only gained divine power, but also created an organ that could permanently generate divine power. Not a member of the Four Emperors, but a mere mortal, a climber in human flesh, possesses the same divine power generation organ as the Elyos. ¡°¡­I wouldn¡¯t be surprised if the Elyos issued an order to kill you.¡± ¡°That¡¯s natural. It wouldn¡¯t be surprising if those who live in their own self-esteem find out that bug-like humans other than them have the same thing inside their bodies, and the entire race rushes in, asking what the extermination order is. ¡°Even if it¡¯s just the size of a bean and not something as close to the heart as they do, it won¡¯t change.¡± Order to kill. He was a Balkan who casually said that he would find and kill the target regardless of whether it was in hell or heaven, but Jinhyeok did not deny that either. The pride of the Four Emperors was great, and Jinhyeok knew very well that if they found out that another race had a specific ¡®organ¡¯ that the race itself possessed, they would not only be indignant but would, as Balkan said, order them to be exterminated. Therefore, Jinhyeok focused on something else rather than the word ¡®order to kill¡¯ that he uttered. ¡°But I wasn¡¯t asking about the expulsion order or anything, I was asking what was going on. ¡°This achievement that I have achieved.¡± The look of the shoulders reaching into the sky and the bridge of the nose smashing the ceiling. Miho frowned at that, but Jinhyuk didn¡¯t care, and Balkan couldn¡¯t say anything bitter about him either. ¡°amazing. Yes, you are a great guy. Cha Jin-hyuk, the first climber in history to possess a divine power generating organ that only the Four Emperors, and among them the Elyos, possessed! You are the best!¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s aplishments were truly remarkable enough to be able to show such a thing. Unlike usual, Jinhyuk seemed to be excited by the sight of Balkan not stopping praising him. Jinhyeok, who was immersed in praise, did not feel the ring he was wearing vibrating slightly. I also didn¡¯t know that the vibration was simr to the vibration or tremor seen by a prey standing in front of a predator. Chapter 61 All Master Necromancer Episode 61 Several days have passed. Kwajik ¨C Jinhyeok kicked the charging orc, putting him in a state of incapacity, and pulled out his liver from his chest. Muttering- ¡°Is it delicious?¡± -Kheng! ¡°Okay, I¡¯ve almost finished eating now.¡± A few days of time. Jinhyuk, who had not stopped his own training as well aspleting the quest for Miho, was already seeing the end of the quest. [Vital Replenishment] Miho, which is still a baby, was born with most of its vitality consumed when it hatched from the egg. ordingly, the ¡®Nine-Tailed Fox¡¯ informs you that if you feed 999 raw livers to the fox cub, Miho, it will regain its original vitality. The second reward is given after feeding 999 raw livers. Currently absorbed raw liver: 892/999 ¡®Is there about a hundred left? ¡®It will be over by tomorrow.¡¯ A quest given by the ¡®Nine-Tailed Fox¡¯. It was a quest that I thought would take quite a long time, but Jinhyuk¡¯s ability and Miho¡¯s gluttonybined to make it possible toplete the quest in less than a week. ¡°Status window.¡± [Status Window] Name: Jinhyuk Cha upation: Spirit Master Sub-Job: All Master Body: Mana Retardation (Ability Value) Strength: 35 (+33) Stamina: 37 (+33) Dexterity: 34 (+33) Intelligence: 51 (+33) ) Mana: 66 (+48) Magic Energy : 0 (+10) Holy Power: 3 (Characteristics) 1. Predation 2. Versatility (Skill) Comprehensive Resistance, Tenacity Meanwhile, there have been changes in Jinhyuk as well. The first change was that Jinhyeok¡¯s new seed of divine power grew slightly over the next few days, increasing by an additional 2. ¡®I¡¯m not at a level I like yet, and it won¡¯t be of much help, but I guess I can use this at least once in an emergency.¡¯ For Jinhyuk, who already had an average stat of close to 40, a stat of 3 was nothing special, but Jinhyuk was satisfied. It¡¯s still been less than a week since I gained divine power. It would be even weirder if those stats were simr to the stats I had developed from the beginning. ¡®The resistances werebined and changed intoprehensive resistance.¡¯ All kinds of things that Jinhyeok has collected while living and dying. Not long ago, it gained resistance to poison, burns, and frostbite, and wasbined into the grandiose name ofprehensive resistance. It was a change that Jinhyuk really liked, as he confirmed that the effect of his resistance had be a little stronger than his original resistance. But Jinhyeok could confidently say that any change would pale inparison to this. ¡°Vulcan, how are the new recruits?¡± ¡°It is definitely more unstable than Mahon disease. I guess divine power and soul are pr opposites. ¡°At least, since they are not ghosts or demons, it is less so¡­ but I see a few who are trying to achieve Buddhahood.¡± ¡°But take good care of it. Holy power and soul disease. ¡°Wouldn¡¯t it be difficult if the Holy Soul Soldiers, who would be our new military force, attain Buddhahood?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± A new type of soul illness following demon soul illness, a new type of soul illness created as a result of thebination of demonic energy and soul illness. Holy Soul Soldier. It goes without saying that the soul bottle, which was created through thebination of divine power and soul bottle, was very unstable. Nevertheless, Jinhyeok and Balkan put a lot of effort into treating sexually transmitted diseases. There was one reason. ¡°Still, it¡¯s clear that it¡¯s a useful force. ¡°I feel simr to a priest.¡± ¡°It¡¯s perfect. Ordinary priests cannot heal soul diseases that are close to undead, but holy soul diseases are different, right?¡± ¡°I never imagined that a being who heals the damage inflicted by undead and souls would appear in the world¡­¡± ¡°In a situation where there are climbers with divine power generating organs in their bodies, it would not be surprising if there were one or two such beings. is not it?¡± Sexually transmitted disease. A soul called divine power, a being that possesses in its body an energy that is the opposite of that of the undead and uses that as its source. They were beings who could heal souls and undead. Originally, in the case of the undead, theyunched an offensive based on overwhelming quantities, but were helpless against destruction or damage. In terms of the game, it was safe to say that it was bnced. ¡®If a being that neither dies nor feels pain continues to recover¡­ it destroys the bnce. And now I have the power to destroy that bnce.¡¯ Undead, soul-only healer. It is more than enough to destroy the bnce established in the world of the tower, to the point where it overflows. ¡°It was a satisfying time.¡± ¡°Same. It was quite fun, dealing with the new soul disease. Especially when he became Buddha as soon as he was injected with divine power, I couldn¡¯t help butugh.¡± Jinhyeok cleared his throat and shook off his embarrassment at the words of Balkan, who said he was happy but had a bone in his mouth. ¡®I certainly left all the difficult work to Balkan.¡¯ With the rank ofmander, Balkan was in charge of not only the management of new soul soldiers, but also the management of newly born demon soul soldiers and holy soul soldiers. In particr, unlike demonic energy, sacred power is an energy that is close to the opposite of that of undead or souls. Of course, it was not that easy to control the souls and undead that had been injected with it. Jinhyeok kept his mouth shut as Balkan felt the most fatigue and exhaustion, although he felt happy doing the work alone over the past few days. ¡°So what are we going to do now?¡± Feeding Miho, which was no different from the morning routine, was over. The remaining food will be fed the next day, so all that is left now is Jinhyuk¡¯s own training. However, Balkan had a feeling that Jinhyeok would not go to training today. This would not have been possible under normal circumstances where Ilshin never stops making efforts for his own growth, but today was different. ¡°Hendrick, you should meet that guy.¡± Hendrick. This person has grandiose titles such as dragon yer and dragon yer. I don¡¯t know why, but it was Jinhyeok who was nning to meet him wearing the shell of a dragon. Originally, Jinhyeok had nned to meet him once, but after meeting Yuriel, his thoughts became more determined, and he moved towards the city without hesitation. ¡®I was puzzled as to why he stayed on the 10th floor and didn¡¯t climb the tower, but it makes sense if he, like Uriel, heard a prophecy or the voice of God.¡¯ When Jinhyeok is not climbing forplex reasons such as feeding Miho, training, and waiting downstream. Hendrick also stood in the middle of nowhere in the vige square, looking like he was waiting for something. ¡®It¡¯s as if he¡¯s asking us to recognize that he¡¯s here.¡¯ I thought that there must be some reason for Hendrick to be standing around in a ce that boasts thergest floating poption, even if it is not just for the dragon race, unless he is a government official. Jinhyuk thought that the reason was that he wanted someone to recognize him ande visit him. In particr, the fact that we were standing in a vige square where rumors were easy to spread gave strength to Jinhyeok¡¯s hypothesis. ¡°But how can you be sure he¡¯s waiting for you?¡± Balkan¡¯s question also made sense. Uriel of the Elyos n, one of the Four Emperors n, heard the prophecy about Jinhyeok and came out of her vige beyond the 100th floor and came down to the 10th floor, a distant lower floor, for him. However, it would be an optimistic idea to say that Hendrick, who is now wearing the flesh of the dragon race, is also hoping and waiting for Jinhyeok to approach. ¡°No.¡± ¡°¡­You¡¯re acting so carelessly, too.¡± Balkan¡¯s face hardened and he clicked his tongue at Jinhyeok¡¯s attitude of saying that it didn¡¯t matter if he wasn¡¯t waiting for him. Jinhyeok remained confident despite Balkan¡¯s interrogation. ¡°Isn¡¯t it true that you were nning on meeting whoever that guy was waiting for? ¡°It¡¯s fine if he¡¯s waiting for me, or we can just talk.¡± ¡°What if you start a fight like me?¡± ¡°We still talk back then.¡± ¡°¡­Body conversation?¡± ¡°answer.¡± good job. Balkan sent a disgusted look at Jinhyuk, who nodded with a face like that, but Jinhyuk did not stop walking. ¡°But once this incident is over and wee up downstream, I¡¯ll have to get ready to climb the tower.¡± ¡°I¡¯m worried that he might fall behind. ¡°If you look at the speed of your growth now, it¡¯s incredible.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, he¡¯s not an easy kid, right?¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s definitely true.¡± Balkan, who recalled the moment he first met Ha-ryu until just before they parted ways, shook his head and agreed. Jinhyeok¡¯s growth rate was monstrous, but it was because he saw with his own eyes how Ha-ryu, who was almost captured and sacrificed by kobolds and the like, grew into a rakshasa that could cut down dozens of orcs. ¡®Once the two monsters establish a foundation and begin to take flight, I¡¯m afraid of how many achievements they will umte until they reach the next foundation.¡¯ Just as Jinhyuk established his foundation on the 10th floor, Ha-Ryu will also be establishing his foundation on the 9th floor. Realizing that Ha-ryu¡¯s worries that he might fall behind because he could not keep up with Jin-hyeok were unfounded, he followed Jin-hyeok toward the city. ¡®Downstream,e up quickly. ¡®Because I want to see you two conquering the tower as soon as possible.¡¯ Just imagining it makes my heart pound as I look forward to the climb of these two people. -Kheng! ¡°Yes, yes, Miho, you were there too. If your condition improves tomorrow, you will be able to do your part. ¡°Don¡¯t look forward to it.¡± -Keeng. In addition, even Miho, who was held in Balkan¡¯s arms, expressed her presence to Balkan by rubbing her face as if telling him not to forget her. It is now almost an ordinary fox cub as it did not recover all of the vitality used when it came out of the egg, but in essence, it is a spirit creature and the cub of a nine-tailed fox who has reached godhood. Balkan thought that if Miho regained all her strength and started to use her abilities properly, Jinhyeok and Ha-ryu would also have to be nervous in one-on-one matches. A triangr formation of Haryu and Miho led by Jinhyeok. Invincible. These were the words that appeared at the end of Balkan¡¯s thoughts as he imagined the three of them moving together. ¡°Look forward to it.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know what it is, but nothing is as certain as the expectations ced on me, so there¡¯s nothing to worry about, right?¡± Even though he couldn¡¯t really hear what was being said, Jinhyuk expressed confidence in Balkan¡¯s expectations. Balkan shook his head at the confident and confident appearance that was no different from his usual Jinhyeok. ¡°Then it¡¯s time to go see Hendrick.¡± ¡°Yes, even if it attacks you, I will stop it for you, so don¡¯t worry.¡± ¡°¡­You think I¡¯m a very old backroom guy.¡± ¡°Would you mind adding the word ¡®loser¡¯ in front of it?¡± ¡°¡­He seems like the perfect guy, except for his personality and cheesiness.¡± Balkan apuded Jinhyeok¡¯s personality and rudeness that made him shake his head. In this way, a group of one man, one spirit, one beast escaped from the border and returned to the city. Dragon yer Hendrick. For meeting him. * * * -Krrr¡­ human¡­ woman¡­ kill! Orc Champion. If we look at the race itself, the orcs are a ss and entity that isparable to the great orc warrior. The explosive power felt from the rugged muscles would have resembled that of an active volcano. Naturally, he had enough strength to easily kill the small-bodied girl standing in front of him. However, there was something wrong with what he said. ¡°I am not human. ¡°You monster, even your brain is full of muscle.¡± She wasn¡¯t human. She let out a short curse at the Orc Champion¡¯s ignorance. A swear word that even feels a bit rude. Even the orc champion¡¯s stupid brain was confused by the unbelievable rashnessing from the young woman in front of him. -¡­? An Orc champion looking at himself with a nk face. Feeling his stupid gaze, the girl who dered herself not human drew her sword. -Use me! ¡°¡­Be quiet, I won¡¯t break the promise I made to you.¡± -Don¡¯t be swayed by that guy! You are a goblin! Among them, a special goblin! I am ready for you. So, isn¡¯t it right to use whatever you want? If you hold me, you are the strongest! A voice close to tinnitus came into my head the moment I took out my sword. However, the difference from tinnitus was that the voice was a real voice. The girl with the sword drawn, Ha-ryu, frowned and refused to listen to him, but he did not give up. He continued to deny Jinhyeok¡¯s request not to use him, and persuaded and tempted Ha-ryu to use him. Ha-Ryu slightly paused in the temptation of sweet fruit or honey. -¡­I do not know. Kill women and eat them!!! It was the Orc Champion who reacted to the pause downstream. A monster close to an irregrity that would never appear on the 9th floor, where Haru stays. Except for the fact that it is less intelligent and slightly less powerful, it is a being that can easily rival the Great Warrior. For such a being, a momentary pause would soon lead to a gap, and the Orc Champion perfectly exploited that gap. Ha-ryu¡¯s hand moved, frowning as he saw the Orc champion¡¯s club approaching towards him, about to strike him in the back of the head. As soon as the light of the sword shed, the de of the dragon yer sword, worthy of being called a treasured sword, mercilessly cut into the orc champion. Ha-Ryu muttered quietly as he looked down at the fragments of the Orc champion rolling around on the floor with a pattering sound. ¡°I am strong even without you. And even if I be stronger, I am not weak enough to break my promise to my brother.¡± Even though he had destroyed a monster right before his eyes, Ha-ryu muttered in a calm voice. With a light wave of his hand, he brushed off the blood on the dragon yer sword and stabbed it. ng ¨C In the dark forest, only the sound of a lead sword echoed in the emptiness. Trampling rotten dirt and leaves, we headed downstream towards the vige on the 9th floor. ¡°Tomorrow. I can see you again tomorrow, brother.¡± The frowning and expressionless figure from before had disappeared everywhere, and with a face like bright sunlight, he was muttering to himself in the deserted forest. Ha-Ryu returned to his original expressionless face for a moment and elerated his steps toward the vige. Almost a week¡¯s worth of time. It was to prepare to rece everything that had been prepared so far. She curled up the corner of her mouth at the thought of crushing the great orc warrior she had mastered over several days of challenges and going to the 10th floor where Jinhyeok was waiting. Chapter 62 All Master Necromancer Episode 62 : City on the 10th Floor. As it is often called the city of beginnings, it is also a ce where new poptions and previously unseen faces appear every day. ¡®Have you stayed here for quite a while? No,pared to other floors, it¡¯s average.¡¯ Jinhyeok thought as he walked along the now familiar streets. ¡®It¡¯s almost time to leave, really.¡¯ My time on the 10th floor is slowlying to an end. In fact, after this meeting with Hendrick, if Haru reached the 10th floor, I nned to give her enough time to rest and then start climbing the top right away. ¡®Even though it¡¯s a deteriorating version of the Orc warrior, if I can develop the ability to defeat him alone on the 9th floor, at least I won¡¯t be blocked by the limit while climbing the floors.¡¯ All you need to do is correct the shorings from the side. Giving her the homework of being an Orc warrior was no different from blocking the wall that would be builtter by creating a wall called Orc warrior in advance. As Jinhyuk walked down the street thinking that, he heard the voices of people passing by. -I heard a monster appeared on the 9th floor? -Oh, I heard that too. I haven¡¯t seen him, but he¡¯s a very ugly looking person? -person? I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s a human, but I heard it¡¯s pretty except for the blood stains. -Anyway, a new rookie has appeared again. The climbers on the 9th floorined a lot because of him. There are no monsters to catch. ¡®Is it downstream?¡¯ Jinhyeok unconsciously smiled happily at the story of the climbers, which seemed like a low-ss story. ¡°Why are you happy? ¡°Haryu did well, you didn¡¯t do anything well.¡± ¡°¡­I smiled with pride at the way he did the homework I asked him to do so well. ¡°Isn¡¯t that okay too?¡± ¡°Of course not. The truth is that nothing was done. ¡°Aren¡¯t you ashamed of only assigning homework and trying to throw straws at the achievements of a talented child?¡± ¡°¡­Ugh, not to have anything to say. ¡°Be quiet and quickly guide me to where Hendrick is!¡± ¡°With a temperament. We¡¯re almost there. ¡°Get ready.¡± Balkan clicked his tongue at Jinhyeok, who was getting angry, and then said with a straight face. Jinhyeok also showed an attitude that matched Balkan¡¯s serious attitude. ¡°¡­I¡¯m sure there¡¯s no way I don¡¯t know this. ¡°Why didn¡¯t I know?¡± ¡°If you don¡¯t pass by the central street, you won¡¯t know. Even for him, it would be a challenge to make his presence known to everyone on the 10th floor. ¡°It¡¯s natural.¡± ¡°Well, that¡¯s not something even a dragon can do.¡± The 10th floor city is simr in size to Seoul. Moreover, since it was created bybining the power of God and the power of the system, it is not easy to send it far away, no matter how strong the energy of another person is. ¡®So you concentrated your power within a certain radius? So that you can feel it when you pass by?¡¯ The energy of beingpressed andpressed again. You have to put in that much effort to make your presence felt in this city. ¡®Tsk, even I can¡¯t handle this range¡­ After all, he¡¯s a dragon yer wearing the body of a dragon, isn¡¯t he?¡¯ Although it is limited to a certain scope, it cannot be easy to express oneself in a city where the power of God resides. Even for Jinhyuk himself, it was impossible, at least for now, to spread his momentum this wide and make himself known. The result of thebination of the perfect tool, the body of a dragon race, and the perfect owner, the dragon yer, who resides within it. It is a shocking state for Jinhyeok, who has not yet been able to bloom and melt everything about himself. But Jinhyuk didn¡¯t really care. ¡®I can do itter anyway. And even if I fight him right now, at least I won¡¯t be pushed back. That¡¯s enough.¡¯ The strength that Hendrick has shown now is because Jinhyuk himself was confident that he could do it if given time. In fact, Jinhyeok in the past was capable of achieving the level of power that Hendrick shows now. Furthermore, since the current situation is much better than in the past, that time wille much earlier. ¡°Then let¡¯s go. ¡°To meet the dragon yer with the body of a dragon.¡± ¡°¡­Can I pretend it doesn¡¯t exist?¡± ¡°Stop talking nonsense and follow me.¡± ¡°Damn, if he sees me, he could jump at me right now.¡± Jinhyuk walked briskly toward the central street, the center of energy, while holding on to Vulkan, who was trying to leave, perhaps because of the previous fight. * * * Central Street. On the central street located on the 10th floor, many people were going their own way. Those who go to the ¡®border¡¯ where the hunting grounds are. Those heading to the market street. Those who head to an inn or hotel to rest. Not only that, but even those who go to the cksmith shop and Goldrich Trading Company to maintain and purchase equipment. A variety of people passed through the central street and headed to their destination. flinch- ¡°¡­are you here?¡± However, unlike the people who flowed by like flowing water, the man standing in the center of the main street like a stone or statue stuck in ce trembled slightly and opened his eyes. The sharp energy I couldn¡¯t help but wish for. This was because he realized that the man with that energy in his body had entered his sensing area. ¡°I passed by it a few times, but this time it came right?¡± Of course, it wasn¡¯t the first time he entered the detection zone. Because he had the body of a dragon race, his sensing ability was not greatly affected by his previous life. Therefore, even though he sensed the person who entered his detection area several times, the other person could not sense the weak energy and went his own way. Although that fact was unfortunate, Hendrick quietly waited for him. ¡°I¡¯m looking forward to seeing what kind of person this ¡®great evil¡¯ is.¡± He knew very well that he would notice him ande like he did now. And a single word from the person who made him wear clothes he didn¡¯t want, which made him what he is today. -From the 10th floor, someone wille who will make your wishese true. So wait for him. After being told that his wish woulde true, Hendrick woke up on the first floor and broke everything in his tracks. Furthermore, he cleared the Orc Daejeon Temple, the gateway to the 10th floor, with the highest record. After that, he stopped at the 10th floor. As if the situation up to now had been a lie, he stood on the central street like a quiet stone statue, waiting for the person who was talking about what Geoak had said. ¡°Are youing?¡± A man walking slowly from afar. There were many people walking around him, but Hendrick only saw him. ¡°¡­I see a familiar face too.¡± A soul floating next to him. The sight of the familiar spirit that had caused such a fuss not long ago made his fists curl up, but he did not act rashly. Because he wasn¡¯t stupid enough to attack the person he met after a long wait and the person he was with. Even if it was a battle with himself and a promise to see to the end next time, it was no different. ¡°Hendrick, is that right?¡± ¡°Did you hear it from the soul next to you? Yes, a dragon yer and the very contradiction in the body of a dragon. ¡°It¡¯s Hendrick.¡± Hendrick nodded to Jinhyeok, who calmly approached him, stood right in front of Hendrick, and asked him informally without hesitation. The moment he saw him, he realized that he was the main character of what he had heard. ¡®Strong and ferocious. It certainly seems true that he is someone worth noting.¡¯ A climber of only the 10th floor. Jinhyeok¡¯s appearance, with his perceived power, mana, and many other things mixed together, could not be considered a 10th floor climber. Nevertheless, he was a 10-story climber. ¡°First of all, did you pass?¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s not a big deal to take a test as soon as you see it. But it doesn¡¯t really matter if you pass.¡± Hendrick looked at Jinhyuk, who shrugged his shoulders when he heard that he had passed. ¡°Aren¡¯t you afraid of me?¡± A fundamental question. fear. Jinhyeok snorted in response to Hendrick¡¯s question as to whether he felt it while looking at him. ¡°If I was afraid, I wouldn¡¯t have spoken informally to you the first time I saw you.¡± ¡°Is this a foolish question? You are definitely right. ¡°Then I will change the question.¡± ¡°Try as much as you can.¡± Hendrick secretly smiled at the sight of Jinhyuk puffing out his chest and answering confidently as if he would answer any question. ¡°Are you prepared?¡± ¡°Preparation¡­ I know roughly what kind of determination you are talking about, but is it ¡®that¡¯ determination that I am thinking of?¡± ¡°It will be right. My purpose is to wash the existence called ¡®dragon¡¯ from the world. Are you prepared to join in on that work? Can you answer? ¡°Your fate will be determined by these words.¡± Jinhyeok asked a question as he looked at Hendrick¡¯s dark red dragon eyes, which had suddenly erased his smile and was looking at him coolly. ¡°Before answering that, I also want to ask you something.¡± ¡°do it.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t the boy¡¯s dream too small?¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± It was Balkan, not Hendrick, who was rather surprised by the dagger-like words that suddenly came at him. -You crazy guy! I thought I would say that even to the point of informality. Because I did too! But isn¡¯t that just too provocative? -Be quiet and stay still. Because I have an idea too. Having fought with Hendrick, even the arrogant Balkan had no choice but to admit it. It¡¯s a skill gap that he would have been able to ovee if he had all his abilities when he was alive, but it¡¯s impossible for him now. Since Hendrick alsocked all of his abilities in life anyway, Balkan acknowledged his shorings. And Balkan, who watched Jinhyuk from the side, knew better than anyone else that the same was true for Jinhyuk. ¡®You are out of standard, but your opponent is also out of standard! How can you say something like that to someone who climbed higher floors than you in the first ce!!!¡¯ Although it wasn¡¯t something Balkan, who met Hendrick and excitedly talked about during the battle, would say, the world is full of hypocrisy. Unlike Balkan, who had calmed down after being treated harshly once, Jinhyeok burned as hot and loud as wildfire. ¡®There is no need if you only limit yourself to one dragon race. Because it¡¯s not just them that I want. If you try to test me, I will test you too, Hendrick.¡¯ Feeling Hendrick¡¯s cool and mysterious gaze on him, Jinhyuk also opened his eyes and looked at him. After some confrontation, it was Hendrick who bowed his head first. ¡°I apologize.¡± ¡°¡­I just need to know.¡± Jinhyeok answered bluntly and nodded, sighing in relief. ¡°So what is the answer?¡± ¡°It seems like you¡¯re after more than me. ¡°Are you trying to attack all of the Four Emperors, not just a small part of them?¡± ¡°answer. I¡¯m simr to you. Dead but alive. And in my death there are all of them. ¡°Isn¡¯t the answer simple?¡± Dead but alive. There wouldn¡¯t be many people who could understand those words, and Hendrick was one of those few people. ¡°nice¡­ Hahahaha!!!¡± light. His maniacalughter echoes through the central streets. Many climbers block their eardrums and stagger to their seats, weighed down by the mighty power of thatughter. Except one person. ¡°Why are you smiling?¡± Jinhyuk Cha. Only he, the All Master and Spirit Master, withstood the mighty force by standing upright in the same posture as before. I even went one step further and asked about hisughter. ¡°Yuriel, you were the main character she was talking about.¡± ¡°¡­She goes around meeting everyone.¡± Uriel. The being that I met not long ago, who helped me gain divine power and who told me about the prophecy. Furthermore, this person broke away from the Four Hwangs and runs an organization named ¡®Muik¡¯. When Jinhyuk frowns slightly at the fact that she met not only him but also Hendrick. Hendrick soon cleared his mind and opened his mouth calmly. ¡°You are trying to turn the tables.¡± ¡°What I couldn¡¯t do in my previous life, I have to try it in this life. ¡°Shouldn¡¯t the second round be better than the first?¡± ¡°Yeah¡­ hehehe, you¡¯re right. ¡°If a man has been stabbed in the back of the head and beaten, the revenge for him is double, no, ten times as much.¡± He burst outughing, shaking his body, but eventually raised his head and spoke with a solemn face. ¡°That¡¯s why I need to get to know you. ¡°What¡¯s your name?¡± ¡°Cha Jinhyuk.¡± ¡°Good, Cha Jinhyuk. ¡°It is time for me, Hendrick, to take the test to put your name on the revenge book.¡± ¡°test? It¡¯s good. But know one thing. ¡°I know I¡¯m not the only one taking the test.¡± Even though Hendrick didn¡¯t mention that you were also the subject of the test, he understood Jinhyeok¡¯s words. ¡°Yeah, I guess I¡¯ll have to prove it too. ¡°Test after test¡­ that¡¯s good.¡± Jinhyuk scratched his cheek in front of Hendrick¡¯s sculptural smile. ¡°But you¡¯re not nning on doing it here, are you?¡± central street. Even aside from the fact that it was a busy street with people walking around, it wasn¡¯t a very suitable ce for fighting. Hendrick, who then looked around, also nodded his head in response. ¡°It would be best to move somewhere first. ¡°I know a good ce. Follow me.¡± ¡°Sure.¡± As soon as he finished speaking, Jinhyeok disappeared, following Hendrick, who took a long stride, and only after the two people disappeared did people hold their hearts and breathe heavily. ¡°¡­What on earth are those?¡± People on the street shook their heads as if they sympathized with the lost question posed by one of the victims(?). But beyond their thoughts, the people who created this mess had disappeared like the melting snow. Eventually, one by one, they got up and went their own way, themotion just now disappeared and the central street returned to its usual appearance. Chapter 63 All Master Necromancer Episode 63: Trudging ¨C A back alley. A few days ago, when I first met Miho. Hendrick asked as they walked in a simr area to where Jinhyeok dealt with climbers who were no better than street thugs. ¡°What about weapons?¡± ¡°Is there roughly this much?¡± Hendrick shook his head towards Jinhyeok, who slightly lifted the inside of his coat and showed him the weapons inside. ¡°That¡¯s a lot. There are too many. ¡°Can all of them be used in actual battle?¡± ¡°There¡¯s nothing you can¡¯t do. And I don¡¯t use it all either. ¡°I just use the weapon I need against the person who needs it.¡± Even if you are an All Master, you do not use all weapons and all abilities in all situations. You just have more options. ¡®If you know how to use all weapons but try to use them in all situations, you¡¯re an idiot.¡¯ In the end, All Master is a sub job. Jinhyeok¡¯s master has always been a spirit master and necromancer. All Master was merely a spirit master,plementing his shorings and making up for his shorings as a necromancer. Well, it was a very useful job to just make up for shorings. ¡°don¡¯t worry. Because I have no intention of losing. I don¡¯t know about your abilities either. But I don¡¯t disparage you just because you¡¯re holding a sword, right?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. Then let¡¯s look forward to it. However, it cannot be helped that the quality of the weapon itself is not that good.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, I can¡¯t deny that.¡± Unlike the issue of the number of weapons and whether one could use them, Jinhyeok also knew that the quality of the weapons was not that good. The sword hanging on Hendrick¡¯s waist right in front of you looked like it was of high quality. It is a sword that can be used not only on the 10th floor, but also on the floor on which it was originally active. A sword that is sufficiently threatening and dangerous on its own. ¡®Who on earth made a sword like that? god? devil?¡¯ All he could think of was the reward for the quest offered by God and the Devil, but Jinhyeok shook his head when he thought of that. ¡®It¡¯s only the 10th floor. No matter how much of a dragon they are, there is no way they would set up a quest. On the contrary, since they are dragons, they are even less interesting.¡¯ The reason why gods and demons set out quests is to make them apostles, but among the dragons and other Four Emperors, very few people have be apostles. This is something that cannot be helped since their race itself is a group of people who want to be gods in the first ce. Therefore, a climber who reached the level of an individual in the Four Emperors would receive quests several times, perhaps even dozens of times, but this was not the case for the Four Emperors. In other words, the source of Hendrick¡¯s sword is neither God nor the devil. ¡®Is this really production? What kind of cksmith would make a sword like that?¡­¡¯ A sword made with materials and skills that looks amazing at first nce. It was a slightly lower level than the Dragon yer Sword, a treasure of the goblin vige that Haryu had. When Jinhyuk looks at the sword with eyes full of envy at that fact. Hendrick calmly gave Jinhyeok what he wanted most. ¡°The ce we are going now is where the craftsman who made my sword is. I rmend recing your weapon there. Of course, it won¡¯t be possible to get a sword of the same level as mine because you don¡¯t have the materials, but even if you just pick it up there, it will be better than what you have. Instead of ming the weapon for nothing, rece it there. ¡°I¡¯m sure you¡¯re qualified enough, so all you need is the money.¡± ¡°¡­her?¡± Where his weapons were made. Jinhyeok could not hide his surprise at the fact that he was heading there. ¡°Why are you so surprised? It¡¯s not like you don¡¯t have enough money, right? Hmm, then that¡¯s the problem. ¡°The entric old man earns quite a bit of money.¡± Jinhyeok waved his hand at Hendrick, who was in deep thought while stroking his chin, denying his thoughts. ¡°I have enough money. You can give as much as you want. But was it really a weapon made by a craftsman?¡± ¡°Then where do you think you can get a weapon like this?¡± ¡°¡­God and the devil?¡± ¡°I think you know that what you said is wrong, but I wonder if I should say more.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Jinhyeok could only nod his head as he heard every word that was correct. Even Jinhyuk himself thought it couldn¡¯t be so, so it was natural for it toe out. Jinhyuk eventually admitted his mistake and raised both hands and feet. ¡°Yes, I was wrong. You probably didn¡¯t get the quest from them. This is a great item made by a great craftsman. Are you done?¡± ¡°Good.¡± ¡°So how much is left?¡± Hendrick smiled slightly as Jinhyuk grumbled and asked how long it was until he reached his father-inw. A dragon¡¯s body that is different from its original body. It boasted a statue-like beauty, and the aura of the smile emanating from such beauty was truly a work of heaven. ¡°It has arrived.¡± ¡°hmm¡­? No matter how you look at this ce, it¡¯s a dead end¡­ Wait, I feel some strange energy?¡± ¡°It sure feels good. ¡°This is the hidden street on the 10th floor.¡± As soon as he spoke, Jinhyuk passed by Jinhyuk, who looked puzzled, and saw Hendrick sneaking into the wall, and Jinhyuk followed after him with a gloomy look on his face. ¡°¡­Huh, something like this.¡± Jinhyeok, who followed Hendrick into the wall, could not hide his surprise at the wide street. The appearance of the street is as good as that of the central street. That was enough to surprise Jinhyuk. ¡°It¡¯s no different from some kind of sub-space. An independent space created in a gap in space. Even gods and demons probably won¡¯t be able to see clearly. This is such a strange ce. You will feel it more clearly. ¡°If you take a quick look, countless eyes are on you.¡± Unlike Jinhyuk, Jinhyuk nodded at Hendrick¡¯s natural exnation, as if he had been there many times. ¡°¡­Your gaze has definitely blurred.¡± The eyes of various gods and demons who had been glued to the first floor, no, from the tutorial. The majority of people stuck around because of Baal, but with the exception of a few gods, demons, and neutral gods, the eyes of those who did not show any continued interest in Jinhyeok. That¡¯s why I felt it had noticeably faded. For Jinhyeok, who had developed a sense of energy and could sense the gaze of gods and devilsing down from heaven, the current situation was extremely exhrating. ¡°Good. very good.¡± Hendrick lowered his head toward Jinhyeok, who was muttering with a grin on his face, saying he knew that would happen. ¡°I thought so. The gazes of God and the devil are extremely annoying. ¡°It¡¯s not bad at first, but as time goes by, it bes nothing but a nuisance, so I have no choice but to be d to go to a ce like this.¡± ¡°I have no choice but to admit it.¡± Jinhyuk, who felt a great sense of kinship with Hendrick, who had the same thoughts as him, also nodded. ¡°¡­They said they were meeting each other, so there¡¯s nothing wrong with that.¡± -Pfft! ¡°Miho, don¡¯t be like that when you grow up.¡± The two people red at Balkan, who used their appearance as an example and gave them a lesson not to be like that. Just one look was extremely thrilling, but when it became two, the pressure was no joke. ¡°Kuh¡­ khuh, go quickly. ¡°It¡¯s soon time to return downstream, so shouldn¡¯t we prepare in advance to wee it?¡± ¡°¡­Sure.¡± Hendrick tilted his head and asked Jinhyeok, who withdrew his gaze at the word downstream. ¡°downstream? Who is downstream?¡± ¡°This is my colleague who is not here.¡± Jinhyeok, who was about to say ¡°younger brother,¡± suddenly turned his head and scratched his head exaggeratedly as if trying to hide his embarrassment. The vacancy in Ha-Ryu was too great, and he felt like he was like the younger brother he never had, but Jin-Hyeok wasn¡¯t ready to say it out loud just yet. ¡°A colleague¡­ a colleague who will achieve your wishes together? Or are you just a passing colleague?¡± Hendrick left the embarrassed Jinhyuk behind and focused on the word rade¡¯. Is it a friend who will make your wishe true or a friend who passes through it? Jinhyuk¡¯s answer to Hendrick¡¯s question was predetermined. ¡°This is a colleague who will be with you until the end. Is this answer enough?¡± ¡°It looks like your abilities are certain.¡± We go together until the end. A being who pledges to apany you until the end of your journey to reverse the world. Hendrick was interested in that fact. ¡°If that guy grows up properly, I might not be a match for him one-on-one.¡± ¡°¡­Is it that much?¡± ¡°Well, one-on-one isn¡¯t my main focus to begin with.¡± One-on-one is not a match. Hendrick knew very well that it was rare for someone of Jinhyeok¡¯s caliber to overestimate the other person. Hendrick himself is the type of person who is harsh when praising or evaluating others, and I thought Jinhyuk would be the same way. This is mainly because people who reach a certain level usually have higher expectations. However, there were very few cases where he went beyond that and ced himself above himself. ¡®Do they admit their own shorings, or do they really have such great potential that a being of that caliber thinks of defeat?¡¯ Hendrick¡¯s concerns were valid. Jinhyuk is strong enough even by his standards. Furthermore, in addition to not having grown properly yet, he was also surprisingly capable in that he did not possess a powerful tool like the body of a dragon race like himself. Of course, in addition to Jinhyeok¡¯s versatility, he also obtained the All Master sub-job before reaching the 10th floor, let alone the 100th floor, but it was something he had no way of knowing at this point. Still, although All Master and Versatility are abilities that increase potential, at this point, there is no problem because they are abilities that are inferior to those of a Bur body. ¡°Anyway, I¡¯m looking forward to it. ¡°Are we on the 9th floor now?¡± ¡°Yes, I gave you homework to catch the great orc warrior ande up.¡± ¡°As an Orc warfighter on the 9th floor¡­ Are you sure you have that level of ability?¡± ¡°Enough is enough. I just needed some time to sharpen it. The lower stream will definitelye up after destroying the Orc warriors. ¡°It¡¯s not as good as mine, but it might at least surpass your clear record.¡± He flinched ¨C Hendrick immediately responded to Jinhyuk¡¯s words about surpassing his own record. The record he set was the first ce record set before Jinhyuk took first ce, so it can be said to be an all-time record. In fact, Jinhyuk set a record much earlier than that. For that reason, Hendrick was paying attention to Jinhyeok¡¯s 10th floor record. ¡®But not even myself, but my colleague beat my record¡­ Is that really possible?¡¯ Hendrick¡¯s record is 10 seconds. Considering that he couldn¡¯t even climb the 10th floor, it was a record that made no sense. In fact, considering that most climbers from the same Four Hwang tribe also achieve 20 to 30 seconds, this is a ridiculous record. ¡°I have 1 second. ¡°If it were my colleague, it wouldn¡¯t be about 5 to 8 seconds.¡± ¡°¡­does not make sense. How could a human have that level of skill? If he had that level of talent, he would have been a much higher level talent than me. ¡°You have a great person by your side.¡± 5 seconds. Hendrick also tried to shorten the record even a little, and the result was in the low 10 seconds. But Jinhyuk¡¯s words, saying he would fold it in half, were truly surprising. However, Jinhyeok sensed something strange in his words and asked Hendrick. ¡°¡­Did you just say human?¡± ¡°¡­Is that so?¡± Jinhyuk, who realized his mistake in his answer, clicked his tongue and corrected his mistake. ¡°Tsk, didn¡¯t I tell you? The lower ss is not a human, but a goblin. Although he is still young, he is definitely an outsider. Of course, he certainly has outstanding abilities and talents among goblins, but he is not human.¡± The downstream is not a human, but a goblin. Hendrick corrected the fact that he thought of her as a human and was judging her. ¡°Goblin¡­ Goblin¡­ It¡¯s fascinating. ¡°There are all these coincidences.¡± ¡°¡­What does it mean?¡± However, Hendrick¡¯s reaction upon hearing that Ha-Ryu was a goblin was strange. A reaction that is neither surprised nor interested, but as if seeing something strange. In response, Jinhyeok tilted his head and asked again, and Hendrick shook his head with an innocent smile. ¡°If you go and see it, you¡¯ll know what I mean. ¡°We¡¯re almost there, so it might be a good idea to see it for yourself.¡± ¡°¡­Sure.¡± A mysterious answer came back. You will know when you go and see for yourself. Jinhyeok tilted his head because what he was saying was that he could feel Hendrick¡¯s reaction after hearing that Ha-ryu was a goblin. ¡°what?¡± When Jinhyeok muttered that while following Hendrick, who had slightly stepped forward. Balkan chimed in next to me. ¡°Isn¡¯t it because it¡¯s your first time seeing a species called goblins?¡± I saw it for the first time. It was certainly a usible story, but Jinhyuk shook his head. ¡°Goblins are climbers with outstanding abilities, as befits an alien species. A climber of Hendrick¡¯s caliber must have seen it a few times while climbing the tower. And that reaction wasn¡¯t the reaction to seeing a species for the first time. ¡°It was as if someone else knew someone he knew.¡± ¡°¡­then?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know the details, but there¡¯s one thing thates to mind right now. But is this really possible?¡± Judging from Hendrick¡¯s reaction, Jinhyeok had an idea. It may be a bit absurd, but considering Hendrick¡¯s reaction, there was nothing more fitting than this, so Jinhyeok was in confusion. ¡°This is the workshop where I ordered the sword. ¡°Let¡¯s go in.¡± After a natural introduction as if he had already arrived at his destination, Jinhyuk and Balkan followed behind him as he passed through the cloth door and disappeared inside. Balkan was surprised, and Jinhyuk felt that his thoughts were right. ¡°Tsk, who are you? Didn¡¯t I tell youst time that I don¡¯t pick up a hammer anymore? ¡°You fucking lizard.¡± A man who treats Hendrick, a dragon, without hesitation and swears at him. Unlike his face that gives off an age-rted feel, as if he is quite old, his appearance has been corrected. Furthermore, the strong body and copper-colored skin that only Lee can see after holding a hammer and standing in front of a fire for a long time. However, the dark circles under the eyes and the tired look, perhaps due to hardships, made the viewer fearful, so haggard. But that wasn¡¯t what surprised Balkan and Jinhyuk. ¡°What are those? From souls to humans to spirits. What kind ofbination is this? And is this your first time seeing a goblin? Are you so excited that you want to die after staring at someone else¡¯s face?¡± goblin. The owner of the workshop Hendrick guided to was a goblin. Chapter 64 All Master Necromancer Episode 64 : Goblin. It is not amon race, but it is not a rare race either. No, not exactly. ¡®It wasn¡¯t.¡¯ It wasn¡¯t. past. Meaning that¡¯s not the case anymore. After being attacked by a mysterious being on the 100th floor, it was safe to say that the goblin race became extinct. In fact, there was only one goblin that survived and it was an unknown lower ss. ¡®But just now another goblin has appeared in front of me.¡¯ Of course, this alone will not change the destruction of the goblin race. The age difference between downstream and the cksmith in front of me was extreme. However, Jinhyeok had no intention of hiding his surprise. ¡°¡­How are you alive?¡± ¡°Are you saying you wish I was dead? For a guy I met for the first time, he¡¯s really nice. ¡°I may be old, but I¡¯m still good enough to beat up your ass, you brat!¡± It seems like I misinterpreted the meaning of the words. Jinhyuk exined while waving his hand at the goblin craftsman who was spewing out anger. ¡°It¡¯s not about age, it¡¯s about how you survived that disaster.¡± A polite appearance that is not like Jinhyuk. The surprisingly polite attitude of not only Balkan but also Hendrick, who had only recently met, made even the goblin artisan who had seen him for the first time startle. But even for a moment. ¡°Disaster? ¡°How do you know that!¡± The goblin artisan immediately vented his anger. A disaster that urred in one¡¯s vige. A climber who talks about the disaster that only he escaped. Of course not, but couldn¡¯t he be the one who led the vige disaster? That was my thought. ¡°You made the vige¡­ the vige¡­!!!¡± ¡°That can¡¯t be possible. ¡°Just calm down.¡± Although polite, Jinhyeok also responded bluntly to his words, which saw him as the culprit who burned down the vige. In some ways, he is treated politely because he is the grandfather of the lower ss or the only goblin that survived the vige disaster, but his original personality does not go anywhere. ¡®Damn you old man. Why don¡¯t you tell me about the downstream?¡¯ Talk about downstream. Jinhyeok¡¯s thoughts were quite natural because he heard these words at the moment when he was about to tell him what he wanted to hear, even if he cared for the vige and his people. But unfortunately, Balkan, who was standing next to him, calmly brought up a story about the downstream. ¡°Yakong (Ò±¹¤). Do you know the young goblin called Ha-Ryu?¡± ¡°¡­How on earth did you guys name that child¡­? ¡°As expected, you guys are the monsters!¡± ¡°Tsk, he¡¯s alive and moving with us, so it¡¯s no wonder he knows.¡± Miho looked up at Vulcan in amazement at her calm tone, which was different from when she was talking to Jinhyuk. Not paying much attention to the state of his soul, Vulcan, he sighed and put down the hammer he was holding. ¡°Genno.¡± ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°It¡¯s my name. Genno. As you can see, he¡¯s also a goblin doing some goddamn mischief.¡± Jinhyuk nodded at the sight of his father-inw, Genno, introducing himself as if he had decided to trust Jinhyuk and his group to some extent. ¡°This is Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± ¡°Valkan.¡± -Kheng! ¡°This is Miho. ¡°It¡¯s still a baby.¡± Hendrick scratched his cheek during the introduction that flowed smoothly. ¡°Should I introduce this again? ¡°It¡¯s Hendrick.¡± After a brief introduction. Genno looked straight at Jinhyeok and asked. ¡°Tell me what you know. After the vige suffered a disaster, they risked their lives and all their money just to find information about the survivors and the deadly beast. ¡°I¡­ I need the information you have.¡± Jinhyeok tapped his shoulder, taking in his sorrowful appearance, which was different from his sharp and violent appearance just now. ¡°I can tell you as much as I want as long as you pay for the information.¡± ¡°¡­You can pick up the weapons you need from over there. anything. No, you can take it all, so please tell me information about the child and the vige.¡± Various weapons prepared on one side of the cksmith shop. Jinhyuk nced at the shelves filled with not only the weapons he often used but also various throwing weapons, and then opened his mouth with a smile on his face. ¡°What I know isn¡¯t perfect, but¡­ there shouldn¡¯t be any difficulty in designating a pleural beast.¡± The price was sufficient. At least to get Jinhyuk to open his mouth. * * * Boom! ¡°They seem like people who wouldn¡¯t mind being chewed on like this. ¡°For just that reason, the vige where children run around and adults protect is turned into a sea of fire!¡± anger. This was Genno¡¯s reaction after hearing the whole story. Of course, anger wasn¡¯t everything. ¡°I¡¯m sorry for getting angry earlier. ¡± Thank you. thank you so much. If it weren¡¯t for you, downstream, what would have happened to that child¡­¡± ¡°He would have be a sacrifice.¡± ¡°Yes, you are right. If it weren¡¯t for you, our goblin would really have ended. ¡°I want to say thank you again.¡± As he held Jinhyeok¡¯s white hand tightly and apologized for his annoyance and harsh words just now, he had be theplete opposite of before. It was a change in attitude that reminded me of a certain champion from a certain game, but Jinhyeok was actually pleased with his reaction. ¡®It¡¯s not easy to find a good cksmith. It¡¯s not a bad idea to take this opportunity to strengthen your friendship. On the contrary, if only we could use this incident as an opportunity to add him to our team¡­ I feel good just imagining it.¡¯ A craftsman who can make weapons as good as Hendrick¡¯s sword if he has enough materials, time, and effort. Of course, there may be twists and turns, and there may be many failures, but that was enough. Even people like that are rare in the tower. If such a person had beenmon in the first ce, everyone in the world would have had a sword like Hendrick, and they would not have been surprised to see Hendrick¡¯s sword. ¡®The group that performs Yeokcheon is not a minority. There must be a majority. However, if the weapons and armor are of very high quality¡­ it may be a slight but definite help in the war.¡¯ Uriel and the group she belongs to are useless. Not only the Four Emperors like her, but also alien races like goblins. An outstanding craftsman like Genno was indispensable to Jinhyeok, who was nning to have them all participate in ¡®Yukcheon¡¯. ¡°But did you say that that kid in the lower stream has the vige¡¯s treasure, or rather, valuables? How did you not stop it? It¡¯s not called a precious item for nothing¡­ If something happens to that child¡­¡± When my head was full of thoughts about Genno¡¯s recruitment. Genno expressed his concern about the dragon yer sword and downstream. To him, Ha-ryu is a precious child of the vige, and at the same time, excluding himself, he is thest remaining survivor. Of course, he couldn¡¯t help but be worried, but the fact that he not only fell alone but was holding a treasure and precious dragon yer sword in his hand only aggravated his worries. But Jinhyuk erased his worries. ¡°That kid is an outstanding kid that I can acknowledge. Oppressing that child just because he or she is thest survivor is no different from putting a wild horse in a cage. ¡°If a wild horse cannot run outside and is locked in a cage, it is no different from drying up and dying, so don¡¯t worry.¡± Genno sighed after reading the sincerity in his eyes as hepared the downstream to a wild horse. ¡°Ha¡­ The owner of the dragon yer sword is definitely that boy. Otherwise, there is no way you could even pull it out. But it¡¯s too early. As he gets a little older, he gradually assimtes with the sword and begins to overwhelm him¡­ but I am worried that he might lose his body to the sword.¡± ¡°When Genno meets downstream, let¡¯s take a look at the dragon yer sword and discuss it. It¡¯s true that I¡¯m also worried that that sword will harm the downstream. ¡°Let¡¯s do our best together without tying that child up.¡± Genno, who saw Jinhyeok holding out his hand with a grin on his face, raised his head and looked at his outstretched hand, grabbed his hand with a hand covered in thick, hard calluses. ¡°Can I trust you?¡± ¡°That child, Haryu, will be an important axis in the future. It means it¡¯s important to me too. I wouldn¡¯t do anything that would harm such a child. Above all¡­ I consider him like my younger brother, so you don¡¯t have to worry.¡± Only after hearing what sounded like a heartfelt deration did Genno feel relieved. His relieved gaze caught his eye on the goblin mask that Ha-ryu had given him. ¡°¡­is that mask a low-ss mask?¡± Jinhyeok nodded, fiddling with the mask that contributed greatly to his being called a ghost. ¡°yes. When I saved him from the sacrifice, he gave it to me as repayment. The child¡¯s abilities are so great that I can¡¯t handle it properly yet, but it is a great help now and will be a great help in the future. ¡°This alone is certainly a reason why I should not neglect the downstream.¡± The low-level abilities contained in the goblin mask. Battle foreknowledge. Even though he couldn¡¯t handle him perfectly, Ha-Ryu was very precious to Jin-Hyeok, who clearly felt the powerful power he possessed. The stream itself is important, but if she dies, the mask will also disappear. Maybe Ha-ryu was aiming for that and gave Jin-hyuk a mask. To prevent you from abandoning yourself, to prevent you from losing yourself. ¡°¡­That kid made a big choice.¡± ¡°I heard that a goblin can only give you a mask once in your life.¡± ¡°Okay, I have a little more to add to what you know, but that¡¯s roughly it.¡± Genno, who was shaking his head and giving weight to Jinhyeok¡¯s words, tapped him on the shoulder a couple of times and stood up. ¡°Let¡¯s go now. You can take all the weapons as mentioned. If you need more, I can make it for you. ¡°As long as you have the ingredients.¡± ¡°That alone is a few steps better than what I originally had. ¡°Let¡¯s postpone production untilter.¡± ¡°Do as you wish. I need to¡­ rest a bit. I haven¡¯t had a proper rest since the vige was destroyed. ¡°Thanks to you, I can restfortably today.¡± ¡°Take a good rest.¡± After finishing hisst words, leaving Genno behind as he headed to his room inside the cksmith shop, Jinhyeok went straight to the disy stand and changed his expression. ¡°Huh¡­ how much is this? No, there are so many things you can¡¯t get even if you pay money¡­¡± ¡°Staff! Just one staff member! ¡°Do you know how difficult it was for me because I didn¡¯t have any staff when I fought that guyst time?¡± ¡°¡­Well, a dragon yer is not limited by weapons. ¡°I¡¯m familiar with the sword, but that doesn¡¯t mean I don¡¯t need other weapons.¡± Weapons filled the shelves. The three people looked at the weapons filled with things they couldn¡¯t easily see and threw themselves into the shelves in search of items they liked. Wizard, Spirit Master, Swordsman, Dragon yer. There were countless names and nicknames to describe each other, but in front of quality weapons, they were just one climber. -¡­Kheng. In the midst of the frenzy of weapon selection, the young fox cub also quietly stretched out its paw in search of a weapon that suited it. * * * ¡°Should I call it luck or misfortune that that little boy survived?¡­¡± Genno sat down on the floor of his room as he felt amotioning from outside. The legs that had been holding on while listening to Jinhyuk¡¯s story eventually gave out. While sitting on the floor, Genno thought about the past. -Why does grandpa look so scary? This is what the children always say when they see themselves when visiting the vige. The eyebrows raised from hammering and looking at molten iron and other minerals every day did not make a good impression on young children. Furthermore, since they always stand in front of a fire and hit a hammer, their tanned skin is especially rare in goblin society, where skin is generally white. But one child was different. -Thank you for always making weapons for the uncles anddies. A child who bowed his head every time he saw himself, thanking him for making weapons for those protecting the vige. ¡°From then on, I felt something was out of the ordinary.¡± The child was special. Not just your personality, but even your abilities and talents. ¡°Not only is it not enough that he possesses a type of foresight that is rare among goblins, but it also applies in battle¡­¡± Although he was a child who was no match for the vige adults because he had no fighting ability, at least the sight of him not being defeated was noticeable. It shimmered. And the fact that the child was almost killed by a kobold or something stimted his pent-up anger. ¡°Whew¡­ As I get older, my temper bes more fiery. I shouldn¡¯t have been like this even after meeting that child¡­¡± I must have felt like I had lost the world. Genno could not handle the magnitude of emotions felt by a child who saw the tragedy before his eyes. Even he was devastated when he visited the vige btedly and saw it in ruins. ¡°But that child gave his mask to someone else¡­ Hehehe, I¡¯m sure he didn¡¯t give it with that in mind, but it¡¯s still an honorable thing.¡± Take a moment to worry about your child. Genno had a humorous smile on his face as he recalled the lower-ss goblin mask hanging around Jinhyeok¡¯s neck. ¡°Marriage¡­ Yes, if that guy can really avenge the vige and further exterminate those damn bastards, that wouldn¡¯t be a bad thing. Both of them will be the backbone that can rebuild the copsed world of goblins. .¡± marriage. Giving each other¡¯s masks to goblins is like proposing to the other person. Apanion that will stay with you for the rest of your life. By sharing it, we acknowledge and ept each other. Therefore, not only are masks rarely given to outsiders, but even in the long history of goblins, there are only a handful. However, in the goblin world as well as in the human world, Ha-ryu, who was younger, handed his mask to Jin-hyuk. Something that can never be broken and cannot be broken. ¡°You¡¯re already all grown up, Haryu.¡± For the first time in a long time, Genno was able to stop having nightmares as he remembered the face of a child looking at him and boldly expressing gratitude. Chapter 65 All Master Necromancer Episode 65 ¡°I think I¡¯ve chosen all the weapons, so let¡¯s go.¡± Their shopping ended only after the shelves inside the cksmith shop werepletely wiped out. Needless to say, it was even more rewarding because it was an inexpensive shopping experience. ¡°Sir, we are going.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± ¡°Seeing as there is no answer, it looks like you are resting. ¡°You can leave right away.¡± It hadn¡¯t been long since he entered, but Jinhyuk shook his head and walked out of the cksmith shop when he heard even breathinging from inside the room. Only after the others followed Jinhyuk outside did they speak. ¡°I guess you were very tired.¡± ¡°It has to be that way. Even when that old man was making my sword, he was busy looking for something. Yet he was so busy that it was hard to believe that he had created such a high-quality product. ¡°I didn¡¯t know that it was about finding the evil beast that destroyed the vige.¡± Jinhyeok smiled bitterly at Hendrick¡¯s words as he picked up several throwing and butcher swords from the disy stand. ¡°I guess I wanted to somehow shake off the feeling of being alone in the world. As a result, I wasn¡¯t able to properly chase after them, but I must have felt alive while I was chasing them.¡± ¡°¡­Go take the test.¡± Hendrick, not wanting to continue the heavy conversation, immediately brought up the topic of exams. ¡°Do you know any ce?¡± ¡°of course. There is also a sparring hall in a hidden street, so you can go there.¡± ¡°It¡¯s nice not having to worry about what other people think.¡± Since Jinhyeok usually cared about the gaze of gods and demons during battles, Hendrick¡¯s words were nothing short of courageous. As he trudged along the colorless streets, Jinhyuk looked at Hendrick¡¯s back and asked. ¡°Is there something you want to say?¡± ¡°¡­You mean my death?¡± ¡°Well, since you heard everything I said, I think I know the secret behind your death.¡± Hendrick also heard the entire conversation with Genno. It¡¯s not just about what happened in the goblin vige, it¡¯s also about the Four Emperors trampling down the sprouts for them. Hendrick¡¯s reaction to hearing that the disaster that urred in the goblin vige was an extension of cutting in the bud was quite special, so Jinhyeok was confident. ¡°Just as I was killed by the climbers who were nothing more than puppets under their control, isn¡¯t it simr to you?¡± Hendrick is no different from himself. And in response to Jinhyuk¡¯s confident question, Hendrick calmly nodded. ¡°fifteen.¡± ¡°¡­?¡± The number fifteen suddenly came out as I nodded. When Jinhyuk tilted his head, unable to understand the meaning, Hendrick borated. ¡°This is the number of Four Emperors who came to kill me. There were dragons that I wanted to tear and kill, there were elyos, and there were also demons and giants. And the result is¡­.¡± ¡°As you can see, we lost.¡± If he won, there would be no reason for Hendrick to be here right now. 999th floor. It must have been moving towards the end of the tower and moving forward again. Hendrick also did not deny his defeat. Denial was a wrong thought that blocked future progress. ¡°Still, we killed all the dragons, so it wasn¡¯t a bad result.¡± ¡°¡­A monster is a monster.¡± Meanwhile, Jinhyeok was left speechless at the fact that he had managed to kill all the dragons during a joint attack by as many as 15 members of the Four Emperors. It was a saga that once again made you realize Hendrick¡¯s strength before his death. ¡®Roughly, if you divide fifteen by four, you get about four people. In a concerted attack by 15 members of the Four Emperors, he killed nearly 4 dragons¡­ After all, he is a being that must be ced within my enclosure.¡¯ colleague. Those words no longer existed within Jinhyuk. It was a word that might appear again someday, but not as much as now. However, at least those whoe into my circle will be enough to be something simr to the name rade¡¯ to Jinhyuk. ¡®A friend¡­ at least.¡¯ Younger brother, friend, older brother, older sister. A name like family. I didn¡¯t think that family wouldst forever even if there were no colleagues. It was just an expression of the thought that this time I would not turn my back on someone I did not trust. ¡®I will never make the same mistakes as in myst life.¡¯ Someone you can trust. A capable person. Only those whobine the above two can be friends or rivals within their own walls. Thinking like that, Jinhyeok asked Hendrick again. ¡°That¡¯s why I¡¯m asking. Your revenge certainly started with the Dragon n, but in the end it was the entire Four Emperor n that stood in its way. It wouldn¡¯t be strange if I participated in the ¡®Reverse Heaven¡¯ that I hope for. ¡°Isn¡¯t that right?¡± I don¡¯t know what happened to Hendrick, but he made it his main job to kill the Dragon n, and eventually, like Jinhyeok, he lost his life to the Four Hwang n. In other words, it would not be strange if his revenge radius expanded from the Dragon Tribe to the entire Four Emperor Tribes. But Hendrick was calm. ¡°It¡¯s not strange, it¡¯s okay, and there¡¯s a difference between something that has to be that way. We already talked. They test each other, evaluate each other ording to the tests, and decide their own course. That¡¯s it. ¡°Are you afraid that you might not meet my standards?¡± ¡°¡­Are you asking me if I was scared?¡± ¡°I never said that, but if you feel that way, then so be it. do not worry. ¡°As long as you can show your level, there is no way you won¡¯t pass the test.¡± Calm attitude. On the contrary, Jinhyeok gritted his teeth at his attitude, which seemed to worry and encourage him. ¡°I like it. Only then can youe into my fence. Jol? Are you scared? You have to talk bullshit to a certain extent. Even if there is a god or a devil standing in front of me as an enemy, I have nothing to be afraid of. Are you done?¡± My eyes are wide open, and the blood vessels on my forehead are so angry that they pop out. When anger mixed with murder changes the surrounding environment itself. Hendrick epted it all calmly. ¡°The momentum is good. ¡°Spew it out here with all that momentum, Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± With thosest words, Hendrick arrives at the sparring hall in the hidden street and slowly walks in the exact opposite direction from Jinhyeok. Chuck ¨C Hendrick stops walking when he reaches the end of the sparring hall and looks at Jinhyuk. Their gazes became intertwined, and Jinhyuk quickly shook off his annoyed expression and took a stance. ¡°You remember too. ¡°This sparring is not just about me being tested.¡± ¡°Unfortunately, I am not confident that I will pass the test.¡± ¡°Good. ¡°You better keep that attitude until the end of the sparring.¡± ¡°yers give in.¡± ¡°Good, good. It¡¯s not polite to not take what¡¯s given. ¡°I willpensate you by destroying it.¡± ¡°I look forward to it.¡± Wooduk ¨C Balkan approached Jinhyeok, who was standing in ce and stretching his body by bending his neck. ¡°Are you really okay? ¡°He is strong.¡± Looks worried. Jinhyuk frowned at his appearance, which did not resemble his usual Balkan appearance. ¡°The loser is out, no, don¡¯t be out, you too. ¡°Leave Miho aside.¡± For a moment, he waved his hand and told me to get out. Realizing that Balkan was also his strength, Jinhyeok canceled his words and called him in. Excluding Miho, who has not yet recovered. -Kheng! ter. Let¡¯s take part after you¡¯re fully healed. Until then, focus on your recovery.¡± -¡­Keeng. Miho, who had been fiercely resisting Jinhyuk who was trying to leave her out, nodded to Jinhyuk¡¯s gentle persuasion. While Balkan was taking Miho from the sparring hall to the ce prepared for visitors, Jinhyuk, who had rxed his body, pulled out his staff. ¡°Good.¡± ¡°He may have an entric personality, but his skills as a cksmith are an inspiration that cannot be ignored. ¡°It¡¯s natural.¡± As if he didn¡¯t like Hendrick¡¯s eptanceing from the other side, Jinhyuk hit the floor of the sparring room with a ¡®thud¡¯ with the bottom of his staff. Puhwaaak ¨C When a strong wind of dust sweeps through the sparring hall and obscures the view. At that moment, Balkan, who had taken Miho, returned to Jinhyuk¡¯s side. ¡°receive.¡± Tub ¨C Vulkan catches the staff thrown by Jinhyeok and looks ahead with a nervous face. Hendrick. Jinhyuk ordered assistance from Balkan, who was nervous as he looked at where he was standing. ¡°Because I saw it once? know?¡± ¡°of course. But I wonder if that will really work.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s do it first and then talk about it.¡± ¡°I get it.¡± The two announced the start of the sparring, each holding a staff that Genno had made himself. ¡°Valkan.¡± ¡°We are already preparing. ¡®Entangle¡¯, ¡®Earth Chain¡¯.¡± Quad-duk- The solid floor of the sparring room, made ofpacted earth, copsed, and a huge nt stem grew from within, wrapping around Hendrick¡¯s whole body. In addition, solid earthen chains made of earth also bound Hendrick¡¯s limbs with nt stems. Preparation goes one step further in the battle with the Orc warrior who fought to get to the 10th floor. Ahhh¡­. Hendrick nodded, feeling with his whole body the hardness and sturdiness of the chains of nt stems and soil that bound his entire body. ¡°Is this it? ¡°The one-second strike that captured the great orc warrior.¡± ¡°Yes, please feel it with your whole body and evaluate it. ¡°The person who would evaluate that has already fallen behind.¡± A dozen magics were instantly created on the staff of Jinhyeok, who was talking about being an Orc warrior. In addition to enchantment magic starting from Magic Arrow, various attribute magic and strengthening magic werepleted in just a few seconds. The strongestbination andbination magic presented by Jinhyuk,pleted in a split second. ¡°Gungnir.¡± [The wise man¡¯s disciple¡¯s eyes shine.] [The Master of Mjolnir calms someone down.] [ The Father of Mischief and Disaster points to someone and cackles.] [The Serpent Prince stops his father.] [ The wolf who devours the world is hungry.] [The Empress of Hell looks at her brothers and lowers her head.] ¡°The wise man¡¯s disciple. Is it named after Odin¡¯s weapon? You¡¯re definitely strong. Thene.¡± Gungnir. The strongest attack magic that killed the Orc warrior was once again unleashed in the sparring hall in a hidden street. Hendrick remained calm even in the face of the powerful magic that allowed him to achieve the ridiculous record of 1 second. ¡°Originally, everyone has a n. ¡°Until you get beaten up.¡± Jinhyeok, speaking the famous words from Earth and infinitely increasing the physical strength he had umted as an All Master, pulled his arms all the way to the end like a bowstring, and before he knew it, he was holding Gungnir in his hands. and. ¡°good.¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s voice resonates quietly. At the same time, Gungnir, which had a speed close to the speed of light, exploded from the maximum distance that the arm could be pulled and flew towards Hendrik, whose whole body was entangled in chains of nt stems and soil. ¡°This is where the yer ends.¡± Hendrick instilled strength into his whole body, announcing that this was the end of Jinhyeok¡¯s career as a yer. Sigh- Passsss¡­. The nt stems that were entangling his body explode from the powerful force, and the earthen chains turn into dust and fly around. However, thanks to the help of those two, Gungnir was able to reach Hendrik¡¯s nose. ¡®I reached it.¡¯ The moment when even Jinhyeok, who fired Gungnir, was convinced that his strike had reached Hendrick. ¡°Enchant, dispel magic.¡± Hendrick muttered briefly, and a bright halo of light appeared on his sword. ¡°Paryongcham (ÆÆýˆ”Ø).¡± ¡°¡­Oh my, Cha Jin-hyuk! Avoid!¡± His skills, which he had already demonstrated to Vulcan once, were suddenly gushing out from his drawn sword. A quick, close attack. But Jinhyuk couldn¡¯t be surprised by that. Quad De De De Deuk ¨C A sh that destroys the dragon flying across the sparring arena. That¡¯s because it was flying towards him, destroying his ¡®Gungnir¡¯ with a single blow. ¡°¡­Spirit membrane.¡± Fuwaaaaak! Jinhyuk¡¯s response was also quick. Spiritual power. The power that was his foundation radiated out and formed a single act. The moment when a curtain simr to a shield blocked his path. The sh that shattered the dragonnded in front of him. Kkwareung-! A loud crackling sound like thunder striking. A sound that felt like my eardrums were going to explode resounded, and the film that Jinhyeok had created was torn apart. Jinhyeok, who watched in vain as the movie screen, which would have reliably blocked several attacks from a normal person, was torn apart, immediately threw himself backwards. ¡°I have no intention of giving and receiving every once in a while.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s a very good idea. ¡°I was thinking of doing the same.¡± bang! This was because Hendrick¡¯s elegantly extended sword of dark red light wasing towards him before he knew it. Jinhyeok picked up one of the two masks hanging around his neck while keeping his eyes on Hendrick running towards him, smashing the floor of the sparring hall. A mask was ced over Jinhyuk¡¯s face, who had nullified Hendrick¡¯s attack and gained some time. ¡°¡­wake up.¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s voice, as if imbued with the chill of a cool dawn, sinks low in the sparring hall. At the same time, the souls who had received their master¡¯s orders awakened from their sleep. The floor of the sparring hall trembled violently, and at the same time, the floor cracked, and spirit soldiers crawled out from between them. -Kyaaagh! -Keeeeee! -For my master! Spirits in the form of various monsters and humans. Although the number of human souls was small, their momentum was better than that of other monsters. Together, they gave off a military-like force. Reverse diffusion of energy. Power uproots mountains, and energy covers the world. Even if it is not a power achieved as an individual, but a power achieved as a group, it cannot be disparaged. Jinhyeok, who saw their appearance in his eyes,manded as his spiritual power seeped through the mask and his eyes, colored purple and ck, shed. ¡°Hit it.¡± Quad duddud ¨C At the same time, dozens, no, hundreds of soul soldiers and demon soul soldiers who had received orders were mixed together and ran towards their master¡¯s enemy. ¡°I should go too.¡± Hendrick rushes in without blinking even when hundreds of troops rush at him. Jinhyuk also knew that he was the only one who could stop him. ¡°Follow themand properly.¡± ¡°¡­take care of yourself.¡± ¡°That¡¯s natural. Goes.¡± Kwadeuk ¨C After handing overmand of the Soul Soldiers and Demon Soul Soldiers back to Balkan. A crater was created on the floor of the sparring hall due to Park Chan-hyuk¡¯s strength, but no one paid attention. ¡°Come, Cha Jinhyuk! Prove yourself to me!¡± ¡°As expected, you are crazy too.¡± Jinhyeok said as he looked at Hendrick, who was floating in the sky fighting his army and turning his gaze towards him. Dark red shiny eyes and dark red long hair that flutters in battle. madman. It was a look that was not enough to express it that way. Just looking at it was scary, and it seemed like my body would freeze. ¡°And I¡¯m crazy too.¡± Looking at that scene, Jinhyeok grinned as he put on his mask, the goblin mask Ha-ryu had given him, even harder. Hendrick also burst intoughter, probably because he felt theughter behind the mask, and soon Jinhyeok¡¯s sword fell from the sky and fell towards him. bang-! It was the moment when the test the two gave each other began. Chapter 66 All Master Necromancer Episode 66 ¡°¡­stop that.¡± A chain of fallen swords fell from the sky. As various forces wereplexly intertwined, its power was qualitatively different from ordinary cutting or swinging. But Hendrick definitely blocked the falling sword. ¡°Nothing special! ¡°Is that all!¡± Hendrick, who attacked Jinhyuk once and found an opening, raised his sword to block Jinhyuk¡¯s falling sword and shouted with his eyes shining like a madman. At the same time, his hand holding the sword shed. ¡°Paryongcham (²¨ýˆ”Ø).¡± It was the same as the first technique I learned, but different. If the first technology was a wave dragon that destroys everything, the current technology is a wave dragon that spreads around like a wave. Quad Deuk ¨C The floor of the sparring hall was shattered and crushed, clearly proving its power, and even the soul bottles and demon soul bottles could not be free from its power. -Kyaaagh! Hendrick took out two swords without even paying attention to the spirit soldiers and demon soul soldiers who flew away screaming loudly. Jinhyeok, who was busy erasing the power contained in the wave dragon, had no choice but to watch with his eyes open. ¡°A dragon¡¯s attack.¡± A straight sword face appears before your eyes in an instant. The de, like a dragon¡¯s mrs, approached Jinhyuk¡¯s nose and struck him at the same time. bang! Jinhyeok, who erased the power of the blue dragon and urgently crossed his hands to block the deep dragon attack, gritted his teeth as he shed shock. ¡°Eat this!¡± Pang- A stab that causes the air membrane to burst and tear apart. It flew towards Hendrick¡¯s chest. It was such an assassination that anyone who saw it would have thought he was really trying to kill him, but Hendrick just swung his sword calmly. ¡°Hoeryong (»Øýˆ).¡± ¡°Such a poem.¡± The dragon drawn along the gently circr sword path absorbs the impact of the stab and returns it to Jinhyeok. Tzuong- The powerful power of the sword. sting. Jinhyeok, who returned all the power it possessed, including Hendrick¡¯s power, swelled to almost twice its size, felt something rising. Gulp ¨C Dead blood welled up under his chin, but Jinhyeok struggled to swallow it again and threw the sword. Throwing a sword. If you are a warrior who uses a sword, it is a skill that has very little use unless you are about to die. But not for Jinhyuk. Hendrick raised his sword upward without taking his eyes off Jinhyeok¡¯s sword, which flew like an arrow. ¡°Ryu Seung-ryong (Á÷³Ëýˆ).¡± Zeng ¨C The parry that was used in the confrontation with Balkan showed itself again. Hendrick, who was not shocked at all by sending the force contained in the flying sword straight into the sky, was about to attack again. ¡°I heard it¡¯s good to have multiple weapons. is not it?¡± Cracking ¨C Jinhyeok, who was holding a bow and pulling the string to the end, caught his eye. ¡°¡­this.¡± Jinhyeok let go of his protest as he looked at Hendrick, who showed embarrassment for the first time. te!¡± Bang ¨C With a voice filled with joy and a sound of air exploding, the arrow leaves the field and flies towards Hendrick. ¡°Sigh!¡± It¡¯s already toote to avoid it. Hendrick immediately took a stance to ward off the arrow. ¡®It¡¯s no different from fighting a sword anyway. All you have to do is beat Ryu Seung-ryong again.¡¯ Throwing swords and arrows. The appearance was different, but the result was the same. All I had to do was kick them both out. Hendrick, with that thought in mind, was about to prepare for Ryu Seung-ryong again. ¡°split.¡± The moment Jinhyuk mutters that with a grin on his face. The arrow that absorbed spiritual power, Soul Arrow, was divided into dozens of arrows. When the arrow, which was clearly one, suddenly split into dozens, Hendrick had to feel confused again. ¡®Illusion magic? No, everything is real and tangible. Should I cut them all out?¡¯ A dozen arrows suddenly split apart. This was because it was not immediately clear whether it was a hallucination or reality. His excellent sense showed that all ten shots were real, but that was just a problem for him. ¡°¡­Ryu Seung-ryong.¡± The arrow was too close to change the position I had already taken. Furthermore, it was even more difficult to shoot down the arrows aimed at him precisely because their trajectories were varied. In the end, it was Hendrick who chose to deploy Ryu Seung-ryong as originally nned, but made full use of the abilities of the dragon¡¯s body to hit as many arrows as possible. Kang-Kaang-Kagagagang! Bad choices, lots of arrows, etc. Although various mistakes ovepped, thepatibility between the dragon¡¯s body and the genius named Hendrick was definitely amazing. He showed off his spirit by sessfully hitting seven arrows out of a dozen. But that means soon. Teodeodeong- ¡°¡­the arrows are quite spicy.¡± This meant that the remaining arrows could not be blocked. The arrows that Hendrick was unable to block hit Hendrick. When Hendrick clicked his tongue, feeling the force of the arrow that made a hole in his clothes and struck his solid body. ¡°Do you think it¡¯s the end?¡± Jinhyuk, who never misses an opportunity, prepared a second move. It goes without saying that it wasn¡¯t good for Hendrick. Crackle ¨C the bow disappeared from my hand before I knew it. Jinhyuk stretches out his free hand and flutters his fingers. and. Kiiiiing ¨C Hendrick¡¯s seven split Soul Arrows responded to him. Connected by an invisible thread of spiritual power, they rushed towards Hendrick again, almost maintaining their original form. Simr to before, Hendrick burst intoughter at the sight of the arrows targeting only the monsters without any ovepping trajectories. ¡°You were having fun and decided to suck it all the way to the end!¡± Your own mistakes. Jinhyeok, who was having fun with that, tried to make the same move, and Hendrick took a stance in bewilderment. ¡°Hoeryong (»Øýˆ).¡± Unlike before, he was in the Hoeryong stance, which is the main technique for striking multiple enemies instead of just one, as his sword de drew a gentle circle. ¡°coalescence.¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s calm voice struck his ears. Cha-ja-ja- ja-jak- the sound ofing together. It was also the sound of the seven arrows targeting Hendrick¡¯s blood vessels returning to their original form. Several arrows were half orpletely destroyed by Hendrick, but the appearance of one arrow was corrected. Not much different from its original appearance. rather. ¡°¡­You¡¯re stronger than when you first shot. ¡°Are you aiming for it?¡± The spiritual power was stronger than when Jinhyuk first shot him. Even though several of the arrows that made up the arrow were shattered. The reason was simple. ¡°There is a connecting thread and supply is not difficult. Search.¡± A thin thread of spiritual power. It was thanks to the supply of spiritual power through that thread, which could not be cut unless the spiritual power was seen or handled. Even if Hendrick had taken on the flesh of a dragon, it was an ability that was currently difficult to respond to properly. Thanks to this, Hendrick had no choice but to allow Jinhyeok to attack once again. bang-! Unlike Ryu Seung-ryong, Hoeryong was perfect for blocking multiple attacks, but unlike Ryu Seung-ryong, who could block one powerful attack, it was weak against a single strong attack. explosion. The explosion of sound created by Jinhyeok¡¯s Soul Arrow prating Hendrick¡¯s Hoeryong rang in my ears. ¡°¡­Khahaha! Yeah, good. I lost the battle, Cha Jin-hyuk. But your attack reached me but didn¡¯t! more! Launch more attacks! ¡°I mean, hit me with everything you have!!!¡± Hendrick, who was hit twice in a row, seemed fine, but he was not. There was nothing special about his appearance except that his clothes were slightly torn, but not as much as his eyes. The usual calm and serious look in his eyes had disappeared, and the dark red madness that had taken its ce was darker than before. Creepy ¨C The moment Jinhyuk felt that, he unconsciously felt eerie and chilled. He also felt bad, feeling like a rat in front of a snake. ¡®It¡¯s dirty. It really seems like I was scared by that guy.¡¯ Someone¡¯s spirit. Even if it was madness, Jinhyuk did not like the fact that he was pushed aside even for a moment. However, because it was impossible to undo what had already been pushed back, Jinhyeok also went crazy. ¡°Let¡¯s see if you catch up today or if I catch up.¡± Jinhyuk threw himself away, savoring the eerie sounding from his clenched teeth. The impact of the sparring hall floor being shattered became wings for Jinhyeok and pushed his back. Jinhyuk approached Hendrick in an instant, put both hands in his arms, and then took them out. ¡°It¡¯s eight thousand swords and rain. ¡°You fucking lizard!¡± Eight daggers held in the hand taken out of the arms. One dagger forms one sky. Eight daggers formed eight skies and fell towards Hendrick like rain pouring from clouds in the sky. Since the spiritual power contained in each dagger was not at a level that could be ignored, Hendrick also calmly struck down the daggers. Unlike before, he was quite rxed, so Hendrick, who sometimes used Ryu Seung-ryong and sometimes Hoeryong to block attacks, was in a state of madness but rxed. And Jinhyuk¡¯s proximity meant getting closer to Hendrick. ¡°This time it¡¯s my turn. ¡°Take my sword, Cha Jin-hyuk!¡± Jinhyuk also winced at the huge energy he felt from him, gritting his teeth as if it was unfair that he had only been beaten up until now. Dragon power. Mana, called the power of the dragon, moved violently and ced the surroundings under its feet. Overwhelming space control. -Keeeeee! It was so powerful that soul diseases that were not on par with it were destroyed just by facing its force. The spirit bottle, which was about the size of a demonic spirit bottle, was barely able to survive the force, but it was difficult to attack. In the end, Jinhyuk was the only one who had to sort out this situation. ¡°¡­Yeah, fuck. ¡°Come, I¡¯ll ept everything!¡± Jinhyeok clenched his teeth, gauging the size of theing force, and was nervous, thinking that his mrs were going through a lot of trouble today. And Jinhyuk¡¯s tension and Hendrick¡¯s attack began. ¡°Chung(³ä).¡± Kiiing ¨C Hendrick¡¯s sword, which I don¡¯t know what it¡¯s made of, is imbued with powerful dragon power and vibrates violently. The energy was so violent and powerful that an ordinary sword would have shattered as soon as the energy was applied to it, but Hendrick¡¯s sword withstood the energy. ¡°Ryong (ýˆ).¡± Soon, the dragon power filled with the sword began to transform into a dragon. The long dragon¡¯s body wrapped around Hendrick¡¯s sword and gradually transformed into the shape of a dragon. Jinhyuk also prepared ordingly. ¡°Ugh¡­ my eyes feel like they are burning.¡± Gathering spiritual energy and hitting it in the eye. That was Jinhyuk¡¯s preparation. After Jinhyuk¡¯s and Hendrick¡¯s preparations werepleted, it was Hendrick who took the lead in attacking the team first. ¡°¡­Ind.¡± Chungnyong Ind (ÐnýˆéW). The gathered energy shes as one dragon. It was literally like that. The moment after he finished speaking, Hendrick¡¯s shoulders, which had been stretched to their limit, stretched forward. ¡®light. Is it a light in the shape of a dragon?¡¯ Jinhyuk was able to see a ray of light. A ray of light in the shape of a dragon. The beam of light rushed towards Jinhyuk. Destroy everything that stands in the way and just make one point. The beam of light rushing to pierce the point named Jinhyeok felt like an inevitable divine punishment. ¡®If I get this right, it will be the end.¡¯ The moment I became convinced that this was the attack that would determine victory or defeat. Jinhyuk used what he had prepared. Laying a foundation just for this moment. This is the reason why he poured spiritual power into his eyes, he cannot use it without it, and it is an ability that can be said to be his special move that he has never used properly. ¡°Battle foresight.¡± The moment you put that ability into words. The world seen through Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes, imbued with spiritual power and glowing purple-ck, stopped. Chapter 67 All Master Necromancer Episode 67 ¡®Is this the world Haryu sees?¡¯ A world at a standstill. To be precise, in a world that moves very minutely, Jinhyeok looked at a dragon that was like a ray of light flying towards him. ¡®Looking at it like this, it looks more like a monster.¡¯ sting. Just looking at the sting, which had be a single living thing with the tremendous power contained in it and the dragon¡¯s body¡¯s dragon power, gave me goosebumps all over my body just by looking at it. ¡®It¡¯s still below.¡¯ I had no choice but to admit it. Hendrick is stronger than himself. From the beginning, the beginning and the end were different from him. ¡®The fact that he was killed by the Four Emperors is the same, and the fact that he had the talent to climb to the 999th floor if there was no interference is the same, but¡­ everything is different.¡¯ Hendrick took on the body of a dragon. Jinhyuk gained a new trait called versatility. From here the difference began. Taking advantage of his new trait of versatility, he achieved the feat of obtaining a sub-job from the tutorial, but an achievement is just an achievement. Because it wasn¡¯t about giving Jinhyuk great power right now. ¡®Hendrick is an awakened person who has already reached the 800th floor, no, the 900th floor. He has developed almost all of his talents, and although the techniques he uses now are weak, they are clearly the techniques he used back then.¡¯ There is nothing better suited to the current situation than the saying that the beginning and the end are different. Hendrick showed off almost all of his talents and had the best starting line of Dragon¡¯s Body, but Jinhyuk was not. He died before all his talents could blossom, and the newly acquired abilities are abilities that will be more valuable in the future. Of course, it was right and natural that Jinhyuk was pushed by Hendrick at the moment. but. ¡®¡­But I don¡¯t mean to treat you without mercy. And losing once is enough. ¡®I will definitely winter.¡¯ Defeat, but use it as a foundation for the next one. And you will not lose without help. Jinhyuk¡¯s body moved from his posture just with that thought. Kwaduk ¨C The floor of the sparring hall is nowpletely ruined. At the same time as the ce was once again destroyed, it served as a stepping stone for a leap forward. ¡®see. Where and how will that dragon move and head?¡¯ Battle foresight was such an ability. The ability to go beyond just seeing the surroundings slowly and see the opponent¡¯s movements and the path and end of the attack. Line. Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes see the dragon moving and the direction it will move to as a line. At the same time, Jinhyeok, who hit the ruined floor of the sparring hall, moved in an instant and took off his mask. Whoop ¨C a world that changes in an instant. The world that felt slow disappeared, and Jinhyuk returned to his original world. But to Jinhyuk, the original world felt too fast. ¡®This reaction is no joke.¡¯ I spent a moment in excruciating slowness, but the aftereffects of that left me unable to adapt to the speed. ¡° Get used to it, you idiot.¡± Bite your tongue. My tongue was half cut, and hot, fishy blood flowed from the wound made by my teeth and filled my mouth. When, due to pain, the mind escapes from the afterimage of the world seen by the eyes and returns to the original world. Chungryong Ind had almost reached Jinhyeok. Right in front of you. No, it¡¯s closer than that. Furthermore, as the distance gradually got closer, Jinhyeok¡¯s brain began to spin furiously, remembering the path he had seen in the slow world and its end. phut! As soon as I sit down, the air bursts out, creating a small sonic boom. A movement beyond the human realm. Nevertheless, it was not enough to avoid the flying Chungryong Ind. Chungryongseom flying towards him was also a technique created by someone who had transcended the human realm and reached godhood. Even though he has now lost the body that made him a god and has fallen, his skills have not fallen. Although the power itself was low, the perfection of the technology was at its peak, and its speed surpassed even light for a moment. It was a blow that Jinhyuk¡¯s body could not avoid. ¡®Does it mean that you can¡¯t avoid it even if you look at the path or the point where the attack hits? ¡®That¡¯s crazy.¡¯ If Jinhyeok had seen the attack and had been able to use his battle foresight until the very end, for now he could only think of defeat. However, it was important that Jinhyuk also had his own strategy. Jinhyeok took off the goblin mask¡¯s string and hung it around his neck. Jinhyeok took his eyes off the waving goblin mask and moved his hand to another mask. ¡°Are you going to at least y a game? Cha Jinhyuk!!!¡± Hendrick¡¯s shouting from afar disturbs my ears, but Jinhyuk¡¯s gaze is a new mask. ¡®Fox mask. The only one I can trust is you.¡¯ It was touching the fox mask. -Keeng! Kkeakkeak! Kyung! Jinhyuk fastened the fox mask tightly while listening to Miho¡¯s fighting voice (?) from afar, as if telling him to cheer up. As soon as he put on the fox mask, his body began to change. The change that began in a split second, dividing one second into ten or a hundred, ended before even a second had passed. ¡°Whoa¡­ Hap!¡± I took a deep breath and exhaled at the same time. Kwadeuk ¨C In addition to the original strength, the fox¡¯s strength in the changed body kicked the floor. Chungryong Ind. Jinhyeok¡¯s movements were very quick, as he had the confidence and ability to avoid a technique that he thought could not be prevented even after knowing the fate and its end. ¡°¡­Avoiding that?¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s movements were so close to perfection that even Hendrick, who flew Chungryong Ind, could not hide his surprise when he saw it. Tadadadak ¨C The fox¡¯s agility followed by the fox¡¯s strength delivered Jinhyuk in front of Hendrick as if riding the wind. Kiying ¨C The eyes of Jinhyeok¡¯s fox mask, standing in front of Hendrick, burned dark purple. ¡°¡­fascination?¡± ¡°I¡¯m not interested in men!¡± The power of fascination that a fox, especially a fox that has reached spiritual status, naturally possesses. That worked for Hendrick. Naturally, the mental power of the same man, Hendrick, a powerful warrior, was at a formidable level, so he did not fall in love with Jinhyeok or fall in love with him. but. Stand tall! ¡°¡­this.¡± ¡°That¡¯s enough.¡± In the process of resisting the fascination, it was inevitable that Hendrick¡¯s body would stop for a moment. If the ability was due to magic, the body of the dragon race, which has absolute magic ability, would have filtered it out on its own. But the burning fascination for him now is not magic, but power. It was the power of an actual child of God, with the possibility of reaching God. Although it is weak, the power of God and spiritual energy cannot be blocked by the dragon race¡¯s magic resistance. Jinhyuk grins as he looks at Hendrick, who stands tall, and clenches his fists. ¡®It makes no sense toe all the way here and use a sword or bow.¡¯ It was not a zero distance, which was the same as being infinitely close and perfectly attached, but at a distance close enough to that, the sword and bow were beyond unnecessary and useless. ¡®Kyunghoon, use your skills.¡¯ Kyeong-Hoon Choi. Jinhyeok stretched out his closed fist, recalling the technique used by his close friend, who was called the God of War on Earth. ¡°It¡¯s Taekwon. ¡°You bastard!¡± The thickness of the thicker fist is wrapped in the whole body. Strengthening the body and further giving ¡®strength¡¯ to the fist itself. And Jinhyeok, who mentioned Taekwondo, which Choi Kyung-hoon always talked about, stretched out his fist. ¡°Choi Gyeong-hun¡¯s Chapter 1, take control of the regime!¡± Thickly clenched fists. Arms stretched out straight. Legs that provide firm support. All of thises together in just one blow. Through the fox mask, his attack, which even had the power of a fox, reached Hendrick urately. Since the distance was too close to be blocked with a sword, Hendrick urgently crossed both hands while holding the sword. As soon as he finished his poor defense, a shock wave erupted from the fist and guard that made contact. Tsk-! ¡°Ugh.¡± -Keeeng. A shock wave strong enough to affect even Balkan and Miho, who were watching from afar. Of course, there was no way Hendrick and Jinhyeok, who were nearby, were okay. Sigh! ¡°amazing.¡± Hendrick was the first to speak. The madness in his eyes disappeared, and Hendrick, with pure dark red eyes, praised Jinhyeok. Hendrick, who was maintaining his bnce with his sword stuck in the ground like a staff, was not doing well. His dark red clothes were torn apart, exposing his upper body, but he didn¡¯t care. ¡°¡­Damn it.¡± Jinhyuk, on the other hand, looked fine. Jinhyuk, who had already wrapped himself in severalyers of shields even before the shockwave exploded, was able to survive the shockwave unharmed. However, Jinhyeok could not suppress the swearing that came out. ¡®I should have just finished it.¡¯ quietus. The attack, which could be said to be the final blow, failed to put Hendrick down. If this was a real battle, all that Jinhyuk had left to do was die. actually. Sreung ¨C Hendrick¡¯s face may have been a mess as he pulled out the sword stuck in the ground, but his prayer was still the same. On the other hand, Jinhyeok, who looks fine, can barely stand. Counterattack, attack. A state where nothing can be thought of. ¡°You passed, Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± Jinhyuk gritted his teeth and shouted at the sight of him dering that he had passed with a statue-like smile. ¡°fail! You fail, you damn bastard!!! ¡°If a person uses his final attack, go down, you monster!¡± Balkan made a confused face as he looked at Jinhyeok, who was using evil words, and Miho even cried. However, Hendrick was calm after hearing Jinhyeok¡¯s cries of evil. rather. ¡°Do you really think that? ¡°I don¡¯t think it¡¯s enough.¡± ¡°¡­annoying guy.¡± ¡°Then let¡¯s decide at the end.¡± For Jinhyuk, who was slowly gathering stamina while talking, these words were like a bolt from the blue. ¡°¡­I don¡¯t think you need to look.¡± Jinhyuk waved his hand at the creeping creepiness, but¡­ ¡°I really have to get epted. ¡°I liked you, Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± Hendrick, with a refreshing smile, prepared onest move. ¡°This is a new technology that I created after I acquired the body of a dragon, so it may not be very good, but¡­ take a close look.¡± ¡®Damn, damn, damn! It¡¯s like a fucking body. ¡®Move a little!¡¯ Goblin mask, fox mask. Jinhyeok¡¯s body, which had used all the power contained in the two masks and poured out all of his spiritual power, did not move despite his wishes. The moment when Jinhyeok¡¯s face was distorted like a demon, as if he had fulfilled his usefulness by standing here. ¡°The technical name is¡­ ¡°It¡¯s called Hwaryong (»¨ýˆ).¡± Hendrick finished speaking and swung his sword lightly. For a moment, Jinhyeok was relieved by the wind of swords that seemed like a wee breeze considering the swordsmanship that had taken ce so far. Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr also the shapeless dragon power that left the sword scattered and scattered. The mass that had been split into dozens or hundreds of pieces split again, and again, and again. Looking at its appearance, it was no different from the ¡®split¡¯ state of the Soul Arrow used by Jinhyuk. ¡°¡­What is all that?¡± A huge number of things differentiated it from Soul Arrow. Afterpleting all divisions, the energies named Dragon Power gradually took shape. One petal. It was my appearance created by the dragons. The petals formed in this way began to gather one by one. Tsutsutsutsu ¨C The flower petals slowly gathered together to form a single shape, and soon theplete shape opened its mouth and roared. -Krrrrl! Like a dragon. Jinhyeok opened his mouth as he saw and heard hallucinations and the illusion of seeing a real dragon. ¡°What the fuck. Passed. Passed. Damn you bitch¡­.¡± And before he could finish speaking, a flower dragon made of flower petals made with dragon power attacked Jinhyeok. Chapter 68 All Master Necromancer Episode 68 ¡°I lost.¡± ¡°I lost.¡± ¡°You need to get out of here.¡± ¡°Cluck, cluck, you are still a child after all. ¡°To be so overjoyed at one loss¡­ Tsk tsk.¡± ¡°Do you want to get hit and go away, or do you just want to go away?¡± ¡°Can you move?¡± ¡°Aaaah!!!¡± Bang bang bang! Balkan walked towards Hendrick, leaving Jinhyuk behind, who was expressing his anger by struggling with his entire body because he had no energy to move just his arms. ¡°I was sorryst time.¡± ¡°Does not matter. I just broke a promise I made to myself. Now that we are in the same boat, it would be better for the present and the future to forget about the past.¡± ¡°I agree.¡± Balkan smiled at Hendrick¡¯s attitude of forgetting the short past and thinking about the present and the long future together. ¡®He¡¯s different from Cha Jin-hyuk. It couldn¡¯t be the same in battle, but in everyday life it¡¯s theplete opposite.¡¯ Clicking his tongue inwardly at the fact that his usual appearance and his appearance during battle were 180 degrees different, Balkan brought Hendrick in front of Jinhyeok. ¡°As you can see, he is like this, so I thought it would be right for you toe in person.¡± ¡°Well, definitely. ¡°I guess it was a little too much.¡± ¡°If we meet againter, I win!¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s appearance, making noises and making noises, looked like a 5-year-old child, but both Balkan and Hendrick knew that those words were not uttered out of anger or aggression, but were sincere. ¡®I might actually win.¡¯ ¡®Surely, if it¡¯s him¡­ I can¡¯t let down my guard.¡¯ Furthermore, I also kept in mind the possibility that Hendrick might actually lose in the next match. This was possible because both of them got a glimpse of Jinhyeok¡¯s strength, talent, and potential through this battle. ¡°So what are you going to do?¡± Jinhyeok, who had been irritated for a while but had achieved his intended goal of joining Hendrick, asked. ¡°You passed the exam, and I passed mine, so we¡¯ll be together.¡± ¡°You¡¯re not leaving?¡± ¡°Where would I leave you when you are weak?¡± ¡°¡­Ugh, I¡¯m going to be so pissed.¡± Jinhyeok wasn¡¯t stupid enough to refute the im that he was weak even though he had just been defeated. I just keep grinding away and venting my frustration. ¡°I will start climbing the tower once my colleague reaches the 10th floor.¡± ¡°At that time, I was still on the 10th floor. We can move together. Anyway, there is no problem if we stay together until the 100th floor.¡± Until the 100th floor, only trials based on physical training are given. In other words, monster hunting was the main focus, which also meant that the more people there were, the faster they could climb the tower. ¡°You don¡¯t know, but I have a quest given to me by Baal. ¡°It would be difficult if my reputation was buried by you.¡± ¡°Baal? You got a quest from him? ¡°It¡¯s also fast.¡± Baal. Even Hendrick, who had crossed the 800th floor and was challenging God, had no choice but to bow his head before the name Baal. God and devil. Among them, we cannot ignore the devil and the one who has risen to the top. In the first ce, except for Jinhyeok, it was impossible to find anyone who treated Baal so harshly. ¡°What¡¯s so great about such a voyeur?¡± ¡°¡­Are you serious?¡± ¡°That¡¯s a lie. ¡°I know he¡¯s a voyeur and a very annoying guy, but I don¡¯t deny his strength or ability.¡± Balkan and Hendrickughed at Jinhyeok, who grumbled but still acknowledged Baal. ¡°Split what?¡± Hendrick, who was looking at Jinhyeok, who was lying on the floor and growling, with amusement, calmly told his story. ¡°My family and my vige disappeared without a trace at the hands of the dragon n.¡± ¡°¡­Simr to a guy I know.¡± Gold Rich. Jinhyeok was surprised at the simrities between the two people, knowing that his family members were crushed to death by giants. However, it did not stop the conversation. This is because he instinctively knew that this moment was the moment to instill the word bond between Hendrick and himself. Hendrick continued speaking with a slightly surprised look at Jinhyeok¡¯s quiet appearance, as if his riotous behavior was a lie. ¡°After that, I was no different from any other avenger. I built up my strength and took on the challenge step by step. Starting with the Lizardman, I killed monsters such as Drake and Wyvern, and after building up some strength, I went to the tower and started climbing.¡± ¡°It¡¯s different from the very beginning.¡± A child who lost his family and vige started martial arts with revenge in his arms. This would not have been possible without outstanding talent. ¡°The revenge continued at the tower, and as you said, you were quite talented, so climbing the tower was easy. There were times when it got stuck, but on the contrary, there were many times when it was easy. Then I killed my first dragon. ¡°It was the 500th or 600th floor¡­ It was a young dragon.¡± ¡°¡­is it too fast?¡± 500 to 600 floors. Although it was quite a long time ago, Hendrick¡¯s strength and revenge were too early. Hendrick seemed to acknowledge it, nodding his head calmly and appearing to reflect on his childhood. ¡°It was a time when I didn¡¯t know about the dragon race¡¯s revenge, and I took revenge simply because I had the power to kill the dragon race.¡± ¡°You must have tasted hell.¡± A climber capable of catching a young dragon. They say they are strong enough climbers and have promising prospects, but whenpared to the entire Bur n, they are nothing more than a speck of dust. ¡°I almost died dozens of times. It seems to me that I really do have talent. ¡°I overcame the danger of death, became stronger, and killed the approaching pursuers until I reached the 900th floor.¡± ¡°¡­900th floor!¡± ¡°I never thought I could prate the 900th floor wall¡­ I was like opening the jaws of a tiger.¡± Not the 90th floor, but the 900th floor. Jinhyeok and Balkan did not spare their surprise because it was safe to say that they had almost reached the realm of gods. The surprise was even greater because it was a Balkan that had even fought. Even though his body changed, it was useful that he did not disappear, as he was challenging a climber who had passed the 900th floor to a duel. When Balkan, who keenly felt that fact, broke into a cold sweat while dead. During the story, Hendrick showed his emotions for the first time. There was anger in Hendrick¡¯s story as he gritted his teeth and chewed each word. ¡°Do you know where the Four Emperors¡¯ nest is?¡± ¡°700th floor? ¡°Is it the 800th floor?¡± ¡°It¡¯s the 800th floor. And that proves that from the 800th floor onwards, this is where they can really focus their efforts. ¡°I felt it in my body.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± If a climber from the 100th floores down, there is a corresponding penalty. Penalties such as partially prohibiting the use of energy, including mana, and lowering physical abilities. It was no different for the Four Emperors. Of course, even if a chase team is formed, the original strength of the chase team cannot be shown. However, things change after the 800th floor, where their nest is located. ¡°I was alone, and they were many. ¡°From there, the difference began.¡± Hendrick was not a conventional climber. Just as Jinhyeok was currently on the 10th floor but had the strength to climb up to the 100th floor, Hendrick was also a climber on the 800th and 900th floors, but was much stronger than that. A person whose strength is close to 1.5 or 2 times that of a character, and can be 3 times as strong if certain conditions are met. However, what this means is that if you have the resources to use twice or three times as much force, you have no choice but to be defeated. ¡®Even if I have the power to climb beyond the 100th floor, I wouldn¡¯t be able to win if dozens of 100th floor climbers who can climb the 100th floor attack me. It would be possible to use the Spirit Master¡¯s power, but it cannot handle an infinite number of climbers.¡¯ Just as Jinhyuk thought, Hendrick also experienced a simr situation. It¡¯s not just a climber of the 100th floor, but a climber who has reached at least the 800th floor. This is also something I experienced against a hundred climbers who were basicallyying down an enormous base called the Four Emperors. ¡°At first, only the dragon tribe came. I beat it lightly and made it into a paste. ¡°Then someone who was a little stronger came and this repeated, and when we got tired, we reached the 900th floor, and after that, other guys joined in.¡± ¡°Cut it in the bud.¡± To defeat someone who would be a god or a devil like Jinhyeok himself. Hendrick was also cut in the bud. Of course, unlike Jinhyuk, it was on the 900th floor, which was almost 300 floors different, but the result was still the same. Although it was a process and result that we had already briefly heard about, Jinhyeok could not bear the bitterness. ¡°Defeat, and death. ¡°After that, it¡¯s reincarnation.¡± ¡°I said we look alike, you and I.¡± ¡°I can¡¯t deny it. I don¡¯t know who was involved in my reincarnation. However, that reincarnation must have a clear meaning. ¡°Maybe the person who led your and my reincarnation is someone who doesn¡¯t like the current system.¡± ¡°I see¡­¡± A person who is against the system. And the soul transmission that Jinhyeok obtained was a skill obtained from Baal¡¯s quest. ¡®¡­Is it Baal?¡¯ Baal. This person has a grand name, the pinnacle of all evil, and at the same time shows great interest in Jinhyeok. He aimed for Jinhyeok¡¯s reincarnation and used the skill called Soul Transmission as a quest reward. It was certainly a usible story, so Jinhyuk could not think of anything to say or think to refute it. ¡°I will be with you. Not only because I passed the test, but because I thought that if I tried alone, the end wouldn¡¯t be much different from thest time. Even if the first time fails, shouldn¡¯t the second time be different?¡± ¡°That¡¯s correct. ¡°I think so too.¡± At first, you may make mistakes or lose. But even the second time is like a fool and a fool. Jinhyeok thought that way, so Hendrick¡¯s answer was something he really liked. ¡°Create a guild.¡± ¡°Guild?¡± ¡°okay. And you take the position of guild leader, Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± ¡°¡­Are you telling me toe up when you are there too?¡± Jinhyuk also knows. The fact that he is worse than Hendrick. It was a gap that would be maintained for at least some time, and even Jinhyeok could not imagine how many years that period would be. ¡®As I grow, so will he. Explosively.¡¯ Rebirth. Hendrick also had that advantage, and in fact, the level Hendrick reached at the end was higher than Jinhyeok¡¯s. That¡¯s why when the topic of guilds was brought up. Jinhyeok subconsciously thought that Hendrick would take the guild leader¡¯s seat. But the answer that came back was quite the opposite. ¡°I¡¯m not interested in that kind of position, and I don¡¯t have the confidence to do it. But I believe it would be different for you, Cha Jin-hyuk. So, you should be the guild leader.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m not the type of person who refuses to give something, but¡­ is it okay? So, you are under me, and there will be times when you have to follow my orders?¡± It makes no sense for someone of Hendrick¡¯s caliber to fall under someone¡¯s control. And a guild is a group with a clear hierarchical rtionship. If Hendrick ignores his orders just because he is stronger than Jinhyeok, the guild leader, the guild will inevitably be divided. Knowing that, Jinhyeok expressed his worries and concerns, and Hendrick responded physically. Thump ¨C a heavy sound. It was a small but powerful sound that urred when Hendrick knelt down on one knee in front of Jinhyeok. ¡°Is this the answer?¡± ¡°¡­Are you willing to give up that much for your goal?¡± You have the upper hand, and you kneel to the opponent you just won. Jinhyeok knew that this was something he couldn¡¯t do unless he was fully prepared, so he raised his body from the floor. ¡°For my revenge, and for your revenge, I will do as you say. I am¡­ Create a guild and be the guild leader.¡± ¡°It¡¯s the right choice.¡± Hendrick, kneeling on one knee, nods his head calmly at his promise. Jinhyuk spoke to Hendrick, who knelt in front of him and acknowledged him. ¡°And in normal times, the rtionship between superiors and subordinates doesn¡¯t have to be clear.¡± ¡°¡­the hierarchy is disrupted. ¡°You probably don¡¯t know that this could cause a big problem in the war with the Four Emperors, right?¡± It means to be friendly. Hendrick looked at that with a straight face. He knew well that a disrupted hierarchy and superior-subordinate rtionships in war could lead to defeat. But Jinhyuk ignored those words with a stern face. ¡°This is an order from the guild leader.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, I get it.¡± Guild leader¡¯s order. A newly formed guild refuses the first order given? That was truly an action that shattered the superior-subordinate rtionship and hierarchy. In the end, the beleaguered Hendrick nodded, and Jinhyuk smiled with satisfaction. ¡°I think of the guild I am building as a fence epassing friends, family, lovers,petitors, rivals, etc.¡± ¡°¡­If that is your will, then do as you wish. ¡°Because you are in that position.¡± ¡°And the fact that you entered it means that you, Hendrick, have also been imprinted on me as one of them.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s definition of a guild. Hendrick was unable to say anything when Jinhyuk announced that he was also within that definition. He just looks at Jinhyuk calmly with a stern face. ¡°I have a dirty personality and I am not cheap, but one thing is certain.¡± ¡°What is that?¡± ¡°I will beat up those who touch my people and my things.¡± ¡°¡­Huh, you¡¯re going to punish the guy who messed with me instead?¡± It was a feast of informal speechpared to solemn speech, but Hendrick liked it more. Jinhyuk nodded as if it was natural to himughing and making jokes. ¡°So, if you go anywhere and get hit,e running to me right away. You are not my friend, family, and lover¡­ Anyway, it¡¯s one of the ones in front.¡± ¡°Hahaha! Yes, definitely. And I promise too. ¡°If my friends, family, and guild leader get hit somewhere, I¡¯ll make them just like him.¡± light. Jinhyeok stared nkly at Hendrick, who was swearing with the same frenzy he showed during battle. Balkan, who had been watching the conversation between the two people calmly, asked Jinhyeok when the conversation between the two people finally ended. ¡°So what will the guild name be? ¡°Isn¡¯t that the most important thing?¡± Guild name. This can be said to be the most important thing when setting up a guild. Of course, it was something that had to be decided and considered carefully, but Jinhyuk answered right away as if there was nothing to worry about. ¡°Yeokcheon. ¡°Is there anything other than this that suits our guild name?¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s correct.¡± ¡°To agree.¡± Balkan, who asked the name of the guild, stroked his beard and agreed, and Hendrick was no different. He looked at Jinhyuk with the warmth contained in his dark red eyes. In this way, the three created the tower¡¯s new guild, ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, in a hidden street sparring hall, a ce that was half orpletely destroyed. Two climbers, one soul. -Kheng! ¡°Yes, Miho, you are there too.¡± ¡°Hahaha! okay! Miho, you can¡¯t be left out!¡± ¡°It¡¯s a spiritual item¡­ It will be of great helpter.¡± Although it was a humble member with a fox added to it, there was at least no one here who did not think that the end would be great. ¡°Then shall we go back? ¡°I have to register for a guild and I want to get some rest.¡± Jinhyeok, who had barely shaken off his fatigue and replenished his stamina a little, fully raised his half-raised body and walked out of the hidden street. ¡°Let¡¯s go together, you bastard! ¡°Are you just taking Miho and abandoning me?¡± ¡°Get a good rest. There are a lot of things to ovee in the future.¡± Vulcan followed Jinhyuk as he slowly moved away, and Hendrick calmly sent him off, taking in the sight. It was the end of a tiring day. Chapter 69 All Master Necromancer Episode 69 The next morning. As soon as the sun came up, Jinhyeok went straight to Goldrich Shopping Mall. ¡°Ah, Ghost Face! ¡°Are you here?¡± Jinhyuk, who was sitting roughly in front of Halcion, who was smiling brightly and weing him, opened his mouth. ¡°I have a favor to ask you.¡± ¡°Do whatever you want. ¡°It¡¯s okay, since Goldrich and Puppet have already ordered us to do our best to help you, both materially and spiritually.¡± Without losing his smile even at the request, Jinhyeok calmly made his request as Halcion seemed to wash away his sorry feelings by telling stories about Gold Rich and Puppet. ¡°I¡¯m trying to create a guild.¡± ¡°Guild! As expected, I knew you would do that someday. I¡¯m sure other climbers will be rushing to join your guild.¡± Jinhyeok, who liked Halcyon¡¯s attitude of being happy and congratting him on the creation of the guild as if it were his own, and speaking kindly, kept a smile on his face. -Tsk, it¡¯s ridiculous to see you liking it. -Quiet. Balkan, who noticed this, criticized him, but became quiet due to Jinhyeok¡¯s continued words. His mind became quiet, and Jinhyuk asked back. ¡°Is it possible?¡± ¡°Yes, originally a guild is a system where all you need is money. ¡°It is about gaining real authority by connecting to a system created by God and the devil.¡± ¡°That means it will work.¡± ¡°That¡¯s enough. By the way, are there any guild members in mind?¡± ¡°Of course,e in.¡± Perfect! Jinhyuk snapped his fingers in response to Halcyon¡¯s question full of curiosity. A handsome man opens the door with a squeak, as if it were a signal, and enters. Halcyon, seeing him, jumped up from her seat. ¡°The dragon of Central Street! Are you sure you recruited that person as a guild member?¡± ¡°That¡¯s it. Is this enough? ¡°There is a kid who will be added soon, and there is also this guy.¡± -Keeng! ¡°Hmm¡­ It¡¯s a fox¡­ It¡¯s definitely good for a guild to have a mascot. ¡°I don¡¯t think it would be bad.¡± It¡¯s not a mascot, but abat resource. Halcyon¡¯s eyesight was not good enough to recognize at once that Miho was a spirit creature. It was natural, since the eye for recognizing objects and living things was apletely different sport. However, Jinhyeok, who did not bother to announce it, took the seat next to him and said. ¡°But why is that guy here?¡± ¡°¡­Haha, it¡¯s been a while. ¡°Gwimyeon.¡± ¡°Ken, why are you here when you should be in the Wizard¡¯s Tower?¡± Ken. This person helped Jinhyuk every time he practiced spiritual power at the Wizard¡¯s Tower. A wizard who helped in the attack of ghosts that came when he first practiced spiritual power, so he asked Gold Rich Company to sell his name to repay the favor. Jinhyuk was surprised that he was in the branch manager¡¯s office of Gold Rich Company from early in the morning. ¡°Well, ever since I visited the branch manager¡¯s office to repay you for a favor I had refused to do, we got along so well that we decided to be close friends. ¡°I just came here today to have a cup of tea and chat.¡± ¡°okay? Well, it¡¯s good for both of you.¡± Building friendships ys an important role among climbers. This is because that friendship may save your life and be of great help in climbing the tower. ¡®Even though Halcyon remains in his position as branch leader, his abilities are fine. The same goes for Ken. It would be nice to see each other grow through mutual help.¡¯ Stones that are not yet finished. Their friendship was not something that should be separated, but something that should be supported. ¡°I was worried because you didn¡¯te to the tower yesterday.¡± ¡°Do I look like someone who will go somewhere and get beaten up?¡± ¡°¡­Nothing like that, I was just a little worried. But it¡¯s a guild¡­ and the guild members are the dragons from Central Street¡­ and it¡¯s you, Ghost Face!¡± Since he had been to the Wizard¡¯s Tower every single day for nearly a week, missing one day was enough to worry Ken. Jinhyeok, who acknowledged this, turned his gaze away from Ken, who was casting a bright gaze towards him, and looked at Hendrick and chuckled. ¡°Our guild member is famous. There is no one who doesn¡¯t know. Very celebrity, celebrity.¡± ¡°¡­Think of the time I spent on Main Street waiting to meet you. And I don¡¯t know what celebrities are, but they don¡¯t look that good.¡± I¡¯m quick to notice. People who dance and sing in front of people. To a heavenly warrior like Hendrick, being like them was no different from courtesans selling eye smiles. ¡®If he found out, wouldn¡¯t he pull out his sword right away?¡¯ When Jinhyuk thinks about useless things and avoids Hendrick¡¯s harsh gaze. Ken and Halcyon looked at the two with envious eyes. ¡°IM jealous.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± ¡°It would be great if we could join that guild and help.¡± ¡°Hmm¡­ Just imagining it makes me feel like I¡¯m flying.¡± You two get along well. Jinhyeok blurted out something as he watched them chatting with a lot of regret about the guild they couldn¡¯t enter. ¡°Then eithere in or both.¡± ¡°¡­yes?¡± ¡°¡­is what I just heard really true?¡± The two people who were talking about various things to each other, leaving Hendrick and me behind, were surprised by what he said. Yeokcheon. At best, it was just a newly established guild. This is a guild that I came to ask for because I couldn¡¯t create a systematic guild on my own. But they both know. ¡®Yeokcheon bes a guild that spans at least hundreds of floors.¡¯ ¡®If I can participate there even as a guild member¡­ that alone is a huge blessing.¡¯ Even though the beginning of the reverse heaven may be weak, the end will be great. Therefore, the two people could not believe Jinhyeok¡¯s words, which lightly encouraged them to join. Of course, Jinhyeok did not rmend them to join the guild without any thought. ¡°It¡¯s actually true, but if you¡¯re going toe in, you¡¯d bettere prepared. When I join the guild, I n to share all my secrets. Well, except for the personal stuff?¡± ¡°Well, I don¡¯t really have any secrets.¡± ¡°me too. The whole secret is that he was just an employee until recently. ¡°It¡¯s a secret that many people know.¡± Sharing of secrets. It¡¯s not that big of a deal to these two people. If that¡¯s all there is to it, there¡¯s no reason to dy joining a guild that will lead to a new era called Reverse Heaven. ¡°Who says your secrets are important?¡± ¡°yes? then?¡± ¡°I¡¯m telling you our secret. Me, this guy, or the guy up there selling things hard. ¡°He asked if he could handle it after hearing our secret.¡± ¡°¡­ah!¡± ¡°He who knows a lot has a short life. understand.¡± Neither of them were stupid. One side is a merchant, the other side is a wizard. Jinhyeok was shocked as he looked at the two people who understood it right away, as neither profession was something that anyone could do if they were not smart enough. ¡°Let me put it to the extreme. If you leave or tell a secret, you will definitely die. It doesn¡¯t matter whether they believe the secrets you told them or not. Because it can interfere with our goals and alert the enemy. I¡¯ll tell you the details once the rest of the guild members gather together. ¡°You have to make a choice before you can get into that position.¡± After speaking, Jinhyuk spreads his hands loosely. The two people fell into deep concern at his gesture of waiting for an answer. ¡®What should I choose?¡¯ ¡®If knowing their secrets is enough to warrant discussing death and life, then the path they will take in the future will always be one where life and death are discussed. ¡®Can I fit in there?¡¯ Halcyon and Ken¡¯s concerns were natural. Every person¡¯s life is precious. Joining a guild is something so dangerous that you have to sacrifice your life. Of course, what you have to experience while living in a guild is a battlefield where life and death alwayse to mind. ¡°To ease your worries, nothing will change even if you don¡¯t join. You will always be my liaison and merchant to get me the items I need, and Ken, you will be there from time to time to teach me what I need. like now.¡± Knowing their concerns, Jinhyeok did not just watch in silence. Hearing that they would maintain their current friendship even if they did not join the guild, the two wanted to erase what they had heard and go back a few minutes ago. And the end of that worry. ¡°I will do it.¡± ¡°I want to join too.¡± It was a subscription. life and death. Jinhyeok and even Hendrick smiled at the reaction of the two people who seemed to be okay with such things, even though guild life awaits them. ¡°Are you fine?¡± ¡°The guild leader can do whatever he wants. Well, it doesn¡¯t look bad.¡± The sharing of secrets and the talk about death and life rted to them before joining the guild can be said to be a so-called filter. ¡®The people we have to deal with in the future are at least at the guild level, so we can do anything as long as we risk our lives lightly.¡¯ There is no need for those who try to save their lives in a ce where there are many battlefields where lives are at stake. Knowing that, I tried to filter them out in advance using a strainer. of course. ¡®I was hoping you woulde in.¡¯ Jinhyuk wanted the two to join the guild. Although they did not have the tyrannical inaction like Hendrick or the enormous financial power of Goldrich, the two men were useful in their own way. ¡®Halcyon became the new branch leader, seeding Puppet. He is quick-witted and has a deep sense of trust. A guy like that is less likely to betray.¡¯ Jinhyuk¡¯s assessment of Halcyon was urate. He is deeply faithful and does not betray those he has followed. He met the conditions that Jinhyeok most desired and was like a natural monument that was hard to find even if he wanted to. In the world of towers where people deceive, deceive, kill and plunder, people like Halcyon were rare. If it were a climber with a stoic inaction, it would have been widespread. ¡®Ken is simr. The current number of floors is less than 100, but he has the fortitude of a wizard to use magic to ovee the wall even when he is blocked. A guy like that willter be a wizard.¡¯ Ken was also simr. He is moderately faithful and does not hold back on respect and admiration for Jinhyuk himself. There is no way Ken would betray Jinhyeok, whom he trusts and treats like a god. Well, the world is wide and there may be people who betray the God they believe in, but after watching for a few days, Jinhyuk was convinced that Ken was not that type. Furthermore, what Jinhyuk liked the most was his tenacity as a wizard. Upright perseverance leads you down a slow but sure path. ¡°There is no softness.¡± ¡°Is that possible?¡± ¡°If you try to rob me, hit my head.¡± ¡°¡­Well, that¡¯s as far as I¡¯ll go.¡± Jinhyeok didn¡¯t have the heart to stop her if she told him about it now, even if she didn¡¯t know it after telling him the secret. However, the two people¡¯s firm answers appealed to him. ¡°Okay then, let¡¯s break up with this. ¡°Now I have to go feed this guy.¡± -Kheng! Jinhyuk stood up while gently stroking Miho¡¯s head. As Hendrick stood up following him, Ken and Halcyon had no choice but to stand up as well. ¡°Halcyon, you must contact Goldrich and Puppet as soon as I return. ¡°I¡¯ll see you tomorrow.¡± ¡°Yes, I understand. But I wonder if the person who finished construction will be able toe tomorrow¡­¡± ¡°Didn¡¯t you see me then? If it¡¯s my job, I¡¯m the type of person who will leave everything behind. Just sell my name and contact them and they wille on their own. Not to mention puppets.¡± ¡°If you say so, I will contact you immediately.¡± Halcyon¡¯s faith is now approaching fanaticism. Jinhyeok looked at him with satisfaction as he came to the point where he believed that he was making meju using y instead of red beans. That too for a while. After finishing his errand with Halcion, Jinhyeok¡¯s eyesnded on Ken. ¡°I n to hold a guild meeting tomorrow when Goldrich and Puppete down. And after the guild meeting is over, if the guy who is still on the 9th floores up, we will continue climbing the tower that we postponed.¡± ¡°¡­then?¡± ¡°We started first, but the difference between you and us is big. Even if I catch you, I won¡¯t say anything. However, we will solidify our foundation and reach the 100th floor in a short time. ¡°That is the order I give you as the guild leader.¡± ¡°¡­yes! ¡°I will definitely achieve it, Ghost Face, no, Guild Leader.¡± ¡°Call it whatever you prefer. Because the title is not important. And at tomorrow¡¯s meeting, they¡¯ll tell me my name and that guy¡¯s name, so you can call me by my first name.¡± ¡°Oh, no, you can¡¯t do that. How dare you honor the name of the heavenly guild leader¡­.¡± ¡°You take care of it. Ghost Face, Guild Leader, my name. Pick anything and call it. Halcyon, you too.¡± ¡°yes! It is an honour! ¡°Guild leader!¡± One answer is refreshing and good. Jinhyeok, who was looking with satisfaction at Halcion, who answered with a stern look on his face, turned and left the branch manager¡¯s office. -Keeng! ¡°Okay, okay, I understand. Are you hungry? It¡¯s yourst day too, so let¡¯s go quickly. -Kheng! It was to fill the hungry stomach of a hungry fox cub. The door to the branch manager¡¯s office closed, leaving behind an image of a great deacon(?). Boom ¨C Halcyon and Ken. With only two new guild members left. * * * ¡°¡­I¡¯m still dazed.¡± ¡°I know.¡± Now that they are like friends, they feelfortable talking to each other. They looked dumbfounded as they pondered Jinhyeok¡¯s words that had just passed by like a storm. Of course, it didn¡¯t take long for my face to change into one filled with emotion after realizing that it was reality. ¡°Do you regret it?¡± ¡°No way. ¡°Aren¡¯t you like that too?¡± ¡°I¡¯m still dazed. Just a few days ago, I was just a counter employee, and now that I have be a branch manager, I am now joining a guild that includes the demon I admire and the dragon n of Central Street¡­.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t even talk about it . Because I¡¯m really in a daze. I was the 1st wizard in the wizard tower, blocked by the entrance and the wall that guarded it. But after meeting him, I was on the verge of tearing down the wall. How happy must I have been? But now it¡¯s a guild he created himself! ¡°Even if I die, I have no time left!¡± Halcyon looked at Ken, who was shaking with emotion as if he was truly happy, and shook his head as if he understood. ¡°But you can¡¯t die. Aren¡¯t we also worthy guild members? Our lives must be of more use. ¡°Save it for then.¡± ¡°Yes, at least for that time, I have to set foot on a higher level. ¡°The orb and staff you saved will make that possible.¡± ¡°That is also thanks to the ghost.¡± ¡°Ah¡­thank you, Ghost Face!¡± ¡°thank you!¡± Now, the two of them put their hands together and prayed not toward the sky but toward the seat where Jinhyeok was sitting. And they probably didn¡¯t know until then. ¡°I can¡¯t believe it!¡± ¡°I can¡¯t believe it!!!¡± The overwhelming faith and devotion towards one climber wouldtere together to create a religion with the grand name of Gwimyeongyo. Of course, there was no need to say anything since the two people praying in the branch president¡¯s office were the ones preaching the greatness of Jinhyeok to everyone at the highest position in the religion. Chapter 70 All Master Necromancer Episode 70 ¡°You¡¯ve got some pretty good guys under yourmand.¡± ¡°It¡¯s good, but it¡¯s ordinary.¡± ¡°It¡¯s easy for us to make the ordinary into extraordinary and the extraordinary into extraordinary.¡± That¡¯s right. Jinhyeok and Hendrick are people who have reached masters in one field. Of course, there is no way it would be difficult to attract someone. However, if you just follow the teachings and be guided by what is being pulled, you will only end up being extraordinary. ¡°If they want to catch our eye and be one of the guild members who will one day stop the Four Emperors, they will have to work hard enough to die already and live in the next life, rather than preparing to die.¡± ¡°Like us?¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s simr. Is it a little different?¡± We are really living the next life, and they are different because they are in the category of effort. Jinhyeok, who was thinking about this while shaking his head, immediately walked towards the border. -Keeng¡­. ¡°It looks like the kid is very hungry.¡± ¡°It¡¯s already past meal time. ¡°Do you want to go with me?¡± ¡°It¡¯s the meal of the Nine-Tailed Fox¡¯s child¡­ Did you say that today is thest day of her quest?¡± ¡°Uh, today ends.¡± Nine-tailed fox. The quest given to Jinhyeok by the nine-tailed fox was simple. 999 raw livers. Feed it to Miho and recover the Jinwonjin Qi that she has had since birth. ¡®I ended up having to feed him for a few days, but it¡¯s still not that bad.¡¯ The abilities I developed while rescuing live livers to feed Miho were quite useful in the battle with Hendrick, and it was an opportunity to test out skills I had only imagined in my head. Divide and merge with Soul Arrow. Even the abilities of the fox mask. In the process of feeding Miho, Jinhyeok was able to use it, learn it, and incorporate it into himself, so it was not a waste of his time for a few days. ¡®Because it¡¯s also about helping someone who will y a big part in the future.¡¯ It was also because he was urately aware that Miho¡¯s very existence would be helpful to himter. ¡°Let¡¯s go quickly. ¡°Shouldn¡¯t you wait for the preparations for tomorrow¡¯s meeting and for the young goblin you called your colleague?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know if it wille up in time for tomorrow¡¯s meeting, but from the rumors I¡¯ve heard, it doesn¡¯t seem like there¡¯s much left, so I won¡¯t wait too long. If you get bored while waiting, go up first. ¡°I will follow you soon.¡± ¡°Kuh, are you showing off your pride here too? You are also very consistent. And if I start first, it will take a while for you to catch up with me.¡± ¡°¡­Isn¡¯t that something that can¡¯t be ignored? No matter how fast you start, you are still a racing dog. I¡¯m a cheetah. No matter how hard a racing dog runs, it will eventually catch up with the cheetah and be left behind. know?¡± ¡°Hoo, the one who defeated me yesterday was Cheetah¡­ That¡¯s interesting.¡± ¡°This bastard, did you say everything?¡± Hendrick ¡®s eyes slowly became tinged with madness as he looked at Jinhyeok, who was refuting while gritting his teeth. Sigh! The two people¡¯s foreheads shed and an eerie sound rang out. ¡°¡­Ha, you crazy people.¡± Although it was only a one-day meeting, Vulcan sighed as he saw that only the appearance was different, but the essence was the same. ¡°Say it again.¡± ¡°Loser.¡± ¡°¡­lizard cub.¡± ¡°If yesterday¡¯s result is not trustworthy, we can fight again. ¡°Give them food and go to a hidden street.¡± ¡°Do you think I¡¯ll be scared? go! ¡°This time, I will crush you.¡± Zero distance. Vulcan stopped the two people, who were snarling with their foreheads against each other without backing down even an inch. ¡°Do both in moderation! ¡°Aren¡¯t they old enough to be embarrassed on the streets where other people walk?¡± ¡°This bastard is ignoring me!¡± ¡°I was just telling the truth.¡± ¡°It¡¯s like that again? Are you really going to y here?¡± People with simr personalities engage in a war of words without any hesitation. And, thinking that if he got it wrong, he might actually engage in a battle under the pretense of sparring on a street where everyone could see, Vulkan pulled out his trump card. ¡°If a child is crying because he or she is hungry, are grown adults going to do that? Please at least feed the child and fight.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, thank Miho.¡± ¡°Maybe it¡¯s because it¡¯s a spirit creature, but it¡¯s smart. How dare you cry when you sense that your master is in danger. ¡°You have a good pet.¡± Balkan sighed at the sight of the two people taking a step back but reacting sharply. ¡®They only seem to be older.¡¯ In fact, he was a Balkan who did not admit that he was simr to them. It¡¯s not for nothing that people say they get along well together. * * * -Keeeeek! -Kek! Cheek! Kekkeek! ¡°There are a lot.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a border anyway.¡± Jinhyeok and Hendrick nodded calmly at the sight of kobolds and goblins weing them as soon as they entered the border. Vulcan looked at the two people who were talking as if the fight in the city was a lie with burning eyes. ¡°¡­Okay, let¡¯s start by feeding him food first.¡± ¡°do whatever you want. ¡°I came along today just to watch.¡± Jinhyeok shook his head at the monster-like appearance of Hendrick sitting in the empty air with his arms crossed. ¡®What a monster. If condensing mana in empty space isn¡¯t enough, you can use it like a chair? This is a method that cannot be used if it is not true dragon power.¡¯ Concentrates mana and uses it as a chair. It¡¯s easier said than done, but the mental power and mana consumed in the process are enormous. An art that would have been impossible if not for the enormous mental power created by thebination of the dragon¡¯s body and Hendrick¡¯s soul, and the dragon power that was dozens of times more concentrated than ordinary mana. It was Jinhyeok who was both wary and awe-inspiring to Hendrick, who perfectly handled the dragon¡¯s body, the tool given to him. ¡®Someday I¡¯ll get it too. ¡®Dragon¡¯s body.¡¯ Right now, I can¡¯t even ask Hendrick for a body part like Yongrin because I haven¡¯t been able to properly digest a single feather that Uriel left behind, but that won¡¯t be the case in the future. Jinhyeok stretched out his fingers, looking forward to the day when he could devour not a single feather or dragon, but an entire member of the Four Emperors. ¡°Ten zodiac bullets.¡± Kiiing ¨C As soon as he finished speaking, spiritual energy gathered at the tips of Jinhyuk¡¯s fingers. Jinhyeok smiled as he watched the ck-purple aura burning at the tips of his ten fingers, as he had umted quite a lot of it. ¡°Good. After all, there is so much to see and do.¡± When he first realized his spiritual power, his face was filled with emotion as he remembered how he was struggling with a single bullet. Hendrick, who was sitting in the air, asked a question. ¡°Is this a technique I haven¡¯t seen before?¡± ¡°Because it¡¯s not a good enough skill to use on you. ¡°It still requires a lot of spiritual energy to use the above-mentioned technology.¡± ¡°is it?¡± ¡°To begin with, I don¡¯t have the power to break through the dragon in your body. ¡°A martial arts style that can cause shock while not interfering with Yonglin as much as possible is most suitable.¡± ¡°Are you talking about the Taekwondo thing I wrote about yesterday?¡± ¡°that¡¯s right. ¡°The guy who used it is better than you when ites to martial arts.¡± ¡°¡­That much?¡± Hendrick couldn¡¯t help but be surprised when he heard that he was superior to him. This is because I know that when Jinhyuk talks about himself now, he is not talking about himself now. My past self and my past life self. It is said that the level of perfection in martial arts is higherpared to when he was Dragon yer Hendrick. Of course, he couldn¡¯t admit it, so he immediately countered. ¡°What is his floor number?¡± ¡°I think we¡¯re over the 800th floor now. It seems like it¡¯s been a little over a month, so I may have climbed a few more floors by now. ¡°He¡¯s a genius too.¡± ¡°¡­high.¡± Hendrick could be said to be the climber closest to God and the Devil, having surpassed the 900th floor, but the number of floors that Jinhyeok¡¯s friend Choi Gyeong-hoon reached was no less. Furthermore, if Jinhyeok is a genius that he is confident in, he will be able to reach the same level as Hendrick. ¡°And don¡¯t show your jealousy for no reason. I told you, right? It¡¯s limited to martial arts. If you take care of everything else, you will win. However, if you fight Martial Arts vs. Martial Arts, you will lose. Of course, even if it was martial arts versus something else, you could still lose.¡± ¡°understood.¡± Hendrick nods his head and agrees with Jinhyeok¡¯s words. Jinhyeok, who knows well that saying that he is not as strong as someone else¡¯s strength is enough to make the other person excited, said that and fired out the praise gathered at the tip of his finger. Paba babang! The moment the tip of the finger spewed fire, ten bullets rushed towards the target. The bullets that pierced ten kobolds and goblins in an instant split apart and aimed at other targets. Ten to twenty feet. Twenty feet bes forty feet. Hendrick clicked his tongue as he watched the exponentially increasing number of bullets sweep through the border monsters. ¡°You¡¯re better at monster fighting than me.¡± ¡°Because it¡¯s that kind of technology in the first ce. The destructive power of each shot is a little low, but there is nothing like it to sweep away weak enemies. You can¡¯t use a dragon-ying knife to kill a cow, right? Efficiency also decreases.¡± ¡°I admit it.¡± At most, goblins and kobolds. Is there any need to be so passionate about catching these guys that you are just catching them to clear a quest and not for any reason? There is no difference whether you catch it from afar by shooting bullets or popping bullets, or by sweating profusely. ¡®Then there¡¯s no need to hold on to it too hard.¡¯ After thinking that far, Jinhyeok cut the fine spirit wire connected to the spirit bullet. Push! The spirit bullets that had multiplied and roamed around the perimeter disappeared with the sound of the wind escaping as soon as their energy supply ran out. Jinhyeok opened his mouth as he looked at the border that was in shambles here and there. ¡°Bring the liver. ¡°Feed the baby.¡± ¡°Bring it.¡± From Jinhyeok to Balkan. With a fantasticmand system leading from the Balkans to the soul soldiers, obedient soul soldiers slowly moved their bodies. -Kheng! Miho¡¯s cheerful cries, as she realized it was time to eat, filled the border filled with corpses and blood. * * * As expected ¨C ¡°It¡¯s delicious to eat. ¡°It¡¯s raw liver¡­is it delicious?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know because I¡¯ve never tried it.¡± ¡°Well, even if you eat a monster¡¯s liver, you eat it grilled. It¡¯s not good to eat it raw.¡± Well, that¡¯s definitely true. No matter how extreme the situation is, a wizard or something else will always have a way to start something as basic as fire. If not, there are also preserved foods. ¡®If I were to run out of all those things, I would definitely want to eat them, but otherwise, there was no need to eat them.¡¯ Jinhyuk gently stroked Miho, thinking that the most famous bear on earth would not chew his own urine and smelly raw meat every morning. ¡°But what happens when you recover your vitality?¡± ¡°¡­I know? ¡°You don¡¯t know that.¡± [It is said that the nine-tailed fox can win his favor.] ¡°That is a quest reward.¡± [Nine-tailed fox avoids gaze.] Damn fox cub. As a result, I nced at the nine-tailed fox¡¯s message window, which didn¡¯t say anything in particr. Jinhyuk sighed and continued stroking Miho. ¡°Anything would be fine. Wouldn¡¯t it be better to have aplete epicenter rather than ack of it?¡± ¡°There is nothing bad about having it, but it is natural that there is something bad about not having it.¡± -Oops. ¡°I ate it all.¡± Jinhyuk patted Miho¡¯s back as she burped after chewing thest piece of raw liver and gently ced Miho on the floor. A red energy leaked out from Miho¡¯s body as she stepped on the ground with a full stomach . ¡°This?¡± ¡°I guess it¡¯s the life force and unique energy of that fox cub.¡± ¡°You sure look full. ¡°I¡¯m d that the few days of effort didn¡¯t seem to be in vain.¡± The sight overflowing with red energy was so vast that you could never feel that it wascking. In other words, Miho recovered all of the vitality she lost when she hatched from the egg. When Jinhyuk looks at Miho, who has be fine. A message window appeared. [The Nine-Tailed Fox tells you to infuse your energy into the child.] ¡°My energy? ¡°Are you talking about spiritual power?¡± [If the nine-tailed fox tells you to do it, do it quickly. He urges you.] ¡°¡­You have a short temper. ¡°I got it, I got it.¡± Jinhyuk clicked his tongue toward the message window that was searching for him and pulled out spiritual power. Unlike Miho ¡®s flowing energy, a purple-ck spiritual power gushing out like a fountain hovered around Jinhyuk. But even for a moment. ¡°¡­is it flowing?¡± At the moment when Jinhyuk urgently stretched out his hand to control the flow of spiritual power as he saw that the spiritual power that was supposed to keep circling around Jinhyuk was slowly flowing towards Miho. [The nine-tailed fox stops you and tells you to watch quietly.] Kwajik ¨C An unknown energy weighed down Jinhyeok¡¯s body. It¡¯s not that there was any difort, but Jinhyeok gritted his teeth at the sight of him being controlled so that he couldn¡¯t do something. Just say it, you bastard. Unaware of Jinhyuk¡¯s internal grumbling that he would have easily understood it even if it had been said verbally, his spiritual power slowly began to mix with Miho¡¯s red energy. The red energy did not reject the spiritual power that was mixed with it, but conformed to it. As the red energy slowly mixed with the spiritual power, losing its red color and turning into the dark purple color of the spiritual power, the spiritual power that Jinhyuk exuded ran out. And in line with that, the red energy, no, now the purple-ck energy was gently absorbed into Miho. -Keeeng. Miho¡¯s appearance gradually changed as she purred softly and let out a pleasant moan, perhaps because the process of absorbing energy felt good. ¡°You¡¯ve grown a bit bigger.¡± ¡°The pattern on the forehead also changed from red to ck purple.¡± ¡°So, is this really my pet now?¡± [The nine-tailed fox says he will take good care of the child in the future.] ¡°I wonder if I will do well. But is this the end? ¡°The body got a little bigger, and the color of the pattern changed.¡± I liked the fact that Miho had be healthy after a few days of hard work, but I couldn¡¯t help but feel that that was all. Fortunately, the nine-tailed fox told us that that was not the end. [The nine-tailed fox responds by telling him to focus on change.] [The pinnacle of all evil tells someone that the child is really pretty.] [ The nine-tailed fox rolls his eyes at someone¡¯spliment.] [The pinnacle of all evil clears his throat. He walks away.] Let¡¯s film a skit together. Jinhyuk frowned for a moment at the sight of the two people talking through the message window. Miho¡¯s change has begun once again. Fuhuaaaak ¨C Purple-ck haze emanating from the body. When it hides Miho and turns the surroundings into a hazy color. Jinhyeok and others sensed that a change was taking ce in the haze. In fact, their intuition was correct. ¡°¡­dad?¡± ¡°¡­Wait a minute, this isn¡¯t it.¡± Except that it was a direction that Jinhyuk did not want. A girl with dark purple hair, presumed to be Miho. Jinhyuk¡¯s head spins as he wonders why the child calls him dad, and his head tingles from shock. There was someone who was as shocked as Jinhyuk, who suddenly had a daughter(?). ¡°Congrattions.¡± Of course, if you were making fun of Jinhyeok, it wasn¡¯t Balkan. ¡°It¡¯s a daughter¡­ Can humans give birth to foxes these days?¡± Hendrick seriously doubted the blood rtionship between Miho and Jinhyuk. But instead of teasing and suspicion, one person who had not been here a moment ago was shocked. Slump ¨C A sound like someone falling down. ¡°¡­Your brother¡¯s¡­daughter?¡± ¡°¡­Why are you out there?¡± Jinhyeok turned his head at the sound, and what caught his eye was Ha-ryu, whom he had seen for a long time, but with a pale face, he was looking nkly at himself and a child, presumed to be Miho, as if he had seen something he could not see. Chapter 71 All Master Necromancer Episode 71 Haryu couldn¡¯t believe what he was seeing. ¡®kid. I see that he looks a little younger than me, about 10 years old¡­? ¡®How?¡¯ A child of about 10 years old belonging to Jinhyeok, whom he considers his benefactor and older brother. Purple hair mixed with ck. Coincidentally, it was simr to Jinhyuk¡¯s hair color. ¡®I knew there were more secrets about my brother that I didn¡¯t know yet¡­ but was it this kind of secret?¡¯ Ha-ryu trained himself by swinging his sword without a single day of rest in order to help Jinhyeok for nearly a week. If Jinhyeok has a child, it¡¯s just that he has a child¡­ It was even more strange that Ha-ryu couldn¡¯t help but be so surprised by the fact, but Ha-ryu couldn¡¯t figure out why. But even for a moment. Udduk- ¡®¡­Twinhorns? No, not that type of race. A higher-dimensional power than that. That power¡­ is clearly of the Four Emperors.¡¯ The stream is so powerful that the soft dirt floor that I was kneeling on is broken. The reason was because of the presence standing next to Jinhyeok dressed in a mixture of dark red robes and armor. It was too powerful to be considered an ordinary human race, and its inherent ferocity could not be considered ordinary. That¡¯s why I saw Haryu for the first time and thought of a race I had never met before. The Four Emperors. ¡®¡­The person who destroyed the vige dares to stay by your brother¡¯s side!¡¯ In addition to the child who calls Jinhyuk his father, Jinhyuk is next to the enemy of the vige and one of the Four Emperors, who is almost certain to be the evil beast that destroyed the vige. Obviously, the Four Emperors should have felt something strange about the presence of the Four Emperors next to Jinhyeok, who was as angry as Ha-Ryu, but Ha-Ryu, who had already been mentally shaken by the word ¡®dad¡¯, did not have time to think about it. ¡°plural!¡± Sereung ¨C Lower ss that draws its sword. But it wasn¡¯t just the sword she was pulling out now. -Hahaha! okay! dragon! It¡¯s a dragon! There¡¯s an offering that¡¯s perfect for me right there! Cut him down, you young goblin! I will give you strength! Ego. The ego embedded in the dragon yer sword was also taken out. The Dragon yer¡¯s Ego had a strong desire to kill the ¡®dragon¡¯, as befits the ego that had the Dragon yer Sword as its home, and it also had the ability to make that possible. of course. -¡­Tsk, you¡¯re weak after all. Be stronger, that¡¯s all for now. The current Ha-ryu was so weak that even the dragon yer¡¯s ego clicked his tongue, so he had the disadvantage of not being able to embody all of his abilities, but that was not important to the current Ha-ryu. The one who annihted his own vige. Even though he couldn¡¯t see the beast properly, Ha-Ryu realized that some of the beasts he could vaguely see looked very simr to Hendrick in front of him. The moment when Hendrick was presented with the image of the evil beast that he had erased from his memory in the panoramic view of the burning vige that he had tried so hard to erase. Rumbling ¨C The iron wave that started from the dragon yer sword soon covered the downstream. Red suit. In an instant, Ha-ryu¡¯s new brother, dressed in it, rushed towards Hendrick. Kwaduk- Bang! Ha-Ryu, who kicked the ground with enough force to shatter the ground he stepped on, flew into the sky and rushed towards Hendrick. Looking at that scene, Jinhyuk took a step back. ¡°It¡¯s your job, so do it yourself.¡± ¡°¡­Isn¡¯t he your colleague? ¡°And I think you¡¯re so shocked by what the fox kid next to you said that you can¡¯t even understand the situation.¡± ¡°In the end, the target is you. Aren¡¯t you scared of losing to him? If that¡¯s the case, help me. ¡°Our lower ss is so kind that they listen to what I say.¡± Hendrick took a step back with Miho clinging to his side and red at Jinhyeok, who was frowning, then took out his sword with a sigh. ¡°You might get hurt.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, this one is also flexible and great enough to be used as fertilizer.¡± ¡°If that¡¯s the case¡­¡± Since Jinhyeok¡¯s words of evaluating Ha-Ryu were natural, Hendrick¡¯s justification for avoiding Ha-Ryu¡¯s attack disappeared. ¡®Well, isn¡¯t that bad because we had to check the level of the child we will be moving with in the future?¡¯ Furthermore, Hendrick belongs to a guild called ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯ and recognizes Jinhyeok as the guild leader, but the people under him are different. Also, the evaluation given to Halcion and Ken that we met earlier cannot be the same as the evaluation given to Haryu. If they are regr guild members, they are talented people who are responsible for the lower-level guild and must support the middle of the guild. Of course, it was natural that the evaluation methods were different. ¡®I look forward to seeing you either in a state of calm or in a state of madness, young goblin.¡¯ Hendrick knew his condition well. It is strange that he is unaware of his state, which is usually in a calm ¡®calm¡¯ state, but enters a ¡®madness¡¯ state when he enters battle. Even the memories are clear, especially so. However, most enemies could not bring Hendrick from his peaceful state to the next level. For Hendrick, there was no one who showed what could be considered a ¡®battle¡¯, at least at the current level. ¡®Except for the battle with that guy, it was almost my first time wearing this body.¡¯ Jinhyuk Cha. It was safe to say that Hendrick had never shown his sincerity, except for yesterday¡¯s battle under the pretext of sparring and testing. Of course, he showed some level of madness in the battle with Balkan, but it was ambiguous at the time, and Balkan was a soul and soul disease no different from Jinhyeok. That¡¯s why Hendrick was treated as one. ¡°Your momentum isn¡¯t bad.¡± As befits his red uniform, his movements were very quick. Even at first nce, it doesn¡¯t look like it belongs to a climber who just climbed to the 10th floor. ¡°That¡¯s it.¡± It¡¯s just that it wasn¡¯t that cold in Hendrick¡¯s eyes. Already on the 100th floor alone. Hendrick could probably win 1-on-1 against an average climber of the 200th floor. Of course, he could achieve that level of speed and momentum. No, faster speed and stronger momentum were also possible. ¡°The speed and momentum are extraordinary. ¡°Then whates next? Strength and technology?¡± ¡°die!¡± Haryu¡¯s sword rushed in with a voice like a sharp scream and turned red. Kaga River! A flowing red energy condensed on the sword. Hendrick, who swung his sword to block it, let out a voice filled with surprise. ¡°¡­Sword energy? ¡°I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s because he¡¯s a goblin or because he has great abilities, but this is eptable.¡± ck energy. It¡¯s a level that anyone who wields a sword can¡¯t help but wish for, and at the same time, he can climb at least the 100th floor. Among them, it is an ability that can be used by those who have chosen a warrior-type profession. ¡®Is this the point where mana is stored in the sword? It¡¯s definitely amazing.¡¯ Beyond strengthening the sword by putting mana into it, it is a sword that can cut through most things and even cut the opponent¡¯s weapon in two. Hendrick was surprised that a goblin who had just climbed to the 10th floor and was so young was using it. but. Kang! ¡°¡­how?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t think that my sword is an ordinary sword like everyone else¡¯s. In terms of quality alone, it is stronger than the sword you are holding.¡± Hendrick was also not ordinary, and for a man who had already known how to handle sword skills, sword skills were nothing but a surprise. Hendrick calmly exined his sword to Ha-ryu, who could not hide his surprise as he looked at himself unharmed after shing with him again. Dragon yer sword. A treasure and treasure of the goblin vige. When he responded that it was a better sword than that, Ha-ryu spoke harshly. ¡°¡­shut up!¡± I couldn¡¯t tell if it was her heart or the dragon yer¡¯s heart through her mouth. One thing is certain. Churrrrr- ¡°¡­Prosecutor?¡± The point was that the downstream was showing the power to ovee its limits. Those who wield swords also have stages, just like wizards. A person who can¡¯t even store mana in his sword. A person who puts mana into a sword. A person who created a sword by refining and tempering the mana contained in the sword. The one who emits that sword energy. And the next step was to unravel and manipte the sword like a thread. ¡®From here on, that child¡¯s strength is no longer there. Is it the power of the sword?¡¯ Skipping the stage of shooting out sword energy, we entered the stage of releasing sword energy like a thread. It was impossible. Achieving something impossible without outside help means that you are receiving outside help. In other words, the swordsman that Ha-ryu is currently seeing is clearly a force that has surpassed her limits, and the swordsman like the red thread is close to an art that the Dragon yer Sword performs using Ha-ryu¡¯s body. ¡°It would be better to stop. It is definitely a good sword or a bad sword. ¡°The power you see now is nothing more than the power shown by the parasite that is eating away at your power.¡± ¡°Shut up¡­ Shut up¡­¡± Everyone in the room realized that Ha-Ryu was not in a good condition as he answered with gritted teeth, but no one broke the game. Because everyone knows that now is the time to wait. Hendrick felt sorry. ¡°You are clearly at the level where you can fire a sword, and you are not far from the level of shooting, which is the stage before the level of a swordsman that you are now using the power of the sword to unleash. It won¡¯t be long before I will be able to unleash the power I see now. So stop. ¡°It is for you.¡± Now that Jinhyeok had acknowledged his confidence, he realized that Ha-ryu was exploiting his talent to expand his power. A lesson given as a senior who first walked the path of the sword. I hope this teaching reaches her. However, Ha-ryu, whose eyes had already turned red, had no options. She charged forward, led by dozens of red threads that bloomed through the medium of the sword. ¡°I¡¯m dying!!!¡± As long as the vige was lost. Anger and sadness at losing the vigers who were like family. They were contained in a thread of blood-red sword energy and spewed towards Hendrick. Even though he didn¡¯t say a word, Hendrick straightened his posture in the face of a blow that clearly felt such desperation and sadness. ¡°If I can¡¯t do it with words, I have no choice but to stop it with my body. As a senior, I have no intention of neglecting my junior to go down the wrong path.¡± ¡°Then die! ¡°I will stop when I die!¡± Hendrick took a stance, looking pitifully at the streamer who was screaming with a face distorted like a demon, as if ovee by evil, and extended his sword in a straight line toward the approaching streamer. ¡°It will hurt, but you won¡¯t die. Chungnyongseom (ÐnýˆéW).¡± ¡°Hey, crazy! That¡­!¡± Jinhyuk, who was watching from the side, shouted in surprise at the technique. It was the technique that made Jinhyuk reveal everything yesterday, and it was the technique that left him unable to do anything against the technique called Fire Dragon that unfoldedter. This technology is too much for a young Haryu to use. A sh of light unfolded again today, following yesterday. ¡°Holy shit, Vulcan! We have to protect the downstream¡­.¡± ¡°Wait a minute, let¡¯s just watch.¡± Jinhyuk stopped watching and tried to run away, but Balkan caught him. ¡°what? If you had eyes, you saw it yesterday too. That can¡¯t be avoided with the current downstream¡­¡± ¡° I said we¡¯d watch, you impatient brat. And who do you think is the original owner of the technology you used yesterday?¡± Jinhyuk became angry at Balkan at the thought that Haru could not only get hurt but could even die. Despite his fiery temper, Balkan calmly grabbed Jinhyeok¡¯s wrist and exined. The original owner of the technology I wrote about yesterday. When Jinhyuk heard those words, he finally came to his senses. ¡°¡­ah!¡± ¡°Okay, if you understand, just watch. Ha-Ryu, it¡¯s time for that kid to let go of his anger. Even though it has nothing to do with it, it is rare to find someone who can ept my anger without getting hurt.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, let¡¯s watch. ¡°Your eyes are alive.¡± The fraudulent nature of the technology he used and its original owner, downstream. Furthermore, madness and sadness were expressed towards Hendrick, and the fact that the two eyes, which were half-eaten by the ego of the Dragon yer sword that had been told not to be pulled out, were still intact, held Jinhyeok in his seat. Although it seemed crazy at first nce, Jinhyeok felt that Ha-ryu was fine and was trying to relieve his inextricable anger, so he just looked at the two people with cold eyes. Even when Vulcan blocked Jinhyeok¡¯s intrusion, the downstream rush and Hendrick¡¯s Chungryong Ind did not stop. Right then. Tsutsutsu¡­. ¡°I can¡¯t believe it. Just like yesterday and you too, what about Chungryong Ind¡­¡± Hendrick¡¯s dark red eyes watched Ha-Ryu, engulfed in red madness and wrapped in a red swordsman, slowly but surely avoid Chungryong Ind by stepping on his feet. came in As if time only flows differently in the downstream, the downstream gently avoids a sh-like sting. At the same time as Chungryong Ind waspletely avoided, the body downstream moved like lightning. This was possible because the speed of the charge was not reduced even while dodging. The sight of the downstream being swept away in an instant was like a red tempest. Kwakagagagak ¨C Red thread. Threads made of sword energy flutter violently and shatter the surroundings like a storm. Naturally, Hendrick was at the center of it all. Self-made! Hendrick¡¯s armor and greaves, which had been reduced to tatters after yesterday¡¯s battle with Jinhyuk, were torn and cracked again. ¡°Tsk, again?¡± Hendrick clicked his tongue as he looked at his clothes and greaves being ruined again in less than a day. Before he knew it, Ha-ryu had snuggled into his arms and prepared to strike. Kiying- ¡°¡­It¡¯s really precious. ¡°How much of this child¡¯s potential and talent was sucked out of him?¡± Dozens of red threads. They tangled and became one. It shook violently, indicating instability, but the ferocious strength inherent in it was clear. Strong. It is a level up from sword energy and has a ferocious ability to cut and destroy everything that stands in its way. Naturally, it was not an ability that could be used by a lower-ss person who could not ride properly or be a swordsman. Dragon yer sword. To be precise, it was the result of the help of the ego contained in it. For example, there was a red river that was shaking violently. ¡°I¡¯m dying!¡± Hendrick digs into his arms, makes a sword, and doesn¡¯t even prepare for it. Thinking that he might achieve the impossible because he had all three elements, Ha-ryu, with a smile tinged with madness, swung his sword. A blow that could kill even Hendrick if he were allowed to hit it right. Even Yongrin, the scale of the dragon, cannotpletely block the Sword Gang. In other words, it is a spear that can pierce the current shield called Hendrick, which Jinhyuk was unable to do. And then a blow from downstream struck Hendrick, who was unprepared. bang! explosion. Jinhyeok jumped out of his seat with a startled look on his face as he heard a sound that was hard to believe was the result of a sword and a person colliding. ¡°Hendrick! Are you okay?¡± As a wizard, necromancer, and spirit master, he knew it well. How powerful is Kang Ki? Furthermore, he also realized that the strength hecked was sufficient. I also knew that if the attack had just hit Hendrick, he would certainly have suffered damage that could not be ignored. Isn¡¯t that why you left your seat with a surprised face? But Jinhyuk¡¯s worries were unfounded. ¡°I¡¯m fine. ¡°But I think it would be good to get some rest. This child seems very tired.¡± The dust cloud cleared, and Hendrick, who emerged from it, was covered with a blue, glowing shield of energy on his chest. In addition, after blocking the unstable river energy of the river with a membrane of river energy, the river that had returned to its original form was held on his chest with both eyes closed. Chapter 72 All Master Necromancer Episode 72 ¡°Get out of the way, there¡¯s no problem, right?¡± Jinhyeok nervously asked back after taking over Ha-ryu, who was in Hendrick¡¯s arms with her eyes closed. Even though it happened through his own neglect, it was a sophisticated way of passing responsibility to Hendrick. Hendrick shook his head with a embarrassed expression. ¡°Didn¡¯t you say you were fine? He just seemed a little tired. Myplexion is pale and my nutritional status is not very good. ¡°It seems like it has been in this state for a few days and all of its remaining strength has been sucked away by that sword.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, I guess I should break that sword or something.¡± Uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu At Jinhyeok¡¯s irritated words, the Dragon yer Sword protested by ringing its sword as if responding to him. He expresses that he is not at fault and furthermore expresses his murderous intent towards Hendrick. But there was no way Jinhyeok knew about him. ¡°Why are you humming? ¡°I think I¡¯ll throw it into the furnace.¡± ng ¨C The dragon yer¡¯s ego was pounding as he was thrown to the floor, but as expected, Jinhyuk had no way of knowing. What would happen if Jinhyuk grabbed the handle of the sword and went into the ego¡¯s world of imagination? As of now, Jinhyuk could not know the mind of the dragon yer sword. In the end, the dragon yer became quiet as he was pessimistic about his situation and desperately hoped that the downstream would wake up quickly. Jinhyeok clicked his tongue and quickly checked the condition of the downstream, looking at the dragon yer sword that had be quiet after rolling on the floor once. ¡°¡­I¡¯m fine. ¡°I wonder if this can be called okay.¡± ¡°As long as you rest well and eat well, you will wake up right away.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, I guess so.¡± He must have been unable to move for several days without eating properly, and his skin and bones look different from thest time. Jinhyeok, who sensed that it was because of the homework he had assigned, ran his fingers over Ha-ryu¡¯s dull skin with a confused look on his face. ¡°Dad, who are you?¡± ¡°¡­If you say daddy again, I might actually die this time.¡± ¡°die? who?¡± ¡°Who is it, the sister who fainted right in front of you?¡± ¡°¡­?¡± Miho, who insisted on using the title ¡°Dad¡± even though she was told not to call him ¡°Dad¡± earlier, expressed her curiosity as she looked at Haru. Jinhyeok said while gently stroking the head of Miho, who was tilting her head as if she didn¡¯t understand the word ¡®unni¡¯. ¡°Just call me oppa.¡± ¡°brother?¡± ¡°Dad is no good to you, me, or him.¡± [The nine-tailed fox nods.] [The pinnacle of all evil breaks into a cold sweat at the mention of dad.] [ The nine-tailed fox res at someone.] [The pinnacle of all evil whistles, avoiding someone¡¯s gaze. blows.] ¡­Look at these guys? no way? Jinhyeok red at the messages from the two gods and the devil that made him think, but no answer came out. That¡¯s because I couldn¡¯t think of any other messages after that message. Since there was no answer, I put Haryu on my back, stroking Haryu¡¯s light purple hair. ¡°Are you nning on taking me there yourself?¡± ¡°It¡¯s obvious that this happened because of the homework I gave, but I can¡¯t ignore it. ¡°I¡¯m done feeding Miho anyway, and things have changed, so my work at the border is over.¡± Jinhyeok nced at Miho, who had transformed into a child, then pped his hand and took a step outside the border. ¡°I have sins too, so go with me.¡± ¡°Well, he really hates the Four Emperors, so he might throw a fit if he wakes up.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll have to endure that too. ¡°The fault of the tool is the fault of the owner.¡± Dragon¡¯s body. Jinhyeok could no longer argue with Hendrick¡¯s attitude of calling the body of one of the Four Emperors a tool and epting the mistake as the owner named ¡®Hendrick¡¯ who handles the tool. ¡®Ji will take care of it. Even if I get hit, it¡¯s not my fault.¡¯ Since they had no intention of doing so anyway, the conversation between the two ended quickly. ¡°Vulkan, you go first and tell Halcion. ¡°Please prepare food and water for washing at the hotel.¡± ¡°I get it. ¡°Then, Ha-Ryu and Mi-Ho, please do us a favor.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll take care of it, so just go quickly.¡± ¡°Sure.¡± As soon as he finished speaking, Jinhyeok walked away as he caught sight of Balkan¡¯s whitish spirit disappearing into the city. -Sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssss- sssssssssssssssssssssssssssss-sssssssssssssssss2s2s2s both wheezessssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssss ¡­ Although Jinhyeok could be said to be a person with deep hearts, there was still a soft part in Jinhyeok¡¯s heart to see Ha-ryu, whom he now clearly ced within his enclosure, suffering. Jinhyeok, who felt the prickling of that delicate part, let go of his frustration and disappeared from the border along the way. * * * ¡°¡­.¡± ¡°Well, it¡¯s not dangerous, right?¡± ¡°Yes¡­ I think exhaustion came from extreme malnutrition and exerting so much strength in such a short period of time. You wille to your senses by the time you finish receiving Alchemy¡¯s special high-concentration nutritional fluid. Instead, if you use the same power again, you must be prepared to risk your life.¡± ¡°We¡¯ll take care of that, so don¡¯t worry. You know that the billing is from Gold Rich Trading, right? Do it there.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, then let¡¯s go. ¡°Gwimyeon.¡± ¡°Oh, and if I go somewhere and talk about what happened today, you know?¡± As Jinhyeok smiled darkly and pretended to slit his throat with his hand, the doctor who came to check Ha-ryu¡¯s condition and treat him turned pale. Hendrick clicked his tongue as he watched the congressman nodding his head like a windmill hurriedly leaving the room. ¡°You¡¯re being too strong for the general public.¡± ¡°Ordinary people are shit. There are no ordinary people in the tower. There are only those who settle and those who move forward. ¡°Have you never thought that he could sell our information to the guild?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± ¡°You can¡¯t deny it, right? The information guild doesn¡¯t exist for nothing. There¡¯s no need to give any clues. ¡°In return, the author will receive treatment fees equal to the value of our information, so it¡¯s a one-win.¡± ¡°Ha, yes. ¡°The guild leader says so, but each guild member just has to follow.¡± When Hendrick nodded his head with a sigh, Jinhyuk smiled brightly and nodded as if he should. ¡°And why are you just a guild member?¡± ¡°what?¡± ¡°When I¡¯m away, you should lead the guild in my ce. ¡°A so-called deputy guild leader?¡± ¡°¡­It only sounds like you¡¯re just trying to pamper me, but is that an illusion?¡± ¡°It¡¯s an illusion. ¡°I¡¯m just preparing for when I¡¯m not around.¡± A game of gamtu. Hendrick didn¡¯t really like it, and his intentions were obvious, so he felt like rejecting it, but in the end, he had no choice but to use courage. ¡°If you don¡¯t like the guild leader, know how to use your courage to rebel.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know how many people will be on your side, but if you can, do it.¡± Hendrick looked at Jinhyuk with a puzzled expression as he smiled and responded. This is why I could not understand his behavior, which encouraged people to do something if they could, even while discussing rebellion. But when he thought of the guild members, he understood. ¡®It¡¯s mostly full of people that Cha Jin-hyuk brought in. Tsk, maybe I should have umted some of the rtionships from my past life.¡¯ Unlike Hendrick, who seemed like a perfect maverick, Jinhyeok had quite a few past rtionships. Jinhyuk and Hendrick had many simrities, but their rtionship was greatly different. As a result, most of the guild members that make up the guild are connected to Jinhyeok. Hendrick, on the other hand, didn¡¯t even know who was who. The only ones that were in front of me were Haru and Miho, and even Halcion and Ken that I saw at Gold Rich Company. ¡®¡­Keuung, are they all pro-Cha Jin-hyuk?¡¯ He knew better because he saw it before his eyes. A goblin girl who faints and a young fox girl who takes care of her. The interest and affection the two show toward Cha Jin-hyuk is almost like family. Additionally, Halcyon and Ken were no different. He wasn¡¯t so immature that he couldn¡¯t notice the difference between looking at himself and looking at Jinhyeok. ¡°You deserve it.¡± ¡°Do you understand now? Even if you tried to rebel, few people would listen to you. ¡°If you have any useful outsiders, bring them in.¡± ¡°¡­The past should be left in the past.¡± ¡°Are you a friendless idiot?¡± ¡°¡­Shut up.¡± Jinhyeok, who opened his dark red eyes and made a gesture of surrender toward Hendrick, who was harshly scolding him, turned his head and gently stroked Ha-ryu¡¯s forehead. ¡°I¡¯ll wake up soon. Be quiet and stay slightly out of the way. If I see your face first, I might go crazy. ¡°Maybe I¡¯m scared.¡± ¡°¡­Okay. ¡°I will stay in the next room.¡± ¡°Do whatever you feel like. ¡°Eat as much sweets as you want.¡± ¡°Tsk, it¡¯s done. ¡°You should eat a lot.¡± ¡°Then bring it to me.¡± ¡°¡­Damn you.¡± Hendrick grumbles and disappears into the next room of the hotel. At the same time, Jinhyuk grinned as he looked at the bundle of snacks flying from inside the room. ¡°I¡¯ll eat well!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t just eat it yourself, give it to the child when he wakes up. ¡°Because nutritional sap and actual food are different.¡± ¡°Okay, okay, I¡¯ll eat well.¡± ¡°¡­Ha, you damn bastard.¡± Balkan kept nodding his head as if he understood what Hendrick was hearing from inside. It was like a kind of camaraderie. Sharing the emotions I feel as someone who knows Jinhyeok. Leaving behind Balkan, where he felt the love of camaraderie that blossomed as a result, Jinhyeok looked at the sap flowing ¡®drip-drip-¡® from high to low. ¡®When will it all run out?¡¯ A reunion with Ha-Ryu, whom I had not seen for about a week. I didn¡¯t know that I would encounter this as a patient and caregiver, but I still wanted to talk to her as soon as possible. ¡®We have a lot to talk about, downstream. Let¡¯s get up quickly, eat some snacks, and share what happened during the week.¡¯ With a rare smile on his face, Jinhyeok changed the wet towel that had be lukewarm and looked after Ha-ryu, whose eyes were tightly closed. * * * ¡°¡­Mmm.¡± Soft nket. Soft bed sheets. Haryu moaned as he felt a softness he hadn¡¯t felt in several days of camping. The person next to her also opened his eyes at the sound of a small moan that urred while she was lifting her frozen body. ¡°Woke up?¡± ¡°¡­Brother, I¡¯m sorry.¡± Ha-Ryu lowered his head as if he was embarrassed when he heard Jin-Hyeok¡¯s voice looking at him with a soft smile. ¡®Why did I do that?¡¯ I was distracted by my father¡¯s voice, and because I was mentally exhausted, I fought under the impulse of the sword without even being able to understand the true situation. Jinhyuk¡¯s hand was ced on Ha-ryu¡¯s shoulder, who was ming himself for being blind to the fact that he was a dragon even though Jinhyuk was right next to him. Tuktuk- ¡°It¡¯s okay. As long as you¡¯re fine, that¡¯s fine. And since I was so tired, it was natural for my judgment to be clouded. Hendrick said it was okay too. Oh, Hendrick is the dragon you attacked. ¡°It¡¯s not a substance, though.¡± ¡°¡­If the person your brother has by your side is definitely not an ordinary Four Emperors.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, he¡¯s simr to me. ¡°You are definitely yourself on the inside, but you are not on the outside.¡± ¡°What is that¡­?¡± When Ha-ryu tilted his head, unable to understand what Jin-hyuk said, Jin-hyuk put his hand on top of Ha-ryu¡¯s hand and calmly exined. ¡°I think you know. ¡°It¡¯s a secret I didn¡¯t reveal.¡± ¡°¡­I have expectations. ¡°My brother is definitely not an ordinary person.¡± From the time we first met on the 1st floor until we parted ways on the 9th floor. Ha-Ryu stayed by Jin-Hyeok¡¯s side and watched closely what he was doing and what he was aplishing. As a result, downstream was confident. Jinhyuk is definitely different from others. ¡°But I didn¡¯t want to pry. Because my brother didn¡¯t tell me.¡± ¡°That¡¯s one of the reasons I like you. ¡°Not trying to pry.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Why are you blushing? Did you like thepliment? Jinhyeok, who was tilting his head as he felt the heat from Ha-ryu¡¯s hand, who blushed at his words and lowered his head, erased his thoughts and opened his mouth. What was important now was not that Ha-ryu liked praise. ¡°And I think you need to know my secret now.¡± ¡°¡­Really?¡± ¡°Yes, I was nning on telling all the important people tomorrow anyway, so you can think of it as telling me in advance.¡± ¡°Am I¡­ an important person?¡± Ha-Ryu responds with a surprised face when he tells her he will tell him a secret. Furthermore, Jinhyeok nodded at her, who was so happy that she asked back when she was told that she was an important person. ¡°It¡¯s important. In the future, I will be in charge of the central role in the guild I will create. Oh, if you¡¯re reluctant to join a guild, try being active in the guild as a frencer¡­¡± ¡° I¡¯ll join. I will definitely do it. ¡°Onii-sama will reject me and I will officially apply to join the guild, so please make sure to join me.¡± ¡°¡­Uh, okay. ¡°If you are, there is no need to say anything.¡± Jinhyeok called Hendrick, who was in the next room, while looking at Ha-ryu with a puzzled face, who immediately interrupted him as soon as he mentioned joining the guild. ¡°Hendrick! downstream woke up You cane out. Oh, are you okay? ¡°You¡¯re not just turning into a berserker like before, are you?¡± ¡°¡­Please forget about that. ¡°It¡¯s a shameful memory for me too.¡± ¡°No, it was great. The problem is that it¡¯s not your strength. But one day you will definitely gain and handle that power.¡± ¡°Yes, thank you for your words, Brother.¡± Jinhyeok had nothing more to say to Ha-ryu, who responded with a grin. It is a dream state that anyone who truly wields a sword can hope for, and the state of ¡®strength¡¯ where Hendrick stayed in his previous life. I thought that the lower stream could rise, but the reason was that the listeners did not believe it, so there was no way they would listen even if I said more. ¡®Only the person speaking hurts their mouth.¡¯ Anyway, I¡¯m going to ride it someday. Next, on to the inspection. Finally, when Jinhyuk thinks that there is no need to say more since he will realize that what he just said is true when he reaches Ganggi. ¡°You¡¯re not going to attack me like before, are you? ¡°I¡¯m not even armed right now.¡± ¡°¡­sorry. I wasn¡¯t in my right mind back then¡­¡± ¡°If you bow your head like that because you said it as a joke, it¡¯s embarrassing for the person who said it. It¡¯s just something I said. You don¡¯t have to worry about it. It was me who fought back, and I was the one who hurt and knocked him out. Rather, it¡¯s me who feels sorry. ¡°He showed that he wascking as an adult.¡± The door to the next room opened, and Hendrick, without any weapons and wearing full uniform, walked out. Ha-ryu became thoughtful at his joke and lowered his head, but Hendrick instead waved his hand, bowed his head slightly, and apologized. In the end, there was a funny scene where they apologized to each other, but Jinhyuk frowned. It was because of Hendrick, who was always gorgeous and statuesque. But conversation was more important than his appearance and attire. Grumble- ¡°Sit down.¡± Jinhyuk said as he pulled out the chair next to him. ¡°You can¡¯t refuse a favor.¡± Hendrick flopped down and expressed his gratitude, then looked alternately at Ha-Ryu and Jin-Hyeok, who were only upright on the bed, and then opened his mouth. ¡°Let¡¯s start talking. It will take a long time to include the story of you and me, as well as the ¡®him¡¯ of the hidden street. I have a meeting tomorrow, so it¡¯s not a good idea to sleep in toote. Also, it may be too much for a child who has just woken up.¡± ¡°I¡¯m fine¡­.¡± ¡°No, Hendrick is right. ¡°It might be a bit of a shock to you when you hear it, but it¡¯s still a good idea to keep your head straight and listen.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, I understand. Brother.¡± Ha-Ryu was waving his hands saying it was okay if it took a long time, but he immediately lost his momentum when he heard Jinhyuk¡¯s firm voice. That¡¯s how the story of Ha-Ryu, who leaned his upper body on the bed, and Jin-Hyeok and Hendrick, who sat on the two chairs in front of him, began. Chapter 73 All Master Necromancer Episode 73 ¡°¡­This is amazing. ¡°I didn¡¯t think there would be anything more surprising than this when the vige burned down.¡± This was Ha-ryu¡¯s reaction after hearing everything Jinhyeok and Hendrick had to say. Of course, we haven¡¯t talked about Genno in the hidden street yet. ¡®You¡¯ll probably be just as surprised, sad, and happy as you are right now.¡¯ Jinhyeok opened his mouth, anticipating the reaction of the child who thought he was the only survivor when he told him that there were others of his kind left. ¡°I was reincarnated after 10 years, and Hendrick¡­¡± ¡°He was reincarnated rtively recently. ¡°I only spent a few months on the 10th floor.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± Perhaps the 10-year cycle was intended to roughly align the timeline with Hendrick¡¯s reincarnation? Thinking this, Jinhyuk looked downstream. ¡°Is that all you feel about hearing all the secrets?¡± ¡°¡­There is a reason why my brother has unrivaled strength and knows abilities and titles that others do not know.¡± ¡°The memories of my past life were of great help. ¡°This body has some merit.¡± Jinhyuk speaks while patting his body. To be precise, it was referring to the characteristic of ¡®versatility¡¯ contained in the reincarnated body, but even Ha-ryu did not know about it. This is personal, so it doesn¡¯t matter if you don¡¯t talk about it. Hendrick was simr, and people like Goldrich would also be like that at the meeting tomorrow, so Jinhyeok didn¡¯t talk too much. ¡°And I also understand why my brother shows anger toward the Four Emperors like me.¡± ¡°Wasn¡¯t it ridiculous when you saw it from the side? ¡°I wonder what happened to a climber on the first floor to get revenge on the Four Emperors.¡± ¡°¡­Honestly, a little?¡± In response to Jinhyuk¡¯s question, Ha-Ryu held up his thumb and index finger slightly apart. As he said, it was true that Jinhyeok, who was burning revenge on the Nine Stars and the Four Emperors, felt like a strange person to Ha-ryu, who knew nothing. ¡°But now that I know everything, my brother has a reason to not fall behind me at all. Cutting it all off¡­¡± But that too ended today. Ha-ryu, who heard the whole story, was able to empathize with Jin-hyeok¡¯s feelings. He died after being stabbed in the back by Nine Star, and behind that Nine Star were the Four Emperors. It was natural for Jinhyuk to have a burning desire for revenge and n to kill them. Ha-ryu himself was the same way, so I sympathized with him even more. ¡°And Hendrick is simr. ¡°It was too big to be called a sprout.¡± ¡°You could say it¡¯s about a tree.¡± 900th floor. At that level, it was too big to be called a sprout anymore. Ha-Ryu sighed as he looked at the two people who were ming and giggling over that and were overflowing with pride. ¡°¡­men. ¡°It¡¯s amazing that someone canugh or be filled with pride over the memory of being stabbed to death like that.¡± ¡°One day, when we defeat all the Four Emperors, that too will be a memory. ¡°Anyway, you¡¯re alive now.¡± ¡°That is correct. From their perspective, the sprout has grown to the point where it can no longer be left unattended. So, it also means that I, who have be a tree, am a threat to them. ¡°Isn¡¯t it natural to be proud?¡± ¡°¡­You¡¯ve made a good friend, brother. ¡°The two of you work very well together.¡± Jinhyeok scratched his head in embarrassment as Ha-ryu looked at him with his eyes open. ¡°¡­And maybe the destruction of the goblin vige will also be nipped in the bud.¡± ¡°¡­yes? ¡°What is that?¡± The two people who had been talking about cutting off the Four Emperors that had been associated with them until now suddenly turned their heads towards the goblin vige, and Ha-ryu couldn¡¯t help but be confused. Jinhyuk calmed Ha-ryu down by fixating her gaze on the embarrassed Ha-ryu. ¡°I don¡¯t know if you can handle this, but¡­ Hendrick and I had a conversation after watching your battle.¡± ¡°After our conversation, we agreed that you were a climber worthy of being called ¡®Bud¡¯.¡± ¡°That¡­ that¡¯s ridiculous. ¡°How can I be the same ¡®sprout¡¯ as you two!¡± Voices get louder. Balkan, who was looking at her, also looked at her with a deep expression on his face. ¡®Ryu. I also had no choice but to admit it.¡¯ He also heard the conversation between the two people and was one of the people who contributed to the conversation. That¡¯s why I knew the Balkans well. The downstream is clearly a ¡®sprout¡¯. However, it was a different matter for the person involved, Ha-ryu, to admit it. ¡°You are not like us.¡± ¡°I said it as a joke, but I was a ¡®sprout¡¯ that had grown well enough to be considered a tree.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not at the level of a tree, but I¡¯m above the level of a sapling, so there¡¯s noparison.¡± ¡°That can¡¯t be possible¡­¡± Ha-ryu, who was listening to the two people talking, gradually turned pale. If you are a ¡®sprout¡¯ as the two people say now, then the goblin vige was destroyed¡­ ¡°¡­The vige is because of me?¡± ¡°It¡¯s unfortunate, but I think that¡¯s right. ¡°But it¡¯s not your fault.¡± ¡°Yes, just because the killer kills everyone in the target¡¯s area to kill the target, that doesn¡¯t mean the target is to me. Same as now. ¡°The Four Emperors attacked the vige to kill you, and in the process, the goblin vige was destroyed, but it is not your fault.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, the sin lies with the Four Emperors. So downstream, you don¡¯t have to me yourself. ¡°You are a victim, not a perpetrator.¡± Even though the two peopleforted him by gently telling him that it was not his fault, Ha-Ryu¡¯s big eyes were already filled with tears. Was it too much? Ha-ryu, who was still young, could not help but me himself even after epting the truth. It would be even more strange for a child who had been holding on and running in the name of revenge not to shed tears now that he hade to think that he should also be the target of that revenge. ¡®You have to hold it well from the side. And is now the right time?¡¯ Jinhyeok, who was measuring the timing by exchanging nces with Hendrick, sensed that now was the moment to bring up thest story he had not said. Hendrick, who was exchanging nces with Jinhyeok, nodded his head, even Balkan nodded, and even Miho, who knew nothing, nodded(?). ¡°There is one goblin alive.¡± ¡°¡­yes? No, that can¡¯t be possible¡­ Everyone in the vige was definitely dead¡­¡± ¡°On the day of the disaster, there was one goblin who didn¡¯te to the vige. There was only one person. He¡¯s in a simr situation to you. And waiting for you ¡°If I me myself like that when I meet thest remaining goblin, will he really like it?¡± ¡°¡­No, I have tough. ¡°That will put his mind at ease.¡± ¡°It¡¯s the right choice. ¡°Can you get up?¡± ¡°yes. No, if I can¡¯t get up, I¡¯ll just have my brother carry me. ¡°It¡¯s not rude, is it¡­?¡± Facing Ha-ryu¡¯s shaking gaze, who was looking at him with a slightly trembling voice, Jinhyeok gently shook his head and showed his back. ¡°Do you want to climb up?¡± ¡°¡­Actually, it was a bit difficult. ¡°It might be heavy.¡± ¡°I can only see bones, but it¡¯s heavy. Let¡¯s carry it on our backs.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯ll take care of you for a little bit. Brother.¡± Ha-ryu was blushing as if he was embarrassed, but he didn¡¯t mind putting Jinhyuk on his back. Sreuk ¨C Ha-ryu¡¯s white, thin arms gently wrapped around Jin-hyeok¡¯s neck. A posture that holds the neck firmly but is not ufortable. Jinhyeok burst outughing at Ha-ryu, who clearly cared about him. ¡°You can hold on tight.¡± ¡°¡­yes.¡± Only after permission was given, Jinhyeok stood up, feeling the arm he was gently holding gain more strength. And he said something to be considerate of the lower ss, who looked quite differentpared to others. ¡°Would you like me to use some magic to change my appearance?¡± ¡°Please do me a favor.¡± Appearance change magic. Jinhyuk says he just needs to take off his mask, but he is not Ha-Ryu. Aside from Genno, who is hiding in a hidden street, he is the only goblin, and it has already been confirmed that rumors of the 9th floor have spread in the streets. Naturally, I had no choice but to hide the appearance of the lower stream. ¡°Hendrick.¡± ¡°I get it.¡± Sigh, of course, that was the same for Hendrick. In fact, since Hendrick was more famous than Ha-Ryu, it was only natural to hide his appearance. Jinhyeok, who was looking at him using magic to change his appearance to something very ordinary in an instant, waved his hand and used magic. Likewise, Jinhyeok smiled with satisfaction as he took a look at Ha-Ryu, whose distinctive horn had disappeared and his appearance had changed slightly. ¡°Good. ¡°At this level, no matter whoes, they won¡¯t know it¡¯s you.¡± ¡°¡­thank you.¡± ¡°Well, there are things I like about it. ¡°Shall we go then?¡± ¡°Yes, please.¡± Feeling the warmth of Haru¡¯s arms wrapped around his neck, Jinhyeok left the hotel with Vulcan, who held Miho, who had returned to his fox form, in his arms, and Hendrick, who had erased his horns and spirit. * * * Hidden streets. At best, the feeling of revisiting a ce I had visited yesterday was quite new. The feeling of being erased from the gaze of God and the devil was like a drug to Jinhyuk, who has sensitive senses. Jinhyuk said as he walked along a quiet street with no people around. ¡°Are you nervous?¡± It was a question that was conscious of the fact that the heart palpitations felt in Ha-ryu¡¯s body, which was closely attached to him, were getting faster and faster. Ha-Ryu burst intoughter at Jin-Hyeok¡¯s question. ¡°I never thought I would feel this way again.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not strange. ¡°You seemed to have lost some of your emotions after what happened to the vige.¡± ¡°¡­It was a bit like that, wasn¡¯t it?¡± Compared to an ordinary child, he almost had no emotions, so not really. Jinhyeok, who was worried that he would be hurt if he spoke verbally, answered with a faint smile, but then stopped walking. ¡°We¡¯re all here.¡± ¡°¡­Already? ¡°I¡¯m not even mentally prepared yet.¡± ¡°Well, how about it? ¡°It would be nice to meet you soon.¡± ¡°¡­What if you me me? ¡°If he mes me after finding out everything¡­¡± Haryu¡¯s body trembles slightly. Jinhyuk, who could feel it more clearly because he was carrying her, gritted his teeth slightly. What on earth did the lower ss do wrong to not be able to trust people and to be scared of something that didn¡¯t even happen? Anger at him enveloped my entire body. But rather than spitting it out, Jinhyuk chose to reassure Ha-Ryu. ¡° If you do that, I¡¯ll beat you up. ¡°He may be an excellent cksmith, but we don¡¯t need someone like that.¡± ¡°¡­Thank you at least for words. And even if he really mes me, please don¡¯t.¡± Sreuk-tap- haryu gently stroked his clenched fist and stepped down from his back onto the ground. Ha-ryu stepped onto the solid ground and slowly walked towards the cksmith shop. Ha-ryu, standing in front of the tented door, turned his head to look at Jin-hyeok and asked. ¡°That kid isn¡¯t really your kid, is he?¡± ¡°¡­I said no!¡± ¡°Cook¡­ I understand. ¡°Even if you consider it before reincarnation, it doesn¡¯t make sense for your brother to have a child.¡± ¡°what? What does that mean¡­.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll go in ande back.¡± Ha-Ryu, who made a joke while pointing at Miho in Vulkan¡¯s arms, walked up the tent and went inside. Jinhyeok, who was scratching his head while looking at the stream that had disappeared inside the tent, spoke at the top of his voice. ¡°Young Master! ¡°We¡¯re here, soe out!¡± Jinhyeok was worried that Ha-ryu, who was inside, would not be able to speak properly, so he called Genno directly. ¡°Tsundere guy.¡± ¡°¡­don¡¯t use words like that. ¡°I¡¯m afraid that my child will listen and learn.¡± -¡­Huh? ¡°Miho, close your ears. ¡°You don¡¯t have to listen to things like that.¡± ¡°You two really fit together well.¡± When Jinhyuk raised his hand to stop Miho¡¯s pricked ears, Hendrick, who was watching from the side, blurted out a word. It was only a word, but the two people involved fiercely refuted it. ¡°no it¡¯s not?¡± ¡°Absolutely not.¡± When Hendrick bursts outughing as he watches the two of them rebuttal, even raising blood in their necks. ¡°Tsk, if you¡¯re here, just open the door ande in. What are you talking about? And if you really take it all and take it all, then what am I going to eat for a living?¡­¡± Jinhyeok , Balkan, and Hendrick closed their mouths at the sound of Genno¡¯s voiceing from the cksmith shop. Genno¡¯s voice cut off as he spoke, and the sound of someone falling down hit my ears. However, the sound was not one. Not one, but two. They smiled bitterly when they realized that both of them had copsed facing each other. ¡°Ha¡­ downstream¡­.¡± ¡°Grandpa¡­ buji¡­?¡± Two trembling voices came from inside. Genno and the lower reaches. Jinhyeok, who confirmed the rtionship between the two, opened his mouth as the representative. ¡°Should I step aside for a moment and not break the good mood?¡± ¡°Sure.¡± ¡°Not bad.¡± -Pfft! Naturally, no one refuted him. Even Miho voted in favor with a cheerful voice saying, ¡®Keu!¡¯ In this way, the four people (one man, one dragon, one spirit, one tiger) began to slowly move away from the cksmith shop. Although it has only been a few months since the breakup, I hope that the heartache they must have had in the meantime will be healed through this breakup. Chapter 74 All Master Necromancer Episode 74 How much time has passed? They sat on a pile of stones a short distance away from the cksmith shop and waited for the two people to finish their conversation. At one point, they looked at the cksmith shop as if they were weaving. ¡°Is it over?¡± ¡°I guess it¡¯s over.¡± ¡°Tsk, the young one was caught carrying a burden on his mind and only thinking about revenge, but I hope this incident will help him get some relief.¡± ¡°hmm¡­? Was it like that when you saw me?¡± When Jinhyuk asked Balkan, who clicked his tongue, Balkan frowned. ¡°Are you and Ha-ryu the same as me, you cheap bastard? And in the first ce, aren¡¯t you and Ha-ryu in fact different from each other?¡± ¡°Or it¡¯s not, Yeongmantaeng¡¯s temperament is that way.¡± When Jinhyeok frowns after picking his ears and ignoring Balkan¡¯s words. The person who turned their attention to the cksmith shop appeared. ¡°Brother, you waited a long time because of me, right? ¡°I¡¯m sorry to both Grandpa Balkan and Mr. Hendrick.¡± It was downstream. The moisture in her voice, as if she had been crying inside, could be said to be a rough example of how she is currently feeling. But Jinhyuk couldn¡¯t hold back theughter that burst out at her apology. ¡°¡­big. Ha, downstream¡­ I¡¯m fine¡­ Sigh!¡± ¡°This bastard isughing at this kid! Ha-Ryu, did you have a good conversation¡­? Have you rxed a bit?¡± ¡°¡­I didn¡¯t see anything. She may be young, but she¡¯s a girl. ¡°Because you want to show only the prettiest.¡± Not only that, but Balkan couldn¡¯t stop his words from bing blurred towards the end, and Hendrick turned his head away. It could be said that both of them expressed their feelings because they did not want to hurt Ha-ryu. Only Jinhyuk giggled and held on to his stomach. ¡°¡­Brother.¡± ¡°So, are you feeling a little relieved?¡± That too for a while. Jinhyeok immediately erased hisughter at Ha-ryu¡¯s voice, which was filled with coldness. Jinhyuk, who usually spoke with an expressionless and stern face, seemed like a skilled actor. No, Balkan and Hendrick stuck out their tongues at the quick change of expression that even experienced actors couldn¡¯t do. ¡®That guy should have been an actor, not a spirit master.¡¯ ¡®¡­What a surprising change in expression. Is it one step above Poker Face? ¡®If I wasn¡¯t a climber, it¡¯s no wonder I became a professional gambler.¡¯ When he inwardly sticks out his tongue and points his finger at Jinhyeok, who is giving off the appearance of a solemn older brother, as if the smile he had just smiled was a lie. Ha-Ryu¡¯s slightly swollen eyes were bent like a crescent moon. ¡°I¡¯m so d I met you, brother.¡± With her eyes smiling and a smile on her lips, she showed a different beauty than usual. Jinhyeok, who saw her with a sad and sorrowful look in his eyes, cleared his throat and approached her. ¡°That¡¯s natural, what about Old Man Genno?¡± ¡°Grandpa¡­ I think he¡¯s a little exhausted. I cried a lot, but my grandfather cried even more. ¡°Please drink some water now.¡± ¡°okay? Then rest. ¡°I¡¯m going to meet old Genno for a while.¡± ¡°Yes, brother. Grandfather will listen to any request you may have. And even more so if it¡¯s our goal.¡± ¡°¡­thanks.¡± Jinhyeok smiled slightly at Ha-ryu, who saw through his intentions and gave him advice, and walked into the cksmith shop. -Kheng! Miho rushed towards Jinhyuk, who was heading to the cksmith shop alone. It was an expression of his unwillingness to be separated from Jinhyeok, whom he regarded as his master and father. But her movements did notst long. Tub- ¡°I think our youngest needs to talk to her sister?¡± -Ke¡­Keeng? This is because Ha-Ryu, who had grasped Miho¡¯s movements as she was running towards Jinhyeok with battle foresight, analyzed the route, and moved to where Miho was going in advance, grabbed Miho¡¯s back. Miho was startled and struggled as she saw Haru catching her quick movements. ¡°Sseu-eup-¡± -¡­Kheng. That too for a while. The slightly swollen eyes from crying were certainlyical, but the cool glow shining between them was too much for young Miho to handle. fear. Miho¡¯s struggles for the first time subsided and she was gently hugged to Ha-ryu¡¯s chest. Haryu spoke to Vulkan while stroking Miho¡¯s body, which was shaking slightly with fear. ¡°Is it okay to talk only about women¡­?¡± ¡°¡­ande. Anyway, it will be a while before Cha Jin-hyukes out.¡± ¡°Then excuse me.¡± ¡°If you want, I can at least cast a soundproofing spell on you.¡± ¡°Oh, if you do that, I would be grateful.¡± Ha-Ryu was pleased with Hendrick¡¯s calm help. She was no longer just stiff and stiff. It was because of her meeting with Genno and the tears she shed during that process that she let go of her hardness and revenge. ¡®There¡¯s no need to be hard and angry at everyone. ¡®My anger is finite, and it is more like a weapon that I only draw out when I need it.¡¯ However, that did not mean that he let go of all his anger and desire for revenge. As before, I will not be filled with expressionless expressions and internally ruminating about anger, revenge, sadness, and fear. However, the enemies that Ha-ryu had to deal with were too powerful to throw away all the good ¡®stimnts¡¯ of anger and revenge. Ha-Ryu decided to use his anger where it was appropriate to take him a step, maybe even a couple of steps further. It had only been a short time since we had met, and although he was a tool, it was also part of the decision to treat Hendrick kindly, who had the body of a dragon race and was the target of revenge. ¡°Then let¡¯s go together too. ¡°There¡¯s no need to be alone here anyway.¡± ¡°It¡¯ll be okay, Grandpa. Instead, you are not allowed to listen to conversations inside.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, okay. Didn¡¯t you yourself say it was a conversation between women? He¡¯s already dead, but I¡¯m a serious man so I¡¯ll never listen to him. And that guy doesn¡¯t have the power to prate the soundproofing spell.¡± When Balkan said that while pointing at Hendrick, Ha-ryu looked at Balkan and smiled. ¡°It¡¯s nice to see.¡± ¡°It¡¯s all thanks to my grandfather and brother.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know what I did to get such a high rating. Cha Jin-hyuk, that guy did it all.¡± Haryu shook his head in denial towards Vulkan, who was ming himself for doing something so absurd, thinking that he had not been able to do anything for Haryu, whom he loved like a granddaughter. ¡°I was able to gain the strength to ovee because my grandfather truly cared for me like a granddaughter. ¡°It was Grandpa Balkan who held me back when I could have copsed before I met Grandpa Genno.¡± ¡°¡­If you don¡¯t want to make your soul cry, stop there. ¡°Because I don¡¯t want to shed tears when I get older, especially when I¡¯m dead.¡± The fact that the grumbling Vulcan¡¯s eyes turned slightly red was clearly not just Ha-ryu¡¯s delusion. However, no one caught him, and soon they nced at the spot where Jinhyeok had disappeared, and finally at the cksmith shop, before moving to a ce with few people and good soundproofing even within the hidden street. * * * ¡°Young Master, this looks very funny.¡± ¡°¡­Damn you. Why are youughing so funny when you see an old man crying? Even if it¡¯s a benefactor.¡± ¡°Well, I burst outughing when I saw the stream outside, so what¡¯s different about you, old man?¡± These were Jinhyeok¡¯s words as he entered the cksmith shop. Genno Ind was no different from the river outside. Both eyes were red and bloodshot, and the slightly swollen eyes, probably due to tears, were enough to make Jinhyeokugh. Genno, who was spitting bitter words at Jinhyuk, who was giggling at him, just like when they first met, eventually knelt in front of Jinhyuk. ¡°Thank you.¡± ¡°¡­Why are you being so embarrassed? ¡°I didn¡¯t ask you to please me.¡± ¡°Of course, that kid¡¯s talent is outstanding. There is no need to say that he was unrivaled in the vige and was evaluated as a person capable of leading the vige. It is certain that he is worthy of being your benefactor, or rather, the backbone of your ns. However, as thest remaining adult of the goblin vige, please allow me to express my gratitude to you for protecting and caring for the vige children.¡± It was an unfamiliar statement, but Jinhyeok did not refute it. Even if you feel ufortable, expressing that gratitude to Genno and the lower ss will give you peace of mind. ¡°Damn it, I can¡¯t believe you¡¯re a benefactor who doesn¡¯t even have a name. ¡°My face is so hot it¡¯s killing me.¡± Jinhyuk roughly lifted Genno up, scratching his head and cheek. ¡°Young Master, I have received your thanks. And please don¡¯t kneel anywhere, especially in front of me. ¡°One Vulcan is more than enough to treat an old man rudely.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know who Balkan is, but I guess you are.¡± Jinhyeok looked at Genno, who was shaking his head and shaking the dust off his pants, and asked. ¡°So what do you do now?¡± ¡°I guess I have to keep doing my job. If I know the background to the destruction of the vige and have met that child, I can go back to being the vige leader. ¡°I am content to spend the rest of my life helping that child move forward and making him weapons and armor.¡± Jinhyuk clicked his tongue at the docile yet neat answer that waspletely different from the impatient and irritated look he had shown when they first met and when he came earlier. ¡°Is that really true?¡± ¡°It¡¯s my wish. But I know your wishes will be different. I heard the story the kid told me, and I also heard the advice he gave me before I left. ¡°I¡¯ve already heard it all, but I want to hear it from your own lips.¡± Jinhyeok sighed as he looked at Genno, who was resolute. ¡°Ha, good. Old man, no, old man. I will climb to the top of the tower. It was my goal in my past life, and that goal has not changed. But in the process, I also n to get my revenge. If you heard it, you would know. I hit the climbers named Nine Stars, and I hit the Four Emperors behind them. ¡°That¡¯s my goal.¡± ¡°¡­I already heard it, but it¡¯s still crazy.¡± Jinhyeok, who was showing some manners, took off his mask as he began to speak. Jinhyeok, who threw off the mask of courtesy, revealed his true self and told Genno about his aspirations and goals. Gwangoh. This was the conclusion Genno came to after listening to Jinhyuk. but. ¡°I like it. Anyway, I was nning on finding the vige¡¯s evil beasts and crushing them with my egg-like body. ¡°But I think you could break the rock with an egg named Genno.¡± Genno liked that Gwangoh. Anyway, Genno also had a crazy goal. After finding the evil beasts, his goal is to relieve his resentment by hitting his ugly body against them. It was an unachievable goal, and because he was like Gwang-oh in a different sense, Genno understood Jinhyeok and valued him highly. ¡®It¡¯s different from me. He really has the ability to achieve it, and Ha-ryu also believes in him and follows him, so there is no other way.¡¯ Genno realized this while talking to Ha-ryu. The fact that he, who thought he was more entric and had a worse personality than anyone else, was a weak-hearted goblin who was swayed by the words of the little goblin in front of him. And Genno, who heard that the goblin was his benefactor in front of him and was hoping to help the crazy climber who was plotting aeback, opened his mouth. ¡°It¡¯s going to be an attempt to break a rock with an egg.¡± ¡°There is an egg stronger than a rock, so what are you worried about? And the eggs will get stronger and more numerous. ¡°I have no intention of foolishly attacking you alone.¡± It was a worrying advice, but Jinhyuk responded calmly. Genno burst outughing as he looked at Cha Jin-hyuk, who said that the egg was harder than a rock. ¡°Hahaha! Yeah, good. Benefactor! No, Cha Jin-hyuk! I acknowledge you. The lower stream also wants that, so no one like an old man can go against the great precepts. ¡°Did you say you were setting up a guild?¡± ¡°Yeokcheon. ¡°It¡¯s a reverse.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll join that guild. ¡°I have an old and sick body and a rotten mind, but I still think I have some useful skills in hitting a hammer. Can a country like this ept me?¡± Looking at Genno who asked with a grin, Jinhyeok grinned and held out his hand as if he had been waiting for those words. ¡°Any cksmith who rebels against the Four Emperors and wishes for their extinction is wee, regardless of whether he is an old man in a closet or an alcoholic.¡± ¡°instead! ¡°Just promise me one thing.¡± ¡°anything. ¡°As a guild leader, there is no reason why I can¡¯t listen to even one request from the head of the guild, who will be in charge of the weapons and armor of ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯ from now on.¡± Genno extends his index finger and asks for a promise. When Jinhyeok nodded that he would give it to him, Genno said with a slight smile. ¡°Once everything is over, please revive the goblin vige again.¡± ¡°If it¡¯s something like that, I¡¯ll do whatever I can.¡± Goblin vige. In a way, it was a natural request to rebuild the ce that had been destroyed by the hands of the Four Emperors. Therefore, Jinhyeok immediately answered that he would, and the smile on Genno¡¯s face grew even deeper after hearing his answer. The revival he hoped for certainly included the creation of a goblin vige, but ultimately, it was about Jinhyeok continuing the legacy of the goblin race, which had be discontinued. ¡®Ha-ryu also hinted as if he wanted that¡­ I never thought the child could change so much in just a few months. It¡¯s so bittersweet.¡¯ promise. The promise that Genno made was a request made by Ha-ryu to him. Reconstruction of the copsed goblin vige. What was essential for that was new goblins to fill the vige. It will take a long time, but that is a matter that only time will solve. Ha-Ryu and Jin-Hyeok. As Genno envisioned a future in which the two would create the first generation of new goblins, he experienced a novelty that was both bittersweet and joyful. It might be quite a distant future, but it made Genno depressed that Haryu, who was still young, was already thinking like that. ¡®I wonder if this is what it would feel like to get my daughter married.¡¯ Genno just smiled bitterly because he never thought he would feel this way as a single person. Chapter 75 All Master Necromancer Episode 75 ¡°Then, you cane to the branch manager¡¯s office of Gold Rich Company in the 10th floor city tomorrow.¡± ¡°I spoke informally, and then I spoke respectfully. ¡°Isn¡¯t it confusing?¡± ¡°Well, you used to treat me with respect, calling me your benefactor, but now you¡¯re not talking to me informally again?¡± Skin and wavelength. Genno frowned at Jinhyeok who said that. ¡°You don¡¯t say a word. ¡°He¡¯s the type of person that makes people around him tired.¡± ¡°I know very well. I have no intention of changing it. ¡°Isn¡¯t it right that they should change for me?¡± ¡°Tsk, don¡¯t you often hear people say you¡¯re rude or that you¡¯re a fucking bastard?¡± ¡°Exactly.¡± Even though it was clear that he was swearing, Jinhyuk just grinned and agreed. When Genno looks at the calm and weak Jinhyeok with an absurd expression. Jinhyuk spoke. ¡°After joining the guild and finishing tomorrow¡¯s meeting, old man, please go to the 100th floor. ¡°I hope you will receive information from Gold Rich¡¯s investigators there and gather their information toy the foundation for the guild.¡± ¡°It¡¯s the 100th floor¡­ I don¡¯t want to go there, but I have no choice. ¡°Because I don¡¯t want to avoid the truth forever.¡± 100th floor. That is where the vige of goblins ¡®was¡¯. It shows quite a bit of determination on Genno¡¯s part to set foot in a ce that is now a wastnd, or where only ruins remain. ¡°I¡¯m sure they will find the downstream area they missed in the copsed goblin vige.¡± Wow ¨C the Four Emperors. Genno gritted his teeth when he heard that they would wait to find thest remaining downstream from the copsed goblins¡¯ home. But his anger was short-lived, and he took a deep breath and nodded. ¡°It¡¯s only natural that their goal was downstream. ¡°I will try to gather as much information as I can about them.¡± ¡°I believe you will do well in the role of head of the 100th floor branch of the Yeokcheon Guild.¡± ¡°Ha, I lived there longer than you. Just trust me.¡± Jinhyeok stood up, looking happily at Genno, who was showing pride. 100th floor. Gold Rich has already released his minions to investigate the identity, power, and power of the vige¡¯s evil beasts, but Gold Rich is too busy to put it all together and figure it out. Although I don¡¯t have enough time to do my original work, if I had to find the evil beast in the goblin vige, even two Gold Rich bodies wouldn¡¯t be enough. ¡®Among us, the only one who can collect and filter information from the 100th floor right now and has great enthusiasm for doing so is Old Man Genno.¡¯ Goldrich is busy. Puppet is focusing all his attention on climbing. The rest haven¡¯t even reached the threshold of the 100th floor yet, so the only one left is Genno. Since he had great enthusiasm for collecting that information, it was clear that his efficiency would be even better than that of Gold Rich. ¡®In addition, I have also found an artisan-level cksmith who will be the backbone of Yeokcheon in the future, so I guess I kill two birds with one stone.¡¯ The supply of weapons is important. The supply of high-quality weapons could even change the course of war. There are not many craftsmen who can make such weapons if they have time and enough materials. ¡®Old Genno is a cksmith who falls into that level of craftsmanship. He¡¯s better than any cksmith I¡¯ve ever met while climbing a 600-story tower. If I want topare with old man Genno¡­ I¡¯d have to be at roughly the level of a dwarf.¡¯ Most human cksmiths couldn¡¯t even show a business card, and Genno was so outstanding that few cksmiths could surpass Genno, except for the dwarves, a race that always appeared when discussing dexterity and metallurgy. It was not enough to have acquired a person who could safely be considered an important person among important people, and as he was a person with a great passion for collecting information, it was clear that the speed of information collection about the disaster that urred in the Goblin Vige would elerate in the future. ¡°Then see you there. ¡°100th floor.¡± ¡°When we meet again, I will gather so much information that your mouth will open wide.¡± ¡°That¡¯s not bad either. But it¡¯s also nice to have a jaw-dropping amount of weapons.¡± ¡°Hahaha! Yes, I will collect and make a lot of information and weapons. ¡°You have to worry about it tearing when you open your mouth wide.¡± Jinhyeok, who grinned at Genno, who burst intoughter while tapping his knee, asked him onest time. ¡°Are you going to leave right after the meeting tomorrow?¡± ¡°¡­I have to go. I would talk to that kid, but if I stay with that kid, I won¡¯t be able to do what I need to do, and the same goes for that kid. ¡°You can¡¯t do that because you wouldn¡¯t keep a useless person by your side.¡± ¡°I¡¯ve only seen you a few times, but you already know me well.¡± It is said that when it bes useless, it is discarded. Genno doesn¡¯t mind it, and Jinhyeok doesn¡¯t deny it. Other people might wonder what on earth they were doing, but it was important to the two of them. If the enemy they have to deal with bes as useless or an obstacle to their ns, they fall behind, and if they fall behind, they have no choice but to be abandoned. ¡®Even if it¡¯s me, it won¡¯t change.¡¯ Jinhyeok was ready to throw away even himself if he became an obstacle, so he was able to discuss someone¡¯s usefulness and think about his readiness to throw them away. Genno also realized that his ideals and wishes could not coexist, so he decided to move on to the 100th floor tomorrow. ¡®For the downstream¡¯s sake, and for my own sake, we must stay apart. When everything is over, it will be okay to have happy times by then.¡¯ Jinhyeok, feeling Genno¡¯s determination and determination to pursue future happiness rather than present happiness, bowed his head. As the guild leader of ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, as the one who took the lead in eradicating the misdeeds of the Four Emperors, not as a seeker of revenge, but as just a climber, Genno gives up his own happiness for the sake of his colleague and younger brother. A little thank you for this. Genno, who received it, seemed to be in a good mood and burst intoughter. But even for a moment. Looking at Jinhyeok who was about to leave, he opened his mouth with a cold, stiff face. ¡°From now on, call me Muyeong (ŸoÓ°). From tomorrow, I will move toward my goal like I don¡¯t exist. My name¡­ I think I can use it again after everything is over.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t have to do that¡­.¡± ¡°Please consider it a manifestation of my will.¡± Jinhyeok tried to stop Genno from giving up his name, but his cold face resolutely refused. expression of will. Jinhyeok had no reason to stop him, who showed his determination to abandon his ideals, even eliminate meetings with downstream people and even throw away his name for the sake of his goal. ¡°¡­Ha, you should speak directly to the lower ss.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. ¡°I n to do so after the meeting tomorrow.¡± Jinhyeok took his steps, leaving behind Genno, who calmly nodded and agreed, no, the person who now went by the name Muyoung. Soon, Muyoung cleaned up his nest, leaving behind Jinhyeok, who hadpletely disappeared from his cksmith shop. ¡°I won¡¯t be able toe here tomorrow anymore.¡± Since the meeting was over and he was going to live on the 100th floor and work as a cksmith, he thought that he would hardly evere again. As for the weapons, Jinhyeok and his group hadpletely swept them away yesterday, so the shelves were empty, so there wasn¡¯t much to take. In the cksmith shop where he was the only one, Muyoung slowly cleaned the inside and packed up the items. * * * Jinhyeok, who returned from his conversation with Muyoung, was able to see a rather strange sight. ¡°Ah¡­ no, brother.¡± ¡°¡­What, why does he say ¡®oppa¡¯ instead of ¡®dad¡¯?¡± This was because Miho, who was now in human form, did not say the word ¡°father,¡± which had embarrassed him. Although he was hesitant, Jinhyuk patted the head of Miho, whom he called his older brother, and asked, and Ha-ryu next to him smiled. ¡°Education is absolutely necessary. I heard it¡¯s still at the level of a young cub? ¡°Then it¡¯s no wonder that I can¡¯t tell the difference between my father and my brother.¡± ¡°Well, that¡¯s true.¡± Although her body is that of an upper elementary school student to a middle school student, Miho is so young that she definitely belongs to a young child. Of course, there is a hugeck of knowledge. So, when I looked at Jinhyuk, I called him dad. ¡°Thank you for your hard work.¡± ¡°¡­No, as an older sister, it¡¯s something I should have done for my younger brother.¡± Jinhyeok, who was thrilled that he could now escape the surprise of bing a father without a wife, patted Ha-ryu¡¯s head and expressed his gratitude. Ha-Ryu blushed slightly at Jinhyuk¡¯s warm touch and smiled brightly. ¡°What about grandfather?¡± ¡°It seemed like he was nning to leave right after the meeting tomorrow. ¡°I think they¡¯re trying to get the necessary items from inside.¡± ¡°¡­Then today is thest day, soe with us.¡± Jinhyeok shook his head while patting Ha-ryu¡¯s back as he gazed at the lit cksmith shop with a faint gaze. ¡°You probably have your own thoughts, too. And I think you have something to say tomorrow, so brace yourself.¡± ¡°¡­What¡¯s wrong. awfully.¡± Even though he said it was scary, the smile on his face was still intact, so Jinhyuk clicked his tongue and shook his head. ¡®It¡¯s scary, but it¡¯s obvious that they¡¯re happy to see each other after such a long time. Well, isn¡¯t it better to smile than to have a stiff expression?¡¯ Still, Jinhyeok decided to be satisfied because he got to see Ha-ryu smile sincerely. ¡°Let¡¯s go back. ¡°I have to prepare for tomorrow¡¯s meeting.¡± ¡°Yes, I want to wash up properly. ¡°I¡¯m going to take a bath with Miho.¡± ¡°¡­with Miho?¡± ¡°Miho, shall we take a bath with you?¡± ¡°Uhm¡­ good.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± ¡°¡­Women¡¯s work should be done by women together. ¡°We¡¯ll be moving together in the future, so it wouldn¡¯t be a bad idea to be friends.¡± Ha-ryu and Mi-ho, who have now joined, have been together for less than a day. It seemed like Miho got along well with Ha-Ryu, but it wouldn¡¯t be a bad thing to get closer to her there. After thinking that, Jinhyuk replied that he could do whatever he wanted and walked towards the hotel. Leaving behind the darkening night sky and bright moon. * * * The next day. As soon as the sun came up, Jinhyuk got up from his bed and immediately washed up and prepared to go out. ¡°Are you ready?¡± Afterpleting all preparations, Jinhyuk stood in front of the door and asked the others. ¡°I¡¯m done.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay for me too.¡± Ha-Ryu answered calmly, and Miho, who stood in front of Ha-Ryu and imitated Ha-Ryu, answered him. Jinhyeok, who was smiling at the sight of the two people being like real sisters, shook his head and looked at Hendrick. ¡°Hendrick, what about you?¡± ¡°Do I need to say anything? First of all, my clothes are a kind of magic. Depending on my will, I can wear pajamas, everyday clothes, or no clothes. ¡°There is no need to worry.¡± ¡°Yes, I hope I can use magicfortably.¡± Hendrick, who freely uses life magic and whose clothes are constantly changed as needed due to a type of magic, was neat. Jinhyeok clicked his tongue as he looked at Hendrick, who looked neat and ssy, and handed them scrolls one by one. ¡°This is a scroll that will take you directly to the conference room set up at the Gold Rich Company. There are various protection magics, so even Hendrick will not be safe. So, instead of thinking about disassembling and using the magic form on the scroll, just tear it up.¡± ¡°¡­I watched it because I was curious, because I was curious.¡± Hendrick, who had been looking at the scroll carefully, cleared his throat at Jinhyuk¡¯s scolding and took his eyes off the scroll. But even then, Jinhyeok shook his head towards Hendrick, who nced at the scroll, and looked at Vulcan. ¡°Valkan, you too,e inside me for a moment. ¡°Even though it is a spirit form, there may be some danger.¡± ¡°Of course. Well then, let¡¯s meet in the conference room. ¡°Downstream, Miho.¡± ¡°Yes, grandfather.¡± ¡°huh! grandfather!¡± A waiting area for the soul soldiers inside Jinhyeok. Before heading there, Balkan said hello to Haru and Miho. Haryu responded to his greeting with a grin, and Miho responded brightly. It was because they had a bond like an actual grandfather, as Balkan was by their side andforted them a lot when they were both having a hard time. Jinhyuk, who was looking awkwardly at the three people greeting each other, tore up the scroll. ¡°Let¡¯s go and see.¡± The moment Jinhyuk tears the scroll, Vulcan returns inside Jinhyuk. With that, Jinhyeok, who was enveloped in the bright light that erupted from the scroll, disappeared with those words. Hendrick, Haru, and Miho, who confirmed that Jinhyeok and Balkan had disappeared from the hotel room, sequentially tore open the scrolls. The same rays of light as before burst out one after another from the scroll that was torn in half, enveloping the three people, and soon they also disappeared from the hotel room. * * * Paaaaaa- A bright cluster of light burst out of the conference room. Jinhyuk was standing where the light had disappeared. ¡°It¡¯s big.¡± ¡°Sure, money is good.¡± And before he knew it, Vulcan came out from inside Jinhyuk and added flesh to Jinhyuk¡¯s review. ¡°Ites out quickly.¡± ¡°You may be spacious on the inside, but what can you do if it feels cramped?¡± ¡°Yes, that¡¯s why I gave you free entry and exit, so you can do whatever you want. ¡°I think we¡¯re all there?¡± When Jinhyeok clicked his tongue at Vulcan¡¯s quickness in getting out as soon as he could move, Vulcan frowned. As he was a free spirit and had a strong ego, Jinhyeok¡¯s interior, where soul soldiers, sexual soul soldiers, and demon soul soldiers were waiting, was like a prison to him. So wasn¡¯t he living outside of Jinhyeok to arge extent? This was possible because Jinhyeok gave authority to Balkan in the first ce. In the end, Jinhyeok shook his head and checked the faces of the people gathered in the conference room. ¡°There are puppets in Goldrich. There¡¯s Old Man Muyoung, Ken, and Halcion. ¡°Everyone is gathered.¡± ¡°But who is Muyoung?¡± ¡°Old Genno asked me to call him Muyoung.¡± ¡°¡­The downstream will be very sad.¡± ¡°It can¡¯t be helped.¡± Balkan, who noticed the meaning of the name Muyeong even though he did not say it, was worried about Ha-Ryu, who had not yet arrived, but Jin-Hyeok responded that it was something that could not be helped. Because what he said was right, Balkan also quietly stayed by Jinhyuk¡¯s side. It was a decision he made because he knew that his job in the two people¡¯s affairs was to simply observe. ¡°Are you here? ¡°It¡¯ste.¡± ¡°The other kids haven¡¯t arrived yet.¡± ¡°You were the one with them, so you and them are together. ¡°Time is gold.¡± ¡°Ugh, I can¡¯t work with a salesman.¡± Jinhyeok picked his ears and sighed as Goldrich¡¯s bruises approached. When Jinhyuk res at Goldrich, who is scolded for beingter than him even though he arrived just on time. Clusters of light erupted from all over the conference room. ¡°There are a lot ofters.¡± ¡°Do it in moderation. ¡°Is it on time?¡± ¡°It¡¯s polite to arrive 10 minutes early.¡± ¡°done. ¡°Let¡¯s not talk, let¡¯s not talk.¡± Merchants are beings who make a living through words. There is no way you have anything to gain by arguing with him. It would be okay if we didn¡¯t lose, but since it was obvious that we would lose in all likelihood, Jinhyuk turned his head and sat at the head of the table. After checking Jinhyuk, who was seated in a ce where he could overlook the entire conference room, Goldrich returned to his seat without saying a word. Flutter- The seat right below the highest seat and the only one. He sat down in one of the seats where there were only two people. Theters(?) who showed up around the time he sat down hurriedly moved to their respective seats. Hendrick takes one of the two remaining seats at the head of the table. Ha-Ryu and Mi-Ho are in the middle seat right below where Mu-yeong, Pepet, etc. are located. In an instant, the seats were over and Halcyon and Ken, who were sitting in the lowest seats, felt their bodies stiffen. It had clearly been a while since they had climbed the tower, and the number of floors they had conquered was quite high, but they could not predict the possibility of victory from Haryu, who had just climbed the tower, and Miho, who was still a baby. ¡®This is the power of the reverse heaven¡­!¡¯ ¡®Awesome¡­amazing, as expected of you, Ghost Face!¡¯ However, rather than being disintegrated by that fact, they were surprised and praised Jinhyeok for bringing them all together in the end. It was Jinhyuk¡¯s typical gangster(?) appearance. After everyone was finished sitting down, Cha Jin-hyuk, the guild leader of Yeokcheon, who was sitting in the top seat, not knowing that his gangsters were chanting to him, opened his mouth. ¡°The first Yeokcheon Guild Meeting begins now.¡± Cha Jin-hyuk, Goldrich, Hendrick, Puppet, Ha-ryu, Miho, Moo-young, Ken, Halcyon. The guild meeting of the guild ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯ began, attended by all of Yeokcheon¡¯s first guild members and those in charge. Chapter 76 All Master Necromancer Episode 76 Gold Rich opened fire with Jinhyeok¡¯s voice announcing the start of the meeting. ¡°First, let¡¯s unravel the secrets surrounding Yeokcheon¡¯s goals and members.¡± ¡°It¡¯s only natural that there are people who don¡¯t know yet.¡± Goldrich spoke and Hendrick, who was sitting at the head of the table in the same position, responded. Excluding Jinhyuk, the two highest ranking people had said so, so if Jinhyuk¡¯s permission was granted, the meeting would begin immediately as Goldrich said. ¡°Do it that way.¡± Because that was his intention from the beginning, Jinhyuk did not object. There¡¯s no need to be pretentious when you don¡¯t have time. Time is money. Although Jinhyeok was annoyed by Goldrich¡¯s nagging, he made the decision because he knew well that what he said was not wrong. As soon as Jinhyeok¡¯s decision was made, Goldrich spoke again as the head of the table. ¡°Vice-guild leader, Gold Rich. On behalf of the guild leader, I will talk about the path that ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯ should take in the future. ¡°We n to attack those who form the foundation of the tower.¡± ¡°¡­What do you mean when you say foundation?¡± basis. The puppet in the middle seat asked a question with the curiosity of Halcyon and Ken in the bottom seat at the seemingly unusual use of the word. Like Halcion and Ken, Puppet, who was busy trying to conquer the tower, was no different from ignorance. And when he decided to reveal everything, Goldrich did not hesitate or avoid speaking. ¡°Four Emperors.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± ¡°That¡­¡± ¡°Is that really possible?¡± The face of the puppet that asked the question first stiffened, and Halcyon and Ken also expressed surprise. This was especially true even though Puppet had only vaguely heard from Jinhyuk that he would have to risk his life before leaving his position as the branch manager on the 10th floor. It was a reaction that proved how much power Goldrich¡¯s words contained. Goldrich continued speaking while watching the three people¡¯s simr reactions with an expressionless face. ¡°They are no different from pests in the tower. God and devil. Clearing the 999th floor is no different from the climbers¡¯ goal. ¡°Because they are trying to manipte it as they please.¡± ¡°May I ask what that means?¡± Middle stone and lower stone. Since most of the people in the middle seat knew about the Four Hwangs and Cutting Buds, it would have been more correct to call them Puppet and Lower Stone. And on behalf of the three, Puppet, the only member of the group, asked Goldrich a question. The end of the tower. This may not be the case for most climbers, but it goes without saying that that has been the goal of all climbers. Although he is a climber who has surpassed the 100th floor, manipting it as he pleases could not possibly have been an issue for Puppet, who was ¡®only¡¯ a climber who had surpassed the 100th floor. Even Puppet, who climbed the 100th floor, had no way of reaching Halcyon and Ken who were lower than him. ¡°They are secretly and reliably processing talents who can reach the 999th floor.¡± bang! ¡°That¡¯s ridiculous! Climbing the tower is no different from the foundation of the tower. There is no way the gods and demons would tolerate that!¡± Puppet¡¯s reaction upon hearing about the cutting was natural. Halcyon and Ken did not react harshly as they were seated, but at least they showed surprise and anger on their faces. Deal with anyone who might reach the end of the tower beforehand. Literally swinging the very foundation of the tower and confronting the gods and demons who created the tower head on. But Goldrich didn¡¯t say it was false. just. ¡°I told you, right? They¡¯re shaking the foundations. ¡°Do you understand what I mean now?¡± ¡°¡­ah!¡± He just convinced me of his thoughts. The puppet let out a low exmation at his speaking skills, which had reached the peak as a merchant, and Halcyon and Ken followed suit, showing the same reaction. This means shaking the foundation that Goldrich mentioned earlier. That¡¯s why I finally understood it. Goldrich finished his sentence, looking at Puppet, Halcyon, and Ken shaking their heads with understanding expressions. ¡°And their ns are only three that we have figured out, and two of them have already seeded.¡± ¡°Huh¡­ Are you saying that the Four Emperor n¡¯s heavy hips have already moved three times?¡± ¡°But it was sessful twice¡­ So shouldn¡¯t the tower have been strengthened even though it was already in chaos?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. ¡°It¡¯s even more strange that the tower is quiet when two of the people the Four Emperors were supposed to move have died¡­ Is it information control?¡± Puppet took note of the fact that the Four Emperors got off their heavy butts three times, while Halcyon and Ken took note of the two sesses. After finishing speaking up to that point, Goldrich closed his mouth and looked at Jinhyeok as if that was the end of his work. Jinhyeok, who received Goldrich¡¯s gaze, shook his head as if he had no choice. ¡°Okay, then I, the guild leader, should take the lead from here on out, right? ¡°One of them is me.¡± ¡°The other one is me.¡± Hendrick¡¯s answer following Jinhyeok. The reaction of those who heard him was obvious. ¡°¡­yes?¡± ¡°No, what is that¡­¡± ¡°Didn¡¯t you say that the Four Emperors were definitely moving and that the target was dead?¡± A puppet with a distraught look on its face, as if it had heard something unbelievable. Ken tilts his head and shows doubt. Like a merchant, Halcyon questions what he heard, detailing what he heard. Among the three different reactions, the third and final one opened his mouth. ¡°Since the two people at the head of the table have spoken, I can also speak. The only case of failure and the subject of the third and final ¡®cut in the bud¡¯. That¡¯s me, downstream.¡± ¡°Goblin¡­ Come to think of it, the destruction of the goblin vige on the 100th floor coincides with the start of the first floor of Downstream¡­.¡± On the 100th floor, I gathered information about climbing the tower and the goblin vige, and since it was the puppet I was looking for, I immediately put the pieces together and found the answer. Ha-Ryu smiled and shook his head as he looked at the puppet who treated him with awkward respect. ¡°You canfortably call me a lower-ss sheep.¡± ¡°¡­Big, yes. Let¡¯s do that. Downstream sheep.¡± Even though he was clearly on a much higher floor, Puppet, who had unconsciously treated him with awkward respect at the sight of him not being able to do anything rashly, cleared his throat and shook off his embarrassment. After shaking off his embarrassment, he looked at Jinhyeok and Hendrick, who were sitting at the head of the table and looking down at him. ¡°Are you two dead then?¡± ¡°Undead?¡± ¡°No, that can¡¯t be. I don¡¯t know about Hendrick, but I could definitely feel the vitality from Mr. Gwimyeon. ¡°I personally saw ghosts targeting the body of a living ghost.¡± Puppet doubts death and Halcion considers the undead, a being brought back from the dead. However, unlike them, the situation became engulfed in chaos as Ken¡¯s denial increased as he personally saw the ghosts targeting Jinhyeok¡¯s living body. Jinhyeok nced at Hendrick while looking at the three people who were confused. Nod ¨C Hendrick slightly nods his head in agreement as if telling him to speak. Jinhyuk, who saw that, spoke up as the representative. Chin ¨C He took off the goblin mask he was wearing on his face and ced it on his desk. ¡°I am Cha Jin-hyuk, who was called the Death Star ten years ago. Ten years ago, he was falsely used of betraying Nine Stars and trying to kill them, and was stabbed to death by them. And that guy below me is simr. Since you were active for so long, you must be even more famous, right? Dragon yer or Dragon yer Hendrick. Everyone¡¯s heard it at least once, right?¡± ¡°¡­Huh.¡± ¡°¡­I think my jaw is missing right now.¡± ¡°It¡¯s reincarnation¡­ the intervention of God and the devil¡­¡± Puppet and Halcyon¡¯s mouths open. As a wizard, Ken even considers the possibility of reincarnation and the intervention of a divine being. It was a moment when a secret that was both a secret and a personal secret, and should never be revealed to the outside world, was revealed. As each person reacted differently, they realized one thing. ¡®Now we can¡¯t even take it out.¡¯ ¡®I understand that you have to risk your life. Not only can the value of this kind of information not be measured, but the original owners of the information would never allow the possibility of the information being leaked.¡¯ ¡®Hahaha, it¡¯s you, after all! I will maintain my position for the rest of my life with a mindset of reform and reform!¡¯ That they would never be able to escape from Reverse Heaven. When you think that if you leave here trembling with fear, you might be under surveince for the rest of your life or go to the afterlife that day. Jinhyuk continued his conversation calmly, not like someone who had revealed a huge secret. ¡°The exnation about cutting is over, and our secret is over, so let¡¯s move on to the next item on the agenda. You have a lot to say, right? ¡°There are probably some people whock information.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sure so. ¡°Then let¡¯s move on to the next item.¡± Jinhyuk immediately moves on to the next item as if his secret was just a cornerstone, and Goldrich receives it like a flowing stream. Unsurprised that a great story about life and death was only the cornerstone, the meeting began to flow like a wild waterfall. * * * ¡°Huh, I don¡¯t know what I just heard.¡± ¡°¡­I feel like my head is going to explode.¡± Ha Seok. Halcyon and Ken, who were sitting in the two seats at the very end of the Yeokcheon guild, pulled out their hair. This was because their brains felt as if they were on fire as they stored the stories they heard in their heads. But even though they were in pain, the smiles on their faces did not disappear. ¡°I heard people were very sad about the death of the Death Star, so there was something there.¡± ¡°But it was a coboration between ¡®Nine Star¡¯ and the Four Emperors¡­¡± They felt goosebumps and joy while discussing the secret behind Jinhyeok¡¯s death, and let out happy screams as they thought over the contents of the meeting. ¡°And Dragon yer Hendrick is the vice guild leader!¡± ¡°There is nothing more contradictory than this, that a person who made it his business to kill dragons would wear the body of a dragon.¡± ¡°In order to kill a dragon, I will even use the dragon¡¯s body as a tool. ¡°Wow, those words really touched my heart.¡± Naturally, there was a lot about Hendrick. Indeed, Jinhyeok¡¯s appearance resembles those of Yeokcheon¡¯s gangsters. Puppet sighed as he looked at them like that. ¡°Goldrich. ¡°I wonder if they will really help. Am I wrong?¡± ¡°It was decided by Hendrick and Cha Jin-hyuk. ¡°I am also in the position of deputy guild leader, but in a guild, the authority of the guild leader is the strongest, and the deputy guild leaders cannot change what the guild leader does if they do not join forces.¡± ¡°¡­That means we have to watch.¡± ¡°Yes, it¡¯s Cha Jin-hyuk and Hendrick. As a merchant who deals with information, you must have heard about them, so you would know their insight well, right?¡± ¡°Yes, if you¡¯re a ghost¡­ No, it¡¯s guild leader Cha Jin-hyuk. He died before I could climb the tower, so I don¡¯t know the exact information, but vice-guild leader Hendrick is different.¡± Death Star Cha Jin-hyuk. An aplished climber who reached the 600th floor in just 5 years. A climber who might have broken the 600-story wall in his fourth year if he had not waited for the Nine Stars to join him. However, as 10 years have passed since his death, he has disappeared from many people¡¯s memories and remains only in literature, so Puppet does not know much about him. But not Hendrick. A person who was alive until a year or two ago and was running toward the end of the tower, and a climber who ispletely at odds with the Dragon n, one of the Four Emperors. Of course, anyone with an interest in information could not have known that he was a climber. ¡®The reason they died was not due to conflict orck of power while climbing the tower, but because the Four Emperors were cut in the bud¡­ ¡®It¡¯s something worth risking your life for.¡¯ Puppet, who learned all the hidden facts behind their deaths, realized and became convinced that joining the guild was truly worth risking his life for. ¡°Genno¡­ Did you say you are Muyoung now? Take good care of that person. He is one of the few artisan-level cksmiths. ¡°Stop climbing the tower for a moment, put forth your best efforts for that person¡¯s residence on the 100th floor, and build a cksmith shop just for that person.¡± ¡°Yes, I will.¡± Mu-young sits with Ha-ryu andughs in vain. Pointing at him, Goldrich ordered the puppet. Now Yeokcheon¡¯s guild members Ha-ryu, Mi-ho, Puppet, and Mu-young. He proudly upied the first seat among the four central positions, so it would not be strange to say that he was more important than the guild leader in Yeokcheon. It¡¯s not unusual for a puppet to stop climbing and make time for itself. That¡¯s why Puppet also nned to make time, even if it wasn¡¯t Goldrich¡¯s orders. In the meantime, the order was given, so there was no reason for him not to take the time. ¡°There will be a storm in the tower.¡± ¡°Yes¡­ Since they started climbing the tower, it is no wonder that storms and typhoons are blowing.¡± ¡°If you don¡¯t want to be swept away by typhoons and storms, you too will have to be a typhoon.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯ll keep that in mind.¡± Jinhyeok and his group¡¯s full-scale climbing of the tower was one of the most important items at this meeting. Puppet agreed when Goldrichpared it to a typhoon and a storm while discussing it. There are only four people who cannot stay on the 10th floor. The spirit attached to Jinhyeok, Balkan, is a spirit so powerful that not even a puppet can let down its guard. If we add up to that, there will be no trials that can stand in the way of a party of five. Puppet, who knew this better than anyone else because he had seen it from the side, bowed his head and strengthened his resolve. ¡®In order to withstand a storm, you must either be a storm or arge tree that will not be blown away by the storm.¡¯ 100th floor. Although it may seem a bit high to others, the puppet feels desperately that the people around him are monster-like, and finds himself in a position to deal with enemies that make even the monster-like people nervous. His determination was clearly enough to grow into a storm or a giant tree. Puppeteer. Havingpleted his determination to spread his nickname throughout the tower, he and Goldrich left the conference room. * * * ¡°Grandpa, you¡¯re leaving right away¡­ I heard, but I¡¯m sad.¡± ¡°Hehehehe, I feel sorry. Downstream. ¡°But I feel so happy to be next to you, so I can¡¯t help it.¡± After the meeting was over, Mu-young shook her head and said sorry to Ha-ryu, who looked at her with a sallow face and said she was disappointed. Still, when Mu-young said that she would be happy to be next to him, Ha-ryu seemed to have relieved some of his disappointment and scolded Mu-yeong with a better look on his face. ¡°But you went too far in throwing away your name. Should I also change to Muyoung?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t say things like that. I am just an old man in the back room, but aren¡¯t you a youngdy in your prime? The name of the youngdy in her prime was Muyoung. That sounds absurd. ¡°Your pretty name Ha-Ryu will be more helpful in achieving what you want than Mu-Young.¡± While saying that, Ha-Ryu waved his hand at Mu-Young, who was looking at Jin-Hyeok with a bright red face. ¡°It¡¯s not like that!¡± ¡°Yeah, probably not. I support Daebi. ¡°It¡¯s a bit cheesy, but it¡¯s okay.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t this something someone who is not at all would say?!¡± Muyoung, who looked exaggeratedly surprised at Ha-Ryu who was lighting the double wick, tapped Ha-Ryu on the shoulder. ¡°I mean this from the bottom of my heart.¡± ¡°¡­@!@#@@$$#%#¡± As his yful voice disturbed the ears, Haru immediately responded. Muyoung left the conference room, leaving behind Ha-Ryu, who was talking iprehensibly. ¡°I¡¯ll see you on the 100th floor, downstream.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, I will definitely go quickly.¡± ¡°It would be nice if we could at least have a meal together then.¡± To others, Muyoung was extremely strict and angry, but to thest remaining goblin and kind and cute Ha-ryu, he was just a kind grandfather. Just like that, Muyoung left the ce, and even Ken and Halcyon disappeared, saying that they would be suitable for the guild. The only people left in the conference room were Jinhyuk and his group. Jinhyuk, who was looking around the quiet conference room, opened his mouth. ¡°Then shall we leave?¡± Those who were looking at Jinhyuk asked with a wicked boy-like smile nodded. Starting from downstream to Hendrick. Even Balkan, who had been quiet throughout the meeting, nodded and agreed with what he said. ¡°My name, and by extension, the name of our Yeokcheon, will be firmly engraved on the entire tower. Well, now is not the time to announce the guild, so let¡¯s be content with making each person¡¯s name known.¡± ¡°Yes, brother.¡± ¡°Did you say it was because of the quest? ¡°Up to the 100th floor¡­ that¡¯s enough.¡± ¡°I want to help too.¡± ¡°Everyone is so reassuring. But don¡¯t forget the first Spirit Master, Varona Balkan.¡± Jinhyuk, who was at the forefront of them all speaking confidently, took a step outside the conference room. ¡°We are not heroes or anything. If the system under the Four Emperors is justice, then we be evil. Viins who defeat heroes. Sounds good, right? is not it?¡± Hundreds and thousands of years. Perhaps even longer than that, a huge storm against the system created in front of the great name of the Four Emperors. It was the moment when the seed sprouted. The bud that was already cut off once has bloomed a second time and is ready to bring a torrential downpour to the world inside the tower oppressed by the Four Emperors. Naturally, it was obvious that Jinhyeok and his guild, ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, were at the center of it all. ¡°Yeokcheon. Let¡¯s go live up to the name.¡± With that, they moved on to the next floor. 11th floor. It was their first floor in over a week, and it wasn¡¯t a very high floor, but they weren¡¯t worried. The cheetah started running so that it could catch up with the hard-running racing dogs and even immediately surpass them. Chapter 77 All Master Necromancer Episode 77 Several months have passed. For some, it is a very short time, and for others, it is a very long time. Of course, it was also a time when everyone, whether few or many, could take one step or hundreds of steps. And for some, it was a time when they could walk thousands or tens of thousands of steps. -Isn¡¯t it a joke to see ghosts? -Several months ago. There were so many people who called me an obsolete person because I only stayed on the 10th floor for a few days and only went in and out of the border¡­ -Is a super rookie really a super rookie? Naturally, that someone was Jinhyeok, the ghost. People paid attention to a climber named Guimyeon, who brought a storm to the tower in just a few months and brought the storm with him. In addition, they did not take their eyes off those who were moving next to the ghost. -A child who didn¡¯t know if he was a bihorn tribe or a child who seemed to be one of the beastmen tribe were not easy. -Tsu-eup, above all else, isn¡¯t there a dragon called Iryongilgoe along with the demon face? -Definitely¡­ It was strange to see a dragon moving with another climber. -Wouldn¡¯t it be surprising to see a ghost who, rather than being pushed aside by the dragon n, tries to live up to his name? Because the destruction of the goblin tribe was so well known, people mistakenly thought that Ha-ryu, a goblin, was a twin-horned tribe, but their evaluation of Ha-ryu and Miho, who moved with her, was not so harsh. Rather, it is safe to say that it is high among climbers of the same ss. However, there was someone who boasted a reputation higher than those two, and that was Hendrick. -One dragon, one dragon¡­ I will be a climber who will shake up the tower in the future. -I¡¯m sure about Ilyong. There is no one among the dragons who could not shake the tower. -Don¡¯t you know that not all members of the Four Emperors are like that? The power of the Four Emperors can only be felt when viewed as a whole race. -Well, there are quite a few ordinary climbers who have the same level of strength as each member of the Four Emperors, so you are right. Ilryongilgoe. The storm that started from the 10th floor reached the 50th floor in just a few months. It is also natural that the title of ¡®Illryongilgoe¡¯ is mentioned in the mouths of all climbers due to this incredible achievement that no one can deny. Of course, there were also some who were not well known. -But there is a rumor that there is a whitish spirit around them. -Isn¡¯t it said that Ilgoe, one of the Ilryongilgoe, possesses a spirit? Probably one of those souls. -Hmm, I see. There was a rumor that the spirit¡¯s performance was amazing, so I told him about it. -Ha, the spirit is active in the Ilryongilgoki¡­ Isn¡¯t that impossible unless it¡¯s a spirit master like the Death Star who died 10 years ago? Rumors are just rumors. Balkan. As the first Spirit Master and now amander leading the spirit soldiers, his activities were known to climbers as just one of the spirits. The number of floors of the tower that Jinhyuk is climbing is now the 50th floor. No matter how excellent you are, it is not easy to see the soul in an invisible state. Of course, it was difficult for Vulcan, a soul disease, to ride in the mouth of a luxuryist. However, what they did not know was that, contrary to what they denied, the ghost was not only the Spirit Master, but also the Death Star Cha Jin-hyuk himself. Unless Jinhyuk revealed it out loud, we might never know. Since the tower was wide and tall, it wouldn¡¯t be strange if there were other jobs like Spirit Master. -We reached the 50th floor in just a few months¡­ It might not be long before we reach the 100th floor. -It¡¯s been about two to three months now, so is it almost a given that we¡¯ll reach the 100th floor in less than half a year? -That¡¯s incredible speed. If you can maintain that speed even after reaching the 100th floor¡­ maybe a new climber who can reach the 999th floor has appeared. A few months at most. The 50th floor attack urred in a short period of time, only 2 to 3 months. Like their conversation, if the current speed was maintained even after passing the 100th floor, the tower could be conquered at an incredible speed and even reach the end of the tower. The climbers¡¯ longed-for words, ¡®the end of the tower,¡¯ were uttered and the climbers trembled, feeling vicarious satisfaction without even realizing it. However, there was one problem that emerged simultaneously with the achievements of Ghost Myeon and his colleagues, who appeared like aet and caused a storm. -Now that I think about it, isn¡¯t the timing of the demon attack on the tower and the timing of the guild branches being attacked simr? Guild branches being attacked. Strangely, an incident urred in which the guild branch located on the floor where the ghost passed by was attacked by an unidentified entity. -hmm? That¡¯s definitely true. -¡­It must be a coincidence. Attacking the guild branch while they were busy attacking the tower. That¡¯s ridiculous. -If there really is a ghost behind the recent attack on the guild branch, that would be a big deal. This means that while they conquered the 50th floor in 2-3 months, they attacked the branches of guilds that were over the 100th floor and did not even reveal who was behind it. -Huh, after hearing it, it makes even more sense. Looks like I made a mistake. It was a nned process that Ghost Myeon and his colleagues were pointed out as the culprits, but the amazing speed of his attack automatically buried the theory that Ghost Myeon was the culprit. But no one would have known. Every time the theory of a ghost killer spread through the mouths of celebrities, there was one person who was a windbreaker who would say, ¡®Isn¡¯t that a bit far-fetched?¡¯ and make people believe the false information. They were intimate and natural. It was only natural that Goldrich himself led the charge. The wind catchers gently paved the way for Jinhyuk, and further spurred on raising the reputation of Jinhyuk and his group. Overwhelming fame, plus wind catchers and wind. Jinhyeok rose to the 50th floor, meeting all the conditions for bing famous even if he did not want to be famous. * * * ¡°Ugh, we¡¯re finally on the 50th floor.¡± ¡°Tsk, that¡¯s too slow. ¡°The raid on the guild branch took up too much time.¡± 50th floor. With only half of the remaining to the 100th floor, Jinhyeok stretched out. Hendrick scolded Jinhyuk, who was stretching his bloated body. Attack on the guild branch. As the royalists thought, Jinhyeok and his men attacked the branches of guilds that existed on every 10th floor. Of course, since it was done secretly and without any evidence, no one knew about it, but the people who carried out the attack knew very well. Therefore, conquering the 50th floor, which would have originally taken a month and a half, took almost twice as long. If others had known, the attack speed would have been shocking, but thanks to that, it was not difficult to escape from the dragon¡¯s line. 2~3 months. In the eyes of others, the attack speed was too fast, and it made no sense to attack the guild branch every 10th floor while maintaining that attack speed. ¡°Well, how about it? There was enough time. ¡°Just keep doing this until you get to the 100th floor, so don¡¯t worry too much.¡± ¡°I never worried. ¡°It¡¯s just a waste of time.¡± ¡°Nine Star, the bait to draw them out needs to be big. ¡°Otherwise, how can you catch a big fish?¡± Hendrick shook his head and took a step forward, looking at Jinhyeok who was smiling. ¡°Let¡¯s take a break first, then go straight to the guild branch on the 50th floor. Because it seems like other people are having a hard time too.¡± ¡°Okay, let¡¯s rest. I¡¯m too tired to die. ¡°I was so exhausted from running from the 40th to the 50th floor.¡± Jinhyuk, who was empathizing strongly with his tired eyes behind the mask, immediately walked behind Hendrick. ¡°Let¡¯s go together¡­ Onii-sama¡­¡± ¡°Oppa¡­ it¡¯s hard¡­¡± The journey was so arduous that even the two strongest peopleined of fatigue, so it was quite natural for Ha-ryu and Mi-ho to be exhausted. Jinhyuk, who looked sadly at the two people who wereining of fatigue, eventually carried them on his back and hugged them. ¡°Ha-ryu gets carried away, and Mi-ho turns into a fox. ¡°I¡¯ll hug you.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m sure you¡¯re having a hard time¡­ but it¡¯s okay. ¡°You can walk to the hotel.¡± -Kheng! ¡°I don¡¯t think it¡¯s Miho?¡± No sooner had he finished speaking than Ha-ryu red at Miho, who had changed into a fox form. Because Jinhyuk also went through the same journey as himself, he knew that everyone was equally tired, just to a different degree. -Keeng¡­ Young Miho showed fear at Ha-ryu¡¯s tant re. Jinhyeok, who was holding Miho in his arms while stroking her as she slowly hid behind him, bent his knees and turned his back to Hae-ryu. ¡°Aren¡¯t you going to carry me on my back? let¡¯s hurry. ¡°Don¡¯t be a burden because you¡¯re tired from the evening raid.¡± ¡°¡­Your brother too. ¡°You know it can¡¯t be like that.¡± ¡°Oh, my knee is going to be shattered. Aren¡¯t you going to get carried away? Miho, you climb the hill instead¡­.¡± ¡°No! ¡°I want to climb up!¡± As soon as he asked Miho, who was in his arms, if he would like to ride on his back, Ha-ryu red at Miho again, whose eyes brightened, and then jumped on Jin-hyuk¡¯s back faster than ever before. Jinhyeok stuck out his tongue at the speed, as if he were frying beans in the heat of lightning. ¡®Are you sure you¡¯re tired? ¡®Can we start a battle right now?¡¯ Jinhyeok, who was shaking his tongue at the incredible speed and shaking off the dust from bending his knees, started towards the hotel. ¡°Go and check in first!¡± ¡°¡­Phew, I understand. ¡°Come slowly.¡± Although I¡¯m not there to argue with you. Hendrick, who was in charge of checking in, sighed and nodded. Although he was tired, the dragon power contained in the dragon¡¯s body greatly increased his stamina, so checking in in advance did not make it any more difficult. Rather, it would have been more difficult for Jinhyuk to carry Ha-ryu and Miho in his arms as an ordinary human being. ¡®Is pride the problem?¡¯ Hendrick¡¯s face hardened as he remembered that, although he was originally proud, his pride began to surge for some reason after he took on the body of a dragon race. If wearing the body of a dragon tribe made him the same as the dragon tribe, Hendrick was even thinking ofmitting suicide. If you can¡¯t do it with your own hands, even if you have to ask Jinhyuk or others to do it. ¡®I¡¯ll need some training.¡¯ The more difficult the body is, the more the mind shakes, and in the shaken mind, the mindset of the dragon race contained in the body of the dragon race maye out. With that in mind, Hendrick walked towards the hotel. Inside, I worked hard to build up my broken mental strength. Jinhyuk gritted his teeth, staring nkly at Hendrick and his back as they quickly moved away. ¡°Wow, I didn¡¯t know I could feel the difference in distance here too.¡± 10th floor. It¡¯s 10 stories, and each floor is more than the size of a decent city. Since the trials that took ce there were all hunting trials, you had to move your body hard or use your mana or magical energy to the point where you ran out of energy to use the soul soldiers. I repeated this for almost two months, excluding the time I ate and slept, so it wasn¡¯t surprising that my body went beyond the point ofining of fatigue and died from overwork. However, Hendrick, whopleted the same schedule, onlyined of fatigue, but did not move his body in a fairly normal manner. Just as Ha-ryu and Mi-ho felt a wall while looking at Jin-hyuk, Jin-hyuk also felt a wall while looking at Hendrick. A wall that is getting closer little by little, but we cannot even guess when we will reach it. ¡°¡­Brother, it¡¯s okay. I¡¯m sure my brother will be able to surpass Mr. Hendrick. ¡°I trust you, brother.¡± ¡°okay. I think so too, but now that I can see it, it¡¯s bittersweet.¡± After all, there is only you, downstream. Jinhyeok took a step forward, agreeing with Ha-ryu¡¯s words offort as he gently stroked his back. Taking one heavy step after another, Jinhyeok slowly walked the distance that Hendrick had passed. ¡°If you¡¯re too tired, hand Miho over to me.¡± It looked so difficult that Balkan, who normally would have just watched and ate popcorn, stepped forward and said that he would listen to Miho instead. However, for Jinhyeok, who had already seen the wall between himself and Hendrick, this moment was not simply a painful moment, but a training exercise. ¡°¡­it¡¯s okay. ¡°It¡¯s good for physical training.¡± Although there is help from the system when climbing the tower, the climber¡¯s stats must go through efforts such as moving the body and collecting mana. If Jinhyuk thinks of this moment as training and acts as if he were training, it will naturally be physical training. Balkan, who felt Jinhyeok¡¯s strength beyond his strength and was ovee by evil, stuck out his tongue. ¡°He¡¯s like a demon.¡± ¡°Thank you for thepliment.¡± Grinding his teeth, Jinhyuk elerated his training(?) by slowly and carefully moving one step at a time. ¡®Damn it! It¡¯s going to be hard! ¡®All the Shakari Guild branch bastards have been searched!¡¯ Although it is a training he wants to do, Jinhyuk directs his anger at the pain and hardship thates with the process to the guild under Seongguk on the 50th floor. Sent to the branch of the Shakari Guild. These people he loved became the target of his anger, but it was none of Jinhyeok¡¯s business as he was now ovee by evil. * * * That night, Jinhyuk, who went to the hotel to rest and regain his strength, really took out the anger he felt on the Shakari Guild branch. ¡°Do you know how hard it was for me because of you?!¡± ¡°Who the hell are you to talk shit to us!¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know either! Hahaha!¡± The surviving guild members who saw him wearing a fox mask rather than a goblin mask as usual gave him a nickname. Gwangho (¿ñºü). The nickname is the crazy fox. ¡°Hahaha! Hahaha!¡± ¡°¡­I guess your brother has had a very difficult time.¡± ¡°Hmm, the guild leader is crazy¡­ I think it would be a good idea to report to Goldrich.¡± ¡°He¡¯s that kind of guy, so don¡¯t worry and just beat up the guys in front of you. ¡°There are a lot of people to beat, so let¡¯s get to work instead of paying attention to the crazy guy just because he¡¯s crazy.¡± ¡°Yes, grandfather.¡± ¡°Okay, Miho, you shouldn¡¯t learn from things like that.¡± ¡°yes!¡± Ha-Ryu looked with sad eyes at Jin-Hyeok, who wasughing like crazy and cutting down the guild members of the Shakari Guild branch. Unlike her, who thought that Jinhyuk had be very exhausted over the past few months, Hendrick thought of reporting Jinhyuk¡¯s abnormal signs to Goldrich. However, those thoughts of the two disappeared as if melting snow when Balkan next to them scolded them, saying, ¡®That¡¯s just the way he is.¡¯ Ha-ryu, who cared for Jin-hyuk, and Hendrick, who acknowledged Jin-hyuk, also acknowledged the fact that Jin-hyuk was a crazy person. Leaving behind the guild members who silently followed his words and began to stomp on the Shakari Guild branch guild members again, Balkan gently stroked Miho¡¯s head and turned his gaze directly away from Jinhyeok. This is because it was not very good for the child¡¯s mental health. So only four people. By the five people from Balkan, the Shakari Guild branch met an end no different from the guild branches on the 20th, 30th, and 40th floors that they had passed through. Chapter 78 All Master Necromancer Episode 78 Boom! 600th floor. A heavy sound rang out from the ce called the middle floor of the tower. It was a sounding from a building erected in a ce where only those with selected talents could climb. Nine Stars. Earth¡¯s heroes who havepletely taken control of the 600th floor, known as the Nine Stars, and beyond. The name of the building they built themselves was ¡®Stars¡¯ Banquet Hall.¡¯ Only a member of the Nine Stars Guild. Among them, in a ce where only high-ranking guild members can enter, there is a ¡®Bang!¡¯ No one could make the same sound. ¡°Damn it, these guys are acting sote that it¡¯s not their job!¡± ¡°Carmen. Calm down. Since when did those guys take care of each other? ¡°Still, we¡¯ve issued an order for all toe, so they¡¯lle.¡± Unless you are Nine Star himself, who is no different from the owner of the Banquet Hall of the Stars. ¡°If it had been them, they would havee running right away, but I¡¯m not angry because they¡¯rete! Cain, you are too back. ¡°I have to beat up those bastards and bring them back.¡± ¡°Ha, Carmen¡­ No matter how much we are united under the name Nine Stars, the two of us symbolize one star. ¡°Don¡¯t you know best that there¡¯s nothing good about dealing with guys who represent a single star?¡± ¡°Damn, damn it. ¡°They¡¯re fucking bastards.¡± Cain Fallon, Carmen Fallon. They are members of the Nine Stars and at the same time, they are the leaders of the climbers who lead arge guild called ¡®Seongguk¡¯. They were gnashing their teeth in an empty banquet hall. To be precise, only Carmen Fallon, who is called a ¡®saint¡¯, gritted her teeth. Her twin, Cain Fallon, was busy calming her down. The good news was that signs of poprity were gradually felt in the banquet hall. The presence of people in a ce where even high-ranking guild members were prohibited from entering for this meeting was like announcing the arrival of the meeting participants. ¡°You¡¯re here.¡± ¡°Tsk, there¡¯s a saying that even a tiger wille if you say so, right? ¡°It¡¯s very simr to that.¡± Although it waste, Cain Fallon breathed a sigh of relief when the participant arrived at the right time. A contestant and member of Nine Stars has arrived, so no matter how fiery Carmen Fallon is, she won¡¯t be angry. When Cain Fallon sticks out his tongue at Carmen Fallon, who is controlling her temper and fixing her disheveled hair as if asking when she actually got angry. Participants showed up one after another. ¡°You¡¯rete.¡± ¡°¡­If you understand, please sit down quickly.¡± Cain Fallonughed bitterly and pointed to a chair at Carmen Fallon¡¯s words, which were respectful but tinged with bluntness. ¡°Didn¡¯t you say it was an important meeting? It is toote.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I also have a lot of work to do. Why is there a case for calling a meeting right away in the first ce? ¡°Everyone has their own lifestyle patterns and schedules.¡± The man clicked his tongue, struck the sword hanging from his waist once, and sat down. Sword Saint Donnas Taylor. This is the name of the second participant, and he was a climber who was reputed to have reached the peak with just a sword. Of course, he was already a strong man who had already surpassed the 700th floor, and he was someone that Cain Fallon and Carmen Fallon alone could not handle. In the first ce, the two people were evaluated as one, so they were only Nine Stars. He was the weakest, unable to beat any of the nine stars in a 1-on-1 match. However, because they yed a decisive role in the death of the Death Star 10 years ago, they were being treated ordingly. ¡°Taylor, what about the others?¡± ¡°They¡¯re already here. ¡°I was watching from outside, so I just came in first.¡±¡¯ ¡°¡­Tsk.¡± However, even so, it did not change that they were the weakest, and since they were always in a position to fight for power, a fight for momentum was essential. In particr, although the treatment itself was at the lowest level and the weakest in power, the special characteristics of priests and pdins and the power of their guild ¡®Holy Kingdom¡¯ were surprisingly strong, so it was natural to keep them in check. Even now, even though I called urgently, Carmen Fallon and even Cain Fallon couldn¡¯t help but grit their teeth when they heard that people were watching from outside. Nevertheless, because of the unfortunate situation and because they were the ones who had summoned them, they just vented their anger. It was around this time that Donnas Taylor, who was watching the situation right in front of her, wasughing and tapping the sheath of her sword. Others also appeared one after another. ¡°Oh my, am I in third ce?¡± ¡°4th ce.¡± A man with a mischievous smile as he twirled the spear. Berdonar Mno, a thief armed with a new spear, Mermesh Caty and reticence, appeared following the sword saint Donas Taylor. Carmen Fallon controlled her anger as the Nine stars slowly gathered together, and Caine Fallon was relieved. Soon, the remaining Nine stars also appeared one after another. ¡°I¡¯mte, sorry.¡± Jerominon, known as the quiet-talking pce or Robin Hood. ¡°I¡¯mte because I have research to do.¡± The Great Wizard Merlin appears at the banquet hall wearing a robe. ¡°Heh¡­ Hehehe, I couldn¡¯t feel the passage of time as I watched the test subjects melting because of the poison experiment. Sorry.¡± Even the ¡®mandok¡¯ Tang Jo-un, which can be said to be synonymous with insidiousness. All Nine stars have gathered except for Choi Kyeong-hoon, who continues to attack even after challenging the 800th floor. After confirming that all meeting participants had gathered, host Shane Fallon spoke. ¡°There is no reason to gather busy people and waste their time. Let¡¯s get straight to the point. ¡°Recently, branches of guilds under the Holy Kingdom have been attacked.¡± ¡°ha? Is that the only reason we all were brought together? ¡°A saint?¡± Shane Fallon frowned at the words of Shinchang and Mermesh Caty, who immediately showed their irritation by picking their ears. I didn¡¯t like his attitude of showing his dissatisfaction even though we hadn¡¯t spoken properly yet. But just like she had been since she waste, the weak ones here were her and her twin, Cain Fallon, so she gritted her teeth. ¡°I called it because the subject was a problem. ¡°Everyone has probably heard the name Gwimyeon.¡± ¡°Oh, that guy. ¡°I hear there¡¯s a lot of talk these days.¡± Starting with Donnas Taylor¡¯s words, everyone else said something about him one by one. Although they were different words, the meaning was the same. -I covet it. A climber so attractive that you want to own it. There would be no guild master who would not want to have a climber of ¡®King¡¯ level, perhaps even higher, who has not appeared recently. Especially considering that most ¡®King¡¯ level climbers are frence climbers without a guild. It was a natural desire for a guild master to want to find arge tree or pir to support the guild that would be his kingdom in the future. ¡°I heard you climbed to the 50th floor.¡± ¡°Hoo, already? ¡°It¡¯s been several months since we left on the 10th floor.¡± ¡°It would have taken about 2-3 months. ¡°He¡¯s definitely past rookie level.¡± ¡°I want it. ¡°From what I heard, it¡¯s not easy at close range or at long distances.¡± ¡°All-powerful¡­ They say there is only one difference between ipetence and all-powerfulness. ¡°If you listen to the rumors, it seems like he¡¯s an almighty.¡± Nine stars pay no attention to the host and host, Carmen Fallon, and only focus on the topics she raises. It was expected that her face would eventually turn at the sight of them. Kwasik! The sound of something breaking. It was the sound of the desk in front of Carmen Fallon being smashed by a fist surrounded by divine power. Even though he is a nonbatant priest, he is still a climber who exceeds the 600th floor. Not only was his physical ability sufficient to kill an ordinary person by tearing them in half, but he was also clothed in divine power and was like a monk, abat priest. As a chill enveloped the banquet hall, Carmen Fallon with a grin on her face opened her mouth. ¡°Have you all talked about it?¡± ¡°¡­Well, you behaved in a disgraceful manner. ¡°Let¡¯s talk.¡± When the thief, Berdonard Mno, realized his mistake, he cleared his throat and handed her an apple. Among the Nine stars, Carmen Fallon epted his apology and got to the point, as he was quite serious not only in terms of his age but also in his personality. ¡°The information is that it was a ghost that attacked the branches of guilds under our Holy Kingdom.¡± ¡°¡­is it true? Oh, no way. Would you attack the guild branch without going crazy? And a guild under the Holy Kingdom?¡± This is a matter that even Shinchang and Mermesh Caty, who had always responded with jokes, hardened. Nine Star¡¯s authority had to be absolute. They did not want their authority to be challenged, as it was an authority established over a short period of ten years at most. Above all, since the incident 10 years ago, they received support from the Four Emperors and grew into an unrivaled force, so they were reluctant to be challenged by the outside. Therefore, they united under the name of Nine Stars, and although it was possible to keep each other in check, if they attacked or challenged from outside, they were trampled under the name of all Nine Stars. Mermesh Caty, who was all a joke, was also reluctant to be challenged, and objected because he liked a climber named Gwimyeon. The same was true for other Nine stars. This is because they had a strong desire to recruit a talent who would be a pir of their guild in the future and who might even bring other Nine Stars and guilds to their knees. They might not know if the real ghost had decided to challenge them, but otherwise, they were nning to protect it thoroughly. But Carmen Fallon also knew them well and felt the same way, so she came with perfect information. To let them know that they are a bud that must be trampled on in the Nine Star dimension so that they can never reach out to the demon face. Beep ¨C When I pressed the button on the remote control-like device, a picture appeared on the huge screen in the banquet hall. Battle scene. A monster-like masked being appeared there. I don¡¯t know if it was intentional, but the appearance of the mask that was clearly revealed was very simr to that of the ghost. Not only that, there were a few people wearing fox masks, but the important thing was the ghost mask. ¡°Hmm¡­¡± As soon as they saw it, they noticed its simrity to a ghost face and let out a sigh. It¡¯s a shame. Talent like that should be cut in the name of rebellion. As such, there was no mention of immediate punishment. ¡°What is the possibility of the mask being stolen?¡± ¡°Yeah, the mask itself is easy to make, right? ¡°We can¡¯t jump to conclusions because someone could be using the name of the ghost to attack the guild.¡± ¡°There is also a figure wearing a fox mask, so it could be an operation by another force just to confuse us, right?¡± ¡°More than anything, the guilds under the Holy Kingdom are a bit weak, so they may have attacked because they were easy.¡± Although thest words were very annoying, Shane Fallon suppressed his anger and showed the following photos one after another. Beep- Beep- Beep- Photos showing different battle scenes. It contained images of other intruders who had attacked the branch of the Shakari Guild, a guild under the Holy Kingdom. ¡°A girl who appears to be a bihorn tribe, a fox cub, and even a person believed to be a dragon tribe. Don¡¯t you think that the colleagues and members who have recentlye to your hometown are too simr? ¡°I wonder if anyone wants to say that the intruders attacked while imitating their colleagues.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± wedge. Carmen Fallon¡¯s words could be said to be a wedge. Ghost Myeon stuck his teeth at the Nine Stars, among them Seongguk. Whether he was intoxicated by his own strength or for whatever reason, Nine Star could never sit idly by. It was a problem for those teeth to touch them, and they didn¡¯t want to be given the image that their guild subordinates were harmed by climbers on the 50th floor. The reason was simple. ¡°There is no way their next target is your guild, and their attack could make the entire Nine Stars look down on them. Therefore, ording to thew we have established, I regard ghost faces as ¡®sprouts¡¯. ¡°I want to catch him and kill him.¡± Unlike her nickname of a saint, her words are cold. But no one argued against it. There was no reason for that and she was right. However, there was a question. ¡°Are you going to kill all of Ghost Face¡¯spanions as well?¡± It was Merlin¡¯s question. ¡°Didn¡¯t those who showed their teeth to us say that destroying the Nine tribes would not be enough?¡± Carmen Fallon smiled at his question and talked about the past. Merlin shook his head at her answer. ¡°I still agree with that. However, there is one among them who is presumed to be a dragon. ¡°You¡¯ll need the approval of the Four Emperors, right?¡± As a wizard, it may seem reasonable to just kill the person responsible, but the reality was a little different. The Four Emperors. Among the Demon Face¡¯spanions, there is a climber of the Dragon n, a member of the Four Hwang n. They were the recipients of their grace, and furthermore, they still imed to be their swords, so they needed the approval of the Four Emperors. In particr, it is natural to be cautious about ¡®murder¡¯, as even mentioning it could result in condemnation from the Four Emperors. This was especially true because the Dragon race had the highest racial pride among the Four Emperors. Carmen Fallon noticed Merlin¡¯s worries and alleviated his worries. ¡°The recognition of the Four Emperors has already fallen. It is said that the dragon race that is the ghost¡¯spanion is a dragon race, but is not a dragon race. If it is true that the person who attacked the guild branch is indeed a ghost, and that his colleagues participated in it¡­ then it is okay to kill him even if he is a dragon.¡± A saint who speaks of death. It was an extremely creepy sight, but among those gathered here, there was no one who felt it was scary. Those who walked a path made of blood and reached the 600th floor and beyond. They hade too far to feel the horror of just living. In particr, for those who were intoxicated with power, money, and strength, anyone who interfered with their position was someone who had to be killed at all costs, so they nodded as if it was natural. [=Approval=] As long as all Nine Stars gave their consent, all Nine Star forces would investigate the ghosts and find out the truth without revealing their rtionship with Nine Stars. And if the results revealed that Ghost Myeon was indeed the one responsible for attacking the guild branch, it was clear that they would have no hesitation ining out of the shadows and killing him in the sun. ¡°Then I will assume everyone has agreed and we will begin gathering information.¡± ¡°If the ghost is the culprit, who will use the ¡®knife¡¯?¡± After the approval, Donas Taylor, the Sword Saint, asked Carmen Fallon, who was finishing up. knife. A term used to refer to a climber who can reliably deal with a powerful enemy called Ghost Face. Carmen Fallon, who couldn¡¯t understand him, answered with a grin. ¡°Two king-level climbers.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s just too much of a knife for a 50th floor climber.¡± ¡°It¡¯s like using a dragon-ying knife to kill a cow.¡± When everyone expresses concern. Carmen Fallon calmly exined the reason. ¡°If Gwimyeon is really the one who attacked the branch, there must be someone behind it. Even if that¡¯s not the case, it¡¯s highly likely that he¡¯s hiding a simr power. When the truth is revealed to us. I will mobilize my entire guild to attack him. Then, the person behind it will also be revealed, and when that happens, there is a high possibility that it will be a whistleblower. ¡°There is a penalty that those on higher floors have to bear.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s definitely true.¡± If a person of a higher tier moves to a lower tier, he or she will bear the corresponding penalty. In particr, if you kill someone, not only are there systemic sanctions, but there are even cases where gods and devils ce bounties on you. The biggest penalty among them was that he could not use all his power. This means that a climber on the 100th or 200th floor cannot use all his strength if he goes to the 50th floor. At best, you¡¯re only slightly stronger than a 50th floor climber. Of course, Gwimyeon and his colleagues. Furthermore, it could be said that it was not enough to attack any unknown forces behind it. ¡°That¡¯s why I use two king-level climbers as swords.¡± ¡°understood. What are their hiring costs?¡± ¡°Of course it¡¯s 1 in N, isn¡¯t it?¡± ¡°Damn it. ¡°You summoned us for this?¡± A royal climber. They start with the name Super Rookie and are central climbers who will be responsible for the tower in the future. Nine stars also walked a simr path to reach their current positions, so their talent and power were clear. The money needed to hire them was enormous. To the point where even Carmen Fallon, who runs a huge guild called ¡®Seongguk¡¯, felt a burden. Of course, if all Nine Stars share the burden, it is nothing more than an ¡®expenditure¡¯ and cannot be called a burden. Gathering information about the ghost does not require the power of all Nine Stars, and even if the ghost is really the culprit of the branch attack, only the guilds under the Holy Kingdom will step forward. In other words, there was no need to call all nine stars. The reason she called them all was to share the cost of hiring two ¡®king¡¯ level climbers. The Nine stars clicked their tongues when they finally figured out her trick, but could only nod. There was no need to hesitate if ¡®money¡¯ was the only thing used to nip a potential existence in the bud. Since the Seongguk promised to use all responsibility and manpower, they only provided money, and if they failed, there was room for them to attack the Seongguk, so there was no reason for them not to say okay. The hiring n for the two king-level climbers was passed unanimously, and Donnas Taylor asked the final question. ¡°So who will be the two king-level climbers?¡± The question of who is the king-level climber to use as a ¡®sword¡¯. This was the moment that caught the attention of Nine stars because it was a question everyone was curious about. Carmen Fallon spit out two names she thought of. ¡°The Death King and the Death King. Together, these two and the forces of their guild will be enough to cut off the heads of the attackers who attacked the demon face, no, the guild branch.¡± All Nine stars could not help but hold their tongues at her attitude, which showed her determination to never forgive the attacker who touched her property. I don¡¯t know if the ghost was really the culprit, but it was clear that the attacker touched the crazy bitch. Two climbers who boasted the highest level of ability among king-level climbers were hired that day under the name of ¡®Nine Star¡¯. Banquet hall of stars. It is a building that announces the power of the Nine Stars to climbers passing the 600th floor, and was built to look down on Death Star Cha Jin-hyuk by erecting it on the spot where he died ten years ago. Chapter 79 All Master Necromancer Episode 79 ¡°Hmm, who¡¯s talking about me?¡± 50th floor. In the city located there, Jinhyeok picked his ears. What tickled me was because it felt like someone was talking about me. ¡°It looks like the Nine Stars are talking about you.¡± ¡°Then it¡¯s good for me.¡± The reason for attacking the guilds under Seongguk wasrgely to attract the attention of the Nine Stars. Of course, it was Jinhyuk who was happy to hear that his ears were itchy thanks to their interest in him. ¡°You intentionally leaked information so that you could find out about me.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. ¡°We tried to conceal information as much as possible up to the 40th floor, but what kind of wind blew this time?¡± ¡°I just thought it would be okay to fight from now on.¡± Hendrick nodded at the moment the question about Jinhyeok, who had beenpletely concealed until he attacked the Shakari Guild branch located on the 50th floor, was deliberately exposed to the survivors of the Shakari Guild was resolved. Of course, in preparation for any unexpected incident, he was shown wearing a ¡®fox mask¡¯ to disguise that it was not him. ¡°They might attack soon.¡± ¡°Yes, they are very scared. ¡°I¡¯m sure there will be a response before Ipletely leave the 50th floor or when I just arrive at the 60th floor.¡± ¡°¡­Better contact Goldrich. ¡°So that we can respond immediately.¡± ¡°It¡¯s good. ¡°Call me right away.¡± When Nine Star moves, the entire guild under it moves. Jinhyuk nodded because he did not know that fact. If you call for reinforcements after they move, it¡¯s toote. In war, those who prepare are the ones who win. Jinhyeok spent most of his time alone, but his life was always like a battlefield, so he couldn¡¯t let down his guard. Especially since it was the basis of revenge, Jinhyeok had no reason or intention to waste time. ¡°I have some of my own characteristics, but since I have evolved, it might be worth doing a little more.¡± ¡°¡­Wow, that¡¯s pretty fast. ¡°The characteristics are already evolving.¡± ¡°It¡¯s possible because it¡¯s me.¡± The power of the guild under Nine Star. Even if you borrow Gold Rich¡¯s power, it is still powerful. If the guild master and his subordinate guards and guild executives all participated, their number and strength would be enormous. It is clear that they are all people who have passed the 100th floor and are close to the 200th floor, so their strength is natural. Nevertheless, the reason why Jinhyuk is not worried isrgely due to the evolution of his characteristics. ¡®I can finally chew a living one. It¡¯s definitely faster than my previous life.¡¯ Evolution of traits. This refers to the characteristics that a climber naturally possesses that grow together with the climber as he or she bes stronger. Usually, there are cases where the characteristics do not evolve beyond the 100th floor, and at thetest, even the 200th or 300th floor. In particr, it is rare for the description shown in the information window to change rather than the power of the characteristic. However, the evolution that Jinhyeok has experienced now is an evolution that changes not in terms of power, but in terms of exnation. [Predation] You can eat anything. (Living creatures are not allowed.) It takes everything from what it preys on. It was originally an exnation of Jinhyeok¡¯s characteristic, ¡®predation¡¯. And the exnation for the evolved trait, ¡®predation¡¯, was as follows. [Predation] You can eat anything. It takes everything it feasts on. At best, the one-line sentence ¡®No living creatures are allowed¡¯ disappeared, but Jinhyeok, who had already tasted advanced predation once, knew that that one line was very big. ¡®Predation so far could be used for recovery after or during the battle. However, due to this evolution, predation has turned into apletely offensive trait. While maintaining its original purpose.¡¯ Characteristics are often divided into several categories, but can be roughly categorized into four types. The first is defensive. It literally refers to a trait that exerts great power in defense. This includes characteristics such as making the body hard. The second is auxiliary type. A trait that exerts great power before and after battle, but is difficult to use in direct attacks. Detection and recovery can be said to be abilities that belong to auxiliary characteristics. The third is talent type. If there was a trait called swordsmanship mastery, which was a trait that categorized talent for weapons or magic, whether it was a sword or a bow, it would be a trait that would allow the climber to skillfully handle a sword even if it was their first time holding one. Jinhyuk¡¯s second characteristic, ¡®versatility¡¯, is a talent-type characteristic like the above. And Jinhyeok¡¯s first characteristic, predation, was the second, auxiliary type. However, now that it haspleted its evolution, it has be the fourth and final branch, an offensive trait. A type of characteristic that allows you to strike the enemy directly. Since he maintained his original ability and even possessed offensive characteristics, it was natural that Jinhyuk was confident. ¡°Status window.¡± Jinhyeok smiled slightly as he checked the status window to check the performance over the past few months, putting the evolution of predation behind him. [Status Window] Name: Jinhyuk Cha upation: Spirit Master Sub-Job: All Master Body: Mana Retardation (Ability Value) Strength: 78 (+33) Stamina: 76 (+33) Dexterity: 77 (+33) Intelligence: 112 (+33) ) Mana: 136 (+48) Magic Energy : 0 (+10) Holy Power: 6 (Characteristics) 1. Predation 2. Versatility (Skill) Comprehensive Resistance, Tenacity A status window with tremendous changes even at first nce. Not only did his abilities grow rapidly, but his sacred power also increased by 3 despite not having eaten Uriel¡¯s feathers. It was an even more meaningful achievement because I achieved it even though I did nothing and just climbed the tower. ¡®Compared to other stats, it¡¯s still a bit better, but this can be filled with predation at any time. The efficiency is low, perhaps because the sacred power generating organ is still very small.¡¯ Of course, some regrets remained. Since some of the stats had already reached 100, I could have said it was 6 at most. Isn¡¯t he almost at the level of a climber who has just entered the first floor of the tower? However, since it was a sacred power that could be said to be a special stat, Jinhyeok was not impatient. ¡®It is a satisfactory result in that it possesses both magical and divine power, which are opposing stats in the first ce.¡¯ Opposites. It cannot even bepared to water and oil, and it is an opposite that is one level higher than the representative opposites, such as between a dog and a monkey, or between a dog and a monkey. That was the rtionship between demonic energy and divine power. The two do not mix like water and oil, and if they meet together, they will fight wherever they are. Even if it is the owner¡¯s body, it is no different. ¡®A climber who possesses both magical and divine powers¡­ It¡¯s not unprecedented. The problem is that everyone¡¯s body explodes and they die. But I don¡¯t even have such a sign.¡¯ Stats with powerful energy. The two remained quiet even as the magical energy and divine power with the grandiose name of special stats settled inside. Couldn¡¯t the story about the explosion of the body caused by the opposing magical energy and divine power that he had seen be a lie because the two were so quiet, as if an overwhelming being was mediating between the two energies? Because it made me think about it. But Jinhyuk knew. That everything he saw was true, that they were normal and he was abnormal. ¡®Well, it¡¯s none of my business. I¡¯ll be as abnormal as I want if it benefits me.¡¯ This may be because the amount of demonic energy and sacred power is not yetrge, or it could be because the demonic energy is not properly established within the body. Still, Jinhyuk wasn¡¯t worried. ¡®I guess it¡¯s quiet thanks to another trait of mine.¡¯ Versatile. The characteristics contained in the body worn in this life. Jinhyeok thought that it would be that characteristic, versatility, that would blend water and oil and mediate a rtionship that goes beyond a rtionship between a dog and a friend. ¡®It¡¯s even more so because there¡¯s a master there too.¡¯ In addition, he even holds an unprecedented high-exposure stic surgery job called All Master. Originally, it was a job so close topletion that it would be easy to take over the main job. I made that a sub-job, and even acquired the rare talent-type trait called versatility. All Master, a highly mature andplete job. Versatility, a rare talent-type trait. Jinhyeok judged that the result ofbining these two things was the calming of divine power and demonic energy. of course. ¡®You can¡¯t let down your guard. There is now preventing what I saw in a document from appearing to me. I need to increase my magic energy and sacred power as slowly as possible. In addition, the ratio of the two should be as simr as possible.¡¯ I had no intention of blindly increasing my energy, believing in my All Master and versatility. If one side¡¯s energy suddenly bes stronger, no matter how much mediation is done, there is no way it will work. Although there may be some differences, it was essential to strike a bnce between the two. Jinhyuk did not want to put his body on the test table. Especially for a life-threatening experiment. ¡°Are you done with your thoughts?¡± ¡°Uh, it¡¯s over. ¡°Then shall we go right away?¡± ¡°Of course. ¡°Anyway, everything to do on the 50th floor is done.¡± ¡°Then let¡¯s go. There¡¯s no need to fool around when there¡¯s nothing to do. How can I contact Goldrich?¡± ¡°It was sorted out by connecting with the Chamber of Commerce. ¡°Halcyon is definitely good at what he does.¡± ¡°As expected, my eyesight is good.¡± As soon as I received the call, I praised Halcion for contacting Goldrich and praised myself for choosing him. Then, I stood up, avoiding Hendrick¡¯s nk stare at me. ¡°Downstream, Miho! let¡¯s go. ¡°It¡¯s time to attack the 51st floor.¡± ¡°Yes, brother.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m sleepy.¡± Ha-Ryu is neatly dressed and nods her head, and Mi-Ho is squinting and expressing sleepiness. Both of them looked unsuited to battle, but after climbing the tower together for several months, Jinhyeok knew well that they were better together than anyone else he had worked with, despite only appearances. ¡°After I finish this strategy, I will buy you a gift. Because you worked hard. ¡°I¡¯ll buy you whatever you want at the auction house, so just be patient.¡± Still, since he couldn¡¯t just swing the whip, Jinhyuk pulled out a carrot. gift. The two people widened their eyes at the words Jinhyuk offered as a carrot. ¡°really?¡± ¡°me too? Are you buying it for me too, brother?¡± It feels strange that he calls me my brother. Jinhyuk cleared his throat, feeling depressed after seeing not only Miho but also Ha-ryu happy. ¡®If I had known you would like it so much, I would have done it sooner.¡¯ One gift. Since Jinhyuk did not have money, he could do as much as he wanted. No matter how expensive the items at the auction were, Jinhyeok¡¯s sponsor was Gold Rich, the top boss in the tower. Jinhyeok took a step forward with a smile on his face as he looked at Ha-ryu and Mi-ho, who were squealing with joy like little girls of their age. ¡°So, let¡¯s attack hard ande back. Understand?¡± ¡°yes!¡± ¡°I¡¯ll work hard!¡± Miho looks at herself with a burning gaze, her sleepy eyes turning into two eyes full of enthusiasm everywhere. And Jinhyeok looked happily at Ha-ryu, who answered energetically. [He smiles, saying that the peak of all evil is a good time.] [The nine-tailed fox takes a cute picture of his child.] [King Mifu urges them to start the attack quickly.] Okay, okay, you guys stay out of it. . Jinhyuk, who frowned at the noisy message window for a moment, disappeared to the 51st floor. Soon, others followed Jinhyuk and headed to the 51st floor together. For others, they had to be fully prepared to cross the target, but for them, it was just a road they had to pass through, so they had no hesitation. * * * -Chwiik! Tear human flesh and quench your thirst with their blood! -Chuck! Chwiik! charge! A harsh snoring sound. And a cracked voice fills the forest. Oak. It was a snorting sound that was their characteristic, but the owner of the voice was an orc, but not an orc. ¡°Red okra¡­ suitable.¡± Red Oak. A red-skinned orc who can be said to be the main monster of the 51st floor. The red skin absorbs heat, making it tougher and providing great resistance to fire properties. Of course, the resistance can only be said to be powerful based on the 50th floor, but for those currently climbing the 51st floor, the expression ¡®powerful¡¯ is not socking. In fact, for wizards who use fire-type abilities or handle magic, the 51st to 59th floors are like hell. In addition, unlike regr orcs, their strength and size were far superior, and their intelligence was also high, allowing them tomunicate and even give orders by dividing ranks, so their risk was notparable to that of regr orcs. However, to Jinhyeok and his group looking at the group of red orcs hunting climbers through the forest, there was no difference between red orcs and ordinary orcs. ¡°Let¡¯s deal with it.¡± ¡°Yes, brother.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll go too.¡± Sereung ¨C As soon as he finished speaking, Ha-ryu, who had drawn his dragon yer sword, shed red eyes, and Miho also took the lead with her fingernails that had already grown long. The red orcs, unaware of the storm of energy slowly gathering around the two, crawled towards the tiger¡¯s maw. -Chwiik! female! Yedeul-yadeul-han-sal! The red orcs attack, seeing them as nothing more than a piece of meat. Even if they were fully prepared and on guard, they were no match for them, and such foolish behavior was enough to hasten their orders. ¡°Miho, I go first.¡± ¡°huh!¡± The moment Miho nodded at Ha-ryu¡¯s words and took a slight step back, the sword light shed and shed forward . And the bodies of the Red Orcs that entered the radius were broken into pieces, and at the same time, a fountain of blood gushed out. -Chwi¡­ Chwi-ik? While Red Orc, surprised by the sudden mass of his colleagues, hesitated, Haru took a step back. ¡°You can do it now.¡± ¡°exciting!¡± A voice filled with the joy of a child. The voice was simr to when ying with a toy, but the actions and results were different from ying with a toy. Charring ¨C You can get an idea just by looking at the long fingernails hitting each other and making a sound simr to the sound of a sword. Each of Miho¡¯s nails was like a long sword, and Miho¡¯s lunges, freely wielding the ten nails growing on her ten fingers, were like a sharp wind. The moment Miho entered the center of the Red Orc horde and swung her ten ws indiscriminately, a sharp wind tore them to pieces . In the face of a sharper and more indiscriminate attack than the downstream sword attack just moments ago, the fate of the Red Orcs was no different from what had been decided. There were dozens of red orcs, but strangely enough, Miho¡¯s clothes, standing at the center, were extremely clean. In an instant, the two men cleared out dozens of red orcs, but Jinhyuk and Hendrick, who were watching, nodded as if it was natural. ¡°Is this basic?¡± ¡°It was too easy an opponent for both of them, and there were too few of them.¡± ¡°I admit it.¡± For Ha-ryu, who had already been able to hone her strength through several months of conquering the tower, and Mi-ho, who had realized her abilities as a fox and reached spiritual status with the help of Jin-hyuk and Hendrick, the Red Oak was a piece of cake. The two of them know that, so they just nod as if it¡¯s obvious and continue the conversation, saying it¡¯s not enough. Kugugugu ¨C A wave of energy that resonates in the forest. Jinhyuk tilted his head as the forest shook violently and the energy waves pounded his whole body. ¡°¡­what? ¡°Is it a boss monster?¡± ¡°The 51st floor is the lower floor of the 50th floor. ¡°There¡¯s no way the boss monster has already appeared.¡± ¡°It actually worked out well. ¡°Why did we step forward, but it¡¯s different if it¡¯s a boss monster.¡± Their questions were valid. Although the 51st floor is a high floor, it is the lowest floor among the floors from the 51st to the 59th. Of course, regr red orcs and asionally red orc warriors were the strongest monsters. However, since there are no absolutes in the tower, it would not be surprising if a boss monster appeared, so the two immediately took their stances. ¡°He¡¯s the boss of the 50th floor¡­ he¡¯s worth fighting, right?¡± ¡°He¡¯s mine.¡± ¡°I think I said something wrong. ¡°It¡¯s mine, not yours.¡± ¡°You¡¯ll know that when you watch.¡± Ha-ryu was about to say something while shaking his head at the two people who were busy fighting even though someone presumed to be the boss monster appeared. ¡°e.¡± Ha-Ryu immediately jumped backwards at the words of Jin-Hyeok, who had a serious look on his face as he looked toward the center of the forest. This was because he knew full well that even though he and Miho were strong, they could get in trouble if they went up against the boss monster. ¡°Bulkan, protect the lower reaches and Miho.¡± ¡°I get it.¡± As Vulcan was next to the two people to prepare for any possible danger, something came into view jumping out from the center of the forest. ¡°¡­now!¡± Because it was a being with unusual energy and powerful energy at the same time, Jinhyeok attacked without hesitation. Ride it! Five spiritual bullets formed on the tips of the five fingers on his right hand and were directed at the mysterious being. At the same time, Hendrick also swung his sword at the charging opponent. ¡°Dragon attack.¡± As the name suggests, striking with the dragon¡¯s mrs, a sword strike that seemed to shatter like an object caught between the mrs rushed in with a roar. However, the being that came out of the forest knocked them all away with a long stick. Teodeodeodeong! The other person¡¯s foot, which had thrown it away, went into the ground with a heavy impact sound. And then the other person, who was pushed back and created a furrow, shouted. ¡°Brother! ¡°What are you doing? You almost got into big trouble!¡± ¡°¡­What is that again?¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m sure it¡¯s something out of the ordinary.¡± His own attack and Hendrick¡¯s attack. Even though it wasn¡¯t at full power, it didn¡¯t just look like it was hit by two attacks at the same time and bounced off smoothly, it was still fine. In addition, his friendliness, calling them ¡°hyung¡± when he saw them, was unrivaled. Instead of being angry after being attacked further, he seemed to be warning me that I would have been hurt in a friendly way. The two people were dumbfounded by the absurdity of the incident and stared nkly at the man in the blue uniform who ran out from the center of the forest. Chapter 80 All Master Necromancer Episode 80 ¡®What on earth is this guy? I guess he¡¯s not an ordinary guy.¡¯ A man in a blue uniform standing in front of him and snooping around. Jinhyeok was lost in thought as he watched him shake off the dust after not only blocking his own attack, but also blocking Hendrick¡¯s attack. ¡®It¡¯s a little less than the energy I felt just now, but it¡¯s enough to be called a strong person. It¡¯s an energy that even gives a pleasant feeling. Where have I ever felt this before?¡­¡¯ An enormous energy that can be felt from the person in front of you. Just looking at that proved that the person in front of him was no ordinary person. It was surprising that an ordinary climber had energy reminiscent of the boss monster in charge of one floor. Furthermore, the clear and pleasant feeling of his energy was somewhat familiar. ¡°Brother, be careful. If it had been someone else instead of me, the injury would have been serious. Hahaha!¡± ¡°¡­That was our mistake, but let¡¯s solve this, shall we?¡± Jinhyeok frowned at the reluctance of the person approaching him in a friendly manner, putting his arm around his neck, and tapped his hand. ¡°Wepeted for hands once, so we can say we are close friends, right? ¡°This is okay, bro!¡± ¡°Stop calling him that bastard.¡± When did you say you saw him? Mr. Quack. I red at the person who was shaking his body andughing wildly, but he didn¡¯t even move. In the end, Jinhyuk gave up. ¡®It¡¯s like extreme my pace. Ha, it¡¯s my fault, so I can¡¯t even hit him.¡¯ I thought it was a boss monster and attacked it. But instead of discussing responsibility, didn¡¯t the other person advise that it would have been dangerous if it had been someone else? Here, A and B were no different from what had already been decided. Even if he attacked, there were instances where Jinhyeok would hit the person who approached him in a friendly manner, calling him his friend or brother, even though he had nothing to say. ¡°Brother, do you know someone?¡± ¡°No, that can¡¯t be.¡± ¡°oh! ¡°You are truly blessed to have such a beautiful girl with you, bro.¡± ¡°You are a person who has eyes to see.¡± Ha-ryu, even you¡­ Ha-ryu, who was taken aback by the words ¡°beautiful youngdy,¡± smiled and praised the man in the blue uniform. Although she was a heroine who crossed the battlefield, Ha-Ryu was still young. It¡¯s enough to feel grateful to a man whopliments your appearance. Not only that, but it¡¯s even more so because he¡¯s a friendly person with his arms around my neck. ¡°¡­Who are you?¡± ¡°There was a cute little girl, too. ¡°Yes, do you know that it is a little girl¡¯s confectionery?¡± ¡°Danggwa?¡± ¡°You can think of it as a sweet cookie. ¡°It was fate that we met like this, so wouldn¡¯t you like to have a bite with us?¡± The sight of him taking out a sugarcane from his arms and handing it to Miho with a cheerful smile was so natural. When Jinhyuk was holding his tongue at the unprecedented friendliness. Miho looked at Jinhyuk. ¡°¡­Can I eat it?¡± ¡°Eat, eat. ¡°If you ride something strange, it¡¯s good to catch the number of cases.¡± ¡°¡­Brother, the nuance is that it would be nice to have something strange, but am I mistaken?¡± A man in blue uniform retreats with a shocked look on his face. I watched him slowly retreat and nodded as if it was obvious. ¡°I just hate people like you. ¡°They seem friendly when they first meet.¡± ¡°That¡¯s too much! ¡°Isn¡¯t it fate that we met like this in such a difficult environment?¡± ¡°The rtionship is a mess. If you¡¯re done with your business, just go. Can you at least apologize? Now that I think about it, it seems like I¡¯m being chased by something. Is it okay for me to be like this?¡± Confrontations and fights within the tower weremon urrences, so when Jinhyeok tried to roughly sum up the situation, the man¡¯s face hardened as if he had finally realized something. ¡°Wow¡­ I was happy to meet someone after a long time, so I stopped making mistakes like this¡­ What should I do¡­ That guy should have already chased me all the way¡­¡± Chatting, praising Ha-ryu, and getting caught by Mi-ho. It doesn¡¯t seem like the time spent giving out rewards was just because it was leisurely. ¡­what? Is he just a hater? Jinhyeok looked at the man like he was crazy because he had forgotten that he was being chased by something and was leisurely talking and ying around. Just then, the man jerked his head. ¡°Brother! ¡°It¡¯s definitely his fault since he attacked me, who was innocent, right?¡± ¡°Yes, that¡¯s right. ¡°That¡¯s why I said I was sorry¡­¡± Just as Jinhyuk felt something strange about the rapid-fire words of the man, whose eyes shed as if he had finally found a way, he was about to take a step back. The man shook his head and sped his hands. ¡°Please. ¡°Can you help me?¡± ¡°help? suddenly? No, what on earth?¡± Jinhyeok was dumbfounded when the person who had beenughing and talking just a moment ago asked him a request with a serious face, as if he was moving ording to the stream of consciousness. ¡°Why on earth would I do such a bothersome thing¡­.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s just listen. ¡°There was definitely a mistake on our part, and that¡¯s why we¡¯re stuck.¡± ¡°¡­Damn, it¡¯s too soft.¡± ¡°You have to make sure you make mistakes. ¡°I don¡¯t think it¡¯s an enemy, so it¡¯s okay to just listen.¡± Just looking at it, it seemed like he would get caught up in something troublesome, so Jinhyuk, who wanted to attack the top quickly, frowned and tried to refuse, but Hendrick stopped him. This was because they were curious about their mistakes and the man who blocked their attack. Jinhyeok, who immediately saw through Hendrick¡¯s heart, eventually nodded. ¡®¡­Damn, it¡¯s true that I¡¯m also curious about what that guy is doing, so I can¡¯t help it.¡¯ I didn¡¯t know what he was asking for help with, but it was true that I was curious about the man wearing the blue uniform. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk looked at the man and waved his hand as if asking him to say something. ¡°As expected, my way of looking at people is not wrong. ¡°He had an unusual appearance, was shiny, and was a noble person!¡± ¡°¡­What do you mean by asking me not to tell you something I already know?¡± There is a saying that praise can make even a whale dance. Jinhyuk also did not deviate much from that. It¡¯s not that I just hate it when someone praises me for being good. ¡°Tsk tsk, it¡¯s good.¡± ¡°There are times when your brother looks like that too.¡± ¡°Umm¡­ delicious, sweets.¡± Balkan clicked his tongue while looking at Jinhyeok, and Haryu covered his mouth and smiled. As if she wasn¡¯t interested in the conversation between the two, Miho was just muttering at the sweets the man had given her. The man who heard the conversation(?) of the three people turned his gaze towards the three people and couldn¡¯t help but be surprised. ¡°It¡¯s a pure soul¡­ It¡¯s amazing. It¡¯s a rare thing even in Yuldo Kingdom¡­ so that¡¯s good. Old man. Can you help me too? ¡°And thedies around us.¡± ¡°Me too? I didn¡¯t do anything wrong. ¡°Just taking those two guys over there will be enough, so don¡¯t worry about us.¡± The man who was stroking his chin and muttering something unintelligible showed interest in the three people. Balkan frowned at the man who asked for help from not only Balkan but also Ha-ryu and Miho. It was okay to get involved in something strange for no reason, but I really wanted to watch Jinhyuk suffer from a distance. ¡°Grandpa, let me help you. ¡°I don¡¯t think he¡¯s a bad person, and I think the request is rted to the huge energy I felt in the forest earlier, so I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a bad thing.¡± ¡°A person who gives something delicious is a good person.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, even you guys say that, so I can¡¯t help it. Yes, we will help too. ¡°Why don¡¯t you just say something?¡± ¡°Haha, thank you, old man!¡± Balkan, who had risen from old man to old man, took Ha-ryu and Mi-ho with him and joined Jin-hyeok and Hendrick. ¡°It looks good.¡± ¡°¡­Isn¡¯t it all because of you? ¡°If you hadn¡¯t attacked the author, this wouldn¡¯t have happened.¡± ¡°The energy I felt was simr and the size was simr, so I attacked right away. ¡°You know that it¡¯s important to take advantage when you have the upper hand, Vulcan.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, it¡¯s ridiculous to argue about things that have already happened. ¡°Now, tell me quickly what your request is.¡± Balkan, who was arguing with Jinhyeok, turned his head and looked at the man. The man, who saw several eyes directed at him, smiled awkwardly and scratched his head. ¡°Wow, there are a lot of eyes. ¡°I¡¯m embarrassed.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s really absurd. ¡°It¡¯s so embarrassing that we were stuck together like that just a moment ago¡­¡± ¡°Onii-sama.¡± ¡°Tsk.¡± Jinhyeok, who was spitting out bitter words with an absurd expression on his face, clicked his tongue and turned his head at Ha-ryu¡¯s scolding. On behalf of Jinhyuk, Ha-ryu greeted him with a soft smile. ¡°I¡¯mte to say hello. I¡¯m downstream. You can call this child Miho and this one¡­.¡± ¡°It¡¯s Balkan. ¡°You can call me whatever you want, old man or old man.¡± ¡°Oh, I guess we can just call them Haryu Sojeo and Miho Sojeo.¡± After introducing himself, Miho, and Balkan, Haryu gave Jinhyuk and Hendrick a look. ¡°¡­Call me Ghost Face.¡± ¡°You can call me Hendrick.¡± Unlike Jinhyuk, who responded coldly, Hendrick calmly told me his name. Unlike Jinhyuk, who had to hide his name because it could be a source of information, Hendrick was confident. Still, the man nodded as if that was enough of an exnation. ¡°Then I guess I can call you Mr. Noble and Mr. Hendrick as Mr. Hyung. ¡°Isn¡¯t it nice to call you ¡®hyung¡¯ because it¡¯s friendly?¡± ¡°¡­You¡¯re a piece of shit! ¡°Just call me Gonggong.¡± ¡°I understand, bro.¡± ¡°Wow, my blood pressure is¡­¡± Jinhyuk shouted, holding the back of his neck at the man who was making fun of him with a sly smile. ¡°If a person reveals their name, you should also reveal their name. ¡°Did you eat it with etiquette?¡± ¡°Oh, I forgot. ¡°My name is Hong¡­ Wait.¡± ¡°¡­This bastard? ¡°If you don¡¯t want to say it, say no¡­¡± Jinhyeok was about to run away when he saw the man suddenly stop talking and put his hand to his mouth while he was introducing him. ¡°¡­What is this again?¡± ¡°The source of my request is approaching. Brother, I want you to help me stop this author.¡± Jinhyuk frowned at the unexpectedly powerful energy he suddenly felt. The man asked Jinhyuk with a serious face. ¡®author? So does that mean the guy with this energy isn¡¯t a monster? Who on earth is this much energy on the 51st floor?¡¯ Climber. When Jinhyeok can¡¯t hide his surprise at the fact that a single climber¡¯s energy is so big and powerful. The man urged Jinhyuk. ¡°Can you help me? ¡°If you help me, I swear that I will never forget this favor, let alone what happened before, so please!¡± Jinhyeok nodded his head absent-mindedly at the sight of him looking urgent, the exact opposite of the jokes and jokes he had been making just a moment ago. ¡°¡­It¡¯s okay if you help me. If you help me. ¡°So there¡¯s no debt with this?¡± ¡°of course! The debt is no different from the fact that I owe it to myself. ¡°I will never forget this favor.¡± ¡°Okay, I understand, so tell me what kind of guy ising. ¡°That way we can prepare.¡± Who is this person who has such a powerful energy that they are slowly getting closer to each other? When Jinhyuk asked, the man sighed and said. ¡°Yoseon. A being hase across the forest to catch me. ¡°Originally, I was the one chasing him¡­ but now, to my shame, I am the one being chased.¡± ¡°Yoseon? ¡°What is that again?¡± Although Jinhyuk had reached the 600th floor, this was the first time I had heard of him. But not Hendrick. ¡°Yoseon? ¡°Then you must also have a lot to do with it.¡± ¡°You seem to know us quite well. This guy is. This is indeed the intelligence of a warrior. That¡¯s right, Yoseon is the one who escaped from our country to the tower. I came out to catch him¡­ but it wasn¡¯t enough for me. If we miss him like this, he will run further and further down, causing great damage to others in the process. That¡¯s something that should never happen. So we all have to work together.¡± ¡°So, there was this incredibly strong guying this way, and it was a problem you had to deal with? ¡°You¡¯re so strong that you can¡¯t do it alone?¡± ¡°That¡¯s urate, you¡¯re no mean feat. Judging from the fact that their hands are still tingling from the force of the noble and dragon shes, they must also be very talented. Furthermore, I think it will be possible if the elder and the two Sojeos join forces.¡± Jinhyuk nodded at the words of a man who naturally had an energy that overwhelmed those around him. The energy that was slowly growing stronger was certainly powerful, but it was not enough to handle all of those gathered here. Not only that, Jinhyeok has troops that he hasn¡¯t taken out yet, so it would be worth a try. And Jinhyeok was not one to give up on something he had already decided to do just because it was difficult and dangerous. ¡°Okay, why not give it a try? ¡°Don¡¯t forget grace.¡± ¡°I will never forget. ¡°I swear on my name as the current master of Yuldo Kingdom.¡± ¡°¡­Yuldo country? Which country is that again? Anyway, good. There is no way the master of a country would break his oath. ¡°Tell me about that guy named Yoseon.¡± ¡°Yuldoguk¡­ he was a great person.¡± Aside from Jinhyeok clicking his tongue at the vague name he heard from somewhere, Hendrick shakes his head as if he knows something. However, due to the urgency of the situation, Jinhyeok could not pay attention to it, and Hendrick also focused on the man¡¯s words. ¡°Yoseon is a term used to describe a hermit who has been infected by a demon and has be a monster. He is a monster, but he is also a immortal. You can think of it as a being who engages in fighting based on various Taoist arts and techniques. If you are at the level of your older brothers, there will be no shortage of shes. I, who know Yoseon well, will tie him up from the front, so you guys can finish it off.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not bad. ¡°Are you willing to bear as much risk as possible?¡± ¡°You can¡¯t ask someone who came to help you to risk their life. ¡°I will bear all the risks, so you can only handle the attacks that arecking.¡± Jinhyeok, who was staring at the man with a yful look on his face and an expression of readiness to die, scratched his head and stood up. ¡°Damn it, I have to go to the next floor, what kind of mess is this?¡± ¡°I won¡¯t forget to help¡­¡± ¡°Be quiet and get ready. ¡°We¡¯re almost there.¡± Jinhyuk radiated spiritual power, indicating that the energy felt in the forest was just around the corner. Puhwaaak ¨C Purple -ck spiritual power wrapped around Jinhyuk, and at the same time, Jinhyuk pulled out his great bow from subspace. At the same time , an iron arrow caught in the bow, and Jinhyeok, who hit the arrow with spiritual energy, shot the arrow into the dark forest. ¡°Soul Arrow.¡± Quad Deuk ¨C As it contained enormous spiritual power, its destructive power was truly incredible. Soul Arrow, which instantly shattered the ground and entered the forest, was trapped by a being presumed to be Yoseon running from the forest. -Kaaaaaaaa! A human-like voice of pain. The magic contained in it disturbed the ears of the party. ¡°¡­Is this the point? ¡°I feel dirty.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll handle that.¡± As Jinhyuk spit out the words as if they were making his ears dizzy and his head hurt, the man radiated his energy. Ssaaaa ¨C green energy. The moment an energy like nature itself swept over the surroundings, the yogi contained in the painful screams melted away like waste being washed away by a waterfall. Jinhyuk, who felt refreshed in an instant, looked down at his body with a surprised face. The others seemed to be no different, looking down at their bodies and shivering with exhration. ¡°Good.¡± Even Hendrick gave a rare smile and clenched his fists in satisfaction with the man¡¯s energy. ¡°Everyone, get ready!¡± The entire forest exploded with the voice of a man whose energy had melted the ghosts attached to the group. Quaaaang! -Hong Gil Dong! Did you think you would dare stop me? ¡°A person who has lost his qualifications as a hermit carries the name of the owner of Yuldoguk! The founder will punish you, Yoseon!¡± Yo-seon scolds harshly while fluttering the hem of his dark-colored coat, and the man who responds to him, Hong Gil-dong. The moment when the two people¡¯s fight ends, as if it were a gunshot announcing the beginning of their fight. ¡°Now! ¡°I¡¯ll get his attention, so everyone attack!¡± As his voice rang out, suggesting that he would take on the role of bait, Jinhyuk also finished preparing and opened his mouth. ¡°¡­wake up.¡± As soon as a calm yet eerie voice was heard in the audience, the forces and spirits of death opened their eyes. ¡°¡­This?¡± As the army of death and spirit soldiers awakened, Hong Gil-dong looked at Jin-hyuk in surprise. ¡°¡­Brother, were you a necromancer?¡± ¡°It¡¯s simr.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t feel any misunderstanding. I believe it, sir. ¡°It¡¯s truly an ability worthy of the name nobleman!¡± Hong Gil-dong, who was surprised for a moment and burst intoughter, saying that he had chosen the name well, soon rushed toward Yoseon, swinging his long baton roughly. ¡°¡­I don¡¯t like it either. But he doesn¡¯t seem like a bad guy.¡± Jinhyeok, who felt something different and somewhat joyful at the sight of Hong Gil-dong, who did not show the difort that people who saw his abilities for the first time showed, stretched out his hand and said. ¡°The hunt for this ship has begun.¡± -Kyaaagh! -Keeee! -For the owner of the soul! Under the orders of the necromancer and spirit master, the army of death and the army of spirits approached Yoseon, ready to obliterate the forest. [The first owner of Yuldo Province looks at you and smiles.] [The pinnacle of all evil looks at you and someone else in turn and worries.] It was also the moment when one more voyeur was added by Jinhyuk¡¯s standards. Chapter 81 All Master Necromancer Episode 81 ¡®Hmm, it¡¯s not that easy either. I shouldn¡¯t have brought demons into Yuldo Kingdom¡­ but it was my fault.¡¯ Hong Gil Dong. He is the owner of ¡®Yuldo-guk¡¯, located in a hidden part of the tower, and the inheritor of the name ¡®Gil-dong¡¯ of the ¡®Hong¡¯ family. Among the ¡®Hong¡¯ family, which can be said to be the royal family of Yuldo Kingdom, Hong Gil-dong, the only one to use the name ¡®Gil-dong¡¯, which can only be used by those who have ascended to the position of king, can be said to be the undisputed master of Yuldo Kingdom in name and reality. It was originally impossible for him, who could be said to be the king of a country, to step forward in person to exterminate a strange being called Yoseon. However, it could not be helped because Hong Gil-dong¡¯s own mistake was behind this incident. ¡®When the demon visited Yuldo Kingdom, he should have been kicked out right away. Because of me, a sinless person has be a ghost¡­¡¯ Demons. It all started when one of them, a member of the Four Emperors, visited Yuldo Kingdom. Build up Tao, gather Dao energy, transform it into Seongi, and be a Immortal. Even after bing a hermit, it was the wish of all those who practiced Tao in Yuldo Kingdom to continue umting good fortune and be a ¡®god¡¯. Naturally, Taoyeok and Seongi were very effective in destroying the ¡®demon¡¯. However, on the other hand, Doryuk and Seongi were also vulnerable to ¡®demon¡¯. Therefore, the demons who came to Yuldo Kingdom were like inconvenient guests. The ¡®magic energy¡¯ he possessed was powerful enough to harm Yuldo Kingdom. ¡®¡­I¡¯m sorry, I won¡¯t forget the hard work you sacrificed for us.¡¯ Although everyone was against it, Hong Gil-dong, the owner of Yuldo-guk, allowed him to enter Yuldo-guk. This decision was made because he approaches everyone warmly and believes that everyone can be friends. Because it was an order given by the young king of Yuldo Kingdom, all the high-ranking immortals and powerful Taoists nodded. After that, hell unfolded. After entering Yuldo Kingdom, the demons were quiet for a few days, but one day they revealed their true colors and started polluting Yuldo Kingdom with ¡®demons¡¯. The demons were strong. His strength, as he pped his seven pairs of wings and polluted himself with the ¡®demon¡¯ of the Yuldo Kingdom, could certainly be said to be one of the strongest among the demons. But Yuldo-guk was also not easy. Just as the demonic power of the demons was a threat to the Yuldo Kingdom, the power of the Yuldo Kingdom was also a threat to the demons. In the end, the demons died, but the ¡®demons¡¯ scattered throughout Yuldo Country were not easily purified and continued to pollute Yuldo Country. If left unattended, not only the mountains, rivers, and vegetation but also the residents of Yuldo Country would be polluted. The immortal before his eyes took on the role of absorbing the ¡®demon¡¯. ¡®The steps of yoga to approach Ma. I will apologize in lieu of not entering the evil line. ¡®Adult of the Hong family.¡¯ His name is Hong Ik-hyeon. He was a immortal who reached the rank of senior member of the Hong family. This happened in his family, and he took on all the sins on behalf of Hong Gil-dong, who was like his grandson. That¡¯s how he became Yoseon, and was trying to get out of Yuldo State and mess up the royal family. Also, in the process, he hoped to build up Yogi, transform it into Demonic Energy, and be a demon. Hong Gil-dong felt like his heart was being torn apart by his fall as he was training to be a god as an elder of the kingdom of Yuldo and a high-ranking hermit. I ran for several days without stopping, and through a conversation with Jinhyeok and his group whom I had not seen in a long time, I regained my original smile, but that was only for a moment. ¡°Woooo¡­¡± Hong Gil-dong, breathing heavily, approached the famous elder of the family, and bowed his head politely, forgetting the words he had uttered earlier. ¡°As the eldest son of the Hong family and the grandson of the sage Hong Ikja, I offer my gratitude and apology for bearing all my sins on my behalf.¡± In a voice full of politeness, like a grandchild greeting a grandfather, Yoseon also spoke in a warm voice different from before. -Gildong, thank you and apologize. If you also feel yah with me and umte yam, that is gratitude and apology. Isn¡¯t that right? When has thisdy ever lied to you? So, you too, with me¡­. Hong Gil-dong, who had been quietly listening to Yo-seon talking about things that would have been said in the past, in a rtionship between a grandchild and a grandfather that existed not long ago, interrupted him. ¡°¡­Shut up. The example is over. From now on, Hong Ik-hyeon gave up being a immortal and became a Yoseon. ¡°As the master of Yuldo Kingdom, I will punish you.¡± Even though his jaw was shaking as he clenched his teeth and tears were flowing endlessly from his eyes, he did not stop speaking harshly. It flows along the edge of the eye, reaches a destination called the chin, and falls to a ce called the ground, making a well. Yoseon also fluttered a dopo that contained a friendly spirit. -Gil-dong¡­ such a stupid child. What do you do by cultivating the Tao, and what do you do by umting good energy? If you feel the yaw and awaken the demon, everything is in my hands! Who do you think can stop me? Oh, as your guardian, today I will guide you and lead you to the right path! Hong Gil-dong shed bloody tears as he looked at the shining eyes of Hong Ik-hyeon, who imed that Sado was the royal capital. The humor he had shown just moments ago when he was talking with Jinhyeok, Miho, Ha-ryu, etc. had disappeared, and now he was shedding bloody tears and holding the baton so hard that it would break. Crackle ¨C An eerie sound rang out from a pole made from a tree that grows only in Yuldo Province. Hong Gil-dong shouted, swinging his baton at the same time, as if to show the determination he had at this moment. e! ¡°You vicious bastard!¡± -Pain is temporary, pleasure is lifelong, so don¡¯t hate it so much. Cryrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr to the shout of Hong Gil- dong, who had taken the stance, the Yoseon moved at the same time. The des that appeared from within the hem of the sword were imbued with magic and moved freely, aiming at Hong Gil-dong. Push-push-push-push-push-push- ¡°¡­is this?¡± However, the des imbued with energy did not even reach Hong Gil-dong¡¯s pole. The undead blocking his path. They were ordinary undead, not magic bone soldiers or holy bone soldiers made with magic or divine power. Hong Gil-dong tilted his head at the sight of the ordinary undead who had stopped him. ¡°I attached it because I thought it would be too much for you to defend yourself. ¡°They are disposable undead, so feel free to use them as a shield.¡± ¡°¡­Thank you, brother.¡± ¡°If you want to thank me, stop calling me hyung.¡± Tsk, here ites. Look ahead!¡± Wherever he turned his head, of course, there was Jinhyuk. Jinhyeok, who hade to his side and used the undead as a shield, clicked his tongue and pointed forward with a nod. -It¡¯s a family matter. Don¡¯t interfere, you corpse spellcaster! ¡°In the first time I saw you, you ate very cheap food.¡± Yogi permeated the gently moving hem of the sword, and the hem of the sword, which was harder than any other famous sword, flew towards Jinhyeok. Although it was clearly an attack that would have resulted in serious injury if hit properly, Jinhyeok could only curse calmly. The reason was soon revealed. Kang! te.¡± ¡°I ran straight away. ¡°You must have gone ahead.¡± ¡°Okay, stop it.¡± ¡°Sure.¡± Just as Jinhyuk blocked the attack on Hong Gil-dong, Hendrick blocked the attack on Jinhyuk. He ran so quickly that the hem of his dark red clothes fluttered in the wind. Hendrick, who was scolding Jinhyuk, who was scolding him for why he was sote, used his sword to cut off the hem of the coat containing the magic energy that was attacking him again. Kaang! Hendrick frowned and looked at the de of his sword amidst the strange phenomenon of making the sound of iron shing even when the sword and the hem of the sword collided. ¡°The weather is getting worse.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s no joke. ¡°What floor level is that?¡± ¡°150th to 200th floor. I think that¡¯s enough to use all of its original power. Of course, he is not at the level of an ordinary 150 to 200 floor climber. ¡°Maybe it¡¯s not a climber, but a boss monster.¡± ¡°Is that right?¡± The strength of a climber from the 150th to the 200th floor. Hearing that it was probably at the level of a boss monster, Jinhyuk turned his head and asked Hong Gildong. Hong Gil-dong, whose face was covered in tears, nodded. ¡°Yoseon is not affected by the tower¡¯s system. Rather, youkai. It seems like it¡¯s because they¡¯re treated like monsters, ording to their older brothers. In addition, the biggest problem is that even though I don¡¯t know how to climb the tower, I have no problem going down, as much as climbers like my brother and me.¡± ¡°From the 150th to the 200th floor¡­ can I think of it as the full strength of the king-level climber I heard aboutst time?¡± ¡°I guess that¡¯s probably it. Well, the so-called king-level climbers also have their own differences.¡± 150th to 200th floor. Climbers with a difference in floor levels that are roughly 3 to 4 times higher. If you think of it as being at the level of a climber with enough talent to go beyond the rookie level and be called a super rookie, the strength of the Yoseon in front of you seems distant. ¡°At least that¡¯s because I¡¯ve been engulfed by this energy and have lost most of my original good energy¡­ But I can¡¯t let down my guard. As time goes by, if you suck out vitality and morale and increase your energy, one day you will regain your original state. No, maybe he will achieve a higher level than his original level¡­¡± Not only that, not only is he not in a perfect state right now, but even Jinhyeok and Hendrick¡¯s faces hardened when they said that he would be stronger as time passed. ¡°¡­There are no corpses around, so it¡¯s okay, right?¡± The floor they are currently on is the 51st floor. There were not many other climbers or monsters around. The only thing left is the corpses of the red orcs they captured? Jinhyeok thought that at this level, even if he sucked out the vitality and morale, his energy would not increase significantly, but¡­ ¡°I have already sucked enough vitality and morale from other floors. It¡¯s probably in the process of reforging right now. ¡°After refining all the vitality and morale it is sucking away, it will try to suck it out again¡­ But if I just leave it alone for now, it will automatically reforge and increase my energy.¡± ¡°¡­Damn it. ¡°You¡¯ve already had a full meal, right?¡± Jinhyeok realized that his thoughts were horribly wrong when he heard that even beforeing to the 51st floor, he had already lost his vitality and morale by passing through other floors. ¡°Below here is the 50th floor. There are probably quite a few climbers and people staying there. ¡°If Yoseon, who haspleted all refining, sucks out their vitality and morale¡­ most climbers up to the 10th floor may not escape death.¡± ¡°¡­The scale is getting bigger.¡± It was something that had nothing to do with Jinhyeok. It was a floor I had already passed through anyway, and there weren¡¯t any people who were significantly rted to it. In other words, there was no problem even if you just pretended not to know. ¡®Anyway, once the 10th floor has been robbed, the gods and devils or otherrge guilds will step in. Guys like Nine Star.¡¯ Even by their standards, they are strong enemies. If hundreds or thousands of climbers gather together, no matter how much of a monster Yoseon bes, he has no choice but to be hunted. Monsters originally exist to be hunted, and that¡¯s what raids are for. But when Jinhyeok frowned, feeling ufortable for some reason. Jinhyuk opened his mouth, his eyes shing as if he realized something. ¡°Halcyon!¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± Hendrick looked at Jinhyuk, who suddenly called Halcyon¡¯s name, with a puzzled look on his face. Jinhyuk revealed the source of his difort to Hendrick, who looked at him like he was crazy. ¡°I was wondering why I was in a bad mood. If that guy goes down, Halcyon on the floor below could be in danger. That guy¡¯s qualifications as a merchant are high, but he¡¯s terrible atbat, so he¡¯s still on the lower level. is not it?¡± ¡°¡­hehe, yeah. I can¡¯t lose one of my precious guild members. understood.¡± Hendrick, who realized the meaning of Jinhyeok¡¯s words, also smiled and nodded. ¡°¡­Could you please tell me what you two are talking about now?¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, it¡¯s not something I would say to an outsider. Since I agreed to help, I will help you until the end. ¡°For our few guild members.¡± ¡°Yes, yes, not for that Taoist master, but for you, right?¡± ¡°You are stating the obvious!¡± Hendrick, who said only what Jinhyuk wanted to hear, as ifforting a child, eventually burst intoughter. ¡°Hahaha! okay. Isn¡¯t it ultimately a battle? I was bored because I couldn¡¯t y properly for the past few months, but it worked out well. ¡°I¡¯m going to the end today, Cha Jin-hyuk!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t say my name, idiot!¡± Hendrick bursts intoughter with his dark red eyes bent like a crescent moon. When he called his name, Jinhyuk, who was shocked, covered his mouth, but Jinhyuk¡¯s name had already been engraved in Hong Gil-dong¡¯s mind for a long time. Tub- ¡°Your honor, no, the grace of Jinhyeok Daehyup. ¡°I will never forget it.¡± ¡°¡­Just forget it. Hey, that¡¯s it. Let¡¯s fight excitedly for our respective goals.¡± Hong Gil-dong expressed his gratitude by putting his hands together and shaking his fist. Jinhyeok, who was looking at him and waving his hand saying that it was okay, sighed and red forward with a lighter face. ¡°Valkaaaan! ¡°We leave all the undead to you, assist us!¡± ¡°Tsk, I understand. Do it in moderation. ¡°It¡¯s a ce where children can also be together.¡± Control of the Undead was transferred to Vulcan, who was watching the battle unfolding with his arms crossed, and Vulkan expressed his concern for Haru and Miho. ¡°Haru and Miho also assist with Vulkan. ¡°Because three is enough.¡± Jinhyeok nodded at his concern and ordered the two to assist as well. ¡°¡­Your brother also passed away. Okay, if it¡¯s dangerous, I¡¯ll jump in right away.¡± ¡°I¡¯m going too!¡± Jinhyuk is the older brother of the two, and before being the owner, he is the guild master of the ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯ guild. I couldn¡¯t refuse the orders he gave me. However, Jinhyeok could not say anything more to Ha-ryu and Mi-ho¡¯s stubborn attitude, saying that they would jump in at any time if the situation was dangerous. ¡°¡­Okay, do whatever you want with that.¡± Jinhyuk nodded with a sigh, knowing full well that his stubbornness would not be inferior to him, and that his skills would also notg behind. And sigh for a moment. Jinhyuk steadily drew spiritual power from his entire body. ¡°I eat that guy.¡± ¡°Eat¡­ eat? Brother, what is that?¡± ¡°Apart from grace, it is a reward for my work. ¡°I don¡¯t ept rebuttals.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, as long as we can handle the main line reliably, that¡¯s about it¡­¡± ¡°I¡¯ve epted it. ¡°There is no softness.¡± When Hong Gil-dong, who had expressed doubts about the word ¡°eat,¡± finally expressed consent, Jin-hyuk smiled and nodded. ¡°Come on, let¡¯s go. ¡°To catch this ship.¡± ¡°Battle¡­ wow¡­ I can¡¯t control my excitement.¡± ¡°¡­I couldn¡¯t block Yo¡¯s path, but I will block Demon¡¯s path, Grandfather.¡± Jinhyeok had a purpose in Yoseon itself, Hendrick was excited about a ¡®real¡¯ battle for the first time in a long time, and Hong Gil-dong had a purpose to prevent Hong Ik-hyeon from reaching the path of evil due to his own sins. As such, each person¡¯s purpose was different. But the desired result was the same. Victory in the battle against Yoseon. Three people left for different purposes and the same result. Chapter 82 All Master Necromancer Episode 82 ¡°I am in charge ofmanding the battle. ¡°Noints?¡± ¡°No.¡± ¡°It¡¯s natural to follow the guild master¡¯s orders.¡± Jinhyuk said as he jumped out of his seat and rushed towards Yoseon. Command of the battle. The idea that climbers the size of Hong Gil-dong and Hendrick would follow someone¡¯s orders was almost absurd, but the two nodded as if it was natural. However, Hong Gil-dong looked at Jin-hyuk with a surprised face at Hendrick¡¯s next words. ¡°¡­Guild Master? ¡°Brother, did you have a guild?¡± ¡°Be loud, focus. I am in charge of overall assistance. You two just focus on offense. ¡°I will create an opening for you to attack.¡± ¡°Yes, I would be grateful if you could. ¡°I believe it, bro.¡± Jinhyeok ignored his question as if it were obvious, then calmly gave an order and dered in a sincere voice that he would create an opening. Hong Gil-dong, who somehow felt that Jin-hyuk would definitely do it, nodded. Hong Gil-dong was the first to run out, ready for battle, as if he had not even thought about hearing the answer to the question he had just asked, and the moment he ran out, he swung the de-like edge of the Yoseondo sword. -die! ¡°Stop it!¡± ¡°Wheel!¡± Jinhyeok, who was in charge of conducting, shouted in a voice that sent shivers down the spine just by hearing it. Despite the suddenmand, Hong Gil-dong calmly used the technique. wheel. Hong Gil-dong, who blocked Yo-seon¡¯s attack by swinging his baton round and round like a spinning cart wheel, looked at Jin-hyeok and asked. ¡°next! ¡°What should I do next?¡± ¡°Just block it. Yoseon¡¯s aggro has been attracted to you, so it¡¯s real from now on.¡± ¡°Okay, but I can¡¯t stop it for long, so hurry up! Please hurry!¡± ¡°Whether it¡¯s an honors college or an engineering college, just do one!¡± Jinhyeok, who was irritated with Hong Gil-dong, whose tone of voice changed from one thing to another, perhaps due to the confusion of the battle, looked at Hendrick. ¡°Hendrik, get ready. When my attack is over, it¡¯s you. ¡°Please use the fastest and strongest one.¡± ¡°Okay, leave it to me. I¡¯ll prepare the fastest and most powerful one.¡± ¡°Okay, Hong Gil-dong! ¡°Hold on just a little longer!¡± ¡°Oh my gosh, I¡¯m holding on! So quickly!¡± Kang! Kagang! Kaga River! The sharp sound of metal hitting a wooden pole and a steel-like canopy. At the same time, Jinhyeok, who felt that Hong Gil-dong¡¯s groans were increasing as if he was exerted, immediately took his stance. Keying- The index finger of the straight right hand. Jinhyeok held his right hand with his left hand as if holding a pistol, and spiritual power gathered at the tip of his right index finger. Iljiyeongtan (Ò»Ö¸ì`�—). It was the most basic method of applying spiritual power, but of course Jinhyuk did not think that something like a daily spiritual bullet would attract Yoseon¡¯s attention and create a meaningful opportunity for Hendrick to attack. ¡®There is no time forcency. I don¡¯t know how many times Hong Gil-dong will have to endure it like that. ¡®I bet everything, once and for all.¡¯ There was no such thing as pride. Even though there were many people on Jinhyuk¡¯s side, the situation was unfavorable, so it was natural. The moment I immediately grasped my right hand and focused all my attention on the tip of my index finger. Yeongtan, which had already gathered to its limit, began to change. Kugugugu ¨C The changes in Yeongtan thate together and reach their limit. It was none other than pression¡¯. In a way, it could be said to be a natural procedure. Just as before throwing away trash, you step on it to make room and fill it with additional trash, Yeongtan did the same. The spiritual bullet that has reached its limit is crushed with force to create space, and the original spiritual power ispressed to make it stronger and harder. After repeating it over and over again, the result was at Jinhyeok¡¯s fingertips. ¡°Youngchungtan (ì`³ä�—).¡± The spiritual powers wrapped inyers filled the inside of the spiritual bullet, creating a perfect ¡®shot¡¯. ¡°go!¡± bang! ¡®One shot¡¯ was fired at the same time as the shout announcing departure. The target of the bullet was none other than the iron sword lodged in Yoseon¡¯s chest. -¡­!!! Yo-seon, who was preupied with the battle with Hong Gil-dong and had not paid attention to Jin-hyeok and Hendrick, could not hide his surprise when he saw the bullet flying with such force. -How dare you try to shoot me! Irregrs who move towards the end without cultivating the path! Then he immediately waved his sword and tried to stop it. Yeongchungtan. Thepressed andpressed bullet of spiritual power has enough power to be called a monster, and it is an attack that can be said to be sufficiently threatening even to a Yoseon with a body, so it is a natural response. ¡°Your opponent is me, Yoseon! A whirlwind!¡± The only problem was that Hong Gil-dong, who was confronting him, did not allow him to move. Hong Gil-dongpletely captivated Yo-seon the moment her eyes fell on him. The spiraling wind that blew strongly around him ced great restrictions on Yoseon¡¯s actions in trying to block Yeongchungtan. Coo coo coo coo! -Profit¡­ Hong Gil-dong Inoooom! ¡°Shut up! Obediently follow thews of Yuldo Kingdom, you bastard!¡± Hong Gil-dong, who heard Yo-seon, embarrassed by the power of his whirlwind, cry out his name, responded as if he could not lose. The Yeongchung bullet exploded on the chest of Yoseon, who was struggling along with Hong Gil-dong¡¯s harshly scolding voice. Kwasik- Iron City. The moment the Yeongchung bullet hit the Cheolsi, which was the center of the Soul Arrow that Jinhyeok initially fired in an exemry manner, the Cheolsi was shattered into pieces. Genno, the cksmith of cksmiths. Now, it was an iron poem made by an artisan-level cksmith named Muyeong, but it was just an iron poem. In the face of an attack with the violent power of Yeongchungtan, there was nothing Cheolsi could do other than break into small pieces and transform into memorization. -¡­Kaaaaaa! The pain is enough to make you forget your anger. The piece of iron poetry that had been shattered into pieces transformed into a memorization and burrowed into Yoseon¡¯s heart. As it was made by an artisan-level cksmith, the perfection of the iron was high, and even though it was shattered, the perfection was still there. You can tell this just by looking at the fact that the fragments have prated deep into the skin and coat of Yoseon, which isparable to a monster in terms of toughness. Unfortunately, Yoseon¡¯s suffering did not end there. ¡°It¡¯s okay if you only do it once.¡± -Inoooooom! Okay¡­ Cheol-si¡¯s pain is temporary. The power of the Yeongchung bullet that seeped through the wounds created by the iron poem and its fragments once again shook the inside of Yoseon. Spiritual power. It is the source of all energy, and at the same time, it is the most powerful, flexible, and destructive force. The spirit bullet created by condensing it collided with his Yogi within Yoseon. I didn¡¯t know, but it was clear that he was experiencing shock and noise as if a nuclear bomb exploded inside him. ¡®I think Yogi can be thought of as a lower-levelpatibility with Magi¡­ Spiritual power is the energy of a higher level than Magi. That alone will blow your mind.¡¯ Magic energy, including mana, and divine power are not used only for attack purposes. It also ys a role simr to white blood cells in preventing other energy from entering the body. If the energy you have is stronger than the energy invading from the outside, it will be destroyed like white blood cells eradicating germs, but what happens if the opposite happens? ¡®Bacteria eat white blood cells.¡¯ The position is also opposite. White blood cells that are supposed to eat bacteria are pushed away by the strength of the bacteria, and the bacteria turn into germs and make the body sick. Of course, Yoseon was not rendered incapable ofbat with a single shot of Yeongchung bullet. You won¡¯t be incapable ofbat just because time passes. The reason was very simple. -Did you think you could stop me with just this little energy? ¡°You definitelyck spiritual power. ¡°If it were like the old days, one bullet would have put you on the train to hell.¡± The quality of energy was very high, but the quantity was very small. The difference between the amount of Yogi and the amount of spiritual power was so great that it could not be suppressed by the quality of energy, and in the end, Yoshen roared without any harm. But that was enough. ¡°Go, Hendrick! Body m!¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s not a body m, it¡¯s a quick punch.¡± Because the real one was Hendrick, not Jinhyuk. Hendrick sighed at Jinhyuk¡¯s cries, which made him feel bad just by hearing something, and kicked away, wrapping the energy he had gathered during Jinhyuk¡¯s time around his sword. As soon as the air barrier exploded, Hendrick, who had arrived in front of Yoseon, muttered the name of the technique in a low voice . ¡°Kwaeryongcham(¿ìýˆ”Ø).¡± A sh reminiscent of a fast dragon. In some ways, it could be seen as an ordinary cut, but the speed was not ordinary. His sword, which was swung at incredible speed, returned to its original position as soon as it shed. As if it had never moved from its original position. However, his sword was clearly moving, and it only returned to its original position after cutting at a speed so fast that it appeared as if it had not moved. The evidence was now unfolding before my eyes. Squeak- Phuwaaagh! -Uh¡­ when? Yoseon¡¯s front sword, which was in disarray due to the wounds caused by the fragments of Cheolshi and the internal injuries caused by Yeongchungtan¡¯s spiritual power, was cut. And a fountain of dark-colored blood gushing out from between the cracked wounds. Yosun¡¯s eyes fell on Hendrick, who was so shocked that he couldn¡¯t even think about stopping the bleeding. -¡­dragon! You¡¯re a dragon! Gildong, did you bring one of the Four Emperors into Yuldo Kingdom and make the country sick, and then hold their hands again? What an idiot! The dragon¡¯s energy naturally flows from the whole body along with the horns. It wasn¡¯t that I couldn¡¯t recognize it. He was a hermit who lived for a long time. Of course, I had no choice but to be familiar with the tower¡¯s information. Yoseon, who immediately figured out Hendrick¡¯s identity, scolded Hong Gil-dong harshly. Hong Gil-dong, startled by Yo-seon¡¯s words criticizing him, looked at Jin-hyeok and Hendrick with trembling eyes. ¡°¡­Your brother was a dragon?¡± ¡­This bastard didn¡¯t even know that? Jinhyeok immediately figured out Hendrick¡¯s identity and red at him with an expression of bewilderment at Hong Gildong¡¯s betrayal(?), which he thought was silent. ¡°Hey, who is your enemy now? Is it us? Or is it a yoseon? ¡°Just decide right now.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s a good line.¡± ¡°So what do you think I should do now?¡± ¡°¡­We have to stop this ship!¡± ¡°I know, go and stop it. Don¡¯t be swayed by that guy¡¯s words. ¡°Think about what he wants, you one-dimensional bastard.¡± ¡°Thank you for the advice. ¡°Then I¡¯ll ask you again!¡± Tsk, he¡¯s so naive and stupid that I can¡¯t use him for anything. Jinhyeok sighed at the one-dimensional appearance of Hong Gil-dong, who was embarrassed by a few words and regained hisposure with just a few words. This was because I had doubts about whether I could really trust Hong Gil-dong and continue this battle. Nevertheless, Jinhyuk did not give up. ¡®I will do what I decided to do until the end. It looks like the battle ising to an end, so there¡¯s no need to break the game now.¡¯ I knew that the Yogi possessed by Yoseon is lower-levelpatible with Magi. In other words, Yoseon was created artificially, and it was probably due to an incident that urred in Yuldo Kingdom. In particr, Jinhyeok, who had roughly grasped the situation through what Yoseon had just said, noticed that the residents of a ce called Yuldoguk, including Hong Gildong, were not very happy about the Four Emperors. ¡®It will be useful. Never forget that it is grace. If you forget¡­ ¡®I¡¯ll make you remember even if I beat you up.¡¯ The grace that Hong Gil-dong mentioned earlier. That seemed to be the driving force that kept Jinhyuk from leaving his position. A man of the caliber of Hong Gil-dong said he would return the favor, and before he became Yoseon, Yuldo-guk was made up of immortals and climbers like Hong Gil-dong. Thinking that he might be able to create a link with that ce, Jinhyeok gathered his wits and gave an order. ¡°The end is soon in sight! Concentrate and keep checking for Hong Gil-dong¡¯s aggro! ¡°I do the final finishing touches!¡± ¡°I understand!¡± ¡°Hendrik, you assist from the side. ¡°I¡¯m also prepared to stop what Hong Gil-dong couldn¡¯t.¡± ¡°I get it.¡± The moment the two people nodded to the order that was given in an instant, I also took my stance again. Chuck ¨C I focused all my attention on the tip of my index finger again, in a simr position to when I fired the Spirit Bomb just moments ago. As far as collecting andpressing spiritual power, it was the same as before. However, what I was about to do now was a technique that went one step further than the Spiritual Bomb I had just used. ¡®I figured out that I couldn¡¯t take it down with spirit bombs. So there is no reason to waste energy using the same thing. After using this, immediately take out the tom and deliver the finishing blow.¡¯ My spiritual power was being sucked to its limit, and I was about to do the final refining of the energy that had gathered until I lost consciousness. -Do you think I would be defeated by the likes of you? It is I who has lived and cultivated the Way for over a hundred years! How can this Hong Ik-Hyun be stopped just by a gathering of naked idiots like you!!! The angry voices of Yoseon and Hong Ikhyeon burst out and swept through the surroundings. Quad Deuk ¨C Jinhyeok and the rest of the group were thrown away by the roar that destroyed the surroundings, destroyed the forest, and split the ground apart. ¡°¡­Oof!¡± ¡°Brother!¡± In particr, Jinhyeok, who was preparing the final version of Yeongtan following Yeongchungtan and Yeongtan for the final blow, could not help but be greatly shocked. Because the situation was like an additional natural disaster caused by a roar rather than a direct attack, the damage was even greater because Hendrick could not even respond. Fortunately, his spiritual power was verypatible with Jinhyuk¡¯s, so other than the shock when he was disturbed, the internal injuries were not serious, and the energy he used returned to its original ce. ¡°¡­Whew, I feel sick.¡± Even if only minimal damage was suffered, it did not mean that the damage was small. A stream of fresh blood was flowing out of the corner of Jinhyeok¡¯s mouth, so that alone can be said to be a great loss. ¡°Are you okay?¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, but what on earth happened is such a shock¡­¡± When Ha-ryu approached and helped him up and asked for details with a worried look on his face, Jin-hyuk waved his hand and said it was okay. Rather, Jinhyuk asked a question. That¡¯s why I was curious about what happened that caused everyone to jump out just because Yoseon roared. However, the answer came not from downstream, who was watching from afar, but from Hong Gil-dong, who was lying nearby. He seemed to have rolled several times on the floor due to the roar, and his blue uniform was full of dust, but the surprise and despair on his face were not obscured by the dust. ¡°I tried to stop it¡­ but it ultimately failed¡­¡± The reason was simple. Maseon. The reason why Hong Gil-dong used his courage to stop him from crossing from Yoseon to Maseon was because Hong Ik-hyeon, as a grandson, wanted to close his eyes before he was truly infected by the devil, but the bigger reason was that once Hong Gil-dong became a devil, it was impossible to stop him with his strength. A disaster for royalties. This was the word given to Ma-seon in Yuldo-guk. A being that makes even famous immortals and powerful Taoists tremble with fear, and in some ways can be said to be more dangerous than demons, the seeds of evil. -Hahaha! I seeded! I am the true demon! I will cover the world with demons, and as a demon ship, I will leave for the world of gods and demons! That was the horse ship. Yoseon roars, bursts intoughter, arches her back and looks at the world. No, Hong Gil-dong knelt down with a devastated face at the sight of Maseon and Hong Ik-hyeon. It was the moment when the king, but still a young Taoist monk, admitted defeat in front of a demon who could not resist. Chapter 83 All Master Necromancer Episode 83 As the young Taoist shed tears in defeat, the sound of footsteps echoed in the quiet forest. Hong Ik- hyeon slowly walks down the broken forest path. When the sound of his footsteps fills the quiet forest. Someone came up next to Hong Gil-dong and said. ¡°You¡¯re not going to give up, are you?¡± ¡°¡­Hyung?¡± It was Jinhyuk. Hong Gil-dong, who raised his head at the voice of Jin-hyeok asking calmly, lowered his head again, discussing defeat with a tear-filled face that was uncharacteristic of him. ¡°Wrong. Brother, at least run away. If you are Hyung and the group, you will definitely be able to move on to the next floor. The destination of the horse ship must be downstairs. If Mr. Hyung¡¯s group goes up, they will face ruins, but they will be able to survive unscathed.¡± When Jinhyuk asked if he was going to give up, Hong Gil-dong looked sad and advised Jinhyuk to run away. Jinhyeok, who was silently listening to Hong Gil-dong¡¯s advice, pped Hong Gil-dong in the face. match! The sound of a p on the cheek echoed in the forest filled with only the sound of Hong Ik-hyeon¡¯s footsteps. ¡°¡­Ouch! ¡°What are you doing?¡± I gave him advice, but what came back was a p in the face. It was natural for Hong Gil-dong to get up from his seat in embarrassment. But Jinhyuk proudly raised his head and answered. ¡°You seem to havee to your senses now. Are you telling me to run away? why? Are you going to give up? ¡°I can¡¯t do that?¡± ¡°¡­You will have to risk your life. Because that¡¯s what Demon Ship is. There is no need for someone who is not a resident of Yuldo Country to risk his or her life because of the affairs of Yuldo Country.¡± Hong Gil-dong added in a weak tone while looking at Jin-hyuk, who seemed to have no intention of running away. Although it has been stretched out, it is not much different from saying to run away. In response, Jinhyeok crumpled his face and scolded him. ¡°I haven¡¯t even received my payment yet! Are you telling me to just go through all this trouble? ¡°I could never do that!¡± ¡°¡­If you want, I will give you even the rarest thing I have. So please don¡¯t let me see my benefactor who helped me die.¡± Jinhyuk shakes his head while discussing the price. In response, Hong Gil-dong wiggled his arms and sincerely tried to hand over what he had. Jinhyeok clicked his tongue at Hong Gil-dong, who was trying to make him run away by giving him everything he had. ¡°Tsk, I¡¯m so greedy that I¡¯m not satisfied with things like that. The promise I made earlier. ¡°You didn¡¯t forget, right?¡± The promise I made earlier. This was none other than what Hong Gil-dong was referring to when he was asked if he could eat Yoseon and said yes. It wasn¡¯t long ago that Hong Gil-dong couldn¡¯t remember it. And those words also meant that he would not run away from Yoseon, or rather, Hong Ik-hyeon, who was now Maseon. ¡°But that¡¯s only after you catch the yoseon¡­!¡± Jinhyeok pointed at Hong Ik-hyeon, covering Hong Gil-dong¡¯s mouth as he tried to persuade him again. ¡°Open your eyes and look straight. ¡°Is that really a magic ship?¡± ¡°¡­What? ¡°What¡­ is that?¡± ¡°Just answer what I said. ¡°I asked you if that really looked like a demon ship, you bastard.¡± Maseon is Maseon, so is it a immortal? Hong Gil-dong wanted to answer like that, but since Jin-hyuk was no different from his benefactor, he barely suppressed his feelings and turned his head to Hong Ik-hyeon. The moment he was about to turn his head again as he felt as if his good energy and magical power were being polluted by the demonic energy that was threatening to pierce his eyes. ¡°Open your eyes!¡± ¡°¡­!!! Big¡­ big! Tongue¡­ Brother, leave this aside¡­¡± ¡°I won¡¯t say it twice. look.¡± Jinhyuk ¡®s cold gaze struck Hong Gil-dong as he held his head as he tried to turn away and fixed his eyes wide open. In the end, Hong Gil-dong had no way to escape, and his eyes were stinging with magic. Perhaps Jinhyeok was holding his eyes and not being able to blink, so he looked at Hong Ik-hyeon with dry, stinging eyes. ¡°¡­for a moment. ¡°Something is strange.¡± ¡°Okay, idiot. ¡°I told you to look straight ahead, right?¡± Soon, Hong Gil-dong was able to understand why Jin-hyuk told him to look straight ahead. Realizing that Hong Gil-dong saw what he saw, Jin-hyuk released his grip on him and grinned. ¡°Magi¡­ is iplete. ¡°Has it not been perfected yet?¡± Iplete Magi. Jinhyeok was the first to realize this, and with his help, Hong Gildong followed suit. Currently, Hong Ik-hyeon was not aplete horse ship. To be precise, it would be correct to say that the demon energy that made him a demon ship was iplete. ¡°That¡¯s correct. ¡°That guy had so much magical power that I didn¡¯t notice, but as I watched, I realized it was a little different from what I knew.¡± ¡°What do you know?¡± When Jinhyuk said that he knew, Hong Gildong tilted his head, forgetting the seriousness of the situation. To satisfy his curiosity, Jinhyuk personally took out a sample. ¡°Okay, this.¡± ¡°¡­Huhhh! Brother, please get rid of that dangerous thing! It feels like it will corrupt you if you even touch it! No, but how did you do that?¡± Pure Magi. The magic energy originally handled by Jinhyeok and contained in the ring he received from Bune. That was the specimen Jinhyeok took out. Hong Gil-dong was frightened and took a step back at the magical energy that was so clean that it could be said to be the same as the magical energy of the demons that attacked Yuldo Kingdom just a while ago, or even purer than that. As a Taoist, he had a deep-rooted belief that Magi was a dangerous force that would corrupt anyone who came close to it. Of course, since Jinhyuk showed outstanding ability in controlling energy, such a thing did not happen. ¡°I won¡¯t ask. So look!¡± ¡°¡­It is definitely a Magi of such purity that it is appropriate to say that it is clean and pure. ¡°Brother, no, I don¡¯t know how you have such magical energy, but after seeing this, it bes clear.¡± ¡°Yes, the magic ship is imperfect. In other words, it¡¯s still worth a try. ¡°I don¡¯t want to run away from a worthy partner¡­ but you don¡¯t?¡± It might be stronger than Yoseon, but it¡¯s still worth it. The imperfect demon ship was clearly strong. Just by feeling the tingling energy, I was able to indirectly understand how much he had changed from before. However, Jinhyeok did not give up because he was stronger than Yoseon and still weaker than Maseon. And once Hong Gil-dong realized that his benefactor did not give up and that Ma-seon, whom he thought was an unstoppable enemy, was in fact imperfect, the word ¡®run¡¯ did not exist in Hong Gil-dong¡¯s mind. ¡°¡­I won¡¯t run away.¡± ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s it. Instead, there is a condition because the enemy has be stronger.¡± ¡°¡­Conditions? If it¡¯s within my power to do so, I¡¯ll do whatever it takes. ¡°If necessary, I will risk everything.¡± ¡°That¡¯s enough. No, is it a bitcking? ¡°What I want is help with my future path, and that¡¯s a big deal.¡± Help with the path to take. Among those gathered here, Hong Gil-dong was the only one who did not know about the ¡®path to take¡¯. That¡¯s why Hong Gil-dong asked back. ¡°When you grow up, you even add the word ¡®conditional¡¯¡­ Yuldo-guk and Taoist monks do not forget grace. No matter how difficult the road is, I and my country will help you¡­¡± ¡° I am trying to turn the tables. ¡°It feels a little awkward to talk to someone I just met today¡­ but for a moment, you are a lively and foolish person whoughs wildly without permission, but I am telling you this because I don¡¯t think you will reveal important information anywhere.¡± ¡°Station¡­ thousand¡­?¡± Mad words that threaten to overthrow the sky. However, when Hong Gil-dong quietly mutters words whose exact meaning is unknown. The exnation followed as if hitting his head with a hammer. ¡°I heard it earlier. ¡°I heard your country was also attacked by the Four Emperors, especially the demons, right?¡± Wow ¨C Hong Gil-dong gritted his teeth at Jin-hyuk¡¯s question, which he had inferred through a conversation with Hong Ik-hyeon earlier. It was a recent, warm past that made me shiver just thinking about it, so it was natural. ¡°That¡¯s right. But why is that¡­?¡± ¡°The reverse heaven I spoke of is a reverse heaven that means overthrowing not only the demon race but the entire Four Emperor ns.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Hong Gil-dong showed the most surprised face he had ever shown at this very spot. Gwangoh? No, it would be difficult to describe this as madness. ¡®¡­You¡¯re crazy.¡¯ It wasn¡¯t madness, it was just madness. All thates out is that you¡¯re crazy. However, after hearing those crazy words and seeing Jinhyeok¡¯s colleagues just shaking their heads without saying anything, Hong Gil-dong was dazed. ¡®Do they really believe that the n will seed? Or is there something else?¡¯ The sight of them epting it as if it were natural was unfamiliar to Hong Gil-dong, who lived one step away from the tower. The Four Emperors. It was a name that anyone who had spent some time in the tower could not have known, and the same was true for Hong Gil-dong. Therefore, Hong Gil-dong could not sympathize with the idea of overthrowing them. There was just one thing. ¡®¡­I¡¯m sure my head thinks I¡¯m crazy, but why is my heart beating so wildly? I¡­ I really think they can do it¡­ or do you really think I want to join their ranks?¡¯ Even if Hong Gil-dong¡¯s mind doesn¡¯t know, his heart, at least his heart, is in sync with him. A pounding heart and a burning head. Jinhyeok¡¯s voice struck Hong Gildong¡¯s eardrums as he was torn between two things. ¡°Not an individual, but a country was attacked. From what I heard, you have an important position in that country. That seems like a high position, but isn¡¯t it unfair? Don¡¯t you want revenge? Are you going to be satisfied with just killing the evil beast and killing the corrupted Yoseon who was damaged by it?¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Isn¡¯t it unfair? It was unfair. Don¡¯t you want revenge? I want revenge. Even if you kill the evil beast, the damage does not go away, and even if you kill the corrupted Yoseon, your grandfather, Hong Ik-hyeon, will not return. That feeling cools my head and spurs my heart to pound. ¡°¡­It¡¯s unfair! why! Even though we were attacked first, we were afraid of them and couldn¡¯t ovee their power! ¡°Even though I was treated unfairly, I just have to repair the damage and lose someone precious to me!¡± The entangled heart bursts out and shakes the broken forest. A force so powerful that even the approaching imperfect magic ship stops walking. Jinhyeok looked at him with a slightly surprised face in front of the spirit and spirit of the new king of Yuldo Kingdom, a member of the ¡®Hong¡¯ family, who gave up his original name and assumed the name of ¡®Gildong¡¯. That too for a while. Grinning ¨C the corner of the mouth rises towards the sky. The corners of his mouth rose so high that everyone knew that it was Jinhyeok¡¯s, even if no one had to say it. Satisfactory answer. That was enough. ¡°We are all victims of them. The minority who suffered damage came together to be the majority, and the majority came together to form one organization, so the foundation for a reversal wasid. Now all that¡¯s left is to build strength and gather people who want the same things as us. Will Hong Gil-dong, or rather Yuldo-guk, participate in Yeokcheon?¡± Majestic voice. The voice, like the majesty of a king speaking to his subjects, weighs down the messed up forest. The words that made even the imperfect Ma Seon take a step back contained a double meaning. One was whether he would join the guild ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, and the second was whether he would join ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, which was literally attacking the Four Emperors. I wasn¡¯t sure about the former, but I was sure about thetter, so Hong Gil-dong nodded without even realizing it. ¡°¡­Huh?¡± Hong Gil-dong, who only realized his nod after nodding, was surprised, but there was no reversal. ¡°¡­I, Hong Gil-dong, the king of Yuldo Kingdom, will take refuge in ¡®Yeokcheon.¡¯ ¡°If you really promise to break the evil line, relieve our troubled hearts, and further punish those who control the tower like the palm of their hand, I will persuade everyone who opposes me to join the ¡®Reverse Heaven¡¯.¡± He just adds weight to his words and bows his head. Jinhyeok, who listened to the end of Hong Gil-dong¡¯s words, which included the entire Yuldo Kingdom and ced conditions on himself, answered without lowering his mouth. ¡°Wee, Hong Gil-dong, King of Yuldo Kingdom.¡± Although each individual¡¯s strength was great and their future potential was high, ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯ was not enough to be called a group. The ce was slowly bing a real organization. As a group to kill the impregnable monster called the Four Emperors. Of course, there were still many mountains to ovee, and not the entire Yuldo Kingdom had entered Yeokcheon, and even if they had entered, the scale was very small. But one thing was certain. ¡°Let¡¯s crush Phase 2 like Phase 1 and move on.¡± At this moment, Yeokcheon has taken a step forward towards the neck of the Four Emperors. That much was an undeniable fact. ¡°I understand. This moment we are together now is like the beginning of a turning point.¡± ¡°It will be the beginning and foundation for countless things. ¡°The real thing is still a long way off.¡± ¡°Are we done talking now? Then go with all your might.¡± ¡°Onii-sama, we will help you this time too!¡± Jinhyuk revealed everything, and since Hong Gil-dong epted everything, there was nothing to hide from him anymore, so Jinhyuk revealed everything about himself. ¡°¡­wake up.¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s voice falls softly. On the contrary, spirits began to arise in the ruined forest. Spirit Master. Jinhyeok, who had taken out all the sleeping spirit soldiers as well as those who had stood up at themand of their monarch, looked at the imperfect Demon Ship with a cold gaze and gave an order. ¡°Bring the prey.¡± It was just a simple word, but it had a huge impact. -Kyaaagh! -Keeee! There are soul soldiers with high spirit, and there are less but holy soul soldiers and magic soul soldiers that can be considered elite. In addition, the undead that Balkan had been dealing with ran through the forest behind them. However, the real main force was behind them. Hendrick, Hong Gil-dong, Ha-ryu, Mi-ho. One dragon, one swordsman, one goblin and one fox. A strange party that seemed like it could nevere together was thrown out. Only one reason made them move. -Drag the prey. That was precisely the order Jinhyeok gave them. Due to that person¡¯smand, the forest, no, the entire 51st floor they were on began to shake. Those who made the entire floor vibrate had only one goal. -These¡­these guys? It was an imperfect horse ship that lost Oman and Gwangoh in their rush and instead gained embarrassment. Chapter 84 All Master Necromancer Episode 84 ¡°Miho!¡± ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m on the left.¡± ¡°Then I¡¯m on the right.¡± The two girls reached Yoseon faster than Jinhyeok¡¯s army, which departed first. In terms of speed, it is only natural that they are the fastest two in Jinhyeok¡¯s group. Of course, they weren¡¯t all that fast. -Young things are urging people to pray. That¡¯s right, as an adult, I can¡¯t let Ahae walk the wrong path! Come here, the devil himself will teach you! Hong Ik-hyeon looked at the two young girls approaching him with augh and opened his arms towards them. The imperfect but clear magic energy contained in his fluttering coat of arms as he tried to give guidance was ready to tear the two people apart roughly. And the two of them had also finished preparing to ept it. The two people on the left and right respectively swung their weapons wildly. Kaang! Before I knew it, Ha-ryu¡¯s dragon yer sword and Miho¡¯s long drawn out ws collided with Dopo. -These¡­ these guys? ¡°Just because we are weaker than you, don¡¯t think that we can¡¯t properly block an attack.¡± A red aura flickered in Ha-Ryu¡¯s eyes as he lightly scolded her with a cool gaze and voice. This was because the ego contained in the dragon yer sword had quietly melted away during the battle. The lower ss noticed this, but did not drive out the ego. ¡°Just add a little strength. ¡°As long as it¡¯s not unreasonable.¡± -Sheesh, that guy ruined everything. I ruined everything! Instead of you using the downstream, the downstream uses you. Ego grumbled as if he didn¡¯t like that fact, but he didn¡¯t ignore her words. Tsutsutsu¡­. Red energy flowed from the dragon yer sword and enveloped the stream. As the power of the ego increased, the lower stream took its ce. -Inooom! Hong Ik-hyeon shouted as he looked at the stream rushing towards him. At the same time, Dopo on the left, who had attacked Miho, also aimed downstream. You can block one arm, but you can¡¯t block both arms. Haryu knew that fact well. Knowing full well the difference in level with Hong Ik-hyeon, she did not block the attack. It was just¡­ Keying ¨C I just checked the path with my eyes shing and gently moved my body ordingly. Battle foreknowledge. This is possible because the ability, which can be said to be a characteristic of the lower ss, has been demonstrated. Ha-Ryu, who dodged Dopo¡¯s crazy swing and the sharp magic power contained in it by just a hair, approached Hong Ik-Hyeon. -¡­This is ridiculous! Hong Ik-Hyeon was proud of the fact that he not only dodged all the attacks that were thrown at him, but also avoided all of them by a narrow margin. This is ridiculous. What Ha-Ryu did just now can be said to be something like that. It was swung randomly without any set path, and there were no rules for an attack that was intended only to destroy everything. ¡®It looked weaker than the ones that attacked earlier, so I thought it would be dead from a single blow¡­ I guess it was a misjudgment.¡¯ When even the demonic Hong Ik-hyeon reprimands his own misjudgment. Haryu approached and swung his sword. -One mistake cannot destroy a giant castle. Even if you avoid the attack, your sword will not reach me. However, Hong Ik-hyeon was a horse ship. He was not weak enough to copse with a single misjudgment, and what he said was true. The sword of the lower river was sharp, but not sharp enough to cut the horse ship and not heavy. Even though Ha-Ryu also knew that, Ha-Ryu did not stop. ¡°You get points for making one mistake. ¡°That¡¯s enough for me to do.¡± One mistake. It was a mistake that could be said to have been minimal, but because of that mistake, Hong Ik-Hyeon would be allowed to make one attack. Like right now. Kaang! The force contained in Ha-ryu¡¯s sword strike, which was struck with a sharp sword, shattered Hong Ik-hyeon¡¯s defense. This is a defense made by recognizing one¡¯s own misjudgment and at the same time forming the arms around the sword into an X shape. The moment his arms crossed in the shape of an X rose into the air due to the force contained in the sword strike, his chest was empty. ¡°Miho!¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m already here.¡± A small gap created by the downstream. Miho squeezed in through that gap. ¡°¡­Hojo Ranmu (ºüצ�yÎè).¡± Although it is still a young fox¡¯s nails, as its name suggests, its extremely sharp nails violently stirred my empty chest. Do it yourself! -¡­Wow! Ah¡­ how could a child pierce my magic armor!¡± Mapo (ħÅÛ). A spray imbued with magical energy. Although it is imperfect, it is the main attack and defense method used by Hong Ik-hyeon, who has be a demon ship. Of course, the cloth imbued with demonic energy was so hard that it could no longer be considered cloth. To use a rough analogy, it would be exined if it was simr to the armor that a craftsman made with great effort for several days. But Miho tore that linen to shreds. To be precise, by tearing the magic energy surrounding the Dopo, the Dopo was torn as well, but that would be it. In the end, the fact that Miho broke the defense of Hong Ik-hyeon, the magic ship, did not change. It scratched Hong Ik-hyeon¡¯s pride that a child had broken his defense, and he exploded with anger. -How dare you hurt my body! The wounds he suffered were insignificantpared to the torn demonic energy and torn swords. This was inevitable since the two of them were at the bottom of the group in terms of strength. Nevertheless, Hong Ik-Hyeon exuded anger. This was when an enormous amount of demonic energy burst out along with his anger and was about to sweep away the two people. -Keeeeee! -Kyaaagh! -Protect the monarch¡¯s colleagues! Various spirit soldiers, including undead, who followed the two people blocked the attack. Led by Demon Spirits and Demon Bones, who had demon energy in their bodies, others worked to distract and disperse the demon energy. Is it thanks to their efforts? The magic energy that seemed to overturn the forest, no, the world, did not reach Haryu and Miho. However, in return, damage continued to ur not only to other undead, but also to the soul soldiers, which could be said to be the main force, and the demon soul soldiers, who were able to handle the magic energy from the front. Even though it was a soul bottle containing demonic energy, not only could it not contain all demonic energy, but the demonic energy that Hong Ik-Hyeon had sown had the nature of an attack. ¡°Downstream, Miho! Are you okay! If it¡¯s okay, get out right away!¡± ¡°¡­yes. ¡°Let¡¯s go, Miho.¡± ¡°¡­huh.¡± Hearing Vulcan¡¯s voiceing from afar, Haru looked at those who sacrificed for them and slightly bowed his head in silence. He then grabbed Miho¡¯s hand and quickly walked away from Hong Ik-hyeon. -Kaaaaaa! Misceneous things! Get out of the way! That¡¯s Vicky! While the two were running away, the most numerous and disposable undead threw themselves in to buy time, followed by demon soul soldiers, holy soul soldiers, and spirit soldiers blocking their way. Even if they don¡¯t know about disposable undead, the Soul Bottle series can be said to be the backbone of Jinhyeok¡¯s army. An outstandingmander named Balkan was there to control them, so even if it was a magic ship, it couldn¡¯t chase after the two people right away. Thanks to this, the moment Ha-Ryu and Mi-Ho crossed the safe zone. The two most important people who had been hidden behind the undead and soul bottles appeared. ¡°Strike before Dopo and Magi are restored.¡± ¡°I understand! ¡°Just trust me!¡± Hendrick and Hong Gil-dong. The two aimed for the gap created by Ha-Ryu and Mi-Ho¡¯s single mistake. chest. Unlike other ces, there was no dopo or magic there. In other words, unlike other ces, if you attack there, it can cause almostplete shock. ¡°I will open the way!¡± ¡°Trust me, I¡¯m preparing to attack.¡± When Hong Gil-dong took the lead and insisted on opening the road, Hendrick took a step back and prepared to attack. Leaving behind Hendrick, who was preparing to attack, Hong Gil-dong ran forward and violently swung the long baton. ¡°Dae-cha-ryun-!¡± A technology that goes one step further than the wheel that was introduced earlier. If Cha-ryun was simply a technique of putting power into a stick and swinging it roughly, Dae Cha-ryun went a little further. Whoa, wind. Originally, Taoists refer to those who have reached the state of harmonizing with nature and controlling nature. If you go further from there, you will reach the state of ¡®freshness¡¯ that bes nature itself. Unfortunately, Hong Gil-dong did not reach the level of immortality where he bes nature itself. Although he has talent, he is still young and has little experience. Nevertheless, when viewed from the perspective of a Taoist monk, his abilities were considered outstanding. The wind was wrapped around the stick that Hong Gil-dong was swinging, and the wind gradually increased its length as an intangible stick. The length of the pole, which was close to 2m, increased to nearly 3m or 4m with the addition of the wind pole. -You¡¯re a thousand years too early to use Taoist arts in front of me, you idiot! Of course, since Hong Ik-hyeon was originally a hermit, Hong Gil-dong¡¯s Taoist skills were still quite immature, but Hong Gil-dong did not mind. ¡°I am Hong Gil-dong, the king of Yuldo Kingdom!¡± As a member of the ¡®Hong¡¯ family, he has the name ¡®Gil-dong¡¯, which only one person in a generation can obtain. Hong Gil-dong raised his eyes, recalling the heavy burden on his shoulders, and there was a blue goodness in them. fresh. Hong Gil-dong, who half-immersed himself in the state of immortality, which is said to be attainable only by a Taoist who has practiced the Tao for a long time,pleted the Great Wheel. Kwakagagak ¨C A wind pole that has be as long as the original pole. They were manipted by Hong Gil-dong and scattered wind like des. This is the ¡®big wheel¡¯. A technique simr to his special move, in which the wind blowing out from the wheel looks like a giant wheel spinning and attacks the enemy. Suddenly, the de-like wind split into dozens or hundreds of pieces and cut Hong Ik-hyeon down. It was a blow that he, stranded by the undead, had no choice but to block. But he was still fine. -Do you think I¡¯m going to copse like this? The magic energy of the demon ship protects the entire body, and the magic energy enhances his recovery. In the end, Hong Ik-hyeon, who blocked the bogey wheel that Hong Gil-dong had put all his strength into, harshly punished him. His whole body was covered in wounds, but just by looking at the fact that he was slowly recovering his magical energy, it was possible to infer that he had not suffered much damage. Even though his special and final attack didn¡¯t work, Hong Gil-dong just smiled brightly and fell backwards. ¡°Haha! ¡°Now, bro!¡± He did a great job at what he had to do, and from now on it was Hendrick¡¯s job. ¡°¡­Good job, stay out! Fly, thunder dragon!¡± ¡°¡­You¡¯re not normal either. ¡°My eyes are strange.¡± Hendrick, who thanked Hong Gil-dong for saving time by giving up everything for him, stabbed him with his straight sword. Hendrick¡¯s sword, which went into a frenzy with the excitement of battle, changed the surroundings. Crumbling! The thunder energy that shot out from the sword changed the sky on the 51st floor. The sky darkened, and before we knew it, thunderclouds filled the sky and threw bundles of lightning to the ground. Noegi, the beginning of all change, passed through Hendrick¡¯s sword and became a dragon. -Krrrrlak! Although it was not as shy as the flower dragon he showed in his sparring with Jinhyeok, the sharply forged force of the thunder dragon overwhelmed him. The thunder dragon that looked at heaven and earth roared and flew towards Maseon and Hong Ik-hyeon. -In addition to the young dragon, you are using another dragon. Oh, is this body, which will cover the world with demons,shing out at dragons and such?e! I will crush you from the front, young dragon! Hong Ik-hyeon, who did not back down as he watched the Thunder Dragon attacking him, breathed magical energy into the fluttering hem of the sword wrapped around his arms. The hem of the sword, which became harder than steel and sharper than a de, was swung as the demonic energy seeped into it. Kaga Ga Gak ¨C A sh between a flying thunder dragon and a magic gun. That set off a huge spark. After an attack that did not back down even an inch, the thunder dragon slowly opened its mouth and advanced towards Hong Ik-hyeon. -Nod! Hong Ik-hyeon¡¯s face turned red as if he was going to burst, as he gritted his teeth to block it, and ck demonic energies waved wildly as a result. The transformation from demonic energy to demonic energy had only recently taken ce, and even though it was still iplete, the demonic energy was shaking in front of the mighty power. In a long battle of strength, the winner was Thunder Dragon. -Krrrrlak! Hong Ik-hyeon¡¯s arms, which had been blocking the thunder dragon with the fluttering hem of his sword, bounced off again and soared into the sky. A chest that was naturally empty. A thunder dragon dug in there. -¡­Kaaaaaaaa! Painful voices soaked in magic energy filled the 51st floor. Whether it¡¯s a monster or a climber. The impact was so great that it would have made anyone, if they were on the 51st floor, cover their ears to the painful voice and sit down on the floor and tremble. But Hendrick and his colleagues who created it were fine. This is because I know that the roar is not a roar for an attack, but a roar made by an attack. Whispers- ¡°¡­Whew, I don¡¯t think I can be of any help anymore if I hold on to this.¡± Hendrick wasn¡¯t fine either. Although he had grown over several months of climbing, the thunder dragon created by putting all the energy he had into it was enough to bring the steadfast Hendrick to his knees. A state of exhaustion that even causes the frenzy and madness caused by the excitement of battle to disappear. It was hard to say that his condition was normal as he was kneeling on one knee and breathing heavily. -¡­Khahaha! At best! Did you think you could stop the devil from appearing with just that? Wrong, you are all wrong! That¡¯s not enough to stop the devil! ¡°¡­Oh my, wasn¡¯t that enough?¡± The dust cloud settled, and Hendrick chewed his lips at Hong Ik-Hyeon¡¯s madughter, who was hit by a thunder dragon and was pickled with brain energy, but held on in the end. Couldn¡¯t knock it down. That meant defeat for Hendrick, and it was natural for him to react that way when faced with his first defeat since his first death. Although Hong Ik-hyeon was like a beggar, his steps were heavy. A gait that weighs down those around it and overwhelms the crowd with every step. Every time he approached, everyone had to grit their teeth to hold on. -Kkeeeee¡­. -Keeeeeeek! Low-quality undead returned to death just by witnessing that momentum. -Hold on! For my lord! ¨C Ugh¡­ What¡­ The knees¡­ The soul soldiers who used evil and other demon soul soldiers and holy soul soldiers were better than them, but they were the same in that they couldn¡¯t move. The sight of them struggling to get up on one or both knees in front of the force pressing down on their shoulders looked desperate. Turp ¨C -It¡¯s your defeat. Hong Ik-hyeon¡¯s voice falls as he takes another step. When everyone grits their teeth at the final voice announcing defeat. Only one person opened his mouth rather than clenched his teeth. ¡°I didn¡¯t lose.¡± -¡­Hide your life by hiding behind yourrades and your defeat will not go away. The very back. Jinhyeok, who was standing behind Balkan, was the one to speak. ¡°Oh¡­ brother!¡± What a provocation when staying still isn¡¯t enough. Ha-Ryu, with a paleplexion, tried to stop him, but Jin-Hyeok did not hesitate. ¡°Preparations are over. ¡°Yoseon¡­ no, it¡¯s time to put an end to the hunt for demon ships.¡± -Try it. It will make you clearly feel your shorings. Hong Ik-hyeon spreads out his hands, giving an eerie look as even the wounds caused by the thunder dragon are slowly being healed. Jinhyeok epted his deration and ate it. ¡°As much as you want.¡± Keyeeing ¨C Take a gun position with one hand, as if shooting a pistol, and support the hand in the gun position with the other hand. A simr posture to shooting a Yeongtan or Yeongchung bullet. However, the momentum flowing from Jinhyuk was different. Jinhyuk gritted his teeth at the gathering energy. This was because not only my hands were trembling, but my whole body was trembling due to the collection of spiritual power that seemed to explode from my fingertips at any moment. Jinhyuk, who went to this extent to endure it, looked miserable. ¡°¡­Brother.¡± ¡°¡­brother.¡± ¡°Cha Jin-hyuk, you look like such an idiot! ¡°You¡¯d better run away.¡± Although he did not give up in the face of a powerful enemy called Maseon, he was devastated. Since it seemed like he was about to do something reckless like hitting an egg on a rock, everyone was worried about Jinhyeok and told him to run away. While everyone was praying and worrying for him to run away, Jinhyeok, who was also worried about them, curled up the corner of his mouth trembling. ¡°I won, so why are you running away, you idiots? ¡°I¡¯m Cha Jin-hyuk!¡± A voice confident of victory. At the same time, a single bullet was collected at the tip of Jinhyeok¡¯s finger. The one shot created through everyone¡¯s sacrifice was fired. Taang! ¡°¡­It is the strongest single weapon I can see. ¡°If I survive after being hit by this, I will go see Hades.¡± A gunshot erupted, and Jinhyeok, who joked that he would go see Hades if this attack failed, muttered quietly. ¡°¡­Strong bullet!¡± Yeonggangtan (ì`Ç¿�—). Thest version of the Yeongtan series, called Kangtan for short. It was a bullet that was fully charged with spiritual power, and at the same time, as Jinhyuk said, it could be said to be the strongest anti-personnel technique, and it was lodged in Hong Ik-hyeon¡¯s chest. Quad deuk- -¡­Kahahah! Hong Ik-hyeon¡¯s real moans that have never been heard before. Everyone¡¯s eyes widened as they heard a groan that was not a moan of pain, but a groan that only someone who was truly on the verge of death could utter. And that wasn¡¯t the end. A thin thread of spiritual power was connected to the bullet, and the bullet was connected to the fragments of the spiritual bullet that had been fired earlier. At the end of every thread leading from bullets to fragments, Jinhyeok existed. ¡°Explode, spirit explosion.¡± The spiritual power that has umted to its limits explodes. The impact would beparable to that of a nuclear bomb, no, even greater. However, since Jinhyeok is a perfect master of spiritual power, the damage was focused solely on Ma Seon. The power to destroy a country is concentrated in one person. The result will already be decided. Quagwagwagwang! An explosion and explosion shook the entire 51st floor. At the same time, Masun and Hong Ik-hyeon, who had stood firm against the attacks of Ha-ryu and Dragon yer Sword, Miho¡¯s Hojo Rampage, Hong Gil-dong¡¯s Great Wheel, and Hendrick¡¯s Thunder Dragon, fell. It wasn¡¯t a veryrge body, but it must have been no mistake that the sound it made when it fell felt like an earthquake. It was only after Hong Ik-hyeon fell that the joy of victory appeared on everyone¡¯s faces as they realized the situation. [The pinnacle of all evil opens its mouth wide.] [The nine-tailed fox closes someone¡¯s mouth.] [The first owner of Yuldo Kingdom looks at you with a happy face.] [King Mifu shakes his butt.] [Han Shin ¡­.] [A devil¡­.] They were not the only ones intoxicated with the joy of victory. God and devil. When even those who are in conflict are intoxicated with joy with one mind and one intention. Only one person was focused elsewhere. ¡°Then you have to get paid. Eat it up, Tam.¡± -Krraaaaaa! Jinhyeok, who had achieved victory, reached out to get something in return. Jeokjeok-! Tam, a gigantic creature made of spiritual power. He swallowed Hong Ik-hyeon, who had be a rag. [The greedy dragon looks at you with joy.] [It cries out that the pinnacle of all evil is the devil of predation.] There would be no need to say that the two devils were most delighted with that. What started with conquering the 51st floor ended with Masun¡¯s death and devouring him. Chapter 85 All Master Necromancer Episode 85 ¡°I won! I won! Hahaha! Brother! ¡°This is all thanks to you¡­¡± Hong Gil-dong was the happiest at the fact that he beat Hong Ik-hyeon. Even though his body could not be found, the important thing was that we stopped him before he became a true demon ship. Hong Gil-dong, who was looking at Jin-hyuk while expressing his joy, stopped speaking and his face became stiff. The reason was simple. ¡°¡­Kahahah!¡± ¡°¡­Brother? Brother! what¡¯s the matter?¡± This is because Jinhyeok, whom he was looking at, fell to the ground, spitting out ck blood. Hong Gil-dong quickly walked to his side and took a closer look at the condition, which looked unusual at first nce. However, after examining the details, the only thing that came back to him was that Jinhyuk was fine. ¡°¡­What on earth is this?¡± For Hong Gil-dong, who had studied medicine to some extent, the situation in front of him was like an iprehensible territory. Even though he is not injured anywhere, Jinhyeokins of pain and spits out ck blood. That fact cannot be understood. ¡°Get out of the way¡­don¡¯t make your head pound for no reason.¡± However, Jinhyuk knew well about his physical condition. It makes no sense to not know your own body condition. The reason why Hong Gil-dong did not notice why something like this happened was simple. ¡®¡­Tam, this prey has grown quite a bit.¡¯ Hong Ik-hyeon¡¯s body devoured by Tam. That could be said to be the root of this problem. It is made up of spiritual power and is a life thatbines the characteristics and power of predation, greed. The corpse he swallowed was connected to Jinhyeok, but it was not Jinhyeok. However, the corpse he swallowed clearly affected Jinhyeok. ¡®The magic is running wild. The magical energy of the ring that Bune gave me is flowing into me, and the imperfect magical energy is bing real magical energy. Once all of this has been converted¡­ it will be eaten by the demonic energy.¡¯ A runaway of magic power. Unlike Jinhyeok¡¯s magical energy, Hong Ik-Hyeon¡¯s magical energy was clearly iplete. However, the root of all problems was that Magi began to ovee his imperfections bybining with Jinhyeok. One hermit bes a Yoseon, and a Yoseon bes a Demon Seon. Of course, the enormous good energy he possesses bes a yogi, and a yogi bes a demonic energy. ¡®I guess it¡¯s impossible for my body, a 50-story climber, to digest the enormous strength I¡¯ve umted over decades.¡¯ It was impossible for a 50th floor climber to eat and digest it. This ispletely different from Jinhyuk ¡®predating¡¯ one or two of Yuriel¡¯s feathers. ¡®Now all that¡¯s left is to suppress or extinguish the iplete demonic energy before it is converted intoplete demonic energy.¡¯ Jinhyuk, who has swallowed arge prey, has only two options left. Digesting all of the iplete demonic energy before it is converted intoplete demonic energy and forcibly suppressing the converted demonic energy by crushing it. None of it was easy, but Jinhyuk had to choose, and in the end, Jinhyuk chose. ¡°¡­Hong Gil Dong.¡± ¡°Just say the word. Should I get him some medicine? Otherwise, I have to go back to the 50th floor and call the doctor¡­¡± ¡°Be quiet and stand by my side with the other kids to protect me.¡± Protect thew. It¡¯s about stopping someone from approaching you. Hong Gil-dong looked at Jin-hyuk with a puzzled expression. ¡°¡­Defending thew? Is that really all you need? No, you have to tell us what the hell is going on so we can prepare¡­¡± ¡° I won¡¯t say it twice. ¡°I¡¯ll tell you the details when everything is over, so just do as I say.¡± ¡°¡­I understand.¡± Finally, Hong Gil-dong nodded at Jin-hyuk¡¯s words, which were now pale. Jinhyeok looked at his colleagues gathering one by one and barely moved his body into a sitting posture. And then he searched around in his sub-space. ¡°¡­that?¡± ¡°Whoa, I never imagined I¡¯d be able to eat all of this at once¡­ but I can¡¯t help it.¡± Hong Gil-dong tilted his head at something he pulled out in a handful from subspace, and Jin-hyuk looked at it with a bored expression. ¡°Cha Jin-hyuk, it¡¯s dangerous. ¡°I know roughly what your abilities are, but that¡¯s no different from saying you¡¯re going to die.¡± ¡°Yes, I agree. ¡°Are you saying that the guy who couldn¡¯t digest even a single feather properly at that time saw his body explode like a balloon bursting with a handful of feathers?¡± Hendrick and Balkan, who figured out what Jinhyuk had taken out, immediately stopped Jinhyuk. ¡°¡­What is that, that you two are trying to stop your brother?¡± However, Ha-Ryu-Man, who was not present at the time, could not guess what Jin-Hyeok was holding or what he was trying to do. In the end, she asked Balkan what on earth was happening now. ¡°What that guy is holding is the feather of an Elyos, and a very high-ranking one at that. He¡¯s trying to eat all of it now. This is crazy. ¡°At that time, he couldn¡¯t even digest a single feather properly, so he tried to eat all the feathers she gave him¡­ wow, my head hurts.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± I couldn¡¯t help but be surprised. She was so shocked that she couldn¡¯t even recall the story of Jinhyeok and the woman from the Elyos tribe meeting, and continued to stutter. ¡°So¡­ then your brother could die¡­?¡± ¡°Didn¡¯t you just say that? Your body will burst like a balloon and you will die. The amount of energy contained in that single feather is enormous. ¡°I have a rough idea of what he¡¯s thinking, but¡­ it¡¯s crazy, it¡¯s crazy.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Ha-ryu now looked at Jin-hyuk with a paler face than Jin-hyuk, the person involved. Since Balkan was most deeply connected to him, he immediately found out what kind of situation Jinhyeok was in. ¡®Tsk tsk, I ate too big a prey. This is definitely a problem with his characteristics. ¡®I feel sorry for the lower ss.¡¯ Predation. True to its meaning of vicious eating, Jinhyeok¡¯s predation does not discriminate whether the target is weak or strong. Just eat it up. However, Jinhyuk had to bear the consequences of what happened in the process. Either you eat someone who is too weak and there is no significant change, or you eat someone who is too strong and your body explodes like a balloon like it does now. And what Jinhyuk was trying to do now was simple enough that anyone who knew Jinhyuk¡¯s abilities could guess it right away. ¡®Is this Admiral Lee?¡¯ Kill poison with poison. Those words, simr to fierce passion, fit the current situation perfectly. To be precise, Jinhyuk chose Admiral Lee¡¯s method of being fierce and fierce. What Jinhyuk wanted to do was simple. ¡®It means that the demonic energy that is trying to explode in one¡¯s body is suppressed through a simr level of divine power. ¡®This is crazy.¡¯ There is 100 magic energy. That magic energy is not enough to destroy Jinhyeok¡¯s body, but it is enough to overflow. In order to prevent this, arge amount of sacred power, which is an energy that is opposite to the demonic energy and is threatening to each other, is invested. 100 magical energy and 100 divine power. If they repeatedly attack, defend, and push each other down, both will lose strength, and Jinhyeok will ovee both of them. ¡®Easier said than done.¡¯ However, it would not be as easy as exined. ¡®First of all, the problem is pain.¡¯ The shock generated while demonic energy and divine power, enough to explode the body of a climber like Jinhyeok, collide to kill each other, would be enough to make one want to die. That wasn¡¯t all. ¡®If you win either of 100 magical energy and 100 sacred power, there is no change in the fact that you will burst like a balloon and die.¡¯ Even if the energy is the same size, one person can lose and win. That hasn¡¯t changed. The victory of either of them meant Jinhyeok¡¯s death. The energy that killed, absorbed, or destroyed one side will change to Jinhyuk¡¯s body as the target. In the end, what Jinhyuk wanted to do was a gamble. A gamble with my life. Of course, even if he didn¡¯t gamble, death was almost certain, but Balkan had a bitter taste. ¡°¡­Haryu, let¡¯s retreat for now.¡± The bitter taste was caused by the paleplexion of Balkan¡¯s beloved downstream. Balkan was also heartbroken to see her half out of her mind, but Jinhyeok had already made a decision. Vulcan could not refuse the orders given by the Spirit Master, and the downstream could not refuse the orders given by the Guild Master. ¡°¡­Brother, never. ¡°You must never give instructions.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m stating the obvious. ¡°I wouldn¡¯t gamble if I thought I would lose.¡± Jinhyeok responded by raising the corner of his mouth trembling towards Ha-ryu, who turned around after saying onest word. Although his whole body was shaking due to the pain, Jinhyuk was full of confidence. Along with his attitude that there was no such thing as failure, Jinhyeok¡¯s hand moved into his mouth without hesitation. Right! All of the feathers given by Yuriel. I hadn¡¯t eaten a single feather since the first feather I ate in consideration of obtaining demonic energyter, and they disappeared in my mouth. Uriel¡¯s feathers gently melt and disappear the moment you chew them roughly. At the same time, a big change urred in Jinhyeok¡¯s inner world. bang! A sound like a bomb exploding inside the body hit Jinhyeok¡¯s eardrums. Jinhyuk lost consciousness when he heard the sound of banging inside, not from outside. The moment when Jinhyuk ¡®s eyes, which had been wide open as he drank heavily, slowly closed. ¡°Then let us begin.¡± ¡°I will release the undead and guard the surroundings. ¡°I¡¯ll take care of the other climbers and monsters.¡± ¡°I will take care of Eunkong so that he can be in the best condition.¡± ¡°¡­Me and Miho will watch over you. ¡°So that you can ovee it.¡± ¡°huh! ¡°We will watch.¡± Starting with Hendrick, Balkan, Hong Gil-dong, Ha-ryu, and Miho. Jinhyeok¡¯s colleagues shared the tasks they each had to do and moved to carry them out. * * * ¡°¡­This ce? Ah, it¡¯s been a while. ¡°Is this the first time since then?¡± A dark space. There, Jinhyuk opened his eyes. It had been so long that he couldn¡¯t remember himself, but since he had an excellent memory, he soon remembered where he had set foot. ¡°Inner world.¡± Inner world. A ce that everyone has and not everyone can enter. Normally, it wouldn¡¯t be a ce where you coulde and go as you please, but now it was a special situation. Quad deuk- boom! Quang! Bang bang bang! ¡°¡­It¡¯s dazzling.¡± White light burst into the dark space. Onught of darkness and light. They are targeting each other. Their fight, not caring about their own bodies being shattered, destroyed Jinhyuk¡¯s inner world and, by extension, Jinhyuk himself. ¡°Wow, do you feel pain even in the inner world?¡± Every time they collided, Jinhyuk felt pain as if his whole body was being shattered. As it was the inner world, he did not vomit blood, but regardless, the pain of not being able to faint was tormenting Jinhyeok. ¡°¡­Damn you guys. ¡°Even if it was my choice, is it okay to wander around other people¡¯s houses like that?¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s own choice. The magical energy came from Hong Ik-Hyeon, whom Jinhyuk ate, and the corresponding sacred power came from the feather of Uriel, which Jinhyuk ate to suppress him. ¡®This is a bit surprising. ¡®The energy of the immortal, or rather, demonic spirit that has been umted over decades is simr to a handful of Uriel¡¯s feathers.¡¯ Difference in rank. A being born to rule from birth. Among them, the crumbs of what must have been the most outstanding being were equivalent to someone¡¯s decades. The Four Emperors. Jinhyeok once again experienced the types of beings he would have to face in the future, but he remained calm. ¡°Whew, we¡¯ll have to get rid of those guys first.¡± Two spirits fighting in the living room of someone else¡¯s house. Magi and divine power. Jinhyeok, who was thinking about suppressing them, decided to make a change. This is Jinhyeok¡¯s inner world. Of course, it is a space where the owner, Jinhyeok, can move as he wishes. Of course, it was impossible to make them submit, but it was possible to bring about some change. For example¡­. Grumble- ¡°Since it¡¯s only in a straight line, the only thing we can do is bump into each other. But what if I bend it?¡± Jinhyeok, who bent two energies like bending an iron rod, looked at the situation. The demonic energy and sacred power, which were in the shape of a semicircle, continued to target each other, as if their desire to destroy each other had not changed even though the shape had changed. But there was definitely a change from before. ¡°¡­It¡¯s spinning.¡± In order to catch the tail of the Magi ahead, the head of divine power follows behind him. The head of the Magi follows after him to catch the tail of such divine power. As this was repeated, and again, and again, they began to spin. The result of moving and moving to catch each other¡¯s tail. The two energies were slowly bing one, like a ck and white snake. It was so huge that its head looked like Ouroboros, a snake biting its own tail. To be precise, it was in the form of the divine power biting the tail of the magic energy, and the magic energy biting the tail of the divine power, but the big picture was not different. Although imperfect, they became one, and even after bing one, they did not give up their desire to destroy each other. Crunch-clunk- they were biting each other¡¯s tails and clearly expressing their ferocity, but it was not enough to be one. Their fight continued, and Jinhyeok¡¯s face, who had barely seeded in connecting the two, was extremely pale. ¡°¡­You¡¯re still fighting like this, right? ¡°What should I do now?¡± It was less shocking than when they were in a straight line, but it took a lot of mental energy to change them, and the fact that they were chewing their tails was a big shock to Jinhyuk. Jinhyeok was now worried, his face as pale as a sheet of paper. The goal was to find a way to fill in the missing 2% in order to deal with those who were working to destroy each other. And Jinhyuk soon found 2%. ¡°Yes, whether it¡¯s magical energy or divine power, it¡¯s just energy in the end. In front of the most fundamental energy, you are no different from other energies. is not it?¡± Fuwaaaaaaa! After finishing thinking, Jinhyuk radiated spiritual power. It was a moment when the world filled with ck and white was colored with ck and purple. -¡­? -¡­! ¡°It¡¯ste, you bastards.¡± ck and White, who were only targeting each other, were surprised when they noticed the sudden appearance of a third person, but it was already toote. Churrrrrr ¨C spiritual power. The most primal and fundamental energy called the power of the soul covered the surface of ck and white, biting each other¡¯s tail and bing one. -¡­!!! -¡­!!! ck and White noticed the purple-ck spiritual power covering them and began to struggle. We have realized that what is important now is not each other who must be destroyed. But as Jinhyeok said, they were toote. ¡°You should have killed me first.¡± Beings that should have been treated and thought of as the most important thing so that each person hates the other so much. They forgot who owned the body they were in and focused on fighting. That was their defeat, and it was the biggest reason why Jinhyuk was able to win. ¡°It¡¯s over.¡± Fuwaaaaak! Spiritual powerpletely surrounds them. ck and white. They became one, coloring the dark space with their own colors. Rather than distinguishing between ck and white, they became ¡®unified¡¯ with a new color called ck and purple. Along with that, a message window appeared in front of Jinhyuk. [Magic energy and divine power. [I have seeded in incorporating two ipatible energies into my body.] [No one has ever seeded in this. Even if it were a god and a devil, you have aplished the impossible.] [Your achievements will be recorded in the Tower of Achievements.] [Magic energy and divine power. You have seeded in uniting two ipatible energies.] [ Even gods and devils will be astonished. It is an achievement.] [Your achievement will be recorded in the achievement tower.] ¡°¡­It¡¯s not a joke.¡± When Jinhyeok was tongue-tied in revelry in the message window, which was longer than any other message window. A new message window covered Jinhyuk¡¯s eyes. [Characteristic: A circle has been created.] [Body: A half-sacred half-demon has been created.] ¡°¡­It¡¯s worth risking your life.¡± Jinhyuk smiled at the message window indicating that he had acquired new characteristics and body, and soon Jinhyuk¡¯s vision went ck. Chapter 86 All Master Necromancer Episode 86 ¡°¡­Brother, you¡¯ve been sitting sedentary for a few days already. Are you okay?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s okay or not, but since the cases of hemoptysis have disappeared, it would be better to think of it as a stabilizing period. Don¡¯t worry. ¡°He will wake up safely and smile like always.¡± ¡°¡­I guess so. ¡°No, I won¡¯t.¡± Ha-ryu looked at Jin-hyeok, who was sitting still with his eyes closed from a distance, with a sad expression on his face. It¡¯s already been a few days since Jinhyuk fell into that state. On the first and second days, there were several times when I was surprised to see a bucket of ck blood vomited out, but as Balkan said, after a few days, there was no sign of that happening. ¡®Stabilization¡­ yes, it would be stability. ¡®I¡¯m sure your brother will open his eyes soon.¡¯ It was of great help in maintaining Ha-ryu¡¯s unstable mental state. If he had been bleeding until recently, Ha-ryu would also have been lying next to Jin-hyuk. Quaaaang! ¡°They¡¯re busy these days too.¡± ¡°¡­Because the repercussions of what Masun brought were too great.¡± ¡°Tsk, but if they don¡¯t want toe, they shouldn¡¯te. If they keeping even after they explode, they aren¡¯t normal either.¡± ¡°Information means money to them, so there is nothing they can do. ¡°Just as it is our job to protect our brother, it is their job toe here too.¡± The two people talked with familiar faces despite the loud noises they heard while worrying about Jinhyeok. This is not to say that it is not true, because the investigation team into what Ma-seon had done visited the 51st floor several times during the few days that Jin-hyuk was in a sleep-like faint in a sedentary position. ¡°¡­Shall we go help?¡± ¡°Okay, we have to do our job. ¡°Hendrick, that guy is probably half crazy, so if you try to help him, you might end up in trouble, so let¡¯s just stay there.¡± ¡°¡­That might be possible.¡± Meanwhile, the most exciting thing was Hendrick. Instead of his usual serious and quiet demeanor, the sight of him bursting intoughter while dealing with the investigation team from the 60th to the 100th floor was like a whole body. Perhaps the words ¡®Gwangshin¡¯ and ¡®Gwangryong¡¯ were nicknames that suited him well for the past few days. In the end, Ha-ryu decided to follow Balkan¡¯s words and sped his hands as he watched Hong Gil-dong clean Jin-hyeok¡¯s body with the wind from afar. Argh¡­. The hand that was clenched turned white, and the nails dug into the raw flesh, revealing red blood, but the downstream did not stop. ¡°Haa¡­ Cha Jin-hyuk, you idiot, wake up quickly. ¡°If this goes on, I¡¯m going to catch a kid.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m sorry, I stopped without realizing it.¡± Ha-ryu came to his senses after hearing Vulcan¡¯s sighing muttering and opened his clenched hands, but the wounds already on his palms were not erased. However, Ha-ryu did not even think about taking care of his wounds and just stared nkly at Jin-hyeok again. ¡°Sister, you¡¯re hurt.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, it hurts.¡± In response to Miho¡¯s question, who looked at his palm with a gloomy face, Ha-ryu just answered nkly. Miho, who was looking at Ha ¨C Ryu who was not caring for her own wounds, soon began to carefully lick her wounds. As a spirit creature, her saliva had a slight healing effect, and the wounds of the stream that came in contact with her saliva were slightly but definitely healed. As soon as a small amount of potion was sprinkled on it, Ha-ryu¡¯s hands returned to their original form. Miho smiled as if she was bragging at Seomseom Oksu, who did not look like a swordsman holding a sword, and showed Ha-ryu¡¯s now healthy hand to Ha-ryu. ¡°Everything is better.¡± ¡°Thank you, it helps me calm down a bit.¡± Ha-ryu, who clearly felt that Miho had worked hard for him, smiled slightly and gently stroked her purple hair. ¡®I was really surprised when I first saw him¡­ but now he supports me reliably when my brother is not around.¡¯ The image of Miho standing by Jinhyuk¡¯s side and calling him ¡°dad¡± was still vivid, but Ha-ryu¡¯s heart was strengthened by the fact that Miho was now working hard for him. ¡®Yes, even a child is waiting for his brother just fine, but I, as the older sister, can¡¯t be like this.¡¯ p p- ¡°¡­Why are you hitting my sister?¡± ¡°Toe to my senses. Miho, it¡¯s thanks to you.¡± ¡°Hihi.¡± For a moment, he looked strangely at Ha-Ryu tapping his cheek. Miho grinned at Ha-Ryu, who smiled for the first time in a long time, saying it was thanks to her. But even for a moment. ¡°¡­stop!¡± ¡°Damn it, what on earth is inside that makes the Bur act as a watchman?¡± ¡°Damn it, just figure out what¡¯s inside and then it stters.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not going to kill you anyway, so just get the information and run away.¡± Ha-ryu wiped the smile from his mouth as he heard Hendrick¡¯s harsh voiceing from outside and the voices of others approaching deep into the forest where Jinhyeok was. ¡°¡­Mr. Hendrick has been prated.¡± ¡°Anyway, the undead and spirit soldiers Imand are weak, and I can¡¯t use them properly for fear of being a burden to that guy Cha Jin-hyuk, so there¡¯s nothing I can do. Hendrick may be great, but he only has one body.¡± The 51st floor is spacious, and the forest is alsorge. Even though Hendrick is an excellent climber and a dragon, he cannot block all the paths leading into the forest. In particr, the investigation team and information guild climbers who came to the forest were also formidable. Moreover, thanks to the control over those entering the interior over the past few days, they also came to the 51st floor fully prepared. This was the result created after various pieces were tangled together. ¡°Miho, can you help me?¡± ¡°huh! ¡°Will you help me?¡± Jinhyeok, who is sitting in a sitting position, cannot approach anyone. This is even true for those who broke through Hendrick. Ha-Ryu immediately put his hand on the sheath of the dragon yer sword, and Miho also followed Ha-Ryu and showed off the nails of both hands. Haryu, who had been trained in swordsmanship by Hendrick¡¯s side, had a sword like a sh of light, so he could cut straight away once he came within range. Miho¡¯s fingernails were also sharpened, and the movements of the fox, a spirit creature, easily exceeded those of a 100-story climber. ¡°I¡¯ll give you some assistance.¡± ¡°¡­Anyone who seeks silver is uneptable!¡± Since Balkan, an outstanding wizard and spirit master, and Hong Gil-dong, the king of Yuldo Kingdom, have also joined as assistants, it would be obvious that the intruders would reach Jinhyeok. The moment when the four people, who hadpleted their defense in an instant, were about to rush towards the intruders. ¡°¡­What is all this noise about?¡± A tired voice. But that one voice weighed down the surroundings. The intruders could not help but panic as they felt as if an invisible hand was pressing down on them in the air. They were climbers who had reached at least the 60th floor and could not believe that a climber on the 50th floor had trapped them. ¡°What¡­ what, my body can¡¯t move!¡± ¡°Damn, there¡¯s a dragon guying behind me, why is my leg suddenly¡­¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s not a leg, it¡¯s my whole body being crushed¡­!!!¡± The owner of the voice that had urately tied up the intruders stood up, scratching his head. ¡°¡­So, can someone please exin what all the fuss is about?¡± ¡°¡­Brother.¡± Fluttering ¨C Haryu¡¯s extremely cold face loosens, and his legs, which were as strong as pirs as he tramples on the ground, loosen. Ha-ryu, who was sitting on the forest floor where the leaves of grass were scattered around, looked at the owner of the voice and shed tears. A few days at most. However, during those few days, she suffered a lot from the fact that Jinhyeok could really die. Meanwhile, Jinhyuk finally opened his eyes, so it was natural for her to react like that. Of course, being surprised was surprising, and Ha-ryu smiled brightly and responded to the firstmand Jinhyeok gave after opening his eyes. ¡°It¡¯s an intruder, brother. I think someone upstairs got involved to investigate what happened in the forest. ¡°Those trying to uncover the truth and those trying to sell information have invaded the forest.¡± Jinhyeok nodded at Ha-ryu¡¯s words,ughing through tears and briefly summarizing the situation as not normal. ¡°Confirmed. Then just say something. The monster that destroyed the upper floor was defeated by ¡®Gwimyeon¡¯. Please tell this to your master or guild. That¡¯s all you guys know, so if you want more, cross that line. ¡°Then I¡¯ll tell you.¡± As soon as the words were finished, an energy flew through the empty air and drew a line in front of the intruders. The intruders exchanged nces at Jinhyeok¡¯s attitude, ring at the line with a sage-blue face and telling him toe over if he everes across it. ¡®That¡­¡¯ ¡®¡­If you go over it, you¡¯ll die, right?¡¯ They told them to go over, but they didn¡¯t know that they didn¡¯t really mean to go over, so one by one, the intruders moved towards the outside of the forest. And the moment they got a little further from the line, they dispersed at the same time. The sight of them disappearing in an instant and moving to escape the forest was like lightning. Jinhyeok, who was staring nkly at the back of the intruders who hadpletely disappeared, looked at his slightly trembling hands and then waved them. Shoot, Jinhyuk, who recovered all of the power of ¡®Ilwon¡¯ that had been scattered in the forest, opened his mouth as he felt the trembling slowly subside. ¡°¡­hungry. ¡°Shall we eat?¡± It was only natural for Jinhyuk, who had starved for several days. * * * Cracking ¨C Looking at the firewood burning red, Jinhyuk quickly emptied the dishes in front of him. Noodles, rice, meat, etc. It was a very rich meal as various foods were airlifted from the 50th floor for Jinhyeok. ¡°¡­You can go down and eat.¡± However, Jinhyuk felt burdened by the luxurious meal prepared just for him and cleared his throat. However, Ha-ryu took the lead in shaking his head at Jin-hyuk¡¯s words. ¡°Rather than having your brother move, it is better for us to move and supply food. ¡°You¡¯ve been starving for a few days, so even if it doesn¡¯t seem like there¡¯s a problem now, if you move suddenly, there could be a problem.¡± ¡°You saw it earlier. I¡¯m fine. ¡°I¡¯m just a little hungry.¡± ¡°It was wrong earlier. ¡°Did you use that kind of power carelessly, knowing what would happen?¡± ¡°¡­sorry.¡± As if it wasn¡¯t enough to contain demonic energy and divine power in one body, he unleashed the spirit ofbining their powers into one, but what came back was a bruise. In the end, Jinhyuk had no choice but to apologize, holding up both hands and feet. ¡®¡­I can¡¯t say anything because my eyes feel like they¡¯re about to cry. Did he always cry this much?¡¯ When Jinhyuk looked at his eyes, which had been moist and wet ever since he first opened them, his heart became heavy for some reason and he was unable to resist. Could it be that it was a side event that came about because he truly cared and thought about himself? Jinhyeok, who had achieved absolute stability thanks to Ha-ryu, just silently emptied the dishes in front of him. ¡°You¡¯re eating well.¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t starve for several days, and I¡¯m even hungrier because I wasted so much strength and mental energy.¡± Jinhyeok, who was ying with his chopsticks diligently while expressing to Balkan, who was checking his condition next to him, that he was very tired and tired, could feel the eyes staring at him. ¡°¡­I feel like I¡¯m going to pretend, but if you have something to say, can¡¯t you just say it?¡± ¡°Okay, I confirmed that you woke up well, and from what I saw earlier, it didn¡¯t seem like magic was the thing that tied up the intruders. Is this the new power you gained this time?¡± ¡°Oh, was that something you were curious about?¡± The new strength I gained after an incident that almost cost me my life. Jinhyeok, who realized that the gaze was filled with curiosity about him, nodded and put down his te and chopsticks. ¡°That¡¯s right, new power. ¡°It¡¯s a power called ¡®one circle,¡¯ and it turns magical energy and divine power into one, allowing you to use explosive power.¡± ¡°Is it simr to dragon power?¡± ¡°¡­It would be right to see it as one level higher. ¡°Because the explosion thates from reconciling ipatible energies is the power of ¡®one circle.¡¯¡± Jinhyeok slightly added ¡®Ilwon¡¯ to Hendrick¡¯s wordsparing the dragon power he wields. In fact, there were many things that Ilwon was better than Yonggi. ¡®It can be used separately as either magical energy or divine power, and furthermore, if it is converted to one of the two, it can be shown to be more powerful than dragon power. ¡®It¡¯s worth your life.¡¯ Magi and divine power. Not only did it allow the use of two ipatible powers, but it was also a way to convert the explosion caused by their collision into force. The power converted in the process was a power that exceeded dragon power. Even though I almost lost my life, it can be said to be a worthwhile result. ¡°¡­I can¡¯t stand this. ¡°It¡¯s a power that¡¯s better than dragon power¡­ Cha Jin-hyuk, if it¡¯s okay, let¡¯s spar.¡± Naturally, Hendrick, who was half crazy about the battle, reacted immediately. This was because he realized that Jinhyeok, who was clearly one level below him until recently, was now in the same position as him due to what he had gained through this battle. ¡®¡­No, maybe he¡¯s half a level or one level higher than me.¡¯ In essence, life-threatening battles and training yield proportional results. The battle with the demon ship, the sh of energies that urred in the process of devouring him. Each battle and training was worth risking his life for, but Jinhyeok overcame it all. Of course, it is quite natural to get results like this. Therefore, Hendrick requested a sparring match despite opposition from those around him. ¡°Good, my physical condition has slowly returned to normal, and my stomach has been filled. ¡°Let¡¯s have a game. It¡¯s been a while.¡± And Jinhyuk was also not the type of person to refuse fights and sparring. In particr, I did not avoid it as it was a golden opportunity to fully understand my current state. ¡°Eungong, I¡¯m worried about your physical condition.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, just like Hong Gil-dong said, your brother isn¡¯t even in good health yet¡­¡± Of course, Hong Gil-dong and Ha-ryu immediately objected. Jinhyuk shook his head at the two people who were worried about him. ¡°Because of this battle, my name once again echoed through the tower. And those who seek fame or my enemies, the Nine Stars and the Four Emperors, may be interested in me. If they try to cut me off likest time¡­ it would be better to know in advance the power I gained this time. ¡°It¡¯s sparring in that sense.¡± Battle with the Demon Ship. The monster that single-handedly destroyed an enormous area of up to 10 floors was dealt with by a ghost. The rumor will quickly spread throughout the tower, and the Nine Stars and the Four Emperors, who are sensitive to information, will also hear it. In that case, the ¡®cutting off¡¯ n could have loomed over Jinhyeok¡¯s neck again. If you really wanted to ¡®cut it in the bud¡¯, you had to be a little more familiar with the power of ¡®one-won¡¯. ¡®Because that¡¯s how you can survive.¡¯ Struggling to survive. There was a reason why Jinhyeok woke up for the first time in a few days and fought with Hendrick as soon as he ate. Hong Gil-dong nodded at Jin-hyuk¡¯s kind exnation, but he was not downstream. ¡°¡­but.¡± ¡°In the first ce, I know the condition of my body best, and if my body was abnormal, I would not have sparred with Hendrick.¡± ¡°¡­I understand, but if something is wrong, stop fighting immediately and focus on treatment. ¡°You understand, right?¡± ¡°OK got it.¡± Ha-Ryu, who had voted against until the end, eventually had no choice but to agree to stop sparring in case something went wrong with Jin-Hyeok. When all those who opposed it turned in favor, Jinhyuk stood up and smiled. Chuckle- ¡°Then shall we begin?¡± ¡°The sea I hoped for.¡± Jinhyeok, wearing a goblin mask around his neck, spoke with his dark purple eyes twinkling, and Hendrick also responded with his dark red eyes full of excitement and madness for the uing battle. ¡°The guy who wakes up in a few days and says he wants to spar, and the guy who epts it as a good thing¡­ it¡¯s a really crazy guild.¡± ¡°¡­I agree, old man.¡± ¡°Ha, you two really look so simple when you look at things like this.¡± Looking at the two different but identical people, starting with Balkan and throwing out a few words to Hong Gil-dong and Ha-ryu, the sparring between the two could begin. ¡°Who goes first?¡± ¡°Let¡¯s start with the patient.¡± ¡°¡­Don¡¯t beat me to the point where the word ¡®patient¡¯es into my mind.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not looking forward to it.¡± After deciding who would go first, Jinhyeok gritted his teeth at Hendrick, who treated him like a patient. Hendrick also smiled maniacally as he felt Yongrin¡¯s strength rising, automatically reacting to his master¡¯s gradually growing strength. ¡°e!¡± ¡°I was already trying to go!¡± Starting with Hendrick¡¯s shout, which was close to a roar, the energy of ¡®unification¡¯ enveloped Jinhyeok. Jinhyuk¡¯s new form, with explosive power all over his body, was fired like a bullet, and a sparring match between Jinhyuk and Hendrick that had not urred since the 10th floor began. Chapter 87 All Master Necromancer Episode 87 ¡°Then, take a light hit first.¡± Jinhyeok, who took the lead, kicked up his seat and raised his internal mana. Recently, he mainly used spiritual power and magical energy, but Jinhyuk¡¯s main focus was mana. Compared to other stats, the ship¡¯s mana was already at the level of a 100th floor climber. With his high intelligence added, Jinhyeok quickly prepared the magic for the first attack and grabbed the magic with a grin. ¡°Fly, Gungnir.¡± [The wise man¡¯s disciple smiles.] [The wise man¡¯s disciple asks me to use it often.] Gungnir. A basic (?) special move that you can now master and master in an instant. The wise man¡¯s disciple, Odin¡¯s message window, blocked his eyes, but Jinhyeok naturally pushed it aside and threw Gungnir. Kwakagagak ¨C Gungnir¡¯s destructive power was fearsome as it was created by using Magic Arrow, a non-attribute magic, and injecting various magic into it. In particr, as he grew as he climbed the tower, Gungnir was more powerful than when he killed the Orc warrior in one go on the 9th floor, so he deserved to be called a special move. ¡®It is stronger than Yeongchungtan, but weaker than Gangtan. This much is enough.¡¯ Among Jinhyuk¡¯s current anti-personnel attacks, it has a medium level of destructive power, but it is better than a strong bullet in that it does not take as long to make as before. but. ck.¡± Hendrick muttered quietly and crossed his arms without even drawing his sword to block Gungnir. Kwaaaaang! A loud explosion echoed throughout the forest on the 51st floor. The cloud of dust that rose with the heavy drinking obscured my eyes. However, the acumen of those around Jinhyeok¡¯s level allowed them to clearly identify their opponents even in a forest filled with dust clouds. ¡®As expected, he¡¯s fine.¡¯ Jinhyeok, who sensed through his senses that Hendrick was unharmed from the attack, stuck out his tongue. Even though he didn¡¯t use Wonwon, Jinhyeok has definitely be stronger. However, Hendrick also became stronger, and his bravery also became stronger. In the end, it was proven once again that even Gungnir could not prate Yongrin. ¡®It might be possible if we mix up the members¡­ but for now, let¡¯s continue sparring without the members.¡¯ Magi and divine power. The power of ¡®Ilwon¡¯, a mixture of the two, was great. It might have been enough to deal a blow to Yongrin, but Jinhyuk took his stance because he had no intention of taking out the main dish and eating it right away. ¡®I will write about itter. And now¡­ it¡¯s time to stop Hendrick¡¯s attack.¡¯ Because he was too busy trying to stop Hendrick¡¯s attack from now on, he was too busy thinking about his family and Yongrin. Hendrick, who was approaching with a cloud of dust, was holding a drawn sword in his hand. Tsutsutsutsu¡­. ¡°¡­it¡¯s too ck from the beginning.¡± Jinhyeok clicked his tongue at the dark red sword on the sharply forged sword. ck energy. A crystallization of technology that can cut down almost anything. When Jinhyukined, Hendrick scolded him harshly. ¡°If your attack had been someone other than me, the sparring would have ended immediately. Do your best, Cha Jin-hyuk!¡± ¡°If you say that, I don¡¯t have anything to say.¡± Jinhyeok acknowledged Hendrick¡¯s words, pointing out the contradiction with eyes shining with madness. As he said, his Gungnir was a technique worthy of the name of a special move that could send away most people in one blow. ¡°Then I¡¯ll go with all my heart.¡± Puhwaaak- Purple- ck spiritual power. It erupted from Jinhyeok¡¯s body and wrapped around his arms. In addition, the spiritual power remaining in his body immediately strengthened Jinhyeok¡¯s body. Jinhyuk, who instantly gained a body stronger than that of most close climbers, immediately changed his mask. Crunch-clunk- ¡°¡­Whew, that¡¯s tough.¡± Fox mask. Hendrick arrived in front of Jinhyeok, who had undergone an experience simr to aplete transformation through the power of the mask that gave him the body of a fox. ¡°Go lightly. ¡°Paryongcham (ÆÆýˆ”Ø)¡± As he arrived, dark red sword energy burst out from his swung sword. Jinhyuk gritted his teeth as he watched the sword energy, which was created to destroy rather than cut, fly. ¡°¡­Soul Fist.¡± He violently thrusts his two fists filled with spiritual power and shoots out spiritual power. phut! Let¡¯s go! Paba babang! The fists made up of spiritual power shot as quickly as the fists were thrown collided with the blue dragon charms. Quagwagwagwang! When an explosion as loud as when Gungnir and Hendrick collided earlier shook the forest again. Two and three strikes continued to pour in. ¡°Chamryonggyeok (”Øýˆ“ô).¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes sparkled with spiritual power in an eerie situation where a dragon-shing sword was flying towards him to cut him down. ¡°¡­now!¡± Jinhyeok, who was measuring the perfect timing, moved his body the moment Hendrick swung his sword. Heshed out at his body, which moved lightly like a fox¡¯s body, and threw away the daggers he had drawn out of subspace. Since the dagger imbued with spiritual power was thrown with great strength, it could no longer be called a dagger throwing. ¡°¡­Tsk.¡± Hendrick also clicked his tongue and took a step back when he felt the formidable power contained in the flying dagger, so you can guess its power. Jinhyeok made a change towards Hendrick, who withdrew his sword and retreated to block the dagger. ¡°split.¡± Spurrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr of The fragmentation used in Soul Arrow was applied to the throwing dagger. A dozen daggers instantly doubled or tripled in size and attacked Hendrick like a wave. A tsunami named Dagger, each of which was real and contained full power, crashed down violently. Kagang! Kang! Kaga River! Hendrick could strike down multiple daggers with a single sword strike, but even so, there was no sign of the number of daggers decreasing. Moreover, the power contained in the dagger was so enormous that even Hendrick could not block it with just his body. Just swing the sword hard, absorb the shock, disperse it, and repeat. The dagger tsunami that seemed endless ended before we knew it. ¡°You really are a monster. ¡°I didn¡¯t know you could block it without getting hit at all.¡± ¡°¡­It was nothing! ¡°Looking at that thing in your hand, I¡¯m sure you¡¯re a monster too!¡± Jinhyeok said while looking at Hendrick, who was drenched in sweat from cutting out the daggers. Hendrick also responded lightly to his words. While he was swinging the dagger away, the move Jinhyeok had prepared was shing before his eyes. ¡°Strong bullet.¡± ¡°e!¡± Kangtan yed a decisive role in the fight against the Demon Ship. It was now dangling from Jinhyuk¡¯s fingertips, with an even darker color. It was toote to stop now, and Hendrick, who had no intention of dodging, taunted by pping the hand that was not holding the sword. And Jinhyuk responded to the provocation. Taang! One gunshot. The moment the gunshot rang out, a bullet flew from Jinhyuk¡¯s fingertips toward Hendrick. A bullet flew at the speed of a beam of light and struck his sword. bang! sword and bullet. bullets and swords. An unbelievable sound made by two dogs colliding shook the forest. Even Jinhyuk looked at him with a surprised face and muttered. ¡°¡­What on earth is that sword made of? ¡°It¡¯s not even worth it.¡± ¡°Yonglin sword. ¡°It is a sword made by tearing off my scales, melting them, and smelting them.¡± ¡°¡­Crazy guy.¡± Jinhyeok clicked his tongue at the fact about Hendrick¡¯s sword that he finally learned while climbing the tower together. Yongrin sword. As the name suggests, the sword was made of dragon scales. And Jinhyeok, who found out through his mouth that the dragon¡¯s scales were none other than Hendrick¡¯s, looked at Hendrick as if he were truly crazy. ¡®Even though his scales will grow back, the pain he will go through during the process will be no joke¡­ After all, he is not normal either.¡¯ To the dragon race, scales are like flesh. In other words, Hendrick melted his own flesh and created a sword that best suited him and was outstanding. But that also meant that Hendrick ripped off the raw flesh to make a sword. Jinhyeok, who could not even imagine the pain Hendrick must have felt in the process, sighed as he looked at the unharmed Yongrin Sword. ¡°I mixed up a little of the power I gained this time, but maybe it wasn¡¯t enough?¡± ¡°That¡¯s not enough to pierce the sword that boiled my blood and melted my flesh, Cha Jin-hyuk!¡± He was pushed out, and his clothes were torn apart due to the collision between the bullet and the Yongrin sword, but Hendrick was unharmed. As he said, Jinhyeok had no choice but to admit that the Yongrin sword could not pierce it. ¡°It¡¯s impossible to tie it up.¡± One won (one won). I realized that if I just mix the magical power that became one and the explosive power of divine power, it would only be of the same level. Realization soon led to thoughts, and thoughts soon led to decisions. ¡°The sword might break.¡± ¡°The Yonglin Sword is unbreakable. ¡°The Yonglin Sword is like my will!¡± Jinhyeok bowed silently to Hendrick, who opened his eyes wide and scolded him as if to give it a try if he could. It was to show an example to the person who could be said to be a rival or rival who brought out everything in oneself. ¡°¡­I won¡¯t talk too much,e! Come on and make me happy, Cha Jin-hyuk!¡± ordingly, Hendrick also sensed that the ¡®real thing¡¯ woulde from now on, so he swallowed dry saliva and shouted. The hand holding the sword was shaking with excitement, and the corner of his mouth was not hiding that he was so excited that he couldn¡¯t control it. Jinhyeok looked at Hendrick, whose face was flushed red and his whole body shaking with excitement, with an expression of understanding, and expressed his strength to ovee him. ¡°¡­one won (one won).¡± A power that was mixed with spiritual power and mana during sparring with Hendrick, but whose name was never mentioned. The moment I said that, change began. Kugugugu- First, the surrounding atmosphere suddenly changed. The space seems to be distorted. Hendrick, whose excitement for battle had cooled slightly before seeing this sight for the first time, looked at it with a nk face. ¡°¡­What is that?¡± Like everyone else, they are bound to harbor curiosity and fear when faced with a sight they see for the first time in their lives. It would be even more so if the ferocious force felt from seeing the sight for the first time in one¡¯s life was added to it. And the ferocious force felt around Jinhyeok was enough to instill a feeling of fear in the viewer. The second change came when Hendrick was embarrassed by the suddenly rapidly changing surroundings and Jinhyeok¡¯s momentum. Fuwaaaaak! ck energies emanating from Jinhyeok¡¯s body. It was none other than Magi. Of course, it was less pure than the magic energy contained in the Dark Force Ring, but the amount was enormous. An enormous amount of magical energy began to gather, covering the forest and the entire 51st floor. ¡®¡­It¡¯s like dragon power. Condensing the demonic energy, condensing the condensed demonic energy again. Is that the principle?¡¯ A condensation method of magical energy reminiscent of dragon power. Hendrick took a deep breath because the density and power felt from the slowly condensing demon energy was unusual. ¡®If I move here, can I stop him?¡¯ no. Can¡¯t stop it. The surrounding space was distorted due to the condensation of that demonic energy, so even if it were Hendrick, entering there would have been an act of suicide. ¡®So what¡¯s the best I can do?¡¯ At this time, Jinhyeok is about to show off his newly acquired strength and unusual ability. Hendrick, who was thinking about the best and best move he could make, felt his mind be clearer and found the answer. ¡®¡­fight back. ¡®You¡¯ll find out if my fire is stronger or your fire is stronger.¡¯ Stronger fire devours weaker fire. And Hendrick had no doubt that his fire would be stronger than Jinhyuk¡¯s fire. After thinking that far, Hendrick grabbed the handle of the sword. Hendrick , who was holding the sword in his hand as the handle cracked, also prepared to ignite the strongest fire to match Jinhyeok¡¯s attack. Crunch ¨C Hendrick even beats his body for just one attack. Even as he built the most perfect body and gathered energy for the strongest blow he could deliver, Hendrick¡¯s eyes never left Jinhyeok. ¡®What on earth are you trying to do, Cha Jin-hyuk?¡¯ Hendrick fell into a trance as he thought about what the strongest attack he would prepare would be. * * * ¡®¡­Isn¡¯t that guy a joke?¡¯ One won (one won). Jinhyeok frowned as he used his newly created characteristics to change all of his divine power stats to magic stats. This is because Hendrick¡¯s momentum as he prepared to strike from afar was formidable. But even so, Jinhyuk did not stop. [You are using the trait, One Won.] [You have selected the Magi stat.] [All divine power stats are converted to Magi stats.] [Caution, if you remain in the unit status for a long time, your body may copse. .] ¡®¡­status window.¡¯ Status window in member state. Jinhyeok, who was curious about this, checked the status window while condensing the demon energy. And when he entered the member state, his status window was amazing. [Status window] Name: Cha Jin- hyuk upation: Spirit Master Sub-upation: All Master Body: Manag, half-sacred half-demon (status) Strength: 88 (+33) Stamina: 89 (+33) Dexterity: 91 ( +33) Intelligence: 127 (+33) Mana: 166 (+48) Magic Energy : 249 (+10) Holy Power: 0 (+0) (Characteristics) 1. Predation 2. Versatility 3. Ilwon (Skill) Comprehensive resistance, tenacity ¡®¡­ crazy, the magic stat is 249? ¡®What kind of ridiculous stat is this?¡¯ 249. This was Jinhyuk¡¯s current magic stat. If you count the stats from the dark force ring, the stats are enormous, approaching 260. ¡®When I was between the 200th and 300th floor. Mana was around 300¡­ Is this a possible number? Considering that I also have mana retardation, 300 is a stat that only a climber above the 300th floor would have¡­ You can have the same stats on the 50th floor?¡¯ Jinhyeok was shocked when he remembered that the mana stat he had in the past on the 200th to 300th floor was around 300. The mana stat around 300 was reached thanks to the addition of a special body called Mana Regiment. Of course, this was the result excluding the increased stats due to items, etc., but that alone was still great. But now, looking at a ridiculous stat of 249 just around the 50th floor, he was starting to wonder if he was looking at something in vain. But this was clearly reality, and it was also the effect of the characteristic: one won (Ò»Ôª). ¡®¡­Yes, it¡¯s a trait I gained by risking my life, so it should be at this level.¡¯ After calming down his mind and even hinting that it was a natural thing, Jinhyeok entered the final condensation with a pounding heart. ¡®It condenses all of the enormous magical energy amounting to 249 and receives it into the body. I¡¯m really looking forward to seeing what the results will be.¡¯ It was creepy. The stats that a climber on the 300th floor would have were achieved on the 50th floor. It would be even more strange that I had no expectations as I was about to face the absurd task of condensing enough energy to cover ayer and epting it into my body. Jinhyeokpleted all preparations with excitement and heart pounding in his arms. ¡°¡­Is this a sphere where all my demon energy is condensed?¡± After finishing condensing, Jinhyeok opened his eyes and looked in front of him. A dark sphere that absorbs even light floating in the air. Although it was a sphere the size of a fist, the power contained within it was massive and powerful enough to destroy ayer. Jinhyuk, who was staring at it, stretched out his hand and held the sphere. The sphere gently held in his hand was gently absorbed by Jinhyuk without Jinhyuk having to use predation. And with that came change. [Condensed and refined demonic energy has been absorbed.] [Body: Half-sacred half-demon temporarily epts demonic energy and changes.] [Body: Half-sacred half-demon Body: Demonized ( [ Caution ! If you remain demonized for a long time, your body may copse.] Excited! Various messages came to mind the moment I absorbed demonic energy. With the unexpected message that his body had changed, Jinhyeok felt his heart beating wildly. At the same time, a change came to Jinhyuk. Crack ¨C Two ck horns sprouted from its forehead. Two horns made of demonic energy darkly absorbed the light, showing off their presence. Phew! A pair of wings sprouted from its back and spread out, emitting a force that overwhelmed the surroundings. Spurrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrl- The ck demonic energy moves through Jinhyuk¡¯s whole body and eventually covers his entire body. Barding (ħ¼×). It was an armor made of demonic energy. The moment when all changese to an end. As they looked at Jinhyeok, who hadpleted his transformation, everyone thought of one being. ¡°¡­devil?¡± An explosive message window greeted Jinhyeok, starting with the voice of Ha-ryu, who was watching the sparring match. [Many demons cheer at the sight of you.] [Many gods despise your form.] [The pinnacle of all evil whistles.] [The pinnacle of all evil ims to look just like him. .] [King Mihu apuds.] Jinhyeok took a deep breath as he looked at the message window of gods and demons whose names he had never even heard of. ¡°Huh¡­.¡± The moment I took a deep breath and my chest swelled. The surroundings fell into a temporary vacuum. At most, the absurd situation created by one being pointed to only one thing. [The pinnacle of all evil screams that the devil has descended on Ince.] The devil has descended on Ince. It was a term referring to Jinhyeok, who had been demonized. Chapter 88 All Master Necromancer Episode 88 Crunch ¨C ¡®¡­the seed moved. ¡®What does it mean?¡¯ There are two seeds in Jinhyeok¡¯s arms. One is a sacred power generating organ, and the other is a demonic energy generating organ created in the process of eating the corpse of a demon ship. The two seeds were like human organs, but they were literally as small as seeds. The seeds that were just sitting there and creating demonic energy and divine power reacted for the first time when demonization waspleted. shake. Jinhyuk, who thought there might be some meaning in the movement of the seed, which was only slightly but clearly shaken, eventually shook his head to shake off the thought. ¡®We¡¯ll think about the seedster, now focus on Hendrick.¡¯ Rather than spending time on seeds, the strong man in front of me named Hendrick was more important. Jinhyuk, who had now drawn attention from the unshakable seed, looked at Hendrick. Tingling-! ¡®Even wearing barding, it feels like you can live beyond it¡­ It looks like you prepared a pretty big blow.¡¯ Jinhyeok, who confirmed that he was preparing something as powerful as the demonization he had prepared, smiled and removed the mask. Wood-duk-duk-duk! The body that allowed him to move like a fox returned to Jinhyeok¡¯s original body, creating an eerie sound. The pain that urred in the process was no joke, but Jinhyuk calmly changed his mask. Cheokkkeok ¨C Goblin mask. Jinhyeok, now wearing a mask that was no different from his own identity, looked at Hendrick with eyes shining with spiritual power. ¡°Should I wait?¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s done. Rest assured, you won¡¯t have to wait.¡± ¡°That¡¯s a good thing.¡± Jinhyuk said, looking down at him arrogantly with his arms crossed. Perhaps it was because of his new demonized body, or perhaps because his entire body was covered with demonic energy, and even his insides were covered in demonic energy, but Jinhyeok had be slightly arrogant. Of course, I was always arrogant, but my current arrogance was slightly different from usual. ¡®It¡¯s like a demon. I have to be careful. After all, Magi specializes in destroying people.¡¯ Unlike dragon power, mighty power, and divine power, many of those who came into contact with demonic energy became crazy or mad. Climbers who received demonic energy from demons and became demons also often went crazy, so Jinhyeok regained control of his mind. ¡®If you be a madman after being seduced by a demon, you are no different from those who became demons. More than anything, I feel worse because I feel like I was defeated by the demons.¡¯ This is because, let alone bing a madman, being defeated by the energy of the demons that one was supposed to defeat and bing a madman felt like being defeated by the demons. Anyway, Jinhyeok, who was suppressing Magi¡¯s arrogance with frustration and anger, rxed his arms. Crack ¨C Spread your legs and clenched your fists tightly. The power contained in the fist is enough to shatter mountains and split the ocean. That time when you focus all that power on one point. ¡°¡­Goes.¡± Hendrick moved. It was also the moment when his strike, which even temporarily changed his body structure for a single sword strike, began. Huh- shing. The extremely light cut even gave the illusion of paper fluttering and flying away. However, Jinhyuk soon found out that he was hiding his teeth behind his true ¡®lightness¡¯. -Krrrrl! ¡°¡­I¡¯m serious. ¡°What kind of dragon is this again?¡± A new type of dragon following the fire dragon and thunder dragon. Each dragon has its own characteristics, and any new type of dragon will have its own unique characteristics. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk asked, looking at the dark red dragon that revealed its hidden teeth and roared. He did not deny that although it was for preparation, it was also for the purpose of resolving curiosity. ¡°Gwangryong.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a crazy dragon¡­ so it¡¯s perfect.¡± Jinhyeok nodded as he looked at the dragon, whose dark red appearance was just like Hendrick¡¯s and was thus named Crazy Dragon. It suited me. The light dragon flying now was not just a collection of energy or a crystallization of technology. ¡®Hendrick, are you flying?¡¯ Gwangryong, Hendrick. The dragon in front of me looked so simr to Hendrick that I felt as if the magician Hendrick himself was rushing towards me. No, it was no exaggeration to say that it was Hendrick himself. Jinhyeok threw out his clenched fist, remembering in his mind every single movement of Gwangryong trying to destroy the forest and destroy the floor. ¡°You told me, but I should tell you too.¡± ¡°¡­what? ¡°What is your strength?¡± Hendrick, who was exhausted after spitting out the dragon, used the dragon sword as a staff to support himself and asked. Jinhyeok coolly responded with a smile hidden behind his mask as he heard his voice gasping for air. ¡°I made it because I thought that a devil must have at least one skill like this.¡± ¡°Answer me¡­ do it¡­!¡± Jinhyeok quietly recited the name of the technique while keeping his eyes on Hendrick, who did not lose his momentum even though he waspletely weak. ¡°Fight of destruction (œçÉñÈ­). ¡°It is a fist that destroys God.¡± [Many gods are dissatisfied with your skill name.] [Many demons cheer for your skill name.] Jinhyeok¡¯s fist stretches out, breaking the message window of the gods and devils who are divided into pros and cons and share their dissatisfaction and cheers. went out Quad Deuk ¨C A wild dragon that destroys the forest. A fist that erases the forest. A light dragon that destroys floors. A fist that erasesyers. The winner was decided. ¡°1 win 1 loss. Right?¡± -¡­Krraaaaaa! Jinhyeok¡¯s voice softly reached Hendrick¡¯s ears along with the sad cry of the torn dragon. 1 win 1 loss. Hearing his words about sparring on the 10th floor, Hendrick smiled and nodded without realizing it. ¡°Yes, you damn bastard. ¡°You won.¡± The moment when Jinhyeok says something simr to what he said when he faced Hwaryong on the 10th floor. The right to destroy has reached Hendrick. Quaaaang! After Hendrick¡¯s answer with a smile on his face, the forest on the 51st floor disappeared from the 51st floor. The results achieved by one climber with one technique will forever exist like his achievements on the 51st floor. * * * ¡°¡­Cough!¡± ¡°¡­I told you to do it in moderation. Mr. Hendrick is the same. ¡°How can such a terrible technique be used against someone who just woke up in a few days?¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m sorry. After a few days of fighting, my sense of victory was so high that I was slightly blinded. ¡°I apologize.¡± Ha-Ryu criticized Jin-Hyuk, who coughed harshly, and Hendrick, who made Jin-Hyeok do that. Both of them knew their mistake, so they just lowered their heads and closed their mouths in response to her scolding or offered an apology. But since it¡¯s funny to argue about things that have already happened, Haru was the first to give up. ¡°Don¡¯t do that next time. It was truly dizzying just to look at Hendrick¡¯s abilities and your brother¡¯s. ¡°If something happened to you two¡­ I don¡¯t even want to imagine it.¡± Although they grunted with their lips sticking out, the beating was over, and the two people looked at each other and sighed in relief. ¡®The nagging feeling downstream is more painful than the creaking body.¡¯ ¡®¡­I agree.¡¯ The two people, who had been conversing with just a nce, stood up, each supported by Ha-ryu and Hong Gil-dong. ¡°Tsk! ¡°Then where do you n to go?¡± In response to the words of Hong Gil-dong, who supported Hendrick with his arm on his shoulder, Jin-hyuk, who was also supporting him with his hand on Ha-ryu¡¯s shoulder, opened his mouth. ¡°It must be the 50th or 60th floor.¡± ¡°Anywhere would be good. Because the entire upper floor was destroyed by the demon ship, the tower would not be able to operate normally. ¡°Maybe I can go up naturally.¡± ¡°¡­Then it would be better to go up. ¡°Let¡¯s go up.¡± Free pass to the 60th floor. It is better to climb up when you canfortably than to wait until the tower ispletely restored and gradually break through the floors. Because he didn¡¯t know that, Jinhyuk chose to go straight to the 60th floor. ¡°Then, I will support Hendrick, so you two cane in private!¡± ¡°¡­What is Obu?¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯ll see you upstairs, Mr. Hong Gil-dong.¡± Jinhyeok grumbled at Hong Gil-dong, who disappeared to the next floor as soon as he finished speaking. However, on the contrary, Ha-ryu blushed slightly and bowed to him. After confirming that Hong Gil-dong and Hendrick had disappeared, Jin-hyuk looked downstream with an apologetic expression. ¡°I¡¯m sorry. If I hadn¡¯t sparred like you said, I would have been able to walk on my own feet just fine. If you ask Balkan to help you right now¡­¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m fine.¡± Jinhyeok, who felt bad about being indebted to Ha-ryu, tried to call Balkan, but strangely, Balkan was nowhere to be seen. In addition, Ha-ryu, who was currently supporting him, said that he was okay, so Jin-hyuk clung to her as if he had no choice. I was thinking of receiving support properly. But I didn¡¯t intend to just receive support. ¡°I¡¯ll go to the 60th floor and buy you the gift I mentionedst time. ¡°It¡¯s a bitte, but¡­ are you okay?¡± gift. Ha-Ryu nodded as he looked at Jin-Hyeok, who mentioned the promise he made before going up to the 51st floor. ¡°That¡¯s enough.¡± Ha-ryu smiled and made a satisfied face when he heard that it was a gift. Not only that, Miho came closer and grabbed Jinhyuk¡¯s leg, looking up at him. ¡°I have a gift too¡­¡± ¡°Okay, let¡¯s buy yours too, Miho. ¡°Okay?¡± ¡°Yes, good.¡± When Miho heard that he was going to buy her a gift, she smiled brightly and spun around. Jinhyuk stopped Miho, who was circling around him, and stroked Miho¡¯s soft purple hair. Jinhyuk, who stroked Miho¡¯s head and pulled her to the side, looked downstream and said. ¡°Then let¡¯s go. ¡°I want to go up quickly and take a shower and rest.¡± ¡°Me too. Then I¡¯ll leave. Ah, but Grandpa Balkan¡­.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know, he¡¯lle by himself. ¡°Tsk, where did you go without helping the owner?¡± Jinhyeok, who was grumbling at Balkan, who disappeared somewhere without even helping him, soon disappeared along with Ha-ryu and Miho. And where the three disappeared, Vulcan appeared. ¡°Tsk tsk, you clueless bastard. No matter how bad the child next to me is at expressing his emotions¡­ Even if I, who is quick-witted, takes care of moving away, he can¡¯t ept it¡­ I feel sorry for that little child.¡± Balkan, who had been chewing on Jinhyuk for a long time because he was busy swearing at him without even understanding his ocean-like heart, eventually dispersed like smoke. It was the moment when Jinhyeok fainted after the fight with Ma Seon and had topletely leave the 51st floor, where he had stayed for several days. In the aftermath of Jinhyuk and Hendrick¡¯s sparring, Jinhyuk and his group left the 51st floor, leaving behind the wide forest that had be a wastnd. And after everyone left and some time had passed. The members of the investigation team and the information guild reappeared without fear and found the forest changed from when they left. No, I gaped at what used to be a forest. ¡°¡­You did well not to cross the line.¡± ¡°¡­Life is more important than money.¡± A huge forest that upied most of the 51st floor. It would be even more surprising if you weren¡¯t surprised to see the ce turned into aplete wastnd. They were heartbroken over the choices they had made earlier. ¡°Going back!¡± ¡°Purify and unravel the information about ghost faces as much as possible. ¡°Unless you want to get into trouble with him!¡± After scraping out as much information as possible from the forest that had be a wastnd. Returning to their base, they were thinking the same thing even though they belonged to different ces. ¡®You must never spread negative rumors about Ghost Face.¡¯ ¡®Everyone who came here could be robbed.¡¯ At least there was no one here who wanted to get in trouble with the super rookie who devastated an entire floor. Instead, another rumor spread throughout the tower. Instead of the bad news that they had been threatened(?), the rumors that spread were enough to instill fear and interest in the climbers. -Ghost face has the power to destroy an entire floor. Even though he stayed still, it was a moment when Jinhyuk¡¯s evaluation was skyrocketing. But it wasn¡¯t all that good. It was also a moment of caution to those who had animosity and wariness toward Jinhyuk. Of course, this was unknown to Jinhyeok, who was devastated and had not even gone through a proper trial, but had broken through the 52nd to 59th floors, arrived at the 60th floor, and was soaking in hot water. In this way, Jinhyeok unknowingly got one step closer to clearing the quest with Baal. Chapter 89 All Master Necromancer Episode 89, Floor 60. Jinhyeok and his group were taking a sweet rest there, with less than half way to the 100th floor. It¡¯s as if I¡¯m taking a break from all the things I haven¡¯t been able to do for months. ¡°How many days have you had off already?¡± ¡°It¡¯s three days.¡± ¡°okay? ¡°Then I guess I¡¯ll have to get ready to leave again soon.¡± 3 days. After several months of long-distance racing, Jinhyuk sprinted hundreds of meters twice and only rested for three days. And there was no one who denied it. ¡°Are you going to the auction house?¡± ¡°Well, a promise is a promise.¡± After waking up on the 51st floor. After sparring with Hendrick, Jinhyuk arrived on the 60th floor and washed his body in clean water. After showering and bathing, he fell asleep for the day. Months of climbing the tower, fighting against demon ships, absorbing demon energy, sparring with Hendrick, etc. The main reason was that as a result ofplex factors intertwined, fatigue umted that even Jinhyuk, who could be considered a superman, could not bear. ¡®Still, it¡¯s been quite a while since I¡¯ve had three days off. I think this is the first time you¡¯ve really rested without doing any training or anything like that.¡¯ It may only be three days, but for Jinhyuk, who was always running, three days of resting and doing nothing was quite a big deal. Of course, today was thest day of such rest. ¡°Let¡¯s wake up, we need to get ready to go to the auction house.¡± ¡°Are we going to the ck market?¡± ¡°Because there¡¯s no ce that sells things as authentically as there.¡± ¡°¡­Well, there¡¯s no need to say anything since it¡¯s a ce that¡¯s existed for hundreds of years. Okay, tell him to get ready.¡± ¡°thank you.¡± Jinhyuk, who had asked Vulcan to inform the others of the end of the break, got up from the soft bed and started stretching. Even after ying and eating for several days, Jinhyeok¡¯s physical condition was close to optimal. The feeling of all the muscles and the appearance of the muscles being split apart made it safe to say that he was a professional bodybuilder. However, no one knew that the fundamental reason for all of this was not exercise, but various energies inherent in his body. ¡®When I used Il-won and turned into a demon, I thought my body waspletely destroyed, but after resting for a while, I was definitely fine. In fact, it seems like the recovery is faster than before.¡¯ Even though he had such a body, he could not withstand the aftereffects of using [Characteristic: Ilwon] and the new [Body: Demonization]. The pain that felt like my whole body was being shattered was an added bonus. Still, the recovery itself was quick, so he didn¡¯t pay much attention to it, but Jinhyeok gave up the idea of using the power of ¡®one won (Ò»Ôª)¡¯ carelessly. ¡®If necessary, I can use it as much as I want¡­ but usually, I should only use it to briefly use unified energy. ¡®If I overuse it, even ten bodies would not be enough.¡¯ Obviously, the newly acquired strength was powerful and useful, but there was a high risk of damaging the body. If the battle with Hendrick had not been a sparring battle and a battle for each other¡¯s lives, I would have been rendered incapable of fighting and my throat would have been slit by climber 1 who was passing by. ¡®¡­It¡¯s a little creepy when you think about it that way.¡¯ He is killed by a being that he would normally have easily subdued with a single finger. There is nothing more shameful and horrifying than that. Still, Jinhyeok, who had figured out a certain level of power through this battle, smiled with satisfaction. ¡®At least it will be useful against strong enemies.¡¯ Powerful beings like the Nine Stars and the Four Emperors. It would be strange for me not to be satisfied since I had gained the ability to not easily lose even if I met them. Of course, if I were to meet them right now, it would be a blood clot, but if I could buy just a little more time. Climbers from the 500th to the 600th floor, if at least above the 300th floor. Maybe it would be a good idea to have a one-on-one meeting with one of the Nine Stars. With that thought in mind, Jinhyuk got up from his seat. ¡°¡­Let¡¯s go to the auction house.¡± Jinhyeok, who got up from his seat and erased the Nine Stars, the Four Emperors, and even the strength and body he had gained this time, began preparing to leave. Auction house. To be precise, prepare to go to an offline auction house called the ck market. * * * ¡°Brother, here.¡± ¡°Everyone came out first. But what about Hendrick and Hong Gil-dong?¡± After getting ready, Jinhyuk came outside and could see Ha-ryu and Mi-ho waiting for him. But two people are invisible. Questions about Hendrick and Hong Gil-dong raised their heads. Of course, they both had good reasons. ¡°Mr. Hendrick went to train, and Mr. Hong Gil-dong returned to Yuldo-guk.¡± ¡°¡­okay? Well, it can¡¯t be helped. What¡¯s the point of calling someone for something that isn¡¯t even climbing the top? Above all, Hong Gil-dong hasn¡¯t even officially joined the guild yet.¡± ¡°Yes. But you said that if something happens, it will appear like the wind?¡± ¡°¡­Sounds like him.¡± As Hong Gil-dong came like the wind and disappeared like the wind, even the words he left behind were words he would have said, so Jinhyeok burst outughing. ¡°It¡¯s still a pity. ¡°We spent a few days together, but he left without saying anything to me.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s surprising that you say that.¡± ¡°¡­I have affection too, right? ¡°I just¡­ I got burned once, so I¡¯m just being careful.¡± Ha-Ryu smiled slightly at Jin-Hyuk, who was pouting his lips, and patted his shoulder. ¡°I understand. ¡°It¡¯s fortunate that even after going through something like that, you don¡¯tpletely distrust people.¡± ¡­I did distrust you? At the beginning of his reincarnation, Jinhyeok did not particrly trust people and was in a position of rejecting them. However, as I climbed the tower and gained some ess to the secrets of death, I realized that it was impossible to do it alone, so I chose people as carefully as possible. From the beginning, it was not much different from the beginning of reincarnation, except for the people he had personally selected and put into the enclosure. ¡®Hong Gil-dong was like that when I first met him. ¡®I categorized it into whether I needed it or not, and then checked whether he was someone who could join my purpose.¡¯ In particr, Hong Gil-dong, who was now saddened by his sudden departure, was one of these people who was extremely wary when they first met a few days ago. Because he had great power and had his own pace, it was difficult to treat him as a colleague. However, as he caught Yo-seon and Ma-seon together, they got to know each other to some extent, and as Hong Gil-dong became convinced that he could go with him, the treatment only changed. ¡°¡­Well, since everyone hase, shall we go?¡± Take a moment to think about those who left and never came back. After organizing his thoughts, Jinhyuk prepared to leave for the ck market. ¡°yes! ¡°It feels like I¡¯m back to the old days after a long time.¡± Ha-Ryu was also smiling at the thought of being able to be alone with Jin-Hyuk for the first time in a long time. The cool, Raksha-like expression shown when entering battle was the same as that of a girl of her age. Of course, contrary to what she said, it wasn¡¯tpletely the same as before. ¡°I have one too.¡± ¡°I see. ¡°Miho wasn¡¯t there on the first floor.¡± ¡°¡­As time passes, children are born.¡± Jinhyuk nodded as he looked at Miho, who was raising her hand to express her confidence. As she said, Miho was not there when she first met Ha-Ryu on the first floor. But Ha-ryu muttered something ambiguous and rationalized it. It is natural to have children. Jinhyuk tilted his head at those words, but all that came back was a cough. ¡°greatness! Let¡¯s go quickly. I¡¯m really looking forward to what you¡¯ll buy me today. ¡°You can look forward to it, right?¡± ¡°me too! ¡°I¡¯m looking forward to it too, oppa!¡± Ha-Ryu clears her throat but doesn¡¯t hide her anticipation, and Mi-Ho jumps up and down while saying ¡°oppa,¡± which she¡¯s now used to. It¡¯s a rabbit, not a fox. Jinhyeok looked at the two people and nodded as if it was natural. ¡°I have received a lot of gold and cards from Gold Rich Company, so don¡¯t worry. ¡°Because you can buy whatever you want.¡± A lot of cash and even credit cards. Jinhyuk, who was fully prepared, confidently headed towards the ck market where the ck market was being held. Ha-ryu was wrapped around one of Jin-hyeok¡¯s arms, and between the two as they headed towards the ck market, Mi-ho looked around the city, her eyes sparkling. Balkan looked at the happy family of three from a distance. ¡°I¡¯m feeling a little edgy now. Looks good. Well, it looks nice.¡± Balkan, who was nodding his head and intoxicated by the togetherness of the three, soon melted and disappeared. It was to quietly chase after the three people. It was his own consideration to not break the peace and harmony of the three people. * * * Jinhyeok, who received unwanted consideration from Balkan, arrived at the ck market with Ha-ryu and Miho. ¡°¡­Is this a ck market? I think there are a lot of interesting things. ¡°There are a lot of things I¡¯m seeing for the first time.¡± ck market. Seeing the scenery there for the first time, Haru also looked around with a surprised face like Miho. ¡°¡­There¡¯s a lot to eat. What is that? ¡°Can I go see that?¡± ¡°Okay, there¡¯s still some time left until the ck Market opens anyway, so we can go and have a look. ¡°Let¡¯s go, go.¡± Naturally, there was no way Miho could be fine when Ha-Ryu was like that. Jinhyuk nodded at Miho¡¯s request, her purple eyes sparkling as she looked around. ¡®You can only enter the ck Market after a certain time, and you must have an invitation to enter, so there is no need to worry about running out of seats. I¡¯ve been staying at the hotel for a few days, so I guess this kind of time will be fine.¡¯ I feel sorry for the two people who went through all the hardships on the 51st floor without a proper ce to wash because of me. And since he had been resting and staying in the hotel ever since he got up to the 60th floor, Jinhyuk himself did not think going out was a bad thing. ¡°¡­it¡¯s good!¡± ¡°Oh my, it¡¯s really delicious. ¡°Brother, please try it too.¡± ¡°You guys eat a lot. ¡°I have no thoughts.¡± A smile appeared on Jinhyeok¡¯s face without realizing it as he watched the two people having fun buying snacks and skewers sold at various food stalls scattered throughout the ck market. ¡®Is this a refresh? ¡®Not bad.¡¯ Several months spent obsessed with battle, revenge, training, etc. It wasn¡¯t a bad time, but the time I was spending with the two of them wasn¡¯t that bad either. Rather, I could say it was okay. ¡°Didn¡¯t I tell you? Rest is important.¡± ¡°¡­It looks like that.¡± Jinhyeok nodded in agreement rather than shaking his head at the grunting of Vulcan, who had suddenlye up next to him. This is because the words of the Balkans, who valued rest, did not seem to be entirely wrong. But that break is short-lived. Jinhyuk called the two people who were scattered. ¡°Time is up. ¡°It¡¯s time to go in.¡± ¡°it¡¯s a shame.¡± ¡°Iknow, right.¡± ck market. This was because the entry time there had already passed. It doesn¡¯t matter if you¡¯rete by a few minutes, but if you¡¯rete by more than that, you could be banned from entering, so even though it was disappointing, there was nothing we could do. ¡°You can stop by againter.¡± ¡°¡­really?¡± ¡°¡­Really?¡± ¡°I think a proper rest would be quite helpful for my future ns, so I¡¯ll give it some serious consideration.¡± In the end, the two people, who managed to shake off their regrets when Jinhyuk said that he would make time for this in the future, approached Jinhyuk. ¡°Then shall we go?¡± ¡°huh.¡± ¡°Yes, of course.¡± Ha-ryu gently wraps her arms around Jin-hyuk and Miho holds Ha-ryu¡¯s hand. So three people. The four people headed to the Balkans towards the ck Market, where an offline auction would soon be held. Thest of this break. For shopping at the ck market. Chapter 90 All Master Necromancer Episode 90 ¡°I will check the invitation.¡± ¡°You can check it here.¡± ¡°We hope that participants in the ck market wille here.¡± After shopping at the ck market, Jinhyeok went to the auction house where the auction was being held to enter the ck market, his actual goal, and saw quite arge crowd of people. ¡°That¡¯s quite a lot.¡± ¡°So, I guess the number of people allowed to enter the ck Market has increased. ¡°I wrote it down because of me.¡± ¡°That may happen over time.¡± Not only Ha-Ryu but also Jin-Hyeok could not hide their surprise at the number of people there being more than expected. Usually, ck markets only send out invitations to special customers called VIPs. Even if you received an invitationst time, there are often cases where you are not invited this time. Of course, invitations can also be purchased offline or through Gold Rich¡¯s ¡®auction house¡¯, but the price is not something that an ordinary climber can purchase. ¡®It¡¯s strange, no matter how much it¡¯s called a ck market, it¡¯s only a ck market held on the 60th floor, but this much crowd of people? ¡®I think there¡¯s something there?¡¯ The ck market is not only held on the 60th floor. 100th, 200th, 300th floor. I said all this because ck markets are sometimes opened even on what can be called high-rise floors. Among them, not many people participate in the ck market on the 100th floor or lower, which can be said to be a low floorpared to other floors. If you want to find useful items in the first ce, you usually go to a ck market held on a high floor or simr to your floor number. ¡®But looking at the sporadic signs, most of them are above the 100th floor¡­ I have to be careful.¡¯ Jinhyeok approached the entrance, wary of what kind of item he brought, why there were so many people, and why the level was so high, and took out an invitation from subspace. When I brought up the topic of the ck market to Goldrich, I was able to receive it right away. ¡°Check the invitation¡­ hehe!¡± And the response that came back was different from what Jinhyuk expected. When the previous people entered, they had a face that said, ¡°They¡¯re just working,¡± but the face of the employee who received their invitation now had a face that said, ¡°Why is this person here?¡± ¡°what? Is there a problem?¡± ¡°¡­no. I have confirmed the ck level invitation. ¡°Let¡¯s go in.¡± From his answer, Jinhyeok could vaguely understand why he was surprised. -ck level? -As expected, did youe here aiming for ¡®that¡¯ that appeared at the auction house? -It¡¯s not a joke¡­ You won¡¯t be short of funds, right? ¡®Is the ck level important? Well, it¡¯s only natural that I had never received a ck level invitation in my previous life.¡¯ To be precise, it was due to the excitement surrounding what the employee said was a ck level invitation. Since it was a grade he had never received even in his previous life, it could be said to be Jinhyeok¡¯s mistake for not anticipating the reactions of those around him. As attention gradually focused, people recognized Jinhyeok one after another. -¡­Isn¡¯t it a ghost? -That¡¯s right, it¡¯s a ghost. Is it already the 60th floor? I¡¯m serious. -A climber on the 60th floor is rated ck? Isn¡¯t that maniption? Ghost face. Jinhyeok sighed as he looked around at the people whispering the name that most people in the tower would now know. ¡°It¡¯s not a good idea to go lightly. Right?¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, the battle here will be difficult anyway, so there won¡¯t be any interference.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry, I came here to take a break, but all my attention was focused on me for no reason. Should I have at least taken off my mask? Oh, or should I change to a different mask right now?¡± Jinhyuk yed with the goblin mask over his face. It was a question that took into ount the fact that the goblin mask, which has now be a very clear identity, attracts attention. However, Ha-ryu¡¯s face hardened at Jin-hyuk¡¯s question and he grabbed Jin-hyuk¡¯s hand as he yed with his mask. ¡°No, it was nice of you to wear a mask. It¡¯s even worse to wear another mask. ¡°I think it would be better to wear that mask.¡± ¡°okay? Well, it is probably already known that a ck market has appeared, so it would be pointless to change it now.¡± Most visitors to the ck Market are merchants. Jinhyeok knew that rumors about him would have already spread to most of those who visited this ce, as no one had as keen eyes and ears for information as the merchant. In other words, now that the mask has been changed, there are many people who will even recognize the changed mask. In the end, Jinhyeok gave up on changing his mask as Ha-ryu said and took a step forward. ¡°Then shall we go in?¡± ¡°great.¡± Po-ok ¨C The invitation confirmation was over, and Ha-ryu also walked away, hugging Jin-hyuk by the arm as he walked into the ck market. ¡°Confirmationplete.¡± ¡°We will block the entrance.¡± Kwiik- Boom! And not long after the two people entered, the employees checked all the visitors and closed the door to the ck market. The ck market auction began with a loud thud and a tightly closed door. * * * Jinhyuk and his group entered the ck Market and were immediately guided to their respective seats. ¡°Then I hope you have a good time.¡± ¡°okay.¡± When the guide in charge of the tour returned after giving the tour with a grin, Jinhyeok immediately sat down in his seat. ¡°The chair is soft. ¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think the chair is the problem¡­ Isn¡¯t this a private room in the first ce?¡± ¡°It¡¯s spacious! good!¡¯ Of course, as befits the name ck Market, the seats provided were closer to private rooms that could not even be called seats. Jinhyuk epted it as if it were natural, but the same was not true for Ha-ryu, who was new to the ck market. Well, Miho, who is still young, just rolled around on the seat as if she was happy to be in a spacious ce. Jinhyeok shrugged his shoulders and exined for Ha-ryu, who still couldn¡¯t ept it. ¡°Well, that¡¯s how it is here. The interior of the auction house is spacious thanks to the use of an enormous space expansion spell. ¡°There aren¡¯t many customers whoe anyway, and each of them has their own ss, so you have to treat them like this and there¡¯s nothing left to say.¡± ¡°Aha¡­¡± ¡°So just rx. Since it serves as a screen for other people to monitor and inspect each other, you will be able to avoid some of the leering nces like at the entrance. There¡¯s nothing you can¡¯t see if you set your mind to it¡­ but then it¡¯s no different from fighting. So there won¡¯t be anyone like that.¡± ¡°Thank you for the exnation. ¡°I understand.¡± Hearing the perfect exnation about the ck market , Ha -Ryu satfortably next to Jin-Hyeok. It was more like a huge sofa than a seat, and although Miho was rolling around and running around behind her, Ha-Ryu felt like they were sitting alone. Ha-ryu, who had been feeling happy for the first time in a long time by Jin-hyuk¡¯s side, frowned at the sudden brightness around him. However, Jinhyuk seemed to have already anticipated this situation and calmly picked up the refreshments provided in the room. ¡°It begins.¡± ¡°¡­Do I choose my gift?¡± ¡°If there is something I like, buy it, and if not, buy what you want. However, due to the nature of the auction, it is difficult to buy something that has passed. It¡¯s not easy to know who bought it, so if you want it, just tell me right away. ¡°Don¡¯t worry about it and miss it.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, I definitely will.¡± After giving a few precautions about the auction, Jinhyuk grabbed Miho, who was rolling around behind her, and made her sit on hisp. ¡°Miho, the auction has started, so be quiet and eat some snacks.¡± ¡°¡­snack!¡± Jinhyeok watched the auction while gently stroking the head of Miho, who was focusing on the snacks with her eyes sparkling at the mention of snacks. ¡®I don¡¯t know if there¡¯s anything useful. As for Miho, I guess I¡¯ll have to make a rough choice.¡¯ Although the ck market is great, there is no way that exactly what someone needs can be found on the market. Because there are just a lot of rare and precious itemsing up. Therefore, they hoped that something suitable or suitable for Ha-Ryu and Mi-Ho would be put up for auction ording to the purpose of their visit. Wow! Jinhyeok was chewing roughly the snack left for him to eat and watching with eagle eyes the auction items that were slowly starting to rise up to the stage. * * * ¡°¡­Hmm, there¡¯s nothing useful.¡± ¡°There were a lot of good things. ¡°We just didn¡¯t have what we needed.¡± ¡°Still, I got one thing from Miho. ¡°That¡¯s a good thing.¡± It¡¯s already been over an hour since the auction started. Roughly speaking, the auctionsted about three to four hours, so about one third to one fourth quarter has now passed. However, Jinhyeok was in a bad mood because he couldn¡¯t find anything worth using. I came here to pay for my life, but I couldn¡¯t find anything worth it, so I couldn¡¯t help but feel bad. The good news was that I was able to find a gift for Miho. ¡°Is it good? ¡°I¡¯ve heard about it, but I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s good because I don¡¯t know much about Miho.¡± ¡°A thick rope containing spiritual energy. That will be a big help to Miho, who is still young. It will quickly restore not only the spiritual power youck but also the spiritual power you have consumed. When you get the winning bid, tie it neatly on your back. ¡°It would look better than just carrying it around for no reason.¡± ¡°That¡¯s all. ¡°Please leave it to me.¡± A thick rope containing the spirit that was auctioned. Spiritual energy refers to the energy contained in beings such as spirit creatures or spirit beasts. Naturally, as it is a special energy, it is not easy to find an object imbued with it. It may be easier to obtain than a dark force ring imbued with demonic energy, but even in the entire tower, obtaining an item like a dark force ring would be more difficult than picking up a star in the sky, so the value of the thick rope imbued with spiritual energy could be seen as enormous. of course. ¡°350,000 gold¡­ It¡¯s a little expensive, but since it¡¯s a ¡®Reiki¡¯ type, it¡¯s about the same price. If it were something else¡­ I wonder how many times it would have been.¡± Spiritual energy is the energy mainly used by spirits or spirits. There are some among the beastmen, but most of them are used by pets. This meant that demand was low, so even though it was a good product, it was quite cheap. If the thick rope containing spiritual energy had been a rope containing mana or energy that climbers could use, its value would have increased several times. ¡°Still, there¡¯s not much to buy. ¡°You don¡¯t even see it, right?¡± ¡°¡­Yes, a little bit like that. ¡°It doesn¡¯t seem like anything is needed.¡± ¡°Then let¡¯s just watch. ¡°There is still time left.¡± ¡°yes.¡± You could say it was an hour, but if it was one hour out of three or four, it wasn¡¯t that much time had passed. It was clear that there would still be quite a few itemsing out, so I decided to wait and see a little longer, and about an hourter. -This item can be said to be the middle boss of this auction! It is an even rarer item because it is no longer avable. As the host¡¯s voice rang out, something came up onto the podium. Something tightly protected by a ss case. ¡°¡­Um, what about that?¡± ¡°What is this? Do you know something?¡± And Ha-ryu, who saw something, recognized the object even before the host¡¯s exnation began. Jinhyeok immediately reacted to Ha-ryu¡¯s shocked appearance. There aren¡¯t that many things downstream knows about. In particr, since he came down to the first floor as if running away, his knowledge of the tower was simr to Miho¡¯s, so he said everything. Still, if something she knew came from the ck market, it only meant one thing. ¡®¡­is it something rted to goblins?¡¯ goblin. An item about a race that has now fallen to a level close to extinction. It can be said that he is almost thest remaining survivor, but he is clearly a goblin, and this is something that anyone living in a goblin vige would be familiar with. -This item is a flower that only grows in Goblin Vige, which was put up for auction by one of the Four Emperors. It¡¯s called ¡®thest remaining goblin flower¡¯! It was a goblin flower. The goblin flower, which boasts its simple splendor as if symbolizing the goblin, was very beautiful. So many that it¡¯s a shame that there¡¯s only one flower left. ¡°Oh¡­ brother ¡­ that¡­ that flower¡­¡± Jinhyeokughed bitterly as he felt Ha-ryu¡¯s trembling with his whole body as he held onto his sleeve, trembling with a pale, exhausted face. Because I couldn¡¯t even imagine what she was feeling right now. Anger, sadness, fear, etc. When various emotions are mixed together and are about to explode. People appeared one after another here and there holding up tes symbolizing themselves. ¡°50,000 gold!¡± ¡°50,000? ¡°I have 100,000 gold!¡± ¡°Tch, 200,000 gold!: Just one flower. However, due to the adjective ¡®thest remaining¡¯ and the unique beauty of the goblin flower, participants rushed to bid for it. The prices slowly rose, getting higher and higher, and eventually. ¡°500,000 gold!¡± The price was higher than the thick rope containing the spiritual energy that I bought to give to Miho. Ridiculous price. Even with the premium of being the st one left¡¯, it was an impossible price, but even the new product of the seller who posted it added to the price. ¡®Even at times like this, it¡¯s annoying. ¡®Four Emperors.¡¯ The Four Emperors are clearly rted to the destruction of the goblin vige. The premium was doubled because of his name. -Well, we¡¯ve reached 500,000 gold. Is there more? Then, we will end the auction here. ¡°¡­I¡¯m fine. At best, it¡¯s a flower. 500,000 gold for something like that. ¡°I¡¯d rather buy something else good and eat something delicious with the money I have left over.¡± Contrary to the quivering corners of her mouth, the words that came out of her mouth were denial. She wants that flower more than anyone else, but for investment purposes, she doesn¡¯t want Jinhyuk to spend a lot of money on pigs who only see the premium. And the moment Jinhyuk heard those words, he decided on an answer. ¡°1 million gold. ¡°If you¡¯re scared, just search around.¡± ¡°Brother?!¡± The price was quoted like a tabloid. Jinhyuk¡¯s answer was to reveal his will to buy this unconditionally. I take whatever I want. And 1 million gold is cheap for my life. What the downstream wants. A reward for the sacrifices she made for herself. If it were 1 million gold, it wouldn¡¯t be that expensive. of course. ¡®Goldrich will say something.¡¯ The person paying for it was Gold Rich, not Jinhyuk. Chapter 91 All Master Necromancer Episode 91 ¨C 1 million gold? -Burning 1 million gold on just one flower? Are you sane? -You¡¯re crazy, you¡¯re crazy. Even if you¡¯re a ghost, there¡¯s no way you have that much money. 1 million gold. This is an amount of money that most climbers cannot even touch in their lifetime. The auction participants could not believe that such an amount of money was used to buy just one flower. But on the other hand, there were also those whoughed at him. ¨C No matter how much you want it, you will bepletely humiliated if you ask for money that exceeds your limit. -Is it just embarrassment? ck market guys don¡¯t take cancetions. He will have to suffer from debt collectors until he repays therge sum of 1 million gold. -It¡¯s funny that a super rookie who has been around for a long time ends up in debt. This is because they knew well the weight of arge sum of money named 1 million gold. Furthermore, ck Market never epts cancetions for incorrectly priced prices. People who hand over goods and receivepensation in some way. Even if it was ves or organs, they were the ones who somehow collected the money. Recently, I heard a lot of rumors about ghost visits, and I was surprised to hear that I received a ck level invitation, but no one knows that this is not an amount that a climber on the 60th floor can afford to pay. ¡°I¡­ sir. ¡°Can I first check whether you can afford to pay the amount?¡± Jinhyuk turned his head to look at the employee who had already approached the private room and asked about his ability to pay. ¡®It¡¯s bloody.¡¯ It wasn¡¯t Jinhyuk who couldn¡¯t feel the emotions contained in the employee¡¯s words and his gaze. The nuance is that if you say something wrong or say you want to cancel, you will immediately go through the collection process. But there was one thing they didn¡¯t know. Obviously, 1 million gold is arge amount of money, and it is money that is quite difficult for an ordinary climber to obtain, and even more so for a climber on the 60th floor. ¡°Pay with this.¡± ¡°Go¡­ Gold Rich Card. ¡°Tuesday¡­ Confirmed.¡± His financial resources move tens or hundreds of times more money than him, and he is the one who wins thousands or tens of thousands of times more money. It was Gold Rich. Since he was in charge of finances, he invested thoroughly in Jinhyuk. ¡®It¡¯s a gold rich card¡­ It feels like a credit card.¡¯ To be exact, on Earth, it was a card several levels higher than the highest level credit card called a ck card. ¡®I have cash, but I can¡¯t pay a million gold in cash.¡¯ Despite his visit to the Gold Rich Company, what Jinhyuk ended up taking was the Gold Rich card. 1 million gold. It was expensive, but carrying it around was a daunting task, so it was only natural. And there is no climber who does not know the name Goldrich, especially the employees of the ck Market who are no different from merchants. In particr, I naturally knew about the ¡®Gold Rich Card¡¯ created by Gold Rich, which has a strong presence in the merchant world. ¡®No limit. Identity assurance. Just these two things are certain.¡¯ A perfect card that allows you to buy anything and even guarantees the identity of the card holder. Naturally, that power was almost omnipotent, at least in the merchant industry. ¡°¡­Excuse me.¡± The power of the Gold Rich Card must have been sufficiently proven just by looking at the change in the attitude of employees who had been treating employees differently depending on whether they had money or not. ¡°Then I won that bid, right?¡± Jinhyuk became polite to him and pointed his finger at the ¡®goblin flower¡¯ ced on the podium. ¡°Yes, that¡¯s right.¡± There is nothing you can¡¯t buy with the Gold Rich Card. Knowing that well, the ck Market employee responded politely. ¡°I wonder if I can get it right now. ¡°I want to see you quickly.¡± ¡°¡­All auction items can only be received after the auction ends.¡± However, even so, Jinhyuk¡¯s request went against the operating principles of ck Market, which runs the auction house. It is true that he was a VVIP customer who spent arge amount of money, over 1 million gold, but it was not a reason to break the principles they had been operating under. of course. ¡°Please forget about the rudeness you showed me just now. how is it? ¡°If you were a merchant, you would know how to make a deal.¡± ¡°¡­I will bring it to you as soon as the transaction payment ispleted.¡± Their operating principles were none of Jinhyeok¡¯s business. Their poor attitude toward themselves. Furthermore, downstream¡¯s desire to obtain the goblin flower as quickly as possible. It was just more important to him. Naturally, the employee in front of me was a climber who had surpassed the 60th floor, but he was not abat climber. merchant. They are good at selling something better and buying it cheaper. Of course, he has the ability to get lightly steamed by climbers at lower levels, but he is a climber of the same ss. In front of Jinhyeok, who had reached the peak amongbat climbers, he was just an ordinary climber. Well, it might still be the result of flipping the abacus in my head, but the result was the same. ¡°¡­I¡¯ll be right back.¡± The employee who politely bowed his head and epted the Gold Rich card thrown by Jinhyuk quickly turned around and headed towards the owner. The purpose was to immediately take over the items that had been auctioned off. Even though he was just an employee, permission from the manager, the owner of this ce, was essential for him to receive auction items in advance. Jinhyeok leisurely looked at the back of the employee who disappeared in an instant and picked up a ss of drink. ¡°It wille soon, don¡¯t worry. ¡°It¡¯s not a ce where it¡¯s good to show that you¡¯re nervous.¡± ¡°¡­thank you.¡± ¡°It¡¯s only one million gold. It¡¯s not enough to cost my life. If Miho had something like that, she would have bought it, and the same goes for everyone else. ¡°There¡¯s no need to be thankful.¡± Ha-Ryu responded bluntly, but knowing that that was not Jin-Hyeok¡¯s true intention, Ha-Ryu returned from his pale face to his usual appearance. With a faint smile on his face. Jinhyeok nced at the stream that had regained stability and then turned his attention to the auction that was continuing. ¡°If the middle items are like this, I think we can look forward to thest items.¡± The item that appeared as a mid-boss was the ¡®Goblin Flower¡¯, which is no longer avable. Normally, it would be thest item toe out and decorate the grand finale. Nevertheless, the goblin flower appeared in the middle, notst. What it meant was simple. ¡®That means that the product that wille out in the end will be better than the goblin flower. I¡¯m looking forward to it. I wonder what¡¯sing.¡¯ It was said that something greater than the goblin flower was waiting at the end. ¡°I¡¯m looking forward to it.¡± Looking at the podium where the auction was in full swing, Jinhyuk smiled with anticipation. * * * ¡°These are the auction items you mentioned. It is a thick rope containing spiritual energy and a goblin flower. ¡°The full price has been paid, so if you have nothing more to purchase, you can leave the auction house as is.¡± ¡°Thank you. With this, I¡¯ll pretend I don¡¯t have any debt from before.¡± ¡°¡­Thank you for your consideration.¡± An employee with a lighter face than before, who must have been quite distressed, carefully approached Jinhyeok and handed over the auction items. Although it was a private room, there were other people¡¯s rooms nearby, so they looked cautious. However, the employee¡¯s face brightened when Jinhyuk said that the debt would be gone for a while. That¡¯s why it bothered him to have a rtionship with a big man like Jinhyeok. After handing over the auction items and handing over the Gold Rich card again. The employee bowed at a 90-degree angle and then disappeared at a slow pace. He disappeared without causing trouble to other participants enjoying the auction, and he resembled that of an assassin. ¡°¡­I don¡¯t know if that¡¯s an assassin or a merchant.¡± Jinhyuk shrugged his shoulders as he heard Vulcan¡¯s absurd expressioning from next to him. Because he was thinking the same thing. The idea of a merchant simr to an assassin did notst long. ¡°I forgot. ¡°There were kids who would have waited longer for this than me.¡± ¡°¡­You can give it to me slowly.¡± ¡°¡­me too.¡± The owner of the auction items brought in by the employee. It was because he felt that Ha-ryu and Mi-ho were staring at him. Jinhyuk clicked his tongue at the two people who pretended to be calm and nonchnt, saying they were okay. ¡°lie. It says ¡®Give it to your face quickly.¡¯ Do you want to lie? ¡°It¡¯s old.¡± You can lie with your words, but you cannot hide your appearance. The same goes for the anticipation on the faces of the two people. Jinhyeok threw the auction item into the arms of those who wanted to receive it as soon as possible. For Miho, a thick rope containing spiritual energy, and for Ha-ryu, a goblin flower. ¡°Hehe, thank you. Brother.¡± ¡°Thank you!¡± The two people who received their respective gifts expressed their gratitude to Jinhyuk with brighter faces than ever. Hearing a thank you for the first time in his life, Jinhyuk rubbed the underside of his nose with an embarrassed expression, cleared his throat, and turned his head to the podium. ¡°¡­I didn¡¯t buy it with my own money, so how can I be thankful? ¡°Do itter when you meet Gold Richie.¡± Ha-ryu shook his head and said to Jin-hyeok, who answered bluntly. ¡°But it was my brother who bought it for me. You can do it to your brother, and you can do it to Mr. Goldrich.¡± ¡°Yes, I will do it too.¡± Ha-ryu says that although the original owner of the money is Gold Rich, it is natural for Jin-hyuk to say thank you because he is the one who bought the auction item. In addition, Miho responds by fiddling with the thick rope in her arms. In the end, Jinhyuk had no choice but to lift both hands and feet. ¡°¡­do whatever you want. ¡°The auction is slowlying to an end, so get ready to go.¡± ¡°Sister, do this for me.¡± ¡°Okay, turn around and sit down. ¡°I¡¯ll tie it up nicely.¡± ¡°huh! Hi-Hi.¡± When Jinhyuk told them to prepare to leave while hiding their true intentions, the two nodded and yed with each other¡¯s auction items. It was really nice to see Ha-ryu neatly tying a thick rope around the waist of Miho, who was sitting with her back turned, and Miho smiling brightly as she felt her touch. [The nine-tailed fox looks at the two of you happily.] [The nine-tailed fox looks at you warmly.] [ The pinnacle of all evil finds its own gift.] [King Mifu ps, saying it is nice to see.] [Many people . The gods are interested in you.] ¡°Tsk, the number of voyeurs is not decreasing.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t this something that a capable person should take on? ¡°I¡¯m just trying to focus on thest auction.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. ¡°Because I can¡¯t avoid them for the rest of my life.¡± Apart from the good-looking appearance of the two people, the interest of gods and demons also naturally increased. Miho is the child of the ¡®nine-tailed fox¡¯, who can be said to be a neutral god. In particr, as it is rted to the ¡®peak of all evil¡¯, which can be said to be the pinnacle of devils, interest in Jinhyuk, who has Miho as his pet, was bound to increase. In addition, there was a lot of interest in Jinhyuk himself, thest remaining young goblin and the person who monopolizes the attention of the pinnacle of all evil. One person alone would be worthy of the attention of gods and devils, but with three of them gathered together, the overwhelming attention seemed natural. About the time when gods and demons startedining about their increasing interest. The auction is nearing its end. -ruler! Then, we will finally begin the long-awaited final auction! The alluring and lively voice of the host that makes people buy things. Of course, there weren¡¯t many people who got caught up in that kind of wind-catcher, and Jinhyuk was one too, but this time was different. ¡°I guess it would be better to just buy that, right?¡± ¡°maybe. The goal of the other participants gathered here seems to be the final auction. ¡°The momentum has changed.¡± ¡°surely¡­ ¡°I don¡¯t know what is it that makes the participants so enthusiastic.¡± Desire to purchase. Because something that had never happened before raised its head. To be precise, it wasrgely because I was convinced that the goal of these people, who seemed to havee from dozens of floors higher, was the final auction. In fact, the presence of excited participants could be felt throughout the auction house. -Whoosh¡­ Whoosh¡­ I really need to have ¡®that¡¯. -It doesn¡¯t matter how much money it costs. Quickly bring your items to the podium! A participant breathing heavily. Since money doesn¡¯t matter, participants are told to bring things first. The moment when a feast of disheveled appearances that had never been seen before continued. Something came up onto the tform with a sound as if something was being dragged. ¡°Tent?¡± ¡°Looking at its shape, it appears to be a cage. ¡°Is it some type of pet, like a spirit beast or a spirit creature?¡± A cage covered with a tent. It was the identity of something that had climbed onto the podium. Of course, since it did not have the abilities of Jinhyeok, Balkan, or irvoyance, it was only an inference, but it was still true that it was a fairlyrge cage. ¡°I feel alive inside.¡± ¡°I felt it too.¡± The vitality and presence felt within it. It added confidence to the spection that there was a living being inside. When Jinhyeok and Balkan thought of the being inside the tent as a ¡®pet¡¯, the host, who confirmed the heated atmosphere, roughly removed the tent. -ruler! A great meal specially prepared for you! This is thest auction item! ¡°¡­What are these crazy bastards selling?¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, that¡¯s disgusting to look at.¡± Inside the peeling tent, there was a cage to confine the animals as they thought. But there was one thing wrong with them, and that was¡­ ¡°Elf?¡± ¡°No, dark elf. That¡¯s also a high-ranking dark elf.¡± Elf. Among them, there was a dark elf who had been transformed by epting demonic energy. Chapter 92 All Master Necromancer Episode 92 ¡°¡­I think you know something about that woman. Why don¡¯t you tell me?¡± Sub-race as auction item. Among them, for a moment, I felt disgusted at the situation where a dark elf, known for being powerful, was being auctioned off. Jinhyeok asked about the girl in the cage whose eyes were burning with anger. It was clearly a decision made because Balkan seemed to know something about her from what he said. Since there was no reason to hide it, Balkan obediently told about his evaluation of the dark elves. ¡°Dark elf. ¡°It is not a pure-blooded dark elf, but rather an elf who was originally corrupted or transformed by demonic energy.¡± ¡°The reason is?¡± ¡°The demonic energy that is the source of corruption and degeneration is too strong. In the case of purebloods born through the marriage of dark elves, they share the magical energy flowing from their parents, so its concentration is rtively lighter than when it first experienced transformation and corruption. ¡°It¡¯s like theplete opposite of a woman¡¯s condition.¡± ¡°The magic scent is definitely strong.¡± Jinhyuk sniffed at Balkan¡¯s words and nodded. Magical scent. It is a scent that is naturally absorbed into the body of anyone with demonic energy. It was a scent that Jinhyuk could also smell as he gained the magic stat. The dark elf trapped in the cage also had that magical scent. It¡¯s a powerful scent that stings your nose. As he said, it was a scent that could never be possessed by anyone who had passed one generation, so Jinhyuk moved on to the next question. ¡°By upper ss, what level are you talking about? Are you a noble?¡± upper ss. Elves had an aristocratic ss under the High Elves, who were called royalty. The strength of these individuals, who could clearly be said to be of a higher ss, was all powerful. ¡®The Four Emperors are not the only powerful race within the tower.¡¯ The Four Emperors are not only different in terms of their potential, but they have also been called the strongest because they have already been infested with monsters that have settled almost at the top of the tower for a long time. But that doesn¡¯t mean there aren¡¯t races that rival each of them. Some of the lower-ss goblins were also powerful enough topete with individual members of the Four Emperors. Elves were also one of those races. In particr, the strength of the elves belonging to the noble ss, which can be said to be the upper ss, was extremely strong. ¡°I am a high elf. No, it would be more correct to say, ¡®He was a high elf.¡¯¡± ¡°¡­what? High elves became dark elves? ¡°What kind of nonsense is that¡­¡± However, Balkan¡¯s words that followed were enough to surprise Jinhyeok. High elf. The noble ss alone is enormous, but it¡¯s different when ites to high elves. Because it was said that they were blood rtives of the king who led a country. ¡°¡­I guess that¡¯s true, right?¡± Unlike his denial, Jinhyuk sent a look of trust towards Balkan. Vulcan nodded resolutely, as if he would not deny his belief. ¡°Trust me. My knowledge is never wrong. That woman must have been a high elf before bing a dark elf. A high elf with a strong blood heritage. ¡°Maybe he was closer to being the next king.¡± ¡°¡­Then you believe and make decisions?¡± ¡°I take full responsibility. ¡°I guess it¡¯s not Cha Jin-hyuk of the world who did it?¡± A proud Balkan statement. Jinhyeok was left with only one option, as he went on to challenge him by asking if he was scared. ¡°¡­1 million gold!¡± -Ah~ 1 million gold came out from there. Is there anyone else you would like to call? Auction bidding, which had be more and more heated during the conversation, was like throwing oneself into a fierce battle. That was the only option Jinhyuk had left. * * * ¡®¡­dirty things.¡¯ The thought was that Elione, a direct descendant of the high elf kingdom and the crown princess who would be the next king, was locked in a cage. Of course, the position of direct lineage in the elf kingdom was already destroyed, and the position of crown princess was also taken away as she became a dark elf. In addition, what should have ended with banishment ended up being sold to a ve trader with shackles that prevented Mana from moving. ¡®I nned to aim for it, but I lived without knowing it, so is it natural?¡¯ Elione did not forget the situation in which the next crown princess was turned into a dark elf and the position of crown princess was immediately taken away, and shackles were also prepared to restrain Mana. It would be correct to say that I couldn¡¯t forget it. My brother was shackling his own limbs. Even his brothers and sisters who were giggling as they watched him fall helplessly to the floor. All of that was clearly etched in my memory. ¡®¡­I will never forget. Even in death, I will take revenge on you.¡¯ Wow ¨C even though she was locked in a cage and about to be sold as a ve, Elione¡¯s spirit was terrifying. As she was originally a climber who had surpassed the 300th floor and was an elf, a high elf at that, she was much stronger than the average 300th floor climber. However, not only was she wearing shackles that restrained the mana that could be used to summon spirits, but she was also tied up so that she could not even move her superhuman body properly, so she was worse than an ordinary person, let alone an ordinary elf. ¡®It¡¯s so colorful. I worked harder for the Elven Kingdom than anyone else and tried to restore the abandoned and exiled Dark Elves to the Kingdom¡­ but in the end, I became a Dark Elf and became a ve.¡¯ Even though she had a strong body and a strong mind, she felt her mental state shaking violently. This was because his situation was so miserable that he had been abandoned despite all the years he had lived for the Dark Elves, whose skin had turned ck and who had been able to control a little of the demonic energy solely due to the elves and the demonic energy. ¡°¡­Okay, Elyos. You¡¯re trying to make me a bluebird in a cage. ¡°If I fall into your hands, I will definitely not y the blue bird as you wish.¡± Of course, she gritted her teeth as she looked at one participant sitting in a particrly luxurious seat (room) among the auction house seats. A demon who was the decisive factor in bing this way. That¡¯s why the Elyos, who were tied to the title of the Four Emperors, were sitting there with him. The wings were barely covered, but the angel ring, which is the identity of the Elyos, could not be hidden. The splendor and warmth unique to the Elyos, which could not be hidden even with a mask on their faces, actually felt like an unbearable filth to her. From her perspective, they were just beings no different from demons or elyos. ¡®Maybe the Elyos also participated in this n. ¡®My presence would have been a turn-off for them as well.¡¯ The power of the elves was one of the strongest within the tower. In particr, elves live as long-lived people for a long time and often make contracts with high-level spirits due to their exceptional affinity for spirits. In addition, they are an absurd race that receives additional corrections to their mobility in the forest and uses the bow, which can be said to be the basic and best among long-distance attacks, at a high level. Of course, the strength of not only ordinary elves, but also the noble ss that formed the basis of the elf kingdom, the royal family that reigned over them and led them, and the high elves were not a force that could be ignored, even by the Four Emperors. However, since he was hostile to the Four Emperors, it was obvious that they would have viewed him as a thorn in their eyes. ¡®d¡­ You¡¯re trying to dedicate the entire kingdom to the Four Emperors. ¡®My stupid brother.¡¯ It was about time when she let out a sigh, thinking of her brother who was greedy and did not want to let go of what he had in his hands. The auction has already reached its end. ¡°5.5 million gold.¡± Although he spoke calmly, the impact his words had was quite significant. The amount was sorge that it surprised even Elione, who was trapped in a cage, venting her anger and mulling over it. And her beautiful face was crumpled like a piece of paper when she identified the participant who had paid thatrge amount of money. ¡°¡­Elyos!¡± Quang! The Elyos who vowed that they would never go as far as she did was the one who brought in 5.5 million gold. Naturally, if Elione, in a fit of rage, had hit the cage roughly, there was no way that the cage, which was made by a skilled craftsman by mixing high-quality steel and various monster by-products, could have been broken by Elione, who was no different from an ordinary person. ¡°¡­Ugh.¡± ¡°Oh my, please don¡¯t lose your strength and just stay still. ¡°It will soon be mine, but if it has any ws, its value will drop and it will be less fun to look at it.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t treat me like an object!¡± Rather, Elione¡¯s delicate body was prone to injuries when it hit the iron bars. Elves are born with thin bodies and little muscle. Hepensates for his physical shorings with superior mana and elemental magic. However, since both her mana and elemental magic were blocked, her body was no different from that of an ordinary person. As the Elyos continued to kill each other, Elione forgot the pain and shook us again. Bang bang bang! Even though all of her energy and physical abilities were clearly sealed, the contestants who were trying to make the highest bids quietly lowered their signboards due to her explosive appearance. Because what they wanted were obedient and gentle dark elves, not violent dark elves. Moreover, the fact that the person making the bid was an Elyos also yed a decisive role in their decision to put down the sign. This is because I don¡¯t want to create a situation where I have to lose against the Elyos because of a useless ve. Of course, they wore masks and hid most of the information, but with the power of the Elyos and, by extension, the Four Emperors, it was not a task to hunt down even one climber who had bid on a Dark Elf among those who visited the ck Market. In the end, while one by one they were giving up, only the speaker shouted with a smile on his face. -5.5 million gold! Up to 5.5 million gold has been reached! If there are no more, the auction will end! The sight of him catching the wind as if there were no more peopleing out was certainly strange, but the participants had already given up on the auction a long time ago. The host, realizing that there was no use in grinding his neck any further, lifted the hammer that was lying on the podium. -3! earth! -2! earth! Only the sound of counting numbers and hitting hammers echoed hollowly in the auction house. Just as the sound of two hammers was heard and the third and final hammer sound was about to be heard. ¡°Get 5.5 million gold and get 4.5 million more.¡± -Cheer¡­ Cheer¡­ 10 million gold¡­. The host¡¯s mouth opened wide as he heard a man¡¯s low-pitched voice. 5.5 million plus 4.5 million. He wasn¡¯t so stupid that he couldn¡¯t do this simple arithmetic. To put it simply, what the man said just now is¡­ -10 million gold has been found! I think this is the highest price in ck market history! Ho¡­ do you want to add more? It was said that a whopping sum of 10 million gold was sold for one auction item(?). As a result, the host, who suddenly had a surge of excitement that had never existed before, was happy for a while. I noticed the attention of the Elyos who were the bidders before the 10 million gold. Whip ¨C With his question, the head of the Elyos wearing a pure white mask turned. What kind of idiot would bid the highest without fear of the amount he bid? It was also because he was curious about whether he could add an amount of 4.5 million that seemed to look down on him. ¡°¡­you!¡± What an incredible life. The Four Emperors. Among them, as an Elyos, her energy was clear and clean, but the way she used that energy was extremely extreme. The contestant, who faced her fierce will to tear the opponent to pieces in one fell swoop, could only say this. ¡°Hey, moderator. ¡°It seems like the auctioneer is trying to give up the auction by force. Is this okay?¡± The host¡¯s face turned pale at the sight of the man shrugging his shoulders in a sly manner and looking like he was making fun of the Elyos. As he said, it is impossible to force an auction to be abandoned. Of course, it was right that the organizers had to stop it. ¡®¡­Who on earth can speak against the Elyos!¡¯ No matter how much he messed up, he had no choice but to keep his mouth shut as long as the opponent was a member of the Four Emperors or Elyos. Because he was a person too and wanted to live. At that time, everyone became quiet except for the two people. The one who gave up first was the Elyos. ¡°11 million gold.¡± -Well¡­ 11 million gold has been found! An expression of the will to suppress with money, not force. ordingly, the host, who barely came to his senses, suppressed his happiness and looked at the other contestants. -Do you have any more?! Even though I felt like I wanted to sew up the host¡¯s mouth right away, I couldn¡¯t do that. A being who has notmitted any crime, even if the other person has insulted or harmed him/her. Furthermore, persecuting and destroying the organization was impossible in Yangji. However, after hearing thest participant¡¯s words, she began to seriously consider changing her thoughts. ¡°20 million gold. ¡°If you¡¯re scared, just run away.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± A participant who casually raises 9 million gold. Naturally, he was Jinhyuk, who had already won two auction items. And the Elyos stared intently at the demonic face that could be said to be his trademark. If you could kill a person with your eyes, you could have killed him a hundred times, but Jinhyeok, who was actually involved, snorted. ¡®What are you staring at, little pigeon? I think I¡¯m going to tear my eyes out. ¡®I don¡¯t have enough strength right now to beat you with force, so I¡¯ll be satisfied with beating you with money for now.¡¯ The Elyos are the target of revenge and one of the damned Four Emperors that must one day be wiped out. No matter how much stronger he was than he was now, there was no reason for Jinhyuk to be afraid. On the contrary, Jinhyuk liked the current situation where he could harass her with money. Even though they were members of the wealthy Four Emperors n, it was impossible for a single individual to spend more than 20 million gold, especially in an auction held on a lower floor. And that meant only one thing. Bang, pound, pound! Three hammer blows. -The sessful bidder for the auction item ¡®Dark Elf¡¯ is participant number 38! The moderator¡¯s voice announcing the winning bid. Participant number 38. This meant that Jinhyuk won the bid for the dark elf Elione. Upon hearing that the item he had wanted was taken away, the Elyos opened his eyes wide and red at Jinhyuk, but Jinhyuk onlyughed heartily. ¡°You look good, little pigeon. ¡°Who are you bragging about your money to? You don¡¯t have any money.¡± Of course, it wasn¡¯t Jinhyuk¡¯s own money, but no one found fault with him. It was also a moment when Gold Rich earned money like a Jeongseung and Jinhyuk spent it like a dog. Chapter 93 All Master Necromancer Episode 93 ¡°¡­Payment has been processed.¡± ¡°What about the goods?¡± ¡°It will be delivered here soon. But¡­ are you sure you¡¯re okay?¡± The employee who made a mistake with Jinhyuk earlier was assigned to Jinhyuk again. After he returned afterpleting the processing of Elione¡¯s purchase payment, he spoke worried words to Jinhyuk. Even though Jinhyuk was the one who broke everything to his superiors, it was only natural considering the money he spent in the ck market today. A huge amount of money, over 21 million gold in total. The reason was that since he was a climber who would like to visit the ck Market often in the future, he had openly lost his favor with the Elyos, so we might not be able to see him again from now on. ¡°What¡¯s not to be okay with? Please bring it quickly. ¡°Along with a key or a method to remove the shackles.¡± ¡°Yes, I understand.¡± However, despite the employee¡¯s concerns, Jinhyuk remained calm. He just urged me to quickly bring back the items I purchased and to include the user manual(?). In response to his calm demeanor, all the employee could do was bow his head. At that time, I was looking at the back of an employee who was quickly disappearing. ¡°Brother, but are you really nning on making that ve¡­ no, that dark elf as a ve?¡± Ha-ryu¡¯s voice, filled with mysterious emotions, struck Jin-hyeok¡¯s ears. ve. Since anything could happen in the tower, there was nothing strange about using someone as a ve. Because it was a ce full of even more terrible and hical things. but. ¡°I¡¯m crazy? To enve someone?¡± Jinhyeok was negative about using ves, as was his reaction from the time he faced the dark elf, Elione. ¡°Aren¡¯t you using me as a ve?¡± ¡°Vulkan, you are not ¡®someone.¡¯ ¡°The soul must obey its master.¡± ¡°Damn you.¡± Of course, the soul Vulcan was an exception. It is as natural as being hot in the summer and cold in the winter that the soul (spirit) obeys and is dominated by its master (spirit master). Jinhyeok shook his head, looking downstream, leaving the grumbling Vulcan behind. ¡°Certainly dark elves would be good human resources, but if the target does not agree with our opinions and sincerely follow them, there is no need for them. You were like that, Gold Rich was like that, and Hong Gil-dong was like that too. I only epted them because everyone followed my wishes. If I forcefully use someone and bring them in, what difference is there between me and the Four Emperors? is not it?¡± Dark elf Elione¡¯s strength is special. A high elf even before bing a dark elf. In other words, as a member of the royal family, there is room for further growth, and the magic energy gained by bing a dark elf will also help you perform well in battle with its powerful energy. But more important than all that was the mindset of those entering ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯. No matter how powerful and helpful the person was, if the person did not want Yeokcheon¡¯s will, Jinhyeok would never force it. ¡®It seems to be the same in the Balkans.¡¯ Although he was a Vulcan who grumbled at people treating him like a ve whenever he got the chance, he had never truly expressed his dissatisfaction with him, except when he was first captured. He was just annoyed that he was caught by someone. He knew, both in his head and in his body, that a soul must be under the care of a Spirit Master. Additionally, the fact that Jinhyuk rarely dealt with souls also yed a role. ¡°But you thought of me as someone who enves others? This is a little disappointing, but it¡¯s downstream. ¡°Did I see that guy?¡± ¡°Ah¡­ no, that¡¯s not it, just in case¡­¡± I thought for a moment. Jinhyeok put pressure on Ha-ryu, who thought he would make Elione his ve. I know it was a yful tone, but Ha-ryu knew his mistake, so he fidgeted and apologized. It was when Jinhyuk burst intoughter, picking on Ha-Ryu, who was red-faced and apologizing. ¡°Cha Jinhyuk.¡± Balkan¡¯s grumbling voice, which had just disappeared, turned to Jinhyeok. And Jinhyeok, who figured out why he was calling him, stopped ying and clicked his tongue. ¡°Tsk, herees a pigeon with a lot of pride.¡± A beinging toward you from afar. Now, the Elyos are walking without hiding their wings or face. ¡°Nice to meet you, my name is Hamiel.¡± Because Hamiel was there. Jinhyeok clicked his tongue again at the appearance of her, who had beenpeting with him at the auction house for Elione until the very end. ¡°I have nothing to say. ¡°I have no intention of handing over the auction item I bought.¡± Even though he did not think of Elione as a ve, Jinhyeok referred to her as an ¡®auction item.¡¯ Of course, the reason was Hamiel, who was smiling brightly in front of me, but was clearly showing the spirit of a predator. ¡®There¡¯s no reason to get caught for no reason. There is no need to show that you are prioritizing her wishes. Just the sight of a climber treating a ve is enough.¡¯ I don¡¯t know what Hamiel thinks of Elione, but I can tell that he is quite interested in her from the fact that he tried to purchase her. And Jinhyuk was thinking of telling her some of his thoughts and then letting her go after seeing her reaction. However, if Hamiel noticed this, there was a strong possibility that Jinhyeok would be in trouble in the middle. Maybe she could snatch up Elione once again after she released it. Therefore, Jinhyeok decided to take on the appearance of a typical ve owner. This is how they treat ves as objects rather than as living beings. ¡°¡­Excuse me, but may I know why you purchased her?¡± Perfect acting. Hamiel also changed direction by asking why he purchased her. It was an extremely polite question, but of course Jinhyeok¡¯s answer waspletely deadpan. ¡°If it¡¯s rude, don¡¯t ask. ¡°Do you think that just because everyone supports you, they will also support me?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Hamiel red at Jinhyeok, who gave him no room, but it was impossible to respond further. Not only was the momentum that Jinhyuk was currently giving off, but there were many penalties for her as a high-rise climber on low floors. Of course, it is not a penalty to the extent of being crushed by Jinhyeok, a climber on the 60th floor, but it is true that it is unreasonable. In the end, she had no choice but to take a step back. ¡°I want to hold on to it and learn more about you, but I can¡¯t help it. ¡°Anyway, a report about you has already been reported to the higher-ups.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± A proper counter strike. Jinhyuk could not help but frown beneath his mask. ¡®Has a report already been sent to the higher-ups? ¡®That sucks.¡¯ The ce that Hamiel, an Elyos, would refer to as ¡°upwards¡± had been decided. This means that he passed on information about himself to the upper echelons of the Four Emperors or the Elyos. Of course, it was not a good thing for Jinhyuk to hear. However, just as she could not bare her teeth towards Jinhyuk, so did Jinhyuk. ¡®Not yet¡­ it¡¯s not possible yet. It¡¯s worth a try for that one pigeon who applied the penalty well, but for the greater good, we have to endure it for now.¡¯ As far as Hamiel, it¡¯s okay. However, Jinhyeok has already caught the attention of the Elyos n and the Four Emperors n. Of course, they would find out about everything Jinhyeok was going to do. It was clear that no matter how perfectly he hid it, that fact would not change. In other words, if Hamiel is killed, the connection with Jinhyuk will be investigated and the answer will eventually be derived that Jinhyuk killed Hamiel. ¡®From then on, the chase begins. ¡®It is impossible to pretend to be perfect with them when we do not have proper strength or foundation.¡¯ In the past, when challenging the 600th floor ordeal, Jinhyeok lost moderately to the Four Emperors, but did not lose to the Four Emperorspletely. Since there was no proper response from Jinhyuk¡¯s side, the Four Emperors were unable tounch an all-out war, and in the end, they used the sword called Nine Star to strike Jinhyuk. From their perspective, justification was a very important factor. It is okay to persecute someone who is passing by. Because they are the ones with the power, ability, and organization to do so. However, there is a problem with killing a passerby. That is no different from saying that the entire tower will turn into an enemy. No matter how strong the Four Emperors are, they cannot turn the entire tower into enemies and still get away with it. They have always lived within the appropriate line, and so climbers also showed respect to them. That will still be the same now. ¡®waiting. Perfect timing to stick a dagger in their neck. If I wait for that, it will be my victory.¡¯ That¡¯s why Jinhyuk suppressed the desire to take action right now. Hamiel looked at Jinhyeok, who was quietly letting go of his anger, with a gentle smile on his face, and took a step forward. The sound of light footsteps echoed through the ck Market lobby. As she walked through the lobby to the entrance outside the building, she spoke to Jinhyuk, or more precisely, to Ha-ryu, who was standing next to him. ¡°The flowers look good on your hair. I just picked it, but it¡¯s really pretty. ¡°It¡¯s such a shame that I burned it all myself.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Obvious provocation. The host directly said that the person who put up for auction the goblin flower that Ha-ryu was wearing in her hair was a member of the Four Emperors. However, Ha-ryu and Jin-hyeok, who had never imagined that Hamiel, who participated in the auction, would put up for auction himself, could not help but be surprised. For example, like Jinhyeok, the pupils of Ha-ryu, who was wearing a mask, were shaking violently. Jinhyuk, who had already seen Ha-Ryu¡¯s eyes shake and her whole body tremble to the point where it was difficult to maintain herposure, gently wrapped her arms around Ha-Ryu¡¯s shoulders. ¡°Hold on. Even if you step out here, you won¡¯t be able to catch that bitch.¡± ¡°but¡­!¡± ¡°But go to sleep. What do you think you can do against someone who deserves all your strength? ¡°Now is the time to be patient.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Cough ¨C Ha -ryu, barely able toe to his senses as Jinhyeok felt his warmth on his shoulder, grabbed the scabbard of the dragon yer¡¯s sword until it broke apart. Hamiel, who confirmed that thest provocation did not work, left hisst words with a sad expression. ¡°The person next to me looks familiar. Like I¡¯ve seen it before. And if he is the person I remember, we will see him again soon on the 100th floor. I¡¯ll just be waiting for then. Let¡¯s calcte the humiliation we received today. Oh, and you have a pretty entric hobby, taking a soul with you.¡± 100th floor. There, she emphasizes, is a ruined goblin vige. Moreover, the spirit she was talking about was not Jinhyeok, who did not know that she was talking about Balkan. It was surprising that one could see the invisible Balkan just by looking, but there was something else that was truly surprising. ¡°¡­How much do you know?¡± The fact that she would be waiting for them on the 100th floor meant that she had a vague guess about the identity of the downstream. Jinhyeok, who noticed him, asked back in a cold voice¡­ ¡°Tsk, is he gone already?¡± All that came back was the empty sound of the wind. At the spot where Hamiel was standing just moments ago, there was only the wind blowing in through the open door. Jinhyuk clicked his tongue and stamped his feet in frustration towards Hamiel, who disappeared in an instant. ¡°Fuck, yes. ¡°Wait a while in the goblin vige, because you¡¯re not the only one who has to figure it out.¡± Hamiel prepares to ount for what happened at the ck Market, but Jinhyeok still has to ount for her and her entire race who were involved in his death. Therefore, Jinhyuk gritted his teeth and waited for the encounter on the 100th floor. At that time, the ck Market employee, who had been observing Jinhyuk and Hamiel, hesitantly approached Jinhyuk. ¡°This is the ¡®Dark Elf¡¯ that you purchased. These are the keys that can unlock the shackles. ¡°There are different shackles that fit each person, so it will be easier to understand if you look at the enclosed booklet.¡± The ck Market employee delivered the remaining auction items and their appendix to Jinhyeok, who was furious. Elione is locked in a cage, keys that can unlock or tighten the shackles on her, and a booklet with information about them. Those were the auction items Jinhyuk received. ¡°Okay, I have work to do from now on, so go.¡± ¡°Thank you for using our ck Market so far. Please visit us again next time.¡± Jinhyuk left the ck Market holding the cage containing Elione, leaving behind the employee who nodded humbly and bowed gently. And Jinhyuk, who left the ck market, disappeared as soon as he left the ck market. This is because the work to be done from now on was secret work with ves. These are things that others should not see or hear. Chapter 94 All Master Necromancer Episode 94 ¡®Border¡¯ on the 60th floor. In a ce where many climbers passed by, someone appeared in the deserted forest. ¡°Vulcan, block the area.¡± ¡°I get it.¡± The person who appeared in the deserted forest was none other than Jinhyeok, who had disappeared in the ck market. Jinhyeok, who appeared, ordered Balkan to be on guard. Only after Vulcan disappeared to monitor and control the surrounding area did Elione grasp the reality. A ce where not even monsters frequent, let alone people. Even though she was a powerful climber and a high elf who was called the chosen one, she had no choice but to be afraid. Nevertheless, although Elione was scared, she did not close her mouth. Elione asked Jinhyeok, who had brought her to a ce where not even monsters, let alone people, often went, with a slightly frightened face. ¡°¡­Why did you bring me to a ce like this?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t be mistaken. ¡°Because I have no idea what to do.¡± No matter how strong she was as a climber, it was only natural that she experienced a series of shocking events and was even sold as a ve. Because Elione was just one woman. It must have been even more so since his superhuman body and energy were sealed. However, contrary to Elione¡¯s worries, Jinhyuk had no intention of harming her. ¡°If I wanted to do something to you, I wouldn¡¯t have brought these young kids along.¡± Balkan left for vignce and control, but Jinhyeok expressed his thoughts by pointing to Ha-ryu and Mi-ho, who were still staying. of course. ¡°¡­I guess it¡¯s just one thing, but what¡¯s the difference between a child and an adult?¡± There was no way Elione would believe that. Jinhyuk chuckled as he looked at Elione, who immediately gave a sharp answer. ¡°Whether you believe it or not, that¡¯s your choice. ¡°What¡¯s your name?¡± ¡°¡­Elione. This is Elione von Yggdrasil. ¡°I¡¯m not royalty or anything anymore, so I guess you can just call me Elione.¡± ¡°Was he really royal? ¡°It¡¯s amazing how you can tell that it¡¯s a high elf just by looking at the Vulcan.¡± Jinhyuk was truly surprised by Elione¡¯s exnation. This is because what Balkan said at the auction house turned out to be true. A bit of a surprise. Jinhyuk came to his senses and opened our door. When the lock was unlocked and the door to the cage, which seemed like it would never be opened, was opened, Elione made a shocked expression. ¡°¡­what?¡± e out. ¡°It¡¯s ufortable to talk to because it¡¯s inside us.¡± Although we were tall, we were at a very low level for Jinhyuk, who is tall. Of course, it was even more ufortable because not only could Elione not be seen properly inside, but even her words could not be heard properly. Elione was more ufortable, so she came out of the cage obediently at Jinhyuk¡¯s words. For her, who is smaller than Jinhyeok but tall like an elf, we were like a very narrow prison. ¡°Whew¡­ I guess I¡¯ll buy something now. So what are you nning to do to me? Are you nning to indulge your lust like the other guys who tried to win me over? This ce is definitely the perfect ce. It¡¯s quiet and there¡¯s no one there. ¡°It¡¯s hard to let go of a powerless dark elf by quenching his desires.¡± ¡°Wha¡­ what are you talking about! ¡°Your brother is not that kind of person!¡± ¡°Lust? Desire relief? ¡°What is it all about, sister?¡± ¡°¡­Miho cover your ears!¡± Perhaps it was too provocative for Haryu, who was still young, to hear, but in the aftermath of meeting Hamiel, Haryu¡¯s pale face turned red. However, Miho, who was younger than him, asked Ha-ryu back with an expression on her face that said she knew nothing, but what came back was Ha-ryu¡¯s hand like corn covering her ear. In addition to Miho covering her ears and tilting her head with a puzzled expression, and Ha-Ryu blushing brightly, even the message windows went crazy. [The pinnacle of all evil preaches to you that it is still too early.] [The Nine-Tailed Fox further preaches the techniques of the Art of Arrival.] [ King Mifu says that any hero must have at least one concubine.] [The God of Lightning is you. I would like to join the harem.] [The most perfect wife, Shin, res at someone.] ¡°¡­You guys are crazy. They¡¯ve gone beyond voyeurism and are now trying to interfere with other people¡¯s women¡¯s problems. ¡°It¡¯s not what you think, so everyone get out!¡± [The pinnacle of all evil leaves the room with a sullen face.] [The Nine-Tailed Fox closes someone¡¯s door.] [ The pinnacle of all evil knocks on the door with a perplexed face.] [The God of Lightning is grabbed by the scruff of the neck by someone. [He is dragged out.] ¡°¡­They are having fun.¡± Jinhyeok, who had drawn attention from the gods and demons who were making a fuss through the message window, waved his hand toward Ha-ryu and Mi-ho with a gaunt face. ¡°I¡¯ll take care of this, so you two can help with Vulcan.¡± ¡°¡­Isn¡¯t it really true, brother?¡± ¡°¡­I said no!¡± Jinhyuk shouted harshly at Ha-Ryu, who never let go of his suspicions until the end, and waved his hands even faster. At his gesture to go quickly, Ha-Ryu eventually walked away while holding on to Miho¡¯s ears. Elione said as she stared at the two people slowly moving away. ¡°Now that I¡¯ve sent the saboteur, I¡¯ll do it properly¡­.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s do it properly, right?¡± ¡°¡­Tch.¡± Elione clicked her tongue when Jinhyeok, who could not have known that it was a typical mind-shaking n, noticed. Unlike how he reacted violently to sexual provocation just a moment ago, Jinhyuk now felt that he was looking at him with an emotionless face. ¡®Isn¡¯t it really because of sexual desire? Well, in the first ce, there wouldn¡¯t be a crazy person who would pay 20 million gold to satisfy their sexual desires. The person in front of me seems like he¡¯s crazy, but he¡¯s not that crazy.¡¯ conversation. Elione, who noticed that Jinhyeok was looking for conversation, sat down on the floor with a sad face. ¡°What are you doing?¡± ¡°Aren¡¯t you trying to talk? ¡°Then why don¡¯t we sit down and talk?¡± ¡°I think I was thinking of running away. Did I see it wrong?¡± When he pointed out that Elione was trying to shake him, take the keys, and run away, Elione looked at Jinhyeok with a puzzled expression. ¡°Are you thinking about letting go? No matter how many of the shackles are removed, it takes time for the sealed power to return. And I don¡¯t think the people you sent to guard the surrounding area will only guard the outside? Not only that, even if my physical abilities and energy were sealed away, it doesn¡¯t mean I couldn¡¯t feel the stabbing death around me.¡± It was clearly true that he was trying to run away, but he was not unaware of the atmosphere around him or the strength of Jinhyeok¡¯s colleagues. Moreover, the number of signs that could be felt around the forest where they were right now was more than dozens. Even if you were to break the shackles and regain your sealed power, you wouldn¡¯t even be able to think about running away. Furthermore, Elione was unable to ovee the unsealing of the shackles, which should have been the first step. ¡®This guy is the strongest. Stronger than all those who came beforebined. The odds of me being able to steal the key from someone like that, who has neither the physical ability nor the energy, are low. In that case, let¡¯s just listen to his demands first. It is not toote to postpone the final desperate resistance untilter.¡¯ That¡¯s why Elione thought quickly and chose the conversation Jinhyeok wanted. And the moment Elione gave up the idea of running away, Jinhyuk shrugged his shoulders and snapped his fingers. ¡°Did you get caught? Well, it doesn¡¯t matter.¡± As soon as I could lift a finger, dozens of soul bottles hiding in the forest and twice as many undead walked out from the darkness of the forest. ¡°Ha, when did you release it? And the soul? ¡°Tweaking someone else¡¯s soul¡­ what on earth are you doing?¡± Elione made a dumbfounded expression as she looked at the two or threeyers of people who had surrounded them in a circle. It is hard to believe that in the process of summoning this many troops, no matter how much energy was sealed, they could not feel anything. But it was only natural that she felt no signs. ¡°The first soul I sent was deeply connected to me. He can summon the troops I have on his own. Even if I don¡¯t move my energy. ¡°I often use it because I can summon it very secretly.¡± Because it was not Jinhyeok himself who summoned the spirit bottles and undead. Since they were summoned through Vulcan, it was natural that they could not be noticed. ¡°¡­It¡¯s beyond my imagination. Why didn¡¯t you turn that Elyos bitch called Hamiel¡¯s face into a mess?¡± Elione was taken to a level beyond what she had imagined. Hamiel. Jinhyuk smiled bitterly at Elione, who spoke of her as the Elyos he had seen at the ck Market and who had had a war of words with Jinhyeok at the main gate. ¡°As you know, there is no benefit in going against their intentions at the level I am now. And that woman was not easy either.¡± ¡°Enduring humiliation for the greater good¡­ That¡¯s different from me. ¡°If I had lived patiently like you, I wouldn¡¯t be here.¡± Elione smiled bitterly as she remembered Jinhyeok, who suppressed his anger and held back until the very end even after being provoked by Hamiel. She didn¡¯t hold back. As the crown princess, she demonstrated a power that was close to iron fist, mobilizing all of the work and power she could. There was a lot of noise and bacsh in the process, but she had the power to suppress them all. When he suffered humiliation, he used his strength to suppress it, and when he was provoked, he destroyed it and used his power to bring harmony between the elves and the dark elves. ¡®The result was very. ¡®He was transformed into a dark elf and had shackles all over his body.¡¯ Of course, the ending was very bitter. Betrayed by her own people, she was injected with magical energy by the demons and became a dark elf, and was handed over to a ve auction with all her strength and energy sealed away. In the midst of all the incredible events that happened in just a few days, wouldn¡¯t Elione¡¯s present have changed if she had acted like Jinhyeok, the man in front of her? I had a bitter thought. However, changing the past is impossible even if you are a god. In the end, Elione decided to ept the present. ¡°¡­Do you have alcohol?¡± ¡°However much.¡± Boom ¨C As soon as Elione finished looking for alcohol, Jinhyuk took out a table and bottles of alcohol from subspace. ¡°It might take quite some time. And the answer you get at the end may not be the answer you want.¡± Elione spoke hesitantly while fiddling with the bottles of alcohol on the table. Although he chose to talk with Jinhyuk, he knew that the answer he gave might be far from the answer Jinhyuk wanted. But Jinhyuk calmly shook his head. It was the exact opposite of the emotionless and blunt appearance he showed earlier. ¡°It¡¯s okay, not everyone can agree with my decisions. I have no intention of forcing that. I just created this ce because I felt like I needed you. When it¡¯s all over, you can make a choice. Either leave or stay by my side. I promise I won¡¯t kill you no matter which option I choose. ¡°Of course, I have to sign a contract promising to keep everything about me a secret.¡± Elione felt moved by his words that not only did he respect her choice, but he would release her if she made a suitable agreement and contract. Of course, despite being moved, she had no intention of stopping the conversation. ¡®I wanted to know a little more about you. Ghost face. It won¡¯t be toote to give an answer then.¡¯ Ghost face. An emerging powerhouse and super rookie who was making headlines even before he became like this. Even if he regains all of his original strength, victory cannot be guaranteed with the current penalty. Because I wanted to know more about him. ¡°Just drink it and think about it.¡± ¡°However much.¡± That¡¯s why she picked up the bottle. Seeing her picking up the bottle of alcohol, Jinhyuk also grinned and picked up the bottle. It was a drinking party that took ce at the border, where others risked their lives to enter. Chapter 95 All Master Necromancer Episode 95 Gulp ¨C They said they would drink and talk, but the two just drank in silence for a while. Meanwhile, unexpected guests visited the forest several times. ¡°go away.¡± -Chuck! Chwiik! Either run away from the fierce threat of the Balkans. ¡°You can¡¯t go this way.¡± ¡°I can¡¯t go! ¡°My brother told me not to let anyone in!¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, I understand, so why don¡¯t you stop living?¡± ¡°Goodbye.¡± I gave in to Ha-Ryu and Miho¡¯s restraint and chose to go back. Of course, not everyone did that. -Chwiiik! A group of red orcs. They had already met on the 50th floor and were trying to enter the forest as a group. ¡°I¡¯m more curious because I blocked you? Now that I think about it, you are Ghost Face¡¯s colleague? Then there must be a ghost inside. I¡¯ve always wanted to meet you once, so it turned out great. If you want to stop it, try blocking it!¡± Climbers who were curious and interested chose to fight instead of surrender despite Ha-ryu and Mi-ho¡¯s restraint. But their endings were all the same. ¡°Eat it up.¡± -I follow orders. -Keeeeek! As soon as Vulcan¡¯s dullmand was given, the spirit soldiers who had been under hismand rushed out and tore the Red Orcs to pieces. -Chwi¡­ Chwii Iik! fear. The life of the soul soldiers was so great that even monsters that knew no fear felt fear and ran away. In the end, they chose to turn around and run away like those who had previously faced the deadly forces of the Balkans. However, the difference between them and the Red Orcs just now was that Vulcan had no intention of keeping them alive. ¡°Chase, don¡¯t miss a single one.¡± -All right. Balkan¡¯s orders, which received all authority from Jinhyeok, his lord and soul master, are absolute. The soul soldiers, who were human souls and had the status of ten seals whomanded other soul soldiers, chased after the defeated soldiers. Since the soul soldiers had the upper hand in speed, strength, and number, their escape could not be sessful. ¡°¡­Ouch! Now¡­ wait! If you¡¯re a climber like me, this will definitely help you too! You say I respect that man? ¡°I¡¯m a fan!¡± Unlike the massacre of the red orc group, the climbers who were interested in Jinhyeok and tried to enter the forest were slightly different. In the face of overwhelming inaction downstream, they could never cross the border of the forest. Everyone knelt in front of Ha-ryu without even being able to enter the forest. ¡°My brother doesn¡¯t need someone like you. And although your brother may determine the necessity, you have to prove it. Get down on your knees and raise your hands. ¡°Then I will not take my life.¡± Unlike when dealing with Jinhyeok or the others, Ha-ryu cut them off with a sharp, cold-winded remark and looked into the forest with an ufortable face. Thinking of Jinhyeok and Elione chatting alone in the forest, hidden in the shadows of the forest and unable to see even an inch in front of them. ¡°¡­Nothing will happen, right?¡± A woman who was more overwhelming than herself. Haryu was overwhelmed by Elione, not in terms of strength, but person-to-person. Tall height, voluptuous body, and tanned skin. Ha-ryu knew very well that she was a woman that any man would feel attracted to at least once. She tried to calm her nervousness by biting her fingernails, but she couldn¡¯t rx as the elf¡¯s uniquely beautiful appearance glimmered around her . This was especially true because the elf¡¯s beautiful appearance remained the same even after bing a dark elf. ¡°Ha, I¡¯m confused.¡± ¡°Sister, are you sick?¡± ¡°no it¡¯s okay. ¡°Like your brother said, let¡¯s be on the lookout for intruders, Miho.¡± ¡°huh!¡± Fortunately, Miho¡¯s lively voice spoke to her just in time, and she came to her senses and grabbed the handle of the dragon yer sword. Feeling the coldness of the dragon yer sword, my previously foggy mind felt quite clear. So Ha-Ryu shook off his worries and took a quick nce inside the forest. We entered the border again. ¡®Brother, I can trust you, right?¡¯ Although I said I would not choose Elione as the object to quench my lust, there is no need for men and women to quench their lust. Even if it progresses into a romantic rtionship, or perhaps a deeper one, there is nothing to say. However, Ha-Ryu has not yet been able to give a definite answer about her feelings for Jin-Hyeok. ¡®¡­Is it because of gratitude toward a benefactor? Not only that, but like Grandpa Muyoung used to tease, I will protect your brother¡­ No, right now, it is more important to be wary of intruders than to think about useless things.¡± Ha-Ryu was still too young a goblin to have confidence in his own heart. * * * ¡°The alcohol tastes good.¡± ¡°Now that I think about it, the elf also drank alcohol.¡± ¡°¡­I don¡¯t usually drink it. But now I¡¯m not even an elf. ¡°There¡¯s no need to keep thew, right?¡± ¡°Well, there is nothing more funny than bing a dark elf and keeping the elfws.¡± The silence of the two people, who had been drinking in silence for a while, leaving the security of the forest to Balkan and others, was broken by Elione¡¯s praise of the drink. ¡°¡­Okay, okay. Right. ¡°I¡¯m not an elf anymore.¡± Elione mocked herself with a bitter smile at the bitter taste of the alcohol. Although I had lived my whole life as an elf, the sense of futility and despondency that came from the fact that I had ceased to be an elf in just a few days took over my whole body. The fact that I got drunk more quickly because I had a body like that of an ordinary person probably yed a role. Jinhyeok, who noticed her condition, moved on to the main topic. ¡°What do you n on doing?¡± ¡°What are you doing? I¡¯m just a ve right now. Do I even need to think?¡± Jinhyeok shook his head at Elione¡¯s words as she lifted up the shackles that were constricting her body. ¡°Didn¡¯t you say you would be released? ¡°What do you want to do after you take off your shackles?¡± ¡°I know. What do I want to do? No, what should I do?¡± Dreaming of the future can only be done by those who are chosen. For people who have no goals or anything, the future only symbolizes the time that has passed and the date that has changed. It was a perfect situation for Elione today. To someone who had nothing to do or anything to do, the future simply symbolized the passage of time. ¡°I have lived my whole life for someone. It wasn¡¯t there for me. But, as a dark elf, am I really called ¡®Elione¡¯? Even if I say I live for myself now, is it really for ¡®me¡¯?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± With a red face and slurred pronunciation due to being drunk, she confessed her inner feelings. Is the dark elf ¡®Elione¡¯ really the same person as the elf ¡®Elione von Yggdrasil¡¯? So, even if you now live for yourself and not for others, is that really for ¡®yourself¡¯? ¡°I¡­ I don¡¯t know. ¡°It might be right for the dark elf ¡®Elione¡¯ to live with these shackles as just a ve.¡± In the end, it got to the point where even my desire to be free somehow faded away. My heart breaks. Although it was unusual for a person to climb over 300 floors and have greater strength, it was natural. ¡®Everything about myself was broken. In a way, it¡¯s simr to me, but worse.¡¯ Jinhyeok never lived for anyone his entire life, but he was betrayed and died. However, Elione lived her whole life only for someone and ran into a wall, which soon overtook her and erased her existence. Since she was stamped with the seal of being a ve worse than death, it is safe to say that Elione¡¯s situation is one level higher than Jinhyeok¡¯s betrayal and death. But that didn¡¯t make it a problem for Jinhyuk to give her advice. ¡°What if the person you are now and the person you were in the past are different?¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± ¡°Elione von Yggdrasil is dead.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m still alive like this.¡± ¡°It¡¯s symbolic. I believe that a non-human entity named Elione von Yggdrasil has died. From now on, you just have to live as the dark elf ¡®Elione¡¯.¡± ¡°¡­How can that be? I have lived my whole life as Elione von Yggdrasil. That is who I am. That person is me¡­¡± Elione harshly refuted the suggestion that she live as an ordinary dark elf, ¡®Elione¡¯, rather than Elione von Yggdrasil. Because to her, ¡®Elione von Yggdrasil¡¯, the crown princess of the Kingdom of Yggdrasil, was no different from everything else. In other words, as Jinhyuk said, the death of the personality ¡®Elione von Yggdrasil¡¯ was no different from the death of Elione. But it was none of Jinhyeok¡¯s business. ¡°whatever. Then hang yourself and die. You don¡¯t want to do that, right? Then you have to live. Live and take revenge on those who killed Elione von Yggdrasil, who was everything to you. ¡°That is probably the first thing you need to do in order to live as ¡®Elione.¡¯¡± ¡°¡­Revenge on those who made me like this¡­? Are you asking me to kill my brothers and sisters who share blood with me?¡± ¡°To be naive. Your brothers and sisters mean that you are like brothers and sisters to them as well. They did it first, so why can¡¯t you?¡± ¡°That¡­¡± I couldn¡¯t refute it. Because what Jinhyuk said was right every word. If the other person betrayed me, I can betray myself too. If the other person tried to kill me, I just try to kill him and that¡¯s it. Of course, the opponent would have an advantage as he went first(?), but as a result, Elione survived, and Jinhyeok was reborn. ¡°Take revenge more thoroughly. Several times, dozens of times more than what they did to you! Because I think so too. ¡°This was one of the things I wanted to say to you.¡± ¡°Revenge¡­ Revenge¡­ Is this something suitable for ¡®Elione¡¯?¡± ¡°Whether you hang out or not is up to you, not me. There are so many things that suit ¡®Elione¡¯. However, among them, ¡®revenge¡¯ suits me the most, and it is also a task for your future. ¡°Your brothers and sisters won¡¯t sit by and watch you walk around alive.¡± ¡°¡­I guess so. ¡°If the former crown princess who was sold into very wanders around the tower again¡­¡± ¡° Then she will be in an even more dire situation than she is now. ¡°I assure you.¡± The situation was worse than the situation where she changed from an elf to a dark elf, was dethroned from her position as crown princess, and became a ve. It was also the future of ¡®Elione¡¯ who did not take revenge. When Elione realized that, her mrs ground apart. Because she thought her brothers and sisters were okay with that. This was especially true because the Wise King, who was no better than a scarecrow, would never be able to stop them. ¡°¡­But if what you just said is one of the things you wanted to say to me, what is the other one?¡± But rather than answering and making choices, Elione chose to ask questions about what she was curious about. Jinhyuk, who was about to talk about the other one she asked about, obediently confessed the other one. ¡°Did I tell you? ¡°I will do the same.¡± ¡°You mean revenge? Yes, I heard you. I said I would repay you several times, no, dozens of times. ¡°Was it about your revenge?¡± plural. The best thing to do that Jinhyuk rmended to Elione. Furthermore, Jinhyuk nodded, saying that it was the best thing he could do. ¡°That¡¯s right, I was hit in the back just like you and died.¡± ¡°Wait a minute, are you dead? ¡°Then what are you¡­?¡± death. Elione looked at Jinhyeok with a surprised face as he told her that he was dead. However, Jinhyuk chose to continue speaking calmly rather than exin it. ¡°Listen quietly. ¡°I, who died, was revived through some kind of skill, and I, who was reborn, am slowly sharpening my sword for revenge.¡± ¡°¡­So you¡¯re wearing that mask?¡± ¡°Yes, this is the secret story of the birth of ¡®Ghost Face¡¯, which caused a stir at the top and is still ongoing.¡± After hearing everything, Elione felt her mouth bing dry. Ghost face. As the crown princess leading the elf kingdom ¡®Yggdrasil¡¯, she knew the tower¡¯s information intimately, and ¡®Ghost Face¡¯ was a name she heard very often. Just a few months. The story about him, who boasted an enormous reputation among climbers in less than a year, was a story that would interest her. ¡®But all of that is just the tip of the iceberg thates from the process of sharpening the de of revenge. ¡®Who on earth is the target of revenge?¡¯ I was curious. In a situation where a sense of futility, destion, and a desire for revenge stemming from the ¡®job to be done¡¯ of revenge suggested by Jinhyeok werebined, curiosity arose among them. ¡°¡­who the hell are they?¡± Therefore, without realizing it, she opened her mouth and asked a question about the target of Jinhyeok¡¯s revenge. In response to Elione¡¯s question, Jinhyeok smiled and took a swig of his drink. After I finished drinking, I mmed the empty bottle down on the table. ¡°Nine Star, and the Four Emperors. This is the end of what I have to say. ¡°Now I just need to hear your answer.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Unable to contain her curiosity, the moment Elione heard the targets of revenge she had asked about without knowing it, she couldn¡¯t contain her surprise and opened her mouth wide. However, Jinhyeok roughly brought Elione, who could not control her surprise, to the crossroads of choice. ¡°What is your choice? Elione?¡± Chapter 96 All Master Necromancer Episode 96 ¡°¡­I am leaving.¡± ¡°okay? Then there¡¯s nothing we can do.¡± Elione¡¯s choice was to leave. After hearing her answer, Jinhyeok stood up and removed all the shackles on her limbs. ¡°Tsk, what¡¯s soplicated?¡± As the keys that fit each shackle were different, I spent a long time looking through the manual. Toad duduk- Jinhyeok seeded in removing all the shackles that bound Elione¡¯s entire body. As the sealing function attached to the shackles disappeared, mana rushed through Elione¡¯s entire body like a dam bursting. She still only had a little mana, less than 1/10th of her total, but that was enough to bring her to her senses. ¡°They released me. And do you remember what I said earlier? ¡°Swear with everything you have.¡± vow. While climbing the tower, people make many promises. However, if it is a verbal promise, there are many cases where the promise is broken, so the oath existed. Now, Jinhyeok demanded that Elione risk everything on that oath. ¡°¡­I, Elione, swear with everything I have to keep quiet about all stories about the ghost.¡± Elione also did not deny it. At first, she thought about attacking Jinhyeok as soon as he released her shackles, but now she waspliant. As soon as she took off the shackles, the alcohol was lightly washed away by the mana that flooded her like a sea, so of course it wasn¡¯t because of the alcohol. ¡®I chose to leave, but I don¡¯t want to have to deal with you.¡¯ Ghost face. So, the reason was my liking for Jinhyuk. He showed respect and fondness for his seniors who showed him the path to follow and who were on the path of revenge ahead of him. That was the feeling Elione had for Jinhyuk. ¡®I will never forget my debt, ghost.¡¯ Furthermore, there was also gratitude towards Jinhyuk, who spent arge sum of 20 million gold to save himself from being almost sold as a ve in the ck market. Elione stood up from her seat with a variety of emotions in her arms. ¡°Are you going?¡± ¡°Okay, I¡¯m going to do what you suggested.¡± Jinhyeok chuckled at Elione¡¯s words that she would do what she suggested. ¡°It must be difficult. Why don¡¯t youe next to me? Wouldn¡¯t it be morefortable then? I didn¡¯t say it before, but there are many useful people by my side. ¡°There is also a guild where they, including me, gathered together.¡± The path of revenge that Elione must take in the future is not much different from the path that Jinhyeok is walking. Of course, if she were to join her ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, her Jinhyeok would be able to provide her with ample help. Of course, the elf kingdom is located beyond the 300th floor, so it may take too much time to reach there. But that¡¯s the same even if Elione moves alone. Two people are better than one, and many people are better than two. Nevertheless, Elione¡¯s answer was the same. ¡°¡­I know that even if I don¡¯t hear it. I didn¡¯t expect it to be a guild, but from what I saw, it was full of formidable people, so it was natural. ¡°Nevertheless, I will leave.¡± ¡°At least listen to the reason. ¡°Can¡¯t you hear that much?¡± Elione calmly confessed her reason to Jinhyeok, who shrugged her shoulders and asked for the reason. ¡°Because the path to revenge shouldn¡¯t be easy. ¡®Elione von Yggdrasil¡¯s revenge is meaningless if it is achieved only by relying on someone else. That¡¯s why I want to walk the same path as you someday when I reach the same level as you. When you can be someone who helps you rather than someone who is helped by you. ¡°Could you rmend me to join again then?¡± ¡°¡­Hehe, if you say that, I have nothing more to say. go. Go and achieve your goal as you said. I can rmend someone of your size to join not just a few times, but hundreds of times. ¡°But you must keep what you say.¡± In the face of Elione¡¯s reasons for not even giving him any room to hold on, Jinhyeok ended up putting up both his hands and feet. Then, as she slowly left, he asked her about her future destination. ¡°So where do you n on going? ¡°If you don¡¯t want to be caught by the elf kingdom, you will have to make up your mind to hide.¡± The target of her revenge is the Elven Kingdom. Since they have been rooted in the tower for a long time, their eyes are spread throughout the tower. In other words, Elio, even if you decide to hide, there is a risk that she will be discovered by them. But Elione shook her head as if to tell her not to worry. ¡°Beyond the 100th floor, there are dark elves hiding from their eyes. It¡¯s a hiding ce that only I, who moved for them, knows about. ¡°I n to go there.¡± ¡°Dark elves¡­ they were exactly the purpose you spoke of. ¡°Are you nning on recruiting them?¡± Only then did Jinhyuk exim when he felt the angle fit firmly into ce. Dark elf. An unfortunate race abandoned by the elves. Their strength was by no means inferior to that of the elves, but due to the small number of races and the despair that came from the fact that they had been abandoned, they chose hiding rather than fighting. ¡®But if we can unite them and move in earnest, we can say that it is a force that even the Elf Kingdom cannot ignore.¡¯ Even if a tiger hides its ws and lives in hiding, a tiger is still a tiger. If only he had the will to pull out his ws, the tiger would once againmand the mountains. Dark elves were exactly like that. The moment when they break their hiding and seclusion and appear in the tower again. No one can ignore them as an abandoned race. ¡°It won¡¯t be easy.¡± ¡°I know. But that¡¯s all I can do. ¡°The only thing left for me, who has been abandoned, are the dark elves who can now be called mypatriots.¡± ¡°¡­Is that also true?¡± Elione, who was an elf, was entirely based in the elf kingdom, and it was clear that even that had been absorbed by her other brothers and sisters. Funnily enough, when she became a dark elf, only her fellow dark elves became her lifeline and foundation. Jinhyuk had no choice but to nod his head at that fact. If she really wanted to stand on equal footing with herself, all she had to do was unite them. A thorny road. Jinhyeok shook her hand, understanding that Elione was about to walk down what could possibly be a more difficult path. ¡°Goodbye, it may take a few months, but I¡¯ll make sure to visit you at least once.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s the 110th floor. Find the dark forest there. I don¡¯t know if we can rally them until then¡­ but we will strengthen our position to the point where they won¡¯t attack you if you mention your name.¡± ¡°It¡¯s the 110th floor¡­ Got it, look forward to it.¡± 110th floor, dark forest. Jinhyeok looked at Elione leaving, imprinting the dark elves¡¯ hiding ce that Elione had told her about in her mind. Elione shouted to Jinhyuk as they left the forest located on the 60th floor. ¡°What¡¯s your name? ¡°Not your nickname ¡®Gwimyeon,¡¯ but your real name.¡± ¡°Well, now that we¡¯re in the same boat, we can figure it out. Jinhyuk Cha. ¡°Cha Jinhyuk is my name.¡± ¡°¡­Spirit Master Cha Jin-hyuk. Yes, that¡¯s right. Now I understand your strength. ¡°You were Cha Jin-hyuk, the Death Star.¡± The moment I heard Jinhyuk¡¯s name. Elione burst intoughter as she remembered a climbermanding the tower. His strangely powerful strength was finally understood. Elione, who had solved her curiosity, stepped out of her seat with lighter steps and shouted. ¡°If I die, you can use my soul or my corpse as you wish.¡± ¡°I was already thinking of doing that. ¡°Hahaha! Okay, see youter, Cha Jinhyuk!¡± Even though I knew it was her Spirit Master, she said she wouldn¡¯t hesitate to use her soul and body after her own death. And Jinhyuk nodded his head as if it was obvious. Elione burst intoughter at Jinhyuk¡¯s attitude as if she had heard something obvious and quickly walked away from Jinhyuk. ¡°Has everything already recovered? ¡°It¡¯s definitely a monster, as expected from a climber who has surpassed the 300th floor.¡± Just a few minutes of conversation. Jinhyeok clicked his tongue as he looked at Elione¡¯s back, who seemed to have recovered all her sealed powers. ¡°Then, should I go back too? I guess I should call Hendrick over and have some more drinks. ¡°I was just about to get drunk, but when I thought about the timing, tsk.¡± Jinhyeok walked toward the 60th floor of the city, leaving behind Elione, who left just as he was about to open his mouth after drinking for the first time in a long time. ¡°Come back, let¡¯s go back.¡± At her ownmand, she called out to Balkan and Haryu, etc., who were trying to enter the forest from the outskirts of the forest. ¡°Is that woman gone?¡± ¡°Yes, I checked. What was so happy about it seemed like her mouth was on the line. ¡°Onii-sama, are you really not going to tell me what you did?¡± Her returning Balkan and her brethren immediately sought out her Elione or inquired about her. However, before hearing what happened between Elione and Jinhyeok, Miho, who could not ovee the surging water horse, was stuck with Ha-ryu with her confused face. ¡°Wow, I¡¯m sleepy. Hug me, sister.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, go back to your fox form. ¡°I¡¯ll hug you all the way to your hotel room.¡± ¡°¡­huh!¡± As it was time to get sleepy, Ha-Ryu ended up hugging Miho, who had changed into a fox form. However, she closed her mouth as she had already missed her timing to hear the answer. Once again, she had no reason to ask Jinhyeok, so she had no choice but to do so. In the end, Ha-ryu gave up listening to the answer and took Miho in his arms, taking steps that became even heavier. They returned to the city on the 60th floor, each with their own thoughts. Considering that I went out to buy gifts for Ha-Ryu and Miho, I spent a lot of time and money. * * * widely- Inside the bar, Jinhyuk and Hendrick, who were drinking while facing the bartender, put down their sses at the same time. ¡°20 million gold¡­ Gold Rich will say something. No, I feel like I want to say something too.¡± ¡°You used it in a good ce. Then that¡¯s it. ¡°In essence, money is meaningless if you just collect it.¡± ¡°¡­It only has meaning if it is the person who earned it. ¡°If a guy who only spends other people¡¯s money says that, he¡¯ll probably get beaten up.¡± ¡°is it?¡± Jinhyuk smiled at Hendrick¡¯s scolding. Seeing him smiling as if Goldrich¡¯s nagging couldn¡¯t stop him, Hendrick ordered a new drink with a sigh. ¡°But does this mean I have a future colleague?¡± ¡°maybe. If she¡¯s that girl, she¡¯ll definitely make it. You should have seen it yourself. ¡°The venom in her eyes was no joke.¡± Elione¡¯s sincerity. Jinhyuk was sure because he saw it from the front. She knows that not only has she rallied her dark elves, but that they will be of service to her, as she dered. ¡°Dark Elf¡­ I¡¯m sure it will be a good force.¡± The Dark Elves feltfortable thinking that the Elves controlled the Magi. A race that uses magical energy while maintaining elemental arts and archery. That was the Dark Elf race. ¡°Of course, there are cases where spirits of some attributes do not make contracts with dark elves, but it is not a big problem.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, because the Magi¡¯s specialness offsets their shorings.¡± It was not without its shorings, but Magi¡¯s special qualities more than offset those shorings. When we were having a long conversation about Elione and the dark elf who left like that. A voice came from the seat next to the two people. ¡°What are you talking about so funny? ¡°Can I wear some too?¡± ¡°¡­who are you?¡± ¡°¡­You lied to me and came in. ¡°What are you?¡± A soft female voice. But the two immediately cheered up. Even though it is said that it is a city where fighting is not allowed, there are many people who ignore this and attack. In addition, the two people were not foolish enough to ignore the person who naturally deceived the two people who had already easily surpassed the 100th floor level. Even in the face of Jinhyeok and Hendrick, who were spewing sharp killing blows at her, the woman equipped with various weapons was not afraid. rather. ¡°The person who came to take your heads.¡± She confidently stated her purpose. As soon as she heard of her purpose, Jinhyeok and Hendrick were able to figure out her identity. ¡°Bounty hunter.¡± ¡°Are you a bounty hunter?¡± Bounty hunter. Climbers often encounter various crimes and forces while climbing the tower. Of course, although the tower is awless area, there are of course personal benefits, so those who were harmed by certain climbers put a ¡®bounty¡¯ on their heads. And the woman who sits in front of the two and confidently states her purpose is a professional hunter aiming for just such a bounty. She was a bounty hunter. ¡®Neither of us noticed until she came in. ¡®You are a proper hunter.¡¯ Furthermore, while there are simpletons among bounty hunters, there are also decent ones. The woman in front of me was thetter. She was confident and rxed, making her a proper bounty hunter. ¡°¡­is that all there is to the will?¡± Tsutsutsu¡­. But whether she was a proper hunter or not didn¡¯t matter to Jinhyuk. She said if she was targeting her, she would just give up and she would be done. Above all, bounty hunters were the type of person Jinhyeok encountered the most in his past life, so there was no surprise. Because he moved like a maverick, he received a lot of hate from other climbers. As Jinhyeok raises his spirits in the quiet bar, others also hold on to their weapons with stern faces. ¡°That was it, but I changed my mind.¡± Jinhyuk burst outughing at her words that made her feel rxed. ¡°You want me to believe that?¡± The tribe of bounty hunters is simple. A group of people willing to risk death to take the bounty on the head of a target. That bounty hunter changed his mind? This is ridiculous. But she was confident. ¡°Let¡¯s make a bet instead. ¡°A good bet for both you and me.¡± ¡°¡­Let¡¯s hear it. However, if you say something strange, you will have to be prepared to make a life-or-death decision.¡± bet. Jinhyeok lost his energy with an annoyed look on his face at the sudden offer of a bet from a bounty hunter. Of course, it was natural to be ready to cheer up at any time. As Jinhyuk and Hendrick got into a position to talk, she introduced herself. ¡°Nice to meet you, my name is Shane. ¡°He¡¯s a bounty hunter, as you know.¡± ¡°I never tried to know your name or anything. ¡°Just the main point briefly.¡± Jinhyuk frowned at Shane¡¯s introduction and waved his hand. Hearing her voice mixed with irritation at being interrupted for the first time in a long while, Shane moved on to the main topic. ¡°If you win the bet, I¡¯ll tell you who the bounty is and what information I know. ¡°I guarantee you this will definitely be the information you need.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s not up to you to decide what you need or not, it¡¯s up to us.¡± ¡°But there¡¯s good reason to listen. ¡°What do you want to bet?¡± At the word information, the two people¡¯s hearts began to lean toward making a bet. Contrary to what he wasining about, Jinhyuk also felt the importance of information in the current situation. ¡®Soon, the guilds under Seongguk must have noticed. There is a high possibility that they are the clients who ced the bounty. If there was more important information than this, it would be helpful in moving forward. ¡®I don¡¯t know what the bet is, but I think it¡¯s a good idea to make it first.¡¯ Jinhyeok did not know that attacking the guilds under Seongguk was bing more difficult by the day. There was a high possibility that they were behind this bounty incident as well. That also meant that there was a high probability that they would realize that they were the culprit of the attack on the guild branch. In other words, if the two of them win the bet Shane proposed, their future work will be easier. Because it means you can find out what they are thinking. The moment the two epted the bet, Shane opened his mouth with an alluring smile. ¡°Competing against the strong is always fun. ¡°Let¡¯s have a fight.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m embarrassed, but since I¡¯m betting on what I¡¯m best at, this ispletely free.¡± ¡°I agree.¡± Jinhyuk also smiled coolly after hearing the bet she proposed. The identity of the bet is none other than sparring. It was something Jinhyuk and Hendrick could do better than anyone else in the world. ¡°Are you too confident?¡± ¡°Then get up. I know a quiet ce, so that would be a good ce.¡± ¡°Okay, it¡¯s not a bad idea to go right away. ¡°The faster the pleasure, the better.¡± After confirming the bet, Jinhyeok stood up without saying a word. After paying for the drinks, Jinhyuk, Hendrick, and Shane left the 60th floor of the city. A quiet forest located on the border of the 60th floor where I spoke with Elione today. That was the sparring ground Jinhyeok chose. Chapter 97 A forest located at the ¡®boundary¡¯ on the 60th floor. Jinhyeok appeared again in the dark forest he had already visited for a conversation with Elione. ¡°I never thought I woulde here twice in one day.¡± ¡°Oh, was this the ce? Where did she have her conversation with her?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, it¡¯s here.¡± Right there, where he and Hendrick were clinking sses and having a conversation, Jinhyeok looked around with a new emotion on his face. Well, only a few hours had passed at most. ¡°Hey, I¡¯m there too. Why don¡¯t we talk together? Shane, who felt left out(?) by the two people who were talking without him, immediately started talking about something else. The two people then realized that they were not the only ones and stopped talking. ¡°Stop it.¡± ¡°Sure.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, I was wondering if I could get some information.¡± Shane couldn¡¯t hide his disappointment when he saw the two people stop talking. A conversation between two people that I did not know. It must have been something that would make money. In particr, if it is a secret story recently shared between a famous person at the top and his colleagues, it will be firmly attached even if a premium is attached. When she thought about it, her regret doubled. ¡°It¡¯s ridiculous to talk about important information in front of a bounty hunter.¡± ¡°I¡¯d rather talk to a member of the information guild.¡± ¡°I admit it.¡± Of course, the two of them had no intention of continuing the conversation that had stopped just because she said that. The bounty hunters were the ones who had to worry about the flow of information more than the members of the information guild. ¡°¡­That¡¯s too much. ¡°Still, you say something like that to someone who changed their mind.¡± Shane, the person involved, expressed his bitter feelings, but the two people were not interested in her feelings. ¡°So you¡¯re saying we¡¯re going to have a fight here?¡± ¡°Are you nning on going 2-1? ¡°You¡¯re arrogant.¡± She just wants to move forward with the bet she made. Shane nodded, ring at the two people who didn¡¯t even care about him. ¡°Okay, I n on fighting two-on-one. Because there aren¡¯t many opportunities to It is true that Shane¡¯s aggressive nature yed a role in this bet. But what was more important was that she thought it would be more beneficial to spar with the two without losing than to gain from the bounty. Of course, she was stronger than both of them individually, but she did not show her courage and arrogance in front of Jinhyuk and Hendrick, who broke the form of 1+1=2. ¡°There is a condition instead.¡± ¡°I guess it was like that. ¡°Just say something and see if he listens.¡± condition. Of course, there was no way she could fight those two unless she went crazy. Since he had already seen the two up close once, Shane had a rough idea of what level they were at. I was convinced that it was Jinhyeok, not Hendrick, who was especially dangerous. ¡®One-on-one with a practitioner is never an ordinary one-on-one. It is highly likely that it will be tens or hundreds to one. It¡¯s especially dangerous since it seems like closebat isn¡¯t enough.¡¯ A bounty hunter¡¯s information gathering ability is in no way inferior to that of an information guild member. Among them, Shane, a fairly skilled bounty hunter, had already collected as much information as he could about the two beforeing here. Of course, I looked through all of Jinhyeok¡¯s movements, and I knew well that Jinhyeok was a necromancer, but he was also a formidable melee fighter. ¡®It¡¯s quite simr to the Demon King. ¡®I wasn¡¯t called the Demon Prince for nothing.¡¯ After thinking about the ¡®King¡¯ level being who had entered a level higher than himself, Shane brought up a condition. ¡°Two to one. Instead, you must fight me without using summons. ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter what weapon you use, but at least I won¡¯t allow any summons.¡± ¡°¡­I guess I figured it out correctly. Well, I have to ept that kind of penalty. ¡°It¡¯s nice to be able to pass the burden on to Hendrick.¡± For Spirit Masters, who became one of the necromancers and the main branch, the penalty of not being able to summon summons was quiterge. Nevertheless, Jinhyeok did not back down on the bet. It might have been in the past, but now he is confident enough in closebat. Above all, Jinhyuk was not alone. Since there was a great recement called Hendrick, even if he couldn¡¯t perform properly in closebat, it was enough to me Hendrick. Naturally, Hendrick immediately protested. ¡°Do it right, car¡­.¡± ¡°Okay, that¡¯s it.¡± Jinhyuk took a stance while unconsciously cutting off Hendrick, who was trying to call his name. ¡°Should we do it right away? ¡°People who are both busy.¡± ¡°You have to swear. Stop before they kill each other. If you are a ghost, you must not use summons. Do you agree?¡± ¡°Okay, I swear. I, Ghost Face, agree not to kill my sparring opponent and not to use any summons. ¡°Shane, you swear too.¡± Hearing from Jinhyeok, who finished his oath in an instant, Shane and Hendrick also finished their oaths in an instant. [One. Hendrick, Demon Face, and Shane must not kill their sparring opponents.] [2. Ghosts must not use summoned beasts.] It was a simple oath, but it was also an intuitive and certain oath. Through this sparring, they cannot kill each other, and Jinhyeok goes one step further and incurs a penalty of not being able to use summons. However, even though he had to pay a special penalty, Jinhyuk was rxed. ¡°Then let¡¯s begin. ¡°It¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve been able to properly use a sub job.¡± ¡°Sub job? I haven¡¯t even reached the 100th floor yet, but¡­After all, there was a reason why I took the oath right away.¡± Sub job. That¡¯s because he has a sub-job called All Master, which is close to a hexagon. Furthermore, Shane was surprised to learn that the climber still on the 60th floor had a sub job. In addition, Jinhyuk, a necromancer and a ¡®magician¡¯ who additionally maniptes souls, engages in closebat and long-distancebat. He looked refreshed as he learned why he immediately epted the sparring method in which he had to move himself. Since Jinhyuk showed one of his cards, Shane also took out one of his cards without hiding it. ¡°I told you the sub job in advance, so I guess I¡¯ll have to pay you an advance for the bet. They hired me. To be precise, the group that has ced a huge amount of gold as a bounty is the ¡®Guild Alliance.¡¯¡± information. Jinhyuk nodded as he looked at Shane, who used the advance payment to unlock one of his pieces of information. ¡°I roughly expected it.¡± Guild union. Perhaps that guild union is the main body of the guild branch that it destroyed. Jinhyuk guessed that it would be their union. In the first ce, it was easy to reason because other than them, there was no one else who could put a bounty on the heads of Jinhyeok and his colleagues that a bounty hunter of Shane¡¯s level would want. ¡°Then, since I received the advance payment, let¡¯s get started right away.¡± ¡°I¡¯m ready too.¡± In response to Jinhyeok and Hendrick¡¯s response, who received the advance payment andpleted preparations, Shane also moved away from being a bounty hunter andpleted his preparations as a climber. ¡°Okay, then I¡¯ll go first?¡± With a grinning and seductive smile, she threw the visor (helmet) she was wearing into the air. Ugh Something simr to wings came out from both sides of the helmet that was floating in the air, and soon it moved quickly. The speed is reminiscent of Paris. At the same time, a voice came out along with the shape of a face floating on the f ront of the visor. ¨C Mastermands. ¡°¡­AI?¡± Jinhyuk was surprised to learn that the helmet he was wearing as protective gear was actually something simr to a drone equipped with AI. It was amazing that even on Earth 10 years after his death, Shane was able to skillfully handle a product that had never beenmercialized, let alone released. ¡°You weren¡¯t a climber on the Earth side.¡± With that, Jinhyuk briefly realized that she was not a climber from Earth. There is no way such high technology exists on Earth. And Shane readily admitted it. ¡°That¡¯s right, let¡¯s get rid of the misconception that all climbers wille from Earth.¡± ¡°¡­Don¡¯t make that mistake. ¡°To begin with, I am the only Earthling among those around me.¡± Hendrick and other downstream, Miho, Balkan, etc. Not all of them are from Earth. Of course, there was no such illusion as Shane mentioned. It was only possible to infer that Shane was not from Earth and that her attack method was a method that integrated high technology that could not be found on Earth. ¡®Thanks to you, I got some information.¡¯ Satisfied that he had slightly escaped the handicap of knowing Shane but not knowing himself, Jinhyuk was wary of the drone. If it was a drone with high technology, it would definitely have extraordinary power. In particr, since Shane is believed to have easily passed the 200th floor, her drone must also be at a corresponding level. The boundaries were natural. Jinhyeok¡¯s warning was right. ¡°Visor, containment mode. ¡°Be careful not to let me touch it.¡± -YES, SIR. Good luck, Master. Ta-ta-ta-ta-ta! As soon as Shane¡¯s voice finished, dozens of lids opened on the small drone, and various firearms came out of them. Each one of them is a firearm that has never been seen on Earth. It goes without saying that the firepower is something that cannot be seen on Earth. Danmaku. Jinhyeok gritted his teeth and shouted after confirming that the bullet-filled membrane was targeting them precisely. ¡°Hendrick!¡± ¡°I know, Hoeryong (»Øýˆ).¡± Even before Jinhyuk¡¯s voice calling him, Hendrick was already preparing for Shane¡¯s attack. Hoeryong (»Øýˆ). As I gently rotated the sword, the dragon named Sword appeared and deflected all of the bullets. Titty teating! Dozens or hundreds of bullets hit the dragon and bounced here and there. While looking at them, Shane tapped the goggles he was wearing. ¡°Check the trajectory.¡± -Integrated with goggles. The trajectory of the bullets has been confirmed. ¡°okay.¡± At the same time, a blue line was drawn in front of Shane¡¯s eyes. It was the ability of AI ¡®Visor¡¯ to instantly calcte the trajectories of all the bullets that bounced off Hendrick¡¯s gray dragon. Tap-tap-tap-tap The moment when checking the trajectory of a bullet flying ording to the trajectory calcted by the visor was not enough, even superhuman physical abilities were added. Hundreds of bullets failed to touch even a single hair of Shane¡¯s hair. ¡°Damn it, Hendrick!¡± ¡°Tsk, avoid it on your own. ¡°If it¡¯s hard to avoid, you can at least use the mask ability.¡± ¡°If I could have used it as I wanted, I would have used it right away! Do you think I¡¯m from the lower ss?¡± Rather, the one who suffered damage was Jinhyeok, who was struggling under the barrage of bullets fired by Hendrick, who was on the same team. As Hendrick said, if he used the ¡®battle foreknowledge¡¯ contained in the ¡®mask¡¯, he could avoid it by using abilities much higher than Shane¡¯s, but Jinhyeok¡¯s current ability was insufficient to use it at will. It could not be used arbitrarily in general situations, as it might be possible to use ¡®Demonization¡¯ after using the characteristic, ¡®Ilwon¡¯, or to use ¡®Real Eyes¡¯ by concentrating spiritual power in the eyes. In order to block the barrage of bullets scattered in all directions, Jinhyeok put on severalyers of shields and made full use of his superhuman vision. Teodeodeodeong- ¡°¡­Wow, this is the first time I¡¯ve felt irritated by fire after climbing the tower.¡± In a tower overflowing with superhumans, firearms, a product of humanity and science, were not that dangerous. Unless it is an anti-tank or anti-state weapon such as a missile or nuclear bomb. However, the power of the bullets fired by Shane¡¯s drone, Visor, was not at a level that the climber could ignore. Shane, who used them skillfully and had a superhuman body, was capable of easily crossing the 200th floor. ¡°hi?¡± ¡°¡­Damn it.¡± While Jinhyeok and Hendrick are struggling under the barrage of bullets. Shane reached in front of Jinhyuk. The moment Jinhyuk curses after seeing Shane greeting him. Tung Shane threw something at Jinhyuk. Something like a round sphere. That¡¯s none other than that. ¡°Bang!¡± Bleep- ¡°¡­Damn it!¡± ¡°Is it a shbang? ¡°It feels like I maximized the light magic and set off a shock wave.¡± It was a sh bomb. The two people frowned, thinking they would make a physical attack but never imagined they would use sh grenades to block their eyes and ears. A situation where you can¡¯t even open your eyes properly and the tinnitus won¡¯t stop ringing in your ears. ¡®What kind of shbang is this that even disturbs the mood?¡¯ Surprisingly, Shane¡¯s shbang even disrupted Jinhyuk¡¯s spirit. I was in a situation where I couldn¡¯t open my eyes, my ears were deaf, and even my senses that served as my third eyes and ears had be muted. In the end, the only choice the two had was to curl up like turtles. This is natural since you never know where and what kind of attack wille from you. ¡®It¡¯s just choosing the lesser evil rather than the worst.¡¯ ¡®An attack ising.¡¯ Of course, it wasn¡¯t a good idea. Of course it wasn¡¯t the best, it was a lesser evil that was slightly better than the worst. Of course, the worst thing was moving around randomly while being worse than blind. The two people chose the lesser evil and prepared for the imminent attack. If they were Shane, there was no doubt that they would attack their turtle status. However, there was no follow-up attack from Shane. The two people thought at the same time as they felt the sensations slowly returning. ¡°¡­¡°You¡¯re screwed.¡± ¡°This is the worst.¡± Shane¡¯s strike that transforms the consequences of choosing the lesser evil into the worst. It was done towards the end, not during a state of sensory disturbance. What it meant was simple. It is said to be the most perfect attack and at the same time the most powerful attack. In fact, as soon as the two opened their eyes, what they saw was Shane with an adult-sized anti-materiel sniper rifle strapped to his shoulder and pointing it at them. ¡°Railgun.¡± Kiiiiing Along with the tremendous kic energy gathered at the tip of the anti-materiel sniper rifle, one word flew into the ears of the two people. Railgun. The energy gathered together with words that sounded very familiar to Jinhyuk, who was from Earth, fired a bullet. A single bullet that is so concentrated in scientific power that it can be said to be overwhelming. The bullet left the anti-materiel sniper rifle and was fired at the two people. Kwakagagak The approaching bullet, destroying the surroundingnd and forest, had such power that it could no longer be called a bullet. However, despite facing such bullets, the two did not back down. ¡°I will stop it. ¡°Please assist me.¡± ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s a bit difficult for me to stop.¡± A single bullet fired from an anti-materiel sniper rifle made by miniaturizing andpressing a rail gun. Even the all-powerful energy called Mana could not be stopped in a situation where Jinhyeok was unable to summon summoned beasts. However, it was only possible to provide assistance that lessened the burden of those who had to block it. After thinking about it, the two people divided up their roles and prepared to block the flying bullets. ¡°Ryu Seung-ryong (Á÷³Ëýˆ).¡± Up. urately striking an iing bullet and simultaneously raising the sword to direct the bullet¡¯s trajectory into the air. Knock knock knock Changing the trajectory of a bullet with enormous power was no easy task. Because it was a very difficult task even for an outstanding person like Hendrick, Jinhyeok immediately joined the assistant. ¡°Soul Skin.¡± Fuwaaaaak! The spiritual power that escaped from Jinhyeok¡¯s body was spread thinly and at the same time coated Hendrick¡¯s entire body. Of course, it wasn¡¯t just a coating. It is a type of armor that amplifies the physical abilities of the coated user. ¡®It can also be called an exoskeleton suit.¡¯ Compared to an actual exoskeleton suit, the appearance is very different, but the effect is superior to that of an exoskeleton suit. This is natural as it is an ability that strengthens the fundamental strength of the wearer. As Jinhyeok¡¯s assistance increased, Hendrick¡¯s sword, which had beenpeting against the bullets that had already been fired, struggled to reach the sky. Kwadeuk-teuong! A crater appeared on the ground where I stepped on it, as if a meteor had fallen. The bullets of the railgun soared into the sky along with the sound of something being thrown out. and. Kwaaaaaaaa! It exploded. It was also a moment when a shock wave more powerful than the shbang that exploded right in front of us swept through the forest. Chapter 98 Episode 98 Patter-patter Railgun bullets. The bullet, which had beenpressed to an enormous size, exploded and vomited out thepressed material. Jinhyuk opened his mouth while swatting away the hail-like debris that fell from the sky. e.¡± The railgun fragments falling like hail were certainly dangerous, but that wasn¡¯t what mattered right now. The railgun was fired after taking away vision and senses with a shbang, but Shane was not satisfied with that. While Hendrick was blocking the railgun¡¯s bullets and Jinhyuk was assisting with Soul Skin, Shane was preparing a second attack. Quaduk As soon as the ground he stepped on cracked, Jinhyeok grabbed the air as he watched Shane rushing towards him. ¡°Gungnir.¡± [The wise man¡¯s disciple clears his throat and looks sideways.] [The owner of Mjolnir looks at someone and uses them of being a schemer.] [The father of mischief and disaster holds his stomach and chuckles.] Gungnir was created at the same time as it grabbed the air. Although there were problems in terms of destructive power andpleteness to call it a perfect Gungnir, it was not at a level that could be ignored. Erasing Odin¡¯s now familiar message, Jinhyeok threw the gungni in his hand towards Shane. Sssssssssssssssssss Gungnir flies with the sound of cutting through the air. Even though Gungnir, which had the power to kill a decent climber with a single blow, was flying towards him, Shane was not scared. ¡°Visor, unstable shell.¡± -Has confirmed. Ride! Rather, he just orders his drone, Visor, to fire a weapon called ¡®unstable bomb¡¯, a weapon with a name Jinhyuk has never heard of before. At Shane¡¯smand, Visor fired an unstable bomb right away without even thinking about it. Pubububung! The unstable bomb fired from the visor exploded precisely around Gungnir. Push profit- ¡°¡­what?¡± Jinhyeok looked at Gungnir, who was melting as soon as the unstable bomb exploded, with an expression of bewilderment. It¡¯s not about destroying Gungnir, but keeping the magic in its original state. In other words, it was the first time I had ever seen a method to return to mana. If you were to find something simr, maybe Dispel? However, the unstable bomb that Shane had just fired was clearly different from Dispel. ¡°The magic crushed the structure. ¡°If it¡¯s done that way, most magic won¡¯t work.¡± ¡°Damn, how hard do you have to mold the magic?¡± As the name suggests, unstable bombs have the ability to shake the foundation of magic by crushing and destabilizing the structure of magic. In order to prevent that, you have to either seed in attacking before the unstable bullet reaches you, or squeeze the magic so that it does not waver even under the power of the unstable bullet. ¡®None of the two are easy.¡¯ The speed of the unstable bullet was not as fast as the rail gun that had just been fired, but it was still incredibly fast. And since we don¡¯t know the limits of unstable ammunition, we can¡¯t even figure out how tightly the magic structure should be structured, so thetter is also difficult. In the end, there was a limit to what Jinhyuk could do. ¡°Those unstable bombs or whatever are probably not infinite. You won¡¯t be able to use it for ordinary magic either. ¡°I will assist with appropriate magic.¡± ¡°That¡¯s enough.¡± Shane assists Hendrick by using magic that prevents him from using unstable bullets. That was something Jinhyuk could do. Of course, something else was possible, but considering efficiency, it was correct. Therefore, Hendrick also nodded and agreed. p- As soon as the swordes out of Hendrick¡¯s scabbard, it quickly swings forward. A sword strike filled with mighty power. ¡°Dividing the forest.¡± Smoothly As the name of the technique suggests, the shes that tore apart part of the forest used as their sparring ground were also thrown at Shane. It was a powerful sword strike, but Shane calmly drew his sword and struck the strike. Kaaaaang! When the sword struck and the sword collided, the metal sound it made resonated loudly. It was also the moment when a shock wave erupted around Shane and swept around. It was Hendrick who moved first in the forest, which quickly became a mess. ¡°Chungryong Ind (ÐnýˆéW).¡± A swift stab thates quickly and stabs you. Shane, who sensed that he could not avoid the stab that came at him like a sh of lightning, bit his lip and raised his sword horizontally to block it. Whoops-! As stabbing condenses all power into one point, its destructive power is one step higher than cutting. Even though Shane was a strong climber, he couldn¡¯t block Hendrick¡¯s thrusts with all his might and stille out unscathed. ¡°¡­Hehe, it¡¯s not a joke, is it?¡± ¡°I want to tell you that the same goes for you who stopped it. ¡°It was a battle that I made with the intention of half-killing myself.¡± Shane barely swallowed the ck blood that had umted to the tip of his chin and let out a groan. But Hendrick was equally surprised. ¡®Except for the thunder dragon, it wasn¡¯t enough to block an attack that could be said to be the fastest, and the weapon was intact, so it¡¯s not like you¡¯re an ordinary climber.¡¯ Thunder Dragon. In terms of speed and destructive power, this is Hendrick¡¯s best technique. Although it is one level lower than that, it is the most outstanding single-hit special technique in the category of general techniques rather than special moves. Nevertheless, Shane blocked it, and her weapon, the weapon that blocked Chungryong Ind, was also fine. Excellent abilities and excellent weapons. Hendrick¡¯s eyes slowly began to turn into madness as he thought that he was a perfect partner whocked nothing. ¡°That¡¯s fun.¡± The red energy in the two dark red eyes gradually expanded in power. Eventually, the moment his eyes turnedpletely red, a look of madness appeared on Hendrick¡¯s lips. ¡°Khaha! These days, I was feeling dizzy. You¡¯ve met the right person! Jinhyuk Cha! ¡°Support properly!¡± ¡°¡­Crazy guy. I told you not to say my name like that. I can¡¯t help it. ¡°Anyway, I guess we can finally get rid of the name.¡± Hendrick was definitely a good teammate, but he had the disadvantage of not thinking straight when he was crazy about battle. In the end, didn¡¯t he reveal his name, which was almost a top secret, to Shane? Still, Jinhyuk wasn¡¯t worried. ¡®All I have to do is pay a reasonable price and keep my mouth shut. If you leak informationter, you can go to hell.¡¯ A good feeling about the climber named Shane. Furthermore, even if she revealed herself, there wouldn¡¯t be a big problem. The name Cha Jinhyuk itself is notmon, but that doesn¡¯t mean it¡¯s a very remote name. of course. ¡®If it¡¯s Cha Jin-hyuk, who deals with necromancy and souls, it¡¯s a slightly different story. I had no intention of hiding my identity for a thousand years anyway. It doesn¡¯t matter as long as the rumor level is reasonable.¡¯ There were some people who would take it differently if the exnation that Jinhyuk dealt with necromancy and souls was added, but it was okay. Jinhyuk himself had no intention of maintaining the current situation indefinitely, where he was unable to properly reveal his face and name. I¡¯m just timing it. Because I was ready to break the mask over my face and name at any moment. ¡°¡­Should I focus on sparring for now? ¡°I definitely want the information that woman has.¡± He is skilled enough to bring out Hendrick¡¯s madness. Jinhyuk raised his spiritual power by imagining how sweet and attractive the information such a talented person would possess would be. ¡°Soul Ground.¡± The spiritual power thus raised prated through Jinhyeok¡¯s feet and into the forest. In an instant, you have built your own stage where you can apply buffs and debuffs to those who step on it as you wish. ¡°I¡¯ll clearly show that being a spirit master doesn¡¯t mean you only have summons.¡± Drinker. It doesn¡¯t deviate much from the titles of necromancer, spirit master, or magician. However, unlike most people who think that drinkers y and eat in the background, they never stay behind. This is because he has excellent knowledge of assisting to achieve a perfect victory. And among the many climbers who climbed the tower, Jinhyeok was the one who reached the top among the necromancers. ¡°I¡¯ll show you what a real assistant is.¡± Naturally, it goes without saying that Jinhyeok¡¯s assistant also reached the peak. At the same time, changes began in thend imbued with Jinhyeok¡¯s spiritual power. Fuwaaaaaaa! The spiritual power that erupted from the earth enveloped Shane and Hendrick at the same time. However, although the situation was the same, the results were different. ¡°Ugh, what is this again?¡± ¡°Good. It¡¯s not as good as it was in its prime, but it¡¯s neater and more attractive than before.¡± Shane sighed and Hendrick felt satisfied. The reason was simple. The spiritual power that enveloped Shane and Hendrick was no different from the soul skin that Jinhyuk had just used. However, Shane received only negative influences, and Hendrick only received positive influences. Hendrick rushed towards Shane, who suddenly became heavier, baring his white teeth. ¡°¡­¡°It¡¯s not that easy either.¡± Although Shane was suddenly on the defensive, contrary to the way he had been leading the battle to his advantage just moments ago, she kept a smile on her face. ¡°Easy battles aren¡¯t fun. not bad.¡± What she wanted was not a perfectly pushing battle, but a muddy fight with tossing and turning. She knew very well that her opponent¡¯s strength only came from fighting in the mud. That¡¯s why Shane was happy at this moment when it became a full-blown mud fight. ¡°I¡¯ll break as many pieces as you want,e!¡± ¡°I was already thinking of doing that. Pleasure me, bitch!¡± bang! The forest shook as the two people, their eyes shining with madness, shed. But at least there was no one here who didn¡¯t know that it was the beginning, not the end. Their battle began now. * * * Crumbling The forest vibrates. It seemed as if an earthquake had urred, but no one would have guessed that it was actually just two people who created such a tremor. Jinhyeok, who was actually watching the fight between the two, couldn¡¯t help but hold his tongue. ¡°Crazy guys. This is why they arebat type guys.¡± Actually, he was half abat type, but Jinhyeok didn¡¯t care about such trivial things. In the first ce, his true nature was a necromancer, not an All Master. In other words, it was possible because it was ced in the Spirit Master. But even though he treated them like crazy, Jinhyeok¡¯s hands were busy. Pretend ¨C my wife ¨C Jajajajak ¨C Hand seal. Speaking the starter word is important, but in order to use various magic, nothing is more important than the beast seal. As the beast moved like a beam of light, the atmosphere on the battlefield, consisting of only Shane and Hendrick, changed. Phew! Soul Ground. Pirs made of spiritual power soar all over Jinhyuk¡¯s home ground, which was created by Jinhyuk himself imbuing himself with spiritual power. Churrrrrr The spiritual power wavered like waves and hindered Shane¡¯s movement. Moreover, Jinhyuk did not stop at attacking or interfering with Shane. Kaang! ¡°¡­¡°It¡¯s really annoying.¡± Shane¡¯s attack aimed at Hendrick¡¯s weak point was instantly concentrated to block the attack. He also focused on neutralizing Shane¡¯s targets. Shane had to feel the importance of assistance once again as the assistance was close to perfect. ¡®It¡¯s definitely true that I¡¯m stronger than a man named Hendrick. I am inferior in technical aspects, but overall I am stronger. But did you say Cha Jin-hyuk? ¡®The assistant from the ghost is too annoying.¡¯ Hendrick and himself. No matter how youpare, you can only see your superiority. Nevertheless, Shane clicked his tongue at the sight of Jinhyeok¡¯s advantage being ruined and ttened by one assistant. ¡®After all, a can is a can. There¡¯s noparison to a real assistant.¡¯ ¡®Visor¡¯, the artificial intelligence that contains the essence of high technology, suddenly became a tin can, butpared to Jinhyuk in an auxiliary aspect, it was inevitable that Visor would be a tin can. click- ¡°¡­¡°You got caught?¡± ¡°¡­this.¡± But variables always exist. Hendrick stepped on Shane¡¯s trap, which was spraying something during the battle. It would have been a mistake that could not have been made under normal circumstances, but the madness awakened by experiencing a proper battle for the first time in a long time and the secretlyid trap worked. This was especially true because it was scientific and technological hiding, not magical hiding. ¡°Small Nuclear Mine. ¡°It¡¯s my gift to you.¡± ¡°¡­Damage, Hendrick!¡± Jinhyuk, who may have been from another dimension, but was from Earth, knew very well what Shane¡¯s words meant. If Hendrick had stepped on that literal object, even Hendrick would not have been safe. ¡®Small nuclear bombs and mines. Holy crap. ¡®What kind of world is that?¡¯ A nuclear bomb miniaturized to the size of andmine. Considering the possibility that it was an anti-personnel mine, it was a technology that could be said to be truly remote. But what was important now was not the level of science and technology in Shane¡¯s hometown. Crack As he busily makes the hand sign, he snaps his fingers and focuses all of the spiritual power of the Soul Ground on Hendrick. A defensive posture to fully withstand the explosion that is about to explode. te.¡± Kwazijic- However, that response was already toote. A sign of an explosion starting from a stepped mine. Along with that, Jinhyuk¡¯s soul skin was torn apart. Of course, it wasn¡¯t torn apart by the explosion. ¡°I didn¡¯t want to show this¡­¡°You will have to be prepared for the price.¡± Change began as soon as Hendrick became so angry that even the madness of battle disappeared. Quad deuk Hendrick grows bigger in an instant. The explosion began with Hendrick¡¯s transformation, growingrge enough to cover the forest. Quagwagwagwang! An earth-shattering explosion. Furthermore, other mines scattered around exploded in session, sweeping Hendrick away. As the explosion radius was very narrow, the explosion did not reach Jinhyeok, but the explosion and power wererge enough that the power could be guessed from a distance. There are dozens ofndmines that concentrate the power to blow up a forest on just one person. Even though it was Hendrick, it wouldn¡¯t be surprising if he turned out to be a rag, but both Shane and Jinhyeok, who were on the same side as Hendrick, were confident that he would be fine. ¡°¡­This is a polyp. ¡°Is it in dragon form?¡± ¡°It¡¯s been a while, seeing you like that too.¡± A change that began in Hendrick just before the explosion urred. That¡¯s because it was a change that returned to the original form of the ¡®dragon race¡¯ category that existed before the existence of Hendrick. -I made you look the way you hate the most, so ept the reward. Dragon form. This is the reason why the Dragon race boasts a noble pride, and the reason why the Dragon race is always chosen first when choosing the strongest race among the Four Emperors. It was a moment when Hendrick clearly showed the reason. Chapter 99 Episode 99 There are three types of dragons. The first is a ¡®human form¡¯ like an ordinary human. This state has the advantage of making it easier to handle weapons such as swords. Of course, it has the disadvantage of beingcking in defensepared to the second and third, but it is still the basic form. The second is the ¡®dragon form¡¯, which looks like a half-mixture of a human and a dragon. In dragon form, armor-like scales are added, making up for theck of defense power in human form. However, because it was so slow, it wasckingpared to the human form in terms of mobility. And the third and final one. ¡°¡­It¡¯s in dragon form. ¡°This is a bit dangerous.¡± Dragon form. The form that was said to be both thest and the strongest form appeared in front of Shane. Shane, seeing the dragon form, swallowed dryly for the first time and showed fear. The appearance when in dragon form was simple. Huge in size, with scales that are harder and denser than those of a dragon. Enormous physical and magic resistance, as well as increased casting speed for magic. Even if there is only one, things that are at the level of fraud can be said to be in good condition. Well, it¡¯s the same as having no mobility due to its huge size, but it probably doesn¡¯t really matter. -It doesn¡¯t matter as long as you don¡¯t kill them. I¡¯ll make it with dough. Arge body that can safely be called a small mountain. The moment when a dragonrger than a giant opens its mouth and destructive energy gathers inside. The size and mobility close to zero have lost their meaning. The decisive technique that was closer to the word destruction than anything else and that made the dragon race the strongest race spewed out from Hendrick¡¯s wide -open mouth. ¡°¡­Breath.¡± Ray of destruction. The light of destruction that destroys everything it touches erupts towards Shane. Containing the anger that caused him to be the person he hated the most. * * * Quad deuk The empty space is torn apart by powerful energy. The illusion that the air is bursting on its own and the space is distorted. ¡®¡­This is a dragon. Is this the true power of the dragon race?¡¯ Shane lived in a world that had achieved a high level of scientific civilization and was called a genius among them, but what she was seeing right before her eyes was crushing everything she had seen and built up from the front. ¡®What nonsense is it that the energy gathered by living things distorts space¡­.¡¯ This was impossible even in her world, where a tremendous scientific civilization had been achieved. I don¡¯t know if it takes a lot of time and investment, but even that would require a huge mechanical device to be fixed. The dragon form, which can be said to be the final form of the dragon race, could be said to be a giant walking battery. of course. ¡°¡­¡°Do you know how to stop it?¡± Sigh Shane started thinking and preparing to block such a breath. Although the breath is called a destruction ray and destroys everything in its path, it is not invincible. In particr, Hendrick¡¯s body was rtively small for a dragon. This means that Hendrick is very young due to the characteristics of the dragon race, who growrger and stronger as they age. Well, for that matter, it was the size of a small mountain, butpared to other ancient dragons, it was like a child. Of course, even Shane, who has not yet prated the 300th floor, has a chance of winning. In fact, the confidence that she could do it was evident in her eyes as she held onto the anti-material sniper rifle again. ¡°Visor, prepare the explosion barrier.¡± -Has confirmed. Shane immediately ordered his drone, Visor, to prepare a barrier for the uing explosion and pointed his gun at Breath. The light of destruction approaches at an incredible speed. At the same time, Shane loaded the strongest and worst bullets he had. Sigh As soon as the bullet was loaded, an eerie sound echoed around the area, and at the same time it was fired. Taang! A gunshot sound like when a railgun bullet is fired. However, the bullet fired this time waspletely different from that of the rail gun. It looks more like a ¡®bottle¡¯ containing something rather than a bullet. And the bullet contained something in its shape. ¡°Anti Matter Bullet.¡± The bottle containing the bullet is none other than the Anti-Matter Bullet. It was antimatter. Antimatter weighs as much as a single bullet. Even just 1g was over 5g of a substance that was several times more powerful than the dozens of Small Nuclear Mines that had just been sprayedbined. Moreover, since the energy called ¡®mana¡¯ was added to it, its destructive power would have been powerful enough to destroy breath. ¡°Is it the strongest that a living being can attain, or is it the essence of my science and magic? ¡°It will be fun.¡± Shane snapped his fingers as he looked at the anti-matter bullet that had the power to kill him if he made a mistake. Perfect! A pure sound fills the forest. A sound that seems to silence the harsh cries that damage the surrounding area caused by the breath. But that bes the trigger and the moment the anti-matter bullet explodes. Kwahahah Ah- !!! The forest disappeared along with a huge explosion and shock wave. * * * Pusssss Shane stumbled to his feet in a ce where the surroundings werepletely filled with dust due to the disappearance of the forest. ¡°Off¡­I¡¯m dying. ¡°What happened to Hendrick?¡± Through the visor, I anticipated the impact after the collision between the anti-matter bullet and the breath and hit the barrier, but it was too much topletely block the impact. Therefore, rather than preventing the impact, we focused on avoiding it as much as possible, and this was the result. h h h h ¡°¡­It¡¯s expensive, but it¡¯s all broken. Well, that¡¯s it. ¡°It¡¯s enough if you win.¡± Although the visor¡¯s barrier waspletely shattered, Shane smiled charmingly when he saw therge object visible through the dust cloud. Of course, therge body was Hendrick, who took a direct hit from the explosion. Yongrin. The biggest reason why he had tremendous physical and magical resistance when in dragon form was that he was lying in tattered rags, and no matter how you look at it, he was not at a level where he could fight any further. In particr, because the breathing sound was not consistent, it could be considered the state of half-sounding that Hendrick mentioned. The moment when Shane looked around and smiled in victory. ¡°I think you forgot that it¡¯s 2 to 1.¡± ¡°¡­You just survived the explosion unharmed? how?¡± She was startled and put on alert when she heard a familiar voiceing from beyond the dust cloud. However, since Shane himself was no different from Hendrick, just because he was Of course, there was a part of Shane that he believed in too. ¡®No, it was destroyed when the anti-matter bullet and breath collided. If the shock wave was generated there, there¡¯s no way your face would be fine. If I handle it well, victory is mine.¡¯ The point was that Jinhyeok would not be as sane as Hendrick or himself. The shock wave that just urred was at most that of a 60th floor climber. She thought that it would have been too much for Jinhyeok, who was a magician, to handle. In fact, it was nearly impossible for an average magician, or even a capable magician, topletely protect themselves from the shock wave just now. ¡°Strong bullet.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± bang! However, those thoughts disappeared as soon as I encountered the bullet of spiritual power fired along with the cool voice that came from beyond the dust cloud. An attack so powerful and precise that it¡¯s surprising that an attack of this level of power can be made even after just being hit by a shock wave. Shane urgently drew his sword and struck a hard bullet. bang! Shane felt as if he had been hit with a hammer, his insides were being shaken and ck blood was pouring out, and he immediately threw himself away. ¡®You have to avoid it. You can only fight if your physical condition improves even a little. For now, avoid it¡­.¡¯ Quick decision. When she realizes that she cannot handle Jinhyeok in the mess she is now, she throws herself backwards. A voice came from beyond the dust cloud again. ¡°You can¡¯t run away. The boardid by Hendrick. Don¡¯t miss it. ¡°Sipji Gangtan (ʮָǿ�—).¡± Ride it! The moment Shane saw the same ten bullets that had just been fired, he had a hunch. ¡®¡­¡®It¡¯s ruined.¡¯ That means he was defeated. The power contained in each of the ten bullets could not be underestimated, and they urately upied his escape route and attack route. In other words, a situation where you can neither run away nor attack. Then all that was left was defense, but with her body in its current state, it was nearly impossible to block all ten bullets. ¡°Checkmate.¡± lost. That thought and the sound of Jinhyuk¡¯s checkmate lingered in my head. At the same time, questions also arose. ¡®How on earth could you be okay?¡¯ The explosion just now was not easy enough to leave enough energy tounch an attack with tremendous power called Tenjigangbang. Hendrick, a dragon racer, became a rag and fainted, and Shane himself, a climber close to the 300th floor, was smashed to pieces despite being well-prepared. However, they couldn¡¯t believe that Jinhyeok, the caster, looked much better and maintained his energy than they did. But that question was soon resolved. Wheeoooo A cool wind blew from somewhere. In the ce where it disappeared, holding a beautiful cloud of dust in its arms¡­ ¡­. ¡°under! ¡°It¡¯s definitely Hendrick¡¯s!¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, it was called Hoeryong. maybe. I borrowed some of that. ¡°There is nothing better than this to preventrge-scale attacks.¡± Unlike other ces that were dented or torn apart, this is the ce where Jinhyuk stepped. That ce was fine. This is within the range of the gray dragon drawn by a single sword spinning around on its own. Shane smiled bitterly because there was no room for Jinhyeok, who fired an attack called a ten-point bullet at him with his hoeryong sword in the open air. ¡°I guess it was a bit difficult for two people. No, it¡¯s only natural that he was a monster who copied other people¡¯s techniques to begin with.¡± Bub bub bub! At the same time, a ten-pointed bullet prated the rag-like barrier and hit her body. Shane, who was hit by a ten-point bullet that had great power, but whose power was greatly reduced at the end to avoid killing him, rolled his eyes and fell to the ground. She and Hendrick fainted. In addition, Jinhyeok clicked his tongue as he looked at the forest that was not only destroyed but hadpletely disappeared. ¡°Damn it, what should I do about this?¡± Jinhyuk had no idea where to start because the poop that the two of them had made was so abundant. * * * ¡°¡­Wow, my whole body aches.¡± ¡°You¡¯re awake.¡± After some time has passed. Shane, who had fainted, stood up. Every part of the body suit was damaged, and pain and stiffness came from the damaged area. Still, Shane, who suppressed it with his superhuman mental strength, looked at Hendrick who was looking at him and shook his head. ¡°¡­Are you already awake before me? After all, it has the resilience of the strongest living creature.¡± She clearly suffered a simr level of damage, but she was shocked to learn that the climber on a much lower floor than her was the one who woke up first. But even for a moment. ¡°Where?¡± Shane tilted his head at the scene that looked like the dark tent he was in. Her doubts were answered by a voice from next to her. ¡°It¡¯s a barrier. A barrier separated from the surroundings by smashing all the magic stones recently captured and acquired. ¡°I made it because I couldn¡¯t take you two back to the city.¡± Hearing Jinhyuk¡¯s voice full of irritation, Shane expressed his apologies with a humble expression. ¡°I got too excited. Still, you¡¯re curious. All of me and all of the dragons on the 60th floor. ¡°Who will count more?¡± ¡°¡­To agree.¡± ¡°Consent is bullshit. It¡¯s done, pay the price. ¡°I didn¡¯t create a barrier by stealing expensive magic stones for no reason.¡± Jinhyuk red at Hendrick, who agreed with Shane, who said he couldn¡¯t control his excitement, and then moved on to the main topic with a sigh. The reason he sparred with Shane and the reason he didn¡¯t abandon her when she fainted. That was because of the promise Shane made before sparring. ¡°Yes, yes, I was supposed to tell you about the entities that put the bounty on you and more information than that.¡± It was just information. Although it was information that could not be obtained even if a thousand dors were paid, Shane, who was defeated, just yed a trick. ¡°First of all, the person who put a bounty on you¡­No, the organization is ¡®Guild Association¡¯. ¡°You told me this much earlier, right?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a guild union¡­Yeah, that¡¯s what I said earlier. ¡°This is my first time hearing it.¡± Hendrick tilted his head at the appearance of a name he had never heard before. Toward Hendrick, who expressed doubts, Shane nodded as if it was obvious and continued his exnation. ¡°It¡¯s as the name suggests. It is simply a form in which several guilds havee together and formed a union. If you look inside, everyone is an individual. But those who stick together all have something inmon.¡± Jinhyeok, who heard the subsequent exnation, immediately gave the correct answer that prated the stem. Guild unions and what they have inmon. Furthermore, considering that there were only a limited number of people who would ce a bounty on them, there was only one answer. ¡°¡­Seongguk.¡± ¡°answer.¡± Seongguk. The main body of the guilds that Jinhyeok was hitting one by one as he climbed the tower. What they united was the guild union. And what binds them, who are close to each individual, is the Holy Kingdom, which can be said to be their superior. ¡°It¡¯s useful information, I admit. ¡°It was a great help.¡± Ten guilds located beyond the 100th floor united under the support of the Holy Kingdom. Jinhyeok had no choice but to admit it because it was as obvious as fire where the tips of their spears would end up. The information Shane mentioned was of great help to them. ¡°Isn¡¯t this the end?¡± ¡°¡­Is there more than this?¡± But Shane revealed that this was not the end. ¡°That¡¯s right. I just said it. There is information about the people who ced the bounty, and information that is more important than that. ¡°What I¡¯m talking about this time is thetter.¡± Rather, Jinhyeok immediately responded to her words as if the information she was going to tell now was more real than the information she had just said. ¡°¡­It¡¯s amazing. ¡°Say it quickly, don¡¯t make people wonder.¡± ¡°I guess Seongguk wasn¡¯t trustworthy with just the guilds under hismand. That¡¯s probably why he hired frencers.¡± ¡°frencer?¡± While talking about the guild level, you suddenly be a frencer. Jinhyeok expressed his bewilderment at the level that was so out of sync. Guilds and individuals. The level difference was clear. It is a natural fact that information about individuals is inferior to information about guilds. Furthermore, this is especially true if it is information about employment. However, following Shane¡¯s words, Jinhyuk and Hendrick had no choice but to change their thoughts. ¡°Two king-level climbers. The Death King and the Death King. I heard they hired two of the biggest kings. ¡°Is this still not enough?¡± Jinhyeok let out a sigh as he looked at Shane, who was in pain but was smiling with confidence in the information he had given. ¡°I admit it. Get on your back. ¡°I got some good information, so I¡¯ll take you to the city.¡± admit. It was a sigh that came from not wanting to admit that the subsequent information was more important than the initial information. And Shane looked at Jinhyuk, who told him to ride on his back, as if he was going to do something great for him. ¡°¡­So you¡¯re saying that if the information wasn¡¯t useful, you would have thrown it away?¡± ¡°You state the obvious. ¡°It wasn¡¯t at the level of throwing it away, but I thought killing it wasn¡¯t that bad.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± However, I had no choice but to keep my mouth shut due to the cold, sincere answer that followed. In the end, Shane nodded, epting Jinhyuk¡¯s offer. ¡°Pick me up.¡± ¡°why me?¡± ¡°¡­Didn¡¯t you just say you¡¯d give me a piggyback ride?¡± Of course, the answer I got back was a cold refusal. Jinhyuk, who can change his stance in an instant, resembles someone from a certain game, but no one present knew about him. Jinhyuk shrugged and pointed at Hendrick, looking at Shane in confusion. ¡°The person you should piggyback on is not me, but that guy.¡± ¡°¡­¡°Are you saying I should carry you?¡± Hendrick, who had just woken up after fainting, asked back with a puzzled look on his face, but there was no answer. ¡°¡­Haha, get on my back.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯ll take care of you.¡± In the end, Hendrick gets down on one knee in front of Shane and positions himself so that it is easy to carry him on his back. At his sigh, Shane jumped on his back with a puzzled look on his face. ¡°Okay, now that the luggage is awake, shall we go back?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Hendrick and Shane, who were instantly reduced to mere burdens, red at Jinhyuk¡¯s back, but Jinhyuk didn¡¯t even care about their gazes. ¡®Guild union and castle. And two royal climbers¡­¡®You¡¯ll need some preparation.¡¯ Information from Shane. That¡¯s because I was busy thinking about countermeasures against them. Hendrick, unaware of his busy thoughts and cold gaze, took his steps towards the city on the 60th floor. Forest located on the border. No, after passing through the wastnd that used to be a forest, the three returned to the city. Chapter 100 Episode 100 A few days passed. After learning from Shane that the guilds were nning to target him and that Seongguk was behind them. Of course, nothing happened. Kwasik- ¡°Ha, damn it. How many times a day do youe here? ¡°It¡¯s so annoying.¡± ¡°It¡¯s actually me and the soul soldiers who catch them.¡± ¡°You are mine, so I am moving.¡± ¡°¡­¡°You are so confident in your sophistry.¡± Bounty hunters appear several times a day. Well, they were nothingpared to Shane, who came first, but they couldn¡¯t help but feel ufortable. The only way to stop the guys who were rushing at them at any time was to suppress them with force. One way was to pay money to send it back, but that was impossible. ¡®I¡¯m not an ATM and there¡¯s no need to give money to those guys. And if you look down on them like that, they will definitelye again.¡¯ There are nows in the tower. If you show weakness in a ce where strength is thew, it¡¯s no different from telling someone to bite you. Therefore, Jinhyeok chose to destroy them with force rather than giving them money. ¡°Why spend money when something like this exists in the first ce? ¡°Even if it¡¯s not my money, I don¡¯t have the money to give it to people like that.¡± ¡°¡­¡°I do all the work?¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯m going to criticize the Spirit Master¡¯s words on the topic of souls.¡± In the process, it was Vulcan who worked the hardest. Since he had the authority tomand and summon all souls, his job was to eliminate the bounty hunters who came to Jinhyeok. Of course, when Iined to Jinhyuk, who doubted whether such a thing as humanity even exists, all I got in return was a clicking of tongues. Balkan sighed at the now familiar situation and opened his mouth. ¡°So what are you going to do now? ¡°You can¡¯t stay on the 60th floor forever.¡± ¡°¡­I know.¡± Bounty hunters. They were clearly weaker than Jinhyuk, and there were even many who were weaker or simr to Ha-Ryu and Mi-Ho. Nevertheless, Jinhyeok could not look down on them and disparage them. ¡°If you go to the next floor, they will definitely follow you. If they keep following you while you¡¯re going through the ordeal of the tower, it¡¯ll be a pain in the ass. ¡°I don¡¯t know about Hendrick and I, but Haryu and Miho could be dangerous.¡± ¡°So you asked me to tell you a solution to it?¡± Because it was dangerous. One or two bugs are not dangerous, but if there are dozens or hundreds of bugs and they are constantlying. Insects with sharp weapons or poisonous stings were even more dangerous. Hendrick has a strong body as a dragon race, and Jinhyeok has trained in closebat through the sub-job called All Master based on his spiritual power. No matter how many bugs like that rush at these two people, they can¡¯t do any real damage. But it wasn¡¯t Ha-Ryu or Mi-Ho. That¡¯s why Balkan polished Jinhyeok. About being trapped on the 60th floor for days on end, and how to protect the two of them from the pests that will chase them after they leave the 60th floor. ¡°¡­¡°In the end, there is only one answer.¡± And Jinhyuk had already made his decision. The answer you thought of. The decision to bring it into reality. ¡°Bounty hunters are driven by money.¡± ¡°Yes, but it won¡¯t be easy to give them all the money. In the first ce, they won¡¯t stoping back if you give them some money. ¡°What on earth are you thinking?¡± Balkan also had the same thoughts as Jinhyuk. He knew full well that just because bounty hunters were driven by money, he couldn¡¯t change the current situation even if he gave them money. Rather, it was clear that things were going to get even worse. You will receive money from Jinhyeok, and if you catch him and hand him over, you will also receive a bounty. It¡¯s like killing two birds with one stone. Therefore, Jinhyuk nned to touch the most essential part. ¡°I see the end here.¡± ¡°This is where it ends? you¡­no way?¡± end. It wouldn¡¯t mean that he would end up with a bounty hunter or something. To begin with, they are like hyenas. Because he will always be around Jinhyeok, looking for any openings and trying to collect the bounty. In other words, the people Jinhyuk is trying to end are none other than. ¡°Guild union. ¡°I¡¯m calling them here.¡± ¡°¡­¡°Crazy guy.¡± It was a guild union. Hyenas who circle around him, interfere with the tower¡¯s strategy, and even threaten the safety of Haru and Miho. He said that he was putting an end to the guild alliance that made him bite by putting a dog cor called a bounty on them. After Jinhyuk finished speaking, he looked at Hendrick, who was leaning diagonally next to the door. ¡°Deputy guild leader.¡± ¡°¡­Only in situations like this is the deputy guild leader. ¡°It¡¯s just a superficial position with no interests whatsoever.¡± Deputy guild leader. What the word meant was simple. ¡°Convening Yeokcheon. Please contact all other guild members as well as the Gold Rich deputy guild leader. Yeokcheon destroys the guild union on the 60th floor.¡± Yeokcheon. The ¡®guild¡¯ established by Jinhyeok. This meant that Yeokcheon, which had only made things but never showed itself as a guild, was starting to stir. And the answer of the deputy guild leader of Yeokcheon who heard those words was no different from the given one. ¡°The heavenly guild leader says so, so I have to follow it. It¡¯s been annoyingtely, but it¡¯s okay. By nature, there is no end to catching bugs one at a time. ¡°There¡¯s no reason to refuse if they say they¡¯lly down a board so you can sweep it all at once.¡± The moment Hendrick¡¯s new model disappeared, smiling and nodding his head. Jinhyeok stepped on the head of the bounty hunter under his feet with a cold expression on his face. Kuuuuk- ¡°ugh¡­¡°Aaaah!¡± Jinhyuk, paying no heed to the painful screams, began preparing for theing great war. ¡°Then shall we go? ¡°To prepare to meet them.¡± ¡°Not bad. After only dealing with guys like this, you be a big name. ¡°It¡¯s been a while since even the undead got blood between their joints.¡± Vulcan also smiled and nodded ordingly. Yeokcheon and Guild Alliance. Furthermore, the beginning of what could be called a war between Yeokcheon and the Holy Kingdom was now taking ce. * * * 100th floor. The first huge floor that only those who have ovee the first big wall that all climbers face can reach. The city that existed every 100 floors was no longer a city. country. A ce with and mass that is worthy of being called a country. And although it was the lowest floor among the 100-story units, the 100th floor, also named the 100th floor, also boasted and mass the size of a country. Therefore, most guilds that did not exceed the 300th floor established themselves on the 100th floor. Because the 200th floor was the territory of ¡®Emperor Wu¡¯, there were many difficulties in using it as a guild headquarters. On the 100th floor, the leaders of 10 guilds gathered in one ce. ¡°Damn, my teeth are still grinding just thinking about the damage caused to the 10th floor branch because of that guy.¡± White Swallow¡¯s guild leader, Beck Julio. He scratched his head and showed his irritation. 10th floor. This is where the branch of his guild, White Swallow, was located, and where Jinhyeok had information that allowed him to act as a ghost and destroy other guild branches located on the 20th and 30th floors. Naturally, he wasn¡¯t the only one who was angry. ¡°Dungshin, it¡¯s not because of you that we suffered. Why do you bring in idiots as guild members? ¡°The guild is like a guild, because it is a guild member that is a guild member.¡± ¡°what? Did this little pig turn around? ¡°Are we going to have a fight?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not a pig, it¡¯s a hippopotamus! ¡°Are you not calling me properly?¡± Giant Hippo¡¯s guild master Jose Yan was no different. As the name Giant Hippo suggests, his huge size and iling flesh gave first-time viewers the impression that he was fat. The sight of him getting angry with his face contorted was enough to instill fear in those around him. This is even more so when you consider that each of them is a climber who has surpassed the 200th floor. But the fight between the two was short-lived. ¡°Do both in moderation?¡± ¡°To agree. If you¡¯re going to fight each other, fight officially. After everything is over. ¡°Not only that, I will report it to the higher-ups.¡± The two people had to let go of their anger at the words of Dyke of ¡®Gangster¡¯, who washes a chewy cigar, and Amgeom of ¡®Back Door¡¯, who quietly blooms with a fierce life. ¡°Tch, once this is over, I¡¯ll take that pig¡¯s throat.¡± ¡°How could something like a swallow aim for a hippo¡¯s neck? It¡¯s like a lifeless body. So, wouldn¡¯t you like to run a guild with a name like Swallow?¡± ¡°This bastard really!¡± Of course, the anger did not go away smoothly. As a result, the two people who became quiet left behind and other people started talking. ¡°But seeing as we¡¯ve all been summoned together, I guess something has been decided?¡± ¡°It certainly is. ¡°I think we¡¯re done leaving things to bounty hunters.¡± ¡°under! okay! That¡¯s how it should be! ¡°We can¡¯t just leave the guy who¡¯s destroying our guild branches to a bounty hunter!¡± Horun of ¡®Shakari¡¯, Hayden of ¡®Al Stra¡¯, and Karl Ernoa of ¡®Ernoa¡¯ were the main yers. Each person said something different, but what they thought was the same. The future schedule has been set. They were sure that was what they had been called for. ¡°May, please exin.¡± In fact, the man in white armor who sat at the head of the meeting asked Guild Master Mei of ¡®Paltizan¡¯ for an exnation. A choice he made because he was the only person other than himself in contact with his superiors and someone he could trust. ¡°¡­Ashur, you always pass on troublesome tasks to me.¡± ¡°Because you speak coherently.¡± ¡°Ha, I can¡¯t help it. Now, everyone, pay attention. ¡°From now on, I will tell you what hase down from above.¡± May sighed as she always asked herself to do something simr every time something simr happened, but nothing changed. In the end, after quieting the busy conference room, she opened her mouth to exin what she had heard. ¡°The higher-ups want us all to go to the 60th floor and retrieve the demon¡¯s head.¡± As soon as she finished speaking, the quiet conference room became noisy again. That¡¯s because what she said went too far. ¡°¡­¡°Is what I heard true?¡± ¡°Nonsense! ¡°How many interests are at stake with us? Are you telling us to give them all up and go to a lower floor, like the 60th floor?¡± ¡°Tsk, everyone means to move not just us, but the entire guild. Am I right?¡± The guild masters immediately gave a rebuttal. As they were all possessed of formidable skills, their angry rebuttals contained even a slight sense of life and energy. ¡°Tsk¡­.¡± Except for Ashur Hum, the head of the ¡®Lord of Divine¡¯, who was at the highest position, the most powerful Mei was enough to let out a weak groan. But even for a moment. Hahahaha! The bright light that erupted from Ashur, who was at the head of the table, washed away the murder and anger directed at Mei. A bright cluster of light exploded without saying a word. Everyone froze in front of the divine power of Ashur Hum, the only climber to the 280th floor. ¡®Fuck it, it¡¯s done.¡¯ ¡®Damn, Ashur only uses his divine power when he¡¯s angry, so this is a big problem.¡¯ ¡®If I disobey what Seongguk says in front of that guy, will this still happen?¡¯ Ashur Hum. Everyone knew that he was a very promising talent in ¡®Seongguk¡¯. Everyone also knew that he received orders from the two stars, the masters of the Holy Kingdom, and established a guild to create a foundation for them, and that it was the ¡®Lord of Divine¡¯, the strongest guild under the Holy Kingdom. Naturally, even if it was a guild under the Seongguk, there was no one who was unconditionally loyal to the Seongguk. In the first ce, it is safe to say that except for Ashur Hum, it is non-existent. However, despite this, none of the nine guild masters gathered here could disobey Seongguk¡¯s words. No, in most cases, I couldn¡¯t even say a word of rejection like I do now. ¡°now¡­Are you going to disobey the words of Seongguk? If you are going to betray their will, leave now. ¡°I will do all the cleaning.¡± That was the reason why Ashur Hum raised his eyebrows and expressed anger. The strongest and the leader of the most powerful guild. Furthermore, he is a being who received divine power known as a special stat along with the unconditional trust of the Holy Kingdom from the ¡®Elyos¡¯. He was Ashur Hum. Due to the threats that followed while threatening to survive, no one could even open their mouths, let alone leave this ce. Everyone froze due to the overwhelming force of life. He nced at the quiet crowd and lifted his hands, withdrawing his divine power. ¡°Continue.¡± ¡°¡­However, the higher-ups and the other eight guilds said they would not just let us go.¡± ¡°Whoa, okay. We need to provide support. ¡°If we send it alone, our interests will be destroyed by the other hyenas.¡± Support from the Holy Kingdom and the remaining eight guilds. The remaining eight guilds have always been at odds with their subordinate guilds, but things are different when ites to their influence. The rights can be protected ording to the rights, and through this work, you will receive a lot of support. The support from Seongguk alone was enough, but with the added support of others, it was only natural. However, their happy faces hardened at May¡¯s next words. ¡°¡­¡°They say additional external personnel will be in charge of us.¡± ¡°ha? External personnel?¡± ¡°Why are you leaving Ashur behind and using external personnel? Sounds like it makes sense¡­¡°Do it.¡± At the end, they were all expressing their dissatisfaction as they watched Ashur Hum. In fact, Ashur Hum, who usually led them, silently epted theirints. At first, he couldn¡¯t help but feel anger, but after hearing about the external personnel, he had no choice but to admit it. ¡°¡­You will understand when you see it. Both Ashur and I had no choice but to admit it after hearing this. ¡°You cane in.¡± May calls someone in a polite tone. Even though May had a docile personality, those gathered here were well aware of how she changed during battle. Rather, May was even more vicious, perhaps in return for her usual docility. But does she call someone politely? gulp- ¡®¡­¡®Who on earth did you call?¡¯ Curiosity and fear could not help but arise. When everyone¡¯s eyes are focused on the door that is the only entrance and exit to the conference room, swallowing dry saliva. Jump up! The tightly closed door opened and two men appeared. ¡°nice to meet.¡± A person wearing a ck T-shirt with equipment like a pattern and a in outerwear was the first to greet them. ¡°Oguogu, Camille~ Look at how damaged the scales are~ This is why you shouldn¡¯te to the lower floors~ The air is so bad, right?¡± -Whoosh! Hiss! The man in a suit with long white hair standing next to him seemed not to be interested in them and was only focused on the white snake that resembled his own hair color. A calm man and a man who is not interested in themselves. Just when I thought it was a strangebination, the man who greeted me opened his mouth. ¡°This is the Demon King Tune. From what I heard from the outside, it seems like there were quite a fewints, so let¡¯s talk about it now. ¡°We will actively ept ¡°¡­!!!¡± Neon King Tune. It was the moment when the 300th floor climber and the best among the ¡®King¡¯ ss appeared. ¡°I guess allints have been resolved. ¡°Then we will start the strategy meeting now.¡± Tune announced to the eight guild masters who were looking at him with surprised faces, looking at them with disapproving gaze. It contains contempt for those who cannot say a single word properly in front of them. Of course, even after receiving such attention, it was natural that the guild masters gathered here could not say a word. Chapter 101 Episode 101 ¡°¡­Even if you say that, what is the crazy person next to him?¡± It is true that they were overwhelmed by Tune¡¯s neat yet ferocious way of life, but as the head of a guild, they were not dragged around like that. A slight gap in the opponent¡¯s position. They were scolding the white-haired man who was only interested in the snake¡¯s scales and the snake, not themselves. The person who threw the scolding was Jose Yan of ¡®Giant Hippo¡¯, who had the dirtiest personality among those gathered. Thanks to his plump body, he was often looked at with disdain by others, and was slightly twisted. It can be said that his ¡®twistedness¡¯ is that he cannot tolerate someone showing signs of ignoring him. ¡®Damn you. Because it looks beautiful. As a frencer, how dare you ignore me, the guild master, and Jose Yan of Giant Hippo?¡¯ Of course, one cannot deny that the white-haired man¡¯s handsome appearance had the biggest stake in it. The guild name Giant Hippo was like his nickname, and the jiggly flesh covering the muscles made his already ugly face even more ugly. The two categories he hates the most. The first is someone who ignores themselves. The second was a handsome man, that is, a handsome man. ¡®¡­It makes me doubly angry that the handsome guy ignores me. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s the Demon King, but wouldn¡¯t I be able to beat a guy like that gisaeng brother?¡¯ And because the white-haired man in front of me fell into both categories, my anger doubled. The rising anger and the sense of humiliation he received from Tunebined to cloud Jose Yan¡¯s judgment. Even though it is clear that since he came with Tune, he is on par with him. In the end, he made a mistake. ¡°I don¡¯t know about you, but I can¡¯t allow you to lead us, even the author. ¡°I wonder if it shows proper qualifications or power.¡± Tune¡¯s face hardened at his snorting and scowling words. The other guild masters, who noticed that something strange was going on around Tune, noticed that Ashur Hum was watching. It¡¯s a guild union, but the person in charge of this ce is Ashur Hum, the guild master of ¡®Lord of Divine¡¯. ¡®Yes, the little pig spoke well for the first time in a long time. Push further!¡¯ ¡®Definitelypared to the Four Spirits King, the person next to him¡­¡®It¡¯s a bit like that.¡¯ ¡®Tsk, I don¡¯t like the fact that they don¡¯t even care about us.¡¯ Of course, they were also angry at the white-haired man who did not even care about them, let alone the tune in front of them. In the meantime, Jose Yan came to the forefront on their behalf, so they were just happy. In addition, Ashur Hum was quietly observing the situation, which was even more beneficial. As his surroundings became quiet, Jose Yan became energized as he looked at the white-haired man who turned his gaze towards him. ¡°I guarantee this guy¡¯s strength.¡± Even Tune, who was exuding coolness, took a step back and defended the white-haired man, and his momentum soared through the sky. ¡°That¡¯s not enough. You were recognized by us as soon as you appeared, but you are different. ¡°He¡¯s always only interested in that snake bastard.¡± Jose Yan walks forward and speaks. However, the subsequent reaction was not so good. ¡°¡­this. I can¡¯t believe you said something you shouldn¡¯t say in front of that guy¡­.¡± Tune sighs with a stiff face. Seeing his cool contrast with his appearance, Jose Yan checked whether he had made any mistakes in what he said. Things you shouldn¡¯t say. Among the things he said, there was nothing that disparaged the other person. They just crushed a snake that was just an ornamental pet. However, after listening to Tune¡¯s words, he realized that it was his mistake. ¡°¡­Death King Basil. That¡¯s that guy¡¯s name. He¡¯s a guy who doesn¡¯t usually introduce himself, so I tried to introduce him myself¡­¡°It¡¯ste.¡± Death King Basil. Not only is he a king like Tune, but he is also said to be of the same level as him, a top-ss climber. It was Jose Yan who couldn¡¯t have known about him. Trudging- ¡°¡­Say it again.¡± Jose Yan got goosebumps all over his body as he saw Basil, the man who had been smiling just a moment ago, approaching him with a cold face. Would a rat in front of a snake be like this? The whole body bes stiff, and mana is erupted unconsciously to protect the owner. PuhwaaaakThe green mana strengthened the body, loosened the stiffness, and added vitality to the whole body, but Basil did not stop. plod trudge trudgeThe sound of footsteps getting faster and faster. When the sound pounding on your eardrums reaches the point where you be neurotic. chinBasil stopped. ¡°Ouch¡­Wow¡­.¡± ¡°What did you say to our cute Camille and sexy She?¡± At the same time, the predator¡¯s survival reached its peak. The moment when you can¡¯t even breathe properly. Terror and fear constrict my whole body. -Shaaaaa¡­. SlurrrTwo white snakes crawling over Basil¡¯s body. When they touched my body and touched my skin, the unique feeling of a reptile made my skin crawl. And Jose Yan realized that this was hisst chance. ¡°you¡­¡°They said it was so beautiful.¡± ¡°Is this different from what I heard?¡± Death King Basil. Jose Yan knew that his nickname was so famous that he was often called by his nickname rather than the name Death King. Basil the Snake Lover. A madman whose love for snakes is greater than that of a woman with all kinds of colors. That¡¯s why he heaped praise on the two giant snakes climbing his body. ¡°With its jewel-like scales, beautiful eyes, and long body, it¡¯s hard to find a ce that isn¡¯t truly beautiful! ¡°I apologize for being so far away that I couldn¡¯t see it properly.¡± He was polite, but there was fear in his voice. Wouldn¡¯t hisst struggle be in vain? The fear of doing. However, as the praise continued, a smile gradually appeared on Basil¡¯s lips. ¡°right?¡± In the end, Jose Yan breathed a sigh of relief when he saw Basil smiling brighter than ever. of course. ¡°When I just heard that, I was going to talk about Camille and She all day and then grind it up and give it to them as food, but you don¡¯t have to do that.¡± ¡°Ugh¡­.¡± It goes without saying that every word that was said with a smile pierced Jose Yan¡¯s heart deeply. ¡°I like it. pig. ¡°I can give it to Camille and She as emergency foodter.¡± ¡°under¡­haha¡­zero¡­It is an honour.¡± Jose Yan, who was so wild when he was called a pig by White Swallow¡¯s Beck Julio, has now be a quiet pig. Although he shed a lot of broth-like sweat, he was still fine, so it was fortunate for him. ¡°Do you want me to tell you how beautiful Camille and She are?¡± ¡°¡­yes! tail¡­¡°I really want to hear it!¡± Before he knew it, he was unable to utter a word of refusal towards Basil, who had already sat down and was sitting next to him and smiling. Even while watching the two people¡¯s skit-like appearance, no one could open their mouths. ¡®¡­¡®I¡¯m d I wasn¡¯t there.¡¯ ¡®I almost got into big trouble. I can¡¯t believe the Death King ising.¡¯ ¡®I thought he was crazy, but I guess that¡¯s the extent of it. Then I¡¯ll end up marrying a snake.¡¯ I¡¯m just thankful that I¡¯m not in Jose Yan¡¯s position. Ashur Hum nced around the quiet conference room and spoke. ¡°We can start now. ¡°The introduction of thest reinforcements has beenpleted.¡± ¡°Sure.¡± The others clicked their tongues at his cool-headedness, not caring whether Jose Yan was sweating or sweating, but Tune immediately nodded. Not only was he not interested in Jose Yan in the first ce, but he also did not like how he trampled on his opinions and ruined the atmosphere by saying things he should not have said to Basil. ¡®Is Basil taking care of this guy who didn¡¯t need it? ¡®He can¡¯t be any better than this, as long as he doesn¡¯t kill him.¡¯ Killing him could have been a problem. In particr, I was a little nervous for a moment because Seongguk could have filed a im. He was quick-witted, unlike a pig, and by pleasing Basil, Tune was able to end the introduction of Basil along with the sight of Jose Yan suffering. He opened his mouth, satisfied with the audience¡¯s silence. ¡°Let¡¯s start the real meeting now.¡± Although it felt calm and polite, everyone¡¯s ears turned to Tune¡¯s voice as they felt the power firmly established within it. ¡°So Camille has a total of 321 scales, and I think scale number 86 is the most beautiful. Pig, what do you think?¡± ¡°I¡­¡°I think so too.¡± ¡°also! I knew you would too! Then next is Scy¡­.¡± Except for Jos¨¦ Yan, who was captured by Basil and for the first time in his life was hearing a beautiful praise of the snake¡¯s scale number 86. Tune himself didn¡¯t really care about the two, so no one said anything about it. It didn¡¯t matter to them whether Tune personally delivered the n to them or whether Jose Yan didn¡¯t hear the n properly and caused trouble. ¡®If Jose gets behind, his territory is mine.¡¯ ¡®Like a pig, his power is wide. I¡¯d rather make a mistake and throw it away.¡¯ ¡®It¡¯s best to die right at the end of the operation. Is that going to happen?¡¯ Rather, there were many people who were thinking of absorbing the power of Jose Yan, who was ranked at the bottom of the ten in skill but was greater than the others in terms of guild power. The meeting, which started with no one on Jose Yan¡¯s side, went fairly smoothly. Of course, it wasn¡¯t without problems. ¡°No matter how much I think about it, I think it would be too much to take most of the power of ten guilds.¡± ¡°I agree. I don¡¯t think there¡¯s a need to expend too much manpower. ¡°Even if it were only half that number, no, even if we were the only ones to do it, we could kill a climber as small as a ghost.¡± Hayden of Alstra and Carl Ernoa of Ernoa. As wizards, the two expressed that they had too many troops. In fact, most of the ten guilds¡¯ strength is in the thousands at most. If you move them all, it is certain that you will lose a lot of money. In addition, it was obvious that the public sentiment of the guild members would also fall into the abyss. Although the money will be filled with support from the Holy Kingdom, it will be very difficult to restore the fallen public sentiment. Their questions were natural. However, Tune had no intention of withdrawing his opinion or the demands of Nine stars, including Seongguk. ¡°Gwimyeon is a climber with unrivaled strength. Furthermore, there is information that there are many undead who are presumed to be necromancers and appear to be ghosts nearby. Additionally, you understand that if we go down to the 60th floor, we will have to pay a huge penalty, right?¡± The response from the top to the demon face wasplete eradication. Penalties for high-rise climbers heading to low-rises and the natural strength of ghosts, etc. His reason is that it is right to go with the power to reliably deal with ghosts by considering variables. Neither of them could refute that. ¡®It makes no sense for a climber on the 60th floor to manage hundreds of undead¡­¡®There¡¯s nothing we can do about it because all the information points to it being true.¡¯ ¡®Moreover, Ghost Myeon¡¯s colleagues are also presumed to be strong, so is it unreasonable to reduce the number of troops?¡¯ The strength of the ghost, the penalty, and the strength of your colleagues. If you put all of these things together, it would take the full strength of the entire guild to properly crush them. Especially. ¡°The superiors are specting that there may be some kind of background behind the ghost¡¯s appearance. It can be said that the full strength of the guild is essential just in case they intervene. If you have anyints, speak up. ¡°I¡¯ll tell you directly from the higher-ups.¡± ¡°¡­doesn¡¯t exist.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t have one either.¡± Top. Tune was satisfied with the sight of them nodding their heads calmly, as they did not know who the higher-ups meant. All meetings have ended. ¡°Once all preparations areplete, go straight to the 60th floor. ¡°Don¡¯t give them any room to escape.¡± ¡°yes!¡± The shouts of the guild masters filled with spirit. ¡°I¡¯ll contact you when everything is ready.¡± After hearing the answer from Ashur Hum, who unconditionally followed the Holy Kingdom¡¯s orders, Tune ordered them to disperse. The guild masters disappear to where they are supposed to be in an instant. ¡°Now, where did you say your guild was? ¡°It would be nice if Camille and She had something to eat.¡± ¡°We will prepare it with the best products.¡± ¡°Okay, if it doesn¡¯t taste good, you can just change it and feed it to me.¡± ¡°¡­We will prepare the best products.¡± Even Basil, who smiled and waved his hand and wrapped his arms around Jose Yan¡¯s neck, disappeared, leaving Tune alone in the conference room. Crash-dud-dudAt the same time, the undead hemands behind Tune¡¯s back. Lich and Death Knight appeared. Feeling the presence of a Lich and a Death Knight reassuringly supporting his back, Tune remembered the reason why he received this mission. ¡°¡­¡°I definitely said it was a soul.¡± At the meeting, they said it was a ghost, but after receiving all the information, Tune knew that it was no ordinary ghost. soul. I heard a report that the soul of a real living being is staying by the ghost¡¯s side and following hismands. ¡°Spirit Master.¡± With that now almost forgotten name rolling off his tongue, Tune left with a cold look on his face, pping his cloak. ¡°Death Star. Your legacy will be carried on by me who is most suitable for you. ¡°I will personally prove to you that someone like that is not a suitable sessor.¡± Unlike in meetings, the voice is not just outwardly polite, but is filled with sincere politeness and respect. In addition, he began preparations for war with the forgotten name ¡®Death Star¡¯. Spirit Master. To find the whereabouts of the job he had been looking for ever since he climbed the tower and became a necromancer. Neon King Tune. He is a genius among geniuses who can even control ¡®death energy¡¯, which is the energy of death that most necromancersck talent and no one can handle. His number one fan, who was fascinated by Jinhyuk of the past, moved towards Jinhyuk of the present. Without even knowing who exists at the end of the path you are taking. Chapter 102 Episode 102 ¡°It¡¯s quiet.¡± ¡°It¡¯s quiet.¡± A few days passed. Jinhyeok and Hendrick, who were spending a quiet day as the bounty hunters who came every day did not show up, muttered absently. quiet. The two had a truly rxing time for the first time in a long time in the quiet that came as the bounty hunters who had been visiting for several days disappeared. ¡°Is it the calm before the storm?¡± Of course, that didn¡¯t mean the two were just resting. Before the storm. Just as the saying goes that the night before a storm is calm, the current silence seemed to predict the impending storm. ¡°I guess so. ¡°Because they are obsessed with money, that is the only reason they have be quiet.¡± ¡°Well, that¡¯s what I wanted, so it doesn¡¯t matter.¡± The two shook their heads, not denying that it was the calm before the storm. It was natural that they were the ones targeting this situation. ¡°The entire 60th floor will be in chaos.¡± ¡°Whether it is a city or a border, chaos is inevitable.¡± Rattling While stirring the ice in the ss, the two talked about theing storm. It was something everyone would have expected, but they couldn¡¯t deny that it also applied to them. Nevertheless, the two remained calm. This is not only because they designed this situation, but also because they were confident. ¡°What happened to Yeokcheon¡¯s convocation?¡± ¡°First of all, I turned everything around. GoldRich is the only ce that hase up with a proper answer yet¡­They wille on their own. ¡°It¡¯s just a matter of time.¡± A convocation of Yeokcheon. No matter how powerful the guild alliance and the two king-level climbers were, there was no reason they could not stop it if they and the forces of Yeokcheon were mobilized. Hendrick, who had contacted them a few days ago as soon as he had made ns, nodded to Jinhyuk¡¯s question. ¡°Well, I¡¯ve already prepared a way to buy time, so there shouldn¡¯t be any problem.¡± ¡°Hmm, I¡¯m not going to ask you anything since you¡¯ve probably prepared well.¡± ¡°Okay, you and I can just drink and enjoy the peace until everything starts.¡± On the rocks. The ice in the ss melts and mixes with the whiskey. Jinhyuk smiled as he enjoyed the fragrant scent of whiskey flowing from the cold whiskey. ¡°Wow, this is peace and rxation.¡± Hendrick shook his head as he looked at Jinhyuk, who was moaning and shaking at the coolness of the whiskey and the sharp taste of alcohol. ¡°It¡¯s easygoing. ¡°Even though we have nothing to do right now, isn¡¯t it too rxed?¡± A criticism of Jinhyeok¡¯s saggy appearance, who normally would have been training to attack the tower. At that, Jinhyuk just smiled leisurely. ¡°What if it is released? ¡°You just have to hold on tight at important moments.¡± ¡°Tsk, you¡¯ve loosened up after sparring with Shane.¡± ¡°Part of it is because the people who have been visiting recently have been so dull. Above all, this is enough training.¡± Tuk-tuk- Hendrick sighed as Jinhyuk spoke while tapping his head with his fingertips, shook his head as if he didn¡¯t understand, and picked up his drink. ¡°If you copy other people¡¯s techniques, you will get hit by the sword.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t that what you really think?¡± ¡°¡­no. ¡°After all, your ¡®Hoeryong¡¯ and my ¡®Hoeryong¡¯ are different.¡± Hendrick responds to Jinhyuk¡¯s sly question with a stern expression. Of course, the two technologies are different, but it was clear that he was inspired by and became a motif for his own technology, so he couldn¡¯t help but feel resentful. In addition, Hendrick¡¯spetitive spirit was stimted by the fact that he was able to imitate the techniques he had acquired through hard work just by seeing them a few times. ¡®No matter how much it is a sub-job, the level of growth is extraordinary. If I keep going like this, everything might be taken away from me. They have already lost once. ¡®I can¡¯t let down my guard.¡¯ The rapid growth of Jinhyeok, who had the strongest job called All Master as a sub -job, was enough to stimte Hendrick, who had recently been stagnant. Currently, the two have 1 win and 1 loss. Hendrick was feeling a little impatient at the situation that could be seen as equals and the stagnation of himself and Jinhyuk¡¯s progress. Although he was clearly at the top at the beginning, the sight of him being pushed down by such rapid growth was very shocking to him. ¡°Do it in moderation.¡± ¡°¡­¡°What do you mean?¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s voice, heard at that time, was enough to wake Hendrick from his thoughts. Do it in moderation. Hendrick raised his eyes at the words of encouragement that seemed to prate his current state. ¡°Are you trying to teach me? ¡°No matter how much you are above me, I don¡¯t need any teachings.¡± Hearing his slightly angry words, Jinhyuk shrugged his shoulders and shook his he ad while holding his ss. ¡°I have no intention of teaching. ¡°It seems so urgent that I just want to give it a little pause.¡± ¡°¡­¡°What does it mean?¡± brake. Hendrick tilted his head as he expressed that what he was trying to do now was not the trivial act of teaching. Jinhyeok told Hendrick about the thoughts he felt while watching Hendrick for a few days. ¡°You are strong.¡± ¡°Know.¡± ¡°Even if you look at the past, it¡¯s the same. Even back then, you were strong and rose to a higher ce than me.¡± ¡°¡­It did.¡± Stories from the past. Hendrick smiled bitterly as Jinhyeok spoke about his past, in which he died in an all-out attack by the Four Emperors. To him, the past was nothing more than a remnant that needed to be erased and a ¡®path¡¯ that he had to walk down once again. But Jinhyuk thought slightly differently. ¡°I am growing rapidly, and you are currently stagnant, but ¡®Top¡¯ is something that can change at any time, right? ¡°I am moving forward now, but next time you will be moving forward.¡± ¡°¡­¡°I can¡¯t even walk the path I¡¯ve already walked once, so does that matter?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t be too proud just because you¡¯ve already walked once. Think of the effort you put in while walking that path. ¡°Just because you walk the road once doesn¡¯t me an it won¡¯t be a rough road.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± When Hendrick heard everything, he felt as if lightning had struck his head. This means that you are looking down on the path you have walked, thinking that you have walked it once. Hendrick worked harder than anyone else and walked a risky and difficult path, so he was able to reach the ridiculous level of 900 floors. Even if you have walked down that path once, can you ignore it? Of course, the answer was ¡®NO¡¯. ¡°I guess I was a little mistaken. The person I was then and the person I am now are different. ¡°I think we¡¯ve forgotten that even if we walk the same path, we have to change our thinking a little bit.¡± In addition, even if you walk the same path, the way you walk continues to change. How to walk on two feet. How to walk only on the left side. How to walk only on the right side. How to walk with a crouch, etc. There are numerous ways, and Hendrick only walked one path in one way. And he realized that since he had a new body, that of a dragon, he had to change the way he walked. The human body and the dragon body are different. Naturally, the methods for the two races to be stronger are also different. However, there was no need to only use methods to make one race stronger. ¡°Human technology and the body of the dragon race. ¡°Up until now, I used to ignore the most powerful power I had.¡± ¡°so?¡± ¡°I said it was a tool, but maybe¡­¡°I think I tried to avoid using it as much as possible because of my anger toward the object of the dragon race¡¯s body.¡± ¡°It was simr. Same thing with Shane.¡± During the sparring with Shane. Jinhyuk saw with his own eyes the anger Hendrick showed when he was unable to withstand Shane¡¯s attack and ended up in a dragon state. If you think of the dragon race¡¯s body as a tool, there is no reason to see it. However, although Hendrick was able to shake off his disgust for the dragon body that was now his own, he was unable to actively utilize it. anger. It was natural, as he had never been in a dragon state, let alone a dragon state, which was the previous stage, due to his anger at the fact that he was using the body of someone he was supposed to kill. ¡°It will be a little different from now on.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, I look forward to it.¡± But now Hendrick realized his condition. Ready to move on. Change meant improvement. No one knows how we will move forward, but it is definitely better to move forward than to stand still. Above all, since it was a path he had already walked once, even if he took a different route and ended up on a strange path, he was confident that he would continue on the right path again. ¡°I¡¯ll make it 2 wins and 1 loss.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, let¡¯s hang out once this storm passes. ¡°It will be obvious who will win second.¡± ¡°It would be me.¡± ¡°no? ¡°Maybe it¡¯s me?¡± Balkan, who had already approached us, sighed as he watched them insisting that they would win twice, like three-year-old children. ¡°Stop acting like kids ande out. ¡°There are real kids watching too, tsk.¡± ¡°¡­Are you here already?¡± ¡°¡­Let¡¯s go.¡± Why the Balkans call themselves. The two immediately realized that it was not just a childish fight and stopped fighting. The two people stood up with embarrassed faces and drank the remaining drinks in one go. Right! They noticed a change as soon as they left the bar, munching on the ice in their ss. ¡°Are youpletely discharged?¡± ¡°What an incredible energy. ¡°Momentum is no joke.¡± ¡°Do you think it will be toote for us? ¡°I hope you¡¯ll be okay.¡± As soon as they left the bar, the two people felt a heavy energy hanging over the city, clicked their tongues and red outside the city. At the same time, a loud voice rang out from outside the city. -If you are a ghost!!! Come out!!! I¡¯m here to get your reward!!! A rough male voice. Jinhyuk burst intoughter at the voice that had a strange pressure that was impossible with just his voice. ¡°They said it was a guild union, and it looks like the guild leaders also came.¡± ¡°surely¡­Shane, she¡¯s at a simr level to that woman, but there¡¯s no way she¡¯s an ordinary guild member. She couldn¡¯t possibly be a bounty hunter, much less a bounty hunter.¡± It must have been quite funny that even those with heavy hips showed up to catch them. However, apart from that, Balkan, Haru, and Miho, who came outside together, showed their strength with stiff faces. ¡°Bring out the troops.¡± ¡°I will help you too, brother.¡± ¡°I can help too!¡± Balkan took out the spirit bottles connected to Jinhyeok and summoned the undead at the same time, Ha-ryu put his hand on the sword sheath, and Miho showed confidence by shaking the rope containing the spirit that Ha-ryu had tied. Jinhyeok, who burst intoughter as he looked at them ready for battle in an instant, nodded. ¡°Okay, then shall we go greet the guests?¡± ¡°Not bad. ¡°Once you have achieved enlightenment, there is nothing better than using it.¡± Weing guests. The quantity and quality of the energy felt from outside the city was unusual to express in those words, but they did not care. ¡°I won anyway.¡± In particr, the confidence of Jinhyeok, who was at the forefront of them, was not so small or feeble as to be intimidated by things such as quantity and quality. Trudging Jinhyeok took gentle steps and headed towards the ce where he heard the voice calling him. Yeokcheon vs. Guild Alliance. Guild Alliance vs. Yeokcheon. Even though Yeokcheon¡¯s full power had not yet been gathered, Jinhyeok confidently appeared on the city walls as if he were here with all of Yeokcheon¡¯s power. Sigh Jinhyuk took a deep breath as he put the mask he had pulled out over his face. And at the same time as he let out the breath he had taken, Jinhyuk opened his mouth. ¡°What kind of cub to eat my name!!!¡± Fuwaaaaaaa! shout. shout. The purple-ck spiritual power that burst out with an ordinary shout began to weigh down the 60th floor. The 60th floor, where more than a thousand climbers had gathered, became quieter than before due to the majestic sight and the feeling of the whole body being tightened and weighed down. [The pinnacle of all evil waves its lightstick!] [King Mifu says it¡¯s good because it¡¯s quiet.] [The nine-tailed fox snorts that the courage is not suitable for the number.] [Numerous gods click their tongues at the power that changes your path.] [Numerous demons praise your madness.] [Many neutral gods and demons are worried about you.] Gods and devils raced to show their surprise, joy, and worry in front of Jinhyeok, an achievement and miracle created by just one person. The first meeting(?) between Jinhyeok and the guild union began in silence. ¡°If you have something to say, say it. Isn¡¯t that why you took off your heavy butt and came here with a bunch of meat shields? ¡°You idiots?¡± ¡°¡­¡°You arrogant bastard!¡± ¡°How dare you climb the 60th floor!¡± Of course, that silence was shattered by one word from Jinhyeok, as if a stone had been thrown at the window. Jinhyuk smiled darkly as he felt the anger of the guild members in the guild alliance spreading like wildfire. ¡°If you tease me, I¡¯ll attack you. ¡°You bastards.¡± Coo coo coo coo coo- And along with theughter, it goes without saying that the pressure of a spiritual power that was iparable to what it was just before began to weigh them down. Hundreds of climbers. It was Jinhyuk who clearly revealed his presence in front of them. Chapter 103 Episode 103 ¡°Let¡¯s stop there.¡± In a situation where spiritual power was weighing down the world, the person who looked the most sane came forward and opened his mouth. At the same time, a blue-ck energy burst out from the man¡¯s body. Fuwaaaaaaa! To Jinhyuk, it was simr to when magical energy or spiritual power bursts out, which is familiar to him. But only the appearance is simr. Jinhyuk knew that the inside waspletely different. ¡°¡­Huh, it seems like it¡¯s been quite a while since I¡¯ve seen that.¡± ¡°I know. After all, a king-level necromancer is different even if there is something different about it.¡± ¡°To be exact, that guy is probably outstanding.¡± There is no way Balkan doesn¡¯t know what Jinhyuk knows. Even though his abilities were lower than in the past, Vulkan was a renowned climber, both as the first Spirit Master and as a Necromancer. Of course, Jinhyeok was no less talented than him, so he immediately recognized the energy the other person was giving off. ¡°Morale.¡± ¡°That is also a great form of fraud mixed with mana.¡± Morale (dead energy). ck energy, also called the energy of death. The other person standing in the distance was dealing with something that could be called death itself. ¡°That¡¯s at a high level. ¡°I was able to deal with fraud only after I became a spirit master.¡± ¡°Well, a capable necromancer would have been able to handle it, so you would be no different. But the important thing here is that it means that he is a capable necromancer.¡± ¡°I guess being a king isn¡¯t a king for nothing.¡± A necromancer who deals with fraud, which is the symbol of a capable necromancer. Since there are so few necromancers, it is even more difficult to find capable ones. Furthermore, the level of fame at the top was even lower, so I said everything. Even in the long history of the tower, there were less than ten people, including Jinhyeok and Balkan, who made a name for themselves as necromancers andmanded the tower, so you can guess their notoriety. It goes without saying, but as difficult as it was to handle, its power was certain. TsutsutsutsuThe enormous concentration of morale and mana that emanated from the climber called the King of Death permeated the spiritual power radiated by Jinhyeok. As soon as it began to seep in, a change appeared in the spiritual power. Push! Scoop it up! With a sound like a dry old tree breaking, the spiritual power that seemed to be weighing down the world began to crumble. It was corruption and weathering that could be said to be the most fundamental abilities of fraud. As the absolute power and amount itself were increased by adding additional mana, it was not enough to destroy the spiritual power scattered by Jinhyeok, who was still only on the 60th floor. It has the same energy of 1. However, even if the amount of energy is the same, if the quality of energy is not the same, who will be the winner when energies collide? ¡®For the same amount of energy, it is normal for the higher level energy to suppress it.¡¯ It was natural. Thew of the world is that if the amount is the same, the higher level energy suppresses it. In the face of 1¡¯s dragon power, which overwhelmingly condenses mana, 1¡¯s mana is like losing itself like a drop of water in the sea. However, even if it was a higher energy, it was not absolute. ¡°Tsk, there is a level difference between spiritual power and morale, but can¡¯t we just ignore the difference in quantity?¡± ¡°I heard that he climbed over 300 floors, so it¡¯s only natural.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a shame. We were able to definitely take the lead. ¡°You were quite a capable junior, right?¡± The dragon power of 1 can press down 1 and 10 mana, but it cannot press down 100 mana or 1,000 mana. You can see this just by looking at the fact that by mixing mana with morale, the amount was increased, and the strength was increased, tearing the spiritual pressure of spiritual power to pieces. ¡°Why not get out of the city? ¡°Our target is only you, ghost.¡± A man with dark blue hair standing in front. Tune¡¯s voice reached Jinhyuk over an enormous distance. Jinhyuk snorted at the polite, calm, and powerful voice. ¡°Before calling me, please introduce yourself. Damn you junior.¡± ¡°¡­Junior? Well, that¡¯s it. His name is Tune, the temporary leader of the guild alliance. ¡°Is this enough?¡± For a moment, I looked at Jinhyuk with an ufortable expression on my face when he was called my junior. Tune shrugged his shoulders as if it was okay and opened his mouth. ¡°Hit it.¡± ¡°¡­¡°You crazy bastard.¡± Doo doo doo doo! As soon as he finished speaking, Jinhyeok gritted his teeth as he saw the rushing troops. ¡°¡­¡°What are you going to do now, Cha Jin-hyuk?¡± ¡°wait. ¡°First, we block as much as we can.¡± Jinhyeok gave an order with a stiff face as Balkan asked, looking at him with a worried face. We need to stop it as much as possible. This is because you can make full use of the n you came up with. Still, Jinhyuk was confident. ¡°They won¡¯t give their all either. ¡°It¡¯s clear that the guy who just gave the order, who appears to be Tune or the guild master, isn¡¯t moving either.¡± Tune and another king-level climber were hired as frencers. In addition, the heads of the guild union had no intention of lifting their heavy weight. In other words, you only have to deal with guild members in the beginning. ¡°That¡¯s worth it.¡± Although they were all powerful, consisting of over 100 floors, it was worth it. At least there wasn¡¯t a single person with transcendent strength among them. ¡°What about the city?¡± It was Hendrick¡¯s question. The question of whether to fight in the city or out of the city. Jinhyuk answered simply. ¡°We are going in a method that is as thorough as possible. ¡°If I get out of here, I¡¯ll be like an ant in a procession of elephants.¡± ¡°Confirmed. ¡°Then I guess I¡¯ll have to choose to attack from as far away as possible.¡± I feel a little sorry for the climbers staying in the city, but they were part of the n too. Jinhyeok chose Suseong because the n could only bepleted if they felt the power of the guild union and its fear along with them. Well, it was not only thepletion of the n, but also the fact that if the battle took ce on a wide in instead of Mercury, it would not have been possible tost very long. After finishing the conversation and getting ready, Jinhyeok opened his mouth as he looked at the climbers from the guild alliance who had already approached. ¡°Awake.¡± Lord of Souls. It was a moment when Spirit Master Cha Jin-hyuk¡¯s cool voice filled the battlefield. At the same time, a rough vibration urred in the storagepartment of the soul bottles located inside Jinhyeok. Excited, ExcitedHeart beating fast. The moment I felt what could be said to be the main body of the soul bottle¡¯s storage box was beating rapidly. Tuhwaak! Soul bottles popped out from Jinhyeok¡¯s chest. -Kyaaaaaaa! -Keeee! -For the monarch! All kinds of monsters and soul bottles in human form. They either showed ferocity or showed loyalty and determination to Jinhyeok. Although they showed various appearances, they eventually moved forward toward one goal. ¡°Hit it.¡± The moment when Jinhyeok¡¯s voice echoes throughout the battlefield, echoing what Tune had just said. Doo doo doo dooThe soul soldiers moved towards the climbers of the guild alliance without hesitation. It was the first sh between Yeokcheon and the Guild Alliance. * * * ¨C Hit it. ¡°¡­Hmm, you are definitely his descendant.¡± Creepy. This person gave me the creeps because he was over 300 floors, said to be the best among the super rookies, and was said to be the best among the one-man necromancers. Tune smiled with satisfaction as he was only on the 60th floor. ¡°Yes, his descendants should be like that.¡± shakingJust before. Tune, who had consumed arge amount of morale and mana in return for forcibly tearing spiritual power apart using morale and mana, looked down at his trembling hands. ¡°¡­His abilities are also outstanding.¡± Tune muttered grimly, tightly clenching his outstretched hands. It was hard to believe that the climber on the 300th floor was defeated even though he had the morale that only selected beings could win it and mixed it with mana to respond, but that was reality. A force that can only be broken if you push yourself enormously. Lick pI was jealous. The heads of the guild union approached Tune, who could not control his overflowing greed and licked his parched upper lip with his tongue, revealing his deep greed. ¡°But is it okay to send only guild members like that?¡± ¡°No matter how low-level a climber he is, we all know that he is called a super rookie.¡± ¡°If I think I will suffer unnecessary losses, I will join the war immediately.¡± He looks worried about his own safety. Tune shook his head, throwing a contemptuous look at the guild members who were not worried about them but were worried that they would be harmed themselves. ¡°Did you forget to tell me to wait until given orders? ¡°Please wait in your seat.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, but keep that in mind. Just because he¡¯s strong doesn¡¯t mean he won¡¯t get stabbed in the body.¡± Tune clicked his tongue as he watched them return to their seats, clucking their tongues and even throwing out scary threats. ¡°Such idiotic things. When I¡¯m alone, I¡¯m amazed that there are people who wipe away things that I can¡¯t even make eye contact with. ¡°You bastards who only care a bout their own well-being.¡± When they first met at the conference hall, the words they said to Tune, who were looking at him with faces filled with fear, were beyond absurd to the point of being ridiculous. Of course, Tune was in no position to say anything. ¡°¡­Well, they were used as bait to confirm his descendants, so I guess it¡¯s no different for me.¡± As they feared, a general offensive from the beginning would have been a better way to reduce overall damage than sending only guild members. I don¡¯t know who was behind the ghost, but since they quickly gathered their troops and attacked, only Jinhyeok and his colleagues were currently in the 60th floor city. This was especially true because among those who entered the city, there were no notable beings. But even so, Tune sent out the guild members first, which was no different from buying time for Jinhyuk. This exactly matches the concerns of the guild masters. However, Tune had no intention of changing his mind. ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter since this is also one of the rewards I received from them.¡± Ghost face. Finding out information about him was also a privilege and payment that Tune received from Nine Star. I would have to share information about the ghost with them too, but it didn¡¯t matter. All I had to do was narrow it down and give them only the important parts. If anyone had found out, they would have been shocked, but Tune didn¡¯t care. ¡°There were many strange things about his death. Nine Stars¡­¡°How much do you really have to do with his death?¡± A secret story rted to Jinhyeok¡¯s death in the past. Although he didn¡¯t know everything, Tune, who was fanatically obsessed with Jinhyuk and the Death Star, noticed something strange. [Nine Star] They were clearly Jinhyeok¡¯s colleagues, and there were a lot of things that made it unclear that they were targeting the same floor. It was strange why such things were buried in the abyss and no one knew about them. But Tune did not reveal such feelings. ¡°If I just follow him, all problems will be solved. My dear, I don¡¯t know how you took care of him. ¡°That power is not for you.¡± I calmly suppressed my emotions and muttered for a moment as I looked at the translucent soul soldiers ravaging the battlefield. flutteringTune left the scene, pping his cloak, and headed towards Basil, who had joined him on the battlefield. ¡°Once I find out everything, I will immediately strike him down and reim his legacy.¡± Damage incurred by deploying only guild members first. He wasn¡¯t the one to keep it quiet. The moment when you see everything about Jinhyuk with your own eyes, hear it with your ears, and put it into your head. With the intention of making up for all the damage he had done, he walked towards Basil, who was kissing two huge white snakes in the distance. Chapter 104 Episode 104 To-doo-doo-doo-! ¡°¡­I think the number of ants would be smaller than that.¡± This was what Jinhyeok said after seeing the guild members continue to flock in even after one sh. ¡°There will be a lot. However, the strength cannot even bepared.¡± ¡°Hendrick, you have a bad habit of taking jokes seriously. ¡°I think that needs to be fixed.¡± ¡°You¡¯re the only one who makes pointless jokes in front of me, so I don¡¯t think there¡¯s any need to correct it.¡± I tried to scold Hendrick, who took what he said literally, but all I got in return was a cold response. However, the war situation was not good enough to respond or continue such retorts one by one. ¡°How long do I have to endure?¡± ¡°¡­At least not yet.¡± Hendrick asks as he looks at the seemingly countless climbers of the Guild Alliance. At his words, Jinhyeok shook his head with a stern expression. ¡°Tsk, I don¡¯t know what the n is, but it has to be something solid. Otherwise, we might all die.¡± ¡°Yes, just trust me.¡± It was a dangerous and seemingly impossible task, but Hendrick did not back down. SereungRather, he drew his sword and put his feet up on the castle wall, taking a stance as if he was going to run away at any moment. ¡°Then I¡¯ll hang out with you for a bit.¡± ¡°If possible, why not attack from a distance.¡± From the moment Hendrick drew his sword and set foot on the castle wall, Jinhyeok was certain that he would go down to earth. That¡¯s why I gave him advice not to do anything dangerous and to use long-distance attacks from above. Okay, even if it¡¯s risky, it¡¯s better than wearing clothes that don¡¯t fit. ¡°I will take care of my body, so you can do whatever you have prepared.¡± ¡°¡­¡°Take care of yourself.¡± Hendrick wasn¡¯t there to hear that. Above all, Jinhyeok had no choice but to let him go because he knew that what he said was not wrong. Hendrick is not good at long range. Since the only way to cause significant damage to them from a distance was to turn into a dragon like he did with Shane, he would have chosen closebat. ¡®It¡¯s my heart.¡¯ Although he has given up on seeing himself as separate from the dragon race, it would be difficult for even Hendrick to put that into practice right away. Jinhyuk knew that better than anyone else, so he just nodded and let him go. ¡°See youter. ¡°After your n seeds.¡± TadatAs soon as he finished speaking, Hendrick kicked off the castle wall where he had put his feet up and flew up. Jinhyuk turned his head and looked out into the city, leaving his fluttering clothes behind. -What the hell is going on¡­. A clothing store owner was confused by the sudden attack. -Should I run away somewhere else¡­. A bandit man with a bushy beard who is adjusting his weapons and armor and thinking about running away. -How can I run away when it says I¡¯m in battle and I can¡¯t go down? Of course, there is the female climber who screams at the sound of shing weaponsing from outside. -Damn it, what about my house and furniture that I bought on the 60th floor, and I go down alone! There¡¯s even a man screaming as he runs his hand across the wall of a beautiful new house. People of all kinds hovered around the 60th floor, each with their own concerns. As I took in the sight of people unable to hide their confusion, I felt that the n was almostplete. ¡®You just have to be a little more anxious. Then I will be your hero and savior.¡¯ Their presence and their anxiety were quite important in Jinhyuk¡¯s n, so Jinhyuk, who had been thinking about such things in his mind, shook the thoughts away. ¡°¡­I feel ufortable because it feels like I¡¯m using it as bait, but I can¡¯t help it. ¡°This is the best.¡± It is almost the only way for them to survive and preserve their home. The Guild Alliance said they would not attack them, but their attacks alone threw the city into chaos. Furthermore, the longer Jinhyeok and his party do not retreat, the fiercer their offensive will be, and soon the battle will take ce inside the city, not just outside. ¡°When people¡¯s confusion and anger reaches its peak, and it turns towards me. ¡°Start nning.¡± Finally, Jinhyuk finished checking the n and pointed his finger at the climbers visible outside the city walls. ¡°Sipji Gangtan (ʮָǿ�—).¡± It was the moment when ten bullets with the power to pierce the young dragon¡¯s scales, Yongrin, rushed towards them. ¡°Downstream, Miho. You guys also use long-distance attacks from now on. ¡°I will take care of those who climb up the castle walls as much as possible, so focus on blocking those who approach.¡± ¡°Yes, got it.¡± ¡°Believe me. ¡°You can do well!¡± Before the ten-pointed bullet reaches them. Jinhyeok ordered Ha-ryu and Mi-ho, who were busyunching long-distance attacks, to continue as they were now, and focused on the ten bullets that slowly got closer to the climbers. ¡°¡­split.¡± As Jinhyeok¡¯s voice filled with will spread out around him, the ten bullets flying through the air began to change. Let¡¯s do it! Ten bullets splitting apart in an instant. Double, quadruple, eight times, etc. in the blink of an eye. The number of bullets growing exponentially was so enormous that itpletely filled the sky. ¡°¡­What is that.¡± ¡°It¡¯s crazy, it doesn¡¯t make sense.¡± Just looking at the coal bullets, which were so tightly packed that the blue sky was not even visible, was enough to instill fear. Ordinary arrows that do not contain mana would have been amazing at that level, but the steel bullets had a strength that waspletely different from that of ordinary arrows. ¡°¡­damage!¡± ¡°Tank, raise your shield! ¡°Unite the tanks!¡± ¡°Wizards, create a shield and protect the surroundings!¡± When the climbers who appeared to bemanders leading the climbers quickly gave orders and the well-trained guild members moved ording to their orders. ¡°¡­this.¡± ¡°Are youte?¡± Kwagwagwagwagwang! The disaster that had alreadye swept over them as they were left unmaintained. Climbers who sensed that it was toote hid behind unfinished shields or shields that were not properly held. However, Jinhyeok¡¯s bullets had tremendous power to block with just that, so those who were closest to blocking the attack or faced multiple attacks had a miserable end. ¡°¡­¡°Wow!¡± ¡°¡­¡°Cluck cluck!¡± A person who dies instantly due to an attack on the heart or brain is a situation so miserable that it is almost like being a nobleman. In that situation, another disaster came upon them. ¡°If we had met somewhere else, we would have been good sparring partners. ¡°It¡¯s a shame.¡± SqueakHendrick. He appeared on the ruined battlefield. He cut off the head of a climber dozens of floors higher than himself with a single sword, and pointed the sword while receiving dozens of pairs of eyes focused on him. ¡°I¡¯m looking forward to seeing if you guys can bring out my ¡®madness¡¯.e.¡± ¡°¡­Kill me!¡± ¡°I will tear you to pieces! How dare you Charlie!¡± A clean and calm word. The moment his calm voice rang out, making it hard to believe that he had just killed a person. The climbers awoke from confusion and rushed towards Hendrick, their bodies in rags. Hendrick took a deep breath as he watched them rushing to take his life. ¡°Huh¡­Phew¡­.¡± The chest rises and falls and air flows in and out of the lungs repeatedly. Meanwhile, the approaching climbers¡¯ weapons reached Hendrick¡¯s nose. ¡°Paryong (²¨ýˆ).¡± CrrrrrrrWith a sound that seemed to shake the heavens and earth, arge blue dragon began to spread out like a wave. It was different from the Fire Dragon, Thunder Dragon, and Gwangryong. The dragon, born solely to capture the majority, devoured the climbers who became rags. And it was also the moment when Jinhyeok and his party achieved victory for the first time since the guild alliance attacked the 60th floor. * * * ¡°¡­¡°It¡¯s not good.¡± The blue dragon swept across the battlefield, and Tune frowned as he looked at Hendrick, who took over the momentum and was dominating the battlefield. ¡°What I wanted to see wasn¡¯t that lizard¡¯s swordsmanship.¡± Of course, it was not because of the exponentially increasing damage from the guild union. The power and appearance of Jinhyeok¡¯s first ten-strike attack made Tune excited, but it was not enough. As he wanted to see more, Tune hoped Jinhyuk would participate more actively in the battlefield, but Jinhyuk was steadfast. ¡°Whew, I can¡¯t help it. ¡°If you don¡¯t want toe out of the castle, I will make you do so.¡± Tune sighs and gets up from his seat. Basil, who was watching him, saw two snakes for the first time here today. I took my eyes off Camille and She and looked at Tune. ¡°Tune, are you nning on going? ¡°You said you had no intention of going out in person?¡± Themonality of being a frencer and being a strongman was enough to make the two people closer. After receiving several requests together, the two became closer than most colleagues, so Tune and Basil had no hesitation in dealing with each other. Even Basil, who was not interested in others, showed different interest in Tune. Tune nodded to Basil¡¯s question. ¡®It won¡¯t matter since Basil knows my purpose.¡¯ Basil also knows the information that Tune heard. This is possible because everyone has different wants. ¡°Things have changed. ¡°Like a turtle, if it doesn¡¯t want toe out of its shell, we have to make ite out.¡± With Hendrick at the forefront, he monitors and coordinates the battle situation from the castle walls. Of course, this was not a good thing for Tune, who wanted to see everything about Jinhyuk. That¡¯s why Tune had the idea of taking Jinhyuk outside. ¡°Hmm, really? Then I want to go out too. ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter, right?¡± ¡°¡­you also? It¡¯s unexpected. If it¡¯s for help, there¡¯s no need. ¡°My army will be able to take him out.¡± However, he could not hide his surprise at Basil¡¯s next words. This is because Basil, who rarely steps forward unless it is an important moment, suddenly expressed his intention to participate in the battlefield together. of course. ¡°I liked the snake over there. I heard that he is a dragon that can be touched? ¡°I need to raise it as a pet so that no one notices.¡± ¡°¡­The bad taste is still there. do whatever you want. ¡°Anyway, what I¡¯m interested in is ghost faces.¡± ¡°Okay, then the negotiations are concluded. Camille, She. ¡°Dad, I¡¯lle back~Kiss side!¡± For a moment, I frowned as I watched Basil, who had dozens or hundreds of snakes inside him despite his face like an unofficial man, erase his original appearance and shower kisses on the snakes wrapped all over his body with a face like bulging arms. Tune smiled with satisfaction. ¡®Basil¡¯s participation in the war is unexpected, but it does not mean it is not helpful. It¡¯s just that I rarely participate, but things always get easier when Basil makes a move. I needed to give my absolute best to get everything out of my face, and it worked out well.¡¯ If you deal with Hendrick and Jinhyuk at the same time, your power will inevitably be dispersed. However, he felt that if Basil, whom he acknowledged, took charge of Hendrick, he could focus entirely on Jinhyeok. After flipping the abacus and thinking about the bottom line. Tune clicked his tongue and spoke to the guild masters who were looking at them with wrinkled faces. ¡°Wait. We¡¯ll take care of them. ¡°You guys take care of the guild members¡¯ morale behind the scenes.¡± ¡°Haha! Yes! Yes! ¡°I will!¡± ¡°Then I expect the head of the demon face and that damned, no, the head of the dragon race.¡± Tune could not hold back his disgust at the sight of them abandoning themselves and the guild members who had not yet set out, and then erasing the killing they had shown earlier towards Tune and Basil. As long as it was beneficial to him, he changed his appearance as if he were flipping his palm, and it seemed as bad as the snake that Basil kept. However, since they were notpletely unnecessary, Tune barely suppressed his disgust and entered the battlefield. ¡°Rise up, my ¡®deaths¡¯.¡± thudA tune that lightly stomps its feet as it enters the battlefield. It wasn¡¯t an earth-shattering sound. Nevertheless, his foot stomping brought about great changes on the battlefield. h h hThe floor of the battlefield splits apart with a light stamp of foot. ¡®Death¡¯ began to crawl through the cracks. -Kwaaaah! -Kyaaaaaaa! -Keeee! Zombies, skeletons, ghouls, ghosts, etc. Various undead revealed themselves and roared. In addition to their horrendous appearance, they resembled their masters and constantly exuded morale, instilling fear in the living. ¡°Ugh, crazy¡­¡°I¡¯m going to back off.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t get caught up in the undead¡¯s offensive!¡± ¡°Get behind the Demon King!¡± One by one, the climbers fell backwards in fear. Rather than stopping them,manders encouraged their retreat. Even those who are screaming at the top of their lungs to order a retreat. Hendrick, who felt that the atmosphere of the battlefield changed with the appearance of just one person, looked at the scene with a bewildered expression. ¡°Is this a king-level climber? ¡°It¡¯s enormous.¡± Hendrick muttered, feeling the madness creeping up his head. He suppressed himself in the face of the madness he felt for the first time after stepping onto the battlefield. pWhen shaking off the blood-stained swords of climbers belonging to the guild alliance and suppressing their madness with lead swords. ¡°Go, my ¡®death¡¯. ¡°Bring what your master wants.¡± Tune¡¯s empty voice echoes throughout the battlefield. Doo doo doo dooLiterally, ¡®death¡¯ began to rush towards the city on the 60th floor. Chapter 105 Episode 105 ¡°¡­It makes perfect sense to me that you are a one-man army.¡± An enormous number of undead that seemed topletely cover the outside of the 60-story city. Hendrick clicked his tongue as he watched their advance. One man army. It was a moment when I once again understood the name thates to mind when thinking of necromancer. ¡°Does each one have formidable power? It¡¯s definitely strong.¡± A power that zombies cannot possess. A power that something like a skeleton cannot possess. The sight of the undead carrying them rushing in was quite frightening. But Hendrick shook his head and raised his hand to the handle of his sword. ¡°It¡¯s impossible to use a blue dragon, a blue dragon charm would be appropriate.¡± Because the power used in the Blue Dragon that was shown just now was too great, Hendrick chose the Blue Dragon Cham, which consumes less energy and is advantageous for dealing with many people. It took time to make the choice, but the decision was made very quickly. SereungThe leaden sword is gently pulled out of its scabbard, showing off its elegant appearance. The moment when the sharp sword light shes. ¡°Paryongcham (²¨ýˆ”Ø).¡± Dozens of small dragons began to spread out like waves. Although they are smaller than the blue dragons, they are far superior in number. Although each one was small, they had enough power to deal with the undead and advanced towards the undead. And the moment when the energy of the blue dragon is about to attack the undead. ¡°Stop it, Kaputa.¡± -Shush! Mi-hyung¡¯s voice and the sound of a snake licking its tongue were heard at the same time. At the same time, a huge snake filled Hendrik¡¯s eyes, crushing the dragon¡¯s energy with its body. Kwasik- KwazizikAs the enormous energy was divided, the snake that blocked all of the dozens of dragons was also not intact. But the snake was alive and well, and Hendrick frowned at that fact. ¡°¡­Can you endure this?¡± Even though it is worse than a blue dragon, and since it is for multiple uses rather than an anti-personnel attack, it is weaker than a single attack against one strong enemy, it is natural to be surprised that his technique did not work anyway. ¡°Hmm, it¡¯s okay. You haven¡¯t revealed your true self yet, have you? ha¡­How beautiful it would be if you turned into a dragon.¡± ¡°Are you a snake charmer?¡± Hendrick asked, looking at Basil, who was breathing hot breath and blushing next to the snake that had blocked his attack. ¡°That¡¯s right, and I am also the master who will raise you from now on. Casa!¡± Quad deuk- boom! -Shush! In response, Hendrick frowned at the sight of the ground he stepped on copsing and another snake popping out from within. ¡®Was it there again? To be able to control snakes of this level at the same time. Is a 300-story climber really a 300-story climber? Surely, at this level, there isn¡¯t much difference from a necromancer who runs an undead army.¡¯ Tamer. Among them, the profession is called a snake tamer or snake magician because it maniptes snakes. Naturally, in a tower where natural strength itself is important, jobs that rely on others are less popr and difficult to climb the tower. Nevertheless, it is said that a climber who can ovee the magical wall of 300 floors clearly has outstanding talent for the job that is different from others. ¡°Do you think your control over snakes is extraordinary?¡± ¡°answer. But do you have time to find out about me? ¡°With Casa in front of you right now?¡± Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr If the chain were alive and moving, wouldn¡¯t it look like this? Hendrick nodded, looking at the snake named Kasa that was entangled around him so much that he wanted to see it. ¡°It¡¯s definitely a great snake. I admit that. ¡°It is only natural that it has been strengthened by absorbing the mana of a high-quality breed and a snake wizard.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, how much effort was put into saving and raising that child.¡± CracklingAs soon as he acknowledged it, Kasa, who had his entire body tied up, gave him strength. Power enough to crush a log in one fell swoop. It was so powerful that it would have overpowered an ordinary climber in an instant, so Basil was smiling brightly. ¡°But it¡¯s not enough.¡± Right! ¡°¡­Casa!¡± With Hendrick¡¯s calm voice, Casa¡¯s body, which was holding Hendrick¡¯s body, exploded. overwhelming power. Unable to ovee him, Casa¡¯s imprisoned body exploded. As it was forbat purposes, he did not care for it as much as Camille and Ss, who were always with him, but for Basil, who cared for all snakes, it felt like his child¡¯s body was exploding. ¡°¡­Angkal centipede. ¡°It must be fun to collect.¡± But the emotions were resolved quickly. Even though he was a child, Basil still had many children. Casa just died? ¡°Please avenge your brother¡¯s resentment. ¡°My lovely children.¡± Shushishishisik! There were still manyparable snakes left. Dozens of snakes crawling out from all over Basil¡¯s body. Watching them grow in size as soon as they hit the ground, Hendrick shook off the remnants of Casa that had stuck to his body. ¡°Is it too much to go to help?¡± ¡°Who are you worried about on the subject of collectibles? Bring him here without any injuries. ¡°I have to add it to my collection.¡± Hendrick also acknowledged, feeling Basil¡¯s eyes ring at him with eyes shining with madness. An undead army heading towards Jinhyeok. The man in front of me was clearly strong enough to stop them. And Hendrick¡¯s ¡®madness¡¯ also reared its head in the face of the attack of a swarm of powerful snakes, reminiscent of the appearance and death of a strong man that Hendrick recognized. ¡°¡­Hahaha!e! ¡°I¡¯ll chew it all up!¡± Basil and the group of snakes were startled when they felt the madness flowing from his twinkling eyes, but that onlysted for a moment. ¡°Was it the same kind? not bad.¡± -Shush! Basil himself was a character with twisted affection and madness, and the tune was perfect as well. Because he was tired of being like Hendrick, he was able to control his emotions quickly. It would be even more strange for the snakes to be confused while the snake charmer found his calm. With a gesture from Basil, whopleted maintenance in an instant, a swarm of dozens of snakes rushed towards Hendrick. ¡°Kaputa, you go and help too. ¡°If you bring him back, I will reward you.¡± SighKaputa, a snake that boasts overwhelming size and strength evenpared to other snakes. The huge body of Kaputa moved with Basil gently stroking the back of his neck and smiling benevolently. SlurrrrrrrrrSmooth and quiet movements that are not befitting of a gigantic body. However, Hendrick, feeling the violent ferocity contained in the bulging eyes, swallowed dry saliva. ¡°¡­Tsk, maybe I should bring up the Yongin status.¡± ¡°okay! show me! ¡°Disy your beautiful scales in front of me!¡± ¡°After hearing that, I didn¡¯t want to show it even more. There is no need for a state of eptance. ¡°I will crush you like this.¡± Hendrick trembled and swung his sword at the sight of Basil recalling himself as a dragon with an ecstatic face. Of course, his sword containing his madness had no eyes. Sugagagak! The army of snakes fell into the sword of madness that took over the surroundings and turned the space itself into a sword domain. Hendrick vs. Basil. It was a moment when important figures from Yeokcheon and the Guild Alliance shed. * * * ¡°Is Hendrick stranded?¡± ¡°What are you going to do? ¡°I think we¡¯ll have to stop the ground on our own now.¡± Jinhyuk expressed his disappointment as he looked at Hendrick, who was stranded by Basil. But he couldn¡¯t just feel regretful, so in response to Balkan¡¯s question, Jinhyuk turned his head and checked the inside of the city again. ¡°¡­Is it slowly?¡± Confusion and bewilderment felt inside the city. Jinhyeok, who felt that it had be even more amplified than before, was convinced that it was not long until his n was implemented. ¡°If anything, things will go faster because of the undead.¡± ¡°¡­Why on earth do you want to confuse people?¡± A massive fraud spouted by the undead. Is it because of the enormous amount of fraud that Tune possesses? The confusion people felt grew more and more as time went by. Jinhyeok was satisfied with that and looked at the army of undead running from the castle wall. ¡°Let¡¯s get started quickly. Downstream, Miho. You guys stay on top. Vulcan, just follow me.¡± ¡°Tsk, I understand. ¡°It would be better for me to go rather than for the kids.¡± ¡°¡­Be careful, brother. I know how strong my brother is, but¡­The energy I feel from them is unusual.¡± Because he was a member of the lower ss with good eyesight and good senses, he felt that the power felt from the undead was unusual and expressed concern. But Jinhyuk reassured Ha-ryu that it was okay and patted her on the shoulder. ¡°I¡¯m okay. So you just have to worry about yourself.¡± ¡°¡­all right.¡± Jinhyuk turned into the city, leaving behind Ha-ryu, who shook his head in agreement with Jin-hyuk¡¯s words, and Miho, who pursed her lips. ¡°I will stop them for you! ¡°For your own sake, I, the ghost, will condemn those who are trying to trample on even those of you who have nothing to do with them!¡± ¡°¡­?!¡± A sudden deration. It wasn¡¯t just the city¡¯s climbers who were surprised. ¡°What a crazy guy. ¡°What are you talking about all of a sudden?¡± Balkan, who was preparing to join the battlefield with Jinhyeok next to him, was equally surprised. A n that not even his closest associates knew about. It was none other than getting the city climbers on their side. ¡°¡­You¡¯re saying the ghost ising for us?¡± ¡°why? ¡°Anyway, you just have to take care of yourself, right?¡± Naturally, people¡¯s reaction was immediate. The strength of the ghost face was well known. Furthermore, the climbers who saw Hendrick¡¯s inaction in the previous battle and the power of the soul disease and undead could not believe that Jinhyeok woulde forward for them. Of course, there were other reactions as well. ¡°They came here in the first ce because of the ghosts, so what does that matter!¡± ¡°Just go out and throw it away! ¡°Then they won¡¯t just go back!¡± Those who imed that Jinhyuk was the one who started all these incidents and that as long as Jinhyuk dies, there will be no problem for them were the different reactions. But Jinhyuk snorted at their words. ¡°These are the people who came to the 60th floor without any proper evidence and appeared determined to destroy the entire city. Above all, my colleagues and I are less than ten people in total. Nevertheless, they showed up in full force. Do you think that¡¯s normal? Can you say the same thingter when they use you of the same strange crime, condemn you, and try to eradicate you?¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s not like that.¡± Every word is correct. A powerful organization persecutes individuals for strange reasons and pretexts. If this seeds once, it happens twice, then four times, and soon it bes a natural thing. ¡®¡­What if the guild union is now using a person with demon-like abilities of outrageous crimes, andter, as they gradually move down the ranks, they do the same thing to ordinary climbers like us?¡¯ ¡®You have toe forward now. In the future, there may not be any strong climbers to share their voices with me. Now, when Gwimyeon, a climber so powerful that guilds flock to him in groups, stands on our side, we must correct their mistakes.¡¯ There was a saying on Earth like this. [When the Nazis came to capture themunists, I was silent.] [Because I was not amunist.] [Then when they locked up the union members, I was silent.] [Because I was not abor union member.] [Then when they came to arrest the Jews, I said nothing.] [Because I was not Jewish.] [When they came to catch me.] [There was no one left to speak for me.] Words by Pastor Martin Niem?ller. If you do not speak out when others are treated unfairly, one day when guns and swords are pointed at you, you too will have to be captured like those who were captured before you. For the future, not for the current gains and losses. They had the idea that they had to resist the guild union¡¯s violence. When there is a central point called Ghost Face. We must prevent the guild union¡¯s violence and secure our rights for the future. The moment when that thought settles in the minds of climbers on the 60th floor. ¡°If you¡¯re a ghost! ¡°I will follow you!¡± ¡°me too! ¡°Let me help you too!¡± ¡°¡­You can attack from a distance, even from a distance. Please write me. ¡°I will fight against unfair treatment.¡± People who were trembling with fear disappeared. Jinhyuk grinned as he looked at the people raising their heads one by one with voices full of courage. ¡®Well, it¡¯s true that I messed with them, but people don¡¯t know that.¡¯ Evidence that the guild branch was destroyed. Jinhyeok knows that the guild alliance was unable to disclose it because of their own prestige. But the news had already beenid, and even if it were revealed now, people would only see it as fabricated evidence. In a tower where highly advanced civilizations and dimensions are mixed, such maniption was not difficult. ¡°Waaaa!¡± ¡°If you¡¯re a ghost! Ghost face! ¡°If you¡¯re a ghost!¡± ¡°Let¡¯s drive out the guild union¡¯s violence!¡± ¡°For the rights of climbers!¡± However, Jinhyeok¡¯s words caused the independent climbers, who had been oppressed by the power of the guilds, to shout, even if it was not an explosion. sparklet. There is still a long way to go before they can break the frame created by the Four Emperors, but at least they have seeded in shaking the frame created underneath it. The beginning was full of lies, but Jinhyeok¡¯s goal was true. ¡°Watch, I will sacrifice myself for you.¡± Jinhyeok gently left his seat and went out of the castle, leaving behind people asking for help. Jinhyeok¡¯s appearance as he descended alone into a hell-like ce filled with undead was like that of a holy saint, so everyone rushed up the castle wall to look at him. ¡°It¡¯s dangerous to be alone!¡± ¡°Come join us!¡± ¡°Together we might be able to stop them, soe up!¡± Jinhyeok, who smiled slightly beneath his mask as he looked at them showing concern for him, looked at Balkan. ¡°Is it effective?¡± ¡°¡­You really are that guy.¡± With just a few words, he reversed people¡¯s perception that he was the enemy of Bulbuldaecheon and the culprit behind this incident. Sigh. When Balkan clicks his tongue at Jinhyeok, who turned the situation around with something he thought was useless in climbing the tower. Jinhyuk put an end to his n. ¡°Death King!!!¡± ¡°¡­?¡± Jinhyeok sings the tune of the distant spirit king. Tune responded immediately. They noticed that they were doing something strange in the castle, and they also knew that they had quickly be bastards and tyrants. ¡®But still, nothing changes.¡¯ He makes him vomit out all his strength, cuts off his head, and offers it to Nine Star. The current power difference was so enormous that the result would never change. In other words, no matter how hard they struggle, they will not be able to survive here. After thinking about it up to that point, Tune stopped his ¡®death¡¯ for a moment. ¡°what?¡± question. It was to answer the questions that people naturally have. This was because I was curious about how to get out of this situation. ¡®Are you nning on getting down on your knees and begging? If that¡¯s the case, I¡¯ll tear your soul to shreds.¡¯ He had no intention of letting the miserable sight of the person who inherited his idol appear. When I think about dealing with Jinhyeok more cruelly than any other form if he tries to beg for his life in a servile manner. Jinhyuk¡¯s mouth opened. ¡°As the plenipotentiary representative of the guild, ¡®Yeokcheon,¡¯ we apply for a guild war to the ¡®Guild Alliance¡¯, a group of multiple guilds.¡± Guild war. A fierce battle between guilds with everything on the line. It¡¯s ridiculous that ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, a guild that Tune has never heard of, would truly risk everything against the ¡®Guild Alliance¡¯, a union of ten guilds located over the 100th floor. That was the ¡®n¡¯ prepared by Jinhyuk. It was a ridiculous n, but it was also apletely sessful n. Chapter 106 Episode 106 ¡°Guild War¡­I guess that was your n.¡± I admitted that it was definitely a blow, but Tune felt like it was an ordinary cotton fist. No, it actually was like that. Because guild wars couldn¡¯t be established in the first ce. ¡°I don¡¯t know when and who created the guild and delegated all authority to you, but don¡¯t you know that in guild warfare, if there is a difference in ¡®ss¡¯, it is impossible?¡± Difference in rank. Rank within the tower was quite important. Because in order to be a god, a high rank was essential. The same was true for guild battles. ¡°Ten guilds gathered. On the other hand, how good is your guild? At best, the number of people in a guild established by someone who has climbed the tower for less than a year with the help of a subordinate is quiterge. heat? twenty? ¡°You¡¯re challenging me to a guild battle with just that?!¡± WowSomeone who is significantly lower than you is trying to stand on the same level as you. The mask was broken from Tune, who had consistently maintained his own pace and maintained a calm, even polite tone of speech. ¡°Okay, let¡¯s take a look. ¡°What on earth did you think of standing on the same level as me?¡± Tune, whose mask was broken, was very polite. No, it felt polite. Although he consistently used politenguage, the harsh murderous intent contained in it was not evenpared to before, when he only pretended to be calm and polite on the outside. The attitude shown when wearing a mask contained the nuance that he was superior to others and therefore tolerated their meanness and disgust. But now that mask is broken. He no longer had any desire to be ¡®considerate¡¯ of others. Nevertheless, he suppressed it once. Politeness was his response. ¡®After I find out everything about you and take over his legacy, I will rip you into pieces and throw you as food for the undead, so that not even your soul can reach the world of the dead.¡¯ Everything about Jinhyuk. Furthermore, he demonstrated superhuman patience in order to continue the legacy of ¡®Death Star¡¯ Cha Jin-hyuk. Tune¡¯s emotions, which were so oppressed, would explode even more intensely when they burst out, but neither the tune that would explode his emotions nor Jinhyuk, who had to face such a tune, paid attention to such trivial things. ¡°You¡¯re arrogant.¡± Rather than answering what Tune said, Jinhyuk criticizes Tune. Naturally, Tune¡¯s response to him was absurd. ¡°¡­what?¡± Jinhyeok gritted his teeth and opened his mouth at Tune, who was unable to hide his bewilderment and was looking at him with a bewildered expression. ¡°I don¡¯t like your arrogance, as if the whole world is at your feet. ¡°You stupid junior.¡± Coo coo coo cooAs soon as he finished speaking, an intense energy that put the surrounding space under his feet burst out from Jinhyuk and weighed down the surroundings. ¡°¡­Pfft!¡± This was the same even for Tune, who was constantly looking down on Jinhyuk from top to bottom. ¡®Did he still have this much power? ¡®I can¡¯t believe it.¡¯ It was a tune that still remembered the enormous spiritual power shown when the war first started. However, Ichigo, who used it and continued to use spirit bottles and undead since the war began, had too much energy. The energy that was a diverse mixture of mana, spiritual power, magical energy, and divine power was something that even Tune, a climber of over 300 floors, had never encountered before. ¡®It doesn¡¯t make sense. An energy like this can never exist!¡¯ Tune gritted his teeth at the feast of energy that went beyond mixing things that shouldn¡¯t be mixed and maintaining its form without breaking, showing a level he couldn¡¯t reach. ¡®can not believe it. His maintenance is mine alone. ¡®It¡¯s not a burden that someone like you can bear!¡¯ I was even more angry because it was perfect. As I was watching Jinhyuk, I was annoyed because it seemed like he was continuing his role model, whomanded the top by being called the ¡®Death Star¡¯, so well. That wasn¡¯t all. ¡®¡­Those eyes. ¡®I don¡¯t like the way they call me a distant junior and take it for granted.¡¯ eye. It is said that eyes are the window to a person¡¯s heart. That¡¯s why Tune naturally gritted his teeth at the ¡®naturalness¡¯ in Jinhyuk¡¯s gaze, which referred to him as a junior and looked down on him. The meaning is that that ¡®obviousness¡¯ is Jinhyuk¡¯s inner thoughts and thoughts thate to mind while looking at the tune. ¡®No one can look down on me. You can¡¯t look down on me, despise me, or be disgusted with me!¡¯ CrackUnable to hold back the pressure and anger, my teeth crack. The tooth is cracked, blood is bursting out from inside, and the pain feels as if the nerves are being torn apart. Fuwaaaaaaa! A mixture of dark-blue morale and mana burst out, tearing Jinhyeok¡¯s energy, which was an imperfect mixture of various energies, to pieces. ¡°¡­Not bad.¡± Tune looks at Jinhyeok with bloodshot eyes, who is neither surprised nor embarrassed even though the energy he showed has been torn away by him. It looks like a grandfather watching his nephew¡¯s tricks. It was a time when Tune was about to rush towards Jinhyuk, forgetting about the guild battle, Yujigo, and the contract. ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª faqwiki.us Join our Discord for new chapter updates! /invite/xr7SxG5T6V ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª ¡°The system uses public values. Calcte and execute the public value needed to wage a guild war with the guild alliance.¡± ¡°¡­Public value?¡± Jinhyuk says that he will use public values to fight the guild war. At that moment, Tune, unable to understand the situation, looked at Jinhyuk with a nk face. The system was already in motion. [¡­] ¡­Has confirmed.] Jinhyuk¡¯s thoughts are confirmed. [In essence, guild wars are a device that helps guilds of the same level engage in guild wars.] It briefly exins why ¡®guild wars¡¯ were created. [So that strong guilds cannot use it to trample on weak guilds.] It tells the reason why ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯ could notpete in a guild war with ¡®Guild Alliance¡¯. [Therefore, taking into ount the fact that the ¡®weak¡¯ guild directly applied for the guild war, the system can be modified in the short term with a low public value.] The calction of public values has beenpleted. of course. [Approximately 80% of the public value you currently have has been paid.] ¡°¡­There are quite a few.¡± Although a considerable amount of public value was consumed. However, it wasn¡¯t just because of the guild war. [There was an attempt on the part of gods and demons to intervene to prevent guild wars from urring.] [Please understand that public value was inevitably wasted because there were those who interfered out of concern and those who interfered with the purpose of causing interference.] ¡°Tsk, what a bunch of useless voyeurs.¡± Those who want to interfere with Jinhyeok. Those who hope that Jinhyeok will run away without having to fight the guild war. It only happened because they mixed up and caused as much disruption as possible. As Jinhyuk frowned at that, a message window also appeared in front of Tune, who was watching the system in action with a nk expression. [Guild, ¡®Gwimyeon¡¯, the representative of ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, applied for a guild war to ¡®Tune¡¯, the representative of the ¡®Guild Association¡¯.] [You cannot refuse a requested guild battle, and if you refuse, you will have to pay the price for defeat.] [The price for losing is to give the other person one thing they want.] [The price may or may not be material.] [The date to start the guild war can be set from a minimum of 1 day to a maximum of 7 days.] ¡°¡­It¡¯s perfect.¡± It was a tune that was still respectful, as if the anger had not subsided, but for now, it was a sincere polite address. Polite and neat words, as if addressing one¡¯s idol. This could be said to be close to respect for Jinhyeok, whopletely tied himself up and created a perfect n. ¡°You¡¯re setting a perfect pattern that you can¡¯t escape from. If this happens, it will be a bad news that the ¡®Guild Union¡¯ has be trash.¡± It was a tune that didn¡¯t care about the bad talk going around in the tower because the intention was to see the match here today. If only Jinhyuk, who would be the focal point, disappears anyway, their rumors will be crushed by the huge wall of the guild and even Nine Stars. ¡®But by ying the guild war, I gained at least a few days. If the rumor spreads throughout the tower in the meantime, this is definitely an outsider¡¯s channel.¡¯ However, this is only possible assuming that the ghost is processed today. He knew that if he couldn¡¯t kill Ghost Myeon right here, what he said and what could be called the ¡®Guild Alliance¡¯s¡¯ outrage would spread around the tower, and independent climbers would naturally be drawn to Ghost Myeon. ¡®Because even I was tempted by what he said.¡¯ Tune is now a member of the Guild Alliance, but was originally an independent climber. In other words, I am a frencer. Of course, the violent acts shown by the guilds are frowned upon. The reason why he views the guild leaders of the guild union as if they were trash is because of their behavior after meeting him, but also because of the bad things he experienced about guilds as a frencer. There is no reason not to tempt other climbers when even the enemy can tempt himself. Just as he thought, he was a perfect outsider. ¡®But you can¡¯t cancel the guild war. I don¡¯t know how he has public values, but he clearly used public values, and made it count as a loss if he quit the guild war. Furthermore, in case of defeat, they can even demand a price, so there is no option to give up in the first ce.¡¯ In addition, it became systematically impossible to ignore the guild war andpletely bury today¡¯s work. The tower¡¯s system is absolute. Therefore, if you break a set rule, you will have to pay a high price. ¡®For example, enormous public value.¡¯ Within the tower, Gongchi was like an all-powerful stone that could be anything. All of Jinhyeok¡¯s ns wille to naught if Tune hits a huge public figure. of course. ¡®It doesn¡¯t happen, and there¡¯s no reason. Because the guild union loses anyway. I can¡¯t even estimate how much public value it would be in the first ce, and there is no public value of that much.¡¯ There was no reason for Tune, who was a frencer, to waste his public value to redeem it, and he did not even have that much public value to begin with. All circumstances favored the guild war, and it was all Jinhyeok, the ghost looking down at Tune with his mask on right in front of his eyes. ¡°Are you going to ept it? Junior?¡± ¡°¡­To begin with, I am senior to you. Please be polite. ¡°I will ept the guild war.¡± ¡°You say I am the plenipotentiary, but aren¡¯t you the boss? ¡°Can¡¯t I ask others?¡± Tune chuckled and shook his head at Jinhyeok, who was making a mockery and at the same time taunting Jinhyeok, asking if he was the owner of a barge who was being used by the guild alliance. ¡°It would be better to die here than to be used by idiots like that. ¡°What does it matter now whether you are a senior or a junior?¡± Jinhyuk let out a low exmation at the sight of him shrugging his shoulders but not losing his dignity, politeness, and manners. ¡®¡­This kid is also quite the object.¡¯ All the tables are turning against you. Of course, I had no intention of asking Tune for it. I didn¡¯t have any grudges against him to begin with, and the reason it ended up like this was because I was nning to rip off the guild union and the Nine Stars behind it. Meanwhile, the tune that puts a stronger mask of courtesy over the mixed feelings of anger and awe is simply amazing. ¡®Do you like it.¡¯ If this weren¡¯t a ce where we risk each other¡¯s lives, I thought we could have had a pretty enjoyable conversation. ¡°Is there a reward you want if you win the guild war? ¡°If you lose, I will get it from the guild alliance, but if I lose, I will pay you.¡± That¡¯s why Jinhyuk gave her an unusual favor. Because he had no intention of losing, mentioning the cost of defeat was like a y on words for Jinhyeok. Of course, Tune, who vaguely sensed that Jinhyuk had no intention of losing, also knew that it was a y on words, so he didn¡¯t hesitate. ¡®Anyway, there is no harm to me. More than anything¡­¡®I don¡¯t n on losing either.¡¯ This was because Jinhyuk and Tune had no intention of losing to each other. ¡°I will be grateful for your consideration. ¡°I said anything, so I¡¯ll tell you what I want.¡± The tune emphasizes the word ¡®must¡¯ while slightly bowing the head to express gratitude and respect. In addition to his attitude that made Jinhyuk hold his tongue again, the words that came out of his mouth surprised Jinhyuk for the first time. ¡°Spirit Master. ¡°Will you hand over to me his legacy that you are carrying on?¡± Spirit Master. Jinhyeok looked at him with a puzzled gaze as he not only knew his job but also used the honorific term ¡®him¡¯ to refer to his past self. ¡°¡­Who knows other than you?¡± ¡°doesn¡¯t exist. Nine Stars¡­Maybe they¡¯re the only ones who have some sense of it.¡± I didn¡¯t think I could hide it forever, but it¡¯s a little fast. Jinhyuk showed his strength when he went on a rampage at the guild branch to show Nine Stars, but he did not show his strength as a Spirit Master as much as possible. Nevertheless, Jinhyeok acknowledged that they found clues about him bybining minute information. ¡®It¡¯s definitely strong. Whether it¡¯s information, power, or power. ¡®I am not good enough right now.¡¯ In every way, he is no match for the current nine stars. In the past, hepeted against all of them, but Jinhyeok, who admitted that he would not be able to take on even one person, let alone all of them, opened his mouth with a satisfied face. ¡°Okay, then what time is it?¡± I won anyway, so it doesn¡¯t matter about the cost. Unlike Nine Star, who is much stronger than himself and has a 0% win rate, Jinhyeok was confident that he would definitely be able to win against the Four Spirit King Tune in front of him, so he finished setting the price. There¡¯s only one thing left. All I had to do was choose a time to hold a guild war. of course. ¡°1 day.¡± On the Tune side, 1 day is the least. ¡°Then I have 7 days.¡± Although it was quite natural for Jinhyuk to choose 7 days as the most days. I just asked a question to match the assortment. The number of days spoken by the two people who stood here as plenipotentiary representatives was set. As soon as the two people finished speaking, the system sent a message to the two people and climbers from Yeokcheon and the Guild Alliance. [The guild battle between the guilds ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯ and ¡®Guild Alliance¡¯ has been set for 4 dayster.] [Until then, climbers belonging to that guild cannot attack each other.] [Until the guild war begins, climbers belonging to that group can decide whether to participate or not, and if so, they will automatically be moved to the 60th floor, the battle stage.] [The attacks of climbers participating in guild battles do not work on those belong ing to the same group for more than a certain amount.] [*caution! Please be careful, as damage exceeding a certain limit can be sustained.] Jinhyuk and Tune made eye contact once and turned their backs, leaving behind the message window announcing the time and precautions for the guild battle. ¡°See you in 4 days, junior.¡± ¡°I can¡¯t believe I can take over his legacy in four days. ¡°I think it will be a more enjoyable moment than ever before.¡± Without stopping their harsh words towards each other until the end, the two returned to their camp where they were waiting for each other. Chapter 107 Episode 107 ¡°This is unfortunate. ¡°Today, I added one more thing to my collection.¡± Basil said with a grin as the guild war was decided and they could no longer attack each other. ¡°¡­under! ¡°After seeing this, you probably didn¡¯t think your dream woulde true, did you?¡± Of course, Hendrick, who was listening, did not just listen. This is because among the numerous snakes that attacked Hendrick, all of them except Kaputa were lying dead lying on the floor. This happened despite the fact that each and every one of them had tremendous power. Poison, hard scales, sharp fangs, etc. Despite the onught of snakes with different abilities, Hendrick defeated them all without even assuming a tolerance state. As a result, the only one who suffered a loss was Basil. But Basil smiled slightly and waved his hand. Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr Arge amount of mana escaped from his body and gently wrapped around the snakes¡¯ corpses. The corpses of snakes slowly rising by the power of mana. Soon the corpses of the snakes that emerged flew towards Basil. And the scene that followed was so terrible that Hendrick, who had gone through all the hardships, frowned. Awesome! ¡°¡­you.¡± Basil chewing on the dead body of a flying snake. Hendrick was shocked as he looked at him. Feeling the gaze of Hendrick with his eyes wide open, Basil continued to eat something rather absurd. ¡°It¡¯s delicious. ¡°With this, these children will be with me forever.¡± The body of a snake that disappeared beyond its own throat. Snake blood, snake bones, snake scales, etc. Basil enjoyed it with his eyes closed, as if savoring everything that made up a single snake, and only after eating all the snakes did he open his eyes. ¡°And I meant what I said earlier. ¡°I¡¯m adding you to my collection today.¡± Sushi Sisik! A huge number of signs can be felt under Basil¡¯s feet and inside his clothes as he eats everything and moves slowly. ¡®¡­Does that mean each and every one of them is a snake? ¡®How many snakes are they storing?¡¯ Hendrick¡¯s face hardened at the energy that seemed to be several times more numerous and powerful than the snakes he had dealt with in the previous battle. At first nce, it appeared that the damage suffered in the previous battle could easily be repaired. ¡®If they had spewed out all of them from the beginning, would it have been possible to stop them without using the dragon state?¡¯ Creepy. The emotion of that name enveloped Hendrick¡¯s whole body. These snakes all have powerful energy. There are dozens of snakes that have grown to a level that, although not at the level of a spirit being, can safely be considered below that level. If you include those at the lower levels, the number of snakes is ridiculously over a hundred. Would he have been able to stop them without even epting them? At this thought, Hendrick froze as if a nail had been nailed in ce. ¡°I guess you noticed. I like you too. ¡°Next time I see you, I may not know the final state, but I will have to see the brilliant dragon.¡± Yongrin. A change in appearance that urs when a state of eptance urs. When in the dragon state, the dragon skin that grows all over the body grows on some parts of the body through meditation, helping to strengthen defense. Of course, the speed may be slower, but the destructive power and defense increase exponentially. Ordinary climbers would not be able to keep up with the rapid growth stage and would be crushed. Even though he knew this well, Basil did not lose his smile. ¡®Myself¡­¡®Does it exist?¡¯ At least until the dragon state, his attitude seems to be that he is confident in dealing with him with ease. In fact, he is several steps ahead of Shane, whom I met not long ago. Hendrick let out a sigh as he looked at his back as he slowly walked forward, promising what would happen next. ¡°¡­300th floor. ¡°Among them, he is a climber with enough talent to be able to break the 600-story wall.¡± Due tock of time, he is still stuck on the 300th floor, but he is capable of breaking the 600th floor wall in the future. Those were the disappearing beings called Basil, Jinhyuk, and Tune. ¡°Next time you¡¯ll have to take it all out.¡± CrackHendrick gritted his teeth at the fact that his opponent didn¡¯t even reveal his true strength, no matter how much he didn¡¯t bring out all his strength. Only after Basil and Thune hadpletely disappeared into the guild union¡¯s camp did Hendrick turn away, rubbing his bloodshot eyes. ¡°¡­I need more training. 4 days¡­4 days¡­That¡¯s enough.¡± There are 4 days left until the guild war. In the meantime, with the resolve to bring out everything that the current self can bring out. Hendrick returned to the city on the 60th floor. Guild union and Yeokcheon. ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª faqwiki.us Join our Discord for new chapter updates! /invite/xr7SxG5T6V ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª It seemed to indicate that there was a temporary lull before a head-on collision between the two forces urred. * * * ¡°What the hell is going on! ¡°It¡¯s a guild battle!¡± ¡°I had to get everything done today and get back to where I was. That was what was promised. It¡¯s a guild war¡­The work was carried out without asking our opinions. ¡°I will definitely convey this to my superiors.¡± ¡®¡­¡®It¡¯s noisy.¡¯ Those who weed Tune, who returned to the camp, were guild masters from the guild alliance who rushed in and expressed their losses. Tune responded in a cool voice, feeling the excitement that raised his head as he met his soul-trembling opponent just moments ago cool down. ¡°I would be the general manager of this ce. All decisions can be made autonomously ording to my own will. Still, if you are dissatisfied, file a formalint. ¡°I will handle it ording to the tower¡¯s rules.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Tower discipline. As Tune mentioned the logic of thew of the fittest, the crowd became dead silent. In addition to the damage suffered today, the damage resulting from having to invest a few more days and the damage resulting from confronting Tune and being dealt with ording to TOP¡¯s rules. Naturally, it was thetter that had the heavier weight. ¡°Of course, Tune, it is true that I have delegated full authority to you. However, all of that is limited to the extent to which it conforms to the instructions and interests of superiors. The guild war was something that had not been decided by either us or us. ¡°No matter how much he had the authority to take preliminary action on everything, he went too far.¡± Of course, not everyone was quiet. A genius who led 10 guilds until Tune and Basil appeared, and was capable of leading them. Ashur Hum, the head of the guild ¡®Lord of Divine¡¯, did not hesitate to criticize Tune¡¯s decision. ¡°¡­What is crossing the line?¡± Tune always maintained his arrogance and confidence, but in front of Ashur Hum, he slightly toned down his attitude. The fact that he was under the protection of his employer, ¡®Seongguk¡¯, a part of Nine Star, yed a big role, but there was something else that was important. Hwaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa ¡®¡­Tsk,patibility really is a pain in the ass when it¡¯s like this. Did he also feel this way when dealing with priests and pdins?¡¯ The brilliance that erupted from behind Ashur Hum. His divine power is reminiscent of the sun. That had a huge impact on Tune not being able to treat him carelessly. Holy power and undead. The gap between the two could not be narrowed, as if it had been decided from the beginning. From the moment he chose the profession of Necromancer, Tune was no different from losing half to one move to pdins like Ashur Hum. ¡°The guild alliance belongs to the Nine Stars, especially the Fallon siblings of ¡®Holy Kingdom.¡¯ It is my job to prevent their things from being damaged and to give them even more brilliant value. So, if what you do is damaging to them¡­I will carry out the tower¡¯s rules as you said right now.¡± Tune swallowed dry saliva as he looked at his blunt but cool gaze. ¡®The situation is not good.¡¯ Tune was confident that censure regarding the guild war would, in fact, be unavoidable. However, the participation of Ashur Hum, who had not interfered with him until now, was unexpected, so Tune quickly came to his senses. ¡®If the overallmand of the guild war is taken away, it will be neither porridge nor rice. The qualifications of his sessor were also confirmed. Ready to ept everything He has by going beyond Him! never¡­I can never hand over hismand.¡¯ Ashur Hum¡¯s right to speak is absolute. Even if he is employed by Nine Star and they have delegated full authority to Tune, one directment from Ashur Hum could ruin everything. How much did you pay to hire Tune? In the name of his mistake, etc., he may be refunded in full, or may even be made to pay a penalty. By their very nature, gigantic powers are beings that can do anything as long as they have a reason to do so. No, since they were the ones who could create reasons that did not exist in the first ce, if they could not persuade Ashur Hum right now, they would be caught up in the rules of the tower that Tune himself had just mentioned. ¡®If you¡¯re going to fight, there¡¯s no reason to avoid it¡­¡®You can¡¯t cut back on your strength in front of an important moment.¡¯ Necromancer. It is also called a one-man army, but most necromancers cannot use that nickname. Commanding arge number of undead was work, but repairing broken or smashed undead was also work. Healing magic does not work on undead. Rather, if you break it, you break it, but you cannot heal the undead with healing magic. In the meantime, he fights with Ashur Hum, who is worthy of being called the strongest and best pdin before the 300th floor, taking with him undead who are damaged even by healing magic that focuses on healing rather than attacking based on divine power? ¡®¡­no. It shouldn¡¯t be like that. I can win, but then I can¡¯t achieve my goal.¡¯ There was a high possibility that it would be a victory with only scars. As he climbed the tower, Tune could not afford to have a power leak before the most important moment. ¡®I have to give everything I have to him. Win or lose. Even if I am defeated and lose my life to him, even if I be a soldier moved by his beck and call, I must go forward.¡¯ Getting better. For that, Tune should not have fought Ashur Hum. However, it seems that Ashur Hum himself has no intention of confronting Tune head-on, so he simply exerts pressure by gently raising his divine power. There was no full-scale offensive. At that moment, Basil appeared among them, with the string called tension being pulled taut. SighBasil, who naturally approached Ashur Hum, brought Camille and Ss, who had climbed on his body, to Ashur Hum and said, ¡°If you decide to leave it to us, you have to give us this level of autonomy. is not it?¡± ¡°¡­First, let¡¯s listen to the story. ¡°If your reason for epting the guild war is not valid, just know that what I just said will be reality.¡± Unlike Tune, Basil, who is not affected by divine power at all, is stuck at very close range. Even though he was not a climber who preferred closebat, Ashur Hum took a step back after realizing that it was still dangerous. I decided to put aside my persecution of him for a while and find out why he epted the guild war. ¡°Yes, that¡¯s right. Tune? Now that the boards have beenid, why don¡¯t you tell me about the n you came up with?¡± Tune, who came to his senses after hearing Basil¡¯s words with a slight smile, gave Basil a look of gratitude. ¡®I won¡¯t forget this favor, Basil.¡¯ Sensing that Basil, who had a strong My Way personality, had stepped forward for him, he gathered his momentum and opened his mouth. ¡°The purpose of the higher-ups was to deal with the ghosts, but it was also the purpose to find out the forces behind the ghosts and deal with them if possible.¡± A tune that emphasizes that there are two purposes, not one. That was correct. their superiors. So, Nine Star did not just focus on Jinhyuk, the ghost. One of the goals was to find the root cause of Jinhyuk¡¯s growth so quickly. Of course, dealing with Jinhyuk was the top priority. Is that why? Immediately after Tune¡¯s words, a rebuttal arose like wildfire. ¡°¡­So you epted the guild war? Nonsense. If you hit it, it will naturally make an attempt to cut off the gap or the tail! ¡°It looks like you¡¯re wasting time on a guild battle that could have been done on its own!¡± It was a gangster¡¯s dyke. Just like his grumpy appearance, he was impatient. Other guild masters also nodded at his words, saying that in addition to the damage suffered by guild members due to this attack, the time and resources to be wasted through preparations and battles for the guild war was too precious. As Dyke said, they were confident that if they hit Jinhyeok, his backers would be revealed or information would be leaked in some way. I am confident because I vaguely know how much effort and capital goes into raising a ghost-level climber. Well, contrary to their expectations, Jinhyuk did not have any backs. Facing their rebuttal and anger head-on, Tune calmly shook his head. ¡°It is unknown whether they will really show up. What would you do if you took all the losses and went into hiding?¡± ¡°that¡­!¡± Cut off the tail. No one could refute the idea that he might throw away the ghost that had reached the end of its usefulness or could no longer be used. Because they had a rough guess of it too. It¡¯s just that I intentionally ignored it. This is because acknowledging that would require a long-term battle, such as epting a guild war like Tune did now. They didn¡¯t want to stay on the lower floors, like the 60th floor, for very long. ¡°The ghost is still alive, and judging by the fact that he confidently entered the guild war, he must be nning to drag his back or whatever. There is a saying that it is aplete strike. The guild war that will be held in four days will be the beginning of thatplete sweep. You just need to prepare thoroughly by then. ¡°Just be prepared to crush the demon face and its back, no matter whates next.¡± To those who wanted to leave the 60th floor as quickly as possible, Tune clearly expressed his thoughts. Through this guild war, Jinhyeok¡¯s sessor or whatever the higher-up Nine Star wants will be revealed. Ashur Hum, who was listening to him with a calm expression, opened his mouth to him, who was also making it clear to him that this was one of the few opportunities for a dog to be recognized by its owner. ¡°Why did you decide to ept the guild war? As mentioned earlier, there is a possibility that it could be used to buy time. Moreover, the overriding goal is to kill the ghost. ¡°Don¡¯t you know very well that it would be enough to achieve the top goal and minimize damage?¡± In response to his calm but clearly prating words, Tune shrugged his shoulders as if asking something obvious. ¡°Arge amount of public value was consumed, causing an impossible guild war to ur. If we wanted to break it right now, we would have to spend a lot more public value than that andunch a counter operation¡­Not only would we not be able to achieve that level of public value even if we all did, but even if we did, do you think these guys would contribute that public value? First of all, I am a frencer. ¡°I have no intention of wasting public value, which is more important than gold, on a quest.¡± ¡°That goes for me too.¡± Ashur Hum had no choice but to make a decision when Basil smiled and waved his hand slightly as if to give strength to the words of thest tune. ¡°¡­After checking the situation, I see that your opinion was correct. Do as you wish. Guild war in 4 days. That¡¯s where we see the battle. ¡°After four days, summon all the guild members you have left out to prepare for any possible danger.¡± The choice he made was to side with Tune. Naturally, opposition erupted immediately. ¡°Ashur! that¡­!¡± ¡°This is an order, Carl Ernoa. I know you care about your guild members. But are you going to disobey your superiors just because of that feeling?¡± Carl Ernoa. Although he was the owner of the guild ¡®Ernoa¡¯ and a renowned wizard, he had no choice but to keep his mouth shut in response to Ashur Hum¡¯s cold question. ¡°¡­I will follow your orders.¡± The support staff, who had epted and risked doing as they pleased at important moments, were now strangling his neck, but there was nothing he could do. He just nods with his mouth sewn like a stuffed toy. There was no way anyone could protest while even Carl Ernoa, a top-ranked climber, was nodding his head. ¡°This is the end of the meeting. We¡¯ll all take a break until the guild war starts. Are you okay? Plenipotentiary?¡± ¡°¡­Okay, that¡¯s it. ¡°They will all gather together when the guild war starts anyway.¡± Tune also nodded in response to Ashur Hum¡¯s sharp question, which instantly caught everyone¡¯s attention. Although he was pushed out by Ashur Hum, he achieved his desired goal, so Tune did not view the situation as a bad thing. ¡®¡­Ghost face. It¡¯s 4 days.¡¯ Leaving behind the hustle and bustle of the people leaving for their respective ces, Tune looked at Jinhyeok, who was in the city on the 60th floor in the distance, and then left. Guild war in 4 days. In order to pour out everything there after being fully prepared. Chapter 108 Episode 108 -¡­Hey, did you hear the news? -What news? -The news that Gwimyeon had a big ident! Not long after the guild war was dered, rumors quickly spread within the tower. The rumor that Jinhyuk intentionally spread quickly spread throughout the tower, and in less than a day, everyone knew about Jinhyuk. -You said you were having a guild war with the guild union? But does that work? -So, wasn¡¯t guild battles only possible between people of simr rank? Of course, there were many people who couldn¡¯t help but feel puzzled. There were many who dismissed it as a lie because it was something that could not have happened. However, the incident quickly died down due to the follow-up rumors that immediately broke out. -They say they used public values¡­What is that? -¡­The public value of a climber 100 floors below was not enough, so he consumed so much that he could make the impossible possible? Does this make sense? Public value. A mysterious power that makes all impossible things possible within the tower. There were many people who did not know, but there were also quite a few who knew about it. Those who had never actually received public justice, but knew that public justice existed, added flesh to the rumor. One by one, with each passing of people, the rumor spread faster and more widely throughout the tower, and eventually even the detailed details of the guild war became known. -I heard the guild alliance tried to wipe out the entire 60th floor just to catch one ghost? -under! Damn you, guild bastards. Would a person without a guild live in sorrow? The fact that the guild alliance worked for at most one climber on the 60th floor. As the fact became known, people naturally ground their teeth. This was especially true for those who had been burned by guilds or climbers belonging to guilds. It was about time that theints that had been building up came out through this incident. Good rumors about Jinhyeok also slowly surfaced. -But they said that the ghost had initiated a guild war against the guild alliance for the sake of the NPCs and climbers on the 60th floor. -¡­I thought he was a climber who only thought about himself, but it turns out he had that kind of side to him. A climber who fought against the guild union¡¯s violence. That touched the hearts of many people who had nothing to do with this incident. No matter how much TOP was a world of survival of the strong and thew of the fittest, the difference between belonging to a guild and not was too big. This was especially true for guilds located in the upper ss or those under the protection of the Four Emperors. This incident attracted even more attention because it was always the independent climbers who suffered from the differences that arise because not everyone can join or form a guild. -¡­Should I participate as a mercenary? -Not bad. I heard that they are surprisingly well paid? -From justification to practicality¡­I¡¯m going to the 60th floor. In addition, with the mercenary notice being circted, people slowly began to move to the 60th floor. What started out as a way to elerate thepletion of Baal¡¯s quest gradually brought about a wind of change throughout the tower. So slowly time passed towards the guild war. Huh! puck! A training hall located on the 60th floor. Eerie sounds rang out from there. The sound of something flying. The sound of something breaking, etc. The person who filled the training ground withmotion was none other than downstream. ¡°¡­I can¡¯t be a burden to my brother.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to be a burden either.¡± ¡°Yes, Miho. Let¡¯s both try not to be a burden to our brother. Miho, who had be so close that she could now be called a sister, was also with them. Because she was young, Miho did not do troublesome or difficult things like training, but she changed 180 degrees after the announcement of the guild war not long ago. ¡°¡­I wasn¡¯t of any help.¡± Miho mutters, recalling the first time the Guild Alliance attacked. As Miho said, she wasn¡¯t able to provide proper help at that time. Jinhyeok instructed Miho to only attack from a distance, but even though she was a spirit creature, there was no way that Miho, who was still only a young cub, would be able to make a proper attack from a distance. Naturally, it was nearly impossible to deal with the climbers of the Guild Alliance, who were among the most capable climbers, with their poor archery skills. ¡°¡­It¡¯s the same for me too. So, let¡¯s try a little harder. Understand?¡± ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª faqwiki.us Join our Discord for new chapter updates! /invite/xr7SxG5T6V ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª ¡°¡­huh!¡± Of course, Ha-ryu was also feeling simr emotions to what Miho was feeling. To the point where he doubts whether he is really what Jinhyuk needs. ¡®¡­Even if you go out of the castle like Mr. Hendrick, you have to be strong enough that your brother won¡¯t stop you.¡¯ It was Ha-ryu who learned from Hendrick that just because he couldn¡¯t attack from a distance didn¡¯t mean he was protected. Ha-ryu gritted his teeth because he realized that if he couldn¡¯t attack from a distance, he could fight in close quarters in the gaps of the battlefield and just overwhelm them would be enough. ¡®There are only a few days left now. When the guild war begins, other guild members wille, and an environment will be created where I can engage in close bat¡­Still, you have to work hard.¡¯ After the guild war was dered. Jinhyuk revealed that he never intends to fight alone. A guild war is essentially arge-scale battle that takes ce by gathering guild members and hiring mercenaries. Of course, it was quite natural because Jinhyuk had clearly felt through the previous battle that Jinhyuk and his colleagues gathered on the 60th floor alone were not enough to fight the war. There will be no situation like thest time where they were unable to ovee numerical pressure and were confined to the walls. At that fact, Ha-Ryu stood up with a face full of fatigue. ¡°Miho, shall we do it one more time?¡± ¡°good.¡± Kwajik- Tsutsutsu¡­. As soon as Miho, his sparring opponent, could not agree, Ha-ryu kicked the floor of the gym. The floor is instantly crushed and a crater is formed. At the same time, Miho also continuously radiated her spiritual energy. Nails of spiritual energy sprouting from beautiful, small hands. ck energy. Ha-ryu wielded his sparring sword, looking at it, which had strength and sharpnessparable to that of sword energy, the next step in mana-making into a sword. Sreung-Kang! A sword that swings fiercely when drawn. Even though it was a sparring sword, it was a sword with a sharp edge, and he had no intention or reason to look after Miho just because she was young. In the first ce, Miho¡¯s birth was too special to be looked upon just because she was young. Kang! ¡°¡­I won¡¯t watch it.¡± ¡°It¡¯s what I hoped for.¡± Young things. Among them, how could Miho, the child of the nine-tailed fox, the nine-tailed fox, be ordinary, the first spirit to gain godhood? Miho, who easily blocked Haryu¡¯s sword strike with her ten ws, spoke with a serious face. Ha-ryu muttered with a faint smile on his face as if he should do so, then gently pulled the sword out from between his ws and continued his attack again. Kang! Kaang! Kang! Even in the training hall, where dozens of attacks and defenses took ce in one breath, time passed helplessly. This happened when there were two days left until the guild war. Crunchy CrunchyWhen Miho and Ha-ryu are working hard to improve each other¡¯s skills. In Jinhyeok¡¯s office located on the 60th floor, the only sound was the sound of a pen moving. ¡°Damn it, it¡¯s not my job to look at documents like this.¡± Jinhyeok cursed as he looked at the mountain of documents with the profiles of mercenaries in front of him. ¡°It¡¯s none of my business. Don¡¯t be too nervous and just look at this guy¡¯s documents. ¡°He seems like a pretty nice guy.¡± ¡°It¡¯s big, but its defense looks poor. Filter.¡± ¡°¡­As long as you raise your eyes high.¡± But apart from that, he checked the documents very meticulously. Even though it may be difficult to expect much from the uing guild war, I know very well that this is a force that will be of great help. ¡®¡­Still, the quality is a bit poor. Of course, most floors are higher than mine, but there are too many imaginary numbers.¡¯ Since it is only(?) located on the 60th floor, most applicants were on the 100th floor or higher. However, the w was that even though he was currently on the 60th floor, Jinhyuk, who had reached the 600th floor in his previous life, was not that satisfied with the person. No matter how hard I tried to look at documents, I couldn¡¯t create documents that didn¡¯t exist. ¡°Hendrick, did you get a reply from Goldrich?¡± ¡°I¡¯m here. They said they¡¯ll finish the guild war and then send people over.¡± ¡°okay? ¡°That¡¯s a good thing.¡± He took off the sses he was wearing and responded to the words of Hendrick Jinhyeok, who was reviewing documents like Balkan in a seat one room away. Gold Rich. Since he yed the most important role in this guild war, his answer had to be confirmed. Of course, the most important thing in guild battles is ¡®quality¡¯, but ¡®quantity¡¯ is also needed. It is natural that even if one overwhelmingly strong person can handle dozens of people, he or she cannot handle hundreds or thousands of people. Fortunately, after hearing the answer that Gold Rich would send the personnel on time, Jinhyuk sighed with a sad look on his face. ¡°I don¡¯t know the quality, but I think I can match the quantity to some extent. ¡°That guy will definitely do this.¡± trust. Knowing full well that Gold Rich was a talented person who could make up for the number of peoplecking, Jinhyeok wasted some time shuffling through the documents. ¡°But the real ones are hard to see. Should we just pick the ones who have been filtered out¡­.¡± Gold Rich will make up for what¡¯scking, but it¡¯s the real deal. So, there were hardly any climbers who could mark the guild union executives or guild leaders. This was a problem that even Gold Rich could not do anything about, so Jinhyuk had to solve it himself. In the end, Jinhyeok sighed as he looked through the documents he had missed. ¡°How much money can I give you?¡± ¡°If you¡¯re a decent guy, you can give as much as you want¡­Who are you.¡± A woman¡¯s voice came from next to me. Jinhyuk, who had been answering without realizing it, stiffened his face and turned his head. This person came in by deceiving his own instincts. The moment when Hendrick and Balkan got up from their seats as if they had let their guard down. ¡°I don¡¯t even remember anymore? I feel a little sad. ¡°It¡¯s been a few days.¡± A being that had been hiding in the dark has revealed itself. And that appearance was familiar to Jinhyuk, as well as Balkan and Hendrick. ¡°¡­Shane?¡± Shane. A bounty hunter who came to visit them a while ago, made a bet, and handed over information about the guild alliance. She has now appeared in Jinhyeok¡¯s office. For a moment, a smile appeared on my happy face. ¡°What¡¯s going on here?¡± ¡°Are you going straight to the point without giving me a cup of tea? ¡°I know it¡¯s true that the situation is like this, but I still feel sad.¡± Shane grumbled at Jinhyuk, who got straight to the point. Shane answered while ring at Jinhyeok, who seemed cold to him even though it had only been a few days since they had met. ¡°I told you. ¡°How much can you give?¡± ¡°¡­What do you mean?¡± Financial demands. But considering Shane¡¯s upation as a bounty hunter, the meaning was simple. ¡°Hire me. ¡°As long as I have enough money, I will stand by your side.¡± The fact that he proudly appears in the office, which can be said to be the enemy¡¯s camp, is considered employment. Shane made the listener feel absurd, but Jinhyuk had a slight smile on his face. ¡°How much do you want?¡± Shane¡¯s ability was proven through sparring a few days ago. She is the real person who made Jinhyuk keep rummaging through piles of documents. It was natural to immediately go through the hiring process for Shane. ¡°Two million.¡± ¡°There are too many. ¡°Let¡¯s make it 1 million.¡± Of course, just because I liked Shane, I had no intention of unconditionally epting her conditions. ¡°1.5 million. I won¡¯t do anything less than that. Are you going to the guild union?¡± ¡°Just kill him before he goes. 1.3 million.¡± An attack without an inch of retreat. When each person exchanges a punch several times. Shane was the first to raise his hand. ¡°Damn it, I¡¯m the best. ¡°You hire me like that for only 1.35 million gold?¡± 1.35 million gold. It was a huge price to pay for hiring someone for a guild war at best, but as Shane, I didn¡¯t like it. In the first ce, let alone the fact that the ransom was cheaper than the usual price, it was not a good idea topromise one¡¯s own value. ¡°It¡¯s worth the price.¡± ¡°You called 2 million!¡± ¡°I said this a little bit wrong. ¡°What I call your price.¡± ¡°¡­Damn you. Deposit money right away. ¡°If you¡¯re even a littlete, the contract is immediately cancelled!¡± Shane yells at Jinhyuk, who is slyly picking on him. Jinhyuk threw a card in front of her, revealing her personality that he had secretly seen. ¡°Pay with this.¡± ¡°¡­Why did you cut it when you had so much money?¡± A Gold Rich card that allows payments regardless of the amount. Shane stuck his tongue out at Jinhyeok, who had it and was cutting down on the down payment as if he were struggling. ¡°I¡¯ve spent too much money these days.¡± ¡°¡­With this, we are now in the same boat.¡± Shane smiled slightly as he took the card terminal out of his pocket and immediatelypleted the payment. joy. The reason he took Jinhyuk¡¯s side even at the cost of a lower ransom than usual was because of such trivial reasons. Jinhyuk nodded as if it was natural to see Shane smiling at him. ¡°Of course. ¡°If it¡¯s not worth the money, I¡¯ll get it back.¡± ¡°Wow. ¡°Be prepared to give generous incentives.¡± It was the moment when Shane, a mercenary who was the best among the bounty hunters before the 300th floor, participated in ¡®Reverse Heaven¡¯ as a mercenary. Chapter 109 Episode 109 The few days passed quickly after the mercenary Shane joined. ¡°Is it the day of the decisive battle? ¡°It doesn¡¯t feel real.¡± The morning of the guild war. Jinhyuk woke up and looked out the window and shook his head. It urred to me that today could possibly be the end of my second life, but that was because it didn¡¯t feel real. ¡®I can¡¯t lose to a junior who is so far away. Especially since I¡¯m not old enough to be the old man in the back room yet.¡¯ Tune. Jinhyeok smiled as he recalled his meeting with the man who was called by the grandiose nickname, King of Death. joy. That¡¯s why I couldn¡¯t control myughter from the joy I felt for the first time in a long time. ¡®A pleasure that is different from Hendrick, different from Yosun, and different from Shane. After all, the most fun is when people of the same kind collide with each other.¡¯ A swordsman feels joy when he meets another swordsman, and a wizard feels joy when he meets a wizard. Of course, there are some people who feel joy in cutting through the magic of wizards with their swords and destroying their swords with magic, but at least Jinhyeok was not one of those types. ¡®It¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve seen a proper necromancer, but I enjoyed it quite a bit.¡¯ Necromancer vs. Necromancer. This is truly a match that has been a long timeing. And the war with the talented junior necromancer was not enough to give Jinhyeok great excitement. ¡°He¡¯s been grinning alone since morning. ¡°You¡¯re disgusting, you guy.¡± Well, I was awakened from my excitement by the sound of Vulcan clicking his tongue. ¡°¡­Entering someone else¡¯s room without permission and voyeurizing. Are you bing like those guys too?¡± [The pinnacle of all evil expresses injustice.] [King Mifuins that it is wrong to enjoy watching you.] [The God of Lightning nces at you and flinches.] [The devil dealing with death smirks if he understands you.] [The devil who deals with death taps your shoulder, saying that excitement is the most primal emotion.] Anyone can tap me on the shoulder, Mr. Kwak. Other gods and demons who were watching Jinhyuk were damaged by the unexpected ssh damage. When Jinhyuk clicked his tongue at the message window they were sending. Balkan immediately clicked his tongue and called out Jinhyuk. ¡°Tsk, just wash up ande out. ¡°The food is ready.¡± ¡°Yes, we are all trying to make a living, but we have to eat.¡± Jinhyeok, who quickly erased his thoughts about gods and demons with an eraser at the mention of food, kicked off the soft bed sheets and got up. rice. Because Koreans have a word called ¡®bapsim¡¯. ¡®I can¡¯t show my shorings in the face of an interesting match.¡¯ Jinhyeok was a man who possessed the strength he had, the strength he didn¡¯t have, and even the will to eat in addition to the strength he had from breastfeeding. Jinhyuk is the winner today. So, it meant that they were paying a lot of attention to guild warfare. ¡®Even if we go through some ups and downs, I will win in the end.¡¯ Of course, Jinhyuk could lose, but he was not confident of losing, so his steps toward the restaurant were light and filled with joy. * * * tter-tter-tterInside the restaurant. There, the only sound was the tter of dishes clinking together. Not only Hendrick, who was quiet by nature, but even Miho, who would normally be noisy, was quiet, so it was only natural. ¡°Did you contact Goldrich?¡± The one who broke the silence was Jinhyeok, who was in the highest position in this ce. The moment when a lightly asked question breaks the silence. Hendrick, who was gently cutting the meat with a knife, answered as he put the meat he had cut into pieces into his mouth. ¡°They said they would arrive before the guild war starts. ¡°They say it will be led by Halcion and Puppet.¡± Troops arriving before the guild war begins. Jinhyuk nodded and asked another question. ¡°If these two people are bringing it directly, then I can trust it. Quality or quantity?¡± ¡°Needless to say, the quality is top notch. The number was probably a few hundred, which was less than that of the guild union. ¡°The rest will have to be filled with mercenaries we hired.¡± ¡°Hmm, it¡¯s unfortunate, but there¡¯s nothing we can do.¡± There was no shortage of qualitypared to the guild members of the guild alliance, but theck of absolute quantity could not be filled. ¡°Even if we hire mercenaries, we probably won¡¯t be able to narrow the gap in quantity.¡± ¡°I guess so. ¡°You won¡¯t be able to ovee the military forces that have been built up over several years in an instant.¡± At least a few years have passed since the guild union took root in the tower. Naturally, each guild has a huge number of guild members. There are probably hundreds of them, and there are probably guilds with numbers approaching a thousand. If you add that down to the 100th floor, there are over a thousand climbers belonging to the guild union. ¡°It¡¯s a shame. ¡°If Gold Rich had worked a little harder, he could have made up the numbers quite evenly.¡± That¡¯s why Hendrick couldn¡¯t hide his regret. Although they caught up in quality, they were unable to ovee numerical inferiority, which is the most important factor in group warfare. Of course, Jinhyuk shrugged his shoulders and supported Goldrich. ¡°It¡¯s not like he¡¯s in the military industry, and if he had more power than that, that would have been a problem in its own way. ¡°He didn¡¯t even see the future, so how could he have prepared his troops in advance?¡± Although Goldrich participates in ¡®Reverse Heaven¡¯, he is ultimately a merchant. Naturally, the number ofbat resources is bound to be smallpared to other businesses. Of course, since Gold Rich is aiming to overthrow the Four Emperors, it was difficult to think that he would not have any military power that he was secretly cultivating¡­. ¡®Even if it were, it wouldn¡¯t be anything useful here.¡¯ A dragon-ying sword cannot be used to kill a cow. After the formation of Yeokcheon, it was clear that for a hastily assembled force, hundreds of people would have cost a huge amount of money. Knowing that, Jinhyuk decided that the current situation was not bad. ¡°Let¡¯s get up quickly. ¡°It¡¯s time to make the final preparations.¡± Hendrick frowned at the words of Jinhyuk, who finished eating and stood up from his seat, leaving the empty bowl behind. ¡°We haven¡¯t eaten yet. ¡°You seem like a selfish guild master.¡± ¡°¡­I didn¡¯t know that. ¡°Eat slowly and thene out.¡± Jin-hyuk scratches his head in embarrassment, and Ha-ryu and Mi-ho smile brightly, perhaps because they have rxed at the sight of Jin-hyuk. It¡¯s essential to be moderately nervous before a guild battle, but that doesn¡¯t mean you need to be nervous the whole time, so I didn¡¯t aim for it, but it ended up being a good thing in its own way. Jinhyuk walked outside, leaving behind the rest of the people who were quickly finishing their remaining food. TrudgingA castle on the 60th floor. While walking there, Jinhyuk simted the guild battle in his head onest time. ¡®I don¡¯t even hope for a perfect victory. All I need is just¡­Just victory. I will use this incident as a stepping stone and head to higher ces.¡¯ A battle against a group with great power and influence. Jinhyeok smiled as he pictured a battle in which he had to risk his life. ¡®Pain that doesn¡¯t kill me only makes me stronger. If you die, that¡¯s all you have, and if you survive, it means that you have some qualifications to reach your goal. That¡¯s enough.¡¯ As the old saying goes, pain was like quenching. If the sword breaks during tempering, it is nothing more than a sword. However, a sword that has endured arduous tempering is born into a famous sword. It was no different from the situation Jinhyuk is experiencing now. A hardening task called guild union. If you can¡¯t hold on here, you¡¯ll break, but if you can hold on, you can move on to the next level. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk did not give up and chose to move forward. ¡°Now then, let¡¯s take a look at the faces of the mercenaries I personally selected.¡± Three hours until the guild war. Jinhyuk rushed out of his seat to check on the mercenaries who would be gathered at the parade ground on the 60th floor. * * * ¡°I¡¯m here?¡± A parade ground where mercenaries gather. The person who weed me when I showed up there was none other than Shane. ¡°It¡¯s fast. ¡°There are still about three hours left.¡± He¡¯s also diligent. I asked, looking at Shane with a surprised face who had already arrived even though there were about three hours left. Shane shrugged his shoulders and answered my question. ¡°I will lead the mercenary unit, so I need to check in advance.¡± Well, that¡¯s right. It was safe to say that Shane was the top ss among mercenaries. Bounty hunter, mercenary, frencer. If you look at it before the 300th floor, there are only a handful of people who are simr to or stronger than Shane. That¡¯s why I entrusted all of the mercenaries that Hendrick and I had chosen with great care to Shane. ¡°Do whatever you want. As you said, control of the mercenary unit will be yours alone.¡± In addition, after the guild war began, he showed trust in her to the extent of entrusting leadership of the mercenaries to Shane. If you¡¯re going to do it, you¡¯d better do it for sure. Anyway, I saw Shane¡¯s abilities with my own eyes and experienced it myself. There is no doubt about Shane¡¯s abilities, and it was given with the intention of gaining points as there was a high possibility that he would be involved with her frequently in the future. ¡°How is your condition?¡± ¡°not bad. No, it can actually be said to be good. ¡°No matter where you go, it won¡¯t be easy to get kids of that level.¡± ¡°I definitely benefited from some rumors.¡± The mercenaries who checked their weapons and warmed up their bodies at the parade ground were people who fully satisfied Shane¡¯s standards. However, I knew very well that they were not people who could just save money. ¡®If the general trend wasn¡¯t on our side, if it weren¡¯t for the image of a hero fighting against the tyranny of arge guild, we wouldn¡¯t have gathered.¡¯ If you are a low-level mercenary, you might not know it, but if you are a high-level mercenary, your pride is unique. It is safe to say that there are virtually no people whoe down to make money in the battle that takes ce on the 60th floor at most. Not only is it difficult to n for Ilshin¡¯s growth, but the only thing left is money. Naturally, when this mercenary notice was first issued, the participation rate was low. If you wanted money, you could go to the guild union and get a lot of it, and to those who did not know the internal situation, the guild union seemed overwhelmingly advantageous, so it was natural. ¡°Aren¡¯t these all things I excel at?¡± ¡°¡­Wow, think whatever you want.¡± It¡¯s a bit too much to the point of nausea. I tried making a few jokes, but all I got back was nausea. In the end, I shook my head and shrugged my shoulders and walked outside. ¡°Where? ¡°Can¡¯t I check more?¡± As he moved forward without checking on each of the mercenaries, Shane immediately followed him. As she said, originally, I would have looked around at each mercenary. It is said that Shane was given full authority. In the end, it was a piece of chess that I had to y. It was only natural that I was the one driving Shane, who leads the mercenary unit. Even though three hours was enough time to see all the mercenaries, there was a good reason why I stopped looking at them and left. ¡°You¡¯ll take care of it, so I¡¯ll go and greet the guests.¡± Weing guests. This was because I could hear the signs of a guesting to visit me from outside. Oh, to be precise, it¡¯s not ¡®guest¡¯ but ¡®guests¡¯. ¡°customer? What happened suddenly¡­ah!¡± Shane, who had been tilting his head at the mention of a guest, covered his mouth when he finally felt the presence of people gathering outside. ¡°shall we go together?¡± ¡°¡­However much.¡± I smiled at Shane, who nodded when he asked me to go with him to check on the guests, and left the parade ground. ¡°¡­It¡¯s very shiny.¡± As soon as I left the parade ground, I frowned at the sh of golden light that pierced my eyes. Well, it wasn¡¯t an unpleasant frown. A golden army numbering in the hundreds fills my eyes. Because it was the kind of frown that made you feel good just by looking at it. Of course, it wasn¡¯t just me. ¡°¡­I¡¯m serious. ¡°Who is your sponsor?¡± Shane, who followed me, was no different from me. Shane frowns at the shing golden light. Shane asked me who owned the golden army. Originally, I was my sponsor, but I would have kept it hidden. Since today was going to be widely known, I told them about my strong sponsor. ¡°Goldrich.¡± ¡°¡­Gold Rich Company?¡± Of course, there were people in the world who couldn¡¯t eat even if they were spoon-fed. Shane was exactly like that. Shane didn¡¯t immediately believe what I said and asked if the sponsor was ¡®Gold Rich Company¡¯ and not ¡®Gold Rich¡¯. The answer was already written on Shane¡¯s face. However, because I am kind, kind, intelligent, and have a great personality, I kindly corrected Shane¡¯s words. ¡°No, Gold Rich is just the sponsor. ¡°It feels like a business partner?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t believe it. Why on earth is that guy¡­? ¡­.¡± ¡°I told you, I¡¯m doing well.¡± ¡°¡­I really don¡¯t have anything to say this time.¡± Gold Rich. A celebrity that no one knows in the tower. In a way, Shane was speechless at the sound of his name, which was more famous than the Four Emperors. At the parade ground, he pretended to be nauseous and made fun of me, but he wasn¡¯t stupid enough to do that even after hearing that Gold Rich was his sponsor. By the time Shane got quiet after hearing my sponsor. Two figures appeared through the golden army. I don¡¯t have to say anything to know that these are very familiar faces to me. ¡°It¡¯s been a long time, Ghost Face.¡± ¡°I¡¯m here too!¡± A puppet with a polite but powerful voice. Halcion looks pretty cool now. As Goldrich had previously conveyed, it was none other than Puppet and Halcion who showed up leading the golden army. The two people who emerged through the golden army soon knelt down in front of me and shouted. ¡°I lead 500 members of the Golden Army and meet the guild leader of ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯.¡± ¡°See you!¡± Halcyon¡¯s chorus followed by Puppet¡¯s chorus. A voice that seemed to fill the front of the parade ground on the 60th floor. But that wasn¡¯t the end. So bad! ¡°¡°Meeting the guild master of Yeokcheon, Ghostface!!!¡±¡± Golden Army. This is because a total of 500 people knelt down and recited the song. The moment when the sound of armor colliding and the sound of a double speare together. The fact that it felt like the entire 60th floor was shaking was clearly not just my illusion. ¡®Junior guy, I guess you¡¯re not tired.¡¯ Watching closely, I also got goosebumps, but their sounds must have spread throughout the 60th floor. Of course, my junior would have established a camp outside the city. It was clear that it had reached the Demon King Tune as well. ¡°Wake up, there isn¡¯t much left until the guild war, but you can¡¯t lose your strength with something like this.¡± I told him to rest, but the smile on my face couldn¡¯t be erased. Since I didn¡¯t feel like I was going to lose, my smile didn¡¯t disappear either. Chuck- Chuck- Chuck-! I looked at the guild union¡¯s camp beyond the city, watching the gold soldiers rise from their seats at mymand and move to the parade ground in line with Oh. ¡°Is this just the beginning?¡± Yeokcheon vs. Guild Alliance. Guild Alliance vs. Yeokcheon. It wasn¡¯t the fight of the century, but it was the moment when the climbers of the tower who had endured the violent explosion exploded. And the moment this explosion seeds. The second and third explosions will continue, extending all the way to the Nine Stars and the Four Emperors. ¡°I¡¯m already looking forward to it.¡± I was looking forward to seeing what kind of expression they would make during the explosion that shook the entire tower. After thinking about it, I took a quick look at the surroundings, which had already be quiet, and eventually walked into the parade ground. Chapter 110 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 110 Epissode 110 Time passed quickly until 12 o¡¯clock sharp. ¡°Whew, the mercenaries have also been roughly checked, and the gold soldiers have also been roughly checked?¡± ¡°yes.¡± ¡°It¡¯s unfortunate that Ken and Hong Gil-dong didn¡¯te, but there¡¯s nothing we can do.¡± ¡°I received a call from Ken that I would arrive in time, but¡­Because I can¡¯t figure out Hong Gil-dong¡¯s side¡­.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, he¡¯lle by himself. Because they aren¡¯t the ones to fall for things like this. ¡°Then shall we go out soon?¡± ¡°I will take care of you.¡± Although it waste due to the greeting of Puppet, Halcion, and the gold soldiers they brought, there was still enough time to roughly check the mercenaries, including them. The only thing that was disappointing was that Ken and Hong Gil-dong had not yet appeared. I was disappointed by the absence of people who would have definitely been helpful, but I couldn¡¯t just wait for them any longer. As I left the parade ground, I walked towards the outside of the city where the Guild Alliance would be stationed. The puppet gently came to my side and assisted me. ¡°Okay, feel free to do that. however¡­You¡¯ve gotten pretty strong, huh?¡± ¡°¡­As expected, you recognize it right away. ¡°It¡¯s just the result of our constant efforts to avoid causing inconvenience to the guild leader and Goldrich.¡± A powerful energy felt from the puppet that approached the side. When I asked, slightly clicking my tongue at the formidable spirit, the puppet smiled softly and made a pretense, as if it was natural. ¡°Don¡¯t be pretentious.¡± When I answered with a frown, Puppet shrugged his shoulders. He¡¯s an ugly bastard, taking after his master. As I clicked my tongue at the puppet that was increasingly resembling Goldrich, he immediately praised me. ¡°Yes, but it¡¯s just an ordinary result in front of the guild leader. It¡¯s Shane¡­It¡¯s a name I¡¯ve heard of before. They say he is a well-known talent in the mercenary world. ¡°It makes me think that the world is so unfair that you have reached the peak not only of your personal abilities but also of your ability to embrace others.¡± Mercenaries, bounty hunters, ronins, frencers, etc. There are many climbers with various names. But in the end, they too belong to the huge category called ¡®climbers.¡¯ And all climbers have pride. The higher the floor, the higher and stronger the pride bes. Shane was no different. A climber who is about to reach the 300th floor means that he or she will be one of the strongest climbers in the tower. It was difficult to meet such people, and even if they had a lot of money, it was often impossible to hire them. Since there is such a thing as ss, it is natural. ¡°It¡¯s only the 300th floor.¡± ¡°It¡¯s also on the 300th floor. Of course, considering the people we have to deal with, it is a very low and inadequate level, but¡­It will be helpful enough, at least for now.¡± Chang-ChaengThe puppet shows a grin as it looks at Shane lightly rxing from afar. I could no longer refute his words. Shane¡¯s prowess in countering all the attacks of a dozen mercenaries without retreating was truly remarkable. ¡°¡­If I couldn¡¯t help you, I wouldn¡¯t have hired you.¡± ¡°Yes, I guess so. Because Gwimyeon¡¯s insight was famous. ¡°Didn¡¯t you attract diverse talents?¡± ¡°That sounds like you¡¯re bragging about how talented you are. I guess it¡¯s just how you feel, right?¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s probably because of your mood.¡± I nced at the puppet, who cleared his throat and was avoiding my gaze, and then took a quick step away. ¡°That¡¯s it for the small talk.¡± ¡°yes.¡± Puppet, seeing his unmasked face harden, also wiped the smile from his mouth. The smile disappeared from the corner of the puppet¡¯s mouth, which always had a cool smile on it, and at the same time, a strong energy surged around him. I moved to the decisive battle, apanied by a puppet as an aide, which clearly showed that I was capable of doing more than one person¡¯s job. ¡°let¡¯s go. ¡°To clear away the obstacles blocking our progress.¡± ¡°I was just waiting for those words. Everyone, let¡¯s go!¡± -yes!!! From low to lowAs soon as the words are finished, a voice with the power of a puppet hits the parade ground. There are certainly people who have reached a higher level than Puppet, but I couldn¡¯t help but hold out my tongue as I watched the mercenaries and gold soldiers gathered at the parade ground move in unison at his words. ¡®Maybe it¡¯s because he¡¯s a puppet master, but doing something is no joke.¡¯ It is safe to say that Puppet¡¯s ability to freely deal with beings that are higher and stronger than him is truly amazing. The puppet shows why one outstandingmander is of enormous value in war. I burst outughing at the reassurance I felt next to me, stood at the front of hundreds of people, and headed toward the outside of the city on the 60th floor, where the guild union was waiting. Chuck- Chuck- ChuckHundreds of climbers walking behind me. Among them were Hendrick with an expressionless face, Haru and Miho with tense faces, and Balkan, whoforted them. Even though people who have all walked different paths are mixed together, ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, which embraces harmony without any disharmony, is ready to tear up the first sky. ¡°Tyuuuuun!!!¡± The owner of the sword named ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, who had added sharpness and strength to it by adding mercenary essories, cried out his opponent¡¯s name. ¡°Ghost!!!¡± The voice was heard clearly even though it was quite far away. At the same time, a message window sent by the system appeared before the eyes of the guild war participants gathered here. [5 minutester, the guild war begins.] I trembled at the fact that the fate of those gathered here would be decided in just five minutes. fear? It wasn¡¯t because of those odd feelings. ¡°I¡¯m excited.¡± That was the excitement that made my face turn red. Several months have passed since I climbed the tower. I was so happy at this moment because there was never a battle that really made me cry. The death that everyone else is afraid of? ¡®I¡¯ve died once anyway.¡¯ Speaking from a perspective that has experienced death, it is not something to be afraid of. What was truly to be feared was not death, but weeding and sloth. And excitement that does note for a long time is bound to bring boredom as well asziness andziness. I was just at that point. Just when we were trying to do anything to prevent culling and sloth, which would note if we could get a little excited, a guild war broke out. ¡°Are you really okay? If you lose here¡­.¡± ¡°Stop saying anything, make that guy the 4th Spirit Master.¡± ¡°¡­I get it.¡± While I was blushing and unable to hold back my excitement, Vulcan approached me and I cut him off with a sharp cut. In the end, Balkan, who was unable to change his opinion, looked at the guild alliance troops with bitter faces. ¡°Can you win?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know if I will win or lose. There are many people who are not here yet, and there may be many who have not revealed that much on the other side. ¡°I just do my best so that I don¡¯t have any regrets at the moment of death.¡± ¡°¡­Those are your words.¡± Winning or losing didn¡¯t matter. The question is whether an outstanding junior named Tune will surpass his senior, or if not, whether the senior will solidly prove himself. Of course, thetter was still good. ¡®You¡¯ve got a thousand years to go before you can surpass me, you old junior.¡¯ No matter how much people around me praise him as the Demon King and all, in my eyes, he is just a 300-level necromancer. The difference between an ordinary necromancer and Tune was that he was just looking forward to the future. After all preparations areplete, when tension is in the air. ¡°Oh,e to think of it, Goldrich told me to tell you something when the guild war starts.¡± When the puppet approached me, it delivered Goldrich¡¯s message. A message from Gold Rich, who sees the future well as a merchant. Of course it was strange that I wasn¡¯t curious, and I waved my hands as if it was obvious. ¡°say it.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll tell you when we start. Well, he said you¡¯ll know when you see it.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s nd.¡± There is now 1 minute left until the guild war. I wanted to ask what was there to surprise me, but since this was what ¡®he¡¯ Goldrich had told me to tell, it was clear that there would definitely be something that would surprise me, let alone something ordinary. Of course, I looked at the rapidly shrinking window of time remaining without showing any such anticipation on the outside. And the moment the remaining time bes exactly ¡®0¡¯. -Wow! -Wow! With cheers erupting from both sides. ¡°¡­What is that?¡± I could only mutter with a helpless expression on my face. Because it was all I could do in the face of the ridiculous things happening far away in the guild union. Goldrich, you crazy bastard¡­! The moment when I did something so absurd that my whole body was shaking with excitement and realized that I had seeded. ¡°Run, get ready to cough up all your down payment if you lose to these divided people!¡± What is self-respect? He ordered an advance towards the guild alliance that had begun fighting among themselves. To-doo-doo-dooI asked the puppet standing next to me as I looked at the army of Yeokcheon running towards me, raising a cloud of dust. ¡°¡­What did Goldrich say?¡± ¡°The correct answer is to use a joint n against aprehensive n¡­He said. Oh, of course, since it cost hundreds of millions of gold, he said that if he loses, he will go all the way to hell to collect his debt.¡± Comprehensive book and joint book. It is abined n created by small countriesing together to block the most powerful country. The joint n was created by the most powerful country, which was struggling with such aprehensive n. It was a method of tearing the internal affairs apart by creating divisions among the enemies through strife and coaxing. Here, the guild alliance is using abined n, and what Gold Rich used is probably a joint n. ¡°¡­Ha, he seems crazy.¡± Guild union. It was clearly arge and powerful organization. This is natural since it is an organization created by as many as 10 forcesing together. However, there must have been a gap to dig into, but Gold Rich¡¯s financial power in identifying that gap and pulling it out made me hold my tongue. of course. ¡°This won¡¯t be enough.¡± ¡°I guess so. What Mr. Goldrich did was to shake the lower part that supports the pyramid, but he could not even touch the upperyer where the solid middleyer and executives were located.¡± Although Goldrich¡¯s strategy was sessful, it did not immediately lead to victory. Yeokcheon was not yet powerful enough to win with the sess of Yeonheop¡¯s strategy alone. Nevertheless, I couldn¡¯t help but be happy that the gap of hundreds of people was narrowed through joint action. ¡°Then I guess I should start too. ¡°Puppet, you go too.¡± ¡°I thought so. then¡­I¡¯ll see you alive. Me and the guild leader too.¡± After delivering all of Goldrich¡¯s messages. I bowed my head politely and grinned as I looked at the puppet¡¯s back as it quickly joined the battlefield, then stamped my foot. thud! A heavy sound spread throughout the battlefield, and I muttered quietly as I put on a goblin mask over my face. ¡°Wake up.¡± -Kyaaaaaaa! -Keeee! -I will annihte my master¡¯s enemies! Soul soldiers who showed up after being called. They were the elite of the elite, and as soon as they showed up, they gave off strong energy. ¡°Vulcan!¡± ¡°It¡¯s already being summoned.¡± HuhAs soon as they appeared, Vulcan swung his staff sideways. A simple swing. But what followed was not that simple. Quad deukThe ground split, and what appeared between them were countless undead. When the army that would reliably support the Soul Bottle series waspleted wi th the addition of the undead, which had no limit to the number of soul soldiers, demon soul soldiers, and holy soul soldiers, I sent them out without hesitation. ¡°What are you going to do now, Tune? ¡°You can reach me, right?¡± Doo doo doo dooMy eyes sparkling with spiritual power sparkled as I looked at my proud troops leaving to join the battlefield, shaking the earth. A series of over 100 soul bottles. Over a thousand undead. With their joining, the Guild Alliance, which had been causing self-destruction, gritted its teeth andunched a counterattack. It was the moment when a full-scale guild war began. * * * ¡®¡­What on earth is this! How on earth did you manage your guild members so that you could be bribed by the enemy?¡¯ Tune, who was famous for his calmness, could not help but be confused by the current situation. The cause of his confusion was that as soon as the guild war began, most of the lower-level guild members belonging to the 9 guilds except ¡®Lord of Divine¡¯ attacked other guilds. Fortunately, the guild battle allowed some attacks from the same side to be ignored, so there was no major damage, but there was another important problem. ¡®¡­If this happens, no one can be trusted.¡¯ The fundamental reason why the guild union can boast of its overwhelming size is the reason why the ¡®union¡¯ copses. Up to 10 guilds. There were well over a thousand guild members under theirmand, dozens of executives who reigned over them, and even the guild leader. It has be a situation where they cannot trust anyone but themselves. This meant that if the current situation remained the same, an absurd situation could arise where arge army numbering more than a thousand people was defeated by a force that did not even have a full thousand men. Of course, as time passes and the situation is fully understood, the guild alliance maye together again¡­. ¡®It¡¯s toote. The guild war must have ended or is about to end. In the end, the only people I can trust are me and Basil.¡¯ At the very least, it was clear that the guild alliance woulde together again at the end of the guild war or just before it ended. And that was like saying that it had no meaning to Tune. Because he risked everything against this guild. ¡°Tune, I think we should go soon.¡± -Shush! ¡°Okay, let¡¯s go. Has the ghost side moved? Undeads and spirits¡­We have to stop those first.¡± The thoughts were deep, but thanks to Basil, who broke Tune¡¯s thoughts with good timing, Tune was able to see reality. Thousands of divided climbers no longer mattered. They will act as meat shields in their own way. This is because I realized again that what was important was the guild leader who ¡°Gather all the guild leaders. ¡°Tell them to select only the main guild members under theirmand and lead them to charge.¡± ¡°¡­What about the rest of the lower sses?¡± He delivers orders to quickly resolve the situation to Basil, who is next inmand after himself. When Basil was told to lead the executives belonging to the mid-level guild members and upper-level guild members and demand an assault on the guild leaders, Basil nodded and asked about the low-level guild members, who were the biggest cause of the current self-destruction. In response to Basil¡¯s question, Tune shook his head with a cold expression. ¡°There is no reason to care about those who abandoned the cause because they were blinded by self-interest. ¡°Tell them to use it as a meat shield against Yeokcheon¡¯s attacks.¡± ¡°I like it.¡± Tune deres that low-level guild members are not his chess pieces from this moment on. Basil, with a satisfied smile on his face, released the snakes that were no different from his own children. Sushi SisikBasil smiled, pointing to the snakes that quickly spread across the battlefield across the floor. ¡°That could buy us some time. So tune, you do what you can.¡± ¡°¡­Favors are returned.¡± After saying that the guild leaders would buy time to gather their strength, Tune bowed to Basil, who was running to the battlefield to begin full-scale control. Basil, who was to receive a silent bow, was already far away, but Tune, who did not hesitate to smile, looked at the battlefield with a cold gaze. -Kyaaaa! -Keeee! ¡°¡­I¡¯ll have to catch those first.¡± The undead are of low quality, so they do not pose a huge threat. However, Tune reached out to first clear the obstruction that could not be removed. TsutsutsutsuA huge amount of morale and mana are condensed, creating a distortion of space. When preparing a single blow that will wipe out the undead at once and even wipe out the soul bottle series protected by them. A man¡¯s low voice echoed throughout the battlefield. ¡°[Thunder seal].¡± Chii Iik- ¡°¡­Aaaah, what is this?¡± ¡°pattern? Damn it, erase it quickly. ¡°It¡¯s an enemy wizard!¡± Lightning made of mana was engraved on the foreheads of most guild members standing on the battlefield. An uproar arose between the guild members who were causing self-destruction and the middle-level guild members who were a little lower in rank due to it burning their skin and settling down like a tattoo or pattern. Wizard. It was clear that the lightning patternmotion happening now was clearly part of some magic being prepared by a magician belonging to Yeokcheon. However, rather than erasing the pattern, all of them are wizards belonging to the Yeokcheon. It was also faster for a wizard who specialized in lightning magic toplete the magic. ¡°This should be enough to pay for beingte. Phew, I hope he doesn¡¯t hate me¡­ [¡­Heavenly Punishment].¡± Crumbling! A huge bolt of lightning falls from the sky. Eventually, one thunderbolt split into two, the two thunderbolts split into four again, and the four again split into eight. In the blink of an eye, a bunch of lightning split into hundreds of branches and struck the ground. To be precise, it was to a guild member who could not erase the thunder mark that had appeared on his forehead. Squeeze! ¡°¡­Aaaah!¡± ¡°Knock! Wow¡­.¡± While casualties continued to appear here and there, a man wearing a blue robe was smiling in the middle of the battlefield. ¡°Forgive me for beingte.¡± Polite voice. But the ce where that voice reached was not a battlefield. Yeokcheon¡¯s home base away from the battlefield. Because it was said to the person who was there watching everything. And after hearing thete student¡¯s apology, Jinhyuk yed with his mask and muttered withughter. ¡°It¡¯ste, Ken.¡± Ken. He, who had been taught by Jinhyeok on the 10th floor and even saved his life, was the moment when he imprinted his name not only on the whale battle of Yeokcheon and Guild Alliance taking ce on the 60th floor, but also on the entire tower. [The owner of Geumgangjeo is interested in you.] [The owner of Mjolnir is interested in you.] [The God of Lightning casts Above Me Below and pushes others away.] [The most perfect wife, Shin, sighs and pulls someone¡¯s ear.] [Numerous gods show interest in you.] [Numerous demons are interested in you.] The name ¡®Ken¡¯ was strongly imprinted not only on the tower, but also on lightning-rted gods and demons currently watching the guild war. Until I started. No, it had been predicted that the guild union would win ever since the guild war first started a few days ago, but less than 10 minutes after the guild war started, it was also the moment when the fate of the winner or loser became unknown. Chapter 111 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 111 All Master Necromancer Episode 111 Feeling like I¡¯m getting my nose cut with my eyes open. Tune could not help but tremble as he felt an unfamiliar feeling for the first time in his life. ¡°It was clear that they had the upper hand, but it wasn¡¯t long before they became equal¡­ Ha! After all, a top is a top. Are you getting stabbed in the back when you try to trust someone?¡± Tune knew that the advantage was not so much that it was overwhelming. However, it was clear that he had the upper hand, so Tune gritted his teeth. He stood at an advantageous high point and slowly destroyed his opponent, and in the end, he tried to take on Jinhyuk head-on, but all his ns went to waste, so it was natural. ¡°Ashur Hum, are everyone else gathered?¡± Tune said while ring sharply at Ashur Hum, the only one among the guild leaders who respected him. Ashur Hum nodded with a blunt face, knowing full well that this respect was not given out of respect for him, but because he was a threat. ¡°It¡¯s waiting outside. ¡°We selected about five executives from each group and brought them with us.¡± ¡°Whew, that¡¯s better.¡± Although they thought they were useless bugs, their power was indispensable in this situation. The low-ranking guild members¡¯ self-importance was no longer able to be used as a meat shield due to the subsequentrge-scale attack from the opposing wizard. Without the strength of the guild leaders and executives of each guild, the war situation could have not only escted but even turned around in an instant. Tsk ¨C That¡¯s why Tune immediately pulled down the tent and took long strides outside. As soon as he went outside, the nine guild leaders, excluding Ashur Hum, looked at Tune with fearful eyes. An attitude shown because they know full well that the current situation was created through a mixture of their own faults and shorings. ¡°You are well aware of your mistakes.¡± A voice full of coolness. Although they did not criticize their mistakes, the guild leaders closed their mouths as they felt the sting of a sharply sharpened sword. Even their boss, the guild leader, was shutting up, and none of the executives spoke up, so amidst themotion of the guild war, the area in front of Tune¡¯s barracks was as quiet as before the opera began. ¡°I have no intention of ming you now. It¡¯s also my fault for not properly understanding your level. Add to that my mistake of not being able to push you away, and I will leave the matter behind for now.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± The faces of the guild leaders brightened with anger. In fact, I didn¡¯t think they could be med while the guild war was in full swing, but I couldn¡¯t be at ease because Tune didn¡¯t know where to go. In the meantime, he said that he would leave the matter behind for now, so it is natural for him to be pleased. ¡°But if you guys don¡¯t perform well in this guild battle¡­ Duhan and Skeleton Wizard may be added to my ¡®deaths¡¯.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Of course, I had no intention of just burying their mistakes. ¡°If you don¡¯t want to die, move until you die.¡± The guild leaders were not so clueless that they did not know what it meant to say that Duhan and Skeleton Wizards were added to the ¡®Death¡¯ army of Tune. ¡®¡­You mean to kill us and turn our corpses into undead?¡¯ ¡®¡­Crazy guy. ¡®I¡¯m even more crazy because I think I¡¯m really going to do it.¡¯ In order to create people like Duhan and Skeleton Wizard, you needed corpses suitable for them. However, each guild leader who was a climber above the 200th floor was capable of bing a Duhan and a Skeleton Wizard. In other words, Tune told them that if they did not perform well in guild battles, he would kill them and incorporate them into his army. It was like a death threat, but there was only one person who couldin about it right now. ¡°Ashur!¡± Ashur Hum, the owner of ¡®Lord of Divine¡¯, who can be said to be the head of the guild union, was one of them. ¡®Lord of Divine¡¯, whose owner is Ashur Hum, is the only guild that does not have a single traitor. Of course, if anyone had toe forward and say something to Tune, it would be none other than Ashur Hum. ¡°Is there anything more to say? I don¡¯t think I can wait for long, but if you have something to say, say it now. ¡°You won¡¯t even be able to have a proper conversation once the battle starts.¡± But the problem was that Ashur Hum had no intention of taking their side. The wholemotion ended with Ashur Hum, who had the only right to speak, turning his back on the guild leaders. ¡°¡­doesn¡¯t exist.¡± Ashur Hum, who they thought was on their side, turned his back, but the guild leaders could not say anything because they knew that the fundamental reason for this was theirs. ¡°Then let¡¯s leave. I will stand at the forefront. ¡°The wizard who just cast arge-scale spell is still on the battlefield, so I will prioritize moving with the goal of catching him first.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, damn let¡¯s go, you guys!¡± Since Ashur Hum, who was the only one who perfectlymanded the guild members, said he would take the lead, the oue was decided. Jose Yan of Giant Hippo, whom most of the guild members had betrayed, stood up with a red face, and following Jose Yan, other guild leaders rose from their seats one after another. ¡°I will take charge of the battlefield. Tune, you block your face. ¡°It looks like Basil has already gone to stop the dragon n.¡± ¡°¡­Sure.¡± The generalmander was Tune, but Tune could only nod his head at Ashur Hum¡¯s words. This is why there is a high possibility that not only Tune¡¯s position but even his life will be in danger if he refutes Ashur Hum, who has taken control of the other guild leaders at once. The moment Tune nodded because that was what he had nned to do in the first ce. ¡°I¡¯m heading out.¡± ¡°yes!¡± Ashur Hum and his loyal guild members left their positions and headed toward the battlefield. Towards a ce that was in turmoil due to the offensive of Yeokcheon¡¯s mercenaries and gold soldiers following the Jajungji Rebellion. Tune, who was looking at the backs of Ashur Hum and the guild leaders who disappeared like the tide in an instant, sighed and waved his hand. Suddenly, the ground cracked, and Tune¡¯s ¡®death¡¯ revealed itself to the world again. ¡°If we fight as climbers versus climbers, it would be right to block the undead with the undead.¡± In the chaotic battlefield, Yeokcheon currently has the upper hand, but since the elites of ¡®Lord of Divine¡¯, including Ashur Hum, and guild leaders from other guilds have joined, the advantage among climbers will soon be reversed. Tune knew this well, so he knew what he had to do now. ¡°Go, my ¡®deaths¡¯. ¡°Finish what you couldn¡¯t finishst time.¡± -Kyaaagh! -Keeeeee! Undeads that are not only inferior to the undead summoned by Jinhyeok but are several levels higher run across the battlefield following Tune¡¯s orders. ¡°¡­You guys go and help them too. ¡°You guys will have to stick together to deal with the soul soldiers.¡± -I understand, my master. -Kihihi, corpse! I miss you rotten me! I can do whatever I want, right? The Death Knight¡¯s voice, which shows loyalty with a low-pitched voice, and the flippant voice of the Lich, which is the opposite. Listening to the voices of the two beings, Tune nodded with a cool gaze. ¡°Do whatever you feel like. Whether it¡¯s turning the battlefield upside down or grinding up corpses. Just take me to the front of the ghost. ¡°As long as I can achieve that, I don¡¯t care what I do.¡± -¡­Has confirmed. -Garface? Soul disease? Okay, I¡¯ll add it to my collection! The Death Knight hesitated in answering the unusually cold voice, but the Lich was rather satisfied. In addition to an excellent necromancer called Gwimyeon, there is also a type of undead that I have never seen before called Soul Bottle. For Lich, a wizard and necromancer, these things were more enjoyable than any other experimental subject. ¡°I would have said that the ghost face was mine, Akkad. If you touch him, I will take off my skull and throw it in the church and temple for three days and three nights.¡± Of course, Tune, who was only thinking about fighting against Jinhyuk, threatened Rich Acard. Liches are undead. Throwing him, an undead, into a religious order or temple full of divine power and the eyes of the gods was like saying that he would suffer an extra pain and be destroyed forever. -¡­Tch, I got it. I¡¯lly out a blood-stained red carpet for the owner¡¯s way. But I can¡¯t give up on soul disease. Because I want to carefully dissect people who are different from ghosts and demons! ¡°I won¡¯t worry about soul disease. I hope you keep your word, Akkad. ¡°I don¡¯t keep useless people around.¡± -I will make sure not a single ant passes by on the way. ¡°I¡¯m looking forward to it, Char.¡± Satisfied with the sight of Death Knight Char bending on one knee and showing theplete opposite of Lich Akkad, Tune waved his hand. ¡°Go, color the battlefield with death for me.¡± -I follow orders. -Follow orders. Not only Char, who had shown loyalty throughout, but even Akkad, who had been tickling, bowed his head and obeyed Tune¡¯s orders. Soon, Tune sat down, looking at Char galloping across the battlefield on a skeletal horse and Akkad flying through the air with fly magic. Tuck ¨C Sitting on a chair and cing his hands on the table, Tune stared intently at the battlefield. ¡®The moment when all the misceneous things disappeared. Then we¡¯ll be standing in front of each other, ghost.¡¯ The excitement and surprise I felt when we first met. Tune quietly closed his eyes, thinking about bing the true sessor to Cha Jin-hyuk, the ¡®Death Star¡¯, by feeling it again and oveing it. It was a rest to get my body in top condition before a full-scale battle. bang! Quang! Crumbling! visor! Cheaeng! In an orchestra filled with the sounds of things exploding and weapons, Tune fell into a deep state of imagination. Tsutsutsu- The dark blue energy mixed with morale and mana gently enveloped Tun, and soon the dark blue energypletely enveloped Tun. Inside the cocoon-like appearance, Tune began tuning his energy and body ahead of the battle with Jinhyeok. Wow ¨C Kwasik! Pusssssuk ¨C The tune was moving to the next level with an eerie sounding from within a cocoon made of dark blue energy. In order to ovee Jinhyeok, who is his rival and feels like a mountain he must ovee. * * * ¡°Mr. Ken.¡± ¡°Ah, Miss Haryu. Long time no see. ¡°I¡¯m toote.¡± Ha-ryu encountered Ken in a battlefield where weapons shed and loud explosions made the eardrums tingle. Countless attacks were flying towards Ken, but Ken leisurely struck them down and waved hello. It could be said to be a clear example of how much Ken has grown over the past few months. It can be seen that Jinhyuk, Hendrick, Ha-Ryu, etc. have grown as much as, perhaps even more. ¡°Man, it was cool. best.¡± ¡°Thank you, Miss Miho. There is still a lot missing. ¡°It was an achievement that was only achieved with the help of a weapon.¡± When Miho, who was standing next to Ha-Ryu, raised two thumbs up and gave a double whammy, Ken scratched the back of his head with an embarrassed expression and took credit for himself. A magic book and staff received in return for helping Jinhyeok. Haryu shook his head when Ken lowered his ball and said that the objects that helped him chant magic quickly and made the same magic stronger were of great help. ¡°Even without those things, Mr. Ken¡¯s magic was amazing. ¡°For a moment, I thought I was going blind?¡± I know that even though the magic book helps with magic techniques and faster chanting speed, and the staff makes the magic more powerful, it is not a factor that can disparage Ken¡¯s skills. It¡¯s also true that you shouldn¡¯t be criticized for borrowing their power in the first ce. It was natural that Ha-ryu himself also had a piece called a dragon yer sword. ¡°That¡¯s right, Mr. Lightning was cool.¡± ¡°Since you say that¡­ I don¡¯t know what to do. Beautiful little girls. But I think this is a moment to focus on other things rather than conversation.¡± When even Miho raised her double pole again in defense of the downstream, only then did Ken acknowledge his ability. However, Ken¡¯s face hardened as he saw the faces of those slowly approaching towards them. Until now, other people¡¯s attacks had been easily blocked using the shield, but the ones approaching now were strong people who would almost certainly end up in a goal if they only left their defense to the shield. ¡°¡­I guess it¡¯s not enough on our own.¡± ¡°Wow¡­ you look strong.¡± Ha-Ryu and Mi-Ho also frowned as they felt the terrifying energying from those approaching them. It was only natural that they were so strong that it would be difficult for just the three of them to stop them. ¡°Kill the little guys!¡± ¡°I will rip that wizard¡¯s limbs apart. How dare my guild members!¡± Naturally, the people who made the impression of the three people were none other than the guild leaders belonging to the ¡®Guild Alliance¡¯. The momentum of the guild leaders, who ran at even faster speeds without riding a horse-like vehicle, was amazing. If there is a mountain, it will break down the mountain, and if there is an ocean, it will split the ocean. Especially. ¡°Jose and Dyke, you follow me. May is on the right, Beck is on the left. Hayden, Carl Ernoa, and Horun wait in the rear. ¡°The dark sword looks for gaps.¡± ¡°¡­Sure.¡± ¡°all right. ¡°I¡¯ll ask you to move forward, Ashur.¡± ¡°Hahaha, I¡¯ll destroy everything!¡± An expressionless pdin who stands at the front and exudes a pious yet warm energy. The three people stiffened because the energy they felt from Ashur Hum was no joke. Defeat. A being that no matter how you fight, there is no way to win. ¡®¡­Should we retreat first?¡¯ ¡®Hmm, I guess it would be better to send the two of you back and take my time.¡¯ When Ha-ryu and Ken, excluding young Miho, were thinking about wasting time with each other. ¡°Bow.¡± ¡°¡­!!¡± At the cold female voice that came from behind them, the two grabbed Miho¡¯s head and pressed it as she stood dazed. Ride it! At the same time, a gunshot was heard. Guns are not a very popr weapon within the tower. Ranged weapons include bows, which are greatly affected by the user¡¯s strength and mana, and in terms of single attack power, there are swords wrapped in mana. But even so, there were climbers who used guns, and at least the person who made this gunshot was the best musketeer before the 300th floor. Bub bub bub! ¡°¡­Ouch!¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s a musketeer!¡± ¡°Hit the shield or barrier!¡± If it had been an ordinary gun and musketeer, they would not have been able to stop the guild leaders and executives who were monstrous climbers who had climbed beyond the 200th floor, but the opponent was bad. ¡°You kids. Fall back. ¡°It¡¯s a pain if my employer¡¯s co-workers get hurt.¡± ¡°We don¡¯t even have to protect you, Mr. Shane. We help too. I think it will be an easier fight then¡­ don¡¯t you think?¡± Shane. She, who led the mercenaries, appeared to save the three people. She let out a sigh as she heard the rescue target, downstream, telling her to fight. ¡°Ha, anyway, if you guys leave, I¡¯m nning on leaving too, so why fight¡­¡± ¡°Let¡¯s just do it that way. ¡°If we leave them alone, the tense battlefield mighte to an end.¡± Shane, who was confiding his thoughts about retreat with a sigh, wrinkled his face when he heard a deep voiceing from next to him. ¡°¡­Such a damn old man. Okay, you¡¯ll have to pay a lot of hazard pay.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not my money, so take it however you want. ¡°Anyway, it¡¯s going to be him who gets scolded, not me.¡± Balkan, who led Jinhyeok¡¯s army, was the master of the voice. When Shane gritted his teeth while mentioning hazard pay, Vulkan shrugged and told him to do as he pleased. As he said, the pocket where the money was going was not his own. In addition, Jinhyeok, who is like his usual nemesis, would be the one to get scolded more. ¡°grandfather!¡± The lower ss smiled brightly, pleased with Balkan¡¯s assistance. Balkan, who weed her with a gentle smile as if he were seeing a granddaughter, gently stroked Ha-Ryu and Miho¡¯s heads and encouraged them. ¡°Okay, we probably couldn¡¯t fight properly a few days ago, so let¡¯s try it properly now. ¡°I will take care of your assistance, so use your power freely.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, I won¡¯t disappoint.¡± Ha-Ryu smiled slightly and nodded at the gentle but energizing encouragement. Vulcan, who seemed to have regained his confidence, looked downstream and smiled calmly, tapping his shoulder. ¡°I¡¯m not looking forward to it.¡± ¡°I can do well too.¡± Miho blew a puff of air into her cheek and made a sulky face at Balkan, who was only looking at the downstream. Although the body is that of an elementary school student, it is natural since the baby was born less than a year ago. That¡¯s why Balkan smiled bitterly and held Miho¡¯s hand. ¡°Yes, I¡¯m looking forward to Miho too. ¡°You won¡¯t disappoint your budget, right?¡± ¡°Wow! ¡°I only trust Miho!¡± Miho didn¡¯t feel it because she was a spirit, but felt an unknown warmth. Only then did she lower her expression and smile brightly. ¡°Sinpa is ready to film there, right? ¡°The damage has been controlled and the people who set up the barrier areing.¡± Of course, it wasn¡¯t like there wasn¡¯t someone who sprinkled cold water on him. However, just as Shane had sprinkled cold water, the backbone of the guild alliance, which had taken care of Shane¡¯s attack andpleted defenses, was approaching, so Vulcan, Haru, and Miho also looked ahead with faces filled with tension. ¡°I will keep it in check. Did you say Mr. Shane? ¡°Please intercept the enemies.¡± ¡°You¡¯re putting the difficult burden on others. ¡°Are you going to go high?¡± ¡°Thank you for thepliment.¡± Ken, who assessed the situation in an instant, took charge of keeping the situation in check, and asked Shane to intercept the enemies. Naturally, since the level of the guild leaders was high, intercepting them was the most difficult task. When Shane sneered at Ken, who naturally passed on difficult tasks, Ken just smiled brightly and expressed his gratitude. For a moment, Shane frowned at Ken¡¯s sly reaction. Cha Zajajak ¨C Shane, who instantly transformed the rifle that was attached to his shoulder into an anti-material sniper rifle, took his stance and responded. ¡°Keep good checks and support.¡± Her words are blunt and nervous, but her skills are certain. ¡°Hit it.¡± Ashur Hum, equally blunt, gave orders. If the battle so far was considered an appetizer, now was the moment when the main dish began. The moment when those who could be said to be the backbone of Yeokcheon and the guild union collided was worthy of being called the main dish. bang! A single gunshot from Shane¡¯s anti-material sniper rifle echoes throughout the battlefield as if a referee had fired a gun. ¡°Kaaaa!¡± ¡°Wow!¡± The main dish of the guild battle began with the two sides shing as if they had been waiting for just now. Chapter 112 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 112 All Master Necromancer Episode 112 Pabababat! It started with a single bullet fired by Shane. As it was flying, bullets split like cremois swept through the air and the leadership of the guild alliance that was rushing towards them. ¡°Jose!¡± ¡°I know!¡± Ashur Hum, who was running in the lead, shouted, and Jose Yan, who was standing next to him, immediately responded. ¡°Inhale¡­¡± After taking a deep breath, Jose Yan¡¯s body swelled and at the same time turned red and became as hard as steel. An ¡®outer attack¡¯ type of ability that is perfect for someone who enjoys hand-to-handbat. Soon, split bullets flew into his hardened body. Teodeodeodeong! ¡°Hehe, it tickles. Just trust me and charge in! ¡°Don¡¯t be afraid of guns!¡± Jose Yan, who easily blocked the bullet fragments, patted the spot where the bullet hit with a wry smile. Shane frowned when he saw the wound, which only had a slight mark on his reddened skin. ¡°The pig is so hard.¡± ¡°Is there any way?¡± When Shane¡¯s attack, the strongest of the group, was blocked, Ken¡¯s face hardened and he asked how to do it. ¡°He seems like a guy who doesn¡¯t have much physical ability, but it¡¯s probably about physical resistance. ¡°That pig is a wizard, I¡¯ll leave it to you.¡± Even though the attack was blocked, Shane is a climber who is about to reach the 300th floor. After immediately understanding Jose Yan, she handed over the handling of Jose Yan to Ken. ¡°Hmm, when ites to anti-personnel magic, lightning magic is a specialty. All right.¡± At Shane¡¯s suggestion, Ken stroked his chin, lost in thought, and then nodded. It is a lightning magic that exerts sufficient power even against arge number of people, but magic used against a small number of people, especially one person, is also formidable. In fact, it could have shown even greater power than when dealing with arge number of people. Pajijic ¨C As if to personally prove this, a thunderbolt appeared at the end of Ken¡¯s long staff. ¡°Thunder spear (ÀטŒ).¡± The moment when the thunderbolts on the tip of the staff grew longer and Ken¡¯s low muttering voice echoed across the battlefield. Kkwareung-! A thunderbolt flew through the sky with a deafening sound like a thunderbolt. ¡°¡­Jose, be careful.¡± ¡°I can stop this magic¡­ Wow!¡± Ashur Hum frowned at the thunderbolt approaching in the blink of an eye and raised his awareness, but Jose Yan did not listen to it. And the cost of ignoring Ashur Hum¡¯s advice was not easy. Pajik-pajik-pajijik! The wave of lightning, which started from the area where the thunderbolt hit, enveloped Jose Yan¡¯s whole heart. It was clear that Jose Yan¡¯s condition was not normal just by looking at the way his limbs trembled every time his brain crackled. Finally , Jose Yan got down on one knee, frowned, and waved his hand. ¡°¡­I¡¯ll catch up with you right away.¡± ¡°Tsk, that¡¯s stupid. I told you that you can¡¯t let down your guard. Giant Hippo¡¯s executives protect Jose Yan. ¡°Follow me when Jose Yan¡¯s condition improves.¡± ¡°¡­yes.¡± Leaving behind Giant Hippo¡¯s executives who bowed their heads, Ashur Hum led Dyke and continued onward. ¡®The penalty is definitely a problem. Is everyone getting used to their original body condition and forgetting about the penalty?¡¯ Even while running non-stop, Ashur Hum found a problem with the situation. penalty. The penalty that a high-rise climber who appears on a low-rise must endure is what made Jose Yan look like that. That didn¡¯t just apply to Jose Yan. ¡®The same goes for Carl Ernoa and Hayden. Originally, the two should have put a shield or barrier on Jose Yan to block magic attacks, but since they also knew Jose Yan¡¯s abilities, they didn¡¯t use magic, so is that the current result?¡¯ Two of the three in the rear. Carl Ernoa and Hayden were wizards. In other words, the right choice would be to disarm the lightning magic thrown by Ken, the opposing wizard, or prepare a way to protect Jose Yan against it. However, the two knew Jos¨¦ Yan very well, so they did not take precautions. As a result, power loss and leakage urred for a short period of time. ¡°Everyone do your best. We are not the strongest. Act like a 60th floor climber, we are a little stronger, a little sturdier 60th floor climber.¡± That is why Ashur Hummanded his followers to give up their pride. ¡°Whoa, okay. That would be correct. Did you understand, you idiots? If you forget about the penalty and go out, you will end up like that pig! Everyone, stay alert! Hayden! Ernoa! ¡°If you¡¯re going to just y around without using magic like God When Dyke shouted again, adding weight to his words, Hayden and Carl Ernoa, who had particrly high pride among the guild leaders, nodded with chewed-up faces. ¡°Okay, okay, look ahead!¡± ¡°¡­Let¡¯s focus a little bit from now on.¡± ¡°Khaat! ¡°That¡¯s how it should be!¡± Ashur Hum, who confirmed that the two wizards hade to their senses, did not forget to say a word to the others. ¡°Horun, the same goes for you. ¡°So that I can intercept attacks aimed at me as much as possible.¡± ¡°Damn, I got it. But my opponent is a better person than me, so please understand that.¡± Horun, who had greenish hair, scratched his head and pulled his strings. Although the distance was quite far, there was at least no ce in this battlefield that Ashur Hum¡¯s words could not reach, as he had superhuman hearing. Ashur Hum, who had reorganized everything, said with his eyes sparkling. ¡°Then let¡¯s go again. I won¡¯t stop this time. ¡°If Ig behind or get in trouble, I¡¯ll throw it away.¡± ¡°Okay, let¡¯s go! ¡°Heung!¡± As soon as Ashur Hum finished speaking, Dyke, who was holding a cigar in his mouth, began to change. Hair growing on a muscr body. The mouth keeps expanding. And even the elongated ears. Dyke, after all his changes, had be a werewolf. ¡°¡­A!¡± Dyke, who left his seat with a howl, began to move forward vigorously, tearing up the ground. Ken¡¯s time was up, and the guild alliance advanced. * * * Kwasik! With the eerie sound of something being smashed, Dyke leaps and falls towards the downstream. thud! ¡°¡­Ugh.¡± A dyke falling from the sky and striking the stream with its sharp ws. Ha-ryu¡¯s fair forehead frowns at the immense power contained in the ws. ¡°Kid, this is what happens when youe forward on a childish topic. ¡°Heung!¡± Cigar smoke seeped out from Dyke¡¯s mouth as he exhaled and did not hide his excitement. Pulp-ppud-ck- At the same time, as the effects of the cigar made of narcotic doping agent take effect, Dyke¡¯s gigantic body grows evenrger, and madness seeps into his eyes. As the force contained in the ws pressing down on the sword increased, help arrived just as the downstream was bing more and more difficult. ¡°Don¡¯t touch my sister!¡± Kang! A sharp voice. However, the attack carried out with a young and delicate voice was not light. ¡°¡­What is this little guy? Baby, what kind of person is that uncle? ¡°Why don¡¯t you get out before I eat you up?¡± Massaging his numb hand from the unexpectedly heavy attack, Dyke scolded the child who appeared in front of him, even smaller than Ha-Ryu. ¡°If you bother your sister, you are a bad person. And I will scold the bad people.¡± ¡°Miho, no!¡± Despite Dyke¡¯s threats, Miho was not scared. Even the river she had saved tried to stop her, but rather than being scared, Miho pulled out her sharp ws. ¡°toenail? ¡°You are the same as me.¡± Miho frowned and clenched her fists as Dyke smiled and waved his w-like ws. ¡°I don¡¯t talk to bad people.¡± ¡°Oh, you want to do whatever you want. Yes, you are a young kid. ¡°I¡¯ll make you regret getting in the way of adults.¡± Dyke had transformed into a werewolf and looked hideous to a child, but Miho immediately jumped out of his seat and rushed towards Dyke. ¡°Miho doesn¡¯t have any regrets.¡± Looking at Miho¡¯s small back as she advanced with a sincere voice, Ha-ryu sighed as if there was nothing he could do. ¡°Don¡¯t get hurt.¡± ¡°Yes, sister!¡± The heaviness of throwing a child into the water weighed on my shoulders, but this was a battlefield. Ha-ryu, who thought what he was doing was being overprotective because being young does not mean that the sword will miss or the arrow will miss, swung his sword at the empty space. Kaang! And the sword Haru swung struck the invisible figure heading towards Miho. Of course, the opponent was formidable, so I immediately responded to the attack, but there was nothing I could do about being revealed. The man who was forced to appear due to Ha-Ryu¡¯s attack, Amgeom, looked at Ha-Ryu with a puzzled expression and asked. ¡°¡­How did know?¡± ¡°Because the flow around you was different.¡± Ha-Ryu answered his question as if it were obvious. Battle foreknowledge. The technology, which can also be said to be a characteristic of the lower ss, is a technology that originates from ¡®eyes¡¯. Naturally, the amount of information visible downstream is different even if you are not conscious of it. Rather, I said that you should be ¡®conscious¡¯ and reduce the amount of information you see so that it does not interfere with your daily life. ¡°You have strange eyes. Is it a bihorn tribe, or a goblin? It¡¯s fascinating. The goblin vige would have been destroyed, but the goblins survived. There must be quite a demand.¡± ¡°¡­I don¡¯t like your eyes. ¡°It won¡¯t be popr with women.¡± Dark Sword, who noticed that Ha-Ryu¡¯s eyes were located in a different area than that of ordinary people, stroked his chin. Ha-ryu frowned at the strong greed felt by the dark sword. But even for a moment. ¡°Excuse me during the conversation.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± At the sound of a neat woman¡¯s voiceing from next to him, Ha-ryu immediately put his dragon yer sword horizontally. A single spear stabs you as soon as you take a defensive stance. Kwaduk- Zeng! The floor the opponent stepped on was shattered, and a sound erupted from the window that struck the dragon yer sword. Jiyiing ¨C The sh of a famous sword and a famous spear. The impacts that failed to destroy each other eventually became shock waves and swept the surroundings. Neither of the two were harmed, but the circumstances of the person holding the weapon were different. ¡°¡­Ugh.¡± In addition to the sudden intrusion, because the opponent was highly skilled, Ha-ryu, who had blocked the spear, frowned as he grabbed his throbbing wrist. Despite this, Ha-ryu did not take his eyes off the person who appeared in front of him. ¡®If you miss it, you might die.¡¯ Changsha has considerable physical ability. No matter how good your eyes are, if you miss the other person, you cannot even see them. So, suppressing the pain and gritting his teeth, Ha-ryu red at Mei, who was looking at him with his spear stretched out. ¡°¡­interrupting in the middle of a conversation. You don¡¯t have much manners. ¡°I think the term ¡®ying with each other¡¯ is used in times like this.¡± ¡°The child is very foul-mouthed. ¡°You have a kind personality, but there¡¯s no need to be nice to your enemies.¡± ¡°I agree. ¡°But I think I¡¯m a bit old to call you sister. Could you please correct me and say ajumma?¡± ¡°¡­this little guy.¡± Climbers evade the effects of time. Of course, since it is notpletely removed, wrinkles, aging, and sagging of the skin cannot bepletely prevented. Of course, it is true that May, as a woman, is sensitive to increasing wrinkles and dry skin. In contrast, the skin of young Ha-Ryu has the sticity of a bouncy ball. People naturally get angry at what they don¡¯t have. May distorted her face. ¡°Let¡¯s see if those wordse out even after peeling off the skin on his face.¡± ¡°Let me help you.¡± ¡°Amgeom, do your own thing. Because I am enough for this little boy on my own. May, with a face distorted like a demon, was not as docile as usual. Despite the dark sword¡¯s words to help, it went to the extent of telling it to go away. However, despite May¡¯s threatening words, Dark Sword shook his head. ¡°You haven¡¯t forgotten what Ashur said, have you, May? ¡°We are not who we are on the 200th floor.¡± ¡°¡­Tch, it¡¯s me who gives. ¡°You just assist.¡± ¡°Of course. Beck! ¡°Help Dyke.¡± When Ashur Hum was mentioned, May nodded with a shocked look on her face, and the dark sword immediately attached Beck Julio, who jumped out from the side, to Dyke. ¡°what? Wouldn¡¯t it be better for the three of us to deal with the girl and help her?¡± Naturally, Beck Julio frowned and expressed his thoughts, but the dark sword denied his thoughts. ¡°Except for Ashur, it¡¯s a two-person team. There is no need to take risks. I took a quick look and saw that the little boy yed by Dyke was no ordinary person. ¡°Don¡¯t let down your guard.¡± ¡°Tsk, I understand. Let¡¯s finish it soon and join us. ¡°Before that piges back.¡± They say that a team of two is safe, except for Ashur Hum, the strongest member of the guild alliance, and Tune and Basil, who are hired as frencers. In the end, Beck Julio gave in. Still, he did not forget his harsh criticism of Jose Yan, who had not yet returned to the battlefield due to Ken¡¯s magic, and stormed out of his seat, holding a thin, long rapier. phut-! The air barrier exploded, and in an instant, May and Dark Sword grabbed their weapons, leaving behind Beck Julio, who was approaching Miho and Dyke who were far away. ¡°Then shall we begin?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t kill me. Since he is thest remaining goblin, he will be able to sell it for a high price if he auctions it off. ¡°You should take something like that and reduce your losses.¡± ¡°¡­N bread.¡± ¡°You are stating the obvious.¡± Ha-ryu frowned at the attitude of May and Dark Sword, who thought of themselves as auction items, as if they had already won. ¡°You just have to tell me what¡¯s long and short.¡± A cool voice. At the same time, changes began downstream. Cjrk ¨C A red wave that started from the dragon yer sword. It instantly enveloped the whole body of the downstream. When the waves stop. Haryu was wearing a red military uniform. ¡°¡­Red hair?¡± In addition, Ha-ryu¡¯s hair, which had been short ck just a moment ago, had not only turned red but had also changed into long straight hair. A weapon that brings change to the user. ¡°Is it a magic sword?¡± Such weapons were rare. Ego swords aremonly called holy swords or magic swords in the tower. Among them, this is an ability that only top-tier treasures can possess. ¡°I want it.¡± ¡°If I sell just that, I can buy a castle, right?¡± Ha-ryu took a deep breath, feeling the light of greed dwell in the eyes of the two people. ¡®Those two are suffering from a penalty, but even considering that, they are strong enough and monsters. But¡­ that doesn¡¯t mean I should lose.¡¯ Ha-Ryu put strength into the hand holding the handle of the swordbined with the guard and apologized to Jin-Hyeok, who was observing the battlefield from afar. ¡®Brother, I¡¯m sorry. ¡®I tried not to use it for the most part, but the other person won¡¯t allow it.¡¯ The ability of the Dragon yer Sword was strictly prohibited by Jinhyeok, Hendrick, and Genno because it erodes vitality and talent. -It¡¯s been a while! How many months have already passed since I dealt with that lizard! Now, let¡¯s go, goblin child. Let¡¯s wipe out your enemies! As the seal was lifted, the dragon yer¡¯s ego was awakened, and Ha-ryu gritted his teeth as he heard the voice echoing in his head. Crack- ¡®But it won¡¯t work on you.¡¯ -It¡¯s only a matter of time. If you continue to assimte with me, your future is ultimately decided. A side effect and cost of using the power of the Dragon yer Sword. There was a possibility that he would be eaten by him in the future just by continuing toe into contact with the Dragon yer¡¯s ego, which was a powerful ego. but. ¡®At least not now.¡¯ -¡­I guess that¡¯s right. At least that wasn¡¯t the case today. As the dragon yer¡¯s ego was also acknowledged, the lower level¡¯s mental power was notcking. That¡¯s why Ha Ryu drew his sword. And the moment Ha-ryu drew his sword. ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± -However much! Fuwaaaaak! A red wave rushed towards Mei and the dark sword. Chapter 113 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 113 All Master Necromancer Episode 113 ¡®This situation is pretty bad.¡¯ Shane clicked his tongue as he expertly reced the empty magazine. I was using all my strength, but the opponent was doing the same. Ride! As soon as he reces the magazine, he fires bullets at the rushing Ashur Hum and the arrows flying towards him. Something that has already been repeated several times. ¡®We still have enough magazines, but if we continue like this, we will dry up and die.¡¯ As you head to higher floors, upations that use consumables, such as archers and musketeers, always take as many consumables as possible in every battle. Whether it¡¯s an arrow or a magazine. The same was true for Shane, who was an excellent climber, and even though he had been fighting for dozens of minutes, his magazine was still empty. However, we cannot continue to wage a war of attrition forever. ¡®We have to turn the table over.¡¯ Currently, the guild union was putting pressure on the climbers from ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, including Shane, in groups of two. Fortunately, the executives, who could be considered their subordinates, were blocked by the gold army led by the puppets and could not approach them, including Shane. If they had also joined in, Shane and others would not have been able to hold out for long and would have copsed. Therefore, Shane had no intention of maintaining the current situation. ¡®But how?¡¯ Of course, if you could do whatever you want, the world wouldn¡¯t be so difficult. Just as it is difficult to tear a well-woven, is it possible to break the two-person team system established by the guild union easily? ¡®It¡¯s impossible to shake off Ashur Hum and that archer that are attached to me. I think others will have to give as much strength as possible¡­ Is there no other option?¡¯ Ashur Hum, the strongest member of the guild alliance and a pdin with great staying power. Horun, an archer who shoots a bow urately from afar. In the face of thebination of these two, all Shane could do was mobilize all his drones to defend himself. Fortunately, it worked quite well and I was able to hold on, but not to the point where I could help others break the game. But when others asked if it was possible, it wasn¡¯t even that. ¡®The children named Ha-ryu and Miho are clearly doing well against enemies who exceed their limits, and the same goes for the wizard named Ken who showed upte. Is there no other way than to take advantage of their gap or wait for support?¡­¡¯ Just as Shane couldn¡¯t take his time against the enemies called Ashur Hum and Horun, Ha-ryu, Miho, and Ken were no different from her. Downstream to May and Dark Sword. Miho to Dyke and Beck Julio. Ken was busy blocking Karl Ernoa and Hayden, who were firing magic from afar. ¡®I need to break the board, but I don¡¯t know how to break it.¡¯ Just as the world doesn¡¯t always go the way you want, the current situation was simr. This situation can be changed only by breaking the board, but the opponent has no chance of breaking the board. ¡®I think we need outside intervention¡­ but the employer won¡¯t move. The same goes for dragon friends.¡¯ Jinhyeok was nning toe forward to confront the Death King Tune when he appears, and Hendrick is already confronting the Death King Basil from afar. In the end, there was no one left, so Shane frowned and continued to attack. ¡°A man who clings to a woman is unattractive?!¡± ¡°Unfortunately, you are not my type.¡± Kagagak! Despite Shane¡¯s provocation, Ashur Hum responded calmly. The attacks fired at him were blocked and crushed by the milky divine power shield. Pdin. He is literally the standard tank, able to heal himself, strengthen himself, and even create a shield using divine power. It is not a job that many people can choose because it requires divine power, but the job itself is quite powerful. ¡®It¡¯s not as big as that pig, but it won¡¯t be easy to break through.¡¯ Jose Yan literally blocked attacks like an iron wall. In particr, he is strong in physical attacks, so to break through him, you have to exert strength to the level of a special move. However, in contrast, the defense of Ashur Hum, a pdin, was not as good. However, you cannot overinvest because you have to expend as much power and because even if you break through, you will recover anyway. When you repeatedly block out iing attacks with only defense. Pew Boo Boo Book ¨C ¡°Ugh¡­!¡± ¡°What¡¯s this?¡± A change that began when something invisible flew from somewhere and lodged itself here and there in the bodies of the guild union executives. With the beginning of change, the flow of the battlefield changed. ¡°Uh¡­ uhhh¡­ my¡­ body!¡± ¡°Avoid! ¡°My body doesn¡¯t listen!¡± The executives of the guild alliance that were confronting the gold army suddenly began attacking the guild leaders nearby. Of course, their attacks, which were much weaker than the guild leaders, could not cause significant damage to the guild leaders. ¡°Tsk, they seem like useless things.¡± ¡°shit! ¡°I caught almost everything!¡± However, it was not enough to divert the attention of the guild leaders or give them some breathing room. When Ha-ryu and others were sighing at the sudden betrayal(?) of the executives. ¡°I guess I arrived just in time.¡± ¡°¡­Mr. Puppet!¡± ¡°Thank you, uncle!¡± A puppet neatly dressed in a purple suit appeared with a grin. Ha-ryu and Mi-ho were delighted by his appearance, which they had not even thought woulde as he wasmanding the Geum Army. However, unlike the two who were just happy, Shane frowned at the fact that the man who sharply dominated the battlefield showed up to help them. ¡°What happened to the other climbers you weremanding? ¡°You know it¡¯s actually more dangerous if they don¡¯t move properly, right?¡± Shane¡¯s point was correct. If we were to divide up the forces in the current guild war, it would be Jinhyeok¡¯s undead led by Vulkan, the soul soldier army fighting against Tune¡¯s lich, and ¡®Death¡¯ led by Death Knight. And a fight between Yeokcheon and mercenaries from the Guild Alliance. Lastly, it was a fight between the Geumgun and guild members belonging to the guild alliance. If one side copses in this structure, the bnce of the guild war will copse. Of course, it would be the same if Shane and others could not block the guild leaders of the guild alliance, but neither side could be neglected. ¡°you¡¯re right. If you leave Geumgun unattended, it will be no different from defeat in Yeokcheon. But it¡¯s okay. ¡°I left it with someone I trust.¡± ¡°¡­Trustworthy? Was there such a talented person left in Yeokcheon? ¡°I thought I had scraped everything off.¡± It was a statement that made Shane tilt his head as he knew that there were no talented people left in Yeokcheon as he had put in all his effort for this guild battle. However, Puppet smiled bitterly as he recalled his conversation with the ¡®talent¡¯ to whom he had entrusted Geumgun. -yes? Are you giving me gold? You never said anything like this, branch manager! -The current branch leader is not me, but Halcyon. It¡¯s you. -Don¡¯t y with words like that. My heart will burst and I will die! Die! Halcyon. He is the only one who can entrust Geumgun to someone else. Of course, he himself did not admit it, but he trusted Halcion as much as the puppet that gave him the gold. -Halcyon, I believe in you. And if you don¡¯t take charge of Geumgun, they will be reduced to a ragtag group, and if I don¡¯t leave, both Haryu and Miho will die. Then¡­ you also know that the reverse is the end. -¡­But there¡¯s no way someone like me could lead them¡­ Halcyon was so desperate that it could be said to be hisst struggle. Puppet calmly conveyed his thoughts to him, who couldn¡¯t understand why Puppet would entrust such an important task to someone like him. -Halcyon. -¡­yes? Why are you doing that, holding on to the weight? -Do you know what the greatest ability a merchant should have? -¡­Abilities? Hmm¡­ wouldn¡¯t it be like buying things cheap and selling them expensive? It was an unsuitable question for battle, but Halcyon spoke about what he thought were the virtues of a merchant. It was also simr to what Puppet said before giving him the position of branch leader. This means that as long as you can quickly and urately deliver what customers want, you can sit in the position of branch manager. But Puppet shook his head. -That was an ability worthy of the position of ¡®branch leader.¡¯ I¡¯m talking about merchants. Furthermore, I asked about the abilities appropriate for someone like Goldrich. -¡­I don¡¯t know. Halcyon couldn¡¯t answer. Target person. There are many climbers within the tower who call themselves Daesang people. Nevertheless, there is only one being that everyone else recognizes as the target person. It was only Goldrich, their superior. Of course, the reason was because of the enormously valuable system called the auction house, but that was also Gold Rich¡¯s ability, so there was no room to doubt Gold Rich¡¯s ability. Halcyon thought that even the person everyone else called herself was far from her, so it still took some time for her to realize what was needed to reach the level of Gold Rich. -Halcyon You are a smart and spongey person. I will always give you an answer. It is also called handover. Because this ce where I am will one day return to you. -¡­. Patting the shoulder of Halcion, who was looking at him with a mixture of desire, enthusiasm, and fear while keeping his mouth shut, Puppet pointed out what he thought were the abilities of the target person. -The ability to control money itself or manipte people into making it their own. Those two are the paths to the target person. Money and people. The most fundamental element that constitutes a merchant. Merchants hire people to buy goods. Merchants sell goods to people. These two things are intertwined and fill the category of giant merchants. Naturally, Halcyon¡¯s answer to that question was predetermined. -¡­It¡¯s too much for me. discouragement. Puppet patted Halcyon¡¯s shoulder once again as he stared at Halcyon, who was caught up in what wasing as he was convinced that it was impossible. -Halcyon, you have alreadypleted the task I gave you once. This case is no different. -¡­The situation is different then and now! When I remembered Halcion, who rarely raised his voice and even protested, he looked at me with a surprised face. The puppet in my memory just smiled brightly and finished speaking. -There is no such thing as a merchant. There is only the weight of money. This battle will bring Yeokcheon great fame and money. So, I¡¯ll leave the gold to you. -Puppet! Puppet tapped Halcyon¡¯s shoulder twice as he called out to him, then jumped out of his seat and uttered hisst words. -The Ten Seals do not remain the Ten Seals forever. Of course, there may be some who stay, but I don¡¯t think you, Halcyon, are the talent to stay in the Ten Seals. So show me that I¡¯m not wrong. Geumgun¡¯smand will lead you to a higher level. -¡­. Strong faith. After saying those words, the puppet disappeared and was now standing in front of Shane. ¡°¡­Well, anyway, you¡¯ll do well.¡± ¡°If it looks like Geumgun is being pushed back even just a little bit, I¡¯ll send him back.¡± ¡°Well, my sessor is not as perfect as me, so I might be pushed back a little. So let¡¯s leave that aside. ¡°He is amander, no, a merchant, who will do his part well even if he is pushed back a little.¡± In the end, Shane raised his hands as the puppet did not lose his uniqueposure even in the face of Shane¡¯s fierce momentum. ¡°Okay, do whatever you want. Instead, we should make sure that we help because we came here to help.¡± ¡°That¡¯s what I¡¯m best at. Instead, there is one condition.¡± ¡°¡­condition? What are the conditions? Tell me. ¡°I will listen if I can.¡± Perfect and solid help. When Puppet said that there was a prerequisite before doing so, Shane nodded roughly and continued to y with his hands. If you only move your mouth and stop your hands, you will be broken through by Ashur Hum, who is silently blocking the attack and looking for an opportunity. However, after hearing the puppet¡¯s conditions, Shane had to stop his hand for a moment, forgetting that he must not stop the attack. ¡°Would you please entrust your body, or rather, all of your bodies, to me?¡± ¡°¡­what?!¡± When Shane stopped pulling the trigger and blushed at the slightly misleading statement, Puppet only realized his mistake and said, hanging his hands. Patter- ¡°I¡¯ll show you the essence of puppetry.¡± Dozens of thin, invisible threads hanging down on the ground. It was a necessary preparation to use the puppet¡¯s characteristic ¡®Marite¡¯. And Shane could only nod his head at the words of Puppet, who was an excellent puppeteer in addition to being an outstanding merchant. ¡°¡­If you do anything strange, I will shoot you.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t go out like that in the middle of the battlefield.¡± Of course, I didn¡¯t forget to add ament. Puppet responded to Shane¡¯s distrustful attitude by shrugging his shoulders, and soon others began to agree with Puppet¡¯s words. ¡°I trust Mr. Puppet.¡± ¡°I trust you, too.¡± ¡°¡­Let me believe it too.¡± Puppet smiled with satisfaction at the baptism of consent from Ha-Ryu, Miho, and Ken. The feeling of someone believing in you wasn¡¯t so bad, it actually felt good. The moment everyone gave permission, dozens of translucent threads flew through the air. Pyubu Book ¨C The threads approached without a sound and got stuck in various ces on the bodies of Ha-ryu, Miho, and Ken, led by Shane. ¡°Now let the real ¡®battle¡¯ begin.¡± The puppet, smiling at the informationing from the threads, yed with his hands roughly. It was the moment when the prelude to the Puppet Extravaganza, which gave Puppet the nickname of the Battlefield Maestro, began. And it was also the moment when the leaders of ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, who had been on the defensive all along, began a counterattack. Chapter 114 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 114 All Master Necromancer Episode 114 Puppet Extravaganza. It literally means puppetry that is full of freedom and not confined by a framework. The moment the song that would bring death to the battlefield was yed, the battlefield began to change 180 degrees. flinch- ¡°¡­?¡± Of course, at first, the climbers on the ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯ side were pushed back. It was natural that my body suddenly stopped moving as I wanted. But even for a moment. -Release control of your body. I will control everything. The electric sound transmitted through the thread connected to the puppet resonates in my head. ordingly, the moment when one by one the strength in one¡¯s body is rxed. Through the thread connected to the downstream, the puppet¡¯s mana moved the downstream¡¯s body. Puppet¡¯s puppetry assisted Ha-ryu, who gained enormous power in return for losing half of his sanity by lifting the seal on the Dragon yer Sword. The results were truly surprising. Kaga River! ¡°¡­What?¡± ¡°may! Back off! ¡°The atmosphere has changed.¡± May and Dark Sword. The two guild leaders who were pressing downstream were startled by the sudden change in sophisticated technology and jumped back. ¡°¡­oh.¡± And Ha-ryu also checked the situation with a slightly surprised expression on his face as something happened without even him knowing. ¡°I don¡¯t really like the feeling of having my body moved by someone else¡­ but I can¡¯t help it because the results are good.¡± The puppet¡¯s mana, which flows in from the part connected to the thread, allows the entire body to move freely and suppresses many of the instinctive impulses. Ha-ryu¡¯s own skills can be used ording to the skills, and on the other hand, when the reason that has been consumed by the Dragon yer¡¯s ego bes rash, the puppet corrects it. -Hey¡­ Hey, this is a different promise! Puppet¡¯s puppetry skills were so advanced that even Dragon yer himself was embarrassed. A puppetry technique that even takes away the ego¡¯s control over the body. The results were truly amazing. This means that you can use the enormous power gained bybining the dragon yer sword with the elegant swordsmanship you normally use at the same time. ¡°Let¡¯s try to do it right from now on.¡± Haryu, smiling brightly, rushed towards Beck and Dyke. It was the moment when Ha-Ryu, who had been busy blocking the attacks of the two men with a defensive stance, took a step forward for the first time. And it wasn¡¯t just downstream that change began. ¡°I feel strange. But I feel like something has be morefortable.¡± Miho wiggled ¨C Miho, who showed off a technique that made Beck and Dyke, who were running towards her, retreat in embarrassment, wiggled her hands as she imagined what she had just done. Miho, who possessed the powerful power of a spirit being, but was unable to use that power to its full potential due to her young age, was able to gain some ¡®technique¡¯ through the puppetry of a puppet. Naturally, this was the moment when Miho, who was blocking Beck and Dyke with just the ¡®super strength¡¯ she possessed as a spirit creature, showed added skill. Beck and Dyke were no longer a threat to Miho. ¡°¡­I¡¯ll scold you guys.¡± No matter how loose and kind Miho is by nature, how can she be happy after being beaten for dozens of minutes? The very moment when Beck and Dyke flinched at the spiritual energy flowing from their two faintly open eyes. phut-! Miho rushed towards the two, tearing the air barrier. Haru and Miho. Along with the changes that began with the two, Ken, the wizard, was also feeling the changes. ¡°Ha¡­ Haha, you use magic more efficiently than I, a wizard. ¡°You are truly versatile.¡± Carl Ernoa and Hayden. Ken, who was busy moving his hands and head while dealing with two wizard climbers who had well over 200 floors, felt that his hands and head had be morefortable. The reason was simple. -I just learned it from looking over my shoulder. And since Ken is the one using magic, and I don¡¯t even know how to use magic, let¡¯s just leave it at that. Puppet¡¯s doll room. This is because the Puppet¡¯s thoughts transmitted through it are directly transmitted to Ken, and the more he uses magic ording to those thoughts, the easier it bes to defend against Carl Ernoa and Hayden¡¯s magic. Since what could be blocked with two magics can now be blocked with one or one and a half magics, it is natural that dealing with it bes easier. The more magic he kept with the help of the puppet, the more rxed Ken became. Finally. ¡°Oh shit. Ernoaaaa!!!¡± ¡°Hayden, why don¡¯t you do it right? Are you being pushed out by a magician who is only on the 100th floor!!!¡± Ken was able to support others in his spare time. It is said that he surpassed two high-level wizard climbers who climbed the 200th floor alone. Of course, with the added power of the puppets, it could be said that there were two Kens, but unlike the guild alliance, the puppets did not only look after Ken. Haryu, Miho, and Ken alone. He ismanding a total of three people. ¡°Maestro. ¡°You seem like a maestro whomands the entire battlefield alone.¡± Just one addition. However, the presence of that one person is changing the atmosphere of the battlefield. Even though most individuals are talented enough to handle tens of thousands of people, Puppet can be seen as going one step further than those talented people. In terms ofbat ability alone, he would be in the lower tier, but his abilities could not be evaluated solely based onbat ability. More than anything. ¡°S-sorry!!¡± ¡°Damn it, you idiots who are being manipted by puppetry, just get out of the battlefield!¡± His ability tomand everyone and turn them into his own puppets by using the characteristic ¡®marite¡¯ on the executives of the guild union, taking advantage of every moment, nevergs behind. Even if one-to-one is weak, many-to-many is possible. Especially in the current battlefield or melee, his puppetry skills shined. ¡®¡­seems like he¡¯s backwardspatible.¡¯ In such a situation, it was natural for Ken to think of Jinhyuk. The ability that the puppet was showing was so great that Ken, who worshiped Jinhyuk like a god, even thought that way. With the joining of the battlefield maestro and puppet, the fight between Yeokcheon and the leaders of the guild union, which seemed like it would end soon, became longer and longer. * * * ¡°¡­You¡¯re okay, right?¡± bang! Shane, the only one not under the puppet¡¯smand, asked the puppet standing next to him how he was doing. It would be even weirder if I didn¡¯t say hello to him even though hisplexion was pale and cold sweat was pouring down his face. In reality, the puppet¡¯s condition was not that good. ¡°It¡¯s still¡­ okay. No, it will be okay¡­¡± The puppet, which was barely able to respond while panting, looked like the patient to anyone who could see it. Shane, who immediately noticed that it wouldn¡¯t be strange if he passed out at any moment, pulled the trigger and clicked his tongue. ¡°¡­Don¡¯t try to carry it too much alone. ¡°The other guys are pretty good too.¡± ¡°The more I rest, the narrower the foundation for aeback bes.¡± ¡°That narrow tform is enough.¡± ¡°No, I cannot tolerate that.¡± Puppet , with a pale face and gritted teeth, shook his head and opened the potion bottle. Puppet gulped down 500ml of potion in one go and continued to open the potion bottle. Mana potion, health potion, mental power potion, stamina potion, etc. Shane looked at the puppet with a puzzled expression as he sucked up all kinds of potions. ¡°¡­Aren¡¯t you full?¡± ¡°Ugh, you should drink even if you¡¯re full. ¡°Isn¡¯t it essential to take medicine to survive?¡± Puppet, who was unable to stop the nausea and belching as he had swallowed several liters in a short period of time, wiped the wet area around his mouth and adjusted his posture again. ¡°Arrows are flying.¡± ¡°¡­Damn, I don¡¯t know. do it yourself.¡± As soon as Puppet finished telling him that the arrow fired by Horun of the Guild Alliance was targeting them again, Shane scratched his head and pulled the trigger. bang-! Poseok-! Shane forgot the puppet¡¯s existence, leaving behind the now familiar movements, gunshots, and the sound of something being smashed. ¡®I do what I can. That¡¯s the only way to stop that stupid idiot.¡¯ No, it would be more urate to say that I forgot to worry about the puppet. Anyway, even if you were worried about the puppet, the only thing it woulde back saying was that it was okay. After making that decision, Shane silently pulls the trigger, sometimes following the puppet¡¯smands and repeatedly intercepting arrows, etc. several times. ¡°They are slowly being pushed out. ¡°I think it was worth it for me to change my mind.¡± Haryu began to push Mei and Dark Sword away. Miho crushed Beck and Dyke. Ken perfectly blocked Karl Ernoa and Hayden¡¯s magic. In other words, the first moment when the guild union took the lead has arrived. ¡°I know. After this is over, go to the temple. ¡°If I don¡¯t go, I feel like I¡¯ll just go to God¡¯s side.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s try. ¡°I think I¡¯ll pass out before I get there, though.¡± ¡°¡­ask the other kids to carry you.¡± After checking up to that point, Shane said something to the puppet wearing a sweaty suit. But the puppet, which looked like it was going to faint at any moment, just shrugged its shoulders. ¡°It seems like everyone else is busy or exhausted, so that might be a bit unreasonable.¡± It was a difficult war. Of course, there would be no one with any spare energy left. Before lending someone else¡¯s shoulder, you may need to lend it to someone yourself. It¡¯s said that even if you faint as soon as the guild war ends, it¡¯s hard to find someone to carry you. Hearing the puppet¡¯s words with a bitter smile, Shane slightly turned his head and said. ¡°I¡¯ll carry you. Since you borrowed themp from your master, you can pay it back to your subordinate.¡± Before the guild war took ce. In the battle that took ce the day he met Jinhyuk and Hendrick as a bounty hunter, Shane owed Jinhyuk a debt. This is a debt you carry on your back without being able to lift a finger. ¡°¡­You mean Jinhyuk? ¡°You¡¯re not that type of person.¡± Of course, after hearing about Shane¡¯s debt, Puppet forgot about the hardships and tilted his head to reveal his doubts. This is because the Jinhyuk he knew was never a great man who would lend his back to someone. ¡°That¡¯s right, Hendrick told me to carry him.¡± And as Puppet thought, Jinhyuk was not a great man who would lend his back to someone. Recalling the situation in which he had asked Hendrick, who was in a state ofplete disrepair at the time, to carry him on his back, Shane burst intoughter as if it was absurd to even think about it again. ¡°¡­Huh, as expected. It¡¯s like him. If you have debt, there is nothing you can do about it. I¡¯m sorry to that person, but since he would rather bite his tongue than have to pay off that debt anyway, I can use it instead. ¡°When everything is done, I will be indebted to you up to the temple.¡± The debt Jinhyuk owed to Shane through Hendrick. Not only Puppet but also Shane knew that Jinhyuk would never use that debt in his life. It can¡¯t be said that they knew each other for long, but the Jinhyuk they knew was only a 60-story climber, but he was stronger than anyone else, and even if he lost, he was full of pride and wouldn¡¯t show his back. Since he couldn¡¯t even think about defeat and couldn¡¯t even imagine being carried on someone¡¯s back after defeat, Puppet obediently replied that he would take up the debt himself. But the peaceful conversation between the two could notst long. Paaaaat-! ¡°¡­Geez, what kind of divine power is this if you¡¯re not even a priest?¡± ¡°¡­It seems like we¡¯ve gone back to square one.¡± Ashur Hum. This is because the brilliance of divine power like the sun that burst from him, who can be said to be the leader of the guild union, covered the battlefield. To be exact, a climber belonging to the Guild Alliance. So, the moment they saw the divine power that enveloped each guild leader in the guild union, Puppet and Shane had to calm down. ¡°Is phase 2 starting?¡± ¡°¡­Sigh, I hope I don¡¯t die from overwork before the guild war ends.¡± Bong! As he spoke, Puppet opened the lid of the now disgusted potion bottle and drank the potion in one go. It was the moment when the second phase of the guild union began when most of not only the puppet but also everyone¡¯s physical strength, mental power, and energy had been consumed. Chapter 115 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 115 All Master Necromancer Episode 115 ¡°¡­I can¡¯t believe I even had to use divine power. ¡°I don¡¯t know if they are great or if you are useless.¡± Ashur Hum, who scattered the divine power that instantly covered the battlefield, showed his emotions for the first time. petnce. All of the guild leaders who were fighting far away had to drop as he spoke, full of irritation at the situation in which he had to step up to this extent. Although he was far away and his voice was so low that it could be said to be small, I could clearly feel the anger and frustration he was emitting. ¡°¡­Knock the kid to pieces!¡± ¡°It would be dangerous if we waited any longer. Ashur will be angry.¡± The guild leaders, who not only healed and recovered their wounds and physical strength but also strengthened their bodies through Ashur Hum¡¯s divine power, moved quickly. Because no one wanted to be hated by Ashur Hum for no reason. The physical strength and healed wounds alone were enough to widen the gap, but since even the physical abilities were strengthened, it was natural that the weight of victory would once again be tilted towards the guild alliance. ¡°¡­Ugh.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know where the momentum from earlier went.¡± ¡°Little one, I recognize your abilities, but I don¡¯t have time to y with you anymore.¡± -Wow, if I could unleash my power just a little more, I would have cut down those bastards in one fell swoop! The lower ss had the upper hand through the power of the dragon yer sword and the assistance of the puppet, but most of their stamina and energy had already been consumed in the arduous battle. There was no way to maintain an advantage over May and Dark Sword, who had suddenly recovered from their injuries and stamina, and even their physical abilities had increased, erasing some of their penalties. It was the same on the other side as well. bang! ¡°¡­it hurts.¡± ¡°It must have been fun running away, right? ¡°You little fox!¡± ¡°Whoa, what a fly. ¡°It¡¯s so fast, but its strength is so TPS.¡± Miho, hit by Dyke¡¯s heavy fist, flew tens of meters into the air and fell to the ground. Miho, who created a long furrow, frowns while covered in dirt. Dyke and Beck Julioughed at Miho. The ridicule was even more intense because Miho, who possesses great strength in addition to her light movements, showed an appearance that was close to toying with the two people by showing off her skills with the help of a puppet. In an attempt to forget the indecent behavior they had just experienced, they pushed Miho roughly. ¡°Hmm, things aren¡¯t going well for everyone.¡± Fortunately, things were okay for Ken. Ken¡¯s opponents are Carl Ernoa and Hayden. Since both of them were wizards, recovering stamina and wounds was meaningless. Since the divine power could not even restore the consumed mana, Carl Ernoa and Hayden did not see any benefit. But that didn¡¯t mean Ken was rxed. -I think we need to pay more attention to the other two. ¡°Whew, I can¡¯t help it. Please take good care of Miss Miho and Miss Ha-Ryu.¡± -¡­I¡¯ll be there soon. This is because the puppet, which had been assisting Ken until now, gave more strength to Miho and Ha-ryu, who were suddenly losing ground, and the degree of assistance to Ken decreased sharply. A ray of cold sweat was rolling down Ken¡¯s forehead as he faced the outstanding wizards Carl Ernoa and Hayden alone again. A weight tilted almost perfectly. Looking at that scene, Ashur Hum took a shaky step. ¡°It¡¯s over now.¡± ¡°¡­If youe close, you will die together.¡± Sigh ¨C Shane aimed the gun loaded with the ¡®Anti Matter Bullet¡¯ he had used in the previous sparring with Hendrick and Jinhyeok at the approaching Ashur Hum. A literal self-destructor that can destroy its surroundings. Ashur Hum slowly walked towards Shane, who had loaded the weapon, which could be said to be thest bastion, as not only the guild leader of the guild alliance but also all other climbers including Ha Ryu were swept away. ¡°They have already lost their value. And I can survive your attacks. ¡°If I can consume all of you and them together, it would be an infinitely better oue for me.¡± ¡°¡­Crazy guy!¡± You can live yourself. It would be even better if the guild leaders of the guild alliance were reced with the climbers from Yeokcheon. They have already disappointed Ashur Hum, the two stars of his master¡¯s ¡®Holy Kingdom¡¯. It was a disservice to Cain Fallon and Carmen Fallon. loyal subordinate. No, Ashur Hum, who could easily be called a dog, actually wanted Shane to shoot the Anti-Matter Bullet. That way, you can cleanly absorb their power and redistribute it again or make it into one huge power. ¡°Are you going to shoot? Or won¡¯t you shoot? ¡°No matter what you choose, defeat will await you, but if you don¡¯t shoot, you might at least be able to save your life.¡± Of course, it didn¡¯t matter even if I didn¡¯t shoot. The treatment of guild leaders can be handled as expected by formally reporting to the higher-ups. One way or another, it can be said that it is a beneficial situation for Ashur Hum. Crack ¨C Knowing that, Shane gritted his teeth and froze with his finger on the trigger. Has there ever been a day when the light trigger you¡¯ve been pulling your whole life felt this heavy? The trigger wasn¡¯t pulled enough to make me think. Maybe it was because the finger that was supposed to pull the trigger had be hard, as if it had been under a petrification spell. Every time he thought about it, the sound of Ashur Hum¡¯s footsteps shook Shane¡¯s eardrums, and Shane, who had been imagining pulling the trigger dozens of times a second, couldn¡¯t make a decision until Ashur Hum reached a few steps away from him. I couldn¡¯t get off. ¡°You¡¯re indecisive. ¡°Isn¡¯t it true that one can be considered a professional if he or she is willing to throw away his or her own life for a purpose or for his or her master?¡± With only a few steps left, Ashur Hum criticizes Shane for his indecisiveness. At a time when her heart was filled with hurt from the pinching that Shane could not even deny. Ashur Hum drew out his pure white sword. ¡°After you, they will also follow. The puppeteer behind you, the goblin girl, the fox girl, and the lightning wizard. And the dragon tribe that is confronting the Death King, and even the wild dog cub that bared its teeth at the Holy Kingdom.¡± In a low-pitched voice, he leaves heavy words like a death sentence to those who are fighting with the guild leader, fighting with others, or waiting for their time. Puppet, Haryu, Miho, Ken, Hendrick. Furthermore, Jinhyeok, the owner of ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, is watching everything from the 60th floor city wall. Ashur Hum, who wrote down everyone¡¯s names in the kill book, was about to make the final point. ¡°I think I¡¯m toote for this~ Brother, no, I don¡¯t know if I¡¯m going to get scolded by you.¡± The man¡¯s soft voice echoed softly in a battlefield filled with blood sttering and the sound of shing weapons. When an infinitely light but infinitely heavy voice weighs down the battlefield. ¡°shing in the east-¡± ¡°¡­Boo!¡± ¡°This mi¡­!¡± Byak-! A blunt voice devoid of emotion was heard along with the sound of something breaking, and the jaws of Dyke and Beck Julio, who were confronting Miho, turned. The attack of the man who suddenly appeared in front of them, swinging his fist, was as fast as the wind, so Dyke and Beck Julio could not even resist. But the voice didn¡¯t end just once. ¡°shing in the west-¡± Bwauk-! When the next voice was heard, a heavy echo was heard from the area where the stream was fighting in the opposite direction of the battlefield where Miho was fighting Dyke and Beck Julio. It was the sound of a long baton pressing down on Mei and Amgeom¡¯s sr plexus. The two were unable to even react and gave up their sr plexus as the powerful pole pressed down on their sr plexus as quickly as the wind. ¡°¡­Knock!¡± ¡°Kuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuupuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuing the illusion of having their sr plexus pierced, leaving the two lying on the floor unable to breathe properly and moving on to the next point. ¡°Appears when you need help-¡± Crackling- Carl Ernoa, Hayden. Thest row of the battlefield where the two men were. The man who appeared there, with his hair tied up with a white string and wearing a dianthus, looked like a ghost. It¡¯s a new day. He literally appeared in front of Carl Ernoa and Hayden and instantly broke the canes they were holding like wood carvings. Carl Ernoa and Hayden, who lost their main weapons in an instant, were staring nkly at the broken staff. The dianthus man disappeared again. This is none other than the ce where the man who disappeared in front of Carl Ernoa and Haydenst appeared. ¡°The Taoist ¨C Hong Gil-dong. ¡°Brother, you¡¯re going to stop harassing a beautiful woman and stick with me, right?¡± ¡°Are you a Taoist? ¡°You¡¯re arrogant.¡± It was in front of Ashur Hum, right in front of Shane. Hong Gil Dong. When he boldly appeared in front of Ashur Hum, the head of the guild union, Ashur Hum red at Hong Gil-dong with a cold gaze and said, ¡°Do you think you can stop us alone? ¡°Maybe it¡¯s because I¡¯m a Taoist monk, but I have a flower garden in my head.¡± Hong Gil-dong¡¯s abilities were clearly amazing. He demonstrated an uncanny ability to traverse the entire battlefield in an instant, something that was impossible not only for the guild leaders but also for Ashur Hum himself. Furthermore, in the process, they seeded in carrying out a meaningful attack on the guild leaders. But that was all. ¡°Off, damn it¡­¡± ¡°¡­I thought it was a ghost.¡± ¡°My wand!¡± All of the guild leaders who were attacked by Hong Gil-dong were alive. They only suffered minor damage, such as cracked bones, pain, or the wand that helped with magic was shattered. In other words, there is no loss of power as a result. In such a situation, there is no way that anything will change just because Hong Gil-dong is added. Haru, Miho, Shane, Puppet, Ken. Even if you add Hong Gil-dong to the five people, there are six. On the other hand, there were a total of ten guild alliances that managed to control the damage, even to Jose Yan of Giant Hippo. There is still a difference of four people and the quality is not inferior. Since they are outnumbered, it is impossible to turn this situation around no matter how good Hong Gil-dong is. ¡°Hmm, I never said I was alone. ¡°Hyung?¡± ¡°¡­?¡± It was like that. If Hong Gil-dong had been ¡®alone¡¯, it would have been impossible to turn the tables. But what if you¡¯re not alone? ¡°Now, it¡¯s time for the heavy-butted Taoist monks to show up!¡± Pabababat-! People wearing robes popping out from all over the battlefield while humming words like Hong Gil-dong. The total number of young men and women, evenly mixed, is ten. Hong Gil-dong shrugged his shoulders as he watched them advance, beating up scattered executives. ¡°I learned somethingst time, there¡¯s nothing you can¡¯t catch if you stick to it. Brother. Ten skilled dosa. ¡°Do you think this won¡¯t turn the tables?¡± Hong Gil-dong chuckles as he gives bitter advice. ¡°¡­Can you handle this guy?¡± Only then did Ashur Hum realize that the situation was rapidly changing, and his face hardened, but Hong Gil-dong only used his little finger to listen to Whoville. ¡°Hehe, without further ado, juste at me. A Taoist does not forget grace. Even if it means harm to us.¡± Hong Gil-dong, who had been acting politely by blowing the earwax on his finger toward Ashur Hum, answered seriously for the first time. favor. Hong Gil-dong gently grabbed the wooden baton, swung it around, and shouted, mentioning the kindness he felt towards Jin-hyeok for taking care of Hong Ik-hyeon, who had been reduced to a bastard because of him, and even returning his body. ¡°Masters of Yuldo, let¡¯s make a big stir!!!¡± ¡°¡­Eolsu!¡± With Hong Gil-dong¡¯s excited shouts, the Taoists shaking their shoulders in excitement all over the battlefield began to move in earnest. Beating up the executives, one by one, Miho, Ha-ryu, etc. With the movement of the gurus moving forward to help the climbers in Yeokcheon, the weight that had beenpletely tilted towards the guild union sways. ¡°Okay then, let¡¯s hang out, bro!¡± ¡°You won¡¯t die a nice death, Taoist monk.¡± Ashur Hum looked at Hong Gil-dong, who was smiling brightly, and belittled him, calling him a guru with a hard face. In fact, there was no damage to Hong Gil-dong, who was the target. ¡°Haha, is that exactly what you¡¯re referring to? You know me very well, bro. Are you going to Stoke? Sorry, but I like pretty women! ¡°Do you think the God you believe in prevents homosexuality?¡± The moment when Hong Gil-dong scratches Ashur Hum¡¯s stomach with words that irritate the listener. Paaaaat! Same divine power as before. With the addition of Ashur Hum¡¯s anger, a much more powerful divine power burst out. ¡°I will tie your fluttering mouth and offer it to God as a sacrifice to forgive your sins.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but even my father can¡¯t stop me! If the noble man on the castle wall over there asks, I can think about it, but not you!¡± The voice of Ashur Hum, who is angry beyond irritation, and Hong Gil-dong¡¯s voice, teasing him again, resound. Thus, the second phase of Yeokcheon and Guild Alliance, opened by Ashur Hum, began in earnest with the joining of the Taoists. Chapter 116 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 116 All Master Necromancer Episode 116 ¡°I think we¡¯ve already started properly. Why don¡¯t you do it properly too?¡± In a battlefield that became chaotic due to the invasion of Taoists, there was a leisurely ce where time seemed to pass differently. Hendrick shook his head with an expressionless face towards Basil, who was talking leisurely. ¡°You don¡¯t know how to care about extending thest days of someone who will die soon.¡± ¡°Be considerate¡­ That¡¯s not something a pet should say. ¡°That is up to me, the owner, to decide.¡± The area around the two people, who were engaged in a battle without pushing each other, was so quiet that not a single ant could crawl around. The mercenaries, gold soldiers, and guild members who participated in the guild war all know this. -If you get caught in that, you will die. -You can never fight there. Basil and Hendrick. Let alone getting involved in a fight between two people, if you just fight around them, you could die just from the aftermath of their fight. Therefore, unlike other ces, the two were able to face off without any attacks for quite a long time. ¡®It¡¯s not that easy.¡¯ ¡®Ugh, my kids are scared. It¡¯s rare. As expected, it has the majesty of my first pet.¡¯ But it wasn¡¯t like the two people were just doing nothing. A confrontation of invisible spirits. This is the moment when Hendrick is aiming for an opening with his sharply forged spirit, and Basil is pushing the snakes little by little. Although no one saw it, the confrontation between the two had already been going on for dozens of minutes. ¡°Do you have any will? I¡¯ll put it on the corpses of your snakes. ¡°Everything is handmade.¡± ¡°Unfortunately, I don¡¯t want to die leaving my new pet behind. Let¡¯s live happily ever after, Hendrick~?¡± The provocation that gets on each other¡¯s nerves is also a type of attack that goes along with it. In fact, each word or word they say makes each other flinch and a slight gap appears between them. Now dozens of minutes have passed. ¡°¡­Sabakgwe (Éß¿`™™)!¡± The first wave has begun. The first was Hendrick¡¯s weakness. With Hendrick flinching, Basil stretches out his hand, capturing the fleeting moment when the gaps umted so far are umting. In an instant, dozens or hundreds of snakes flew through the air, strengthening their bodies with mana and entangling Hendrick¡¯s entire body. [San (Éß), snakes.] [Gourd (¿`), made by tying.] [Coffin (™™).] Like a coffin made of snakes, the living snakes became tangled and tangled, turning Hendrick into the coffin itself. Arms, legs, body. In the end, the pressure of the snakes wrapping around my face crushed my skin and myplexion turned pale as blood stopped flowing. ¡°¡­If you think you can tie me up with just this, you are mistaken.¡± Crackling ¨C the voice of Hendrick, who was so wrapped up in snakes that he couldn¡¯t even be seen, rang out. At the same time, a sound as if something was twisting or breaking was heard. An additional sound of teeth grinding was heard . Fuuuuuu-! Soon, the corpses of the snakes, cut in half as if a rope had broken with an explosion, were scattered in the air. Reddened skin. What gushes out within it is none other than¡­ ¡°¡­dragon power. It¡¯s not easy either. Well, I didn¡¯t think we could catch them with just those kids.¡± It was dragon power. Dragon power, also known as the unique power of the dragon race. It was an energy that could safely be said to have been created to efficiently handle the enormous mana created in the hearts of the dragon race. However, the word ¡®efficient¡¯ only applies to the dragon race. ¡°There is no way thatbining tens or hundreds of times the amount of mana into a small amount of millet and collecting them would be possible for an ordinary climber. ¡°One effect doesn¡¯t seem like a joke.¡± Basil shrugged his shoulders and acted as if this situation did not matter to him, but his body was trembling with excitement. The more Hendrick showed his mighty side, the more the pleasure of taming Hendrick began to shake his whole body. Just by lightly unleashing his dragon power, he instantly exploded the Sabakkwe, which he could not have released with his physical abilities. ¡®If all the dragon power were to be unleashed, how powerful would it be?¡¯ I know that the dragon in front of me is a young dragon. We also know that he is not the type to continue the battle with the powerful destructive power thates from the body of the dragon race, but rather has a strong technical aspect. But still, Basil wanted to see the primal destructive power emanating from the dragon race itself. ¡°Ka¡ª pew¡ª ta¡ª!!!!¡± So it seems there is no need to save Basil. He once again took out Kaputa, one of his strongest snakes, which he had taken out during his first meeting(?) with Hendrick. -Churirit! As soon as it heard its master¡¯s call, Kaputa revealed its enormous size to the world. The sight of Kaputa sticking out its tongue, which is so long that you might as well count it in meters due to its enormous size, is terrifying to look at. In the first ce, it was difficult to see it as a snake anymore, so didn¡¯t they say it all? ¡°It looks like a dragon, not a snake.¡± okay. As Hendrick said, Kaputa is no longer bound by the limitations of the snake species. It also resembles that of the Imoogi. Kaputa resembles the one that developed its soul through training in the past and ultimately transformed from a snake into a dragon. Naturally, its strength did not reach the Imoogi. But still, there was no being that could ignore Kaputa, at least below the 300th floor. Ugh¡­ ¡°It¡¯s going to be a pretty tough fight.¡± That also applied to Hendrick. 60th floor. Because that is Hendrick¡¯s current floor number and it is like a certificate proving the current Hendrick. No matter how strong Hendrick is beyond the number of floors, the number of floors tells everything. Talent that will surpass the 300th floor. Talent that will surpass the 600th floor. Talent that will surpass the 900th floor. A person who can be a god or a devil. In the long history of TOP, countless such talented people have emerged. Most of them, depending on their talents, reached the 300th floor, the 600th floor, the 900th floor, and even reached the top of the tower, bing gods or demons. but. ¡°Now I am just amb longing for time.¡± Most does not mean everything. [A talented person who can reach the 300th floor dies on the 100th floor.] [A talented person who can reach the 600th floor is killed by a sword before climbing the tower.] [A talented person who can reach the 900th floor bes a ruined person because his or her mind is broken.] These stories aremon. It was a story. Or, there are frequent cases of being killed by a political enemy or eliminated in advance by someone who recognizes the enemy. Therefore, Hendrick was not conceited. Kaputa was strong, and Basil, whomanded him, was even stronger. A climber who surpassed the 900th floor? A dragon yer who cut down dozens of dragons? ¡®That guy was kicked outst night.¡¯ He had alreadyid down on the cold earth of the 900th floor. My whole body might have been torn to pieces. Hendrick smiled bitterly as he remembered the group of Four Emperors who came to kill him. Is the body I spent my entire life torn apart, or is it just lying rotting on the floor? The current Hendrick did not know. There is only one thing that Hendrick knows now. ¡®Now I¡¯m just Hendrick, a climber on the 60th floor. It¡¯s just Hendrick, the vice guild leader of Yeokcheon.¡¯ He is a climber on the 60th floor and the vice-guild leader of Yeokcheon, where Jinhyeok is the leader. ¡°It is something that will cut you down. Remember, my name is Hendrick.¡± The climber in front of you. It¡¯s just Hendrick who will cut down Death King Basil. ¡°¡­Good. Do you like it. I feel like my heart is pounding for someone for the first time in a long time. ¡°I¡¯ve never felt this way except for Camille and She.¡± ¡°I will burst that pounding heart with my own hands before it explodes on my own.¡± ¡°Haha! good! ¡°It would be fine if it were in your hands, but¡­ it would still be better to keep you in my cage and raise you.¡± Hendrick frowned at the sight of Basil scanning his lips with his red tongue dripping with saliva as if looking at delicious food. But even for a moment. ¡°Kaputa.¡± -Shush! Basil, who instantly erased his expression as if his previous appearance was a lie, called out to Kaputa in a low voice. and. ¡°Jin(±w), Sabakgwe(Éß¿`™™).¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Hendrick felt as if the world was crashing down on him. Jin, Sabakwe. The Kaputa that attacked, as if to show off that it was a true Sabakwe, was very scary. ¡®It¡¯s not evenparable to what it was just before.¡¯ Hendrick gritted his teeth at the speed and pressure that was iparable to the attack of dozens or hundreds of snakes. ¡°Dividing the forest.¡± Quad Deuk- First of all, if the situation was the same as before, Hendrick was not sure whether he would be able to escape properly or not, so Hendrick immediately took out his sword. Cutting the forest, which I used in my sparring with Shane, clearly showed my ability. The technique that split the forest on the 60th floor in half shattered the surrounding area and exploded onto the flying Kaputa. Yep-! ¡°¡­Ha, let¡¯s say blocking is okay, but being okay isn¡¯t a little too much¡­ big!¡± However, Kaputa, who was rushing in, just showed off his strength by blocking Hendrick¡¯s forest cut with his strong body. The steel-like scales shed the impact, creating a shock wave that sweeps around. Scream ¨C Kaputa, aiming for that very moment, wrapped around Hendrick with his huge body. Hendrick, who was in a state simr to the one he suffered from the previous hit, struggled. bang-! Quang! bang! As I was kicking my stomach and struggling, I heard Basil¡¯s voice from outside. ¡°You can¡¯t solve Kaputa that way. ¡°He is one of the four children I am proud of.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s right, snakes can¡¯t stop me¡­!¡± No matter how powerful a snake is, a snake is still a snake. In front of humans, they are just reptiles. That was Hendrick¡¯s idea. But even for a moment. Hendrick couldn¡¯t help but be surprised by Basil¡¯s next words. ¡°okay? That guy inherited the power of the ¡®giants¡¯. ¡°I¡¯m not bragging about being the biggest among your children for no reason.¡± ¡°¡­Such nonsense.¡± Giants. When Hendrick couldn¡¯t help but be surprised at the fact that he had inherited the power of the very same race, one of the Four Emperors. ¡°Then I¡¯ll have to finish this quickly and put you in a cage. ¡°I don¡¯t think the situation is very good.¡± Basil prepared to finish. Basil called the other three children to him, who was unable to move due to being hit by a real, dead snake. ¡°Karim, Karen, Kabena.¡± Shishishishishit ¨C The sound of a snake apanied by a call. The eerie sound of scales rubbing against the floor echoes around Basil. and. -Kyaaak! Fuwaaaaak! ¡°This is Karim. Among the Four Emperors, they have a strong desire to win, perhaps because they inherited the power of the demons.¡± First, Karim, a snake spewing demonic energy from his entire body, appeared. -Shush! Paaaaat! ¡°This guy is Karen. Likewise, among the Four Emperors, I inherited the power of the Elyos.¡± Second, Karen, a snake spouting the radiance of divine power, appeared. -Shh! Sigh! ¡°¡­This guy is Kabena, who inherited the power of a dragon like you. ¡°I don¡¯t know if it will feel good to meet simr friends.¡± Lastly, unlike other snakes, Cabena, a snake that seemed to have arrogance wrapped around its entire body, appeared. A total of four, including the Kaputa that wrapped around Hendrick. At the same time, the four snakes that consumed the power of all the Four Emperors and made it their own appeared. Ouch! ¡°¡­Quaaa!!!¡± Kaputa rolled over roughly. Naturally, Hendrick, trapped inside Kaputa, let out a painful scream. Despite the screams being powerful enough to terrify anyone who heard them, Basil and his beloved snakes opened their mouths wide. ¡°Come on, be my fifth child, Hendrick.¡± Kiiiiing-! Several timesrger than ordinary snakes. Of course, the snakes were smaller than Kaputa, butrge enough for an adult female or male, and a destructive energy gathered in their open mouths. ¡°Shoot.¡± A moment when a destructive energy like the breath of a dragon gathers. Basil gave the order to fire in a dry, emotionless voice unlike before. Kwaaaaah-!!! Three rays of destruction that seemed to erase the world flew towards Hendrick, who was in Kaputa. Chapter 117 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 117 All Master Necromancer Episode 117 ¡®Is He Coming?¡¯ Although he was entangled by Kaputa, Hendrick¡¯s spirit was intact. Three powerful energies caught in a sharply forged energy. ¡®A snake with the power of the Four Emperors. ¡®They¡¯ll be shocked if they find out.¡¯ The Four Emperors view their power as being along the same lines as themselves. If they found out about this, even Basil wouldn¡¯t be able to climb the tower. ¡®Well, that¡¯s not what¡¯s important right now.¡¯ Later, he gets caught by the Four Emperors and an order to kill Basil is given, or he gets cut off like himself. One thing was important. ¡®A way to block that destructive energy that is still getting closer. I need that.¡¯ No matter how much he struggled, it was almost impossible to free Kaputa¡¯s body. This is because although the dragon power is close to all-purpose power, it cannot defeat Kaputa, who has the power of a giant, also called ¡®giant power¡¯ or ¡®super power¡¯, which is the energy that pours everything into one power. ¡®The answer is fixed.¡¯ However, Hendrick did not only have ¡®dragon power¡¯, nor did he only have ¡®sword skills¡¯. ¡®I hate to write this, but there is no doubt that it will be the most helpful in this situation¡­¡¯ Hendrick has continued to control himself through mind control, but he still cannot help but feel reluctant. ¡®I can¡¯t help it.¡¯ Changes began to ur in Hendrick, who made a decision with a deep sigh. It was the moment when my body began to change. * * * ¡°It¡¯s the end.¡± Basil smiled leisurely as he looked at the three rays of destruction. The perfectbination of the four snakes he boasts of. A simple but destructivebo where Kaputa ties up and the other three snakes attack. Any strong person so far has copsed in front of this connection. ¡®The tune was simr too.¡¯ The match against Tune, who can be said to be a close friend, was also simr. Of course, it was very difficult to stand in front of Tune with an overwhelming amount of volume, but once they reached it, they were able to secure victory, so there was no doubt about their power. Well, it wasn¡¯t that there were some disappointing aspects. ¡°It¡¯s not muchpared to the energy of the true Four Emperors.¡± Although the four snakes possessed the power of the Four Emperors, they did not actually possess their power itself. ¡°No matter how much of a spirit the White Snake is, it is impossible to fully ept the power of the Four Emperors.¡± Strange animals and nts live in the tower. Among them, there are those who take on other people¡¯s faults and take on their abilities. White Snake was exactly that type of being. A snake that digests what it eats and turns the target¡¯s abilities into its own. Of course, it was no ordinary snake. Not only was it difficult to get it, but what Basil fed them was also unusual. ¡°After eating the by-products of the Four Emperors, there are only four pieces that have beenpleted, and even those are not perfect¡­ Well, it doesn¡¯t matter. ¡°Now we will get the real ¡®Bra n¡¯.¡± White snakes, which are difficult to obtain, are fed by-products of the Four Hwang family, which are also difficult to obtain. The result was Basil¡¯s proud four snakes. Kaputa, Karen, Karim, Kabena. That¡¯s how they were born. What was disappointing for them was that they couldn¡¯t properly convey their energy, but Basil didn¡¯t care. Now he will get his hands on a ¡®dragon¡¯ named Hendrick. -Keeee! ¡°¡­Kaputa?¡± But even for a moment. Basil¡¯s smile was broken by the sound of Kaputa writhing in pain before the destruction ray reached him. Basil¡¯s face stiffened as he felt Kaputa¡¯s body shaking at the same time as he screamed in pain. ¡°Jin, Sabakgwega¡­!¡± This is because Basil¡¯s camp, Sabakkwe, centered around Kaputa, was being broken. Naturally, the reason was Kaputa. ¡°Kaputa, keep your posture!¡± -I know that too. If you continue to maintain Jin and Sabakgwe, you will die. ¡°¡­Hendrik!¡± Basil, who was calming the struggling Kaputa, ground his teeth when he heard Hendrick¡¯s voiceing from inside Kaputa. This is because I realized that the reason Kaputa is struggling now is because of Hendrick¡¯s actions. Basil, who was trembling with embarrassment and anger, had to watch with his own eyes as Kaputa unwrapped the gin and sabakgwe in pain. Coughing ¨C Kaputa returned to Basil¡¯s side just as quickly as he had rushed at Hendrick, and rubbed his face against Basil in a way that was not appropriate for his size. The moment he felt the cool touch of Kaputa, Basil felt calm and took a deep breath. ¡®It¡¯s okay, anyway, Jin, I was nning on disarming Sabakgwe before the destruction ray reached. It¡¯s over now anyway.¡¯ Quagwagwagwang! While he was taking a deep breath, the beams of destruction that flew towards Hendrick struck exactly where Hendrick was. An earth-shattering binge. When Basil smiles like a winner, feeling the ground shaking violently as if an earthquake had urred. -Why are you smiling? ¡°¡­how!¡± My smile shattered again when I heard Hendrick¡¯s voice sounding normal. When Basil¡¯s voice filled with confusion rang out. The smoke slowly cleared, revealing the spot where Hendrick was. ¡°under! Hahaha! okay! Hendrick! ¡°I¡¯ve been waiting for that to happen!¡± And upon seeing Hendrick¡¯s revealed appearance, Basil let out a voice full of joy, forgetting even his embarrassment and anger. ¨C Tremble with joy and die. ¡°I want to have you more. ¡°Even if it means exchanging my life!¡± As the smoke cleared, a huge dark red dragon appeared in the mess. The only way Hendrick was able to escape Kaputa¡¯s true evil, Sabakgwe. It was immediately transformed into a dragon state. As something bigger than Kaputa¡¯s huge size was created inside, Kaputa, unable to keep its tightness, ended up giving up. Kaputa¡¯s Jin and Sabak¡¯s orbit were shattered, and the destruction rays were also unable to do proper damage due to Yongrin¡¯s hardness, but Basil was happy. ¡°Shiny scales! Two jewel-like eyes! Long tail! Perfect! ¡°It¡¯s the perfect shape I was drawing!¡± Basil, who had been mumbling with his face flushed like an artist facing a masterpiece of art, spread his arms wide and shouted. ¡°Children, please wee your new brother.¡± Shishishish- Four snakes moving quickly along the floor while shouting. Their movements, each with different characteristics, were the same as if they were one. The four snakes approached Hendrick, who instantly took the form of a dragon with the same movement, and poured out various attacks towards Hendrick. Wow ¨C Kaputa used hisrge size and powerful strength to wrap around Hendrick¡¯s arms, legs, and neck. Fuwaaaaak! Karim, who had the magic energy wrapped around his body, attacked Yongrin with the magic energy at the forefront. Kwaaaaaa-! Kabena, who was imbued with dragon power and looked the closest to a dragon, opened his mouth wide and continued to pour out his breath. He chose to constantly unleash the dragon¡¯s most powerful special move. Paaaaat! In contrast, Karen did not attempt a direct attack. By unleashing divine power, the other three snakes chose to assist so that they could make a more perfect attack. So the four snakes each chose the best method they could, and the result was¡­ -That¡¯s it? It was miserable. Ouch¡­ -Shh? Easy? Kaputa, who had been constricting Hendrick¡¯s limbs and neck with his enormous size and powerful strength, could not help but be embarrassed in the face of a force even stronger than that. Tung-! -¡­Whoosh? Karim, who was about to bite Yongrin while surrounded by demonic energy that destroys everything in his path, fell silent in front of Yongrin, who repelled the demonic energy. Chiiikik- -Shisik!! Unlike the others, the breath fired by Kabena seeded in melting Yongrin¡¯s exterior, but that was all. Just by looking at the sight of Cabena hitting the floor with his tail in exasperation, you can tell that he was unable to inflict any significant damage to Hendrick. Tsutsutsu¡­ Finally, Karen¡¯s divine power faded as she gave up her own attack and chose to assist the remaining three snakes. Since none of the three were able to sessfully attack, strengthening them with divine power was of no use. ¡°¡­is this the dragon tribe?¡± The four snakes he was proud of werepletely destroyed in the area he was most confident in. Kaputa is by force. Karim lost in the battle of spear and shield. I only realized that Cabena was a lower dragon than Hendrick. Kaben¡¯s divine power did not give others enough strength to ovee racial differences. There is a saying that there is no business in front of Daguri, but this proves that it is just a word that has no use in front of Hendrick. Bur. This is the moment when Basil once again realizes the strength of one of the four races that epass the entire 999-story tower, and that is always mentioned when discussing the strongest. -I received so much that I have no idea what to return first. With the voice of Hendrick muttering calmly even after weing the joint effort of the four strongest snakes. -Okay, let¡¯s collect them all and return them all at once. A calm voice was heard again. -Take it. This is the real ¡®breath¡¯. The moment when Hendrick¡¯s mouth drops open. Coo coo coo coo- The air around me has changed. Jin, after Sabakwe. Compared to the beam of destruction that the three snakes were preparing, it was a concentration of energy so powerful that it made you think of the difference between a child and an adult. Basil burst intoughter as he looked at the ¡®real¡¯ destruction ray slowly gathering inside Hendrick¡¯s wide-open mouth. ¡°Hehehe, yes. It should be like this¡­ ¡°This is how you deserve to be my pet!!!¡± Of course, this does not mean that Basil was scared when he saw the destruction ray. Rather, it would have been more correct to say that Basil, who exuded strong possessiveness, was driven to madness. -die. Quagga gagagak-!!! And Hendrick fired the beam of destruction he had gathered at Basil, who opened his red eyes and spread his arms wide. The ¡®real¡¯ breath that erupted, shattering even the air andpletely erasing the surroundings, attacked the four snakes, including Basil. -Kyaaaa!!! The first was Kaputa, who stood resolutely in front of the snakes and tried to protect them. He was able to withstand the pounding breath with his hard scales and tough muscles, but he couldn¡¯t even leave a trace of blood in front of the real thing, which couldn¡¯tpare to the fake they shot out. Fuwaaaaak! -Keeeeek!!! Next was Karim. He poured out all of his magical energy and fired back. Breath and unstable magic energy that maintained their momentum even after melting Kaputa. Naturally, the winner was Breath. Paaaaat! -Kyaaaah!!! The third was Karen. A dazzling level of divine power. If her divine power was as strong as Ashur Hum¡¯s, she might have been able to block Hendrick¡¯s breath. Ashur Hum¡¯s divine power was like the sun. However,pared to Ashur Hum, Karen¡¯s divine power was nothing more than a firefly in front of the sun. In addition, Hendrick¡¯s breath was worthy of being called the sun. And in front of the sun, the fireflies could not emit their light properly and were only eaten. Karen was no different. Even after devouring Kaputa and Karim, I was swept away by the breath that did not lose its momentum and faced the same situation as before. -Wow! Lastly, Cabena, thest and most powerful of the four snake siblings(?), stood in front of Breath. Kwakagagak! Like Karim, heunched a counterattack against the breath flying towards him. However, there was no difference other than the difference between the counter fire and the magic and breath. In fact, the ending was no different from Karim¡¯s. Fake can¡¯t beat the real thing. Can Cabena, who has merely absorbed a small amount of the by-products of the dragon race, block the breath of the ¡®real¡¯ dragon race? This is ridiculous. Naturally, Cabena also followed in the footsteps of the previous siblings and was swallowed up by the breath. ¡°Yes,e! I¡¯ll take you in, Hendryeeek!!!¡± Even though the four snakes he loved passed away without even leaving a trace of blood, Basil was actually happy. This is because Hendrick¡¯s breath, which did not lose its momentum even after eating four fish, was proof of Hendrick¡¯s strength. Basil opened his arms wide to wee the onught of breath and disappeared into the breath. Revenge for the destruction ray inflicted on Hendrick by the snake siblings just moments ago was delivered to Basil with several times the interest. Chapter 118 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 118 All Master Necromancer Episode 118 Huuuuuuuuuuuuuu ¨C -There¡¯s no way it ended like this. There was nothing left in the ce where the breath swept over, but Hendrick felt a presence beyond the cloud of dust that rose from where Basil was. A breath that erases all living things, a ray of destruction, but an attack that Shane also blocked in the first ce. ¡°Hot¡­ hahahaha! Good good. I think I just got overly excited¡­ Can I change my pants? Phew, woman¡­ No, I can¡¯t believe I¡¯m feeling aroused by a man that I never felt even when I was with Camille and She! Kyahaha, this was a rare experience! ¡°Of course, I prefer Camille and She, my soul mates, to you.¡± A frivolous voicees from a cloud of dust. Soon, a cloud of dust flew in the wind, and Basil, covered in dust, appeared within it. Not only was his neat suit covered in dust, but it was torn in several ces, and red blood was flowing down. But even so, Basil, covered in dust and scars, was smiling. Her face was blushing brightly, as if she didn¡¯t want to forget the ecstasy she felt just now. Of course, Hendrick wasn¡¯t going to just sit there and watch. -die. Quaaaa- The breath fired again. Unlike before, it did not gather all its energy and fly, but it had enough destructive power to be more than a deterrent and flew towards Basil again. ¡°¡­Do you know that the same pleasure bes less interesting?¡± Kwasik-! However, Basil stretched out his hand in a dry voice that was 180 degrees different from before and crushed the breath with his hand. The breath that was not material was crushed by hand, but even if the force was reduced, the breath was still breath, and Basil¡¯s strength in blocking it with his hand was amazing. Knock-knock- ¡°It hurts.¡± It wasn¡¯tpletely blocked, though. Basil muttered as he looked down at the hand that blocked the breath, which had been torn apart, exposing the bones so clearly that it was easy to find the remaining flesh. -It seems like it¡¯s already over. When Hendrick scolded him for snorting while maintaining his dragon status, Basil raised his head and looked at Hendrick. ¡°okay? I¡¯m starting now. Camille, She!¡± Basil, who even had a grin on his face, harshly called out to his pet snakes. As soon as he heard his call, a white sh shed in the direction of the guild union¡¯s headquarters, and at the same time, the sound of snake scales rubbing against the ground echoed throughout the battlefield. The ones who approached Basil so quickly that they seemed like light were none other than Camille and Ss. Hissing hissing tongues, two white snakes climbed up Basil¡¯s body. Basil said, caressing Camille and Ss with his healthy hand. ¡°Let¡¯s start the second round.¡± -You¡¯re arrogant for being such an asshole. Game 2. Hendrick snorted, knowing that this was only possible when both parties were in a state where they could fight again. ¡®The four snakes that inherited the power of the Four Emperors that he boasted about have disappeared, and one of the hands of Basil, the caster, has been damaged, so the victory is already lost.¡¯ Kaputa, Kabena, Karim, Karen. They each inherited the power of the Four Emperors and were wiped out with a single breath. In the meantime, Hendrick also consumed a lot of energy, but was able to fire one more breath. In contrast, Basil lost four snakes, which could be considered his main force, and dozens or even hundreds of snakes, so it can be said that the pendulum of victory tilted towards Hendrick. ¡®But looking at how proud it is, I¡¯m sure it has some hidden numbers.¡¯ Nevertheless, Hendrick did not let down his guard. A secret trick that every climber has. ¡®Especially if you¡¯re a climber like that guy, you have to consider ¡®territory¡¯ as well. I can¡¯t get caught up in Dongguijin¡¯s moves.¡¯ In addition, the ¡®area¡¯ that high-level climbers, especially talented ones, may have could not be ignored. There was nothing confirmed, and although the number of floors in Basil was in the 300s, there was something to be said. Hendrick, who was confronting Basil with such tension, noticed a change in Basil. -¡­Snake seeping in? The snakes named Camille and Ss, which had wrapped around Basil¡¯s entire body, were seeping into him. The moment Hendrick, who immediately realized that this was not an ordinary situation, opened his mouth again. te. ¡°All human beings are one body.¡± Crack-crack-crack! Basil¡¯s dry voice hit Hendrik¡¯s eardrums. At the same time, the bodies of Basil, Camille, and Ss became one, creating an eerie sound. The sound of bones breaking, regenerating, and being put back together again could be heard in the blink of an eye. And right after the terrible sound stopped, Hendrick frowned at thepletely changed appearance of Basil. -Are you a snake person? ¡°It¡¯s simr. ¡°It¡¯s just that it doesn¡¯t evenpare to him.¡± Hendrick tensed again as he heard the eerie sounding from his lightly clenched fist. As much as the tension was stretched tightly, the intense energy felt from Basil, who hadpleted his transformation, also weighed heavily on the battlefield. Immediately. In an atmosphere that felt like it was going to explode at any moment, it was Basil who moved first. Kwaduk-pang-! The ground he stepped on cracked open, and Basil, with white scales all over his body, flew into the sky with the momentum. The target is Hendrick floating in the sky. Naturally, Hendrick did not just sit back and watch. -Shield, multiple stacks. With the lightly thrown words, dozens of shields were created around Hendrick in an instant. Yong-eon (ýˆÑÔ). An ability that can be fully used by a dragon, one of the Four Emperors, only in dragon form. The moment when the fraudulent ability that allows you to use avable magic just by saying it is realized. Faced with a translucent shield wall blocking him and Hendrick, Basil¡¯s choice was not to stop but to move forward. Kiyiing ¨C Chrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr- The mana that exploded from Basil¡¯s whole body condenses and at the same time the white scales that were lying down bristle. Basil¡¯s body began to spin rapidly, with scales bristling like des. Boom, boom, boom, boom, boom! When an eerie sound of wind was heard and Basil¡¯s figure disappeared, only a storm of white des took his ce. ¡°Hoerin (�h÷[).¡± Basil¡¯s low voice rang out. Let¡¯s go! The sound of shields grinding, echoing with Basil¡¯s voice, filled the battlefield. Poseok-! -¡­is it pierced? Basil¡¯s new model, which instantly reced dozens of shields, arrived in front of Hendrick. ¡°Hello, Hendrick.¡± Basil greeted him warmly as if he had met an old friend, but Hendrick immediately went on the offensive. -Fireball, multiple stacks. Semi Hellfire. Just like the shields just before, dozens of fireballs appeared from thin air. Eventually, the fireballs that gradually gathered ording to Hendrick¡¯s words merged into a single huge fireball. Hellfire. An attack with the cruel name of a degraded version of great magic that was said to be a disaster upon the earth fell on Basil. Quaaaaang-! Dozens of semi-helfires are created bybining them into one, and the resulting mes and explosions fill the surrounding area. But soon, a white sh separated the mes and explosions and reached Hendrick. ¡°¡­the fact that snakes hate heat. ¡°Didn¡¯t you tell me?¡± -It¡¯s rather good. Because what you hate is what I like. White sh. In other words, Basil said as he climbed onto Hendrick¡¯s body with a slight frown. Of course, Hendrick was not one to apologize for his displeased expression, so he immediately shook his body. Every time he shakes Hu-woong-Hong-Huung- once shakes, he has been shaken quickly and moved to drop flies on his back. The wind pressure, enough to easily knock off an ordinary human, exploded at Basil, but Basil blocked it by sinking his hand into Hendrick¡¯s back. Pow ¨C Yongrin. Although his scales were harder than steel and could lightly bounce off a decent amount of attacks, it was impossible to block the energy wrapped around the hands of Basil, who was an excellent climber before being a magician. Hendrick gritted his teeth as he was only allowed to attack Yongrin, who had made a pointless opening. The stinging paining from my back was painful, but I realized that nothing good woulde of maintaining this condition. ¡®¡­It went well anyway. ¡®The dragon state doesn¡¯t suit me.¡¯ A huge size quickly bes a huge target. Of course, other dragons have no problem fighting with their powerful firepower and power, but Hendrick is alone. Above all, Hendrick did not view the dragon¡¯s condition very well. There were certainly many things better than the human condition, and he could use a powerful ability called breath, but Hendrick was a swordsman. And since it was difficult to even hold the sword properly, let alone swing it in dragon state, Hendrick made a decision quickly. As soon as a bright cluster of light exploded, Hendrick¡¯s dark red dragon body slowly shrunk and eventually returned to the size of a human. thud-! As Hendrick and Basil fell from the sky andnded on the ground, a heavy sound spread around them. ¡°It¡¯s a shame~ I liked it better before. Well, that¡¯s not bad either. Is that the ¡®dragon state¡¯? Something simr to me?¡± Uponnding on the ground, Hendrick returned to human form as asked by Basil, but he was not in a perfect human state. Yongin (ýˆÈË). It looks like a mixture of half human and half dragon. The human-like figure with the scales of a dragon appeared simr to Basil, who had be one with a snake, as Basil said. but. Kugugugu- ¡°It¡¯s not a body I like, but it¡¯s not a body that can bepared to someone like you.¡± ¡°¡­Oh, that¡¯s definitely true. Kyahaha! ¡°It¡¯s clear to see that the scales are trembling!¡± In front of Hendrick¡¯s wave of dragon power, Basil¡¯s face hardened slightly and he burst outughing, revealing his snake-like fangs. Just because they were simr on the outside, there was no reason for them to be the same on the inside. Just because a dragon and a snake are simr doesn¡¯t mean people look at a snake and say it¡¯s a dragon. And the dragon was always superior to the snake. Hendrick drew out his ¡®Dragon Sword¡¯, which he could not draw while in dragon state, and red at Basil. ¡°It¡¯s thest time.¡± ¡°I know, I got ripped off too. Loss, loss. ¡°No matter how much it was an opportunity to add a dragon to my collection, the other children were all the same to me.¡± Hendrick is calm and Basil is talking incoherently. Although they seemed contradictory, the two had something inmon. Grinning- ¡°¡­Still, I won¡¯t deny that it was an enjoyable battle. ¡°I admit it, you have the ability and qualifications to bring out my ¡®madness.¡¯¡± ¡°Same. It was such a happy time that I could have died. Dark red scales, sleek body, and jewel-like eyes. I was satisfied just by seeing them. Kyahaha!¡± Madness. The two people had very simr madness. The two people, who were about to face their final battle, acknowledged each other and uttered theirst words with crazy smiles on their lips. ¡° Okay then, let¡¯s go.¡± Hendrick, holding the sword until its handle broke, said his final words. ¡°However much.¡± Chuck- Hearing Hendrick¡¯sst words, Basil also responded by spreading his arms and hands wide open. The moment when the two superhumans said their final words to each other. Paang-! Hendrick, who was the first to say thest word, left. Hendrick swung his sword through the air like a darting arrow. As it slowly got closer, the sword was swung just within reach of the sword. Basil also did not stay still. ¡°¡­territory, Sachungjagul (Éß³ä½å¿ß).¡± The ability Hendrick was most concerned about and most wary of. area. There are often cases where climbers who climb a tower connect and mix each other¡¯s mental worlds (inner worlds) and engage in fights that cause no harm in reality. Jinhyuk also had a simr battle with a puppet on the 10th floor. Naturally, this was not something that everyone could do. And bringing out one¡¯s ¡®domain¡¯ means bringing out one¡¯s ¡®imaginary world¡¯ into reality. Combining and connecting each other¡¯s inner world by touching them, and bringing out the inner world that does not exist in reality into reality. I don¡¯t think you can tell which one is more difficult. Even if they look simr, everyone is different on the inside. The ¡®area¡¯ that brings out the inner world into reality was also different for everyone. In a world where everyone has areas with different characteristics, Basil¡¯s area was as follows. [Area, Sachungjagul (Éß³ä½å¿ß).] A cave full of snakes. As he said, Hendrick was able to see the horrifying sight of thousands and tens of thousands of snakes starting from Basil, establishing boundaries and creating a world. heaven, earth. A bizarre world where even the sun is made of snakes. There are snakes rushing in and taking over every ce. Just watching them try to drag you into the world of snakes is scary. ¡®If you get trapped, it¡¯s over.¡¯ In cases where the images of each other are mixed, such as in the fight between Jinhyuk and Puppet, it is not dangerous because both images coexist. Since it is something that happens internally in the first ce, it is not life-threatening. But the ¡®area¡¯ is different. Bringing others into your world. For example, if you experience a lucid dream or a lucid dream, you can do anything in your dream. To put it bluntly, a world can be created because it is a dream world. It would be understandable if you think of entering the dream of someone who is experiencing such a lucid dream. An ordinary person standing in front of someone who can do everything. It was obvious who had the advantage. Tsutsutsutsu ¨C Hendrick took a deep breath as he looked at the snakes that upied about 80% of the space. ¡°Whoa¡­¡± Being trapped in the enemy¡¯s world would be full of disadvantages. Song on all sides. Hendrick, now in a situation where he could not escape, simply moved forward. ¡°Dividing the world.¡± Squeak ¨C As he took a light step forward, thepleted sword strike lightly cut into something. It was an attack no different from an ordinary sword strike, but the difference between Hendrick¡¯s sword strike and an ordinary sword strike now is that the ordinary sword strike only cut the ¡®opponent¡¯, and Hendrick¡¯s sword strike¡­. ¡°¡­What nonsense is this? Does it make sense to cut down my territory¡­ my world with a sword¡­ is it okay?¡± It just cut down the world. Furthermore, Basil, the owner of that world, is also there. It was said that Hendrick¡¯s ¡®Dividing the World¡¯ was just before thepletion of Basil¡¯s territory, ¡®The Deathly Hallows¡¯, but it was the moment when it waspletely cut down. No matter how immature it may be, it may not even beplete. He opened his mouth, taking in the image of Hendrick cutting down his world with just a single sword. ¡°As expected¡­ you¡­ must be in my cage¡­ I will chase you even after death¡­! Hahahahaha!¡± Basil, who did not let go of his obsession with Hendrick until the moment the life slowly drained from his red eyes, ended his life as obsessed as he was. It could be said to be a fitting end to his lifelong obsession with being a ¡®snake¡¯. Chapter 119 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 119 All Master Necromancer Episode 119 Boom ¨C ¡°¡­I guess I¡¯m fine too, after all.¡± Hendrick knelt down on one knee in front of the dying Basil and frowned. The whole body creaked, and the ocean-like power was exhausted. The aftereffects of ¡®Splitting the World¡¯, which shattered Basil¡¯s realm and his breath in the dragon state, hit Hendrick. ¡°Tsk, why have there been so many situationstely where it¡¯s difficult to even lift a finger?¡± The battle with Demon Sun was like that, and the sparring with Shane was also like that. Hendrick smiled bitterly as he recalled how difficult it was to lift a finger at the end of a fight. But I couldn¡¯t just sit there like that. -¡­My lord¡¯s close friend has died. -Kyahaha! I knew he was going to go after that guy! Should I turn that guy into an undead person? Should I save it? huh? Should I save it? -Akkad, my lord¡¯s close friend. Be polite. The body is collected and taken to the lord. -Tch, Char. You are always stubborn. This was because the Lich and Death Knight hade before him and were checking Basil¡¯s body. Char and Akkad. They were the most powerful undead controlled by Tune, and they were themanders who controlled Tune¡¯s ¡®death¡¯ that was currently on the battlefield. They checked Basil¡¯s condition and gave an answer. -You, carry the body of your lord¡¯s close friend. -Squeak! Death Knight Char grabbed a skeleton next to him and carried Basil¡¯s body onto him. After confirming that the skeleton, which rattled its jaw and nodded its head, took a step back and was waiting, Char and Akkad turned their attention to Hendrick. -Let¡¯s finish this and take that guy with us. -Since Basil ransacked, can I keep that guy too? huh? Right? -¡­I¡¯m not sure about that. Ask your lord. -Do you not have your own thoughts? He seems like a nd guy. We shared our thoughts about Hendrick, but in the end, the end was the same. -Just process it and think about it. -Okay, if you don¡¯t hand that guy over to me, I¡¯ll beat you up in front of my lord. -¡­Akkad, please. Hendrick¡¯s finish. Hendrick put his thoughts together, looked at the Death Knight and Lich approaching him, and held the sword with trembling hands. Hendrick, who barely got up from his seat while using his sword as a cane to drive it into the ground, red at the two with a sharp gaze. ¡°I didn¡¯t stand here just to be killed by the undead.¡± -¡­Do you still have strength left? -It¡¯s a monster, this guy too. How strong will you be if you be undead? Will you be stronger than me? huh? -Akkad, concentrate. The opponent is the one who defeated the lord¡¯s close friend. If you let your guard down, you might fly somewhere. -Tsk, I got it. Char and Akkad, facing Hendrick, who was eager to kill, lost their guard and took their stance. Char puts his hand on his sword sheath made of bone. Simrly, Akkad also held a staff made of human skull and spinal bones. Hendrick gritted his teeth as he watched the two, fully prepared, slowly and warily approaching. ¡®There is no answer to this.¡¯ Hendrick was not confident of winning against Char and Akkad, who were approaching him as if they were fighting their rivals in a narrow situation where even Donggwijin was close, let alone winning even if he fought without letting his guard down. But that didn¡¯t mean Hendrick gave up. ¡®Even if we die, we die together. At least one guy. I¡¯ll take you to the underworld,rade.¡¯ At least one. When you are ready to crush at least one of Char and Akkad. ¡°Hendrik, this is not the ce for you to die, is it?¡± There was a familiar voice ringing in his ears. It wasn¡¯t Jinhyuk. Because he was preparing for a fight with Tune. ¡°Sweep away all the junk.¡± -yes. He orders to wipe out the undead ¡®Death¡¯ led by Char and Akkad, and ording to the order, the spirit soldier leading the soul soldiers leaves his position. The moment when theposition of soul disease vs. ¡®death¡¯ was created in an instant. The owner of the voice sat down on the ground . ¡°Rich and Death Knight¡­ only talented junior volleyball yers.¡± This person strokes his chin andments on Char, Akkad, and the tune that created them. -A soul or something like that evaluates the lord¡­ -¡­I¡¯ll change it. When Char grits his teeth at the sight of the soul criticizing his master, and even Akkad spits out his anger. A soul descended before them. Vulcan opened his mouth. ¡°As a senior, it is natural to praise the outstanding performance of your junior. And I¡¯ll leave this guy alone as he¡¯s already done enough, and I¡¯ll deal with you.¡± Char and Akkad were indignant at the sight of Balkan smiling slightly while holding the staff that Genno and Muyoung had made. -Are we going to be stopped by a single soul under the control of a necromancer who is not even on the 100th floor? It¡¯s crazy. -I can handle that guy on my own, Char. They did not recognize Jinhyuk, who would confront Tune. Tune, their master and lord, acknowledged him, but they could not understand the lord¡¯s obsession with a climber who could not even climb the 100th floor. In such a situation, it is surprising that they are not outraged because Balkan, one of Jinhyeok¡¯s soul diseases, has dered that he will stop them. But regardless of their resentment, the problem was that Balkan was not something they could ignore. ¡°Soul staff.¡± -Keeee!! Many souls scattered across the battlefield are sucked into the staff made by Muyoung. At the time of the fight with Hendrick, there was no staff and a soul staff was created with a level of perfection that was iparable to the soul staff that was made entirely from souls. ¡°Soul Arrow.¡± Eventually, the soul power and mana absorbed into the soul staff mixed together to create an arrow. Kkuddeuk-duk ¨C The staff is used like a bow, and the power of the soul bes a demonstration. The moment Soul Arrow is caught in the spirit¡¯s demonstration, and Vulcan releases the demonstration that has been stretched to its limit. Paang-! Soul Arrow tore through the air barrier as it left the demonstration. Char and Akkad, who were looking at Vulcan with surprised faces who had prepared andpleted an attack in the short time they were angry, eventually took their stance. Sreung ¨C Char¡¯s Bone Sword, made of bone, is drawn from its scabbard. -shield. Jiiiing ¨C Mana burst out steadily from Akkad¡¯s staff, which was made of a skull and vertebrae that looked like they were made straight from a human head, creating a thick shield. Just as the Balkans attacked in an instant, they also prepared to defend against the attack in an instant. And right after their preparations are over. Kwaaaaang! Vulcan¡¯s Soul Arrow reached them. -Keeeeek!!! The soul contained in the Soul Arrow lets out a painful scream and prates Akkad¡¯s shield. -Keuuuu¡­Char! Akkad, who realized that even though he strengthened the shield, it was not enough, immediately began adding strength to the shield. At the same time, he called Char, who destroyed Soul Arrow. -It¡¯s already done. Four Light Dance. During the time Akkad earned, Charpleted preparations for the attack that shattered Soul Arrow and thenunched the attack. Four Light Dance. As the light of death dances, the sword swings and kills the Soul Arrow, which breaks the shield. Puseok- -¡­Kieek. As the Soul Arrow is destroyed, the soul contained in the Soul Arrow dies out in death. Even when his hard-fought attack came to naught, Vulcan wasn¡¯t worried. ¡°Soul Arrow, multiple shots.¡± -¡­this. -¡­Damn it, Shield! shield! Shield!!! This is because the Soul Arrow that was blocked just now had not one, but several shots ready. While they were blocking, the dozens of Soul Arrows prepared left Vulkan¡¯s hands again and rushed towards Char and Akkad. When Char was embarrassed and Akkad was frantically creating a shield. Soul Arrows had already rushed to their side. The Soul Arrow arrived before the shield waspleted and immediately pierced Akkad¡¯s body. -¡­Wow! Unlike Akkad, who let out a scream of pain, Char swung his Bone Sword and struck down the Soul Arrow, but that was all. ¡°Soul Bomb.¡± With a low, resounding Balkan voice. Kiiiiing ¨C The fired Soul Arrow glowed. A precursor to an explosion. And as soon as the omen began, Soul Arrow exploded. Kwaaaaang! At the same time as more than a dozen Soul Arrows exploded, Char and Akkad, who had Soul Arrows stuck in them or were striking them away, were also caught up in the explosion. -Keuuuu¡­ -Kyaaaa!! Although they are undead who cannot feel pain, the pain of having their whole body shattered can have a significant impact on their souls. Even if they were undead, the pain of their souls could not be ignored, so when the two vented their deepest pain. Balkan, who was looking at them with an emotionless face, pounded the floor with his soul staff. ¡°That guy used ¡®area.¡¯ Although it is an imperfect area. ¡°I¡¯ll show you what¡¯s real.¡± Energy burst out from Vulcan¡¯s body along with Vulcan¡¯s voice muttering while pointing to Basil¡¯s body. Everything, starting from the most basic mana, to his source of spiritual power, and the magic energy and sacred power he gained while apanying Jinhyeok. A time when colorful energies harmonized and mixed together repeatedly. Puhwaaaaak-! The mixed energies exploded and covered the surroundings of Char and Akkad, who were distracted by thebination of Soul Arrow and Soul Bomb. ¡°Realm, Holy Demon Spirit.¡± [Realm, Demon Spiritual Concubine] Balkan¡¯s realm, which was originally a magical spirit insectposed of mana and spiritual power, evolved as ¡®sacred¡¯ was added through the encounter with Jinhyeok. [Manawa and demonic energy mixed together, demon.] [Spiritual power, the power of the soul, spirit.] [Holy power, sacred power, saint.] A space filled with various energies. That was Balkan¡¯s new ¡®territory¡¯, the Holy Spirit. -¡­Oops, Akkad! We have to get out of here! -Ha, damn it. How do I get out of here? By the time the two came to their senses, the Balkan territory had already beenpleted. A world within a world cut off from the outside world. Char and Akkad, left alone with Balkan, faced Balkan again. When they first saw Balkan, they thought he was just a soul under Jinhyeok¡¯smand, but when they encountered Balkan, they had no choice but to change their minds. -¡­Why on earth does someone like you work under him? -You¡­what are you? How can a soul have such power! It wasn¡¯t just the fear I felt because Balkan used ¡®territory¡¯ and entered Balkan¡¯s ¡®territory¡¯. The two knelt before the energy felt from the Balkan itself. The feeling that the world is pressing down on them is Lich and Death Knight. Even though they were high-ranking undead, it was too much for them to withstand as they were ¡®only¡¯ undead. Vulcan answered the questions they asked while kneeling and looking up at him by touching the abundant energy that filled the ¡®area¡¯. ¡°The soul obeys its master. That¡¯s all. And even though he¡¯s a cheap guy, he¡¯s not a bad owner.¡± After answering with a slight smile, Vulcan swung his soul staff in the empty air. But the changes that resulted were by no means ordinary. Quagga-ga-ga-ga- The world is distorted and condensed. In a world where change began due to the will of only one person, there is only one thing left. Paaaaat! It was divine power. ¡°Since they are undead, this would be the most efficient. Goodbye, they are not that bad undead, but there is nothing we can do about it.¡± The most efficient and effective energy in dealing with the undead Char and Akkad. The divine power that grows in size by eating up mana and magic energy fills the ¡®area¡¯. A sphere of intense divine power, reminiscent of the sun, rises within the area. Chiiik ¨C Just as living creatures burn up in front of the sun, the bodies of the undead Char and Akkad began to burn up in front of the intense divine power. Even if they were undead, they could not be insensitive to the pain caused by divine power. However, Char and Akkad stared nkly at the sun of divine power without even groaning. ¡°Glory Meteor Fall.¡± With the voice of Vulkan, who is the master of the realm and the Demon Spirit Insect and is like a god within the realm, the sun of divine power slowly fell towards Char and Akkad. Kwahiah Ah Ah- !!!! Glory Meteor Fall. The moment when something like a meteorite made of divine power collides with Char and Akkad. The inside of the realm, the Holy Demon Spirit, was stained white with divine power. Tsutsutsu¡­. ¡°Phew, it¡¯s over. ¡°If we just take Hendrick to Cha Jin-hyuk, that¡¯s it?¡± And in the ce where the realm, the Holy Demon Spirit, disappeared, only Vulcan was left. In a ce where there was no trace of Char or Akkad, Balkan lifted the unconscious Hendrik and carried him on his shoulders. of course. ¡°There¡¯s a skeleton.¡± -¡­Less? ¡°Put that down and go away.¡± -¡­Less. They also didn¡¯t forget to collect Basil¡¯s body, which Akkad and Char had ced on the skeleton¡¯s shoulder. Hearing Vulcan¡¯s cold voice, the skeleton put down Basil¡¯s body with a sullen face and disappeared into the battlefield at a quick pace. Vulcan, who was looking at the back of the skeleton as it ttered away and disappeared, eventually ced Basil¡¯s body on his other shoulder as well. ¡°¡­Damn, I can¡¯t believe I¡¯m transporting corpses with this old, passed out guy. ¡°This is all because of that guy Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± Vulcan, who was frowning at the weighting from his shoulders, soon flew into the sky. The destination was the 60th floor city where Jinhyeok would be. ¡®¡­I think the situation is going well because of Hong Gil-dong, so I guess I can leave my seat for a bit.¡¯ Grateful for being able to take a breather thanks to Hong Gil-dong working with the Taoists, Balkan quickly flew towards the 60th floor city. ¡®I love Cha Jin-hyuk to death. It¡¯s the corpse of a climber on the 300th floor¡­ The soul seems to still be well attached, so a good soul disease will be born.¡¯ How a good soul resides in a good corpse(?). Balkan, who had confirmed that his soul had not left his body that long after his death, smiled at Jinhyuk, who would be happy to see the corpse. Vulcan, who hade to care for Jinhyeok following Ha-ryu and Miho, eventually disappeared from the battlefield. Chapter 120 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 120 All Master Necromancer Episode 120 ¡°Big Wheel!¡± Kwakagagagak ¨C Hong Gil-dong¡¯s barrage of bong hits. Ashur Hum was lost in thought as he blocked the bogey wheel. ¡®Where did it go wrong?¡¯ It certainly wasn¡¯t a bad start. No, to be precise, they were 100% sure of their victory even before they started. But everything was shaky from the start of the guild war. ¡®Was the rebellion of low-level guild members a problem?¡¯ At first, there was a mass desertion and rebellion of lower-level guild members who were supposed to support the guild union due to the rift in ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯. Of course, that wasn¡¯t the only problem. ¡®If not, was the penalty big? ¡®Is it a defeat to open a guild war without even having time to adapt?¡¯ Next, the penalty created an unfamiliar physical condition, and there were times when I was helplessly pushed back because I could not adapt to it. But even that couldn¡¯t be the main reason. ¡®If not this, is it the copse of low-level guild members due to lightning wizards? If not, is the problem with the leaders of Yeokcheon, who quickly emerged as strong yers by filling in their shorings with the help of the puppeteer? That too, if not that too¡­!¡¯ My head gets confused. Ashur Hum had to admit that so many numbers were intertwined to create this moment. When looked at alone, the numbers were enough to endure, but the moment the numbers increased, they became entangled. The current situation was created. ¡®The defeat just means that they were better than us.¡¯ Ashur Hum, who did not deny the fact that the current situation only happened because they were better, nced at the battlefield. Bye! ¡°Keeeeek-! ¡°Sa¡­ help me!!!¡± Jose Yan, who had joined the battlefield with great vigor, was being beaten and turned into a pig. Wow ¨C Wow! ¡°This damned little boy¡­ hehehehe!¡± ¡°Dike! Damn it, I need to get out too¡­ Wow!¡± ¡°Bad people. ¡°I scolded you.¡± Dyke and Beck Julio were beaten and retired by Miho, who was relieved by the participation of the Taoists. Let¡¯s go! ¡°Didn¡¯t you say you won earlier? If that¡¯s the end, it might be a bitme.¡± ¡°you¡­! I think this little bitch can beat me¡­!!!¡± ¡°May, calm down. We are at a disadvantage due to the Taoists¡¯ participation in the war¡­ ¡°Shut up! You just keep calm and assist me! ¡°I will definitely tear that bitch to pieces!¡± Mei and the dark sword, with the support of the Taoists, were unable to control the fluttering lower stream and were dragged along. Gurgling! ¡°I guess I can survive now. ¡°It wasn¡¯t a bad match.¡± ¡°¡­Damn, if only the wand was still intact.¡± ¡°No, if it weren¡¯t for the Taoists, I would have won!¡± Ken showed off his skills by hitting lightning magic against Hayden and Carl Ernoa, who had lost their wands and had extremely poor magic casting abilities. Even though their defense was already low, the worst situation was that they were hit by the lightning magic of Ken, a high-level wizard, and were knocked unconscious. ¡°Ah¡­ Ashur! ¡°I¡­ please save me!¡± And the same was true for Horun, who supported Ashur Hum from afar and blocked Shein¡¯s offensive. Horun pointed to the monks who were holding batons or fans to his neck and sent a request to Ashur Hum for help. Ashur Hum burst intoughter as he saw a situation where there was literally no answer in the wide battlefield, with no one winning. ¡°under! Ha ha ha ha ha!!!¡± ¡°What is it, bro? Are you finally crazy? ¡°If you¡¯re going to go crazy, go crazy in a nice way!¡± Do it yourself! Hong Gil-dong, faced with Ashur Hum, who wasughing like a crazy person, did not sit still and watch. Immediately, he violently swung the baton, gathered wind, and used his magic. ¡°Feng Huan (ïL­h)!¡± The pole that gathered the wind was swung roughly, and at the same time, a ring of strong wind flew towards Ashur Hum. Kwakagagak ¨C Ashur Hum, facing the wind magic spell that flies by destroying everything in its path, stoppedughing and opened his mouth. ¡°Shane, do you remember what I said earlier?¡± ¡°what? ¡°What kind of bullshit is that all of a sudden?¡± After Hong Gil-dong joined, Shane, who was out of breath, tilted his head and cursed at the voice of Ashur Hum calling him. Ashur Hum continued speaking while looking at Shane, not even paying attention to the wind blowing towards him. ¡°I told you that you were indecisive, and I asked you if you could be considered a professional if you were willing to throw away your own life for a purpose, for your master.¡± Before Hong Gil-dong appeared. Things I said before wrapping up Shane. Ashur Hum said that again and continued speaking. ¡°And I¡¯m different from you.¡± ¡°¡­You, no way.¡± When Ashur Hum said that he was different from him, Shane looked at Ashur Hum with disbelief. Now, he doesn¡¯t even show any sign of defeating Feng Huan, who is right in front of him. ¡°I would give my life for my master. Literally unlike you. Now, let¡¯s see the end of this match, Shane. No, it would be right to see the end for everyone here. For the Fallon siblings!¡± At the end, he mentioned his masters, the Fallon siblings, members of Nine Stars, and suddenly became quiet as he spoke hisst words. ¡°God I believe in and follow, please appear here¡­ descend.¡± ¡°¡­Damn it, stop that bastard!¡± The air has changed. Looking at the surroundings bing heavy and Ashur Hum beginning to change, Shane let out a harsh curse and pulled the trigger repeatedly. Ride it! He pulled the trigger at random and changed the magazine dozens of times, as if he wanted to shoot out all the remaining bullets. Meanwhile, Hong Gil-dong also seemed to have noticed something and swung his baton roughly. ¡°Wheel! Big wheel! ¡°A whirlwind!¡± Other people who saw Hong Gil-dong randomly firing off light attacks, heavy attacks, and special moves also participated in the attack. ¡°¡­Hojo Ranmu (ºüצ�yÎè).¡± You made your own! After crushing the ribs of Dyke and Beck Julio, Miho¡¯s fingernails stained with spiritual energy violently cut Ashur Hum. ¡°Are you ready?¡± -It¡¯s obvious. Tsutsutsutsu ¨C Simrly, Ha-ryu, who had shaken off Mei and the dark sword, also covered the dragon yer sword with a sword sword and rushed forward. Even though I didn¡¯t have any special skills, Geomgang¡¯s mere presence was of great help. In addition, Ken, who knocked out Hayden and Karl Ernoa, also struck a thunderbolt on Ashur Hum¡¯s head. ¡°I don¡¯t know what it is, but¡­ I don¡¯t think I should just leave it alone. ¡°Heavenly punishment.¡± Gurgling-!!! A great magic that swept away low-level guild members at once. It was the moment when heavenly punishment descended on Rense again. ordingly, Ken¡¯s eyes were once again filled with messages from the gods rted to lightning, but that was not the important thing. In addition to them, those who were scattered on the battlefield tried to do their part to stop Ashur Hum¡¯s ¡®something¡¯. ¡°Hwaryuseon (»¨Á÷ÉÈ)!¡± There was also a Taoist monk wielding a fan with flowing flowers. ¡°Eat this!¡± There was also a climber sheathing his sword. ¡°Fireball!¡± There was also a wizard who summoned a bunch of fireballs and threw them. ¡°Puppet expulsion!¡± Even Puppet, who was exhausted from assisting several people, did not forget to help. The moment when everyone¡¯s attacks hit Ashur Hum, with the number of puppets shooting hundreds of puppets like bullets. ¡°It¡¯ste, you bugs.¡± Kwaaaaah-!!! The sky split, and a dazzling pir of light fell on Ashur Hum¡¯s head. * * * ¡°Cluck, cough, what kind of fuss is this?¡± Hong Gil-dong, who was closest to attack, inhaled dust and chuckled. Maybe I drank it because I was hungry. But despite his question, there was no one who could answer him. ¡°Hmm, I think I saw a pir of light.¡± ¡°me too. Miho also saw the pir of light.¡± There are only Haru and Miho who say that they saw a pir of light that fell where Ashur Hum was. ¡°Hmm, not good. ¡°It was definitely a strange feeling.¡± ¡°you¡¯re right. I definitely felt it too. ¡°Given the circumstances, it seems clear that we were unable to prevent it¡­ In that case, I think we need to prepare properly.¡± Just as Ken, who ced the heavenly punishment on Ashur Hum¡¯s head, and Puppet, who fired the army of puppets like bullets, said, the momentum shown by Ashur Hum was terrifying. Something so terrible and eerie that it made me think that I would die if I couldn¡¯t stop it. And they could not stop Ashur Hum. A thick cloud of dust. When the surroundings be heavy with tension about the Ashur Hum that lies beyond, or about something that is no longer the Ashur Hum. ¡°It¡¯s a shame.¡± A voice came from the cloud of dust. The voice clearly belonged to Ashur Hum, but everyone had to feel goosebumps as soon as they heard that voice. A strange feeling, as if I had heard something I shouldn¡¯t have heard. The voice that made me feel that way seemed very regretful. The moment they heard the voice filled with deep regret, most climbers lost their will to fight. Kneeling on the dirt-covered floor, all climbers except the executives of each guild or their equivalent climbers. His face was a mix of fear and awe, and he didn¡¯t know why he was making that face or why he was kneeling down. I just feel fear when I see them like that. When climbers who do not kneel raise their guard. Just then, the dust cloud was swept away by the wind and the figure hidden within it was revealed. ¡°Ashur¡­ right?¡± ¡°¡­I think it looks right.¡± Ashur Hum. Ashur Hum was standing there, looking not much different from before. No one would have been surprised to know that this person was Ashur Hum, except that he was rubbing his face with his hand with a look of regret on his face, like a person who was far from this battlefield. But there was clearly a big difference between the current Ashur Hum and the Ashur Hum of a while ago. ¡°¡­eye! ¡°Look everyone!¡± At the cry of the most observant downstream, everyone¡¯s eyes turned to Ashur Hum¡¯s eyes. Where two eyes as ck as obsidian should have been, there were no longer any eyes. ¡°¡­light?¡± ¡°Should I call it brilliance?¡± ¡°No, it seems like divine power¡­ because a bright cluster of light was taking the ce of Ashur Hum¡¯s eyes. When everyone can¡¯t help but be surprised by the unbelievable reality. Jose Yan, who was in the position of pig-throwing, opened his mouth. ¡°Ashur! What are you doing! ¡°Knock them all down!¡± He didn¡¯t seem to know what change had urred, but he shouted because he knew that the change was a change that made Ashur Hum stronger. But he didn¡¯t know. ¡°Yes, we should destroy it.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, what a shame I¡¯ve suffered because of those bastards¡­ Ugh! Kehehe! Ah¡­ Ashur?¡± ¡°And don¡¯t forget that you and the others are on the kill list too.¡± Wow-! Those words just included everyone in the guild union, including himself. The price of not knowing that was terrible. Jose Yan¡¯s thick neck, which was caught in the hands of Ashur Hum, was broken like a piece of corn. Everyone, regardless of guild alliance or station, was shocked as they looked at Jose Yan¡¯s fat body stretched out. ¡°Why are you taking your own side?¡± ¡°Ashur! ¡°Why are you attacking us!¡± Those belonging to Yeokcheon were shocked by the fact that they killed Jose Yan, who was on the same side, and those belonging to the Guild Alliance were shocked by Ashur, who killed Jose Yan, who was also on the same side. In a simr but different surprise, Ashur Hum, who killed Jose Yan and shocked everyone, was calm. ¡°Because my child wanted you all dead. The only exceptions were his loyal subordinates who followed him. Of course, they will also follow Ashur Hum¡¯s side as my subordinates.¡± Ashur Hum wanted that to happen. Instead of understanding the situation from before, everyone was confused by those words. ¡°¡­what?¡± ¡°Why are you talking about yourself like someone else?¡± Ashur Hum himself spoke as if he were a third person. That was the main source of confusion. But that confusion did notst long. ¡°Let¡¯s deal with you guys first. I¡¯m sure¡­ did you say guild union? ¡°Oh, how stressed my child was because of you. I already wanted to kill him, but it¡¯s okay.¡± Boom ¨C one scary sound. However, contrary to the sound, the result was not the same. Patter-patter ¨C Beck Julio, Dyke, May, Darkum, Carl Ernoa, Hayden, and Horun. The guild leaders of the guilds that made up the guild union all had their necks broken and died. Like Jose Yan, who just passed away at the hands of Ashur Hum. When everyone is shocked by the fact that those who fought fiercely until now died easily. Just- ¡°My children¡¯s minions. Now, be reborn with my power.¡± Ashur Hum¡¯snguid voice echoed through the quiet battlefield, and soon change began. Paaaaat ¨C The bright brilliance of divine power. As soon as it burst out of Ashur Hum¡¯s body, it was absorbed by the guild members of ¡®Lord of Divine¡¯, who were his loyal subordinates. And a change urred among the guild members of the Lord of Divine who epted the enormous divine power. Crunch ¨C an eerie sound made by the body twisting. At the same time, harsh shouts erupted from the wide-open mouths of the guild members. ¡°Kwaaaaah!¡± ¡°For Sandalphon!¡± Sandalphon. Another change urred as they shouted the name of someone they had never heard before. Quad Deuk ¨C Pure white wings sprouting from the back. The change was that wings sprouted, simr to those of an Elyos. Along with the change that began in the guild members who were ordinary climbers, Ashur Hum muttered as he sat down on a throne-like chair made of divine power with anguid face. ¡°Ishim, my warriors. Sandalphon, First Archangel of Malkuth,mands you to take the head of your enemy and bring it to him.¡± An Elyos who rose to the position of archangel of ¡®Malkuth¡¯ in the very first period when the name Elyos existed. With Sandalphon¡¯s orders, the guild members of the ¡®Lord of Divine¡¯, who had now transformed from ordinary climbers into Sandalphon¡¯s great warriors, ¡®Spirit of Fire¡¯ Ishim, began to rush towards the entire ¡®Reverse Heaven¡¯. Chapter 121 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 121 All Master Necromancer Episode 121 A little before Ashur Hum descends Sandalphon to the earth. Vulcan flew through the air and approached Jinhyeok, who was observing the battlefield in the 60th floor of the city. ¡°It¡¯s a gift.¡± ¡°¡­I had no intention of receiving a man as a gift.¡± Jinhyeok, who was observing the battlefield, frowned at Balkan¡¯s words, saying that Hendrick was a gift to him and throwing him away. However, Jinhyeok couldn¡¯t control the eyebrows that slowly rose at the ¡®real¡¯ gift that followed. ¡°¡­This?¡± Of course, Balkan sighed and shrugged his shoulders at the sight of Jinhyeok not immediately pretending to know but asking quietly. ¡°Don¡¯t ask questions about what is obvious. One of the enemy leaders who fought with Hendrick. ¡°I caught one of the three, so there are two left.¡± ¡°¡­The soul is still connected, and to treat it as a soul disease right now is running out of time and may fail, so let¡¯s just seal it for now.¡± As soon as he finished speaking, Jinhyeok approached Basil¡¯s body, checked its condition, and immediately made a decision. Adding soul bottles now that the war was in full swing was not a good choice. Of course, it wouldn¡¯t matter if it was an ordinary corpse, but the corpse in front of you clearly belonged to a high-ranking climber. The value of the corpse without the penalty was the same as the corpse of a climber above the 300th floor. In other words, it is difficult for the current Jinhyeok, who has only just reached the 60th floor, topletely revive him as a soul soldier in the midst of the chaos of war. Tsutsutsutsu ¨C With Jinhyuk¡¯s decision, purple-ck spiritual power seeped out from Jinhyuk¡¯s body. And as the spiritual power that began to soak the floor seeped into Basil, a purple-ck light burst out. ¡°¡­That¡¯s it. If you do this, your soul won¡¯t scatter. ¡°You take care of the degree of dposition of the body.¡± ¡°Tsk, I just increased the workload for no reason.¡± Jinhyeok, who tightly wrapped the body around the body with spiritual power to prevent the soul from flying away to another ce or into the world of the dead like the ¡®Underworld¡¯, waved his hands and gave an order to Balkan. The corpse of a powerful climber is valuable on its own. For a necromancer like Jinhyeok, preventing corruption was essential because it was a treasure from the past that did not even need to be mentioned. In response to Jinhyeok¡¯s order, Balkan grumbled that he already had a lot of work to do, but cast a cold spell to prevent corruption. As the air around him fell , Jinhyeok turned his attention to the battlefield, leaving behind Basil¡¯s frozen body. ¡°Hong Gil-dong came just in time. I was wondering if I should leave. ¡°Good timing too.¡± ¡°It definitely would have been dangerous if it wasn¡¯t for him. In particr, did you say Ashur Hum? That guy is a thing. ¡°If it weren¡¯t for that guy, we would have won already.¡± The two smiled as they read the atmosphere of the battlefield slowly tilting towards them. ¡°I cany the board properly. ¡°It¡¯s a game in which Tune and I risk everything.¡± ¡°¡­You crazy guy. ¡°You¡¯re the only one who canugh while going into a situation where you might die.¡± One-on-one battle with Tune. Everything to each person. Balkan shook his head as if he couldn¡¯t understand Jinhyeok, who wasughing in the face of a battle that even risked his life. ¡°There¡¯s one more guy in front of you.¡± ¡°¡­Damn you guys. ¡°It¡¯s not for nothing that people say they meet each other.¡± However, when Jinhyeok continued to speak and raised his finger to point at the fainted Hendrick, Balkan, who had nothing to say, gritted his teeth and cursed at the two. Jinhyeok, who was smiling slightly while looking at the grunting Balkan, was about to say something to Balkan. Quaaaa- The sky split and a pir of light fell filled the eyes of the two people. A wave of divine power so strong that low-quality undead are wiped out, and even soul soldiers be holy Buddhas. Jinhyeok was surprised by this and showed his confusion for the first time by pointing at the castle wall. ¡°Damn, what was that just now?¡± ¡°¡­Divine power. ¡°It was also a very powerful concentrated divine power.¡± Glory Meteor Fall. Balkan looked at the battlefield with a bewildered expression at the divine power that was stronger than the concentration of divine power he had used to eliminate Akkad and Char. ¡®Is it Ashur Hum? No, even if he did, that just made no sense.¡¯ Ashur Hum, a climber approaching the 300th floor. His abilities were also recognized by Balkan. However, it made no sense for him to use divine power on the 60th floor, which was not evenparable to Glory Meteor Fall, which converted all energy into divine power within the ¡®area¡¯ and used it. When inferring what method Ashur Hum used to aplish the impossible. Changes began on the battlefield. -Kaaaa! -For Sandalphon! ¡°¡­Who is Sandalphon again?¡± ¡°Just now, it was like a ritual where the pir of light summoned someone, and I think it was a guy called Sandalphon.¡± ¡°Sandalfon¡­ Sandalphon¡­ Damn, this is my first time hearing that name.¡± Guild members of ¡®Lord of Divine¡¯ looking for Sandalphon. And even the figure of Ashur Hum sitting arrogantly behind them with them at the forefront. Jinhyeok tried to think quickly, but no answer came out. But one thing was clear. ¡°¡­It¡¯s good that that idiot killed the other leaders of the guild union, but if things continue like that, the bnce weight will be ruined. ¡°I have to step forward.¡± What was certain was that if they did not step forward, the weight of victory that had just been weighed down on their side would once again shift to the guild union. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk gritted his teeth and tried to leave, but Balkan caught him. ¡°What do you think you can do? That guy wields a power that can easily be considered divine power itself. ¡°You and me are opposites of opposites!¡± ¡°¡­Damn, then what are you going to do to me! Let everyone die and hit the weak-willed one? Or are you just waiting for me to get tired and go back?¡± ¡°okay. If that¡¯s true, you should do it that way. Going in there is more reckless than fighting Tune one-on-one. Rather, it would be more dangerous to go that way. ¡°You know this well!¡± ¡°¡­. In front of Balkan, who harshly criticized him, Jinhyuk only pursed his lips. I couldn¡¯t say anything. He was right. The advent of a being called Sandalphon, whom I have never heard of before and who I cannot even tell whether it is a god or not. The climbers of the guild union that changed as a result. There¡¯s also Ashur Hum, who is left behind but can never be ignored. ¡®Is it possible with the power of All Masters? He also stole some of Hendrick¡¯s skills, and if you mix them together¡­ Holy Power, Necromancer, and Spirit Master boasted absolute opposites. Naturally, the ones at the bottom are the Necromancer and Spirit Master. As such, Jinhyeok predicted the odds of victory when using his other power, the power of All Master. Whispers- ¡°¡­damn.¡± ¡°Yes, you chose well. You chase after yourself. Those who follow you are not weak. Let¡¯s trust them.¡± Since all possibilities pointed to his slim odds of winning, Jinhyeok had to just sit down. He patted Jinhyeok¡¯s shoulder andforted him after he had bent his will. ¡®Do you think it¡¯s different for me? Haryu, Miho, Ken, Puppet, Shane, and Hong Gil-dong are all there. ¡®I don¡¯t think I would want to save them.¡¯ Ugh ¨C even he felt like he wanted to run away right away, but he was also a necromancer and spirit master. Since he was a soul without a body, he was even more vulnerable to divine power. In the end, Jinhyuk is not the only one who feels helpless. When the two people, who seemed to be farther away from defeat than anyone else, felt helpless for the first time in a long time. Quaaaaang-! An explosion rang out from the battlefield, causing noise again. * * * Tadadadang-! ¡°¡­Why don¡¯t those damned bastards fall down?¡± ¡°It seems that the divine power reduces the damage and even recovers the damage received.¡± ¡°¡­Then what should I do?¡± ¡°Well, I don¡¯t know either. One thing is certain: Even if we just take down those guys, nothing will change.¡± ¡°Damn it, Ashur Hum. No, now we have to catch that guy who looks like Sandalphon, right?¡± Shane gritted his teeth as he repeatedly pulled the trigger and searched for a way to change the current situation. The guild members of the Lord of Divine who received the power of Sandalphon were very powerful. But taking them down wasn¡¯t much of a problem. The only important thing is to deal with Sandalphon, who is behind them with his chin resting on his face and a listless look on his face. of course. bang-! ¡°That¡¯s boring. Are you nning to attack me with something like this?¡± It was also true that there was no way to defeat the monster that could even grab a bullet made by condensing the power of a nuclear bomb with its fingers and destroy it. As the feeling of defeat slowly began to overtake the battlefield. ¡°¡­Revenge of the vige. Vige revenge. ¡°The vige¡¯s revenge.¡± ¡°¡­sister?¡± Changes urred downstream. Miho, who was surprised to see Haryu with his eyes open and muttering only about revenge for the vige, looked up at Haryu and called out to her, but Haryu did not answer. He just lowers his sword with a red face. -Yes, it should be like this! Go, go and cut off the head of that asshole! The reason why the downstream has lost its sense. That¡¯s because the lower level¡¯s mental strength is currently crawling on the floor and the puppet¡¯s assistance has disappeared. Lastly, the fact that a very familiar Elyos energy was flowing from Sandalphon in front of me was a big factor. The Four Emperors who destroyed the goblin vige. It was natural for the lower ss to feel anger towards one of them, Sandalphon, an Elyos. Hwareuk ¨C Anger soon ignited the cold embers in Ha-ryu¡¯s heart. And the fire inside my heart immediately grew bigger and revealed itself to the outside. ¡°Red me.¡± Red-hot mes engulf Haryu¡¯s entire body, and he flicks his tongue as if he will set the world on fire. It has such firepower that even those around it are shocked and take a step back. Amidst the sight of the earth melting and the air evaporating, the stream made its way towards Sandalphon. Chiik- The ground I stepped on melts again. ¡°Stop it!¡± ¡°I cannot allow you to go to him!¡± ¡°¡­go away.¡± Tsk-! He strikes the guild members of the Lord of Divine who block the path leading to Sandalphon with a de imbued with red me. Sandalphon showed interest for the first time as he watched them floating in the air as if an explosion had urred. ¡°¡­a me. ¡°This is really fun.¡± Since Sandalphon is like the fire of the sky and has the spirit of fire, Ishim, as his subordinate, it is natural that his eyes are drawn to Ha-ryu, who is approaching him while scattering wild red mes. Eventually, a change urred again in the downstream, right in front of Sandalphon. Creak ¨C Red mes engulfing the whole body. It came together and came together, and eventually it coalesced into one small sphere. A sphere containingpressed red mes. ¡°Red jade (¼tÓñ)¡± Red jade made its appearance. When the heat felt from the ruby floating in the air distorts the surroundings. Kwaaaaaaaaaaaa! As the ruby shattered, thepressed red mes exploded. The mes that burst out like that move towards Sandalphon,shing out their tongues like snakes. Sandalphon, who was staring at the red me snake rushing towards him, spread his hands and said. ¡°I will show you the essence of Malkuth. Holy fire, eat it up.¡± Faaaaat- The power of Malkuth. A power close to the basics that could be said to be ordinary, scattering divine power around¡­ But its essence was by no means ordinary. It could be said that the essence of Malkuth is what dominates the surroundings beyond what is scattered around. And the divine power of Sandalphon, who resembled his master and possessed the power of fire, resisted the crushing waves of ruby me. No, the difference in level was too great to be called a rivalry. Kwaduk-! Just as a tiger devours its prey with its mouth wide open, Sandalphon¡¯s torch devoured the me waves of the ruby below. Ha-Ryu stared nkly at the spot where his me wave had disappeared in an instant, despite its immense power. Sandalphon smiled faintly as he looked at Haru, who was unconscious from shock. ¡°I guess this isn¡¯t everything. If you want to live, you will have to struggle even harder. ¡°You little goblin.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Although he only said a light word, Ha-ryu felt as if the world was pressing down on him, and his body began to tremble. ¡®This interest¡­ we can¡¯t win this interest. Even if you are my brother, it is the same.¡¯ Defeat. Ha-ryu realized that even if Jin-hyeok came, he could not win. ¡®¡­Is this the power of God looking down on climbers from a high ce?¡¯ Crack ¨C God. Among them, Sandalphon personally showed that although he is of a very low rank, there is no such thing as a false name in the name of God. It is something that a tower climber cannot even dare to confront. This was the archangel of Malkuth and the first ¡®Sandalphon¡¯. ¡°I¡¯m getting tired of watching you struggle. Let¡¯s end it.¡± Creak-deuk-deuk-deuk-deuk- deuk-deuk-deuk-deuk-eul ¨C As Sandalphon stood up from therge throne made of divine power, the wings of the Elyos spread out behind his back. Wings made of divine power spread out and ced the world beneath their feet. When the world on the 60th floor, crushed by Sandalphon, started screaming and falling apart. Screams also came from the climbers. Wooduk- ¡°¡­Kwauk!¡± Sandalphon opened his mouth after snapping the neck of the nearest climber like a cane. ¡°Are you ready to taste divine punishment?¡± Sandalphon. Killing powerful climbers is also just entertainment for him. The moment when each of Sandalphon¡¯s movements bes an ordeal and punishment for the climbers. -Quaaaagh! -Ouch! The sound of a cry called death rang out on the battlefield. Chapter 122 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 122 -Quaaaagh! Shane gritted his teeth as he listened to the cries of death echoing across the battlefield. ¡®Damn it, what should I do? What do I have to do to catch that damn guy!¡¯ As he approached the 300th floor, Shane met countless strong yers. And they all had weaknesses, and those weaknesses opened up a hole for Shane. ¡®¡­I can see the weakness, but there¡¯s no way to attack it.¡¯ Trait, ¡®Seize Weakness¡¯. Shane¡¯s trait that allows him to visually see the target¡¯s weaknesses. ¡®Detecting weakness¡¯ also worked for Sandalphon in the body of Ashur Hum. For example, Shane¡¯s eyes could see the weaknesses all over Sandalphon¡¯s body. ¡®If I can hit that, I¡¯ll be able to cause a proper shock¡­.¡¯ The area targeted by the Nuclear Bullet that had just been fired was also Sandalphon¡¯s weakness, which was confirmed by detecting that weakness. He could have blocked it with his body, but the fact that he caught the bullet with his hand made him confident that the part he attacked was a weak spot. But what do you do when you see a weakness? Weaknesses that could not be hit were just a blip in the picture. ¡®Downstream, that kid failed. Others will be simr. I¡­I have to raise the odds.¡¯ The leader in front used a threatening technique called ¡®Carnelian¡¯, but it could not burn even a single strand of Sandalphon¡¯s hair. That seemed to mean that others would be no different. Therefore, Shane felt a great deal of pressure as he stood here on behalf of Jinhyuk. Along with the pressure of having to stop Sandalphon, Shane felt like he was realizing something new. ¡®If I could just pin my attack on that weak point, it would be my victory¡­.¡¯ Identifying weaknesses only shows them. It is only up to Shane to dig into that weakness and fix it. What if you could unconditionally correct that weakness¡­Thoughts. Of course, this was the thought of not only musketeers, but also all upations such as archers, but the thoughts I felt this time were slightly different. ¡®¡­It seems like if I just add one thing, it will be concrete, but what is that?¡¯ one thing. Because I was convinced that if there was just one more thing, something that had been dismissed as fantasy could turn out to be reality. And the only thing that wascking was that I was able to naturally think of it after a while. ¡®If I were to be able to do just one thing in my own world, and focus all the power of that world on that one thing¡­Isn¡¯t it possible?¡¯ I thought that if the power of one world was changed from a fantasy to a power that can hit you just by shooting, it would not end up as just a fantasy. After thinking that far, mana exploded around Shane. Puhwaaaaak-! Most of the mana possessed by Shane, a climber close to the 300th floor, burst out around him and enveloped only him and Sandalphon. In an instant, your own world. In other words, Shane, who had established the ¡®territory¡¯, looked at Sandalphon and muttered the name of his own realm that he had discovered. ¡°¡­Area, ¡®Baekbal, Baekjung (°Ù°l°ÙÖÐ)¡¯.¡± [Area, Baekbal Baekjung (°Ù°l°ÙÖÐ)] The moment when Shane¡¯s unique domain was revealed to the world, pouring everything into the ability to hit without fail just by shooting. Taaaang-! Shane pulled the trigger. ¡®This time you will never be able to catch it or avoid it.¡¯ When I shot the Nuclear Bullet, it wasn¡¯t enough to catch it in vain, and I suffered the shame of being crushed with just the strength of my fingers, but not now. Synergy between characteristics, ¡®weakness detection¡¯ and area, 100,000,000. finally¡­. ¡°Anti Matter Bullet.¡± Because he even took out the most powerful bullet Shane had, the Anti Matter Bullet. Outside, as Ashur Hum said, it was the strongest bullet that could not have been used for fear of harm to others, but not now. ¡°There¡¯s only you and me here, and I¡¯m confident I¡¯ll survive.¡± ¡°¡­He¡¯s definitely an outstanding kid.¡± Because only Shane and Sandalphon were in Shane¡¯s realm, the Hundred-Blood-White. And Shane was confident that he would survive the explosion of the Anti-Matter Bullet. Shane¡¯s all-out attack poured in toward Sandalphon, who was looking around Shane¡¯s territory and praising Shane. ¡°Unfortunately, no matter how many times I shoot you¡­?¡± Sandalphon, who had previously grabbed Shane¡¯s bullet and crushed it with his bare hands, tried to catch the bullet with his hand this time as well. But this time it was a little different. Huh- ¡°I won¡¯t catch it this time.¡± The trajectory of the bullet changed dramatically before Sandalphon¡¯s eyes, as if it were alive. And Sandalphon burst outughing when Shane looked at it as if it were natural. ¡°The bullet performs an evasive maneuver¡­That¡¯s novel.¡± No matter how fast I moved my hands or predicting the bullet¡¯s next path, it was of no use. The bullet changed direction at will, ignoring thews of physics. As a result. ¡°Bang!¡± Kwaaaaaaaaaaaaaa! An attack with the power to blow up a country in one bullet was delivered to Sandalphon. It was also a fatal blow that hit Shane¡¯s weak spot exactly where he wanted it. ¡®With this, you can send away Hendrick in dragon form with one hit.¡¯ A fatal blow struck precisely at a weak point had enough destructive power to blow away Hendrick, who had fought before, in one blow. That¡¯s why Shane was confident. ¡®finished. That monster¡­I killed God.¡¯ He killed Sandalphon. But that feeling didn¡¯tst long. ¡°That¡¯s amazing. ¡°An explosion of this magnitude could have damaged one floor if we had made a mistake.¡± ¡°¡­How?¡± A calm, weak voice is heard from within the dust cloud that arose with the explosion. Shane stared at the dust cloud with an incredulous expression on his face at the voice that was presumed to be Sandalphon¡¯s. Of course, doing so did not change the already decided results. ¡°We properly targeted the weak points. ¡°An explosion clearly urred, so how are you still okay?¡± My mind was confused. It was an explosion at a level that would destroy the country and, as Sandalphon said, threaten one floor. Even though I put it exactly in his weak point, I can¡¯t kill him. ¡®What on earth do I have to do to kill him!¡¯ I gave away everything I had. Limits were also broken and the territory was used. Still, he could not kill Sandalphon. Shane was now experiencing what it felt like to have his heart rx. Sandalphon slowly walked towards Shane. ¡°It¡¯s a pretty good ability because it allows you to see the opponent¡¯s weaknesses. But that¡¯s where the first problem arises. Is the weakness you saw really my weakness? Or is it a weakness of ¡®Ashur Hum¡¯, the original owner of this body?¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Sandalphon kindly exins what Shane had missed. But the more Shane heard the exnation, the more his whole body began to tremble. Sandalphon did not stop walking as if he had no regard for Shane, who was in such shock that he felt like he was going to lose his mind. Of course, the same goes for pointing out the parts she missed. ¡°Second, you can¡¯t kill me with an attack like that in the first ce. Hey kid. Even though he descended on the body of a child with the vessel of an apostle, God is God. There¡¯s no way I could die from your abilities, even though I¡¯m mortal at best. ¡°Isn¡¯t it absurd to think that you would judge God and harm him with yourws and powers?¡± ¡°¡­Then¡­what¡­No, that can¡¯t be possible. Even gods will definitely die.¡± SighAs a mortal, you cannot kill God. Shane denied that. Shane immediately loads the second round. Taang-! As soon as the gun is loaded, a gunshot rings out, and the power of a hundred and a hundred people surrounds the bullet. Eventually, the Anti-Matter Bullet exploded as it closed in on Sandalphon¡¯s weak spot. The shock felt like it would tear his eardrums, but Sandalphon was fine. Unlike before, the sight of him not trying to avoid or catch him was enough to be called despair itself. At first nce, he looks like an angel who came down to earth for salvation, but in the irony that he actually looks like a disaster, Shane¡¯sst hope is shattered. Tuk-tuk- ¡°It¡¯s a territory¡­It¡¯s good. Bring out and build your own world. Because it is a power that both gods and devils can exercise. But you know what? In the end, this tower is just an area. ¡°Except for the singrity where it is divided into several areas and the owner of the area continuously changes.¡± ¡°¡­What do you want to say? Do you want to brag that the tower is yours?¡± Sandalphon speaks while pounding on the empty space of the dark realm, the white-haired-white-middle-aged. When Shane, annoyed by his calm attitude, died, Sandalphon responded with a smile on his expressionless face. ¡°I wanted to tell you that even if you create a small area within a huge area, it will be helplessly broken in front of the power of the huge area. ¡°Just like this.¡± Jeok-woojik-! Jeezjejeok-! ¡°¡­!!!¡± Even though he only lightly clenched his fist, Shane could feel his area beingpressed. Eventually, it became not just a feeling, but a level where you could see it with your own eyes. WowAt the same time, the darkness of the realm, the white and the white, is broken and the bright light of reality shines into the realm. Kwachak-! ¡°Small cannot surpassrge. Just as a table of contents included in a category cannot go beyond the category. ¡°Child, I want you to know that the strength of your whole body is ultimately no different from that of an ant ced in the palm of my hand.¡± A benevolent voice and an expressionless face. With a strangebination, Shane was plunged headlong into reality. dumpTherge amount of mana consumed by using the area and the shock of facing a god head on. Finally, Shane copsed on the floor, suffering mental shock from having his realm forcibly destroyed by someone. ¡°Still, you had quite a bit of fun. I¡¯ll handle it at the end. ¡°Why don¡¯t you just stand there and watch helplessly?¡± Sandalphon, who seemed to be satisfied with the attack using the area and the Anti-Matter Bullet, left Shane alone and began to slowly walk around the area. It was also the moment when the requiem echoed again in the quiet battlefield as Shane dragged him into the area. * * * Kwasik-! The armor made of gold and magically processed by one of the charging gold soldiers was shattered, and at the same time, his heart was also shattered. simplicity and honesty-! The armor of the mercenary who was swinging his sword to block the ¡®Ishim¡¯ was shattered like millet crack and scattered around the area. Climbers fighting their own battles throughout the battlefield. They all died with a single, light gesture from Sandalphon. ¡°¡­Damn, damn, damn, damn. That bastard stole my blood-like assets¡­.¡± Jinhyeok, who was looking at that helpless figure, gritted his teeth and clenched his fists. Mercenary, gold soldier, climber. Things that can be said to belong to Jinhyeok without any doubt. They were being yed with like toys by one Sandalphon and then being smashed, so it was natural for him to grind his teeth. ¡°¡­Be patient, for now¡­For now, we have to be patient.¡± And Balkan was busy appeasing Jinhyuk. Dog death. It was obvious that even if Jinhyuk left now, he would die. ¡°shut up! Can not stand anymore. Whether it be porridge or rice, I will step forward. If you use everything you have, something will work out.¡± But that was only for a moment. That kind of cating didn¡¯t work on Jinhyuk, who was already holding back as much as he could and was on the verge of bursting out. And in the ensuing situation, even Balkan, who had beenforting Jinhyeok, opened his eyes and almost ran out. ¡°¡­Miho!¡± ¡°That kind of dog¡­! ¡°You still treat a child like that!¡± This is because Miho, who was grabbed by the nape of her neck by Sandalphon¡¯s rough hands, was stomping her feet in the air. Just seeing Miho, who was smaller than Ha-Ryu, struggling with her thin legs shaking was enough to make my heart beat with sorrow. Nevertheless, Sandalphon did not care. The moment when Jinhyuk and Balkan tried to jump out of their seats at the sight of Sandalphon looking like he was about to break Miho¡¯s slender neck at any moment. [The nine-tailed fox stops you. ¡°¡­nine tailed fox! ¡°Your child is on the verge of death, so why are you stop ping me?¡± An invisible, intangible energy bound the two people. A climber with top skills who does not even exist here, and a being whose soul has been captured. That was none other than Miho¡¯s mother, the ¡®nine-tailed fox¡¯ Gumiho. Jinhyeok shouted harshly and reprimanded the ¡®nine-tailed fox¡¯ at the fact that the person who should have pushed his back before anyone else had blocked them. But even for a moment. [The Nine-Tailed Fox replies that adults should solve adult problems. [The pinnacle of all evil stops someone. [The pinnacle of all evil is beaten by someone. [The nine-tailed fox rolls up his sleeves and stands up. [The nine-tailed fox says he will step forward. Message windows pop up simultaneously. The moment when Jinhyeok, who had been unable to understand the contents of the message window that suddenly filled his eyes, finally understood the contents. Jinhyuk¡¯s face, which was filled with anger, became filled with surprise. ¡°¡­The nine-tailed fox ising out in person?¡± ¡°¡­what? ¡°Is that really true?¡± God and devil. Even among the lofty heavenly beings, water definitely exists. Of course, even gods and demons whose names were unknown were as strong as Sandalphon, who ravaged the battlefield from afar, but there was a clear hierarchy among them. And of course, the hierarchy of the nine-tailed fox, the nine-tailed fox, as well as Baal, who had the arrogant nickname ¡®the pinnacle of all evil¡¯, was very high. in other words. ¡°¡­Isn¡¯t this still a fight between an adult and a child?¡± ¡°¡­Maybe?¡± What the nine-tailed fox said was that there was a strong possibility that it would not be an adult fight, but that the adult nine-tailed fox would beat up the child Sandalphon. Kwaaaaah-!!! Simr to when Sandalphon appeared, the sky split open and a huge amount of energy burst out from between it. Of course, unlike the time of Sandalphon, it was not divine power but rather dark spiritual energy, but it was the same. And of course, the ce where the enormous spiritual energy reminiscent of a waterfall was headed was Miho, who was grabbed by the nape of the neck by Sandalphon. The moment I confirmed it. dump- ¡°¡­Let¡¯s see if we can protect it.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, I guess we won¡¯t have to do anything.¡± The two sat down in their seats. The battle between the nine-tailed fox and Sandalphon. Not only did they have no room to intervene in that battle, but they never even thought that the nine-tailed fox would lose to Sandalphon in the first ce. Because I know that the very thought is rude to her. Just when I thought that Sandalphon, who had always seemed so powerful, had really failed. Thump-! ¡°¡­Wow!¡± With the sound of something exploding, Sandalphon, who was holding Miho¡¯s neck, flew into the air, spitting out ck blood. It was the first damage he had suffered since appearing on the battlefield. Jinhyeok asked with a smile on his face as he took in the sight of Sandalphon flying high. ¡°Do you have popcorn?¡± ¡°¡­There was also c. ¡°Bring it.¡± The heavy battlefield became like a movie theater filled with unique scenes that could not be seen anywhere else. The reason was simple. The sight of a god-level being being beaten by someone was something that was never seen anywhere else. Chapter 123 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 123 Before a huge amount of spiritual energy bursts out and the change begins. So, it was when Sandalphon was roughly grabbing Miho¡¯s slender neck. ¡°Just because you¡¯re a child doesn¡¯t give me a reason to look after you.¡± ¡°Let go¡­Let go¡­.¡± Puck- Puck- PuckThe distance between Sandalphon, who was holding her neck, was too far for young Miho¡¯s arms to reach. Nevertheless, Miho did not give up. Although Miho was unable to use her strength properly due to her neck being held, she stretched out her fist and struck Sandalphon. Of course, the attack was like hitting cotton, but Sandalphon didn¡¯t even defend himself. ¡°It¡¯s a spirit thing¡­It certainly seems like he was born with good blood. Who are your parents? ¡°A spirit object of this caliber would be quite famous.¡± Sandalphon, who was examining Miho, who was holding her neck, to check Miho¡¯s status, quenched his appetite. Miho¡¯s bloodline. In other words, Miho¡¯s status was so special that it was clear that her parents were quite extraordinary spirits or beings. ¡°Well, it doesn¡¯t matter. ¡°It¡¯s almost time to clean up, so there won¡¯t be time to look around any more.¡± However, even for a moment, Sandalphon put strength into the hand holding Miho¡¯s neck. Since Advent could not be maintained indefinitely, the time to end it was quickly approaching. Anyway, it wouldn¡¯t take long to wipe out the people gathered here, so I moved at a leisurely pace. ¡°Goodbye, little fox.¡± The moment when he was about to break Miho¡¯s slender neck with a slight smile. KwaaaaA few minutester, the explosion of spiritual energy that Jinhyuk saw urred. ¡°¡­This? ¡°Could it be that this child¡¯s parents are the same as mine?¡± God and devil. They often appear on earth through methods such as descent or incarnation. Advent was to manifest on earth as vessels for believers in oneself or those whom one had chosen as apostles, and incarnation was a way for believers, apostles, etc. to make a homunculus-like vessel out of various materials and dwell in the vessel. Of course, neither the former nor thetter was that easy. In the former case, if the believer or apostle who was to be used as a vessel for the Advent was weak, there was a high possibility that the believer or apostle who had been saved would burst like a balloon in one Advent. On the contrary, while thetter required a lot of money and time to create a vessel that could bear the power of God, the time it could descend was very short. Moreover, Advent is like a contract in which God and the devil are unconditionally superior. In other words, they can only descend if they feel the desire to descend, but of course the timing of their descent is at their own discretion. But the important point here was that they were ¡®as they pleased¡¯. ¡®It means that you can descend as much as you want. If this fox girl is the child of a god and a devil, she is reason enough to descend.¡¯ Since descent is at the discretion of gods and demons, it would not be strange for Miho¡¯s parents to descend in response to her threat if she were the offspring of gods and demons. ¡®¡­No way, no way it¡¯s not her.¡¯ And Sandalphon swallowed dry saliva as he remembered the existence of a ¡®fox spirit¡¯ who was quite famous among gods and demons. ¡®¡­Now that I think about it, it seems a bit simr.¡¯ It¡¯s just that Sandalphon himself is not well known. Coming from the Elyos tribe, the characteristics of being revered by the Elyos tribe are thatpared to the reputation, the power itself is not that small. Nevertheless, Sandalphon trembled as he thought of the person who existed between gods and demons, who made him clearly feel the difference in rank just by seeing him from afar. Sandalphon made a quick decision amid the bursting energy between Miho and Miho, who looked somewhat alike. ¡®You have to step back. If she is ¡®her¡¯ child, she must never be killed for her future sake. And even if it¡¯s not ¡®her¡¯ child, facing another god and demon is not a good choice. ¡®I¡¯d rather just kill all the other guys.¡¯ Knowing full well that killing Miho in front of him would not be a good option if it were ¡®her¡¯ child, Sandalphon chose to abandon Miho and target others. However, one thing that is not good for him here¡­. ¡°Where are you going?¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± The point was that the storm of spiritual energy that had already explodedpletely seeped into Miho. And that means one thing. ¡°There will be a penalty for touching my child, right? pigeon?¡± Advent. Just as Sandalphon took on the body of Ashur Hum, it meant that the same godhead took up residence in Miho¡¯s body. ¡°Those eyes! nine¡­nine tailed fox¡­Was it really you¡­?¡± Miho¡¯s body, imbued with spiritual energy, was no different from before, but her eyes were different, just like when she was with Sandalphon. The ¡®Red Eyes¡¯ that turned red due to the red aura seeping into them are the beings that Sandalphon saw from afar. Because it was like the trademark of ¡®Gumiho¡¯. Of course, her child, Miho, was originally a red fox, but became purple after absorbing Jinhyeok¡¯s spiritual power. That¡¯s why I couldn¡¯t think of a nine-tailed fox, given that Sandalphon is a fox spirit born with a strong bloodline. But it was already toote. WowMiho¡¯s hand, which owned Sandalphon¡¯s neck just a moment ago, crushed Sandalphon¡¯s hand. ¡°Huh¡­.¡± ¡°This is the hand that held my child¡¯s neck.¡± When Sandalphon groans at the sight of his first wound. Miho touched her bruised wrist and smiled mischievously. Her face and energy were 180 degrees different from Miho¡¯s usual nk face, but Sandalphon had no time to focus on it. ¡®Younggi¡­Spiritual energy is seeping into the body. If you leave it alone, it will die.¡¯ Miho¡¯s reiki. To be precise, it was because the red aura of the nine-tailed fox that had been wearing Miho¡¯s body for a while was seeping into his body. No matter what the other person¡¯s energy was, if the energy was able to roam freely inside the body, in the worst case, the body could explode due to an explosion of energy. Moreover, it is too optimistic to think that the nine-tailed fox, a spirit creature that has achieved godhood, cannot do such a thing. When Sandalphon concentrated on draining the spiritual energy that had permeated his arm, leaving his damaged arm alone. TadakMiho, who freed herself from her broken hand and set foot on the ground, also showed change. Crunch- clunk- clunkThe sound of something being put back together again. Miho¡¯s body changed along with that eerie sound. He grew taller, his volume increased, and his cute face became a face filled with sexiness. It was a moment where I wondered what would happen if Miho got older, and if she got older a little more sexy. Kwaduk-! As soon as the ground split, the nine-tailed fox¡¯s fist lightly hit Sandalphon¡¯s sr plexus. bang-! Of course, the shock was not light. A heavy shock wave explodes around Sandalphon, and Sandalphon is thrown away along with the concave sr plexus. The nine-tailed fox looked at Sandalphon rolling around on the floor and said with a naughty smile on his face. ¡°My child¡¯s master, this is the essence of ¡®enchantment¡¯ that you have never used.¡± As the words were addressed to Jinhyuk, who was watching the battle from afar, Jinhyuk unconsciously felt his heart pounding. ¡®¡­Crazy, am I having heart failure when I see a girl and her chest pounding? A long distance away. It¡¯s a distance you can¡¯t even see properly unless you use mana to assist your vision, but it¡¯s an absurd thing that makes your heart pound. But the real thing started now. ¡°Fascination (÷È»ó).¡± ¡®Charm¡¯ is an ability built into Jinhyeok¡¯s fox mask, but I have never thought of it as a very useful ability. The moment when the essence of that ability unfolds. Whoa The red aura bursting out from the nine-tailed fox¡¯s entire body fills the world on the 60th floor. The red aura soon possessed the entire 60th floor world. ¡°Now, shall we try to captivate the world?¡± As soon as the grinning voice of the nine-tailed fox became the trigger, the eyes of everyone on the 60th floor changed into a heart shape. * * * Exciting-! A heart that beats wildly. At least there was no one here who couldn¡¯t feel his heart beating more intensely than if he was in front of a lover he had been deeply in love with. ¡®¡­That person is a woman. I¡¯m a woman too! This can¡¯t happen. ¡®You need toe to your senses.¡¯ Of course, the same was true for Ha-ryu, a woman. Ha-ryu could not admit that he felt love for the seemingly female Gumiho. Of course, it made no sense to fall in love with someone during abat situation, but the nine-tailed fox¡¯s abilities were enough to make the impossible possible. -Ah, goddess¡­. -You are beautiful¡­. -Please take my heart¡­please¡­! One by one, they kneel down and express their sorrowful feelings towards the nine-tailed fox. They were mostly men. It was amazing to see everyone, regardless of guild alliance or rank, holding on to their hearts and trying to get even a little closer to the nine-tailed fox. At least the nine-tailed fox suppressed its power to lessen the burden on Miho, and the power of charm was reduced on the Yeokcheon side, so women like Ha-ryu suffered less damage from the charm, but men were less sensitive. ¡°ah¡­iced coffee¡­I am¡­I did it wrong. please¡­Please take my life and take away your anger¡­.¡± And it was the same for Sandalphon. The sight of Sandalphon gently folding his neatly spread wings of divine power and kneeling down without any regard for the hollow state of his chest was almost bizarre. However, the nine-tailed fox looked at this as if it were natural and smiled. ¡°Yes, your sins, no, are done. Of course, your sins will not be forgiven if you take away the heart of someone who is at most a mere vessel, so go up and see.¡± When male climbers desperately clutch their chests in a situation that seems strange and lustful, even though their tone is calm and shows their age. PhuukThe nine-tailed fox¡¯s white, slender hand pierced Sandalphon¡¯s chest Exciting-! Exciting-! An excitement different from before enveloped the battlefield. Red heart. Sandalphon is still pounding, as if he doesn¡¯t know that he is outside his body. So Ashur Hum¡¯s heart created a pounding heart that filled the battlefield. thud-! However, unlike the heart that was still pounding after being pulled out, Ashur Hum¡¯s body was different as his heart, the source of life, had disappeared. Sandalphon came to his senses and spit out hisst words as if he was chewing on the sight of him lying on the floor with a heavy sound. ¡°¡­I will not forget this debt.¡± ¡°Do whatever you feel like.¡± ¡°Not just me, but all the organizations I belong to are in debt. ¡°Don¡¯t forget, nine-tailed fox.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, okay, get out of there.¡± simplicity and honesty-! The nine-tailed fox stepped on Sandalphon¡¯s chest, crushing it with his foot as he continued to utter nerve-wracking words until the end, and then turned around. ¡°I¡¯m slowly reaching my limit.¡± Higher deity. Because she was of a higher rank than Sandalphon, it was not a descent that the still young Miho could handle. Even more so because it was a forced descent that Miho did not allow. Of course, the nine-tailed fox could not stay on the ground for very long. Wood-dukThe adult woman¡¯s body reverts back to that of a child. Miho, who had returned to her original form, was lying on the floor with an eerie sound echoing as her body rotated. dump- ¡°¡­Miho!¡± Ha-ryu, who came to his senses only after Miho fell on the dust-filled floor, called Miho¡¯s name and kicked out of the chair. Ashur Hum, whose chest had been shattered, was looking at the world with fairly normal eyes as Haryu approached the fallen Miho. Originally, his body should have died as soon as Sandalphon¡¯s descent ended, but because the Nine-Tailed Fox himself forcibly sent Sandalphon up, he was able to survive for a while. Well, even if he survived the aftermath of Advent, no one would know that he was not good at surviving, just looking at his chest shattered by the nine-tailed fox¡¯s attack and his heart lying on the floor. Ashur Hum, who had seized the very meager time he had been given, just watched quietly. ¡®colleague¡­Are you a colleague? A colleague who is like family¡­I had something like that too.¡¯ To be precise, he looked at Haryu and Miho, ovepping the images of his colleagues who were with him as an ordinary warrior a few years ago. In an unexpected attack, everyone except him died, and he was the only one who survived, gained divine power with the help of the Fallon siblings, and ughtered all of those who attacked hisrades. The kind ofrade he never got again. ¡®¡­Now I can see you again. ¡®What kind of face will you greet me with?¡¯ Ashur Hum, who always kept an expressionless face, closed his eyes with a faint smile. Ashur Hum ended his life on the cold floor, leaving behind several years of trying to repay the favor. Chapter 124 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 124 ¡°¡­Is this the end?¡± Feeling the quiet surroundings, Tune stood up. The headquarters of the guild union. The ce that was supposed to be full of climbers from the Guild Alliance was already empty. Everyone was busy running away or being killed by Sandalphon, and Tune took a step back and watched from Sandalphon¡¯s threat. ¡°No, the biggest reason is that he had no intention of killing me.¡± Of course, Tune¡¯s ability wasn¡¯t the only thing that saved him. Ashur Hum simply hoped that Tune would not die, and Sandalphon listened to it. Thanks to this, Tune moved slowly away from the main camp full of corpses. ¡°Get up.¡± Crash-dud-dudMana, a mixture of mana and morale, spreads through the main camp and battlefield full of corpses, and at the same time, it prates the corpses and revives the dead. -Ugh¡­. -Big! Looking at the new ¡®deaths¡¯ that rose up one by one, making various sounds, Tune walked towards the 60th floor city for the final battle. Jeopuk- JeopukAfter Sandalphon¡¯s defeat, only the sound of Tune¡¯s footsteps echoed in the quiet battlefield. Doo doo doo dooEventually, a new ¡®death¡¯ thatpletely consumed the sound of the tune¡¯s footsteps began to advance. The sound of earth-shaking footstepspletely covered the 60th floor. Together with those who move to make all beings on earth theirpanions. Puhua Ah- !!! Changes also urred in the 60-story city. MutteringJinhyuk munched on the popcorn in his mouth and vomited out purple-ck spiritual energy. Jinhyeok, who had seen Sandalphon being beaten by the nine-tailed fox from afar, stands up and rxes. Balkan looked at Jinhyuk, who looked like he was about to run away at any moment, and said as he sucked down thest of his c. ¡°Are you going?¡± ¡°I rested too long. Even God intervened in the confrontation with the leader of the guild union and the confrontation with Basil, but I just watched quietly. Now it¡¯s my turn to step forward. ¡°All the kids, move back.¡± ¡°¡­I get it.¡± PuzzleJinhyuk had a pleasant smile on his face as he heard the sound of his bones returning to their original positions every time he rxed, perhaps after sitting for a long time. joy. Jinhyeok felt joy even though the moment to decide his fate was approaching with the end of the guild war. ¡°I go first.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s go right away.¡± ¡°Okay, see youter.¡± TadakJinhyuk¡¯s body, lightly hitting the castle wall, flies into the air. Fly magic. As the mana envelopes his entire body, the fly magic that manifests causes Jinhyeok¡¯s body to float into the air. Of course, it is of little use in battle as it only floats in the air and is difficult to change direction properly, but for movement there is no magic like this. Jinhyeok, who stepped through the air and slowlynded on the ground, stepped in front of Ha-ryu and Mi-ho. JabakJinhyuk waved his hands, enjoying the feel and sound of the dirt as he stepped on the dirt floor with his shoes. ¡°Haryu, take Miho and step back.¡± ¡°¡­Brother, I can still fight more. ¡°I¡¯ll just take Miho and join you again.¡± Jinhyuk shook his head as he looked at Haryu, who was holding the fainted Miho in his arms and saying that he could fight more. ¡°No, from now on it¡¯s my fight. It doesn¡¯t matter how much energy you have left. ¡°You have done enough, your fight is over.¡± ¡°¡­but!¡± ¡°Vulcan! Take Haru, Miho, and other injured people and move to the 60th floor city. ¡°I will not ept any objections.¡± ¡°¡­Whoa, downstream. Let¡¯s go, he¡¯s right. You¡¯ve already done enough. And contrary to what you said, your body doesn¡¯t seem to be in any condition to fight any longer.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Ha-Ryu looked down at his hands with a surprised face as Balkan shook his head and pointed to his trembling hands. Kuuk¡­. ¡®¡­I couldn¡¯t be of any help to my brother again.¡¯ Ha-Ryu chewed his lips and cursed himself at the fact that his body had reached its limit without him even realizing it. That too for a while. ¡°¡­Don¡¯t get hurt.¡± Ha Ryu stood up and gently picked up the fainted Miho. He then looked at the back of Jinhyuk, who would be left alone, and spoke calmly. Hearing Ha-ryu¡¯s words of concern for him, Jin-hyeok smiled slightly and tapped the mask with his fingers. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I have this. ¡°Because this was enough to help me.¡± ¡°¡­yes.¡± Although he was clearly worried, Ha-ryu couldn¡¯t hold back his embarrassment and blushed at the sight of Jin-hyukforting him. But Ha-Ryu¡¯s face turned red not just because she was embarrassed. Goblin mask. It is essentially a mask exchange between a male and female goblin about to get married, and is a symbolic gift given by a goblin marrying an outsider as a gift of himself. Of course, Jinhyeok did not mean it in that way, but was referring to the power of ¡®battle foresight¡¯ contained in the goblin mask, but it was inevitable that the former meaning was closer to Ha-ryu, who was a goblin. As Ha-Ryu, speechless and filled with a mixture of shame and happiness, followed Balkan to the 60th floor city, others followed him one by one. ¡°¡­Did you get your money¡¯s worth?¡± ¡°enough.¡± The first was Shane. When she asked whether he was worth therge sum of money he received, Jinhyuk calmly nodded. In fact, Shane did something worth millions of gold. If it weren¡¯t for her, Yeokcheon, which couldn¡¯t stop Ashur Hum, would have been wiped out, and it wouldn¡¯t have been able to hold out until Hong Gil-dong came. ¡°¡­Damn, I don¡¯t like it. I gave it my all¡­I scraped all the way to the bottom, but in the end I couldn¡¯t put a single bullet in.¡± But still, Shane couldn¡¯t hold back his anger. Even if Sandalphon was a god, the fact that she could not even properly damage Ashur Hum, a fellow climber, weighed heavily on her shoulders and heart. Unable to control her anger, Hong Gil-dong suddenly approached her and tapped her on the floor. ¡°Did you say Shane Sozer? No one knows that Sozer has done his job well enough. The same goes for his older brother. Isn¡¯t that right, bro?¡± Jinhyuk also nodded in approval at Hong Gil-dong¡¯s words, which cheered up a listless Shane with a slight smile. of course- ¡°¡­Yeah, it would have been better if thatter hade a little sooner. ¡°It¡¯s never your fault.¡± He didn¡¯t forget to subtly scold Hong Gil-dong foringte. ¡°¡­It¡¯s too much. what¡­Yeah, I¡¯d rather me it on myself. Let¡¯s just say I waste and couldn¡¯t finish the battle before Sandalphon or something arrived!¡± In response to Jinhyuk¡¯s abuse, Hong Gildong hung his antennae-like head and let out a weak sound, but soon dered himself a punching bag. When Hong Gil-dong said that everything was his fault, Shane eventually burst outughing and stabbed him in the side with his elbow. ¡°It¡¯s okay, I know it¡¯s no one¡¯s fault. ¡°The only thing that bothers me is that I thought I could definitely reach it, but I couldn¡¯t.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, soger. For that matter, my hands are a bit sharp. ¡°Isn¡¯t there a hole in my side?¡± Hong Gil-dong frowned and rubbed his side exaggeratedly when Shane¡¯s elbow poked him close to the 300th floor. Since they were not aware that Hong Gil-dong was trying to ease the tense atmosphere, Jinhyuk and Shane patted Hong Gil-dong on the back. Bappabak-! ¡°¡­Wow! my¡­I said it was my fault, but I didn¡¯t say hit me!¡± ¡°Go quickly, it looks like you have some energy left, so take Shane with you.¡± ¡°I can go alone.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t be rude. You know you have to be alive to get the bnce from me, right? I¡¯m not the type of person who leaves money in my grave. If you die, I will collect the bnce. okay?¡± ¡°¡­Damn you.¡± After Jinhyuk curled his fingers and made a joke, Shane and Hong Gil-dong took their steps towards the 60th floor city. When looking at the back of two people supporting each other and heading towards the 60th floor city. Another two-person team supporting each other appeared. ¡°Ken, puppet.¡± ¡°Haha, it¡¯s been a while. I waste a lot earlier. sorry.¡± ¡°¡­Whoa, I must be so dizzy right now that I see two people. ¡°I will say helloter.¡± Ken and Puppet. They were one of the neatest people Jinhyeok knew, but they were a mess, supporting each other. Actually, it was a natural thing. It was natural for magicians to have lower physical strength than ordinary climbers. ¡°I told you to do some physical training.¡± ¡°But the ss cannon is gone.¡± ¡°¡­I have nothing to say. ¡°Once I finish this, I will start training again.¡± Of course, Ken, who had received advice from Jinhyuk, as well as Puppet, who already knew that physical strength is important for magicians, nodded with a bitter smile. Even though Jinhyeok in front of them was a magician like them, he had a staminaparable to that of Hendrick, who was far beyond the level of an ordinary climber, so there was nothing to say. Well, it was possible because Jinhyuk had the power of being an All Master and strengthened his stats by grinding souls and absorbing soul groups, but that was also Jinhyuk¡¯s ability, so there was no room for meddling. In the end, Ken and Puppet, who acknowledged their shorings, bowed their heads towards Jinhyuk. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, if I had been stronger, I would have stayed and helped¡­.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, I told you downstream, but you did your job. ¡°That level of propaganda is enough against two wizards in the mid-200th floor.¡± ¡°¡­thank you.¡± ¡°I have to say I¡¯m sorry too. If I had kept pace a little longer, the situation would have changed a little more¡­It¡¯s just a shame.¡± ¡°You too, you did your part well enough. Because of you, Ha-Ryu and Mi-Ho. And don¡¯t forget that Ken next to you and Shane who went first were able to fight easily.¡± ¡°¡­Actually, I did it because I wanted to hear those words, but hearing them really cheers me up a lot. ¡°Next time, we wille back in a much more improved form than now.¡± After Puppet scratched his head and made a joke, Ken and Puppet also slowly walked away from Jinhyuk. One by one, everyone was moving away from Jinhyuk. At least one person approached Jinhyuk. ¡°I made sure to get some rest.¡± ¡°It came just in time. ¡°I was just about to get started.¡± Balkan. Among those who were with Jinhyeok, he was the one who had been with him the longest and was one of the few with whom he had a connection from his past life. He stood by Jinhyeok¡¯s side. An empty battlefield. To be precise, Tune stood in front of the two people standing side by side on a battlefield full of corpses and undead. -Krrrrr¡­. -Guuuuu! ¡°You¡¯re finally here.¡± ¡°Yes, you damn junior. ¡°Let¡¯s see the end soon.¡± Jinhyeok nodded his head and spit out the words as if he was chewing on Tune¡¯s words, leaving behind countless undead. It was a long war. Everyone suffered, but the result would be that only one side would be supported. ¡°Okay then, let¡¯s start training our juniors. ¡°Awake.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯ve never had a senior like you, but I will respect you. From now on, you will live within me and by my side forever as an undead, no, as a soul disease. ¡°Rise.¡± Facing a moment when only one person could be recognized, Jinhyuk and Tune brought out everything they had. Awakening and rising. At the same time, two simr but different voices shed in the air. -For the owner of the soul! -Kieaaaaaa! Spirit soldiers and undead shed. It was the moment when the final fight of the guild war began. Chapter 125 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 125 Kwaaang-! The soul bottle that lost its substance and the undead that lost its soul shed. However, souls who lost their bodies appeared in the world using powers such as spiritual power and mana, and undead also appeared in the world using powers such as morale and mana. Both are beings that cannot originally exist. They, who could literally be said to be beings of ¡®reverse heaven¡¯, pointed their weapons at each other. KagagagakA spirit bottle rushes in and shes with dozens of skeleton swordsmen, sparking sparks. -Don¡¯t be pushed away! -Don¡¯t stop fighting for the owner of your soul! In addition, in response to the cries ofmander-level soul soldiers heard from all over the battlefield, the spirit soldiers with their wits turned to each other and organically attacked the undead. On the contrary, most undead had no sense. However, it could not be denied that there was also a tactic that only they could use. -Just push on! -Eat their souls and grow your own flesh! Just as there aremander-level entities among soul soldiers, there were alsomander-level entities among the undead. The Skeleton Mage or Skeleton Knight was that. They treated the mindless undead like monsters and crushed them with their numbers. Quad-duk- Quad-duk- Quad-dukHundreds of undead weigh down dozens of soul soldiers. Scrap- Suga-gak- Suga-ga-gak! Dozens of spirit soldiers cut, crush, and cut down hundreds of undead. Jinhyeok put on his goblin mask as he watched them fight, no, war, without retreating an inch. HwareukNaturalization burns in the eye sockets, one of the few holes in the goblin mask. Jinhyuk immediately began assisting with purple-ck naturalization, which was like Jinhyuk¡¯s spiritual power. ¡®No matter how many soul soldiers there are, it is difficult to block an army of thousands alone.¡¯ Spirit bottles and undead have many simrities. Common characteristics include that they rarely feel pain, often take great damage from divine power, and do not feel fatigue. Of course, there are certainly differences in individual strength, ego, and reason, but in the end, the soul soldiers were only better than the undead and could not overwhelm them all. Therefore, it was time for a necromancer (spirit master) to step in. ¡°Soul Ground, Soul Aura.¡± First, use Soul Ground, which was previously used to assist Hendrick in the sparring with Shane. After changing the surroundings to and stained with spiritual power, soul aura was immediately added. ¡°Soul Skin.¡± Lastly, you can use the soul skin to cover the soul soldiers standing on the ground based on the soul ground. Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr The wave of spiritual power that starts from the soul ground soon rises through the entire body of the soul soldiers. The spiritual power spread thinly and seeped into the soul bottle, turning into skin. As the translucent image seeps into the spiritual power, it bes shiny and purple, adding to the feeling of pressure. HuuuuungThe second auxiliary magic, soul aura, enveloped the soul soldiers. A power that is like a grand finale or a culmination of a firefight. A ck-purple aura once again swirled around the soul bottles dyed purple-ck, creating a eerie atmosphere. However, at least there was no one here who thought that the eerie atmosphere was just an atmosphere. Oh so soso- Chicken flesh growing all over my body. Tune¡¯s face hardened as he patted his forearm, which was particrly protruding. ¡®He¡¯s only a 60th floor climber, but he has summons that exude this kind of energy¡­Is it because he supported me, or is it because the climber named Gwi-myeon is that good? ¡®No, both?¡¯ Aside from the feeling that made my whole body tingle, I noticed that the mood of the soul soldiers had suddenly changed. Tune, who was pondering whether he could look like that because he was in charge of the Death Star, or whether he could look like that because he had an outstanding climber¡¯s ability called ¡®Ghost Face¡¯, came to the conclusion that it was both. ¡®And it doesn¡¯t matter what kind of person he is or what talent he has. ¡®I just do what I can.¡¯ Above all, Tune didn¡¯t care much about Jinhyuk. No, to be precise, Jinhyuk thought that he should just do what he was capable of, no matter how good he was. And that thought yed a very important role in the current situation. This is because the idea that you just have to do what you can, no matter how strong the opponent, allows you to disy what you have prepared without hesitation, no matter how powerful the opponent. ¡°Bone Armory.¡± thud-! The flying undead flying in the sky threw the white box they were carrying to wards the ground. With a heavy sound, something that looked like a huge white container boxnded on the ground. and. Bye bye byeThe huge white box that was disassembled in an instant flew to the surrounding undead and became various armor and weapons. -Kwaaaah! -Keeeeek! It wasn¡¯t just that new armor and weapons were created. This is because the armor and weapons made of pure white bone immediately turned dark blue. Morale and Mana. The energy of the tune was mixed and permeated into the Bone Armory, and its power was revealed the moment it was equipped to the undead. But it didn¡¯t end there. Kwang-kwaang-kwagwagwagwang- ¡°¡­Huh, isn¡¯t there one?¡± This is because the original armor that falls from the sky is not finished. Even if you count it, it¡¯s enough to outfit all the undead on the ground with weapons. Jinhyuk¡¯s thoughts were exactly right. Chaja JajajakThe bone armor that fell to the ground like a meteorite is instantly disassembled and equipped by the undead, just like the bone armor that fell earlier. The undead who shine in dark blue light and add to the eerie feeling, and the soul soldiers who shine in dark purple light and show off their coolness. Afterpleting their preparations, they shed again. CrumblingWith an earth-shattering explosion sound. * * * ¡°¡­It¡¯s not that easy.¡± Jinhyeok muttered as he watched the sh between the undead and the soul bottle. As he said, the current war situation was not easy. One hundred percent tax. If the undead side¡¯s formation copses, the soul bottle side¡¯s formation also copses. In a tense situation where the formation of the undead side would also be restored if the soul bottle side¡¯s formation was restored, Jinhyeok swallowed dry saliva and was lost in thought. ¡°Of course. That guy probably has the qualities to be a Spirit Master if it weren¡¯t for you. If a guy like that is normal, he must be even more strange.¡± Balkan spoke to Jinhyeok, who was lost in thought. Tune is a climber who has the qualities to be a spirit master. And that was something Jinhyuk also acknowledged. ¡°I¡¯ll admit it. That guy is definitely a bit scary for me right now. ¡°He¡¯s going to have to take out everything he can.¡± admit. There were not many climbers that Jinhyuk recognized while climbing the tower. Even those who people praised as Nine Stars were just ordinary climbers by Jinhyuk¡¯s standards. Choi Kyung-hoon, who was his friend, and Hendrick, who is currently a colleague, are recognized by Jinhyuk. And Tune was one of the few climbers recognized by Jinhyuk. A being that has potential and has endless room for development. Therefore, Jinhyeok realized that it was not the time to think about this and that. ¡°The moment to shatter the current Baekjungseok era will soone. When that timees, take out the ¡®guys¡¯.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, it was their moment to shine once in a while.¡± ¡°You have to aim for the right timing. know?¡± ¡°How could you not know? Just trust me.¡± These people were called ¡®guys¡¯. Jinhyuk was confident that they would break the current tight bnce. That was the same even for Balkan, who acknowledged the tune. ¡°From now on, the only thing left to do is wait.¡± The preparations were over, and now all that was left for Jinhyuk was to wait. Making a hole in a strong dam and waiting for just the moment to pop open the hole. That is how the time of war between armies passed. * * * ¡°Something iscking¡­.¡± Tune, who was observing the battlefield while properly tuning it, felt something strange and stroked his chin. Because that was felt by Jinhyeok¡¯s army. Of course, it wasn¡¯t that Jinhyeok¡¯s army wascking. ¡®The army itself is powerful enough. Just look at my ¡®death¡¯ using Bone Armory and the white middle ages. But something seems missing. There¡¯s no way everything in the ghost¡¯s face is just like this.¡¯ Jinhyeok¡¯s army, which has now been revealed, was very powerful. If Basil had been here instead of Tune, it wouldn¡¯t have been so strange if he had been trampled right away. A powerful army that can go beyond the 300th floor and trample even climbers who know how to use the area. Could there be a shortage of such an army? The ck¡¯ that Tune was talking about was not the strength of the army itself, but rather an unnaturalness, as if a cog was missing. ¡®There¡¯s something more. But the problem is that there is no way to find out right now. I don¡¯t really know anything about the Spirit Master¡¯s power¡­.¡¯ However, the problem was that although I noticed the ck¡¯, I couldn¡¯t figure out what the ck¡¯ actually was. Spirit Master. Jinhyuk¡¯s job and the ¡®Death Star¡¯ job that Tune receives like a god. Well, both are the same thing, but in the end, not that much is known about the Spirit Master. Record expunged. I couldn¡¯t find any proper information except for a brief exnation that the spirits were manipted as if someone had erased the records of the Spirit Master and the ¡®Death Star¡¯ to the world. Therefore, even though we knew that Jinhyeok had a job as a spirit master, it was difficult to find out his weaknesses or what the ck¡¯ he was currently feeling was. ¡°¡­Does not matter. ¡°I just have to do what I have to do.¡± But think about that for a moment. Tune, who muttered that he would only do what he had to do, as he had originally thought, moved ¡®Death¡¯ forward. In order to block the undead army ¡®Death¡¯, the soul soldiers gritted their teeth and stood against them, but they were powerless in the face of absolute numbers. Coo coo coo cooAs the spirit soldiers blocking the path took a step or two back, ¡®death¡¯ slowly approached Jinhyeok. Even though he literally felt like death was approaching, Jinhyeok stood there as if he had been nailed to the spot for the first time. If someone saw him, he would have been scared and thought he had frozen, but it was different with Tune in front of Jinhyuk. ¡®What on earth are you aiming for, ghost?¡¯ Tune was troubled as to whether he was standing still and watching his ¡®death¡¯ approach him because he was hoping for something. It was right then. ¡°¡­now!¡± ¡°I know!¡± The undead army ¡®Death¡¯ has crossed the certain line set by Jinhyeok. As soon as he crossed the line, Jinhyuk immediately took his stance and shouted, and Balkan responded. ¡°The Holy Demon goes out!¡± And with the words ¡®Holy Demon Coming Out¡¯, a change urred. Hwaaaaaaaaaaa! A blinding brilliance emanates from one side. Puhwaaaaak-! On the other side, pitch ckness that seemed to turn the world into darkness erupted. Chi-ik-! -¡­KEEEK! As the erupting light hits the undead army ¡®Death¡¯, the undead, who cannot feel pain, let out painful screams. ¡°¡­What?¡± For the first time, Tune showed embarrassment at something that could not have happened. But that wasn¡¯t the end. Push-! Scoop it up! The undead, like finished sand castles, crumble as soon as they touch the pitch ck. Jet ck advanced without hesitation despite the protection of the Bone Armory, destroying all the undead that stood in its way. ¡°¡­This is ridiculous! No way, it¡¯s divine power and demonic energy!¡± perplexity. It took a long time for the first one toe out, but it didn¡¯t take long for the second one toe out. Tune, whose face was filled with confusion, immediately noticed the presence of light and pitch ck, which was the cause of the abnormality. Divine power and magical energy. No, not exactly. ¡°A soul bottle with divine power and demonic energy?¡± Tune realized that the soul soldiers with divine power, the holy soul soldiers, and the soul soldiers with demonic energy, the demon soul soldiers, were crushing ¡®death¡¯. of course. ¡°Do you think you can stop it just because you know?¡± Holy soul soldiers and demon soul soldiers. Although they could be said to be the best summons that Jinhyeok acquired as a result of his new birth, they were not something that could be prevented just by knowing. Chapter 126 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 126 ¡°¡­does not make sense. A single climber can control demonic energy and divine power? As if that wasn¡¯t enough, they grafted it onto the spirit bottle, a summoned beast of the undead¡­It¡¯s impossible.¡± Divine power and magical energy. These energies are possessed by very few people within the tower. Fortunately, there were quite a few climbers who possessed divine power due to upations such as priests and pdins, but not magi. ¡®It¡¯s hard to find a climber who has reached the 600th floor, let alone the 300th floor, and that a climber who hasn¡¯t even reached the 100th floor¡­If you are a ghost, then who are you? ¡­.¡¯ Tune could feel an unknown emotion engulfing his entire body. Tune knew this feeling that made your face turn red and your body tremble. ¡®joy. No, I should say excitement. ¡®How long has it been since I felt this feeling?¡¯ shakingTune, feeling an emotion for the first time in a very long time, could feel the dopamine being produced in his brain. A feeling of pleasure that was even more intense than taking drugs spread throughout Tune¡¯s entire body, as if he had taken drugs. Climber. Those who climb the tower always yearn for growth and climbing. This was especially true for high-level climbers or talented climbers. Money, drugs, women, etc. Nothing could surpass the pleasure thates from climbing climbers¡¯ growth and climbing new floors. However, if one had to choose the greatest pleasure among pleasures, every climber would choose one. [A life-threatening battle against a strong opponent In a life-threatening battle, growthes more rapidly. Of course, survival was a prerequisite, but the pleasure that came from the process went beyond climbing and growth. It was the same with the tune. No, it was worse than other climbers. ¡®I haven¡¯t met the right person for a long time, but has the moment finallye when I can put my all into it?¡¯ It was because of the special nature of being a necromancer. Necromancers are essentially military beings. However, it was very difficult to find a high-level necromancer, and it was even harder to find a Tune-level necromancer. Therefore, for Tune, who was repeatedly suppressing his inextinguishable desires and finding relief little by little through battles with climbers such as Basil, this moment was more exciting than any other moment of pleasure. QuadukEven the undead are shattered in front of the demon spirit¡¯s rough steps. PerseokEven if the undead copse like sand castles due to the intense baptism of sacred power of the Holy Spirit. Tune only red at Jinhyuk, who was firmly positioned beyond them. ¡°Listen!¡± A tune that screams Jinhyuk¡¯s nickname at the top of its lungs. Jinhyuk responded, looking at his red-hot face. ¡°why. ¡°Do you feel like giving up?¡± Themotion could be felt from afar, but rather than being angry, Tune smiled brightly. ¡°no! I will hit everything on you. ¡°I will use everything I have prepared to bring you down.¡± Jinhyeok, who was staring at Tune, who was talking in a mixture of polite and informalnguage due to his intense excitement, waved his hand. ¡°Come in, I¡¯ll ept as much as you want.¡± A truly arrogant appearance. Jinhyuk treated Tune as if he were his subordinate to Tune, who had not even reached the 100th floor but had surpassed the 300th floor, which was three times higher than that. However, not only Jinhyuk, but even Tune, who was involved, paid no attention to such an appearance. just¡­. ¡°I learned about soul diseases and worked hard to get them.¡± He just talks about what he has done. Even when Tune said that he worked hard to get the soul disease, Jinhyuk just chuckled. ¡°okay? Well, was there any result? ¡°I probably wouldn¡¯t have gotten it anyway.¡± Soul disease. It was a summoned beast that only the Spirit Master, the master of all souls, could have. This means that like other undead, it cannot be dealt with by simply hitting mana and summoning it. ¡°That¡¯s right, I didn¡¯t get the soul bottle.¡± Tune nodded and agreed with Jinhyuk¡¯s words. As the conversation progresses, the excitement subsides and the tone of speech bes calm. Of course, the subdued excitement did not disappear and was gradually being stored inside Tune. To burst out that excitement at a decisive moment. ¡°Yes, that is the difference between you and me. ¡°It¡¯s also the difference between a necromancer and a spirit master.¡± Jinhyuk also nodded at Tune¡¯s words of obedience. If one could obtain a spirit bottle and manipte spirits through research, there would be no reason for the profession of Spirit Master to exist. However, Tune is an excellent climber and also a necromancer. ¡°But I figured out a way, and now I¡¯m going to show you the results.¡± ¡°¡­Is that so? Take it out. As your senior and spirit master, I will evaluate the results of your efforts to reach the soul bottle.¡± Although I didn¡¯t get the soul bottle, I seeded in getting equivalent results. And the results of my research every single day since I learned about the Spirit Master and about soul disease were revealed right here and now. Puhwaaaaak-! -Keeeeee! -Kyaaagh! Just like when Jinhyuk summoned the soul soldiers, something exploded from Tune¡¯s heart. Beings who cry out loud. ¡°¡­ghost?¡± It was none other than a ghost, one of the undead monsters. They had a whitish appearance and were closest to soul bottles, but they were not soul bottles. To be more specific, these people are called ghosts or evil spirits. It would be difficult to call these people, who have little sense and only hate the living, soul-sick But after thinking about it up to that point, Jinhyuk had to harden his face. Munchukkulmunkul- ¡°¡­There are quite a few?¡± This is because ghosts constantly flowed from Tune¡¯s chest. The problem wasn¡¯t just ¡®number¡¯. ¡°Be careful, it looks like a ghost, but the force it feels is not an ordinary ghost.¡± ¡°I know that.¡± The momentum felt from the ever-increasing number of ghosts. This is because the momentum was by no means ordinary. ¡®It¡¯s like they¡¯re really soul sick.¡¯ Although Jinhyeok was annoyed, he had no choice but to admit that it was simr to a soul illness. The group of ghosts that gradually grew in size stopped at exactly 100. However, even though there were 100, Jinhyeok did not make the mistake of letting down his guard. Coo coo coo coo- ¡°¡­You¡¯re a bit strong on ghost topics, aren¡¯t you?¡± Jinhyuk had to break into a cold sweat in front of the force of the ghosts weighing heavily on the air around him. ¡°This is the army that is closest to soul disease that I have been studying. ¡°It¡¯s a night tour of 100 ghosts.¡± [One hundred ghost nights] An army of 100 ghosts walking around at night. In fact, the surroundings turned dark due to the force emitted by up to 100 ghosts, so it lived up to its name. Just like Tune, who can¡¯t hide his joy as he spreads his arms outward, his Hundred Demon Nights are strong enough to be proud of. When Jinhyuk, who knew this better than anyone else, swallowed dry saliva. ¡°The time for nocturnal travel has arrived. White Ghost, please make it clear that your strength will never be overtaken by soul disease.¡± With Tune¡¯s voice full of coolness. -Kyaaagh! The time for nocturnal travel has arrived. Darkness filled the surroundings, and a hundred ghosts roaming the darkness rushed towards the advancing Holy Soul Soldiers and Demon Soul Soldiers, crushing ¡®death¡¯. Ghosts, who had harbored a mixture of morale and mana for a very long time, were no longer considered ghosts. The deep morale and mana spread around, creating night, and 100 ghosts walking there. The hundred ghosts roaming the nighttched onto the Holy Spirit Soldiers and Demon Soul Soldiers who were destroying ¡®death¡¯. KagagagakA battle between holy soul soldiers, demon soul soldiers, and white ghosts. The victor there was none other than the White Ghosts. First of all, the hundred ghosts were ahead in number, and the amount of energy they possessed was enormous. Even though it is morale and mana that are inferior to magical energy or divine power, it is still eptable to some extent. In the face of overwhelming difference, even magic and divine power eventually bowed before morale and mana. ¡°¡­Tsk, that¡¯s not good.¡± Jinhyeok clicked his tongue after confirming that the Holy Soul and Demon Soul Disease were being pushed out by the White Ghosts. It would not be very pleasant to see the Holy Spirit and Demon Spirit, the separate forces that are supposed to break ¡®death¡¯ and move forward and bring Tune to their side, being pushed back even though they are blocked. ¡°How about adding other soul bottles?¡± ¡°No, they have to stop ¡®death¡¯. ¡°Since the Holy Soul and Demon Soul are tied up by the White Ghosts, if I don¡¯t stop the ¡®death¡¯ of the Soul Soldiers, they will attack where I am.¡± However, it was not possible to bring in soul bottles other than holy soul bottles and magic soul bottles and add them. If you do that, you will be able to block the white ghosts, but on the other hand, ¡®death¡¯, which can be said to be the main force, wille at you in full force. ¡®If that happens, it¡¯s a mess. It¡¯s better to maintain the current situation.¡¯ Jinhyeok judged that maintaining the current situation would prevent the battlefield from escting rapidly, so he did not change the location of the soul bottles. ¡®That doesn¡¯t mean we can just sit there and suffer.¡¯ Of course, he left the spirit soldiers alone, but Jinhyeok had no intention of just sitting there and suffering. ¡°What are you nning to do?¡± ¡°I¡¯m going out myself.¡± ¡°¡­you? ¡°It would be dangerous.¡± ¡°I just chose the most effective method. and¡­The junior guy showed a good performance, but as a senior, I can¡¯t just sit still, right?¡± ¡°¡­do whatever you want. ¡°I didn¡¯t even think they would listen if I said it.¡± Jinhyeok slowly walked away, leaving behind Balkan, who shook his head and shrugged his shoulders as if he had given up. JeopukOne step. JeopukTwo steps. Tune was frightened by the sight of Jinhyeok walking into the arena where white ghosts and demon soul soldiers were increasingly fighting over each other. ¡°¡­What are you doing! ¡°Have you decided to die!¡± Jinhyuk should not have died in vain like that. The real battle begins now, but Jinhyeok, who is just a magician, heading into the white ghosts was no different from asking them to kill him. That is why the moment when Tune shouts harshly. ¡°Who nned to die? ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯m here to kill you.¡± The voice of Jinhyeok, who could not be seen, rang out as he was caught up in the battle between the white ghosts and the Holy Demon Soul Soldiers. And Jinhyuk put his words into practice. ¡°One won (one won).¡± Jinhyeok used his second characteristic, one won, and energy burst out from his whole body. Stats integrated into one. However, the unified stats this time were not the same asst time. Paaaaat-! ¡°Holy power is the best for catching undead. is not it?¡± Along with Jinhyeok¡¯s roaring voice, the radiance of divine power flows out from the minute gap between the battle arenas. The sacred power that cannot be concealed even by thick morale and mana tears the night created by the white ghosts to pieces. [Characteristic, 1 won (Ò»Ôª) is in use.] [You have selected the divine power stat.] [All magic stats are converted to divine power stats.] [Caution, if you remain in this state for a long time, your body may copse.] As the divine power exploded, message windows lined up in front of Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes. Jinhyuk left behind the message window that filled his eyes and started doing something simr tost time. Gugu GugukAn enormous amount of divine power that was converted into divine power by mixing all of the magical energy and divine power. We began to slowly condense and refine it. The sacred power gradually decreased and eventually transformed into a small sphere. If the sphere with condensed demonic energy was like a ck sun, the sphere with condensed divine power could well be called a small sun. And Jinhyeok gently held thepleted sphere of divine power. [Condensed and refined divine power has been absorbed.] [Body: A half-sacred half-demon temporarily changes by epting divine power.] [Body: Half-Sacred, Half-Demon is changed to Body: Consecrated.] Exciting-! As he absorbed the small sun, Jinhyuk¡¯s heart began to beat wildly. Just like when he was demonized, changes urred in Jinhyeok¡¯s body. JiyingAn angel ring that appeared on top of the head, simr to the angel ring of the Elyos. PhuwakWings that were not much different from the ones that Jinhyuk had disparaged as pigeon wings grew from where the wing bones were. Finally, the sacred power that filled his entire body exploded and transformed into a pure white robe. Jinhyeok, who looked like a holy saint or an angel who came down from heaven, looked at the white ghosts charging at him with eyes filled with divine power like Sandalphon and lightly punched them. ¡°¡­The Demon Fist of Destruction.¡± A fist with power that ispletely opposite to the Destruction Fist in its demonized state that was used during the sparring with Hendrick. It exploded towards the white ghosts, who were deeply imbued with demonic power. [Most gods cheer for your appearance.] [Most demons are displeased with your appearance.] [The pinnacle of all evil is restless.] [The nine-tailed fox snorts.] [King Mifu grabs his belly button, saying it looks good on him.] Because the appearance was different fromst time, the reactions of the gods and demons were also opposite, but Jinhyeok, as always, did not care about their reactions. ¡°Wipe it away.¡± CheeeeeeeekThe sound of something burning was heard along with Jinhyuk¡¯s cool voice. -¡­Kieeek! -¡­Kyaaa! The painful cries of white ghosts. They used their enormous morale and mana to destroy the Holy Soul Soldiers and Demon Soul Soldiers with divine power and magical energy, but in the end, they sumbed to the divine power that was far greater than theirs. One by one, the hundred ghosts that Tune had worked so hard to create over a long period of time were consumed by the divine power contained in the Demon Destruction Fist, leaving no ashes behind. Demon Fist of Destruction. It can be said to be a majestic and sacred appearance befitting its name of destroying demons. Jinhyeok¡¯s lightly wielded demon annihtion fist burned the white ghosts and began to erase the night. Chapter 127 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 127 Kwa-ga-ga-gagThe sunes down. Tune felt that same way. ¡®The night¡­Disappears¡­.¡¯ White ghosts. By infusing a hundred ghosts with a mixture of his morale and mana for a long time, he made them into beings beyond ghosts. Furthermore, he freely uses the energy he has injected, and the energy secretly flowing from the hundred ghosts covers the sky, blocking the light and creating artificial darkness and night. That was Tune¡¯s Night Journey. However, the disappearance of the most important night in such a night trip was no different from saying that the ghosts had a problem. ¡®The destructive power itself is not that strong, but¡­It¡¯s the perfect opposite. The gap between opposites that had been narrowed down to quantity has widened.¡¯ The Demon Fist of Destruction was slightly different from the Fist of Destruction used in the previous sparring with Hendrick. The biggest difference was the destructive power that Tune identified. As for the direct destructive power itself, the Destruction Fist was overwhelmingly stronger. This is because it was specialized in destroying the power of destruction and the difference in the nature of the energy called Magi itself. However, the Destruction Fist had one advantage that the Destruction Fist did not have. ¡®Is there about half of it left now? That¡¯s a really disgusting purification speed.¡¯ To be precise, it was the purification of evil whose greatest advantage was the energy of divine power. Tune clicked his tongue as he watched the Demon Eradicator Fist, which has the power of purification to restore everything clean in the face of wrongdoings, quickly erasing the white ghosts. half. Half of the hundred ghosts flew away in a short period of time, no more than a few minutes at most. Tune¡¯s mind was surprisingly calm in the face of such a ridiculous situation, w here years of effort had disappeared in a matter of minutes. ¡®Anyway, they are white ghosts that are backwardpatible with soul soldiers. If you get a real soul bottle, you can make something even greater. Rather th an worrying about their consumption, it would be better to use that time to find a way to stop them.¡¯ First, the white ghosts were created to get infinitely closer to the soul disease. Second, if Jinhyuk could win, he could obtain a real soul bottle that was infinitely more powerful than that one and had infinite growth potential. of course. ¡®That divine power and magic energy was obtained by the individual climber, not the power of a spirit master. There was no mention of him handling divine power and demonic energy. We may need to prepare a connection with the Elyos and Demons.¡¯ It was impossible to have a unique soul disease that had never even been seen in the records of sexual soul disease and demon soul disease. Considering their connection with the Elyos and Demons, one of the Four Emperors that we usually do not pay attention to because they are presumed to have been created bybining divine power and demonic energy. Kwa-ga-ga-gag- ¡°Hmm, have wee this far already? Obviously, with a small number of white ghosts, we can¡¯t properly block or block attacks.¡± The Demon Fist of Destruction had already arrived right in front of Tune. The White Ghosts showed their greatest power when there were close to a hundred of them. In the first ce, even if the Ghost was strengthened using refined morale and mana as its core, its base essence did not go anywhere. In order toplement and strengthen it, Tune ¡®connected¡¯ the white ghosts. Maybe it can also be called a ¡®constraint¡¯. [When there are many, share the power,bine, and make one hundred, one hundred. When a hundred ghosts are connected, they do not just have the power of 100, but they have the power of over 200 or 300. However, on the other hand, as the number of white ghosts decreases, the total amount of power decreases exponentially. Of course, it¡¯s still a lot of powerpared to when you¡¯re an individual¡­. Quagga gagagak-!!! ¡°It¡¯s over.¡± Naturally, it was not enough to block a fist that literally destroyed demons, with a sacred power stat exceeding 200 and approaching 300. Tune couldn¡¯t help butugh at the fact that all the white ghosts that had been able to block and split off little by little when they were intact had all disappeared. Puhwaaaaaaaaa! ¡°fun. Yeah, I think I wanted something like this. A situation where lifees and goes. As a necromancer, this feeling felt a little distant. ¡°After all, I was also a climber.¡± The mixture of morale and mana that exploded withughter enveloped Tune¡¯s entire body. As the mixture seeped into them, their dark blue hair fluttered, and their eyes began to glow dark blue as the mixture slowly seeped into them. Coo coo coo cooThe atmosphere vibrates. 300th floor. A climber who overcame the demonic wall and passed the trials of Emperor Tess. He, who looked at the world differently from others, brought out everything he had as a climber, not a necromancer, in the face of an ordeal that would lead to his death if he could not prevent it. ¡°Realm, Mangongsahon (Èf¿ÕËÀ»ê).¡± [Realm, Mangongsahon (Èf¿ÕËÀ»ê). area. Inner Contemtion ¨C An ability that can be used only by a very small number of beings who can clearly see their inner self, which leads to a battle of images, and remain unharmed even when mixed with the inner world of others. The moment when that ability unfolds once again. Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr ¡°Chajinhehe¡­!!!¡± ¡°¡­Just target properly.¡± Jinhyeok clicked his tongue as he felt a wall of darkness form between him and Vulcan, who called out to him, and a whip of darkness ensnared him. ¡°This ce will be a tomb again.¡± It was the moment when Jinhyuk was invited to a tune space filled with death and soul. Chii Iik- ¡°Is it a scam?¡± Jinhyeok muttered calmly as he watched the fraud that prated his divine power as soon as he stepped into the space, burning his body and divine power with acrid smoke. A fraud that burns a robe made up of nearly 300 sacred powers and even touches the body inside it byshing out its tongue like a snake. It was nonsense, but Jinhyuk, who nced around the area, nodded as if he understood. ¡°It¡¯s full of deep fraud. Have you set your sights on retaining infinite energy within the realm? ¡°If it¡¯s the domain of a magician, it¡¯s natural.¡± The domain is closely rted to the deep desires or original characteristics of the practitioner¡¯s mind. Naturally, climbers like warriors tend to have areas thatpensate for their weaknesses in closebat or maximize their strengths, and archers from long distances are also simr. In that respect, the domain of sorcerers, such as wizards and necromancers, was simple yet highly destructive. ¡®As long as there is infinite energy provided within the area, there is almost no need for other secondary things.¡¯ It wasn¡¯t too strange because Jinhyuk himself was in a simr area to Mangongsahon (Èf¿ÕËÀ»ê), which is Tune¡¯s area. And if infinite energy was given to an excellent caster, the oue was determined. SighFraud erupts from one area and rushes towards Jinhyeok. Like a snake, the fraud that escaped Jinhyuk¡¯s touch quickly sucked up the divine power and oxidized. ¡®Is it a war of attrition? It¡¯s at a disadvantage. ¡®He knows exactly what his advantage is and is aiming for it.¡¯ The sacred power approaching 300 is by no means small. Because it¡¯s a stat that can only be seen on the 300th floor. But if you ask if it is infinite, it is not. In other words, if morale and divine power conflict with each other and consume each other, it is Jinhyeok¡¯s loss. WowJinhyuk, realizing his disadvantage, gently clenched his fists. ¡°May you rot slowly.¡± ¡°¡­dog sound. ¡°Do you think I wouldn¡¯t have thought of a war of attrition like this?¡± Jinhyeok responded to Tune¡¯s polite words floating in the air in the realm. Morale that is consumed by constantly shing with divine power. A body colliding with fraud and rotting away. All of that only affected Jinhyuk negatively, but the word defeat did not exist in Jinhyuk¡¯s mind. ¡®Domain is a powerful ability, but it¡¯s not perfect. ¡®Aim for that gap.¡¯ Currently, there is only one thought filling Jinhyuk¡¯s head. All I had to do wase up with a trick to exploit the gaps in a strong, but not perfect, area. In a situation where my vision was spinning and my head was burning, the first thing to move was Tune. PaangTune kicked into the empty air and flew towards Jinhyuk. ¡°Death fighting skills.¡± An intense force bursting from a body tinged with ck and blue, mixed with ck morale and blue mana. Faba ParkFists and feet litter the space, putting pressure on Jinhyuk. [Fight to death. Contrary to its meaning of fighting with the readiness to die, Tune¡¯s fight to t he death was literally abat technique steeped in death. Jinhyuk gritted his teeth and crossed his arms to block the attack as the feast of hands and feet filled his eyes. Kwa-ga-ga-gagA long furrow was carved into the bottom of the dark area. ¡®Closebat is also beyond a decent level. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s outside the realm, but at least within it, it¡¯s better than a high-level warrior.¡¯ It was tingling. The arm that blocked the deadly fighting technique trembled, and the morale refined through the deadly fighting techniques prated more sharply inside. He grits his teeth in pain as he rots from the inside out and circtes divine power throughout his body. ¡°¡­Ugh ¨C it¡¯s a bunch of attrition evangelism, a bunch of long-term evangelism. No answer.¡± Jinhyeok muttered, spitting out ck blood that had risen from the rotted organs as they healed A war of attrition is difficult due to the absolute difference in morale and divine power. Long-term warfare was also difficult due to the absolute difference in morale and divine power. Both meant that the absolute amount of energy greatly influenced the oue of the battle, and for that to happen, a battle other than attrition or long-term warfare had to be fought. ¡®¡­Tsk, it¡¯s not very likely, but I¡¯ll still give it a try.¡¯ In the end, Jinhyuk decided to gamble with low odds. This is because he thought that since his opponent had brought out everything, he would also have to throw in even low-probability moves to achieve victory, as it would not be enough to just bring out everything. Pak-pak-pak! ¡°This is all! I don¡¯t think the rush to block an attack is all you do. more! Show me some more numbers!¡± ¡°¡­Wait, rice tastes better when it¡¯s steamed!¡± Jinhyuk responded by spitting out words as if he was chewing on Tune¡¯s cries, which continued to show off his fighting skills, exuding sharp morale and putting pressure on his entire body. In the face of Tune¡¯s attack, Jinhyeok changed his stance to full defense and used all his divine power for defense. ¡®As long as you seed, divine power is not important. ¡®Focus everything on being sessful.¡¯ In order to ensure the sess of his n, he poured out his divine power as if pouring water into a bottomless poison, minimizing damage as much as possible. Jinhyuk, who was fully prepared, threw his fist again. ¡°The Demon Fist of Destruction.¡± ¡°¡­You won¡¯t get hit by the same move twice. ¡°Death-fighting force.¡± Tune¡¯s fist, which responded with the ultimate fighting technique to fight against the Demon Destroying Fist that he had already experienced once, was thrown out with a dark blue glow. KwaaaaaA confrontation between the Demon Destruction Fist, which is a condensation of divine power, and the Death Fighting Power Fist, a condensation of morale and mana. The end of the match was total destruction. Chii IikThe surrounding area became a vacuum with an explosion of energy. However, mutual destruction was like Tune¡¯s victory. ¡°You won¡¯t be able to use techniques that consume a lot of energy over and over again. It¡¯s a waste that doesn¡¯t matter to me as I¡¯m in the area, but it¡¯s not to you. It seems like he was impatient and was aiming for a short-term game, but¡­In the end, it didn¡¯t go as nned.¡± In a fight between Tune, who received an infinite supply of energy within the realm, and Jinhyuk, whose divine power was drained from his morale and man a just by taking a breath, the fact that an attack that consumed a huge amount of energy was destroyed simultaneously was tantamount to Jinhyuk¡¯s defeat. An example of this was when Jinhyeok¡¯s member status was lifted after he had actually consumed all of his strength. Therefore, it was not that strange for Tune to speak with such confidence. But the problem is- ¡°Who said it was the end? ¡°It starts now.¡± ¡°¡­?¡± The point that Jinhyuk threw was merely a preparation to put an end to all preparations and throw himself into a low gambling number. The moment when Tune looked at Jinhyuk with a puzzled face, apanied by Jinhyuk¡¯s grumbling voice. ¡°Area is definitely a powerful ability, but that doesn¡¯t mean it¡¯s necessarily invincible. And although there are definitely problems with how I use it now¡­ ¡°It would be right to use everything that can be used.¡± ¡°¡­What do you want to say?¡± Tune looked at Jinhyeok with a face full of tension and asked back at the fact that the Demon Fist of Destruction was not hisst move. Jinhyuk responded with a satisfied smile as Tune started to get nervous. ¡°It¡¯s called destroying territories, or mixing territories. Realm, all-powerful soul.¡± Breaking areas, or shuffling areas. When trapped in someone¡¯s territory, this is the most efficient way for a climber who can use the territory. Of course, it was not a method that could be used by a climber on the 60th floor, but the gambler seeded because the quality of the soul in the body of the climber on the 60th floor was different. Kwa-ga-ga-gagTune¡¯s realm, which was full of fraud and mana, began to crack. Tune, who realized that Jinhyuk, the source of all cracks, was the problem, immediately took action. ¡°¡­I have no intention of letting it happen quietly.¡± It was my first time hearing about this technology. Breaking down the area. The area is an ability that only those with selected talents can handle. Of course, the technology to destroy or mix it up couldn¡¯t have been well known in the 300th floor. But Tune felt it instinctively. ¡®It¡¯s dangerous if this seeds.¡¯ This means that the tower of victory you have built so solidly can copse just by being staggered by a single blow of this technique. He was quick to judge and quick to act. But the problem is- te.¡± The point was that Jinhyuk¡¯s area had already been prepared. Puhwaaaaaaaaa! The area that was dyed dark blue suddenly turns dark purple. The sight of the space where morale and mana coexisted being stained by Jinhyuk¡¯s spiritual power was simr to the way Tune was defeated and absorbed by Jinhyuk. ¡°Now, who has the upper hand now?¡± Jinhyeok asked with a grin, as creating a territory was not enough and his insides were in shambles as a result of mming his territory into someone else¡¯s territory. And Tune couldn¡¯t say anything to Jinhyuk¡¯s question. Chapter 128 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 128 ¡®¡­Whoa, it almost ended like that. Fortunately, it was a disaster because I seeded. If I had failed, I would have inherited the throne without a chance.¡¯ In fact, contrary to his confident appearance, Jinhyeok was busy suppressing his excitement. Breaking down the area. Or, the technique called area shuffling was never an easy technique. ¡®I used it only asionally in my past life, but I took it out before I could use it properly, so I was half a gambler, but I seeded.¡¯ Jinhyeok from his previous life. In other words, even ¡®Death Star¡¯ Jin-hyuk Cha, who reached the top of the 600th floor, was able to implement a technique that he did not use very often, but only on the 60th floor. Of course, there were a variety ofplex reasons why this situation was possible. ¡®First of all, that guy¡¯s domain is not that perfect.¡¯ First reason. Tune¡¯s realm, Mangongshahon (Èf¿ÕËÀ»ê), was clearly a well-made realm, and boasted an incredible level ofpletion when viewed from the level of a 300-story climber. However, that was no different from saying that it was the level of a ¡®300th floor¡¯ climber. In other words, for Jinhyuk, who was active near the 600th floor, it was no different from a half-made. ¡®That¡¯s enough to pierce my area with a blunt spear.¡¯ Second reason. Jinhyeok¡¯s talent and experience strengthened the dull spear of a 60-story climber and added the skill to pierce Tune¡¯s Mangongsahon. The result is this. ¡°Okay, let¡¯s finish this quickly. ¡°I feel like I¡¯m going to die of exhaustion.¡± Fuwaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa The purple-ck area that invaded the area filled with a mixture of morale and mana soon covered Tune¡¯s Mangongshahon as if iming to be its owner. The Mangongsahon (Èf¿ÕËÀ»ê) and the Mannyeongchungche (Èfì`³äÌŽ), which did not mix like water and oil, eventually became one area and was pushed out unterally. ¡°¡­Wow!¡± Naturally, the area that was pushed out was Mangong Sahon, the area of tune. Tune, who experienced his territory being eaten by someone for the first time, was not prepared for it and spit out ck blood. Jinhyuk gently took a stance while looking at Tune¡¯s pale face. ¡°One won, sacralization.¡± ¡°¡­Wow, it can¡¯t end like this. He¡­I must take over his maintenance!¡± Tune struggled to find words as he caught sight of Jinhyeok using his body again. But that was all Tune could do, unable to ovee the shock of the area being absorbed. Jinhyuk opened his mouth before the final attack, staring at Tune, who did not give up until the end and spit out words as if he was chewing on a heart that was spitting out blood. ¡°¡­It¡¯s funny to ask now, but are you talking about ¡®Death Star¡¯ Cha Jin-hyuk?¡± ¡°¡­Yes, after getting to know him, I felt pleasure as if I had entered a new world. As he reached the peak as a necromancer and received love calls from various guilds, he showed me a goal to challenge while I was feeling bored, and I must continue to do so. Only then¡­Only then can I uncover the secret of his death and take revenge on his behalf!¡± Jinhyuk nodded as he listened to Tune¡¯s rising voice, which he calmly acknowledged. ¡°Okay, if that¡¯s what you think¡­¡± ¡­¡°I have to go even more sincerely.¡± WowTen yearster, a climber who calls himself his sessor stands in front of him. Of course, it was ironic that they were standing up to kill each other, but for Jinhyeok, a necromancer and spirit master, death was just another beginning. Therefore, it was not enough for Jinhyeok to grab the divine power that was slowly gathering in his state, and he also gathered the enormous spiritual power spread throughout the realm and all ces. ¡®My junior is putting in so much effort for me, so it¡¯s only right for me to show him something as well.¡¯ I was just going to throw a simple Demon Destruction Fist. Due to the use of the second member, my whole body was shaking, and my divine power was much less than before, but even so, it was overflowing because it was not enough to catch the tune that even an ordinary person could not do due to the impact of shattering the realm. However, Tune¡¯s desire to act for himself, who was already dead, made Jinhyuk hit rock bottom. ¡°I said it was a night trip.¡± Muttering. Tune stopped talking and looked at Jinhyuk as he muttered something that sounded like he was talking to himself rather than to anyone. ¡°Yes, Hundred Ghost Nights. A hundred ghosts move at night. ¡°It is your power and His power, a power created to reach the disease of the soul.¡± ¡°Yes, it was great enough. ¡°Because the sexual soul disease and demonic soul disease, which are stronger than the spirit disease, were destroyed in front of the Hundred Ghost Night Journey.¡± No matter how big the difference in power between the Ghost hemands and the Soul Bottle series is due to the difference in floor levels, in the end, the Soul Bottle series is of a higher rank than the Ghost. It was just that it was cruelly destroyed because it had a body and soul that did not fit its category. They both knew that, if it had been at the same level, the Soul Bottle series would have torn apart Night of the Dead with fewer numbers. ¡°I¡¯m thankful this is my territory. ¡°Thanks to you, I was able to use a little of my original power.¡± ¡°¡­?¡± original power. At Jinhyuk¡¯s words, which seemed to say that what he had shown so far wasn¡¯t real, Tune looked at Jinhyuk behind the goblin mask with a nk face. Jinhyuk calmly shook his head as he saw Tune waiting for an answer. ¡°See it with your own eyes. ¡°The whole spirit goes out.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Coo coo coo cooJinhyeok¡¯s realm shook violently as he was told to see it with his own eyes. The source of the vibration was, of course, Jinhyeok, the master of the area. The spiritual powers that filled the trembling area coalesced and one by one turned into soul bottles. Although it was the most basic soul bottle, its power was stronger than that of the holy soul bottle and demon soul bottle outside the realm. Above all, the sight of the soul soldiers multiplying into dozens or hundreds in just a split second was astounding. Jinhyuk opened his mouth as he looked at the number of soul bottles that had grown to fill the entire area. ¡°This is my soul disease that reached the 600th floor. Well, it¡¯s weaker than be fore¡­Still, it¡¯s enough to give you rest.¡± ¡°600th floor¡­? no way¡­No way¡­Just in case¡­¡± 600th floor. As Jinhyuk spoke of the name of the ce where ¡®he¡¯ met his death, which w as a far away ce for him, Tune¡¯s eyes became as big as a flowermp. No way, I did it. I did it just in case. The demonic face was too strong to be considered a climber of the 60th floor. Even when I only saw his movements through reports, I couldn¡¯t help but be surprised. But that surprise was doubled the moment I saw it in person. A spiritual force that weighs down the entire body. Because it was enough to make him think of his idol, ¡®him¡¯, and the transcendent figure of the past who was called the ¡®Death Star¡¯. However, since I knew that the ¡®Death Star¡¯ was already dead, I tried to ignore the ¡®possibility¡¯. ¡®¡­It¡¯s him.¡¯ The moment when Jinhyuk adds a word to the possibility that has been denied from the first moment of confronting Jinhyuk. Tune felt confident in the possibilities. The climber in front of you is clearly ¡®him¡¯, ¡®Death Star¡¯ Cha Jin-hyuk. Tune¡¯s whole body began to tremble as he realized that far. fatigue? fear? It wasn¡¯t because of such trivial things. Coo coo coo cooA realm that vibrates as much as Tune¡¯s trembling body. With the vibration created by the echoes of the soul bottles that filled the room, Tune saw the soul bottles slowly approaching him. ¡°It was nice to meet you and it was fun. and¡­See you again soon.¡± ¡°¡­He seems like a quick-witted guy.¡± happiness. When happiness, an emotion that made one¡¯s body tremble like an aspen tree, reached its peak. Tune said with a bright smile. It was nice to meet you, it was fun, let¡¯s meet again. This contained everything about Tune¡¯s emotions and what Jinhyuk would do in the future. It was nice to meet my idol. It was fun to be able topete with my idol. and- ¡°Okay, next time we¡¯ll meet as soul bottlers and soul masters¡­It might be better for you too.¡± ¡°I will be waiting with joy. Let¡¯s meet again in the rtionship between soul disease and soul owner. As long as Jinhyuk was alive, he would have to be tied to Jinhyuk as a soul bottle forever unless he freed him, but Tune just smiled and shook his head. Feeling his heavy heart bing lighter, Tune opened his arms and epted the crowd of warriors rushing towards him. Too-doo-doo-doo- Kwasik! In front of the rough rush of soul soldiers crossing the realm, the climber¡¯s solid body was crushed as lightly as tofu, but Tune was smiling even at the moment of death. Death is fleeting, but happiness willst forever. Of course, the problem was that the happiness was given as a soul disease, but for Tune, there was nothing happier than that. ¡°You are better than any necromancer I have ever met.¡± ¡°that¡­really¡­Happy¡­I see¡­.¡± Tune grinned and closed his eyes as his vision grew increasingly darker and Jinhyuk¡¯s words of recognition sounded in his increasingly dark ears. Kwaaaaaaaaaaaa! And with Tune¡¯s death, the realm and all-powerful realm exploded. Along with the disappeared realm, the enormous spiritual power and the soul soldiers created by it disappeared in an instant, but Tune¡¯s body remained intact. ¡°¡­You really won. But why is this guy smiling?¡± Balkan muttered as he looked at Jinhyuk and Tune who appeared after the are a disappeared. Jinhyeok¡¯s victory in the battle with Tune was a victory, but Tune¡¯s corpse, which seemed happy even at the moment of death, touched an area that he could not understand. ¡°¡­Because he was crazy. ¡°But he was a pretty likable crazy guy.¡± But Jinhyuk smiled easily and shrugged his shoulders. My favorite crazy guy. A capable madman. That was Jinhyuk¡¯s evaluation of the tune. ¡°It was someone like you.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, he¡¯s going to be your junior from now on, so take care of it.¡± Of course, I couldn¡¯t help but click my tongue at Balkan¡¯s words. ¡°Junior? Well, it makes no sense for you to throw away the body of a guy like that. But I wonder if he will ever be a soul patient. Above all, besides that guy, there are two other guys that need to be turned into soul bottles, so I wonder if you can survive it¡­.¡± The corpse and soul of a powerful climber are destined to be good undead or good soul bottles. However, it took a lot of strength to subdue it. In particr, in this case, there were two other strong climbers other than Tune that needed to be turned into soul bottles. ¡°Basil and Ashur Hum. Yeah, there were those too. Don¡¯t worry. ¡°Tune will be able to turn you into a soul bottle without any effort.¡± ¡°Hmm? If that¡¯s you, then that¡¯s probably it. ¡°Can I ask why?¡± Balkan, who immediately agreed that Jinhyuk would persuade him in his own way as always, asked why. An agreement is an agreement, and it is natural to be curious because you are curious. Seeing Balkan looking at him with unusually bright eyes, Jinhyuk chuckled and tapped Balkan on the shoulder. ¡°I¡¯ll know it when I see it. Let¡¯s get it quickly and go back. ¡°It feels like I¡¯m going to copse at any moment.¡± ¡°¡­Damn you. I heard you have a knack for making people curious. ¡°If this were a novel or a drama, you would have been shot.¡± ¡°You won¡¯t die even if you get shot.¡± ¡°¡­Damn you.¡± When Balkan, who realized once again that he could not defeat Jinhyuk with words, swore, Jinhyuk took off his tightly bound goblin mask. ¡°Ha, it¡¯s finally over.¡± The clear sky weed Jinhyuk. Guild war. The sky was blue and clean, as if congratting the victors who had achieved victory in that difficult and difficult war. In this way, the guild war between the guild union and Yeokcheon broke everyone¡¯s expectations and ended with Yeokcheon¡¯s victory. ?Please visit for more chapters! ? Chapter 129 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 129 Yeokcheon and Guild Alliance. Guild union and Yeokcheon. A day has passed since the guild war between the two forces ended. However, even though a day had passed, the city on the 60th floor was full of people. -Okay, my legs¡­. -priest! Here¡¯s a treat! -I¡¯m going, I¡¯m going! Oh, if this continues, I will go to God first! Of course, it wasn¡¯t full of tourists. Most of the people who filled the 60th floor city were the injured people from the guild battle and the priests who were rushing to treat them. There were people who caught their eyes like that. ¡°I think it must have cost a lot of money.¡± ¡°I heard. However, since they were priests belonging to a temple that Goldrich had a direct partnership with, most of them were used as donations. I heard that thanks to this, our rtionship with the temple became stronger and we were able to increase our intimacy with the gods of that temple.¡± ¡°¡­Does he even do business with temples and gods?¡± ¡°Halcyon, take note. To a merchant, whether it¡¯s a climber, a god, or a pope, they¡¯re just customers. He just knows it better than anyone else and uses it better.¡± ¡°¡­I willmand you.¡± ?Please visit for more chapters! ? Halcyon and Puppet. The people who were given the management of the priests dispatched to the city on the 60th floor from Goldrich were the main characters of attention. When Halcyon is surprised and Puppet scolds Goldrich for getting drunk enough to take advantage of the priests dispatched by Goldrich to control the damage, even though he gave money as a donation. Halcyon suddenly asked Puppet. ¡°But why did Goldrich go to see Ghostface as soon as he arrived on the 60th floor?¡± ¡°It might also have something to do with the fact that you don¡¯t show up all day. Rather than that, Halcion, from now on we have to create a guild for the traitors of the guild union, so let¡¯s go right away.¡± ¡°¡­Yeah? ¡°What are those priests doing?¡± ¡°We can do that together.¡± ¡°¡­We have one body, Puppet.¡± ¡°If it can¡¯t be done, make it happen. ¡°There are good things to say about your world.¡± ¡°under¡­Hahaha, that¡¯s right¡­good¡­word¡­This is it¡­.¡± While killing the crazy man who made up those words in his head dozens of times, Halcion was dragged by the back of his neck by the puppet. ¡°I can go on my own feet!¡± ¡°No, I¡¯ll use my puppet technique to move you around at this level. ¡°Halcyon, your stamina is precious.¡± ¡°Everyone else is watching!¡± Halcion begged the puppet that was holding her by the back and using puppetry to drag her as lightly as a piece of paper, but nothing changed. ¡°Let¡¯s save even the strength we have from walking and use it for work.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, do whatever you want.¡± In the end, with Halcyon¡¯s drooping voice in desperation, they moved to create a guild for traitors from the guild union. Thepensation that Gold Rich decided to give to the lower guild members of the Guild Alliance was to have them join a guild under the Gold Rich Group where they could receive regr support. Of course, the guild had just been created, but Goldrich, as well as Puppet, who inherited the authority to open the guild from him, had no intention of providing them with the support they needed. ¡®Although they are traitors, they are those who joined the guild under the Holy Kingdom. With proper investment and proper surveince, it can be used as a meat shield in guild battles like this one.¡¯ Low-level guild member. However, if you are a low-level guild member belonging to an outstanding guild called Seongguk, things are different. This proves that they are suitable talents who have passed through a fairly tight filter. In other words, Gold Rich and Puppet stole the talents that the guilds under Seongguk had selected without even touching them. Of course, there were drawbacks. ¡®Well, I can¡¯t give important positions to traitors, but they can be used as meat shields, so I think it¡¯s worth investing in.¡¯ The point was that they were traitors. Traitors who received terms that were beneficial to them and chose them. It was also said that if they were offered good conditions by the hostile forces at any time, they would attack this side again. Still, with proper investment and appropriate surveince, their usefulness was endless, and there was no need to tarnish the name ¡®Gold Rich¡¯ by saying it twice, so the puppets moved on briskly. ¡®I wonder what on earth you two are doing.¡¯ When Halcyon spoke, it was harsh, but in reality, he was holding in his heart a problem that he himself was curious about. * * * The basement of a 60-story city. Quad deukThe sound of grinding something echoed harshly from there. -Keeee! -Kaaaaaa! While listening to the painful screams of the souls being torn apart, Jinhyeok, who was working hard to form a soul troupe, said as he wiped the sweat from his forehead. ¡°¡­Do you think almost all the souls have gone?¡± ¡°Yes, you¡¯ve changed a lot. I think I can grow tremendously just by eating that. ¡°I can definitely grow at least two soul bottles, as well as you and me.¡± In war, there are bound to be enormous casualties. Naturally, Jinhyuk was rxed and kind enough to let those souls go. Jinhyeok, who had no qualms about pulling all the souls of the dead and grinding most of them, literally seeded in acquiring a huge amount of souls. As Balkan said with joy, there are enough soul corps to grow not only Jinhyuk and Balkan, who worked hard to create soul corps, but also a few other soul soldiers. ¡°Then, since the soul troupe manufacturing is finished, shall we move on to the main topic?¡± ¡°Hmm, now is definitely the right time. Your mental strength has probably recovered somewhat, so it¡¯s perfect for making a new soul bottle. Additionally, the connection between the soul and the corpses, including Tune, is bing weaker. ¡°If you wait too long, your soul might disappear.¡± ¡°Yes, now is the time. Let¡¯s get started right away. ¡°Get the tune first.¡± ¡°I get it.¡± A new soul disease. It was not possible to work in an iplete state to create people who would reliably support Balkan, who were at the level ofmanders and could be said to be the generalmander, rather than people who would serve as soldiers. Therefore, Jinhyeok attempted to recover his mental and physical strength by creating a soul troupe as a resting process(?). Thick- ¡°¡­Tsk, it¡¯s not perfect either.¡± Of course, perfect recovery was impossible. Climber to the 300th floor. There were many moments where it could be said that it was too much during the battle with the climber who was controlling the territory. In particr, Jinhyeok¡¯s recovery was even slower as he had pushed his body to the limit by using the Manlyeongsuljin with the second member at the end. If the battle with Tune hadsted a little longer, and had kept the realm and the second member a little longer, Tune could have seen Jinhyeok¡¯s body copse without even lifting a finger. ¡°¡­Still, I can¡¯t drag it out much longer. What the Balkan guy said was not wrong. ¡°I can¡¯t leave this guy waiting for me for too long.¡± He did not want to make Tune wait that long, as he had said that he would wait for him with a smile on his face even until the moment of his final death. When Jinhyeok tries his best to maintain his perfect mind as much as possible with his imperfect body. thud- ¡°I brought it, let¡¯s get started.¡± ¡°¡­Phew, yes. ¡°I have to start.¡± Tune¡¯s cold, expressionless body is ced on a table made of stone with a thud. Along with Vulcan¡¯s voice announcing the start, Jinhyeok¡¯s tired voice echoes in the underground cavity. Jinhyuk muttered quietly while listening to his own humming voice. ¡°Awake.¡± The sound grew louder as another voice was added to the rumble. And another voice was added to the sound. A new voice that is neither Jinhyuk nor Balkan¡¯s. ¡°In the end, it turned out as I said. ¡°My idol, my god.¡± A male voice filled withughter. ¡°Yes, it went as you expected. Are you satisfied now, Tune?¡± ¡°I¡¯m satisfied. ¡°I think this is the first time I¡¯ve been this happy since I first created the undead.¡± The main character of that voice was none other than Tune. See you again soon. Tune seemed truly satisfied with the reality as he said. Of course, it never happened the way he wanted, but Jinhyuk was displeased because it felt like it somehow moved the way he wanted. ¡°Well, I don¡¯t think we¡¯ll have a fight untilter. And Cha Jin-hyuk, if you revealed your identity, I would at least tell you something.¡± ¡°I knew it anyway, so it doesn¡¯t matter, right?¡± Through the words of Tune, who seemed to know Jinhyuk from the past, Balkan learned the reason why Jinhyuk said there would be no fight, and became irritated, but Jinhyuk was not one to give in to that. Balkan got angry at the sight of Jinhyeok shrugging his shoulders as if it was no big deal. ¡°It matters!¡± ¡°Hmm, it¡¯s fun to watch you two fight, but won¡¯t you introduce yourself? ¡°Jinhyuk is someone I know, but I don¡¯t know much about you or the old man.¡± Tune, who was watching Balkan and Jinhyuk getting angry, asked in a calm tone. I am confident that I know Jinhyeok better than anyone else, but on the other hand, I know nothing about the Balkans that he so desperately wanted. Pure question. But the price of asking that question was high. ¡°¡­Big!¡± ¡°¡­Don¡¯tugh! I am Balkan. ¡°I am the one who created the Spirit Master profession that that damn bastard has. Who is this little brat who is lower than his damn junior making fun of?¡± ¡°Oops, sorry! I don¡¯t know adults¡­Little Malhak meets his founder.¡± Jinhyuk couldn¡¯t hold back hisughter when asked by Tune, who thought Balkan was just a soul disease. Vulcan, who was already extremely angry because of Jinhyuk, scolded Tune for being his favorite, and Tune, who was only at the end of the spirit master¡¯s lineage, quickly bowed. Since Tune can be seen as Jinhyuk¡¯s teacher, whom he worships like a god, it was natural for him to react that way. ¡°¡­Hmph, it¡¯s done.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t raise the corners of your mouth. ¡°Because it¡¯s ugly.¡± ¡°¡­Shut up.¡± Of course, Jinhyuk wasn¡¯t the one to just watch that. Jinhyuk approached Tune, leaving behind Vulcan, who immediately lowered the corners of his mouth as he heard an adult-like politeness that he hadn¡¯t heard in a long time. ¡°Tune, as a soul soldier, will you swear to give everything to me?¡± Time to choose the long-awaited soul bottle. Here, if the target spirit bottle refused, the method of suppressing it with force had to be chosen. Naturally, the stronger the target, the more mental power was consumed, and Jinhyeok was slightly nervous as there was a high possibility that both of the people who followed him would have to be suppressed by force. If Tune refuses, there is a high possibility that Jinhyeok will have to give up one of Basil and Ashur Hum. but thudWith the sound of Tune¡¯s kneeling that conveys heaviness even in the spirit state. ¡°Death King Tune. I agree to serve Cha Jin-hyuk, the master of all death and souls. ¡°How could I refuse such a joyful thing?¡± ¡°¡­Yes, wee. Tune.¡± The addition of Tune, which was probably natural, followed. With the arrival of King Tune, who wouldter be called themander of the Army of Death, Jinhyeok shook off any thoughts he might have had and let out a sigh of relief. ?Please visit for more chapters! ? Chapter 130 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 130 ¡°There is no time to rest.¡± ¡°I know. ¡°Bring the next ones.¡± ¡°Sure.¡± I had no intention of denying Balkan¡¯s suffering that followed Tune¡¯s joining of Soul Soldiers. Tune asked, looking at Vulcan¡¯s back as he nodded and went to get the rest of the bodies. ¡°If you say the next ones¡­.¡± ¡°Yes, the snake charmer who was with you. And this is Ashur Hum, the pdin who was the leader of the guild union.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s bittersweet, but there¡¯s no doubt that Basil and his pdin will make excellent soul soldiers. Okay, so what do I need to do?¡± ¡°As expected, he¡¯s quick-witted.¡± I nodded in response to Tune, who seemed to know the reason why he was the first to be revived, excluding the others. Tune, Basil, Ashur Hum. I was thinking of turning all three of these people into soulmates, and the reason I brought Tune back to life first was, of course, because he didn¡¯t im to be my sessor. ¡°Basil. I¡¯m nning to make him my second soul bottle. If you were closely rted to him, you would have some idea of what it takes to turn him into a soul patient. ¡°I want to hear that.¡± ¡°Hmm, for that reason, I can definitely say I¡¯m the right fit.¡± Tune reveals himself by stroking his chin. I immediately asked him why. ¡°The reason is?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not because he and I are only friends, but because I know what he values most and what he wants.¡± ¡°Even though it is a soul disease and may be bound to someone forever?¡± This was a pretty important part to me. Like everyone else in the world, my life is precious. However, I checked again because there are cases where people with strong pride are more intent on protecting that pride than their own lives. Basil was a climber who was reluctant to be tied down to someone rather than his own life or something as important as his life. If we just listened to Tune¡¯s words and proceeded, and Basil objected, there was a high possibility that the consumption of physical and mental power would be maximized from then on. ¡®If you use the tune that was performed without any bacsh as a starting point, you can easily drag the other two into soul disease, assuming there is no bacsh from the other two.¡¯ In particr, the presence or absence of bacsh was particrly important to me, who had established a rough reference point through the tune. If Basil rebelled, there was a high possibility that difficulties would arise in subduing Ashur Hum, who would be behind him. However, in response to Tune¡¯s follow-up, I nodded and started preparing. ¡°snake. ¡°If you can get a snake that cannot be found anywhere else in the world, Basil will submit to you.¡± ¡°snake? I don¡¯t have a snake. Should I at least give him Hendrick?¡± snake. The very reason Basil was so obsessed with Hendrik was the advice Tune gave me. As I was pondering his advice, I asked if I should throw away Hendrick, who was getting ready to get up from his hospital bed by now, but Tune shook his head. ¡°No, you definitely have.¡± ¡°I? Hmm, I never had a hobby of raising snakes.¡± ¡°It¡¯s probably a rarer snake than the dragon named Hendrik. If not for you, it is a snake that cannot be created by anyone else, and a snake that exists nowhere else in the world. ¡°I think a snake with just its soul is the best bait to attract Basil.¡± ¡°¡­Oh, if that¡¯s the case, then it¡¯s my specialty.¡± A snake with only its soul left. There is no record of making a soul bottle using a snake¡¯s soul, but if asked, there was nothing I couldn¡¯t do. The most difficult thing is to make humans mentally ill in the first ce. The more you descend into a being without reason and ego, the easier it is to turn yourself into a soul disease. Of course, the problem remained. ¡°I need the snake¡¯s corpse to turn into a soul.¡± When creating a soul bottle, it is no different from creating something from nothing, but subjugating something. Of course, you can¡¯t create a snake spirit bottle from scratch. But Tune, a talented climber, had an idea. ¡°There will definitely be arge number of snake carcasses in Basil¡¯s body.¡± ¡°¡­dead body?¡± ¡°Yes, if there isn¡¯t one, it would be okay to cut open the stomach. Basil kept the snakes without distinction between inside and outside. ¡°If it is on the condition that you revive the souls of those snakes to the level of semi-soul disease, Basil will definitely kneel before you.¡± It was perfect. If everything goes ording to Tune¡¯s words, I can¡¯t help but think that I will be able to treat Basil like Tune with a spirit disease without much effort. After thinking about it up to that point, the decision I would make was already decided. thud- ¡°I brought it.¡± The moment when Basil¡¯s body, brought by Vulcan, is ced on a table made of stone, just as it was when the tune was made, with a heavy sound. ¡°Let¡¯s start right away by finding the snake¡¯s body.¡± ¡°Yes, that¡¯s what I said, so I¡¯ll help too.¡± ¡°Snake carcass? Why is that suddenly?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t talk nonsense and just help, Balkan.¡± ¡°¡­Damn it, exin something and tell me to help you. ¡°You always seem like the same annoying guy.¡± I rolled up my sleeves and concentrated on finding enough snake carcasses to cover both the outside and inside of Basil¡¯s body. And as Tune said, arge number of corpses of dead snakes were found inside Basil¡¯s clothes and body. ¡®I¡¯m sure. With this amount, you can make quite a lot of snake spirit bottles. ¡®It¡¯s worth negotiating.¡¯ Now that the price for the deal was ready, there was only one thing left. ¡°Awake.¡± Basil. The point was that it was time to make him mentally ill. ¡°¡­This is the production process for making a soul bottle. A historical moment worth remembering¡­!¡± In the process, Tune¡¯s eyes sparkled as he saw the moment when the soul bottle was actually created for the first time, but what was important from now on was not Tune¡¯s reaction. ¡®There is one more person left besides you. Let¡¯s finish it quickly and move on.¡¯ Basil to Tune. Ashur Hum left it to Goldrich, who ising here now. If you don¡¯t make Tune and Basil mentally ill until the nagging Goldriches, you will once again hear a speech about time being money. ¡®¡­Just imagining it makes me vomit.¡¯ With a weary look on my face, remembering Goldrich¡¯s long speech that I had experienced once before, I watched Basil¡¯s soul body slowly reveal itself. * * * ¡®¡­I¡¯m in a daze.¡¯ The sensation of waking up from a deeply submergedke. Basil thought while muttering absentmindedly. ¡®¡­I¡¯m definitely dead.¡¯ Hendrick¡¯s ¡®Dividing the World¡¯. Basil did not forget that it shattered his territory and even tore him apart. A feeling I will never forget even after I die. In fact, Basil could not forget that fact even after his death. TouchI nced at Basil, who was fiddling with the area where Hendrick¡¯s sword strike had struck. This was because the feeling in my body was slowlying back. ¡®I should know what¡¯s going on.¡¯ My head was heavy and my judgment wasn¡¯t right, but in the end, I knew what I had to do. As always, we gather information and decide what to do next. ¡®Even if this ce is like ¡®hell¡¯ or ¡®underworld¡¯ where you go when you die, it¡¯s no different.¡¯ Even if the reality he woke up to was ¡®hell¡¯ or ¡®the underworld¡¯, which he had only heard about through rumors, he had no regrets. However, the reality he opened his eyes to was neither a ¡®hell¡¯ hot with hellfire nor an ¡®underworld¡¯ where judgment was based on karma in reality. ¡°Basil.¡± ¡°¡­Tune?¡± The only climber who can be said to be his only friend, excluding snakes. Because Tune, the climber known as the Four Spirits King, was there. ¡°Did it happen to you too? Whoa, I can¡¯t believe I was attacked by people who couldn¡¯t even get past the 100th floor at most. Haha, those guys were monsters too. It¡¯s a shame~ I was hoping you would kill Hendrick and be with me.¡± He was truly regretful about that fact. he himself is dead The fact that Tune was in the same space as him was no different from saying that he, too, was dead. Of course, that was just an incident that happened because he didn¡¯t know about the existence of Spirit Master. ¡°Let¡¯s end the small talk and get to the point.¡± ¡°¡­you? How are you here? Is it Donggwijin?¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s voice interrupts the conversation between himself and Tune. Basil mumbled like an idiot with a nk expression on his face. However, at the exnation of the tune that followed, he threw his head back and burst intoughter. ¡°soul? And soul disease? Hahaha, fun. ¡°So you¡¯re going to make me your ve?¡± ¡°It would be better to think of him as a subordinate. ¡°To you and to me.¡± ¡°That¡¯s it, whatever. So what¡¯s the price? Hendrick, are you trying to put that guy in my arms? ¡°Hmm, if that¡¯s the case, I might at least give you some thought.¡± Basil, who jokes and throws sarcastic remarks, clearly has his own solid pride. He had already died once, and if he refused, it would not be surprising if he went to hell or the underworld, but he did not faint. On the contrary, Basil, who was certain to be the sessor, made the opposite deal. ¡®This is why it is difficult to treat a human soul with a soul disease. Especially powerful ones.¡¯ It was not for nothing that Jinhyeok, a necromancer who was often evaluated as the best in history and a spirit master who surpassed the founding fathers, gently coaxed andforted strong spirits. Except for special cases such as Balkan, the number of soul diseases that Jinhyuk faced was small. Unlike the soul of a monster, the soul of a human has a level of emotion that would be insufficient to say that it is sensitive. ¡°It¡¯s a price¡­Okay, I¡¯ll pay you what you want. Of course, I will decide the price.¡± ¡°under? There¡¯s no way you could pay me a decent price with your humble insight¡­!¡± Basil snorted when he heard that he would pay a price of his own choosing rather than a price of his own choosing. ¡®No amount of gold or silver treasure or a beautiful woman of all kinds will be able to charm me. Even if Hendrick were to give it to me, I wouldn¡¯t be your subordinate.¡¯ A climber who has surpassed the 300th floor. A being whose nickname is the grandiose name King. Of course, I have had the rarest things in the world at least once. He says there is no reason to break his own pride and fall under Jinhyuk. of course- ¡°It is the soul pulled out from the snakes you had.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Absolute things do not exist in this world. Jinhyeok¡¯s mouth dropped and Basil¡¯s face hardened at the sound of the voice. ¡°In addition, there are many snakes that have not been made into soul bottles yet.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Basil¡¯s eyes widen as he looks at the translucent snake soul with heavenly beauty before his eyes. That¡¯s not everything? I was so tempted to pay hundreds of millions of dors just to see what was in front of me and add it to my collection. But Jinhyuk¡¯s words did not end there. ¡°If youe under me, I will guarantee you the same position as a corpsmander like Tune. In addition, I will also give you the authority to treat all snakes as soul diseases.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± wedge. You can take not only what you give here and now, but all the souls of the snakes you will meet or have in the future. Exhrating. It wrapped around Basil¡¯s whole body. ¡®What do the souls of the snakes I¡¯ve seen so far look like? I¡¯m sure it won¡¯t be worse than when I was alive.¡¯ Basil has literally met every snake below the 300th floor. After that, he did not spare any money or time to keep tabs on the snakes at the top. But what if you search for the souls of all the snakes below the 300th floor, and then manipte the snakes of the upper floors with their souls? ¡®It¡¯s truly infinite! ¡®I can see an infinite number of snakes!¡¯ Even just below the 300th floor, there are tens of thousands of species of snakes. But the 600th and 900th floors. Furthermore, if you consider snakes in other dimensions, you will be able to gain insight into literally an infinite number of snakes. Additionally, he maniptes the souls of those snakes. thud- ¡°Death King, Basil. As long as that condition is maintained, I will obey you for ever.¡± It was too much money, no, the snake¡¯s soul, for Basil not to get down on his knees. ?Please visit for more chapters! ? Chapter 131 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 131 It¡¯s really easy.¡± ¡°Didn¡¯t I tell you? ¡°Basil is strong, his pride is strong, but his love for snakes is even greater.¡± ¡°Yeah, it definitely looks like that.¡± Afterpleting the contract as a soul bottle, Tune and I had a conversation while watching Basil flirting in a corner with the soul bottles made from the snake soul I gave him. ¡°So now all that¡¯s left is Ashur Hum?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, if we just make him a soul disease, it¡¯s really over.¡± ¡°Can¡¯t we start right away?¡± ¡°¡­Well, that still works.¡± Currently, the number of people I have signed a soul bottle contract with is Tune and Basil. ¡®At this level, we can definitely suppress Ashur Hum even if he resists.¡¯ As I had maintained my physical and mental strength in the contracts with the previous two, I was confident that I would seed in the contract with Ashur Hum even if he resisted. So, as Basil said, there was no problem in starting right away. ¡°Well, then let¡¯s get started right away. ¡°The method for Ashur Hum will soon arrive.¡± ¡°There¡¯s something else. Yeah, there¡¯s no way you¡¯re not prepared for something. Then bring it.¡± ¡°okay.¡± Of course, it wasn¡¯t that I didn¡¯t prepare any methods to deal with him. I told ¡®him¡¯, who ising here now, to bring me a way to subdue Ashur Hum without harm and sign a contract. ¡®If you¡¯re going to sign a contract, it¡¯s better for both parties to reach an amicable agreement before signing the contract.¡¯ I may have to spend the rest of my life with Ashur Hum. In that situation, even though I got off to a bad start with him, it doesn¡¯t have to be that way until the end. ¡°That¡¯s surprising.¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± ¡°Jinhyeok, you could easily subdue Ashur Hum and turn him into a soul disease, so why bother trying to persuade him?¡± Tune stroked his chin and expressed doubts about my choice. Since there are contracts left over from the contract between myself and Basil, it would be better to resolve it through conversation, but in the end, it would be easier and better to suppress it with force. This was possible because Tune still knew nothing about Spirit Master. ¡°You said you wanted to be a spirit master. ¡°That won¡¯t change even now.¡± ¡°¡­You could say it was a dream that could not be achieved even after death. ¡°I will work hard to be a spirit master by your side.¡± ¡°Yes, good posture. There is no need for there to be only one Spirit Master. In the first ce, Vulcan is also a Spirit Master. But know one thing.¡± ¡°¡­What is it?¡± Tune, whose eyes were shining with the attitude of a student eager to learn, was told what a spirit master should not forget. ¡°Carrot and stick. These two must organically interlock and repeat.¡± ¡°Why? I learned that when dealing with the undead, the best and most efficient way is to show overwhelming strength and suppress them¡­.¡± Tune tilts his head and expresses doubt. Yes, there is certainly nothing better than strength to control the undead. What he said was definitely right. For them, who have no sense of reason or ego, conversation is just a pain in the mouth. It was a simr story that applied to the top undead, Duhan, Lich, and Death Knight. After all, they were also undead. But soul disease was different. ¡°Now, let me give you an example. Tune, you said you admire me.¡± ¡°Yes that¡¯s right.¡± ¡°But let¡¯s say I don¡¯t want your adoration. ¡°Then how shall I treat you?¡± ¡°¡­Wouldn¡¯t you treat me coldly and treat me harshly?¡± ¡°Yes, that¡¯s correct. By nature, when someone you don¡¯t want is being flirty with you, you try to get rid of them that way. Most people notice that quickly. So how will the person he or she likes behave when he or she finds out that the person he or she likes hates him or her? ¡°¡­You will gradually lose your love for it.¡± I nodded, looking at Tune, who gave an answer with a stiff face. ¡°That¡¯s right, just apply that directly to the soul bottle. Undead without reason and ego tend to naturally sumb to overwhelming power. However, in the case of human soul disease, which is not much different from that of humans, it can be considered the same as that of humans.¡± ¡°¡­There is no reason to properly fight in battle for someone you hate.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. For monsters, they are not much different from the undead, so using force to suppress them is actually more efficient. Because they are used to fear and are sensitive. But on the other hand, humans are not like that. That¡¯s why there is such a thing as a soul troupe.¡± ¡°¡­You mean that thing piled up in one corner over there?¡± As he spoke, Tune pointed to a pile of souls piled up in one corner. It¡¯s a question that has no reason to deny it. Soul group. Among the carrots and sticks mentioned above, the object and ability that serves as the stick. ¡°It¡¯s a pill made by grinding the soul. If Nana or Soul Bottle consumes it, their stats will increase. Of course, just because you make a random soul into a souldan and eat it doesn¡¯t mean your stats will go up.¡± ¡°Has confirmed. ¡°They say that all you have to do is wave a carrot while showing that if you make a mistake, you can be reced by a soul corps.¡± ¡°Well, if you do that often, it can be a problem. ¡°With this, you can understand why I am trying to sign a contract with Ashur Hum in the most gentle way possible, right?¡± ¡°¡­understand. Because my knowledge is limited, I only hurt your mouth for no reason. ¡°I apologize.¡± It was around this time that Tune, who had learned one important thing he had to learn as a Spirit Master, bowed his head in gratitude for the teachings. ¡°The older ones are working while the younger ones are just chatting.¡± ¡°Old man.¡± ¡°¡­Damn you. It¡¯s old, it¡¯s really heavy. ¡°Is it because of the armor?¡± thud-! With a heavy sound different from before, the body of Ashur Hum, thrown by Balkan, was thrown onto a table made of stone. Since they were wearing heavy white armor, I knew that their heaviness must have beenpletely different from that of Tune and Basil, who had been dressed lightly, so I could only shake my head. ¡°Let¡¯s get started. He will arrive soon, so if we start now, we can be on time.¡± ¡°I will help.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not refusing. ¡°He¡¯s the one over there flirting with the snakes. It¡¯s not going to be much help in the current situation anyway.¡± Unlike Basil, who was a snake wizard, Tune is a necromancer who has been studying necromancy since his lifetime. Additionally, I was a climber who was digging into the power of the Spirit Master to continue my progress. Of course, even if it wasn¡¯t a huge help in the current situation, it would be able to provide some help and assistance. ¡°Okay then¡­Awake.¡± The words have already flowed out of my mouth for an unknown number of times this day. * * * WiggleThe tightly closed eyelids twitch. A being that stands up from that gap as if stretching. ¡°¡­Where are we? I must have died in the aftermath of the ¡®Descent¡¯ and the intervention of a divine being, right?¡± A voice full of confusion. ¡°Ashur Hum.¡± ¡°¡­You, yes. You and your colleagues ended up ruining everything. Next to¡­under! The person who was called the King of Death is just fawning next to a climber on the 60th floor. ¡°A passing dog willugh.¡± Ashur Hum turned his head at the voice calling him and looked at the owner of the voice. And when he saw that Tune was standing next to the owner of the voice, he couldn¡¯t help butugh. Ghost Face and Tune. The names of those standing in front of you. In particr, even though he took off the goblin mask, Ashur Hum immediately realized that the man in front of him was a ghost mask. WowEven though he was in a spiritual state, Ashur Hum had lost hisposure to the extent that his teeth-gnashing anger was clearly conveyed. ¡®Everything for me, everything for them was destroyed by that guy. How dare a guy like that show his face in front of me?¡¯ Lord of Divine. He lost his guild and all his subordinates, which he had built up over several years. Fallon siblings. He gave strength to himself, who was wandering after losing hisrades, and caused trouble to those who gave him the strength to take revenge. Advent, Sandalphon. He could not help the God he believed in and followed, and was abandoned. As all of this got mixed up, Ashur Hum gave in to his anger and left his seat. Paaaaat-! ¡°¡­Divine power! ¡°It¡¯s dangerous!¡± ¡°Get out of the way, how dare you, a ghost dog, stop me!¡± Even in his spirit state, his divine power did not disappear. Even though he was without a body, the vessel of his soul, Ashur Hum¡¯s momentum did not go anywhere. Divine power, like the sun, bursting forth from the soul of Ashur Hum, filling the underground cavity. ¡°¡­Hehe, avoid it!¡± Tune had a hard time jumping up and blocking Ashur Hum¡¯s attack. It was the same when he was a necromancer, but now that he has be a soul disease, he is even more vulnerable to divine power. But Jinhyuk couldn¡¯t help but be surprised. ¡°¡­Sexually transmitted disease? ¡°I didn¡¯t do anything, but it¡¯s called sexually transmitted disease?¡± This is because Ashur Hum¡¯s condition was very simr to that of sexually transmitted disease, even though he had not done any work. Of course, it was not enoughpared to the real sexually transmitted disease. PusssssThe brilliance that erupted every time divine power was used engulfed even Ashur Hum. Jinhyeok immediately stepped forward because it seemed like Ashur Hum would purify his soul and be Buddha with his own hands if he continued like this. ¡°Move over, I¡¯m in charge.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s dangerous.¡± ¡°What is the risk? In the first ce, when you and that guy became spirits, you became a lot weaker. Do you think I¡¯ll lose against people who don¡¯t even know how to use their power properly?¡± ¡°¡­Please be careful.¡± This is a tune that has already lost to Jinhyuk once. But is it possible to defeat Jinhyeok in a state of soul disease where he is weaker than his original body? When he thought about thepatibility between himself and Ashur Hum, Tune realized that if Ashur Hum had been in his original state, he would have been swept away without even having a chance to do anything. However, rather than being swept away at once, he was pushed back against Ashur Hum, but managed to block it. in other words. ¡®And the same goes for Ashur Hum. Huh, I guess I was worried for no reason.¡¯ Ashur Hum was also in a soul state, so he was not in a very normal state like Tune and himself. Tune, who realized that much, stepped back in a polite manner. ¡°It wouldn¡¯t be a bad idea to give the stick before the carrot. ¡°I¡¯ll just caress it a little until the carrotes.¡± Jinhyeok rolled up his arms and rushed towards Ashur Hum, who was burning his entire body. * * * ¡°¡­why! Why can¡¯t I reach it! ¡°Why on earth when the enemy is right in front of you!¡± A pitiful sound. Ashur Hum¡¯s voice echoed hollowly in the underground cavity. There was only one reason why he, who was strong enough to be called the epitome of steadfastness, cried out in pity. ¡°That¡¯s because your condition right now is not normal. Why don¡¯t you take it in moderation and rest? ¡°I¡¯d like to have a conversation.¡± ¡°Do you think you and I would talk! ¡°We will never be able to talk until one of us dies!¡± ¡°¡­You were dead in the first ce. ¡°Then we can talk, right?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t y with words, ghost face!¡± This is because he despaired of the reality that no matter how much divine power he unleashed, it could not reach Jinhyeok. Even though he was full of murderous energy towards Jinhyeok and his divine power was like the sun, Ashur Hum¡¯s attack did not reach Jinhyeok in the end. Naturally, it was Ashur Hum who copsed first at the end of the meaningless war of attrition. thudAshur Hum¡¯s knees hit the floor with a heavy sound. Of course, it wasn¡¯t voluntary. Kuuuuk- ¡°¡­Get out of the way!¡± ¡°If you promise to stay still, I¡¯ll get out of the way.¡± ¡°¡­Shut up!¡± This is because of Jinhyuk, who sat on Ashur Hum¡¯s shoulders and used his strength to block Ashur Hum¡¯s movements. Ashur Hum struggled to shake off Jinhyeok sitting on his shoulder, but nothing changed. Jinhyuk, who was firmly perched on his shoulder, never fell. Jinhyeok spoke to Ashur Hum, who eventually relented after realizing that nothing had changed. ¡°Ashur Hum, do you want to be my subordinate?¡± ¡°¡­Your subordinate who took everything from me. ¡°If I die twice, I¡¯d rather just die. That won¡¯t happen.¡± Naturally, Ashur Hum snorted at the offer to be his subordinate. No matter who it was, there were very few cases where they worked under someone who took everything from them. Ashur Hum was no different. But Jinhyuk had different thoughts. ¡°okay? ¡°This guy says so, what do you think?¡± ¡°¡­Who are you talking to¡­.?¡± When even Ashur Hum looks at Jinhyuk with an expression of bewilderment at the sight of Jinhyuk asking a question into empty space. ¡°Hmm, if you look at the information I¡¯ve collected, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s such an unrealistic story. ¡°The person who took everything from you is not the frivolous guy sitting on your shoulder who has no sense of time or economics.¡± Someone walked out from the empty darkness and answered. He is none other than the one who harshly criticizes Jinhyeok. Crack-tapThis person focuses his attention by tapping on the folder in his hand. ¡°Goldrich, you¡¯rete.¡± The person who appeared in the underground cavity was none other than Goldrich. The fact that he appeared here now, having gathered all the information about Ashur Hum at Jinhyeok¡¯s request, meant only one thing. ¡°While researching about you, I found a lot of interesting things. You can look forward to it. ¡°I was confident that if this time passed, you would be with us.¡± Gold Rich¡¯s voice, grinning and showing off his golden smile, filled the empty underground cavity, and at the same time, the conversation between Jinhyeok, Ashur Hum, and Gold Rich began. This is a conversation thatpletely denies Ashur Hum¡¯s past few years. Chapter 132 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 132 ¡°gold¡­Richie? you? ¡°No, you?¡± Gold Rich. Even Ashur Hum could not help but be surprised by the appearance of the owner of a name that no climber would know even if he wanted to. respect. Just by treating Jinhyuk with respect, which he had never done before, Gold Rich¡¯s power and reputation could be clearly seen. ¡°Let go.¡± ¡°¡­This guy is like an angry animal. Are you okay?¡± Feeling Ashur Hum¡¯s gaze, Goldrich told him to release Ashur Hum. However, Jinhyeok did not immediately untie Ashur Hum. merchant. Goldrich¡¯s nonbat upation caused Jinhyeok¡¯s concerns. of course- ¡°Cha Jinhyuk.¡± ¡°why.¡± ¡°If I didn¡¯t have the slightest desire to know about you at that time and just went to the 10th floor with the intention of killing you¡­You definitely died then. ¡°Stop talking nonsense and let it out.¡± ¡°¡­Damn it, I got it.¡± First meeting on the 10th floor. Although it was a meeting between a debt collector and a loan shark after 10 years, Gold Rich was clearly superior in terms of military power. A climber who can only climb up to the 10th floor at most. In contrast, Gold Rich was a climber who had already surpassed the 600th floor. Of course, it was difficult to show his full strength as the penalties were piled high, and his professional limitations as a merchant were clear, but it was still not impossible to defeat Jinhyeok, who was only a 10th floor climber, by himself. Especially if the goal is to kill rather than suppress. In the end, Jinhyuk got up from Ashur Hum¡¯s shoulder, scratching his head in frustration. ¡°¡­It doesn¡¯t matter if you are Goldrich or whoever you are. ¡°It¡¯s better, I¡¯ll take you hostage and repay them a little favor!¡± ¡°I knew it would be like this.¡± ¡°I will take care of it.¡± Ashur Hum, who rose from his shoulder and was freed from the restraints of spiritual power that oppressed his entire body, immediately jumped out of his seat and rushed towards Goldrich. No matter how great Gold Rich is, he is still a merchant. In contrast, Ashur Hum was a climber who reached the 300th floor. Furthermore, now, with the mindset of a yer, he was spewing out divine power even while his soul was being purified and crumbling. A climber of nonbat andbat sses. The difference is so clear that if you stop a passing climber and ask them, they will say 100 in favor of thebat climber. but- ¡°Golden power.¡± PusssssIf the nonbat climber had the prerequisite of being a ¡®gold rich¡¯, the situation would change 180 degrees. In contrast to the fact that everyone gave up thebat-type hand, it would not be difficult for everyone to switch to the nonbat type. That was the power and ability of the climber known as ¡®Gold Rich¡¯ within the tower. With the appearance of Ashur Hum rushing towards him, Gold Rich used ¡®Golden Power¡¯. Tens of thousands or hundreds of thousands of gold shattered and scattered in an instant. Eventually, the gold dust that was shattered and turned into powder was sucked into Gold Rich. Quaduk- ¡°¡­how?¡± And when all the gold dust was absorbed, Ashur Hum, who had arrived in front of Gold Rich, was surprised to see that his fist was firmly held in Gold Rich¡¯s hand. Of course, for Goldrich, the current situation was natural. ¡°I may be a merchant, but you are ridiculous.¡± Whoop- Boom-! Goldrich grabs Ashur Hum¡¯s fist and picks him up and ms him into the ground. Even though it is a soul state, it is in a state of visualization that can cause physical damage, so although its weight is lighter than when it is alive, it is not as light as a feather. Still, there was no way it would have been easy to grab an adult man¡¯s fist, lightly lift him, and pin him to the floor. Goldrich, who easily subdued Ashur Hum, neatly adjusted his fluttering coat and muffler, then squatted slightly in front of Ashur Hum, who was on the ground, and said. ¡°Poor guy.¡± ¡°¡­Don¡¯t pity me.¡± ¡°I say this sincerely. ¡°I knew Nine Star and those kids were trash, but after researching, it was beyond my imagination.¡± ¡°¡­Don¡¯t even mock them! ¡°You can¡¯t even be called a climber who only cares about money!¡± For the first time, Goldrich expressed his feelings of regret at the sight of Ashur Hum reacting more passionately to cursing Nine Star, or more precisely, the Fallon siblings who belong to Nine Star, rather than cursing himself. ¡°Yes, I am a climber who only cares about money. For my goal, I don¡¯t mind hearing even more insults than that. Even if I say that it sucks the blood of climbers who climb the tower, it is true and I have no intention of contradicting it. However, it would be good to know this one thing. ¡°The people you sacrifice your life to follow and protect your honor with even in death arepletely different from the people you think of.¡± Seeing Gold Rich calmly epting his criticism, Jinhyuk sighed and took a step back. ¡°I can leave that guy to you, right?¡± ¡°¡­I felt a little pity.¡± ¡°do whatever you want. All I have to do is make him mentally ill.¡± Jinhyuk slowly stepped back as if passing a burden on to Goldrich, but Goldrich, who realized that it was a consideration for himself, smiled and took his gaze away from Jinhyuk. ¡°that is¡­What does that mean?¡± Goldrich, who took his gaze away, chose to borate on the information he had discovered rather than answering Ashur Hum, who was reacting strongly to his words. ¡°Ashur hum. A climber who was an ordinary warrior until a few years ago. ¡°As ordinary as he was, it was difficult for him to climb the tower alone, and you had friends.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Ashur Hum, who realized that there was something, just listened quietly even though his eyes were bloodshot as Goldrich brought up a painful and precious memory that he wanted to forget but could not forget. After realizing that he was ready to talk, Goldrich continued speaking slowly. ¡°Venice, B, Kalman, Tusk. ¡°It¡¯s a familiar name, right?¡± ¡°¡­okay. ¡°These are unforgettable names.¡± The old colleagues I remembered the moment I died. Their names were still deeply entrenched in Ashur Hum¡¯s mind even after several years had passed. [Calm Venice.] [Easy Be.] [Clumsy Kalman.] [Tough Tusk.] Colleagues that Ashur Hum remembers. Venice was calm. So much so that he was the brains of the party. Be was easy-going. He always brought energy to the party and never lost his smile no matter the difficult battle. Kalman was blunt but very affectionate. He has always taken the lead in disarming invisible traps, and wees melting into the darkness for hisrades. Tusk was always willing to get hurt for hisrades on the front line. Ashur Hum remembered the easy-going man who said that the wounds that increased with each battle were his glory. Ashur Hum. He was an ordinary warrior at such a party. A warrior who can be found anywhere with appropriate skills, appropriate personality, and appropriate abilities. ¡°It was a perfect party that was too much for you. ¡°If you guys had climbed the tower, you might have been able to aim for the 600th floor as well as the 300th floor.¡± ¡°¡­I wouldn¡¯t have been there. ¡°Because I fell far short of them.¡± 300th and 600th floors. Although it was not the 999th floor, which is the goal of climbers, the 300th and 600th floors were still great. Ashur Hum denied Goldrich¡¯s confident words that he could have reached the 300th and 600th floors if he had had enough time. The self back then was ordinary, and the self now is just something the Fallon siblings created. But Goldrich shook his head. ¡°No way. You be the backbone of the party and take them to the 300th floor. Furthermore, he was a climber who would lead him to the 600th floor.¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± Ashur Hum, who thought he was just a part of an excellent party. But Goldrich didn¡¯t think he was just a part. ¡°You may think that the Fallon siblings created you, but the tower is not such an easy ce. They created climbers with the talent to reach the 300th and 600th floors? ¡°If that were possible, the tower would have been swarming with climbers on the 300th and 600th floors created by the Four Emperors, and they would have ruled.¡± In the first ce, it was close to impossible for a single climber to create a climber as high as Ashur Hum, no matter how much he was a top-ranking Nine Star. ¡°¡­then?¡± ¡°What can I do? I¡¯m saying you were meant to be like that. I just needed an opportunity. An opportunity to realize your greatest power, ¡®divine power.¡¯ And the Fallon siblings hoped to force that opportunity into you and instill absolute loyalty to them.¡± ¡°¡­No way, no. No way. They told me¡­to me¡­.¡± Momentum and absolute loyalty. The moment Ashur Hum heard that, he tried to deny the thoughts that immediately came to his mind. However, the established reality did not change and stood firmly in front of Ashur Hum. Finally, Ashur Hum raised his head and looked at reality due to the undeniable severity of reality. ¡°Ashur hum. The reason you awakened your divine power was because your colleagues were climbers of the mid tote 100th floor. Among them, I got it when I was caught by some vicious guys who robbed a party and everyone died. Isn¡¯t something strange? ¡°They killed all yourrades and spared you, who was the weakest at the time.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s because myrades sacrificed themselves to save me¡­.¡± ¡°No, the people who ruthlessly cut down yourrades without harm, couldn¡¯t at least catch one more ordinary warrior? A passing dog wouldugh at this. Now, what did the saint and saint give you when the saint and the saint approached themb who lost apanion, gained divine power, and was also wounded?¡± ¡°¡­Information, power, and power about the climbers who killed ourrades.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you think the anglerfish fits too well?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± I was speechless. Everything Goldrich said was right. After losing hisrades, his divine power was awakened in his anger. The Fallon siblings approached him after he had awakened his divine power and prepared everything for revenge. Resources for growth. Information about the object of revenge. A force to deal with the majority. All of thisbined to turn an ordinary warrior named Ashur Hum into a super rookie pdin whose name was known throughout the tower. And the pdin Ashur Hum, who achieved everything with the help of the Fallon siblings, seeded in avenging therades who sacrificed themselves for him, and developed absolute loyalty to the Fallon siblings who helped him. ¡°under¡­Hahahaha! It was like a fairy tale. ¡°It was like a fairy tale!¡± It was a story that could be said to have a happy ending, making peopleugh and say it was from a fairy tale. However, Ashur Hum, who had experienced the Tower for a long time, knew that the Tower was no fairy tale. Tuk-tuk-tuk-duk-tuk-dukThe soul sheds tears. Anger, sadness. Ashur Hum, feeling anger at the Fallon siblings who had tricked him and sadness at having worked like a dog for years under his true enemy, started scratching the stone floor of the underground cavity. Although his soul was materialized, his fingernails and fingernails were damaged, but he didn¡¯t care. Gold Rich ced a thick file in front of Ashur Hum and stood up. ¡°It contains everything I researched. It all depends on your choice when you see it. If you don¡¯t think anything after seeing it, or if you think it¡¯s maniption¡­Well, from then on, you can handle it with that guy Cha Jin-hyuk. Because I¡¯ve done enough. ¡°But just know that I don¡¯t want you to suffer anymore, even though you have a different sorrow than mine.¡± The sadness of losing a family member who was more precious than anything in the world to the Four Emperors. Goldrich did not like the sight of Ashur Hum being toyed with by his enemies, in addition to the sorrowparable to his own. As a guild master, I started collecting information at the request of Jinhyeok, but the Goldrich who stood here now was neither the head of the ¡®Goldrich Company¡¯ nor the deputy guild leader of ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯. ¡°William Haswald. ¡°This is my advice to you as a boy whose name I forgot for a while but will never forget.¡± William Haswald. This was advice given to me as a young boy who abandoned his name after seeing his parents die. Parrak- As soon as he finished speaking, Goldrich disappeared, leaving behind Ashur Hum, who began rummaging through the file with bloodshot eyes. Para rock- Para rock- Para rockFor a while, there was only the sound of piles being turned around in the underground cavity. It was an extremely heavy and sad sound. Chapter 133 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 133 thud- A heavy sound spreads through the underground cavity. The center of the echo was none other than Ashur Hum, who had lost momentum, lost his materialization, and turned translucent. Given that it possessed physical power despite being half-disembodied, one could roughly guess how powerful the spirit of Ashur Hum was. But what mattered now was not how powerful Ashur Hum¡¯s spirit was. ¡°¡­Whether I¡¯m your subordinate or your ve, I¡¯ll do anything to be by your side, Nine Stars, especially Cain Fallon and Carmen Fallon. Please allow me to see theplete downfall of these two people.¡± There is a saying in the world about shedding tears of blood. Of course, that doesn¡¯t mean she shed real tears of blood. In the first ce, due to the structure of the body, shedding tears like that was almost impossible unless there was a health problem or someone got stabbed in the eye. However, Ashur Hum, who was kneeling in front of me right now, was really shedding bloody tears. ¡®I guessed it from the time I heard the conversation with Goldrich, but¡­Those damn bastards are disgusting.¡¯ Ashur Hum submitted to me as I wanted, but his mind was mixed. Being a climber means that you will do whatever it takes to get what you want. In the first ce, even I was a spirit master and necromancer who disturbed the rest of the dead and treated them as ves or subordinates. ¡®Still, there is a degree, but you guys are really worse than you were ten years ago.¡¯ Spiritual illness can be said to be a consumable item. Like the undead, they are difficult to repair when broken. If you miss the time, the soul bottle or undead you worked hard to raise will disappear from the world forever. Of course, then, the missing positions would have to be filled with either soul soldiers or undead, but that did not mean that they would sweep away innocent civilians and turn them into soul soldiers or undead. ¡®Of those who died in this guild war, we ended up turning all of those who stood on our side into soul sickness.¡¯ As a Spirit Master, the owner of the soul, he took their souls as soul bottles, but in the end, it was the result of their choices. of course- ¡®The guys on the guild alliance sidepletely destroyed them without any hesitation, but that¡¯s because they¡¯re my enemies.¡¯ The climbers of the guild alliance were not seen at all. Those who have be part of the soul corps and those who have started a second life as soul soldiers. Here, there was a thought simr to Jinhyuk¡¯s own belief. ¡®At least those who were on my side are not made into a soul group. And all my enemies, no matter how strong or not, are all aligned with the Soul Group.¡¯ Except for special cases such as Tune, Basil, and Ashur Hum, the above thoughts would rarely deviate. In fact, even if Jinhyeok caught all of the Nine Stars who were the targets of his revenge, he had no intention of turning them into soul soldiers. ¡®If you are caught by me, you will be sent to the soul group, so try to run away.¡¯ They would be absorbed by Jinhyuk and his army as excellent nutrients and proteins. Because Jinhyuk had such thoughts, he was appalled by Nine Star¡¯s behavior. ¡°¡­Yes, I promise. ¡°If you stand next to me, you will be able to see Nine Star¡¯splete downfall with your own eyes.¡± ¡°¡­I will serve you forever. As your faithful sword and shield forever-¡± At the same time as the incorporation of Ashur Hum¡¯s soul bottle was allowed, the replenishment of Jinhyeok¡¯s soul bottle waspleted along with the voice of the loyal pdin echoing in the underground cavity. ¡°Okay then, let¡¯s start strengthening.¡± I finished replenishing the soul bottle, which filled me with bitterness and confusion, but it was not the end. Rather, a time closer to the true beginning has arrived. enforce. It was time to strengthen the soul soldiers, who were much weaker than their original state, so that they could get as close to their original level as possible. * * * ¡°William Haswald¡­It¡¯s a name I haven¡¯t heard in a long time.¡± Before the lecture, I stepped aside for a moment and approached Goldrich, who was holding a cigar in his mouth, and said. ¡°¡­Shut up, I¡¯m not telling you to listen.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but the human ear doesn¡¯t have a very convenient function. ¡°If you didn¡¯t want me to hear it, you should have used your money or something to block the sound.¡± I took off the stuffy mask and revealed my bare face, killing myself. Goldrich, who was about to say something to myughing, lowered his head with a sigh. ¡°William Haswald is dead.¡± ¡°No, he¡¯s alive and well. ¡°It lives well in your heart, right?¡± ¡°¡­At least he¡¯s dead now.¡± William Haswald. A name that means William, the eldest son of the Haswald family. The name of ¡®Gold Rich¡¯, whose reputation is widely known within the tower. Four Hwang people. Among them, the only survivor among a family that was cruelly destroyed under the footsteps of the giants. He looked at Ashur Hum, who was listening to a detailed exnation from Tune from a little distance away with a face full of confusion. ¡°William Haswald will remain dead until I kill the monster that trampled on my family and n.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, that is your opinion and I have no intention of saying anything.¡± Why I wasn¡¯t surprised when Genno gave up his name and chose the name Muyeong (ŸoÓ°) the other day. ¡®Because I¡¯ve already met someone like that once.¡¯ This is because there was a precedent of gold rich right before our eyes. ¡°So what did you see in Ashur Hum? ¡°I wouldn¡¯t have felt sympathy for you for no good reason.¡± ¡°¡­Sympathy, yes. You could call this feelingpassion. But not sympathy. ¡°I just didn¡¯t like the sight of people forgetting themselves without knowing the truth.¡± ¡°Is that really all it is?¡± Although we teased each other, Goldrich and I could be said to be inseparable friends. This was especially true because neither of us had very good personalities to begin with. As such, we knew each other well, and I was sure that Goldrich¡¯s feelings for Ashur Hum could not have been the only ones. actually- ¡°¡­I just thought that if I were in the worst situation instead of the way I am now, I would be in the same situation as him, maybe even worse than I am.¡± Goldrich did not approach Ashur Hum deeply just for the first reason. ¡°If I hadn¡¯t met you, I wouldn¡¯t have been able to escape ¡®William Haswald.¡¯¡± ¡°¡­Well, you would have grown up well on your own. ¡°Sangjae must have been well-liked by the tower because of your self-possessed attitude.¡± I criticize Goldrich¡¯s personality, but I couldn¡¯t criticize his abilities themselves, no matter how much I might. The ability to devise a system called an auction house and take it to God and the Devil and demand negotiation. It wasn¡¯t something that anyone could make. ¡®It¡¯s no different from what Goldrich said to Ashur Hum. Fallon did not create an outstanding pdin named Ashur Hum because her siblings were great, but Ashur Hum just had the ability to be an outstanding pdin.¡¯ All I did for Goldrich was to stand by his side and invest a lot of his basic capital. Of course, since it was all the goods I had collected while climbing the tower, it must have been a little special that its value was worth hundreds of millions. But Goldrich calmly shook his head. ¡°At that time, I was not Goldrich, but William Haswald. He was a child who could not hold back his anger at the death of his parents and his younger siblings. Of course, because he had natural talent, he was able to manage his money quite well and make a profit¡­If it weren¡¯t for what you said, I would have literally attacked the Four Emperors with all my strength, like hitting a rock with an egg.¡± ¡°¡­okay? ¡°What on earth did I tell you?¡± Actually, I don¡¯t even remember. It¡¯s been quite a while since I invested in Goldrich, and he¡¯s not a great person who would remember that for a long time in the first ce. But even now, more than ten yearster, Goldrich still remembers what I said to him back then. ¡°I told you to shut up and make money if you don¡¯t want to be left behind.¡± ¡°¡­Isn¡¯t that trash? ¡°Does he just seem like an evil business owner?¡± Apparently, thefort that Goldrich knew was slightly different from thefort that I knew. ¡®I get stronger when you curse at me. This bastard¡­?¡¯ I looked at Goldrich with a startled expression, wondering what might happen. ¡°¡­It¡¯s not as strange as you think, so get rid of those dirty looks. ¡°Disgusting bastard.¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t say anything.¡± ¡°If you ask, just shut up and listen.¡± I closed my mouth as Goldrich grumbled, probably knowing that thieves were on their own. Satisfied with my quiet appearance, Goldrich opened his mouth again. ¡°At that time, even though you were maintaining a decent rtionship with the Four Emperors and Nine Stars, you did not stop me or report to me for killing one of the Four Emperors, the Giants.¡± ¡°¡­Did you?¡± ¡°It was. However, in your own way, you told me to wait because now is not the time, and to shut up and make money.¡± ¡­I think I need to purify mynguage a bit and go through some filtering work. I didn¡¯t understand how to say ¡®now is not the right time, so wait¡¯ to ¡®shut up and make money.¡¯ ¡®¡­I must have had a very dirty personality at that time. Still, it¡¯s a bit harsh.¡¯ My personality was dirty from the beginning, but it became more dirty starting from the 300th floor, and reached its peak when I got blocked on the 600th floor. And the time I met Gold Rich was roughly around the 300th floor. It¡¯s certainly not a strange time to only use curse words instead of words. When I blushed slightly and held my face in my hands, feeling like a second-year middle school student who had been exposed to dark history. Goldrich paid no heed and continued talking. ¡°Your one word made me who I am today. Just like you said, I made money and the more money I earned, the more I could understand their size and n ways to deal with them. Now, after ten years, I can defeat them together with you. It has been done. And I just wanted that guy to be like me too.¡± I nodded slightly as I looked at Goldrich, who spoke calmly and had Ashur Hum in his eyes. In the end, Nine Star is no different from a subcontractingpany of the Four Emperors. They achieved their current position by receiving strength and support from the Four Emperors in return for ¡®cutting me off¡¯. In other words, in a way, it was the Four Emperors¡¯ fault that Ashur Hum was manipted by Nine Star¡¯s Fallon siblings. ¡°It¡¯s like having strong support.¡± ¡°You could say so. One day, whether that guy is a Nine Star or a member of the Four Emperors, I will be able to aim a dagger at his neck.¡± ¡°I will make that happen. This guy is a soul breaker under me. Among them, he will be themander of the Holy Spirit Army.¡± ¡°Yes, I look forward to it.¡± Thump-thump- After speaking, Goldrich left the room and stood up. ¡°Are you going?¡± ¡°Unlike you, I¡¯m busy enough. ¡°I entrusted the work to Halcion and Puppet, but it doesn¡¯t suit my temperament to just leave it to them.¡± ¡°¡­Don¡¯t be surprised when you get the results reportter.¡± ¡°Even after seeing a 1,000% rate of return, I calmly epted it. ¡°I¡¯m not surprised by how big of a result youe up with.¡± Goldrich, smiling slightly and showing confidence, finally spit out thest word and walked away. ¡°William Haswald, who was nervous about just one gold, has now be calm even in the face of tens of millions of gold. So, raise that guy well. An ordinary warrior became an outstanding pdin. ¡°He is a talented person who will reach even greater heights than that.¡± ¡°¡­I understand because there is another one simr to him.¡± I smiled as I looked at Tune, who was talking to Ashur Hum and exining the general situation. The tower always flows. There is always water behind, pushing out stagnant water in front. ¡°Will we too be obsolete one day?¡± ¡°Just be yourself. ¡°I will be here for a thousand years.¡± ¡°Tsk, there¡¯s no atmosphere. ¡°Puppet and Halcion, who work under you, will be looking for your position, so do what you need ande down, you clueless bastard.¡± I clicked my tongue and responded to Goldrich¡¯s words as he left the underground cavity with his back turned. But the only thing that came back was Goldrich, who was walking with his back turned and raising his middle finger. Seeing him like that, I eventually smiled and shook my head. ¡°Damn you. But that makes him seem like a guy I like even more. ¡°You should be trembling because I will receive a fair return for the advice and investment I received from ten years ago.¡± ¡°Just make more money than you spend. It¡¯s a battle between your spending and my ie¡­That¡¯s fun, I¡¯ll take it.¡± Of course, Goldrich was not one to sit still. When Goldrich, who did not push back until the very end and did not hesitate to add another word,pletely disappeared in the underground cavity. ¡°You idiots. ¡°It seems like we got along very well.¡± Balkan suddenly blurted out a word. Chapter 134 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 134 ¡°Everyone gather together.¡± After Goldrich leaves to finish the work assigned to Halcion and Puppet in the 60th floor city. Jinhyeok immediately summoned all the newly became soul soldiers scattered in the underground cavity. ¡°Tune.¡± ¡°Yes, I am here.¡± The first was Tune. Jinhyuk was the first to be brought in as a soul soldier, and at the same time, he was also a new soul soldier to handle the entire army under Balkan. Nowadays, Balkanmands the army alone, but as the army grewrger, subdivision was essential. In particr, as it was almost essential to check the overall battle situation that Balkan had missed, Tune¡¯s position and position would be second only to Jinhyuk and Balkan. Jinhyuk responded with a voice full of politeness and a face full of energy, confirmed the tune, and called the next batter. ¡°Basil.¡± ¡°Hmm, even Camille and She have beautiful souls!¡± ¡­This guy is definitely not normal either. Unlike the polite Tune, Basil was not particrly interested in Jinhyuk. The good news was that he answered the call and stood in front. Since what he wanted from Basil was not politeness in the first ce, it was a matter of little concern to Jinhyuk. Death Soul Soldier. In the future, new sses will be created by Basil, and he will be the corpsmander who will oversee all of the sses. ¡®As long as you do your job well, it doesn¡¯t matter how you act.¡¯ Balkan was like that, Hendrick was like that, and everyone around Jinhyeok was like that. Since they are the ones who do their jobs better than anyone else, Jinhyeok gives them advice but does not force them. Of course, the dragon yer sword used by Ha-ryu was an exception. That was because it was a demonic sword that was gnawing away at Haryu himself. ¡°¡­Ashur Hum.¡± ¡°Yes, please feel free to call me Ashur.¡± Thest one was Ashur Hum who quickly realized the reality and became angry due to Gold Rich. Politeness. With a politeness simr to, but distinctly different from, Tune, Ashur Hum knelt on one knee and bowed his head. Just like a knight standing in front of a king, a pdin who believed in God knelt before Jinhyeok, who had be his god. Although it could be said that it was a burden, Jinhyeok nodded and epted the greeting. ¡°Then, since everyone is here, let¡¯s start ¡®reinforcement¡¯ right away. Balkan, youe too.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. ¡°I went through all the hardships of creating a soul troupe, so how can I miss out on this sweet reward?¡± Everyone gathered together. Jinhyuk, Balkan, Tune, Basil, Ashur Hum. After everyone in the underground cavity has gathered. Jinhyeok brought a pile of soul altars that he and Balkan had made through their hard work. Rumbling A huge amount. A soul group created by dividing over hundreds of souls. Jinhyeok evenly divided the soul altars, which wererge enough to be enough for each person to be 1 in N. After distributing a total of 505 soul dans, 101 to each, Jinhyeok began his exnation. ¡°Bulkan may know this, but you probably don¡¯t, so to exin, this soul group can be seen as an ¡®elixir¡¯ that condenses everything a single climber has into one such illusion.¡± ¡°It¡¯s an elixir¡­That¡¯s amazing. ¡°Are you saying there are so many elixirs that are difficult to obtain?¡± Elixir. When climbing the tower, you oftene across things called ¡®giyeon¡¯. Whether it¡¯s technical growth or physical growth. Among them, ¡®elixir¡¯ was a ¡®giyeon¡¯ that was greatly rted to physical and energetic growth. Naturally, it was not that easy to find the elixir. However, Jinhyuk shook his head and denied Tune¡¯s words. ¡°It is an elixir, but it is a little different from the elixirs you know. It¡¯s literally an ¡®item¡¯ that allows you to surpass the strength of each floor just by eating one, but the Soul Dan is not that simple. In particr, if the main ingredient, soul, is significantly weaker than the user, it will not have much of an effect.¡± ¡°ah¡­So that means even if you eat all of this, you can¡¯t dream of dramatic growth.¡± ¡°answer.¡± Soul tablets are items that fall a lot lower than real ¡®elixir¡¯. In the first ce, if what a climber can make if he has a soul shows efficacy simr to that of a real ¡®elixir¡¯, that would be a real problem. Therefore, even if you eat all the mountain of souls in front of you, the absurd thing of losing all your original abilities will not happen. ¡°Can I feed it to Camille and She too?¡± ¡°do whatever you want. But just know that you will have to bear the resulting harm or damage, Basil.¡± ¡°If that¡¯s the reason, it doesn¡¯t matter. ¡°Camille and She are no different from me.¡± After Basil asked if he would give the soul bottle to Camille and Ss, who had be sick of death, we each picked up our share of soul bottles. ¡°thank you for this food.¡± With a light thank you, the underground cavity began to fill with spiritual energies that burst forth and ate up the soul troupe. * * * 101. A group of souls that can be said to be an enormous number. It was not made by grinding one soul, but bybining the souls of two or three people, so it was not made by grinding 101 souls. When the soul altar created by grinding up the souls of hundreds of climbers was devoured. Everyone was different, but each one could feel something. ¡®¡­Is this the power of the soul?¡¯ Inner world. Tune, floating in a ce called the world of images, looked around and expressed admiration. As he permeated the soul altar, his inner world was a mixture of various powers that the souls had. ¡®Spiritual power¡­I can¡¯t collect it myself yet, but this is the power that is the source of everything¡­.¡¯ Spiritual power. It is the power of the soul and a mysterious power that cannot be measured by anything. It was a power that a Spirit Master had to handle, but it was also a power that Tune was not yet allowed to possess. Of course, now that Jinhyuk was connected to the owner as a spirit soldier, Tune was able to use spiritual power. It¡¯s just that it was Jinhyuk¡¯s purple spiritual power, not his own. but- ¡°¡­If only I could fully absorb this, if only I could make this my own. ¡°I can at least take one step closer to him.¡± Tune was satisfied with the fact that he was able to feel up close a power that he could neither see nor feel. A huge lump of spiritual energy visible before your eyes. This is because I thought that if I could absorb thispletely, it would be enough to at least take a step towards Jinhyuk, even if it doesn¡¯t mean I¡¯m by his side. TubTune ced his hand on the mass of spiritual energy that seemed to expand and fill the inside. Kugugugugu-! ¡°¡­Pfft. ¡°It means it won¡¯t be easily absorbed.¡± A lump of spiritual energy that causes a violent bacsh when touched. If Tune had tried to take only the refined power as a soul group rather than absorbing the mass of spiritual power itself, he would have easily absorbed it. But Tune had no intention of going easy. Although it is difficult, we have chosen a more certain path forward. ¡°¡­I don¡¯t know how many times something like this will happen again, so I¡¯ll take this opportunity to make it clear.¡± Above all, he knew that it was not often possible to obtain arge number of souls like this time. ¡°¡­Kwaaaah!!!¡± A voice of desperate pain. However, despite the pain, I was full of enthusiasm to move forward. In this way, Tune slowly began to absorb the chunks of spiritual energy while gritting his teeth in excruciating pain that felt as if his whole body was being torn apart. ¡°¡­It¡¯s big, and it¡¯s beautiful.¡± While Tune was elerating the absorption of spiritual power, Ashur Hum was also expressing admiration at the lump of spiritual power in front of him. Ashur Hum has not yet created his own territory, but even so, it is possible because he has been able to contemte his inner self to a certain extent. The mass of spiritual power was sorge and beautiful that Ashur Hum burst out in admiration. ¡°A diamond of the same size would not be more beautiful than this.¡± Ashur Hum muttered, saying that even diamond, the king of jewels known to the world, would fade in front of the lump of spiritual power in front of him, and smoothed out the lump of spiritual power. ¡°Is this the result of the fusion of over a hundred energies of the Soul Corps?¡± Rather than absorbing the lump of spiritual energy right away, Ashur Hum stroked his chin after feeling the power contained in the lump of spiritual energy. ¡°There are too many.¡± Enormous energy. Although it was very inferiorpared to the real elixir, the energy contained in the lump of spiritual power in front of him was too much for Ashur Hum, a climber who was about to reach the 300th floor. Is that why? ¡°¡­You can make something like this if you have the ingredients. If you are a ghost, what the hell are you¡­.¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s nickname, not his name. Ashur Hum burst out in surprise as he spoke of the nickname ¡°Gwimyeon,¡± which was more familiar than his name. ¡°Are all 600-story climbers like this? No, the Fallon siblings weren¡¯t like this either. This¡­I guess this is just a huge surprise.¡± Ashur Hum, who received a detailed description of Jinhyeok from Tune, learned that he was the ¡®Death Star¡¯, the only star that stood above the Nine Stars in the past. However, even so, Ashur Hum could not believe that he had created a soul corps that was capable of creating not one, but several huge blocks of spiritual power in front of him. Even though Balkan helped with the work, it is ultimately Jinhyeok¡¯s strength, so it is no different from Jinhyeok doing it alone. ¡°¡­god. Maybe he really is God.¡± God. Pdins are beings who believe in and follow God and receive divine power, a power and energy that is close to a miracle. Naturally, it was impossible to deify a climber on the ground, especially one who was not a transcendent person like Emperor Tess. If you made a mistake, you could receive the wrath of the god you believed in, or in the worst case scenario, you could be deprived of your divine power itself. In particr, due to the influence of the Fallon siblings, a pdin and a priest, there is a strong possibility that Ashur Hum¡¯s meaning of existence, the ¡®pdin¡¯, will be taken away as they believe in ¡®Sandalfon¡¯, the tribal god of the Elyos. ¡°There is no reason to pretend to believe in a god you don¡¯t believe in. Especially if it is a tribal god of a race that I will have to kill in the future.¡± But Ashur Hum didn¡¯t care. The fact that it was his inner world where neither God nor the devil could be seen could be a sufficient reason, but fundamentally Ashur Hum no longer believed in ¡®God¡¯. No, to be precise Tub- ¡°From now on, you are my ¡®god¡¯, ghost.¡± For Ashur Hum, who roughly grasped the lump of spiritual power in front of him, the biggest thing was that God was no longer a being that looked down on him from the sky. ¡°If it is not God who is always by my side, watching me, teaching me, and making me strong, then who is it?¡± TsutsutsutsuWith his mutterings that sounded like a pledge, the huge chunk of spiritual power slowly disintegrated and was absorbed into Ashur Hum. Absorption is clearly different from that of tune. While Tune absorbed the purple-ck spiritual power simr to Jinhyuk¡¯s spiritual power with his own spiritual power, Ashur Hum, on the other hand, tried to ept the purple-ck spiritual power as is. Of course, it was possible because Tune had done some research on Spirit Master and had a lot of knowledge about spiritual power, but even if Ashur Hum knew as much about spiritual power as Tune, his choice would not have changed. ¡°A knight who believes in God does not distort God¡¯s will and power and epts it as it is. ¡°I will stand before you as a shield to protect you and as a sword to carry out your will.¡± thud- The sound of kneeling, filled with heavy power, echoed hollowly in Ashur Hum¡¯s inner world. ¡°¡­They really had incredible energy~¡± A voice filled withughter. However, Basil shivered once as he remembered the mass of energy he had seen, experienced, and absorbed, and opened his eyes. ¡°Is this the second time?¡± ¡°¡­Looks like you woke up first. The others¡­Late student?¡± Basil grinned at the voice of Vulcan, who called himself second with a slight smile, and looked at the three people seated in a sitting position. Jinhyeok wearing a goblin mask, Basil with an expressionless face, and Ashur Hum with a pious expression wearing heavy white armor. The three were the onlyters who did not open their eyes while Vulcan and Basil absorbed the energy of over a hundred soul groups. However, Balkan realized that his words were ambiguous and modified his words. ¡°Not like a tardy student.¡± ¡°¡­then?¡± ¡°It¡¯s like saying, theter you wake up, the higher you go. Well, of course, as you said, if you are ate student and struggle because you are not able to absorb energy properly¡­.¡± ¡°¡­Those monsters won¡¯t have a hard time absorbing the amount of energy we absorbed.¡± The more he talked to Vulcan, the more Basil felt his face harden. Falling behind. As a climber, this is something you are bound to experience at least once. Of course, there are monster-like supernovas that we do not experience, but most climbers experience falling behind. However, Basil was a climber who was not used to being left behind. WowWith his voice grinding his teeth harshly, Basil¡¯s rxed and smiling face cracks. Tune. A being who is his close friend and nicknamed the Demon King. He could admit it to some extent. But it was not Ashur Hum. ¡®That guy surpasses me?¡¯ I got goosebumps. Someone goes beyond themselves. A being clearly below me. No matter how much they were alive, there wasn¡¯t much of a difference, and after experiencing one death, they lost their bodies and became weaker! Basil did not want to be left behind by anyone. Even if he admitted that it was Tune, his only close friend other than the snake, he couldn¡¯t stop his irritation from rising. dump- ¡°What are you trying to do?¡± ¡°¡­I can¡¯t spit out what I¡¯ve already eaten, so I¡¯ll make it perfectly mine and sharpen it even more.¡± ¡°Yes, it¡¯s the right choice because if you don¡¯t do that, you¡¯ll fall further behind.¡± Basil frowned at Vulcan¡¯s grumpy voice and responded harshly, closing his eyes. ¡°Last ce is eliminated.¡± As soon as he finished speaking, Vulcan just looked at Basil, who was immediately sucked into his inner world, as if he was cute. ¡°I didn¡¯t need to achieve anything, so I just quickly got tired of it. Well, you can¡¯t hear it anymore.¡± It is a Vulcan that already has mana, its own spiritual power, divine power, and magical energy. Of course, it is a better choice to strengthen what you have rather than focusing on something. Sometimes, it is possible to raise one¡¯s level not by enlightenment but by the amount of energy, and for Balkan, now was just the time. Basil, who didn¡¯t know that, was sucked into the inner world, masturbating that he wasn¡¯tst, so it was natural that Vulcan, who knew everything, just found it cute. ¡°Now, what will you guys bring back?¡± The three people are sitting in a sitting position with their eyes closed, like guests waiting for a delicious main dish while rubbing their palms together. No, he whetted his appetite by looking at the four of them now. For someone who haspleted his or her own growth, watching someone else grow was quite a delicious treat. Chapter 135 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 135 ¡°It¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve been here.¡± Inner world. A huge mass of spiritual energy floating in one¡¯s inner world. But my gaze did not reach the mass of spiritual energy. Coo coo coo coo cooThis is because there was something bigger that made the inner world tremble just by its presence. Tuk-tuk- ¡°First of all, you¡¯re fine. It seems like the sacred power side has decreased a bit and the magic side has be rough¡­This is enough.¡± A lump of all the energy I have. It was the energy of ¡®one circle¡¯ that was barely achieved through the power of spiritual power. Because he used Consecration twice in the battle with Tune, his sacred power was greatly reduced, and the demonic energy gained influence and put pressure on his divine power, but it was a problem that would be resolved with time. The fight between the two was truly a fight that no one could win unless one side was overwhelmingly weaker. ¡°Okay then, let¡¯s go eat sometime too.¡± After seeing the magic and divine power covered in spiritual power for the first time in a long time, I turned my head and looked at the huge lump of spiritual power. It is a lump of spiritual power created by eating soul altars that is equal to or may be more than the number of soul rings I made while climbing the tower over the past few months. ¡°This is also quite big.¡± It would be absurd topare it with the energy of ¡®Ilwon¡¯, which is the culmination of all the energy I currently have, but even so, the mass of spiritual power was quiterge. There were many reasons. ¡°It¡¯s definitely because I reced a lot of strong guys¡¯ souls.¡± Guild leaders of the guild union. This is because I put the souls of quite a few of them into the soul altar that I will eat. Compared to the other four, it can probably consume much more energy. ¡°Well, it¡¯s true that I be the strongest.¡± Spirit Master is close to a ¡®monarch¡¯ type job. A job thatmands underlings. But I didn¡¯t just have a Spirit Master. All Masters. This new job that can do everything in a variety of ways was never ranked as a Spirit Master. No, if it weren¡¯t for the fact that Spirit Master can only be ced as a main job, it was so good that I could have put it as a main job. Therefore, unlike my previous life, in this life I made a lot of investments in my own strength. ¡°Whew, then let¡¯s try it.¡± I didn¡¯t think there would be any problems while absorbing the energies of at most a hundred soul groups. I just think it¡¯s something that should be done. Actually, absorbing a chunk of spiritual energy was not that difficult. Pusssss- ¡°¡­I ate it all.¡± With a voice full of regret, he looked at the spot where the lump of spiritual energy was before his eyes just moments ago. I felt so helpless because I had absorbed everything in such a short period of time. Actually, it was a natural thing. Spiritual power. The Spirit Master¡¯s power was a powerful power that was the source of all power, but to me it was just a familiar power. Moreover, no matter how much I have, when I think about my spiritual power in my past life, it is so small that it is not even enough to bleed a new foot. Of course, it would be strange to have trouble absorbing it. of course- ¡°It¡¯s definitely increased a lot.¡± Considering my current level, it was definitely a lot. Anyway, after absorbing the mass of spiritual energy, I looked up again at the member¡¯s energy. I stretched out my hand as I looked at it, which felt overwhelming just by looking at it. Exciting- Exciting- I felt my heart pounding from the energy of the person I touched. It tells me that those who are more ferocious than any other force in the world that pretends to be quiet due to spiritual power are looking for an opening. However, I held on to my trembling hands and focused on Ilwon¡¯s energy. ¡®¡­The current member is not a true member.¡¯ What Ick right now. It¡¯s not just about the total amount of energy, but what I need to pursue most now is refining and perfecting what I have. ¡®And thepletion of true membership is essential for moving to the next level.¡¯ A true member. I knew it too. The member I created is certainly a great thing and powerful, but it is not a true member or aplete member. Actually, it was natural. ¡®If they truly became one, there would be no need for them to fight against each other, and there would be no need for the restraining power of spiritual power.¡¯ One won (one won). It literally means that they have be one. But if it¡¯s not enough for those who are united to fight each other, they will have a seizure without someone¡¯s intervention? ¡®That¡¯s not one thing. They¡¯re just guys who seem to be mixed up and will be separated into two again at any time.¡¯ It couldn¡¯t be called a member. If we had to be honest, we could say that it waspulsory membership. But there wasn¡¯t much I could do right now. ¡°It is impossible at this level to fuse the magic energy and divine power as if they are truly one. All I can do now is to strengthen the power of my spiritual power so that the two can stick together even a little better. Well, this alone would be enough.¡± All we have to do is pour the spiritual power of about 100 soul groups into the spiritual power that binds divine power and demonic energy. However, I was confident that I would be able to achieve sufficient results with just that, so I calmly began to infuse my spiritual power. ¡°If you take one step at a time, you will soon be a true member.¡± A true member who has reached someday. The first step toward meeting the new power that lies beyond. That was the moment it was taken off. ¡°You¡¯re awake.¡± ¡°¡­Damn, I don¡¯t have much energy to keep going. ¡°It¡¯s not enough to just absorb everything, so there¡¯s nothing more to share with Kamal and She!¡± Basil was the first to wake up, jumping out of his seat and stamping his feet in frustration. I was annoyed. Even though he had once woken up and returned to concentration, the other three remained silent with their eyes closed. ¡®¡­The gap is widening like this? ¡®Because it¡¯s only been a few hours since I became mentally ill?¡¯ It happened in an instant. Just due to one misjudgment of his own, the gap between him and the people he was going to spend almost his entire life widened from the beginning. Basil was shaken by that fact. Vulcan came up to Basil¡¯s side and patted him on the shoulder and gave him advice. ¡°It¡¯s not good to be too caught up in it.¡± ¡°¡­but! ¡°Those guys are taking a few steps at a time while I¡¯m making a fool of myself, so how can I ignore them, old man!¡± Balkan smiled slightly at the sight of Basil, unable to ovee his anger, even shaking. ¡®It¡¯s a pity that I didn¡¯t get stronger right away, but I gained that mindset, so this is a business that will remain as is.¡¯ In fact, Basil, Tune, and Ashur Hum were simr. Because I became mentally ill and couldn¡¯t use my original power. Nevertheless, Basil remained calm. He seems to think that he will always be great and powerful. He even went so far as to say that he would share the energy he needed to consume with the private souls Camille and Ss, so the current situation was natural. Even if he absorbed all the energy he had, it wasn¡¯t enough, so he ended up giving it to someone else, calling it abat snake. But after this incident, Basil would change. ¡®You are not someone who is always on top, and when an opportunity arises, you must know how to devour it all to help you in your future work. ¡®I¡¯m d I know that now.¡¯ Looking at Tune and Ashur Hum, who will be ahead of him from the start, Basil will feel ashamed, angry, and me his foolish choice. And Basil has the ability to use all of that as fertilizer for his own growth. It was a pity that the energy of the soul group was split into three and divided between Basil, Camille, and Scy, but it was a good experience, so it was only natural that Balkan smiled. ¡°Don¡¯t do that next time.¡± ¡°¡­It will still be like that, old man.¡± After grumbling and politely responding to the elder Balkan with whom he was sharing a meal, Basil gently stroked Camille and Ss, who shared energy with him. It was his own way to relieve his rising anger. How much time has passed? Coo coo coo coo- ¡°It¡¯s happening.¡± The underground cavity began to vibrate violently. And Vulcan, who felt the vibration, finally noticed that those who had closed their eyes were waking up and smiled slightly. ¡°¡­Huh, this much momentum. How on earth did you digest it? Tune, Ashur Hum.¡± The only two people who are about to open their eyes right now are Jinhyuk. It was Tune and Ashur Hum. Basil¡¯s eyes widened at the fact that two people who had been on par with him before absorbing the Soul Corps had aplished enough to shake the underground cavity just by opening their eyes and waking up from within. Vulcan nced at Basil, whose eyes looked like they were about to pop out at any moment, then immediately turned his gaze to look at the two people who had just opened their eyes. Fuwaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa ¡°¡­Huh, it¡¯s spiritual power. Tune, that guy was determined to be a spirit master. It¡¯s dark blue spiritual power¡­He is simr to my master.¡± The spiritual power that burst out. Balkan burst intoughter at the dark blue spiritual power, which was different from Jinhyuk¡¯s dark purple spiritual power and his own dark blue spiritual power. It¡¯s the same color as the mixture of fraud and mana that Tune used when he was alive. However, although the power contained within it was small, it was different from something like a mixing machine. ¡°¡­At this level, I can be a semi-spirit master.¡± Although it was not enough to be called a true spirit master, it was not enough to be called Semi. In contrast to Tune, who had clearly decided on his career path, Ashur Hum was slightly different. Paaaaat-! ¡°¡­It¡¯s purple divine power. That guy is trying to follow in the footsteps of Cha Jin-hyuk. It is a mixture of spiritual power and divine power¡­It¡¯s fascinating.¡± Divine power exploded. However, unlike the original divine power, which was well known to be milky or white, Ashur Hum¡¯s divine power was stained purple or dark purple. It meant that he was greatly influenced by Jinhyeok¡¯s spiritual power. Above all, Balkan paid attention to the fact that Ashur Hum mixed spiritual and divine power. ¡°¡­If you¡¯re holding it, I don¡¯t know, but if you¡¯re mixing it, it¡¯s simr to ¡®one won (one won)¡¯. In the end, both of them are different from their masters, but do they intend to walk the same path?¡± Tune chose to walk the path that Jinhyuk walked, transforming it into his own path. Ashur Hum chose to walk the same path that Jinhyuk walked, making it with his own materials. The two choices were simr but different. Tune epted Jinhyeok¡¯s purple-ck spiritual power and abandoned the easy path to bing a Spirit Master, while Ashur Hum destroyed the purity of the symbol of perfection and divine power itself and mixed up spiritual power. However, the path they would take was the same in that it was not that different from the path Jinhyuk took. And the change between the two people urred around the time when Basil went into vibration mode again. Coo coo coo coo coo coo coo coo coo coo coo coo coo coo coo coo coo coo coo! ¡°He seems crazy. ¡°They¡¯re trying topletely destroy the underground cavity.¡± A vibration several times louder than the previous one echoed through the underground cavity. Balkan cursed as he felt the rough shaking of the earth, but no one could tell that the curse contained joy. Fuwaaaaak! ck demonic energy bursts out and covers the underground cavity. Hahaha! Pure white divine power emanates and covers the underground cavity. Eventually, the underground cavity was half filled with demonic energy and half with divine power. Whiuuuu- The magic energy and divine power that upied half of the cavity were mixed together. Sometimes they became one with demonic energy, and other times they became one with divine power, and they repeated this countless times. When it reached its peak. Fuwaaaaaaaaaa! Intense purple-ck spiritual power burst out, engulfing the divine power and demonic energy that became one. Exciting-! Exciting-! The radiance of divine power and magical energy trapped in the ck-purple wrapping cloth of spiritual power fills the underground cavity like a pounding heart. However, the palpitations gradually subsided as time passed, and soon subsidedpletely. Shrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr The cloth of spiritual power that hadpletely subsided was sucked back into Jinhyuk. Jinhyuk, who hadpletely consumed his energy, just let out a breath and opened his eyes. Buzz buzzTwo purple-ck eyes fluttered wildly, right before copsing the underground cavity with just a nce. ¡°Whew, you ate well.¡± With a deep sigh, Jinhyuk took away the energy in his gaze and announced the end of the meal. Jinhyuk ate more than anyone else and produced more perfect results than anyone else. Just like that, the meal time that started with the distribution of guild battle results ended. Basil felt thirsty for his own growth. A tune that was recognized by Balkan, the founder of the Spirit Master, and was given the name Semi-Spirit Master. Ashur Hum created a new job called Soul Pdin by mixing spiritual and divine power. And finally, Jinhyuk took one step forward towards bing a true member. It was a moment when the guild¡¯s daggers of ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯ became sharper. By just one person, Jinhyuk. Chapter 136 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 136 ¡°Hmm, I think I got some pretty satisfactory results.¡± ¡°It¡¯s all thanks to Jinhyuk.¡± ¡°God¡¯s help makes a pdin stronger. ¡°It¡¯s natural.¡± I like it because it feels like absolute loyalty. Aside from their increased power, I was satisfied with the strong loyalty I felt from both of them. However, contrary to the two people, there was also a slightly ambiguous guy. ¡°Basil.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, next time I¡¯ll eat it all by myself. Falling behind once is enough.¡± ¡°do whatever you want. Next time, whether you share or eat alone, the choice is yours, and the result is also yours.¡± ¡°¡­I get it.¡± Although Basil was blunt, I didn¡¯t know if he had learned something through this incident or realized the importance of reading alone. I nodded to Basil¡¯s answer and stood up. ¡°Quite a bit of time has passed. ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± ¡°yes.¡± ¡°I will follow.¡± As I stood up and headed outside the underground cavity, Tune and Ashur Hum quickly came and stood side by side. It was kind of funny, but it still felt reassuring, so I smiled and nodded roughly. ¡°do whatever you want. I don¡¯t care what you do as long as it doesn¡¯t disturb you. ¡°You guys know that line well.¡± ¡°Thank you for your consideration.¡± ¡°I follow your will.¡± They are quick-witted and have great abilities. Of course, they will try their best to not do anything I don¡¯t want without their knowledge. It would be even weirder not to have it next to you. ¡°There is a lot of work to be done. ¡°It should end quickly and we can start clmbing in earnest.¡± In particr, the race to the 100th floor was scheduled to start from the moment the work on the 60th floor waspleted, so the work had to bepleted quickly. It is only natural, as the race begins from the moment work on the 60th floor ends. That¡¯s why I moved on quickly. Jump, jump, jump, jump ¨C The underground cavity, which was too wide to fill four people, was filled with only the sound of footsteps, and eventually even the sound of footsteps disappearedpletely. There was nothing left in the underground cavity anymore. * * * 60th floor. It became a battleground between a huge guild called Guild Alliance and a newly born guild called Yeokcheon. There, a man with long ck hair was swinging a sword. Huh-huh-huh-huh- The sword roughly cuts through the air, making an eerie sound. Just a repetition of monotonous cutting and cutting. However, the sharpness inherent in such monotony was not hidden. ¡°more¡­We must be stronger.¡± Hendrick. It was the name of a climber who had rented a huge training hall located on the 60th floor and was working on his sword skills. Grand guilds located beyond the 100th floor. He, who could be said to be the backbone of ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, the guild that broke their union, ¡®Guild Alliance¡¯, was swinging his sword as if he was being chased. Tuk-tuk-tuk-tuk! It was only when thick drops of sweat formed a small puddle on the floor of the training ground that Hendrick plunged his sword into the floor. Just by looking at the sword gently digging into the stone floor, you can get a rough idea of how excellent Hendrick¡¯s sword and his skills are. But he was disappointed. ¡°¡­It¡¯s still not enough.¡± Wow- I clenched my fists roughly. Even as he felt the enormous power pulsing in his hands, Hendrick was not satisfied. ¡°The true division of the world is not like that¡­.¡± Battle with Basil. A technique close to Hendrick¡¯s special move that shattered his territory. However, that special move was very different from the ¡®splitting the world¡¯ that Hendrick was familiar with. Crucially, in terms of destructive power. ¡°Tsk, time will solve the problem, but I can¡¯t help but feel disappointed.¡± Hendrick did not know that no matter how perfect a technique is, if the body is not built to perform the technique, it is only half a technique. It was just disappointing. The technology that you have perfectly designed in your head cannot be perfectly implemented in your body. ¡°Tsk, I think we can achieve some decent growth as long as there is someone who can coordinate it¡­¡± ¡­After all, such a being would not bemon.¡± Technological and physical growth. It had a lot to do with collision. Whether you lose or win, sparring with beings of a simr level is directly rted to your skills and physical growth. In that respect, Hendrick clicked his tongue. ¡®My current level is already far beyond the 100th floor. It wouldn¡¯t be difficult for a climber to the 150th or 200th floor in perfect condition.¡¯ It is not difficult for climbers between the 150th and 200th floors who do not receive a penalty to guarantee victory. Naturally, how many climbers are there on the 60th floor and above 200? No, it was safe to say that there was almost none. ¡°¡­Cha Jin-hyuk is the only one, but I can¡¯t even see where he is.¡± Jinhyuk, who was climbing with him, was almost the only climber who could satisfy Hendrick¡¯s thirst. There was no way Jinhyeok, who was busy with construction work, would have time to leisurely spar with Hendrick. Of course, it was not that Jinhyuk was reluctant to spar with Hendrick, but rather that he could not do it, but due to reasons such as repairing damage to the 60th floor and coordinating future schedules, there was no way Jinhyuk, whocked two bodies, would have time to spar with Hendrick. It was right then. Churrrrr -Shaaaaa! ¡°¡­This?¡± Hendrick looked at the translucent snake running across the floor of the gym with a slightly surprised face. But even for a moment. Hendrick, seeing the snake running towards him with its mouth open, lightly pulled out the sword stuck on the floor and swung it forward. Squeak-! Although it was a sword strike without energy, it was not enough to cut the snake in half. but- -¡­Sigh! The translucent snake did not die even after being cut in half by Hendrick¡¯s sword strike. Just recovering from cuts. No matter how powerful the sword strike, if it does not contain energy, it will not die. Hendrick knew such a thing very well. ¡°You don¡¯t get cut. Is it a spirit body? No, not exactly¡­.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a soul disease.¡± And before Hendrick could answer, the person who sent the snake intercepted the answer. ¡°¡­Yeah, ha¡­Hahaha! ¡°I thought it was you, Basil!¡± ¡°Should I say it¡¯s been a while? ¡°I must say that I have been looking forward to this meeting again~¡± Basil. A ¡®king¡¯ level climber who was revealed to the world again as a soul disease by Jinhyeok. He was standing in front of Hendrick with a smile on his face. Hendrick burst intoughter at the sight of the translucent appearance, but with its unique madness and joy. The object for which I had been fighting for my life not long ago appeared before my eyes again. ¡°Are you interested in joining my collection this time? And then, after you die, you will once again enter my private soul!¡± ¡°It seems like he didn¡¯te to his senses even after dying once, but I wonder if he wille to his senses after dying a second time.¡± Iughed. I liked the confidence of Basil, who told people to join the collection even after he died. no. ¡°You can please me this time too, right? Cha Jin-hyuk¡¯s recement?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a substitute. There is nothing I can¡¯t say to my master. lizard.¡± Hendrick liked Basil and was happy beyond finding him fun. The appearance of a being who could face everything against Jinhyeok and no one else gave him tremendous excitement. ¡°Push your limits, Basil!¡± ¡°As long as the losing side bes a ve.¡± ¡°You will lose unconditionally, so bing a ve is enough for me. Because I¡¯m going to win anyway. Even if I win, I won¡¯t make you my ve. ¡°Because you belong to Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± ¡°¡­Your knack for making people angry is as good as your swordsmanship.¡± Basil, who was given free time by Jinhyuk, gritted his teeth at Hendrick¡¯s attitude of being confident that he would win unconditionally, as if ignoring him. One defeat. Because that wasn¡¯t enough for Basil to give in, he soon spread his hands and kicked away. ¡°Let¡¯s pretend there was no bet.¡± ¡°Are you not confident?¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m just saying this because I think it would be enough to just hear the word ¡®defeat¡¯e out of your mouth.¡± Hendrick chuckled and nodded at the words of Basil, who was smiling but notughing. ¡°as you please. I can just fight and that¡¯s enough. ¡°My body is a little sweet.¡± ¡°Really? It¡¯s the same. After all, we look a lot alike¡­peel!¡± Basil, who pronounced thest word with force, immediately rushed towards Hendrick. Hendrick also lowered his posture and ced his hand on his sword sheath as he looked at Basil, who was rushing towards him with translucent dead spirits wrapped around his body. ¡°Simrity does not mean sameness.¡± Sereung- Along with that, Hendrick¡¯s dragon sword was revealed to the world. bang! The second fight between Basil and Hendrick began with an explosion loud enough to fill the 60th floor training hall and to be emitted outside. * * * bang! ¡°I¡¯m already having a hard time.¡± ¡°yes? ¡°What did you say, brother?¡± ¡°Nothing. ¡°It¡¯s just noisy.¡± At the sound of an explosioning from the direction of the training ground where Basil was heading, I picked my ears and frowned slightly. But even for a moment, he looked at Miho, who was sleeping soundly on Ha-Ryu¡¯sp, and asked. ¡°How is Miho?¡± A full day had passed since the arrival of the nine-tailed fox, and until now, Miho had not been able to open her eyes. ¡°There are no major injuries. ¡°It is very strong and has extraordinary resilience.¡± Fortunately, there was no problem with Miho. It was also a trustworthy enough horse because it was the horse of Ha-Ryu, who nursed Miho by her side all day. ¡°Then why can¡¯t you get up?¡± ¡°Well, I guess it feels like a penalty for epting too much force into my body.¡± [The nine-tailed fox says that is correct.] [The nine-tailed fox looks at his child with a worried face.] [The pinnacle of all evil pats someone on the shoulder andforts them.] [The nine-tailed fox ps someone¡¯s hand, asking where an ipetent man would touch it.] [The pinnacle of all evil holds his numb hand and bows his head.] Have fun, have fun. Jinhyeok clicked his tongue and gently stroked Miho when he saw Baal get hit after going tofort him. ¡°So when do you think it will happen?¡± This was not something to ask downstream. Ha-ryu seemed to know this as well, waiting silently and looking at me. And then the answer I was waiting for came to mind. [It is said that the nine-tailed fox will wake up tomorrow.] [The nine-tailed fox says he won¡¯t be able to use his strength properly for a few days.] tomorrow¡­Tomorrow would be appropriate.¡± ¡°They say you wake up tomorrow? Haha, thank goodness. ¡°I was worried that I might have to sleep like this for a long time.¡± ¡°Still, it won¡¯t be of much help in battle for a few days.¡± ¡°¡­As Miho¡¯s older sister, I can handle that. ¡°I will try harder so that Miho¡¯s absence is not felt.¡± I smiled with satisfaction at Ha-ryu¡¯s resolute answer. No matter what anyone says, it was Miho who yed the biggest role in this guild battle. If she hadn¡¯t yed her role as the vessel for theing of the ¡®Nine-Tailed Fox¡¯, we would probably have lost. ¡®Sandalfon, that monstrous bastard. A penalty is a penalty, and yet it sweeps the battlefield. Even if I hade forward, the result probably would not have been different.¡¯ Sandalphon. A heavenly race god who is both a high celestial being and a member of the Four Emperors. As it is a being that has existed since the distant past, its strength was by no means small. If it weren¡¯t for the arrival of the ¡®nine-tailed fox¡¯ at that time, Miho wouldn¡¯t have been lying down with such afortable face right now. That¡¯s why I gently stroked the head of Ha-ryu, who said he would try harder on Miho¡¯s behalf. ¡°I will leave as soon as I wake up tomorrow. The work here is almost done and in the final stage. ¡°Are you prepared?¡± ¡°¡­Of course. ¡°Please just leave it to me.¡± ¡°Yes, I will believe it.¡± I sat down next to Ha-Ryu, who revealed himself by clenching his two cute fists, lightly ruffled his hair and smiled slightly. ¡°You don¡¯t have to go? Something to do¡­.¡± ¡°Before Miho was my pet, she was a living being and a child who worked hard for me. ¡°That child is sleeping like he¡¯s about to pass out, so I have to be by his side.¡± ¡°¡­I have something. ¡°I don¡¯t think Miho will be too disappointed.¡± ¡°Even if you don¡¯t regret it, you won¡¯t like it. don¡¯t worry. You said everything is already in the final stages. And now there are a lot of kids on the 60th floor who will do the work for me.¡± Smiling, I made everyoneugh as I counted on my hands the people who would do the work for me. ¡°Valkan is currently working on my behalf, and Halcion and Puppet are in the final stages of setting up a new guild for traitors. Gold Rich is simr. As a merchant, he will be helping Halcion and Puppet with their work, as they have not yet been refined. Oh, there¡¯s Ken too. ¡°He¡¯s as smart as a wizard, so if I just teach him a little bit, he¡¯ll figure it out, right?¡± ¡°There are a lot.¡± ¡°There are a lot, and do you know what they have inmon?¡± ¡°What is it?¡± I took off my goblin mask as I looked at Ha-Ryu, who was stroking the soft fur of Miho, who was sleeping soundly like a fox on myp, with an expression on my face that said I knew nothing. ¡°¡­swimming.¡± Purple-ck hair that sparkles and reflects the sunlight. When Ha-ryu, looking at that, opens his mouth involuntarily and thinks, ¡®That¡¯s cool.¡¯ Jinhyuk smiled slightly and opened his mouth. ¡°They are ve-like subordinates who will do anything I say. So, it¡¯s not enough to dedicate today just for you and Miho.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Jinhyuk, who is always busy every day, devotes his entire day to himself. There were no more beautiful words for Haryu, who knew Jinhyeok¡¯s busyness more than anyone else. Not on the battlefield, but in an ordinary day, a day with someone who makes his heart pound every time he walks alone or with Miho. ¡°¡­If that¡¯s the case, fine. Instead, you should stay by my side and by Miho¡¯s side.¡± Pressure to not leave anywhere. Jinhyuk shrugged his shoulders with understanding. ¡°That¡¯s right, it¡¯s nothing that can¡¯t be done. In the first ce, the time was taken to check Miho¡¯s condition, so it was natural. Well, is there something you want to do? ¡°I think it¡¯s okay to take a break as long as it doesn¡¯t harm sleeping Miho.¡± ¡°Then there¡¯s something I¡¯ve wanted to do for a long time. Can I do it?¡± In the end, Jinhyeok burst outughing and nodded as Ha-ryu asked carefully while pursing his cherry-like lips. ¡°as you please. ¡°As I just said, as long as it doesn¡¯t harm Miho, it¡¯s okay.¡± consent. As soon as it fell, Ha-Ryu opened his mouth with a bright smile, showing no signs of concern. ¡°The world of brothers and sisters. ¡°I want to know about this ce called Earth.¡± ¡°¡­Is that all?¡± I expected something great toe out of it, but when Jinhyuk was told that it was just a story about himself and his hometown dimension, Jinhyeokughed with a listless face. But that didn¡¯t mean it was a rejection. ¡°Of course.¡± ¡°¡­Hehe, please hurry up.¡± Jinhyeok, who was called Rakshasa on the battlefield, smiled brightly everywhere and nodded towards Ha-ryu, who urged him on while holding his arm, and Jinhyeok began to tell stories about himself and the earth. Enjoying the peace that does not match the battlefield of the tower under the warm sunlight. Chapter 137 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 137 ¡°How was it on Earth?¡± ¡°It was normal. ¡°I¡¯m just an Earthling with a bit of a dirty personality and no b usiness mind?¡± ¡°¡­I can¡¯t believe it.¡± It started with a story about me. Although it was a story that happened more than ten years ago, it was not difficult because ten years passed in the blink of an eye and all I had to do was search through memories from five years ago. Climbers receive corrections in all areas. There was no difference in memory. ¡°It¡¯s all like that. I have a friend named Choi Kyung-hoon, and he is just a fighter. But on Earth, fighting in the streets is illegal.¡± ¡°If it¡¯s Choi Kyung-hoon, he¡¯s definitely on the 800th floor¡­?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, isn¡¯t it hard to believe that a guy who is famous in the tower as an 800-story climber, and who would be simr on Earth, was just a criminal who got into street fights just ten years ago? That and I are the same. ¡°I was just an ordinary person with a dirty personality.¡± The past was extremely ordinary. There can¡¯t be anything particrly surprising. It was just a story about a guy who lived from day to day to get to the top, find talent, and be the greatest power on Earth. Ha-Ryu, who had heard that far, puffed out his cheeks and responded sulkily as if he was not amused. ¡°I didn¡¯t want to hear such ordinary things.¡± ¡°I can¡¯t help it. ¡°The image you know of me was created after I entered the tower.¡± Absolute. A soul lord who destroys those who stand in his way andmands the dead. The ¡®Death Star¡¯ that leads death. All of those names appeared to have been created within the tower. My appearance on Earth was not mixed in at all with the appearance inside the tower. Therefore, it was natural that there was nothing that could be done other than just shrugging the shoulders in response to theints of the subordinate. ¡°¡­Then, please don¡¯t talk about your brother, but just talk about a ce called Earth.¡± ¡°Sure, whatever. ¡°There¡¯s nothing special there, either.¡± earth. Compared to the pagoda, it would not be an understatement to say that the ce was peaceful, or even quiet. Of course, after the appearance of the tower, it became quite noisy with the appearance of monsters, but it was still not enoughpared to the tower. However, such talk on Earth surprisingly worked well for the lower ss. ¡°A karaoke room? Where to sing? Wow ¨C that sounds fun. ¡°Although I¡¯m not a good singer, adults told me that I was good at singing vige nursery rhymes and stuff like that!¡± ¡°Cinema? A ce where you can watch ys or something on video? I really like that y! Ha, that sounds fun.¡± ¡°¡­Chicken skewers? This is my first time hearing it, but it sounds like a really delicious name. chicken? pizza? ¡°What is all that?¡± I really like it. Ha-Ryu was so interested in the Earth that I was taken aback by his eyes sparkling and showing joy when I told him about the culture and food of the Earth. ¡°Unlike me, you are very interested in the Earth.¡± ¡°It¡¯s also my brother¡¯s hometown dimension¡­To be honest, talking about my brother is not fun.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s kind of heartbreaking. ¡°Ordinary is also good in its own way.¡± When I responded bitterly to Ha-Ryu, who was much more proactive than when he asked about me, Ha-Ryu was also left speechless. ¡°¡­Right, normal. ¡°Ordinary is best.¡± ¡°Oh, this was my mistake¡­.¡± Because that was something that the lower ss, whose normality had copsed, wanted to achieve more than anything else. When I realized that, I tried to admit that I had made a mistake, but- ¡°No, your brother is right. ¡°If the vige had gone on in such a peaceful and normal way, I wouldn¡¯t be here now.¡± Haryu shook his head and agreed that I was right. Ha-ryu then smiled brightly, saying that she was able to meet me because her normality was broken, and she was very beautiful. Exciting- ¡®¡­Is it heart failure? I clicked my tongue and gently stroked Haryu¡¯s head as I felt something that I shouldn¡¯t have been jumping into pounding. ¡°The broken normal will end if we create it again together. ¡°It may not be the same as before, but we can create a better normal.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, unlike back then, now there are many other people, including your brother and Miho.¡± ¡°There is also old man Muyoung.¡± ¡°¡­Grandpa Genno. Yes, there are people who use the name Muyoung now, so I¡­I¡¯m fine!¡± I could clearly see Ha-ryu saying it was okay, putting his hands together, clen ching his fists, and putting in so much strength that the blood stopped flowing. And I wasn¡¯t a bad person or a bad brother to the point where I kept quiet even after seeing that. Tub- ¡°¡­swimming?¡± As he felt my hand gently squeezing his head, Ha-ryu looked at me with a foolish face for the first time and let out a strange sound. But I didn¡¯t care about that and just shook my head and said. ¡°Good work. ¡°You have held on for a really long time, strong and firm.¡± ¡°No, I, that¡¯s¡­.¡± ¡°Well, you can rx now. ¡°Because I am by your side.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± The downstream is still young. On Earth, I would be about the age of a middle or high school student. Such a child loses his vige, friends, family, younger siblings, and home. lost everything ¡®It¡¯s even weirder to be okay at work. In other words, the downstream isn¡¯t just fine, it¡¯s trying to be fine.¡¯ The child who clearly is not okay is fine. That means trying to appear sane in the eyes of others. However, it is not the ce where everyone gathers as usual, and Miho, who is still present, is fast asleep. Even in a situation where it was safe to say that they were alone, there was no need for Ha-Ryu to be fine. ¡°I am¡­I am¡­.¡± As I heard Miho¡¯s voice start to cry and tremble, I held Miho up to prevent her from falling and gently hugged Ha-ryu. ¡°You don¡¯t need to say anything. Just, you just have to let out what you¡¯ve been holding in like this. Even if he is a god, he cannot be fine at every moment. This is especially natural for you who are still young. ¡°There is no need for any reason.¡± Gods, devils, climbers. Therees a point where everyone falls apart. Whether it¡¯s a colleague, a lover, or a family member that you share your feelings with. Nevertheless, the lower river built a tower and a wall again to prevent it from copsing and to prevent anyone from noticing it if it copsed. Now there is no need to do all that. Ha-Ryu buried himself in my arms with a more relieved and refreshed face than ever before and cried so that no one could see. Instead of shaking off Ha-Ryu, who cried like a child in my arms, I wrapped her gently so that no one could see her. TsutsutsutsuUnlike during battle, the spiritual power that did not burst out but just slowly flowed out, and soon it became a huge curtain surrounding us. In addition, it was the result of arge number of magics that diverted people¡¯s attention, including perception-impairing magic. We closed our eyes, just feeling each other¡¯s warmth without being disturbed by anyone. [The pinnacle of all evil shouts for the door to open.] [King Mifu twitches the corner of his mouth.] [The God of Lightning smiles sinisterly.] [The perfect wife, Shin, looks at someone and sighs] [A nine-tailed fox punches someone in the back.] Even the messages from God and the devil, which are blocked by the curtain and cannot be seen inside, could not reach me at this time. * * * A full day passed. Of course, my time with Ha-Ryu came to an end. [The pinnacle of all evil asks what was going on inside.] [King Mifu pricks up his ears.] [The God of Lightning quietly pulls up a chair.] ¡°¡­They¡¯re like eight-punchies. What should I do with a child who hasn¡¯t even had blood on his head yet? What do the police do? ¡°Don¡¯t catch people like that.¡± [The pinnacle of all evil looks around with a surprised expression.] [King Mifu quietly leaves the ce.] [The god of lightning runs away with a loud thunderstorm.] [The wise man¡¯s disciple appears, clearing his throat.] ¡°They are ying well. ¡°Someone must be too busy, tsk.¡± Leaving behind the noisy message window, I slowly saw off the people who were starting to leave the 60th floor. ¡°I definitely received the bnce.¡± The first was Shane. Shane stood in front of me, dressed not much different from when we first met, grinning and waving his money bag. A money bag that feels heavy. Gold Rich probably gave me the bnce in cash that I was supposed to give to Shane. ¡®¡­That alone would be in the millions, so give it to me in cash? He¡¯s really great too.¡¯ I sent Shane off, once again sticking my tongue out at Gold Rich¡¯s wealth, which others would have saved up in cash. ¡°Okay, if I have to see you again next time, please.¡± ¡°However much. If it¡¯s something this big, it¡¯s always good. ¡°I like it even more because I gained a lot through this job.¡± Even as he was leaving, Shane did not hide his satisfaction. It is natural that not only is there arge amount ofpensation, but also the ¡®territory¡¯ can be expanded, albeit imperfectly. ¡°Thanks to me, you gained a clue to the realm, so don¡¯t you owe me a debt?¡± ¡°¡­You were going to pay it back on your own without me having to say it, right? Mercenaries are sure to get their money¡¯s worth. ¡°I have receivedpensation for risking my life in this battle, so I know that providing a clue to what is called territory is a debt I must repay.¡± I smiled at Shane, who grunted as if it was obvious, and nodded. That was enough. It was profitable enough just to owe a little debt to an outstanding climber named Shane. ¡°What are we going to do now?¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m going to climb the tower. ¡°The answer was that it would be difficult to fully expand the territory in its current state.¡± ¡°It is close to the correct answer. The area is too powerful for a climber with less than the 300th floor to unleash. ¡°If you climb the tower, train your body, and improve your energy, the realm will one day be by your side.¡± ¡°¡­Ah, I can hear the debt increasing. Damn it, I¡¯ll take note.¡± Shane clicked his tongue but was satisfied because he knew that the advice I gave him was simple but expensive. Just seeing a clear path forward would be of great help to Shane. ¡°Then I¡¯ll go. see youter.¡± ¡°Did you talk to Hendrick?¡± ¡°¡­That lizard bastard just sparred all day?¡± ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s the Hendrick thing to do. See you then.¡± Are you still sparring with Basil? The sparring that started when I spoke with Ha-ryu yesterday would not have taken ce for 24 hours. I would have just eaten, sparred, slept, woke up, sparred, and so on. In the end, Hendrick, who was engaged in sparring until Shane left, did not show up. Jumble-jumpShane walks slowly. One person came to her side. ¡°¡­Are you going?¡± ¡°¡­why? ¡°Why don¡¯t we spar some more?¡± ¡°Tsk, I didn¡¯t know you were going already.¡± ¡°I had enough rest for about 2-3 days. ¡°Didn¡¯t you also spend time sparring?¡± Hendrick, who was presumed to havee from sparring, scratched his swea ty head as Shane pouted his lips and grunted. ¡°ter. Also, if you see itter, tell me in advance. ¡°I will find time to have at least one meal.¡± ¡°¡­You¡¯re living there, right?¡± ¡°I have that much money.¡± ¡°As long as it¡¯s free food, it¡¯s as much as you want. Instead, next time, if you just spar, I will feed you food and bullets, so be prepared.¡± ¡°¡­Sure.¡± Hendrick burst intoughter and nodded at the threatening appearance of Shane tapping the pistol, which was like the essence of science, attached to his waist. No one knows when they will meet again, but they know that they will meet again in the future, so they made a promise to have a meal together. Hendrick, who was crazy about sparring, and Shane, who was crazy about money. Jinhyeok and Ha-ryu looked at each other and grinned as they watched the two promise to eat together from afar. ¡°Does the day of lovee even to lizards?¡± ¡°¡­Brother, if you call me a lizard in front of Mr. Hendrick, I¡¯ll bring a knife to you.¡± ¡°I¡¯m saying that because there isn¡¯t one, right? Still not bad. ¡°Shane is a decent person.¡± A woman who is capable and makes good money. A woman who is not discouraged by Hendrick¡¯s strong temper. Jinhyuk shook his head because there weren¡¯t many women like this. ¡®It will also be helpful in Yeokcheon.¡¯ Jinhyuk didn¡¯t give advice to Shane for nothing. It was clear that he wanted to be indebted to Shane, but he also thought about the possibility that she might one day join Yeokcheon. However, if Hendrick and Shane, who are members of Yeokcheon¡¯s guild and also hold the role of deputy guild leader, be deeply involved, there is a high probability that Shane will join Yeokcheon. ¡°You¡¯re using Hendrick as bait to catch Shane.¡± ¡°¡­I feel sorry for these two people for no reason.¡± After Ha-ryu¡¯s words hardened with a look of disgust on his face, Shane disappeared, and Hendrick, who hade to see Shane as he was leaving, returned to the training ground to spar again. And another person leaving, who was waiting for his next turn, approached Jinhyuk. ¡°Eun-gong!¡± ¡°Yes, it was time for you to leave too.¡± ¡°hmm! Now that we have taken care of some of the damage from the Taoists, we must return to Yuldo Kingdom. Because Taoists by nature cannot stay outside of Yuldoguk for a long time. still! Yuldo-guk will always be with Yeokcheon!¡± Hong Gil Dong. He, the owner of Yuldo Country, was the second person to leave after Shane. In fact, most of the injured had recovered after two to three days, so their departure was predictable and was not surprising. ¡°And this is the ¡®price¡¯ I couldn¡¯t give back then.¡± ¡°¡­Payback?¡± And before leaving. Hong Gil-dong ced a ¡®reward¡¯ in Jin-hyeok¡¯s hand. Hong Gil-dong left only a brief exnation to Jin-hyeok, who checked the trophy handed to him along with the word ¡°price¡±. ¡°If you have that, even if you are in danger of death, you will be able to save your life at least once. However, you may be confused. ¡°I can¡¯t tell you the details, but I assure you that if you have that reward, Prince Eun-gong will be able to get out of a crisis for once.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s a nice gift. ¡°The problem is that we don¡¯t know the detailed effects.¡± An item that can save your life in any crisis. Jinhyeok nodded with satisfaction because these words were spoken by Hong Gil-dong, the master of a country, and not by anyone else. ¡°Then let¡¯s go. ¡°Go back to Yuldo!¡± ¡°¡­yes!¡± The moment Hong Gil-dong, who had finished giving a brief exnation while holding the trophy in his hand, turned his back and shouted. The voices of the Taoist monks rang out loudly, and soon they disappeared without a trace. ¡°They are such an amazing people.¡± ¡°¡­I didn¡¯t see it either. ¡°I think it¡¯s probably the ability to move through space itself.¡± The ability to move without being able to see properly, even downstream with good eyesight. The two people were amazed at the ability of the Taoists and Hong Gil-dong to freely use it. of course- ¡°I want it. ¡°I would like to try learning itter when I have the chance.¡± All Masters. For Jinhyuk, who can learn everything, such ability was not something that was just a thing of the past, so I couldn¡¯t help but be jealous of it. But think about that for a moment. ¡°If there are people who want to leave,e quickly, say hello, and then leave. ¡°Don¡¯t waste your time!¡± Jinhyeok called them together in an irritated voice as the list of people who were leaving was still full. When Ha-ryu bursts intoughter at the sight of climbers suddenly gathering around Jin-hyeok and crowding around him. ¡°sister.¡± ¡°¡­why? ¡°It¡¯s Miho.¡± Miho, who had been sleeping in the aftermath of Advent, called out to Ha-Ryu. Miho asked Ha-ryu, who tilted her head while gently looking at Miho calling her. ¡°Are you not crying today?¡± ¡°¡­Miho, how do you do that?!¡± Ha-Ryu was shocked to see Miho smiling and not crying and unable to hold back her curiosity. Because I knew very well what that question meant. A question referring to myself, who touched Jinhyuk¡¯s chest yesterday in Jinhyuk¡¯s arms. When Ha-ryu asked a puzzled question, Miho answered by pricking her ears. ¡°Foxes have sharp ears.¡± ¡°¡­what do you want?¡± ¡°snack! Danggwa!¡± ¡°¡­Okay, let¡¯s go. My sister will buy everything for you. therefore¡­Where can I go and say something like that?¡± ¡°huh! Miho, your mouth is heavy!¡± Seeing Miho smiling brightly while pretending to put a zipper on her mouth, Ha-ryu sighed and blushed, holding Miho¡¯s hand and walking towards the market street on the 60th floor. This was before the non-stop race to the 100th floor. Chapter 138 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 138 ¡°I will leave too.¡± ¡°Okay, Ken. ¡°You did a great job this time too.¡± Hong Gil-dong¡¯s next batter was Ken. Although he joined the battlefield a littlete, it could not be denied that Ken was a great help in the guild battle. That¡¯s why when I pat Ken on the shoulder as he¡¯s about to leave and nod my head in appreciation of his hard work. ¡°There are many things I saw and learned this time.¡± ¡°The battlefield is basically like a training center.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, there were definitely many moments when my life came and went and I wanted to run away¡­Still, I think it was worth it.¡± ¡°If that¡¯s you, then that¡¯s probably it.¡± Ken smiled slightly as he recalled what he had learned during this guild war. A calm smile. It was a smile that I couldn¡¯t believe had gone through a hellish battlefield, but I actually liked it. ¡®There are things that can only be learned in a bloody battlefield.¡¯ It was certainly a good idea for wizards to stay in their closets and study magic, but it was also important to use the magic themselves and find ways to strengthen it. ¡°area. The one used by Shane and others. ¡°I can use it too, right?¡± Ken¡¯s appearance as he discussed territory was tense. It was funny that he was nervous, as he had never been nervous during the guild war, but I knew why he was nervous, so I smiled and nodded. ¡°Of course, you will definitely have your own territory. Like everyone else. ¡°Maybe an area that is greater than others.¡± ¡°¡­I will try my best to show you next time.¡± ¡°Yes, I said we are now over the 100th floor. ¡°I only need to climb about 200 more floors.¡± ¡°¡­Does it have to go up that high?!¡± It was very amusing to see Ken opening his mouth in surprise, looking uncharacteristically ugly as a wizard. However, instead of teasing the surprised Ken, I ended the conversation by gently patting him on the back and let him go. ¡°There will be no time to rest.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, I n to go up right away after talking with Halcyon.¡± ¡°Yes, take breaks and move around in between. ¡°Seeing as she gets along well with Halcyon, spending time with him will be a great help and rxation for you.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll keep that in mind.¡± I didn¡¯t spare any advice because I knew that I didn¡¯t have to take a long break, but I also didn¡¯t have to skip it. Unlike Shane, who was still an outsider, Ken was already a well-established guild member. As a guild leader, it is natural to take care of your subordinates and help them grow. Just like that, Ken caught up with Halcion, who was approaching along with Goldrich and Puppet, and fell to the side. -¡­The establishment of Gwimyeongyo was¡­-Already in progress step by step¡­¡­It seems like they¡¯re nning something strange, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s anything to do with it.¡± It wasn¡¯t nice to see them bickering with each other, but these two are talented people who do their jobs clearly. As long as he was good at his job and didn¡¯t cause harm to me or Yeokcheon, there was no reason to sanction him for anything. While Halcion and Ken were wandering off to the side, Puppet and Goldrich approached me and greeted me. ¡°It¡¯s been a few days, Gwimyeon. ¡°I apologize for not being able to greet you properly because I was busy.¡± ¡°Tsk, what kind of apple is that? ¡°That guy must have been busy ying alone.¡± ¡°¡­With Malbonsae. So, are you guys going too?¡± Goldrich is 180 degrees different from the polite puppet. But since that was their tendency and attitude, I did not impose any sanctions. Because I was the one who knew better than anyone else that the position of guild leader was just a facade in the first ce. Above all, I knew full well that the two had worked harder and more than anyone else in the few days after the guild war ended, so I had nothing to say. Those feelings were especially strong because I spent the whole day yesterday chatting and ying with Ha-Ryu. So, to hide their embarrassment, they asked if they were leaving now, and the two nodded at the same time. ¡°I came down because of the guild war, but I was in the middle of conquering the tower. I think it¡¯s time to elerate again. ¡°Through this experience, I feel like my limits have increased slightly, so I think I will be able to climb more easily.¡± ¡°Really? ¡°That¡¯s a good thing.¡± ¡°Next time I see you, the number of climbing floors may have changed.¡± It¡¯s the 200th floor¡­You definitely have talent. The growth and climbing speed of Ira, who was the head of themercial association branch on the 10th floor, was unbelievable. Thinking that he was indeed an excellent climber, I turned my head towards Goldrich. ¡°¡­Well, you¡¯re probably busy other than work here, so I can¡¯t help it.¡± ¡°No, thank goodness. From collecting information on Ashur Hum to restoring the 6 0th floor to establishing a guild for traitors from the guild alliance. Do you know how much work I have to do?¡± Gold Rich. Even whenpared to who I am now andpared to who I was in the past, I am a being with an overwhelming reputation. Of course, if my past self were still alive, I wouldn¡¯t have had a greater reputation, but at least now he was more famous than me. Naturally, as famous as it was, Gold Rich had a lot to do. In addition to the basic work of the Gold Rich Company and its subsidiaries, I additionally collected information on Ashur Hum and encouraged the division of the guild union prior to the guild war, as well as epting guild members of the guild alliance who had betrayed. Even guilds were being established. In addition, Gold Rich is also elerating the investigation of the goblin vige on the 100th floor and the construction of a cksmith vige for old man Muyeong and other cksmiths heading to the 100th floor. ¡®Just by calcting, he is handling tasks that would not be enough even if he had 10 hands or even 10 bodies.¡¯ A monster of the upper world. As if to prove that the word ¡®monster¡¯ is not included in Goldrich¡¯s nickname for nothing, Goldrich has been doing the work alone, for more than several years, that would have been difficult for anyone else to do with ten bodies. It cannot be denied that with that alone, Gold Rich can be called something that transcends humans. ¡°What about the alchemist ¡®Alchemy¡¯?¡± ¡°I¡¯m looking for that. Since it was moving so quickly, there was nothing I could do. But I know a way to tie it down securely, so all you have to do is find it.¡± ¡°You can take care of it yourself. ¡°Then I¡¯lle see you right away.¡± Additionally, after receiving a story about the alchemist ¡®Alchemy¡¯. Just as I was about to see Goldrich off. ¡°Cha Jinhyuk.¡± ¡°why.¡± ¡°I learned this while continuing to monitor the goblin vige you mentioned, but the current energy there is unusual.¡± I had to stop when Goldrich spoke with a stern expression about the ideals of the 100-story goblin vige. ¡°What do you mean?¡± ¡°¡­Recently, a report came in that a number of Four Emperors were discovered on the 100th floor. ¡°The number of floors is low, but we believe it is at least the 200th to 300th floor.¡± ¡°It means there is something.¡± A Four Emperor Climber between the 200th and 300th floors. At that level, it would not be enough to add an additional 50 to 100 floors to the original number of floors. People with the ability to recognize wherever they go in the tower suddenly came down to the 100th floor ¨C I frowned and answered as I could smell the smell even if I just took a quick look at it. ¡°Everything is over. ¡°It¡¯ll go up soon.¡± ¡°Yes, you will only know and deal with the details when you get up to the 100th floor. ¡°Once again, when ites to matters rted to the Four Emperors, there isn¡¯t much I can do to help.¡± ¡°¡­Confirmed.¡± The Four Emperors. These are people who threaten Gold Rich with just their presence, and if they move in earnest, they can make Gold Rich, who has influence over the entire tower, a life-or-death decision. When ites to them, you have to be careful of even a single leaf. I didn¡¯t want to lose Goldrich through something like this, so I didn¡¯t ask for his help. Goldrich, who had told about the strange phenomenon urring in the goblin vige and on the 100th floor, disappeared. ¡°Then I will go too. ¡°Halcyon will handle the rest of the work on the 60th floor.¡± ¡°Okay, let¡¯s meetter at a higher ce.¡± ¡°I¡¯m looking forward to it.¡± Even the puppet, which showed great politeness by bowing its head, disappeared. I turned to look at the empty space ahead. ¡°Is the break over?¡± A few days of sweet, sweet rest. The end was like grease for a non-stop race up to the 100th floor. And the oiled car had to go up to the race. of course- ¡°It¡¯s something I didn¡¯t want.¡± For a car born for racing, getting to the top of the race is no different from proving its worth. In other words, it¡¯s something I didn¡¯t want to do. ¡°Time to run.¡± All preparations werepleted, and it was time to run for the next goal. * * * The next day dawned. Most of the mercenaries, residents of the 60th floor, and climbers who heard rumors and came to lend a hand have all left. Each person left for their main activity destination with the two letters of the name ¡®Ghost¡¯ in their hearts. Someone remained on the 60th floor. Some go beyond the 100th floor. And someone beyond the 200th floor. Maybe someone else beyond the 300th floor. The names that were cherished in the hearts of those who were scattered like that exploded with activity when they returned to their main activity area. [60th floor] -Do you know about a climber named Gwimyeon? -He is a true climber. I am a climber who stands up to the strong for the sake of the weak. -If you want to climb to a higher ce, act like a ghost. The climbers on the 60th floor remained where Jinhyuk left. They gave up climbing the tower and remained on the 60th floor like ¡®NPCs¡¯ in the game, expressing their gratitude to Jinhyuk for protecting the 60th floor, which was like their world. Because I was busy spreading the name of Ghost Face to new climbers going up to the 60th floor. [100th floor] -The birth of a new super rookie! ¨C Demon Face¡¯s Reverse Destroys the guild union of ten guilds and confidently wins the guild battle! At that time, on the 100th floor, Jinhyuk¡¯s achievements were announced and the birth of a new super rookie was announced. It was also natural that his name became widely known to people as a righteous man who fought against the violence of arge guild. [300th floor] -Did you hear the news? -What news? ¨C I heard that a rookie climber named Gwi-myeon had a guild war between the guild he founded and a guild union of ten guilds belonging to the Holy Kingdom, or something like that. -¡­Hmm, I think the ability is clear. -Would you like to recruit him? -Not bad. Those who have ovee one wall. Even those who were not very interested downstairs heard about Jinhyeok. And the news delivered to them was enough to make them, who had stopped paying attention to the downstairs, be interested in Jinhyeok. In that way, Jinhyeok was steadily moving towards clearing Basil¡¯s quest without even knowing it. * * * [65th floor] Jinhyeok smashed the leader of the charging Red Orcs with a fist imbued with spiritual power and moved on to the next floor. [70th floor] Lizardman. Lizard people, also called the rulers of the swamp. They rode through the swamp like a in and hunted climbers, but were crushed by a muchrger number of spirit soldiers and undead and became jerky. [78th floor] Lizard King. A boss monster thatmands the Lizardmen, the rulers of the swamp. Jinhyeok¡¯s path was blocked by a monster that was abination of a shaman and a warrior with tremendous strength and the ability to control the swamp at will. But all he could do was block Jinhyuk¡¯s path for a moment. Without even Jinhyeok, Basil, Tune, and Ashur Hum, including Hendrick, were enough to y with the Lizard King. [89th floor] troll. A monster with both great strength and monstrous resilience. The monsters that have frustrated many climbers are those that do not die when cut down, and are almost impossible to killpletely unless one of their heart or brain ispletely destroyed. However, the power possessed by Jinhyeok and his colleagues was not a docile force that was satisfied with merely destroying the heart and brain. With a single punch, the arm flies off, and with a single sword strike, the upper and lower body are split in two. With just a little movement of his arms and legs, Jinhyeok advanced towards the next floor, defeating the group of trolls that brought despair to the climbers who preferred wheel fighting. [100th floor] It was the moment when Jinhyeok, who had been running without stopping after the guild war, separated from his colleagues for a moment. * * * [Please tell me when you are ready.] Now, a familiar message window covers my eyes. ¡°I¡¯m sure everyone will seed.¡± 100th floor. A ce that can also be called the first ordeal. Since I had already passed through this ce once in the past, I had no worries. Just others. I¡¯m especially worried about the downstream area. ¡°Where is your sister?¡± ¡°It¡¯s somewhere else. ¡°Because trials are like that.¡± Because Miho was registered as my pet, Miho did not be separated from me. As a result, there were so many beings who were currently going through the ordeal on the 100th floor with me. Balkan, Tune, Basil, Ashur Hum, and even Miho. There are as many as five people, each of whom is capable of passing the 100-story ordeal. What that meant was simple. ¡°Let¡¯s start right away.¡± [Has confirmed.] [5. 4. 3. 2. 1.] [Good luck.] With my voice announcing the start, 5 seconds pass in an instant and a system message announces the end of the game. Buzz buzz buzzThe boss monster in charge of the gateway to the 100th floor appeared with a bright ray of light. ¡°It was a twin-headed troll.¡± The boss monster at the 100th floor gateway is Twin Head Troll. A mutant monster with two heads and arger body. However, because its strength was also a mutation, it was a monster that one had to be careful of. An ordinary person would have been nervous at the appearance of the Twin Head Troll, which has served as a wailing wall for countless climbers ¨C ¡°Get ready.¡± ¡°Get it done in one go.¡± ¡°It¡¯s time to set a new record.¡± ¡°A sword would be more helpful now than a shield.¡± ¡°Faster than Hendrick! ¡°Faster!¡± ¡°¡­Miho will help too. ¡°I will go out ahead of you and greet you.¡± The quality of the colleagues around me was too high for me to be nervous. -Kwaaaaah! -Kwaaaaah! A twin-headed troll with two heads appeared and roared. ¡°Sabakgwe (Éß¿`™™).¡± As soon as he appeared, Basil¡¯s low voice rang out, and dead souls made up of snake souls wrapped themselves around the Twin Head Troll¡¯s entire body. We each unleashed the most destructive techniques we could at him, who couldn¡¯t even move. ¡°Soul Fist.¡± Paang-! I mmed my fist filled with spiritual power into the air. ¡°Soul Laser.¡± Ji-e-ingVulcan fired aser mixed with spiritual power and soul. ¡°Death-fighting, ultimate power.¡± Pusss¡­Tune unleashed the pinnacle of deadlybat skills, a deadly fighting skill that had previously blocked my Demon Destruction Fist. ¡°Spiritual truth.¡± Quad deuk! A white-purple force burst out from the huge white sword that was lightly swung and rushed towards the Twin Head Troll. And the finishing touch was Miho, a young fox with sharp ws. ¡°Hojo Dance¡± Come on! Do it yourself! The ten ws move randomly, tearing the Twin Head Troll¡¯s entire body into pieces. The moment when all these attacks hit was surprisingly- [¡­] ¡­You have passed the gateway to the 100th floor. [The record is 00:00:83 seconds. It was less than 1 second. Especially considering that Jinhyuk¡¯s record for clearing the 10th floor is ¡¯00:00:96 seconds¡¯, it is an absurd situation that the record for clearing the 100th floor is faster than the 10th floor. However, since Jinhyuk was familiar with the faces of those who participated in this 100th floor clearing, he simply nodded his head and indulged in the messages that came to his mind. [The current ranking of 100th floor clear records is as follows.] ??? : 1st ce, 00:00:83. ¡­ .. . [Please enter the name registered in the record ranking.] [If you do not enter it, it will be registered as ???.] Simr content to the 10th floor. However, there was a set answer to the content that was not much different except that there was a 100th floor where the 10th floor should have been. ¡°If you are a ghost.¡± [¡­Registered.] Along with the rmed message window of the system, other messages appeared. [The clear record for the 100th floor has been changed.] [The current first ce winner is Ghost Face, and the record is 00:00:83 seconds.] [¡­You cleared the 100th floor faster than anyone else.] [You have earned the title of ¡®the person who cleared the 100th floor the fastest.¡¯] [The above title will remain valid until your record is broken in the future, and if so, it will be changed to the title ¡®The person who cleared the 100th floor.¡¯] Jinhyeok, who is familiar but has also won a different title, answered with a smile. ¡°Send me to the 100th floor.¡± After a long, long time, Jinhyuk once again entered the 100th floor. And the moment Jinhyuk steps onto the 100th floor- [You have cleared .] [The pinnacle of all evil looks at you with a shocked face.] A long time ago, the clear message of the quest he had obtained by shaking Baal¡¯s hand as a down payment was hidden before Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes. Chapter 139 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 139 Baal¡¯s Quest. This is the first quest I received after appearing in this world again. The process of starting the quest was absurd, but the result was sure to be amazing. Baal, the pinnacle of all evil, gives you a quest. Quest achievement condition: Before entering the 100th floor, raise your name or nickname throughout the tower. Penalty for Failure: You must begin the trials to be an Apostle of Baal. Reward upon sess: Baal will provide you with the recipe for the desired item. Down payment: Shake hands with Baal. ¡®Baal will provide me with the recipe for the item I want. ¡®This is greater than any other treasure.¡¯ Millions of gold? No, it is something that cannot be obtained even if you pay hundreds of millions of dors. Baal. A being with the arrogant nickname of the pinnacle of all evil. Although he goes around doing all kinds of stupid things, there is only one reason why he can reign as the pinnacle of all evil. ¡®It¡¯s strength.¡¯ It was power. The world of gods and demons is no different from the tower. With his power alone, Baal stopped everyone¡¯sints and criticism of him. It would be even stranger if the item that such a being offered as a quest reward was ordinary. Of course, I wouldn¡¯t know if the quest was too easy, but the quest I cleared was extremely difficult. [Why don¡¯t we do this without the pinnacle of all evil? He asks.] [The nine-tailed fox clicks his tongue and mes someone, saying he knew that would happen.] Even Baal didn¡¯t know that I would seed even though he set the quest. Of course, Baal couldn¡¯t even imagine a future where I would clear quests and receive rewards. But I seeded in the quest, and I had no intention of taking the reward. ¡°Give it to me. ¡°Don¡¯t talk nonsense.¡± [The pinnacle of all evil looks down on his face and asks what he wants.] An incredibly difficult quest. Of course, the reward for clearing it had to be enormous. In particr, since it is not a finished product but a manufacturing method, the limitations will also be high. So, without any hesitation, I said what I wanted. ¡°A recipe for making a weapon suitable for my ss that I can use until I reach the top of this tower.¡± [The pinnacle of all evil has passed behind the chair.] [The pinnacle of all evil is rummaging through his warehouse and shaking his body.] [The pinnacle of all evil cries out that he is bankrupt.] When gods and demons give something to climbers, they have to pay not only the item but also an additional fee for the item. In other words, not only do I have to give the item I want, but I also have to pay the additional fees that arise from giving that item. Naturally, the additional fee increases as the item bes more expensive. I don¡¯t know the exact amount, but I knew well that it was at least enough to whine that Baal would go bankrupt. But despite his whining, I was adamant. ¡°Give it to me. If you don¡¯t want to talk to me again, don¡¯t give it to me.¡± Firmness. In a situation where destroying quests may be the only thing left to do. However, if I recall the way Baal had shown me so far, cutting off all ties with me seemed like an impossible choice for him. in other words- [The pinnacle of all evil has paid the price for the quest.] [The pinnacle of all evil appears, emptying out his dusty wallet.] [King Mifu offers to buy someone a drink.] [The God of Lightning quietly approaches, saying he cannot be left out.] It makes no sense not to give Baal a quest reward. In the end, Baal, who took all the losses, delivered the quest¡¯s reward to me. PaaaaatAs a bright cluster of light burst out, a scroll was floating in front of my eyes. I quickly put the scroll in my arms, not wanting anyone to see it, and carefully checked the status window of the scroll. [???¡¯s Recipe] ¡®The pinnacle of all evil¡¯, a recipe prepared by Baal for someone. This is a recipe for a weapon that perfectly matches someone¡¯s job, but whose name is not yet set. However, it is clear that the power of the finished product will be overwhelmingpared to any other weapon in the tower. ¡°¡­I¡¯m sure.¡± As I did not have any production skills, I did not know the proper production method, but since I was shown the finished product in advance, I was able to see how valuable the production book that Baal gave me in return was. ¡°It is a weapon that can ept and retain all energy, and can be transformed into all the weapons in the world¡­I¡¯m sure it¡¯s really the weapon for me.¡± Current mana, magic energy, divine power, spiritual power. I am the one who deals with a total of four energies. Considering that this will increase further in the future, a weapon that can absorb and retain the user¡¯s energy was essential. However, such user-friendly weapons are expensive. But if it is just one energy, does it ept and retain all energy? Its value must be indescribably great. But ???¡¯s abilities did not end there. A weapon that can be transformed into any weapon in the world. For me, who has a sub-job called All Master and prefers a variety ofbat methods, it is a weapon more important than a thousand gold. Spirit Master, All Master. Baal had given me the recipe for an absurd weapon suitable for both professions as a reward. [The pinnacle of all evilins that he has truly be a beggar.] Since it was such a weapon, it was clear that even if it were just for production, an additional fee would have to be paid, which would be more expensive than for an ordinary finished product. Baal is not whining about bing a beggar for no reason. But I was relentless. ¡°Ipletely seeded in the quest you gave me, and you just paid the price for it. ¡°Stop whining, Baal.¡± [The pinnacle of all evil drinks with tears in his eyes.] [Iment that reality is more bitter than alcohol at the peak of all evil.] It was about time I looked at Baal, who was whining, and kept the recipe in my arms. ¡°Brother.¡± ¡°As expected, it¡¯s fast.¡± Ha-Ryu and Hendrick, who had parted ways, appeared. Haryu showed a few scratches, but Hendrick was still fine. It was only a matter of time, but it would have been impossible to trouble Hendrick now with something like Twin Head Troll. Of course, Ha-ryu, who was still young, was thest and then Hendrick. Since first ce was decided to be me from the beginning, the speed of the two people was not that important. [The person who cleared the 100th floor the fastest] A title given only to those who clear the 100th floor the fastest. All stats + 30 ¡®This is enough.¡¯ A new title obtained by clearing the 100th floor. Even just looking at this alone, it was worth clearing the 100th floor. It was a title I liked so much that I couldn¡¯t even think about howte the two people were. All stats + 30. This title is considered the best among titles that show its true value the more stats it has. Having earned that title, I left behind Ha-Ryu, who was holding hands with Miho and saying ¡®se-se-se-se¡¯, and checked the status window that I hadn¡¯t seen before. ¡°Status window.¡± [Status Window] Name: Cha Jinhyuk upation: Spirit Master Sub-upation: All Master Body: Mana body, half-sacred half-demon (ability) Strength: 107 (+63) Health: 110 (+63) Agility: 109 (+63) Intelligence: 147 (+63) Mana: 185 (+78) Magi: 98 (+68) Holy power: 98 (+68) (characteristic) 1. Predation 2. Versatility 3. One won (one won) (skill) Comprehensive resistance, tenacity ¡®¡­It¡¯s huge.¡¯ The status window was so enormous that my eyes widened. I hadn¡¯t really looked at the 60th floor city since I left it, so the growth in basic stats was fully expected, but the power of the title was truly great. Just considering the stats that were raised thanks to the title, it was an example of one that boasted statsparable to those of a 50-story climber. What was particrly satisfying was that the power of the title was applied to magic and divine power from the moment divine power and magic power were opened, without relying on items. ¡®If you use a member in this state to demonize or consecrate¡­It¡¯s thrilling just to imagine it.¡¯ The current sum of the additional and basic stats of magic energy and divine power is 166, respectively. If you add that up, you get a ridiculous stat of 332. ¡®With this, even climbers up to the 300th floor can be dealt with without difficulty.¡¯ I was satisfied with my current condition, to the point where I was confident that I would be able to deal with climbers on the 300th floor without difficulty, at least as long as I was using my body. ¡®In addition, if I use the recipe given by Baal toplete a weapon just for me¡­It¡¯s good enough to deal with the Four Emperors who might be waiting for us in the goblin vige.¡¯ The Four Emperors that appeared on the 100th floor that Gold Rich had heard about. They would definitely meet us at the point called Goblin Vige. At least the possibility is high. Therefore, it was clear that the new weapon and my own increased strength would be of great help in meeting them. After checking my current state of powerlessness after reaching the 100th floor, I took a step forward. ¡°Brother?¡± Hearing the stream calling me, I turned my head and said. ¡°Are you not nning on going?¡± ¡°¡­Where on earth are you going? ¡°You have to say something!¡± When Ha-ryu started shouting, I realized that I had not told him the destination, so I smiled and told him the destination. ¡°Downriver, your favorite ce. And a ce where there are people who can help me where I am now.¡± ¡°¡­no way?¡± As soon as he heard what I said, I nodded, looking at Haryu¡¯s face that lit up as if he had figured out something. ¡°Everyone needs to check the equipment, right? Let¡¯s go meet old man Muyoung for the first time in a while. ¡°There are things I can entrust to you.¡± Muyeong (ŸoÓ°), Genno. As one of the survivors of the goblin vige and a skilled cksmith, he would have been able to immediately recognize the production method and materials needed for production contained in the recipe given by Baal. It was a ce that needed to be visited at least once for the production of weapons that were sure to be of great help in the future schedule and for Ha-ryu, who had been looking forward to meeting Genno. It was time to head to the ¡®Goldrich cksmith¡¯ that Goldrich had prepared for him on the 100th floor. * * * Taang-nd-! Taang-nd-! The sound of a heavy hammer hitting iron and a flickering me instantly fill the workshop. The old man wiped away his sweat and smiled with satisfaction as he looked at thepleted weapon with the mes disappearing as quickly as they had filled the workshop. ¡°Not bad.¡± A small dagger. However, since it was a dagger made with all his might by an artisan-level cksmith, its quality would not be inferior to that of a famous sword or a treasured sword. Because he knew this better than anyone else, the old man did not wipe his s mile and ced thepleted dagger in the scabbard they had made together. SighThe pleasant sound of the dagger and sheath being clicked together fills the workshop. ¡°I struggled with it for a few days and finally finished it. ¡°Muyoung.¡± ¡°Melton! ¡°It¡¯s all thanks to you,¡± he said. Then, a small but sturdy man called Melton approached the old man, Muyoung, who was checking the finished product. Muyoung burst outughing at Melton¡¯s blunt voice and gave him the credit for the finished product. However, knowing that Muyoung did most of the work, Melton did not receive the credit he gave. ¡°Who are you nning to make unscrupulous? And a dagger like that is nothing!¡± ¡°Yes, I guess so. ¡°As a dwarf, I apologize for making too much of a campaign with a dagger that would have been more than enough for you to make.¡± ¡°Please tell me it¡¯s not because I¡¯m a dwarf, but because I have the skills of a cksmith named ¡®Melton.¡¯¡± ¡°Well then, cksmith Melton is quite possible.¡± Dwarf. These are people who have made a name for themselves as a race of craftsmen within the tower. As soon as they touch it, theye out with a lot of swords, whether famous swords or treasured swords, so everyone unanimously calls them ¡®the race with the hands of God¡¯. No matter how much Muyeong is an artisan-level cksmith, Melton is a dwarf family where artisan-level cksmiths pop out whenever they get bored with the craftsman-level work that each and every one of them gives him. It is not enough to be infinitely humble in front of them. ¡°I guess that¡¯s something to give to the little boy who wears it around every day, right?¡± ¡°¡­The sword the child is carrying is obviously good, but it is sure to be harmful.¡± Dragon yer sword. A magical sword that devours the user the more it is used. Mu-yeong, who was concerned that Ha-ryu, who was like his granddaughter, continued to use it, made the dagger he had justpleted in the hope that he would use it as little as possible. ¡°Tsk, what should I use that dagger for? ¡°Maybe I should have made a long sword instead.¡± ¡°The dragon yer sword is a precious thing, but when you really need to show off your true skills, you have no choice but to use it. To be honest, even if I use my full abilities, it is impossible to make a sword of the same level as the Dragon yer Sword.¡± ¡°¡­All the damn magic swords are like that.¡± As a member of a race with excellent dexterity, Melton, who often came into contact with famous swords called magic swords and holy swords, clicked his tongue and chewed the dragon yer sword. No matter how famous the sword was or how precious it was, there was no way for him, a cksmith, to acknowledge a sword that could devour its user and owner, the swordsman. ¡°If he¡¯s in front of me, I¡¯ll throw him straight into the furnace.¡± Muyoung shook her head with a bitter smile and was about to say something when Melton casually said something that would have shocked others. ¡°Young man, I don¡¯t think that will work.¡± ¡°¡­What is it? What are you again? This is no ce for an idiot like you. Iron and fire¡­Oh my!¡± A cold voice struck Melton and Muyoung¡¯s ears. However, even though the voice of an experienced climber filled the workshop, cksmith Melton did not back down. Instead, he tried to nag the intruder, but unfortunately, his attempts ended in vain. This is because Muyoung, who was pushing him and running forward, hit his butt. ¡°¡­Muyoung!¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry, I don¡¯t have time to listen to you nagging when I have a child like your granddaughter.¡± ¡°You treat me like a granddaughter, a friend, a teacher, and a great colleague¡­Wait, what? Granddaughter? Then the kid next to that guy¡­?¡± A girl standing next to a man of moderate build who was blocking the front door of the workshop. Only then did Melton notice the two horns simr to Muyoung¡¯s growing on the girl¡¯s forehead, and his words trailed off. ¡°Yes, that child is like my granddaughter and can be said to be the future of goblins.¡± Melton had no choice but to ignore the tingling pain he felt in his buttocks as Muyoung, who always had a serious and stern expression on his face, continue his exnation with a bright smile. ¡°Downstream! ¡°Why didn¡¯t you at least say something?¡± ¡°I came right away because I wanted to see my grandfather. ¡°Would you like to talk next time, even if it¡¯s a littlete?¡± ¡°Okay, juste quickly. ¡°It¡¯s like a gift and it¡¯s nice to be surprised.¡± ¡°¡­Sheesh, I wonder if I¡¯m a sad dwarf without a granddaughter.¡± The sight of Mu-yeong and Ha-ryu embracing each other and saying hello was enough to make Melton¡¯s heart, tempered with iron and fire, cry. Melton, looking at Muyoung¡¯s warm appearance as if he was seeing her for the first time, had a soft smile on his face without even realizing it. The workshop, which had been warm with the heat flowing from the furnace, began to be warm with the sight of grandparents looking out for each other. of course- ¡°Dwarf old man, you need to talk to me.¡± ¡°¡­He seems like a guy who has ignored manners. Even looking at this atmosphere right now, I can¡¯t believe that¡­.¡± ¡°An armor recipe given by Baal as a quest reward. ¡°Do you still hate it like this?¡± ¡°¡­You must be Cha Jin-hyuk, the rude guy that Mu-young always talks about. But he¡¯s a guy you can¡¯t hate or push away. That¡¯s exactly right. Damn it,e in. ¡°Don¡¯t disturb this atmosphere.¡± Jinhyuk was meeting Melton, leaving behind such a warm appearance. It was also a contact that any cksmith before being a dwarf could never refuse. The two carefully left the workshop, warmed by the meeting between Ha-Ryu and Mu-Young, and headed to Melton¡¯s private studio. Needless to say, it was a very secret movement that no one noticed. Chapter 140 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 140 thud- The door to Melton¡¯s private room closed with a heavy ringing sound. ¡°Okay, then let¡¯s take it out. Baal¡­There¡¯s no way the devil would have given you a useless item.¡± As soon as the door was closed, Melton immediately showed interest in the recipe Baal gave me that I mentioned. In fact, it would have been even stranger not to be interested. Baal. There is no way that an item given as a quest reward by a being with the grand nickname of the pinnacle of all evil would be ordinary. Especially if it was a production book, there were many cksmiths in the tower who would open their eyes and beg to be able to see it. The same goes for Melt, a dwarf who is called the artisan race and is difficult to meet, but even more difficult to entrust with making things. ¡°There is one condition.¡± ¡°¡­condition?¡± However, just because Melton was a dwarf and an excellent cksmith, he had no intention of showing the recipe right away. Anyway, I came here thinking of Muyoung and Genno, so if I couldn¡¯t decide, I could just leave it to Muyoung. Melton wiggled his eyebrows as if he didn¡¯t like me putting conditions on showing him the production book, but he quickly nodded. ¡°¡­Let¡¯s hear it first. ¡°I¡¯ll ept it as long as it¡¯s not too strange.¡± A recipe given by Vile as a quest reward. That alone made it possible for Melton to take a step back and just listen to the conditions. It was natural that nothing would change just because we heard the conditions in the first ce. If the conditions were really strange, all I had to do was give up. If you awaken the spirit of a cksmith, there will be no reason to wear a dog cor around your neck, even if it is just an object. ¡°I¡¯m sure it¡¯s not just a strange condition, old man. I have only one condition. I would like you and old man Muyoung to make the weapons written in this recipe together. Additionally, it would be nice if you could help me make that weapon or give me a look at it from the side.¡± ¡°Hmm, the previous conditions would most likely be met just by the name Baal¡¯s Recipe¡­Helping with production or providing insight¡­That could be a very nasty way to lower the quality of the finished product. ¡°It¡¯s not just for your sake, but my pride as a cksmith can¡¯t allow it.¡± But the conditions weren¡¯t quite bad. One of the two conditions was that he was thinking of making it himself in the first ce, and Muyeong and Genno were talented people he recognized. If it was the weapon contained in Baal¡¯s recipe that the two of them could make together, it was clear that something incredible would be born. There is just one problem. As it was not enough to show the process of making weapons, the second condition was to participate in the production. of course- ¡°It won¡¯t be a bother.¡± Despite his harsh words, Jinhyeok had no intention of backing down. ¡°Have you ever held a hammer? Do you know at what point iron melts? ¡°Do you even know how to read the production book properly?¡± ¡°No, everything you said doesn¡¯t apply to me.¡± ¡°And you¡¯re saying you¡¯ll help make the weapon Baal gave you? ¡°Oh my gosh, it¡¯s like just throwing shit around for no reason.¡± Melton clicked his tongue and shook his head towards Jinhyuk, who calmly acknowledged his shorings. A climber who is neither a skilled cksmith nor an apprentice, but who only fights with a sword, participates in the production. ¡®I can¡¯t let molten metal, not dirt, get into my eyes.¡¯ Even if you had to pour hot, molten iron into your eyes, you couldn¡¯t see it like that. Because it was clear that it would not only ruin the masterpiece of a lifetime created by himself and the talented person he recognized, but would also hinder his ability to produce decent results. But Jinhyuk did not back down either. ¡°Instead of going into production right away, you can start from something else, as if you were slowly teaching me.¡± ¡°¡­Are you telling me to raise a disciple now? Just for the sake of making weapons?¡± ¡°It¡¯s simr. ¡°There will be no problem in learning anything because you have incredible talent.¡± Melton looked at Jinhyuk with a bewildered expression as he calmly discussed the excellence of his talent. ¡°What kind of confidence do you have?¡± ¡°Then let me ce one more condition. ¡°If I don¡¯t see anything after teaching it, we will just produce it with Mr. Mooyoung and Mr. Melton, without me, and just watch from the side.¡± ¡°¡­Oetong Waterway. ¡°If you refuse even this, you¡¯ll probably just leave, right?¡± ¡°Correct answer, because I¡¯m not a good person enough to please someone who isn¡¯t necessarily for me.¡± Currently, Jinhyeok was also giving up as much as possible. Therefore, if the final condition of observation was refused, all they had to do was remove Melton and bring in Muyoung to make the armor. I was confident that Muyoung would also be able to produce it. Melton¡¯s choice, aware of such a situation, was probably a natural choice. ¡°Whew, I can¡¯t help it. ¡°I understand, so just give it to me.¡± ¡°The contract is concluded.¡± Dwarf. When ites to cksmithing, Melton is one of the most outstanding races among the four emperors in terms of talent and ability. It was the moment I had him as my cksmith teacher. It was a small amount of time, like a split second, that only applied to making the weapons contained in Baal¡¯s production book, but it was enough for Jinhyeok. of course- ¡°Let¡¯s look at the recipe together with Old Man Muyoung.¡± ¡°¡­Damn, you¡¯re training quite a bitch back and forth.¡± Jinhyuk didn¡¯t know that it was easier to bring the two people together and show them at once rather than having to show the production book to Mooyoung and Melton once, so after signing the contract, he immediately got up and headed to Mooyoung. Melton swore once as he watched Jinhyuk trot out of the room, then trudged after him with a sigh. I¡¯ve alreadye too far to ignore him just because I¡¯m annoyed. * * * ¡°I will write well.¡± ¡°Yes, this is something I made just for you, so it will suit you very well. The ¡®Ryu H wan Sword¡¯, named after our ancestors, is short, but it is a good recement for the Yongsal Sword, so use it often.¡± ¡°Yes, I definitely will.¡± While Jinhyeok and Melton were having an in-depth meeting about the production book, Ha-ryu, Mu-young, and Genno had finished their conversation. And only after the dagger ¡®Ryu Hwan-geom¡¯ made by Mu-yeong and Genno were delivered to Ha-ryu, Jin-hyeok and Melton appeared in the workshop again. ¡°It looks like the aftermath is over.¡± ¡°Ah, brother! ¡°Where have you been?¡± ¡°I have something to talk about with this old man for a moment.¡± Is it because of my long-awaited meeting with Muyoung? He gently stroked the head of Ha-ryu, who was smiling brighter than usual, and pointed to Melton, who was sulking next to him. At Jinhyuk¡¯s exnation, Melton cleared his throat and spoke to Muyoung. ¡°Hmm, Muyoung. ¡°I borrowed this guy for a while.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s also fast. ¡°Why on earth did you seduce that friend?¡± ¡°It was something that even the old man could not help but be tempted to hear. When the conversation is over, let¡¯s send Ha-ryu and Hendrick out and talk among ourselves.¡± Even Mu-yeong was quick to stick his tongue out, but Jin-hyeok smiled brightly and asked for conversation. ¡°That¡¯s right, downstream. ¡°I¡¯ll see youter.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, see youter, grandpa.¡± As soon as he saw that Hendrick and Miho were heading outside, leading Ha-Ryu, who looked regretful, Jin-Hyeok spread out the scroll on the table in the workshop. ¡°This is Baal¡¯s recipe book. It contains methods for making weapons that I may need to use for the rest of my life. ¡°I don¡¯t have any skills as a cksmith, so I can¡¯t even figure out the ingredients, so I think the two of you will be able to figure out anything.¡± It is unkind to those who do not have the ability to not even tell them the materials needed for production, let alone how to produce it. However, this did not apply to the two people who were stroking their chins or widening their eyes in front of Jinhyuk. ¡°Hmm¡­.¡± ¡°Huh¡­How is it possible to devise a method like this? ¡­.¡± ¡°Indeed, the pinnacle of all evil. Do they even have this kind of technology¡­?!¡± Short gasps and moans. However, the two people, who seemed to have seen through the mysteries and mysteries contained in the production book, began to indulge in it in silence. The two cksmiths, who had almost reached their peak as humans, were immersing themselves in the recipe book for a long time, forgetting even what to say. How much time has passed? The two raised their heads at the same time. ¡°¡­I will produce it.¡± ¡°Uh-huh, this is my friend. ¡°I can¡¯t be left out of making things like this.¡± ¡°So, shouldn¡¯t the two of us produce it?¡± ¡°Big, yes. ¡°You have to say that so I don¡¯t misunderstand.¡± Jinhyeok nodded with a satisfied smile at the sight of the two people chatting like five-year-old children, saying that they would produce each other without any worries about who would go first. ¡°You can do both. So, let¡¯s say the production will be handled by two people¡­Have you finished understanding the recipe?¡± ¡°Well, it was soplicated that we could see that it was extraordinary at a nce, but we couldn¡¯t properly find out the materials or manufacturing method.¡± ¡°I think it will take some time.¡± Hmm, it must be a difficult production book, since two people are like that. The level is so high that even the two people who have reached the top cannot understand it. If not one but both people were saying that, there was a high possibility that it was a problem with the productionpany, not with just one person. So I nodded, left the production book, and stood up. ¡°Then I¡¯ll go on an outing to the 100th floor, so you two can check the production book.¡± ¡°¡­Is that okay?¡± ¡°If you only show me the recipe when I¡¯m around, when will you make the weapon? I will definitely believe that you have already done it. Instead, you just need to bring that much aplishment.¡± Baal, the pinnacle of all evil. The production book he gave was difficult for both Melton and Muyoung. Of course, if you sell it on the market, it will be worth the price. When Jinhyuk said that he would leave those items with them and go on an outing, Melton looked at him with an absurd expression, but Jinhyuk didn¡¯t care. ¡®Anyway, Old Man Mu-young is from our side, and old Melton is half way through t he water. It¡¯s clear that Goldrich must have done something. Then there is no reason for him to carry the production book in his arms like a coward.¡¯ I was confident that even if he really ran away with the recipe, I would catch him. That¡¯s why I really left the production book and went to the workshop. pThe moment the sound of the workshop door closing echoes in emptiness ¨C ¡°I handle the interpretation on the left.¡± ¡°Then I¡¯m on the right.¡± The two were deeply absorbed in the production book, forgetting about Jinhyuk. ¡°Brother, but where are we going?¡± After leaving the Gold Rich cksmith¡¯s Shop, we went on an outing to the 100th floor so that the two of us could fully concentrate on the recipe. When Ha-ryu asked about the destination of such an outing, I answered by wiping the food sauce off Miho¡¯s mouth. ¡°Musou.¡± ¡°¡­Where is it?¡± ¡°You may not know, but it¡¯s a guild run by my friend. Well, more urately, you could say he was a military officer.¡± peerless. It is a guild where military god Choi Gyeong-hoon is the guild leader, and it also takes the form of a military officer who trains climbers. Strangely enough, the main building was on the 100th floor rather than a high rise. However, thanks to this, talented climbers were able to quickly encounter Musou¡¯s warriors from the beginning, and ¡®Musou¡¯ was able to acquire many talented melee climbers. We were heading to that military attach¨¦ now. ¡®Well, even if I go there, he won¡¯t be there.¡¯ Climber on the 800th floor. My friend who was on par with me or a little lower than me, but now I am a being who owns a distantly higher ce. Even though it was the main building, there was no reason for him to stay on the 100th floor. When I arrived in front of the peerless military officer, which can be said to be the specialty of the 100th floor, I headed straight to the entrance of the military building. ¡°¡­Are you dozing off?¡± And Ha-ryu, who noticed that the person who appeared to be a guard standing at the entrance of the military building was dozing off, said with a worried face. As Ha-ryu said, the sight of the guard sleeping was strangely peaceful. ¡°There¡¯s no need to wait.¡± Hendrick, who was impatient, was in a half-excited state after hearing the military officer¡¯s characteristics, so he walked right away without waiting for the guard to wake up. But just then something amazing happened. Thump- ¡°¡­Keuung, you shouldn¡¯t enter the military officer¡¯s office carelessly.¡± ¡°¡­how?¡± The guard, who had been in a dream just moments ago, grabbed Hendrick¡¯s arm. No, if that was the end, I wouldn¡¯t have said it was surprising. The truly amazing thing started now. ¡°¡­Let go.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t like it, but I¡¯m quite angry about intruders.¡± Hendrick. A being that canpete with climbers between the 200th and 300th floor. He was unable to shake off a single arm from the peerless guard¡¯s hold. The moment Hendrick, with thick veins popping out on his forehead, ced his hand on the sword sheath at the sound of the guard¡¯s screeching voice. ¡°Can you handle it if I pull it out?¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± A cold, murderous spirit emanated from the guard, as if the killings so far were a joke. Hendrick, who was startled by this, soon came to his senses and drew his sword with a calm face. And the guard showed no mercy to the being who ignored his warning. ¡°Huh¡­.¡± He called Hendrick, who recognized the guard after seeing the guard breathing heavily and his familiar posture. ¡°Hendrick! Avoid! That guy¡­!!!¡± ¡°Chapter 1 of Choi Gyeong-hun¡¯s style, taking control of the government.¡± However, the problem was that the guard¡¯s attack was much faster. The moment the fist resting on the waist of the guard wearing worn-out uniform and an old field jacket fell from him and rushed toward Hendrick. One change was added. ¡°Enhanced version, Dragon Crush.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Crunch- clunk- clunkA fist filled with destructive power, and the fist struck Hendrick precisely. When the Yongrin sword that the fists touched bent as if it would break and made an unusual sound, Hendrick eventually retreated. Quad deud deukHendrick threw himself backwards to offset the impact as much as possible, and a red blood line appeared around his mouth. Hendrick, who only received internal injuries from a single blow, looked at his opponent with a puzzled expression and asked. ¡°you¡­Who are you?¡± ¡°There¡¯s no shame in trying to pull out a sword in someone else¡¯s living room. He is the owner of this ce. Are you done?¡± He looks like a brash gangster. However, it contained the image of an absolute being in whom not even a single gap could be found. And at hisst words, Hendrick looked at Jinhyeok with an expression of surprise. ¡°¡­What if you are the owner of this ce?¡± In response to Hendrick¡¯s question, who looked at him with a surprised face, Jinhyeok nodded and agreed with a sigh. ¡°¡­Yeah, I don¡¯t know why he¡¯s here¡­That guy is Choi Gyeong-hoon, the martial god and martial star who was the owner of the guild ¡®Musou¡¯ and a member of the Nine Stars.¡± Kyung-Hoon Choi. Jinhyeok¡¯s long-time friend and colleague was standing here now. Chapter 141 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 141 Kyeong-Hoon Choi. The moment I saw him, I felt a shock as if lightning had struck my head. ¡®¡­Why is that guy here?¡¯ An unimaginable guy appeared in an unexpected ce. Of course, I nned to find a way to contact him while heading to ¡®Musou¡¯ and to hone my closebat skills in ¡®Musou¡±s ¡®Musou¡¯. However, I did not expect that Choi Kyung-hoon himself was here. No, it¡¯s not that it wasn¡¯t unexpected, it was natural that it couldn¡¯t be expected. There was at least no one in this tower who could exin why a being who was supposed to be conducting a raid on the ridiculous 800th floor beyond the 600th floor was in the main building of the guild, ¡®Musou¡¯, located on the 100th floor. It was the same for me too. So, looking slightly surprised, I adjusted my mask and went to the side of Hendrick, who was halfway on the road, and asked. ¡°Are you okay?¡± ¡°¡­Is that guy your friend you were talking about?¡± ¡°Yes, but¡­I don¡¯t know why I¡¯m here.¡± ¡°It just became clear with one blow. ¡°At least right now, I can¡¯t beat that guy.¡± ¡°It looks like it.¡± The attack that Choi Kyung-hoon used to attack Hendrick just now is at best the first technique, the dragon smashing, which is an enhanced version of the regime-wielding technique. Of course, Hendrick received some recognition from Choi Kyung-hoon in that it was an enhanced technique rather than a general technique, but there were still many other techniques. ¡®If you think about the fact that there are about 9 more skills, and that they be stronger the further you go¡­It¡¯s definitely impossible for now.¡¯ A total of 10 skills. At most, it can be said to be 10, but considering the enhanced version, it is safe to say there are 20. In particr, the level ofpletion of each piece was very high, and it is unclear how much further it was strengthened and supplemented in the 10 years that passed while I was away. That¡¯s why I left the others behind and went out on my own. ¡°Musin Choi Gyeong-hoon.¡± ¡°¡­Do you know me? Ah, now that I think about it, I remember seeing that mask. ¡°The instructors said that there is a climber causing a stir at the tower these days.¡± I muttered as I looked at my old friend who greeted me with a grumpy attitude. ¡°The urinary dder has grown so much, it¡¯s blocking my path.¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± I didn¡¯t pay any attention to Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s frowning grimace with his eyebrows drawn together. ¡°I can still clearly see you at the age of 5, running away to the bathroom crying when the teacher caught you after urinating in kindergarten. Are you going to deny that?¡± ¡°¡­you! ¡°You bastard, how did you do that!!!¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon, whose intimidating appearance from before hadpletely disappeared, turned red and ran towards me. Because I was embarrassed, my posture was very disturbed, but the power of the unmanned person on the 800th floor brought out the best results even in such a disheveled posture. ¡°¡­Choi Kyeong-Hoon Ryu Chapter 2, front kick!¡± It was not a reinforcement technology. I just stretched out my foot strongly and the front kick was directed at me. However, even if it was a general technique, its strength did not go anywhere. The moment I caught sight of the sky-splitting front kick and toes, I responded ordingly. ¡°Chapter 4 of Choi Gyeong-hun¡¯s Ryu.¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon foolishly asked back when he saw me spitting out the name of his technology, but there was no answer. ¡°Spin kick.¡± Only my voice as I finished the technical name rang hollowly. Tsk-! My roundhouse kick, targeting the side of Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s front kick, struck Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s leg and made a loud noise. Unfortunately, the damage was on my side. ¡°¡­Is it slightly cracked?¡± Although it was clearly a perfect counter, the price of putting a leg against Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s body harder than steel was terrible. The cracked leg was recovering quickly, but it was not at a level where it could be used in battle right away. As I tried to hide my numb leg and pretended to be calm, Choi Kyung-hoon, who backed away, frowned and asked me back. ¡°To my past, to my skills. ¡°Who are you?¡± It¡¯s like a tiger trying to eat a rabbit and not only getting hit in the face by the rabbit, but also knowing about its past. Even Choi Kyung-hoon, who possessed superhuman mental strength, could not help but be slightly shaken. To Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s question, I shook my head and answered. ¡°I don¡¯t think it¡¯s something to say here, but can we go in and talk about it?¡± Roaring Roaring- -what? Is it a fight? -Fighting in front of a peerless¡­. But who is that person? -I know it¡¯s a ghost, but¡­. Seeing the number of people flocking in, Choi Gyeong-hoon clicked his tongue and pressed the hood of his field jacket down. ¡°Tsk,e in first. You can¡¯t make such a fuss inside anyway. I also need to know who you learned the skills you know from. ¡°If you don¡¯t want people to talk about you, don¡¯te in, but if you don¡¯t mind,e in.¡± Jumble-jump. After finishing what I had to say, I followed behind Choi Gyeong-hoon as he walked into the peerless military pce with his broad back. Choi Kyeong-hoon, who was ahead of me, looked at me with a bewildered expression as he saw me move without even thinking deeply, meaningless when he told me toe in if you don¡¯t mind losing everything. ¡°¡­What the hell are you doing?¡± ¡°He knows you very well.¡± ¡°¡­Someonees to mind. A guy who knew me well enough to be annoying. ¡°He¡¯s an inferior guy, but we have an uncanny resemnce to him.¡± You¡¯re quick to notice. Even though I only revealed a little about myself, I saw Choi Kyung-hoon immediately doubting my identity, so I patted him on the shoulder and grinned. It was a smile that wouldn¡¯t be visible under the mask anyway, but I didn¡¯t care. ¡°Details inside.¡± ¡°¡­Damn it, guys. ¡°Wee as a guest!¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon was shouting harshly at the officials who were staring at us as we entered the military building. ¡°yes!¡± ¡°You don¡¯t mind if other guys get hurt, right?¡± ¡°Unfortunately, my colleagues are not weak enough to be defeated by kids like that.¡± ¡°Good, go touch it ande back.¡± ¡°yes!¡± With a loud reply, officials rushed towards Hendrick, Haru, and Miho who were following behind me. Craddangtangtang! ¡°oh¡­Brother?¡± ¡°Weing guests is also grand.¡± ¡°If youe near Miho, I will hit you.¡± Various weapons and equipment inside the military building fell down, making a loud noise. As a result, leaving Ha-ryu¡¯s panicked voice and Hendrick¡¯s and Miho¡¯s voices behind, I headed towards Choi Kyeong-hoon¡¯s room. ¡°It will be a big help. ¡°The kids here are not bad as far as technical perfection is concerned.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not that it¡¯s bad, it¡¯s the best. ¡°I have no eyes to see.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not satisfied with this because I have a high level of perspective.¡± ¡°You annoying guy.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t forget that it¡¯s the same for you too. ¡°You don¡¯t think it¡¯s normal to assign a bunch of government officials to a fight with a visiting guest, do you?¡± ¡°Because you are an intruder, not a guest.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon was busyining all the way to the room, not even knowing it was me. I didn¡¯t know why he was talking sofortably with someone he had never met, but to me, who knew everything, it was just funny. * * * bang-! Choi Kyung-hoon, who closed the door, walked towards me with long strides, pushed me against the wall and growled. ¡°I¡¯ve heard so much about you that my ears are bleeding, my dear. But no matter how much I think about it, I don¡¯t remember anything about you other than what I heard from someone. But why do you know things about me that you shouldn¡¯t know?¡± The rough and cool appearance disappeared everywhere, and in its ce was filled with only sharp murder. However, I now know very well that this is the true appearance of Choi Gyeong-hoon, a military man, and a voiceless Choi Gyeong-hoon. The usual harshness is nothing more than the leisure and enjoyment of the powerful. I remember defeating enemies and crushing monsters just like I do now in every battle. That¡¯s why I calmly responded to the deadly threat that froze my bones and stung my skin. ¡°Because I deserve it.¡± ¡°Qualification? Because I¡¯m qualified¡­. No one can show that kind of attitude in front of me. ¡°Do you know that there is no reason why I can¡¯t kill you just because you are 700 floors lower than my level of climbing?¡± WowThe power of destruction overflows from the lightly clenched fist. Spection (ô^šâ). The power to destroy everything that stands in your way and break down strong barriers. That is a force that I cannot even properly deal with right now. ¡®A crystallization of effort and talent that is treated almost the same as the energy of the Four Emperors.¡¯ Demonic energy, divine power, dragon power, giant power. I was not aware of this energy being treated simrly to the four energies of the Four Emperors. It would have been even more strange not to be able to recognize the energy of my close friend who was by my side as a vanguard. Above all, the reason why spection was treated equally with the four energies of the Four Emperors was also the same. ¡°The power of Tess. As expected, you handle it well. Except for him, it¡¯s a power that most people can¡¯t even obtain. Kyunghoon, you are you too.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Emperorless Tess. Because the power of the emperor of the Empire of Wu, who had a vast area from the 200th to the 300th floor under his feet, was spection. A transcendent of the tower that even gods and demons fear, and even the Four Emperors can¡¯t do anything about. Given his strength, it was natural. Of course, there were very few beings who could handle spection as much as that, except for Choi Kyung-hoon in front of me and Tess, the original owner. Choi Gyeong-hoon, seeing me recognize even his spection, which was no different from his foundation, asked the now familiar question in a slightly trembling voice. ¡°you¡­Who are you?¡± I smiled slightly and took off my mask, hearing the deep warning in the voice. Do you know about the mysteries of the soul? The fact that the soul inherently takes priority over the body. Therefore, if someone¡¯s soul resides in someone¡¯s body, change progresses slowly. However, slow but sure changes will eventually reach results. ¡°car¡­Jinhyuk¡­?¡± ¡°okay. It¡¯s been a while, Choi Kyung-hoon. Has it been a little more than ten years? Anyway, I think it¡¯s been quite a while, hasn¡¯t it?¡± The result was that the body followed the soul. A change so clear that a person who knows the owner of the soul would be reminded of the owner of the soul. Thanks to this, I have be ufortable taking off my mask recently, but not as much as now. The sight of Choi Kyung-hoon immediately recognizing me, with the mask he had so effortlessly thrown away, was enough to make even me feel a little touched. Ten years. Because it means that even after time has passed that the rivers and mountains have changed, they remember me. It was quite meaningful that Choi Kyung-hoon, who did not have a memory as noble as that of gods and devils, but who could easily be considered stupid outside ofbat, remembered me. and Wood tter- ¡°¡­Nice to meet you, you bastard.¡± ¡°¡­The wee is so warm.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon hugged me so tightly that I thought my ribs were broken. I frowned in pain, but I shook my head and stood still as I felt the wetness on my shoulder. Unlike me, who came prepared, I understand the surprise and sadness of Choi Kyeong-hoon, who met his long-dead friend again without preparation. Pat patWe stood like that for a while, patting my back, which was firm and wide but full of scars. Chapter 142 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 142 ¡°Drink, it is tea made from tea leaves obtained from over the 600th floor. ¡°It will relieve your fatigue and clear your head, so don¡¯t leave anything behind and drink it.¡± ¡°¡­These are tea leaves from a ce I have never set foot in¡­It¡¯s so funny.¡± Looking at the teacup full of clear tea leaves, I smiled bitterly and drank the tea without hesitation. As soon as I drank it, the warm tea flowed down my throat, and only after I noticed the soft energy starting from my stomach and spreading throughout my body did I open my closed eyes while savoring it. ¡°It¡¯s a nice car.¡± ¡°Good car. ¡°Then, I think it¡¯s an appropriate environment for conversation. Let¡¯s talk for the first time in a while.¡± ¡°crybaby.¡± ¡°¡­You really haven¡¯t changed much even after ten years.¡± ¡°crybaby.¡± ¡°Damn it, okay, so just shut up and talk!¡± The joy of meeting a close friend for the first time in a long time reminded me of the happy memories of teasing Choi Kyung-hoon in the past. When I teased Choi Kyung-hoon a few times, he gave me the reaction I did not expect. I smiled as I caught sight of Choi Kyeong-hoon, who was blushing as he got up from his seat. I sipped the remaining tea and told him a story from the past. ¡°¡­.¡± When I saw Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s face and ears turn red as he was just listening silently, I thought to myself, ¡®As expected¡­¡¯ ¡­¡®,¡¯ he muttered. This was because I knew that, unlike the blush I had just before due to embarrassment, the blush I felt now was not ¡¯embarrassment¡¯ but ¡®anger¡¯. KwasikThe armrests of the chair made of expensive wood were unable to withstand the grip of Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s ambitious hands and were crushed like rotten wood. ¡°¡­I even suspected they would do that.¡± ¡°I gave you some advice, right? ¡°Be careful.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, and at the time, I had no reason to join the 600th floor raid team, so that was all I could do. Damn, if I had known that would happen, I would have just gone in with you.¡± I shook my head as I saw Kyung-hoon scratching his short hair and regretting his past. ¡°If that were the case, you would have been left behind too. It¡¯s better if I¡¯m the only one left behind. ¡°After all, I¡¯m in front of you again.¡± ¡°I¡¯m so d. ¡°I knew you had many strange skills, but I never thought you would even have the skill toe back to life even if you die.¡± Although he said it sarcastically, he still seemed to regret his past choices, so he didn¡¯t say anything. Seeing me nodding my head without saying anything, Kyung-Hoon Choi shook his head as if he had lost interest and asked about the future. ¡°I don¡¯t think you would stay still given your personality. What are you nning to do? No, I don¡¯t need to tell you that you are the source of the rumors going around the tower these days.¡± The crushing of guild unions. It wasn¡¯t Choi Kyung-hoon, who didn¡¯t know who was behind the guild alliance. Given that Ghost Myeon and the guild he belonged to called ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯ were fighting a guild war targeting guild unions, it was natural for even him, who was not that smart, to know what I was going to do in the future. I also had no intention of hiding my ns. ¡°Of course I have to chew on the Nine Star that hit me in the back of the head. And the Four Emperors who are behind the control of those guys.¡± ¡°¡­Let¡¯s say Nine Stars are the Four Emperors? ¡°Oh my gosh, how are you going to deal with those monsters?¡± Nine Stars and the Four Emperors. I said yes up to Nine Stars, but when it came to the Four Emperors n, I looked a t Choi Kyung-hoon with my eyes wide open as he expressed a strong opposing opinion. ¡°You¡¯re not the kind of person who would be so opposed to it, but you¡¯re so opposed to it¡­You met those guys?¡± ¡°¡­He seems like a quick-witted guy. ¡°Are you really human to have just noticed that?¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s meeting with the Four Emperors. Perhaps it was a natural thing to say. The reason why this guy, who doesn¡¯t give up unless he hits him directly, looks so weak is because he got hit and got smashed. As it was so simple and ignorant, it was possible for the speed of eptance to be fast. I hit Kyung-hoon Choi on the forehead, who was looking at me with a puzzled look on his face. Perfect! ¡°¡­evil! ¡°How did you know? Why did you hit Takbam?¡± I replied while looking at Choi Kyung-hoon, who was rubbing his red forehead and yelling. ¡°You¡¯re the type of guy who goes crazy even after getting hit by just one chestnut. Are you going to be so scared that you got hit by a member of the Four Emperors? Tess would be really happy to see that guy. ¡°No, he¡¯s going to try to break your leg club?¡± ¡°¡­Damn it, it¡¯s against thew to bring up Master.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not a foul, it¡¯s just taking advantage of everything I can. Because you and your guild will be of help to me. Since you, who are supposed to be our strength, are afraid of the enemy, isn¡¯t it time to break their fear? ¡°Because Tess will be scarier to you than the Four Emperors.¡± ¡°¡­That is true.¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon, who needs to carry out the strategy beyond the 800th floor, is in the guild main building on the 100th floor. It was obvious that there was a problem and it was either to avoid it or to fix the damage that had already been done. However, even if that were the case, he would be more scary than the Four Emperors to Choi Gyeong-hoon, who became no different from a disciple after receiving the teachings of Emperor Tess. That¡¯s why they brought out a shock therapy called TES in order to break the thought that the Four Emperors couldn¡¯t win that was stuck in Choi Kyeong-hoon. ¡°Whoa, okay. If it breaks once, it can break twice or three more times. ¡°At least now is the time to recover, so once I¡¯m done recovering, I¡¯ll try again.¡± Bringing up Tess seemed like a pretty good choice. Choi Gyeong-hoon, who has consistently shown his ass off when ites to the Four Emperors, was pledging to stick with the Four Emperors again. But I stopped him. ¡°Don¡¯t talk bullshit and stay quiet for now. ¡°There is no need to make them aware.¡± ¡°¡­then?¡± ¡°Stay like you are now. Make as little noise as possible on the 100th floor. Of course, you can fight, but any further attacks will be overlooked by the Four Emperors. So, let¡¯s do things other than strategy.¡± Climbing the tower means bing a god or a devil. The Four Emperors, who do not want anyone but themselves to be gods or devils, cannot possibly look kindly on Choi Kyung-hoon, who is gradually advancing towards the end of the tower. Since we have stepped on him once, we will monitor the situation, and if Choi Kyung-hoon tries to attack the top again, we will roll up our sleeves and step forward again. I survived once, but no one could guarantee whether I would survive the second time. ¡®I can¡¯t lose this guy.¡¯ I gathered my thoughts as I noticed Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s foolish expression, blinking and thinking over what I had said. ¡®Kyunghoon¡¯s ¡®matchless¡¯ is definitely a skill that will be of great help. Not to mention Choi Kyung-hoon himself. ¡®You can never lose both of them.¡¯ Musou and Choi Kyung-hoon. There was no change in the fact that both of these were powerful forces that would be helpful in the future, regardless of whether they were Nine Stars or the Four Emperors. Therefore, both of them should not have been lost, especially Choi Kyung-hoon. Musou is an organization that can exist because of the name value and presence of Choi Kyung-hoon. If Choi Gyeong-hoon died, it was clear that the Musou would also be torn apart and swallowed up by groups under the Nine Stars or the Four Emperors, which meant that the size of the enemy would increase. Of course, it can be said that this is something that should never happen, because the fact that these giant mountains get bigger means that the pressure or pressure that I have to bear increases. That¡¯s why I didn¡¯t spare any advice. ¡°After Musou and Choi Gyeong-hoon were defeated in the battle with the Four Emperors, they gave up the strategy like ten thousand tails and focused on recovery ¨C this will be the image of you and Musou that should be shown to the outside world.¡± ¡°¡­I don¡¯t like it.¡± The sight of the Four Emperors trembling with fear like ten thousand tails. No matter how well it was directed, it seems that Choi Kyeong-hoon, who showed a desire for battle, did not like the sight. However, remembering Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s reluctance to sh with the Four Emperors until my advice continued, I could only snort. ¡°Shut up and do as you say. ¡°The more you endure it, the stronger it bes, and it explodes even more powerfully when you need it.¡± ¡°¡­If that¡¯s you, then that¡¯s probably it. So what do you n on doing while I¡¯m holding on? Soon, rumors about you must have reached their ears. ¡°I won¡¯t stop attacking.¡± Kyung-Hoon Choi eventually nodded to my advice. My advice would have been a sufficient brake on him as he realized his shorings through encounters with the Four Emperors. Waiting for an explosion. With the thought that he would sweep away those who had defeated him with a perfect explosion, he asked Kyung-Hoon Choi what he would do next. ¡°It¡¯s obvious. It¡¯s only the 100th floor. There are still too many things I need to have to stop here. And I wouldn¡¯t invest too much in a climber of this level. Because they are utilitarian. ¡°If it is an investment with certain losses, they will all be reluctant.¡± I couldn¡¯t stop the attack. The Four Hwangs tried something simr to ¡®cutting the bud¡¯ on Choi Kyeong-hoon, and found it to be sessful, but that wasn¡¯t a reason for me to stop. It was clear that Nine Star, a member of the Four Emperors tribe, was finding it difficult to take action after seeing the copse of the guild union. In other words, even if I were to climb to the top here, I wouldn¡¯t be able to do things as grandly as I did this time, even though I would keep them in check. Choi Gyeong-hoon also nodded his head at the thought based on close to 100% certainty. ¡°Yeah, I heard you f*cked him really well this time, so I guess that¡¯s not enough to make him move.¡± ¡°That¡¯s correct, but what you say is true to some extent. ¡°First of all, I¡¯m not going to attack the tower right now.¡± ¡°¡­A ghost who is crazy about strategy stops the strategy¡­There must be some grand reason.¡± Because Choi Kyung-hoon remembered me from the past ¡®Death Star¡¯ days, he immediately saw that there was a reason for my words about stopping the tower attack for a while at only the 100th floor. And as he said, I had a reason. ¡°There¡¯s a lot to do on the 100th floor.¡± ¡°You said it because you could tell me, right?¡± ¡°Of course, some of them are rted to you, so I have to tell you.¡± ¡°okay? Let¡¯s hear it.¡± I extended three fingers towards Kyung-Hoon Choi, who shook his head when I heard that something had to do with him. ¡°three. ¡°These are the things I have to do on the 100th floor.¡± ¡°¡­Quite a lot, right? That could take quite some time. Are you okay? In the meantime, your enemies will be stronger, right?¡± Choi Kyung-hoon, who is recovering from damage, has had his original strength of 100 lowered to around 50 or 80 due to his wounds. Of course, if the wound is healed, it will return to its original strength close to 100. But I am not who I am now. A power of only 10 at most. Just because you stay still doesn¡¯t mean your strength will be 30 or 50. This means that the pain and training of cutting bones and slicing flesh must be followed. In other words, what Choi Kyung-hoon said was correct. but- ¡°The two things that happen on the 100th floor are also helpful in improving mybat power. ¡°It¡¯s worth investing time in.¡± ¡°¡­If that¡¯s the case, I have no choice but to admit it.¡± Climbing the tower leads to direct growth. It would be correct to say that you climb the top because there is growth in the first ce. However, growth was not all about conquering the tower. Choi Gyeong-hoon himself, known as the God of War, would know it best. At first, he was a bit inferiorpared to the other Nine stars, but the gemstone of Choi Kyung-hoon, who was honed with ¡®skill¡¯ and ¡®experience¡¯ under a great teacher named Tess, came to shine as a jewel. And what I was trying to do wasn¡¯t much different from that. ¡°The first thing is to create a weapon that I will use for almost the rest of my life.¡± ¡°Hmm, is it possible for such a weapon to exist?¡± ¡°There it is, it¡¯s a recipe book given by Baal.¡± ¡°¡­Huh, have you already seduced that guy? No, he liked you in his past life too, so maybe it¡¯s only natural.¡± He red at Choi Kyeong-hoon, who was stroking his chin and looking surprised, and denied his words. ¡°I hate it. ¡°I hate the love of a man with hairy legs.¡± [The pinnacle of all evil sheds tears.] [The pinnacle of all evil ims that his legs are smooth and clean.] [The nine-tailed fox nods that that is correct.] [King Mifu holds his stomach and giggles.] f*ck you. Ignoring the message from Baal, who covered his eyes as he was about to curse, I extended my second finger. ¡°And second, I n to investigate the location of the goblin vige located on the outskirts of the 100th floor.¡± ¡°Well, I know that too. ¡°The vige was ruined by an unknown beast, right?¡± ¡°That¡¯s probably the Four Emperors. ¡°That¡¯s why I¡¯m stepping forward to investigate.¡± ¡°¡­Hmm, that would be dangerous. If what you said is true, the Four Emperors who appeared on the 100th floor may be watching the ruins where the goblin vige was located.¡± ¡°I heard about it from Goldrich. But it¡¯s just something that has to be done.¡± ¡°If that¡¯s the case, there¡¯s nothing we can do about it. Instead, when you go, I go too.¡± I smiled and nodded as I saw Choi Kyung-hoon looking at me unwaveringly with his eyes full of firm determination. ¡°It¡¯s obvious. Was a meat shield like you about to fall for it? Absolutely not. ¡°If there are Four Emperors, you are the vanguard and meat shield that will block them.¡± ¡°Would it be okay if I said something nice? A meat shield for the person who takes the lead and blocks the attack. ¡°That¡¯s why I don¡¯t have a girlfriend.¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t say anything.¡± After ring at Choi Kyung-hoon, who cleared his throat and avoided eye contact. I took out the third and final item. And the moment Choi Gyeong-hoon responded bluntly the moment he heard the third business, his mouth also drew a sharp line. ¡°Thest third¡­I¡¯m trying to sharpen my skills at the military academy. Originally, I was going to learn from the instructors here, but¡­.¡± ¡°No, no, you can learn from instructors while I am there? They¡¯re good guys, butpared to me, they¡¯re like newbies! ¡°Learn from me, I¡¯ll make you vomit blood.¡± ¡°¡­Yeah, I was going to ask you too.¡± The third and final business. Skills in closebat that Ick. Polishing it was thest task. Originally, I would have ended up checking and refining the techniques I knew with the instructors of the military attach¨¦, but since I knew that Choi Kyung-hoon was there, there was no need to do that. They say chicken instead of pheasant, but there is no reason to choose chicken when there is pheasant. As soon as he heard what I said, Choi Gyeong-hoon jumped up from his seat with a wide smile on his face, probably because he was excited to beat me. ¡°Then shall we go right away? From now on, please call me Master Choi.¡± ¡°Master¡­.¡± ¡°Uh huh, what are you talking about to a heavenly master, disciple?¡± He¡¯s such a f*cking bastard, he¡¯s taking the same me on me as he did to me. I had a vague idea of how Kyung-Hoon Choi was so happy because I knew roughly how he was treated by Tess, or rather, how he received training, but I couldn¡¯t help but feel annoyed. but- ¡°¡­Okay, let¡¯s get out first. ¡°Anyway, a decision will have been made to some extent outside.¡± ¡°Okay, let¡¯s go, disciple.¡± ¡°If you say one more thing about being that bastard¡¯s disciple, I will rip out your soul and grind it to pieces.¡± ¡°¡­Priests?¡± ¡°Shut up and get out, you guy, even your brain is made of muscle.¡± There was no choice but to choose an alternative with the best technical instructor named Kyung-Hoon Choi. Shaking my head at Choi Gyeong-hoon, who came with different names, such as priest and all, even after being a disciple, I entered the ¡®military¡¯ position again. It was time to sharpen my ¡®close-quarter¡¯bat and skills, which Icked as an All Master. Chapter 143 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 143 Following Choi Gyeong-hoon, I entered the ¡®Musang¡¯ attached to ¡®Musang¡¯ again, and naturally, what I saw were the ¡®Musang¡¯ guild members scattered here and there in the museum. Kwasik- Boom! ¡°Still fighting.¡± ¡°¡­Hmm, are they wiped out except for the instructors? Tsk, these things embarrass people.¡± The people spread out on the floor were all guild members who were trainees. And those still fighting were all instructors. Of course, the battle with them didn¡¯tst very long, butthud! ¡°¡­It was a good sparring.¡± ¡°¡­It was a good sparring. ¡°I learned a lesson.¡± With a heavy ringing sound, the instructor who had collided with Hendrick stood up in a mess and rolled over and struck him with his fist. With the instructor bowing his head politely and saying that he had learned a lesson, other ces soon finished the battle as well. ¡°I was able to fill in the gaps. thank you.¡± ¡°Miho learned a lot too! ¡°Let¡¯s do it againter!¡± ¡°¡­Whether it¡¯s a joint attack by two people or an individual attack, I can¡¯t properly block it. ¡°I will admit defeat.¡± Haru and Miho. The two also finished the battle in fairly good shape, although not as good as Hendrick. Of course, not only Miho but also Ha-Ryu showed some rare wounds, but in the end, it was undeniable that it was an incredible achievement for a climber who had just reached the 100th floor to beat an instructor-level climber who was quite mature in terms of skills. ¡°Damn, I lost my face.¡± ¡°It¡¯s only natural that they are colleagues.¡± ¡°¡­Colleague, I never imagined those words woulde out of your mouth.¡± ¡°If you get stabbed in the back once and die, you will change 180 degrees.¡± ¡°Wow, that will never happen.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon grinned and shook his head, then walked forward and pped twice. p p- ¡°How long are you going to lie on the floor and sleep? ¡°Why don¡¯t you wake up?!¡± ¡°¡­yes!¡± ¡°¡­Director, when did you arrive? ¡°I¡¯m sorry for showing such disgrace.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, just roll that much more. Add one hundred canterps!¡± ¡°¡­Yes.¡± Not only the trainees, whose faces looked paler than when they were defeated, but even the defeated instructors began to slowly walk out of the museum. Just looking at his haggard face, it didn¡¯t seem like a good thing, but it didn¡¯t matter to me. ¡°Are you going to y right away?¡± ¡°There¡¯s nothing that can¡¯t be done. Should I give him some time to warm up?¡± ¡°no it¡¯s okay. ¡°How many people can there be?¡± There are a total of four colleagues currently in military service, including me. Haru, Miho, Hendrick. Of course, all the soul bottles were counted after restrictions. There were a total of four soul soldiers currently avable for battle: Vulkan, Tune, Basil, and Ashur Hum. Since the number was equivalent to the total number of people, it was inevitable. ¡°Just go at it all.¡± ¡°¡­Are you confident? ¡°Your physical condition is not normal right now, and a penalty has been added to that?¡± ¡°under! Hey, I¡¯m Musin. Of course, I can¡¯t say this in front of my teacher¡­Still, I have never gone anywhere and not lived up to my name. ¡°Don¡¯t talk nonsense and attack me.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, it won¡¯t be toote to regret itter. Everyone gather together, it¡¯s a strategy meeting.¡± I immediately summoned my colleagues as I saw Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s confident appearance, grinning and telling everyone to attack him. At my order to convene, my colleagues, who showed no sign of fatigue even though they had just finished sparring, gathered in front of me. ¡°It seems like what happened went well.¡± ¡°Because he was originally my friend. But not now. ¡°Don¡¯t just watch, do it.¡± ¡°I thought so even if I didn¡¯t say so. ¡°You can¡¯t hide your power from someone stronger than you.¡± ¡°¡­Hmm, I don¡¯t know if we can help.¡± ¡°¡­Miho knows too. ¡°That person is strong.¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter how strong you are. You can lose. What we¡¯re doing is embarrassing that guy. Well, it would be better if we win in the meantime.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon is strong. There is no being in the tower who does not know this absolute proposition. Even if there are many stronger beings than him, if you look at absolute evaluation rather than rtive evaluation, Choi Kyung-hoon is in the top 1%. A climber who may have reached 0.1%. Even a wounded wild animal has no problem hunting its prey. ¡®I said I would win, but honestly, that¡¯s too much at our level right now.¡¯ The gap is even more extreme than when I first met Hendrick. One day, we may be able to stand shoulder to shoulder and achieve victory like we used to, but at least not now. ¡®It¡¯s enough to winter, now is the time for ¡®learning¡¯.¡¯ And if I wanted to win in the first ce, I would have mobilized all the abilities avable to me. He already defeated the soul soldiers such as Tune and Basil and took on Hendrick, Miho, and Ha-Ryu and took on Choi Kyung-Hoon, showing that he has no desire to win. ¡°Are you confident? ¡°You don¡¯t even have to use your organs.¡± ¡°I guess you didn¡¯t know, but I¡¯m good at closebat now.¡± ¡°¡­You¡¯ll know when you see it.¡± When I grinned and answered Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s question that came up during a strategy meeting, he nodded with a puzzled look and took his stance. Wow- WowThe sight of Choi Kyung-hoon stretching and bending his neck, arms, and hands was frighteningly intimidating. I also ended the meeting while looking at him nkly. ¡°¡­Now, let¡¯s start the raid.¡± We moved towards Choi Kyeong-hoon, a raid monster who would spit out the price of experience. * * * ¡°Give first go first.¡± ¡°I will ept it gratefully.¡±In this position, the strong yer was Choi Gyeong-hoon, so the lead went to Jin-hyuk. ¡°I will attack first.¡± ¡°Okay, what about you¡­I guess I can deliver a not bad blow.¡± Hendrick took the lead that he earned. It was only natural that Hendrick was the only climber in the group who was stronger than Jinhyeok, who did not use spirit bottles. Hendrick, who took the lead, takes a step forward, and the others prepare to jump out right behind Hendrick. SereungA heavy sword name rings out, and Yongrin Sword sneaks out of its home, revealing its sharp teeth. ¡°egg nt.¡± ¡°However much. Pleasee quickly. ¡°I¡¯m going to lose my mind while waiting.¡± Since he had already shed with Hendrick once, Choi Kyung-hoon rxed and prepared to repel Hendrick¡¯s attack. However, Hendrick, who already felt his shorings, had no intention of using his right to go first lightly. ¡®I make the best and strongest attack I can.¡¯ It didn¡¯t matter to Hendrick right now that this was inside a building, and that his attack might half destroy it, or evenpletely destroy it. Crack- ¡®¡­I was defeated too easily earlier. It was uneptable.¡¯ This is something that cannot be tolerated, and cannot be tolerated even by ¡®Hendrick¡¯, who was called a dragon yer in the past and now. Hendrick could not live the life of a weak person who was lightly trampled by someone else. Dragon. In order to trample on those who ruined his life, he had to always pursue and maintain the life of the strong. That¡¯s why Hendrick drew his sword. and- ¡°Dividing the world.¡± Kwa-ga-ga-gagI swung. lightlyBut heavilyThe sword strike Hendrick swung hit the air and flew towards the huge wall called Choi Kyung-hoon. Tangang (�—®–). A state close to the highest that a swordsman who fires powerful energy like bullets hopes to reach. The moment when the same technique that had blown away Basil before was once again in Hendrick¡¯s hands. ¡°¡­It¡¯s fun. It¡¯s a tan river¡­Not bad. ¡°I thought he wouldn¡¯t be at the level of the 100th floor, but he¡¯s definitely great.¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon, faced with a technology with the power of destruction to destroy everything, smiled with interest rather than fear. The supreme state. Some people may think that the other person¡¯s skills or abilities have reached that level. However, in the eyes of those who have truly reached or surpassed that level, they are merely strong or great skills and abilities. Hendrick¡¯s steel steel, ¡®dividing the world¡¯, was nothing more than that to Choi Kyung-hoon. ¡°Chapter 8 of Choi Gyeong-hun¡¯s style, catch.¡± Spection (ô^šâ). Although it is inferior to spiritual power, which stands at the top of all energies, it may be more powerful than spiritual power if only for its limited use inbat. The passion, which resembles Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s and is colored red with passion, burns wildly like a forest fire and wraps around Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s thick, scar-filled hands. Soon, Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s hands, wrapped around the fighting spirit that was firmly established like a gauntlet, literally ¡®caught¡¯ the flying tangang. Quad deud deukTan Gang, who can destroy everything that stands in his way with just a light gesture, was captured as if Choi Kyeong-hoon¡¯s hand was being sucked in. Tan Gang, who was caught, struggled to get out of Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s hands, but all he could do was cut the floor under Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s feet and push him away a little. Push TastingTan River disappeared without a trace with a sound like a deted balloon. In response, Kyung-Hoon Choi shook off his hand, which was feeling a little numb, and kicked away. ¡°If the first move failed, you should have stuck to it right away. ¡°Isn¡¯t that too arrogant?¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Speed like a beam of light. Before he could even blink, Hendrick¡¯s eyes widened as he heard Choi Kyeong-hoon¡¯s devastating advice. There was not much Hendrick could do in the face of a fist that gave the illusion of a heavy mountain that was crushing him before he could say anything. ¡°¡­Ryu Seung-ryong (Á÷³Ëýˆ).¡± Kaang! A clean sword strike from the bottom up. Even though it was a sh of fists and swords, a sharp nging sound echoed inside the military service hall. Even though his fist bounced up and failed to achieve its original purpose, Choi Kyung-hoon did not feel regretful. rather- ¡°If you block an attack, you have to attack right away! ¡°If you stand around like that, you¡¯ll use it!¡± He even gave advice to Hendrick, who was unable to swing his sword properly due to paralysis in his arms while defending himself. Hendrick shook his head and said, ¡°It¡¯s not that they don¡¯t attack, it¡¯s that they can¡¯t. And there¡¯s no reason to do it.¡± ¡°¡­Well, it looks like it.¡± There is no need to attack. The reason was simple. Because Hendrick wasn¡¯t ying one-on-one with Choi Kyung-hoon right now. ¡°Hojo Nanmu!¡± Miho¡¯s sharp voice matched the ten sharp nails that swung around indiscriminately and cut Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s empty front finger. You made your own! The scars on his frayed field jacket and worn-out military uniform increased again, revealing his scar-filled chest. Miho¡¯s fingernails shed against her chest, which was exposed without any defense, making loud sounds. Kaaaang-! The sound of metal that disturbs my ears ¨C Even though his nails were harder than steel, Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s trained body seeded in blocking the attack like a heavy shield. ¡°¡­There are no injuries.¡± A swift kick was sent towards Miho, who was looking at her chest full of old scars with a vain look on her face. ¡°They don¡¯t look at me like I¡¯m a child!¡± ¡°¡­You don¡¯t have to look! And Miho is not a child!¡± Miho chewed her lower lip and sharply spread her nails as she kicked with all her might, as if even young Miho didn¡¯t care. of course- ¡°It¡¯s too much for a child.¡± Kagak! There was no one here who would have allowed Miho to handle a kick that contained too much force for young Miho to handle. Among them, Ha-Ryu, who had the remaining hand, stepped forward first and blocked the kick, and in return had to draw a red line around his mouth. ¡°¡­Cough!¡± ¡°¡­sister!¡± ¡°I¡¯m fine, so watch out for the next attack.¡± ¡°¡­huh.¡± Even if you are young, it is strange to think that you are fine even when you see blood flowing from the corner of your mouth. Miho, who felt Ha-Ryu¡¯s damage, called Ha-Ryu, but Ha-Ryu was worried about Miho. Miho, realizing that Ha-Ryu was hurt because of her, bit her lip until it bled. It was too strong. Of all the opponents I¡¯ve met so far, I can¡¯t think of anyone stronger than me, except for Sandalphon. ¡®¡­No, maybe even Sandalphon would be surprised if he were still in good condition?¡¯ Through the conversation between Jinhyeok and Choi Kyeong-hoon, this is an idea that Ha Ryu-gi can give after realizing that the current Choi Kyeong-hoon is not perfect, even excluding the penalty. Even if a high celestial being came down to earth and suffered a huge penalty, would you be the same as that being? It was ridiculous. But Choi Kyung-hoon was strong enough to make you think he could make such a ridiculous thing possible. And Choi Kyung-hoon is a climber who does his best and does his best in whatever he decides to do. ¡°If you don¡¯te, I¡¯ll go first.¡± Hendrick copsed, Miho¡¯s attack did not reach, and Ha-Ryu could barely block the attack. In such a situation, instead of giving him time to catch his breath, Choi Kyun g-hoon¡¯s mouth opened even more violently and he spouted out the name of the technique he thought was the best at the moment. ¡°Chapter 10 of Choi Gyeong-hun¡¯s style. ¡°Extreme.¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s technique, which created a technique that can be called a martial art. The ultimate form of technologymonly known as ¡®Choi Gyeonghun style¡¯. ¡°The fighting spirit.¡± Kwak-ga-ga-ga-gak! A tremendous amount of spection erupted along with a formidable energy, shaking the ¡®Musang¡¯ of ¡®Musang¡¯. With an enormous appearance reminiscent of the descent of God. The battle-mad god revealed himself, wrapped in a red fighting spirit. Chapter 144 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 144 ¡°Hmm, the momentum¡­.¡± ¡°Brother¡­What is it? like¡­Just like when I met Masun, no, even more than that. What kind of momentum is this, reminiscent of a being called Sandalphon who appeared on the battlefield during the Guild War? ¡­.¡± ¡°¡­Ugh, I¡¯m scared.¡± The reactions of colleagues in front of Choi Kyung-hoon, who hadmitted suicide, were different. Hendrick swallowed his sleep at the familiar yet familiar energy that reminded him of his past, Ha-ryu thought of Sandalphon, and Miho was filled with fear. Perhaps it was natural. ¡®That¡¯s whatmitment is.¡¯ God of battle. They were beings that overwhelmed others on the battlefield and terrified them just by looking at them. Of course, as it contains their names, it would be more correct to see Choi Kyunghoon as a being close to the god of battle. ¡®The good news is that it doesn¡¯t seem like he¡¯s really trying to beat us.¡¯ Kyung-Hoon Choi¡¯s techniques can be divided into two. Is it the regr version or the enhanced version? Of course, the regr version cannot be ignored either. ¡®Emperor Tess took Gyeong-Hoon as his disciple because he saw the normal version of the techniques and liked them.¡¯ The general version of the Choi Gyeonghun style, which I often use in closebat, was an excellent and highlyplete technique that caught the eye of Emperor Wu Tess. However, the enhanced version could not bepared with the regr version, as the name suggests, strengthening the regr version. And enhanced versions exist for all regr versions. in other words- ¡®There is also a strengthened version of Tussin.¡¯ This means that there exists a state that is one step further than the state of self-confidence that exudes destructive spection that makes one feel as if he has taken the entire military branch as his domain. However, Choi Kyung-hoon did not bring up a strengthened version of Tushin. He said that he did not lose sight of the purpose of training us, not defeating us. The fact that Choi Kyung-hoon, who never lost sight of his purpose, brought up the idea ofmitting suicide must mean that we can ovee this state ofmitment. ¡®He¡¯s full of muscle and a fighting fanatic, but that doesn¡¯t mean he can¡¯t do anything. Especially in battles and sparring. If so, it¡¯s worth a try.¡¯ It¡¯s worth a try. The moment that thought urred to him, Choi Gyeong-hoon checked the situation and took a step forward. ¡°All learning and teachinges from beatings. ¡°When you are on the verge of death, you naturally develop new skills to survive!¡± ¡­is not it? Before we could even tilt our heads at something strange, Choi Kyung-hoon, who had be a ¡®fighter¡¯ with fighting spirit engulfed his whole body, had already arrived in front of us. ¡°First of all, you are the most annoying.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Hendrick. Leaving Hendrick free to handle the force that cannot be ignored, called carbon steel, means that the variables will continue to increase. ¡®I know most of Cha Jin-hyuk¡¯s abilities anyway. Looking at the recent rumors and his current appearance, I don¡¯t know why he prefers closebat, but since the spirit bottles are limited, this guy is probably the most dangerous.¡¯ In particr, unlike Hendrick, Choi Kyung-hoon had stored almost all of the information about Jinhyuk in his head, so it was inevitable that more attention would be paid to Hendrick than to Jinhyuk. In addition, the decision was made because he was more familiar with Cha Jin-hyuk, the Spirit Master, than Cha Jin-hyuk, who is currently known throughout TOP and is good at closebat. The future of that choice was distant, but the oue was close. bang! A heavy fist reminiscent of Ohamma struck Hendrick. No one saw Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s fists, which were faster than any other attack, and of course it was Hendrick¡¯s responsibility to handle them. ¡°¡­Keuuuu.¡± He raised his sword at Hendrick, feeling the joints of his arms creaking and the muscles of his arms screaming with a groan. TongA heavy sound, as if a steel drum was being beaten, filled the military hall. Hendrick rushed towards the empty chest with a raised fist. ¡°Chungryong Ind.¡± KiiiiingThe moment Hendrick¡¯s Chungryongseom, which was faster than any other attack and boasted tremendous attack power, was lodged in the Yongrin Sword, it was fired at a speed faster than a bullet. A sharp stab that pierced one point was aimed at the target: Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s chest. A thrust that has never been blocked before. The stab, of which mutual destruction was the worst oue, and which always yielded results that were a little less than what one had hoped for, was once again yed out in Hendrick¡¯s hands. Quad deukWhen the floor of the military officer, unable to withstand the spewing out of that power, cracked again, creating a mess in the surroundings. KwasikThe tip of the Yongrin Sword touched Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s chest. ¡®¡­I reached it.¡¯ Hendrick was so happy that the attack was sessful that he showed his emotions in a rare way. But that joy disappeared like snow melting when the results were revealed. ¡°It hurts, but it¡¯s not dangerous.¡± ¡°¡­how?¡± Chungryong Ind, which was like a dragon with sharp horns that could pierce anything it touched, could not pierce Choi Kyeong-hoon¡¯s bare chest. No, there wasn¡¯t anything exactly. Kiyiing- Quagga gagagak! This is because the red fighting spirit, which perfectly protects its owner inbat situations, perfectly protected Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s whole body like red armor. And afterpleting the protection, the fighting spirit shook violently and tried to gnaw the Yongrin Sword. A fighting spirit that is the best protection and attack force. Even though the Yongrin Sword was a treasured sword made from the scales of a dragon, Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s fighting spirit was not easy. If left unattended like this, even if it was a Yongrin sword, a disaster could have urred where the teeth were damaged or the de was lost. Fortunately, the spection that was gnawing at Yongrin Sword stopped. ¡°¡­Wow!¡± ¡°Was this the invisible hand that Adam Smithson or something was talking about? Well, it¡¯s simr, so it¡¯s probably right.¡± However, that did not mean anything good to Hendrick. This is because the fight that stopped the attack became tangible and grabbed Hendrick¡¯s neck in the same manner as Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s hand. It looked as if a third hand had risen from his chest, but its strength was not much different from Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s original hand. Hendrick¡¯s eyes widened as he felt the pressure from the hand holding the back of his neck and tried to shake the hand off. Huh- ¡°¡­! uh¡­How¡­crab¡­?¡± ¡°Hands made through spection cannot be grasped by ordinary means. ¡°Why don¡¯t you at least look around the river?¡± It was Choi Kyung-hoon who carefully taught how to destroy his own attacks, but Kang-gi. In other words, sword training and hand training are near-supreme skills that can barely be performed in a perfect situation. In such a harsh environment where one could not even breathe properly while being held by the nape of the neck, it was almost impossible to pull out a well-made steel machine that could hold the hand of a fighter who could only be held with a sword. no- ¡®¡­If it were me in the past, it would have been possible.¡¯ Hendrick was even more devastated because he could have done that. Because my past self was someone who was able to bring out the best in the worst situations. He always tries to deny and erase the past, but the powerful power, honor, and glory of his past self weigh down Hendrick like a stigma. The body of a dragon race is amazing, but the body of a climber who goes beyond the 800th floor is, if not worse than that. 900th floor. Although he could not ovee the wall of ordeal, the memory of him as a climber who had reached it pushed Hendrick into the abyss of despair. The force strangling my neck gradually caused me to lose my mind. ¡°¡­Tsk, your mental strength isn¡¯t that great?¡± He attacked aggressively because he thought he had the ability to do it, but contrary to his thoughts, Hendrick¡¯s performance was close to falling short of Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s standards. ¡®Even if you are strong, if youck the mental strength to support it, you are no different from a dull sword. That¡¯s strange. I can¡¯t believe that the mental power of a dragon of that level, who has reached the level of a strong man capable of shooting it out, is broken to this extent. I¡¯ll have to check thister.¡¯ Since he was in this position as a technical instructor, Kyung-Hoon Choi clearly checked the status of the trainees and closely checked areas that needed to be improved in the future. Choi Kyung-hoon, who had thought about Hendrick¡¯s condition in that everything was perfect but was surprisingly mentally weak, raised his fist and tried to retire Hendrick. ¡®I¡¯m done checking, so I need to clean it up, and I need to check the other kids too.¡¯ Besides Hendrick, there are three people left to check: Ha-Ryu, Mi-Ho, and Cha Jin-Hyuk. There was no reason to create a hindrance to the confirmation of others by leaving Hendrick, who hadpleted the confirmation, in the sparring area, so Ha-Ryu, showing off his bold movements, approached Kyung-Hoon Choi, who raised his fist without hesitation. TadadadadakThe stream rushing through the wooden floor of the military officer was as elegant and beautiful as a butterfly. However, in a move that did not lose practicality, Choi Gyeong-hoon tried to catch the downstream with his free hand like catching a mosquito. ¡®Second level from the back. There¡¯s nothing more to see at this rate. You are training the basics.¡¯ Among the four, Hendrick and Jinhyeok were two strong, while Ha-ryu and Miho were two weak, or one in one, one weak. Naturally, it goes without saying that the downstream is 1st. However, it was inevitable that Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s poor skills andck of basic skills were noticedpared to the second round. Therefore, it is a moment to lightly check the status of downstream and deal with Hendrick and downstream at the same time. Ssssssseu- ¡°¡­damage?¡± ¡°I¡¯m confident about my eyes. So let Mr. Hendrick go!¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon was truly surprised to see Ha-ryu avoiding his touch like a ghost. Choi Kyeong-Hoon Ryu Chapter 8, catch. Choi Kyung-hoon never even dared to imagine that he would miss something as he used it lightly. Even the Emperor Tess was caught a few times and couldn¡¯t control his frustration, so he hit his head like a walnut, and the force was not at a level that a low-level climber could avoid. However, Choi Kyung-hoon recalled the words that Tess naturally said in passing one day. -There are many special people in the world. Like that guy, Maha Sword King. Probably, if it¡¯s him, it¡¯s your strange catch. So, I might be able to avoid Geumnasu. -Huh, no way. Even Master couldn¡¯t avoid it¡­Wow! -Stop being a jerk and raise your hand straight up, disciple. ¡®¡­Well, I can only imagine here. Anyway, he is capable enough to avoid my capture. Also, this child is probably not capable of a level that the teacher would recognize¡­Does that mean he has the talent to be able to do that in the future? Ha, after all, the tower is wide and tall!¡¯ Choi Kyung-hoon, who erased himself from his past memories of being hit on the head with a bear stick, smiled. The tower is high. The tower is wide. Although it was said in a direct sense rather than a figurative sense, it was also figuratively correct. There were many climbers in the wide and high space, and they were all hiding a number that could not be ignored. Even if you are an 800-story climber, this is a number that cannot be underestimated. And how a being who has honed that skill and reached the pinnacle can reach the end of a tower that exists beyond the 600th floor, possibly beyond the 900th floor. ¡°But you¡¯re still young and weak. If you eat a little more, build muscles, and train your basics, you¡¯ll be useful.¡± Tub- ¡°¡­!¡± But not now. Even though he was a lower ss with ¡®eyes¡¯ simr to those recognized by Tess, who fears even God and the devil, he was now just a young goblin. Singrities were added to the previously saved state, but the main point did not change. Lack of basic skills. Recalling that once again, Choi Kyung-hoon, who had finished giving advice to Ha-ryu, punched Ha-ryu in the face. bang-! ¡°¡­Wow-¡± A short-lived regime that invades from close range. It was not a technique that could be avoided just by seeing it. In particr, he did not show any use of techniques with Ha-Ryu¡¯s ¡®eyes¡¯ in mind, so Ha-Ryu could not even see Choi Kyung-Hoon¡¯s fist except for the moment when the fist touched him. Because the only thing Ha-ryu could do was to spew out ck blood while lying on the floor. ¡°Oh right. ¡°You almost forgot, too.¡± Quang! ¡°¡­!!!¡± And Choi Gyeong-hoon, who did not forget to finish Hendrick, shook off his fatigue by twisting his neck and hands. Choi Gyeong-hoon grinned as he took in the sight of Hendrick¡¯s fainting state, filled with despair, and Ha-ryu¡¯s vomiting of blood. ¡°Who¡¯s next?¡± Fighting God. The moment when the battle-mad god nces at his next target. ¡°You made good time. ¡°Sipji Gangtan (ʮָǿ�—).¡± Kwagwagwagwagwang! Jinhyeok¡¯s 10-point strong bullet, which Hendrick and Ha-ryu had worked hard toplete, swept the floor where he and Choi Gyeong-hoon were standing. Chapter 145 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 145 Did you finish it? The moment that thought came into my head, I had to immediately deny it. ¡°You didn¡¯t think that an ability that didn¡¯t work before would work now, right? Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, it looks like a monster.¡± Ten strong bullets (ʮָǿ�—). The most powerful single-person and multi-person technique that I can use right now. Sometimes it is a technique that can be used to fire barrage at just one person, and at other times it can be used as a barrage to sweep away several people. However, despite the technique being close to a special move, my attack did not reach Kyung-Hoon Choi. ¡°¡­Is it ¡®getting stronger¡¯?¡± ¡°To be exact, it is a reinforced version of ¡®Diamond Buddha¡¯.¡± The name of the skill reminds me of the caterpir from a certain game, but I knew better than anyone else the strength of the skill. But this is an enhanced version that goes one step further. ¡®It¡¯s obvious that it can¡¯t be prated.¡¯ No matter how tough it was, it was impossible to break through it as long as C hoi Kyung-hoon was determined and prepared to stop it. I am a 100-story climber, and Choi Kyung-hoon is an 800-story climber. That is the absolute difference. A gap that cannot be narrowed no matter how hard one tries. ¡°If you want to harm me, you will have to create a new technique to pierce me right here and now.¡± ¡°¡­You give me a very difficult answer. ¡°There is no need to speak so grandly of the correct answer that everyone knows.¡± How to beat an opponent you can¡¯t beat. All you have to do is create a technique on the spot that will allow you to beat an opponent you cannot beat. This is something everyone knows, but cannot easily attempt. The sight of Choi Kyung-hoon telling me to do it calmly made me grit my teeth, but it was inevitable. ¡°I¡¯m saying this because I¡¯m a technical instructor. It tells you the direction you should go. ¡°You have enough basic skills, but you need to sharpen what you have.¡± ¡°¡­Self-praise.¡± Most of the basic skills I havee from Choi Kyung-hoon. Of course, the fact that the basics are solid is consistent with the fact that Choi Kyung-hoon, who taught them, taught them well. But since it was something I couldn¡¯t deny, I chewed my lip and took a stance. ¡°I don¡¯t know about the new technology, but I haven¡¯t tried everything yet.¡± ¡°Really? Then why not give it a try? ¡°I don¡¯t know if the two of us can aplish what the four of us couldn¡¯t do.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± I kept my mouth shut due to hissing. As Choi Kyeong-hoon said, what started out as four was soon reduced to two. ¡°¡­scared.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, you¡¯ll just end up getting hurt. Ha-Ryu and Hendrick will be fine, too.¡± ¡°really?¡± ¡°Okay, so don¡¯t be scared and you can move more roughly. That thing is roughly like a cardboard box that cats scratch and y with. A paper box that never goes bad. ¡°Scratch away as much as you want.¡± ¡°¡­huh.¡± After giving advice to Miho, who was slightly scared due to Ha-Ryu and Hendrick¡¯s knockdownI leapt forward with a deep breath. ¡°Soul Ground.¡± Fuwaaaaak! With my new brother leaving his seat, the purple-ck spiritual power bursting out from his entire body seeps into the floor of the military base. Eventually, I snapped my fingers toward the soul ground that hadpletely prated into me and be my territory. ¡°Soul Hand.¡± ¡°¡­hmm?¡± Wow! A huge hand made of spiritual power rising from the sea of spiritual power. It roughly grabbed Choi Kyung-hoon. ¡®Hardening and Geumgang Fire Ingot are all techniques that rapidly increase the defense itself. Naturally, we are not prepared for just holding on.¡¯ I also know Choi Kyung-hoon as well as he knows me. ¡®Chapter 9 of Choi Gyeong-hun Ryu, Bing Strong¡¯, which he just unfolded, and his enhanced version, ¡®Diamond Bulgogi¡¯, are techniques that increase physical defense. On the other hand, the soul hand I just opened contained only a grip strong enough to split a rock. In other words, all effort was put into controlling Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s movements. ¡°Soul Skin.¡± Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr The spiritual power that soared from the sea of spiritual power enveloped my entire body. The spiritual power that covered my whole body like thin armor or thin skin gave me tremendous power. And with that strength, I closed my fist and delivered the best attack I could. ¡°Soul Fist, Balgyeong (°l„Å).¡± A tightly clenched fist imbued with spiritual power stretches out in session. Additionally, the power of ¡®Balgyeong¡¯ contained in it will prate Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s hard body and prate inside. Ba-ba-ba-baak! A series of extended fists are stuck in Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s upper body. With the eerie sound of a leather drum exploding, Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s back, caught by the Soul Hand, bent like a bow. The moment I couldn¡¯t ovee the shock and internally screamed out joy at the sight of his bent back ¨C Tub- ¡°It was good¡­You didn¡¯t think that I, a martial artist much higher than you, would not be able to eliminate even a single bit of Balgyeong¡¯s power, right?¡± ¡°¡­This is crazy.¡± I couldn¡¯t help but break into a cold sweat as Choi Gyeong-hoon grunted as he roughly grabbed my fist that was touching his abdomen. ¡®He has a monster-like body and can dispel the attacks of an opponent whose level of martial arts is lower than his own? Well, it¡¯s so fraudulent¡­.¡¯ If the level of martial arts achieved as a martial artist is not higher than that of oneself, the Balgyeong itself will be scattered. In other words, there is no way to attack Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s insides unless he pierces the skin or muscles, which are reminiscent of a steel-like exoskeleton. That doesn¡¯t make senseThe moment when that thought urred to me. ¡°It wasn¡¯t bad though. No matter how much I am, I can¡¯t make the inside like steel. But it¡¯s meaningless if you can¡¯t break through. Now, then, is it my turn?¡± Huh! After giving an appropriate evaluation, Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s thick fist full of scars but with great strength came down on my face. bang! I barely raised my arms to defend myself, but that was all. I couldn¡¯t stop the arm that I couldn¡¯t block in time from being bent abnormally. ¡°¡­Wow!¡± The inside bes muddy. I had the illusion that it might have been crushed to a pulp, but I decided that it wouldn¡¯t have attacked that severely and immediately retreated. TadadadadakAfter sliding across the floor, I immediately corrected my twisted arm. Wow! ¡°¡­Off.¡± It was such a terrible pain that I couldn¡¯t help but moan, but I couldn¡¯t do anything with my broken arm. In the end, I had to adjust my arm right away, even if it meant taking the damage. Fortunately, Miho, who had stayed back, helped take the time while her arm recovered quickly. Chop- Chop-Chop- Chop, do it yourself! Sharp fingernails hit once, twice, four times¡­Choi Gyeong-hoon was cut down faster and faster. When the already tattered military uniform and night clothes are bing more and more like a rag ¨C ¡°Kid, isn¡¯t this attack too monotonous? He has good strength and good muscles¡­There¡¯s so little basics. Even more than the guy lying over there. ¡°You also need to train your basic skills.¡± TubChoi Gyeong-hoon, who found the rule in the irregrity, lightly grabbed Miho¡¯s thin wrist. Choi Kyung-hoon was unstoppable even though he was so incredibly fast that if he put his hand in it wrong, he could be ground up like meat or vegetables in a blender. Of course, it would have been Miho who would have been injured as she was maintaining her golden status. And Choi Kyung-hoon, who grabbed Miho¡¯s arm, pinned her to the floor. Kwasik-! Miho, who was smashed against the wooden floor and fell to the ground, trembled once and then fell down. ¡°¡­Isn¡¯t this too harsh for the child?¡± ¡°Whether you are a child or an old person, it is dangerous in the tower. In the end, it was one-on-one, but did you find a way?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± I couldn¡¯t answer when Choi Kyung-hoon asked if I had found a way to defeat him during the time my colleagues had given me. However, Choi Kyung-hoon shook his head, perhaps because he thought he would also hear an answer. ¡°Yes, you can¡¯t fill up on the first drink. ¡°I will touch you from the side, so you can learn from it.¡± I was slightly appalled because I didn¡¯t know that the ¡®touching¡¯ referred to here was a touching simr to the ¡®bungeunchakgol¡¯ that only appears in martial arts magazines. And while I was slightly hesitant, Kyung-Hoon Choi pulled out onest move to end this sparring. ¡°Let¡¯s end it now. It was fun to have a fight for the first time in a while. ¡®Choi Gyeong-Hoon Ryu Chapter 10, Fighting God (ô^Éñ). ¡®Enhanced version¡¯.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± A technique that is both dramatic and mysterious. Fighting God. It was a technique that exploded the fighting energy in his whole body and made him look like a super-saga from a cartoon. And this enhanced version of the fighting spirit went one step further. ¡°War God.¡± Coo coo coo cooThe messed up military officer is trembling. It seems as if they are trembling with fear at the advent of a new god. The whole body (war god). A battle is an individual victory, but a war is a group victory. How could a being who could single-handedly control the victory of such an organization be weak? It was something called a whole body. A god who can handle thousands or tens of thousands of armies alone. The moment when God, who can handle thousands or tens of thousands of armies alone, reveals himself for the one soldier standing in front of him. Kwasik- ¡°¡­Where?¡± ¡°It¡¯s next to it.¡± The soldier moves at a speed so fast that it is difficult to follow him with his eyes. So, he came next to me. Startled by Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s voiceing from next to me, I swung my steel-like fist covered in soul skin. Huh- ¡°Slow.¡± ¡°¡­You¡¯re fast.¡± It¡¯s a fist that can break a rock if it touches it, but if it doesn¡¯t touch it, it¡¯s nothing. Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s red eyes, shining with fighting spirit, shed as his fist continued to split the air. bang! Facing a strange situation where the sound of a cannon exploding was just as loud as the sound of a fist being thrown, I hastily put on my mask. ¡®Battle foreknowledge.¡¯ KiiiiingThe moment my eyes became hot and my brain felt like it was on fire, the world slowly began to appear. But even so, Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s fist was sucked. The speed is simr to that of me watching a normal person throw a fist. Even in a world where time seemed to slow down and stop, I couldn¡¯t even imagine how fast it would be in reality. Thump- thudI managed to predict the trajectory of the fist by taking steps, dodged it, and rolled backwards. Kwasik! ¡°¡­Avoid this?¡± A fist like a pot lid hit the spot where I was standing just a moment ago, breaking the floor of the military attach¨¦ like corn. Choi Kyung-hoon looked at me in surprise amidst the falling debris on the wooden floor. ¡°I gained good abilities.¡± ¡°Ah, those are the ¡®eyes¡¯ of that child. But how did you get it? that¡¯s interesting.¡± I patted my rough chin and tilted my head for a moment. ¡°Well, I won¡¯t be able to use it forever.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Paang-! As Choi Kyung-hoon was once again attacked at overwhelming speed like a jet tearing through the air barrier, I had no choice but to use my battle foresight again. KiiiiingIn a world that had slowed down with pain that felt like my eyes were burning again, my body worked hard to avoid Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s attack. On the other hand, my mind was racing with worries about how to ovee this situation. In a situation where the pain caused by the prediction of battle and the worries about ways to ovee the situation were mixed together and my brain felt like it was melting ¨C ¡®¡­Create your own technology.¡¯ I recalled what Kyung-Hoon Choi said. This means that if you want to beat an opponent you can¡¯t beat, you have to create a technique that can beat that opponent you can¡¯t beat. And just like Kyung-Hoon Choi, I also create my own technology. By name- ¡°¡­Cha Jinhyeok Ryu.¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± Kwa-ga-ga-gagIt was ¡®Cha Jinhyeok Ryu¡¯. It had the naming sense of Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s friend, but it didn¡¯t really matter because the technical name was all about building the image necessary to demonstrate the technique. What was important was what was inside the technology. I came up with the technical name. All that¡¯s left is to fill the inside. After thinking about it up to that point, I thought of everything I needed most and everything I was good at. ¡®¡­I wonder if this will be enough.¡¯ Among them, I took out the one that I thought was closest to the correct answer. Fuwaaaaak! ¡°¡­Magi? ¡°Did you have Magi?¡± ¡°Is there only Maggi?¡± The magical energy that burst out paralyzed the movements of Choi Kyung-hoon, who was constantly attacking me. To be exact, Choi Kyung-hoon stopped because he was surprised to see me handling demonic energy, but that was it. Choi Kyung-hoon stopped, and I gained time. And at that moment, I opened the first chapter of ¡®Cha Jin Hyeok-ryu¡¯. ¡°Chajinhyeokryu, Chapter 1. Coin Creation ¨C Devil Coin.¡± Quack- Quack- Quack- QuackJng~ Jng~ Jng~ Every time I heard the eerie sound of demonic energy beingpressed, ck coins piled up on my hand along with the sound of coins falling. When a tower of coins piled up on my hand ¨C ¡°¡­What is that?¡± I smiled and answered Choi Kyung-hoon, who asked me with a face full of curiosity. ¡°A bullet that will pierce you.¡± ¡°¡­I guess the failure from earlier wasn¡¯t enough?¡± I shrugged my shoulders at Choi Kyeong-hoon, who was pointing at the ten-jigangtan, and grabbed the devil coins that were ced in my hands. Wow- ¡°You¡¯ll have to see that to find out.¡± ¡°In the world, there are things you can know without looking¡­.¡± I took the same stance as when I fired the ¡®strong bullet¡¯ at Choi Gyeong-hoon, who was still frowning. Make the hand holding the devil coin like a gun, and use the other hand to support the lower part of the gun hand. KeyingAt the tip of my finger, which was shining as harshly as ever, was a bullet. Strong bullet. Among them, Iljikangtan (һָǿ�—), which focuses on one shot. But this time was a little different. Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr rrrrrrrrrrrrr The devil coins made of demonic energy that I held in my hand disappeared like melting snow and soaked into my hand, or more precisely, onto my fingertips. A change urred in the alreadypleted steel bullet, which was made up of purple-ck spiritual power that formed on the tip of the finger along with the devil coin that permeated the steel bullet. ¡°¡­It¡¯s ck.¡± Deep darkness. When Choi Kyeong-hoon can¡¯t help but be surprised at the appearance of Kangtan, who has be darkness itself, absorbing even light. ¡°¡­Magic bullet.¡± bang! I fired the ¡®magic bullet¡¯ that became my new power. Kwak-ga-ga-ga-gak! As soon as it was fired, the magic bullet literally plowed through the floor of the military officer andnded on Choi Kyung-hoon. ¡°¡­What a bullet!¡± Geumgang Buddha Ingot after bing hard. The state of being a war god following a fight. The current Choi Kyung-hoon could be said to be in excellent condition and the strongest shield, if only the penalty was excluded. That¡¯s why he stared with wide eyes at the bullet, which at most was only one bullet, hitting his chest. At that time when I had no doubt that I could stop itJeok- ¡°¡­?!¡± There was a crack in the red fighting armor. And after gold there was destruction. Kwachak! Pieces of spection, like red jewels, are scattered as if a ss window is broken. Ujijik- Ujijijik- ¡®¡­Geumgang Bulgogi¡­It breaks.¡¯ When the gold bullion, which was as strong as spection, begins to crumble. DeeplyThe small sound of flesh piercing the fragile human flesh filled the military hall. Magic bullet. As Choi Kyung-hoon said, the technology created to ovee the unbeatable entity prated him. Knock-knock-knockThe blood did not flow like a fountain. Just a small wound. The bottom of the military officer¡¯s wound was so small that it was hard to believe that a bullet had entered his chest. Among them, the only wound that left a small puddle of blood was right below where Choi Kyung-hoon stepped and stood. However, the sound of drops of blood flowing from such wounds soaking the floor of the museum filled the quiet interior of the museum. ¡°¡­Ha, yes. ¡°You won.¡± ¡°¡­Damn it, what is this¡­.¡± thud! Jinhyeok¡¯s new form, which cursed as Choi Kyung-hoon acknowledged defeat, tilted forward and at the same time, a heavy sound filled the military hall. Choi Gyeong-hoon copsed on the floor with a smile on his face at the strange sight of the winner being in worse condition than the loser. ¡°¡­Children, please move to the guest room. ¡°Bring some red pills.¡± ¡°¡­Director, is there a wound on your chest?¡± ¡°If you apply the red medicine, you will get better, so just bring it.¡± ¡°¡­yes!¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon noticed the trainees who were watching the sparring from outside moving in perfect order, and smiled as he saw Jin-hyeok fainting with his head stuck on the floor of the martial arts center not far away. ¡°Ah, it was fun. ¡°You too have changed a lot from ten years ago.¡± He was a guy who only knew how to use soul soldiers from behind and convert his power into bullets. The guy who thought that was enough for him now started doing everything he could to win. ¡®¡­I will never lose.¡¯ Choi Gyeong-hoon decided with a firm face that Jinhyeok, who stood in front of him as a martial artist rather than a spirit master, would one day present him with a true defeat different from this one. I will never be defeated by Jinhyeok as a martial artist ¨C After thinking that far, Kyung-Hoon Choi closed his eyes, lying down on the floor full of dust and blood. Meeting an old friend was enough to make him feel something. In order to melt away the experiences and realizations he gained today, Kyung-Hoon Choi melted deep inside himself. Chapter 146 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 146 ¡°¡­Wow, your body feels like water-soaked cotton.¡± After the 4-on-1 sparring with Choi Kyung-hoon, I woke up in the hospital bed and frowned at the heavy condition of my body. Soaked cotton. Because the heavy body that reminded me of it was difficult to even lift a finger. ¡°¡­Still, it¡¯s better than using a circle.¡± One won (one won). Magi and divine power. A characteristic that fills the entire body with one of two energies. Of course, if you used one won, it was obvious that your body would not only be heavy, but you would also feel pain as if it were being shattered. It¡¯s not for nothing that I don¡¯t take out a won in most situations. ¡°¡­Phew, it seems like my senses are slowlying back¡­I need to get up.¡± My current physical state could be said to be a state of extreme exhaustion and exhaustion. There was no strain on the body itself, but it was discharged because arge amount of energy was poured out at once. However, a discharged battery can regain its original appearance when recharged. My body was no different. While lying in the hospital bed, the resting body was quickly returning to normal with monstrous recovery power. After confirming that my body had recovered enough to stand up, I got up from the hospital bed. SighAfter picking up the mask on the table next to me, putting it on my face, and leaving the hospital room, I saw someone who appeared to be a doctor busily moving around outside. ¡°Ah, you¡¯re awake.¡± ¡°What about other colleagues?¡± ¡°Well, everyone is up and getting disciplined by the director. If you¡¯re a ghost¡­You were thest to wake up.¡± ¡°Great, thank you for letting me know.¡± ¡°Do you have any other strange symptoms in your body?¡± ¡°does not exist.¡± ¡°Then I guess you can go. See youter.¡± When I saw the doctor bowing his head and seeing me off, I tilted my head as I walked towards the military attach¨¦. ¡®¡­When the doctor asks to see you againter, doesn¡¯t that mean you¡¯re hurt?¡¯ I thought that the doctor had sent me off with something he shouldn¡¯t have said, but that onlysted for a moment. -Once more! Hit harder! That¡¯s not the end of your strength, Hendryiiike!!! Push your limits! Take it out you damn lizard!!! -¡­Wow!!! Boom boom boom!!! ¡°¡­What on earth are they doing?¡± As it was the main residence of the peerless, it had a huge manor. Naturally, the distance between the hospital room and the military officer¡¯s actual training and training was somewhat close. Even taking that into ount, the loud voiceing from the hospital, even though it had only been a short time since I left the hospital room, made the listener feel absurd, but it seemed like it was everyday life for the people here. -Hey! How long has it been since the director personally came forward and observed the training? -You said that the current instructors have received it. I¡¯m jealous, I¡¯m jealous. -When will the director directly provide guidance sparring or guidance training? The sight of the ¡®peerless¡¯ guild members ncing at the military officer with envy every time they passed by made me shake my head. -Did you say it was Miho? kid? You need to make a little more unnatural your own. Live the wild life as it is. Because it will make you a little closer to perfection! -¡­Miho is not a kid!!! -Sharper! Faster! More borate! Don¡¯t forget that your eyes allow you to see a world that others cannot see. Use more. Let your eyes fall out, let your eyes burn! That way, you will be able to use it without any problems whenever you want! -¡­yes It seems that not only Hendrick is sparring, but Miho and Ha-ryu¡¯s voices can also be heard from time to time. I wanted to see their efforts up close, but soon I sat down on a bench near the military office. The reason was that I was tired, but the real reason was to conduct in-depth research on the ¡®Cha Jin Hyeok-ryu¡¯ that I had newly created. ¡°¡­Devil Coin.¡± Jang~! With the sound of a coin, the devil coin I had made during the sparring match with Choi Kyung-hoon fell onto my hand. A coin as ck as pitch ck. I gently held it, which had a devil¡¯s face drawn on the front and back. Woooooo¡­. Let¡¯s squeeze and apply little force to crush the Devil CoinPusssss¡­. ¡°It¡¯s the same. ¡°If you apply more power than a certain level, it will return to its original magical power.¡± Devil Coin has lost its original shape and remains in its original form. So it went back to magic. But the demon energy did not disperse and just remained in my hand. ¡°¡­Refined Magi.¡± Extremely refined. And I have seen something simr to this several times. One of my colleagues right now has a simr power to this one. Yes, this power is- ¡°It resembles dragon power.¡± Dragon power. Four Hwang people. Among them, the ¡®energy¡¯ possessed by the dragon race. The energy, which can be said to be the best of the Four Emperors if only in terms of energy level, was simr to the refined demonic energy that returned to its original form after the ¡®Devil Coin¡¯ was broken. A vast amount of refined magic energy contained in just one small coin. ¡°¡­Just a few, no, a dozen of these. ¡°Maybe if you use dozens of them, you might be able to use something simr to demonization without having to use a single member.¡± The only way to use Devil Coins, which were condensed with enormous magical power, was to fire them as weapons like magic bullets. epting a huge amount of magical power, like when using demonization, could also be a way to utilize it. ¡°You can try it out.¡± Crack-tapAfter roughly thinking about how to use Devil Coin, I got up and left. I shook off the dust that had settled on my seat and walked towards the quiet military officer where the sound had disappeared. * * * ¡°Are you here?¡± ¡°Okay, I¡¯m here.¡± The inside of the military attach¨¦ was a mess. Various furniture and weapons were falling out of their ces and lying around on the floor, and the neat, hard wood floor was shattered here and there. Naturally, the people who created it were Kyung-Hoon Choi and my colleagues. However, the difference between Choi Kyung-hoon and my colleagues was that Choi Kyung-hoon was fine, but his colleagues were trapped somewhere. Of course, unlike the previous sparring, I kept the situation in my hands and did not use my body or body, so it was a damage that could be easily shaken off. Therefore, Choi Kyung-hoon, who was fine except for his slightly disheveled clothes, approached me with a bright smile. ¡°You too?¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s it. Your body hasn¡¯t returned to normal yet, so strenuous movements are prohibited.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not fun.¡± I looked at Choi Kyung-hoon, who was pouting his lips in an unusual way, as if I was disgusted, then shook my head and added, ¡°When everything heals, I will request it myself.¡± ¡°Really? If that¡¯s the case¡­Why wait? ¡°It won¡¯t take long, right?¡± ¡°I guess so. Of course, there¡¯s something I have to do before that, so I¡¯ll have to take care of that first.¡± ¡°¡­Day? What happened? You¡¯re not saying you¡¯re going to the goblin vige, are you? That¡¯s too fast¡­.¡± I shook my head at Choi Gyeong-hoon, who didn¡¯t hide his worry that I was going to go to the goblin vige. To begin with, the current goblin vige is no different from a ruin, but considering the things hiding within it, it is safe to say that it is a battle of fortune. ¡®It¡¯s not in perfect condition, so there¡¯s no need to go.¡¯ When you can perfectly handle the newly created ¡®Chajinhyeokryu¡¯ and use its applications perfectly. When Ipleted the weapon I was going to use using Baal¡¯s recipe book, which Melton and Muyoung were already familiar with. By then, it would have been okay to head to the goblin vige. ¡°At least not now. ¡°If I go, I will of course tell you, so don¡¯t worry.¡± ¡°Okay, I guess you can take care of it. ¡°Because from a long time ago, I was a person who took terrible care of my body.¡± ¡°On the other hand, you moved your body too much. ¡°You need to be a little bit like me.¡± ¡°Is that the same for you too? And I have no intention of changing my attitude.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s the same for me.¡± Climbers each have their own style. There is nothing more foolish than raising your voice to say that someone else¡¯s is better. There is no reason to convince Choi Kyung-hoon, who insists that he will stick to his method with his arms crossed, that my method is good, nor is there any reason for me to follow his method. ¡°Just settle things down and follow me. ¡°I¡¯m going back to the workshop.¡± ¡°¡­Workshop? Oh, your weapon?¡± ¡°Yes, you must have roughly figured out the production manual. ¡°Now we have to go back, check the production book, and start making the weapon right away.¡± ¡°It¡¯s important to have a weapon that suits you. ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll take them with you, so you go first.¡± ¡°¡­thanks.¡± I did not hide my gratitude when Choi Gyeong-hoon told me to leave first, saying that he would take Hendrick, Ha-ryu, and Mi-ho, who were stuck here and there. At my gratitude, Choi Kyung-hoon grinned and shrugged his shoulders. ¡°What does it mean to be a good friend? ¡°Go, I¡¯ll be there soon.¡± ¡°¡­Sure.¡± friend. There are no words that can express the rtionship between Choi Kyung-hoon and me as urately as those words. And within the tower, which was like a battle of fortune, there were not many people who could entrust their backs and receive help. However, I couldn¡¯t deny the fact that if there was one, it would be more reassuring and helpful than anyone else. After leaving the rest to Kyung-Hoon Choi, I immediately left the military building and ran towards the Gold Rich workshop. ¡°¡­hey! wait for a sec!¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± If Choi Kyung-hoon hadn¡¯t suddenly appeared and called me. At the sudden call, I haltingly stopped in my running position, turned my head slightly, and asked the reason. Or, when you show signs of concern as if something has happened to your colleagues. ¡°¡­Well, you have to tell me the destination and then go. ¡°Are there one or two workshops on the 100th floor?¡± I sighed as I saw Choi Kyung-hoon scratching the back of his head and awkwardly asking about the location of the workshop. ¡°¡­Gold Rich. ¡°It¡¯s Gold Rich Workshop, you idiot.¡± But since I couldn¡¯t just say it, I sighed and told him the name Gold Rich Workshop and started running again. ¡°How should I know if you didn¡¯t tell me!¡± I could hear the muscle pig squealing behind me, but it wasn¡¯t a sound I needed to pay any attention to. * * * Gold Rich Workshop. A top-ss workshop prepared for outstanding craftsmen in a ce filled with various expensive materials and furnaces with outstanding fire power. An exmation erupted from there. ¡°good! ¡°I finally figured it all out!¡± ¡°¡­I can¡¯t believe you put so much effort into just understanding the production manual, Won.¡± Two beings wiping away beads of sweat and expressing joy at their aplishments. One was short, and the other had a long horn on his forehead. However, the only difference was that they both had bronzed skin scorched by heat. Melton, Muyoung, and Genno. Inside the high-end workshop, the two artisan-level cksmiths who were eagerly devouring the Baal recipe book that Jinhyeok had given them expressed their joy. However, that joy did notst long. ¡°¡­Uhm, but the ingredients are all good, but this one takes a bit of time.¡± ¡°¡­I agree. ¡°I¡¯m worried that he¡¯ll be able to get this.¡± Afterpletely analyzing the recipe, the two knew all of the materials needed for production as shown in Baal¡¯s recipe. Is that why? I had to drool when I saw that the most important and irreceable ingredient in this recipe was in ce. [Baal¡¯s Recipe] -Required materials ©¸¡­ribs. ©¸¡­tendons. ©¸¡­skull. ©¸Top quality steel. ©¸Highest quality adamantium. ©¸Top quality mithril. ¡°These things are hard to find, but if you have money, you can get them¡­.¡± ¡°¡­This is the real problem.¡± The other things were by-products and minerals from various monsters. Those that will be responsible for the frame of the weapon. These alone would cost tens of millions of gold as they were expensive by-products and minerals from monsters, but that wasn¡¯t what was really important. Material located at the very bottom of the required material in the recipe. You need just one ingredient, but you can¡¯t even get it. [Doppelganger¡¯s core] ¡°¡­Wow, that¡¯s the core of that irrational guy.¡± ¡°The core of this guy that no one has caught is thest ingredient. ¡°Isn¡¯t this saying that you shouldn¡¯t make anything?¡± The core of the doppelganger. That was the final material and the material that would be the final point of the weapon made from Baal¡¯s recipe. Chapter 147 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 147 ¡°¡­So, the main ingredient is none other than the core of the doppelganger thates only from the doppelganger¡­Do you mean this?¡± ¡°okay.¡± ¡°Tsk, this isn¡¯t a good situation.¡± After meeting with Kyung-Hoon Choi, I headed straight to the Gold Rich workshop and was greeted with good and bad news. The good news was that Melton and Muyoung had a perfect understanding of the recipe, and the bad news was that the final ingredient needed for the recipe was the ¡®Doppelganger Core¡¯. ¡°Brother, what on earth is the core of a doppelganger?¡± To the question of Ha-Ryu, who followed me, Choi Gyeong-Hoon, who came carry ing Ha-Ryu and others on his shoulders like luggage, answered with a stiff expression on his face. ¡°The undefeated monster.¡± ¡°¡­The word ¡°undefeated¡± is just given to a monster? ¡°How?¡± An undefeated monster. Ha-Ryu couldn¡¯t believe the fact that the nickname described it as a doppelganger. tower. You have to be careful about nicknames there. If a person with incredible skills used a nickname containing ¡®King¡¯ or ¡®Emperor¡¯, or nicknames such as ¡®God¡¯ or ¡®Devil¡¯, it would not be surprising if he got stabbed while passing by. But a single monster is given the outrageous nickname ¡°undefeated¡±? No matter how much he thought about it, Haryu couldn¡¯t understand it. However, Choi Kyung-hoon rxed his stiff face and shrugged his shoulders. ¡°Being undefeated doesn¡¯t necessarily mean winning. ¡°I say this because even if the doppelganger doesn¡¯t win, he never loses.¡± ¡°ah¡­.¡± Undefeated = Victory. Such a form does not necessarily exist. You don¡¯t win, but you don¡¯t lose either. So, in fact, the name undefeated is just a nickname unless it is given to a truly strong person. In the end, it means that one shot to finish off the opponent is not enough. However, if there is an assumption that such an opponent must be captured at all costs, the difficulty increases exponentially. ¡°There is a saying, to add a little bit of exaggeration, that a doppelganger can copy a lower-level god or lower-level demon even if he or she encounters them. In particr, there is a restriction that you cannot enter the cave alone where the doppelganger is located¡­You might be able toe out alive, but there¡¯s no way to kill him and take the nuke.¡± ¡°Then what should I do? Your brother will definitely have to make that weapon¡­¡­.¡± The recipe is not found anywhere in the tower that I managed to obtain afterpleting Baal¡¯s quest. Naturally, if you can¡¯t make the weapon specified in the recipe, the loss is enormous. ¡®You look like f*cking Baal.¡¯ I would have crushed someone¡¯s face if I was in front of them for just adding a strange ingredient and causing trouble to people. However, swearing at Baal did not change the material, and production could not proceed without discarding the core material of the doppelganger. ¡°If made ording to the recipe, thepleted weapon has the ability to change into any weapon, probably due to the ability of the doppelganger¡¯s core. ¡°I could never make it without that.¡± ¡°Yes, you can change the other ingredients slightly or use better ingredients, but the doppelganger¡¯s core is an essential ingredient. Probably without that¡­Even if it seeds, it will be a featureless weapon.¡± ¡°¡­They both say that, so the answer is decided in the end.¡± Melton and Muyoung. Even if you search the entire tower, there aren¡¯t that many craftsman-level cksmiths who say they absolutely need the doppelganger¡¯s core. In the end, if I didn¡¯t want to give up on making weapons, what I had to do was decided. ¡°Let¡¯s discuss doppelganger hunting.¡± Doppelganger hunting. It was time to hunt down a monster that had existed since time immemorial and was called the undefeated monster. * * * thud- ¡°This?¡± I was sitting in the conference room thinking about doppelganger hunting when I heard the sound of something heavy being put down, so I raised my head and looked to the side. A fairly tall stack of documents was ced next to me. And next to him, a blond man with a familiar face was looking at me with a frown. ¡°We have collected and condensed as much information as possible about the climbers who have set out to hunt doppelg?ngers so far. Haha, Cha Jinhyuk. Are you no w trying to catch a doppelganger?¡± ¡°¡­I can¡¯t help it. ¡°If you need to be stronger, you have to chew on gods and demons, not doppelg?ngers.¡± ¡°You¡¯ve hired a busy person, so you have to be sure.¡± ¡°Okay, thank you. Gold Rich.¡± Gold Rich. He, the owner of Gold Rich Company and who has his own information collection route, brought me information about the climbers who challenged the doppelganger that he collected at my request. I immediately started rummaging through the pile of documents, as it was the information I most needed right now. But even for a moment- ¡°Let¡¯s start with the meeting. ¡°I have to finish it quickly and go back to work.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s how it should be. Okay, then shall we start with a meeting? ¡°Anyone have an opinion?¡± Goldrich announced that he was busy, so I ended up slightly pushing the pile of documents to the side and immediately announced the start of the meeting. And as soon as I could ask for opinions, the hands of colleagues filling the conference room rose. ¡°Yes, Hendrick. ¡°From you.¡± The first was Hendrick. ¡°Doppelg?ngers are known to copy the other person and store their power. Perhaps in front of you, you will use not only your own power, but also the power of those you have met so far. Any thoughts on that?¡± It was a story about the abilities of doppelgangers. Doppelgangers copy and store the powers of those they meet, then retrieve them and use them whenever necessary. This means that if you are weaker than your doppelganger, you cannot even see that the doppelganger is copying your appearance. That¡¯s why I shook my head. ¡°He will definitely transform into me. The problem is how I can ovee the ¡®me¡¯ who has transformed like that.¡± ¡°Hmm, I understand first.¡± Hendrick nods his head and lowers his hand with a somewhat satisfied expression. He then pointed to Choi Kyung-hoon, who was sitting next to him. ¡°I think this guy also has something to say.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, there are a ton of them. It would be a good idea to be prepared in case the doppelganger uses not only your powers but also the powers of other victims. The number of climbers it has copied is at least one hundred. ¡°Maybe it was closer to a thousand.¡± Capacity of over a hundred climbers. A doppelganger can use the copied climber¡¯s abilities in the same way as the original climber. In other words, the battle may proceed as if you are dealing with more than a hundred climbers at the same time. But I was confident. ¡°Anyway, that¡¯s the same level as the guy¡¯s floor, right? That¡¯s enough to get him out alive, even if it doesn¡¯t kill him. ¡°There is absolutely no need to worry about dying.¡± ¡°¡­You unlucky guy.¡± ¡°No matter who goes among those here now, they will not die. The only problem is killing him. ¡°You know we¡¯re not worrying about life or death, right?¡± The doppelganger¡¯s strength itself is at the level of the 105th floor, which is the floor he resides on. The only problem is that the strength of the opponent he faces is at the level of the 105th floor. No matter how strong the opponent is, he cannot escape much from the 105th floor level. However, the doppelganger copies his own strength, so no matter how hard he tries, he cannot defeat the doppelganger. Even if the doppelganger crossed the boundary between life and death and became stronger in an instant, the doppelganger would copy it, so even the absurd method of catching the doppelganger due to its sudden growth could not kill the doppelganger. The good news was that the enemy was me, so I didn¡¯t have to worry about dying. Tuk-tuk- ¡°As it is written in the document here, there are not that many casualties caused by doppelg?ngers. And that¡¯s just an immature climber who had blind faith in his own strength. Most climbers who reached at least the 105th floor came out alive. In other words, there is no single shot that can end both the doppelg?nger and us.¡± Among the documents Goldrich had collected, he found a document containing statistics on casualties and victims and tapped it. As statistics show, there were many climbers who were harmed by doppelgangers, but not many were killed by them. So, in a way, the end of this meeting was no different from being decided. ¡°Only one thing is important. ¡°Who on earth can fight a doppelganger and steal its core?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Someone who will fight their doppelg?nger. In the end, that was the problem. In particr, as the people gathered here were amazing, it was natural that if they met a doppelganger and their abilities were copied by the doppelganger, other colleagues who would follow in their footsteps would be embarrassed. in other words- ¡°The person who can kill the doppelganger should go first.¡± Kill the doppelganger in the first meeting ¨C There was no other way than that. As soon as I said that, I got a much more violent reaction than before. ¡°Brother, please let me go. ¡°If it¡¯s my ¡®eyes,¡¯ even a doppelg?nger won¡¯t be able to copy them.¡± ¡°No, Miho is confident too! Miho wants to go! Miho has a mother!¡± ¡°My sword will not be able to be copied. ¡°Send me away, Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± ¡°¡­The weak ones are left alone. ¡°I¡¯ll go and get my ass kicked.¡± Ha Ryu, Miho, Hendrick, and Choi Kyeong-Hoon. He raised his hand to the sky and said that he would go regardless of anyone else. They all seemed confident, and that confidence was something to be acknowledged. ¡®The ¡®snow¡¯ downstream is definitely amazing.¡¯ As I am currently seeing the benefits of the mask, I know the best about the performance of the downstream ¡®eyes¡¯, except for downstream. but. ¡®What if a doppelganger could even steal those ¡®eyes¡¯? From then on, the difficulty really increases exponentially.¡¯ If a doppelganger can copy the ¡®eyes¡¯, which can be said to be the advantage of the downstream, there is a big problem. First of all, Ha-Ryu is defeated, but from then on, the level of danger for his colleagues who will enter the doppelganger¡¯s cave increases rapidly. ¡®Miho¡­I can no longer have people use the double-edged sword of Advent often. Especially because of the one material called the doppelganger core that is needed to make the weapon.¡¯ Miho¡¯s case was different from Haryu. I already know who the mother Miho is talking about is. Nine-tailed fox, nine-tailed fox. A being who literally yed with Sandalphon as if he were ying with a child during the guild war. If she really descended to earth, she would be able to tear apart her doppelg?nger with ease. Choi Kyung-hoon said that a doppelganger at the level of a ghost story can copy even low-level gods and low-level demons, but the nine-tailed fox¡¯s power is much higher than them. However, the burden on Miho is so great that it is dismissed. In particr, it was an option that could not be chosen because there was a possibility that the intimacy shown by the nine-tailed fox would plummet. ¡®At least Hendrick and Kyung-hoon are better¡­These two are simr too.¡¯ Hendrick and Kyung-Hoon Choi. Although there is only a slight difference in their current strength, the two are climbers who have be stronger through standard methods. Beings who have honed their talents. Naturally, the people most vulnerable to the doppelganger¡¯s copying ability would be Hendrick and Choi Kyung-hoon. In the end, the right person for this job was no different from what had been decided. ¡°You can¡¯t enter the doppelganger¡¯s cave alone. But there is someone here who is alone but not alone, right? ¡°The answer was decided from the beginning.¡± ¡°¡­Brother!¡± ¡°Cha Jin-hyuk, don¡¯t do anything reckless.¡± ¡°¡­Don¡¯t forget that there are countless people who need to lead.¡± My colleagues immediately noticed what I said and immediately objected, but the answer was already there and I had no intention of changing it. ¡°I am going to the doppelg?nger¡¯s cave.¡± A being that is alone yet many. Spirit Master. The right answer would have been for me to go to the Doppelganger¡¯s Cave. At least I was sure of that. Chapter 148 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 148 ¡°¡­No matter how much I think about it, this doesn¡¯t make sense. ¡°My brother is the one who has to lead not only us but the entire ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, so there is no need for him to put himself in danger.¡± Seeing me preparing to go to the doppelganger¡¯s cave, Ha-ryu grabbed me by the sleeves. Although the weather felt deste, I did not stop preparing. ¡°I¡¯m not going to die.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± ¡°And I can¡¯t put others in danger to get the materials I need to make my weapon.¡± ¡°¡­We can take as many risks as we want for our brother.¡± Determined. I know that I mean those words. That¡¯s why I couldn¡¯t send Haryu and others to the doppelganger¡¯s cave. At least at first. ¡°You can¡¯t send your colleagues and guild members to a dangerous ce for your own benefit. ¡°I will definitely finish it on my own terms.¡± ¡°¡­If you fail, won¡¯t we have to deal with a more difficult enemy? ¡°I¡¯m talking about you and your soldiers.¡± That was correct. If I fail, it means that I survived even though my doppelganger copied my information. Even when I heard something that could be seen as ignoring me, I did not lose my smile. TukA hand that was white and thin, but full of strength on the contrary, covered Haryu¡¯s head. ¡°¡­Sigh! ¡°I¡¯m not Miho!¡± ¡°Yes, you are not Miho. But the fact that you and Miho are both precious to me doesn¡¯t change. ¡°The first meeting wasn¡¯t a very good environment, but just know that our current rtionship is important to me.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Ha-Ryu forgot his shame and kept his mouth shut as the words contained a heavy resonance and truth. He gently stroked Ha-ryu¡¯s head. Sararak- SararakThe glossy ck hair moves and bes tangled with the touch. Even though her neat hair was disheveled, Ha-Ryu just quietly felt my touch and closed her eyes. ¡°Even if I fail, I will fix what I did.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± ¡°What if he copies me? Anyway, I am who I am. Even if he copies me dozens or hundreds of times, he won¡¯t be able to escape from the mold of me.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± ¡°I will not spread my hands even to you.¡± ¡°¡­Have a nice trip.¡± Ha-Ryu, who didn¡¯t say anything until thest words, opened his eyes and said, ¡°Have a nice trip.¡± I smiled brightly as I looked downstream, all the excitement from before disappearing. ¡°Learn a lot from Kyung-hoon by your side. ¡°He¡¯s a fighting idiot full of muscle, but he still has ability.¡± ¡°¡­How long are you nning on staying here for?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know that. ¡°I wonder how long it will take to fight him.¡± ¡°¡­Pleasee back without getting hurt. If you get hurt at all¡­I, no, I think Miho will be very sad.¡± I put on a mask and nodded at the cleverness of Ha-ryu, who subtly changed himself to Miho. ¡°I¡¯ll try.¡± With those words, I disappeared from the room. * * * ¡°¡­Ha, you really haven¡¯t changed at all.¡± Ha-Ryu resented Jin-Hyeok, who had been by her side for almost a year and who looked at her as if she were the same child she was when she first met him, even though she had grown up during that time. However, he also resented himself for not being able to reject Jinhyeok¡¯s touch. Sigh- ¡°¡­Brother¡¯s touch.¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s hand touched the hair and it became matted. Even though his beautifullybed hair was ruined every morning, Ha-Ryu was not angry. I tried to gently touch each and every tangled hair, trying to feel what little of Jinhyuk¡¯s touch was left and feel Jinhyuk¡¯s warmth. Because it was a feeling that could not be felt again until Jinhyeok, who went to rescue the doppelganger¡¯s core, returned. ¡°Ha, let¡¯s try. So as not to be a nuisance to my brother. So that you can step forward with confidence next time. ¡°So that you don¡¯t carry the burden for me.¡± The benefactor who saved his life. The goblin does not forget Eunwon. Although he was ready to repay the favor at any time, he hated Jinhyuk, who always saw him as a child who had been taken as a sacrifice to kobolds ¨C ¡°Thank you, though.¡± As much as I hated him, I was thankful for Jinhyuk. Even as I got older and stronger, I was happy that I could always be looked after by Jinhyuk. But I had no intention of just wallowing in the joy. ¡°I don¡¯t know how many more times something like this will happen in the future¡­someday¡­Someday, the moment wille when I can step forward on behalf of my brother.¡± WowI hold on tightly to the dragon yer sword hanging at my waist so it doesn¡¯t shake. And the moment when the dragon yer sword and the downstream connect- ¡°¡­A prosecutor must understand the sword and use it. I won¡¯t avoid it. ¡°I will sh and collide again and stand in the position of wielding the sword rather than being wielded by the sword.¡± With a word that was like a promise, Ha-Ryu fell onto the soft bed. SlurpBecause of his light body, the bed did not shake much. It¡¯s just that there is pressure on the bed as much as Ha-Ryu¡¯s body. When Jinhyuk left to meet his doppelganger, Ha-ryu began his own efforts. Something I always tried to do while avoiding the gaze of Jinhyeok and Balkan. Thanks to that, Ha-ryu was able to reduce the number of times he was eaten even while wielding the Dragon yer Sword. -Are you here again, kid? ¡°I¡¯m not a kid.¡± The inner world of the downstream. There was a man standing in the red space where Haeru should have existed alone. Red and long hair. A man wearing clothes from so long ago that they are called the traditional clothes of goblins. The long, thin horn, which was like a symbol of goblins, was thicker and longer than any horn that Ha-Ryu had seen, and was full of scars. -Even if you look at it from other people¡¯s perspectives, not from my perspect ive, which is the fragment of the main body left in the sword, you are quite a kid. Dragon yer sword. The ego contained within it was humanized in the inner world. The distant past. A being that can be said to be the progenitor of goblins. The Dragon yer Sword was a sword handled by such a being. And the dragon yer sword that was held in the hands of a powerful being for a long time contained fragments of the person who held the sword, and it has now be the dragon yer¡¯s self. ¡°Please take care of me today as well.¡± -What are you asking for? Are you asking me to help you bring me into submission? Nonsense. The rat is a powerful ego that drives them crazy and devours the bodies of the swordsmen that hold it. Haryu was trying to subdue the dragon yer¡¯s ego that had driven not only excellent swordsmen of goblins but also other outsiders to destruction for a long time. No, I already tried several times. In the process, his ego mixed with the Dragon yer Sword several times, and at least he was recognized by the Dragon yer Sword, and the frequency of his body being taken away decreased, which is probably a pretty good result. Ha-Ryu, who was not even an adult yet, did what no one had been able to do for a long time. Of course, there is a long way toplete submission, but the downstream will not stop until we reach the destination ofplete submission. ¡°¡­Then let¡¯s go.¡± -Come as much as you want. Because time hasn¡¯t passed yet to give in to a little brat like you. The appearance is like a yawning yawn and picking at one¡¯s ears. However, Ha-ryu, who knew through several collisions the true nature hidden behind that swan-like appearance, did not let down his guard. It would be strange to ignore the ego that swallowed up more than a dozen outstanding swordsmen. The lower level new type bowed its head slightly to show respect and advanced towards the dragon yer¡¯s ego. * * * While Ha-ryu was training alone, Jin-hyuk had summoned other soul soldiers. ¡°Vulkan, you stay here. ¡°Get out of the doppelg?nger¡¯s cave.¡± Among the soul soldiers he collected, Jinhyeok excluded Balkan from this subjugation battle. Naturally, bacsh arose immediately. ¡°what? Cha Jin-hyuk, what kind of nonsense is that? ¡°If I¡¯m missing, then how do you n onmanding the spirit soldiers inside the cave?¡± A soul disease that has been with Jinhyeok for a long time. In particr, the rtionship between Balkan and Jinhyeok was not simply that of a soul bottle and a spirit master. Colleagues, friends, teachers, etc. It is a rtionship in which various rtionships are intertwined like a spiderweb. ¡°Themand of the soul soldiers is Tune. ¡°There was a need to let him gain this experience anyway, and this enemy is dangerous.¡± ¡°¡­If you¡¯re going to fall into danger, you should have done so right away! Think about the enemies you¡¯ve faced so far. ¡°No matter how strong the doppelganger is, he can¡¯t do anything about us!¡± That¡¯s why Balkan tried to stay by his side. Actually, that was true. Considering the number of enemies Jinhyeok has faced so far, it is safe to say that there is little pressure from the name doppelganger. Nevertheless, Jinhyeok refused. ¡°Valkan.¡± ¡°¡­What.¡± ¡°What do you think it would be like if a doppelganger could even copy spirit soldiers like Tune, Basil, and Ashur Hum?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± An unexpected problem. Balkan couldn¡¯t say anything to that. ¡°I care about you.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Balkan looked at Jinhyuk with a surprised face at the sight of Jinhyuk saying something he had never said before. Feeling Balkan¡¯s eyes looking at him with a surprised face, Jinhyeok expressed his worries and concerns. ¡°I¡¯m dealing with a doppelganger, so it¡¯s inevitable that I¡¯ll be copied. To be honest, it doesn¡¯t matter if other guys copy it too. But, you are different. ¡°As proud as I am as a Spirit Master, you must be the only first Spirit Master Balkan in this world.¡± ¡°Cha Jinhyuk, you¡­.¡± ¡°So, you stay here and protect Haryu and Miho. The current 100th floor is not a very safe ce. Of course, there wouldn¡¯t be a problem if Kyung-Hoon trained at his military academy, but he can¡¯t just stay there his entire life, so your help is essential.¡± seriousness. Balkan could no longer be stubborn in the face of sincerity without a single lie. Above all, Balkan was satisfied that a clumsy climber named Cha Jin-hyuk thought of him that way. It feels as if a talented but rude student cautiously approaches me on Teacher¡¯s Day and says, ¡®Master, you are great.¡¯ ¡°¡­Do as you say.¡± ¡°We will need soul soldiers to help others. I will keep about one-third of the soul bottles with you. If necessary, feel free to use it as much as you like. Although the soul bottles are a waste¡­If it¡¯s really dangerous, you can sacrifice them and run away. Because you and everyone else is just as important.¡± ¡°¡­Phew, I get it.¡± Balkan eventually bowed his head when he was told that leaving behind a third of the golden spirit bottles was not enough and that he should use them as sacrifices to survive if necessary. ¡°¡­Have a nice trip.¡± ¡°Of course. ¡°You too, take care of yourself.¡± ¡°You have to have the body to be good at cooking, you cheap guy.¡± ¡°¡­I say this because I may have a body soon. ¡°Once this is all over, we will discuss the creation of a homunculus through contact with Alchemy, so look forward to it.¡± ¡°¡­!!!!¡± Jinhyeok headed to the 101st floor, leaving behind Balkan, who was startled like a child hearing what a Christmas present was. ¡°The target is the 105th floor. ¡°It is the core of the doppelganger in the hidden dungeon, the doppelganger¡¯s dungeon.¡± 105th floor. Among them, it was the moment when Jinhyeok personally set out to hunt down the doppelg?nger who created many victims and took on the appearance of countless people. Chapter 149 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 149 Clearing the 101st to 105th floors didn¡¯t take long. ¡°Tune.¡± ¡°I know.¡± Fuwaaaaaaa! Tune, who has be even stronger, jumps directly into the battlefield and spits out his own dark blue spiritual power. Tune, who was advancing with spiritual power wrapped around his entire body, was like a tank of destruction, and there were no monsters in sight that could stop him. That was actually the case. ¨C Hehe! -Kek! -Hehe! The various monsters that rushed in to block Tune were cut apart by the spiritual power that protected Tune as tightly as armor. ¡°I guess I learned a little bit from what I saw.¡± ¡°There is no reason why spiritual power cannot do what the energy of spection can do. Well, the destructive power is slightly lower.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s spection. Tune was clearly a talented climber, as he saw Tugi¡¯s dealings with others and applied his spiritual power to use it as if he were Tugi. In addition, Basil and Ashur Hum were performing just as well as Tune. ¡°Go on, new kids.¡± -Shiririt! Dozens of dead spirits with their tongues sticking out swept the floor or flew through the air towards the monsters. ¡°¡­Blessing of light.¡± Hahaha! Ashur Hum also ran forward, wrapping a bright light around himself as if he would not be defeated. Unlike in the past, it was not milky, but a white-purple color mixed with my spiritual power, but in fact, its power was better than in the past. KwakagagakThe Four Souls and Ashur Hum be entangled and the battle continues. As if they had formed a n, they fought without getting in each other¡¯s way, but rather helping each other. Even I stuck out my tongue at the strangely perfectbination. ¡°¡­What on earth did you do?¡± ¡°It is the result of a lot of hard work. ¡°It is also proof of our qualifications to stand by Jinhyuk¡¯s side.¡± I shook my head in response to Tune¡¯s response, which had alreadye back to my side. ¡°You guys are pr opposites too.¡± ¡°Anyway, it will be soon. ¡°Let¡¯s get ready.¡± ¡°Yes, I know.¡± I was worried that they would not be able to mix well because each of them had such distinct personalities, but seeing them blend so well together was extremely satisfying. But even for a momentI nodded at Tune¡¯s words, ¡°Soon,¡± and prepared for battle. From the 101st floor to the 104th floor, I also attacked, but after arriving at the 105th floor, I did not participate in a single battle. The reason was simple enough for anyone to understand. ¡°¡­It¡¯s a cave of doppelg?ngers.¡± 105th floor. This is because he was not stupid enough to waste his strength on the battle necessary to conquer the doppelganger cave, which could be said to be a hidden dungeon, right in front of him. An undefeated monster that has never been defeated. In front of him, unnecessary expenditure of power would have been a shortcut to defeat. ¡®If I don¡¯t kill you, it¡¯s my loss. ¡®I have to finish it this once.¡¯ Losing the battle with the doppelganger was not the only defeat. Unconditional victory. If I couldn¡¯t catch and kill the doppelganger and extract the core from him, that would mean my defeat. ¡°Go in.¡± ¡°yes.¡± ¡°Children,e back.¡± ¡°¡­Phew, I will stand by your side.¡± Doppelganger¡¯s cave entrance. The dark interior was enough to make you feel like you were voluntarily walking into the jaws of a tiger. However, Basil and Ashur Hum, who eventually returned, stood behind and next to me, and their reassurance broke through the darkness. So we slowly walked into the doppelganger¡¯s cave. * * * Jeopuk- Jeopuk- ¡°Shall we turn on the light?¡± ¡°Oh, turn it on. ¡°It¡¯s definitely dark, so it¡¯s hard to see inside.¡± ¡°All right.¡± How long did you walk? Even though I got used to the darkness, I couldn¡¯t see the inside of the doppelganger¡¯s cave at all. In the end, Ashur Hum and Tune themselves came forward and lit the fire in the cave. Paaaa- growlingA bright cluster of lights floated into the air, and dark blue mes flickered above Tune¡¯s hand, lighting up the cave. The thick darkness tried to swallow up even light and fire, but the abilities of the two people were not weak enough to be eaten by the darkness. The darkness admitted its defeat and moved away from our surroundings to focus its power where light could not reach. As a result, the world around us has be brighter. Jumble-jumpSatisfied with the brightly lit cave, we couldn¡¯t help but frown as we headed into the cave. ¡°This too¡­?¡± ¡°It probably belongs to a victim who came in to catch his doppelg?nger.¡± ¡°Yes, I think so too.¡± Arm bones, leg bones, and various weapons hanging like ornaments here and there in the cave. Although they were already so rotten that they could not be properly called weapons, the walls of the cave were decorated with items that could have functioned well as weapons before they rotted. As it seemed like the work of a doppelganger, the difort gradually reached its peak. ¡°They say he lived a long time, but it¡¯s really a lot.¡± The cave wasrge, and of course, the further you entered, the more tantly the loot was hanging there, unlike at the entrance. Human skulls, weapons with teeth removed, limbs that haven¡¯tpletely rotted away, etc. As more and more things presumed to be the recently damaged climbers started popping up, I couldn¡¯t stay still either. PuhuaakThe spiritual power that lightly bursts out sweeps the area. PussyukEvery time the spiritual power touches the victims¡¯ remains and remains that the doppelganger had hung up like decorations, they lightly crumble. -Isn¡¯t the hobby ofing to other people¡¯s houses and destroying their things too nasty? From the depths of the cave, an angry voice rang in my ears, and I couldn¡¯t tell if it was a man or a woman, or even a child or an old man. But I didn¡¯t respond to him. ¡°Destroy everything.¡± ¡°yes.¡± ¡°This is our specialty.¡± ¡°If that is your will, I will follow it.¡± One person became four. They all have a knack for destruction. With each gesture from me and others, the cave became a mess. No, in some ways, it is safe to say that it will return to its original appearance rather than being a mess. -¡­I would have told him to stop!!! Kwakagagak!!! As if he was not satisfied with his cave returning to its original state, a sharp attack came from deep within the cave. Ashur Hum stopped destroying the cave and pulled out his shield as the attack was aimed precisely at us destroying the cave. ¡°Blessing of light.¡± Paaaaat! As the pure white light seeped into the shield, the pure white light transformed into arge shield. And arge shield made of light blocked the doppelganger¡¯s attack. Quad deukMy body was pushed back to block the attack and relieve the force, but that was all. thud! Ashur Hum, who mmed his shield into the ground with a heavy sound, opened his mouth with a characteristic blunt expression. ¡°Let¡¯s go. ¡°I will clear the way.¡± ¡°Yes, please.¡± Although he had clearly felt the power of the doppelganger¡¯s attack just now, Ashur Hum, who was now no better than a mere summon, moved forward without hesitation. And I had no intention of stopping him. ¡®Anyway, we seeded in upsetting the doppelganger, and there¡¯s no need to restrict his actions if he can take care of himself.¡¯ I didn¡¯t destroy the victims¡¯ items decorated on the doppelganger wall out of boredom. Provocation. It upset the doppelganger and made hime out in a hurry. My intention was sessful, and it was natural that Ashur Hum, the only pdin in the current party who could tank, would take the lead. Therefore, rather than stopping Ashur Hum, who was leading the way, I ended up asking a favor and followed him towards the depths of the cave. Jumble-jumpThe doppelg?nger did not attack as we made our way to therge cavity at the end of the cave. p- p- p- ¡°amazing. ¡°I never thought that even after provoking me like that, instead of running away, he woulde right back to where I am.¡± The sound of apuseing from inside the cavity. The being pping was none other than a ck mass. The sight of people making ck lumps like hands and pping their hands was extremely bizarre. It was a ck mass with only two human arms pping its hands. If that wasn¡¯t bizarre, it was clear that there wouldn¡¯t be anything in the world that wasn¡¯t bizarre. Procrastination¡­Procrastination¡­. Eventually, the ck mass swayed roughly and turned into something. ¡°hello friend! ¡°I¡¯m Belle, an outstanding adventurer!¡± ¡°¡­?¡± As I tilted my head to see the doppelganger greeting me with the face and voice of a cheerful adventurer, the doppelganger continued to transform. ¡°¡­hi.¡± A warlock climber with a gloomy voice. ¡°hello!¡± A young climber with a cute voice. ¡°Kihi! Kihihihi!¡± A climber who seemed to have a mental problem and was drooling and unable to speak properly. The more I changed into the appearance of various climbers, the more my face became stiff. ¡°¡­Are those the climbers standing in front of you?¡± ChurrrrreutAs soon as I finished speaking, the doppelganger¡¯s original body appeared. So he came back looking like a ck lump and nodded. ¡°Yes, that is correct. Their abilities and images live within me. Well, most of them escaped, but some are doing well in my stomach. And soon you will too!¡± Kwak-ga-ga-ga-gak! The doppelganger, who instantly transformed from a ck mass into someone else¡¯s appearance, attempted the same attack he had made earlier. Seeing the rush of de-like energy, Ashur Hum stepped forward again. ¡°Blessing of light. Guardian of light. Armor of Light.¡± Paaaaaa! A beam of light so brilliant that it seems as if the sun has risen in the void is drawn into Ashur Hum. And the remaining brilliance floats above Ashur Hum¡¯s head and continues to protect Ashur Hum and replenish his divine power. Ashur Hum, who was supplied with almost infinite divine power at this moment, blocked the doppelganger¡¯s attack like a strong castle wall. Boom- boom- boom-! Ashur Hum calmly blocked the attack without even blinking despite the de -like energy hitting his armor and shield, and Tune and Basil also jumped to their feet. ¡°Jinhyuk, there is no need for you to step forward. We will handle it on our own.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t care about anything that isn¡¯t a snake, just die.¡± Tune¡¯s calm voice and Basil¡¯s attack, which does not show the slightest interest in the doppelganger, are devastating to the doppelganger. But the doppelganger didn¡¯t just sit there and watch. Churrrrrrut! The doppelganger, who changed himself again into a new appearance, became a giant. The giant, full of muscles, crossed his arms to block the two men¡¯s attacks. Teodeodeodeong! Blocking Tune¡¯s punch with his bare body. Kwasik! Kwasik! Kwasik! ¡°¡­Hmm, it tickles.¡± Seeing him treating the private soldiers biting his arm as if they weren¡¯t there, I opened my eyes wide and checked for him. And although I couldn¡¯t tell what kind of climber the doppelganger had turned into, I could tell what ¡®race¡¯ it had turned into. ¡°¡­Ha, giants? ¡°Are you kidding me?¡± Giants. It was surprising given that he was a huge man and muscr. However, I was surprised to learn that a doppelganger could even copy the Four Emperors. But there was something else that was truly surprising. ¡°Now let¡¯s deal with him in earnest. Because time has already passed!¡± Churrrrrrut! The doppelganger, who had turned into a giant, transformed into another form again. And this time, the doppelganger¡¯s transformation looked very familiar. ¡°how is it? ¡°Is it the same as you?¡± ¡°¡­You unlucky guy.¡± Jinhyuk Cha. It was me. Starting with the coat I¡¯m wearing, to the goblin mask Ha-ryu gave me and Miho¡¯s fox mask. I couldn¡¯t help butugh at the sight of the doppelganger who looked exactly like me in everything. But the important thing was not that he turned into me. ¡°Come out,e out and deal with those guys too.¡± A doppelganger who gives orders in an eerily identical voice. and. Jump, jump, jump ¨C We were all startled by the sound of footstepsing from behind him. ¡°¡­.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± There was no word as if my mouth had been sealed, and my eyes were blurry, but the doppelganger who had turned into me appeared from behind and was none other than ¨C ¡°¡­It¡¯s us.¡± ¡°under! ¡°Do you feel bad?¡± ¡°It seems like even summoned beasts can be copied. It seems like there is no ego or ego¡­It¡¯s not at a level where I can let my guard down.¡± My soul sickness. So, they were people who looked exactly like Tune, Basil, and Ashur Hum. Unsurprised by their appearance, which was translucent like a soul disease, the doppelganger stretched out its arms and shouted. ¡°ruler! good! ¡°Show the ¡®fake¡¯ ones that you are ¡®real¡¯!¡± It was strange to pretend to be real with a fake subject, but we couldn¡¯t ignore those who were rushing towards us. Quad deuk! Ashur Hum, who ran first, and Ashur Hum¡¯s doppelganger collided. Not to be outdone, on the other side, Tune and his doppelg?nger and Basil and his doppelg?nger shed, creating an explosion of alcohol. The moment when therge cavity is filled with heavy drinking ¨C ¡°You have to fight me.¡± ¡°I was nning on doing that, fake.¡± ¡°Fake it ¨C how about the guy who died here bes a fake?¡± ¡°Not bad, you¡¯re going to die here.¡± I nodded at the words of the doppelganger who rushed through the dust cloud, then flung me backwards and muttered. ¡°Cha Jinhyuk Ryu ¨C Chapter 1, Coin Creation ¨C Devil Coin.¡± Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr ck coins raining down around me. I grabbed them with my spiritual power and pulled out my bow from sub-space. When the drawn bow is instantly imbued with spiritual power and glows purple-ck. Quad deukThe devil coins that fell like rain were crushed and transformed into one arrow. A single arrow made of dozens of coins condensed. Hang it on the string of the bow and pull it. Crackle! The bow bent as if it would break and made an eerie sound, but I paid it no mind and focused my eyes on the doppelganger with an emotionless gaze. and. ¡°Mayyeongsi(ħì`ʸ).¡± I shot. Ma Yeongsi (ħì`ʸ). An arrow made from magic and spiritual power. It flew like a guided missile towards the doppelganger standing in the distance. Kwagwagwagwanggwang!!!! The arrow, which was a mixture of magical energy and spiritual power, exploded violently as soon as it reached its target point, literally destroying the surrounding area. It was powerful enough to kill a decent climber with a single blow, but- ¡°Isn¡¯t this mask pretty good? ¡°I like it more than any other ability.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s going to be a pretty tough fight.¡± The moment I saw the doppelganger jumping out of the dust cloud, I was convinced. This battle will be quite difficult. The reason was simple. ¡°Battle foresight.¡± ¡°Battle foresight.¡± Because he was able to use the abilities of my items as well. That¡¯s why time slowed down, as if it had stopped. And as time slowed down, only my doppelganger and I began to engage in roughbat at the same speed as each other. Chapter 150 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 150 Doppelganger. The guy was definitely amazing. ¡®Copying everything, what¡¯s the point?¡¯ The ability to copy a climber¡¯s body, abilities, and even items. That was by no means an ordinary ability. This means that no matter what situation you are in, as long as you have a moment, you will copy the other person regardless of who they are. ¡®This is a guy that should have been caught when it first appeared. But now it¡¯s probably toote.¡¯ The current doppelganger, who has the information of numerous climbers he copied, cannot be easily defeated. There was no way for me to suffocate with a single blow against a guy who perfectly wielded the abilities of countless climbers. Even if it were me in a past life, it would have been the same. But I didn¡¯t care. Kagagagak-! As time slowed down, I moved my body casually and thrust my fist towards the doppelganger who was making the same movements as me. Wood-duk- The moment he noticed that the arm of the doppelganger blocking his fist was bent abnormally, he immediately threw a kick with his mana. ¡°Choi Gyeonghun Ryu ¨C Chapter 2, front kick.¡± Paang! A front kick that surges upward from the bottom, tearing through the air barrier and crushing the doppelganger¡¯s head. However, the doppelganger responded calmly to my attacks. ¡°¡­Choi Gyeonghun Ryu ¨C Chapter 4, roundhouse kick.¡± Bah! He was no longer a doppelganger but became ¡®Cha Jin-hyuk¡¯ himself. Of course, if I can do it, he can do it too. I clicked my tongue at the sight of the guy who was attacking me and using his best defense to block my attack. My eyes slowly started to feel sore. Slowly, time begins to return to its original time. However, if I return to the original time, it means that the doppelganger will also return to the original time. After thinking that far, as soon as I returned to the original time, I took off the mask and put on the fox mask. Sigh- Naturally, the doppelganger followed me and wore a fox mask. Wood tter- The power of the fox mask changes the body. His lighter body leapt forward like a bullet and made strange movements towards the doppelganger. The doppelganger copied me almost perfectly, but it was literally ¡®almost¡¯. 0.1 second. Maybe it was a shorter difference of 0.01 seconds, but that was enough. ¡°Choi Gyeonghun Ryu ¨C Chapter 8, catch.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Pop! The technique that Choi Kyung-hoon once used. Choi Gyeong-Hoon Ryu ¨C Chapter 8, catch. The moment the technique, also known as Geumnasu, was unfolded in my hand, I was caught by the hem of the coat of the doppelganger who was approaching me and preparing for the next attack. It was my coat. I roughly grabbed the coat, which had the same texture and ability, and picked him up and pinned him down. Kwaaaaang! The doppelganger, who was roughly thrown onto the stone cave floor, made an explosion as it hit the hard floor. A powerful and perfect attack that makes you think the cave is slightly shaking. but- Push! The attack, which was fired in a ce filled with stone debris and dust clouds, showed that the doppelganger was fine. It wasn¡¯t my ability. It¡¯s probably an ability of one of the many climbers that the doppelganger copied. However, the dust cloud cleared and the doppelganger that appeared again was the same as before. ¡°¡­I admit it, you are definitely stronger than anyone who hase here so far. But that doesn¡¯t mean you¡¯ll win.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t need your approval. ¡°If you¡¯re going to admit it, open your chest, take out the core inside, and talk about it.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± The core of a doppelganger is the source of itsposition. Of course, telling me to reveal it and talk about it meant dying, and I couldn¡¯t talk about it after death. In other words, I was told to just search. The doppelganger noticed this and narrowed its eyes and clenched its fists. ¡°Unfortunately, that won¡¯t work.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t have to give it to me. ¡°I will take care of it.¡± ¡°It¡¯s nice that you¡¯re so confident.¡± ¡°If you looked like me, you would know. I¡¯m always full of confidence. And he has the abilities to match it!¡± Kwaduk-pang! A solid line appeared on the floor of the cave where I stepped. This happened because I couldn¡¯t ovee the shock that kicked me out of my seat. My new form hit the ground with enough force to crack the cave floor and rushed towards the doppelganger in an instant. ¡°Cha Jinhyuk Ryu ¨C Chapter 1, Coin Creation ¨C Devil Coin.¡± ¡°Cha Jinhyuk Ryu ¨C Chapter 1, Coin Creation ¨C Devil Coin.¡± They use the same abilities with the same voice. However, the method of using it was different for the first time. ¡°Devil Fist.¡± Kwasik- I crushed the devil coin in my hand and instantly wrapped my ck hand around demonic energy. I clenched my ck hands. On the other hand, doppelgangers are- ¡°Magic bullet.¡± Taang! Simr to when using a spiritual bullet, a bullet made entirely of devil coins was fired at me. Right now- My fist plunged into the doppelganger¡¯s abdomen, crushing his ribs. Sloak- Quad-de-duk-! On the contrary, the doppelganger¡¯s magic bullet passed right through my arm, grinding it apart. In a situation where each other¡¯s attacks could be fatal to each other, we retreated. Tadak- The sound of light footsteps echoed in the cavity, and I nced to see where Tune and others were. ¡®¡­I don¡¯t think it will help right away.¡¯ Baekjungjise (²®ÖÙÖ®„Ý). Since no one is being pushed aside, hoping that they will be of help to me would be close to greed. ¡®In the end, I¡¯m the only one dealing with him¡­It¡¯s been a while since I had an experience like this.¡¯ For me, who always used soul soldiers to fight, it had been a long time since I had seen a battle like this. Except for the battle with Tune during the guild war, it has been very rare for me to engage in directbat recently. In particr, there has never been a situation as tense as now. But of course, the option of ¡®stepping down¡¯ did not exist in my mind. ¡°¡­Let¡¯s fight until someone dies.¡± ¡°¡­He seems like a crazy person. ¡°I don¡¯t lose.¡± ¡°You¡¯ll have to try it to find out. ¡°Let me tell you one thing: I hunted down all the people who said things like that in front of me.¡± I left my seat with a slight smile on my face. The excitement of battle. It was a moment that filled my whole body, a feeling that can only be felt when going directly into battle. * * * Quad deud deuk- As the battle continued, the doppelganger did not necessarily take on Jinhyuk¡¯s appearance. Wizard, thief, archer, etc. We tried to solve the battle by using various appearances of climbers. However, the doppelganger¡¯s attack did not properly reach Jinhyuk. In fact, the biggest damage I received from sharing the attack with Jinhyeok earlier was enough to say the least. However, Jinhyuk was not rxed either. ¡®It doesn¡¯t feel very good dealing with dozens of people at the same time.¡¯ Also prepared for wizards. Also prepared for archers. Preparation against thieves. Preparedness for warriors. All contrasts disappear like bubbles once the doppelganger changes appearance. 1 second. Perhaps, you have to prepare and attack or defend within a shorter period of time. Because preparing in advance is useless. My head was spinning and I had to keep my eyes wide open to chase after the doppelganger, who changed his appearance in a split second. It¡¯s no different from the tremendous fatigue that hit Jinhyuk. Nevertheless, Jinhyuk did all of those things perfectly. Tung-! Kwasik! I shot it lightly, but it caught the heavy arrow shaft in flight and broke it. Pabababak! Tiding! He swung his sword and deflected dozens of daggers flying through the air. None of the attacks were any different from the above. When magic was thrown, I analyzed it and dispelled it, or if that wasn¡¯t possible, I blocked or avoided it. No matter what attack the doppelganger attacked, everything was useless in front of Jinhyeok, who was showing excellent concentration. ¡®If this is also a weakness, is it a weakness? ¡®I don¡¯t have the ultimate ability.¡¯ In the process, Jinhyeok discovered a weakness that was not his doppelganger¡¯s weakness. There is no single ability that is perfect or at its peak. This happened because people always just copy other people¡¯s work and have no intention of refining or developing it. If the doppelganger had messed up his eyes with his extreme dagger skills, Jinhyeok would not have been able to swat all the daggers with just Hoeryong. That didn¡¯t just apply to daggers. Arrows, magic, everything was the same. Since nothing was perfect, Jinhyeok focused his attention and found the perfect way to nullify them. ¡°¡­What on earth are you?¡± Jinhyeok also tried to smile, even though it was difficult, as he listened to the heavy breathing of his doppelganger. ¡°Cha Jinhyuk. ¡°It¡¯s just Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± It didn¡¯t matter whether it was the Death Star or a ghost. That you are just yourself. ¡°I¡¯m also someone who can¡¯t lose to someone like you who can¡¯t identify himself.¡¯ And unlike himself, who thought of himself as nothing but a climber and Cha Jin-hyuk, he had no intention of losing to a doppelganger who took on the appearance and abilities of hundreds of climbers, but whose real self did not exist among them. Wow- The doppelganger gritted his teeth at Jinhyuk¡¯s grin. The true form of a doppelganger is a strange creature without eyes, nose, or mouth. No matter how many people they take on, they are not doppelgangers. The doppelganger also knew this well, so it always tried to be ¡®me¡¯. But all those attempts always failed. The experiment of trying to create oneself bybining other people¡¯s appearances ended up being no different from a rag golem made from other people¡¯s corpses. He tried to establish himself as one being, but the appearance and abilities of the countless climbers he had already consumed denied it. In the end, the doppelganger was just a ck lump. Perhaps it is safe to think of it as a mirror. A mirror that reflects only other people without its own reality. It was a doppelganger. ¡°¡­I am a doppelganger.¡± ¡°Yes, a doppelganger who has established himself properly and can¡¯t even answer the question of who I am.¡± ¡°¡­Shut up!¡± A loud voice shook the cave. When Jinhyuk frowns at the roar reminiscent of a lion¡¯s hooves. ¡°¡­Yeah, that would be fine. ¡°That¡¯s it.¡± The doppelganger seemed to have realized something and muttered whileughing. Jinhyuk was wary of the doppelganger muttering something unknown to himself. But even for a moment- Slowly, slowly, slowly ¨C The doppelganger began to turn into someone else, just like before. The end of the shape slowly taking shape was very familiar to Jinhyeok- ¡°¡­Is it me again?¡± It was a side of Jinhyuk that had already been revealed several times. Jinhyeok scoffed at the sight of himself having been copied several times during battle. In the end, I was able to be sure that the doppelganger could not establish itself. However, Jinhyuk had to distort his face at the doppelganger¡¯s next words. ¡°I am Cha Jin-hyuk. ¡°Now I be Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± ¡°¡­What kind of nonsense is that?¡± ¡°Same face, same abilities, same summons as you. Everything necessary to form a human being exists for me. ¡°Then how can I be sure it¡¯s not ¡®yes¡¯?¡± ¡°¡­¡± Even if they are identical twins, there are definitely differences. Subtle facial differences, personality, likes, dislikes, etc. No matter how simr they are, there are clear differences. Just what if- just what if- If you were to see a being in front of you who was identical in everything, could you be sure that that being was not you, and furthermore, that you were not a ¡®fake¡¯? of course- ¡°Don¡¯t be damned. ¡°I am Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± Jinhyuk was sure. However, there was a separate problem. ¡°Yes, you are sure. But are the people around you like that?¡± ¡°¡­This bastard.¡± Jinhyuk knows that the doppelganger in front of him is not himself, but a copy, and that he is real. But can Jinhyuk¡¯s colleagues and friends tell them apart? That was something Jinhyeok wasn¡¯t sure about. ¡°decided. I be you. I will kill you here, eat your corpse to be even more perfect, then get out of here and climb the tower. ¡°By the side of your colleagues, as Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± ¡°¡­Shut up!¡± Coo coo coo coo coo- There is anger. Jinhyuk had never experienced anger like this even when someone unleashed his murderous spirit, but now Jinhyuk was spewing out anger on apletely different level than before. If swallowing yourself whole isn¡¯t enough, you¡¯re acting like that? It was something no one could tolerate. ¡°I¡¯ll kill you.¡± Fuwaaaaaaa! Along with the chilling, murderous words, purple-ck spiritual power burst out from Jinhyeok¡¯s whole body and filled the cave. Although it had the power to crush the opponent in an instant, the doppelganger burst intoughter when faced with the overwhelming spiritual power. The reason was simple. ¡°Spiritual power. Yes, it was that kind of power. ¡®My¡¯ power. Was it written like this?¡± Fuwaaaaaaa! Spiritual power. The Spirit Master, that is, only Jinhyuk could use it. Because a doppelganger could also use it. The moment when Jinhyuk¡¯s purple-ck spiritual power that covered the cave and the spiritual power of his doppelganger, who suddenly had a simr size, shed. ¡°Foot! Fuhahaha!!!¡± ¡°¡­what? ¡°Have you lost your mind?¡± Jinhyuk burst outughing. As the doppelganger asked, I didn¡¯t lose my mind. It was simply because I faced the ¡®truth¡¯. ¡°Hey, you can never be me.¡± ¡°¡­I have everything the same as you. Then I am no different from you¡­¡± Jinhyuk shook his head at the doppelganger, who repeated the exact same words he had just said, and raised his finger and pointed to the ceiling of the cave. ¡°Yes, if you were exactly like me, as you said, that might have been the case. But if you have eyes, raise your head and look at that. ¡°What makes you think you¡¯re just like me?¡± ¡°¡­What?!¡± Different. That was an iprehensible word to the doppelganger. Doppelgangers can copy anything. Even the smallest habits and way of speaking. But when he realized that there was a difference between him and Jinhyuk, he hurriedly raised his head and looked at the ceiling. ¡°¡­purple?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know if something is wrong, but¡­At least it seems like you failed to copy ¡®the current me¡¯?¡± There, it was full of purple spiritual power, not purple-ck spiritual power like Jinhyuk. Obviously, his spiritual power is different from Jinhyeok¡¯s. Jinhyuk smiled and opened his mouth. ¡°It seems like all your ns have gone awry, fake.¡± ¡°¡­dog sound. only you¡­As long as I eat you up, I am real. ¡°I am real!¡± Kwak-ga-ga-ga-gak! With the doppelganger¡¯s angry cry, the purple spiritual power of the doppelganger, which waspeting with Jinhyuk¡¯s ck and purple spiritual power, moved roughly. Even in the face of an enormous force that threatened to crush the cave, Jinhyeok calmly clenched his fists. ¡°I¡¯ll show you what the original is.¡± Kwaaaa!!! At the same time, a more powerful spiritual power than before burst out from Jinhyeok and engulfed the entire cave. ¡°Realm, all-powerful being.¡± Eventually, the inside of the cave was transformed into a space filled with purple-ck spiritual power, and only Jinhyuk and his doppelganger were there. ¡°Okay, let¡¯s finish this now. FALSE.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t call me fake. ¡°I am real!¡± Even in the face of the doppelganger¡¯s desperate cries, Jinhyeok calmly epted them. ¡°The real thing doesn¡¯t im to be real. Because everyone naturally knows and acknowledges that it is real. That¡¯s the difference between you and me, you fake guy who¡¯s been living a fake life his whole life.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Looking at the doppelganger¡¯s face filled with shock, Jinhyeok roughly wielded the nearly infinite spiritual power within the realm. Haha!!! The new form of the doppelganger, struck by nearly infinite spiritual power, flew through the air andnded at the edge of the realm. With that attack, the real and fake hunting began. Chapter 151 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 151 A real fake hunt. That¡¯s what I said, but it wasn¡¯t really any different from before. Jinhyuk kills the doppelganger, and all the doppelganger does is run away or fight against him. ¡®It doesn¡¯t matter why he couldn¡¯t copy me perfectly. One important thing. Kill him and take his core.¡¯ Why does the doppelganger use the purple spiritual power that was its own before reincarnation? Why did the doppelganger not copy itself perfectly? I was curious about that, but it wasn¡¯t important in the current situation. The important thing is to hit the confused doppelganger¡¯s neck, cut open its chest, and take out the core. After thinking that far, Jinhyeok¡¯s hand gently stirred the realm, the all-powerful soul. Kwak-ga-ga-ga-gak! Following the orders of Jinhyeok, the master of the realm, the infinite spiritual power that filled the Mannyeongchungcheo (Èfì`³äÌŽ) flowed towards the doppelganger like a gentle wave. Although it was soft, the strength contained within it was by no means a level that could be ignored. The wave transforms into a tsunami and hits the doppelganger. ¡°¡­Domain is not your only strength!¡± Of course, the doppelganger didn¡¯t just look at it. area. Because it wasn¡¯t just Jinhyuk¡¯s property. Even though he was a doppelganger who copied everything from Jinhyuk but could not properly copy his spiritual power, he was able to use the same area as Jinhyuk. ¡°Realm, all-powerful spirits!¡± The doppelganger shouts in a voice so identical to Jinhyuk that it gives me goosebumps. As if a sharp voice was tearing the realm apart, the purple spiritual power that burst out from the doppelganger slowly consumed Jinhyeok¡¯s inner soul. Jinhyuk knew that well. ¡°Breaking the territory?¡± Breaking down the area. What Jinhyuk did against Tune before. An advanced technique to destroy the opponent¡¯s territory and establish one¡¯s own territory by inserting one¡¯s own territory into the opponent¡¯s territory. ¡°¡­Do you think I¡¯ll just let that happen?¡± Naturally, Jinhyeok is not the one who will just sit back and watch. If the territory is broken, Jinhyeok will be at an extreme disadvantage. The territory is literally close to ¡®territory¡¯ that Jinhyeok must protect even if he dies. Knowing that, even the doppelganger worked hard to destroy the realm. The moment when both sides open their mouths to devour each other¡¯s territory ¨C A change has urred. Tsutsutsutsu- ¡°¡­Mixed?¡± ¡°The areas are mixed?¡± Areas that had been tossing around and shing with each other are gently mixing together. That was the change that was happening right now in front of Jinhyuk and his doppelganger. ¡°Nonsense. Areas are mixed? ¡°I¡¯ve never heard of anything like that.¡± The area was the ¡®world¡¯ of a climber. ¡®Domain destruction¡¯ was when other people¡¯s worlds broke each other and became one world. However, rather than destroying each other, the process of merging each other as if they had been one from the beginning was an anomaly that even Jinhyuk, who had climbed the tower for quite some time, had never seen before. But I could vaguely guess the reason. ¡°¡­Is this possible because the two areas are so simr?¡± Realm, all-powerful soul. It was Jinhyuk¡¯s, and it was also his doppelganger¡¯s. The contents inside, the spiritual power, were a little different, but that was it. The basic framework itself was the same for both Jinhyuk and his doppelganger. Therefore, in the process of shing, the two areas thought of each other as colleagues or the same being and chose to be one rather than destroy each other. ¡°If you do this well, your spiritual power may explode.¡± A unified area. A smile came to my face as I thought that the realm that had been released and returned to its owner contained the power of two realms. Of course, there were also disadvantages. ¡°Hahahaha! Yes, if I kill you and reabsorb this area, I can fill in what wascking!¡± ¡°¡­Except for the downside that my territory could be taken over by that guy.¡± If Jinhyuk absorbed the doppelganger¡¯s all-spirited soul and his spiritual power exploded, on the contrary, the doppelganger would absorb Jinhyuk¡¯s all-spirited soul and have Jinhyuk¡¯s purple-ck spiritual power. One win, one win. If there are advantages, there are also disadvantages. But Jinhyuk didn¡¯t really care. ¡°If you kill me, that¡¯s enough.¡± Kwakagagak! After thinking about it, Jinhyuk swings his arm, and the ck and purple spiritual power in his arm mixes with each other and flies toward the doppelganger. This happened when one area was shared at the same time. Of course, neither Jinhyuk nor his doppelganger were surprised or embarrassed by that. Jinhyuk used purple spiritual power in his past life, and his doppelganger wanted to use ck purple spiritual power. ¡°¡­There is no way!¡± The doppelganger stretched out his hand to block the spiritual power that was a mixture of ck and purple light directed at him. At the same time, the purple-ck spiritual power gathered around transformed into a huge shield. Kwaaaaang! Spiritual power collides with spiritual power. One was for attack and the other was for defense, and the impact was by no means small. The shock wave that shakes the entire area disturbs the interior. When Jinhyuk and his doppelganger¡¯s bodies shake greatly, unable to relieve the shock. ¡°¡­One won, demonization.¡± Fuwaaaaaaaaaa! The doppelgangerunched a preemptive attack. One won (one won). The doppelganger, who had the same body, energy, and abilities as Jinhyuk, used Wonwon and chose to be a demon. Although it may have originally been a demon-like being, the doppelganger transformed into a ck demon by spewing out ck magic energy from its entire body. Two ck horns and ck demonic energy attached to the skin, and the entire body turned ck. But there was only one spot that wasn¡¯t ck. sh- The doppelganger¡¯s ruby-red eyes opened their closed eyes and red at Jinhyuk. Jinhyuk waited for the doppelganger to attack while facing his intense gaze as if shooting aser. Demonization following Ilwon. Jinhyuk was able to fully predict the next attack the doppelganger would make. ¡°The Fist of Destruction.¡± A fist that destroys God. It could only be used in a demonized state, but its destructive power was so much greater than any of Jinhyuk¡¯s attacks that it rushed towards Jinhyuk. Jinhyuk burst intoughter as he watched the ck magic energy form a giant fist ande towards him. ¡°This is what it feels like. ¡°It¡¯s creepy.¡± Jinhyeok, who had only used the Fist of Destruction but had never encountered it, suddenly remembered the emotions that those who had encountered the Fist of Destruction must have felt. ¡°Death ising¡­That would be exactly right.¡± inevitable death. Those words seemed toe to mind. But that didn¡¯t mean Jinhyuk felt anything like fear. ¡°If you can¡¯t avoid it, just destroy it. ¡°I will make you regret using demonization and the Destruction Fist.¡± Inevitable death did not mean that it could not be destroyed. And Jinhyuk had the power to break the inevitable death. ¡°One won (one won).¡± Coo coo coo coo coo- The area vibrates with quietly muttered words. It¡¯s simr to when the doppelganger used the member just now, but it¡¯s a different vibration. Surrounded by spiritual power, the shared energyes together as one. Time to choose. Magi and divine power. At the crossroads of having to choose between two energies, Jinhyeok¡¯s choice was natural. ¡°Sacralization.¡± Paaaa! It was divine power. A bright glow burst out from Jinhyuk¡¯s whole body. A radiance like the sun brightly illuminating an area filled with ck and purple light. Pure white wings sprouted from Jinhyeok¡¯s back as he took in that radiance. Elyos. No, it is piety and sacredness that reminds us of ¡®God¡¯, a being above him. ¡°¡­It¡¯s toote, die!¡± The Demon Destruction Fist is just around the corner, and I can see the doppelganger eximing with joy, confident of victory. Jinhyuk lightly clenched his fists. Choi Gyeong-hun¡¯s style ¨C Chapter 1, it was an attitude of taking power. The lightly clenched fist contained intense divine power that could destroy demons. ¡°The Demon Fist of Destruction.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± The lightly clenched fist is gently extended. The power contained in the light but heavy fist extends forward. Divine power. The power that stood as the antithesis of the devil from birth destroyed the doppelganger¡¯s Destruction Fist. However, as if that were not enough, the target of the Demon Destruction Fist that extended forward was none other than the doppelganger. ¡°¡­This is ridiculous-¡± ¡°You should have known that the Fist of Destruction is strong, but it has distinct drawbacks.¡± Leaving behind a word full of ridicule towards the doppelganger, who couldn¡¯t even finish the sentence properly, the Demon Fist of Destruction attacked the doppelganger. * * * Jinhyeok frowned as he saw the divine power that filled the area in the aftermath of the Demon Destruction Fist. ¡°Is he still alive? ¡°It¡¯s also tough.¡± The fact that the territory is still maintained means that the owner of the territory is still alive. In other words, the doppelganger was still alive. And Jinhyuk¡¯s thoughts were right. chuck- ¡°¡­It¡¯s not over yet. I am¡­I didn¡¯t lose¡­.¡± ¡°You look like a mess, why don¡¯t you give up?¡± The body of the doppelganger, standing up on its knees, staggered roughly. The doppelganger, who was staggering as if he would copse at any moment, was no longer in a state to fight. The body that had been burned by divine power seemed unable to function properly. When it is judged unreasonable to continue the battle any further in a situation where half of the body has been damaged so badly that the bones are exposed. ¡°Just this¡­I wasn¡¯t going to bring this up¡­.¡± The voice of the doppelganger panting rang in my ears. It wasn¡¯t something I said to Jinhyuk. Talk to yourself. However, Jinhyeok, who sensed a sudden change in his momentum, quickly stretched out his hand. ¡°¡­KWWWW!!!!¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± A roar that feels like your eardrums will explode. Could it be that the territory is being torn apart? Jinhyeok grabbed his ears and gritted his teeth as the sound attack was so strong that it made him want to hear the sound. Obviously, it wouldn¡¯t be strange if he died right away, but the doppelganger¡¯s current appearance was even more powerful than when we first met him. After the roar, Jinhyuk¡¯s face hardened at the sight of the doppelganger appearing beyond the dust cloud. Tsutsutsutsu- Fluttering magic energy. However, it was not the case that the demonic energy that could not be absorbed was flowing out of the body like when demonizing. Just as a person breathes, magical energy was floating around the doppelganger in a light, smoke-like form. However, what was truly important was not the doppelganger¡¯s ability to naturally manipte demonic energy. ¡°¡­Krrrrr-¡± ¡°¡­devil?¡± Devil (�ºÄ§). The doppelganger¡¯s changed appearance clearly resembled that of an ordinary person, but Jinhyuk could tell. That¡¯s the devil. Although he couldn¡¯t even speak properly and only made a sound like scratching his throat, Jinhyuk was convinced that the doppelganger had turned into a devil. Maggi so dense that it makes your whole body tingle. Because there was no way the being who had it was an ordinary climber. But the doppelganger wasn¡¯t all that bad either. h h h h ¡°¡­Can¡¯t it withstand the power of the changed being?¡± The price of turning into a devil was terrible. Until now, when I transformed into the form of dozens or hundreds of climbers, my whole body never cracked, but when I transformed into the form of a devil- Even though it didn¡¯t look like a proper devil, the doppelganger¡¯s whole body was showing signs of slight incontinence. ¡°¡­I have to finish it first.¡± devil. A being who stands shoulder to shoulder with God. Even though it wasn¡¯t a proper transformation, the mere existence of a devil was extremely dangerous, but Jinhyeok did not back down. The doppelganger seemed to have already reached its limit because it looked as if it would literally be destroyed with a tap. It was right then. [The pinnacle of all evil tells you to run.] ¡°¡­Baal?¡± Baal, who obviously cannot see inside the Doppelganger Cave, a hidden dungeon, and cannot send messages, sent a message to Jinhyeok. It also contains urgent words to run away ¨C Jinhyeok, seeing Baal¡¯s urgent appearance for the first time, could not ask Baal how he had seen inside the doppelganger¡¯s cave where the eyes of gods and demons could not reach and sent a message to him. Furthermore, he couldn¡¯tugh at Baal, who told him to run away. ¡°Why are you telling me to run away?¡± He just swallowed dryly and asked Baal why he had to run away. And Baal quickly answered Jinhyeok¡¯s questions. As if he hoped Jinhyuk would get out of here quickly. In fact, what Baal said was shocking enough to make Jinhyeok think of the word ¡®run away¡¯. [The pinnacle of all evil is said to be the doppelganger himself before he attained the status of transcendence.] Doppelganger. This is because the being he transformed into as thest bastion was none other than the Baal of the past. Chapter 152 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 152 Baal of the past. Jinhyeok could not hide his surprise at the fact that the monster in front of him who had lost his senses was the Baal of the past. ¡®Does it mean that only by losing one¡¯s wit can one barely maintain one¡¯s past self? No, in the end I couldn¡¯t even maintain my appearance. How much of a monster must he be¡­.¡¯ The first thing that surprised me was that the being radiating monster-like force in front of me was the Baal of the past. The second thing that surprised me was the doppelganger whose body was copsing because it could not properly maintain even the remnants of the past. A doppelganger that ate dozens or hundreds of climbers and did not experience any ups and downs while pretending to be them would have a hard time maintaining its body even after cing ¡®restrictions¡¯ on it. ¡®Restraint¡¯ is essentially a force that gives something away and gives you the power to match it. One could easily guess how monstrous the Baal of the past must have been in that it was not enough to just copy the remnants of the past at the cost of Izzy, but was unable to even prevent its copse. ¡®At least I will be a full-fledged 600-story climber.¡¯ A perfect 600-story climber who has ovee the wall of trials. A level simr to the level Jinhyeok reached in the past. However, the remnants of Baal before my eyes were clearly different from Jinhyeok of the past. ¡®There is no reason, and the body is not whole. ¡®If that¡¯s the case, it¡¯s worth a try.¡¯ A body copsing. He has no sense of humor and can¡¯t even speak properly. The appearance of being no different from a wild monster gave Jinhyuk confidence. of course- [The pinnacle of all evil says he did something wrong.] [The pinnacle of all evil begs the doppelganger¡¯s core to run away, saying he will save it.] Baal did not want Jinhyeok to confront his doppelganger. The doppelganger and his cave, etc. Just by sending messages without hesitation that convince us that Baal is deeply involved, we can get a rough idea of ??Baal¡¯s current state. Jinhyuk paused slightly at Baal¡¯s circumstances. The core of the doppelganger. That is the reason why Jinhyuk is standing here now. ¡®¡­That¡¯s clear. Baal, what on earth did you aim for by sending me here?¡¯ Just by casually saying that he would give it to me, I could get a rough idea of ??how deeply Baal was involved in this matter. And stepping back was also a good enough option. Baal of the past. No matter how much I applied the penalty, the momentum that reminded me of a fully intact 600-story climber made me shrug my shoulders. Since Baal said he would also provide the core of the doppelganger, which was his original target, he would be able to fully proceed with the production of the weapon. but- ¡°I¡¯m not backing down.¡± Jinhyuk did not back down. I didn¡¯t even have any intention of backing down. [The pinnacle of all evil sighs.] Perhaps Baal also knew. Even though the words he says make Jinhyuk worry, the choice has already been decided. Therefore, Baal had no choice but to nod his head at Jinhyeok¡¯s stiff words. ¡°After this incident, you will have to tell me everything you can about what you are hiding.¡± From Baal¡¯s quest to the doppelganger¡¯s core. All of these were led by Baal. He gave me a quest to obtain a recipe, and the main ingredient in the recipe happened to be the core of the doppelganger. Furthermore, the doppelganger contained the image of Baal from the past. Thest one didn¡¯t seem to be what Baal wanted or prepared, but at least the previous ones weren¡¯t. [The pinnacle of all evil answers that he understands.] [He says he hopes the pinnacle of all evil is safe.] [The pinnacle of all evil says that what he says is always valid.] [The pinnacle of all evil closes its eyes with a sigh.] In the end, Baal acknowledged his mistake and looked away. Until the end, he did not back down from saying that he would give Jinhyeok the doppelganger¡¯s core, as if he wanted him to escape. Jinhyeok, who felt Baal¡¯s gaze on him disappearing, looked at the monster in front of him with cold eyes. ¡°Krrrrr¡­.¡± ¡°I knew wild animals were dangerous, but I¡¯ve never seen one this dangerous.¡± human shape. In a way, the man resembled a demon, with a sturdy body, a thick-lined face, and two straight, strong horns on his forehead. At first nce, the handsome man¡¯s face lookedpletely different from the Baal that Jinhyeok had imagined so far, but he didn¡¯t care. Wow- A tremendous amount of power shakes from the lightly clenched fist. And while he was talking to Baal, the doppelganger, who had postponed the copse of his body for a while, left the ce. Kwasik- The bottom part of the area made up of spiritual power cracked, revealing the bottom of the cave. It was ridiculous. The original territory was like something that could not be destroyed by anything. The shock wave generated by hitting each area was almost the only way to destroy the area. At least that was Jinhyuk¡¯smon sense. However, Jinhyeok burst intoughter as he recalled the situation during the guild battle a few months ago. ¡°¡­Sandalphon easily destroyed Shane¡¯s domain.¡± It reminded me of the precedent in which Sandalphon, borrowing the body of Ashur Hum, destroyed Shain¡¯s territory. Jinhyeok was no longer surprised when he realized that gods and demons could do things as naturally as breathing that humans and climbers could not even think about. And I didn¡¯t even hesitate. Sigh- Two masks. Although he had never thought about it, Jinhyuk was now wearing those two masks at the same time. A goblin mask on top of a fox mask. Although there was some hesitation, the abilities contained in the masks were still usable. in other words- ¡°Battle foresight.¡± This means that one can use thebat foresight while maintaining the body of a fox transformed by the power of the fox mask. The world begins to move slowly. The fox¡¯s body was able to handle the power of battle foresight to some extent. Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes turned to the doppelganger after realizing that it was a lot less burdensome than the battle foresight he normally disys with his body. As the doppelganger approached him with infinitely slow steps, Jinhyuk caught the doppelganger¡¯s arm as he saw Baal¡¯s appearance in the past. [Choi Gyeong-Hoon Ryu Chapter 8 ¨C Catching] Twisting- As if making a twist, he grabbed the doppelganger¡¯s arm and twisted it, breaking the bones inside and tearing the skin, revealing the world. Blood poured out like a fountain, but the doppelganger stretched out its healthy arm towards me without any sign of pain. Sigh- A sharp stab that cuts through the air and even the territory. It was an incredibly precise and sharp attack that made it difficult to believe that it was a stab using a hand that was at most just a part of the body. The appearance of wearing magical energy like a de was a method of use and purity that the current Jinhyeok could not even dare to think about. However, there was no reason why Jinhyeok could not stop it just because he was able to perfectly control demon energy and possess high purity demon energy. [Choi Gyeonghun Ryu Chapter 6 ¨C Sword] Squeak! The purple-ck spiritual power that formed on the upright hand de condensed and became a de of spiritual power that could cut down the de of magic energy. When I gently cut the doppelganger¡¯s arm like cutting tofu, the doppelganger¡¯s arm fell to the floor with a simple snapping sound. The demon energy that had been in my arm just moments ago was still clearly visible in my arm, and my arm was fluttering around like a live fish, but that onlysted for a moment. He continued his next attack while keeping his eyes on the severed arm that was slowly hanging down. [Choi Kyung Hoon Ryu Chapter 3 ¨C Side Kick] The outstretched leg struck the doppelganger¡¯s side. The leg that hit his side gently returned to its original position, and the next attack continued as naturally as water. [Choi Kyung Hoon Ryu Chapter 5 ¨C Back Kick] The straight leg stabbed like a long spear into the stumbling doppelganger¡¯s abdomen. My sunken abdomen was like a balloon filled with water. A balloon that feels like it¡¯s about to burst, but doesn¡¯t. If it doesn¡¯t explode, just stab it until it bursts. [Choi Gyeonghun Ryu Chapter 4 ¨C Round Kick] Poseok- With the sound of something breaking, the head of the doppelganger that touched the toes was crushed. The flowing brain water soaked my shoes. [Choi Gyeonghun Ryu Chapter 2 ¨C Front kick] The drooping head of the doppelganger. To be precise, I kicked him from the bottom up toward his chin. A perfectly ced kick helped my limp head see the sky. Unfortunately, it was inevitable that my jaw would be shattered in the process. Of course, the doppelganger did not stay still. [Choi Kyeong-Hoon¡¯s Chapter 9 ¨C Bing Strong] thud- The doppelganger¡¯s attack hit my body with a heavy sound. However, my body, which absorbed the spiritual power that filled the area like a sponge absorbing water, was stronger than steel. I firmly blocked the doppelganger¡¯s attack and ced both fists on my waist. [Choi Gyeong-Hoon¡¯s Chapter 1 ¨C Taking on the regime] Paang! The tightly closed fist extended like a bullet from the starting line called the waist. The bullet reached the doppelganger¡¯s sr plexus in the blink of an eye. Quad deuk- With an eerie sound, the doppelganger¡¯s sr plexus was shattered, and torn flesh and ck blood were scattered around. I could see the doppelganger¡¯s heart pounding through the torn chest. ¡®¡­It¡¯s nuclear.¡¯ Even though it was his first time seeing it, Jinhyeok realized that it was the core of the doppelganger he was looking for and stretched out his hand. Jinhyeok¡¯s hand, which was stretched out precisely towards the core of the doppelganger, was even used to ¡®Choi Kyeong-Hoon¡¯s Chapter 8 ¨C Grabbing¡¯. Jinhyeok¡¯s hand, which was able to grab and grab anything without missing anything, disyed strange movements and moved towards the core of the doppelganger. The core of a doppelganger is no different from a human heart. If only the core, which was the source of all transformation and life activity and the basis of the weapons Jinhyuk would use in the future, was taken, this match would alsoe to an end. Churrrrr However, the doppelganger who took on the appearance of Baal from the past was also formidable. Even though the head was broken and the core, which could be called the heart, was clearly exposed, the doppelganger was alive. And as if that wasn¡¯t enough, I was also recovering. Jinhyuk clicked his tongue as he saw the waves of skin covering his chest in an instant. ¡°¡­Tsk, I guess they won¡¯t give it to me easily.¡± ¡°Krrr¡­.¡± The doppelganger, which repaired all the damage it had inflicted in the blink of an eye and let out a beastly growl, seemed like an unkible monster. In fact, most climbers would have already rolled around on the ground during the doppelganger¡¯s first attack and lost their lives during the second attack. That was the full power of a 600-story climber, and it was the enormous and iprehensible power of the Baal of the past. Sigh! The doppelganger, whose fingers were bent like Hojo, swung them roughly. Tsk-tsk-tsk-tsk- As Hojo moves, the area cracks and tears apart, and the cavendscape beyond appears within the area. Jinhyeok flings himself backwards, biting his lip slightly at the destruction in an area he has already seen several times but is not familiar with. Tadak- The lightly stepped steps gently brought Jinhyeok to the end of the area with strange movements. Evil- Saaaak- Sak- The doppelganger, whose red, bloodshot eyes were slowly engulfed by ck demon energy and turned into ck eyes, chased after Jinhyeok and swung Hojo wildly. Hojo, covered in ck magic energy, tried to tear Jinhyuk apart with his territory, but he could not reach Jinhyuk. Tuk-tuk-duk-duk- The more excessive force was used, the more the doppelganger¡¯s copse elerated. The doppelganger, whether aware that he was being destroyed or not, became even more rough. As he looked into the strong eyes of the bastard with gritted teeth, Jinhyuk realized that the moment to end it hade. ¡®An ability that can only be used at this moment, filled with enormous spiritual power. At least I won¡¯t be able to use it properly for some time¡­It¡¯s possible for now.¡¯ A ce where two areas with nearly infinite spiritual power ovep. Although the color was different between purple and ck purple, it was ultimately Jinhyeok¡¯s spiritual power. The only difference is between the past and the present. Therefore, Jinhyeok opened his mouth as he felt that he was slowly approaching the end of the territory. ¡°One won (one won).¡± ¡°¡­!¡± He was already the second member. As soon as he uttered the words, Jinhyeok¡¯s body began to tremble even though his energies had not yet been unified. But Jinhyuk didn¡¯t care. Even the doppelganger was showing his surprise through the little remaining Izzy, but Jinhyuk gritted his teeth. Rather, it was real from now on. The enemy- ¡°¡­Crrrrr.¡± Since I was ¡®Cha Jin-hyuk¡¯, I also knew the doppelg?nger well. Excluding Jinhyuk, he was a doppelganger who knew more about Jinhyuk than anyone else, so his caution was natural. It¡¯s time to stop the wave of attacks and be wary of whether Jinhyeok will choose demonic power or divine power. ¡°The same caution makes your death a little faster.¡± Jinhyuk said quietly that the doppelganger should not have been on guard. No, that wasn¡¯t a saying, it was a ¡®sentence¡¯. A sentence announcing the death of the doppelganger. At the same time, Jinhyuk announced his choice. ¡°Spiritual power.¡± [¡¤¡¤¡¤ ERROR. A member must choose between magic power and divine power.] The system seemed to be confused by Jinhyuk¡¯s choice and repeatedly disyed error windows. As the system says, each member is inherently linked with a half-demon and has the power to select one of two energies and unify them into one energy. The third energy, spiritual power, was a power that was one step removed from the power of such a member. But Jinhyeok went ahead with it. ¡°Is there a climber in the world who only moves as prescribed? ¡°Just shut up and do it.¡± [¡¤¡¤¡¤ Characteristics, one won (Ò»Ôª) have changed.] Change of one won (Ò»Ôª). Normally, he would have checked it right away, but as soon as he saw the message window, Jinhyuk forgot everything and focused his mind. The abundant spiritual powers contained in the realm. Gently guide it towards you. At the same time, changes also ur inside the body. Tsutsutsutsu- Magi and divine power. Those forces that could never be mixed merged into one and eventually seeped into the spiritual power of the realm and Jinhyeok¡¯s spiritual power. For the current Jinhyeok, it was almost impossible to dare to maintain even the remaining energy except for one huge power, so it was inevitable. Because it was difficult to focus only on spiritual power, Jinhyeok smiled softly as he felt the magical energy and divine power, which had a truly rotten exchange ratio, being reced by spiritual power. In the first ce, the reason why magical energy and sacred power were reced with spiritual power was simply to prevent divine power and magical energy from running away due to the powerful spiritual power. And Jinhyeok, who had absorbed all the spiritual power in the realm, his own spiritual power, and even the realm where the demonic and sacred power had been reced, became spiritual power itself. ¡°¡­Spiritual body.¡± Your newly created ¡®body¡¯ is the same as your mana body or half-demon, but it is apletely different body. Jinhyuk felt an overwhelming sense of tion in his new body, which could not even bepared to those two, and the moment when everything that made up his entire body was made up of spiritual power, he felt that he was moving one step higher. But Jinhyeok knew well that now was not the time to be intoxicated with such excitement. ¡°It¡¯s time to end it.¡± That¡¯s why Jinhyuk put an end to all of this. ¡°¡­.¡± Rattling- The doppelganger could not say anything other than trembling like an aspen in a voice filled with pain and drowsiness. A being that you copied. A being that had the same appearance as the being that created it in the distant past, but had a different atmosphere. The doppelganger didn¡¯t know why he came to mind at this moment. No, at some point he knew. Why does Jinhyuk in front of me ovep with the being who copied and stored the remnants of Baal in himself in the distant past? ¡®¡­A monster that cannot be dealt with.¡¯ When the doppelganger is nothing more than a small creature that does not have proper intelligence and eats and copies everything it sees in front of it. The being defeated the doppelganger with just ¡®force¡¯. Jinhyuk was definitely different from that being, but he was not different from him to the extent of making him think, ¡®I can¡¯tpete with him.¡¯ And although the past existence saved the doppelganger, it was unfortunate for the doppelganger that Jinhyeok had no intention of saving the doppelganger. ¡°Spiritual beast, greed.¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s drowsy voice hits the eardrums of the doppelganger, who haspletely regained his senses. A being that can be called a demonic beast, greed. He appeared in front of the doppelganger under Jinhyeok¡¯s orders in a unique form with a mixture of purple and purple spiritual powers. A feeling of intimidation on a different level than before. Not only is it so huge that it seems to fill the messed up area, but its intimidating presence is enough to fill the area. ¡°Eat it up.¡± -Krrrrlak! Such a being rushed towards the doppelganger with its mouth wide open. The undefeated monster, the doppelganger. Although he copied a being that exceeded what was given to me, he was cruelly devoured by overwhelming spiritual power. Jeok- Jeok- Jeok- Jeok-! An area where the enormous spiritual power that would have filled the size of a cave has been emptied into nothing but a shell, and inside the Manlyeongchungcheo (Èfì`³äÌŽ), only the sound of greed enjoying feasting fills the ce where the spiritual power has been emptied into emptiness. It was just filling up. Chapter 153 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 153 Thump- Pussss- ¡°¡­What is this all of a sudden?¡± Tune, who was fighting a being that looked exactly like him but had no life or reason in his eyes, suddenly fell to his knees and stood guard with a dazed look on his face as he saw the copy disappearing like dust. I was wondering if that might be his means of attack. However, contrary to Tune¡¯s expectations and warnings, what happened right before Tune¡¯s eyes did not just happen to Tune. ¡°Tune, are you like that too? ¡°This guy also went crazy?¡± ¡°¡­It looks like he seeded in catching him.¡± Basil and Ashur Hum, who fought with Tune against their respective copies, were also experiencing the same thing. It was surprising to see Jinhyuk suddenly fall to the floor, kneel, or crumble to dust while fighting well, but considering Jinhyuk fighting his doppelganger in the area, the answer was simple. Jinhyuk defeated his doppelganger. That was all. Ashur Hum, including Tune. The story that even Basil had no doubt about was a sess. Wheeoooo- The three people left alone in the quiet cave began to look out for their surroundings as they heard the sound of the wind filling the quiet cave. ¡°I don¡¯t know when he wille out, so be on guard.¡± ¡°Yes, because if a loser in an area disappears, there will be people who will try to take over his nest.¡± ¡°I agree. He can¡¯t show us what a mess he looks like when hees out.¡± The three began to work hard to keep the caves clean until Jinhyuk, who seemed to have finished the battle with the doppelganger, came out. If necessary, the inside of the cave was cleaned by using undead, spirit soldiers, and even dead soul soldiers who could not speak. Because it was for the sake of their master and the only climber who faced the monster called the doppelganger and won. But there was one thing they didn¡¯t know. Jeokjeok- Jeokjeok- Jeokjeok- This means that once you have finished eating, you should have time to digest it. And no one knew how many days it wouldst. Even Jinhyeok, the person in charge. So the three started cleaning up the inside of the cave like cleaners while waiting for Jinhyeok, who didn¡¯t even know when he woulde out. * * * -¡­Crrrrr. ¡°Are you full?¡± Nod- Tom, who ate the doppelganger, nodded with a tired face, probably because he was really full. What appeared was a monster that would destroy the city, but its behavior was no different from that of a domesticated dog, so I burst outughing. No, by nature he would just y like he was, but since he was in front of me, he seemed like this. In any case, I was the owner of the guy who created it. ¡°Spit out the nucleus.¡± Hehe! As soon as I could speak, I picked out the core of the doppelganger that I had eaten and gently stroked Tom¡¯s head as he spat it out into my hand. The fur of the guy who had a mixture of the doppelganger¡¯s purple spiritual power and my dark purple spiritual power was soft. Even if you touched the finest fur, it wouldn¡¯t be softer than this. When I pet Tom for a long time like that. ¡°¡­I need to digest it slowly. ¡°Go back.¡± -Crumbling! After saying my final greetings, Tam once again transformed into spiritual energy and was absorbed into my body. Even the doppelganger¡¯s spiritual power was absorbed into my body. I looked down at my body filled with spiritual power, as if a child who had run away from home had returned, and sat cross-legged, shaking my head. Fuwaaaaaaa! At the same time, purple and ck-purple spiritual energy burst out throughout my body. When I was in a spiritual body, the spiritual forces that made up my whole body and realm, the spiritual forces of all spirits, immediately filled the empty realm. The holes in the damaged areas were filled, and I felt the fullness of spiritual power within me again. ¡°¡­Wow-¡± And after returning my spiritual power, I vomited out a bucket of ck blood. It was the aftermath of using 1 won twice. In particr, thest won (Ò»Ôª) was used by twisting the original won (Ò»Ôª). All energy is converted into spiritual power. Not only divine power and magic power, but even the mana that climbers possess was converted into spiritual power. Of course, the amount was pitifully small, but conversion was possible anyway. ¡°¡­This is probably the closest thing to being a true member.¡± The power tobine any energy into one and use it. If he could use not only spiritual power, but also magical energy and sacred power, or even mana, then it would mean that he had reached a true level. After thinking about it, I began to carefully digest what I had eaten. ¡°There¡¯s so much to digest.¡± The memories, appearances, and even abilities of the people devoured by the doppelg?nger. I couldn¡¯t even figure out how long it would take to filter and absorb what I needed and what I didn¡¯t need. But this one thing was certain. ¡°I must do it. ¡°Even if this pain is unfair, definitely.¡± What I mean is, if you don¡¯tpletely filter and absorb everything your doppelganger has, you¡¯ll feel resentful and go crazy. After thinking that far, I was quickly sucked into deep darkness. Buzz buzz buzz- The spiritual powers that filled the area enveloped my body softly. It naturally began to heal the wounded soul and the body by repeatedly entering and exiting the body. I was sucked into the inner world and without even realizing it, I began to grow both externally and internally. * * * ¡°¡­You¡¯repletely screwed?¡± Inner world. A ce where a wrapping cloth of spiritual power exists thatbines two energies, demonic energy and divine power. The current situation there was not very good. ¡°The energy inside has be thin, and the wrapping cloth has be sloppy.¡± Internal energy noticeably reduced. There were sparse holes there, like a cloth of spiritual power that held the energy back from running wild. It is not strange if the energy breaks through the cloth and jumps out right away. The good news was that the energies were not normal like the wrapping cloth of spiritual power. ¡°They must be confused because it changed to spiritual power and then came back again.¡± Someone else changed him from A to B and then back to A. If you¡¯ve gone through that process, it¡¯s natural to feel embarrassed, even if you¡¯re an energy rather than a person. The surprise must have been even greater, especially since it changed to C, which has never changed before. After thinking about it up to that point, I immediately started repair work. Tsutsutsutsu- He collected the spiritual power that had spread throughout his body and stuffed it into a cloth with holes in it. As spiritual power was injected, I prepared for the next task, watching the spiritual power cloth return to its usual hard and soft state as it was injected. ¡°Whoa, there¡¯s so much to sift through. ¡°I guess I¡¯ll have to get rid of all the memories first.¡± If I were to choose the most unnecessary things about a doppelganger, it would be their memories and appearance. In any case, the appearance is meaningless since it is used through the core of the doppelganger, and the memory cannot remain sane even if it is me if the memories of hundreds of people are consumed. If you eat it, you will be a multi-personality psychopath with dozens of personalities. Therefore, I immediately began the process of dusting off everything rted to my memories and appearance. Tsutsutsutsu- In the inner world, something like ck smoke crept out of my body, which was in the lotus position. Those, which could also be called bad tricks, were the memories of those who were victims of the doppelganger or those whose appearance and abilities were copied by him. This is why a doppelganger can copy the other person in a matter of minutes and still move and use the same abilities as the other person. memory. The real power of the doppelganger was memory, which was the medium that convinced me that my past life and my current life were the same person, Cha Jin-hyuk. ¡°¡­I really ate a lot.¡± So many memories that it makes my head pound. The doppelganger also used a method of burying those memories and unlocking them only when transforming into the climber. No matter how much the doppelganger is a monster and is rted to Baal, if it constantly contained the memories of hundreds of people, I don¡¯t know if it had a brain, but something equivalent to a brain would have melted like ice cream. But their memories are of no help to me. No, even if I could give it to you, there was no convenient strainer to select only the memories I needed from the memories of hundreds of people. ¡°For now, I filtered out the memories. ¡°What¡¯s left is the appearance?¡± After removing memory, which was one of the two useless things, my next target was, of course, appearance. It could be said that appearance was more useless than memories. Not only did I not want to use someone else¡¯s face over my handsome(?) face, but my body is not like the shapeless body of a doppelganger in the first ce. Not only can I not freely change into multiple bodies, but above all, I do not have an organ like the nucleus of a doppelganger to store my appearance. Unlike the memories that eventually couldn¡¯t be endured and had to be thrown away, the appearance was just trash that I couldn¡¯t use from the beginning. ¡°¡­And ¡®I¡¯ myself am greater than bing ¡®them¡¯ by imitating other people¡¯s appearances or tracing their memories.¡± Oman. But there was no one, at least around me, who could deny that statement. Even God and the devil have acknowledged me, so who can say I am arrogant? After thinking that far, several human images separated from my body. The appearance of dozens or hundreds of climbers maintaining their individual shapes. They had expressionless faces without any expression, but I could see them the moment they were crushed and disappeared. ¡°Are you smiling¡­?¡± ¡­.¡± As they crumble and disappear, they are smiling faintly but surely. As the memories and appearance of the doppelganger disappeared, what remained inside me was the diverse and enormous energy that the doppelganger possessed. ¡°Mana, divine power, magical energy¡­I ate everything.¡± It was a doppelganger who had as many different energies as his different appearances. Starting with basic mana, the special energies such as divine power and magic energy were also the same. Of course, to my eyes, which possessed ¡®real¡¯ magical energy and divine power, it only looked ¡®fake¡¯, but if I could condense and absorb it well, I would be able to absorb about half to a third of the total divine power and magical energy. ¡°¡­Hueup!¡± After finishing my judgment, I immediately took a breath andpressed my energy. It filters out impurities and absorbs purified magical energy and divine power. When you keep repeating the previous tasks while feeling the inside of the thin spiritual power cloth slowly filling up. ¡°¡­This?¡± While I was repeating simple tasks, something caught my eye. Two energies clearly showing their presence in the ck of demonic energy and the pure white of divine power. -Krrrrl! -Kwaaaaah! The guys in the shape of a dragon and a giant are none other than- ¡°I was just wondering¡­Is it really there? ¡°Dragon power and great power?¡± It was dragon power and great power. Four Hwang people. Among them, a deep smile appeared on my face as I gained the dragon power of the dragon race, which ranks first in terms of energy quality, and the mighty power of the giant race, which ranks first in terms of body strengthening. . Fatigue was dominating my whole body, but at this moment, my whole body was filled with joy that made me forget about that fatigue. And it was also the moment when I gained possession of the energy of all the Four Emperors. The first climber to gain all of the energy of the Four Emperors, which had never existed before during the long history of the tower, was born right here and now. Chapter 154 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 154 Dragon power and great power. The two powers, like demonic energy and divine power, were very well known to climbers who climbed the tower. [Magic energy of destruction] [Divine power of healing] [Dragon Power of Resoluteness] [Great power of great strength] The energy of the Four Emperors, each with its own unique characteristics. Among them, Manara was unable to focus on the basics, so the one that reached the extreme was dragon power. ¡°If you just gain dragon power, it will be of great help in magic. ¡°It may not be very useful now, but it will be useful in strengthening physical abilities.¡± Dragon Power was exceptional at magic and body strengthening. When using magic with dragon power, the destructive power was several times greater than when using ordinary mana, and when strengthening the body, the destructive power was also several times greater. This means that the efficiency itself is a different fuel. However, since I don¡¯t mainly use magic, it wasn¡¯t of much use right now. of course- ¡°That¡¯s no reason not to get it.¡± That wasn¡¯t a reason not to get dragon powers. Even if I don¡¯t use it now, I will definitely use it in the near future. After finishing thinking about the dragon power, I turned my head and looked at the dragon power that had the shape of a huge giant. Great power. As the energy of the giants, it boasted an overwhelming ability to strengthen the body. This giant power is the source of the ridiculous rumor that giants lifted mountains and moved them. ¡°If strength is an equal body strengthening, then strength is a body strengthening focused on strength. ¡°If you look at the destructive power, it is one or two orders of magnitude greater than the dragon power.¡± I know this well because I have encountered the Four Emperors once or twice. The mighty power of the giants had truly destructive power that would make your pores tingle. That made me smile. ¡°Now these are mine.¡± The fact that I was now the owner of those overwhelming energies made me smile. Characteristics, versatility and job, the situation that I had been thinking about since I got All Master is now right in front of me. It was truly enjoyable. If there is any problem- ¡°¡­I wonder if there will be any seats left. No, it would be lucky if there wasn¡¯t fighting inside.¡± Is there room for these two monsters in the slowly swelling cloth of spiritual power? It was just a matter of doing it. Moreover, even I couldn¡¯t guess how much pain I would experience after absorbing them. In a situation where myplexion naturally became brighter, I eventually pushed my dragon power and strength into the wrapping cloth of spiritual power. ¡°You¡¯re going to get hit anyway. ¡°Let¡¯s assume that we get hit in advance.¡± I will not give up my courage and might. Then, I had to absorb them someday, but if I didn¡¯t put them in the spiritual power cloth, they were the ones who would mess up my inner world. An enormous amount of pain flooded me, along with the thought that I would suffer first. ¡°¡­Keuuu-¡± The pain was so great that it made me scream. It wasn¡¯t enough to prick the pores of my body with a needle, it was like digging into my heart, stabbing my heart with a dagger, and grinding my brain in a blender. I¡¯ve never experienced it even once, but if I were to actually experience something like that, wouldn¡¯t it be this kind of pain? With the pain so terrible that it made me think, I took a deep breath and closed my eyes. ¡®¡­We have to sort them out.¡¯ With the emergence of the new tenants of dragon power and mighty power, the magic energy and sacred power that had been embedded in the stone immediately caused a bacsh. The sight of the guys who had been fighting among themselves joining forces to push away the rolling stone was so absurd that I had to wonder if they had the right energy. In this way, the two forces began to sh like crazy, with a strangeposition of dragon power and giant power, divine power and magic power. Boom boom boom!!! ¡°¡­Wow-¡± In the face of a mad rush, the mantis is merely crushed by the cart. The same was true inside me. Four different energies. This is not an ordinary energy, but the energy of those who are said to be the best four races in the tower. It wasn¡¯t strange for those guys to hit like crazy and vomit blood. ¡®¡­You¡¯re not going to die, are you?¡¯ death. He barely won the fight against his doppelg?nger and a crazy opponent named Baal from the past, but in the process of eating what he gained in the process, he deceived(?) and died. Thinking that there would be no death more shameful than that, I gritted my teeth and concentrated. Coo coo coo coo coo- The inner world trembles without hesitation. It was a change due to the concentration of my mind. That trembling soon led to change. Fuwaaaaaaa! The spiritual power and mana newly replenished in the inner world are added to the wrapping cloth of spiritual power. As mana is the most basic energy, its usefulness is very lowpared to other energies, but the advantage of being the most basic energy does not disappear. In other words, in terms of attributes, it is an energy of no attribute. Therefore, even if it is mixed with spiritual power or any other energy, it can definitely add strength, albeit slightly. Even if the ratio was extremely low, one thing was certain: mana was helpful. By thoroughly raking in that much mana, I expanded the scope of my spiritual power. Kiiiiing- While spitting out brilliant light, the cloth of spiritual power that had absorbed the four energies gradually increased in size. The reason the four energies are currently fighting within the wrapping cloth of spiritual power was to solidify their position. The Magi and Holy Power did not like the idea of ??having to cut their territory in half due to the emergence of dragon power and giant power, although they had set up their own territory in the narrow interior. On the contrary, the dragon power and the strong power harbor antipathy towards the magic power and sacred power that do not provide a ce for them. In the end, the fundamental reason was theck of space for them to hang out. If it were originally the same, the entire inner world would be their ce, but if I let them inside the inner world instead of inside the wrapping cloth, my insides would bepletely shattered, or worse, reduced to powder. Therefore, the fundamental conflict was resolved by increasing the area within the wrapping cloth of spiritual power. Tsutsutsutsu- The wrapping cloth of spiritual power increases. Little by little ¨C little by little ¨C very slowly ¨C but surely, the size increased. In the end, the four energies that were fighting within the wrapping cloth also gradually stopped fighting and established their own territory within the expanded wrapping cloth. In the process, the magical power and divine power focused on protecting their own territory, while the dragon power and giant power focused on gaining control of the increased territory. As their goals changed, the shock gradually eased, and eventually themotion came to aplete end. [You possess all magical energy, divine power, dragon power, and great power.] [You have obtained the title, ¡®He who possesses four energies.¡¯] [Dragon power and mighty power are not ¡®real¡¯.] [You will not receive the title¡¯s effects until your dragon power and mighty power be ¡®real¡¯.] ¡°¡­Hehehe, maybe it¡¯s a fake power because it¡¯s just a power copied from a doppelganger. ¡°It¡¯s unfortunate, but there¡¯s nothing we can do.¡± As the first person in the tower to possess all of the energy of the Four Emperors, I let out a deep sigh. It was a very painful time, but it was well worth it. With a satisfied smile on my face, I checked the title. [He who has your energy] A title given only to those who possess magical energy, divine power, dragon power, and mighty power. Magic energy, divine power, dragon power, giant power + 50 ¡°¡­A total of 200 stats? Among them, dragon power and strong power are missing, so it is 100. Still, it will be real someday, so it is not bad.¡± A stat that increases a total of 200 stats. It¡¯s a shame that it doesn¡¯t have all the stats, but it wasn¡¯t bad as magic power and sacred power, as well as dragon power and giant power, are more valuable stats than any other stats. But the rewards didn¡¯t end there. [The body has evolved.] [The body, a semi-sacred half-demon, has changed into a ¡®chaotic body.¡¯] ¡°¡­Chaotic body?¡± New body. I could not hide my bewilderment at the appearance of a body with the name Chaos, an evolved version of a half-sacred half-demon. This is because it was not just about getting a new body, but it was the first time my body had evolved, even though I had climbed the tower for a long time. Of course it wasn¡¯t a bad thing. ¡°If it had been a bad thing, we wouldn¡¯t have used the word evolution. Rather, it would be more urate to call it degeneration.¡± Difference between evolution and degeneration. I knew that well even if no one said it. Therefore, with the intention of opening the gift boxes piled up in front of my door on Christmas day, I took a deep breath and checked the exnation window of the chaotic body. [Chaos body] A body born with many energies. As it is a body born from the evolution of a half-sacred half-demon, it retains the abilities of a half-sacred half-demon. Additionally, all other energies can be ¡®unified¡¯. * Energy that can currently be used as a member: Mana, demonic energy, divine power, great power, dragon power, and spiritual power. However, if you ¡®unify¡¯ an unfamiliar energy or an energy that is rtively weaker than other energies, your body may copse. ¡°¡­That¡¯s awesome.¡± And my prediction was right. Putting aside the lengthy exnation that caught my eye as soon as I opened the exnation window, the chaos body was a good enough body simply because it was upgraded while maintaining the ability of a half-sacred half-demon. After checking everything about the title and chaos, I stood up and checked the status window onest time. [Status Window] Name: Cha Jinhyuk upation: Spirit Master Sub-upation: All Master Body: Mana body, chaotic body (ability) Strength: 107 (+63) Health: 110 (+63) Agility: 109 (+63) Intelligence: 147 (+63) Mana: 185 (+78) Magi: 98 (+118) Holy power: 98 (+118) Spiritual power: 234 Power: 67 Strength: 65 (characteristic) 1. Predation 2. Versatility 3. One won (one won) (skill) Comprehensive resistance, tenacity ¡°The dragon power and mighty power are not bad considering I just gained them, and I can see the spiritual power now. But 234¡­.It¡¯s huge. Is it thanks to absorbing the doppelganger¡¯s spiritual power?¡± It¡¯s enormous. This was my impression after looking at the status window. In fact, it was natural to have this kind of reaction. Magi and divine power boasted a ridiculous stat of 216 with all the title effects added, and spiritual power recorded a stat of 234 by absorbing even the purple spiritual power of the doppelganger. Just looking at the stats, it was higher than mana, which was the highest among my stats. In addition, the additional power and strength gained this time also reliably filled one side of the status window. I didn¡¯t like the fake meaning behind the name, but it didn¡¯t bother me too much because I felt like I could get rid of it sooner orter. ¡°Among the Four Emperors waiting for me in the goblin vige, there must be one dragon or one giant.¡± Goblin vige. The Four Emperors will be waiting for me at the ce I will head to after making the weapon from the doppelganger¡¯s core. It was because I was confident that there would be at least one dragon or giant among them who could help them get rid of Ga (¼Ù). After dissolving and checking everything I had gained through the battle with the doppelganger, I stood up. And in an instant, I came out of the inner world. * * * ¡°¡­Huuuu-¡± As soon as I came out of the inner world, I took a deep breath, rxed the lotus position, and stood up. The territory was still maintained. I couldn¡¯t even remember how much time had passed, but it wasn¡¯t important. ¡°I have to take care of this.¡± I muttered quietly, not forgetting to take the core of the doppelganger left in the middle of the area. ¡°Release.¡± The huge area that filled the cave is slowly copsing with my word. Pusssss- Eventually, thepletely copsed area was absorbed into me again, and only the dark and empty cave filled my eyes. ¡°You¡¯re back.¡± ¡°¡­How long have you been waiting?¡± As soon as I came out of the area, I was prepared to see Tune¡¯s haggard appearance that greeted me warmly. I won¡¯t be surprised to hear how many days have passed. But despite that promise, the moment I heard Tune¡¯s words, I had to move quickly. ¡°It¡¯s been a week. Maybe it could have been colder outside. ¡°If you think about it, I think it¡¯s probably been about 2 to 3 weeks since we were outside.¡± ¡°¡­Let¡¯s go back. ¡°To the 100th floor.¡± It took much more time to fix it than to catch it, but there is no way to turn back time that has already passed. In the end, there was only one thing left. 100th floor. I was going back to where my colleagues would be waiting. Chapter 155 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 155 Perfect! Perfect! Perfect! The sound of nails being bitten echoed inside the Gold Rich Hotel room on the 100th floor. Perfect! Sigh! Perfect! ¡°Ugh¡­sister¡­Noisy¡­.¡± ¡°¡­Sorry, I won¡¯t do that anymore. ¡°Go back to sleep.¡± ¡°Ugh¡­.¡± Miho, who had fallen asleep when she heard a crackling sound during the night, walked out of the room, rubbing her eyes. Ha-ryu must have rxed when he saw Miho half-crawling out, so he stopped biting his nails and sent Miho back with a faint smile. Miho smiled slightly as if she was satisfied with Ha-Ryu¡¯s answer and returned to her room. It was a very spacious room to use alone, but perhaps because of the soft bed, Miho didn¡¯t mind too much. ¡°Panni,e, Dae-¡± ¡°Foot¡­Okay, I¡¯ll be right in.¡± The slurred pronunciation due to sleepiness was so cute that Haryu burst outughing and nodded. This was because I could already tell that it waste at night just by looking at the moon shining outside the window. Thanks to Miho waking up, Ha-ryu finally realized that it waste at night and sighed. ¡°ha¡­I hope your brother is okay.¡± Three weeks have already passed. Jinhyuk left to subdue the doppelganger. If it was short, it was short; if it was long, it was a long time, but for downstream, it was a very long time. Those concerns were even greater, especially since we were going to defeat dangerous monsters rather than travel. ¡°Don¡¯t worry. ¡°As long as I am safe, there will be no problem with him being fine.¡± An old man¡¯s voice came from an empty room. Instead of being surprised, Ha-Ryu raised his head and looked at the owner of the voice and asked. ¡°¡­grandfather. I guess your brother is really fine, right?¡± The owner of the voice was none other than Balkan. In response to the words of Balkan, who was like a paternal grandfather who was always by Ha-Ryu and Miho¡¯s side and taking care of them, Ha-Ryu expressed her worries about Jin-Hyeok, whom she had not even heard from. It was also a worry that could never be brought up in front of Miho, who was still young. ¡°¡­Yes, you¡¯ll be fine. Even if you throw him in the middle of hell, he wille back alive, so don¡¯t worry and sleep well. ¡°Isn¡¯t there training tomorrow as well?¡± ¡°yes¡­That¡¯s how it should be. ¡°I¡¯m sorry for worrying you, but please sleep well, too.¡± Faced with Ha-Ryu¡¯s worries, Balkan lightly patted Ha-Ryu on the shoulder and told him to sleep well for tomorrow¡¯s training and sparring with Kyung-Hoon Choi. Ha-ryu smiled bitterly at Vulkan¡¯s advice and copsed onto the bed. Balkan immediately closed his eyes and looked confusedly at Haru, who quickly fell asleep. ¡°¡­Where on earth is that damned bastard doing with this young child? ¡°I hope that child¡¯s heart isn¡¯t broken.¡± Since Balkan saw Ha-Ryu every day, he clearly knew what kind of feelings Ha-Ryu had for Jin-Hyeok. Gratitude for lifesavers and the tender love that exists between men and women. These two things coexist with each other and maintain the current situation, but one day, Ha-ryu would clearly realize what his heart was. And Balkan was worried that Ha-ryu¡¯s heart would be broken before his mind was made up. ¡°I worry and worry because I don¡¯t know when and where the pir of my heart will copse, so it is not surprising that the heart of Ha-ryu, who is still young, falls apart. ¡°Whew,e back quickly you damn bastard, don¡¯t make people nervous.¡± Although he didn¡¯t say anything out of fear that Ha-ryu might worry, Balkan felt Jinhyeok¡¯s mana, which made up him, dissipate several times. There have already been too many times to count on one¡¯s fingers that Balkan, who felt that the mana that made up himself as a soul disease was copsing and was returning to the soul itself, had to scrape together his spiritual power and mana to maintain himself so as not to be discovered by the lower ss. ¡®I guess it means that he had some ups and downs. At times like this, it¡¯s a shame that I¡¯m not alive.¡¯ There were no particrints about living with a mental illness. I felt that way at first, but now I am very satisfied with the current situation. Jinhyeok also promised to create a ¡®homunculus¡¯ for him, so he didn¡¯t have much desire for a living body right now. However, because he was a soul disease, he could not climb the tower, and he was sad that he could only do so by clinging to someone. If possible, he would like to go to the 105th floor alone and check if Jinhyuk is alive or dead. ¡®¡­Still, I guess I¡¯ll have to wait for now. Until hees back. That is, until I am no longer mentally ill.¡¯ Just because it¡¯s other people doesn¡¯t mean my body doesn¡¯t get hot. Not just Ha-Ryu, but also Hendrick, Kyung-Hoon Choi, and Goldrich. Even Muyoung, Genno, and Melton, who were waiting for the doppelganger¡¯s core in the Gold Rich workshop, waited for Jinhyuk. There is only one reason. -Nevere to the 105th floor until one month has passed. ¡®Damn you. ¡®Isn¡¯t a month too long?¡¯ It was because of Jinhyuk¡¯s words before leaving for the 105th floor. There is a saying that time flows differently inside the doppelganger¡¯s cave than outside, so in case other colleagues maye to visit even if it hasn¡¯t been long inside, the period was set at one month. It was the right choice. What happens if someone enters the doppelganger¡¯s cave? Even if they were able to enter, a doppelganger who looked exactly like Jinhyeok could have greeted them. But other than that, one month was a very long time. Sigh- ¡°Tsk, why are you sleeping without covering yourself with a nket if you catch a cold?¡± Balkan clicked his tongue as he looked at Ha-ryu¡¯s moist eyes and soon covered Ha-ryu¡¯s small body with a nket and left. * * * ¡°Baal, let¡¯s talk now.¡± After killing the doppelganger, Jinhyeok absorbed everything he had and called Baal as soon as he came out of the cave. Rumbling- I waited for Baal¡¯s message, leaving the cave I came from copsing with a terrifying sound. [The pinnacle of all evil asks what happened.] ¡°¡­Don¡¯t act like a fool. ¡°I guess you promised to tell me everything you could say?¡± I frowned at Baal¡¯s attempt to cover up what happened in the cave as if it never happened. If it were something else, it might have just passed by. Because you can¡¯t afford to mess around with gods and demons. But the problem with this case was that it was difficult for me to just ignore it. [The pinnacle of all evil sighs, saying he understands.] In the end, Baal must have realized that he couldn¡¯t back down, and with a sigh, he told me everything he knew. [The pinnacle of all evil cannot tell us the details of the production process, but he says he created the doppelganger.] ¡°¡­Were you the culprit after all? ¡°Then the production book is also your masterpiece.¡± [The pinnacle of all evil says he just gave you a recipe for a weapon that fits your ss and can be used while climbing the tower, just like you said.] ¡°There could have been other items as well. However, you gave me the recipe for the weapon that requires the doppelganger core. No, maybe even if I gave you a different recipe, the core of that weapon¡¯s recipe could have been the core of the doppelganger, right?¡± [¡­.] [This is the pinnacle of all evil, so quick-witted children say they don¡¯t like it.] Embarrassed¡­A message full of . The message that came next helped me understand the situation. ¡®The quest, the recipe, and even the doppelganger¡¯s core were all Baal¡¯s ns.¡¯ The incredible game-making ability made me think that the devil was indeed the devil. No matter how much I was in an advantageous position to n the game because I was in a superior position, it was a game that could not be sessful if I did not know myself well. ¡®I thought I won the quest, but I was just looking for the opportunity that Baal would give me, and I thought I screwed up the recipe book, but this was also a ploy. It looks a little weird.¡¯ Feeling like a chess piece on a chess board was never a good feeling. The fact that I was moving and living the way I wanted was actually being controlled by someone was not a very pleasant thing. [The apex of all evil excuses itself by saying that it had no intention of ying around.] ¡°I guess so. But it¡¯s true that you had fun doing it, right? ¡°You think I don¡¯t know?¡± [¡­.] It came to mind again¡­¡¯s message. I snorted at that. ¡®That means there was no intention to y around with it. That¡¯s something a devil can say. Baal¡¯s original intention may have been to lead me in the direction he wanted, but it is highly probable that he enjoyed manipting me in the process.¡¯ In the past, Bune, the ¡®devil who wields death¡¯, tried to test me and failed, but that¡¯s the nature of devils. By testing and retesting the beings in which they are interested, they try to find out if they are really what they want. The process is carried out so much as one wants, that the victim feels like a piece of chess. ¡®Should I say I let my guard down? He was a guy I knew from a previous life, so he never thought something like that would happen¡­.¡¯ Past life. Since he is Baal, whom he met during his time on Death Star Cha Jin-hyuk, it is true that he has less vigncepared to other demons and gods. I couldn¡¯t openly pretend or say anything to other gods and demons, but it was always different with Baal. Baal justughed it off even though other gods or demons would have been furious, such as cursing and chewing on messages. ¡®There were times when he was servile and said he was wrong. ¡®Is that what created the current situation?¡¯ Because Baal always made me feel like I was number one and acted like he was number one, it made me implicitly think, ¡®I can do whatever I want with Baal.¡¯ That¡¯s why I never doubted the things Baal gave me, and that led to my current situation. And when I thought about it that far, I became certain of one more thing. ¡°you¡­You know that I¡¯m Cha Jin-hyuk, right? No, it would be correct to say that it was there.¡± [¡­.] It was a funny thing to say. From a certain point on, I did not hesitate to reveal my name and asionally took off my mask to express my presence. But the important thing was that it started at some point. In other words, from the beginning, I didn¡¯t go around letting the neighborhood know that I was ¡®Death Star¡¯ Cha Jin-hyuk. Nevertheless, looking at the current situation, it seemed like Baal knew from the beginning that I was ¡®Cha Jin-hyuk¡¯. In fact, there was a lot of evidence here and there. ¡®It was Baal who first learned about me and showed interest in me. After that, Baal always treated me as if he knew me well. It¡¯s only natural that I already know about Baal¡­Baal treated me as if he knew me well, even though it was normal for him not to know me. From the time I ascended the tower after my first reincarnation until this moment, Baal treated me as if he had known me for a long time. That¡¯s why I asked with a slightly stiff face. ¡°¡­How far have you touched? Even before reincarnation? Or right after reincarnation?¡± I couldn¡¯t even guess to what extent he had touched me. Is it everything from the time I first climbed the tower to the current situation, or is it from when I met death at the hands of Nine Stars before I was reincarnated? I couldn¡¯t guess or anticipate it at all. Baal answered my question like this: [They say the pinnacle of all evil cannot tell you that.] [He replies that he is the pinnacle of all evil, but one day he will know everything.] ¡°¡­Is it avoidance?¡± evasion. Baal did not answer my question. Unlike before, I nodded at Baal¡¯s answer, which gave off the nuance that he could never say anything. ¡°Okay, this has nothing to do with the current situation, so let¡¯s move on. ¡°From the beginning, I told you to answer only what you can answer.¡± I had no intention of burying the past. However, what happened in the doppelganger¡¯s cave was not in the past, so it was buried for a while. Because that wasn¡¯t the answer I needed to hear right now. ¡®I said you¡¯d find out someday. I don¡¯t know when that day was, but she clearly remembered those words.¡¯ But of course I didn¡¯t intend to bury it forever, so I engraved Baal¡¯s words deep in my heart and asked what I was most curious about. ¡°So who copied your past self into a doppelganger? You said you weren¡¯t? So who on earth can show you who you are?¡± Baal said that he has never had a doppelganger copy his past self. However, a doppelganger cannot change into the other person by looking at a photo or something. This means that a living entity must be in front of your eyes. That¡¯s why I didn¡¯t believe Baal¡¯s words. ¡®A being of Baal¡¯s caliber would be able to show his past weaknesses and copy them to the level of a doppelganger. Since Baal has something to hide from me, there is no reason or need to trust him 100%. ¡®I doubt everything that can be doubted.¡¯ But the reason I¡¯m talking to him is because I trust him from what I¡¯ve seen. Even though I was foolish and foolish, I always had something to hide from me, but I never lied, so even if I didn¡¯t believe Baal¡¯s words, I still believed in Baal. Therefore, I could not help but be shocked by Baal¡¯s words. [The pinnacle of all evil says that he is the one who injected his past self into the doppelganger.] ¡°¡­what?¡± I feel signs that my faith is about to copse. Just when my body was about to reel from the betrayal of someone I had been arguing with for over several years, if we count the past ¨C [He answers that the pinnacle of all evil is himself, but not himself.] ¡°What kind of bullshit is this?¡± I frowned at the sound, which was even more absurd than before, and red at the message window in front of me. Be yourself, but not yourself. How is this any different from saying that you drank alcohol but did not drive drunk? When I frowned and tried to argue with Baal, wondering if he was making fun of me. Baal said something that could end this situation at once. [It is said that the pinnacle of all evil is that the doppelganger who injected his past self is the half that was separated from him a long time ago.] [I warn you that the pinnacle of all evil seems to be targeting you.] ¡°¡­.¡± A warning message. It was ck text on a in white background, but the eerieness contained within it made me look at the message window without saying a word and then with difficulty open my mouth. ¡°Tell me in detail. ¡°About that other half.¡± [They say the peak of all evil will take a long time.] ¡°¡­doesn¡¯t care. ¡°I still have time until the time I tell the kids.¡± I wanted to return to my colleagues as quickly as possible, but my body felt like it was going to crumble from fatigue. I opened my eyes wide and urged Baal to talk. In the end, Baal had no choice but to nod his head. [I begin by saying that the peak of all evil was a very long time ago.] A long time ago. Even before the tower was built, stories from the distant past began to flow to me through the message window. Chapter 156 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 156 A long time ago- A past that is close to the beginning, before time has even passed. Long ago, before extradimensional buildings called towers were built. At that time, the world was full of war. -Tear off the wings of the damn pigeons! devil. -Let us show that our light does not sumb to evil! god. A group of two transcendent beings united. They always repeated the war of biting and cutting each other down. However, no one could deny that the devil was always superior to the gods. Right now- -¡­Horrible guys. Eating a dead body. -Why don¡¯t you eat this good food? That¡¯s why you guys are the ones left behind, you new heads! Cannibalism. This is because demons feasted on not only the corpses of their deadpatriots, but also the corpses of gods who died in war. The gods were astonished at this sight, and the demons asked why they did not eat this good food. But the gods did not eat the corpse. And the results were terrible. -¡­What power! Twice as much asst time¡­! -Do you now understand how precious what you threw away is? You idiots. How can you throw something that is no different from an elixir or medicine on the ground? Just because it¡¯s disgusting. That¡¯s why you lose. The demons that feasted showed a clear difference before and after they feasted. Due to the demons bing strong enough to easily overwhelm the gods who were on parst time, differences began to be more and more evident on the battlefield ¨C Right now- First, a god who feasted on corpses appeared. After that, everyone started feasting on the corpse. If you don¡¯t eat, death awaits you, so it was natural. Of course, at first the gods feasted on corpses like demons, but they ¡®reforged¡¯ the corpses in their own way, turning them into pills and eating them. Just as it is more effective to refine wild ginseng and make it into pills by adding something to it, rather than just eating it, the gods¡¯ method was much better than just eating it. Thanks to this, the gap with the devils gradually narrowed. -Kaaaaaa! -Quaaaagh! In a world where screaming never stops day after day, there was an opportunity for them to stop the war. -¡­What are those? -¡­monster? Extraterrestrial beings who appeared in a world full of gods and demons. They attacked gods and demons indiscriminately. ¨C These crazy things! -Kill! At first, gods and demons continued their war with each other, but also continued their fight against monsters. But that didn¡¯tst long either. -¡­If we continue like this, we will be annihted. -¡­We have to make a truce. The monsters were strong. Of course, it was not as strong as the gods and demons, but it was strong enough to threaten them, and it was even more dangerous to face the monsters after the gods and demons fought each other. That is why they put an end to the war that had started from the beginning. Truce and alliance. It was a contract between God and the devil to drive out monsters. [God and the devil cannot kill each other.] [God and the devil cooperate in driving out the ¡®monster.¡¯] The most basic but definite limitation. They cannot kill each other, and they do not spare cooperation in driving out monsters that appear from outside the dimension in which they were born. That was their contract. [The pinnacle of all evil says that the contract continues to this day.] ¡°¡­What, even though gods and demons joined forces, they still haven¡¯t been able to drive them out?¡± That contract continues to this day. Jinhyuk couldn¡¯t help but be surprised because he didn¡¯t know what those words meant. ¡®¡­Even before the tower was built. The fact that the contract has not been broken ever since the gods and demons fought in the distant past and the world was devastated¡­Are those monsters still roaming the world in perfect condition?¡¯ God and the devil Even though not one or two but dozens of transcendent beings joined forces, even after tens of centuries had passed, they were still unable to form alliances and attack each other. This means that the power of monsters has not decreased, which is proof that the monsters are that strong. ¡°But what does that have to do with the other half that was taken away from you?¡± But apart from that, what I wanted to hear from Baal was not about the monsters that the gods and demons were still working hard to stop, but about the half that had fallen from Baal. [He grumbles and tells me to wait a little bit because he is talking about the pinnacle of all evil.] [It is said that the pinnacle of all evil is that even the stories he tells now are precious stories that cannot be heard anywhere else.] Well, that¡¯s right. It was a story from the past that had little to do with what he was asking, but it was definitely an interesting story. ¡®Even in my past life, I¡¯ve never heard of a story about monsters struggling with even gods and demons.¡¯ In the first ce, everyone who climbs the tower thinks that gods and devils have no enemies except each other. So, it would have been unthinkable that there could be a being who made the transcendent beings such as God and the devil form an alliance and created the current situation. However, Jinhyuk focused on the next story. [The pinnacle of all evil says that from now on, this is his story.] [The pinnacle of all evil shakes his shoulders at the thought of talking about the past.] [A nine-tailed fox puts pressure on someone¡¯s shoulders.] [The pinnacle of all evil opens its mouth with a sullen expression.] ¡­There was a briefmotion, but Jinhyuk was once again drawn into the story of the past. * * * [The pinnacle of all evil asks who he is.] It started with Baal¡¯s question. The question of who you are. Jinhyuk answered as if it were obvious. ¡°Who is Baal?¡± Baal. The only being who can be given the monstrous title of the pinnacle of all evil. But Baal responded with a sneer, as if that answer was wrong. [The pinnacle of all evil sneers, asking if he would have been named ¡®Baal¡¯ from birth.] ¡°¡­What is that?¡± Jinhyeok frowned at Baal¡¯s answer as if he wasughing at him, as if to express that he was in a bad mood. However, Baal continued talking, giggling as if he was happy about even that. [I was a little devil who wasn¡¯t even given a name.] Startle- Jinhyuk was startled by the sudden change in the text in the message window. Baal¡¯s message, which had never been spoken directly until now, finally became like a normal conversation. There are three main ways that God and the Devilmunicate with climbers. The first is to express oneself as ¡®God 1¡¯ or ¡®Devil 1¡¯ without even revealing one¡¯s existence, or to modify oneself as ¡®unnamed ¡ª¡¯ etc. This was the method favored by gods and demons because it allowed them tomunicate with climbers with the least amount of effort. The second is to reveal andmunicate with one¡¯s nickname, which has been used by Baal, the Nine-Tailed Fox, and the Nine-Tailed Fox. From here, unlike before, the power consumed increases exponentially. This means that letting the target know who you are is quite meaningful. And the long-awaited third and final one. ¡®¡­Direct conversation would consume a lot of energy.¡¯ It was a direct conversation. Although it could not be revealed, it was literally speaking as if it were a direct conversation, with a voice that was no longer text. Although the message was the same as before my eyes, in the end it could be seen as simr to talking on the phone with Baal. Naturally, it couldn¡¯t even bepared to the first and second times, and Jinhyeok had never once directly received a conversation from God or the devil. But right now, Baal has directly requested a conversation with Jinhyeok. ¡®¡­Does this mean that the conversation from now on is that important?¡¯ Jinhyeok swallowed dry saliva and concentrated, thinking that what Baal was going to say was important enough to choose to have a conversation directly for the first time in his life. [But I had the power to eat better than others.] Baal¡¯s voice, profound yet heavy, struck Jinhyeok¡¯s ears. Just listening to it makes you feel a sense of pressure and even gives the illusion of a weight on your shoulders. Baal continued speaking. [Through that power, it started devouring the weakest demons one by one.] [It was a fun time.] [What I liked most was the feeling of fullness I felt every time I ate, the joy of learning the abilities and skills of those I ate, and most importantly, the fact that I was getting stronger.] The words were abrupt, but even Jinhyuk couldn¡¯t help but smile at the joy of reminiscing about the past. It feels like an old fairy tale told by a grandfather. The fun continued after that. [I became stronger.] [Devil 1, whose name is unknown, gradually became stronger.] [It was the same even after the alliance between God and the Devil.] [Demons have always longed for battle, and it was a natural world for the stronger to prey on the weak and be stronger.] As time passed, his voice gained more power and seemed to show his transformation from the weak Devil 1 of the past to the current Baal. And when it reached its peak. [I challenged the ¡®Baal¡¯ of that time. Was it the thirty-first time? ¡­It would have been the thirty-second Baal.] ¡°¡­Baal is not one?¡± Jinhyuk could not contain his surprise. This is due to the fact that there were not just one Baal, but a whopping thirty-one or thirty-two. However, Baal continued speaking as if he did not care. [The guy right below me, the guy below him, and even Bune, who had bumped into you once, wasn¡¯t there at the time.] [In order to challenge Baal, I ate up all the people under him, so they took up the vacant positions and have maintained them until now.] An extremely arrogant statement. Baal says that all the demons that exist below him, from 2nd to 72nd, are the ones who have earned their positions thanks to him. However, although it was arrogant, Baal was speaking with such sincerity that it seemed natural. ¡°so?¡± What happens next? Whether it was the 31st or 32nd battle with Baal. When Jinhyeok asked about that, Baal answered in aughing voice. [I am now Baal, ¡®the pinnacle of all evil.¡¯ Isn¡¯t that enough of an answer?] ¡°¡­That is correct.¡± Baal was now answering with his own existence. For the thirty-first or thirty-second time, the past Baal was defeated by the present Baal. [And I ate him. The one who ate the previous ¡®Baals¡¯.] [From then on, I lived a half-crazy life.] ¡°¡­why?¡± Jinhyuk had doubts when he heard that he lived a crazy life even though he was ranked number one. The reason was soon revealed. [Because the power and memories of a powerful being over 30 have ruined me.] [Sentai Baal couldn¡¯t do a perfect ¡®predation¡¯ like me, so he just took power. He couldn¡¯t even get that right.] [However, I was different. I was able to absorb all power and memories.] [Thanks to this, I became something that no one could touch, but as a result, I became no different from a madman.] [So, with the help of ¡®someone¡¯, I gathered their memories and powers and separated them from me.] ¡°¡­That¡¯s your other half.¡± Baal, who suffered from power and memory, chose separation. A choice I made because I had enough strength and enough memories of battle. [I regret that decision.] [I would have had to live forever with the residue that I couldn¡¯t dissolve, or die with it in my arms.] A voice full of dullness. Jinhyuk could not say anything because his voice seemed to be choked. [It ran away as soon as it separated from me.] [Someone definitely helped him, but I still haven¡¯t figured out who.] [This was the moment when my n to erase him went awry from the start.] [The one who ran away from me took my memories and power and built a force for himself.] [And he began to persecute humans along with those who shared the same thoughts as him.] [I roughly know the reason, but¡­That¡¯s a story I can¡¯t tell you now.] ¡°¡­Are you saying that guy is targeting me?¡± A beingparable to Baal, whose anger toward humans is unknown. Jinhyuk had to feel chills at the thought that he was targeting him. [Yes, but keep in mind that he is no different from us.] [It is almost impossible for him to interfere directly with the tower. So just be careful of his followers and their believers.] However, Jinhyeokforted Baal and said it was okay. Just a warning to be careful. ¡°So what¡¯s his name?¡± He also knew who was targeting him. I also knew that the object was a being with tremendous power. I also knew that he had huge alliances and organizations that not only persecuted himself, but also persecuted other humans. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk asked the guy¡¯s name. [Beelzebub. It is a collection of over 30 ¡®Baals¡¯ who have fallen away from me.] Baal told the name openly. Chapter 157 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 157 ¡°Beelzebub¡­.¡± He muttered the name of the group of over 30 ¡®Baals¡¯ that had separated from him that Baal had told him about. That time when I muttered as if I would never forget. [I think this is it.] Baal may have enjoyed the conversation he had with the climber for the first time in a long time, but he felt sad that this time wasing to an end. In a voice filled with deep regret, Baal spoke onest word. [I believe that someday, when we can talk again, we will be able to have more interesting conversations.] [And the eyes of Beelzebub exist everywhere.] [I know full well who your main enemies are, but don¡¯t forget that they are just the tip of the iceberg] ¡°¡­I know it well, so I¡¯ll just go back. And if something like this happens again, be prepared. ¡°I won¡¯t leave you alone then.¡± [¡¤¡¤¡¤ That won¡¯t happen.] Baal finished his speech with a hesitant word and soon stopped talking. [¡¤¡¤¡¤ maybe?] ¡°¡­hey!¡± It ended with a smiley, ¡®Maybe?¡¯ In response to Baal¡¯s words leaving room for something else to happen, Jinhyeok harshly called his name, but Baal remained silent. [The nine-tailed fox teases someone by saying that they won¡¯t be able to speak for a while.] [King Mifu bursts intoughter as he looks at someone¡¯s tightly closed mouth.] ¡°It looks good.¡± Jinhyeok, who ridiculed Baal, who was being teased by other gods and demons, saying that Baal was ugly, perhaps because he had be unable tomunicate even between gods and demons thanks to the long conversation, lifted the barrier he had set up tomunicate with Baal. ¡°Are you finished?¡± ¡°Okay, now let¡¯s really go back.¡± Tune, who had been waiting silently for Jinhyuk, who had ced a barrier as soon as he left the doppelganger¡¯s cave, immediately clung to Jinhyuk and checked as soon as he lifted the barrier. And as soon as Jinhyuk finished speaking, he nodded. ¡°I will take you there.¡± ¡°¡­do whatever you want.¡± Originally, he would have said something to Tune, saying it was too much of an escort, but Jinhyuk, who used too much heart and energy, was unable to stop Tune. ¡°Let¡¯s go back, home.¡± With those words, the four new types, including Jinhyeok, disappeared from the 105th floor. * * * ¡°¡­Brother!¡± ¡°¡­brother!¡± ¡°¡­Wow!¡± As soon as I returned to the 100th floor, I immediately headed towards Ha-ryu and other people and felt a huge shock. This is because the door to the military attach¨¦ burst open and Ha-ryu and Mi-ho rushed in and were hit hard in the body. If this had been an attack, the impact would have been so strong that four or five ribs were broken. ¡°They are ying well. ¡°I was wondering why you suddenly ran away after training well, and it was you?¡± Choi Kyung-hoon, who saw us like that, crossed his arms and snorted. This is probably because the sight of Ha-ryu and Mi-ho wetting their hearts with tears after meeting each other for the first time in a long time just seemed the same to him. I said bluntly to him. ¡°It¡¯s been a while since Ist saw you, but I¡¯m talking about you.¡± ¡°Are you discussing Malbonsae in front of me? Aftering here for the first time in ten years, I realized what you said in front of me¡­!!!¡± Just by looking at Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s red eyes, I could roughly tell how worried he was about me. A man who was consumed with guilt for not being able to prevent his friend¡¯s death must have been even more oppressed by the fact that he pushed his friend to death again. However, even though I knew that feeling better than anyone else, I interrupted Choi Kyeong-hoon¡¯s angry words midway through. ¡°Okay, it¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve seen you, so I know it¡¯s good, so let¡¯s go in.¡± ¡°¡­Stop talking, don¡¯t talk.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon must have calmed down after seeing me not caring about his opinions, and he returned to his usual self. He returned to his usual face with red eyes and a red face. I passed Choi Gyeong-hoon, who shook his head with a sigh, and entered the museum with Ha-ryu and Mi-ho clinging to me like cicadas hanging from an old tree. ¡°As expected, you were safe.¡± ¡°Cha Jinhyuk! You damn bastard! I was determined toe back after a full month! It¡¯s been over 3 weeks! ¡°Three weeks!¡± Hendrick and Balkan were there, who had already noticed my return. Balkan smiled as he saw Ha-Ryu and Mi-Ho sniffling while hanging on, but that didn¡¯t stop them from yelling. 3 weeks. This is because he fought his doppelganger for over three weeks without any proper contact, putting a huge burden on others. But I also had something to say. ¡°What do I do when there is no way to contact me inside the doppelganger¡¯s cave? ¡°It didn¡¯t take long to catch it, but it took a long time to control the damage.¡± ¡°Ugh, that¡¯s true, but¡­.¡± Doppelganger¡¯s Cave. There was no way to contact them from there. Since the hidden dungeon, like the cave of a doppelganger, is a ce where not even gods and demons can see, it was perhaps natural that they could not be contacted. If I had to say something about that, I would have no choice but to have something to say. ¡°¡­It¡¯s done, I guess it¡¯s done because you¡¯re safe. So did you bring the cause you went with?¡± ¡°You are stating the obvious. ¡°Are you talking about this?¡± The reason I went to the doppelganger¡¯s cave. The reason that made my colleagues anxious and waiting. The cause was brought out from the subspace of the court. ¡°Is this the core of the doppelganger? It¡¯s mysterious. It looks ck, but I feel like I can see many colors. ¡°Is it a hallucination series?¡± The core of the doppelganger. That was the reason this division was created. As he had never been caught, the doppelganger¡¯s core was the only thing he had. Therefore, even though he lived for over hundreds of years, Balkan saw the doppelganger¡¯s core for the first time. It was no different for gods and demons. [The greedy dragon shows interest.] [I rmend that the dragon guarding the treasure would be good to disy in his warehouse.] [The God of Destruction asks what it would be like to destroy it.] This is something I have never seen before. As it is an item that even gods and demons could not save, it is amazing to those who have a strong desire to collect it and those who are interested in the item itself when they see it for the first time. I frowned and waved my hand as I saw people sending me quests in droves. ¡°Isn¡¯t it all gone? ¡°I¡¯m trying to eat raw the only thing in the world that others risked their lives to save.¡± The process of killing the doppelganger was fine, but Baal¡¯s past appearance appeared at the end of the process. In addition, there was an eventful incident that urred in the process of absorption. It all happened because of one doppelganger core. Especially since it is an essential material for weapons to be made in the future, no matter what gods and demons bring, I have no intention of trading it for the doppelganger¡¯s core. [The greedy dragon cannot hide his disappointment.] [The greedy dragon says it is a familiar item for some reason.] ¡°I¡¯m used to it ¨C it¡¯s the only one in the world.¡± It was only after I frowned again at Tom¡¯s message that he was trying to subtly drool over an object he had seen for the first time that it was familiar, and then the message window became quiet. It was only then that I was able to reply to Balkan¡¯s words, leaving behind the quiet message windows. ¡°It¡¯s not a hallucination, it¡¯s just that all the colors are there.¡± ¡°¡­Does that make sense?¡± ¡°That doesn¡¯t make sense. But if you think about his identity, isn¡¯t there anything that makes no sense?¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s right.¡± The owner of the doppelganger¡¯s core is the doppelganger itself. And the doppelganger could take on the appearance of countless people, and it was no wonder that his heart-like core took on many colors and shapes. The core, which changes so quickly and flexibly that one might think that all changes are hallucinations or delusions, returns to its original ck, round bead shape when a little force is applied. After carefully collecting the core of the doppelganger who returned as a ck bead, I left the military office. ¡°Are you nning to go to the workshop?¡± ¡°I have to go. ¡°Why did I go through all that trouble?¡± In response to Balkan¡¯s question that followed, I nodded as if it was obvious. The doppelganger¡¯s core was brought for the sole purpose of making weapons. There was absolutely no reason to just hold it. ¡°¡­But can¡¯t you guys walk a little further away? ¡°It¡¯s a bit ufortable.¡± ¡°¡­No. ¡°Once I¡¯m sure that my brother won¡¯t disappear, then I¡¯ll leave.¡± ¡°Miho too!¡± The only problem was that Ha-ryu and Mi-ho were still clinging to me like cicadas clinging to an old tree. The bright eyes and trembling hands were also the same. In particr, Miho seemed to be just doing it because she was having fun, but Ha-ryu seemed to be sincere, so all I could do was sigh and nod. ¡°¡­do whatever you want.¡± ¡°Since my brother did what he wanted, I also tried to do what I wanted.¡± Of course, I didn¡¯t get a good answer, but I looked pretty good as my shaking hands gradually stopped and my bloodshot eyes returned to their original form. ¡°Ugh, you stupid bastard.¡± ¡°what? ¡°Why are you swearing all of a sudden?¡± ¡°¡­You little eunuch.¡± ¡°¡­Bulkan and Kyung-hoon are you. Why are you acting like this all of a sudden?¡± I was suddenly criticized for being stupid and a eunuch, and I felt dumbfounded and mortified, but I didn¡¯t stop walking all the way to the workshop. -¡­Why are you hanging on to these girls? -Oh my, look at that person. -But isn¡¯t that person a ghost? ¡°¡­Damn, nothing happens.¡± I ran toward the workshop as if I were flying, trying to hide my heated face with a mask as I heard the cries of climbers and NPCs around me. * * * ¡°¡­Did your job change to Old Tree?¡± ¡°Hmm, downstream. What are you doing without your hair? ¡°Come down quickly.¡± Gold Rich Workshop. Jinhyeok arrived at the workshop he made with money and immediately headed to the deepest workshop where Melton and Muyoung were waiting. There, the two were unable to hide their absurd emotions andughter as they looked at Jinhyeok and Ha-ryu hanging on him. ¡°It wasn¡¯t because I wanted to be an old tree. Anyway, here¡¯s the doppelganger hack. ¡°I saved it.¡± ¡°¡­Huh, you really saved this?¡± ¡°¡­It was incredible, but I really saved it. Are you really¡­.¡± The gaze that had been focused on Jinhyuk, who had turned into an old tree, and Ha-ryu, who was clinging to him like a cicada, went straight to the core of the doppelganger. The two people, who were looking at the doppelganger¡¯s core with twinkling eyes like children, started shaking their hips as if they were excited and then- ¡°Eight-¡± ¡°We need to quickly conduct strength and durability tests first!¡± Everyone quickly stretched out their hands towards the doppelganger¡¯s core. but- widely! ¡°I¡¯m sure you remember the deal. ¡°The only time you can touch the doppelganger¡¯s core is after the transaction has beenpleted correctly.¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s long, thin hand, which moved like lightning, put their quick touches to shame, and before he knew it, he was holding the doppelganger¡¯s core in his hand. transaction. At those words, the two people let out a deep sigh. and. ¡°¡­Do you know how to hold a hammer?¡± ¡°Do you know how to look at drawings?¡± Facing the two people asking questions with a bit of anticipation, Jinhyuk took off the mask he was wearing, hung it on his waist, and smiled. ¡°Didn¡¯t I tell youst time? I¡¯ve never even looked at a drawing, let alone used a hammer. So, please teach me, step by step, from the beginning.¡± The two felt their blood pressure rise at Jinhyuk¡¯s polite but mocking voice. ¡®¡­I¡¯m holding back because of the doppelganger¡¯s core, really.¡¯ The moment I saw the doppelganger¡¯s core moving like a toy in Jinhyuk¡¯s hand, my blood pressure subsided. like that- ¡°Follow me. ¡°Don¡¯t forget that it¡¯s in the contract that you just throw it away if it seems hopeless.¡± ¡°I have never forgotten. ¡°Then let¡¯s get started right away.¡± The teachings of artisan-level cksmiths to make Jinhyeok into a field leader began. Of course, it was not voluntary, but someone else¡¯s will. Chapter 158 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 158 After the conversation, Melton ended up teaching Jinhyuk how to cksmith, and the cicadas immediately hung on Jinhyuk. So, Ha-Ryu and Mi-Ho were sent outside. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, little girls, but from now on it¡¯s time for hot fire and cold iron. If you guys want too¡­Ask that guy over there, not me, to teach you.¡± Ha-Ryu and Mi-Ho, who were kicked out of the workshop after saying kind but cold words, looked at Jin-Hyeok sadly ¨C ¡°Sorry, I¡¯m at the bottom here too.¡± Jinhyuk didn¡¯t have a proper method. Here, Jinhyeok is not a climber who surprised the tower, but an apprentice among apprentices who has never held a hammer before. No matter how equal their rtionship was, as a cksmith, he could not resist the words of his seniors and teachers, Melton and Muyoung. This was especially true because Ha-Ryu and Miho¡¯s presence in the workshop didn¡¯t help anything. ¡°¡­I¡¯ll wait outside.¡± ¡°Do you know how long it will take?¡± ¡°Still. ¡°Still, I want to wait.¡± ¡°How about going back to military service during that time and brushing up on the basics a little more? I don¡¯t think Kyung-hoon would be the type to see that guy as a girl. ¡°He shouldn¡¯t have anything toin about, right?¡± ¡°¡­Ugh-¡± Fortunately, it was not that difficult to send him back because he was a downstream person who reacted strongly to the word Choi Kyung-hoon. ¡°Then, when you¡¯re done, you have toe to the military office immediately. ¡°Don¡¯t let it leak somewhere else.¡± ¡°¡­What kind of five-year-old kid am I? ¡°It will take care of itself, so don¡¯t worry and go back.¡± ¡°¡­See youter then. ¡°Let¡¯s go, Miho.¡± ¡°yes!¡± As expected, Miho just did what Ha-ryu told her to do. There was no reason to worry or not want to break up. For example, as soon as Ha-ryu asks to go back, doesn¡¯t he nod his head with a proud expression on his face that says he yed well? ¡°Tsk tsk, that¡¯s a shame. ¡°If it wasn¡¯t for the cksmith job, I wouldn¡¯t have sent that kid away.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s stop talking nonsense and get started, old man.¡± Jinhyeok cut off Muyeong¡¯s words, which were expressing regret as he watched the back of the stream moving away, and hoped that the cksmithing ss would start right away. Seeing Jinhyuk¡¯s resolute appearance, Muyoung nced at Ha-ryu and Jinhyuk once, then lowered his head with a sigh. ¡°Haryu, that child is going through a truly difficult path. Such a blunt¡­.¡± ¡°¡­What did you say?¡± The voice muttered so softly that even Jinhyeok, who has good ears, could not hear it properly. Jinhyuk immediately frowned and asked back, but all he got back was Muyoung¡¯s calm answer. ¡°I said it would be great for hammering since you have good muscles.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think we talked that long¡­.¡± ¡°¡­There¡¯s no time, so let¡¯s get started right away.¡± Of course, Jinhyeok, who is quick-witted, had a vague sense that that wasn¡¯t true, but Muyoung struck first. In the end, with only doubts left, Jinhyuk entered the ss in earnest. * * * With Ha-Ryu and Mi-Ho returning, Melton, Mu-Young, and Jin-Hyeok, there are only three left in the workshop. The first to speak there was Melton. ¡°The hammer¡­.¡± ¡°I think I said about three times that I didn¡¯t catch it¡­.¡± ¡°Damn it, Melton of the world is teaching someone who is worse than an apprentice who has never held a hammer before!¡± bang! Despite having spoken first, Melton couldn¡¯t hold back his anger at Jinhyuk¡¯s answer and mmed the desk. ¡°Keuuuu¡­.¡± ¡°Are you stupid? ¡°Why are you hitting the steel desk with your fist?¡± ¡°¡­shut up!¡± Of course, Melton, who hit the steel desk, frowned and grabbed his hand. Muyoung stepped in to rece the injured(?) Melton. ¡°So, what do you think are the three most basic things for a cksmith?¡± ¡°¡­I don¡¯t know how to hammer or read a drawing.¡± Muyoung shook her head as Jinhyuk drew an answer from the cksmith he knew. ¡°I only got it right on how to read a drawing. The answer is how to choose minerals, control fire, and look at the blueprint. ¡°The hammeringes next.¡± ¡°¡­Isn¡¯t this your first time there?¡± Select minerals, adjust fire, and look at blueprints. Jinhyuk frowned slightly at such basic things. However, Melton forgot about the pain in his hands and jumped up from his seat and shouted. ¡°You idiot! Okay, let¡¯s start the test now. If you fail this test, you will be disqualified. ¡°Pack your bags and get out now!¡± ¡°¡­What, you¡¯re telling me it¡¯s already a test even though I haven¡¯t learned anything?¡± ¡°As you said, it is basic, it can be said to be the most basic, but why? ¡°Are you scared?¡± Seeing Melton shaking his head and shouting ¡®Jjol?¡¯, Jinhyeok eventually nodded with a frown on his face. ¡°Okay, if I win, I hope you treat me properly from then on. Do you understand?¡± ¡°Hmph, do you think you can seed? Who ignores the most important thing because it is the most basic? Heng! A passing kobold willugh!¡± Ignoring provocation did not suit Jinhyuk¡¯s temperament, and Meltonughed at Jinhyuk¡¯s boldness. Rather, the one who was embarrassed was Muyoung, who stayed still. ¡°Melton, Jinhyuk. Both of you stop. Melton, do you intend to subject someone who has never even touched iron in its mineral state to take the test? And Jinhyuk, the same goes for you. Everyone knows you¡¯re amazing, but don¡¯t think that applies to cksmithing. ¡°The basics are the first to learn, but they are also the most difficult to master.¡± Beginners learn the basics, and advanced people also learn them. However, beginners ignore the basics, and advanced people think they have mastered the basics. However, among them, only a handful of people truly understood and mastered the basics. In the first ce, even craftsmen say they stillck the basics, so how many lower level beginners, intermediate, or advanced people have mastered the basics? That¡¯s why Muyoung stopped Jinhyuk. ¡°You would like to learn the skills of a cksmith and a fieldsmith. Whether it¡¯s a sub job or something else. But then, keep in mind that there are not many beings who can perfectly teach metallurgy, and there are two in front of you right now. And are you going to miss that opportunity because of a moment of pride?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± There was nothing wrong with Muyoung¡¯s words. In the future, metallurgy would definitely be of great help when managing weapons on the battlefield. Maybe I should create something new. But Jinhyuk did not back down. ¡°Apart from that, I am confident, Test. ¡°Let¡¯s do it.¡± ¡°¡­Do whatever you want.¡± ¡°Hahaha! Great, this will make the armor crafting go faster! ¡°Just take a look with those little girls next to you!¡± When told that he would take the test, Melton burst intoughter. This is because Jinhyuk was convinced that he would lose his status as a disciple and end up ying the role of a spectator on the sidelines. ¡°Then it¡¯s the first test!¡± And immediately the first of the three tests began. * * * ¡°Light this brazier. ¡°You can use all the tools in here.¡± An empty furnace. The brazier that had been burning the fire until now did not even move. Jinhyuk scoffed at Melton¡¯s words to light a fire in such a brazier. ¡°Can I just make aint?¡± ¡°Sniff, yes. It¡¯s good to be confident. However, the temperature of the fire you need to raise is 3,000 degrees.¡± ¡°¡­3,000 degrees?¡± Considering that the melting temperature of iron is approximately 1,500 degrees, the fire needs to be lit to a temperature that is twice as high. Jinhyuk frowned at that. ¡°Is there a need to raise it that much?¡± ¡°I said it was a test. And you said you were confident. And although 3,000 degrees seems high, in reality, the melting temperature of adamantium and mithril, which are written in the manufacturing instructions for the weapons you need to work on, is between 2,000 and 3,000 degrees. First of all, if you can¡¯t even melt the minerals that will go into the weapon you¡¯re crafting, you¡¯re just a sandfish. ¡°Is there no need for this?¡± ¡°¡­Phew, good. ¡°Please give me some firewood.¡± ¡°I said I could use everything in the workshop. ¡°Just take it and use it yourself.¡± After replying bluntly, Melton walked to the backseat where Muyoung was sitting and sat down with his arms crossed. Jinhyeok chuckled at the sight of his determination not to intervene no matter what happened and brought a pile of firewood from a corner of the workshop and threw it into the brazier. ¡°fire.¡± Grumbling- A fire was ignited inside the furnace with just a light starter. It wasn¡¯t that difficult as I was well versed in magic. And so the test of lighting Jinhyeok¡¯s egg-making brazier began. * * * ¡°Isn¡¯t 3,000 degrees too much to begin with?¡± ¡°Hmph, that guy brought it on himself. And I didn¡¯t say anything wrong.¡± ¡°¡­The skin might all cook off.¡± ¡°Make it ripe.¡± ¡°The workshop will be filled with the smell of grilling meat.¡± While Jinhyuk was lighting the fire, the two had a meaningful conversation. Muyoung said it was too much, and Melton expressed his opinion that of course it should be done at that level. Lighting the first test fire. That¡¯s not that difficult. It was a process of developing tenacity and tolerance to heat, as well as helping the cksmith be familiar with fire. And that meant that a novice cksmith would not have the strength to withstand that much heat. As Melton and Muyoung said, even if the temperature is only a few hundred degrees, the skin on the entire body can sizzle. ¡°Of course, that guy¡¯s skin won¡¯t get cooked in the heat of just a few hundred degrees, but¡­It¡¯s different if it¡¯s 3,000 degrees.¡± The general melting temperature of iron is 1,500 degrees. He at 3,000 degrees is twice as strong. That kind of temperature is a heat that cannot be ignored, no matter how experienced a climber is. Even a climber on the 300th floor, or maybe even the 600th floor, would not be able to handle the heat properly without wearing all of his armor. ¡®Hmph, there¡¯s no way a guy who hasn¡¯t even held a hammer would dare to do that.¡¯ Melton¡¯s ridicule was natural. Heat is not something you get used to right away. If you do not have a certain tolerance, you have to gradually get used to fire andmunicate with it before you can handle the heat of only 1,500 or 3,000 degrees. Therefore, Melton did not even dare to imagine that Jinhyeok, who had just picked up firewood, would pass his first test. but- crackling- The sound of top-quality firewood burning in the brazier. Slowly, the inside of the workshop became warm and it became like a sauna. ¡°Uhm¡­What temperature is it now?¡± ¡°¡­500 degrees.¡± Muyoung¡¯s ability to immediately grasp the temperature of the mes fluttering in the furnace with his eyes was truly amazing, but Melton didn¡¯t care. ¡°¡­It¡¯s holding up well.¡± Even though the overwhelming heat of 500 degrees filled the workshop, Melton did not care. He always worked with a smile in the scorching heat exceeding 1,500 degrees. The reason his face hardened was not because it was too hot or because it was hot. ¡°¡­1,000 degrees.¡± ¡°Wow, you¡¯re more persistent than you look.¡± The heat is gradually rising. It was a fever that would have already made an ordinary apprentice grit his teeth and endure it or run out of the workshop. However, Jinhyeok calmly blew air into the fire burning the firewood. ¡°¡­1,500 degrees.¡± ¡°Damn, what is that guy? How can a guy who has never stood in front of a furnace heat it up to 1,500 degrees straight away? ¡­!¡± And Melton¡¯s mask broke the moment the heat in the furnace exceeded 1,500 degrees. Melton got up angrily, like a pottery that couldn¡¯t withstand the intense heat and broke, but Muyoung stopped him. ¡°You know it too. Jinhyuk, that guy didn¡¯t use any tricks just now. He also said that if he used magic to cool himself or regte the temperature around him, we would have already known. ¡°Aren¡¯t you angry because you know you didn¡¯t do anything?¡± ¡°¡­Fuck you, damn it.¡± There were no people as sensitive to magic as these two. Magic and metallurgy are inseparable things within the tower. Because they both had some level of magic. Additionally, their eyes were able to easily grasp such shallow tricks. Nevertheless, what made Melton angry was that Jinhyuk held on so well even though he did not see any tricks. And while the two were fighting, the temperature inside the furnace and the workshop gradually increased. ¡°2,000 degrees.¡± ¡°¡­2,500 degrees.¡± As the temperature got closer to 3,000 degrees, even artisan-level cksmiths Melton and Muyoung could not remain calm. Just as ordinary cksmiths struggled in the heat of 1,500 degrees, they also had no choice but to struggle in the heat that was approaching 3,000 degrees. Of course, they were the ones who hammered while struggling in the face of that kind of heat, and they could withstand even more heat- ¡°He¡­why¡­Are you okay? ¡­Damn right¡­.¡± Jinhyuk, slightly sweating, was standing where the voice panting in anger reached him. Even though I am controlling the fire right in front of the furnace, all I can do is sweat a little. Melton was now more than annoyed, he was scared. ¡°how¡­The climber¡­What the hell should I do¡­Sweating a little in front of a 2,500-degree me¡­It¡¯s just¡­.¡± Most climbers believe in resistance with armor and do not develop resistance to attributes. Therefore, the fact that Jinhyeok, who was wearing ordinary apprentice clothes, was fine was the same as saying that Jinhyeok had overwhelming fire resistance or resistance. ¡°Wasn¡¯t he a guy who was busy climbing towers and fighting wars?¡± ¡°¡­Right.¡± ¡°But when did you find the time to develop resistance?¡± ¡°If I knew that, I wouldn¡¯t be so frustrated.¡± Even while listening to the two¡¯s grumbling voices, Jinhyuk¡¯s concentration did not break. From 2,500 degrees, beyond the 2,600 and 2,700 lines ¨C ¡°3,000 degrees. ¡°It¡¯s a pass.¡± ¡°¡­Jeenjaang!!!¡± It exceeded the test passing line of 3,000 degrees. As soon as Muyoung gave a definite answer, Melton, who swore and kicked his seat, walked towards Jinhyeok with great strides. ¡°Is it a sess?¡± ¡°Yes, it is a sess. But let me ask you one question.¡± ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°how¡­How on earth did you survive? ¡°Originally, he would have opened the workshop door and jumped out from under it, let alone 1,500 degrees, so how on earth did he survive?¡± question. In order to answer his curiosity as a cksmith, Melton suppressed his shame and asked the reason. And Jinhyuk had no hesitation in answering that question. Sreuk- Jinhyeok took out a small stone, also called a spark stone or a fire stone, from the underspace of his coat, which he had left in a corner of the workshop, and ced it on the palm of his hand. Chii Iik- Naturally, the heat exceeding hundreds of degrees burned Jinhyeok¡¯s palm with strong heat. The person who was surprised was not Jinhyuk, the person responsible, but Melton. ¡°Hey crazy¡­!¡± ¡°It¡¯s not hot.¡± ¡°¡­? dog sound! The temperature of the hot stone is at least several hundred degrees¡­Can you believe it?¡± Melton, who was trying to shoo away Yeolseok by telling him not to talk nonsense when he said it wasn¡¯t hot, looked at Jinhyeok with a nk face and a look of disbelief. Tup- Tup Jeok-jeok- Jinhyuk lightly put the stone in his mouth and chewed it with his strong teeth like it was candy. ¡°Just hit your whole body with a hot stone until you be resistant to fire and burns, then eat it. How about it? It¡¯s easy, right? Would you like to have ten seats?¡± The reason why I was able to reach 3,000 degrees, the passing mark of the test, without resting or even shedding a drop of sweat for the first time standing in front of a furnace was a very simple reason. Except that¡¯s something not everyone can do. ¡°shut up! You monster bastard. ¡°Who on earth can increase their resistance by chewing raw stones like you do!¡± ¡°It¡¯s right in front of you, right? what¡­So, did you pass the test?¡± ¡°¡­The first test is passing. But don¡¯t think the second or third time will be as easy as it is now!¡± With a resentful but helpless expression on his face, Melton admitted that he had passed the first test. Right now- ¡°Thank you, then let¡¯s move on to the second test.¡± Chewing the crumbs of the stone left in his mouth like pieces of candy, Jinhyuk immediately moved on to the second test. Chapter 159 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 159 ¡°The second test is to look at the blueprint and make a weapon.¡± ¡°¡­Didn¡¯t you say there was no production process? ¡°Even if it¡¯s me, it certainly seems unfair.¡± Jinhyuk frowned slightly at Melton¡¯s words and looked at Muyoung. Contrary to the fact that he had been treated with a certain level of respect, Muyoungughed and responded to the sight of his true personality naturallying out as the difficulty level of the test rapidly increased. ¡°Because I thought you were that good. Well, if you want, you can do something easy.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, just do it. Instead, you should give a proper exnation or a way to do it.¡± ¡°That¡¯s natural. ¡°Are you going to tell a guy who hasn¡¯t even held a hammer before that he¡¯s even an apprentice to make weapons right away?¡± ¡°Then it doesn¡¯t matter.¡± The universal word, ¡®jjol?¡¯ At one word, Jinhyeok had no choice but to click his tongue and ept the test. Still, Jinhyeok nodded, seeding in getting a proper exnation and even instructions on production methods in order to reduce his disadvantage even a little. Melton smiled slightly as he saw Jinhyuk return to his respectful tone and opened the production book in front of Jinhyuk. ¡°This is the recipe for a long sword. The grade is rare. First, check the materials for this and exin in words how to make it. ¡°That is the first test of the second test.¡± ¡°Hmm, it¡¯s a long sword¡­It sure is easy.¡± Looking at the scroll of production book spread out in front of him, Jinhyeok nodded at the obviously low difficulty level of the test. [Common ¨C Rare ¨C Epic ¨C Unique ¨C Legendary] Among these, it is a sword that is easy to make and is not only a recipe for rare items. Among them, a recipe for the long sword, the mostmon sword. Except for the fact that it is rare, this is a manual for making weapons that even a novice cksmith can make. ¡°If this is the first round, then the second round will be produced as I exined, right?¡± ¡°That is correct. Instead, just remember that if you don¡¯te up with a satisfactory answer in the first round, it¡¯s over.¡± ¡°¡­great.¡± As soon as he finished speaking, Jinhyuk nodded and began to delve into the production book. Muyoung asked Melton while looking at Jinhyeok, who was instantly immersed in the production book. ¡°What do you think?¡± ¡°Did you ask me if I thought the rude guy who spoke informally and sneered when I said I wouldn¡¯t teach him skills would pass the first test?¡± ¡°¡­I didn¡¯t say anything afterwards. Well, okay. Let¡¯s say that. Do you think you¡¯ll pass?¡± Seeing Melton constantlyining about whether he still harbored resentment toward Jinhyeok, Muyoung asked a question but didn¡¯t think he would get a good answer. ¡®There¡¯s no way that friend with high self-esteem could forget the memory of being ignored. Especially if it¡¯s the attitude of a guy like now who treats you like an elder just to learn skills.¡¯ Muyoung is also aware of Melton¡¯s entric personality. It was inevitable that my personality would be hotter and more entric as I spent time in front of the fire. Muyoung himself didn¡¯t have a very good personality. but- ¡°¡­I don¡¯t know. That monster bastard passed the first test easily. We might be able to easily pass the second test with something we don¡¯t know. ¡°I don¡¯t want to feel embarrassed if I give a definite answer.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s surprising. ¡°I thought you would definitely say that you wouldn¡¯t pass even if you knew that.¡± Melton gave a vague answer. The reason was simple. This is because Jinhyuk¡¯s performance in the first test was so overwhelming. It was amazing to see Jinhyeok not even sweating in the 3,000-degree heat, which would put most cksmiths in trouble. Perhaps it could be said to be close to what cksmiths dream of. ¡°Maybe if he passes all the tests. Then, we might be able to raise the recipe given by the electric being called Baal by one level, or two.¡± ¡°¡­I admitted it.¡± ¡°Sniff, what kind of recognition is this? Damn you. Remember, this is only valid if he passes all three tests! ¡°Now I¡¯m just a loser who¡¯s never even held a hammer!¡± ¡°Okay, okay, I get it, I get it. For now, just watch quietly. Because it¡¯s finally time to get an answer.¡± ¡°¡­joy.¡± Although he was nervous, Melton snorted and kept his mouth shut when he realized that Jinhyuk woulde with an answer. Quietly, very quietly. For a short period of time until Jinhyeok came up with the answer, the workshop was filled with silence. * * * ¡°2.5 kg of steel. After heating at 1,583 degrees, the strength is improved by folding, and then reforged by hammering with mana.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, that is correct.¡± Jinhyeok had an urate understanding of the materials needed for production and the direction they should go as indicated in the production manual. ¡°But this is just the basic of the basics. Put 2.5 kg of steel into a furnace maintained at 1,583 degrees, fold it, maintain the temperature, and repeat the folding. ¡°It is written in broad strokes that it is a hammering with mana, but the appropriate force and how many times it must be struck depend entirely on the qualifications of the cksmith.¡± Of course, the first test was literally just the first test. The most basic thing you can do to be a cksmith. The quality of the equipment is determined by how many times it is hammered or not. ¡°There are even cases where the grade itself falls or increases beyond the level where the quality of the equipment decreases or increases. That¡¯s why it¡¯s important for a cksmith to use the production book as a basis, but he puts effort even when making an ordinary hoe to create his own masterpiece. ¡°I¡¯ll show you a demonstration now before we start the second test.¡± The production book is not an eternal truth. It is nothing more than a signboard exining the way to proceed or materials. What was more important than anything else was the cksmith¡¯s skills. Even if it is the first weapon you encounter, you can use your senses and abilities to create something that is superior to the original recipe. Of course, the most important ability of a cksmith was to create weapons that were at least close to the recipe. In the world of metallurgy, the effort to make a better product bes a plus, and the plus soon turns into a minus, so you can be called a cksmith just by making a product that is the same as the recipe. ¡°So, open your eyes wide and look, because this is the work of a thousand craftsmen, maybe less than a hundred in the entire tower.¡± It is safe to say that among such cksmiths, he has reached the pinnacle. Dwarven artisan, Melton. A hammer was ced in his hand. * * * earth! Taaang! earth! The rough sound of hammering filled the workshop. Even though my ears were ringing and the heat from the furnace melting the steel in the workshop was hotter than a sauna, the sound of hammering did not stop. Taaaaaaaaaaa!!! Onest time. The final hammering sound, louder than all the hammering sounds so farbined, echoed through the workshop as if it would be shattered. Melton came in front of Jinhyeok holding apleted long sword with a sound loud enough to make him nod his head. ¡°Look, it came out reasonably well.¡± As he spoke, Jinhyeok was able to see the long sword with elegant patterns engraved on the smooth sword body ced in his hand. ¡®¡­This is rare? No way, that can¡¯t be possible.¡¯ Jinhyeok couldn¡¯t believe that the long sword was so special that it was hard to believe that it was a weapon made from a rare-grade recipe. [Melton¡¯s Long Sword] Rating: Epic. A long sword made by dwarves, especially cksmith Melton, who has reached the level of a craftsman. Although it was made of ordinary steel, near-perfect fire control and expert hammering created an object that exceeded the limits of the production manual. * Mana conduction rate + 50%, strength + 38, stamina + 34. And in reality, it wasn¡¯t a rare grade. Even someone who is not good at metallurgy would not know that Melton¡¯s ability to easily obtain a higher grade even though it is only a lightly made weapon is ridiculous. ¡°¡­That¡¯s amazing. This is a craftsman¡­.¡± The same was true for Jinhyuk. Until now, he had only treated his teacher with respect based on the attitude of learning from his teacher, but now the respect he gave with the longsword in his hand was a sincere respect that came from his heart. ¡°Hmph, I won¡¯t even tell you to make it. I won¡¯t even tell you to make it rare ording to the recipe. But if you can¡¯t even make the general grade, the test is a failure.¡± If someone else had heard Melton¡¯s gruff voice telling him to start the second test, he might have been trembling, thinking, ¡®What am I going to do?¡¯ However, it was a story that did not apply to Jinhyuk, at least to Jinhyuk now. [¡¤¡¤¡¤ I witnessed the high-level ¡®Yajang¡¯ skills right before my eyes.] [You can get a job, ¡®Yearmaster.¡¯] [There is a higher level upation, ¡®All Master¡¯, of ¡®Yardmaster¡¯.] [The upation, ¡®Field Leader¡¯ is absorbed into the higher-level upation ¡®All Master¡¯.] [From now on, you can use all modifiers for the job ¡®Yardmaster¡¯.] [The current correction level is ¡®Beginner Field Manager¡¯ level.] ¡°¡­Let¡¯s get started right away.¡± All Masters. In the face of a profession that masters everything, Yajang was just one of the many professions to master. Jinhyuk smiled as he felt all the basic things he needed to have as a light field leader gradually enter his mind. And so the second round of the second test began. And the result was something no one expected. * * * earth! Taaang! earth! ¡°¡­The posture¡­It¡¯s okay.¡± ¡°Seeing that the hammering sound is even, it seems like the force control is perfect¡­It makes me wonder if this is really my first time holding a hammer.¡± ¡°Did you get a job? ¡°No, isn¡¯t it even weirder to have a job when we haven¡¯t taught you anything?¡± The sound of hammering fills the workshop. It could be said to be noisypared to the Melton era, but it could not be denied that it was still a pretty good sound to the cksmith¡¯s ears. Yajang. This is a level of skill that would be unbelievable unless they achieved the job they have been working on their entire life in just a few minutes. ¡°No, this isn¡¯t something that can be done just by getting a field book.¡± ¡°Yes, you are right. If you get a job as a field manager, even if you gain some corrections and knowledge, it is only a very immature ¡®low level¡¯ job. There must be something else.¡± Of course, the two knew that they did not show the same level of skill just by obtaining the Yajang. When you get a job, a correction value is added, but the correction value is not thatrge. Of course, even if Jinhyeok gets a job, he can¡¯t show that level of hammering skills. That was actually the case. Right now, Jinhyeok is based on the knowledge of the ¡®low-level master¡¯ in his head, but his hands, which be more skillful the more he hammers and the more he uses the bellows, contain something else. ¡®It¡¯s been a while since I benefited from ¡®versatility¡¯.¡¯ The characteristic, ¡®versatility¡¯, was the reason for the difference. At the time of the tutorial, this was a trait that allowed Jinhyeok to have an unprecedented job called ¡®All Master¡¯. It was now demonstrating its abilities again in the second test. The result of ¡®versatility¡¯ supplementing thexity of the ¡®Yajang¡¯ that has just been acquired. ¡°¡­It isplete.¡± [Cha Jin-hyuk¡¯s long sword] Grade: Rare. A long sword that is so perfect that it is hard to believe that it has just be a field weapon. A long sword made by following the recipe perfectly is strong, does not break easily, and helps conduct mana well. * Mana conduction rate + 30%, strength + 25, stamina + 28, agility + 13 ¡°¡­Huh, what kind of nonsense is this¡­.¡± ¡°It¡¯s true that you became a field captain. That¡¯s surprising too¡­The other parts are lower than what you made, but it has a new stat called agility. ¡°This would be semi-epic level.¡± Mana conductivity, strength, and stamina were all lower than the long sword made by Melton. However, considering the difference between epic and rare, it is natural. In addition, Jinhyuk¡¯s longsword had a new stat called agility, so someone may need Jinhyuk¡¯s longsword more than Melton¡¯s. It may be rough to think of something that belongs to someone who has just picked up a hammer, but does itpete with something made by a craftsman? From there, the answer was no different from what was already given. ¡°¡­Damn it, I passed.¡± Annoyed voice. However, what it contained was ¡®affirmation¡¯. Passed the second exam. It was the moment when Jinhyuk passed Melton¡¯s second test following his first test. Of course, Jinhyuk had no intention of being satisfied there. ¡°What is the third test?¡± ¡°Are you going to do this without stopping?¡± ¡°Thest one was minerals. If that were the case, it wouldn¡¯t take much effort¡­It doesn¡¯t matter.¡± ¡°Confidence¡­good night. ¡°Then let¡¯s get started right away.¡± Melton snorted at Jinhyuk¡¯s confident attitude, but kept a smile as if he was happy about the current situation, and immediately prepared for the third and final test. And soon after, preparations for the final exam werepleted. In fact, there was nothing to prepare for the third test. ¡°Now, choose the highest quality of these three iron ores.¡± Sigh- Along with the words, three pieces of iron ore that had retained the characteristics of a rough ore were ced on the table. Three iron ores of the same size and appearance. A simple test to choose one outstanding thing among them. ¡°It¡¯s easy.¡± Jinhyuk smiled at that. ¡°¡­Remember, you only get one chance.¡± Melton warned Jinhyuk, who acted as if he knew the answer as soon as he saw the mineral. In fact, there was no need for the third test. ¡®The guy has proven his qualifications. At this level, it¡¯s worth growing. No, if you directly participate in the weapons production, you may be able to produce better weapons.¡¯ Melton already thought that Jinhyeok would be the center of his disciples and weapons production. It¡¯s a bit immature right now, but I thought that with a little refinement, it would be a brilliant diamond. In other words, even if he fails the test now, Jinhyuk will still receive lessons from Melton and Muyoung. However, it was only Melton¡¯s pride that prompted him to take the third test. However, only the sight of Jinhyuk made Melton frown. ¡®Arrogant guy. Minerals are the very first. I¡¯ll have to properly scold youter. No, it actually went well. I needed a distance to scold him, but he gave me distance.¡¯ Minerals are the most basic materials for making good weapons. No matter how good you are at making fire or how skilled a cksmith is, you cannot make a proper product from trashy minerals. Therefore, Melton was hoping that Jinhyuk would get seriously hurt this time. ¡°I¡¯ll take this.¡± ¡°The opportunity to change¡­.¡± ¡°No need.¡± ¡°Hahaha! ¡°You idiot!¡± And that opportunity came quickly. Jinhyuk even passes up the opportunity to pick up and exchange minerals without hesitation. The mineral he held was- ¡°That is the most trashy thing. It is an ore that is significantly inferior to the other two. ¡°You must have great insight to choose that.¡± Because he was the most trashy of the three. Melton, who was snickering and happier than ever, smiled and opened his mouth. ¡°Well, the rest wasn¡¯t bad. It¡¯s enough to raise your eyes by your side, and judging from your advanced abilities, you can join us¡­.¡± ¡°I am right, old Melton. ¡°You are wrong.¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± However, Jinhyeok did not ept the result. Jinhyuk denied Melton¡¯s thoughts by even cutting off Melton¡¯s words when he tried to say that he would be together even though he did not pass the third test. Melton stoppedughing and rolled his eyes. ¡°Do you know what you just said?¡± ¡°I know. But you are wrong.¡± ¡°¡­Here, if you just tell us you¡¯re wrong, you¡¯ll be with us regardless of the test. But if you keep insisting like that¡­If you can¡¯t prove me, you won¡¯t even be able to set foot in the attack.¡± Living a rough life. No matter how much Jinhyeok¡¯s ability to ignore his own eyes and not ept the oue was, Melton had no intention of letting it into the battle. Jinhyeok did not back down even when the tests he had done so far could have failed. ¡°There will be no change in what I say is correct.¡± Calm tone of voice. In the end, Melton snorted, exhaled, and returned to his seat. ¡°Exin. Convince me, convince us.¡± ¡°¡­I said you didn¡¯t have to do that.¡± ¡°Be quiet, Muyoung. ¡°Because he betrayed my mercy.¡± Muyoung ate his food with regret, but Jinhyuk quietly looked at the iron ore he was holding and muttered. ¡°What you say is wrong because what I have is the best iron ore.¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± ¡°Chajinhyeokryu, Chapter 1 ¨C Coin creation, Devil Coin.¡± Jinhyuk immediately summoned a pile of coins with condensed magic energy at the words of Melton, who tilted his head. Coins containing Jinhyuk¡¯s magic energy piled up in Jinhyuk¡¯s hands, filling the workshop with magic energy. ¡°What are you doing now?¡± They can do anything to us with their power¡­.¡± ¡°Just be quiet and watch, old man.¡± Jinhyuk was smiling and speaking informally, but Melton couldn¡¯t say anything. Couldn¡¯t speak because of extreme anger? That wasn¡¯t the reason. just- Quad deuk- It was because of the eerie sound that resonated when the devil coin held in both hands touched the iron ore. Of course, I wasn¡¯t scared by the eerie sound of the coin breaking. However, the iron ore remains where the coins disappeared. No, the reason was ck ore that can no longer be called iron ore. ¡°Magic iron¡­.¡± ¡°Is the one I picked the most trashy? Inspiration?¡± Magic iron. It was the name of the ck ore ced on Jinhyeok¡¯s hand as he smiled and asked. An extremely rare mineral that is created when iron ore absorbs demonic energy. Melton and Muyoung¡¯s answer was decided after seeing one of the few minerals more expensive than adamantium or mithril being made in the hands of a climber. ¡°¡­I passed the damn pass, so bring that right now!¡± ¡°A parasol of magic iron! Oooh! oh my god! ¡°God of furnaces and hammers!¡± It was really only for a moment that the workshop became noisy. Seeing the two people making a fuss asking them to quickly bring the magic iron, Jinhyeok chuckled and slowly walked over, throwing the magic iron lightly towards the two people. ¡°It¡¯s easy.¡± The three short but intense tests have ended. And Jinhyuk¡¯s joining was the same. Now, there are three cksmiths participating in making Baal¡¯s recipe instead of two. Melton, Muyoung. Jinhyeok, a cksmith among prominent cksmiths, was able to stand side by side for a moment. Chapter 160 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 160 ¡°Huh¡­It¡¯s really magic.¡± ¡°¡­There are some drawbacks in that the Maggi content is a bitcking, and the iron itself is a bit soft¡­Even if it¡¯s just like this, we can make high-quality equipment.¡± After Jinhyeok¡¯s exam was over. Melton and Muyoung showed great interest in the magic iron created by Jinhyuk. In fact, it was quite natural since they were two cksmiths, both high-level craftsmen. Magic iron. A mineral created when demon energy resides in iron ore. If you smelt this as if making steel, the resulting magic steel ys a very important role in making weapons. It goes without saying that using good materials increases the likelihood of producing better products. In particr, cksmiths like Melton or Muyoung, who canpletely melt the properties of materials into weapons, can melt the properties of magic into the armor and weapons they make. This means that people who do not have magic stats will be able to use magic power to some extent. ¡®It¡¯s definitely worth liking like that.¡¯ A weapon that is equivalent to creating a new stat. As a cksmith, this would be a weapon I would definitely want to make. However, the downside was that magic iron was not a verymon mineral. But now, thanks to the existence of Jinhyeok, magic iron is no longer a mineral that is difficult to obtain. ¡°Is mass production possible?¡± ¡°Well, as long as it doesn¡¯te with demonic energy?¡± ¡°¡­Good.¡± As long as the magic energy needed to make devil coins does not run out, it is now possible to produce as much magic iron as you want. Melton smiled happily without realizing it. ¡°But then you don¡¯t need any other iron?¡± ¡°¡­A different iron?¡± But even for a moment. Melton and Muyoung couldn¡¯t help but tilt their heads at the same time when Kanghyuk said that it was a different Cheol. Other than magic iron. The two people, who had thought about it that far, looked at Jinhyeok with puzzled faces. ¡°¡­no way?¡± ¡°¡­I guess not?¡± It seems like I would go crazy with happiness just by mass producing magic iron, but what if Jinhyuk can even mass produce other ¡®irons¡¯? As if to prove their theory and hypothesis, Jinhyuk walked up to the table and picked up the remaining two iron ores used in the test. and- ¡°Chajinhyeokryu Chapter 1, Coin Creation ¨C Holy Coin.¡± Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr Just like when the magic iron was made just moments ago, a pile of coins appeared on Jinhyeok¡¯s hand. The coins that appeared like that collided with the iron ore and were crushed. Paaaa- Iron ore emits a bright ray of light even though there is no light source in its ce. ¡°¡­Is it Seongcheol?¡± ¡°¡­You¡¯re crazy! It¡¯s really crazy! Following the magic iron, there is holy iron! ¡°I feel sorry for the lower ss, but it¡¯s really worth dying for!¡± The holy iron was ced there. Jinhyeok muttered while stroking his chin as Melton and Muyoung were captivated by the sight of Seongcheol overflowing with light, that is, divine power. ¡°Hmm, one thing is missing.¡± ¡°What iscking?¡± Melton, who was obsessed with Holy Iron, looked at Jinhyeok with a fascinated face. And at Jinhyuk¡¯s next words, the two couldn¡¯t help but make dumbfounded faces. ¡°I still have dragon power and great power left, but I only have one iron ore, right? So that means you can only make one of the two¡­Then isn¡¯t it a pity?¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s old, there¡¯s a box of iron ore here, so use it! Just write it!¡± thud! With a heavy sound, Melton ced a box full of the highest quality iron ore in front of Jinhyeok. The iron ore filled in the wooden box might have been heavy, but Melton didn¡¯t mind. I just hope that Jinhyuk uses the remaining energy to create a new iron as soon as possible, no, even a little sooner. How Jinhyuk obtained those energies was not important to the two. ¡°¡­Thank you, then I won¡¯t decline.¡± Jinhyuk did not refuse the box full of iron ore that easily exceeded the millions of gold given to him. In the first ce, I had no intention of making all of these out of ¡®iron¡¯, which has a specific energy, so one wooden box was too much. It was a shame for Melton and Muyoung, but Jinhyuk didn¡¯t care much and turned the remaining energy into coins. ¡°Cha Jin Hyeok-ryu Chapter 1, Coin Creation ¨C Dragon Coin, Giant Coin.¡± -Krraaaa! -Kwaaaaah! Dragon power and might. The coin containing two powers, unlike other energies, even dissolved its ferocity into the coin. Coins buzzing. They eventually focused on one piece of iron ore. And naturally, I was born- ¡°I¡¯m sure it¡¯s molten iron and metal.¡± ¡°But unlike the previous ones, the purity problem is serious. ¡°Isn¡¯t this a bit problematic?¡± These were rare iron ores called molten iron and geocheol. Of course, through the eyes of an excellent cksmith, Melton and Muyeong noticed that the quality of Yongcheol, Geocheol, and Geocheol was far inferior to that of the previous Demon Cheol and Seongcheol. ¡°Think of these two energies as being inferior to the previous one. ¡°Someday, we will be able to make perfect molten iron and cast iron.¡± ¡°¡­Hmm, well, I¡¯m looking forward to it.¡± Unlike magical energy and divine power, dragon power and mighty power are energies that have the word ga (¼Ù) attached to them. Naturally, the magic iron and holy iron injected with coins made of ¡®real¡¯ magic energy and divine power are of higher quality than the ¡®fake¡¯ dragon iron and geocheol (¾ÞèF). It was something that could not be helped. However, Jinhyeok was confident that someday they would boast perfect quality like magic iron and holy iron, and Melton and others believed in it. The biggest reason was that Jinhyuk had no reason to lie to himself. ¡°Then can you supply these?¡± ¡°It¡¯s nothing difficult. ¡°If I can use it to equip the guild members in Yeokcheon, I can take that much trouble.¡± When Moo-yeong asked about the supply of iron ore infused with the energy of the Four Emperors, Jin-hyuk nodded, saying it wouldn¡¯t be difficult. Reverse heaven. Guild members whose guild has the meaning of turning the sky upside down. They were certainly people who had been filtered by the hands of Gold Rich, butpared to the Four Emperors who had ruled the tower for a long time and the guilds or climbers like Nine Stars who received their support, they were so inadequate. Therefore, we hoped to reduce the gap to some extent through unique and precious minerals such as magic iron, holy iron, dragon iron, and geocheol. ¡°What are the characteristics of each mineral?¡± It was a natural question since Jinhyeok only knew how to change ores into new ores and had no idea about the properties of those ores. And at least there was no one here who would ignore the question of Jinhyeok, who would supply them with the rare mineral ore containing the energy of the Four Emperors. ¡°Magic iron and holy iron literally contain the violence of magic energy and the healing power of divine power. If you use it as a weapon material, it will be a great help whenpeting against opponents with magical energy or divine power. The same goes for making it into armor.¡± ¡°The case of Yongcheol (ýˆèF) and Geocheol (¾ÞèF) is a bit different from magic iron (ħèF) and Holy Steel (sacred metal). Molten iron absorbs mana very well. Looking at the conductivity, etc., it is safe to say that it is superior to any other mineral, mithril. On the contrary, geocheol is harder than any other mineral. So, if you use Geocheol as a base and mix other Yongcheol, Seongcheol, and Macheol, you can kill two birds with one stone.¡± ¡°In the end, all four have their own characteristics and have a greater effect when mixed.¡± Jinhyeok, who learned a little about the world of cksmiths that he did not yet know, expressed interest by stroking his chin. A way to get the best of both worlds by mixing something together. That was in line with the direction he was pursuing. ¡®Could it be said to be a clue to Ilwon¡¯s next step?¡¯ Mix. Jinhyeok summarized his thoughts well, focusing on this. ¡®I guess I¡¯ll have to put this off untilter. It¡¯s not toote to think about it after you be aplete member.¡¯ It¡¯s a starting point for moving forward, but it¡¯s still a long way off. After concluding his thoughts, Jinhyeok nodded. ¡°I see. Well, I¡¯ll make enough minerals before heading to Goblin Vige, so use them wisely. ¡°I trust you.¡± In any case, when ites to the level of cksmithing, Muyoung and Melton would be much higher than him. I didn¡¯t try to think about it that deeply. Even if it was left to just the two of them, it would bring results beyond what they expected. ¡°Just leave it to me.¡± ¡°Hmph, of course! I¡¯ll make you the best equipment! Have you ever heard of Temppal?¡± Jinhyeok, who was satisfied with the sight of the two people nodding their heads excitedly, got straight to the point. ¡°Now then, let¡¯s talk about Baal¡¯s recipe.¡± Baal¡¯s Recipe. That was the story about the manual for making weapons that he would use for the rest of his life. * * * ¡°What do you think is the most important thing in Baal¡¯s recipe?¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t this the nucleus of a doppelganger? ¡°I suffered so much because of that.¡± An essential item in Baal¡¯s recipe. Non-fungible items. Melton and Muyoung nodded when Jinhyuk said that that was the core of the doppelganger. ¡°That¡¯s correct. But the answer to this problem is plural.¡± ¡°plural? ¡°Then what is one?¡± It is as important as the doppelganger¡¯s core, but it is easier to obtain than the doppelganger¡¯s core. That was the second answer. ¡°Hyungangseok. It is a mineral also called section steel. No, it¡¯s not exactly a mineral. ¡°That¡¯s because it is a mineral that is created rather than mined from a mine.¡± ¡°Minerals are made¡­I guess I kind of know what it is. ¡®alchemy¡¯¡­Is that correct?¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s sharp. ¡°That¡¯s correct.¡± Hydraulic stone and alchemy were the answer. ¡°If the core of a doppelg?nger is software, then it can be said that the core of the doppelganger is the most important piece of hardware.¡± ¡°The only thing is that the difficulty of collecting it is easier than the doppelganger hack.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, it¡¯s easier than never finding the doppelganger¡¯s core, but it¡¯s just as difficult. ¡°As the name suggests, hengangite is a mineral that changes freely, so it is difficult to make it properly unless you have excellent alchemy skills.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry though. The owner of this workshop has a lot of money, so he will help me out somehow. ¡°Like the doppelganger core, it¡¯s not something you can¡¯t get even if you have money.¡± However, the problem was that the difficulty of collecting it was quite high, but it was still an item that could be obtained as long as you had the money. But Jinhyuk slightly shook his head and asked. ¡°Do you think that the higher the level of the alchemist who handles alchemy, the better the product? Or is everything the same once you pass a certain level?¡± The question is whether there is a difference in the quality of sectional stone. At that, Muyoung and Genno simultaneously shook their heads. ¡°The higher your alchemy level, the higher quality you can make.¡± ¡°The difference in speed and quality of change will berge. So, we nned to try as many times as possible to get a feel for the lowest and lowest grade angle steel, and finally, for full-scale production, use at least mid to high grade angle steel.¡± The answer is that the quality of section steel varies depending on the level of the maker. Since even Muyeong and Genno could not be sure that they would make a perfect item at once, several pieces of steel were needed. Jinhyeok, who had heard that far, said as if there was no need to hear any more. ¡°I¡¯ll just get the shaped steel. ¡°The quality is, of course, top notch.¡± ¡°¡­very? ¡°I know it¡¯s not even for sale, so how can you do that?¡± ¡°You¡¯re not bluffing, are you?¡± Top quality sectional steel. Even though it was not the core of a doppelganger, there was no change in the fact that it was also an item that could not be purchased with money. So it was probably natural for Melton to ask whether he was bluffing. However, Jinhyuk did not say anything and instead responded with a grin. ¡°You¡¯ll know when you see it.¡± After finishing speaking, Jinhyuk left the Gold Rich Workshop. The ce where Jinhyeok¡¯s steps after leaving the workshop were headed ¨C ¡°Where is Goldrich? ¡°Ask me if I found the guy I told you to findst time.¡± It was the headquarters of Gold Rich Company. * * * ¡°¡­What kind of fucking idiot is this,ing to thepany at all costs?¡± ¡°Sorry, I was in a hurry. ¡°Is that why you found it?¡± ¡°I found it. When I looked for it, I found out that ¡®that guy¡¯ had borrowed a lot of money from ourpany. Several times, with various appearances and nicknames. Thanks to that, finding it wasn¡¯t enough and it was easy to capture it.¡± ¡°Because you¡¯re in debt?¡± ¡°okay.¡± Trudging- The basement of Gold Rich Company¡¯s headquarters. As I walked down there, I talked to Goldrich. The being I asked Goldrich to find. When I looked for it, I found out that I owed Goldrich arge amount of debt. widely- ¡°Are we here?¡± ¡°Yes, we were tied up inside and negotiating.¡± As I continued talking, I found myself in front of the basement door where ¡®that guy¡¯ was. When I heard that they had tied me up inside and were negotiating, I nodded roughly and grabbed the doorknob. Uddangtangtang! ¡°¡­What does this mean?¡± ¡°It looks like you are escaping from Sidon.¡± ¡°Aren¡¯t you being too calm?¡± ¡°How many times do you think he tried to escape after I caught him? I was surprised once or twice. ¡°It¡¯s routine now.¡± I turned the doorknob while calmly hearing the noise of ¡®that guy¡¯ trying to escapeing from inside. ¡°Ugh! Sorry! It¡¯s not like I was trying to run away¡­. Oh, but who is the handsome oppa next to me?¡± In that ce, a woman was lying on the floor, tied to a chair, with her head turned to the side and an impressive amount of hair sticking out. She was embarrassed and making excuses because she thought her escape attempt was caught, and her eyes sparkled when she looked at me. At that sight, I had to sigh and feel my head pounding. ¡°¡­.Is this guy really him?¡± I don¡¯t think this was the image of the guy I was looking for. It was hard to believe that she, who had such a foolish appearance as well as a clueless one, was the one who created an uproar in the tower with the nickname of a genius alchemist. but- ¡°This is the ¡®Alchemy¡¯ you were looking for.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right! I am the greatest genius alchemist! ¡®Alchemy¡¯, it¡¯s Christina Rothschild! i look forward to!¡± Goldrich nods his head confidently, and the woman who is tied to the chair jumps up from her seat and introduces herself. So, the fact that ¡®Alchemy¡¯, which I had been searching for so long, was a foolish thing that was right in front of my eyes did not change. Chapter 161 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 161 Alchemy. There are not many climbers in the tower who do not know its name. If you look at most potions distributed on the market, if the quality is even slightly good, they all have Alchemy¡¯s name on them. There are even some potions that are recognized by the ¡®system¡¯ and even have a status window. Such alchemy is not very well known to people. ¡®I thought he was a mystic, but maybe he was just a debt collector.¡¯ People thought that Alchemy had some mysterious secret that she or he was hiding. Jinhyuk, who climbed the tower around the same time and benefited quite a bit, was no different. Of course, Jinhyeok¡¯s real fame began a few years before his death, so he had been working properly as an alchemist for about 10 years. However, Alchemy has firmly established its name in the tower in just 10 years. It¡¯s surprising that Alchemy was actually a debt collector and not a mystic. ¡°Let¡¯s talk in private. ¡°Because I¡¯m busy.¡± ¡°Okay, go in.¡± Goldrich, who had guided Jinhyuk up to this point, put off his busy work to guide Jinhyuk, so after meeting with Alchemy, he immediately went back to his office and tried to work. Jinhyuk also knew his busy day, so he nodded and saw him off. However, Jinhyeok could not contain his surprise at a word Goldrich said before leaving. ¡°Before you go, let me tell you one thing: Alchemy¡¯s total debt to Gold Rich Company is approximately 150 million gold. ¡°Know it well and use it usefully in negotiations.¡± ¡°¡­Poof! 1 million¡­50 million gold? ¡°Aren¡¯t you crazy?¡± 150 million gold. This is an amount of money that most climbers cannot earn even if they devote their entire lives to the tower. Jinhyeok looked at Alchemy with a look of surprise upon hearing that a climber approaching or exceeding the 600th floor owed him an amount that would have taken several months or even a year to collect even if he had been determined to collect it. ¡°¡­That¡¯s amazing.¡± ¡°Hehe, it¡¯s embarrassing to praise you like that.¡± I wasn¡¯t praising you, I was criticizing you, you idiot. Although it was questionable how a guy like that could be the best alchemist in the tower, Jinhyeok nodded with a sigh. ¡°The amount owed¡­.¡± ¡°Whether you write it off or take the bond, do whatever you want. Anyway, that amount is a small amount of money for the entire Gold Rich Company, and I can make up for it with my own money. Cha Jin-hyuk, just focus on getting what you want.¡± ¡°¡­thanks.¡± Jinhyuk expressed his gratitude to Gold Rich, who casually gave him the rights to arge sum of 150 million gold. No matter how rich you are, 150 million gold is not a small amount of money. Right now, the money that Jinhyuk had given to Gold Rich as an investment in the past was simr to or slightly more than that. Jinhyeok, who had been amazed by Gold Rich¡¯s wealth, which returns investment money as if he were breathing, was surprised the moment he saw it in front of him. ¡°excuse me¡­Can you really forgive my debt? And Cha Jin-hyuk? That¡¯s the name of Earth, right? Right? Wow, awesome! ¡°I¡¯m from Earth too!¡± ¡°¡­Let¡¯s fall a bit first, right?¡± ¡°oh! crime¡­Sorry, debtor!¡± Alchemy, Christina Rothschild, who didn¡¯t know how she had approached her while tied to a chair, was standing in front of her with her eyes sparkling. Jinhyeok wanted to say something to Alchemy, who called him by the strange name of debt master, but thinking that he wouldn¡¯t listen even if he said it anyway, Jinhyeok sighed and rested his chin. ¡°You said you were from Earth. ¡°He guessed it from the moment he heard the name.¡± Christina Rothschild. Alchemy¡¯s real name was a fairly famous name that no Earthling would know. To be exact, the family name is ¡®Rothschild¡¯, not ¡®Christina¡¯. ¡°The richest family in the world is climbing the tower¡­For what reason?¡± Rothschild. Arge financial group and family. Even though it was a family-runpany, Rothschild was often used of having control over the world. Jinhyuk didn¡¯t know if it was really a dark plot, but one thing was certain. The world¡¯s richest family. Therefore, Jinhyeok did not hide his doubts. If someone belongs to the richest family in the world and even uses thest name Rothschild, then it is certain that they belong to the Rothschild family. Because I couldn¡¯t understand why someone like that would climb the tower. But the reason was soon revealed. ¡°My mother was Korean. Well, I received a lot of discrimination that wasn¡¯t discrimination.¡± ¡°¡­It seems strange that even a world-ss family would have such discrimination.¡± discrimination. The reason Alchemy rose to the top was simply because of discrimination within the family. ¡°It¡¯s a bit out of the ordinary to talk about family, but can we talk about something else? ¡°Something constructive to talk about.¡± Jinhyuk, of course, heard Alchemy speak with a serious face and erased his stupid expression. ¡°No, I need to know something about you first, so that might be difficult.¡± ¡°Ugh¡­too bad¡­.¡± I refused. Rothschild family. Because I was curious about that ce. ¡°The Rothschild family¡­Is this an alchemist family?¡± The Rothschild family is said to own most of the world¡¯s gold. The question was whether that ce was an alchemist family. ¡°¡­Eh, how did you know?¡± ¡°¡­I was just asking, but if you say so, I¡¯m grateful.¡± ¡°Ahhhh! too bad!¡± Alchemy asked with a fierce expression how he knew, but Jinhyuk was only asking with suspicion. Alchemy was in pain, pulling out her hair at her own foolishness and Jinhyuk¡¯s meanness(?). ¡°I didn¡¯t say that anywhere! ¡°I didn¡¯t even tell that person named Goldrich!¡± ¡°I¡¯m not going to spread rumors anywhere, so do it in moderation. So are the rumors about gold true? ¡°That the Rothschild family owned most of the world¡¯s gold?¡± ¡°¡­Sigh, you¡¯re really not going to start a rumor, are you?¡± ¡°I said I wouldn¡¯t pay it. So just answer the question. ¡°Maybe you and I could be a good partnership.¡± Alchemy could be of great help to ¡®Reverse Heaven¡¯ in the future if he holds the secret as well as the value of being an excellent alchemist. In order for a group to be strong, it must hold in its hearts secrets that can never betray each other. And the secret that Alchemy is currently talking about is close to a top secret that should not be known, at least to the people of Earth. I roughlyforted Alchemy, who was now sobbing, and urged her to answer the question, and Alchemy nodded. ¡°Our family was a family that seeded in producing the ¡®Philosopher¡¯s Stone.¡¯ ¡°He was the first among alchemists.¡± As Jinhyuk expected, and as Alchemy had already responded, the Rothschild family was a family of alchemists. And they were the only family that reached the goal of the Philosopher¡¯s Stone. ¡°Philosopher¡¯s Stone?¡± ¡°Yes, that thing also called elixir or ether. Oh, of course, you know that it¡¯s different from the elixir supplied within the tower, right?¡± ¡°¡­I know, the elixir heals even cuts, but the Philosopher¡¯s Stone I know is definitely¡­.¡± ¡°It¡¯s an item that has legends about being able to make gold or be a god.¡± ¡°Yes, that was it.¡± Making gold. Turn stones into gold. Perhaps it could be said to be a miracle of God, so the Philosopher¡¯s Stone was called the secret source of alchemy that could turn ordinary humans into gods. ¡°But you know what? The Philosopher¡¯s Stone created by my family was a half-sess. Do you know why?¡± ¡°Is there any way to know?¡± ¡°The Philosopher¡¯s Stone as we know it was a medium that turned stones into gold. But when we actually made it, the Philosopher¡¯s Stone we made was nothing more than a deteriorated version of the real thing. ¡°The power to turn a stone into gold and the power to be a god were two different things.¡± But the power to turn stones into gold and the power to be gods. The Philosopher¡¯s Stone, created by Rothschild, is not a double object, but a single force. It was nothing more than a deteriorating te that only had the power to turn stones into gold. When those who thought they had reached the alchemist¡¯s secret dream realized that what they had achieved was only half of it. Rather than moving forward, they copsed. ¡°After that, we used all the philosopher¡¯s stones we made to make gold. Both those made before and those made afterward. ¡°I have no intention of moving forward and have becent.¡± ¡°Is it helplessness?¡± ¡°It¡¯s simr. Tens or hundreds of years. I think it must have been a bit difficult for the family¡¯s elders and ancestors to know that something they put everything into to create something with power that was not even close to the real thing. There are quite a few records of himmitting suicide.¡± The wealth and pleasure that gold gives. Suicide due to helplessness due to not being able to move forward. The people of the Rothschild family were given only two things, and some chose the former and others chose thetter to move into the future. Of course, this was not what Jinhyuk wanted. ¡°So you¡¯re not going to tell me why you got to the top?¡± ¡°You have a short temper. I will do it now. now. You¡¯re not popr with women, right? Even if she has a good-looking face, there is no woman if she doesn¡¯t have the attitude to listen¡­Aya!¡± ¡°If you¡¯re going to talk nonsense, I¡¯ll send you to the workhouse.¡± ¡°¡­I will do it. ¡°You can do it!¡± When I pulled Alchemy¡¯s white ear and threatened her while she was talking nonsense, Alchemy stoppedining and got straight to the point. ¡°I wanted toplete the Philosopher¡¯s Stone. I won¡¯t deny that I rose to the top because of discrimination, but¡­I still had a lot of money. But more than money, I liked alchemy. ¡°I had the Philosopher¡¯s Stone, the prototype of the ancestors¡¯ deteriorated version, and there was the tower.¡± ¡°So you climbed the tower to create the finished product.¡± A person who gave up his wealth as a member of the richest family on Earth and threw himself into a tower where danger could lurk toplete his research. Jinhyuk found out that it was Alchemy right in front of him, and he liked Alchemy. It would be fair to say that he liked the way he didn¡¯t care about risks for his own goals. ¡°Then why did you be a debtor?¡± ¡°Oh, that¡¯s¡­It¡¯s just that gold isn¡¯t that expensive inside the tower.¡± ¡°¡­It was a simple reason.¡± There is already a gold coin called gold in the tower. The reason gold can maintain its high value is because it can rece ¡®currency¡¯. Of course, there is a currency called ¡®gold¡¯ that is systematically guaranteed by God and the devil, but there is no reason for the price of gold to be expensive. ¡°I don¡¯t think the family will be in an uproar because of that. There¡¯s a lot of gold in the tower. Well, the price of gold has skyrocketed due to the monsters running rampant, so it¡¯s probably holding on.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t even the Rothschild of the world helpless in the face of God and the devil?¡± ¡°Because I¡¯m just a human being. So, I¡¯m going to finish the Philosopher¡¯s Stone. ¡°I want to be someone who is not influenced by anyone.¡± ¡°¡­Are you ready? ¡°The path you must walk is a minefield beyond the thorny path.¡± In the process of climbing the tower, bing a god or a devil means having to deal with the ¡®Four Emperors¡¯. Therefore, for Alchemy, who has nobat ability, to have aspirations to be gods and demons means risking his life. But Alchemy nodded as if it was okay. ¡°We are already being chased by the Four Emperors, so what¡¯s the danger?¡± ¡°¡­Wait, what?¡± Jinhyuk, who heard Alchemy¡¯s continued words, interrupted Alchemy and asked back to confirm whether what he heard was true. However, that did not change what Alchemy said. ¡°Oh my, didn¡¯t you hear? I wasn¡¯t caught by Gold Rich Company, but I turned myself in. I¡¯m afraid I¡¯ll die. I¡¯m being chased by the Four Emperors right now. that¡­I think he said that what I make is something that should never appear in the world.¡± ¡°¡­This is a truly talented person who walked on his own feet.¡± Alchemy being chased by the Four Emperors. She was a climber who was being ¡®cut in the bud¡¯ like Jinhyeok himself. Alchemy. She was truly a necessary and proper talent for ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯. Chapter 162 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 162 ¡°Hehe, I am a rather talented person. ¡°You must have a good sense of perspective to recognize that.¡± ¡°Yes, I have a good sense of perspective.¡± Alchemyughs and scratches her head as Jinhyuk acknowledges her. Looking at Alchemy like that, Jinhyuk acknowledged. That means his eyesight is pretty good. But even such an ordinary conversation can be short- ¡°I don¡¯t need to know any more about you now.¡± ¡°Eh? why? I still have more to say¡­.¡± Alchemy, immersed in the pleasure of an ordinary(?) conversation for the first time in a long time, caught Jinhyuk, who announced the end of the conversation. Despite her capture, Jinhyeok¡¯s choice did not change. ¡°I do not need.¡± ¡°¡­There¡¯s a story about being chased by the Four Emperors, how you escaped their clutches, and how you came here¡­.¡± Embarrassed by the waning interest, Alchemy tries to get Jinhyeok¡¯s attention back by recounting what he has experienced. There were certainly quite a few stories that Jinhyuk would have been interested in, but Jinhyuk just shook his head. ¡°I said there was no need.¡± ¡°¡­Hmm, then¡­Are you passing away? ¡°Leaving me behind?¡± Alchemy was in tears at the sharp, short answer. A strand of stupid hair growing on top of the head swayed, representing Alchemy¡¯s current mood. Jinhyeok, who had nced at the idiot who was moving as if he had intelligence, shook his head again. ¡°No, it¡¯s okay to go back, but I won¡¯t leave you behind.¡± ¡°¡­oh.¡± Alchemy blushed without knowing when Jinhyuk said a romantic line. The sight of a prince rescuing a princess trapped in a castle was enough to shake Alchemy, who had been trapped in the basement for quite some time. Of course, as Alchemy thought, he did not intend to take her away to act as a prince who saves the princess. ¡°Do you know why I¡¯m not interested in your chase?¡± ¡°¡­I don¡¯t know.¡± ¡°It would be natural not to know. I¡¯ve already been through what you¡¯ve been through. ¡°That was a long time ago.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s bombshell remark suddenly exploded. At that, Alchemy smiled brightly, stopped blushing and looked at Jinhyuk with a face full of surprise. ¡°¡­You were chased by them too? why? Are you really an alchemist too?¡± Jinhyeok responded to Alchemy¡¯s words, thinking that he was an alchemist based on the situation he was in, by flicking his fingers left and right. ¡°That can¡¯t be true, I don¡¯t even know the ¡®kite¡¯ character of alchemy. However, you are not the only one the Four Emperors are targeting. Anyone who interferes with them, hiding all over the world, is on their radar. ¡°I was just one of them, and you were just one of them.¡± ¡°¡­I never thought that other people besides me were being chased by them, or rather, being hunted. Does this make sense? Why are they called the nobles of the tower¡­.¡± Alchemy, who realized that she was not the only one being chased by the Four Emperors, muttered with an ecstatic expression on her face. I thought there must be a good reason why I was chased. The Philosopher¡¯s Stone was clearly something that went against logic, and he thought that the Four Emperors¡¯ stopping him frompleting it would be a way to correct logic. ¡®But others also did things that went against the grain,parable to the Philosopher¡¯s Stone? Does that make sense?¡¯ However, I couldn¡¯t believe that I had done something that went against the grain and wasparable to the Philosopher¡¯s Stone, which allows Jinhyeok and others in front of me to be gods or beings equivalent to gods. There were too many things that were unclear for it to be said that a single individual was causing trouble at the level of the Philosopher¡¯s Stone and that the Four Emperors were the ones to stop it. And the answer to that came out of Jinhyuk¡¯s mouth very simply. ¡°Because it¡¯s annoying.¡± Crack- For the first time, Alchemy revealed the emotion of ¡®anger¡¯. Even when he was locked in the basement and talking about his miserable past when he was chased by the Four Emperors, Alchemy just smiled. The answer was so simple that Alchemy, who was just grinning like an idiot, gritted her teeth and was not enough to draw out even more anger. ¡°¡­What do you want from me?¡± Alchemy asked Jinhyuk, trying not to notice his trembling fists. The fact that he is talking about his past and that Jinhyuk is here now proves that Jinhyuk wants something from him. Jinhyuk nodded and said. ¡°Originally, I was going to hire you as a frencer. ¡°The interest does not increase during the period of employment, and the materials needed to make the goods are supplied, and when the goods made are handed over, the amount of the goods¡¯ cost is deducted from the debt.¡± ¡°¡­This is a very good method. This is treatment at the level of a full-time employee, not a frencer. ¡°Why don¡¯t you just hire me as a full-time employee?¡± 150 million gold. Owing a huge amount of money means that a huge amount of interest will continue to rue. Even at this moment, Alchemy¡¯s debt is increasing. However, if you are hired as a frencer and work, not only is the interest suspended for the time being, but they also pay all the material costs. In addition, the product made in that way is paid for and the amount of the price is deducted from the debt. None of these conditions were bad for Alchemy. Therefore, Alchemy scolded him, saying that if that were going to happen, wouldn¡¯t it be better to hire him as a full-time employee? ¡°Yes, I changed my mind after hearing your story. I will recruit you as a member of the guild, ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯. ¡°I will entrust you with everything rted to alchemy.¡± ¡°¡­Heh? No no, wait a minute. Guild? Reverse stream? ¡°I know that handsome Oppa is a great person, but wasn¡¯t the guild leader there Goldrich?¡± Jinhyuk agreed and changed direction by hiring Alchemy as a full-time employee. Alchemy couldn¡¯t help but be surprised. The reason why Jinhyuk responded sincerely to what was said as a joke was because, aside from the fact that Jinhyuk had the authority to recruit guild members at will, it was also a problem. but- ¡°This guy is the boss of pants. The real one is me.¡± ¡°¡­Excluding Goldrich, there is only one person who is presumed to be the guild leader of Yeokcheon¡­Hey, oppa, it can¡¯t be true, right?¡± My trembling pupil was hoping that he would tell me it wasn¡¯t him. Sigh- ¡°¡­If you are a ghost.¡± The moment Jinhyuk took the mask out of his arms and put it on, the hypothesis became reality. ¡°Now then, shall we start by writing the guild membership contract?¡± ¡°Hey, is there any rejection¡­.¡± ¡°Do you think it will work?¡± ¡°Hey¡­I guess so? Well, then, please take care of me from now on.¡± Alchemy nodded with a sigh because the answer she asked as if she was considering rejection was cold. Alchemy. In addition to being the best alchemist in the tower, she was a debtor who owed a huge amount of 150 million gold, and a debtor could not even drink a sip of water on his own in front of his creditor. In this way, Alchemy, the top alchemist and debt collector, joined the guild, ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯. Although it was semi-forced ¨C * * * ¡°So what should I do?¡± ¡°Please pass on the details to Goldrich. I will give you everything you ask for. Whether it¡¯s research facilities, money, or anything else. ¡°Just as long as you don¡¯t just take money from it.¡± ¡°¡­I already owe over 100 million won, so it¡¯s better to just work than to take bribes like that, right?¡± ¡°You never know.¡± Afterpleting the guild membership contract. Alchemy asked Jinhyuk what he should do. ¡°Anyway, so now that we can leave this musty basement, what am I going to make? ¡°If you look at what I found, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s anything ordinary.¡± You¡¯re quick-witted. Alchemy, who is often seen looking foolish, is talented enough to be called a genius among geniuses in his field. Naturally, Jinhyeok immediately realized that what he was looking for was an item that other alchemists could not easily make, or even if they did, the quality was poor. Jinhyeok, who realized that far, nodded softly and answered. ¡°There are a total of two things you need to make. You can make thetter a littleter. ¡°If only I could make it.¡± ¡°Two¡­It doesn¡¯t look out of the ordinary.¡± ¡°I guess so, the first one¡­It is a sectional stone. ¡°And it is of the highest quality and highest quality.¡± The first item that Alchemy had to make was, of course, sectional steel. As she had already made a rant to Melton and Muyoung, she absolutely had to make a high-grade and top-quality stone. And the first item was cleared very easily. thud- ¡°Are you talking about this?¡± A heavy stone chunk taken out of the subspace within one¡¯s arms. The stone block, which spewed out rainbow colors as if it had many colors, was not ordinary at first nce. ¡°Subspace? How on earth did you hide it? No, this is all¡­.¡± ¡°It¡¯s shaped steel. ¡°It is a high-quality product, and the highest-quality product still remains in subspace.¡± Hydraulic stone. It was an item that Alchemy took out from subspace, which even Goldrich could not find. And it was what Jinhyuk wanted. ¡°¡­Have you seen the future?¡± ¡°Hey, what kind of nonsense is that? I can¡¯t believe I can see the future. ¡°I¡¯m not a god.¡± ¡°Then howe you have the sheet metal I need?¡± Jinhyuk wondered if Alchemy could create a potion that would allow him to see the future, but that wasn¡¯t the case. just- ¡°You said there was a way to escape from the Four Emperors, right?¡± ¡°It did.¡± ¡°That¡¯s this sectional stone. To be more precise, I ground this spherical stone to make a potion, or made something like a bast face ball with it and ran away.¡± ¡°¡­ah.¡± Alchemy also needed this sectional stone. The Four Emperors. Their sensing and detection are amazing. Since their eyes and ears were spread throughout the entire tower, it was almost impossible for Alchemy, a nonbatant, to escape their grasp. ¡®That was quite interesting, was it this way? You can fool your eyes and ears by changing your body, face, and voice. This is why the Four Emperors were unable to capture Alchemy.¡¯ However, there was nothing that could not be done if Alchemy followed the method suggested. In the end, the eyes and ears of the Four Emperors would have conveyed only the true appearance of Alchemy that they knew. Of course, it seemed impossible for someone else to suddenly find Alchemy who had changed. Of course, it would be different if the Four Emperors themselves came forward, but- ¡®At best, there is no way the Four Emperors would go out on a search or something like that. ¡®It¡¯s obvious they¡¯ll just go ahead and deal with it.¡¯ The problem is that the Four Emperors, with their noble pride, cannot directly embark on an operation that is at best an exploratory operation. Thanks to their noble pride, Alchemy eventually escaped their hands and survived and was now in front of Jinhyeok. ¡°¡­Phew, yes. ¡°Then take out everything you have and give it to me, and coordinate the exact price with Gold Rich.¡± ¡°Oh yeah! If I sell all of this, I still get 20 million gold, right? You got it! ¡°There weren¡¯t many people living there anyway!¡± ¡°Twenty million? ¡°It¡¯s definitely expensivepared to its usefulness.¡± ¡°Because its usefulness is so limited. And there aren¡¯t many alchemists like me who can make potions or bastards with ferrite.¡± A rock the size of a fist is in front of me. Jinhyeok clicked his tongue when he heard that several such stones were worth as much as 20 million gold. Although she made it for her own escape, it was just an ornamental stone to her who no longer had to escape. ¡°How many of them are there?¡± ¡°There are 8 good quality products and 1 top quality product. Oh, of course, there are 8 including the ones in front of you.¡± ¡°Yes, I buy everything. Additionally, I would like to request additional production of top quality and premium products. Is it possible?¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay! I got it, really. ¡°With orders like this, I¡¯m sure the debt will be repaid quickly, right?¡± Helix stone is expensive and does not sell well. An ideal deal that provides all the materials needed to make him and even buys the shaped steel he made. Alchemy cried out in joy. of course- ¡°We will calcte it excluding the cost of materials. ¡°To be precise, I¡¯m paying yourbor costs.¡± Jinhyeok, Goldrich, and Yeokcheon were not phnthropists. ¡°¡­Sheesh, please give me what I originally had. ¡°That¡¯s because I bought the ingredients with my own money.¡± ¡°I get it.¡± In the end, Alchemy knew that it would be of sufficient benefit to her, so she nodded and continued to rummage around in her arms and take out the fluorite stones. Thump- Thump- Thump- A bag containing shaped steel stones was ced on the basement floor, creating a heavy sound. After checking the pockets that were piling up one by one, Jinhyuk put them all into his subspace coat. ¡°Now that I think about it, I think I have some subspace items. Why wasn¡¯t that taken away? ¡°There¡¯s no way that Goldrich guy would have left behind anything that could help you escape.¡± And after the transaction was over, Jinhyuk asked Alchemy to answer his questions. Just looking at the clothes they are wearing, they look simr to prison uniforms. The story goes that Goldrich recovered all of his clothes. Nevertheless, Alchemy had her own subspace items. I couldn¡¯t help but wonder how they had hidden it, or if there was some sort of cognitive-impairing magic that was being used to deceive others¡¯ attention. But Jinhyuk had to regret asking the question. ¡°They didn¡¯t bring any underwear. And my subspace is in my underwear!¡± ¡°¡­ha.¡± In response to a sigh, Jinhyuk touched his forehead and sighed. ¡°¡­evil! this¡­You can¡¯t go anywhere and talk about this!¡± ¡°¡­I won¡¯t tell you, so calm down.¡± And Jinhyeok had to sweat hard to calm down Alchemy, who was stuttering with a red face, as if she had noticed something strange about what he was saying. Chapter 163 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 163 ¡°¡­Heung, you really aren¡¯t going to say anything, are you?¡± ¡°¡­I don¡¯t understand why you think I would say something like that. ¡°You said it in the first ce.¡± ¡°I told you because I asked!¡± ¡°¡­If you ask me twice, I¡¯ll tell you it¡¯s a very secret secret and everything.¡± Jinhyuk shook his head, looking at Alchemy who was barely calm and blowing her nose. He patted Alchemy on the shoulder and said, ¡°Can we talk about the second item?¡± ¡°Sniff! do! ¡°I¡¯m ready.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s not something that requires any preparation.¡± All he had to do was speak and Alchemy listen, but Jinhyuk clicked his tongue at Alchemy, who was filled with determination as if he was hearing a n to save the world, and then snapped his fingers. Just-! A clear clicking sound filled the basement. e out.¡± When Alchemy tilts his head at Jinhyuk¡¯s words, which seem to be calling someone else. ¡°Did you call me?¡± ¡°¡­ghost? No, it¡¯s a ghost¡­No, my energy is too strong for that.¡± Alchemy started to understand Tune with a surprised face as Tune suddenly appeared behind Jinhyuk¡¯s back. At first I thought it was a ghost, but then it reminded me of a monster, a ghost, and finally I denied that thought. The presence was too strong to be a ghost, but the aura was too strong to be a ghost, which was the decisive reason for denying the idea. ¡°But why did I suddenly call someone who I don¡¯t know if was a ghost or a ghost¡­?¡± ¡­.¡± ¡°This guy was a real climber. ¡°He was quite famous in the tower just a few months ago.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m embarrassed. In front of Jinhyuk, my honor was nothing more than a mere fly.¡± Alchemy asked back at Tune¡¯s words, where he was scratching his head as if he was truly ashamed and embarrassed. ¡°Who are you?¡± ¡°Death King, Tune.¡± ¡°¡­Hike! ji¡­He was a real ¡®king¡¯? Isn¡¯t that also the Four Spirit King? ¡°Use the corpses?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, alchemist. Well, now it¡¯s just a soul disease. ¡°I am taking on the undeserved position of serving Jinhyeok.¡± ¡°¡­He wasn¡¯t just handsome.¡± Alchemy, who was muttering while looking at Jinhyuk, eventually found what she had to do. ¡°But why did you call this spirit oppa? No matter how you look at it, I can¡¯t help you. ¡°Can souls drink potions?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t drink it. Even if you drink it, you won¡¯t see any effects. In the first ce, a potion is like a medicine that prates into the actual body and exerts its effect. ¡°It would be possible if you made a potion that could also be absorbed by souls, but it would be better to do something else at that time.¡± ¡°Aha, that¡¯s a shame. ¡°It¡¯s a potion that seeps into the soul, so I thought it would be fun.¡± Alchemy could not hide its disappointment at Tune¡¯s answer. Until now, I thought the potion could only be used on people, but I never thought it could be used on souls. However, with Jinhyeok¡¯s next words, that regret disappeared as quickly as oil vtilizing. thud-! A heavy sound. It was because of something Jinhyuk pulled out of subspace. ¡°¡­dead body? ¡°I think I look simr to my oppa-¡± ¡°My body is right. ¡°Now it¡¯s a corpse.¡± ¡°Like he said, this corpse is the body he wore when he was alive. ¡°Now I¡¯m just a shell with my soul gone.¡± That something was none other than Tune¡¯s corpse. Among the three who were talking calmly about the corpse, Jinhyeok was the first to speak. ¡°You must use this corpse to create a body that can house the soul. Of course, the firstes first, and the second can be built gradually.¡± ¡°¡­A body that can house a soul? That couldn¡¯t be¡­?¡± A body in which the soul can reside. As an alchemist, Alchemy did not know what the word meant, and Jinhyuk also had no intention of hiding his name. ¡°Homunculus.¡± ¡°¡­I knew it-¡° Homunculus. It is said to be an artificial life form and a dwarf in a sk. Alchemy, realizing that her prediction was correct, touched her forehead. If Jinhyeok was surprised when he brought out the first item, hengangseok, Alchemy was surprised when he brought up the story about the second item, the homunculus. After exchanging punches with each other, Alchemy did not hide his nervous expression. ¡°Homunculus is the most representative example of defying logic. Also, using a homunculus as a ¡®vessel¡¯ to carry the soul of a dead person. ¡°I really couldn¡¯t have imagined it.¡± ¡°I guess so. In order to use the humunculus in the form of a vessel, extensive knowledge of the soul and the ability to manipte the soul are essential, but an alchemist cannot possibly have such talent.¡± Basically, a homunculus can be said to be a being with reason and intelligence. However, what Jinhyeok was trying to do now was to make the soul have a living body by smashing the soul into an empty body that had removed the homunculus¡¯s reason and intelligence. Of course, this idea is not new, but for an alchemist who did not know a climber with a soul and deep knowledge like Jinhyeok, it was more difficult than picking a star from the sky. ¡°True, but¡­.¡± ¡°You are the greatest alchemist and I am the greatest expert on souls. ¡°If we work together, we will not be able to create a homunculus as a new life form, but will be able to reborn an already dead being into a new, but identical and healthy body.¡± And that means that for Alchemy, who met Jinhyuk, picking up stars in the sky is a piece of cake or a piece of cake. ¡°¡­Are you saying that by cultivating the body in a culture capsule using DNA and other information from the corpse, the time multiplier is increased and a body suitable for the present is quickly created?¡± ¡°answer.¡± In particr, homunculi can determine the time when their body grows through capsules. This means that it only takes a few hours to a few days to grow from a newborn to an adult. In other words, in just a few days, soul soldiers immediately have a full-fledged adult body. Of course, if necessary, he could always return to the spirit bottle and join the battle. ¡°But I think it will be difficult to reach the level that Oppa wants.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t that too much?¡± The n to supply homunculus bodies that fit well with each of the soul soldiers he had had many problems. ¡°It would be difficult to build a supply line of that level, even if Goldrich lost all his money. ¡°It would cost hundreds of millions of materials to create one body, and it would cost even more to build the workshop or research facility needed to create a homunculus using those materials.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, then is it possible for about five people?¡± Hearing that a huge amount of money was needed, Jinhyeok scrapped the n to supply bodies to all soul patients. However, since it was necessary to give bodies to Tune, Basil, Ashur Hum, and Balkan, at least five homunculi were needed. ¡°That¡¯s okay, it¡¯spletely possible. Homunculus¡­It¡¯s such an advanced alchemy that even I can¡¯t even think about it, so it wouldn¡¯t be a bad idea to give it a try this time.¡± Fortunately, about five bodies fell into the possible category. Seeing Alchemy nod and smile, Jinhyuk got up from his seat. ¡°Anyway, in order to produce the second item, the homunculus, research facilities, etc. will have to be built first. In the meantime, let¡¯s start manufacturing the first item, the sectional steel.¡± ¡°yep! ¡°Just trust me!¡± Jinhyeok tapped Alchemy¡¯s shoulder, who was in a saluting position with a military face, and said something that made Alchemy startle. ¡°Come back in three days.¡± ¡°¡­yes? ¡°Didn¡¯t you hear me clearly?¡± 3 days. In that ridiculously short period of time, Alchemy looked nk and couldn¡¯t believe her ears. ¡°Five pieces of high-grade sectional stone. ¡°I¡¯m looking forward to it.¡± ¡°It would take about a day for each high-grade sectional stone over there, but three days? No, what kind of nonsense is that-¡± And not just one or two, but a whopping five. It wasn¡¯t enough to make five pieces, each of which took a day, and Alchemy went into a fit when he heard that it only took three days. This is because it was a figure that made it possible to make it for three days without stopping. Jinhyuk nodded and said ¡°Let¡¯s see if the im that he is the best alchemist in the tower is a lie. Oh, it doesn¡¯t matter if I can¡¯t make it.¡± ¡°Whew, that¡¯s a good thing¡­.¡± It doesn¡¯t matter if you can¡¯t make it ¨C Alchemy was relieved to hear those words. Still, it was about the time when I had an optimistic thought that my employer was a thoughtful person ¨C he was just testing me. Jinhyuk thoroughly shattered that thought. ¡°Instead, you will lose my trust, and if you lose my trust, the interest suspension will be canceled.¡± ¡°¡­Argh! I¡¯ll do it! You can do it! So please just-!¡± Interest suspension canceled. In front of those scary words, Alchemy screamed and swore that she would do it. Jinhyeok, with a slight smile as if he was satisfied with that, uttered thest word. ¡°I will trust you, Alchemy. No, Christina Rothschild.¡± ¡°¡­Hmph.¡± trust. Alchemy was unable to say anything when Jinhyuk showed his belief that he could do it. * * * ¡°Did what you went do go well?¡± ¡°Okay, that¡¯s good.¡± After finishing his conversation with Alchemy, Jinhyuk was talking alone with Goldrich. The sight of Goldrich looking at paperwork even while talking was so thorough that Jinhyuk couldn¡¯t help but hold his tongue. ¡°So what did you decide to do?¡± ¡°Recruiting guild members. Interest suspension, support for alchemy materials, and even purchase of finished products excluding the cost of materials. We decided to build additional facilities such as research facilities.¡± ¡°As expected ¨C facilities such as research facilities are already under construction. ¡°Some of the facilities have already beenpleted, so we can just send Alchemy there.¡± ¡°¡­You know me well, Goldrich.¡± Jinhyeok, who realized that Goldrich had already prated his thoughts from the moment he told him to find Alchemy and was building facilities to use Alchemy perfectly, had no choice but to acknowledge him. This means that Goldrich knows him as well as he does himself. ¡°What do you n to do with the guild¡¯s location?¡± Additionally, when asked what to do with Alchemy¡¯s position within the Yeokcheon guild, Jinhyeok pointed down as if it were obvious. ¡°Choi Haji. ¡°It doesn¡¯t make sense to have a high debtor, right?¡± ¡°Confirmed. Then, you are at the lowest level until you pay off all your debt. If you pay off all your debt, you can go up one level. Halcion and Ken will make friends.¡± Yeokcheon¡¯s guild structure consists of the guild leader (highest), deputy guild leader (highest), executives (middle), important guild members (lowest), and general guild members (lowest). Jinhyuk was at the highest level, Goldrich and Hendrick were at the upper level, Ha-ryu and Muyoung were at the middle level, and Ken and Halcyon were at the lower level. And this time, the guilds made up of traitors from the guild union that Gold Rich had absorbed, as well as Gold Rich¡¯s personal troops, were at the bottom. Of course, Alchemy was not originally a person of the lowest ss, but the status of an important guild member did not suit a debt collector. ¡°What are you going to do now?¡± ¡°Fortunately, Alchemy had some extra sectional steel on hand. I n to attempt production based on this. ¡°It¡¯s stillcking a lot, but I think we can produce it at least once or twice.¡± ¡°okay? ¡°Not bad.¡± Goldrich stopped working on the paperwork and smiled when told that thanks to Alchemy¡¯s profiled steel, they would be able to start production right away without spending any additional time. Of course, he immediately started teasing the pen for a moment. Jinhyuk said while looking at Gold Rich. ¡°Production is scheduled for a maximum of one month.¡± ¡°It¡¯s pretty long.¡± ¡°It¡¯s also a fairly short period of time.¡± one month. For some it is a long time, but for others it is a short time. When youe up with different answers in a period of time that can be long or short depending on how you use it. ¡°Goblin vige. ¡°How are things these days?¡± After a month that was both short and long, Jinhyuk asked about the goblin vige, the destination he was heading to. ¡°¡­not good. All of the Four Emperors who appeared on the 100th floor disappeared. Additionally, their forces are also stationed on the 100th floor. ¡°If necessary, you can always head to the goblin vige.¡± Goldrich even stopped his pen and shook his head with a worried look on his face. This is because as time passed, the number of troops heading to the goblin vige became more unusual. ¡°It¡¯s a minefield. The current goblin vige. ¡°It¡¯s a ce where your ankles could be blown off as soon as you step in.¡± That¡¯s why Goldrich stopped working on the paperwork and warned Jinhyuk. They say that Goblin Vige has be a dangerous area, like a minefield. But Jinhyuk¡¯s words about him had already been decided. ¡°Landmines are just likendmines. I¡¯m not scared ofnd mines. If it¡¯s going to explode, let it explode. ¡°Will it only lead to self-destruction?¡± Jinhyeok, who was confident that thendmine named Four Emperors could not hurt him, recalled in his mind an Elyos named Hamiel whom he had met at the auction house. ¡®That damn pigeon will be there too.¡¯ The words, smiling meaningfully and looking forward to the day we would meet again, were still engraved in Jinhyeok¡¯s mind. Jinhyuk ended the conversation thinking that if we met again, he would crush that cute, pretty face. ¡°For three days from today, Alchemy will be making high-grade steel products in the workshop.¡± ¡°3 days? ¡°Didn¡¯t you say it would take about a day for each piece?¡± ¡°I said I could do it with my mouth, so I guess I can do it. Put him inside and lock him. ¡°Once you¡¯ve made all five loaves, send them out.¡± What he said he could do was just a half-threat mixed in, but it didn¡¯t really matter to Jinhyuk. ¡°¡­He seems like a terrible guy, I get it. ¡°I¡¯ll tell you that.¡± Gold Rich did not reject Jinhyuk¡¯s words. This is because Alchemy does not have enough loyalty to twist things that have already been decided. Thus, a ghost story spread that an unknown(?) sound like ¡®Gongmile~ Gongmileh~¡¯ was heard in the Goldrich Alchemy Workshop. Naturally, that sound was the sound of Alchemy being torn apart. Chapter 164 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 164 thud! ¡°What is this?¡± After meeting with Alchemy, I returned to the Gold Rich Workshop and lightly answered the question of Melton, who was calmly sucking on a stick. ¡°Hyungangseok. ¡°It is a premium product and a top quality product.¡± ¡°Okay, okay, I understand. Then go inside and use a hammer or rat¡­Holy shit, what did you just say?¡± Hydraulic stone. When Melton heard that it was a high-quality product and a top-quality product, he was startled, got up from his seat, and pointed at me. Seeing him surprised, I wanted to tease him a little, but I barely suppressed those feelings and unwrapped the wrapping cloth to show him the shaped steel stones inside. ¡°If you don¡¯t believe me, check it out for yourself. ¡°I already confirmed it.¡± ¡°¡­Nonsense. ¡°This is really a high-grade stone, and it¡¯s a high-quality product!¡± With the advent of auction houses, it has be possible to obtain desired items easily, quickly and conveniently. However, even rare or difficult-to-find items do not appear at auction. That¡¯s probably why ces like ck markets borrow money to make a living. And spherical stone is clearly a product that falls into the category of items that are difficult to obtain. ¡®Some alchemists can¡¯t even make it, and most of those who can make it are only able to make mid-grade or lower grade spherite.¡¯ It¡¯s hard to find, but it¡¯s even harder to find a good one. That was the value of the sectional stones I brought in a bundle. ¡°How on earth did you get it?¡± ¡°Well, didn¡¯t you tell me? There is a way to save them all. Are you sure you didn¡¯t believe me? ¡°I¡¯m disappointed.¡± ¡°¡­Wow!¡± When I looked at Melton with a look of regret, Melton shook off the bear that was in his mouth and stood up. ¡°Go in. ¡°I¡¯m sure Muyoung¡¯s friend will jump with joy when he sees this.¡± ¡°Now that I think about it, old man Muyoung, what are you doing?¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯m busy touching the minerals you made. ¡°You¡¯re probably thinking about what to make with them in your head.¡± ¡°¡­Truly, he is a consistent person.¡± ¡°I want to do that right now, but I¡¯m leaving it up to him. But I never thought I¡¯d bring a piece of steel¡­.¡± I chuckled as I watched Melton lose his appetite again, as it was obvious that he wanted to throw a piece of steel into the furnace and hit it with a hammer. ¡°Let¡¯s stop eating and get to work right away. It doesn¡¯t matter if you fail. ¡°Anyway, there will be a lot of steel productsing out in the future.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m sure you don¡¯t know that your skill level is stillcking.¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t think I¡¯d be full after the first drink anyway. ¡°This time, I am satisfied just by seeing the process with my own eyes and keeping it in my mind.¡± ¡°¡­If that¡¯s the case-¡± High-grade sectional steel. Melton nodded when he was told that he could use an item whose value was obviously enormous just for practice purposes, and that he would visually see the process and keep it in his head in order to fill in theck of skill during the practice process and use it when starting the main work. It was. I¡¯m sure it¡¯s because I was right. Anyway, Melton made a decision and walked into the workshop, carrying the bag containing the shaped stones on his shoulder. ¡°Are you ready to get drunk on the heat, kid?¡± ¡°My body is too heat-resistant to be intoxicated by heat.¡± ¡°¡­Damn you.¡± Grumbling that he was a moodless brat, Melton disappeared into the workshop. Jinhyeokughed heartily at Melton¡¯s childlike appearance and followed after him. * * * ¡°Is this a sectional stone? But are you really nning to use this as practice material?¡± When I entered the workshop with Melton, I immediately showed Muyoung the sections. Muyoung, who was examining the minerals imbued with the energy of the Four Emperors, including Magic Iron, reacted immediately. However, even though Muyoung felt disappointed that expensive steel sheets were only used as practice materials, my thoughts did not change. ¡®Anyway, the steel sheets wille together on their own over time. ¡®Alchemy will work hard to make it, so it doesn¡¯t matter if it¡¯s a piece of steel.¡¯ Gold Rich pays the money, and Alchemy makes the steel sheets. In such a situation, there was no reason to waste time worrying about money or steel tes. However, I asked Muyoung, wondering if there was another problem. ¡°Have you gathered the other ingredients yet?¡± ¡°No, that can¡¯t be. I already have enough ingredients. However, I say this because there are cases where the price of one piece of steel is more expensive than the price of most of thembined.¡± As expected, the biggest reason was the reluctance to use an expensive mineral made through alchemy called spherite through practice. That¡¯s why Muyoung¡¯s answer gave me confidence. ¡°Then just do it. ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter.¡± ¡°¡­Wait, I¡¯ll bring the ingredients.¡± Practice continues. What I had to worry about was not the needless consumption of spherical stone, but the poor quality of the weapons made with Baal¡¯s recipe. Therefore, even if it meant losing a huge amount of money, I nned to practice several times. thud- ¡°These are ingredients prepared in advance.¡± Muyoung went into the warehouse and came back with both hands full of materials. In addition to expensive minerals such as mithril and adamantium, there were also a lot of by-products such as tendons and bones of various monsters. ¡°You mean all of this goes into it?¡± ¡°You take a little bit from there and mix it all together like an alloy. However, that is not a veryrge amount. ¡°If you think about it overall, number 2 or 3 is probably the limit.¡± For a moment, I stared at the garden of ingredients that was two to three timesrger than the bundle I brought with me. I nodded and agreed when I heard that it wasn¡¯t that much, and immediately threw the firewood into the brazier. Hwareuk- ¡°Then let¡¯s get started right away. ¡°There¡¯s no need to y, right?¡± As soon as the firewood was thrown in, a me erupted with intense heat inside the gently burning furnace. In the hot workshop, I looked at Muyoung and Melton and smiled. It was time to practice making weapons using Baal¡¯s recipe book. * * * ¡°The first task is to make the weapons contained in Baal¡¯s recipe into a single ¡®alloy¡¯ by adding sectional steel and other materials.¡± Grumble! His tongueshes out as if the intense mes will cook his face. Standing in front of the intense heat, I gritted my teeth and focused on Melton¡¯s words as if I would not be defeated by the heat. ¡°now!¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m already putting it in!¡± And in response to Melton¡¯s voice, which caught the timing, he harshly responded and threw in the steel te. Chii Iik- I moved my hands busily as I watched the sectional stone thrown into the wildly burning furnace slowly begin to melt. Mithril, adamantium, bones, tendons, muscles, etc. Various ingredients were thrown into the furnace at the right time. ¡°There is a difference in melting temperature, so gradually increase the temperature from low to high. And right now, all the minerals are in harmony with the fluorite! ¡°Take it out!¡± ¡°¡­I told you I knew!¡± In the hot workshop, with superhuman concentration, he measured the timing for the minerals to enter, and when he was as sharp as possible, he shouted harshly and took out the te containing the minerals. Something strange, made of a mixture of various minerals and by-products of various monsters based on spherite, appeared in the workshop. ¡°It¡¯s beautiful.¡± I was so satisfied with the result in front of me that my frustration from just a moment ago disappeared. Although the spherical stone was of high quality, not the highest quality, the result was still beautiful enough. The color of the multi-colored alloy was more brilliant than any other work of art. ¡°Don¡¯t be stupid, pick up the hammer.¡± ¡°Now is the real start. ¡°I will go without stopping, so please follow me.¡± However, since they had to show off their movements in seconds, Melton and Muyoung immediately picked up the hammers and called out to me. Tuk- A hammer thrown into my hand. At the same time, the heated alloy was immersed in cold cooling water, and hot smoke filled the workshop. ¡°Hit!¡± Empty! The cooled alloy lost its mysterious glow and became ck. The alloy that was roughly ced on the steel table made a heavy sound as it collided with the steel table, but to those gathered here, it was an ecstatic sound like an opera. ¡°The method written in the armor production book states that the cooled alloy is made into a basic armor shape, then melted and made again.¡± But no one just listened to the sound. Melton immediately hit me with an exnation of the next steps ¨C ¡°Sword, sword, spear, staff, bow, etc. It is an arduous task that requires making more than a dozen weapons one by one, then melting them down and making them again. Are you confident? It may take a day. ¡°I don¡¯t have time to sleep or rest, so can you follow me?¡± Muyoung gave a warning along with detailed production steps. He makes more than a dozen weapons without stopping. Repeat of melting, making, melting, making. It means that even if you work hard for 24 hours a day, it may not be enough, that there is no time to rest, that there is no time to sleep. With all the warnings in my head, I nodded as if it was obvious. ¡°If you¡¯re going to give up, you never even started in the first ce, let¡¯s start.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right!¡± ¡°Haha! Okay, then let¡¯s get drunk on the heat and the smell of iron.¡± earth! With the cheerful sound of hammering, the production of the first weapon, which would take 24 hours and 2 hours and 28 minutes, began. * * * The first was a sword. An ordinary long sword. A sword with an appropriate length and appropriate weight. It took a little over an hour. Chi-Ik- The sword containing an hour of hard work went straight to the furnace. The second was a spear. Long window. A spear with a sharp de on a pole longer than most people. The spear that Melton, Muyoung, and Jinhyeokbined their efforts was worthy of being called a master singer. Chi-Ik- Such windows also did not escape the furnace. After that, simr things were repeated. Some weapons were masterful, while others were a bit ordinary. But whether ordinary or extraordinary, the end was the furnace. Sword, spear, bow, sword, w, staff, etc. The most basic shapes are put into an alloy based on shape rigidity and then melted down again. By the time it was repeated more than a dozen times. When I first picked up the hammer, the sun was still shining brightly in the sky. 26 hours. This meant that Jinhyeok and others had been hammering for a little more than a day. thud- The hammer that hasn¡¯t been left in your hand for over a day leaves your hand and falls to the floor. Just as a swordsman never puts down his sword, a cksmith also never puts down his hammer no matter how hard it is. But even so, the three standing here lost the hammer. Jeok- If there was a treasured sword among the swords, the hammer they used was worthy of being called the treasured sword of the hammer world, but the hammer that had been abused for over a day eventually lost its name. When the hammers that left the hand uponpletion of the weapon shattered as if they had decided to die all at once. The three people didn¡¯t pay attention to things like hammers. ¡°¡­It¡¯s so hard.¡± ¡°Still, it was fun.¡± ¡°That means we need to make more of these in the future.¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s scary to even imagine.¡± A ck iron ball lying on the table. The unfinished product before the doppelganger¡¯s core was ced was emitting a ck light that seemed to absorb all light on the table. ¡°It will be possible to confirm without inserting the doppelganger¡¯s core.¡± ¡°The doppelganger¡¯s core is a necessary item for Mugu¡¯s growth and further changes. Just like now, the unique characteristics of the steel sheet and your strong will will be enough to bring about enough change.¡± The characteristic of hengangseok is that it remembers what is engraved on it. The stone that became the sword holds that memory. The shaped stone that became the window carries that memory. Then, what about the hengangseok that holds the memories of dozens of weapons? The answer was fixed. Tub- Jinhyeok ced his hand on the ck iron ball ced on the table and put his strong will towards it. It was an iron ball that changed its appearance several times over a period of more than a day, but Jinhyeok, who worked with him through the entire process, clearly remembered all the shapes. Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr The ck iron ball disintegrates. No, it changes. The fist-sized iron ball transformed into a long long sword in the blink of an eye. The first sword I made was a long sword. ¡°Right now, there is no doppelganger core that can act as software and AI, so the only thing that can change is what we created¡­.¡± ¡°If you add the doppelganger core, various variations will be added. ¡°The weapon grows ording to your thoughts.¡± Jinhyuk, lightly holding the longsword, smiled as Melton and Muyoung continued to speak. A weapon that stores the memories of more than a dozen weapons and can create an infinite number of additional appearances by adding your own memories to them. ¡®Is it a weapon that grows?¡¯ Jinhyeok was confident that the appearance of a growth-type weapon that had never appeared in the tower was just around the corner. ¡°But it¡¯s inevitable that the quality itself will be a bit poor.¡± ¡°It¡¯s hard, you guy.¡± ¡°I had a lot of physical problems, so there was nothing I could do. ¡°Age is a problem.¡± However, in the end, the weapons that are remembered are those made by Jinhyuk, Melton, and Muyoung. If they make it crudely, the weapon remembers the crude weapon. Of course, the weapons thatbined their powers were not poor, but they remembered that there were weapons that were of slightly better quality than ordinary ones. ¡°Then let¡¯s just work every other day. ¡°I wille back in two days with a health recovery potion, a mental power recovery potion, and a stamina potion.¡± Therefore, Jinhyeok decided to rely on medicine to help them show off their skills even a little more. ¡°¡­This is elder abuse, you bastard!¡± ¡°¡­Huh, even when I was young, I never hit a hammer while taking medicine.¡± Of course, it was inevitable that the two people epted this as meaning that they could just hammer without fatigue or loss of stamina. It was a moment when the sound of Gongmille echoed not only in the alchemy workshop but also in the cksmith workshop. Chapter 165 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 165 Earth! Taaang! earth! Gold Rich Workshop. In a ce filled with the best equipment for cksmiths, the sound of hammering did not stop all week long. In the case of making weapons based on Baal¡¯s recipe, it was done once every two days, but Jinhyeok went to the workshop and practiced metallurgy without a single day of rest. The result of that effort was the hammering sound that now resonates throughout the workshop. earth! After the heavy hammering sound, the hammering sound was not heard again. ¡°It¡¯splete.¡± Jinhyeok nodded as he looked at the long sword with a smooth sword body in front of him. Finished. It was an even more emotional experience because it was not just finished, but was made by perfectly following the production instructions selected from various production books stored in the workshop. [Cha Jin-hyuk¡¯s long sword] Rating: Epic. This is a perfect longsword for someone who has just be a cksmith. Mithril was mixed to increase mana conductivity, and adamantium was mixed to increase rigidity. * Mana conduction rate 125%, skill: Harden avable, strength + 45, agility + 43, stamina + 22 ¡°It seems that good ingredients are used, so it has a good effect even without any technical additions.¡± A week ago. The first person to pick up a hammer made an incredible long sword. Jinhyeok created a weapon that would easily fetch hundreds of thousands of gold just by putting it on the auction house right away. Of course, considering that he spent half a day making this, hunting was beneficial to Jinhyuk. It was natural because not only money but also growth was possible. But Jinhyuk was satisfied. ¡°This will be helpful in making weapons.¡± Weapon production using Baal¡¯s recipe has been going on every two days for a week now. The weapons that were often more mediocre than outstanding were due to Melton and Muyoung¡¯s fatigue, but the biggest reason was Jinhyuk¡¯s own shorings. The two tried hard to hide it, but Jinhyuk was not unaware of it. ¡°¡­Tsk, it¡¯s not very pleasant to be a burden to others.¡± As the work progresses ¨C Jinhyuk keenly felt his own shorings. That¡¯s why Jinhyeok went to the workshop every day and picked up a hammer. Normal, Rare. Sometimes, he created trash that didn¡¯t even have a status window, but in the end, Jinhyuk seeded. ¡°Epic. ¡°Have we barely reached the ¡®reasonable¡¯ level of Melton or Muyoung?¡± Epic. Basic, Normal, Rare, Epic, Unique, Legendary. Although it is a mid-level grade, its power is by no means mid-level. Considering that most climbers only have rare weapons, the excellence of Jinhyeok¡¯s weapon cannot be overstated. Especially considering that the critical difference between a craftsman and an ordinary cksmith is the production of unique weapons, which is the next level of epic. ¡°Now it¡¯s time to start production.¡± All preparations werepleted within a week. I have already attempted to make weapons three times, and the quality has improved each time. And just today. It was time to start producing ¡®real¡¯ weapons using the highest grade of sectional steel. * * * ¡°I¡¯m shaking.¡± ¡°That¡¯s not right, but I also feel the same way, so it¡¯s not my ce to say anything.¡± Familiar workshop, familiar hammer, familiar equipment. Although everything was familiar, all of this was unfamiliar to Melton and Muyoung. To be precise, the production of the weapon that we were about to begin with was unfamiliar, so things that were originally very familiar felt unfamiliar. The production of weapons today was so important and unfamiliar that even artisan-level cksmiths were nervous. ¡°The highest grade of section steel has a different melting temperature and strength from the higher grade. ¡°It will probably be more difficultbor this time.¡± ¡°If it doesn¡¯t work out, you can discard what you made this time and try again, so don¡¯t worry too much.¡± In order to relieve their tension, Jinhyeok discussed discarding the weapons they were going to make today as if nothing had happened. If something really bad came out, all I had to do was make it again and again as I had practiced so far. ¡°¡­You know how much money goes into this production, right?¡± ¡°I know. Even if you subtract the price of the steel, it costs about 10 to 20 million gold. Still, creating the perfect item is more important. There is trial and error in every attempt. Even if it fails, you can rebuild it if you spend money, so don¡¯t worry and let¡¯s get started.¡± ¡°¡­Okay, it¡¯s not my money anyway, so let¡¯s make it easier!¡± ¡°¡­Do you really think that¡¯s true? Ha, I don¡¯t know. ¡°Let¡¯s do as you said and start from the beginning.¡± Jinhyeok¡¯s way of relieving tension was quite effective. Melton took the attitude that if something was really wrong, he could just make it again, and Muyoung shook his head but agreed. Anyway, as long as you had the core of the doppelganger, you could make as many weapons as hardware as long as you had the money, and their supplier was Gold Rich, who had the most money in the tower. And even if it failed, the weapons I made didn¡¯t go anywhere. You can give it to other colleagues, or sell it if you don¡¯t like it. The weapon, which contained various levels of weapons, was a weapon loved by all climbers. After shaking off their tension, the three people finally lit the brazier. * * * Hwareuk- The brazier catches fire, and heat slowly fills the workshop. Basic 3,000 degrees. Of all the materials used to make weapons, the lowest melting temperature was 3,000 degrees, so it was inevitable. The temperature ranges from a minimum of 3,000 degrees to a maximum of 4,000 degrees, and the instantaneous temperature reaches up to 5,000 degrees. This was the temperature at which the skin cooked, not burned. Even Jinhyuk couldn¡¯t stay fine in this temperature. ¡°Now, it¡¯s a fire resistance potion.¡± ¡°¡­I never thought I¡¯d drink a potion, a fire resistance potion, just to be able to live a life of hammering.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t say anything, just drink it quickly. Do you know how many other things you should drink besides that?¡± ¡°¡­Damn it, it¡¯s only going to get so dirty.¡± Physical strength recovery potion, mental strength recovery potion, stamina recovery potion. There were things I needed to drink besides the fire resistance potion. The good news is that these products are made by Alchemy, so they are effective, so even a small amount can provide sufficient results. If it weren¡¯t for that, the three of us would have had to drink up to 2 liters in one sitting. ¡°Wow¡­I¡¯m throwing up¡­.¡± ¡°1L¡­I¡¯m dying. ¡°I absolutely have to finish it today.¡± ¡°¡­I agree.¡± It was reduced by almost half, but the problem was that even 1L was not that much less. In the end, Jinhyeok, who was waiting for the two nauseating people to calm down, soon got up and left. ¡°Let¡¯s begin.¡± The brazier was already hot. Even if you hit the minerals right now, they will meltpletely. Thus began the first part of Jinhyeok¡¯s armor production: melting the materials. * * * The ingredients melted quickly. The three people, who were able to ovee heat resistance and fatigue thanks to various potions, quickly melted the ingredients and mixed them up. Empty! After cooling the mixed ingredients, the three threw them on the steel table and each and every one of them grabbed their hammers and hit the lump that looked like an alloy. earth! earth! Taaang! earth! The mass gradually changed along with the cheerful sound of hammering. It gradually became tter and longer, and eventually it became the long sword that I had made several times. After that, it was a continuous repetition, just like when practicing. Put it in the furnace, turn it into lumps again, and then pound the lumps to create new weapons. Jinhyeok knew how tiring it was to do the repetitive work, which took more than a day, so he hammered away at even sparing the energy to speak. earth! Taaang! After the sword was the spear, after the spear was the sword, after the sword was the shield ¨C Even in the midst of endless hammering and heat, the three clearly knew what they should make. Through several exercises, we not only made weapons, but also shields and light armor. ¡°Phew, I guess it¡¯s over now.¡± After a full day had passed, Jinhyuk, who had engraved all the weapons into a lump, wiped the sweat from his forehead and exhaled. It was the same for others as well. ng~ The hammer in their hands was rolling around on the floor, just like it did when they were practicing, and the three looked at a bracelet on the table with exhausted faces. ¡°¡­If I make that a few more times, I¡¯ll easily catch one person.¡± ¡°I feel like I¡¯m going to throw up¡­I think I¡¯m dehydrated. ¡°I need to get some rest.¡± The essence of what I had been pounding for over a day was contained in that bracelet. That¡¯s why the twoined of fatigue and leaned against the wall. However, only Jinhyuk could not take his eyes off the bracelet in front of him. ¡°Now all we have to do is insert the doppelganger¡¯s core here and it¡¯splete.¡± ¡°It¡¯splete. It was more perfect than anything we¡¯d ever made. ¡°Each piece of weapon was unique, and some of it could have achieved legendary status if it had been a little harder.¡± ¡°If you add the doppelganger¡¯s core, the grade will be confirmed¡­I¡¯m sure it will be at least Legendary level.¡± Legendary. Considering that the level of the soul transfer skill that allowed Jinhyeok to be where he is now was Legendary, this means that one item is worth as much as one life. Of course, Jinhyeok had no intention of being satisfied with that. ¡°If I infuse energy into this, the energy that changed iron ore into magic iron, what do you think would happen?¡± ¡°¡­!¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s reckless. ¡°I¡¯m not even sure I¡¯ll ever be able to make something like that again, so are you going to do something that couldpletely ruin it?¡± This means that the energy of the Four Emperors will be infused into the bracelet. Muyoung and Melton could not contain their surprise. This is because it was an unconventional thing that, if done incorrectly, could upset the bnce and not even make it unique, let alone legendary. That¡¯s why Melton warned. It¡¯s something that can ruin a treasure that can never be made again. However, it was unfortunate for Melton that it was Jinhyuk who heard those words. ¡°There is nothing that can¡¯t be done. ¡°You just have to take some risk for the best.¡± ¡°¡­If you really want to liven things up, I rmend adding it with the doppelganger core. It will only be one chance, but¡­That will increase your chances of sess. ¡°It wouldn¡¯t be so bad if I could take the risk like you said.¡± ¡°¡­The core of the doppelg?nger ¨C okay, if you don¡¯t gamble on such an outstanding finished product, when on earth will you?¡± Jinhyeok was a man who did not hesitate to gamble in order to make an item that would be a treasure that would never be in the tower again, even if he quietly inserted the core of the doppelganger, into something superior. That¡¯s why he was able to do such a ridiculous thing as push the core of the round doppelganger taken out of subspace into the bracelet. ¡°Chajinhyeokryu.¡± And that wasn¡¯t the end. As he said, Jinhyeok used his own ability to bestow the energy of the Four Emperors on the bracelet in front of him. ¡°Chapter 1 ¨C Coin Generation. Devil Coin, Holy Coin, Giant Coin, Dragon Coin.¡± A total of four coins are piled up like a mountain. At the same time, Jinhyuk¡¯splexion also turned pale. It was only natural that the four energies were drawn to their limits and turned into coins. The coins, which were created with the intention of sucking everything out of Jinhyuk, piled up on top of the bracelet that was imbued with the doppelganger¡¯s core. But it didn¡¯t just pile up. p-crack-crack-crack-crack! The coin at the bottom. So, the coins that were in contact with the bracelet were absorbed into the bracelet with an eerie sound. One, two, four, eight- The rate of absorption bes faster and faster, and eventually, the rate of absorption bes faster than the rate of creation. Jinhyuk stopped generating coins with a pale face. No, rather than stopping, I had no choice because I no longer had the energy to make coins. There was nothing Jinhyeok could do other than anxiously watch the coins piled up like that slowly being absorbed into the bracelet. Tick ??tock- When the clock in the workshop is filled with the sound of ticking. Fuwaaaaaaa! The energy of four colors burst out from the bracelet that absorbed all the coins. ¡°¡­Is it a failure?¡± ¡°No, sess.¡± When Melton sensed failure due to the bursting energy, Muyoung shook his head and was confident of sess. And the correct answer is- Pusssss- It was Muyoung¡¯s. The bursting energy of contemtion copsed and seeped into the bracelet again. Hahaha! Jinhyeok grinned as he looked at the bracelet that gave off dark yet brilliant colors and picked it up. At the same time, a surprising message from the system blinded Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes. [For the first time in the tower, you have produced ¡®unique¡¯ grade armor.] [As a reward for producing ¡®unique¡¯ grade weapons, I received the title ¡®Unique cksmith.¡¯] [Mugu¡¯s name does not exist yet. Please name Mugu.] Top first. Jinhyuk smiled brightly at the fact that he received a new title along with those words that made his heart pierce. But even for a moment- When asked to name Mugu, Jinhyuk frowned slightly and then blurted out. ¡°There are a lot of changes now, but¡­Someday, it will contain ten thousand changes, and since I first embraced the ¡®pure source¡¯ that I will move forward with, it would be good to have ten thousand changes.¡± Manbyeonhonwongi (Èf׃»ìÔªÆ÷). A weapon imbued with ten thousand changes and soulful desires. To be honest, I thought there was no name like this. That was actually the case. [¡­] ¡­It¡¯s a cool name.] [The unique weapon, Manbyeonhonwongi (Èf׃»ìÔªÆ÷), will be recorded in the ¡®Tower of Achievements¡¯.] [Please tell us the name you wish to register.] A name that made even the system nod its head. And Jinhyeok shook his head with the message that it was not enough to be listed in the Tower of Achievements. ¡°Leave it nk. ¡°I have no intention of bragging about having a unique weapon.¡± The Tower of Achievement gives merit regardless of whether the name is revealed or not. However, if he revealed his name, others would know that he had a unique level weapon, so there was no reason to reveal his name. [Has confirmed.] [The achievement ¡®The first person to create a unique weapon in the tower¡¯ will be left nk.] [Once again, sincere congrattions.] After the system¡¯s message of congrattions until the end, Jinhyeok¡¯s eyes were filled with mixed messages of surprise and congrattions from those he was seeing for the first time and those he was familiar with. [The pinnacle of all evil celebrates you.] [The pinnacle of all evil looks at your bracelet and makes a subtle expression.] [The nine-tailed fox frowns slightly as he looks at your bracelet.] [The God of Lightning takes notice of it, saying it is a good bracelet.] [King Mifu rubs his eyes andpares the memory in his head with your bracelet.] [The greedy dragon res at the bracelet with his eyes shing.] [The greedy dragon wags its tail and wants the bracelet.] [The owner of the sky looks at you with a disapproving look.] [An angel abandoned by heaven looks at your bracelet with a kind and subtle face.] It was the first time in my life that I had received arge number of messages, and at the same time, Sandalphone was full of messages from people who couldn¡¯t even hand out their business cards. Chapter 166 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 166 ¡°¡­? ¡°There are quite a few faces I¡¯m seeing for the first time due to thepletion of the armor.¡± As soon as the weapon waspleted, many people sent me messages. There were quite a few people he was seeing for the first time, and some had unusual names, so Jinhyuk frowned. ¡°The good news is that there are only one or two people who like me.¡± Gods and demons that do not even allow Jinhyeok to have the will to confront them. Fortunately, there weren¡¯t many messages that were unfavorable to Jinhyuk, so Jinhyuk turned off their messages. ¡°I don¡¯t know why you¡¯re interested in Mugu and not me.¡± It was strange that most of the people who would normally have been drooling over their congrattions were only showing interest in the bracelet. The pinnacle of all evil, the nine-tailed fox, the god of lightning, King Mifu, the greedy dragon, and the angel abandoned by heaven. All of the people listed now were people who showed interest in the bracelet. Although it was an item from the human world and was created by human hands in the tower, they looked at the bracelet with a strange gaze. avarice? There were people who looked at the bracelet with such feelings, but Jinhyuk could feel that there was something twisted in that greed as well. of course- ¡°That¡¯s not what¡¯s important right now.¡± What mattered was not why they were interested in the bracelet. Manbyeon Honwongi. Because he had to check the status window of the first and only weapon he made. The status window of the Manbyun Soul Prototype unfolded was dazzling. [Manbyeonhonwongi (Èf׃»ìÔªÆ÷)] Grade: Only A weapon produced together by Melton, Muyoung, and Cha Jinhyuk. Currently, it is a weapon with only a dozen changes, but various changes can be added depending on the user¡¯s will. Such changes are embedded in Manbyeon Honwongi as a new weapon. As it is a weapon given the name of Honwon, it contains various energies and has a high conduction rate of energies. It can also grant additional energies and amplify them. The more energy you give, the more your Manbyun Spiritual Energy grows, and as it grows, the conduction rate, amplification rate, and stats increase. * All energy conduction and amplification rates + 200%, all stats + 60. * Climber: Only Cha Jin-hyuk can be equipped. ¡°¡­It¡¯s full of jaw-dropping options.¡± Manbyeon Honwongi. A weapon created by Jinhyuk that will be with him forever. That option was really enough tost a lifetime. ¡°First of all, I seeded in putting the various weapons I wanted most into one weapon.¡± First of all, Jinhyuk liked the fact that he was able to use the various weapons that he wanted the most. As an all-master, you can use bow, sword, sword, spear, etc. For Jinhyeok, who had to use a variety of weapons, it was very enjoyable to have one weapon rece dozens of weapons. ¡°New energy can also be injected there¡­If I get other energies in the future, I can add them to the Manbyeon Spiritual Energy. ¡°I don¡¯t need to make a new weapon.¡± The tower is tall and wide. Of course, there are more diverse energies than Jinhyuk¡¯s, and Jinhyuk is the only being who can possess all of those energies. Therefore, when he acquired other energiester, he thought that they would not be able to be contained in the Manbyun Spiritual Energy, but Manbyun Spiritual Energy dispelled Jinhyeok¡¯s worries in the beginning. Satisfied with the exnation that once you get it, just inject it into Manbyun Spiritual Energy, I finally looked into additional options. ¡°It¡¯s not just the mana conductivity, it¡¯s the conduction rate of all energy plus the amplification rate¡­Plus the stats toe are +60¡­It¡¯s no joke.¡± Aside from growing with myself in the future, the options I have right now are enough tost me a lifetime. The energy conduction rate was what allowed the energy rising through the weapon to be conducted well without waste, and the amplification rate was, needless to say, the power to amplify the energy contained in the weapon. Whether it was the former or thetter, it was a better option than any other option if you were in arms, not to mention all stats +60. ¡°I currently have a total of 10 stats. If we raise them all by 60¡­A whopping 600? Huh, I¡¯m so shocked I¡¯m speechless.¡± 600. This alone is a stat value that would easily crush most 100th floor climbers. Normal climbers¡¯ stats are strength, stamina, agility, intelligence, and mana. Considering there are 5, the average stat is approximately 120. Higher than the average stats of a 100th floor climber. Since I only got it with one weapon, I couldn¡¯t control my pounding heart. p- Manbyun Honwongi is worn very smoothly when you lightly ce the bracelet on your wrist. At the same time, my body grew explosively to the point where I could feel myself getting stronger. ¡®At this level, just taking away the weapon and putting it back on will make you feel helpless.¡¯ Jinhyeok clicked his tongue and checked the status window as he felt like he was being lifted to a level that he couldn¡¯t reach with his current self. [Status Window] Name: Cha Jinhyuk upation: Spirit Master Sub-upation: All Master Body: Mana body, chaotic body (ability) Strength: 107 (+123) Health: 110 (+123) Agility: 109 (+123) Intelligence: 147 (+123) Mana: 185 (+138) Magi: 98 (+178) Holy power: 98 (+178) Spiritual Power: 234 (+123) Dragon Power: 67 (+123) Strength: 65 (+123) (characteristic) 1. Predation 2. Versatility 3. One won (one won) (skill) Comprehensive resistance, tenacity ¡°¡­I think even a climber on the 300th floor would have lower stats than this.¡± Jinhyeok swallowed his sleep as he looked at the status window showing the average stat exceeding 200. In particr, mana and spiritual power, which can be said to be Jinhyeok¡¯s foundation, have already exceeded 300. Jinhyeok could onlyugh as the demonic energy and divine power were quickly following behind him. ¡°It looks like it was made well.¡± ¡°Tsk, I¡¯m justughing like a crazy person. ¡°Please show me the status window somewhere.¡± Muyoung and Melton did not leave Jinhyuk, who was smiling heartily, alone. However, the two people who were criticizing or congratting Jinhyeok could not help but be surprised when they saw the status window of Manbyun Soul Rejuvenation. ¡°¡­That¡¯s amazing.¡± ¡°¡­Well, do you have all these monster-like weapons? ¡°I made it, but it¡¯s ridiculous.¡± All stats + 60. Conduction rate and amplification rate of all energy + 200% No one would be surprised to see two options that would be considered a scam even if only one were avable. Of course, there was a reason for it all. ¡°Oh, there were restrictions on wearing it.¡± ¡°Hmph, if that¡¯s the case, I can understand it¡­No. Still, I think it was well made. ¡°It makes no sense for an option like that to appear just because there is one restriction.¡± Wearing restrictions. It was possible to ce ¡®restrictions¡¯ not only on the equipment but also on the climber himself. For example, a representative example would be restrictions such as ¡®instead of using one arm, but strengthening its destructive power¡¯. Such restrictions also depended on Manbyeon Honwongi. ¡°Well, isn¡¯t it a good option for me? ¡°I mean, only I can wear it.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± The limitation is that ¡®only Jinhyeok can equip it.¡¯ Of course, for Jinhyuk, it was closer to an option like belonging rather than a restriction. So when everyone nods their heads. ¡°Then I¡¯ll be leaving now.¡± Jinhyeok prepared to leave the attack. Muyoung did not stop Jinhyeok from leaving. ¡°do whatever you want. ¡°We need to get some rest.¡± ¡°Yes, I will visit you again before I leave.¡± This work was very difficult, and the old people needed rest. I believe I can rest morefortably without Jinhyuk, so I let him go. Melton and Muyoung muttered as they looked at the back of Jinhyeok, who left the ce in an instant. ¡°If only I were ten years younger¡­.¡± As they reminisced about how good youth was, they soon closed their eyes from exhaustion. * * * bang! ¡®Unrted¡¯ belonging to ¡®Musou¡¯. There, for the past week, the sound of something exploding and being smashed has been heard non-stop. The reason was very simple. ¡°Jonathan.¡± Quagwagwagwang! This was because Ha-ryu and the rest of the party were receiving special training from Choi Gyeong-hoon while almost upying the military office halfway. They were strong, and Choi Kyung-hoon could not stop the destruction and explosion that urred in the process of stopping them. ¡°Weak. Make it more condensed. ¡°Otherwise it won¡¯t reach me.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Thump-! But that didn¡¯t mean that Choi Kyung-hoon couldn¡¯t overwhelm them ¨C that he couldn¡¯t overwhelm them. Choi Kyung-hoon was strong. Stronger than the strong ones. However, Choi Kyung-hoon did not take matters into his own hands, and this soon led to the worst oue for others. Ha-ryu¡¯s attack, which attempted to trap Choi Kyung-hoon in a wave of red mes using red jade, was destroyed with a single punch. Even then, the remaining power struck the downstream. Bang-kwa-dang-kudang-tang-tang! To relieve the shock contained in his fist, Choi Kyung-hoon rushed towards Ha-ryu, who was in tatters, rolling on the floor several times. Tap-tap-tap! Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s legs, which he reached in an instant with a couple of light steps, soared high into the sky and fell like a guillotine at the same time. ¡°Put down.¡± bang! ¡°Off¡­.¡± The heel digs into Ha-ryu¡¯s arms like a hammer. Fortunately, he crossed his arms to defend himself, so the shock was distributed throughout his entire body rather than just his arms, but that wasn¡¯t enough. His entire body trembled and he fell into a state of shock, unable to block the next attack, and Choi Kyung-hoon did not miss the slightest opportunity. ¡°Criticizing the regime.¡± His trembling arms were crossed and frozen, and on the contrary, the speed with which Choi Kyung-hoon stretched out his fists was like a sh fight. ¡®¡­Ha, it looks like this sparring ends here.¡¯ This was not the first time I sparred with Choi Kyung-hoon. From the first day, sparring continued every day for over a week. Meanwhile, Ha-Ryu continued to grow, but it was not enough to surpass Choi Kyung-Hoon. ¡®I can¡¯t believe I¡¯m doing this even though I¡¯m wearing a lot of penalty gear, my body¡¯s condition is not normal, and I¡¯m only using my legs and arms. ¡®How strong are you?¡¯ Climbers on the 800th floor receive a huge penalty on the 100th floor. Decreased physical ability, decreased energy coherence, decreased overall amount of energy, etc. This means that you will have a body that has changed like wet cotton. Nevertheless, Choi Kyung-hoon was strong. Choi Gyeong-hoon, who had all kinds of penalties and would have even suffered internal injuries ording to Jin-hyeok, even gave Ha-ryu and others a handicap of using only one arm. ¡®But I never won.¡¯ Crack- However, even with all the penalties and handicaps, no one could beat Kyung-Hoon Choi. The same was true downstream. Even the blunt Hendrick did not show it, but Ha-ryu saw several times that blood was welling up on his clenched fist. Ha-Ryu gritted his teeth and red at Kyung-Hoon Choi¡¯s scarred fist, which was pointing towards him, who was not moving, or more urately, was unable to move. The determination not to let go of the attack until the moment the sparring is over. ¡°As long as you don¡¯t take your eyes off, you pass. But just looking at the attacks is meaningless.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon gave Ha-ryu¡¯s single-minded determination and tenacity a passing grade, but that didn¡¯t mean he would stop punching. The moment Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s fist, which had already reached the nose of Ha-ryu¡¯s arms, struck Ha-ryu- Tub- White, slender fingers clenched into fists. The hand wearing a ck bracelet on the wrist blocked Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s fist. And with one hand- ¡°Stop bullying the kid and have a fight with me.¡± A familiar voice. The eyes of everyone gathered in the military hall turned to the owner of the voice. ¡°Brother!¡± And Ha-ryu was the first to recognize the owner of the voice. Since he was standing right next to me and grabbed his fist, it would have been even more strange not to have recognized him. However, Jinhyeok did not respond to Ha-ryu calling him and only looked at Choi Kyeong-hoon. It was a manifestation of his intention not to move until he heard an answer to what he said. Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s answer to that was simple. ¡°The fighting spirit.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Kwakagagak! A sharp storm of spection erupted while the fist was held. Jinhyeok, who confirmed this, released his fist with a look of surprise on his face and threw himself backwards while hugging Ha-ryu. ¡°¡­Wow!¡± ¡°Hold on.¡± Jinhyeok steps back, telling Ha-ryu, who is making childish noises, to hold back, before the storm of spection reaches him. He ced the streamer on the ground and blocked the storm of spection. Sigh- Cha Jinhyuk Ryu Chapter 1 ¨C Coin creation. As a result, the Devil Coins piled up and formed a small mountain. ¡°Magangtan.¡± Taang! The magic bullet created bybining them andbining with spiritual power pierced the core of the storm at the center of the storm of spection. Push type- Jinhyeok stepped into the storm of spection that weakened at the same time as the core was pierced. ¡°If you¡¯re going to do it, you have to say you¡¯re going to do it. If you attack it right away, it¡¯ll be used.¡± ¡°That¡¯s me. ¡°If you try to persuade me, use your fists to convince me.¡± ¡°I was already thinking of doing that, you guy with a brain full of muscles.¡± Annoyed voice. However, the joy contained in it and the voices that matched it were intertwined and represented each other¡¯s joy. Jinhyuk and Choi Gyeonghoon. The two people¡¯s bodies began to move and tangle like a sh. It was a nonsensical sparring that only a very small number of those gathered at the military hall, including Hendrick, Ha-ryu, and Miho, could barely understand. ¡°¡­You turned into a monster in just a week. ¡°Is it because of that bracelet?¡± ¡°Brother¡­You¡¯ve be stronger again.¡± ¡°brother! go for it!¡± Hendrick and Ha-ryu hardened their faces when they saw Jin-hyeok, whose energy hadpletely changed in just a week, and Mi-ho, who was still young, saw Choi Kyeong-hoon, who had sparred with her mercilessly for a week, and Jin-hyeok, who was called an older brother to Mi-ho. I was just rooting for Jinhyuk, hoping he would win. The second match of the sparring match with Choi Kyeong-hoon, who defeated Jinhyeok, who had reached the 100th floor, began at this very spot with arge crowd. Chapter 167 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 167 Commitment. The state of strengthening the body using spection. This is a technology created by Choi Kyeong-hoon after seeing a cartoon character in Japan power up in the past. Choi Kyung-hoon, who used such a technique, showed a fierce spirit around him, as if his sharp fighting spirit was about to tear the surroundings apart. Kwa-ga-ga-gag- One battle. After exchanging attacks and defenses more than a dozen times, the two people took a slight step back. ¡°I¡¯m serious. ¡°I think I¡¯m stronger thanst time.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m the one recovering from my injuries, but what about you? What is this¡­in just over a week? ¡­.¡± A brief lull. Meanwhile, the two people talked and expressed their surprise to each other. Jinhyuk was surprised to see Choi Kyung-hoon looking fine despite his best efforts, and Choi Kyung-hoon was surprised by the exhrating pain that rang out from the area where Jinhyuk¡¯s attack hit. ¡®After all, an 800-story climber. Even if you apply a lot of penalties, it¡¯s still okay.¡¯ ¡®To think you¡¯ve grown this much in just a week, Cha Jin-hyuk, you¡¯re really¡­!¡¯ On one side is an 800-story climber who has fully applied his penalty, and on the other side is a climber who is growing at an unprecedented rate. When you think about the fact that the match takes ce on the 100th floor. It was not easy to guess who would win. However, the oue of the match was not the main issue for the two. ¡°I will win this time.¡± ¡°Sniff, that¡¯s nonsense. ¡°Mammana,e eat some more!¡± Although they recognized each other and were thrilled by their strength, the two had no hesitation in provoking each other. While provoking each other like that, the two showed dark smiles at each other and rushed towards each other like crazy. * * * Choi Gyeong-hoon, who is in a state of suicide, not only sharply strengthens his fighting skills, but his physical abilities also rapidly increase. ¡®It¡¯s fortunate that I¡¯m not in a full-body state, but if anything happens, I¡¯ll go into a full-body state right away. That should also be considered.¡¯ Since the state ofbat was lower than the state of the whole body, Jinhyeok was able to spar with a little more leisure. ¡®I guess the penalty is big. Even though I¡¯m equipped with a powerful spirit, there are times when it¡¯s not enough for me to keep up with Kyung-hoon¡¯s movements, and he overpowers me in an instant-¡® Penalties and internal injuries. The fact that two shackles were tying Choi Gyeong-hoon had an even bigger effect. ¡®Small gaps that were not visible when sparring with other kids gradually be visible. That¡¯s probably where he got injured.¡¯ There is a possibility that he is intentionally revealing a loophole, but Jinhyuk is not someone who cannot figure out imaginary numbers. Under the left armpit. Every time it punched, it flinched and made a subtle difference. It¡¯s unfortunate that we were targeting weaknesses, but we had to do whatever it took to win. In the first ce, the difference between Jinhyuk and Choi Kyunghoon¡¯s floors was approximately 700 floors. If he kicks Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s testicles, which is not a weakness, he will have some chance of winning. ¡®You can¡¯t lose twice.¡¯ In particr, the fact that he had already been defeated by Choi Kyung-hoon once ignited Jinhyuk¡¯s desire topete, and he stretched out his fist without hesitation. Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr As I stretched out my fist, I formed an image of a gauntlet in my mind. A rough but solid image. Thoughts and changes were fleeting. As the fist stretched out, the bracelet transformed into a gauntlet that covered everything from the wrist to the fist. ¡°¡­what?¡± An ordinary bare fist instantly turned into a fist armed with a gauntlet. But the important thing wasn¡¯t the gauntlet. ¡®Dragon power, mighty power, magic power.¡¯ Various energies inherent in Manbyeon Honwongi. It has been a long time since Jinhyeok infused not only the energy of the Four Emperors, but also mana and spiritual power into the Manbyeon Soul Rejuvenation Energy. Among them, the ones Jinhyeok chose were dragon power, strength, and magic power. The energy of dragon power makes the gauntlet harder and releases powerful destructive power. The energy of strength gave Jinhyeok¡¯s fist, which was ced inside the gauntlet, the strength to pull down a huge tree with one hand. Lastly, Magi, who surpassed all of them, showed off her unique destructive power. The dark blue of dragon power, the rough gray of giant power, and the obsidian-like ck of magic power. The three colors mixed strangely and struck Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s left side. Quaaaaaaaaaaa! ¡°¡­Wow!¡± For the first time, the attack worked on Choi Kyung-hoon. A sound simr to that of great magic exploding was heard. Of course, it wasn¡¯t just a hit. Although he clearly guarded and strengthened his defense by covering it with fighting spirit, Jinhyeok¡¯s fist broke through the defense and reached Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s weak point. ¡®¡­This is Honwon. Certainly,bining and using variousplex energies is showing deceptive efficiency.¡¯ Honwon. Power over a member. A power that shows the direction Jinhyeok should take in the future. Jinhyuk clearly felt this and clenched his fists, feeling the coldness of the gauntlet. I could clearly feel the force that still remained pulsating violently. phut- Jinhyuk kicked away the remnants of his strength. But Jinhyuk did not move forward. Because one of his few friends is coughing up ck blood? ¡®Where is something like that in Dalian?¡¯ Of course, that wasn¡¯t the reason. The reason Choi Kyung-hoon was coughing up blood in the first ce was because of Jin-hyuk himself. There was no need to worry about Choi Kyung-hoon, as it was not a strange situation to give a bottle or give medicine. He was powerful, and so was his body. If Kyung-Hoon Choi¡¯s body had copsed after just one punch, he would not have been here, he would have been recuperating in the hospital room. Sigh- As Jinhyuk stepped back, the gauntlet surrounding his hand changed smoothly. A natural change like flowing water. The gauntlet had suddenly turned into a pistol, as if it had been there from the beginning. I didn¡¯t know theplex internal organs themselves, but the reason I was holding the pistol in the first ce was to prepare for a more perfect attack. There was absolutely no intention of relying on the power of the pistol itself. ¡®Spiritual power, magical energy, mighty power, dragon power.¡¯ Four energies. Power that the current Jinhyeok could not even imagine using at the same time began to fluctuate in the pistol. Eventually, when the four energiese together and the shaking gradually decreases- Taang! ¡°¡­Georyongma Kangtan (¾ÞýˆÄ§Ç¿�—).¡± Jinhyuk fired one bullet. A single bullet that condenses four energies, which is the maximum that Jinhyeok can currently handle with his Manbyeon Spiritual Energy. Georyongma Gangtan (¾ÞýˆÄ§Ç¿�—). A demonic spirit imbued with the power of a giant dragon or a bullet of a demonic force. It shot like a beam of light towards Kyung-Hoon Choi, who was spitting out ck blood. At least at this point, there is only one person who can stop that ¨C Choi Kyung-hoon. Jinhyuk thought, confident that even he wouldn¡¯t be able to stop it if it was in such an abnormal state. ¡®It¡¯s over.¡¯ end. The moment when 1 loss bes 1 win and 1 loss ¨C At least that¡¯s what I thought until just before the bullet reached Choi Kyung-hoon. ¡°War God.¡± Kwaaaaaa-! Until the word ¡®war god¡¯ came out of Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s mouth, with ck blood flowing from the corner of his mouth. The amount of spection that broke out was twice asrge as before, and its concentration became even stronger. In a storm of spection where even breathing is difficult ¨C Choi Kyung-hoon was actually fine. The air in the alpine area is like poison to ordinary people, but to those who have lived there for a long time, it is no different from ordinary air. The red fighter shes like lightning, showing off his might. ¡°It¡¯s a giant dragon demon bullet¡­It was definitely powerful. Hey, is it a temper tantrum now? ¡°You too are amazing, amazing!¡± Choi Kyung-hoon, who was smiling, did not look like he had allowed a powerful attack earlier and vomited blood. maniac. The battle-mad maniac looked exactly like the current Choi Kyeong-hoon. However, Choi Kyung-hoon, who appeared to be full of loopholes, did not have any loopholes at all, contrary to his appearance. No, even if it existed, Jinhyeok couldn¡¯t take advantage of that loophole. ¡®¡­Damn spection.¡¯ spection. One of the energies possessed by Choi Kyung-hoon. Basically, the mana you have, the internal power (spirit) you can gain through ¡®martial arts¡¯ that can be learned from beyond the 200th floor, and finally, the fighting spirit you gain by bing a disciple of the God of War. Among them, spection was the most threateningpared to other energies. Choi Gyeong-hoon, who was now in a full-body state, could be said to be just a walking tank of destruction. ¡®I can¡¯t even imagine how much strength it would take to break through that aura of spection.¡¯ There is so much spection that it is tangible and visible, and it surrounds Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s whole body like fog. That is a state of perfection in offense and defense that serves as both a means of attack and a means of defense. In order to break through that state, a destructive power more than enough to break through the thick aura of spection was needed. ¡®But how? The bullet made bybining four energies also failed.¡¯ Using Honwon¡¯s power to its full potential. This is the maximum that my current self and my Manbyun Spiritual Energy can withstand. Beyond this point, it bes a huge problem not only for the newly created Manbyun Soul Reiki, but also for Jinhyuk himself. This means that every time you add one, you have to consume twice as much energy, stamina, and mental power. in other words- ¡®Adding energy is impossible. We have to win in another way.¡¯ It was impossible to beat Choi Gyeong-hoon with more than four additional energies. It¡¯s a sparring match, so it¡¯s a strange situation where you have to exert all your strength but still have some energy to spare. I couldn¡¯t just spar and attack while absorbing the full potential of the Manbyun Spiritual Energy. ¡°What are you thinking like that, Temr!¡± ¡°¡­This is my ability too, you damn bastard.¡± However, Jinhyuk was not given time to think for a long time. This is because the image of Choi Kang-hoon running wildly reached Jin-hyuk in the blink of an eye. Bang bang bang! It was a lightly thrown fist, but the spirit inside it continued to prate inside no matter how much it was blocked. ¡®Balgyeong? ¡®Aren¡¯t you crazy?¡¯ A technique that strikes the outside and shocks the inside. Jinhyeok gritted his teeth at Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s ability to use it to channel spection inside. ¡®If things continue like this, it will end with just getting beaten up. ¡®I have to find the answer.¡¯ How tobat that spection. A way to tear apart spection. That was what Jinhyuk needed most now. ¡®¡­Is that all there is?¡¯ And one thing came to mind. ¡®member.¡¯ One won (one won). The subsequent demonization would be enough to tear apart the spective aura of the entire body. But it was also true that hesitation arose. ¡®Just a member of Dalian and a demon¡­It¡¯s overinvestment. I have to go to the goblin vige soon, but I can¡¯t worry about it after being demonized.¡¯ Jinhyuk knows firsthand how big the bacsh against unification is. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk came up with a new idea. ¡®¡­Then wouldn¡¯t it be a bit less if I changed it just half as much?¡¯ A half-changing change. The method that started with the simple idea that half the change is half the resistance would soon unfold in reality. ¡°Cha Jinhyuk Ryu Chapter 1 ¨C Coin Creation ¨C Devil Coin.¡± ¡°That again! Shoot as many bullets as you want! ¡°I¡¯ll give you as much as you want, if you can get it!¡± Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr Choi Kyung-hoon snorted as he looked at the piles of devil coins. It is an aura of spection that blocks even the Georyong Demon Bullet, which is aplexbination of four energies. This may have been due to the judgment that a demonic bullet with a lot of demon energy would be enough to block it. But Jinhyuk had no intention of shooting the magic bullet. Pusssss- Soon, the magic energy of the devil coins that was broken by me alone was absorbed into Jinhyuk. ¡°¡­What?¡± Choi Kyung-hoon flinched slightly at the sight of the magical energy that should have turned into a bullet being reabsorbed, and that was a defeat. ¡°Whoa¡­Cha Jinhyuk Ryu Chapter 2 ¨C Half, demonization.¡± Quaaaaa! The magic energy absorbed by Jinhyuk changes Jinhyuk¡¯s entire body. When he used the weapon, a huge energy wave burst out from Jinhyeok, along with his body slowly bing stained with ck magical energy, like a demon transforming into a demon. Although it is smallpared to the energy wave that erupts when in full body condition, it is an intense energy wave that cannot be ignored. Kwasik- Half, demonization. Jinhyeok, who was exactly half-demonized, smiled as he looked down at himself with a human lower body and a devil¡¯s upper body. ¡°This will reach you, Choi Kyung-hoon.¡± ¡°¡­I like it. I passed. thene!¡± Spection is shaken by demon energy. Choi Gyeong-hoon, who felt that Magi¡¯s cohesion was more than he could have imagined even just by seeing the spection shake violently as he firmly maintained his position, smiled with joy and tapped his fingertips. And soon, the half-demon and the god of war jumped out of their seats to bite each other¡¯s throats. ck lightning and red lightning. Their sparring, which moves at a speed so fast that it is unbelievable for humans, can no longer be called sparring. Everyone in the military building, which was in disarray at the sight they couldn¡¯t believe with their own eyes, just looked at the scene in a daze. Chapter 168 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 168 ¡°¡­Damn it.¡± As Iy down on the wooden floor of the barracks that had been horribly destroyed, I let out a swear word. ¡°I lost again.¡± ¡°Tsk, don¡¯t you see that the premise of trying to defeat me was wrong? Just a 100-story climber. ¡°Are you too cocky?¡± Choi Kyeong-hoon, who was in quite a mess, though not as much as me, wasughing at me. Yes, I lost again. 0 wins 2 losses. That was the record between me and Choi Kyung-hoon. ¡°¡­Because I thought I could win.¡± ¡°Is it because of that bracelet?¡± ¡°Yes, the gap with you. I thought this bracelet would be enough to reduce that, but¡­I guess it was a littlecking.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s creepy. ¡°How good of a product is it that someone who knows your subject so well can predict victory by relying on just one bracelet?¡± Choi Kyung-hoon knows me well. And he knows that I am not too confident of victory. ¡°Would you like to take a look?¡± ¡°¡­I won¡¯t decline.¡± That¡¯s why Choi Kyung-hoon nodded his head in response to my question. The item¡¯s status window. It was quite impossible to show something called an information window or an exnation window, but I trusted Kyung-Hoon Choi. and- ¡°¡­You¡¯re crazy, you¡¯re crazy. Did you still lose with this? To be honest, I rmend dying again.¡± ¡°¡­For a climber on the 800th floor to be beaten to the brink of defeat by a climber on the 100th floor, his mouth is still alive.¡± ¡°What can I say, it¡¯s not even worth a handful. I yed with you. ¡°For ying with me.¡± ¡°I guess so.¡± In fact, this sparring was really a little different. Choi Kyung-hoon wins or loses, and I win or lose. It was almost pure luck. Choi Kyung-hoon and Ban entered a state of full body, and I entered a demonic state. The conditions were simr, and although his overall condition was a bit higher, Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s injuries and internal injuries made up the difference. ¡°I won¡¯t lose next time.¡± ¡°¡­I can¡¯t deny it. ¡°I think it will get a little difficult once you get used to that bracelet.¡± ¡°That¡¯s my opinion too. ¡°Next time, don¡¯t get beaten up and get dragged down.¡± ¡°¡­Am I crying? Huh, hey. ¡°What kind of nonsense is that?¡± ¡°7 years old, orphanage, in a nket in the morning¡­¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± Sigh! As soon as I start talking about the past, a heavy fist hits my chin. Although it was meant as a joke, it was enough to silence him. ¡°¡­Hit the patient?¡± ¡°It¡¯s up to the patient. ¡°If you¡¯re a patient and a fool, and you make fun of me in front of me, it¡¯s one hit.¡± ¡°Tsk, but I roughly figured out your level. ¡°You better be really careful next time.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not looking forward to it.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon, who was grinning and nodding his head, really didn¡¯t seem to care whether he lost or not. But I really wanted to beat him. ¡®Well, demonization wasn¡¯t enough, but if it¡¯s just demonization, I have the upper hand. Well, if you refine the demonization and make it exert power equivalent to demonization¡­Then my victory is certain.¡¯ Van, the difference between demonization and demonization. That had already been decided. difference in output. The output of power itself is different, and the quantity and quality of magical energy are also different. However, there was still a lot of room for growth in that the power of half and demonization was a power that had just been acquired, and that, contrary to the name ¡°half,¡± the actual power was not even half of the demonization. ¡°I¡¯m looking forward to the next sparring.¡± I didn¡¯t know until I was lying on the floor of the broken military building, mumbling and smiling. The fact that it would be quite a while before I could spar with Choi Kyung-hoon again. * * * ¡°Then we are going to the goblin vige now. Of course, I¡¯m not saying I¡¯m going right away, but I¡¯m going to go after a few days of preparation and saying goodbye.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Ha-Ryu, who was drinking tea, hurriedly covered his mouth at my sudden deration of going to the goblin vige. Ha-Ryu, who barely managed to block the tea water that burst out of surprise with his hand, blushed and dried his hand and asked. ¡°that¡­Is that really true? Brother?¡± ¡°You knew I was nning on going anyway, right?¡± ¡°That¡¯s true, but¡­I can¡¯t hide my surprise when I hear that I¡¯m going.¡± Ha-Ryu¡¯s slightly flushed face showed anticipation. However, contrary to my recalled thoughts, I had no choice but to speak bitterly. ¡°I¡¯m not going to have fun.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, that¡¯s right. Well, it¡¯s not about going to have fun, it¡¯s about checking¡­Right?¡± ¡°Yes, that ce is no different from the Four Emperors¡¯ hideout now. Perhaps the reason they are waiting with bated breath like assassins¡­¡± ¡°Visitors who will be there. In other words, it would be us.¡± Miho, who was sipping tea and chewing on a cookie next to her, held out a cookie to Ha-ryu as Ha-ryu¡¯s smile disappeared in an instant and he became filled with worry. ¡°Onni- this is a mugger.¡± ¡°Miho, I told you not to talk while eating. still¡­I¡¯ll enjoy this.¡± ¡°yes! Hi-Hi.¡± Although her pronunciation was muffled due to the cookie pieces in her mouth, the sensitive Miho noticed the abnormality in Ha-Ryu and gently resolved it, making them look like harmonious sisters. As I was staring at this, I turned my attention to the others. ¡°Hendrick, Kyung-Hoon Choi. Same goes for you. There are people there who tried to kill you and did kill you, so don¡¯t get excited. Of course, they are not the same, but-¡± ¡°Does not matter. I am now¡­I just don¡¯t get excited about things like that.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, I gave you some solid mental education. Well, I don¡¯t care if the guys who tried to kill mee. Just grab it and beat it up and that¡¯s it.¡± I heard that all members of the Four Emperors n exist in the Goblin Vige. In other words, all demons and elyos, including dragons and giants, exist. Needless to say, the Dragon n was Hendrick¡¯s main enemy, and Choi Gyeong-hoon also had a history of being bullied by other Four Emperor ns. However, Hendrick, who was often mentally unstable after his reincarnation, got slightly better after receiving mental education (physics) from Choi Kyung-hoon, and Choi Kyung-hoon was originally a well-versed person in this area. ¡®He was a crazy guy whoughed and said that no matter where he went and got hit once, it would be okay if he got hit twiceter.¡¯ And this kind of personality was both good and bad at the top. You can go to get two hits ande back after getting four. However, Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s ability was different from others in that he urately judged the person who hit him and did not make fun of him until he passed him. They seemed to be okay, so I nodded and said. ¡°Three dayster. Go to the goblin vige. ¡°Until then, if you have someone to say hello to, share it with them in advance, and take care of any necessary luggage.¡± 3 dayster. That would be the day of heading to the goblin vige and at the same time the day of the decisive battle against the goblins lurking there. * * * Sarak- Sarak- ¡°Are you going in the end?¡± Goldrich¡¯s office. A moderatelyrge, moderately fancy ce. However, Jinhyeok clicked his tongue and answered because he did not know how much ¡®money¡¯ was in that appropriateness. ¡°Okay, now that you¡¯ve decided to go, there¡¯s no reason to stay anymore, right? ¡°I still have a lot of work to do.¡± ¡°That is correct. ¡°Time is money.¡± ¡°And your office looks like gold too. ¡°How much are they all worth?¡± The entire, moderatelyrge office was made of hard-to-find wood, and the luxurious items that decorated the interior were expensive items known only to those in the know. Honestly, it would have been cheaper to build the office out of gold. At that thought, Goldritz smiled and answered. ¡°Well, it¡¯s only a small amount of money.¡± ¡°¡­Damn, this is why they¡¯re rich.¡± A wealthy person whose assets alone easily exceed billions of dors, and if all of his businesses are added together, his assets would easily exceed hundreds of billions. That was Gold Rich. And since it is an office, it would not be wrong to say that it was built withpany money, not with one¡¯s own money. Jinhyuk cursed at him and kicked the floor. ¡°Please report on the final status of the goblin vige.¡± ¡°The demons are gathering in the goblin vige. No, it would be correct to say that they gathered together. ¡°Probably, by the time you go, all the demons who responded to their call and headed to the goblin vige will have arrived.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, the dogs drunk on that power areing? ¡°How long will it take?¡± ¡°Even if you can¡¯t do it, you have spirit. ¡°Hundreds at most.¡± ¡°¡­The spirit soldiers and undead are stranded.¡± The magicians number in the hundreds. In order to stop them, Jinhyeok had to release spirit bottles and undead to stop them. There was nothing they could do to stop it with their colleagues because they had the Four Emperors to deal with. ¡°be careful. Demons are dangerous, but the truly dangerous ones are the Four Emperors themselves.¡± ¡°¡­I know.¡± Mine. A term used to refer to climbers who are supplied with demon energy and are able to manipte it. They are loyal to the demons and are no different from hunting dogs that follow their will. But even those people had no choice but to remain at a dangerous level. The Four Emperors. The four races that ruled the tower were by no means weak, and they were more than dangerous. Jinhyuk knew that better than anyone else, so he nodded. ¡°But that doesn¡¯t mean you can back down.¡± ¡°Know. ¡°I¡¯m just giving you some advice in case you forget.¡± ¡°Please take care of others while I¡¯m away.¡± ¡°¡­These are all things I took care of in the first ce. ¡°Just focus on what you have to do, Cha Jin-hyuk.¡± Gold Rich spoke bluntly without even taking his eyes off the document, but Jinhyuk just grinned. ¡°See youter.¡± ¡°¡­You talk like you¡¯re about to die. ¡°Live, no matter how strong they are or how many limbs they cut off, survive and stand here again.¡± ¡°How can I stand without arms and legs?¡± ¡°The pun¡­Tsk ¨C go. ¡°There is a lot of work to do.¡± ¡°Sure.¡± Jinhyeok, who was smiling at Goldrich¡¯s words telling him to survive, eventually hurriedly left the office. In a room where no one was present except himself, Goldrich put down his pen. widely- High-quality fountain pen. A fountain pen costs thousands of gold each, but Gold Rich roughly threw such a valuable item on the desk and sighed. ¡°Damn you. Don¡¯t think about dying twice in front of me. ¡°If you do that, I will go directly to the Underworld, grab you by the cor, and drag you to the tower.¡± For Goldrich, who had already experienced Jinhyuk¡¯s death once, Jinhyuk¡¯s second death was an unimaginably terrible event. A benefactor and friend who is no different from the one who brought him to his current position. He then dies in the ce he went after receiving the information he had decided? ¡°¡­I¡¯m craving a drink.¡± In the end, Goldrich put aside the mountain of documents and started gulping down the bottle of high-quality liquor that was on disy in the cab. It didn¡¯t look like Gold Rich, but the person drinking alcohol here was not Gold Rich. William Haswald. He was a blond-haired child who couldn¡¯t read properly and was sealed inside Gold Rich, who was saved by Jinhyeok. He could not ovee his sadness and only took control of Gold Rich¡¯s body for a moment. The foolishness and guilt I felt for not being able to stop him was an added bonus. Chapter 169 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 169 Since meeting Goldrich, time has passed quickly. One day, two days, three days. Three days passed in the blink of an eye, and Jinhyeok and his group gathered in front of the Gold Rich workshop afterpleting all preparations. ¡°I can¡¯t do it because I¡¯m old¡­Please go downstream.¡± ¡°You have nothing to worry about. In the first ce, Ha-Ryu is just a single climber who doesn¡¯t need anyone to protect him.¡± ¡°¡­I see, I still ask. ¡°Because he¡¯s still just a child to me.¡± ¡°¡­Of course.¡± Muyoung and Melton were standing in front of the Gold Rich workshop to see them off. Mu-young was sincerely disappointed that he could not go with him, but he could not take her to a ce that was no different from a battlefield. ¡°kid.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not a kid, it¡¯s Cha Jinhyuk, old man.¡± ¡°Damn it, you¡¯re a little kid to me. ¡°The guy who couldn¡¯t even hold a hammer once is now confronting his teacher.¡± And Melton also called Cha Jin-hyuk, who was leaving, and left a warning to him. Before he knew it, he recognized Jinhyeok as his disciple and called himself his teacher. His warning was simple. ¡°Don¡¯t fall behind.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry, you won¡¯t die even if you make a sacrifice.¡± ¡°Okay, that¡¯s enough. ¡°Get out now!¡± Melton, who was smiling happily as if he liked the answer that he would never die, soon came to his senses and screamed. Jinhyeok clicked his tongue and said goodbye to them as he changed from moment to moment. ¡°I¡¯lle back and show you the more evolved Manbyun Spiritual Energy.¡± ¡°Sniff, don¡¯t look forward to it.¡± A growing weapon. Since it was unclear how much more he would grow in this battle, Melton also looked forward to seeing the evolved Manbyeon Spirit Prototype. Jinhyeok took a step forward as he saw them waving their hands and saying goodbye. ¡°You guys go to Musou first. Go and join Choi Kyung-hoon. ¡°I have somewhere to stop by.¡± ¡°Okay, you have toe on time.¡± ¡°I know. Miho, don¡¯t separate from your sister.¡± ¡°yes! ¡°Oppa,e quickly!¡± ¡°Okay, okay, I understand.¡± Miho seemed quite happy a few days ago after hearing that she was going to her hometown downstream. Because Miho loved it so much that she couldn¡¯t bear to say that it was a ruin, Jinhyeok nodded at Miho¡¯s words, jumping up and down and urging him toe quickly, and headed towards the Gold Rich Alchemy Workshop. ¡°I don¡¯t know if you made all the items Alchemy asked for.¡± Alchemy. I was going to pick up the items I had asked for from a woman named Christina Rothschild. * * * ¡°Alchemy.¡± ¡°¡­Ugh! what¡­what? ¡°Why did you juste in without knocking?¡± ¡°How many times do you think I knocked? ¡°You didn¡¯t hear it.¡± ¡°ah¡­crime¡­sorry! my¡­When I concentrate, I can¡¯t hear the surrounding sounds¡­Hehe, so what¡¯s going on?¡± Gold Rich Alchemy Workshop. As is typical for ces named Gold Rich, the alchemy workshop was also amazing. It was safe to say that the ce was well-appointed with the best equipment, but there was currently only one alchemist. Of course, that one person was Alchemy. No matter how many times he knocked, there was no response, so Jinhyuk nodded and said to Alchemy¡¯s question, which showed a variety of responses as soon as he opened the door. ¡°What about the items I asked for three days ago?¡± ¡°Ah, in that case it was already made! Here you are. These are the various potions you mentioned. ¡°We made it to the highest level so as not to be ashamed of the name Alchemy, so even if your arm is about to be cut off, you can still attach it, right?¡± ¡°okay? Not bad. Then let¡¯s go.¡± Ahead of the battle with the Four Emperors, various potions that will be used in the war against them. Jinhyeok, who had requested them, was satisfied with Alchemy¡¯s confident answer and dragged them into subspace. Then, just as I was about to get up and leave the workshop- ¡°¡­But are you really trying to sh with the Four Emperors? ¡°I don¡¯t think they have a funny temper.¡± Alchemy¡¯s voice filled with fear was heard. Although she was always innocent, she was a genius. This means that in basic things like memory, he is better than most people. Therefore, she had memories of being chased by the Four Emperors. Jinhyuk quietly watched Alchemy tremble like an aspen in fear. and- Tub- He ced his hand on Alchemy¡¯s shoulder. ¡°¡­Kyaaaak-!¡± A strange scream was heard, but Jinhyuk didn¡¯t care. ¡°What strange things are you spewing out? Well, they are dangerous.¡± ¡°that¡­Right? therefore¡­!¡± ¡°So is there something that runs away if you avoid it?¡± ¡°¡­yes?¡± The answer that came back was Alchemy¡¯s stupid answer. Things change. Avoiding ensures the present. But what about the future? ¡®¡­You hide forever, you¡¯re chased, and if something goes wrong even once¡­You¡¯ll die, right?¡¯ In a situation where she decided to run away, all Alchemy could do was repeat the same thing she had chosen. The end will be death. But what if you confront them? ¡°Escape ultimately leads to one path, but the enemy divides into two paths.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± ¡°death. It¡¯s like running away. However, it¡¯s a bit different to be able to screw them up even just a little bit. And another way¡­.¡± ¡°You¡¯re driving them out. really¡­It¡¯s a much lower probability than the thread passing through the needle.¡± ¡°Yeah, you¡¯re right. Die or be killed. The tower is a world that operates ording to thosews. It just moved from ordinary climbers to the Four Emperors.¡± ¡°¡­Can I do that too?¡± After hearing everything, Alchemy asked with a trembling but determined face. He asks if he, like Jinhyeok, can fight against the Four Emperors like the others. In response to Alchemy¡¯s question, Jinhyuk opened the door to the workshop and gave a short answer. ¡°You are already confronting them. These potions. ¡°These will be very effective in killing the Four Emperors you will encounter in the goblin vige.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± It¡¯s not a question of whether you can do that. It was already doing that. ¡°You are a guild member of ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯. From the time you joined here, you were already hostile and opposing them. so¡­If you just make up your mind, you can be morepletely hostile.¡± ¡°¡­Once this is over, I¡¯ll make you even greater potions.¡± Jinhyuk said with a grin as he looked at Alchemy¡¯s face, which was looking at him with both fists clenched and a determined expression. ¡°I¡¯m looking forward to it.¡± ¡°¡­yes!¡± It was a short statement, but Alchemy could not hide her happier heart than ever. He who was only running away suddenly found himself causing trouble to those who made him run away. Alchemy was very happy that she belonged to ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯, a guild that put the Four Emperors in ¡®danger¡¯ beyond the trouble she had caused. thud- As soon as Jinhyuk left, the heavy workshop door closed and Alchemy, left alone, picked up the reagent sk and muttered. ¡°I said it was a homunculus.¡± Homunculus. The second thing Jinhyuk wanted from Alchemy. It was a homunculus that no one had ever created before, but Alchemy gritted her teeth and made up her mind. ¡°I can make this much for someone who believes in me. hmm! ¡°No way!¡± Something no one has ever done. A path no one has walked before. However, Alchemy was a descendant of the Rothschild family who made the impossible possible and was the one who inherited the blood of their ancestors the most. Like her ancestors in the past, she is ready to make the impossible possible. An intermediate point before reaching the Philosopher¡¯s Stone. For Alchemy, that was the creation of a homunculus. ¡°Wait! ¡°It¡¯s an all-nighter today!¡± Stimnt drinks began to pile up on Alchemy¡¯s table. In order to help Jinhyeok and his colleagues who were risking their lives in the goblin vige, she first began practicing alchemy of her own volition at the Gold Rich Alchemy Workshop. * * * After parting ways with Alchemy, Jinhyuk contacted the rest of his colleagues at Musou and immediately went to the ¡®boundary¡¯ on the 100th floor. ¡°There are a lot of people hunting.¡± ¡°Anyway, as we get to where we¡¯re going, it¡¯ll be hard for people to see us, so it won¡¯t really matter.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m a little excited, but also nervous.¡± Goblin vige. Ha-Ryu took a deep breath as he walked the familiar path leading there. It¡¯s definitely been a long time since I¡¯ve been to a vige, but I saw it because I knew it no longer existed in this tower. Pat pat- He gently stroked the downcast ck hair of Ha-Ryu. Ha-Ryu raised his head and looked up at Jin-Hyeok with a slightly surprised face at the sudden caress. ¡°¡­Brother?¡± ¡°don¡¯t worry. Even though it is a ruin now, it will someday be rebuilt in the way you remember. ¡°That is also why we are going now.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, that¡¯s right. ¡°The reason I¡¯m going today is to investigate the truth and investigate the connection between the Four Emperors there and the destruction of the goblin vige.¡± ¡°Yes, exactly as you said. However, if you just look at it now, their connection seems certain without any need for investigation.¡± Jinhyeok knows that what he had suspected since he first met Ha-ryu has long since be almost an established fact. ¡®Four Emperors. They attacked the goblin vige and destroyed it in order to capture the downstream. This is almost certain. And what they are waiting for in the vige¡­It is clear that they are aiming downstream to find the vige again someday.¡¯ And young Ha-ryu always had a longing for the vige, and even if Jin-hyuk wasn¡¯t there, he might have somehow survived and reached the 100th floor. Perhaps because Jinhyeok wasn¡¯t there, he didn¡¯t encounter anything like a Kobold Lord, so he may have climbed the tower more easily. but- ¡®¡­The downstream is probably dead.¡¯ That meant death downstream. If he hadn¡¯t met me, if he hadn¡¯t walked a more dangerous path together, if Haru hadn¡¯t joined Yeokcheon and found out that they were hiding in the goblin vige ¨C Haryu would have headed to the vige alone, and it was clear that he would have been ¡®cut in the bud¡¯ by the Four Emperors who were waiting there. ¡°me too! ¡°Please pet me too!¡± When Jinhyuk¡¯s face hardened as he imagined the terrible things that would have happened if he had separated from her. When he saw Miho, who was quietly hopping next to him, stroking Ha-Ryu¡¯s head, he pushed his head towards Jin-Hyuk. Jinhyuk barely smiled at Miho¡¯s appearance and raised his hand to stroke Miho¡¯s head. ¡°Okay, that¡¯s enough now, right?¡± Pat pat- The sight of Jinhyuk gently stroking her was like a natural babysitter, but young Miho just had a pleasant smile on her face, pricked her ears, and trembled. ¡°You¡¯re like a babysitter.¡± ¡°¡­shut up.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay to say harsh things in front of a child.¡± ¡°You beat up a kid like that.¡± ¡°¡­Because it was sparring!¡± Choi Kyeong-hoon was not one to leave Jinhyeok, who was the babysitter for Ha-ryu and Miho, alone. They immediately started a fight, but it made no sense for Choi Kyung-hoon, who had beaten them up while sparring, to beat Jin-hyuk verbally. But themotion didn¡¯tst long. ¡°You¡¯ve arrived.¡± ¡°Ahhh¡­!!!¡± A Balkan horse walking beside the river. At the same time, Ha-ryu knelt down in the grass and began to cry loudly, making a groaning noise. ¡°¡­Tsk.¡± ¡°¡­I think we need a harsher word than ¡®ruin.¡¯¡± The fences, which must have been built to indicate that someone had lived there or to worry about intruders, were lying in disrepair and ruined, and the sight seen beyond the fence was worse than ruins. The sight of a vige filled with the remains of ruined houses and ck blood stains impressed even Jinhyeok and Choi Gyeonghoon, who had experienced many hardships before their deaths. It can be said to be quite clean now, but the image of the vige when it was attacked was so vivid that it made me feel nauseous. ¡°Huh¡­¡± ¡°¡­Wooaeang, onni, don¡¯t cry-¡± ¡°¡­Let¡¯s rest for a while and then enter the vige.¡± Now, seeing Ha-Ryu¡¯s head stuck in the grass and shaking, Jin-Hyeok sat down around Ha-Ryu, even though it wasn¡¯t difficult at all. Jinhyuk and the others had to smile with bitterness as they watched Miho cry next to Ha-ryu, who was lying face down. Chapter 170 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 170 It took quite a while for the downstream to calm down. ¡°¡­I¡¯m sorry, brother. ¡°It looked disgraceful.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, I already expected that much anyway.¡± Muyoung. So, Jinhyeok still remembers Ha-ryu crying when he met Genno. Therefore, it was well within the predictable range of how the downstream would react when they saw the ruined goblin vige. ¡°I¡¯m embarrassed.¡± ¡°Sister, don¡¯t cry.¡± ¡°¡­Thank you, Miho.¡± Ha-ryu smiled bitterly at the sight of Miho worrying about him, making drops with her snot. It was a smile that was a mixture of gratitude and appreciation for Miho, who shared her sorrow by her side while she was wailing. ¡°Sniff, do it. Sniff!¡± ¡°Keuuuuuu!¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, you¡¯re good.¡± ¡°Am I good at it?¡± ¡°Good job Miho.¡± ¡°Hi-Hi.¡± Jinhyuk, who was looking at Ha-Ryu cleaning up and wiping Miho¡¯s messed up face, soon turned his head to look at the others. ¡°I don¡¯t feel any energy inside.¡± ¡°But the opponents are very good at hiding their energy. Needless to say, he¡¯ll be hiding inside.¡± Hendrick always said with the same expression that there would be an enemy lurking inside, but Jinhyeok shook his head. ¡°But we still need to check internally.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s right.¡± I had to check at least to find out what happened in the goblin vige. ¡®We need to know what happened here and what traces remain.¡¯ I know why the goblin vige, which boasted the size of a decent city, copsed in less than a day. But it is still unclear how on earth that was possible. ¡®Did someone of Kyung-hoon¡¯s level step forward? Otherwise, it doesn¡¯t make sense.¡¯ However, if a member of the Four Emperors family, such as Choi Kyung-hoon, stepped forward, it would be a different story. 800th floor. A climber who has reached that distant height. If it were a member of the Four Emperors, its strength would be twice as strong as that of a climber on the same level. of course- ¡®Kyung-hoon is not easy either. However, the problem is that his wounds have not fully healed yet¡­I don¡¯t know if I¡¯ll be okay.¡¯ Choi Gyeong-hoon was not a very easy climber either. In any case, although he was wounded by the Four Emperors of the sameyer, he did not die. ¡°So, to sum it up, the Four Emperors and their subordinates are currently hiding inside, and it¡¯s not clear whether or not there will be someone who reduced this vige to ruins in just one day, right?¡± ¡°yes.¡± ¡°The answer is decided, then.¡± ¡°¡­With what?¡± Jinhyuk replied with a grin as he looked at Hendrick, who was looking at him with a look of uncertainty on his face. ¡°I¡¯ll have to go in first.¡± * * * As the leader of the group, Jinhyeok¡¯s decision is absolute. And since the purpose ofing here in the first ce was to explore the inside of the goblin vige, even if there were some people lurking inside, I had to go in at all costs. ¡°I¡¯m nervous.¡± Where the main gate of the goblin vige was. Standing in front of the now ruined ce, Ha-ryu rubbed his chest and tried to relieve his tightness. It would be natural to be nervous not because of the powerful and powerful enemies lurking within this town, but because it was a vige I was visiting again after a long year. Tub- To relieve Ha-Ryu¡¯s tension, Jin-Hyeok ced his hand on Ha-Ryu¡¯s shoulder and said, ¡°Rx. This is your hometown, right? ¡°What makes you so nervous about returning home?¡± ¡°¡­Yes. Phew, I feel a little better now.¡± Ha-ryu, who had rxed thanks to Jin-hyuk, smiled and nodded. What does it matter if a person from his hometown returns to his hometown? Even though it is in ruins and its appearance has changed, the fact that the goblin vige is its hometown does not change. With those thoughts in mind, Ha-ryu carefully crossed the ruined main gate. ¡°¡­ah!¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s okay to say this, but¡­It¡¯s terrible.¡± ¡°Tsk, their personalities are well known, so I expected it¡­I ruined it so clearly.¡± The scenery beyond the main gate. As soon as they saw that, Ha-Ryu let out a sigh full of sadness. After that, Balkan and Choi Kyung-hoon also added a word. And even though they didn¡¯t say anything, other people were also thinking the same thing. Even though I only passed the main gate, I could clearly see that most of the vige was destroyed. ¡°¡­ck.¡± In the end, tears welled up in the obsidian eyes of the downstream. However, there was no loud wailing like before. I just couldn¡¯t bear the sadness and it turned into tears. Downstream, he stood firm, taking in the panoramic view of the ruined vige. Sigh- He ces his hand on the ruined ruins and smoothes it out gently. ¡°This was Kurin¡¯s house, that was Aunt Miko¡¯s house. Also, there is a cksmith shop that makes things like vige weapons and hoes¡­.¡± He carefully walked through the vige, drawing the scenery of the vige he remembered amidst the ruins. The sight of Haru, cing his hand on the wreckage, trying to remember its location, and smiling brightly every time he realized whose house it was or what kind of building it was, was like an angel from heaven. How many times have we looked around the ruins of a huge goblin vige so close to a city? ¡°downstream.¡± ¡°¡­I felt it too, brother.¡± Jinhyeok called Ha-ryu, and Ha-ryu also erased the smile from before and held the dagger that Mu-young had made with a stiff face. The downstream thought was that if necessary, one could hold the Dragon yer Sword, but there was no need to hold the Dragon yer Sword right away. And it was the right choice. ¡°It¡¯s an intruder! intruder!¡± ¡°Kkkyakya! ¡°That guy is a ghost!¡± ¡°Oh oh! ¡°They are the ones Hetz mentioned!¡± ¡°I thought I was going to die because I was so sick of waiting!¡± Laughter. Those whose voices were full of joy were those who boasted dark skin. But it was different from the dark elves. Because the tips of the ears of those who appeared now were blunt rather than pointed. Yes, the people who have appeared now are none other than- ¡°It¡¯s Mine.¡± It was Mine. Climbers who became possessed by demon energy, were eaten by it, and were transformed. However, because their strength is real, they are beings that cannot be ignored, even if they areughed at. Jinhyeok and his colleagues frowned at their appearance. ¡°The wee was very rough from the start.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not bad, it¡¯s perfect for warming up.¡± ¡°Khaha! Mine? ¡°I¡¯ll blow your head off!¡± Hendrick and Choi Gyeong-hoon, who started from Balkan, smiled slightly at the appearance of the horsemen. It was only natural that they were already starting to get a little bored with the situation where no one showed up. However, it was the downstream that showed the most passionate reaction. ¡°¡­Who says I¡¯m an intruder? ¡°This is our vige.¡± Crack- My teeth suddenly grind together. The body reacted simultaneously with the downstream thoughts. Goblin vige. Whether it was okay or not, it was the hometown of the downstream and the vige of the downstream. The sight of ¡®real¡¯ intruders calling themselves intruders even though they had just set foot in such a vige was truly abominable by the standards of the lower ss. so that. ¡°Red jade.¡± Quaaaaaaaaa! A bead made of condensed red mes held in Haryu¡¯s hand. As soon as the ruby ??was thrown towards the demons, it exploded and red-hot mes flickered out. ¡°¡­fire?¡± ¡°This is no ordinary fire! Everyone, take out your demon energy!¡± ¡°¡­Kaaaaap!¡± Fuwaaaaak! The demons, taken aback by the sudden surprise attack and powerful attack, urgently released their magical energy. ck Magi. The demonic energy that absorbs even light began to respond to the red mes created by Hongok. Chi-Ik- The burning demon energy created acrid ck smoke, but the demons protected by the demon energy were fine. ¡°Damn it, the Magi that Hetsu gave me!¡± ¡°Damn you little boy, how dare you use my Magi!¡± However, the important problem was that their magical energy was being ¡®consumed¡¯. ¡°Brother? Why do these people do that? ¡°It seems like he¡¯s more upset about being drained of his magical energy than about being attacked.¡± Strange appearance. Those who are obviously angry or should be angry about being attacked are trying to put out the fire as much as possible and reduce the consumption of magical energy. It did not look like an ordinary climber. At least it was an unfamiliar sight to the lower ss. And it was a familiar sight to Jinhyuk and the others. ¡°Kid, I don¡¯t think you know, but these guys¡¯ magic is more important than life.¡± ¡°¡­yes? why?¡± Ha-ryu had to tilt his head to the words of Choi Kyung-hoon, whoughed and pointed at the demons with a sneer. Magi is ultimately one of energy. A climber¡¯s strength is not determined by energy. Such energy is consumed and replenished repeatedly. Naturally, energy is not important to climbers. but- ¡°Kid, you think that energy is consumed and then recovered, right?¡± ¡°¡­Isn¡¯t it obvious?¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, Cha Jin-hyuk, that bastardpletely destroyed my childish thoughts.¡± ¡°yes? ¡°Why are you talking about your brother?¡± Seeing Choi Kyung-hoon clicking his tongue and ring at Jin-hyuk, Ha-ryu felt like he was falling further and further into thebyrinth. However, after listening to Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s next words, he realized that he had been thinking about something wrong. ¡°Why do you think Magi will recover on her own? Cha Jin-hyuk Because that guy recovers his magical energy? ¡°It¡¯s just that he¡¯s special, a mutant, and an deviant.¡± ¡°¡­ah!¡± The natural recovery of magical energy. Since Jinhyuk has always been like that naturally, it was natural that everyone thought he would be like that. But that is only possible because Jinhyuk is special. ¡°All of the demonic energyes from the demons they follow. In other words, you have to go to the demons to replenish the demon energy that decreases each time you use it. And they never give free magic.¡± ¡°¡­then?¡± ¡°A huge price. Even if you have the ability to pay the price, if it happens a few times, you will end up broke in no time. The biggest reason why they are trying to reduce the consumption of demon energy is that it is difficult to obtain demon energy. He probably received demon energy in exchange foring to the goblin vige¡­.¡± ¡°Ultimately, it will be used up at some point, so you are trying to reduce the consumption even a little.¡± ¡°Yes, strength in the tower is like a drug. The decline in the magical energy that gives strength is also the same as the decline in the drugs of druggies. Maybe stronger. Do you understand now?¡± ¡°¡­Yes, I feel even more inclined to burn off the demonic energy of those people and cut them down.¡± ¡°¡­Good answer. ¡°That¡¯s enough.¡± When a satisfactory answer came back, Kyung-Hoon Choi smiled and nodded. You just have to learn what you don¡¯t know. If you know something wrong, you can teach it properly. The important thing is the attitude to fix and the attitude to learn. In that respect, Ha-Ryu waspletely in Choi Kyung-Hoon¡¯s heart. ¡®I try to learn what I don¡¯t know, and even if I make a mistake, I am willing to correct it.¡¯ Drawing on pure white paper is easy. But erasing it is difficult. Ha-ryu draws his own drawings on pure white paper, and in the process, he does not hesitate to get help from other artists and tries to correct his drawings by erasing them. It was when Choi Kyung-hoon was satisfied with that appearance. ¡°Damn it, everyonee out!¡± ¡°If you hit them, your demon energy will be doubled!¡± ¡°That little boy is mine! Damn it, how burned is Magi? Damn it!¡± The demons who had taken care of the rubble¡¯s mes began swearing and calling out to their other colleagues. Ha-ryu frowned as more than a dozen more demons appeared, and was about to take his hand off the dagger and ce his hand on the dragon yer sword. Tub- ¡°I will do it.¡± Jinhyeok came closer and lightly grabbed Ha-ryu¡¯s shoulder, blocking her attempt to pull out the dragon yer sword. and. ¡°Awake.¡± The moment a low voice echoed throughout the goblin vige. Coo coo coo coo- The tremors that started in Jinhyeok¡¯s whole body were transmitted to the earth and spread throughout the goblin vige. At the same time- ¡°It¡¯s been a while.¡± ¡°Mine? Okay, I¡¯ll use it as food for the private soldiers.¡± ¡°¡­Can we just deal with them?¡± Tune, Basil, Ashur Hum. Three spirit soldiers appeared in the goblin vige. Jinhyeok nodded to those who were looking at him and waiting for orders and stamped his feet. thud- A heavy rumbling spread, and spirit soldiers and undead slowly emerged through the vibrations. ¡°Wipe them out. ¡°If you beat the dogs, the owner wille out.¡± ¡°yes.¡± ¡°Good!¡± ¡°I will follow your orders.¡± The demons who were waiting for Jinhyeok and his colleagues in the goblin vige in exchange for being called Magi. A disaster called soul disease befell them. Chapter 171 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 171 Mine. Beings who have mortgaged everything they have to the Magi. In some ways, they were no different from the druggies of Earth. Because they were the ones who got drunk and threw away their family, social status, and money. The demons were no different from him. ¡°Damn it, a tenth of the magic energy was gone!¡± ¡°You¡¯re better. ¡°Damn it, that kid¡¯s fire blew an eighth of me away!¡± ¡°Damn it, now that it¡¯s like this, I have no choice but to catch one of those guys and replenish my demon energy.¡± An average climber gets irritated and angry when attacked. Mines were simr. It¡¯s just that the direction of that frustration and anger is slightly twisted. ¡°Kkkyakya! ¡°I¡¯ll kill you!¡± ¡°Magi! More magi! oh! ¡°Great demon!¡± In the end, they decided to carry out the orders given by the demon Hetz. This is an order given by their own god, who fills them with demonic energy using an organ that creates demonic energy that never dries up. Kill. Every time you kill Jinhyeok and hispanions, bring the evidence and they will inject you with the appropriate magical energy. The demons closed their eyes and ran away. This was because it was not enough to make up for the loss of magic power due to the downstream, and it was an opportunity to collect a greater amount of magic power. but- ¡°They are not people that scoundrels like you should target.¡± ¡°Kikit, kids~ It¡¯s time to eat~¡± ¡°¡­Things like trash. ¡°I will condemn those who are intoxicated with power and even abandon themselves.¡± Their charge was stopped by three beings who blocked their path. Tune, Basil, Ashur Hum. With the appearance of the three soul soldiers, the bodies of the demons, who seemed ready to reach Jinhyeok at any moment, suddenly stopped. ¡°¡­Is that really possible?¡± ¡°Necromancer Tune?¡± ¡°I think the one next to me is Death King Basil?¡± ¡°There¡¯s Ashur Hum too!¡± ¡°Damn, I never heard of this. ¡°Aren¡¯t they all behind?¡± Demons are strong. The standard that demons use when selecting demons is that they prioritize strength. At most, injecting demonic energy into the demons who stayed on the 10th to 20th floor was a loss, even if they were demons with inexhaustible demonic energy. In other words, the demons gathered here are people who snort to some extent. In fact, among those gathered here, there were no demons who did not exceed the 200th floor. Therefore, there were no people who did not recognize the three people who were famous in thete 200s and beyond the 300th floor. ¡°What are you afraid of? Aren¡¯t we the ones left behind anyway?¡± ¡°Yes, at best he¡¯s a ghost or something.¡± ¡°Hehehe, okay. Ashur, I owe you a lot. ¡°I will take this opportunity to ept everything.¡± And they were already well aware of the news that hade months ago. Their death after losing in a guild battle against the guild ¡®Yeokcheon¡¯. In other words, he thought that the three people in front of him were not living climbers but dead ghosts or demons. It was half true, but half wrong. But they didn¡¯t realize their mistake and ran towards them. Even though they were weakened, the reason was the insults and contempt they received from them during their lifetime. Squeak- ¡°¡­uh?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a debt¡­There are so many people I owe money to, that I don¡¯t even remember the debt I owe to a wretch like you.¡± However, they were unable to resolve the insults and contempt they had received. Mine, who was the first to attack Ashur Hum, saying that he owed him a debt, had his head and body separated with a single sword strike. The opponent whose head was cut by an attack that could not be clearly seen did not even know that he had been cut, and the demons who were running towards him had to stop again at the terrible sight. ¡°what¡­what? ¡°Why are those who are already behind so strong?¡± ¡°Was the rumor that he died true? No, that can¡¯t be¡­.¡± ¡°Even Hetz didn¡¯t say anything like this!¡± A demon of a simr level to himself could not even use his magic power properly and died from a single blow. When everyone hesitates at that fact. ¡°If you don¡¯te, I¡¯ll go.¡± Hahaha! Ashur Hum charged towards the motionless demons with his pure white greatsword. As if to bless him, the white-purple sun that rose behind him brightly illuminated Ashur Hum. Divine power and spiritual power mixed together to strengthen Ashur Hum¡¯s body. Although he became weak due to soul disease, he recovered some of his strength thanks to Jinhyeok¡¯s soul troupe, and Ashur Hum, who gained spiritual power, became stronger. Even if it wasn¡¯t as strong as it was when alive, it was at a level where it could easily cut down a demon drunk with demonic energy. ¡°¡­Aaaah!¡± ¡°Stop it! Stop it!¡± ¡°Damn it, my magic¡­¡± ¡­¡°Knock!¡± Like a wolf attacking a flock of sheep, Ashur Hum moved frantically and cut down all the charging demons. Even if they used magic energy or mana, nothing changed. Ashur Hum¡¯s divine power was enough to cut down demon energy, and Ashur Hum¡¯s spiritual power was not enough to suppress Mana. 100 per day. A being that deals with white alone. That was Ashur Hum. ¡°Surround us!¡± ¡°He¡¯s alone anyway!¡± ¡°Damn you, you¡¯re confident, right? ¡°There is no business in page counting!¡± But the demons also gradually began to prepare. They gathered each other¡¯s magical energy to prepare for divine power, and concentrated mana to counter spiritual power. As they said, there were so many people that Ashur Hum was gradually pushed out. ¡°Haha! He¡¯s pushed out! ¡°Push more!¡± ¡°You will die twice, Ashur Hum!¡± The demons cheered that their attack was working. Seeing them like that, Ashur Hum shook his head. ¡°It¡¯s perfect to say that you don¡¯t notice your clothes getting wet in a light rain.¡± ¡°¡­what?¡± ¡°There is nothing to say to someone who is already dead. ¡°Die by rotting from the inside out.¡± ¡°¡­Wow!¡± You don¡¯t know how to get your clothes wet in a light rain. Literally, the demons who were confronting Ashur Hum suddenly copsed. When their colleagues suddenly fell, even the demons who had strong personal tendencies could not help but be taken aback. ¡°what? ¡°Why are you falling down?¡± ¡°Wake up, idiot. Ashur Hum came¡­Are you dead?¡± And those who fell never got up again. He iled around with foam in his mouth and soon died. The reason was simple. ¡°¡­poison?¡± ¡°Correct answer~ Our cuties¡¯ ¡®soul poison¡¯ is secret and fatal~ Guys like you probably haven¡¯t even heard of it?¡± Basil, a man slowly approaching with a grin. At hisughter, the demons felt the skin all over their bodies rise. Two eyes that resemble those of a reptile and more than a dozen snakes wrapped around his entire body. Even though he was quite kind and courageous, he couldn¡¯t help but tremble. And when he appeared, they immediately identified the bodies. ¡°¡­There are teeth marks on my ankles.¡± ¡°Damn, watch the floor. ¡°There are invisible snakes biting us!¡± ¡°It¡¯ste, you idiots.¡± Smirking, but with augh full of coolness, the snakes, which are almost invisible in their spirit state, be visible in an instant and snap the demons¡¯ ankles! I asked. The tingling level is all there is to pain. If I hadn¡¯t prepared for it, the pain was so small and secret that I wouldn¡¯t even have felt it. ¡°Oops!¡± ¡°Crack¡­.¡± However, unlike the pain, the damage was enormous. Those who were bitten soon fell to the floor, holding their necks, and were busy screaming. Even those who were not bitten were frightened by the sudden appearance of the snakes and were busy jumping up and running away. And that means that there will be no disruption to Tune, who is left alone. Swoosh- Swoosh- Sussseu- A hand holding nothing moves gently through the air. One, two, three- Like a maestro conducting a musical orchestra, every time Tune¡¯s hand lightly shakes, the earth vibrates and the air resonates. The members began to move ording to the conductor¡¯smand. Coo coo coo coo- With a tremor reminiscent of an earthquake. Fuwaaaaaaa! Soul soldiers and undead burst out and rushed towards the demons. The sight of the soul bottles rushing in, mixed together regardless of whether they were monster soul bottles or human soul bottles, was nothing short of terrifying. Basil, who saw the spirit soldiers and undead rushing towards them, collected the spirit soldiers with a sad expression. ¡°Come back, children.¡± ¡°Let¡¯s get out of here now.¡± The reason the two people came forward was to reduce the number of demons and make it so that the demons could not pay attention to Tune. Now that they had achieved their intended goal, there was no reason for the two to remain in the battlefield that would soon be overrun by spirit sickness and the undead. Pabat- The demons looked nkly at Basil and Ashur Hum, who immediately left their seats and returned to Tune¡¯s side, but were soon swept away by the soul bottles and undead that hit them like a tidal wave. * * * ¡°¡­It¡¯s no joke.¡± ¡°That¡¯s the spirit master¡¯s fear. Intelligence and judgment that are iparable to those of the undead. And this is possible because most of the strength from when he was alive is still intact.¡± ¡°As expected of you, brother!¡± ¡°Oppa, you¡¯re the best!¡± Just three people wiped out more than a dozen demons. Of course, the soul soldiers and undead that Tune assigned to Jinhyeok and Balkan finished the battle, but in the end, they were also Tune¡¯s power, so it would not be strange to say that the three of them wiped them out. Hendrick was surprised by Jinhyuk¡¯s true power, Kyunghoon Choi nodded as if it was obvious, and Ha-ryu and Miho raised their thumbs, saying it was Jinhyuk as expected. It was the moment when Jinhyeok, who had seen the battlefield slowly being cleared, was about to turn his head to check on the vige again. p p p- ¡°¡­Apuse?¡± Jinhyuk frowned at the sound of apuseing from somewhere and listened to the apuse. A familiar voice reached Jinhyeok¡¯s ears. ¡°I thought it was going to be amazing when I saw it on ck Market, but I never thought it would be this good. I was confused when he told me to protect this ce, but now I understand. ¡°He told me to wait for you.¡± ¡°¡­Hamiel.¡± A small woman sitting roughly on the roof of a rtively intact building in the distance. But the angel ring floating above her head and pure white wings sprouting from her back. Hamiel, who hadpeted against the dark elf Elione at the ck market¡¯s auction, was there. ¡°You¡¯ve gained wings.¡± ¡°I put in quite a bit of effort after that. It was hard, but¡­Looking at the current situation, I think it was a good thing I did. ¡°If I hadn¡¯t done it, I might have died.¡± ¡°It¡¯s unfortunate, but whether you try hard or not, there¡¯s no change in the fact that you¡¯re left behind here, Hamiel.¡± When I saw it in the ck market, the wings that were a pair had expanded into two pairs. Due to the nature of the Elyos, who be stronger the more wings they have, more wings mean Hamiel¡¯s growth. ¡®Before the 600th floor, Elyos had two pairs of wings. It¡¯s probably not at the 600th floor level, so you can say it¡¯s just passed the 300th floor level.¡¯ It has one pair of wings before the 300th floor, and two pairs of wings after the 300th floor and before the 600th floor. This applies to both Elyos and Demons. In other words, the current Hamiel is a being who has passed the 300th floor. ¡°Is that really possible? ¡°I don¡¯t even get a penalty.¡± ¡°¡­There¡¯s a lot of money too. ¡°How much did you put into something that was only disposable?¡± Jinhyuk frowned at the additional words, ¡°No penalty.¡± Penalties are absolute at the top. However, when asked if there was a way to eliminate such a penalty, there was no answer. ¡®God and the devil. Or, an equivalent being receives or reduces the penalty on your behalf. However, the cost is enormous and the duration is not long, making it a one-time event. ¡®I don¡¯t really have any use for it, but I¡¯m really determined.¡¯ A penalty is essentially when the topes down. Of course, the gods and devils who created the tower can reduce it with their ingenuity. In return for this reduction, they receive an enormous amount of wealth. It was a method that most climbers would not dare to use, but it did not seem to apply to Hamiel, a member of the Four Emperors. But Hamiel wasn¡¯t the only problem. Thump- Coogung! ¡°three?¡± ¡°¡­They are all members of the Four Emperors.¡± Three beingsnded next to Hamiel. Those with bat wings, those with horns on their foreheads, and those with bulky muscles. Just by looking at their appearance, it was clear what kind of people they were. And the momentum felt from them was unusual. ¡°They removed all penalties. really¡­This is why I hate the Four Emperors.¡± They do things that others cannot easily do for their own benefit. Jinhyuk really didn¡¯t like the idea that even if he failed, he wouldn¡¯t suffer much damage. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk- ¡°Georyongma Kangtan (¾ÞýˆÄ§Ç¿�—).¡± A single bullet was fired between Hamiel¡¯s eyes. A powerful blow that even pierced Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s entire body. Of course, they did not think that Hamiel would die because of that, so as soon as Jinhyuk fired the gun, Jinhyuk and his colleagues left their seats and rushed to the person who suited them. ¡°Hamiel, you are my opponent.¡± ¡°¡­Oh my, you are so powerful.¡± Jinhyuk to Hamiel. ¡°Is it a demon? ¡°He¡¯ll be a very interesting opponent.¡± ¡°You are a climber with the mad nickname ¡®Mushin.¡¯ ¡°Let¡¯s have some fun!¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon summons the demons to Hetz. ¡°¡­Dragon race!¡± ¡°Tsk, killing someone from the same n. Even though it¡¯s an order from above, I don¡¯t like it. ¡°What is your name?¡± ¡°¡­It¡¯s Hendrick. ¡°Dragon yer, Hendrick.¡± ¡°under? Are you really talking about ¡®that¡¯ dragon yer Hendrick? Hahaha! This is really fun! Okay, I¡¯m Kainan! ¡°Remember the name of the dragon who will kill the dragon yer, Hendrick!¡± Hendrick is a dragon and Kainan. ¡°I am Mugh.¡± ¡°¡­Are you the one who made the vige like that?¡± ¡°Town? Ah, it was fun to destroy it.¡± Crack- Haryu gritted his teeth and pulled out his dragon yer sword at the words of Mug, a giant who smiled happily while looking at the ruined vige. Kiiiiing- churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr! The obsidian-like eyes turn red, and waves of red armor starting from the dragon yer sword envelop Haryu¡¯s entire body. ¡°He¡¯s a bad person, right?¡± ¡°¡­Yes, I¡¯m sorry, but please help me, Miho.¡± ¡°My brother told me not to say sorry to my family. ¡°Miho is kind, so I¡¯ll help her.¡± ¡°¡­Ok, thanks.¡± The moment the two smiling eyes of Ha-ryu, who was looking at Miho with sad eyes, turned to Myug, the two dark red eyes immersed in the void without sadness or anger stared at Myug. Thest of the Four Emperors. The giant Mug faced Haryu and Miho. In the ruined goblin vige, a war-like battle of an enormous scale that luxury lovers would enjoy began. Chapter 172 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 172 Giants. Originally, they were a race of gigantic size, disying incredible strength and at the same time showing power that surpasses the human limit of ¡®giant power¡¯. Their energy, ¡®strong power¡¯, is literally an energy ofck of strength that adds additional strength to their already strong strength. However, the evaluation of something as ignorant and simple is also directly rted to the evaluation of it as being solid. ¡°Thest remaining goblin. ¡°I was scolded a lot for missing you.¡± ¡°¡­If I die, I won¡¯t be scolded¡­!¡± Pot! Haryu, letting out annoyance at Mug¡¯s muttering, left his seat and rushed towards Mug. A mug that is one head taller than an adult male. With a height of about 2 meters, Mug boasted an imposing presence like a walking castle. Kang! The sharp de of the dragon yer sword strikes Myug¡¯s skin. Haryu frowned at the heavy ringing and sharp sound as if metal had been struck. ¡°¡­It¡¯s solid.¡± -Giants have excellent physical abilities as well as great strength. How outrageous are these people who im that their hands are their strongest weapon? ¡°But I can¡¯t back down.¡± Responding to the ego of the dragon yer that was talking to him, Ha-ryu tried to ignore the pain he felt from his throbbing hands and tightened his grip on the dragon yer. Ahhh¡­. Ha-Ryu, who was gripping the handle so hard, took a breath, and at the same time, Mi-Ho kicked out of her seat. ¡°My sister said I was a bad person.¡± ¡°Mug, I¡¯m not a bad person.¡± ¡°Your words are more correct than yours!¡± Even though he is young, his light and quick movements could not be captured by Mug¡¯s slow movements. but- Huh-huh-huh! ¡°¡­Ugh!¡± ¡°It¡¯s quick. But it only takes one hit.¡± The fists clearly missed, but the wind pressure created by those fists was thrown out. Miho asked with a grin as her body was merely pushed by the wind pressure. ¡°Is it because my body is too light?¡± ¡°No, no matter how big a persones, he is no different from you, Miho, in front of the author¡¯s wind. ¡°You should never get hit.¡± ¡°¡­huh.¡± Even if a beingrger than the current Myug came, it would not be much different from the previous Miho, unless he was a giant. Therefore, Miho nodded slightly and jumped towards Mugue again. Unlike before, Ha-ryu also began to assimte with the dragon yer sword once again, seeing Miho maintaining a close enough distance that she would not be caught even if she was swept away by the wind. -Push yourself harder. Because with your eyes, you can enter the ¡®zone¡¯. ¡®area? Are you talking about the area your brother is talking about?¡¯ Downstream, the dragon yer told me about the ¡®territory¡¯. I shook my head in response to Ha-ryu¡¯s question. -It¡¯s simr but different from the area he¡¯s talking about. The realm of ¡®Mach¡¯ is like a ¡®world¡¯ that can be seen only after exceeding the limits that can be reached as a species. ¡®If I can see it, if I can enter that ¡®Mach¡¯ realm, will I be able to defeat those giants?¡¯ -I don¡¯t know about that. But the important thing is that if you enter the realm of ¡®Mach¡¯¡­You will at least be much stronger than you are now. ¡®¡­Then I guess I have no choice but to give it a try.¡¯ Mach¡¯s realm. It was the first time I heard this in my life. A story that Jinhyuk, Hendrick, and Choi Kyung-hoon don¡¯t know. A story that only the Dragon yer Sword, whose ego became a fragment of its former owner, knows. Hearing that, Ha-Ryu decided to give it a try. -I¡¯m telling you because I think I can do it. What you saw¡­It¡¯s a being that can reach Mach than anyone I¡¯ve ever seen. ¡®I¡¯ll try to live up to your expectations.¡¯ The dragon yer sword was trying to eat the body, and the downstream was interfering with it, but surprisingly, the rtionship between the two was not that tight. Thanks to the dragon yer sword, the mental ss was able to defend itself well, and the mental sparring with the dragon yer sword encountered in the world of images brought great technological growth to Haryu. That¡¯s why the lower ss believed in the dragon yer sword. ¡®So how can we reach the Mach realm?¡¯ -The method is simple. Because you already have a method. He told Ha-ryu, who asked about Mach¡¯s domain, that the dragon yer sword was very simple. -Those ¡®eyes¡¯ you have. Those ¡®eyes¡¯ will guide you to the realm of Maha. ¡®¡­!¡¯ eye. The eyes that Haryu was born with were the ferry that would take Haryu to Maha¡¯s realm and the key that would open the locked door. Yejian. It is a different eye from basic foresight, which sees a wide range of the future, especially as it is only used inbat situations. Therefore, unlike the existing Foresight that takes away lifespan and eyesight, Ha-ryu did not feel eye fatigue even after using Foresight¡¯s ¡®Battle Precognition¡¯. In reality, as long as you don¡¯t use it for too long or too strongly, it only causes eye strain. But that too is over now. -The method you use is the familiar method of ¡®Yeji-an¡¯. Only by breaking away from that can you move on to the next step. ¡®¡­You¡¯re asking me to risk my eyesight and life.¡¯ The words of the dragon yer telling him to throw away the method of wisdom he had been using up until now. Maybe it¡¯s advice to deplete oneself in order for the dragon yer sword to take over one¡¯s body, but- ¡®I believe it. If only I could be stronger.¡¯ -If I be weak, I can steal you more easily. With your body, if you want to continue to be yourself, you¡¯re going to have to break away properly. From the moment you try to escape, there is no turning back. ¡®Thank you for the advice, but¡­I¡¯ve already made up my mind. ¡®I¡¯m going to move on.¡¯ -¡­Good. The dragon yer, who had a rare smile on his face, looked at Ha-ryu as the only ¡®master¡¯ he recognized and who could be said to be his former master. -¡­Ryu Hwan. ¡®I beg your pardon?¡¯ -It is nothing. You just focus on the battle. It¡¯s pitiful to see that little boy running wild all alone. ¡®ah! Miho!¡¯ After hearing the Dragon yer¡¯s words, Ha-ryu immediately remembered Miho, who had caught Myug¡¯s gaze by throwing her body around while he was talking, and immediately kicked out of his seat. ¡®ecdysis¡­ecdysis¡­What should I do?¡¯ Go beyond the limits of your existing vision and take it to the next level. Easier said than done, but doing it was another story, so Ha-Ryu threw himself into a battlefield where one hit would be the end of the battle.* * * ¡°That¡¯s fun. ¡°I¡¯m a goblin, a dragon, a warrior, and now I¡¯m a ghost ¨C I don¡¯t know what the higher-ups are thinking.¡± Hetz, the demon facing Choi Kyeong-hoon, smiled and looked around the situation as if he was very happy about it. Choi Kyung-hoon couldn¡¯t help but feel angry at the sight of him not even caring about the person in front of him, but he soon suppressed it with superhuman patience. ¡®He¡¯s a climber of approximately 300 to 400 floors. Considering that there are no penalties against the Four Emperors, this is by no means an easy opponent. He must never act rashly.¡¯ Jinhyuk was told that he was a fool whose brain was made of muscle, but Choi Kyunghoon¡¯s brain wasn¡¯t that bad. I just feel like an idiot because I¡¯m a battle fanatic who likes battles. Therefore, Choi Kyung-hoon knew that the current situation was not one in which he had an overwhelming advantage. ¡®If I had regained my full strength, or even just internal injuries, I would have had an advantage¡­Now it¡¯s boiling over.¡¯ Even though he is a climber on the 800th floor, he cannot be arrogant against demons on the 300th to 400th floor, even after suffering a penalty and a handicap such as internal injuries. ¡°Whoa¡­¡± ¡­.¡± After thinking about it up to that point, Kyung-Hoon Choi took a deep breath and took a stance. arrogance? Oman? Nothing like that existed for Choi Kyung-hoon. The lightly clenched fists contain the power to crush a mountain, and the two legs nted in the ground firmly support the upper body. ¡®Start from the legs, pass through the waist, and twist and stretch the whole body.¡¯ The most basic punch. However, because it is the most basic, it is the most stretched. Quad deuk- strength. rotation. eleration. All of those thingse together and shake. ¡°Choi Kyung-Hoon¡¯s Chapter 1 ¨C Taking on the regime.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s voice resonates quietly. And it didn¡¯t end there. ¡°oh?¡± Hetz exims in admiration as he sees his fist flying. The joy you see in knowing that you can stop it at your level. Did he look like a heavenly demon? ¡°Enhanced version ¨C Dragon Smashing.¡± ¡°¡­this.¡± Kwaaaaaa- Force, rotation, eleration. As ¡®strengthening¡¯ was added to the regime¡¯s regime, all of that became an attack that was difficult for Hetz to properly block. Smash the dragon. It was an outrageous name, but even Hetz had no choice but to admit it at this moment. ¡°Haha, that¡¯s amazing! Is this really a climber with the nickname Mushin? ¡°That¡¯s fun!¡± That fist was truly enough to crush a dragon, and he was sure that if he had opened this fist on the 800th floor, the dragon that had been hit by that fist would have been reduced to a blood clot. In fact, Choi Gyeong-hoon had a record of killing several members of the Four Emperors who came to kill him from the 800th floor. But now it is at most the 100th floor, not the 800th floor. He even suffered internal injuries due to the Four Emperors who came to kill him. ¡°The horse swallows everything.¡± With Hetz¡¯s low voice ¨C Fuwaaaaaaa! The thick magical energy that burst out from him made the world dark. Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr The magic energy that bounced on the floor twisted like a chain and entangled Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s fist. The fist, which stretched out quickly and contained the power to destroy a mountain, was slowly slowed down by the magic chain, and when it reached Hetsu, its power was being consumed. Tuk- It only gave a mild shock. ¡°¡­Tsk.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a shame. If we had met somewhere else, we could have had a good match. ¡°Aren¡¯t you nning on bing a demon?¡± Hetz asked, tapping Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s fist that touched him. Mine. For some people, it would be impossible to achieve even after a lifetime of effort, but for Hetz, it was a simple task. However, as simple as it was for HETS, Choi Kyung-hoon also simply refused it. ¡°I have a power in my hands that is more powerful than demonic energy, so I don¡¯t know why I need to do that. ¡°Chongyeong (´ç„Å).¡± Tung-! ¡°¡­!!!¡± In a situation where you can¡¯t move because you¡¯re blocked by chains, the sound that starts from the ground is transmitted directly to your fist. The heavy impact travels directly to the other person and shakes the inside. Hetz looked at his chest, where the fist hadnded, with a look of surprise on his face, and vomited out ck blood. ¡°Cough¡­I¡¯m serious. This level of destructive power at a distance close to zero. ¡°Is this a martial art?¡± ¡°It¡¯s simr. This is just a trick, but when you reach a certain level¡­Such sleight of hand reaches a level that cannot be ignored.¡± ¡°That¡¯s fun¡­Really fun! I don¡¯t know how long it¡¯s been since Ist saw blood. but¡­As I said before, I didn¡¯te here to have fun.¡± p p- Hetz pped a couple of times while wiping the blood from the corner of his mouth. Coo coo coo coo coo- ¡°¡­Footsteps?¡± Footsteps that felt like an earthquake. Choi Gyeong-hoon, who felt iting towards him, looked at Hetz. Hetz responded to Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s gaze with a grin. ¡°The demons said that¡¯s not all, friend.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk.¡± ¡°Kill him. ¡°Whoever brings me that head will be given enough magical power tost a lifetime.¡± ¡°¡­Sincerity?¡± ¡°oh my god! ¡°That guy is mine!¡± ¡°I only have one life. If not at a time like this, when will I take a chance?¡± The demons who appeared to the sound of apuse rolled their eyes at Hetz¡¯s words and rushed at Choi Kyung-hoon. It was only natural that those who risked their lives on magic energy were promised that they would be given enough magic energy tost their entire lives. And Choi Kyung-hoon had the power to knock them all down, but he couldn¡¯t. ¡®He knows it too. Those guys are nothing more than moths flying into the fire. But they will definitely eat away at my strength, and then¡­It is obvious that we will lose the battle against him.¡¯ Although each individual Demon is weak, a group naturally exerts more power than an individual. The demons, blinded by Hetz¡¯s magic energy, rushed at Choi Gyeong-hoon with the readiness to die. Considering that stamina, wounds, and energy are consumed every time you are hit by a sword or magic attack from their attacks, battles with them must be avoided at all costs. so that- ¡°Chajinnyeooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo!!!¡± ¡°¡­Tsk-!¡± Choi Kyung-hoon called Jinhyuk. Not only the demons who were running towards the roar that rivaled that of Lion¡¯s Roar, but even Hetz covered their ears and frowned. Self-made ¨C ¡°We¡¯ll take care of it from here on out.¡± ¡°There are a lot of people to kill! ¡°The kids will be feasting today!¡± ¡°It is time to receive God¡¯s condemnation, you devil¡¯s servants.¡± The trio who dealt with the demons that appeared earlier appeared again. Tune, Basil, Ashur Hum. As soon as they appeared, they began to sweep away the demons who had targeted Choi Kyung-hoon. It was for a moment that Choi Kyung-hoon turned his gaze to Hetz as he saw the demons being crushed one by one ¨C ¡°You can¡¯t stop my purpose with just this!¡± ¡°I reached it! I reached it! ¡°You¡¯re left behind now!¡± The trio tried to stop them, but in the end, there were demons who broke through their siege and reached Choi Kyeong-hoon. However, they could not get far before someone attacked them and their throats were pierced and they died. Of course, someone- ¡°Let me help you with one hand. Cha Jin-hyuk, he is busy doing his own thing, so he has no choice but to lead his old body.¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯ll leave it to the elders.¡± It was Balkan. Choi Gyeong-hoon calls out to Jin-hyuk, and the person sent by Jin-hyuk to help Choi Gyeong-hoon appears in front of Choi Gyeong-hoon. Balkan chuckled and nodded at the sight of Kyung-Hoon Choi showing a certain level of courtesy, unlike Jin-Hyeok. ¡°Unlike you, you have some manners. ¡°I and the others will take care of this, so you can do what you have to do.¡± ¡°yes.¡± ¡°Then there won¡¯t be time for the store or conversation from now on.¡± thud! As soon as he finished speaking, Vulcan lightly struck the floor with his staff. yet- Drudddeudddeuk- The earth quakes and the sky trembles. The source of that sound. -Wipe it away! -For spirit master! -For the Lord of Souls! The soul soldiers revealed themselves to defeat the demons. ¡°store!¡± ¡°All right!¡± The gap opened by the Balkans. The Mines no longer chased Choi Kyung-hoon. No, it would be correct to say that even if I wanted to, I ¡®couldn¡¯t¡¯ chase it. If you turn your attention to Choi Kyeong-hoon in the face of the soul soldiers controlled by Balkan and Tune, Basil¡¯s dead soul soldiers, and Ashur Hum¡¯s charge, your body will be split in two. Choi Gyeong-hoon, who retained his stamina and energy with the help of others, gritted his teeth and rushed forward. ¡°Hetz, I¡¯ll grab your head and rip your entire spine out.¡± ¡°oh! That¡¯s not bad. I will do that. After all,bat is the best!¡± ck hair that absorbs even the light flutters in the wind. The obsidian-like ck eyes are round and express joy. Fuwaaaaaaa! ¡°Then let¡¯s y~!¡± Soon, ck demonic energy covered the world. of course- Coo coo coo coo! ¡°I¡¯ll y as much as I want. The price will be your life. ¡®Commitment¡¯.¡± The red spection illuminated the world brightly even in a dark world. The world stained ck and the red spirit trying to brighten it began to bite each other roughly. Chapter 173 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 173 Kwasik- The ground you step on cracks. Power beyond degree. ¡®¡­I guess I was nervous too. It¡¯s been a while since I met a dragon tribe¡­I can¡¯t control my shaking.¡¯ It didn¡¯t suit Hendrick, but regardless, Hendrick was feeling nervous and excited. Bur. Those who have always killed everything they see. Hendrick was excited that one of the people he had killed without caring about their strength was now standing in front of him with an arrogant look on his face. ¡®¡­It was the most thrilling moment when that arrogant face frowned and begged for his life.¡¯ Those who trample on others do not know how it feels to be trampled. That is why you only realize how you feel when you are trampled on. Hendrick nned to imprint that feeling on the dragon in front of him. of course- ¡®Die while realizing that.¡¯ I had no intention of saving him. Sereung- After thinking about it, Hendrick took out his sword. Yongrin sword. A treasured sword made from one¡¯s own scales. It came out of the scabbard with a clear sound. ¡°knife? No, it¡¯s a sword made from dragon scales. They probably didn¡¯t make it for someone else¡­Did you take your scales and make a sword? ¡°Have you seen this crazy guy?¡± Kainan immediately recognized Hendrick¡¯s sword. What is the Yongrin Sword made of, and whose scales is it made from? Kainan noticed this and became angry. ¡°You have thrown your integrity to the ground, dragon yer. Even though you carry the karma of being a dragon yer, your body clearly belongs to our dragon n. ¡°You are driving our superiority to the ground!¡± Bur. That noble pride can never use one¡¯s body as a weapon. Bur scales, bones, and blood. Even though all of these were the best materials, the reason why the dragons did not use their own weapons but instead used weapons made of other iron, mithril, etc. was simply because of pride. However, Hendrick threw his pride to the ground and made a weapon out of his own body. ¡°¡­You will pay a price.¡± ¡°Unfortunately, all the dragons who said those words in front of me are dead. ¡°You too, I guess.¡± After finishing speaking, Hendrick gave strength to his hanging hands and lifted them up. ¡°Seungryonggyeok (•Nýˆ“ô).¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Kwakagagak! A sword strike from a dragon that plows the ground and ascends to the sky that crushes it. Kainan¡¯s eyes widened as he looked at him. ¡°Multiple shields.¡± Jiiiing- Bur. As a race known as a master of magic and a squire, Kainan summoned several shields with only a starter word and used them to block the Ascension. visor! Cheaeng! visor! Cheaeng! One, two, four, eight. The shields that blocked the Ascension Attack are torn apart like sheets of paper, creating a sharp sound of ss breaking. Eventually, the Ascension Strike that broke all the shields reached Kainan. Squeak- Light sound. Seungryungkeok, which had used up all its strength to break all the shields, created a long vertical sword line on Kainan¡¯s chest. ¡°¡­.¡± Sigh- Kainan said nothing as he touched the long sword mark that appeared on his front finger. Although Hendrick urately calcted the number of shields that would not reach him through perfect calctions, Hendrick showed destructive power and attack power that exceeded Kainan¡¯s calctions. ¡®Is this really a dragon yer? ¡®It¡¯s not that easy.¡¯ Kainan looked at Hendrick with cold eyes, feeling his head that was hot with anger cooling down. ¡°It won¡¯t happen twice.¡± ¡°Who can say anything? ¡°It¡¯s a shame we should have lost two with our attack just now.¡± Crack- No one can be arrogant or arrogant in front of himself. Even if he was one of his own people, he couldn¡¯t be that arrogant unless he was an adult of his own people. However, the words of Hendrick, a man in the flesh of a dragon, caused Kainan to feel anger as he was given the heinous nickname of dragon yer. ¡°¡­Be prepared to die. Multiple Fire Arrows ¨C Season, ¡®Fire Rain¡¯.¡± Grumbling! The scorching heat heats up Hendrick¡¯s whole body. Dozens or hundreds of fire arrows. As a fire arrow made with Kainan¡¯s dragon power, each shot contained a destructive power that was on a level different from that of a normal fire arrow. Such fire arrows were filling the sky to the extent that they were reminiscent of ¡®rain¡¯, making the viewer¡¯s pores feel dry. However, Hendrick looked at it calmly. ¡°It¡¯s warm. Are you nning to build a sauna?¡± ¡°¡­Shut up.¡± chuck- As soon as I lowered my lightly raised hand, the fire arrow filled the sky. ¡®Fire Rain¡¯, which can be said to be the season of Kainan, fell towards Hendrick. A disaster that descended on the earth. Hendrick lightly swung his sword as he watched what could be called fire rain falling on him. A sword that rotates smoothly. ¡°Hoeryong (»Øýˆ).¡± T-di-di-di-di-ding! As if there was an invisible sword curtain, the fire arrows that touched the direction in which Hendrick¡¯s sword rotated were thrown away. ¡°¡­does not make sense! city¡­shield!¡± Fire Arrow. Although they look like fiery arrows, they are actually magic made one by one from mana. Most magic cannot be destroyed or blocked by physical attacks. Most people choose to absorb as much shock as possible by blocking the attack. And if the person using the magic is a dragon, it is impossible for even a high-level wizard topletely block the magic, and blocking it with non-magical power is virtually impossible. But now Hendrick was destroying themon sense that Kainan knew. ¡°ah! Your guy¡­How dare you use the power of your own people!¡± ¡°You realize it toote.¡± The reason was simple. The dragon power wrapped around the Yongrin Sword. It was engaging with the Hoeryong and ruthlessly destroying the Fire Rain. ¡°Do not use the power of your own people to attack your own people!¡± ¡°You are not my people. ¡°I am the hunter and you are just the prey being hunted by the hunter.¡± Kainan was indignant at the sight of Hendrick using his dragon powers, but Hendrick did not even listen. Have you ever seen a hunter conceal his weapon? Hendrick had exactly that kind of power. The body of the dragon race and the energy of the dragon race. At first, he didn¡¯t use it because it was scary, but not anymore. ¡®If you don¡¯t want to fall behind, you have to grab at least some dirt and throw it.¡¯ Colleagues slowly moving ahead. Every time Hendrick saw his enemies and colleagues bing stronger, he slowly began to break the frame that had confined him. The body of the Bur, the energy of the Bur. Little by little, I began to use things that I had not used since they belonged to the dragon n that had brutally trampled on my family, and this was the result. ¡°Enchant ¨C Dispel.¡± Kiiiiing-! As it is made from dragon scales, the magical conductivity is also amazing, and Yongrin Sword epted Hendrick¡¯s enchantment magic as is. The Yongrin Sword, which had be a magic sword that cut through magic, literally shattered Fire Rain. ¡°mind¡­does not make sense.¡± Kainan couldn¡¯t help but open his mouth in surprise as he saw his season being shattered, but- ¡°If you¡¯re going to stand still, stay still. ¡°It will be easier to cut.¡± ¡°¡­Hendryeeeeek!¡± Kainan, who saw Hendrick, who hadpletely destroyed the Fire Rain, approaching him wielding the Yongrin Sword, gritted his teeth and called out Hendrick¡¯s name. At Kainan¡¯s call, Hendrick smiled like a statue, and his dark red eyes drew a crescent moon. ¡°Yes, I am Hendrik, the messenger who will bring about your death. ¡°Remember the name of the one who will grace your death.¡± Sgak! At the same time, Hendrick¡¯s sword cut through Kainan. Handmade taste. Hendrick felt the taste of his hand cutting something, but he felt regret. ¡°Is it eptance?¡± ¡°¡­Wow, I can¡¯t believe I made you look this disgusting.¡± Yonginhwa. A look Hendrick often used. A state in which dragon scales appear on human skin and at the same time some of the life force and defense of the dragon state can be used in the human state. However, Kainan hated the sight that any climber would want. Of course, that was natural to him. ¡°¡­You guys always do that. Dragonians who inherited your blood will have to live like that for the rest of their lives. ¡°You think of their appearance as a symbol of hate.¡± ¡°Only dragons are dragons! The dragon race, born from the blood of a dragon, is nothing more than a mutation! To look like those guys¡­Ugh, I¡¯m so disgusted.¡± Even though he changed because he wanted to, he wanted to get rid of the Kainan dragon race as quickly as possible. The original form of the dragon race is the dragon state, and they believe that the human state is simply wearing ¡®clothes¡¯ for entertainment. However, the dragon state is a mixture of the dragon, which emphasizes the superiority of the dragon race, and the human form, which is nothing more than ¡®clothes¡¯ for entertainment. In other words, the dragon race considers dragon people to be trash that mixes noble dragons with lowly humans. This was true not only of Kainan but of all the dragons Hendrick met. The dragon state is not suitable for closebat, and when dealing with enemies that would be difficult in human form, they adopt the dragon state. Even though they changed because they wanted to and because they needed to, their reactions were never different. ¡®The dragon people born from your entertainment live without even remembering their fathers or mothers, but you are always like that.¡¯ Hendrick also met the Yongin people. This is because they thought that the dragon people were no different from the dragon people and deserved to be killed. However, the Yongin people he saw were no different from victims than Hendrick himself. That¡¯s why Hendrick gritted his teeth. ¡°After all, you are all beings who deserve to die.¡± Not all dragons are like that. There are probably good people among the dragons, but is killing them all the right choice? These were the thoughts Hendrick had been thinking from the moment he picked up the sword. And as Hendrick grabbed the sword, climbed the tower, and cut down the dragons, Hendrick¡¯s thoughts became more and more firm. It was at this point that Hendrickpletely solidified his thoughts. ¡°You are a species unworthy of existing in this tower.¡± Bur. They are a species that must be exterminated. ¡°Kill the dragon.¡± Sugagagagak! And that anger eventually led to a sword strike that cut the front line dozens of times. However, the bodies of the dragon people, whom the dragon people hated, were strong. Hendrick¡¯s current ¡®dragon ying¡¯ is nothing more than cutting off the scales and skin. ¡°I¡¯ll rip you to death, Hendrick!¡± ¡°If you can, try it. And die feeling the pain of countless victims.¡± Despite feeling theck of power he had always felt since his reincarnation, Hendrick did not back down. I didn¡¯t feel any shame at the fact that a being that I would have cut down with a single blow was still alive. Just do what you can. That was it. ¡®I can cut enough for you.¡¯ Only one technology was blocked. Your skills and abilities are not just one thing. With that thought in mind, Hendrick began to spit out everything he had. Chapter 174 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 174 Crumbling- ¡°They seem to be fighting well, so should we get started soon?¡± ¡°Oh, I wanted to watch a little longer, but it looks like you wanted to get involved quicker than you thought?¡± Talking nonsense. Jinhyeok frowned at the sight of a woman who looked like a saint who would never exist again in the world casually making remarks like a rare seductress. ¡®Elyos have always been like that.¡¯ But it was a situation I had already been through many times. Elyos. They are said to be the cleanest race in the world and in the tower, but the disgust and ugliness within them is iparable to any other race. ¡®It¡¯s better to be a demon.¡¯ He is crazy about battle and dyes others with magic, but- Nevertheless, Jinhyeok thought that demons were better than elyos. Because of their single-cell appearance, they foolishly think that it would be a good thing for everyone if the world were stained with demons, but the Elyos are different. ¡°It looks like the chosen people ideology hasn¡¯t gone anywhere yet.¡± ¡°Is this the idea of ??the chosen people?¡± The sight of Hamiel tilting his head as if he didn¡¯t know anything was so disgusting. Chosen people ideology. Their actions, thinking that they are the ones who will save the world and the tower, cannot be described in words. ¡°Do you think you don¡¯t know that you are selling the name of God within the tower and ordering all those with divine power to serve and idolize the Elyos?¡± Demons control demons in return for giving them demon energy. So what about the Elyos? Are they also using divine power to create new beings called saints and control them? ¡®The answer is no. There is no need to use divine power as a medium in the first ce. Because there are many people in the tower who have divine power.¡¯ Overall, there are not that many professions with divine power, but if you count them in terms of number, they are quiterge. And not only do they consider the Elyos to be God¡¯s agents, they often follow their words as if they were God¡¯s words. All of these were the mindsetid down by the Elyos. ¡®The Elyos are superior, they are God¡¯s representatives, so you who have inherited the divine power, the power of God, must follow the Elyos¡¯ ¨C that¡¯s a disgusting idea. After all, simple ignorant demons are better.¡¯ Rather, demons pay the price of demonic power, while Elyos do not pay anything, and proudly say that the divine power they gained through their own efforts and faith is due to themselves and to the Elyos who have been recognized by God. And what about those who ignore or treat the words of the Elyos, a part of the Four Emperors, as lies? ¡°Let¡¯s do some trivial heresy hunting in moderation. ¡°Don¡¯t you feel sorry for the innocent people?¡± ¡°¡­I don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about.¡± Heresy hunt. As soon as those words came out of Jinhyuk¡¯s mouth, Hamiel erased his smile for the first time and looked at Jinhyuk with a hard face. Jinhyuk chuckled and waved his hands as if asking how you knew that. ¡°I don¡¯t think we¡¯ll be able to have a leisurely conversation.¡± ¡°¡­one thing. ¡°I would like to ask you one more thing.¡± ¡°What?¡± Seeing that Jinhyuk seemed to know a lot about something, Hamiel hesitated and asked. Jinhyuk nodded his head as if asking him to say something. ¡°Elione, where is she?¡± ¡°As expected, it was you who put her in the ck market.¡± ¡°¡­Just answer!¡± Elione. Hamiel, who asked for the location of the dark elf he had released, screamed without heeding even though he was told the truth. Jinhyuk shrugged his shoulders and responded. Of course, it wasn¡¯t the answer she wanted. ¡°Elione, she went back to her ce.¡± ¡°¡­Do you know what that means?¡± Where to be. Hamiel stoppedughing when he heard that Elione had returned there. Hamiel gritted his teeth, ring at Jinhyuk with a hard face. ¡°Elione, she lived as a ve after being sold to a wealthy man on the ck market, and the end of her life was when she faced a tragic situation and bit her tongue. ¡°She said it would have been an easier end to her life!¡± Wow, you only think about what suits you. Jinhyuk burst outughing when he heard that the best ending for someone who lost everything was tomit suicide while living as someone¡¯s ve. ¡°Is that really the case?¡± ¡°of course. She was abandoned in the elf kingdom, and the only ce she could go was¡­The only ce to go¡­no way?¡± ¡°I think you¡¯ve figured it out, but please stop talking about hurting your mouth.¡± ¡°¡­it¡¯s crazy! Did you really send it to the dark elf vige? you¡­Can you handle it? ¡°I wonder if there is!¡± Hamiel was smart. It¡¯s natural that you can¡¯t be stupid to use tricks. That¡¯s why Elione, who became a dark elf and was abandoned by the elves, was horrified when she immediately realized that there was a fixed ce for her to go. ¡®Everything is twisted. It shouldn¡¯t be like this¡­.¡¯ Elyos are a race that strives to be gods. The giants and dragons are not very interested in transcendence, and the demons do notpete for position because they aim for the position of the devil. However, since the Elyos and Demons have a back-and-forth rtionship, they are bound to sh at every turn. In addition, considering that from time to time, among the giants and dragons, those who aim for the positions of gods and demons appear, it was inevitable that they would have to make their forces stronger or find new ways to be gods and demons. ¡®We were finally able to ce the elves under our feet and turn them into a factory for the creation of divinity¡­!¡¯ The Elyos conducted research on the subject, and as a result, they realized that a being who receives a lot of respect and faith from others bes closer to a god in itself. Although it started out as a being simr to the indigenous gods of the region, it ended up being no different from the real gods that exist beyond the 999th floor. However, as ¡®faith¡¯ was used by many Elyos, no matter how much work was done, the supply of faith was extremely insufficient. Then, what I realized was the strong faith of the tribe. ¡®If all the elves in the elf kingdom were divine while serving the elyos, we could havee closer to bing gods!¡¯ An alien race such as elves or dwarves, and a race or entity that is exceptionally stronger than humans. The faith they showed was stronger than that of dozens of ordinary humans. Therefore, the Elyos secretly carried out underground operations on various races, including elves, and the elves were caught in it. Now all that was left to do was pick the sweet fruit and eat it, but Jinhyuk ruined it all, so it was natural to be angry. ¡°¡­Know that because of you the elves will gnash their teeth and the fiery arrows will be aimed at the dark elves.¡± Despite his anger, Hamiel barely held back the swearing and hoped that Jinhyuk would regret the choice he made. But Jinhyuk was not the kind of person who regretted such things. ¡°Anyway, I had no desire to receive apuse from elves who stuck with the Four Emperors. And what does it matter to me whether a dark elf gets hit by a fire arrow or an ice arrow?¡± ¡°¡­You are such a piece of trash. ¡°Is this your reaction even though countless dark elves will die because of you?!¡± ¡°It¡¯s fun. You don¡¯t seem to think that all of this is because you ruined the life of an elf. And don¡¯t you feel sorry for the elves who have to make a fool their king because of your choice?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Absurd, absurd. It was just a word suitable for Hamiel and the Elyos. Jinhyeok saves Elione, frees her, and sends her to the dark elves, resulting in a war between the dark elves and the elves, resulting in numerous victims. Even if that were truly the case, the me should only be directed at the Elyos standing at the starting point. ¡®Disgusting people. Not only did they turn the princess who was about to ascend the throne into a dark elf, deprive her of the throne, but then sell her as a ve. And what kind of bad taste is it that youe back to buy it again? I really can¡¯t understand what¡¯s going on in those pigeons¡¯ minds. rather¡­Yuriel, that woman will be better.¡¯ Nevertheless, Hamiel, who is an Elyos, says that all the mistakes are because of him, so from Jinhyeok¡¯s perspective, it is absurd. Bye bye bye- ¡°Let¡¯s stop the conversation there.¡± ¡°¡­If it¡¯s your neck, I think even the elves would take extenuating circumstances.¡± An eerie voice. Jinhyeok paid no heed to Hamiel¡¯s words, which seemed determined to correct all mistakes, and tightened his grip on the sword whose bracelet had suddenly changed. ¡°¡­Yesach, open.¡± Paaaaat! At the same time, Hamiel also revealed his powers. Yesachah. With a name that Jinhyuk did not recognize, the two pairs of wings that sprouted from Hamiel¡¯s back began to emit a brilliant light. Wings that give a feeling of reverence and majesty just by looking at them. ¡°Please die. For me, for the Elyos. Furthermore, for the sake of order in this tower.¡± ¡°Order is a mess. ¡°It¡¯s disgusting to hear the word ¡®order¡¯e out of the mouth of a guy who only knows his own race.¡± Hamiel¡¯s floating appearance, looking down, resembled that of an angel in mythology, but Jinhyeok knew well that Hamiel was not anything like an angel. ¡°e.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t need it below your neck.¡± Bababababaak! When the wings filled with divine power pped once in the sky, the feathers filled with divine power on the wings poured down like a shower. However, its power was too strong to be dismissed as just a feather. bang! Quang! bang! Kwagwagwagwagwang!!! Jinhyeok, who was frowning at the sight of the shattered and cracked earth, soon smiled. ¡°Why are you smiling?¡± ¡°It¡¯s time to feast.¡± ¡°¡­yes?¡± Hamiel, who was looking at Jinhyeok with a smile as if he was displeased, tilted his head when he heard that it was time to feast. I had no choice but to open my mouth at the situation that soon unfolded. ¡°Eat it up, greed.¡± -Krrrrlk! This is because Tam, a huge dragon with a purple-ck body, ate all the dozens or hundreds of feathers that flew in with its mouth wide open. [The greedy dragon looks at you with a confused face.] Before he could pay attention to the real message of ¡®Tam¡¯ that was blocking his eyes, Hamiel¡¯s voice filled with surprise rang in Jinhyuk¡¯s ears. ¡°¡­Nonsense.¡± ¡°Thank you, I haven¡¯t had enough to eat these days, but because of you, I¡¯m gorging after a long time.¡± ¡°¡­Shut up!¡± Huh! Perhaps realizing that a feather attack would only benefit Jinhyeok, Hamail pped his wings roughly and created a tempest. A storm of divine power. It came towards Jinhyeok and started tearing down everything on the road. ¡°It makes no sense that this is divine power. ¡°It¡¯s no different from demonic energy or divine power.¡± Jinhyeok left his seat as he felt that there was no change in the divine power, magical energy, or deep destructive energy, just that the purpose of use was slightly different. Battle with Hamiel. Jinhyuk¡¯s mouth was already watering as he thought about Hamiel¡¯s body that he would eat after winning this battle. There was no lie in what I said earlier. The only thing I¡¯ve been eatingtely is doppelgangers, and I¡¯ve been skipping it more than I¡¯ve been eating it. That¡¯s why a deep smile appeared on Jinhyeok¡¯s lips at the thought of eating Hamiel and the other Four Emperors. Wiggle-! Is that why? Not only Hamiel, but also Jinhyeok himself could not feel the ¡®seed¡¯, which is the organ that generates divine power and magical energy, nestled in his heart, stirring. Without even noticing the change, the two began to sh like crazy, letting out each other¡¯s energy. Chapter 175 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 175 Bang! ¡°¡­Inhale!¡± ¡°¡­Fly.¡± With one punch from Mug, the ground caved in and a loud explosion erupted. Literally overwhelming power. Ha-Ryu, who had barely avoided the fist each time, was pushed back by the wind pressure and fell into deep thought. ¡®It¡¯spletelypatible with Miho.¡¯ Miho before training and honing her skills under Choi Kyung-hoon. It was a MUG that was just like Miho¡¯s upperpatibility. Pushing the opponent based on overwhelming physical ability and strength. In reality, Mug was continuing the battle with only overwhelming power, without any technology or finesse. ¡®But the battle is too difficult with that power alone.¡¯ Mug was powerful, as if to prove that it is not a lie that if anything is brought to its extreme, that alone can make one the absolute and the strongest. Ha-ryu gritted his teeth as he felt that not only he, whose physical abilities had been strengthened with the red armor by assimting with the dragon yer sword, but also Miho, who had never been pushed back in terms of physical ability, was being pushed out. ¡°Miho,e here.¡± ¡°Yes, sister. But that guy is so tough. And he¡¯s so strong.¡± ¡°I know. So now we must join forces instead of moving individually.¡± ¡°¡­yes!¡± First, Ha-ryu brought Miho, who was confronting Mug, to his side and thought about how to deal with Mug. Mugughed heartily at the sight of those two people. ¡°Are you giving up? ¡°Then I can destroy it, right?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Although he seemed a bit dazed, Ha-ryu, who experienced the ¡®strength¡¯ contained within him, did not say anything. ¡®It feels like a child¡¯s mind has entered an adult¡¯s body. If you use this well¡­Something might be possible.¡¯ Mug¡¯s advantage is, of course, its strength. On the contrary, the downside was his untidy spirit. It feels like a three-year-old child wielding the power of an adult. Therefore, Haru realized that the area they needed to delve into was the ¡®spirit¡¯. ¡®¡­Mr. Dragon yer Sword.¡¯ -Why are you calling me? Ha-ryu, who had been silently observing the situation to confirm his thoughts, summoned the dragon yer¡¯s ego and immediately expressed his thoughts. -¡­Whoa. It¡¯s not bad. But if you only borrow my power, your growth will be¡­. ¡®Even if I want to grow right now, I can¡¯t. First of all, is it possible?¡¯ -Hmm, it might be possible. However, what happens after that cannot be guaranteed. Either he goes wild and goes on a rampage or he bes quiet. ¡®It¡¯s called gambling.¡¯ -yes. Gambling numbers. It was the decision of the dragon yer after hearing all of Ha-ryu¡¯s thoughts. Ha-ryu stroked his chin and thought carefully about the word gambler before nodding. ¡®Then I¡¯ll ask you a favor.¡¯ -Okay, it¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ll have another guy¡¯s body. Haha, it¡¯s also the body of a giant¡­not bad. As soon as the dragon yer¡¯s sword gave consent, Haryu immediately left the ce. ¡°Miho, do you know how to use charm?¡± ¡°Ugh¡­It¡¯s difficult and hurts my eyes¡­.¡± ¡°But I have to do it now. ¡°If that giant¡¯s mind goes crazyter, use charm right away.¡± ¡°¡­I understand, just trust Miho!¡± Ha-ryu remembers the advent of the ¡®nine-tailed fox¡¯ who borrowed Miho¡¯s body during the previous encounter with Sandalphon. The fascination of the ¡®nine-tailed fox¡¯ was not evenparable to the fascination that Jinhyeok sometimes used when wearing a fox mask. ¡®Miho is the child of such a ¡®nine-tailed fox¡¯. Just as the brother wearing my mask cannot use bat foresight¡¯ as much as me, the same goes for charm. Miho¡¯s fascination is strong enough.¡¯ In particr, fascination is more effective with the opposite sex rather than the same sex. The nine-tailed fox was able to cast a perfect and powerful charm on both male and female, but it would be impossible for Miho, who is still young. ¡®I¡¯m d the giants are men. If it was a woman¡­This method might have been a little difficult.¡¯ Thinking that it might have been a little more difficult if the female body was here instead of the male body, Ha-ryu quickly ran towards Mug. * * * Kwakagagak- ¡°¡­It hurts my eyes.¡± Rushing downstream. It wasn¡¯t just running. He plowed the ground with his dragon yer sword, scattering dirt and stone debris towards Myug¡¯s eyes. At that, Mug frowned and rubbed his eyes. Arrogance is impossible if you are not confident that you have apletely advantageous situation. This was possible because he thought that the opponent¡¯s attack would not work on him. And Ha-Ryu took advantage of that arrogance. Let¡¯s go! A perfect cut. The swordsmanship he had worked so hard to cultivate next to Choi Gyeong-hoon shone brightly here. The downstream dragon yer sword that cut off Myug¡¯s right hand and right arm left a wound so deep that Mueg¡¯s bones were clearly visible. ¡°¡­Wow- it hurts-¡± However, for Mug, it was just a painful wound. A wound that heals by just sitting still and applying acupuncture a few times. In fact, Mug has suffered more wounds than this in his life, and he has recovered from all of them. It was a strange natural healing power. In the face of healing powerparable to or greater than that of trolls, it was obvious that the wounds caused by the downstream would soon disappear. But the n downstream started right now. chuck- ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a gift.¡± Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrr Right hand slightly opened in pain. He gave me the dragon yer sword that he was holding. That was the n downstream. As soon as the dragon yer sword fell from his hand, the red armor returned to its original owner, the dragon yer sword, and Ha-ryu returned to his normal clothes. Mug looked back and forth between the dragon yer sword in his hand and downstream, trying to understand the current situation. And I came to one conclusion. ¡°¡­Bribery is bad.¡± bribe. The conclusion is mixed with an overly delusional conclusion that Ha-ryu gave the dragon yer sword as a bribe(?) in order to survive. ¡°¡­Foot. ¡°It¡¯s not like that.¡± Haryu burst outughing at Mug¡¯s foolish words, forgetting that he was in the middle of a battle. The tension eased slightly because he thought his n had seeded, but also because the term bribery was so funny. In the first ce, Ha-Ryu never had any intention of humbly begging for his life. Even if you are certain that you will die, you will kill the other person unconditionally. That was the downstream idea, and now it was bing reality. ¡°¡­Ugh, my head¡­voice? it hurts¡­. what?¡± -Tteokdae, are you the one who caught me? Do you want to search? ¡°¡­who is this!!!¡± An unfamiliar male voice echoing in my head. At the same time, Mug screamed harshly in a bloody voice. Huuuuung- ¡°¡­The effect is certain.¡± ¡°Sister, when are you going to use it?¡± ¡°Just a little while.¡± Although Ha-ryu only roared, Ha-ryu was dumbfounded by the sight of his limbs trembling as if he had been attacked by a sonic wave, but he was still satisfied. This is evidence that proves that the Dragon yer Sword is truly touching Myug¡¯s spirit. After calming down Miho, who was preparing to use charm in response to his request, Ha-ryu and Miho began to briefly check on Myug¡¯s condition. * * * ¡°Get out of my head!¡± -If something that I don¡¯t even know about has taken control of me, I have to pay the price. Mug was confused. ¡®what? Who is it? Why do I hear voices in my head? ¡®Is it magic?¡¯ He was stupid, but he knew it wasn¡¯t that hard to make the voices in his head sound. However, his outstanding physical ability showed that he was excellent at detecting and detecting mana, which made Mug even more confused. ¡®no one is here. ¡®There¡¯s no one putting voices in my head!¡¯ The mixture of great sense and dumb brains was terrible. I could definitely hear voices in my head, but there was no one around me using magic such as telepathy, so Mug was so frustrated that he was on the verge of passing away. Of course, it wasn¡¯t a dragon yer sword that would just sit there and watch. -That¡¯s stupid. I am the sword in your hand. ¡®¡­knife?¡¯ -And please know that I am most disgusted with ignorantly powerful people like you, you idiot. ¡°¡­Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh! Only then did Mug realize who the owner of the voice echoing in his head was, but at the same time, he felt like his head was on fire. -I will take good care of your body. By suicide, of course. ¡®ah¡­no¡­. My body¡­It¡¯s mine¡­!¡¯ The experience of losing your mind and bing no longer yourself. Although it was his first experience, Mug instinctively felt that he would disappear if he continued like this. The body is lost to the sword. ¡®dragon¡­fat¡­knife¡­!¡¯ -You know me. ¡®The King¡­Whatever you want!¡¯ -¡­Tsk, how are the damned rice cakes, pigeons, and lizards so consistent? Mug noticed the dragon yer sword. One of the two reasons why they destroyed the goblin vige. Recovery of the dragon yer sword. It was given to all members of the Four Emperors n, and it was promised that the rights to it would be given to whoever found it first. After confirming that the object was in his hand, Mug cheered. ¡®Mine! No, big deal! I can be stronger too! ¡®You can be the SS!¡¯ An enormous right to be given if you seed in retrieving the Dragon yer Sword. In particr, for the giants, the opportunity to stand by the king¡¯s guard was greater than any other glory. Because the royal guard was the ce where one could stand by the king and have the opportunity to be the next king. However, the unique mental state of the giants, who were weak against mental attacks, could notpletely block the mental attacks of the dragon yer sword. ¡°¡­Kaaaaaa!!!¡± A loud roaring sound. That was evidence that Mug was unable topletely block the dragon yer¡¯s mental attack. but- Cheer up! -Failed. Prepare for a storm. ¡°¡­this.¡± The dragon yer sword that fell from Mug¡¯s hand announced that half of the n had failed. Runaway. Haryu couldn¡¯t even imagine how powerful Mug, who hadpletely lost his wit, would be. ¡®It may be easy to deal with, but it¡¯s going to be really dangerous from now on.¡¯ Originally, an attack that could have killed you with one hit + @ has now be an attack that could really kill you with one hit. The attack will continue to be even more monotonous than before, but its destructive power has increased even further. ¡°Miho, try using a charm.¡± ¡°Ugh!¡± Still, I thought that Miho¡¯s charm, which was the original n, might work to some extent- ¡°¡­I hate women! ¡°Kill them all!¡± ¡°¡­Heeing, no.¡± -Reckless drinking actually helped me be immune to mental attacks. Berserker Mug, who was in a state of berserk, was not affected by states such as charm. ¡°What should I do¡­¡± ¡­. ¡°I can¡¯t ask for help from others.¡± A situation where everyone is already doing their best against their respective enemies. There wasn¡¯t really a good way to aplish something at this point. It was right then. [The Nine-Tailed Fox says our true power is not charm.] ¡°¡­mom?¡± A message from the nine-tailed fox appeared before Miho¡¯s eyes. When Miho¡¯s ears perked up at her message full of kindness, the nine-tailed fox gave her a crucial hint. [The Nine-Tailed Fox says our power is not ¡®charm¡¯ but ¡®tails.¡¯] [It is said that the nine-tailed fox has already gathered enough strength to create a new ¡®tail¡¯.] [The nine-tailed fox is cheering you on.] ¡°¡­tail?¡± After seeing the messages, Miho tilted her head and flicked her two tails. ¡°tail¡­tail¡­tail¡­.¡± Haryu kept his mouth shut as he watched Miho gradually focus her attention on the tail. ¡°I guess we should buy some time for ourselves from now on.¡± -However much. You can do it all day long. Will the change that started with Miho be good or bad? Also, he didn¡¯t know whether it was before or after he got blood clotted by Mug¡¯s fist. Churrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr ¡°Then let¡¯s go.¡± -Remember what I said. It¡¯s snow. Don¡¯t let this opportunity go to waste. The fox kid is still a kid, but don¡¯t neglect your own growth. ¡°all right.¡± The moment when the red armored waves once again engulf the entire body of the downstream. The small new model downstream shot out at Mug like a bullet. It looked like a red bullet. Chapter 176 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 176 Kang! Kaang! Kang! ¡°¡­Ugh, my hands are really numb.¡± -It¡¯s not blocking, it¡¯s spilling. ¡°I know, but doing it is a different matter.¡± MUG¡¯s wave offensive. To be honest, it was a random attack, but even that was quite a difficult attack for Ha-ryu. It¡¯s a situation where you only gain if you block, you only gain if you spill, and you gain if you spill and even counterattack. However, it was impossible to let go and even counterattack, let alone let down to the downstream, which was difficult to block. Nevertheless, Yongsalgeom continued to order downstream to spill. -I told you to shed it. ¡°¡­I want to do it too!¡± Now, I was a lower ss who could make proper decisions and even have conversations even while holding the dragon yer sword, but I couldn¡¯t make something that shouldn¡¯t happen happen. In the end, it was the dragon yer sword that exploded. -Damn it, give me your body. Remember, I¡¯ll only show you this once. ¡°¡­yes?¡± -Give me your body. No, I take it myself. Anyway, you won¡¯t even know how to give it or get it back. ¡°¡­Ugh!¡± Huuuuk- As soon as the dragon yer finished speaking, Ha-ryu felt like he was being pushed somewhere. It was the same feeling as if my delicate body was fluttering about in the wind blowing from a mugue, but it was definitely a different feeling. and- ¡°kill!¡± When Mug, who had be a berserker, was about to m his fist into the staggering stream. ¡°¡­Tteokdae, didn¡¯t I tell you to be a bit cheeky in moderation?¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± The eyes of Haruyu, who gathered his stumbling body and cast a cool gaze. No, at the sight of Haryu, whose body was taken over by the dragon yer sword, Mug felt goosebumps running through his body and urgently turned his foot back. Ta-da-ta-ta-ta-ta-ta-ta! fear. Even though he became a crazy berserker, the fear engraved in his mind did not disappear from Mugh and remained intact. Even though it was a different woman¡¯s soft voice than before, Mugue could instinctively feel it. ¡°same! ¡°The voice is the same!¡± ¡°Yes, it¡¯s the same person, so close your mouth ande in. ¡°Show me quickly and then go in.¡± It looks 180 degrees different from before. If others had seen this is exactly what the grumpy Hanryang would look like if she became a woman, they would have been shocked, but right now, Ha-ryu and Mug were the only ones present. At least Miho was there, but Miho, who was concentrating all her attention on her tail, didn¡¯t even notice the change in downstream¡¯s mood and tone of voice. The Dragon yer Sword, showing a side that everyone did not know, grinned and clucked its main body, the Dragon yer Sword. ¡°Mug, don¡¯t ignore me!¡± ¡°Even though I don¡¯t want to ignore it, I end up ignoring it because of my busy head. What should I do? And, where are you speaking informally? Do you know how old I am? When I was your age, I cut off the hairs of your ancestors. Mr. Kwak!¡± A voice full of irritation. But Mug didn¡¯t care and left the ce. The appearance of the Mugue rushing forward, turning its arms like a windmill while suppressing its instinctive fear, was very simr to that of a tank. but- ¡°Little boy, he said. ¡°They only show it once.¡± The dragon yer sword wearing the flesh of the lower ss looked at the scene with a grin and ced its hand on its scabbard. ce your hand on the sheath and grasp the handle of the sword. ¡°Mach sword method.¡± Although it is not well known within the tower, the name of the sword technique is like a symbol of fear to those who have lived for a long time. ¡°Chapter 1, Light Speed ??Sword.¡± Sereung- Tung! With a low voice, the dragon yer sword came out of the scabbard like a beam of light and ¡®flowed¡¯ out of Myug¡¯s fist. Apletely different sound from the sharp metallic sounds we have heard so far. The Dragon yer Sword looked at this with satisfaction and swung the sword once more with a slight smile. ¡°go away.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Squeak! It wasn¡¯t even visible. I did not see the sword being swung or touched. I only realized that I had been cut by a sword because of the hot pain I felt where the sword had passed through. Mug. As a giant, his physical abilities are second to none, and even though he has be a berserker who has lost his sense of reason, I have never seen him wield a sword? Furthermore, did you realize that you were cut by a sword only after feeling the pain of being cut by a sword? ¡®mind¡­Nonsense¡­. ¡®Mug can¡¯t see.¡¯ Mug hesitated and retreated from the iprehensible situation he had experienced. It wasn¡¯t because of the pain I felt from the long cut wound on my chest. Like the right arm and right hand that had been cut by Ha-ryu, the wound on his chest was slowly recovering, and the pain of the cut was also familiar. However, Mug¡¯s retreat was not that one-dimensional. ¡®scary. King, Mug is scary! ¡®I couldn¡¯t see anything!¡¯ Ignorance soon breeds fear. Especially for giants who are famous for their mental age, ignorance is more of a fear than a fear. It is perhaps natural that the downstream that harbors such fear feels like a symbol of fear. However, Ha-ryu, who was looking at the retreating Myug, clicked his tongue as he saw Ha-ryu¡¯s thin arms and hands trembling with the dragon yer sword that wore his body. ¡°Tsk, I was so weak that I fell. ¡°Then it will take a long time to learn the Mach Sword Technique.¡± -Give it back! The stream that had lost its body cried out for its return. Losing one¡¯s body to someone. Because I just felt for myself how horrifying it was. This means that Mug is not the only one who feels the fear and terror caused by ignorance. ¡°You saw what I did, right?¡± -¡­Even if I can¡¯t follow that speed, I can roughly understand how to flow. ¡°You have to follow the pace. ¡°My shedding is at half the speed.¡± -I will try my best. ¡°It¡¯s not effort, it¡¯s sess. don¡¯t disappoint me The reason I y with you is because I like you so far. ¡°Unless you want to be like that idiot, please satisfy me.¡± -¡­yes. When I realized that the rtionship that I thought was an equal rtionship was actually a rtionship where one party was one-sided. The downstream had no choice but to shrink. ¡®¡­It¡¯s an experience I never want to have again.¡¯ The feeling of being sucked backwards and stuck in an alcove somewhere. The feeling of seeing the world through my own eyes through a third person¡¯s eyes was an experience I never want to experience again. ¡°Then do your best. kid.¡± Finally, the Dragon yer Sword responded with a grin and obediently returned to its sword. ¡°¡­Whoa!¡± Ha-ryu, who had barely recovered his body, let out a rough breath and grabbed his sword. In order not to forget the sensations he had acquired from the Dragon ying Sword just now, Ha-ryu repeated his thoughts in his head and swung the sword. Sgak! The sharp sword sh cut Myug¡¯s skin again and again. Mug, who had been cut more than three times in the blink of an eye, finally came to his senses and red downstream. ¡°you¡­different. ¡°You¡¯re not scared!¡± Mug, noticing that the stream had changed, kicked up his seat again and started turning his arms like a windmill. A simple attack. Haryu stared at his arm as the attack was no different from when he attacked the Dragon yer Sword. ¡®You can cover up theck of speed with ¡®eyes¡¯.¡¯ It was said that the speed of the dragon yer sword was half. Then the rest would be the ¡®eyes¡¯ that were always emphasized. After thinking like that, Ha Ryu used his battle foresight. Wooooow- Mug¡¯s arm moving slowly in a slow world. A momentary gap seen in the cycle of rotating arms. ¡°¡­now!¡± In that split second, Haryu drew his sword as fast as he could. Balgeom. In terms of speed alone, the sword, which had a speed that could not even bepared to a normal cut, blocked and cut Mug¡¯s fist at an angle. Tung-! Squeak! When a sound simr to when the dragon yer sword is blocked rings out and you tremble with the joy of sessfully counterattacking ¨C -How stupid! Look ahead, kid! ¡°¡­!¡± ¡°It hurts! ¡°You¡¯re killing me!!!¡± Mug, who had been properly countered by the counterattack following the spill, was attacking Haryu unharmed. ¡®It¡¯ste¡­!¡¯ Ha-Ryu¡¯s defeat was missed because he was happy that he had sessfully carried out the teachings of the Dragon yer Sword. Mug was stupid, but he didn¡¯t miss the opportunity. Wow- The tendons of my clenched fist are rising. The muscles shake on the arm that is clenched into a fist. The strength of the tense muscles and the body moving naturally despite the pain created a posture that allowed for precise punching and maximum destructive power. Afterpleting all preparations in an instant, Mug¡¯s fist touched Haryu. Quaaaang! Bang-kwajik-kwagagagak- The moment the fist made contact, Ha-ryu, who had raised his dragon yer sword to block the fist, was thrown back with a huge impact. There were cases where Haryu threw his body to lessen the impact, but most of them were unable to ovee the impact of Mugue¡¯s fist and were closer to being thrown away. The condition of the stream downstream was a mess as the bottom waspletely dug up and the river flowed away, creating furrows in the bottom. The red armor was crushed or shattered and scattered around. Naturally, the weak body of the person inside was covered in dark bruises and blood stains. ¡°It¡¯s fast, but slower than before. It hurts, but less than before. Mug, I will kill you.¡± Jumble-jump- The appearance of Mug slowly approaching. Ha-Ryu gritted his teeth as he saw that in his eyes. ¡®I shouldn¡¯t have been hit even once! fool! What a fool! ¡®I can¡¯t believe you made such a beginner¡¯s mistake!¡¯ The joy was so great. I was so happy that I didn¡¯t have to lose my body. I was so d that I had fully digested the teachings of the Dragon yer Sword. That was a mistake. ¡°Ugh¡­not¡­Okay¡­.¡± -Do you want help? ¡°¡­necessary¡­no¡­.¡± Mug is a natural fighter who never misses an opportunity. Naturally, the gap downstream was also the same. I asked Haryu, who was in such a mess, if he wanted the Dragon yer Sword to help him, but Haryu refused. This situation was created due to his own ipetence and mistakes. It was strange to now rely on the dragon yer sword. ¡°It¡¯s over.¡± Mug grinned with an idiotic expression and raised his fist. When Ha-ryu closed his eyes, thinking about what would happen to him the moment that fist fell. ¡°¡­Don¡¯t touch my sister!¡± ¡°¡­What are you¡­?!!!¡± Kwasik! A familiar but slightly different voice struck my ears. And when Mug turned his head to the voice and checked the owner of the voice, the attack that flew in broke Mug¡¯s fist. With an eerie sound, Mug roared with a painful groan. ¡°Sister, are you okay?¡± ¡°¡­Miho? ¡°Are you Miho?¡± The person who took advantage of themotion andnded next to Ha-ryu was none other than Miho. However, Miho smiled and nodded at Miho¡¯s appearance, which had changed so much that Ha-ryu could not immediately recognize her. ¡°huh! Look at this! ¡°My tail has grown!¡± Softly~ Three tails waving while talking. The moment Ha-ryu saw that, he could feel that he had wasted time properly. ¡°So, you can rest a little bit. Because Miho is going to scold the bad guy.¡± ¡°¡­Ok, thanks.¡± ¡°You should buy me something delicious instead! ¡°Without my brother¡¯s knowledge!¡± ¡°I just trust you.¡± Haryu smiled at the fact that his body had grown to that of a middle school student, but his insides had not changed at all, and he slightly closed his eyes as he watched Miho quickly jump out of her seat and head towards Mugue. ¡®Mr. Dragon yer Sword. There was no need for me to do it all by myself.¡¯ -¡­Hmm, it¡¯s not enough. Work harder. And don¡¯t just rest. As soon as your body returns to normal, join the battlefield. ¡®I understand, it seems like your older brother is nagging you.¡¯ -what? Despite Dragonyer¡¯s blunt reply, Ha-ryu took a rest with a smile on his face without saying a word. In order to recover my creaky body as quickly as possible and help Miho- Chapter 177 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 177 Kwazizijik- Every time they exchange offense and defense, the surroundings shatter and a tremendous sound hits my ears as if heaven and earth are changing. However, both of them looked fine as they exchanged offense and defense. ¡®As expected, I¡¯ve be stronger.¡¯ As Miho collided with Mug, she realized something clearly. That he has be stronger and that his current body will never be pushed aside by Mug. ¡®tail¡­Mom was right that all my strengthes from my tail!¡¯ Sammiho. Miho¡¯s physical ability, which changed from Lee Mi-ho to Three-tailed Fox, was originally strong, but it has be so strong that it cannot even bepared to then. ¡®Is your sister going to be okay?¡¯ While he was embodying enlightenment and creating a new tail based on the energy he had gathered so far, he was worried about the health of the lower stream that was busy protecting him, but it was okay. ¡®¡­I think it¡¯s okay.¡¯ Haryu, who seemed to have fallen asleep, may have looked tired, but he did not look dangerous. Miho checked the condition of the downstream and bent her fingertips. ¡°You bad uncle, I will scold you.¡± My second favorite person after Jinhyuk. Miho kicked out of her seat with the sole thought of scolding Mug for hurting Ha-ryu. * * * ¡°¡­Wow!!!¡± ¡°Tsk-¡± A roaring sound erupted. Miho¡¯s delicate body shakes roughly. As Miho¡¯s body swayed like a kite swaying to and fro in a violent wind, Mug rushed towards Miho. Thump thump thump thump-! ¡°Kill, kill, kill.¡± Mug¡¯s condition was unusual, as his brain became more and more consumed by madness as time passed. Speed ??and weight reminiscent of a destruction tank. Because it was rushing with all its might to destroy Miho¡¯s fragile body. However, Miho, who became the Three Tailed Fox, was not easy. Quaduk- With her feet nted on the solid ground and her posture firmly established, Miho¡¯s hands move mysteriously. ¡°Hojo Nanmu.¡± Come on! Do it yourself! A simpler but more effective technique than any other technique. Hojo Nanmu unfolded in Miho¡¯s hands. Two hands. Ten fingers. They turn into sharp weapons and rush towards the charging Mugs. Squeak ¨C Squeak ¨C Squeak! An eerie sound as if something were being torn apart. The fox¡¯s attack, which cut through the wind and tore through space, tore Myug¡¯s whole body to pieces. ¡°sick. But it¡¯s okay!¡± However, as if to prove that the body of the giant race is not called the strongest body for nothing, Mug did not stop charging even though it was bleeding profusely. Thump thump thump-! Mug came in front of Miho in just a few steps and proceeded to punch her in the body. bang! ¡°Ugh¡­.¡± A 2M-sized muscr body is created bypressing and condensing the body of a giant that is the size of a hill. Considering that there is an enormous amount of mass inside, the situation is no different from a moving mountain running at a faster speed than a car running at full speed and colliding with it. Nevertheless, Miho withstood the charge even though she let out a pain-filled moan. ¡°¡­You are strong. what? ¡°You were weak.¡± ¡°Miho is not weak!¡± Miho¡¯s strength was so great that even Mug, who charged, was surprised. Mug frowned at the 180-degree change from Miho from before and searched through her stupid head for memories, but as expected, Miho back then was weak. When Mug was feeling confused, his decision to think that his rush would be enough to turn him into a blood clot was based on his memory of seeing Miho earlier. Miho shouted harshly and stretched out both cute hands that had blocked the charge and grabbed Myug¡¯s sides. I couldn¡¯t help it because I couldn¡¯t touch his shoulder due to the height difference. But that was enough. Kkukdeukdeuk- ¡°¡­Aaaah!¡± ¡°A fox¡¯s ws are sharp. ¡°Enough to beat a bad guy!¡± The bent fingers and long, sharp, and hard nails dug into Myug¡¯s side. Mug felt a distant pain as his fingers and nails dug into his skin, which was as hard as steel and tougher than rubber. And the pain was getting bigger and bigger. ¡®The fingers¡­My fingernails¡­Increasingly¡­!¡¯ Mug felt horrified as he realized that the foreign substance that had torn his skin was moving into his body, gradually tearing even the flesh. Even though he became a berserker and almostpletely lost his senses, he felt an eerie feeling. That¡¯s right- ¡®¡­Die.¡¯ It was the fear of death. No matter how smart or smart you are, your hair turns white in the face of death. On the other hand, no matter how stupid you are, you feel fear in the face of death. Although he is a berserker who is willing to fight against death, Mug¡¯s simple mind felt death very clearly, and that saved Mug¡¯s life. ¡°¡­Unzip!¡± There was fear in his red-stained eyes, and Mug uttered words that should never be used. Unzip. In other words, it is consistent with the phrase ¡®removal of predisposition¡¯. Of course, 2M¡¯s muscr body made him look much taller than his numerical height, but to the giant Mug, he was just short. And the first to react ordingly were the Four Emperors. ¡°K-Mug, you idiot. Are you nning to crush the same team as me?¡± Hetz, who was eagerly exchanging fists and feet with Choi Kyung-hoon, ran away from him as soon as he heard Mug¡¯s words. ¡°Don¡¯t run away!¡± ¡°It¡¯s not an escape, it¡¯s an operational retreat, Musin! ¡°If you stay around that guy, you might turn into a t rat. Do you think he¡¯ll stay there?¡± ¡°¡­Everyone, get away from Mug!¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon, who was chasing Hetz after he was killed, immediately informed the others that he would get away from Mugue. Even Hetz, who was on the same side, was shocked and pulled away at the words ¡®upressed¡¯ by Mug, which clearly means that there is something there. Choi Gyeong-hoon actually met many giants while climbing the tower, but he had never seen the giants ¡®dpressed¡¯. The reason was simple. Coo coo coo coo- Just looking at the MUG¡¯s growing size, you can understand that Hetz is retreating from its operational point of view. As if the enormous height exceeding 2m wasn¡¯t enough, the increasingly taller MUG quickly surpassed 3m and 4m. Giantification. No, actually, even the term ¡°giantification¡± was funny. ¡°Tsk, such an idiot breaks his oath and returns to his original self.¡± As Kainan, who was fighting Hendrik, said, what Mug is doing now is the ¡®original form¡¯ of the giants. I simply took the form of a ¡®little person¡¯ like I do now, by covenant, to prevent damage. ¡°¡­Let¡¯s take a step back and settle the matter.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t like how you make me look disgusting and make me back down, but¡­I don¡¯t like the sight of it being covered in a cloud of dust, so there¡¯s nothing I can do about it. ¡°I agree.¡± Hendrick wanted him to back off, and Kainan had originally nned to avoid him, but he maintained his tone of interest. ¡°If you are arrogant, I will soon separate your head from your body.¡± ¡°It¡¯s disgusting, but it¡¯s not enough to kill you. ¡°There¡¯s no need to go to dragon form, Hendrick!¡± Of course, the two quickly moved away from Mug. Even if you were here, it was obvious that you would be swept away by MUG. Because there is nothing more stupid than knowing and getting hurt ¨C However, even as Hendrick chased after the retreating Kainan, he nced at Miho, who was confronting Mug. ¡®Downstream¡­Is it impossible to fight right now? Phew, it¡¯s a shame I don¡¯t have time to help.¡¯ It was obvious that even if he went to help now, Kainan would join in and it would be a two-on-two battle. That would no longer be a help, but rather a nuisance. After thinking about it to that point, Hendrick added strength to his steps in pursuit of Kainan. ¡®I do what I have to do. All I can do is trust that these two will kill him. That¡¯s enough.¡¯ Haru and Miho. Even though he couldn¡¯t see the downstream, Hendrick chased Kainan and disappeared into the copsed vige, thinking that the two of them would be able to kill Myug, who had returned to his giant form. * * * ¡°Okay¡­It won¡¯t fall¡­.¡± Coo coo coo coo- Mug¡¯s muscles, which had grown to the point where they looked like a huge garden, held Miho¡¯s hand tightly. As if she was stuck in a sticky swamp, Miho tried hard to pull her hand away, but soon she looked down and felt her strength go away. ¡°¡­Hi, it¡¯s too high.¡± The giant Myug boasted a size of well over ten meters. It is an enormous size, about mid tote ten meters long. If you fall from here, no matter how good you are atnding from a high ce, you will bleed to death. ¡°Ugh, fly¡­.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk-¡± bang! But that didn¡¯t mean he could hang on to Mug¡¯s body all day. Miho was barely able to block Mug¡¯s huge hand with one arm, which had naturally fallen out in the process of growing, but she had to feel her strength slowly fading away. ¡®It¡¯s too heavy¡­¡¯ ¡­.¡¯ Even if it is just a hand, it boasts a size that is muchrger than Miho¡¯s, and Miho¡¯s strength, which has be the Three-Tailed Fox, is not enough. Bewildered. One arm is buried in the flesh, and the other is busy trying to block Mugue¡¯s huge hand that is crushing it. Miho felt like she was about to cry. ¡°Hueng, sister-¡± Miho is still young. No matter how much he went out of his way for the sake of the downstream, in the end, it was just a pure favor born from the heart of a child. It wasn¡¯t because he was confident he could kill Mug. In the end, it was natural for Miho to look downstream in a difficult situation. ¡°Fly, fly away.¡± Although it was nothing more than a person flicking their hand to swat away a fly, Miho¡¯s slender body fluttered around with that simple hand movement. There was no time to take in the pitiful sight, as Miho was just hanging on, trying to deal with Myug¡¯s touch. ¡°Sister is here.¡± Upright! A familiar voice came from a distant street. Miho¡¯s pointy fox ears prick up! and soared. It was a distance that an ordinary person would never be able to hear, but Miho, a fox, could. And the moment she heard that voice, Miho called out to the owner of the voice with a tearful face. ¡°Sissssssssssssssssssss! ¡°Let¡¯s save it!¡± downstream. Haryu, who had briefly left the battlefield, stood in front of Myug, who had returned to his giant form with a body full of injuries and a tired look. ¡°Battle foresight.¡± Kiiiiing- rumbling- And at the same time, bloody tears flowed from the eyes of the downstream who used his battle foresight. Phew! In the blink of an eye, I stepped into a world that was the same as before but 180 degrees different. -Wee to Maha¡¯s realm, little one. Mach¡¯s realm. It was the moment I first set foot there. Chapter 178 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 178 Mach¡¯s realm. It was not the world of bat foresight¡¯ that Haryu always saw. It wasn¡¯t the slow world Jinhyuk saw either. ¡®¡­There is too much information.¡¯ A ¡®fast¡¯ world that moves at incredible speeds. A world of ¡®all things possible¡¯ that contains everything the other person can do. That was Mach¡¯s domain. It shows everything the other person can do as an afterimage at a speed faster than light and forces a huge amount of information into the brain. That could be said to be Mach¡¯s domain. -Open your eyes wide and see everything. And in the realm of Mach, you can draw a sword and swing it at Mach speed. That is the first gateway to the Maha Sword Technique. ¡®It¡¯s not enough to just move your body here, so you pull out your sword and swing it? ¡®Is that really possible?¡¯ My eyes can¡¯t hold on. My brain is burning. My body feels heavy as if I am hanging from a thousand pounds. These were the sensations that downstream was currently feeling. In fact, red blood was flowing from his obsidian eyes, his forehead was hot, and he couldn¡¯t even move his body properly, let alone draw his sword. All of this was just the price of stepping into Maha¡¯s realm. ¡®How difficult is it to swing a sword like before when all you have to do is step this far?¡¯ A sword strike wielded by the Dragon yer Sword, taking the initiative of its own body. It was clearly a sword swing while stepping into Mach¡¯s territory. in other words- -You can do it too. It¡¯s a result of my ability being added, but in the end, it¡¯s something you did with your own body. ¡®¡­all right.¡¯ That you can do it too. The dragon yer sword is just a head. The body wielding the sword is clearly his own. ¡°Whoa¡­.¡± Take a deep breath and repeat the exhale. Although it was less than 0.1 second, an explosive amount of information filled Ha-ryu¡¯s mind, but Ha-ryu stopped thinking. ¡®What I need now is not information.¡¯ I was tired of the overwhelming amount of information I felt upon entering the Mach Realm, but what I needed now was not the information provided by the Mach Realm, but the power of the Mach Realm itself. It was to use the power of Mach. Mach (Mach) and Mach (ĦÔX). Great, excellent, fast power, Mach. The realm of Mach is a power that allows one to manipte that power and break the limitations of being mortal. Twisting- I grab the handle of the dragon yer sword and break it. -Hahaha! That¡¯s it! harder! Hold on to me stronger! Strong enough not to lose me even at Mach speeds! Even though he felt the happy voice of the dragon yer humming in his head, Ha-ryu calmly focused on the hand holding the sword. And when everything was ready- ¡°¡­Mach sword method.¡± A low voice resonates within Mach¡¯s realm. With a tickling voice as if a jade ball was rolling, Ha-ryu took out the dragon yer sword. Sereung- A dragon yer sword gently slipped out of its scabbard. Above that, the ¡®anger¡¯ of the downstream became ¡®mes¡¯ and swirled around. Good luck! A ¡®me¡¯ that punishes evil, purifies evil, and burns everything that stands in its way. Mach sword method is added to create a new sword method. ¡°Light Speed ??Sword ¨C Purgatory.¡± Mach Sword Technique Chapter 1 The power of fire to wash away sins added to the speed of light sword. Purgatory. The moment it was swung like that. Squeak! ¡°Kyaaut!¡± ¡°¡­Kwaaaaaaa!!!¡± The flesh on the side of Miho¡¯s side where Miho¡¯s hand was stuck was cut precisely, and at the same time, Mug let out a painful groan. When Miho, falling from the sky, lets out a shrill scream, and Mug¡¯s scream echoes so loudly that it covers it. ¡°Mahasinbeop (ĦÔXbodyw) ¨C Stepping into the void.¡± Tadadadadak-! The new model of Ha-Ryu, which struck the air, moved gracefully and headed toward the location where Mi-Ho would fall, gently epting her. ¡°Are youing?¡± ¡°Sorry, I¡¯mte, right?¡± ¡°Tears of blood¡­Doesn¡¯t it hurt?¡± Even though it was dangling tens of meters in the air just a moment ago, even though it was falling tens of meters in the sky- Miho was worried about Ha-ryu, who hade to save her, as she saw tears of blood flowing from the corners of her eyes. Haryu shook his head while gently stroking the head of Miho, who was worried about him. ¡°It¡¯s okay, Miho is not hurt, right?¡± ¡°yes! Miho is strong!¡± ¡°Okay, that¡¯s enough.¡± Tadak- After confirming that there were no injuries, Ha-Ryunded on the ground. A walk in the air. Literally kicking into the empty air. Naturally, it was a difficult technique that consumed arge amount of mana. -The sword method is not enough, it is a neww. I told you, but you have some pretty good talent. ¡®¡­Don¡¯t talk to me because I¡¯m going to die of exhaustion.¡¯ -Tsk, this is why we don¡¯t harvest ck-headed animals. My situation is also very miserable. Machin method following Mach sword method. Although it was an unrivaled growth rate, the dragon yer sword was not satisfied. -Finish it. And keep in mind that you have just reached the starting line. Even if you have created the Mach Sword Technique, the Mahashin Technique, and even your own ¡®Ryu¡¯, that is only the beginning. ¡®¡­I know.¡¯ Ha-ryu knew that what he had justid out was really just the basics. Of course, even the basics were a strength that most climbers could not even dare to think about, but in the end, if you put it in the framework of Mach Sword Technique, it was the basics, so there would be nothing to say. -Show your strength, downstream. ¡®¡­yes.¡¯ Miho was also saved. It was also recognized as a dragon yer sword. ¡°I¡¯m killing you!!!¡± ¡°Whoa¡­.¡± Now all that¡¯s left is to kill the huge Mug. That was the only thing. Mach¡¯s realm has not disappeared yet. Unlike before, Ha-ryu epted the information in front of him wholeheartedly. thud- ¡®One step, then right. Then left, straight, right, straight.¡¯ As soon as MuG takes a step, the next movements are immediately visible. Ha-Ryu took his steps with his eyes set on the ¡®future¡¯, step by step. Tap-tap-tap! Slow but unstoppable. Calm but quick. In a situation where even the slightest deviation or the slightest mistake could result in a rat attack due to its enormous size, Ha-Ryu did not hesitate at all. He just believed what he saw and trusted his body. More and more informationes into view and bes imprinted in our minds. ¡®Muscle movements, breathing sounds, heart sounds, eye movements, fingertips, toes.e.¡¯ bang! The moment when a lot of information gathers andes together to arrive at a single result. Mug¡¯s fistnded in front of Ha-ryu¡¯s eyes. However, the downstream is exactly 1cm from Mug¡¯s fist. No, it was standing taller, closer than 0.1cm. If I had moved forward even a little or shaken my body, I could have died. And because they overcame that fear, downstream gained the right to attack. Let¡¯s do it! Dozens of solid lines appeared on the fist stuck on the ground, and blood sttered out. The hand that moved for a split second made dozens of sword strikes. ¡°¡­!!!¡± Mug, who was surprised by this, tried to pull out his fist with a puzzled look on his face, but the stream was already running. Crash! Mug¡¯s fist dug into the floor. The wrist, arm, and shoulder connected to that fist. They became a bridge downstream. ¡®Threading in the air is useful, but it consumes too much mana. Chapter 1: It takes a lot of mana to use the Light Speed ??Sword, but you can¡¯t use it additionally to use the Void de.¡¯ A walk in the air. A technology and new method that allows you to walk through empty space. Using it required overwhelming mana management talent and a huge amount of mana. Ha-ryu had also been unable to step on the air a few times, so he couldn¡¯t even imagine how much mana and control he would need to freely step on the air. In other words, it is impossible to reach the head of a tens of meters in size by walking through thin air. That¡¯s why Ha-ryu chose the bridge called Mug¡¯s arm that was ced in front of him. Chop-up- Chop-up- Chop-up! ¡°Oooooh!¡± While running, he steadily moves his hands and makes cuts with his sword. Rumbling- When the blood flowing from the sword engraved on the giant arm turns the ground into a sea of ??blood. ¡°¡­shoulder.¡± -It¡¯s soon. ¡°I know.¡± It reached the shoulder, which could be said to be in front of the head and nose. Warning of the Dragon yer Sword. The moment I nodded at him, danger approached. bang- ¡°Fly!¡± ¡°¡­Let¡¯s finish it.¡± Ha-Ryu caught his breath after dodging the attack of Mug, who tried to catch Ha-Ryu, who was riding on his shoulder, with his palm as if catching a fly or mosquito. An attack that moves toward the end. Kiiiiing- The dragon yer sword epts the power of the downstream and resonates. ¡°Light speed sword.¡± Once again, Ha-ryu¡¯s hands, holding out the light-speed sword, trembled. The dragon yer sword uses the light speed sword once, then Ha-ryu uses it once, and even the empty bridge once. All of them consumed mana and body strength tremendously, and were used a total of three times. When you try to use it one more time, it¡¯s natural that your body screams. but- Crack- ¡°¡­Revenge of the vigers. Aunt, uncle, friends, house, hall¡­I can never stop avenging the person who destroyed everything.¡± Haryu gritted his teeth and endured the pain. No, it wasn¡¯t enough to endure it, so I put that pain into the light sword. As a result. ¡°Light speed sword ¨C ruby.¡± A bead made of condensed mes that contain the anger of the downstream. It was on the tip of the sword. ¡°¡­Haaaaaaa!!!¡± Clean, clear tears, not bloody tears, flow from both eyes. It¡¯s my first time. There is a target in front of you that you can take revenge on. ¡®I¡¯m d I can train and be stronger.¡¯ Furthermore, it has the power to kill the target. That¡¯s why Ha-ryu was grateful to everyone who helped him be in this position. ¡®Director Choi Kyung-hoon, Mr. Hendrick, Grandpa Balkan, Grandpa Muyoung, and¡­who trained me. ¡­Brother.¡¯ I am grateful to everyone, but I couldn¡¯t help but feel that there was one person I was especially grateful for. The one who saved me when I had half given up on life due to the sadness and pain of losing my vige. ¡®Brother, I think I know what I feel now.¡¯ A being who always had a confused mind. Jinhyuk Cha. An entity engaged in battle with an Elyos named Hamiel in the distance. Looking at him, Ha-ryu smiled brightly, shedding clean tears. ¡®Let¡¯s shake it off. The core of my heart is in this ce.¡¯ Even if anger and revenge are resolved, the dead and the ruined vige will not return. It¡¯s just self-satisfaction. Kill Mug on this spot and shake off the core. of course. ¡°There are many other Four Emperors that need to be killed besides you. ¡°It doesn¡¯t make sense to only be angry at those who made the vige like this, right?¡± This did not mean that they would stop killing the Four Emperors. The wounds inflicted on the lower ss were too great to harbor such feelings just for the small number of the Four Emperors who created the silk vige like this. In this way, Ha-ryu threw down his sword, shaking off the core of sadness and at the same time filling a new core of revenge in his heart. Grumbling- Following the trajectory of swinging the sword, the mes flowing from the ruby ??billow over and over, creating a haze. Come on! Do it yourself! A ray of swords and a red bead flew through the heated air. Kwahiah ahhhhhhhhhhhhhh !!! And the moment it reached its target, Mug¡¯s head, an explosion erupted and the huge headless body began to slowly copse. [Title, ¡®Giant yer¡¯ acquired!] [Giant yer] A title given to the person who killed a giant among the Four Emperors. Title Reward: Strength + 10. ¡°¡­It¡¯s not bad.¡± The reward for killing a giant. Although it has a new title and is fake and only +10, it has gained the mighty power of the Four Emperors. Looking at the message window and smiling, Ha-ryu looked at the battle of others in the distance and then gentlynded on the ground. Couuuuuuuuuuck! At the same time, the huge body of the fallen Mug created a heavy sound. Watching the body of the fallen Mug slowly shrinking, Haryu closed his eyes andid his head on Miho¡¯s shoulder, who was waiting for him. ¡°Miho, let¡¯s get some sleep.¡± ¡°¡­Yes, sister. Hush hush¡­.¡± Only the luby Miho sung for Ha-Ryu, who fell and rested her head on her shoulder, echoed quietly around her. Chapter 179 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 179 Couuuuuuuuuck! The heavy sound was transmitted through the earth to the people in the Goblin Vige. It was no different for Kainan who was fighting Hendrick. ¡°¡­Mug, that idiot is dead.¡± Crack- Kainan gritted his teeth as he blocked Hendrick¡¯s sword strikes repeatedly with Yongrin¡¯s raised skin. Even though there were only two of them, they weren¡¯t the two weakest among Jinhyeok and his group. ¡®I can¡¯t believe I can¡¯t catch just one goblin and one fox spirit. This is why the big guys¡­.¡¯ Mug was by no means weak, but the results already spoke for themselves. Mug was defeated by Haru and Miho. Even taking into ount the fact that he went berserk due to the dragon yer¡¯s dominance within the brain in the unfavorable conditions of 2-1, the result of defeat did not change. ¡°Hendrik, it¡¯s a pity, but I think we¡¯ll have to finish this soon. ¡°There are two more people to deal with besides you.¡± ¡°¡­Am I funny?¡± bang! Hendrick swung his sword roughly at Kainan¡¯s words as he looked towards Haru and Miho, who were resting after the battle with Mug without paying attention to themselves. With the explosion, stone fragments hit Kainan¡¯s body. ¡°That¡¯s it, Hendrick!¡± However, it was not enough to stop or kill Kainan, who had been tolerated. Only the sword that made a direct attack caused a deep gash in the dragon lin that had sprouted from the dragon fire, but stone crumbs and fragments did not even make a dent in the dragon lin. Kainanughed at that and kicked his seat. Tadadadadak- Running through the ruined goblin vige, Kainan stretched out his hands and shouted. ¡°me Strike!¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Hwareuk ¨C Kwagwagwagwang! Five fireballs appeared around Kainan, who finished casting in an instant, and were immediately shot straight at Hendrick. The fireball exploded as soon as it hit Hendrick, spewing out condensed mes inside and burning Hendrick¡¯s entire body. no- Chii Iik- I tried to burn it. Even after being hit squarely by the high-temperature mes, Hendrick was merely scorched. ¡°¡­You look so disgusting.¡± ¡°Is ¡®naeronambul¡¯ a term used in times like this? ¡°Don¡¯t forget that you used it first, Kainan.¡± The reason was simple. Yonginhwa. This is because the dragons protected Hendrick¡¯s body from the heat while transforming him into a being with dragon scales growing on his human body. Of course, Kainan pretended to gag as if he didn¡¯t like it, but it didn¡¯t hurt Hendrick at all. Hendrick has already used not only dragon shoes but also dragon shoes out of necessity. There is no reason to make fun of Kainan¡¯s words, saying that he is disgusted just because he used amon expression. Twisting- Hendrick roughly grabbed the Yongrin sword made by melting his own scales, and felt a powerful force that threatened to explode, drawing up his mana and dragon power. Coo coo coo coo- The air around Hendrick changes. Kainan gritted his teeth as he felt a cold and heavy feeling fill him, as if only Hendrick¡¯s surroundings had changed to another world. ¡®It¡¯s not about the purpose, it¡¯s about the subject. I don¡¯t know how he took on the body of a dragon, but¡­That¡¯s not a body that someone like you, a dragon yer, can have, Hendrick.¡¯ dragon. They are also called the Supreme Being, but of course they are not the only dragon race. There are those who reached the peak as spiritual creatures and became gods through the stages of snake, monster, and dragon, and there are many gods and demons who came from dragons. In addition, among the divine beasts still remaining in the pagoda, there is a ¡®dragon¡¯. Perhaps they can truly be called ¡®dragons¡¯. Therefore, when ites to ¡®dragons¡¯, the dragon people really took it more seriously than people suffering from myelopathy. Dragonian, a human with dragon blood. The reason that they were not only treated with disdain by the dragon people, but were treated as worse than food waste, was due to their stubborn nature as a race. But the person who went around killing them and went around with the disgusting nickname ¡°Dragon yer¡± puts on the body of a dragon, uses the power of a dragon, and confronts him? ¡®I will kill you. ¡®I dare you to stick your neck out and ask me to kill you!¡¯ This was something that could never happen to Kainan, and was like an indelible humiliation. ¡®How dare you act arrogantly in front of the dragon race, the supreme race and the race that will rule over all, and attack us? All rebels like you deserve to die.¡¯ The dragon race is superior and everyone is equal under the dragon race. A dragon-like idea that implicitly ignores and looks down on fellow Four Emperors. Therefore, the anger that Kainan is currently feeling is greater than at any other moment. Would you say it¡¯s the difference between what you only know in your head and what you actually see? I knew Hendrick was wearing the body of a dragon race, and I knew that he used the power of a dragon race, but this was the first time I had seen it in front of my eyes. When you feel uncontroble anger rising. Huuuuung- A huge current of mana moved roughly and rushed around Kainan. ¡°Try blocking this too, Hendrick. 12 me Strike.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Grrrrrrrrrrrrr! Bright red hair. Among the dragon n, the power of Kainan of the ¡®Red¡¯ n shows its true value when using me-type magic. It is more powerful than ordinary magic, can handle more numbers at the same time, is easier, and can be used with less mana. In other words, the 12-hit me Strike used by Kainan of the ¡®Red¡¯ n is- ¡°About 60 me strikes¡­It¡¯s the hotness of a dragon race.¡± This means that one five-shot me strike was used simultaneously a total of 12 times. And in a faster, more concise, and more efficient way than a typical wizard. Therefore, Hendrick clicked his tongue but quickly prepared to respond. ¡®We respond to attacks from the Bur in the Bur¡¯s way.¡¯ Hendrick is also a being wearing the body of a dragon. We know very well that there is nothing better than the abilities of our fellow dragons to prepare for and respond to attacks from the dragon race. Then, Hendrick suddenly remembered one thing. ¡®¡­What kind of dragon am I?¡¯ It was something I didn¡¯t really think about or pay any attention to. What kind of ¡®dragon¡¯ are you? Faced with a problem he had never thought about before, Hendrick drew his sword and racked his brain as he prepared a defensive spell using dragon power. ¡®The type of dragon you are is determined as soon as you are born. Hair color is an example.¡¯ When a dragon child is born, their hair color determines what kind of dragon they are. It didn¡¯t matter who my parents were or what hair color I had. Because it was just random. Fire dragons have red hair, water dragons have blue hair, thunder dragons have yellow hair, etc. On the other hand, what about Hendrick? ¡®Dark red hair. A hair color I¡¯ve never seen or heard of before.¡¯ Dark red color. A new hair color that has never been recorded in the history of the dragon race. Additionally, in the dragon state, the dark red color was clearly revealed. However, Hendrick could not give a definitive answer as to what kind of ¡®dragon¡¯ he was. ¡®¡­Is it a fire dragon? Or ck dragon? ¡®I don¡¯t know.¡¯ My head was pounding and it hurt. Although he recognized himself as a member of the dragon n, his head was pounding at the fact that he had to find his own path again even within the dragon n. ¡°What are you doing standing there stupidly? Search, Hendrick!¡± ¡°¡­I guess I¡¯ll have to put that thought aside for a while.¡± But even for a moment. At the sight of the 12-stack me Strike that was alreadypleted, Hendrick shook his head, shook off his thoughts, and drew his sword. ¡°Hoeryong ¨C Elemental Shield.¡± A defensive technique thatbines his swordsmanship and magic. It could be said to be Hendrick¡¯s own unique magic sword technique. In the spinning gray dragon, the elemental shield blocks the heat and shock of the me strike. Theck of defense is borne by Hoeryong. This is the 12-stack me Strike-only defensive technique that waspleted in this way. Ta-da-da-da-dan! The flying fireballs bounced off the spinning gray dragon and scattered around, and those that exploded could not even transmit the heat to Hendrick due to the resistance of the elemental shield. In addition, the explosive power generated during the explosion was due to the defensive power of the elemental shield and the gray dragon¡¯s shedding, so only the explosive power of the bean bullet reached Hendrick. Tung- However, as it was repeated 60 times, it was inevitable that Hendrick¡¯s body would be pushed back. When a furrow was created in the dirt and Hendrick¡¯s body was pushed out. ¡°It¡¯s real from now on, Inferno Wave.¡± Grrrrrrrrrrrrr! As if he was aiming for just this moment, Kainan created a round wave of mes centered around Hendrick and himself, who were pushed away. Kainan, who had created a fiery duel from which he could not escape, did not hide his excitement with his face turning red from the heat. ¡°It¡¯s over! ¡°You¡¯ve stepped into a space that is no different from my own, so it¡¯s over for you, Hendrick!¡± Fire Dragon, Kainan. Rather than bing weaker in the powerful fire, he became stronger. True to its name, Hwaryong remained fine even in the waves of hellfire, where others had difficulty even breathing properly. On the contrary, since the stats grew explosively, it was not strange to say that ¡®fire¡¯ was like a territory for a dragon, especially a dragon with the attribute of fire. However, even though he stepped into someone else¡¯s territory, Hendrick remained calm. ¡®Who am I.¡¯ No, to be precise, the important thing was that whether it was Kainan¡¯s territory or Inferno Wave, it was not that important to Hendrick right now. An extension of the thought I had before. Areas and the Inferno Wave were not important to Hendrick, who was questioning his own existence. ¡°¡­You bastard, are you ignoring me?¡± Kainan¡¯s anger was quite natural. Kainan is someone whose true nature is resolved only when he is always on top. But now, Hendrick is consistently ignoring Kainan rather than respecting him, so Kainan¡¯s outburst was a nned process. ¡°¡­If you don¡¯t see me, I¡¯ll make you see it on your own.¡± But the anger is short-lived. Kainan extended his hand, ring at Hendrick with calm but burning gaze. ¡°Fire Dragon¡¯s Wrath.¡± Coo coo coo coo- The mes of the inferno wave zing around him slowly gathered into Kainan¡¯s hand. Fire Dragon¡¯s Wrath. As the name suggests, the intense mes slowly began to condense, clearly showing the anger that Kainan was currently feeling. Soon, the dragon made of huge mes that hadpletely gathered opened its huge maw wide. ¡°Receive the dragon¡¯s wrath. Hendrick.¡± With Kainan¡¯s softly muttering words, a breath of fire made up of the dragon¡¯s fury literally attacked Hendrick. Chapter 180 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 180 ¨C English Novel ¡®It¡¯s the fire dragon¡¯s anger¡­Is it definitely equivalent to the breath of a decent dragon? No, to be exact, it¡¯s about the breath of a dragon monster. Still, if I just get hit, I¡¯ll die.¡¯ Feeling the fire dragon¡¯s breath and its heat slowly approaching him, Hendrick immediately made his decision. It was surprising that the power created by magic was at least equivalent to the breath, the special move of the dragon species monster, which barely revealed itself until you went up 50 to 100 floors, but that wasn¡¯t the important thing. If you get hit, you die. In a situation where death was slowly approaching, Hendrick felt his surroundings slowing down and fell into thought. A situation simr to the battle foresight used by Jinhyeok, slightly inferior to Ha-ryu¡¯s battle foresight. Hendrick was also unusual in that he achieved it alone without any help. Of course, it was possible due to abination of various circumstances, but in the end, if Hendrick¡¯s talent wascking, the current situation would not have been possible even if the circumstances were right. As time slowed down, Hendrick continued to worry. A more important concern than the breath in front of you. ¡®Gwangryong¡­I definitely thought of myself as a crazy dragon. A madness that cannot be contained by colors or anything else. I thought that was the source of who I am. But madness is not what determines what kind of dragon I am. Because that is the factor that determines the human Hendrick.¡¯ Who are you? It wasn¡¯t a philosophical concern. Just the source and elements that a dragon must have. It was about worrying about its absence. This was possible because Hendrick was not at all worried about things like Kainan in front of him. Hendrick, finding himself more important than Kainan, slowly sank inside. Inner world. Hendrick, who was slowly being sucked into a ce deeper than the world of his own mind, eventually faced the madness that he thought was his source. -It¡¯s been a while. Hendrick was met by a familiar voice and a human figure. Red hair, eyes filled with madness, even the corners of the mouth that draw a line. The image reflected in the mirror and the water. ¡°Hendrick. Dragon yer Hendrick.¡± That¡¯s my past self. It was the version of himself that best suited the nickname of the dragon yer. -Yes, Hendrick, now in the flesh of a dragon. It¡¯s been a while since Ist saw you. It looks different from when it appeared with the disgusting name Gwangryong. Has your inner self changed a little? ¡°¡­People always grow.¡± -Aren¡¯t you a dragon? ¡°Holding a tool doesn¡¯t mean a person ceases to be a person. ¡°It¡¯s a given.¡± -You¡¯ve changed, Hendrick. Didn¡¯t you say that you would kill every dragon in the world who killed your family? Have they forgotten those who were cruelly trampled by their hands like insects? Hendrick¡¯s voice from the past, full of anger, hits Hendrick¡¯s ears now. Looking at the past criticizing him, the current Hendrick shook his head. ¡°They will forever be remembered and imprinted in my heart. For now it¡¯s just¡­Just wait for the right time. ¡°As you know, we have already failed once.¡± -It is not a failure. we¡­we¡­. Past Hendrick sat down holding his head and muttered. Hendrick opened his mouth while hearing a muttering that was almost like talking to himself. ¡°Just because you are attacked by many people doesn¡¯t mean that failure is no longer a failure. We failed and were defeated. Hendrick.¡± -¡­Shut up. Because you were weak, because you were weak, we¡­! Hendrick let out a sigh as he saw the figure ring at him with two bloodshot eyes and criticizing him. ¡°You are me, and I am you. ¡°Don¡¯t forget that saying you lost because you were weak orcking is like spitting in your own face.¡± -¡­Ugh. This was the truth, this was reality. Whether past or present, Hendrick is Hendrick. Criticizing one¡¯s past or present shorings is like spitting in one¡¯s own face. Hendrick of the past sighed and lowered his head. And while patting Hendrick on the shoulder, the current Hendrick muttered quietly. ¡°What you said was what I wanted to say, and what I said to you was probably meant to wake me up from my foolish state.¡± -¡­Go down. Get to know the real you at a deeper level. ¡°I was already thinking of doing that. ¡°I think the secret about my reincarnation will naturally be solved once we find out what kind of ¡®dragon¡¯ I am.¡± -¡­I believe that everything you said is true. ¡°You probably know better than anyone else.¡± -okay¡­Hahaha! Because you and I are ultimately the same. then¡­I¡¯m counting on you. Ovee your failed past, realize your shorings, and be stronger. Shurururuk! As soon as he finished speaking, looking at the past Hendrick being sucked into him, the present Hendrick weakly tapped the chest where he had been absorbed. Hendrick of the past. That was because the frustration caused by failure that remained in Hendrick¡¯s heart and the other half intoxicated with past glory. However, even though it was the other half that was drunk with frustration and glory, it did not change the fact that it was the other half of himself, so he took care of his other half and eventually sank deeper and deeper. * * * ¡®¡­How deep does it go?¡¯ No matter how slow time is, sinking into the deep sea takes too long. Hendrick frowned slightly at that. At that time, I felt my mental body descending into an increasingly dark and deeper ce and wondered whether I should escape or wait. Tuk- ¡°You¡¯ve arrived.¡± At that moment, Hendrick reached the deepest part of himself. Deeper than where Hendrick was in the past. A ce so deep that it could never be reached without being conscious was a huge throne room. In a ce where the king and the throne existed, Hendrick was in the lowest ce of the throne room. ¡°¡­What is this, that my position is the lowest in my inner world?¡± surprised. Hendrick rarely showed an emotion of surprise. The inner world, the inner world, can be seen as the world of one person. He is the so-called creator. But the Creator is the lowest. It was something Hendrick couldn¡¯t understand. But unlike that, Hendrick immediately found the reason for this impossible situation. ¡°¡­This is not my inner world. No, it¡¯s my inner world, but¡­I am not the one who created this ce¡­.¡± Inner world. The person who created it was someone other than himself. When Hendrick realized that fact, a voice like a thunderbolt was heard in his ears. ¡°It is I, Hendrick.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± A being who says that he created this inner world. Hendrick could feel his body bending automatically at the irresistible force contained in that simple voice. Words that make you fall to your knees and bow your head. ¡°Ugh, you¡­Who are you?¡± Hendrick barely nods his head and tries to speak informally to him, but without even realizing it, he makes me respect him. He said as he looked at Hendrick with his legs crossed arrogantly from a throne located at a great height. ¡°The one who made you who you are today.¡± ¡°¡­I expected that, but¡­So who are you?¡± The being that made you who you are. That is the present, not the past. Hendrick, who vaguely guessed that he was the one who made him take on the body of a dragon after his death, tried to reach a deeper truth. ¡°I am the one who stands above ten thousand demons and the ruler of all demons.¡± ¡°¡­no way-¡° Although the voice was unfamiliar, the words he used to refer to himself were very familiar, so Hendrick barely managed to steady his trembling neck and looked at the being sitting on the throne located at a distant height. And then, the person sitting on the throne finished speaking. ¡°It is Baal.¡± * * * ¡°It is Baal.¡± ¡®¡­What ¨C could it really be Baal, the ¡®pinnacle of all evil¡¯, who put me in the body of a dragon?¡¯ Hendrick felt confused by the words of the being who introduced himself as Baal. why. Why did he, who was trying to maintain a deep rtionship with Jinhyuk, bring himself back to life, and as if reviving wasn¡¯t enough, did he hit the dragon¡¯s body? When Hendrick fell into deep confusion thinking about him and couldn¡¯te to his senses. ¡°Are you nning on standing still like that? You probably have a lot of questions. ¡°Right now I¡¯m just a fragment left over from making your body, but I can at least answer your questions.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Hendrick couldn¡¯t help but be surprised at Baal¡¯s words. What I was curious about. Hendrick, trembling under the pressure of being able to ask those questions, barely got up and looked at Baal sitting on the throne and asked. ¡°Why did you bring me back to life?¡± ¡°Because you will be of help to my friend.¡± ¡°¡­Close friends? Are you talking about Cha Jin-hyuk?¡± ¡°¡­.¡± Crack- Although Hendrick did not answer the question, Hendrick could not help but be surprised by Baal¡¯s words, which he did not deny but slightly, very slightly nodded his head. ¡®¡­So much so that Baal calls him a close friend? But why doesn¡¯t Cha Jin-hyuk know anything? ¡®What on earth is the connection between the two?¡¯ Greater confusion and shock swept through Hendrick than when he saw Baal existing in his inner world. However, Hendrick came to his senses after hearing Baal¡¯s words. ¡°It¡¯s good to ask questions about me, but isn¡¯t the reason you came here more important?¡± ¡°¡­You knew.¡± ¡°It¡¯s strange not knowing. ¡°This is a ce prepared for what wille one day when you ept yourself as a dragon.¡± ¡°Has everything been prepared since I died?¡± ¡°simr. ¡°You are just an addition to the n I had been preparing for quite some time.¡± Tuk-tuk-tuk- Baal responded by tapping the handle of the throne with his long fingers and then got up from the throne. Jeopuk- one step Jeopuk- Two steps. Baal got up from his throne and slowly walked down from a great height. Baal, who was standing on equal footing with Hendrick, who was looking at him from the lowest point, looked at Hendrick and said, ¡°You said you wanted to know what kind of ¡®dragon¡¯ you were.¡± ¡°¡­you¡¯re right.¡± Baal came down from the throne and stood in front of him. He realized that he had a human appearance that was not much different from himself, but Hendrick did not dare to mention him out loud. I just nod my head to what Baal says and say yes. Baal smiled and responded to Hendrick¡¯s answer. ¡°I thought you knew from the moment you got here.¡± ¡°¡­what do you mean?¡± I thought I knew it from the moment I came here. When Hendrick tilted his head at those words. Perfect! Baal lightly snapped his fingers. Coo coo coo coo- At the same time, the huge ck throne room slowly vibrated and eventually began to disintegrate. They were split and split again,pletely pulverized, and were sucked into Hendrick. ¡°Wow¡­!¡± Nose, mouth, ears. Hendrik tried to resist the ck powder being sucked into the hole in his body, but Baal calmly shook his head. ¡°ept it. Because those are the things that will be your ¡®dragons.¡¯¡± ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°I, the ruler of all demons, created your body. From there, the kind of dragon you will be is decided.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Demon. ck powder and Baal standing in front of me. After collecting them all together, Hendrick soon realized what a ¡®dragon¡¯ he was. ¡°mind¡­Ryong¡­!¡± ¡°That is correct. When you return, please help Cha Jin-hyuk well. Also ask how I am doing. As the main body, I may be able to say hello and say hello and criticize them all on my own, but¡­This will be the first time you¡¯ve heard of my fragmented body.¡± When Hendrick realized that the corner of his mouth was drawn into an arc, although his face was so ck that it seemed to be covered in shadow. ¡°Goodbye, Hendrick. ¡°A person who will be of help to my close friend.¡± Fuwaaaaak! Baal¡¯s fragments exploded and began to be absorbed into Hendrick like ck powder. And Hendrick was thrown out into the deep waters of the pitch-ck, deep inner world. Chapter 181 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 181 ¨C English Novel Kwaaaaaa! ¡°It¡¯s over. ¡°It¡¯s boring.¡± Fire Dragon¡¯s Wrath. The huge firepletely attacked Hendrick, and Kainanughed as he saw that Hendrick was not prepared for it. It wasn¡¯t that he wasn¡¯t prepared, it was that he didn¡¯t, but there was no way he could have known. Tap-tap-tap-tap- Kainan turned to see the ruins around him burning together with Hendrick. ¡°Mune is dead, so I need to check with Hetz and Hamiel. Oh, it would be right to kill those kids before we go.¡± After realizing that Myug was dead and that Hetsu and Hamiel were in battle, Kainan, who was about to move on, headed towards Haryu and Miho, who were located not far from the spot where Mug died. Jeopuk- Jeopuk- Kainan, who was walking impassively along the dirt road, felt an eerie sense of death and red at the ruins engulfed in a huge fire. Tsutsutsutsu- ¡°¡­The mes turn ck?¡± Even putting his life aside, he was astonished to see his red me slowly turning ck. ¡°Hey¡­What kind of trick are you pulling, Hendryiiike!¡± Fire is the source of Kainan, the fire dragon. For him, who controls all the fires in the world, red fire symbolizes his control over mes. Therefore, Kainan could not tolerate the mes turning ck. Kainan gritted his teeth and stretched out his hands to control the mes. This was to remove impurities that had seeped into the me and return it to its original red me. but- ¡°Off-why¡­why¡­Why sooooo!!!¡± There was no way the ckened me would return to its original brilliant red me. Rather, Kainan¡¯s heart was burned by the ck color that was slowly expanding its territory. And then therees the moment when all the mes turn ck. dump- Kainan knelt on the dirt floor. ¡°How on earth¡­The mes broke through my control¡­.¡± Your own magic, your own mana. Also, how was Hendrick able to touch his own fire, which hadplete control and mastery over fire as a dragon race? Furthermore, Kainan¡¯s main concern was how to devour it. Shrurrrrrrrrrrrr! At that time, thepletely ck mes were slowly drawn into the center. Kainan knelt down to block the slowly disappearing ck fire and gritted his teeth, but just as he could not stop the ckening mes, he could not stop the mes from being sucked in. ¡°Tsk¡­.¡± When Kainan was defeated until the end and let out a low sigh. ¡°The reason you lost is simple, Kainan.¡± ¡°¡­Hendrick.¡± Kainan raised his head and looked at Hendrick, who appeared from where the mes had disappeared. ¡°you¡­It looks¡­.¡± And Kainan was shocked to see Hendrick¡¯s appearance change 180 degrees in a split second. This is because it was so different from Hendrick¡¯s original appearance. His hair, which was ck with a red tinge, was pitch ck, absorbing all light, and his eyes were ck with the whites missing. Complete darkness. No, Kainan could tell. That this is no ordinary darkness. ¡°Hetsu too¡­Even Hetsu doesn¡¯t have a demon like you. ¡°How can you have such demonic energy!¡± Magi. Hendrick¡¯s body was filled with so much dark magic that no color other than ck was allowed in his body. Kainan could not believe that Hendrick, in the flesh of a dragon race, possessed enormous magical energy that even Hetz, a demon race, could not possess. ¡®Did another demon give it to you? No, even if something as powerful as Demon Emperor gave it to me, it wouldn¡¯t be enough. The Demon Emperor possesses a lot of demonic energy, but it does not possess such a breathtaking density of demonic energy. In the first ce, magic energy of that density never existed within the tower, so how on earth?!¡¯ Emperor of the demons. I wondered if the Demon Emperor had given him demonic energy, but the Demon Emperor had no reason to do so in the first ce, and even the Demon Emperor could not possess that kind of demonic energy. I can only think about this because I have seen mako even from afar. That¡¯s why Kainan couldn¡¯t understand. This means that Hendrick possesses a high density of magical energy that does not exist within the tower. However, Kainan was not stupid enough to deny the truth before his eyes. Tadadak- Immediately heading back, Kainan was wary of Hendrick. ¡®It wasn¡¯t long ago that I gained magical energy as I saw my appearance change from before. So, is the answer the devil? A high-ranking devil too. There is no answer other than that.¡¯ Hendrick¡¯s appearance changed after being engulfed in the fire dragon¡¯s anger. Of course, Kainan decided that it would be around that time that Hendrick gained magical power, so he finished his thoughts. ¡®No matter how powerful you are, if you don¡¯t have experience handling it, it¡¯s worse than a dull knife. ¡®I¡¯m going to kill him right here and now!¡¯ A familiar dull knife and a famous sword that has not been properly trained. Assuming that two swordsmen with the same ability hold separate swords, victory will go to the familiar blunt sword. Kainan, who was thinking like that, was preparing to attack again. ¡°Kainan, do you know what kind of ¡®dragon¡¯ I am?¡± Hendrick suddenly asked Kainan a question. Kainan said in response to a sudden question. ¡°¡­What does that mean all of a sudden? you¡­you¡­her?¡± What a dragon! Kainan tried to say this, but realized something was strange, stuttered, and then burst intoughter. ¡°What kind of dragon are you? Come to think of it, I don¡¯t have any information about you. ¡°It is clearly a subject wearing the body of our species.¡± There was no information about what kind of dragon Hendrick was. The thought urred to him that he was a ck dragon because he had ck hair, or a fire dragon because he had a red color before he changed, but Kainan knew the answer. I don¡¯t know the exact answer, but I know that Hendrick is a being outside the usual categories such as a ck dragon or a fire dragon. ¡°¡­After all, you must die here.¡± Without knowing it himself, Kainan instinctively felt that neither the tribe¡¯s elders nor the tribe¡¯s father-inw, the Dragon Emperor, would be able to give such an answer to Hendrick. Irregr. How far will the Irregr wearing the mask of a dragon race go? ¨C That¡¯s when the thought goes crazy. Kainan had goosebumps all over his body. -Quaaaagh! -The vige! The vige! ¡®¡­That¡¯s a ridiculous imagination.¡¯ An imagination that spontaneously came to mind. This is because the image of their vige, ¡®Rare¡¯, burning and a single dragon ughtering the vige¡¯s dragons came to mind. Kainan, who tried to dismiss it as a ridiculous imagination, hurriedly stepped back. ¡°Seeing as you can¡¯t answer what I say, I guess you and the others don¡¯t know who I am.¡± ¡°¡­It doesn¡¯t matter who you are. ¡°You, who have thrown away everything as a dragon race, deserve to die, so there is no need to know!¡± Hendrickughed at Kainan¡¯s apparent ignorance about him, and Kainan tried to ignore it and took a stance. ¡°From now on, I am going with the intention of killing you.¡± ¡°You¡¯re talking as if it wasn¡¯t the case in the first ce. ¡°Isn¡¯t it too ugly?¡± ¡°¡­Shut up!¡± Quad deuk- As soon as he finished speaking, a change urred in Kainan¡¯s body. The skin filled with dragon scales became tough, and the number and strength of the scales changed. Eventually, its gradually growing body resembled that of a lizard. ¡°Is it dragonification?¡± Dragonization. The greatest weapon the Dragon n could use was to return to their original form. Naturally, its destructive power was extremely powerful. Basically, the power thates from its gigantic size could destroy mountains, manipte infinite mana, fire powerful magic at random, andstly, it had a breath that could be called a special move. It would not be unreasonable to say that the Dragonization, which possesses all sorts of terrible things, is a walking disaster. Even in front of Kainan, who hadpleted his transformation into a dragon, Hendrick remained calm. -Crrrrr, Hendrick. Now you are finished. Of course, Kainan, who hadpleted his transformation into a dragon, was full of confidence. Kainan opened his mouth wide as he looked down at Hendrick while floating in the sky. Coo coo coo coo- Massive energy of destruction. It slowly gathered around Kainan¡¯s mouth. In the face of a destructive power that was strong enough to destroy the surroundings, Hendrick calmly watched the breaths gather. Kainan gritted his teeth at the sight of Hendrick, who seemed to be convinced that that thing would not be able to do anything about him. It was a rare sight to see a huge dragon grinding its teeth, but regardless, Kainan did not stop gathering his breath. Likewise, Hendrick simply ced his hand on the handle of the sword and did not do anything more. -Die, Hendrick. Hendrick was looking at everything like that, and Kainan was preparing his breath. Kainan eventually seeded in gathering all of his breath, and soon he let out a burst of it. Kwaaaaa!!! The light of destruction fills my eyes. A breath of blinding light erupted from the sky to the ground, from Kainan to Hendrick. Hendrick burst intoughter as he saw the light of destruction that erases everything approaching him. ¡°In the end, you are all the same. ¡°I think you guys are the strongest, and I can¡¯t think of an answer other than the breath you think you guys are strong at.¡± -Is this a will, Hendrick? ¡°No, it¡¯s a funeral song for you, Kainan.¡± Hendrick smiled slightly at Kainan, who opened his red eyes looking at him, and swung his sword at the attacking Breath. Fuwaaaaaaa! Hendrick¡¯s Magi. To be precise, the demonic energy in his body bursts out and transforms into a dragon. ¡°Demon dragon.¡± -Krrrrlk! Kwasik! Kwasik! Kwazijijik! -Even words¡­It doesn¡¯t work¡­. The ck dragon spouting out with a low voice tears Breath to pieces. Kainan felt fear as he saw the light of destruction, which he thought no one could stop, being cruelly destroyed. ¡®¡­Die.¡¯ Feeling like death was pressing down on his neck, Kainan immediately pped his wings and tried to escape from this ce. Contract of the Four Emperors? vow? Nothing like that could restrain the current Kainan. Nothing could restrain Kainan, but Kainan could no longer fly. Tub- ¡°Where are you going in such a hurry?¡± -swimming¡­Hendrick! Before he knew it, Kainan was scared to see Hendrick on his back and tried to throw him off, but Hendrick stood firmly on his back and withstood the shaking. and- Tsutsutsutsu- Kainan screamed as he saw the demonic dragon that had torn his breath to shreds appear again on the sword. -rather! Better kill me as a dragon, Hendrick! Death as a dragon vs. a dragon. Kainan was hoping for that. A final struggle to never want to die defeated in a fight between dragons and humans. But Hendrick had no reason to listen to that. ¡°Baal¡¯s body and my soul. That is a mixed blow. ¡°Being half human and half demon, isn¡¯t death a very regrettable death, Kainan?¡± -bar¡­Baal? Why is his name here and now? no way? no way? It can¡¯t be possible!!! Kainan, who finally came to understand the incredible density and quality of Hendrick¡¯s magical power upon hearing the name Baal, was strongly convinced that his imagination would be reality. That¡¯s why I started a riot and tried to get out of this ce, but it was already toote. ¡°Gwangma Dragon (¿ñħýˆ).¡± -Krrrrlk! A dragon that is a mixture of Hendrick (¿ñ) and Baal (ħ). Gwangma-ryong (¿ñħýˆ). That¡¯s because it bit off Kainan¡¯s huge neck. Chapter 182 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 182 ¨C English Novel Kwasik- Kwasik- Kwasik- Gwangma Dragon. The energy of Hendrick, who had established himself, was tangible as a ¡®dragon¡¯ and was biting Kainan¡¯s neck and tearing him apart. Thanks to this, Kainan was able to see something in his increasingly cloudy mind. ¡®In the end, no one won? Both Hetz and Hamiel will die like me in the end.¡¯ This was a thought I had while watching Hetz fight simrly to Choi Kyung-hoon and Jinhyuk fight simrly to Hamiel. But his thoughts did notst long. Quack! Finishing blow. With that, Kainan¡¯s spirit went to a ce from which it could never return. * * * thud! The second heavy sound heard after the MUG. Hetz and Kyung-Hoon Choi turned their heads at the same time, Kyung-Hoon Choi smiled and Hetz wrinkled his face. ¡°It¡¯s 2 wins and 0 losses.¡± ¡°Now it will be 2 wins and 1 loss. ¡°Because you will die to me.¡± Mug, Kainan¡¯s defeat. Since it was Cha Jin-hyuk¡¯s second win, HETS gritted their teeth when Choi Kyung-hoon was so upset. Fuwaaaaaaa! The magic energy that exploded with anger wrapped around Hetsu¡¯s fist and further wrapped around his entire body. A different change from the demonization used by Jinhyuk. ¡®It looks like you¡¯re wearing a jjoljolgi. ¡®It¡¯s not like he¡¯s really wearing a jjoljolgi.¡¯ Jjoljjol made of maggi. Hetz looked like he was wearing such tights. The Magi that clings to it strengthens Hetz¡¯s energy. Furthermore, the magical energy, which can be said to be the source of Hetsu, exploded. In the end, Hetz, who was much more powerful than before, took his ce. Quaduk- The area where Hetz was standing was deeply damaged by the shock, and Hetz¡¯s new model disappeared for a moment. bang! ¡°Tsk-¡± Hetz, who disappeared, reached in front of Choi Kyung-hoon in an instant and swung his fist wrapped in demonic energy towards his sr plexus. Naturally, Choi Kyung-hoon crossed his arms to block the punch. However, just because I blocked it, it didn¡¯t mean there was no shock at all. This is because the moment Hetz left his position, he lost his position, and the moment he appeared and threw his fist, he recognized and blocked it. Hetz burst outughing, forgetting about the deaths of Mug and Kainan. ¡°As expected, I have good eyes. I really like it, but I really, really wish we had never met in a ce like this!¡± Hetz, who had been repeating the word ¡®really¡¯ like crazy, shook his head and clenched his fist again. ¡°But you, you are dangerous. Next time we meet, I will lose. Obviously I will lose. And I¡­I don¡¯t want to fight a losing battle!¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Bababababaak! Kwon Young fills my eyes. As expected from Kwon Young, who is imbued with demonic energy, they were so borate and real that it was impossible to tell what was real and what was fake. However, whether it was real or fake was not that important to Choi Kyung-hoon. ¡®Just stop everything and that¡¯s it.¡¯ There were more than dozens of threats, but Choi Kyung-hoon had the ability, skill, and ability to block them all. ¡°Front kick.¡± Huh! A light kick splits the space filled with Kwon Young in half. and- ¡°Myekgak.¡± Choi Kyeonghun Ryu Chapter 2 ¨C Front kick, enhanced version ¨C Myeokgak. Steel-like legs imbued with fighting spirit rushed forward. Kwak-ga-ga-ga-gak! Choi Gyeong-hoon, who, as the name of Myekgak suggested, smashed all the fists filled with magical energy, kicked off his seat and flew backwards. bang! A fistnds in the spot where Choi Kyung-hoon was just moments ago. At the same time, HETS and Kyung-Hoon Choi began to tangle. Tap-tap-tap-tap- They jump out of their seats, take steps, close the distance between each other, repeatedly spread out, and attack each other with their arms and legs. phut! Paang! Every time something that is nothing more than a punch is thrown, the sound of the surrounding air exploding makes my ears deaf. Kwasik! Kwazizig! Every time each other¡¯s kicks cut through the air, an eerie sound is heard, as if the space around them is distorting and copsing. In such a situation, Choi Kyung-hoon and Hetz stared at each other in silence. Choi Kyung-hoon, who always seemed so light-hearted, and Hetsu, a battle fanatic who always cried out for battle. Now, with their emotionless eyes only focused on each other and each other¡¯s attacks, they only looked at each other and scattered their attacks while anticipating the next move. Too-doo-doo- boom! A rain of fists like barrage pouring down like crazy, as if firing a Gatling gun. Choi Gyeong-hoon calmly thrust his fists on his waist as the demonic spirits poured out once again. phut! phut! phut! Right hand, left hand, right hand to be exact. Criticizing the regime three times in total. It was an ordinary attack, but its effectiveness was certain. Just scoop it up- When the right hand was thrown out, the spirits in front were crushed. When the left hand was thrown out, the fighters behind were crushed. When the right hand is thrown out once again- bang! ¡°¡­Wow!¡± It crushed Hetz¡¯s chest and pierced his sr plexus. Just by looking at the sunken chest and sr plexus, one could roughly guess how much damage Hetz had suffered. Choi Kyung-hoon did not stop as he watched Hetz coughing up ck blood. ¡°Push.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Too-doo-doo-doo- boom! Like a runaway tank, like a mad bull, like a train that lost its brakes. Choi Kyung-hoon ran like crazy and delivered a body m to Hetz. Empty! Hetz¡¯s body, which had been pushed back with incredible speed and force, rose into the air. A perfect attack that took advantage of Hetz¡¯s inability toe to his senses after being attacked three times in a row. At the same time, Kyung-Hoon Choi threw a kick at Hetz, who was floating in the air. ¡°Back kick.¡± Jump! ¡°¡­Shut up-¡± There are really many different types of kicks. However, if you had to choose the strongest kick among them, it would be the back kick, no matter what anyone says. If such a back kick were used by someone with a perfect body that was honed like crazy, what would happen to the person hit by it? The answer to that was right here and now. Hetz¡¯s abdomen, unable to dodge the attack while in the air, caved in and his internal organs were crushed. Hetz vomited out pain as his internal organs were repeatedly crushed, burst, and torn. thud- ¡°Are you going to give up?¡± Hetz, who fell from thin air, was inplete disrepair. The sr plexus and abdomen were caved in, ck blood was continuously spitting out from the mouth, and both eyes were red and bloodshot. Choi Kyung-hoon discussed giving up after seeing that he didn¡¯t seem to be doing well at first nce. Wow- ¡°No way. ¡°It¡¯s going to be real from now on, but you can¡¯t do that anymore.¡± Hetz gritted his teeth and stood up. And Hetz got up from his seat, as if to prove that it was real from now on. ¡°A¡¯arab Zaraq opens.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Fuwaaaaaaa! released his power. * * * ¡°A¡¯arab Zaraq opens.¡± Wiggle- ¡°¡­?¡± I could feel something in my body stirring as I heard Hetz¡¯s words while he was fighting with Choi Kyung-hoon from afar. ¡®¡­what? Is something changing inside?¡¯ Now that I think about it, I think I felt something even when I started the battle with Hamiel. I frowned slightly at the fact that something I didn¡¯t know about was happening right now under the influence of the battle. ¡®¡­I don¡¯t know. I don¡¯t know what the change is, and I don¡¯t know why changes are happening in my body that I don¡¯t know about.¡¯ I had no idea. ¡°What are you thinking like that? ¡°Focus on me.¡± ¡°Yes, that¡¯s right. ¡°First, I have to kill you and find the beginning and reason for change.¡± Therefore, I decided to first kill the pigeon in front of me, no, Hamiel. Without knowing about the changes caused by the influence of Hamiel¡¯s Sephiroth and Hetz¡¯s Qliphoth ¨C Wiggle- Even the moment I kicked out of my seat and stretched out my fist, the unidentifiable writhing inside me continued. * * * ¡®A¡¯arab Zaraq? I don¡¯t know what it is, but the momentum is unusual.¡¯ Hetz. As he was being beaten up, he uttered the word ¡®A¡¯arab Zaraq¡¯ and at the same time, Kyung-hoon Choi felt his momentum change and clenched his fists while maintaining tension. ¡°Hahaha! After all, you are strong! ¡°It¡¯s strong!¡± ¡°Yes, you are weaker than me.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon nodded and agreed to Hetz¡¯s words, which showed a sudden change in atmosphere and momentum. Because what he said was true. but- Phew! ¡°¡­wing?¡± ¡°I¡¯m going to go the right way from now on, so just try to stop me.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon was startled by the two bat wings that sprouted behind Hetz¡¯s back, who had erased his smile and had a cool face. Hetz kicked out the seat. Ssssssssssssssssss! With a sharp sound like an arrow being fired, Hetz¡¯s fist rushed at tremendous speed and hit Kyung-Hoon Choi. bang! dump- Choi Kyung-hoon, who blocked Hetz¡¯s fist from above by crossing his arms diagonally, slightly bent one knee, feeling an incredible shock. ¡°¡­What kind of power?¡± ¡°This is ¡®Qliphoth¡¯, the power of our demons and our source. ¡°It is a power that lowly people like you can never have.¡± ¡°Qliphoth?¡± Choi Kyung-hoon tilted his head as he heard these words for the first time in his life. However, following Hetz¡¯s words, Choi Kyung-hoon realized what ¡®Qliphoth¡¯ was. ¡°These wings. ¡°It is the power that allows us to reveal these wings given to demons.¡± ¡°Ah, I know what it is. It¡¯s a power that demons have used since long ago only when they were about to fall behind me. ¡°I knew what it was.¡± ¡°¡­bloke! ¡°Don¡¯t think of our strength as ast struggle!¡± ¡°It¡¯s true, but what can you do? The demons and the Elyos who were fooling around in front of me, towards the end, took out their wings as if they were struggling. And you know what? ¡°The bastards who took that out in front of me have all been searched!¡± As if he had knelt down to gain momentum, Choi Gyeong-hoon kicked off his seat and shot out like a rocket, and his head stuck in Hetz¡¯s chin. Ppajik- The eerie sound of the jawbone cracking and breaking flowed into Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s ears. ¡°I¡¯ll break your head like this.¡± ¡°¡­Is that really the case?¡± Hetz, whose jawbone was almost broken by the headbutt he had just received, spoke calmly. Kyeong-Hoon Choi felt goosebumps as he heard Hetz¡¯s next words. ¡°There you are!¡± The ce where Hetz¡¯s eyes, sparkling with magic energy, are looking precisely at. That was the ce where Choi Kyung-hoon was injured and was called a ¡®weak point¡¯ from which he had not yet recovered. Hetz, a demon, had no hesitation in targeting Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s weaknesses. Phew! Hetz¡¯s hand, wrapped in magic, prated Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s side. ¡°¡­Cough!¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon, who had been properly treated for the wounds he received from the battle with the Four Emperors, who were more powerful than Hetsu, copsed on the floor, coughing up ck blood. HETS rushed towards Choi Gyeong-hoon, who was unable to do anything due to the tremendous pain pounding in his head. ¡°I¡¯ll y with you and then kill you, Musin! Now the title is mine! Hahaha!¡± Although Hetz¡¯s words that had been beaten up just moments ago were absurd, Hetz¡¯s ¡®mystic eye¡¯ allowed him to see exactly where Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s weaknesses and weaknesses were. Kwagagagak! Choi Kyung-hoon was in a pinch, and Hetz¡¯s magic did not miss it and attacked Choi Kyung-hoon like a wave. Chapter 183 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 183 ¨C English Novel Boom! Choi Kyung-hoon, who was hit by Hetz¡¯s fist, rolled on the floor like crazy. It is covered in dust, and the tattered field clothes are further torn to pieces. ¡°¡­Tsk, I really liked this scene.¡± ¡°Are clothes important now?¡± Hetz appeared in front of Choi Gyeong-hoon, who was clicking his tongue as he watched the cotton of his night coat fluttering about. bang! The light kick is aimed precisely at Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s weak spot. Even if you block it, your insides will shake from the shock, and if you don¡¯t block it, pain and shock to the point of death will shake your whole body. ¡®My eyes¡­I don¡¯t like it either.¡¯ The reason all of this was possible was Hetz¡¯s magical eye. Magic eye. As Hetz said, if you use ¡®Qliphoth¡¯, which creates wings, your eyes will be dyed ck with demonic energy and be shiny ck. And from then on, demons can read the opponent¡¯s energy with their eyes. As if using an So, you can see what ismonly called ¡®weakness¡¯. ¡®Tsk, it¡¯s nothingpared to the little guy¡¯s eyes, but it¡¯s still annoying.¡¯ However, to Choi Kyung-hoon, the magical eye or anything else was not that important. The only thing that mattered was that he was weak, and he also had the experience of dealing with lower-ss ¡®eyes¡¯ that were stronger than the Demon Eyes several times. However, Hetz was stronger than Haryu, and the problem was that that strength more than made up for the difference in ¡®Nun¡¯. ¡®Even if my body was normal ¨C Tsk, this kind of thinking is meaningless.¡¯ Top is a world of the fittest. It was a world where if you became weak, you would be eaten. From the time he followed Cha Jin-hyuk in such a weakened body, Choi Kyung-hoon was no different from havinge prepared to die. Of course, that didn¡¯t mean that Choi Kyung-hoon was thinking about dying. ¡®You have to find a gap. A gap through which the evil eye shines.¡¯ Eyes are an important body part. Especially in battle, everything starts with seeing the attack. How does it fly, what kind of anomaly does it give? It is difficult to sense it just by feeling it. Therefore, everyone relies on their ¡®eyes¡¯, and among them, the special ¡®eyes¡¯ do not just allow us to see, but allow us to see things beyond that. Downstream was like that, and Hetz in front of me was like that. and- ¡°Do you think you¡¯re the only one with eyes? Battle Eye (Battle Eye, ‘ðô^ÑÛ).¡± ¡°¡­!!¡± Choi Kyung-hoon was also like that. Battle Eye (Battle Eye, ‘ðô^ÑÛ). At the same time that what he called a battle n was manifested, Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s eyes were overflowing with red spirit. Every time the red mes that flickered like ghostly fire and created a haze overflowed, Choi Kyung-hoon blocked Hetz¡¯s iing attack. A fight between eyes. It was a battle that showed equality. ¡°Tsk, that¡¯s a shame. ¡°I could have pushed harder.¡± ¡°The original n would have been to lightly remove the ink from the eyes. ¡°I regret it more, you bastard.¡± The two, who confirmed that they were equals, could not help but feel disappointed. Hetz could have been beaten a little more than they have been beaten so far, but in the sense that they couldn¡¯t ¨C Choi Gyeong-hoon felt such regret in that his ¡®battle eye¡¯ was simr to Hetz¡¯s ¡®magic eye¡¯. But there was also a moment of disappointment. The two quickly became entangled with each other. * * * Kwajik-kwaduk-kwauk! Paang! phut! phut! Bloody. It was a scene where those words fit perfectly. The sight of the two people focusing only on destroying each other, not caring about the damage to their own bodies, resembled that of demons crazy about fighting. Legs as strong as steel sh against each other, creating the sound of a bomb exploding, and two fists sh together, creating the sound of bones breaking. Nevertheless, the two did not back down and did everything they could to kill each other. Paang- Side kick. Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s long, straight legs and full of dense muscles dig into Hetz¡¯s sr plexus. Hetz also did not sit still. ¡°Devil Guard.¡± The magic energy bes tangible and transforms into a huge devil-shaped shield. Boom! The sole of Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s foot touches the demon¡¯s shield, and Hetz¡¯s body is shot backwards like a cannonball by the impact. When Hetz rolled on the floor about five times for a mix of reasons, both to relieve the shock and because of the shock, he barely came to a stop. ¡°Back kick.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Choi Kyung-hoon, who had already arrived, once again showed off his strongest kick. Because he stopped on his knees, the angle of the rear kick was aimed precisely at Hetz¡¯s face. ¡®If you get hit, you die.¡¯ Hetz, who sensed that his head was going to explode or be separated from his neck, hit the floor with both palms. ¡°Devil Wall.¡± Quad deuk! A wall about 2 meters high that emerged from a mixture of dirt and demonic energy. Although the wall was slightly taller than the height of an adult man, it was more than enough to block Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s back kick. Poseok- ¡°Icked a little strength.¡± ¡°¡­For a human being, that¡¯s incredible strength.¡± Of course, just because I blocked it didn¡¯t mean I was fine. Hetz had to feel an eerie feeling as he looked at the dirt-stained soles of Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s feet, which stopped right in front of his face. Obviously, I was beaten a lot, and Choi Kyung-hoon was also beaten a lot, but I couldn¡¯t shake the feeling that I was being pushed behind for some reason. ¡®Even though it prated the side, which clearly seemed to be its weak point, it was still quite intact.¡¯ Hetz¡¯s eyes lit up as he looked at the unhealed wound on his side. ¡®Bluffing?¡¯ Hetz realized that his magic eye was still telling him that Kyung-hoon Choi¡¯s side was his weak spot, and he clenched his fists. ¡®It¡¯s worth a try.¡¯ Anyway, the attacks and defenses are constantly being exchanged, and if Choi Kyung-hoon was deliberately pretending that his weaknesses were okay, that would have been an opportunity of its own. After thinking that far, Hetz jumped out of his seat and pped his hands together. ¡°Devil Thorn.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Quad deuk! At the same time, the ground cracked, and spear-like thorns made of demonic energy rose up from between them. Magi¡¯s thorns are jagged and have different thicknesses and lengths. They soared, starting from Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s feet and covering other ces to take refuge. ¡®They are all dangerous things. If you step on it, it¡¯s obvious that demonic energy will seep into you. Break it.¡¯ Choi Kyung-hoon, who immediately realized the danger of Devil Throne, chose to use his legs and arms to break it rather than trusting the strength of his body. ¡°Putting power in power ¨C Baekbo Shinjeon (°Ù²½ÉñÈ­).¡± phut! Paang! phut! Pang pang pang pang! Kyung-Hoon Choi¡¯s fist stretched out at an invisible speed along with the sound of air exploding. Once, twice, four times, eight times. The sound gets faster and faster and only a faint afterimage remains. However, the only evidence showing that Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s fist was touching was the Devil Throne, which broke as if it had been hit by something. ¡°Hundred-step divine power! ¡°You learned the power of those beyond the 200th floor!¡± Hetz¡¯s eyes lit up when he realized what kind of power Choi Kyung-hoon was using. Beings beyond the 200th floor. A worldmonly called ¡®Murim¡¯ and a world full of climbers and NPCs named ¡®Murimin¡¯. Above all, it was the world of Emperor Tess. A world where even the Four Emperors cannot be coercive. Thanks to this, the Four Emperors were unable to learn the power called ¡®Mugong¡¯ in ¡®Murim¡¯ located between the 200th and 300th floor. ¡°Khaat! Emergency! Give up your sry! ¡°If I learn that, I can be stronger!¡± The reason was simple. Moorim is a ce with a clear rtionship between monks and monks. It doesn¡¯t matter whether you¡¯re old or young. Distribution. In a ce where the only thing that mattered was how long someone had been in the n, the power and authority of the Four Hwangs did not work for the Murim people. But what if they try to take away the secret weapon of martial arts by force? Emperor Tess¡¯s heavenly punishment falls. Fearing the divine punishment of Tess, which would make even the Four Emperors tremble, the Four Emperors did not give up their pride, and eventually gave up their ¡®martial arts¡¯ and chose to head beyond the 300th floor. It was a matter of pride rather than utility. However, right now, Choi Gyeong-hoon, who learned the ¡®martial arts¡¯, was right in front of him, so it was natural that Hetz was drooling like a rabid dog. ¡°Emergency? ¡°What, something like this?¡± ¡°¡­!!! At that time, Choi Kyung-hoon took out an old booklet from his pocket and shook it, and Hetz¡¯s eyes became bigger than ever. Hetz couldn¡¯t figure out what the Chinese characters meant, but Hetz was immediately drawn to the cover of the six-character booklet. ¡°Give it to me!¡± Hetz rushed in, forgetting about the battle, and stretched out his hand toward the booklet. Looking at Hetz¡¯s struggling hands, Choi Gyeong-hoonughed and threw the booklet. ¡°It¡¯s old, it¡¯s probably just the right grade for you.¡± ¡°Hahaha! Good, Kyung-Hoon Choi. In return for receiving this stipend, I will spare your life. ¡°When I reach this level, let¡¯s fight again!¡± Hetz burst intoughter at the sight that came into his arms. Choi Gyeong-hoon, who recovered from all his wounds, and Choi Gyeong-hoon, who is known as the God of War and is rumored to be a disciple of Emperor Tess, has learned the secret skills given to him. Choi Kyung-hoon spoke to Hetz, who was looking forward to who would be the winner and how fun the battle would be. ¡°That¡¯s right. Why don¡¯t you read the name of the major first? ¡°Wouldn¡¯t you like to know the name of the martial art you are going to learn?¡± ¡°okay! You are right! ¡°I can¡¯t wait to see what kind of world-ss martial arts feat it will be!¡± It was really ridiculous to think that he was a world-ss martial artist, but Hetz thought that his thoughts were correct. Therefore, with a trembling heart, Hetz slowly read the title written on the cover of the booklet. ¡°Jo On (ÚwœØ)¡­Manan (ÚwœØ)¡­Color energy¡­? ¡°What kind of unofficial thing is this?¡± Six letter title. Hetz, who read everything about him, could only tilt his head. Since Hetsu had a great interest in martial arts, he knew the names of quite a few famous martial artists. The Baekbo Shinken used by Choi Gyeong-hoon, the Plum Blossom Sword Technique of the Hwasan School, and the Changcheon Sword Technique of the Namgung Family, etc. It was an extremely unfamiliar name to him, who expected to be at the top level of famous martial arts and swordsmanship. ¡°curious?¡± ¡°You are asking the obvious. ¡°What does this mean?¡± When Hetz asked about the meaning, Kyung-Hoon Choi grinned and responded by hitting him in the face with his fist. ¡°I mean, where can a bastard the size of ¡°¡­!!! simplicity and honesty-! It is said that a person who has learned martial arts must pay a martial arts sry. That is beyond insulting and is no different from asking someone to kill you. Choi Gyeong-hoon is also a climber, no different from the martial arts people who studied martial arts under Tess. It was natural for Choi Gyeong-hoon to be angry since he had asked for military pay. Choi Gyeong-hoon, who had made a huge profit from the false martial arts secret he had been carrying around for a long time in anticipation of meeting someone like Hetz, crushed Hetz¡¯s nose and prated his face. Chapter 184 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 184 ¨C English Novel ¡°¡­Khaak!¡± The pain of having your nose bent and your face crushed. Hetz let out a groan in pain. However, even as his face was crushed, Hetz¡¯s eyes were looking at Choi Kyung-hoon. ¡°If you don¡¯t have a sry¡­I will split your head open, eat the brain inside it, and absorb your memories.¡± Madness about non-payment. That¡¯s what kept Hetz¡¯s spirit alive. Choi Kyung-hoon stuck his tongue out at the sight of Hetz aiming to improve the skills he had learned even in the face of excruciating pain. ¡°Wow, that¡¯s why there are more people with more money. ¡°Isn¡¯t it funny that you guys are trying to learn ¡®martial arts¡¯ that were created to fight against guys like you?¡± ¡°Shut up¡­! As long as it¡¯s to be stronger, it doesn¡¯t matter whether it¡¯s a technique created to kill me or anything else. ¡°After killing you, I be stronger!¡± An angry voice. Of course, it was not Choi Kyung-hoon who could not notice the joy contained within. That¡¯s why Choi Kyung-hoon sighed, clenched his fists, felt his toes tense, and kicked out of his seat. ¡°Let¡¯s finish this, I¡¯m so tired.¡± A searing pain felt in the area attacked by Hetz. Choi Kyung-hoon found it absurd that the ce he had worked so hard to heal was injured again, and that both wounds were caused by the Four Emperors, but he still had to finish what needed to be done. Hetz. Choi Gyeong-hoon¡¯s new brother moved in an unconventional manner to slit his head. * * * Pabababak! Dozens of fists upying the space in front of you. Hetz¡¯splexion turned pale when he saw that. ¡®He still had this kind of power left? He is indeed a climber who deserves the nickname ¡®Mushin.¡¯ It was not an attack thatbined Baekbo theocracy and regime control just before. However, what was important was that the fists that rained down like a shower at very close range were not ordinary fists. ¡®This is a no-go, that is a no-go. Even stepping lightly is martial arts. I even think that if there was a person who was made of martial arts, wouldn¡¯t he be something like that?¡¯ muscle movement. Fist movement. Everything you breathe, every step you take. Everything about Choi Gyeong-hoon was like martial arts, to the extent that it was difficult to find something that wasn¡¯t martial arts. ¡®¡­Can I swallow that?¡¯ It was natural for Hetz to think this way. If he were to devour a being made of martial arts, even down to his breathing, and try to use martial arts based on those memories, would he be able to do it? ¡®¡­Nonsense ¨C no matter how strong one is, he is only human. There is no way that I, a demon and one of the noble Four Emperors, cannot digest it. Even if it is a honed martial arts skill, it is nothing more than a weapon created by humans to defeat us. There is no way that I, a demon, can¡¯t wield the weapons that humans wield.¡¯ Hetz denied it. He denied the truth that it was impossible for him to incorporate martial arts techniques into all his movements like Choi Kyung-hoon did. That¡¯s why Hetz smiled. ¡°I am bing stronger ¨C Choi Kyung-hoon!¡± Because he was confident that this battle would lead to his victory and that he could quench his thirst with the sweet fruits of that victory- Of course, no one knew that Hetzmann thought so. * * * Quad deuk- Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s foot, which blocked Hetz¡¯s fist, was pushed away, creating a furrow. ¡®It¡¯s worth stopping. As expected, my strength and magical energy are slowly fading away.¡¯ The tingling sensation was still there, but as much of the destructive power and demonic energy contained within it disappeared, Kyung-Hoon Choi was able to block Hetz¡¯s attack more easily than at first. It was natural, as the shock and demonic energy prating inside were more bothersome than the pain. ¡®We can be a little more aggressive.¡¯ Choi Gyeong-hoon has always shown himself to be crazy about battle, even his brain is made up of muscles, but when ites to fighting, he has shown the ability to be called a specialist. Even now, you can tell howpetent he is just by immediately understanding Hetz¡¯s current status and immediately deciding how he should continue the battle. But Hetz was also Hetz. A member of the demon race, one of the four races of the Four Emperors, and a being who has reached the fourth stage of ¡®Qliphoth¡¯, A¡¯arab zaraq. He was no pushover. Wood tter! He suppresses the pain of his body being destroyed with demonic energy, and uses that pain as fuel to push Choi Kyeong-hoon. Kwagak-kwagak-kwaggagak! As the sharply forged magic de repeatedly struck the fighting armor worn by Choi Kyeong-hoon, the main body, Hetz, stretched out his fists and swung his legs like crazy. Attacks that break rocks and split forestse pouring out in the span of a single breath. An ordinary person would be turned into a blood clot without even being able to properly block these attacks. However, HETS¡¯ opponent was Choi Kyung-hoon. Among climbers, he is almost the only one with the nickname ¡®Mushin¡¯. ¡°Be strong.¡± Tsk-! A sound like a knock on a steel wall. Although the fist that hit Choi Kyung-hoon was numb, Hetz did not stop attacking. ¡°die! die! ¡°Die!¡± Arms and legs stretching out like crazy. Even in the face of the power of destruction contained in limbs that seemed to contain no strength or skill, Choi Kyung-hoon could only calmly recite the name of the skill. ¡°Strengthened version, Geumgangbulgoe (½ð„‚²»‰Ä).¡± Wood-dud-dud-duk- ¡°¡­Hahaha!¡± A strange sight where the person who hit is injured. However, anyone who knows what Geumgangbulgoe (½ð„‚²»‰Ä), which can be seen as the martial art and state practiced by Choi Gyeong-hoon, is nodding that it is a natural thing. ¡®A diamond never breaks.¡¯ And the supreme state of saying that such diamonds are like one¡¯s own body. It was obvious that no matter how well-trained the body, the strength of the demons, and the added magical energy were, it would not be enough to pierce the adamantine bullion. Unless a demon much stronger than Hetzes. A being that can destroy the unbreakable. At least that wasn¡¯t a person who existed on the 100th floor. The same goes for the 300th floor where Hetz stepped in. ¡°Kyahak¡­Haha¡­!¡± The sight of Hetz, suffering from pain and pouring out ck blood over his broken body, was even pitiful. Hetz was envious of a level he could not reach and wanted a martial arts skill that he could not master. In the end, he neither reached an unreachable level nor achieved martial arts. ¡°¡­Oh evil. ¡°Am I wrong?¡± After saying those words, Hetz copsed on his seat. Hetz¡¯s appearance, with his head down and ck blood flowing out, resembled that of a loser. Defeat and death that I never expected until I came here. Hetzughed at that. ¡°hot¡­Hahaha! Okay, I lost. Choi Kyeong-hoon! It is clear that you are worthy of being a martial god. ¡°I, HETS, will recognize you!¡± ¡°¡­What are you saying? I didn¡¯t want or want your approval. Hehe!¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon, who spat bloody spit on the floor, slowly approached Hetz with his fists clenched. finish. To end all these battles- ¡®It¡¯s a bit ambiguous, but I think I¡¯ll have enough strength left to help Cha Jin-hyuk.¡¯ A power that has been pushed to its extreme limits. No matter how much he was Choi Kyeong-hoon, he could not preserve much power even after fighting a life-threatening battle with demons, especially those who were carefully selected elites. Therefore, Choi Kyung-hoon raised his fist to finish off Hetz, thinking that he was too strong to help Jin-hyuk. ¡°Good and evil in the top of the tree! Mai in charge of the lower part! Hetz, the feeble demon that forms the lower part of the tree, begs you toe here now with his body!¡± ¡°¡­This bastard is trying tomit suicide-¡± Even if we leave aside all the rhetoric he heard earlier, the word ¡®advent¡¯ that marked the end made Choi Kyung-hoon instantly gather all his strength. ¡®The fastest attack. ¡®What was the fastest attack?¡¯ My hair is turningpletely white. It feels like my brain, which provided the best attack route at any moment, has stopped working. In response, Choi Kyung-hoon gritted his teeth and roughly used any technique. ¡°Cheolsango (èFɽ¿¿)!¡± An enhanced version of Push, Cheolsango. A technique where you take the opponent with your shoulder. As the name suggests, leaning against a mountain and pushing it away was a simple but effective technique. but- ¡°Tsk¡­Tsk tsk tsk¡­It¡¯ste¡­all!¡± Fuwaaaaaaa! Hetz, who was letting out a deepugh, burst out from his body and the enormous magical energy became a wall, blocking Choi Kyeong-hoon¡¯s Cheolsango. Choi Gyeong-hoon sighed and cursed at the fact that Magi, who had not even descended properly but was merely a remnant of Advent,pletely blocked his attack. ¡°¡­X, that¡¯s it.¡± * * * A blood-red pce covered in thick magical energy. It was a space that would have been astounding to demons if they had seen it, but when they saw the scenery, the interior was so miserable that even demons crazy about demons would stick out their tongues and stick out their butts. ¡°Hmm, how long has it been since west contacted you? ¡°I was bored these days because the kids didn¡¯t sing to me.¡± A woman with an alluring face smiled as she sat on top of the mummified corpses on the floor. She smiled as she saw the ¡®Kanglim¡¯ call message sent to her and tapped on the message window. ¡°Let¡¯s see~ The opponent is¡­Oh my, is that my taste?¡± A handsome man with strong muscles and thick lines. She burst outughing over the corpses and eventually stood up. ¡°I will ept it. ¡°I need to eat something fresh instead of something that hasn¡¯t been offered for a long time.¡± Quagga-ga-ga-ga- At the same time, ck magic energy swirled in the blood-red pce, creating a door leading to the tower. It was inevitable because the space where she, who reigned like a queen over the corpses, was located was far from the tower. A huge amount of magical energy was consumed, and even when she went down, she was unable to fully use her original power, but it didn¡¯t really matter to her. ¡°It¡¯s been a while since I¡¯ve been hugged by strong muscles and sucked out energy~ I don¡¯t like the idea of ??a male body, but that¡¯s okay, I can change it~¡± A woman who doesn¡¯t even consider who calls her and doesn¡¯t hesitate to say that she will even change her gender. Eventually, she opened the door created by a mixture of her magic energy and the other person¡¯s call, and took long strides inside. thud- When the door made of demonic energy closes with a heavy sound and the blood-red pce is immersed in silence. ¡°de¡­You¡¯re finally gone! Damn it, how do I get away from here?¡± One human who survived the garden of corpses muttered as he got up from the corpses with a distorted face. ¡°Escape from Asmodeus¡¯ pce¡­I have to find it.¡± Asmodeus. Taking advantage of the absence of the demon of lust and pleasure, he began to wander through the blood-red pce, trembling. Of course, I didn¡¯t get far before I was caught by a security demon and turned into a meal. An entity that drives people crazy just by its presence, and if caught, has their vitality sucked out, turning them into mummies and causing them to die. Asmodeus, this happened while she was moving through the magic passageway to where Hetz, who had called her, was. Chapter 185 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 185 Kwaaaaaa-! A huge ck pir that appeared in the sky. As soon as he saw that, Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s thoughts were simple. ¡®¡­It¡¯s really f*cked up.¡¯ As if to show that what had been destroyed earlier could not even be defeated, the enormous magical energy felt from the huge ck pir did not belong to the climbers or demons climbing the tower. ¡®Not only the quantity but also the quality is significant. At this level, Hetz is much stronger than when he first started.¡¯ Even when I first faced Hetz, I didn¡¯t feel this much pressure. However, the pressure felt from that ck pir now and the pressure that will be felt by the being who will climb down that pir will definitely be on a different level. ¡®It¡¯s the least evil.¡¯ devil. That being was now trying to descend into the world called the Tower through a vessel called Hetz and a passage called the ck Pir. Knowing that, Choi Kyung-hoon had no choice but to take out what he had been saving. ¡®It is toote to stop Advent itself. In that case, all you have to do is split the bowl and reduce the force as much as possible.¡¯ If a demon hade down the passage, in this state it would have been enough to weaken Hetz, the vessel. And the weakening of Hetz, who will be the vessel, will soon be a shortcut to Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s victory. ¡°Damn, I didn¡¯t want to write it.¡± Except for the fact that the technology that will be used from now on is one that Kyung-Hoon Choi absolutely hated using. Knock knock knock- Choi Kyung-hoon takes his stance. At the same time, the muscles that make up the entire body shake violently. All the energy around goes towards Choi Kyung-hoon. Quagga-ga-ga- The burst of spection splits the earth and explodes the sky. At best it was just a ready stance, but that was enough. ¡°Three fists of destruction and destruction.¡± Three fists that break, destroy and destroy. A technique that is extremely simple, but devastating in its effects. And this technology is none other than- ¡°If you use Master¡¯s, the recoil is too great. ¡°This is why they are transcendents.¡± It belonged to Emperor Wu Tess, the teacher of the military god Choi Gyeong-hun. Transcendent. A divine being that exists within the tower. They have existed in the tower since the distant past, and although they transcend humans and possess power and authorityparable to that of gods and demons, they remain in the tower and retain their power and power. To elevate them, climbers called them ¡®transcendants¡¯. Of course, there were people called transcendents because they could not decide between gods and devils, but at this moment, only one person was referred to. ¡°One power, bankruptcy.¡± Tess. Emperor Wu¡¯s technology was unleashed in the ruined 100-story goblin vige. Quaaaaa! At the same time, the thick wall of demonic energy that blocked Choi Kyung-hoon and Hetz burst open, and the passage of demonic energy that existed above it was shattered. * * * Pusssss- A thick cloud of dust separated Choi Kyung-hoon and HETS. However, even a cloud of dust cannot block the innate sense of energy. ¡°¡­As expected, it¡¯s X.¡± That¡¯s why Choi Kyung-hoon frowned at the strong magical energy he felt beyond the dust cloud. Although he seeded in destroying Hetsu, the vessel, he realized that he could not prevent the object of descent from falling. ¡°As expected, two or three volumes¡­Otherwise, maybe I should have used thest one.¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon had doubts about his choice to use the daily ticket, but that was only for a moment- Phew! ¡°¡­thorn?¡± He frowned at the demonic thorn sticking out through the dust cloud and blocked it. Quad deuk- Although it was only a check at best, the attack was enough to go beyond Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s defenses and instill pain deep in his bones. ¡°¡­Hehehe, it hurts so bad.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon clicked his tongue as he felt the throbbing shock spreading through his arms and throughout his body. ¡®I can¡¯t win this. You can never win. ¡®It¡¯s an impossible fight unless you¡¯re at least in your original state.¡¯ The extremely strong magic energy was driving into Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s head that he could never win in his current state. That¡¯s why Choi Gyeong-hoon was nervous and prepared to run away at any time and as ast resort. ¡®¡­If it doesn¡¯t work out, I¡¯ll have to use a simr move.¡¯ I hate it as much as dying, but it¡¯s better than dying. Hetz appeared in front of Choi Gyeong-hoon, who shivered as he remembered that. no- ¡°¡­A naked woman¡­Is this Hetz?¡± It would be correct to say that there was a naked woman standing there. One arm was blown off, but it was hard to believe that the alluring and fascinating woman was Hetz, the muscr man from earlier. However, Choi Kyung-hoon noticed that the woman in front of him was Hetz, but she was no longer Hetz. ¡°You ate. ¡°That guy.¡± ¡°Hehehe ¨C yes, that¡¯s right. These days, kids¡¯ bodies are pretty strong and good. Back in my day, only a few people could have a body like this. ¡°The world has be so much better.¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon burst intoughter at the words of the person who ate Hetz¡¯s body, who was smiling seductively as he caressed his naked body with his long fingers. ¡°It¡¯s exactly the same. Do you know that only older people say things like that ¨C things these days, things from my time? I wonder how long he¡¯s been alive. ¡°Can I call you Sijo Grandma?¡± ¡°¡­You better shut your mouth.¡± Sijo Grandmother. These words remind her of a very distant past and touch the heart of a woman who is a woman despite her age being just a number. After eating Hetz¡¯s body, she gritted her teeth and showed her anger. ¡°So who are you?¡± ¡°Asmodeus. My name is Asmodeus. ¡°In the name of Asmodeus, the devil of all pleasures and pleasures, I will suck out everyst bit of your vitality.¡± ¡°If you can, try it.¡± Asmodeus. The moment Choi Kyung-hoon heard that name, he had a feeling that something big was at stake, but he couldn¡¯t give himself the option of backing down now. ¡®This is the worst. A great devil with a name. Even though the demon sacrificed itself, isn¡¯t it too big?¡¯ Choi Gyeong-hoon cannot know this because he does not know the existence of Qliphoth, a tree that exists among all demons. Choi Gyeong-hoon, who did not even know that he was able to call Asmodeus, the manager of the Aarab region of his level through Qliphoth, simply did the best he could. ¡°Two hands.¡± One power, two rights following bankruptcy. Asmodeus kept a smile despite the eerie energy he felt from Choi Kyung-hoon. ¡°Are you saying we want to move on to the main game right away? ¡°I like my bed better than my fist.¡± ¡°How about a bed called a coffin, Grandmother Sijo? ¡°You must have a really bad back.¡± ¡°¡­If you tear that mouth open, you might not like it a little. ¡°Why don¡¯t you just lie underneath me and lie there?¡± Of course, that smile quickly disappeared when I heard that it was my ancestor¡¯s grandmother, but- Choi Kyeong-hoon responded with a chuckle to Asmodeus¡¯ words in the style of a queen. ¡°I prefer to climb on top of someone rather than be put under them, so that won¡¯t work. Breaking up the sea.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Kwaaaaaa-! Sea. Anyone who has seen it is green and thinks that its majesty cannot be surpassed. If you don¡¯t have a ship, you can¡¯t cross it, and even if you carpet bomb it with a nuclear bomb, the overall amount will only decrease, and eventually other sea creatures around you will fill the empty space. It was said that breaking such an ocean was something that only those who had surpassed human limitations and reached the realm of gods and devils could dream of. A strength that even Asmodeus cannot ignore. Of course, it was an absurdly weak fistpared to the ¡®real¡¯ Lee Kwon (two hands) and Haekye (º£Ëé), but that was enough. When even Asmodeus stumbles in front of the immense pressure of the fist that crushes the great sea, which instills awe in humans. ¡°Shouldn¡¯t we try as hard as we can?¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon, who had saved hisst move, attacked Asmodeus with his two-handed sword, Haeshae. * * * Quaaaaa! A wave of spection hits Asmodeus. ¡°¡­It¡¯s fun. Is it ¡®his¡¯ power? Hmm ¨C it¡¯s a shame, it¡¯s a shame. ¡°How great it would have been if it were really ¡®him¡¯.¡± Red spection. Asmodeus touched his red lips with the hand on his remaining arm, looking at the fighting spirit that was a different color from ¡®him¡¯ on the 300th floor. It was a mesmerizing appearance that would captivate people of all ages and genders, but the destructive spirit that approached her did not stop even with that alluring smile. Kwak-ga-ga-ga-gak! The power that shattered the earth and tore apart the air collided squarely with Asmodeus. ¡°¡­This too has its own rough taste.¡± Asmodeus, licking his lips with his tongue and wearing a charming smile, blocked such a wave of destructive spection with one hand. It was a wave of spection that tore the bare hem of his clothes to shreds, but it was unable to injure the hands of Asmodeus, who were like corn. Coogugung- In the end, not a speck of dust was left behind when the wave of spection broke through, but the Asmodeus that Choi Kyung-hoon was aiming for was still intact. ¡°Child, is this the end? If you were just being arrogant in front of me with this¡­Even if it sucked out your soul, it wouldn¡¯t be enough.¡± The smiling figure of Asmodeus was the appearance of a beauty who desperately wanted to appear in dreams, but it was also the appearance of a devil who desperately wished not to appear in dreams. The moment their eyes met, he would lose his temper, the moment they kissed, his spirit would rush, and the moment she got on top of him, he would no longer be alive. Choi Kyung-hoon nodded at Asmodeus¡¯ words. ¡°It¡¯s still not enough. It would be the same even if I took out the third fist or thest fist. ¡°I have no choice but to admit it.¡± ¡°Are you giving up?¡± The alluring smile on Asmodeus¡¯s lips grew even deeper as Choi Kyung-hoon seemed to acknowledge his own shorings. When she caressed the moist lips of Choi Kyung-hoon, who was so excited that she could suck the vitality of Choi Kyeong-hoon, who had a strong body and a strong mind. ¡°no.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon ruined her pleasant imagination. ¡°¡­You know you¡¯re no match for me.¡± ¡°You know, you really know what you¡¯re saying. Advent is not something that only you can do.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Quaaaaa! Asmodeus¡¯ face showed a hint of urgency as he saw Kyung-Hoon Choi grinning and letting out all the energy he had. ¡®no. If that guy can really make ¡®him¡¯ descend, then all ns¡­!!!¡¯ Asmodeus thought of the ¡®him¡¯ who would appear here in Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s body, just as he had borrowed Hetz¡¯s body, and Asmodeus unconsciously felt his lower body getting wet. As a woman, it is the result of a mixture of excitement and fear of being attracted to a strong man. A storm of spection shook Asmodeus before he even had time to dry his soiled lower body. ¡°ah! Aaaaa!!!¡± It was a storm of spection that could not harm him at all, but upon seeing someone beyond the storm of spection, Asmodeus could do nothing but let out a childish scream. And by the time her screams died down. -She is the seductress of evil and the prostitute of evil. You¡¯re the one who messed with my student¡­It¡¯s also funny. When did you target me? Now you are my disciple¡­You have really bad tastes. A powerful voice exuding a profound yet youthful energy sounded as if it had hit Asmodeus directly on the head. The headache that felt like my head was splitting was a bonus. Asmodeus gritted his teeth and called out to the owner of the voice. ¡°Tess! Why did you appear here? ¡°You won¡¯t be able to leave your territory!¡± Tess. Emperor Tess was the man who made Asmodeus¡¯ lower abdomen wet and was one of the few beings that Asmodeus aimed for but failed to mount. When Asmodeus feels excitement, joy, and fear at the same time at the appearance of the so-called object of his unrequited love. Shrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr Tess, who appeared in a storm of spection, said while ¡®wearing¡¯ Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s body. ¡°Not even God can cover me, and not even the devil can cover me.¡± The eyes that used to glow red with red eyes begin to change to blue eyes and begin to overwhelm and oppress the surroundings. ordingly, Asmodeus¡¯ knees slowly turned toward the ground, and Tess stood in front of her. Asmodeus blushed as he looked up at Tess, who stood tall. The only one who can bring oneself to one¡¯s knees. The only one who is excited rather than annoyed even if he sells himself. The only- the only- the only-! Asmodeus shouted in a sharp voice as he saw the image of Tess, who always did the exact opposite of him. ¡°Give me a chance or get out of here, baby!¡± Sugagagak- Sharp and long nails. The magic contained in it rushes in as if it will rip Tess¡¯s chest to shreds. Although she did not hesitate to make prodigal remarks and did not stop attacking, Tess just finished what she had to say. ¡°I am the emperor who stands above God.¡± Terrible arrogance. Even when he makes arrogant remarks about being the emperor above the gods, he doesn¡¯t mind and there are very few gods who rebel against him. ¡°Three powers.¡± He finished his speech by putting on the body of his student, Choi Kyung-hoon, and clenching his ¡®third fist.¡¯ ¡°Destruction.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± It was the moment when the ¡®third fist¡¯ smashed Asmodeus¡¯ magical ws that filled my eyes and ¡®erased¡¯ the entire surroundings, including Asmodeus. Chapter 186 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 186 ¨C English Novel Kwagwagwagwagwang! A scene so horrendous that it is hard to believe that it happened with just one punch. This is because the blue spirit extending from the fist literally tranted the word ¡®annihtion (œçÊÀ)¡¯ into reality. ¡°He¡¯s dead.¡± Tess was just looking at the spot where she was with an emotionless face as she saw the traces of Asmodeus that were not even traces left behind. Although transcendental people are said to be of a simr level to gods and devils, it clearly showed that there are different levels. Even more so considering that they both simply assumed the body of the person who called them, not the other¡¯s true body. In particr, Asmodeus had transformed his body to suit himself, so Asmodeus had an advantage, not a disadvantage, so Tess¡¯s greatness was even greater. -Go back now, Master. ¡°upstart. When will he be called upon and now that he has outlived his usefulness, he will be kicked out? -¡­I don¡¯t mean that. ¡°It is done. You must return to the Emperor Wu¡¯s pce immediately after this incident. ¡°You stillck training to be swayed by a prostitute.¡± Emperor Wu¡¯s Pce. Located on the 300th floor, it is the residence of Emperor Wu Tess and can be said to be the imperial pce of Empire Wu. And for Choi Kyung-hoon, it was like a training ground. ¡®That¡¯s terrible. How much more will I be beaten¡­Damn, this is why I didn¡¯t want to call Master.¡¯ The moment of training with Tess was more fearful and painful than the numerous hardships he experienced while climbing the tower, so it was natural for Kyung-Hoon Choi to react this way. But the words that came out were not rejection. -¡­yes. I¡¯ll be there soon. ¡°Then don¡¯t go back. ¡°I¡¯ll see you on the 300th floor.¡± Even if she said she didn¡¯t go, it was obvious that she would be forcibly taken awayter, and Tess was in control right now. Choi Kyung-hoon had no choice but to answer obediently because if he said he would not go, he might return his body after it was broken in one ce. Choi Gyeong-hoon, who regained control of his body as he felt Tess, who was smiling slightly and saying that she would see him again soon, left,y down on the dirt floor. ¡°Damn, it¡¯s really f*cked up¡­.¡± Choi Kyung-hoon¡¯s sad voice, which had be X several times throughout the day, flowed through the wind. ¡°¡­I don¡¯t have any strength in my body, and the only one left is Cha Jin-hyuk, so I guess I should take a break and then go beat up some demons.¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon, who confirmed that his body was losing strength due to the aftermath of Tess¡¯s descent, stuck out his tongue and closed his eyes. Anyway, even if I participated in the battle in my current physical condition, it wouldn¡¯t be of much help in the battle against the Four Emperors. It would have been more efficient to rest a bit and then stop the demons that were being blocked by spirit soldiers, including Vulcan. After thinking about it up to that point, Kyung-Hoon Choi began to take a rest. ¡°Damn it, damn it, I don¡¯t want to go to the 300th floor.¡± Of course, as he thought about going to the 300th floor after this incident was over, his mouth was constantly swearing ¨C For him, it was a simr situation to a 20-year-old being taken to the military. * * * Paaaaat- A bright halo of light burst through my eyes and seemed to set my optic nerves on fire. ¡°¡­Tsk. Soul Skin.¡± In a situation where he couldn¡¯t even move properly due to the bright light, Jinhyuk covered his entire body with a thinyer of spiritual power. Soul Skin. It gently covered the cornea, blocking the radiance of divine power. ¡°It¡¯s a shame, I was trying to show you the miracle of light with your own eyes.¡± ¡°If blindness is a miracle of light, does God¡¯s miracle also mean the extinction of the soul?¡± ¡°You are saying the obvious. ¡°If the soul is destroyed by the power of God, wouldn¡¯t that be the greatest blessing for that person?¡± ¡°¡­This is why I hate baby pigeons. ¡°They seem like fanatics.¡± Words such as miracles of light and miracles of God. Jinhyuk was disgusted by the way people talked about things that looked good on the outside, but were fanatical and psychopathic, calling them miracles. They appear to be better than anyone else, and actually pretend to be, but this disgusting image that has settled in their hearts makes them look more disgusting than other disgusting things. ¡°After all, you have to die here.¡± ¡°Can you do it? An Elyos who reached the former Netach rank. ¡°The person you are now is not something that can be overlooked.¡± The intense divine power emanating from Hamiel¡¯s whole body as he grinned and pped his two pairs of wings began to melt his soul skin like ice cream on a hot day. In order for a low-level energy to suppress and destroy a high-level energy, there is no other way than to hit the low-level energy with a tremendous amount of force. ¡®I never thought there would be someone who really uses this inefficient method.¡¯ Instead of directly attacking a higher level of energy, you simply attack using energy. Jinhyuk knows very well how inefficient that method is. Even if the spiritual power is at the highest level, it does not mean that it cannot be cut by a sword wrapped in mana or that it cannot be damaged by magic. ¡®And yet you are melting the spiritual power as if you were burning it with divine power. One of the true chosen people¡¯s consciousness of the Four Emperors is¡­.¡¯ A being who leaves the easy path and returns to the difficult path. The Four Emperors were just such a being. ¡®Well, I¡¯d be happy if you were arrogant.¡¯ Of course, apart from feeling bad, it was a good thing for Jinhyuk. If an attack is made using divine power, a thin soul skin cannotpletely block it. However, it was a truly inefficient and non-lethal attack as it simply used divine power to collect sunlight with a magnifying ss and burn the soul skin like burning paper. Well, it had the heat to sizzle the skin as soon as the soul skin disappeared, but melting the soul skin with divine power alone was not that easy. More than anything- ¡°Sipji Gangtan (ʮָǿ�—).¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Ride it! Jinhyuk was not the kind of person who would just sit back and watch his soul skin burn away. Ten bullets fired from the tips of ten fingers. They were shot towards Hamiel, who was emitting divine power. Feeling the powerful power of each bullet, Hamiel pped his two pairs of wings with a look of surprise on his face. Huh- Hamiel¡¯s divine power was added to the powerful gale created by the wings, and it became a wind of purification that purified everything and swept away the bullets. However, Jinhyeok was not the one to sit still and watch the bullets changing their orbits randomly due to the wind. ¡°Disruption ¨C Target Fixation.¡± Pabababak! The ten bullets split into dozens of smaller bullets, and all of them were fixed on Hamiel. No matter what wind blows, it is a magic that will eventually pierce the target as long as it does not destroy the bullet itself. Jinhyeok smiled at the sight of the bullets soaring into the sky and eventually heading towards Hamiel, even if they fell to the ground. ¡°Tsk ¨C purification of light!¡± Hwaaaah! In the end, Hamiel also had no choice but to turn the divine power he used to melt the soul skin and use it on the bullets fired at him. This is because I felt that it was not the time to fight over pride. The bursting brilliance enveloped the flying bullets. Cheeeeeeeek- The powerful divine power that was encroaching on the flying bullets melted them. The steel bullets slowly melt as if they were hit by an acidic substance. Hamiel smiled at that. Sigh- ¡°¡­gun?¡± That was until Jinhyuk¡¯s bracelet suddenly turned into a pistol. A pistol for firing a single bullet. A pistol form of Manbyun Soul Energy that doubles the conduction and amplification rate of all energy. In response, Jinhyuk loaded the strongest shot he could use. ¡°Georyongma Kangtan (¾ÞýˆÄ§Ç¿�—).¡± Toukwaang! A single bullet, which made an explosion sound like a cannon shot from a pistol, was fired at Hamiel, who was busy melting the steel bullets. A bullet the size of a finger. However, considering the massive power, dragon power, magical power, and spiritual powerpressed within it, it was a bullet that could never be ignored. ¡°I can¡¯t allow bullets like that to reach me, God of Light! ¡°Guardian of light!¡± Paaaaa!!! Hamiel gritted his teeth and spouted out his divine powers. It was the same technique used by Ashur Hum, but its perfection and strength could never bepared. A huge shield of light appears in front of Hamiel, and light surrounds Hamiel¡¯s entire body. At the same time, the giant dragon demon bullet reached the shield of light. Kwaaaaaaaaaa!!! A battle between a single bullet and a shield created by condensing light. Quad deuk- An eerie sound echoes amidst the confrontation. The shield of light is trying hard to block the bullets, and the bullets are trying hard to pierce the shield of light. The winner is none other than- Boom! It was a giant dragon bullet. In fact, the match between the Shield of Light and the Giant Dragon Demon Bullet was no different from what had been decided. The reason was the difference in density between the Giant Dragon Demon Bullet, which only needed to pierce one spot, and the Shield of Light, which had arge range because you didn¡¯t know where it would fly. There was a brief standoff, but in the end, the giant dragon demon bullets that pierced the shield of light rushed towards Hamiel. ¡°¡­Shield of Light-¡± ¡°No matter how hard you try to block it, it breaks through, you little pigeon.¡± Hamiel gritted his teeth at the sight of Jinhyeok grinning and sped his hands, changing the halo of light that enveloped his entire body. ¡°The Emperor¡¯s Armor.¡± Hahaha! The armor that began the change, bursting with bright light as if announcing the beginning of change, was amazing. The fact that it sparkles is a bonus, and it looks like a work of art that captures pure white light. But what was truly remarkable was not its appearance, but the strength of the armor itself. Kwaduk- This is because the giant dragon demon bullet that reached Hamiel reached the emperor¡¯s armor, but was unable to pierce it at once, and a fierce confrontation began like the one with the Shield of Light. And unlike the Shield of Light, the winner was not the Giant Dragon Demon Gangtan. Push Tasting- With the sound of the wind falling, the energy that made up the Georyong Demon Bullet slowly began to disperse. The enormous divine power contained in the emperor¡¯s armor naturally disrupted the cohesion of the Georyong Demon Bullet and further ¡®purified¡¯ the Georyong Demon Steel Bullet itself. In the ce where the Giant Dragon Demon Bullet hadpletely disappeared, there were only scratches and holes in the Emperor¡¯s armor. of course- ¡®¡­Make a hole in the Emperor¡¯s armor? ¡®How powerful was it?¡¯ For Hamiel, that was also a surprise. The Emperor¡¯s Armor is literally the armor of the Emperor, the head of the Elyos, embodied with divine power. It is a high-level skill with not many Elyos that can use it. It would have been absurd for Hamiel since the bullet could have pierced through such armor at best. But actually, it was natural. Currently, Jinhyeok¡¯s spiritual power is over 300, and his magic power, dragon power, and strength are also over 200 or close to 200. If you add the amplification rate of the Manbyun Spiritual Energy to that, the current Georyong Demon Bullet bes an attack that literally has the power to kill with a single blow. Since it was not the real Emperor¡¯s armor, but rather an imitation made with divine power, it was natural that there would be holes in it. If there had been anyck of durability or Jinhyeok¡¯s strength had been stronger, the attack would have pierced Hamiel¡¯s body through the small hole in the Emperor¡¯s armor. ¡®¡­After all, I have to kill him right here. ¡®Others may not know, but we must kill this person to fulfill our great destiny.¡¯ Creepy. And Hamiel, once again convinced that he had to kill Jinhyeok, the climber in front of him, gritted his teeth and pped his wings. Coo coo coo coo- Sincerity. A change began for Hamiel with his sincere pping of wings. The pping wings be bigger, and the power contained within them increases explosively. ¡°¡­I will kill you even if it means cutting my life short. Tiphareth, open.¡± 5th degree of Sephiroth, Tiphareth. Hamiel forced open the door that was not yet permitted to him. Fuwaaaaaaa! Along with that, another sun rose above the ruined goblin vige. Wiggle-! Wiggle-! And as another sun rose, the movement of the seeds also became stronger. It was a movement so strong that even Jinhyuk, whose attention was focused on another sun, could feel it. Chapter 187 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 187 ¨C English Novel Wiggle- Jinhyuk frowned at the noticeably different wriggling. ¡®Why is the organ generating divine power and demonic energy suddenly there?¡¯ An organ that generates divine power and magical energy. Things obtained by using Jinhyeok¡¯s All Master¡¯s power. This is because they were squirming wildly as if they were reacting to something. The vibration felt inside was so strong that I was unable to concentrate on Hamiel¡¯s Tiphareth stage. ¡°¡­Let¡¯s checkter ¨C let¡¯s checkter. ¡°That¡¯s not what¡¯s important right now.¡± For a moment, I thought about the sudden movement of divine power and the organ that generates demonic energy,monly known as the ¡®seed.¡¯ As the sun of Hamiel¡¯s divine power grew hotter, Jinhyeok eventually had to give up thinking about him. Then, he opened his eyes wide and looked at the newly strong Hamiel. ¡°Don¡¯t you think life is a waste?¡± Jinhyuk asked Hamiel, who said he would kill him even if it meant cutting his lifespan. Hamiel answered Jinhyeok¡¯s question calmly. ¡°¡­Only by killing you will we be able to carry out the great session of our race. ¡°I don¡¯t feel sorry for just a few years of my life.¡± Knocking on the door of forcing yourself to go one step further than the level you have reached. Hamiel did not know that this was destroying the life given to him. Nevertheless, she chose to destroy her own life. This meant that Hamiel thought Jinhyuk was at high risk. Because it was said that the Four Emperors, who had high pride and were busy taking care of their own lives, sacrificed their own lives. ¡°Tsk, I don¡¯t like every single one of your species. ¡°I don¡¯t like the fact that you pretend to be noble, but you still have to sacrifice yourself at times like this.¡± What he said while clicking his tongue was Jinhyuk¡¯s true intention. There were provocations to scratch Hamiel¡¯s mentality, but most of them were sincere and could be said to be his true intentions. It¡¯s disgusting. Jinhyuk thought that not only the Elyos but all the Four Emperors were disgusting. Hamiel responded by trying to act like he was okay. ¡°Let¡¯s say it¡¯s a characteristic of the race.¡± ¡°Disgusting is a characteristic of this race. It¡¯s the same race.¡± Of course, Jinhyuk wasn¡¯t the one who would just sit there, but- ¡°¡­I¡¯ll stop chatting here. Because you can¡¯t keep it that long. Well, there¡¯s no need to keep it for long.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± Hwaaaah!!! In the end, Hamiel, who thought it would be his loss to talk to Jinhyeok, controlled the rising sun of divine power. As the sun, which was originally bright, began to emit even brighter light, Jinhyeok could no longer ignore it. Along with the appearance of Jinhyeok pouring more spiritual power into the soul skin covering his skin with a face filled with surprise ¨C ¡°Please die.¡± With Hamiel¡¯s death sentence floating in the sky, pping his wings ¨C Coo coo coo coo- ¡°Glory Fall.¡± The sun, made of divine power, was struck by a disaster and fell to the ground, contrary to its outer appearance and the divine power that filled its interior. * * * Coo coo coo coo- Overwhelming pressure. The weight of the Glory Pole was so enormous that it felt as if the gravity around it had multiplied. He was enough to make Jinhyuk sick of him just with his momentum, so didn¡¯t he say it all? ¡®It is realistically impossible to just block it.¡¯ To block it without using any force, just using spiritual power. Efficiency aside, it was nearly impossible to block the sun created with divine power, which could be said to be an enormous mass of divine power, with spiritual power alone. ¡®I guess I¡¯ll have to use it again eventually.¡¯ A power that makes your body creak every time you use it. ¡°¡­One won (one won).¡± Fuwaaaaaaa! All of Jinhyuk¡¯s energy bursts out at once. Starting with the most basic mana, the first magical energy and divine power obtained. And recently, the strength and power gained through doppelgangers. In addition, the spiritual power that can be said to be the source of Jinhyeok. All these energies burst out at once. Kwakagagak- Just the energy created by bursting out changes the surrounding air and distorts the space. ¡°¡­How can a single human do that?¡± Jinhyuk¡¯s current appearance was so amazing that Hamiel, who had been watching the situation with his back after using Glory Fall, looked at it with a face filled with surprise. Basically, Hamiel found it unbelievable that five types of energy existed in one person¡¯s body, excluding the mana used by the climbers. ¡°¡­Still, the ending of your death does not change.¡± At least not yet, Hamiel did not think about his defeat. The state of Tiphareth that he achieved by sacrificing his precious life. That was a level that inferior human climbers could not reach no matter how much energy they gathered. The difference between basic level and rank. Hamiel believed it. but- ¡°Demonization.¡± ¡°¡­Ugh.¡± The moment when all the energy that burst out was instantly transformed into demonic energy. Hamiel had to feel his whole body shaking. Hamiel was frightened as he also felt the surroundings being filled with magic energy of such a concentration that it was difficult to even breathe. ¡°ah¡­devil¡­!¡± Hamiel, an Elyos, has high resistance to demonic energy. However, it is also a characteristic of the Elyos that they be more vulnerable to demonic energy than anyone else in the face of demonic energy that exceeds their resistance. And now, Jinhyeok¡¯s magic power, who had chosen to be a demon afterpleting unification, was enormous. [Status Window] Name: Cha Jinhyuk upation: Spirit Master Sub-upation: All Master Body: Mana body, chaotic body (ability) Strength: 107 (+123) Health: 110 (+123) Agility: 109 (+123) Intelligence: 147 (+123) Magi: 999+ (characteristic) 1. Predation 2. Versatility 3. One won (one won) (skill) Comprehensive resistance, tenacity ¡°¡­I heard that if you go over a certain level, your stats go up, but I never thought I would see it with my own eyes.¡± 999. Jinhyukughed as he looked at the stats blocked by the wall, unable to exceed the limit of 1,000. Jinhyuk clenched his fists, smiling with satisfaction as he imagined how high his stats would have risen if his rank had been high enough to surpass the limit of 1,000. ¡°My impressions end here.¡± Demonization following unification. By the time he checked the magic stats blocked by the wall, Glory Fall was already right in front of Jinhyeok¡¯s nose. However, when I first saw Glory Fall, I was overwhelmed by Glory Fall¡¯s divine power even from afar, but now, even though it was right in front of my nose, I didn¡¯t even feel the sting of the divine power burning my demonic energy, let alone the pressure. shaking- ¡°¡­On the contrary, my body can¡¯t bear it.¡± Due to excessive unificationpared to Hamiel¡¯s attack, his body was unable to withstand the attack and was convulsing. It is safe to say that Jinhyeok¡¯s body now has demonic energy flowing instead of blood. If demons had seen it, they would have drooled, and if lower-level demons had seen it, they would have automatically fallen to their knees, thinking that a demon had descended on the earth. Jinhyeok¡¯s two fists, which contained such demonic energy, curled tightly and at the same time- ¡°The Fist of Destruction.¡± Whoop- stretched forward. A fist stretched out lightly, cutting through the air. But the power contained within was by no means light. Kwagagagagagagagak!!! A lump of magical energy in the shape of a fist extends from the fist and moves towards Glory Fall. A human fist-sized fist of destruction advanced towards Glory Fall, which was as big as a small sun. It moved forward, destroying its surroundings. The Destruction Fist grew in size by tearing up the air, distorting space, and devouring the surrounding energy, and when it reached the Glory Fall, it was simr in size to the Glory Fall. ¡°¡­Nonsense.¡± ¡°There is nothing that cannot be done. At least in my dictionary.¡± The moment Jinhyeok responds as he sees Hamiel¡¯s jaw dropping and his mouth wide open, looking at the Destruction Fist facing his Glory Fall. Kwaaaaaaaaaaaaaa!!! The Glory Fall and the Destruction Fist collided, creating a huge explosion that blew away the surrounding area. [Multiple demons whistle and cheer!] Most of the demons cheered as they saw the magic energy flying away from the explosion and the shattered pieces of Glory Fall¡¯s divine power. [Many gods are displeased with therge amount of demon energy.] On the contrary, the gods expressed their displeasure towards him. It was natural. Holy power means their power, because the attack made of holy power was destroyed by the demonic energy. And there were gods and demons who reacted differently from the majority of gods and demons. [The pinnacle of all evil covers his mouth with an appalled expression.] [A nine-tailed fox wipes away someone¡¯s tears of joy.] The pinnacle of all evil was moved by the sight of Jinhyeok, who was no different from the devil, and the nine-tailed fox wiped away the tears of someone who seemed to know who he was, although he did not know who he was. [The greedy dragon looks at you with his senses for the first time in a long time.] Someone looked at Jinhyuk, who had been demonized almost like a devil, with a strange feeling. [Shiva, the god of destruction! Shout out Shiva!] Some simply took pleasure in explosive destruction. [The angel abandoned by heaven smiles.] [The Master of the Underworld looks at you with interest.] [King Mifu is happy.] Some people showed interest in Jinhyuk and enjoyed it. [The Empress of Hell cannot stand the noise between floors and swears.] Someone else expressed frustration at the loud explosion. However, considering that the reactions of both gods and demons were due to one person, Jinhyuk, it would be clear that Jinhyuk had done something great, whether it was in a good or bad way. ¡°¡­Kyahak!¡± And Hamiel, who had to face the aftermath of destroying the Glory Pole, was not in a very good condition. Broken wings and a dangerously glowing angel ring. Hamiel, who was coughing up ck, dead blood, was in such bad condition that it didn¡¯t seem surprising if he died right away. However, it was the same for Jinhyuk. ¡°Hehehe¡­.¡± Crunch- clunk- clunk- The right to destroy. The body that unfolded it was screaming harshly. Bones are misaligned, muscles are twisted and screaming. Jinhyuk, who was enduring all that pain, had a paleplexion, and drool was flowing from the corner of his mouth due to the pain. Not only did he look like he wasn¡¯t in good shape, but the demonization had automatically been lifted due to a huge rebound. In a situation where both parties were in a mess, it was Hamiel who made the first move. ¡°¡­You will never survive here.¡± Whoa! Hamiel rushed towards Jinhyuk, who was in disarray, spreading his two pairs of damaged wings and spewing out divine power. Until now, she had avoided hand-to-handbat by only using long-distance attacks using divine power, but she realized that it was no longer the time to worry about saving face. ¡°Goodbye. ¡°You were a big wall blocking us Elyos.¡± Seeing Hamiel saying that as if he were praying for his soul to rest in peace, Jinhyeok tried to calm his trembling body and looked at Hamiel with his own two eyes and said. ¡°¡­It is a big wall that will block us in the future.¡± Pop! ¡°¡­Wow! uh¡­how? ¡°I¡¯m sure you won¡¯t be able to lift a finger.¡± Hamiel was taken aback by the sight of Jinhyuk, who obviously didn¡¯t have the strength to even lift a finger, but instead blocked his attack and crushed his hand. Pain is pain, but it is also natural to be surprised that something that should not be able to move was moving. But Jinhyuk did not answer him. no- ¡°I don¡¯t know either. just¡­It just worked.¡± It wasn¡¯t that he didn¡¯t answer, it was that Jinhyuk couldn¡¯t because he didn¡¯t know the answer. It just happened. Hamiel, who felt something strange about those words, gritted his teeth and pulled out everything he had. ¡°You ¨C you are foreign. It¡¯s so foreign! If the power of the Four Emperors isn¡¯t enough, they¡¯re using energy that¡¯s never been heard of before! ¡°You are an irregr who will disrupt the order of this tower!¡± Hamiel, who had forgotten his previous calm and strongly criticized Jinhyeok by calling him an irregr, is given powerful divine power in his hands. A blow that gathered most of the life and energy. And a sound came from inside Jinhyeok as he faced the blow. Jeok- Jeok- The sound of two things breaking apart. A sound like something breaking open an egg. At the same time. Puhwaaaaak-! Hwaaaaaaa! Two trees appeared behind Jinhyuk¡¯s back. A ck tree that grows upside down and a white tree that grows upright. The moment Hamiel saw the two trees, he shed tears. ¡°Sephirot! Even Qliphoth!¡± A tree that all Elyos and Demons embrace. From tiny seeds to seedlings and perfect trees. Furthermore, the trees are connected to the huge ¡®main body¡¯ and allow the Elyos and Demons of previous generations to continue the path they have taken. The fact that it exists in Jinhyeok ¨C and furthermore, the fact that Jinhyeok has something that no one else has two trees because only the Elyos and Demons can have them ¨C made Hamiel¡¯s jewel-like eyes shed tears. Right then. Because he was facing Jinhyeok right in front of him, Hamiel couldn¡¯t see something shing in the split second when the two trees finished sprouting. ¡°ah¡­Ahhh¡­Aaaaaaaaaah!!!¡± Just looking at it makes the viewer crazy. ¡°uh¡­Abyss! no way¡­no way¡­Are you of Daath? ¡­No, it can¡¯t be! ¡°How can you, a lowly human being, have something that neither demons nor heavenly tribes have?!¡± In Jinhyeok¡¯s arms, an abyss that could not be determined whether it was dark or bright was shining. Abyss, a ce that is feared by both Elyos and Demons, and where even gods and demons cannot escape fear. Daath, the power and source that can embrace such an Abyss. Furthermore, it allows for infinite growth and all power. Hamiel shed bloody tears at the realization that things that could only be seen through word of mouth or in myths existed in the climber in front of him, and even in humans. ¡°Why to someone like you!!!¡± Hahaha! Anger soon bes strength. Anger soon bes a driving force. Anger soon turns into destruction. Hamiel¡¯s attack, which left her with only the bare minimum of life, wasshed out with anger at the power and source she did not have, as even if she were to survive here, she would not be able to survive until the position of Emperor, which is the dream of the Elyos, is upied. Originally, Jinhyeok, who had used up all his strength, could not even stop it, but- Wood tter- ¡°wing¡­Wings of demons and elyos¡­.¡± Two pairs of wings sprouted from Jinhyeok¡¯s back. Hamiel looked at it in despair as he saw that the two pairs of wings were not the same, one pair being demon wings and the other pair being heavenly wings. Kwasik- Hamiel¡¯s attack, which he risked everything for, is crushed just by holding it with his hand. Jinhyeok¡¯s magical eyes and holy eyes, which contain the devil and the saint, gaze at Hamiel. and- ¡°Eat it up, greed.¡± -Krrrrlak! Likewise, Tam, who had been boasting a purple-ck body, opened its huge maw wide, showing off a new body imbued with jet-ck demonic energy and sacred divine power. Quack! Hamiel. It was the moment when her small body, which probably did not live long, disappeared into Tom¡¯s maw. Chapter 188 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 188 ¨C English Novel Episode 188 Jeokjeok- Jeokjeok- Jeokjeok- Even though the eerie sound of something being chewed filled the surroundings, Jinhyeok paid no attention. ¡°Damn it¡­.¡± dump- No, rather than saying that I didn¡¯t care at all, it would be more urate to say that I was simply in a state where I couldn¡¯t care about anything. One won (one won). Because that power was not suitable for Cha Jin-hyuk yet nor could he fully handle it. ¡®Damn, as the number of energy increased, the rebound got bigger.¡¯ Original mana, spiritual power, and magical energy and divine power. In addition to these four types of energy, strength and dragon power were added, far exceeding the limits of what Jinhyuk could handle. ¡®Rather, it was a godsend that the stats were blocked by a wall. If more demonic energy had spread into my body¡­The body must have exploded due to demonic energy or suffered equivalent damage.¡¯ Setting the maximum stat ording to the level set at the tower. This was not just for the gods and demons, but also for the weak climbers who would die if they exceeded a certain stat. ¡°Tsk, I¡¯m alive, so it¡¯s okay.¡± Jinhyuk knew that he would have died anyway if he had not used Wonwon. I don¡¯t regret my choice, but I couldn¡¯t stop my desire to be a true member from growing even stronger. ¡°I have been harmed by the power I wield once or twice. Now I really have to get a real member. Otherwise, there will be a funny situation in the future where I die due to my own power.¡± Jinhyeok was convinced by this battle. A true member. The end of one who fails to obtain it will be a miserable end in which he is swayed by his own power and destroys himself. Jinhyuk left his seat and staggered to his feet after an embarrassing ending that made his face turn red just imagining it. ¡°Tom, don¡¯t absorb it, save it. ¡°If you absorb it now, your body won¡¯t be able to handle it.¡± -¡­Cruru look. ¡°It¡¯s unfortunate, but bear with it. ¡°There is nothing more foolish than absorbing food you cannot digest.¡± -¡­Crook. ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s nice.¡± Sigh- Jinhyeok gently stroked the head of Tam, who nodded at hismand and began to store Hamiel¡¯s energy, which he had swallowed, instead of absorbing it. Although it was a creature made of energy, Tom was no different from a living creature. A being that has a self and can think. Of course, since it is a living being made of energy, it does not die even if it dies. Feeling that Tam was devouring Hamiel¡¯s body and only keeping the energy inside him, Jinhyeok moved towards where his other colleagues were. * * * ¡°Are you okay?¡± ¡°¡­Does this look good? ¡°I think I have a sprained eye. Can you give me a potion?¡± ¡°You¡¯re fine.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not fine!¡± The first person Jinhyeok headed towards was Choi Kyeong-hoon. Choi Kyung-hoon, who still had not resolved the aftermath of the fight with HETS, was unable to move properly. Therefore, despite Jinhyuk¡¯s teasing, he could only blush and scream, and nothing more was possible. ¡°Drink. This is Alchemy¡¯s special potion. ¡°If you drink this, you¡¯ll feel better.¡± ¡°¡­you?¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon looked at Jinhyuk first as he watched Alchemy¡¯s special potion slosh around. None of their fights were easy, and Jinhyeok was only slightly better than himself. I said this because I knew Jinhyuk wouldn¡¯t be fine either. ¡°I already drank it, so don¡¯t hesitate and drink it. ¡°I have to go give it to others, so open your mouth quickly.¡± ¡°¡­ah-¡° And in the words that followed, Choi Kyung-hoon finally opened his mouth. Jinhyuk spilled the potion across his wide-open mouth and throat. Gurgling! ¡°¡­Knock knock!¡± ¡°Yes, you drink well.¡± ¡°¡­Fuha! This bastard is trying to drown someone! ¡°I have to let it trickle down. What if it pours out?¡± Of course, they didn¡¯t feed him normally. Jinhyeok, who had given the child a potion in such an unconventional way that the expression ¡°spilled,¡± rather than ¡°spilled,¡± is more appropriate, roughly threw away the cleaned potion bottle and smiled. ¡°Be thankful for the potion.¡± ¡°¡­I don¡¯t know if this is a friend or an enemy.¡± ¡°By nature, a friend is one step away from an enemy, and we cross that one step every day.¡± ¡°Ugh, what did that Elyos do without taking off that guy¡¯s snout? ¡°If you¡¯re going to die, take that guy¡¯s mouth.¡± ¡°¡­Spit out the potion.¡± ¡°Nope? Nope? Nope?¡± A conversation that made one wonder if it was really a conversation between people who had lived together for more than several decades continued, and soon after, the two people came to their senses and talked about the battles and changes they had experienced. ¡°¡­It¡¯s the devil¡¯s descent. ¡°I heard that my demon energy has be stronger for some reason. I guess that¡¯s why.¡± ¡°Thanks to you, I can go see my teacher after this incident.¡± ¡°¡­Phew ¨C Oh, sorry. ¡°I startedughing without realizing it.¡± ¡°¡­What a f*cking bastard. ¡°Who am I doing this for?¡± Knowing how much Choi Kyung-hoon respected Tess and how much he hated meeting her, Jin-hyuk couldn¡¯t hold back theughter that came out. Choi Kyung-hoon frowned at him, but since he couldn¡¯t even lift a finger, he couldn¡¯t do anything about Jin-hyuk. In the end, Kyung-Hoon Choi opened his mouth with a sulky face. ¡°go away.¡± ¡°I was already thinking of doing that. ¡°Now that I think about it, where is the ce where the devil died?¡± ¡°It¡¯s in the center of that empty lot. But why go there if there¡¯s nothing to eat?¡± Destruction. Asmodeus, who faced thest three of Tess¡¯s three books, and Hetz, who had be her body, could not even be found. Therefore, Choi Gyeong-hoon informed Jin-hyeok that the ¡®predation¡¯ he usually did after battle was impossible ¨C ¡°You have to make something you don¡¯t have and eat it. ¡°If it belongs to the Four Emperors.¡± ¡°¡­do whatever you want. ¡°I¡¯ll lie down for a bit and then join you in dealing with the mine.¡± ¡°Okay, then get some rest.¡± Jinhyuk just took a long step towards the ce where Asmodeus was, saying that he would make something that wasn¡¯t there and eat it. Choi Kyung-hoon shook his head and let Jin-hyuk go. Jeopuk- Jeopuk- Jinhyeok clicked his tongue as he looked at the ruins around him. ¡°In the body of Choi Gyeong-hoon, the destruction of the three powers brought about by the spirit of Tess¡­It¡¯s definitely outrageous.¡± This is impossible with my current self. Jinhyeok arrived at the location where Asmodeus was, praising the awesomeness of Tess, who did it without a problem, and the steel-like body of Choi Kyung-hoon, who endured it. ¡°¡­There are still some left.¡± Four Hwang people. It is also the location of the demon who even descended. Of course, it was natural that even if something remained inside it, it would remain dark. Jinhyeok muttered quietly, feeling the abundance of demonic energy remaining even after the destruction of the Three Powers. ¡°Predation.¡± Shrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr Now, it was Jinhyeok who absorbed only the energy itself, regardless of whether the opponent was alive or dead. Jinhyeok, who absorbed and ¡®stored¡¯ the remaining magical energy around him, walked forward without regret. ¡°I haven¡¯t even digested it, but I feel full.¡± All of Hamiel and the Magi of Hetz. Even though he didn¡¯t absorb them and just stored them, Jinhyuk felt like he was full for some reason and moved on to his next target. ¡°What¡¯s left are the giants and dragons? ¡°I¡¯m going to bepletely gorged today.¡± Predation by predation. Jinhyuk moved forward with a smile, even enjoying the y with words. * * * ¡°Hendrick.¡± The next ce Jinhyeok headed after Choi Gyeong-hoon was where Hendrick was leaning against the corpse of a huge red dragon. ¡°¡­Looks like it¡¯s over there too.¡± ¡°You look quite satisfied.¡± ¡°Yeah, you knew something about me. ¡°I feel relieved.¡± ¡°¡­What did you know?¡± When Jinhyeok, who was very unfamiliar with seeing Hendrick smiling with a relieved face, asked with a nervous expression, Hendrick smiled and said. ¡°Is it okay to say that I now know who I am and who I am now?¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay to say vague things.¡± Jinhyeok clicked his tongue at Hendrick, who was saying something unintelligible, and extended his hand to Kainan¡¯s body that he was leaning on. ¡°Can I eat it?¡± ¡°as you please.¡± ¡°Then eat well, Posik.¡± Right! Although it was the corpse of a huge dragon, it didn¡¯t take long for it to be sucked into Jinhyeok, who used predation. ¡°Then let¡¯s go.¡± ¡°Wait a minute, Cha Jin-hyuk. I have something to say. Hendrick caught Jinhyeok, who was trying to head towards Mug, whom Ha-ryu and Miho had defeated, along with Kainan¡¯s body, which disappeared in an instant. ¡°Is there anything you want to say?¡± ¡°¡­It seems like there is someone¡¯s intervention in our reincarnation. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a bad intervention, but¡­I think you should know too.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s right. But how did you know that? ¡°It¡¯s something I don¡¯t even know.¡± Although I was curious, Jinhyuk was notpletely clueless. Because I knew the person who gave Jinhyuk the skill that brought him to this position in the first ce. But it wasn¡¯t Hendrick. But for some reason, Jinhyeok felt like the being Hendrick was talking about and the being he was thinking of were the same person. ¡°Baal. He was the one who created my body and put me here.¡± ¡°¡­I expected it, but was it really him? Thank you for the good information. ¡°So you hate Baal, Hendrik?¡± ¡°¡­I don¡¯t like it, but that¡¯s not true. I was going to die anyway, and even if I ended up in a dog poop, life would be better. There is no way I would hate him for making me take up the sword of revenge once again. I¡¯m just thankful. Furthermore, he even gave me a powerful sword that was part of his dragon body and his own power, so there is no way I would hate him.¡± ¡°¡­That¡¯s it then. Get some rest and join the mine processing. ¡°The Balkan side looks very difficult.¡± ¡°I will do it.¡± Jinhyeok calmly walked forward after seeing Hendrick neither resenting nor hating Baal. ¡®Baal, how far have you been rooted?¡¯ However, apart from his calm steps, Jinhyeok¡¯s mind wasplicated with thoughts about Baal. This is because most of the things that came from him and his surroundings were either deeply rted to Baal¡¯s ns or were directly touched by Baal. ¡®My reincarnation and Hendrick¡¯s reincarnation. Recipe for Doppelganger and Manbyeon Spiritual Energy, etc. There are so many traces of him. Am I really walking the path of my own will? Or is it just a chess piece ying into Baal¡¯s hands¡­I¡¯m not sure.¡¯ The more he thought about it, the more his mind became more and moreplicated, and Jinhyuk had to feel the joy he felt just before ebb away. ¡°¡­I guess I should just eat the giants quickly, clean up the surroundings, and then take a rest. My head isplicated. ¡°It¡¯s not even about my physical condition.¡± Due to the continued battle and the growing information about Baal, Jinhyeokined of severe fatigue and approached Haryu and Miho. Chapter 189 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 189 ¨C English Novel Giant Mug. He boasted of his enormous size. It isrge enough to be clearly visible from afar. Jinhyuk clicked his tongue at the size of the mountain, which looked like a small garden even though he was lying down, but he used it as a guidepost and walked forward. Upright! ¡°¡­It¡¯s my brother!¡± The first to react to Jinhyuk¡¯s movements was Miho, who has sensitive senses and excellent hearing. Miho, who caught the sound of Jinhyeok¡¯s footsteps with her fox ears sticking out on top of her head, stood up and smiled brightly as she looked at where Jinhyeok was. Ha-Ryu, who was resting while lying on Miho with her wless smile in front of her, also got up from her seat. ¡°¡­Brother?¡± ¡°Rest, why are you getting up again? ¡°You can just lie down.¡± ¡°but¡­.¡± ¡°There is no one who doesn¡¯t know the hard work you guys have gone through.y down.¡± ¡°¡­thank you.¡± Jinhyeok dissuades Ha-ryu, who tries to get up with his exhausted body, just because he came. Nevertheless, Ha-Ryu, who was trying to get up, ended up lying down again due to repeated attempts to stop him. ¡°How do you feel?¡± ¡°¡­I feel sore.¡± ¡°More than when you were Kobold Lord?¡± ¡°¡­Puheup ¨C Of course. ¡°If I think about it now, they were really nothing monsters.¡± Kobold Lord. Recalling the time when Jinhyuk and Ha-ryu first met, the two burst intoughter, forgetting the difficult moments. ¡°evil¡­Ugh¡­.¡± ¡°Don¡¯tugh when it hurts and get some rest. ¡°Drink the potion too.¡± widely- Seeing Ha-Ryuining of pain whileughing, Jin-Hyeok stoppedughing, shook his head, and handed the potion like he had to others he had seen before. ¡°¡­It looks good.¡± ¡°Of course, it was made by Alchemy.¡± Ha-Ryu looked at the potion bottle, which looked nice, with a sallow expression on his face. Jinhyuk nodded as if it was obvious. Alchemy. This is a special potion that she, the most famous and highest-level alchemist in the tower, created just for Jinhyeok and his colleagues. It can be said that it is a potion that not only looks good, but also has good efficacy. However, even after receiving the potion, Ha-ryu¡¯s expression was not good at all. ¡°I don¡¯t like that woman.¡± ¡°Why, they said it was good at first.¡± To be precise, the problem was not with the potion itself, but with the person who created the potion. Just as everyone wanted to receive her potion, Ha-ryu also heard rumors about Alchemy and weed her as if it were his own business when he heard that she had joined Yeokcheon. In fact, Yeokcheon¡¯s work was also downstream, so it was natural to be happy. As Jinhyeok said, Ha-ryu¡¯s attitude, which initially liked and weed Alchemy, changed 180 degrees after he found out one thing. ¡°¡­Because I didn¡¯t know she was a girl!¡± ¡°¡­What does it matter? Just because the alchemist is a woman or a man doesn¡¯t mean there¡¯s a problem, right?¡± ¡°that¡­That¡¯s true, but-¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, drink everything I give you. ¡°If you only believe in natural recovery, you will be in big trouble.¡± ¡°¡­yes.¡± Ha-ryu could not have known that if he said something here, he would be put on the defensive, so he could only shake his head with a red face. If there¡¯s anything saved by the downstream ¨C ¡°Brother.¡± ¡°why.¡± ¡°My body isn¡¯t moving, so can you feed me?¡± ¡°¡­Ah, do it.¡± ¡°¡­iced coffee-¡° The idea was that he could use the excuse of not moving because he was sick and ask Jinhyuk to give him the potion instead. Gurgling- With the sound of the potion being released from the potion bottle, the red potion flows smoothly into the downstream¡¯s mouth. -You son of a bitch, when you feed me, you suddenly pour it out! If Choi Kyung-hoon had seen it, he would have passed away in despair, but unfortunately, after guzzling down the potion, Choi Kyung-hoon was busy concentrating on his body¡¯s rapidly healing condition. The distance was far. ¡°You drank it all.¡± ¡°Um, yes, I drank it all.¡± it¡¯s a shame. For the first time, instead of having negative feelings about Alchemy, Ha-ryu had the thought, ¡°Let¡¯s just make the potion a little bigger.¡± Eventually, he shook his head and smiled brightly. ¡°Thanks to you, my body feels energized.¡± ¡°Then I¡¯m d. ¡°Then I have something to eat.¡± ¡°Take your time.¡± ¡°What about slowly? We need to deal with it quickly and sort out the demons. Their magical power may not be that great, but¡­It¡¯s not for nothing that they say you gather dust into a mountain.¡± Trudging- Jinhyeok mutters as he walks along the broken road of the vige. Haryu also smiled and nodded. ¡°I will recover quickly and help you.¡± ¡°Just sh- no, that¡¯s enough. If you can recover, it would be better to recover quickly and help. do whatever you want.¡± ¡°¡­yes!¡± Knowing that even if he tried to stop him, he wouldn¡¯t listen, Jinhyuk eventually raised the white g, and Ha-ryu smiled broadly. ¡°Eat it up, Tom.¡± -Krrrrl!!! The gluttony went beyond predation, and Tam could not contain her joy and let out a harsh roar. joy. The corpse of a gigantic dragon, the remnants of the magical energy possessed by Hetz and the devil, and even Hamiel, a bundle of divine power. Although it was a tom that consumed a lot of energy and bodies, this being that was hungry even after devouring the world bore a perfect resemnce to the being that served as its motif. [The greedy dragon says it is like looking into a mirror.] Quality recognized even by the body itself. Tam may or may not have known that he had received the approval of such a person, but he ate Mueg¡¯s body without hesitation. Kwasik- Kwasik- Kwasik- Unlike when he was a member, he had returned to his original ck and purple appearance, but Tom was Tam. The color you see on the outside is just a mixture of the energies that make up the current Tam. The tom itself did not change no matter what color it was. ¡°Eat without getting sick.¡± -Crunch! However, because Myug¡¯s corpse was sorge and he had already eaten a lot, Jinhyeok couldn¡¯t bear to tell him to eat slowly and told him not to feel sick. The excited Tom nodded his head like arge dog and frantically swallowed Mug¡¯s body. As Jinhyeok watched the giant Mug¡¯s corpse disappearing little by little, he focused his attention on the Balkan he could feel in the distance. ¨C Balkan. -Cha Jinhyuk? Is that all over? -Okay, how about that? Is iting to an end? When I called Vulcan in my head, Vulcan actually responded. An example showing that Balkan, a spirit soldier, and Jinhyeok, a spirit master, are connected both mentally and spiritually. As he knew it would happen naturally, Jinhyeok immediately asked about the situation of Spirit VS Mine, which Balkan is leading. -What are you talking about? It¡¯s half and half now. Their resistance is fierce. Especially like a demon, he doesn¡¯t die easily! When you¡¯re done,e quickly and help! -Confirmed. I¡¯ll leave right away once I¡¯m done with my work here. -Tsk, it must be that damn meal time again. Okay, let¡¯s hold on a little longer. After Jinhyeok finished the battle, he clicked his tongue and said that he would hold out longer because he knew that Vulcan would use ¡®predation¡¯ and ¡®desire¡¯ to do something absurd during meal times. Jinhyeok, who seemed satisfied with Balkan¡¯s words, leisurely watched Tam devouring Mug. Jeokjeokjeokjeok- When Jinhyeok thinks about the future while watching the slowly disappearing body of Mugue and the movements of Vulcan and spirit soldiers working hard. ¡°Brother!¡± Thanks to Alchemy¡¯s special potion, Ha-Ryu got up from his seat and approached Jin-Hyuk. ¡°I feel like I¡¯m feeling pretty fine. It¡¯s not enough to go into battle right away¡­If I rest a little more, I don¡¯t think I¡¯ll have any problems going into battle.¡± ¡°That¡¯s a good thing.¡± ¡°Miho too! Miho is fine too!¡± ¡°Good. ¡°Please work hard to deal with the demons with Ha-Ryuter, Miho.¡± ¡°Yes, I only trust Miho!¡± Miho was also there, pricking up her ears and wagging her tail. Miho clenched her fists and nodded her head when Jinhyuk said that he would ask for the devils along with Ha-ryu. Jinhyeok, who wasughing at the childish reaction, looked around as he stood up to Miho, who had changed in some way. ¡°¡­Wasn¡¯t it a bit big? ¡°I think it was a little smaller before the battle.¡± ¡°¡­Do you know that now? ¡°A tail, a tail.¡± ¡°ah! You now have three tails. ¡°As a fox spirit, its tail grew, so did its body grow ordingly?¡± ¡°It seemed like that. ¡°Not only has your body gotten bigger, but your strength has also gotten stronger, right?¡± ¡°It¡¯s better. ¡°With Lee Mi-ho¡¯s strength, it would have be difficult to climb the tower and deal with the enemies that would stand in his way.¡± ¡°It¡¯s just the right time.¡± ¡°That¡¯s the way it is.¡± Monsters and climbers rapidly be stronger as they climb the tower. Taking them into consideration, Miho, who had always had two tails since the 10th floor, was at a point where her strength was starting to run out. However, during this battle, Miho grew up and gained three tails, and her body also grew, so Miho¡¯s strength will not be affected for the time being. ¡®The attack will be easier.¡¯ The tower strategy to finish this battle and proceed again. Jinhyuk thought that Miho¡¯s enhanced strength would be of great help there. In reality, the power of Miho, who became the Three-Tailed Fox, was notcking in conquering the 100th floor and beyond. ¡°Hehe, Miho, did you help?¡± ¡°Enough is enough. ¡°It will happen in the future.¡± ¡°Joajoa-¡± Jinhyuk, who was gently stroking the head of Miho, who was blushing and giggling at thepliment, got up from the chair. ¡°Then let¡¯s go soon.¡± ¡°Are you going to deal with the demons?¡± As soon as I saw Jinhyuk get up from his seat, I immediately realized what he was going to do. Jinhyuk nodded and said. ¡°That¡¯s right. If we just take them out, this boring battle will be over. ¡°If we organize it quickly and send Gold Rich¡¯s people to the goblin vige to start construction anew, we will be able to attack the tower again.¡± ¡°¡­But I think it¡¯s a little strange.¡± And after confirming that manpower was being deployed to clear out the demons and rebuild the copsed goblin vige, Ha-ryu hardened his face and became suspicious when Jin-hyuk said that he could conquer the tower. ¡°What¡¯s strange? ¡°The Four Emperors are all dead, and the demons they brought with them are being blocked by spirit soldiers, including Balkan, right?¡± ¡°But- it¡¯s so¡­¡± ¡­¡°I also think it¡¯s too easy.¡± ¡°I think it¡¯s a bit much to say that it¡¯s easy after a near-death experience.¡± Contrary to the saying that downstream was easy, the battle that Jinhyeok and his group went through was by no means easy. Unless everyone risks their lives, it is difficult to guarantee victory or defeat. Except for Choi Kyung-hoon, most of them were like that. Haryu also nodded at him. ¡°That doesn¡¯t mean it¡¯s easy. ¡°I just thought there might be something hidden there.¡± Ha-Ryu, who was nodding his head and speaking, was soon forcibly cut off. ¡°Unfortunately, there is no such thing.¡± Mulkyung- A squishy feeling on my back and a soft, calm voice. Jinhyuk was startled by that. ¡®¡­I didn¡¯t feel anything. How?¡¯ When Jinhyuk is surprised that he couldn¡¯t even understand it, even though it was clearly within his senses. ¡°all¡­you! ¡°Get away from your brother!¡± Ha-ryu, who saw Jin-hyuk¡¯s huge breasts touching Jin-hyuk, blushed and pointed. Ha-ryu forgot one thing when he realized that the woman from his mother¡¯s side was not only with Jin-hyeok, but also close to him. ¡°You¡¯re cocky.¡± ¡°¡­!!!¡± An angel ring floating above the head of a woman with a benevolent, gentle, and calm appearance. and- p-!! The four pairs of angel wings on his back. A woman¡¯s voice is soft but filled with anger, and Ha-ryu¡¯s face is filled with surprise. ¡°Stand back!¡± Fuwaaaaaaa! Immediately, Jinhyuk ordered a retreat and vomited out spiritual power. -Krurak! Tom was also with them, as Mug¡¯s body had already been eaten a long time ago. When Tam opened his huge maw wide and tried to devour the mysterious Elyosian woman. ¡°Hamiel, unfortunately, your fate has passed into their hands. But don¡¯t worry, I will relieve your resentment.¡± The Elyos woman did not even care about Tam and Jinhyeok¡¯s spiritual power and meditated towards Hamiel with a sad face at the energy of Hamiel felt inside Tam. When the divine power shines and the prayer for the dead Hamiel ends ¨C ¡°It is oily resin that is looked down upon. Search!¡± -Krrrraaaaaa!!! Before she knew it, Jinhyuk and Tam had arrived in front of her. When the conviction that it is an attack that can never be prevented when defenseless, and that no one can avoid it when it is right in front of him, is imprinted in Jinhyeok¡¯s mind. ¡°I am Haniel, the archangel and archangel of ¡®Netach¡¯.¡± The Elyos woman introduced herself. Haniel, archangel and archangel of the Netach rank. After introducing himself, Haniel smiled and opened his mouth. ¡°Then goodbye.¡± A farewell message came with a soft smile. and- Hwaaaah!!! Glory Paul. The power of divine power, emitting a stronger and more intense light than the technique used by Hamiel at the level of a special move, covered Jinhyeok and Tam. Chapter 190 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 190 ¨C English Novel It was just a light attack. Sincerity? Special move? It¡¯s just a light ¡®check machine¡¯ without anything grandiose attached to it. ¡®¡­What nonsense-¡® Jinhyuk gritted his teeth at the fact that the check was not enough to devour not only Tam but also himself. The tower is wide and high. A situation that clearly shows that this applies not only to other climbers, but also to Jinhyuk. ¡®¡­It must be stopped first. Even if you use Tom as a shield.¡¯ Tom, a condensation of energy, does not die even if he dies. If only Jinhyeok, the caster, was alive. ¡°avarice!¡± -¡­Craaagh! Tom knew it too. From the moment Jinhyuk called her, she clearly realized what she had to do. Wow! It opens its huge maw wide and begins to devour the bursting light of divine power. If what Tam had been doing so far was predation and eating, what he was doing now was just a means of attack and a means of defending Jinhyeok. Kwa-ga-ga-gag- A ray of divine power began to be sucked into Tam¡¯s gaping maw. Suction power reminiscent of a pink jelly-like character from a certain game. At the same time, Haniel¡¯s divine power was sucked into Tam¡¯s stomach one by one. ¡°¡­Wow, you¡¯re pretty good at blocking.¡± Haniel looked surprised, covering his mouth as if he didn¡¯t know he could stop this. A cross vein popped out on Jinhyuk¡¯s forehead. ¡°It¡¯s only to a certain extent ¨C just to this extent -¡± Although it was qualitatively strong and quantitatively arge amount of divine power, Jinhyeok managed to block the attack with difficulty. But if Jinhyuk forgot one thing- ¡°Then just make it stronger.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Coo coo coo coo- The point was that the attack just wasn¡¯t Haniel¡¯s full strength. A power that vibrates the surrounding atmosphere and astonishes the surrounding space just by being in a ready position. Just- The moment Hamiel snapped his fingers, a highlypressedser cannon was fired at Jinhyeok. ¡°¡­avarice!¡± The detective shield was taken out again. But this attack wasn¡¯t enough for Tam. -¡­Craaaaaaaa! A scream of pain. This is a Tam that has never been in pain and was only happy to see something huge, powerful, and with a lot of energy and corpses. For the first time, Tom was feeling pain and fear in the act of ¡®eating¡¯ something. The reason was simple. ¡®¡­Is it over capacity?¡¯ Capacity exceeded. Tom is in pain because he has exceeded the limit of what he can tolerate. That was the reason. ¡®The corpses and energy of the Four Emperors were already being stored. In addition, the current Tam has an enormous capacity, but it is not infinite. It¡¯s natural that my stomach explodes because I have more energy than I¡¯ve ever eaten. Way¡­Is there any?¡¯ Right now I¡¯m barely holding on, even though it¡¯s painful, but that¡¯sing soon. If a way to ovee it is not found, Tom will disappear and will not be able to be summoned again, at least during this battle. The advantage was that once it was made, it did not consume a lot of energy from then on, but this was the moment when the disadvantage of the huge amount of energy required to make it once was highlighted for the first time. ¡®¡­Throw away the corpses of the Four Emperors?¡¯ Jinhyeok¡¯s judgment was that the reason Tam was in pain right now was because of the corpses and energy of the Four Emperors that were filled inside him, and he was very right. In the end, Jinhyeok had to make a decision, even though it was a regret. ¡®Once the battle is over and you retrieve it, that¡¯s it. Now is the time to protect Tom.¡¯ It was inevitable that Tom would be destroyed or destroyed during this battle, but that was not the case now. You mustst as long as possible in the battle with Haniel. That was the only way to win this battle. ¡®Just until other colleaguese¡­Till then, just suffer, Tom.¡¯ Jinhyeok made a decision and acted quickly. ¡°Tom, spit out the ones you saved. ¡°Right now, I¡¯m focused on the fight.¡± -¡­Crack! Knock-knock-knock- As soon as themand was over, Tom spat out what he had eaten without any sign of regret. To be more precise, it would be more urate to say that the things he had eaten flowed out of Tam¡¯s body like water. Gray beads, ck beads, white beads, red beads. A total of four beadse out of Tom¡¯s body and scatter on the floor. It was created using Tam¡¯s own storage method, simr to Jinhyuk¡¯s way of creating a soul troupe. ¡°¡­It¡¯s ¨C Hamiel¡¯s. ¡°I think there are other children¡¯s items as well.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a shame, but it¡¯s mine now. ¡°If you want it, kill me and take it.¡± ¡°I was already thinking of doing that, but¡­The reason bes clearer.¡± Haniel¡¯s face hardened for the first time when he saw the beads rolling on the floor. This is because he immediately noticed that it was a bead made up of the energy of Hamiel, hispatriot and the leader of the unit he was in charge of. Haniel, the person inmand who sent them all here, had to take care of other people¡¯s beads as data. From then on, Haniel¡¯s gently curved eyes opened sharply. Coo coo coo coo- An intense light that could not even bepared to before gathered behind Haniel¡¯s back and eventually transformed into a huge white sword. White sword. Jinhyuk swallowed his dry saliva as he looked at it floating in the sky. Jinhyeok gritted his teeth and cursed because he had already imagined how that giant sword would move. ¡°Zen-¡± And before the words were even finished. ¡°Sword of punishment.¡± Kwaaaaaa-!!!! Punishment began to fall from the sky. * * * ¡°¡­Oh my, Cha Jin-hyuk, that guy never gives me time to rest. Who is it again this time?¡± A huge white sword floating in the sky far away. Choi Gyeong-hoon, seeing this, got up from where he was lying down. Looking at the floating white sword, I could tell that something was wrong where Jinhyeok was. Crunch-clud-clud- ¡°It¡¯s still sore. Still, there¡¯s nothing we can do.¡± An intense divine power that can clearly be felt from afar. It was not something Jinhyuk could handle alone. ¡°Even the little ones won¡¯t be enough. ¡°I guess that lizard friend wille too.¡± Choi Gyeong-hoon knew very well that there was no reason why Hendrick could not feel what he felt, and that there was at least no one here here whose eyesight was so bad that he could not see the white giant sword floating in the sky. ¡°Then let¡¯s go.¡± After slightly relieving my sore body. Choi Gyeong-hoon left his seat and ran toward the spot where the white sword was falling. * * * ¡°You¡¯re constantly causing trouble. ¡°I haven¡¯t been able to properly assimte with the Magi yet.¡± As Choi Kyeong-hoon thought, Hendrick also realized that Jinhyeok was in trouble with the white sword floating in the sky. Actually, it was strange not being able to see it. The white sword was sorge that everyone in the goblin vige could see it, and the energy felt from it was no joke. ¡°¡­I guess I should go.¡± Sigh- As Hendrick stands up, the sound of the Yongrin sword moving at his side echoes around him. Eventually, Hendrick stood up and gathered energy into the soles of his feet. ¡°Demon Dragon Divine Law.¡± Boom! The dragon power and demonic energy gathered at the soles of the feet mix and collide with each other. In the process, the shock wave generated exploded from the soles of his feet, giving Hendrick an enormous amount of propulsion. Hendrick¡¯s new form flew towards the white giant sword visible in the distance, showing a magical effect without any magic. Toward the white giant sword that was slowly descending toward the ground. ¡°I don¡¯t know if I¡¯ll arrive in time.¡± Although it was his first time using a mixture of magic and dragon power, Hendrick muttered quietly as he withstood the shock with his unique talent and strong body unique to the dragon race. Hendrick moved forward, worried about the white sword seen in the distance and whether he could reach Jinhyeok before he was attacked by the person who made the white sword. * * * ¡°Kaaaaaaah- Magi! ¡°My demon energy is burning!¡± ¡°That sword! Avoid that sword! ¡°Run away!¡± ¡°Magi that is like my life! Magigaaa!!!¡± A change that began with the demons who were confronting the soul soldiers, including Vulcan. The change was a good change for Balkan and others, and a bad change for the Mainers. ¡°Rather than helping Cha Jin-hyuk, that sword will be a threat¡­But at least it helps us.¡± As Balkan said, the divine power that flowed from the white sword floating in the sky was like poison to the demons. Even if you stay still, the demonic energy that can be said to be the source of demons is naturally purified and dispersed. A demon is strong even without demon energy, but just as a person who was strong before taking the drug and was strong after taking the drug bes weak when the drug runs out, the demon was simr. Passive movements to avoid the stress and divine power caused by scattered magical energy, etc. As a result, the state of the demons became chaotic as the movements of those who wanted to preserve the demon energy and those who wanted to fulfill the contract with the demons were conflicting. ¡°But that¡¯s not enough. In the end, we are bodies that can only exist if Jinhyuk is there, and we are soldiers who move for him. ¡°It would be absurd to say that his danger made us feelfortable.¡± Of course, Tune didn¡¯t want that. Are they putting Jinhyuk in danger just to make themselves a little morefortable? For Tune, who had a strong desire to serve the Spirit Master as a soul soldier, that was something that should not have happened. In the first ce, as Tune said, without Jinhyuk, they could not exist as soul patients. In the end, Vulcan also nodded to him. ¡°Well, that¡¯s certainly true. Cha Jin-hyuk I don¡¯t like that guy, but¡­A body that is now our master. ¡°We can¡¯t just leave him in a ce that is obviously dangerous and just sit back and do it because our work has be easier and lessened.¡± ¡°You are the right choice.¡± Tune nodded at the words of Vulkan, who could be said to be the currentmander-in-chief of the Soul Soldier Corps. Regardless of their elders or superiors, they thought that his choice would lead them to help Jinhyeok, who was in danger. But Balkan was adamant. ¡°But not everything.¡± ¡°¡­then-?¡± ¡°one person. I only send one person to Cha Jin-hyuk. In the end, things like soul disease can¡¯t ovee this guy¡¯s danger. ¡°Only one of us is going.¡± ¡°¡­.¡± As soon as Balkan finished speaking, Ashur Hum and Tune were the first to notice the others. In terms of loyalty to Jinhyeok, not only was it the highest among them, but they alsopeted for the level of loyalty. ¡°I will stop them together with my children~¡± ¡°I can¡¯t go either because of my position as Commander-in-Chief. therefore-¡° ¡°Me and Ashur Hum. ¡°It means one of you has to go.¡± ¡°That¡¯s too easy a question.¡± ¡°I guess so.¡± Basil patted the soldier¡¯s head and said he would stay, and he would also like to go to the Balkans, but the absence of amander-in-chief who was supposed to oversee the entire battlefield would be too great. In the end, the only ones left were Ashur Hum and Tune, and the two of them were saying that the answer to this problem was very easy. ¡°Of course I have to go.¡± ¡°I guess it¡¯s right for me to go.¡± ¡°¡­?¡± ¡°¡­?¡± Of course, just because the answer was easy did not mean that the answers matched each other. A situation where both parties insist that they must go. Naturally, that was not the situation Balkan wanted. ¡°I said clearly there was only one.¡± ¡°¡­Tsk, Ashur Hum. Give up. What Jinhyuk needs is me.¡± ¡°At most, what can amander do without troops? ¡°What he needs is me, not you.¡± ¡°¡­Do you really need me to defeat you before you let me go?¡± ¡°If you can, as much as you want. But let me make it clear that this is nonsense.¡± However, contrary to Balkan¡¯s wishes, the two expressed their opinions that they wanted to go together, and the gap could not be narrowed at all. In the end, the two decided to duel. ¡°Let¡¯s go to the duel of honor.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a duel of honor¡­Not bad.¡± ¡°Is it a single te?¡± ¡°Of course it¡¯s a single game. Have you ever tried to y multiple rounds?¡± ¡°It can¡¯t be. ¡°Ashur, I was just asking because I thought you might want multiple copies.¡± ¡°Good. ¡°Let¡¯s start right away.¡± Duel of Honor. That¡¯s none other than- ¡°If you don¡¯t pay, you lose-¡± ¡°¡­scissors! rock! paper!!!¡± It was rock, paper, scissors. ¡°¡­Pathetic guys.¡± ¡°Then let¡¯s go stop the demons. ¡°I¡¯ll go with the cuties first.¡± ¡°Do whatever you want.¡± Leaving behind Ashur Hum and Tune, who were ying rock, paper, scissors, paper, scissors several times in session because they could not win even once, Balkan and Basil shook their heads and headed towards the demons. Chapter 191 Absolute Necromancer Chapter 191 ¨C English Novel Punishmentes down from heaven. Actually, it wasn¡¯t literal. ¡®It¡¯s so big.¡¯ An incrediblyrge sword. Because it was punishment. But even though the sword was veryrge and very slow, Jinhyeok could not move. ¡®There¡¯s a lot of pressure. There¡¯s no point in being slow in the first ce. Is it a way to suppress it with divine power so that it can never escape, and at the same time hit it with a special attack that boasts powerful output? It¡¯s ignorant, but it¡¯s a sure method.¡¯ Coo coo coo coo- The white giant sword is slowlying down at a rate of 1 meter per second, but Jinhyeok, weighed down by the white sword and the pressure he feels around it, has no choice but to look at it. In the end, there was only one thing Jinhyuk could do. ¡®If it was an attack aimed at killing someone¡­I can¡¯t help it. ¡®I ept the damage.¡¯ An attack to ensure that at least one is dealt with. In order to block the attack, Jinhyeok took the damage. ¡°Tam, I¡¯ll make it again after this battle. Let¡¯s all destroy each other.¡± -Krrrrl!!! The simultaneous destruction of Tom and the White Sword. As soon as themand was given, the tom, which was in an empty stomach, vomited out everything it had stored inside and rushed at the white giant sword with its mouth wide open. Coo coo coo coo- A disaster falling from the sky. And Tom opens his mouth even though he knows he will die. The confrontation between the two beings was both reverent and terrifying. Quasic Quasic Quasic- The tom¡¯s huge mouth, with its mouth open, moved up and down, chewing the white giant sword, and the white giant sword tore the tom¡¯s mouth and insides even in the process of being eaten. The end of this cruel scene where everyone ate each other was mon annihtion¡¯. Pusssss- The fragments of the shattered white sword and the energy of the tornado scatter like powder and smoke, creating a haze around the area. The momentary gap created like that. ¡°Georyongma Kangtan (¾ÞýˆÄ§Ç¿�—).¡± Taang! Jinhyeok¡¯s bullet squeezed through the gap, cutting through the smoke and shooting towards Haniel beyond it. ¡®This will reach him.¡¯ A bullet that also damaged Hamiel, who was wearing the Emperor¡¯s armor. Jinhyuk had no doubt that it would be a significant blow to Haniel as well. In fact, the giant dragon demon bullet pierced through the fog of heavy energy created from the remnants of the white sword and Tam and headed precisely between Haniel¡¯s eyes. However, there is only one difference between Hamiel and Haniel. Tub- Wuzik- ¡°It¡¯s a bullet ¨C it¡¯s quite powerful, but¡­This isn¡¯t enough. ¡°You might want to try a little harder.¡± ¡°¡­This is crazy-¡± Haniel. She was an archangel of the Netach rank. Unlike the first ¡®Sandalphon¡¯ I met during the guild war, this was not the first ¡®Haniel¡¯, but considering that Haniel was the leader of a ss, it was by no means an ordinary level. In fact, Haniel caught and crushed the flying Giant Dragon Demon Bullet using only two fingers. Jinhyuk looked at it with a puzzled look on his face, but soon he straightened up at the sight of Haniel flying in. ¡°If punitive measures are not enough, there is nothing we can do. ¡°Heavenly punishment.¡± ¡°¡­!¡± Haniel¡¯s movements, which struck like a thunderbolt from the sky, were so fast that the eyes could not catch them. Looking at the destructive divine power gathering in the hands of Haniel, which was right in front of us, we were doubtful as to whether the divine power was really holy energy, but worrying about it was almost a luxury in the current situation. Sigh- ¡°Battle foresight.¡± Immediately put on the goblin mask. Uses the mask¡¯s inherent ability, ¡®Battle Precognition¡¯. In a world slowing down, Jinhyeok¡¯s face hardened as he figured out how Haniel¡¯s next attack woulde and what its range would be. ¡®¡­Are you nning to blow up the whole ce?¡¯ An attack that is certain to blow away not only the surrounding area, but also the wide area where Ha-Ryu and Miho are. ¡®There is no Tom. What needs to be stopped is¡­I go?¡¯ Toms used as meat shields cannot be recreated. At least for now. In the end, the only choice Jinhyeok could make in the face of the attack called ¡®Never¡¯s Punishment¡¯ was to block it. ¡°member-¡° member. An imperfect, unsafe technology that eats away at your body. Using it twice in a row was a no-brainer, but Jinhyuk had no choice but to use it. ¡°Onii-sama, leave that attack to us.¡± ¡°huh! ¡°We¡¯ll stop it!¡± ¡°¡­downstream? Miho?¡± Until Ha-Ryu and Mi-Ho got in the way between Jin-Hyuk and Haniel. ¡°Both of you blood-¡± ¡°It¡¯s already toote. ¡°If we don¡¯t stop it anyway, the timing won¡¯t be right.¡± ¡°I trust you and Miho!¡± They tried to evacuate the two people, but as Ha-ryu said, it was toote to do so now. Haniel¡¯s attack is right around the corner, and if you try to run away now, all that¡¯s left is the ¡®Never¡¯s Punishment¡¯ attack spreading across an enormous range. ¡°¡­I don¡¯t assist.¡± ¡°That¡¯s enough.¡± Jinhyeok stopped the circle and raised his spiritual power. Haryu smiled, nodded, and opened his eyes. A world beyond battle prognosis. -If you try several times after the first entry, the side effects are significant. ¡®Because now is the time to do it.¡¯ -¡­do whatever you want. I will help you. ¡®Thank you, a proper thank you is after everything ¨C I¡¯ll do it again then.¡¯ Mach¡¯s realm. Downstream once again set foot there. As the Dragon yer Sword said, continuous entry would be poison to the lower ss that should grow in the future, but it was a luxury to worry about the future with the Archangel of Netach in front of him. -I know that he is an archangel of the Netach rank. ¡®How is it?¡¯ -It¡¯s a monster. That guy probably isn¡¯t the archangel he was when he was with my former master. However, from generation to generation, the archangels of the Netzha, Tiphareth, and Geburah grades were all of the Binah grade. ¡®¡­If you say that, I don¡¯t understand.¡¯ There is no way for the lower ss of goblins to know the ranks and grades of the Elyos. In the first ce, there were very few people in the entire tower who knew the ranks of the Elyos and Demons or the names of the Giants and Dragons as they grew up. I spent my entire childhood in the vige, and at the end of the day, I fell downstairs to the first floor due to the destruction of the vige. It¡¯s natural not to know. The dragon yer sighed and briefly told him about Bina¡¯s level. -It is two levels lower than the Emperor. ¡®¡­It¡¯s a monster.¡¯ Chief of a tribe. He is also the head of the Elyos n among the Four Emperors who control the entire tower. A rank just two levels below that of the Elyos? There would be no monster like that. Ha-Ryu immediately understood and looked at Haniel from within Maha¡¯s realm. ¡°Ugh- the snow¡­.¡± -Don¡¯t look too deeply. You¡¯re only looking at the outside. They are an Elyos who have lived for a long time. Of course, his internal information would be too much information for you who have just entered the realm of Mach. Just focus on his attacks! Ha-Ryu took his eyes off Haniel, who seemed to be nothing more than a huge chunk of information and energy, and focused on the ¡®Heavenly Punishment¡¯ in Haniel¡¯s hand. Some, not all. Among them, Ha-ryu, who was able to look at Haniel with greater ease thanks to focusing only on the energy gathered in his hands, was able to identify the center of Heavenly Punishment. Kiiiiing- ¡°That¡¯s right, right?¡± -It looks like that. Stab urately. If it¡¯s too slow, it will explode before it reaches the source. ¡°¡­Phew ¨C I¡¯ll go then.¡± Ha-ryu¡¯s hand, having made an understanding and decision in the time that slowed down in the prediction of battle, was divided into ten, or perhaps a hundred, rests on the handle of the sword. And as soon as his hand goes up to the handle of the sword, a thrust with extreme speed is unleashed from the hand of the lower-ranked sword. ¡°¡­Lightspeed Sword ¨C Heart Stab.¡± There are three techniques that can be performed with a normal sword. It is safe to say that all sword techniques are derived from these three. Crosscut, longitudinal cut, stab. Two shes and one stab. Among them, Haryu chose stabbing. A thrust with extreme speed. In this situation, it is the only way to prate the source of Haniel¡¯s ¡®celestial punishment¡¯ and cause only a moderate explosion. Paang! The special power of stabbing is added to the originally fast light speed sword, and as the name of the technique calls heart stabbing, the uracy of targeting only one part is added. ¡°¡­It¡¯s annoying. ¡°I will not leave it alone.¡± Haniel also noticed that Ha-ryu was trying to do something by dividing 1 second into hundreds and thousands. Although it was a fleeting moment, he knew full well that his attack would return to nothing the moment he was hit by that technique. However, Haryu did not stop stabbing even after seeing Haniel trying to keep him in check. ¡°You can¡¯t touch my sister!¡± Kaga River! Miho¡¯s rough touch, which bends and hardens the fingers, shatters and blocks attacks made with divine power. Haniel¡¯s face hardened at that sight. ¡°Young things¡­But that¡¯s not enough.¡± ¡°¡­no!¡± However, regardless of the stiff face, Miho alone could not stop Haniel¡¯s strong and numerous checks. of course- ¡°Soul Skin. Don¡¯t worry and move on. ¡°My spiritual power can never be pierced by checks or anything like that.¡± ¡°¡­you-¡° Jinhyuk didn¡¯t just sit there and watch. Precisely at the moment Miho¡¯s defense is breached, it covers the stream with spiritual power without interfering with the stream¡¯s movements, thereby protecting the stream from attack. Haniel looked at Jinhyeok with murderous eyes at that sight, but as those words were cut off, Ha-ryu came in. ¡°Who are you looking at? ¡°Your opponent is me.¡± ¡°¡­this.¡± The eyes and body of Ha-ryu, who had stepped into the realm of Maha, were once again shaking from overload, but the Dragon yer Sword arrived at its destination with flying colors. Phuuk- A core located in the center of a sphere where divine power is highlypressed. The moment it pierced through, an explosion urred that swept around Haniel. Kwaaaaang! * * * ¡°Cluck-cluck- Downstream! ¡°Are you okay?¡± ¡°¡­I¡¯m fine.¡± ¡°Miho is okay too!¡± Jinhyeok, who was blown away by the impact of the explosion, waded through the dust cloud to check the safety of Haru and Miho. Fortunately, the two were able to survive unharmed even though they were closest to the explosion thanks to the soul skin Jinhyuk used at the right time. ¡°Is it this bad even though it exploded with minimal damage before it waspleted?¡± Jinhyuk clicked his tongue as he looked at the tattered soul skin. Even though the core was struck and exploded urately before thepletion of the divine punishment, the soul skin made of extremelypressed spiritual power was torn to pieces. Thanks to this, I survived, but I couldn¡¯t even imagine how powerful the explosion would have been if the Heavenly Punishment had beenpleted properly. That¡¯s why Jinhyuk muttered, thinking about what might happen. ¡°Haniel¡­.¡± ¡°Ahahaha! I¡¯m surprised. I never would have thought that they were aiming for my ¡®heavenly punishment¡¯ and not me. And you made it work! ¡°You guys are amazing too!¡± ¡°¡­There¡¯s no way he got hurt.¡± Of course, there was a difference between his wishes and reality. Haniel was fine not just because of his own strength, but because he had enough strength to withstand even if the explosion just urred at close range. In fact, Haniel is in better condition than Jinhyuk, Ha-ryu, and Miho, who used soul skins and were far away from the explosion. The moment Haniel was revealed, looking not just fine but in a good mood ¨C ¡°¡­You¡¯re crazy.¡± ¡°I can¡¯t do this anymore.¡± ¡°Hi, there are too many.¡± Three spheres floating next to Haniel. In other words, Jinhyeok, Ha-ryu, and Mi-ho, who saw the three ¡®Celestial Punishment¡¯ waiting states, looked at them with disgusted faces. It was much smaller and less powerful than before, but that was it when it waspleted. That meant that we had to destroy them again before they grew as big as before, but that was close to impossible. ¡°¡­After all, you should use a member-¡± ¡°No. Knowing how hard it is on the body¡­!¡± ¡°It¡¯s not important to use too much. You have to use it when you have to use it.¡± When Jinhyeok actively considers using Ilwon despite the dissuasion from Ha-Ryu. ¡°Are we bong?¡± ¡°I see.¡± Bubble bubbling! Along with two familiar voices, three ¡®Celestial Punishments¡¯ appeared next to Haniel and exploded at the same time. One was cut and two were smashed. A small explosion followed by a small explosion and a cloud of dust. Looking at that, Jinhyuk put off thinking about Ilwon for a moment and smiled. ¡°It¡¯ste, youters.¡± ¡°It¡¯s toote! ¡°Damn, I came right away when I saw you, but you¡¯re such a dick!¡± ¡°I agree. I can¡¯t even say thank you, but I¡¯mining. Cha Jin-hyuk, it¡¯s a bad habit.¡± Of course they- ¡°Choi Kyung-hoon, Hendrick. ¡°It¡¯ste, but you¡¯re wee.¡± It was Choi Kyung-hoon and Hendrick. Jinhyeok said as he looked at the situation where all those who had dispersed for the battle with the Four Emperors were gathered together. ¡°Assemble this¡­You say that?¡± Feeling the reassurance of those around him, Jinhyuk smiled at Haniel. It was the moment when all the ¡®Avengers¡¯ who rebelled against ¡®Sky¡¯ gathered together and pointed their swords at ¡®Sky¡¯. The Novel will be updated first on this website. Come back and continue reading tomorrow, everyone!